Vf 


tm. 


re  *( ' 

dcjt 

i: 

I<5< 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


GIFT  OF 

PROFESSOR 
GEORGE  R.  STEWART 


University  of  California  •  Berkeley 


INQUIRE   WITHIN 


IOB 


ANYTHING  YOU  WANT  TO  KNOW; 


OR, 


OVER  THREE  THOUSAND  SEVEN  HUNDRED  FACTS 
WORTH  KNOWING. 


PARTICULARLY   INTENDED   AS   A  BOOK   FOR  FAMILY    REFERENCE   ON   ALL   SUBJECTS 
CONNECTED   WITH    DOMESTIC    ECONOMY,    AND  CONTAINING   THE    LARG- 
KST   AND    MOST  VALUABLE     COLLECTION    OF  USEFUL    INFOR- 
MATION  THAT  HAS  EVER  YET  BEEN   PUBLISHED. 


INQUIRERS  ARE  REFERRED  TO  THE  INDEX. 


NEW    YORK: 
DICK    &    FITZQERALD, 

No.    18    ANN    STREET. 
1859. 


Entered  *m.T<Ung  to  Act  ol  Congress,  in  the  yciur  i858,  by 

GAEEETT,  DICK  &  FITZGEEALD, 
o.crk's  office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  Southern  District  of  NBW  *«** 


BIKVB9    BT 

©.   3f«kl«» 

8U,  ».  T. 


P  U  E  F  A  O 


THE  title  of  this  work  will,  in  a  slight  degree,  indicate  its  purpose  ;  still,  in 
presenting  it  to  the  public,  we  would  offer  a  few  remarks  as  to  our  plan. 

In  accordance  with  our  design,  we  have  placed  before  our  readers  a  popular 
and  entertaining  account  of  thousands  of  objects  which  are  familiar  to  them 
111  every-day  life,  but  of  which,  from  their  very  familiarity,  they  have  never 
inquired.  How  are  they  made  ?  Who  invented  them  ?  Or  what  matters  of 
interest  are  there  connected  with  them  ? 

We  are  fully  impressed  with  the  belief  that  there  are  many  persons,  and 
even  educated  ones,  who,  although  they  will  not  take  the  trouble  to  search  for 
and  collect  the  information  necessary  to  form  a  proper  estimate  of  the  value 
and  importance  of  our  more  familiar  things,  would,  if  it  were  brought  before 
them  without  trouble,  feel  gratified  and  surprised  at  the  fund  of  knowledge 
and  amusement  they  offer.  This  we  have  done. 

If  there  be  any  among  our  readers,  who,  having  turned  over  the  pages  of 
"  INQUIRE  WITHIN,"  have  hastily  pronounced  them  to  be  confused  and  ill 
arranged,  let  them  at  once  refer  to  THE  INDEX,  or  forever  hold  their  peace. 

THE  INDEX  is,  to  the  vast  congregation  of  useful  hints  and  receipts  that  fill 
the  boundary  of  this  volume,  like  the  DIRECTORY  to  the  great  aggregation  of 
houses  and  people  in  New  York. 

!  No  one,  being  a  stranger  to  New  York,  would  run  about  asking  for  "  Mr. 
SMITH."  But,  remembering  the  Christian  name,  and  the  profession  of  the 
individual  wanted,  would  turn  to  the  DIRECTORY,  and  trace  him  out. 

Like  a  house,  every  paragraph  in  "INQUIRE  WITHIN,"  has  its  number, — 
and  the  INDEX  is  the  DIRECTORY  which  will  explain  what  Facts,  Hints,  and 
Instructions  inhabit  that  number. 

For,  if  it  be  not  a  misnomer,  we  are  prompted  to  say  that  "  INQUIRE 
WITHIN"  is  peopled  with  thousands  of  ladies  and  gentlemen,  who  have 
approved  of  the  plan  of  the  work,  and  contributed  something  to  its  store  of 
useful  information.  There  they  are,  waiting  to  be  questioned,  and  ready  to 
reply.  Only  a  short  time  ago,  the  facts  and  information,  now  assuming,  the 
conventional  forms  of  printing-types,  were  active  thoughts  in  the  minds  of 
many  people.  Their  fingers  traced  those  thoughts  upon  the  page,  for  the 
benefit  of  whomsoever  might  need  information.  We  must  not  separate  the 
thought  from  the  mind  which  gave  it  birth ;  we  must  not  look  upon  these 
writings  as  we  should  upon  the  traces  left  by  the  snail  upon  the  geeu  leaf, 
having  neither  form  nor  meaning.  Behind  each  page  some  one  lives  to  answer 
for  the  correctness  of  the  information  imparted,  just  as  certainly  as  where 
in  the  window  of  a  dwelling,  you  see  a  paper  directing  you  to  "  INQUIRE 
WITHIN  "  some  one  is  there  to  answer  you. 


l\  PREFACE. 

A  DOCTOR  lives  at  906 ;  a  GARDENER  at  1021 ;  a  SCHOOLMASTER  at  132? 
a  DANCING  MASTER  at  1678  ;  an  ARTIST  at  1851  ;  a  NATURALIST  at  1925 
a  MODELLER  at  1931;    a  COOK  at  1972;  a  PHILANTHROPIST  at  2006;  a 
LAWYER  at  2047;   a   SURGEON  at  2186;   a  CHESS   PLAYER  at  2354;  a 
CHEMIST  at  2387 ;  a  BREWER  at  2559  ;  and  so  on. 

Well !  there  they  live— always  at  home — knock  at  their  doors— IXQUIRB 
WITHIN— NO  FEES  TO  PAY  !  ! 

We  have  taken  so  much  care  in  selecting  our  information,  and  have  been 
aided  by  so  many  kind  friends  in  the  production  of  our  volume,  that  we  canno 
turn  to  any  page  without  at  once  being  reminded  of  the  GENEROUS  FRIEND 

WHO  ABIDES  THERE. 

"  INQUIRE  WITHIN  "  is  decidedly  the  most  wonderful  and  useful  book  that 
bas  been  issued  for  many  years.  It  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  family  in 
tbe  country,  as  it  gives  a  vast  amount  of  information  on  every  subject  con- 
nected with  domestic  life,  not  heretofore  in  print  in  any  other  work.  As  a 
book  of  reference  it  is  invaluable, — it  refers  to  and  explains  everything, 
whether  you  wish  to  model  a  flower  in  wax  to  ornament  a  vase  by  the  art  of 
potichomanie ;  to  serve  up  a  relish  for  breakfast  or  for  supper;  to  supply  a 
delicious  entree  for  the  dinner  table  ;  to  plan  a  dinner  for  a  large  party  or  a 
small  one ;  to  cure  a  head-ache ;  to  get  married  ;  to  establish  acquaintances 
according  to  the  rules  of  etiquette;  to  play  at  cards,  chess  or  other  games;  to 
enjoy  an  hour  at  curious  puzzles  and  arithmetical  questions;  to  tie  any  kind 
of  a  knot;  to  do  up  a  neat  parcel;  to  relieve  the  invalid  ;  to  write  and  speak 
correctly;  to  acquaint  yourself  with  the  technical  terms  in  literature,  law  and 
medicine:  whether  you  want  to  dance;  to  commence  and  end  a  courtship,  or 
whatever  you  may  wish  to  do,  make,  or  to  enjoy,  provided  your  desire  has 
relation  to  the  necessities  of  domestic  life — all  you  have  to  do  is  to  procure 
a  copy  of  INQUIRE  WITHIN,  and  it  will  give  all  the  information  you  want 
to  know. 


INDEX 


ABO  —  ALA 
A 

ALC  —  ANO 

Paragraph, 
Alcohol,  Uses  of         ...  2060 

4NT—  APR 

Paragrap 
Antacids,  Uses  of              2763 

Paragraph 
ABOTTT,  or  With  1589 
Accidents  in  Carriages..  2517 
Accidents,  Treatment  of  2238 
Accidents,  Cautions  on.  200( 
Accounts,  Pay  Regularly    737 
Acetate    of    Ammonia, 
Uses  of         .          ..     2752 

Ale,  Adulterated     2420 
Ale,  Amber,  Brewing..   2561 
Ale,  Brewing    2560 
Alkalies,  Poisoning  by-  •  2278 
All-Fours,  Rules  of     ...  2118 
All-Fours,  Terms  used  in  2115 
Allspice,  Tincture  of  ....  2531 
Almonds  Blanched           2791 

Antalkalies*  Uses  of    -  .   '2770 
Anthelmintics,Effects  of  2778 
Anti-Diarrhceal   Powder  1009 
Antidotes  to  Poisons          22G1 
Anti  -  Hooping  -  Cough 
Powder  ^  .  .  loll 
Antimony,  Poisoning  by  2209 

Acetate    of  Lead,    with 
Opium  Lotion  973 
Acetate  of  Potassa             2747 

Almond  Paste  2792 
Almond  Icing  for  "Wed- 
ding Cakes                  .  2931 

Uses  of  2754 
Antimony,  Uses  of  2753 

Acetate  of  Zinc,Eve-wash  912 
Acid,  Tartaric,  Uses  of.  .  2772 
Acid,    Corns    Cured  by 
Acetic  178 
Acid,  Carbonic  Gas   2938 
Acid,  Carbonic,  a  Poison  2941 
Acid,  Carbonic,   How  to 
Tell  2942 

Almonds,  Pounding  —  27J>2 
Almond  Confection  —     918 
Almond  Custards  2523 
Almond  Custards,  Good  8731 
Almond  Flavor  240 
Almond  Pudding     252 
Almond  Sponge  Cake  .  .  2525 
Aloes   Best  way  to  take  2683 

Anti-Spasmodic  Electu- 
ary   .    927 
Anti-Spasmodic  Mixture    993 
Anti-Spasmodic  Powder  1010 
Ants,  To  Destroy  2048 
Aperient  Medicines    .  .     151 
Aperient   Pills  153 
Aphides,  To  Kill               2084 

Acid,  Uses  of  Citric    .  .   2771 
Acids,  To  Remove  the 
Stains  of  8275 

Aloes,  Effects  of  2788 
Alum  Confection   919 
Alum  Eye-wash      ....      908 

Apoplexy,  Treatment.  ..  1214 
Apoplexy,           Another 
Treatment                      2258 

Acids,  Poisoning  by  ...  2273 
Acidulated  Gargle  954 
Acted      Charades     Ex- 
plained         2440 

Alum  Gargle   •  •  •  958 
Alum  Poultice  8323 
Alum,  To    Discover  in 
Bread                              2399 

Apostrophe,  The  1657 
Apparel,  Changes  of  ...     879 
Apparatus,  Simple  Sur- 
gical                               2223 

Address  or  Direct  ?  1575 

Alum  Whey  2536 

Appetite,  How  Lost          T>33 

Adhesive  Plaster  2196 
Adjective,  The     2974 
Adjectives,  The  Use  of.  .  1411 
Adulterations,  Practical 

American  Bushel     8199 
American  Economy  —  5SO 
American      History     in 
Brief             .              .       843 

Apple  Bread   137 
Apple  Cake  for  Children    213 
Apple  Dumplings  2503 
Apple  Fritters      .  .            2513 

Hints  upon  2429 
Adulterations,  Plan    for 

American  Tooth  Powder    173 
Ammoniuted    Embroca- 

Applo Marmalade  894 
Apple  Poultice    .  .            3316 

Escapin^  them      ....  2387 

tion  Strong        .             936 

Apple  Pudding  ...          2453 

Adverb,  The     2980 
Advice  to  Young  Ladies    796 
Advice  to  Young  Men  .  .  8326 
Advice  to  a  Husband  .  .  2927 
^Jther,  Uses  of  2692 
^Ethereal,    Tincture    of 
Fern    3015 

Ammonia,  Poisoning  by  2278 
Ammonia,  Uses  of  2698 
Ammoniacum,  Uses  of.  .  2757 
Amusement.  Parlor     ..   8233 
Anagrams,  Specimens  of  2436 
Anaprestic  Feet  2991 
Ancliovies         •  .        .           892 

Apple  Puddiug,Boaton  .  .  2526 
Apple  Pie  2511 
Apples,  Dried  2509 
Apples  in  Syrup  852 
Apples  in  Syrup  2454 
Apples,  Keeping  2433 
\.pp!es,Served  with  Cus- 

Affectation   Condemned  1779 
Affectation  of  Learning    878 
Agent  of  the  Landlord, 

Anchovy  Sauce  286 
Anchovy    and    Lobster 
Butter  2795 
Anchovv  Butte"                 2793 

tard    252T 
Apples    and     Rice    for 
Children    217 
Apple  Sauce          .  .       .  2155 

Ago  or  Back  ?  ...  1400 
A  great  largo  House,  &c    1379 
Ague  and  Fever,  Cure 
for  3284 
Ague  Medicine  8285 
A  "'ue    Treatment  of         1245 

Anchovy  Sandwiches  .  .   2794 
Anchovv  Toast     2796 
Anglo  -Japanese  Work..  2537 
Angostura  Bark.  Uses  of  2714 
Angry  Words,  Effect  of.     792 
Ankle-ioints    Affections 

Ypples    should    not   be 
Cored    732 
Apple  Tirt,  Warmed  ...     350 
Apple  Water     2514 
Apricots,  Dry  2798 
Apricots  Jelly                  2799 

Air,  Vitiated  2943 
Aitch-bone,  Economy  of  238 
Alabaster  Cleaning    .       2519 

of  the  937 
Annato,  Adulterated    .  .  2394 
Anodvne  and  Discutient 

Apricots  Stewed  in  Syr- 
up         .  2737 
Apricot  Jam  eiA^ 

Alabaster  Staining  359 

Embrocation     935 

April,  Things  in  Season      51 

NOTE.— For  Inquiries  not  in  this  Index  see  Additional  Index,  page  27. 


(5) 


6              APR—  BAN                                          BAX—  BBE                                          BEE—  BLA 

April,  Gardening  for  ...    )0  '0 
Aquafortis,  Poisoning  by  2273 
Are,  or  Is?   1375 
Are  or  Is  v                          1  r>59 

Bandages,  to  Apply  2203 
Bandoline  for  tLe  Hair  .  .     ir>0 
Banting  Tables  8361 
Bane  Berries,  Poisoning 
by  2281 
Bannock,   Indian   8354 
1  Bark  U^es  of         .  .          27()3 

Bees,  Chloroform  for...  2294 
Bees.    Cure    for     their 
Sting                      ....     159 
Beetles,  to  Exterminate  1819 
Beetles,    to    keep  from 
Clothes  1307 
Beetroots,  to  Pickle    -       2883 
Behaviour  at  Dinner....  K173 
Behaviour,  Art  of  Good  2313 
Best  or  Better?    15ST 
Best  or  Very  Best?           1519 
Bellows,    How    to    Use 
Properly    1139 
Belvedere  Cakes  So'3 
Belly,  Bardagins  the     .  .   2'JK? 
Bible,  Statistics  of  the.  .     2'J3 
Blcarbonateof  Ammonia, 
Uses  of  2669 
Bile  Treatment  of        .  .   1215 
Biles,or  Boils,  Poulticing  '.'503 
Bilious   Complaints....   1215 
Bills  of  Fares  af  Dinner 
Parties  26ST 
Birdlime                             V!»"9 

Arnica  for  Bites     2295 
Arnica  Good  for  a  Bruise  8358 
Aromatic  Mixture  993 
Arrack,  Imitative  2443 
Arrowroot  Jelly  2C16 
Arrowroot,  To  Discover 
Adulterated  2393 
Arrowroot,   Uses  of  27S8 
Arsenic,  Poisoning  by..  2266' 
Arsenic.  To  Detect  25i>8 
Artichokes,  To  Pickle..  2286 
Artichokes,  Cooking  2450 
Articles  A  and  The  ...  2970 
Art  of  feeing  Agreeable    25o 
Ascends  up,  or  Ascends  ?  1570 
As  or  So?  1408 
Asparagus,  Cooking  2452 
Aspar«i£rus  Soup  .              2481 

Barley   Broth  2456 
Barley  Water     2512 
Barn,  Cheap  Paint  for  a  8280 
1  Barometer,  Chemical.  .  .     847 
Barometer,  Leech  2180 
Barrel  Measure  3196 
Baryta,  Poisoning  by  .  .   2'279 
Basil,  when    to  Gather  2458 
Bass  —  when  in  Season..      54 
Bastings,  All  Kinds  of.  .  2540 
'Batter  Pudding  470 
I  Batter  Pudding,  Baked.  2507 
Batter  Pudding,  BcUed  2507 
Bath  Buns                          2548 

Bath,  Boiler  for  .  -  652 
Bathing,  Cramp  in  824 
Bathing  in  Hot  Water, 
Precautions  2812 
Bathing  Feet  and  Hands    900 
Bathing,  Hints  upon  650 
Bath  Place  for  a                651 

Asparagus,  When  in  Sea- 
son        ....                         52 

Assafoetida  Guano  951 
Assafcetida,  Uses  of.   ...  2700 
Assignment  of  Leases..  2849 
Asthma,  to  Relieve  2073 
Asterisk,  or  Star*  1662 
Astringents.  Effects  of.  .  2715 
Astringent  Gargle  955 
Astringent  Pills  .               990 

Bird's  Eggs  for  Cabinets    789 
Birds,  Keeping  Insects 
from  2497 
Birds,  Paste  for  817 
Birds  Stuffing    •  •  -             '404 

Bean  Flour,  to  Discover 
in  Bread   2100 
Beach  Leaves  for  Beds  2445 
Bed  Clothes,  the  Best.  .       44 
Bed  Curtains  are  Bad..     736 
Beds  for  the  Poor        .  .  2415 
B«d  Furniture,  Washing  2533 
Bed,    Quick     Mode     of 
Heating           •  •  .            57C 

Biscuits,  Excellent  ....     466 
Biscuits,  Sugar  478 
Bishop,  Mulled  Wine  .  .  2520 
Bismuth,   Poisoning  by  ~'~!'2 
Bites  Arnica  for  •  205 

At  orOn?  1560 
August,  Gardening  for..  1036 
August—  Things  in  Sea- 
son          55 

Bites  of  Insects    2076 
Bites  of  Mad  Animals.  .   5T2SO 
Bites  of.  Reptiles  1'2S6 
Biting  the  Nails  788 

Awakening  Children...  1090 
Ayn't,  Arn't,  &c  1393 

Bed  Rooms,  Ventilating  2041 
Bed,    To    Ascertain     if 
Aired  571 
Bed  Rooms,  Windows  of  1095 
Bed  Rooms,  Scouring..  2585 
Beds,  Position  of  1096 
Beef,  Alamode   2157 
Beef,  Barrel  of  8197 
Beef,  Plain  Boiled  ....     771 
Beef  Stewed  7G6 
Beef  Baked  2552 
Beef  Bones,  Roast  2546 
Beef  Broth                   .     2548 

IB 

Bachelor  Friends              2929 

Bitter  Apple,  Poisoning 
by  9289 
Blackberry-leaf  Tea  ...  24S9 
Blackberries,    Healthful  2489 
Blackberry    Jam,    Chil- 
dren's                                2°1 

Bacon  lor  a  Dozen  Peo- 
ple    2483 
Bacon  and  Vegetables.      233 
Bacon,  Hint  on  Curing  2172 
Bacon,  how  to  Boil     .  .  .   2482 
Bacon,  how  to  Freshen.  2482 
Bacon,  Rashers  of  Cold.  2146 
Bacon  Slices   .  .  .'.  2484 
Bacon,  to  Choose  Good.      17 
Bad  Writing  to  Improve    782 
Baking,  an  Experienced 
Baker's  Instructions.  .  2552 
Baking,  Dialogue  on  ...    1972 
Bakinsr,  Remarks  upon  .     230 
Baked   Penrs      .           ..     354 
Baldness,  Boxwood  for.  2045 
Baldness,  Liquid  to  Pre- 
vent                     169 
Ba'dness,  Pomade  for.  .  .     148 
EaHiH-ss.  Wilson's  Lotion  149 
Bale  of  Cotton   3222 
Bale  of  TTay    3226 
Balls,  Etioi'iette  of  474 
Banbury  Cakes        88 
Bandages,  Surgical  2200 

Bhckberry  Wine  2490 

Blackbirds,  Food  for  ....     828 
Blackbirds,  Management 
of                        .           .  2342 

Black  Cloth  Reviver  ....     1S« 
Black  Draught  154 
Black    Fish  -When    in 
Season  53 
Black  Hole   of  Calcutta  29-19 
B'acking,  Finest  Quality    184 
Blacking     for     Leather 
Seats    2491 
Blacking  for  Stoves  551 
Blacking  Liquid   182 
Blacking  Paste     141 
Blacking  Paste  1S8 
Blacking,    Various     Re- 
ceipts       181 
Black  Ink                              82 

Beef  Bubbl  3  and  Squeak    828 
Beef,  Extract  of  2479 
Beef  Glaze                         2549 

Beef  Gravy  Sauce  2156 
Beef  Lobscous  829 
Beef   Rissoles  830 
Beef  Sausages,  Prime..     101 
Beef  Soup,  French  ....     769 
BeefSteak  Pie   2147 
Beef  Stewed,  Fresh  .  .        770 
Beef,  to  Choose  Good..      12 
Beef  Tea                           2480 

Beef,     Warming     Cold 
Boiled                              2553 

Back  Paper   Patterns..  24S6 
B'ark  Pepper  Confection     921 
B'ack  Bilk  Reviver  24S8 
Blackwash  Lotion  979 

Beef  with  Mashed  Pota 
toes             •  •  •  •         .   .     826  ' 

Beer,  Bottling  35o6 

BTA  —  BOO                                         BOO  —  BRE                                          BRB—  BUT              7 

Black  Yiper,  Bite  of  .  v  2286 
Bladder,Inflamination  of  1235 
Blancmange,  Arrowroot  '2449 
Blanched  Almonds  .  .    .  2791 
Blister,  After  Removal.  2762 
Blister,  Period  Required  2762 
Blue  Stone,  Uses  of  ....  2774 
Blue  Stone,  Poisoning  by  2267 
Blue  Vitriol,  Poisoning 
by                 2267 

Boots,  Cleaning  2493 
Boots,  French  Polish  for    818 
'Boots,  To  Get  on   Tight    556 
Boot  Tops  Cleaning  ...   2-99 
Boot  top  Liquid      :            185 

Bread  Poultice  8814 
Bread,  to  Powder  Stale  3111 
Bread  Jelly,  to  Make..   3785 
Breakfast  to  lay  out....  8122 
Breasts,  Salve  for  Sore  .  3325 
Breast  of  Mutton,  Roast    607 
Breast  of  Veal,   Carving  262? 
Breath  Offensive      .    ..   1311 
BreathTainted  byOnions  256(3 
Brewing,  Remarks  ou..   2559 
Brewis,  to  Make  713 
Bridal  Chamber  29  2 
Briil.'.    Kissing   the  ...   2913 
Bridal   Frolics     2914 
Bridesmaid.  Her  duty..   2906 
Brilliant  Whitewash  ....     190 
Brisket  of   Beef,  Baked  2551 
Brisket  of  Beef  Stewed  2550 
Brisket  of  Beef,  Uses  o.'    233 
Britannia  Metals,  Clean 
ing  2565 
Broiling  Remarks  upon    230 
Bronchitis,   Mixture  for    996 
Bronze  Goods,  Cleaning    549 
Broth  for    Children   ...     20T 
Broth,  if  too   Salt  ;'97 
Brown  Gravy  2477 
Brown   Paper,   unfit    to 
Cover  Meat  2553 
Brown  Sauce  2156 
Brown  Stock  2475 
Broad-cloth,  to  Remove 
Stains  from  8273 
Bruise,  Arnica  good  fora  8358 
Bruises,  Hot  Water  good 
for  2801 
Burdock  Root,  Proper- 
ties and  Uses  of  8018 
Bruises     Lotion  for  966 
Bruises,  Mixture  for  285 
Bruises,  Remedy  for  ....  2076 
Bruises,  Treated  by.... 
Opium  2696 
Brunswick     Black     for 
Grates                        .        87 

Boston  Apple-Pudding.  2526 
Botanical  Specimens  to 
Dry  1926 
Bottles,  to  Clean  Glass  3056 
Bottles,  To  Dry  Glass.  .   3058 
Bottles,  How  to  Cork  all 
kinds  of         3059 

Bleaching  Faded  Dresses    515 
Bleached  Straw  Bonnets  2492 
Bleeding  at  the  Nose..   1836 
B  iced  ing  from  the  Nose  2249 
Bleeding,   Surgical   ....   2226 
Bleeding,  to  Stop  2226 
Blistered  Feet,  Remedy 
for  1278 
Blight,to  keep  from  Rose 
frees  1303 
Blond  Lace,  Reviving..   2501 
Blood  and  the  Weather  2135 
Bloodshot  Eye,  Cure  for  2696 
Blood,  thinning  th»  ...  2138 
Bloodroot,  Properties  and 
Uses  of    •  •  8006 
Blotched  Face,  Wash  for  1280 
BlowerFish,poisoningby  22S5 
Blows,  Hot  \Vater  for  .  .   2:J01 
Bloated  Cattle,  Cure  for  3287 
BhieFish,  when  in  Season      54 
Board,  How  to  Make  a 
Chopping                   ••  8l09 

Bottles,  How  to  tie  the 
Corks    tn  S060 
Bottles,  How  to  Stopper 
Glass  3062 
Bottles,  How  to  Unstop- 
per  Glass  •                     ?061 

Bottles,  Clean  with  Coal  2500 
Bottlin<*  Beer                     2505 

Bottling  Fruits     Direc- 
tions    8S9 
Bottling  Porter  2505 
Bottling  Wine 

Bottling  Yeast   
Bowels,  Inflammation  of  1286 
Bowels,  Looseness  of..   1248 
Boxwood,  Easy  way  to 
Plant  363T 
Brain,   Inflammation  of  1237 
Brain   Water  on  the  ....   1270 
Brain,  Compression  of.  .  2252 
Brandy,  Adulterated  ..  2396 
Bran  -water  Bread  114 
Bran  Bread.  Economy  of    587 
Brandy  Peaches  2589 
Brasses     of    Furniture 
Cleaning     ...           .        652 

Board    Measure  3218 
Boards,  to  take  Ink  out  of    176 
Boards,  to    Scour  2502 
Bobbinet,  to  Starch    ...      91 
Body  in  Flames,  what  to 
do   2240 
Boiled  Boef,   Sauce  for  2545 
Boiling,    Care     of    the 
Liquor  595 
Boiling,  Dialogue  on  .  .  1972 
Boiling  Fresh  Meat    .  .     592 
Boiling,  Hints  and  .Cau- 
tions                590 

Brasses,  Cleaning  2565 
Brass  Kettle,  to  Clean      724 
Brass  Ornaments,  Clean- 
ing                                   692 

Brass    ditto    to  Clean..  1843 
Brasswork,  Rock  Alum 
for                                     694 

Breach  of    Promise    of 
Marriage  2047 
Bread,  Adulterations  of    2393 
Bread  Adulterated  with 
Alum,  to    Discover..  1817 
Bread  Apple              ..  .     187 

Brutes,  Cleanliness  of  .     903 
Bubble  and  Squeak,Beef    32S 
Buckthorn,  Uses  of         2737 
Bugs,  Camphor  Basra  for    343 
Bugs  Destroyed  by  Lime  1298 
Bugs.  Killed  by  Naphtha  2173 
Bus  Poison    272 
Buildings,  Modelling  ...  1953 
Bullfinches,        Manage- 
ment of    2811 
Bunions,  Treatment    of  2567 
Burgundy  Pitch,  Uses  of  2763 
Burns,  Cure  by  Alum  .     164 
Burns,  Curo  by  Wheat 
Flour  266 
Bushel  Measure  3199 
Business  Rules  3327 
Butter,  a   Firkia  of    -  .  828C 
Butter  a  Tub  of  822C 
Butter,   How  to    make 
good             Ul 

Boiling,  Loss  bv     2:39 
Boiling,  Proper  Time  of    591 
Boiling,  Time   Required    239 
Boiling,  to  Boil  Equally    594 
Boilin^  Vegetables     ....  632 

Bologna  Sausages  449 
Bonnet,  Dust  after  Walk- 
ing       730 
Bonnets,  Cleaning  Straw  2493 
Bonnets,BleachingStraw  ^492 
Bonnets,  Dyeing  2504 
Bone,  Staining  Black  860 
Bone,  Staining  Blue  8fil 
Bone,  Staining  Green  .  .  862 
Bone,  Staining  Red  863 
Bone    Staining    Scarlet    864 
Bone,  Staling  Yellow  .  .     366 
Books.  Technical  terms 
relative  to  3246 
Book,  Grease  Spots  from  815 
Books,  Stains  from  .        206S 

Bread,  French  1155 
Bread,  Home-made,  the 
Proportions  2323 
Bread    Hurtful  to  Chil- 
dren  if  New  1062 
Bread  made  with  Bran- 
water  114 
Bread  made  of  Rice  ...     113 
Bread  Pudding   472 
Bread  Pudding,  Elegant,    443 
Bread  Slices  at  Dinner..  25S9 
Bread  suited    for  Chil- 
dren          1062 
Bread,   to  Obtain   Pure  2397 
Bread,  Unfermented  ....  8077 
Bread,  Waste  Pieces  ....     717 

Buttered  Toast  -  812* 

BUR—  CAN 


CAN  —  CAS 


CAS—  CHi 


Burns,  Ointment  for  ...     979 
Burns,  Preparation  for.  .     938 
Burns,  Sweet-oil  for  ...  508 
Burns,  Treatment  of  .  .  .     228S 

Cane-  bottomedChairs,to 
Clean....            890 
Cantharides,  Uses  of  —  2762 
Capitalists,       Hints     to 

Castor-Oil    Pomade..   .      81 
Castor-Oil  Enema  949 
Castor-Oil,  Uses  of  ...    .  2780 
Catechu    Ointment...  .     982 

Burton  Ale  Brewing  .  .  .  25C2 
Business  Habits                1827 

lists,      Hints      to 
Small                              2S92 

Caterpillars,  to  Kill  ....  2084 
Cathartics    Effects  of      2727 

Busts  in  Plaister,  Mak- 
ing    1962 
Put  or  Than  ?  1493 
lutor  That?  1386 
Butter,  Adulterated....  2408 
Butterfiies,  to  Kill  .-    ..  2037 
Butter,  Freshening  Salt  2571 
Butter,  Improving  Bad  2569 
Butter    of     Antimony, 

Carbonic  AcidGas,  What 
is  it?  2938 
Carbonic  Acid,  a  poison  2941 
Carbonic    Acid,  how  to 
tell  2942 
Carbon      and     Oxygen 
unite  with  the  blood.  .  2940 
Carbon      and    Oxygen, 
what  they  are          .      2939 

Cathartic  Mixture  994 
Calhednils',  Modelling..  1952 
Catnip,   Properties    and 
uses  of  2993 
Cattle,  to  Cure  Fcrmen- 
tatioa  in  .  .    8715 
Cattle,      swelled      with 
Green     Food,     cure 
for  ..                               82S7 

Poisoning  by  2269 
Butter  of  Tin,  Poisoning 
by           2270 

Carbonic    Acid,     Trees 
and  Flowers  absorb..  2958 

Catfish,  when  in  Season      53 
Cauliflowers,   to  Pickle  2838 
Caustic   Poisoning  by      2272 

Butter,  Rancid  1277 
By  or  Of?  1562 

Cards,*  Evening  Amuse- 
ments with                       161 

Cautions  in  Visiting  the 
Sick    2579 

By  or  With?        1460 

Cards  How  to  tell  for- 

Caves    Modelling             1989 

Byron's  Enigma  11  •  •  •     279 

tunes  with                  •     161 

C. 
Cabba^  Water                 2572 

Cards,  the  Court  of.  ...     161 
Cards,  Description  of  ...     161 
Carolina,  or  Sweet  Pota- 

tain  Pure  !  2404 
Celebrated  or  Notorious?  1474 
Celery,  Essence  of  205-5 
Celery  Vinegar  .  .  .          9164 

Cabinet-work  Polishing    686 
Cages,  Keeping  Insects 
from      2497 

Carrot  Poultice  8324 
Carbonate  of  Soda,  Uses 
of  2769 

Cellarius  Waltz  1702 
Cements,  Excellent  Re- 
ceipts       22^ 

Cakes  for    Breakfast  or 

Cards  at  Parties  489 

Cement     for     Decayed 

Tea  856 
Cake  of  Fruits  889 

Cards,  Games  at  2082 
Carded  Cotton,  2193 

Teeth  142 
Cement,  How  to  Use  it  1180 

Cakes,  Unfermented  459 
Cakes  Johnny  to  make  3719 

Cardinal  Mulled  Wine.  .  2521 
Carriages    Accidents  in  2517 

Centre  Dishes  for  Din- 
ner    8177 

Calamint,Properties  and 
uses  of  2096 
Caledonian  Quadrilles..  1691 
Calves'  Feet  Jellv      .       2578 

Carrots,  Cold  Use  for..  2067 
Carpets,  Beating  2576 
Carpets,  Care  of  441 

Ceremonies,    Social  ....     456 
Cesspools,  to  purify  8780 
Chaldron  of  Coal  8229 
Chattel  Mortgage             21S8 

Calves'  Heads.   Carving  2630 
Ca'ves'  Head  Pie  440 

Carpets,  Colors  of  ....     673 

Champagne  how  to  hand 
round  .          .          ....  8167 

Calico  Bad  for  Shirts  203 
Calomel    Caution    upon 

mended  680 
Carpets    Selecting....       678 

Chairs,   to   clean   Cane- 
bottomed  ....     890 

Taking  2708 

Carpets,  Sweeping  with 
Grass                              2142 

Chalk,    to   Discover  in 
Bread  2401 

Calomel'  poisoning  by..  2268 

Carpets  the  mostChaste    677 

Chalk  Ointment  979 

Cambrics    to  Wash          8669 

Carpets  to  Buy  672 

Chalk,  Uses    of....          2721 

Camphor,    to  powder..  8166 
Camp  Cookery  -  765 
Camphor,  an  Anti-Spas- 
modic    2705 
Camphor-balls,for  Chaps      29 
Camphorated  Liniment     939 

Carver,  Give  Room  to  the  2592 
Carving,  General  Rules  2584 
Carving  and  Trussing.  .  2-608 
Carving,  Directions  for  2609 
Carving      Knives      and 
Forks,  to  arrange..  .  .  8150 
Case1*  The                          2978 

Chamomile,    Properties 
and  uses  of.  8001 
Chamomile  flowers,  gath- 
ering     2580 
Chamomile  Tea    2581 
Chamomile,  Uses  of.  ...  2712 

Camphoi,  Poisoning  by  2281 
Camphor,  Powdering.  .  .  2665 
CainphoratedToothpow- 
der                                     145 

Cash    and    Credit   con- 
trasted    •  258 
Casks,     Sweetening  ....  2578 

Chapped     Hands,    Oat- 
meal   for  12S2 
Chapped    Hands,   Oint- 

Camphor,  Uses  of  2691 
Canaries,     Management 
of  22S7 
Canaries,  Management  of  308 
Candles,  Discolored  Wax  581 
Candles,    Improved   *>y 
j-e  Aping                            581 

Casting  in  Plaster  1968 
Casting  in  Wax  1901 
Cast-iron  Work  690 
Castor-Oil    and    Senna 
Confection  924 
Castor-Oil,  Best  Way  to 
Take      2682 

Chaps,  Prevent  by  Cam- 
phor        29 
Character,  Elements  of  1776 
Charades,  Acted  2440 
Charades,  Explanation  of  2483 
Charades,  List  of  Words 
for  ...                         .  .  2441 

(  oidles,  Proper  Way  to 
l.iarht...                       .     532 

Castor  Oil,  How  to  make 
palatable  ..                 .8268 

Charcoal....    857 
Charcoal.  Cautions  on  .      57S 

CHE— CHL 


CHL — OLE 


CLE — COD 


Cheese,  to  destroy  mites 
in                                    8732 

Chloride  of  Lime,TTses  of  2776 
Chloride  of  Zinc,   Poi- 
soning by  2271 
Chlorine  Gas,  Poisoning 
by  2274 
Chocolate.  Adulterated.  2406 
Chocolate,  Iceland  Moss  1S43 
Choking,  Treatment  of.  2253 
Choke  Damp,  what  it  is  2964 
Cholera,  Cold  Stage    ...     998 
Cholera,  Pills  for  990 
Cholera,  Rules  for  the 
Prevention  of  1188 
Chops,  Relish  for  2149 
Churches,  Modelling  .  .  2952 
Chutrey,  Excellent  ....  2171 
China,  How  to  Pack  ....  1937 
Chopping,    How    it    is 
done   °          3109 

Cleaning  Kid  Gloves....  2064 
Cleaning  Hair  Brushes.  1320 
Cleaning  Japan'd  Goods    455 
Cleaning     Knives    and 
Forks  550 
Cleaning     Knives     and 
Forks  with  Charcoal.  .     729 
Cleaning         M  ahogany 
Frames  547 
Cleaning  Marble  500 
Cleaning  Marble  1301 
Cleaning  Oil-cloth  536 
Cleaning  Ottomans.  539 
Cleaning   Papier-Mache 
Goods     455 
Cleaning  Porcelain  .-    .  1122 
Cleaning  Plated  Ware  .  .     544 
Cleaning  Satins  42 
Cleaning  White  Satin..     837 
Cleaning    China    Crape 
Shawls  796 
Cleaning  Shoes  2498 
Cleaning  Silks     .               42 

Charcoal,  Caution  2010 
Charcoal,  Clean  Knives    729 
Charcoal     Fumes,     Re- 
medy                        •  •    522 

Charcoal,  Meat  Restored 
by                                       533 

Charcoal      takes      Bad 
Smells  from  Knives.  .     729 
Charts,    Varnishing      -  2297 
Charcoal,  To  Powder.  .  .  3106 
Cheap  Fuel,  Good  .  .  .          395 
Cheese-Cake,   Potato     .     126 
Chemical  Barometer.     .     847 
Chemical  Remedies      .  2764 
Chess  at  Parties  490 
Chess,  Laws  of  2354 
Chestnuts,  for  Dessert.  .  25S3 
Chest,   Bandaging  the..  2209 
Chest,      Formation     of 
Child's                            1078 

Chopping  Board,    How 

Chopping  Knives,  How 
fixed                               8109 

Chicken  and  Ham  Pat- 
ties        100 

Cider,  \\  hat  is  a  Barrel.  8197 
Cinders.  Grottos  of   ...  1937 
Circassian  Circle,  Dance  1706 
Cities,  Modelling  1949 
Cities,    Distance     from 
New  York  to  other.  .  .  3357 
Citric  Acid,  Uses  of  ...  2771 
Civility  in  Shopkeepers  2829 
Clams,  when  in  Season  .  .      53 
Cleanliness  Agreeable.  .     894 
Cleanliness,  Etiquette  of   278 
Cleanliness  Morally  Con- 
sidered      401 
Cleanliness,  Reasons  for    878 
Cleanliness  Refreshing  .    904 
Cleanliness  Sanitary  835 
Cleaning  Straw  Bonnet"  2493 
Cleaning  Alabaster  2519 
Cleaning  Boots  2493 
Cleaning  Books  2058 
Cleaning,  Floor-Boards.  3733 
Cleaning  Boot-Tops..  ..   2499 
Cleaning    Bottles    with 
Coal  2500 
Cleaning  Brasses  of  Fur- 
niture       552 
Cleaning  Brasses  2565 
Cleaning  Bottles  8056 
Cleaning    Brass     Orna- 
ments    692 
Cleaning  Brass  Kettles.     724 
Cleaning  Decanters  .  .  .   8957 
Cleaning,    Clothes-Balls 
for  2530 
Cleaning  Black  Clothes  .      27 
Cleaning  Coppers  2565 
Cleaning  Carpets  2577 
Cleaning  Var'd  Doors..     457 
Cleaning  U'ool'n  Dresses      42 
Cleaning  Feathers      ...  2318 
Cleaning   Ostrich    Fea- 
thers                              2043 

Cleaning  Flowered  Silks    337 
Cleaning  Sofas  539 
Cleaning  Straw  Matting    537 

Chicory,  Uses    of  2405 
Chicken    Pox  1216 
Chilblains,before  Broken  2076 
Chilblains,  Ointment  for  2176 
Chilblains,  Treatment  of  1217 
Child,  Daily  Diet  for.  .  .  1060 
Child,  Six  Months  1054 
Child,  a  Year  Old  1065 
Child,  Two  Years  Old.  .  1088 
Children,  Awakening  .  .  1090 
Children  and  Cutlery  .  .  2291 
Children,  Choose  Names 
for           140 

Cleaning  Lace  Veils  ....    844 
Cleaning  White  Veils..  2307 
Cleaning  Vegetables  ...     686 
Cleaning   Grease    from 
Velvet    1286 
Cleaning  Waiters  455 
Cleaning    and    Drying 
Glass  3056 
Clear  Starch  Laces,  &c., 
To                                  8634 

Children  and  Fire,  Cau- 
tion    2017 
Children's  Bedroom  .  .  .  1091 
Children,  Cookery  for  .     205 
Children,  Discipline  of.    203 
Children,  Discipline  of  .     733 
Children's   Food,  Time 
for  1053 
Children's  Meals  should 
be  Regular  1059 
Children  Over-indulged  1078 
Children  should  not  be 
kept  too  much  at  the 
Breast      1064 

Climate,  Influence  of.  .  .  2678 
Clocks  Care  of              .     569 

Clothes,  Balls  foV  Clean- 
in  <>•                           ...  2580 

Clothes    Closets,    Keep 
Moths  from      520 
Cloth,  Cement  for  2293 
Cloth,  Dveing  Black,  .  .     414 
Cloth,  Dveing  Red  ...     415 
Cloth,  Dyeing  Scarlet..     418 
Cloth,  Dveing  Yellow  .    417 
Cloth,  Grease  from  1288 
Cloth,  Patterns  on  2487 
Clothes,  to  Clean  Black      27 
Cloth,  to  take  Wax  from    504 
Clouds,    their     Indica- 
tions      2071 
Cloth  -T:nle,  to  Lav  a..  8147 
Coal,  A  Chaldron  of.  .  .  .  3229 
Coal  Measure  8229 
Coal,  to  Obtain  Good  .  .  1142 
Cocoanut  Pie  2165 
Cockroaches,  to  Kill  .  .  1832 
Cocoa,  Adulterated  ....  240 
Cod-Fish,  Baked  255 
Cod-Fish,  to  Know  Fresn 
Cod-Liver  Oil,  How  to 
Get  Cheap  and  Good    888 
Cod-Oil,  Best   Way  to 
Tata    ..                     ..  2«Si 

Children,  Treatment  of  1052 
Chiinaphila  Decoction  .  .     930 
Jhimney  on  Fire,  Keep 
Windows  Shut  524 
Chimney  on  Fire,  to  Ex- 
tinguish by  Powdered 
Sulphur  898 
China.  Cement  for  139 
China  Tea-pots  Best  ..       545 
China  War«,  Care  of..     1121 
Chine  of  Mutton,  Roas     604 
Chinese  Lanterns,  1851 
Chinese  Porcelain  1124 
Chintzes,  Washing  657 
Chloride  of  GoU,  Poi 
snnin<'  bv.    .                     5272 

Cleaning  Furn  iure  684 
Cl^aninsr  Furs  ..          ,  ..  2081 

10           OOF—  OOX 

CON—  cou 

COU  —  CUT 

Coffee,  Adulterated  .  -   .  2407 
Coffee  as  a  Disinfectant     844 
Coffee,  Hint  on  Coffee- 
pot    575 
Coffee  Milk  for  the  Sick  2292 
Coffee,  Turkish  Mode  .  .     832 
Coins,  Impressions  from  1304 
Col.  Birch's  Remedy  for 
Rheumatic  Gout  ....  2173 
Cold,  Caution  2012 
Col-  1  Cream                            84 

Convulsions  from  Teeth- 
ing    951 
Convulsions  in  Children  1222 
Conjunctions  29S2 
Conversation,  Art  of  —  8ol5 
Conversation,  Object  of.  8024 
Conversation  as  an  Art.  8045 
Cookery  for  Children  .  .     '204 
Cookery,  Camp  -  .     765 
Cookery,    Leading    In- 
structions      •                 239 

Courtship,  Etiquette  of.  2345 
Courtship,  How  to  Com- 
mence a       2879 
Courses  at  Dinner  8158 
Crab,  Mock  444 
Crab,  to  Choose  Fresh  .  .        9 
Cramp  in  the  Legs  2080 
Cramp  in  the  Stomach.  1010 
Cramp  while  Bathing.  .  .     824 
Cramp  while  Bathing..  2811 
Crape  to  Renovate  Black  1299 

Cold    Evaporating   Lo- 
tion            ...           ...     969 

Cooking,  Time  Required 
for               289 

Crape,  to  u  ash  China.  .     795 
Crape  Water  Stains  from    884 

Cold  M,-at,  Garnish  for  2542 
Cold  Meats,  Cooking  .  .     825 
Cold,  Mixture  for  a  Bad    167 
Cold      Sweet      Dishes, 
Warming  843 
Cold,  to  Avoid  Catching    454 
Colic  Essence  for               949 

Coppers,  Cleaning  .    ...  2565 
Copper  in  Green  Tea, 
to  Detect    ...   1310 
Copper  in  Pickles,  to  de- 
tect    1810 
Copper,  Poisoning  by..  2267 
Copper  to  Detect          .  252& 

Cranesbill,      Properties 
and  Uses  of    8010 
Cream  of  Tartar  Confec- 
tion    ••••  92« 
Cream  of  Tartar,  Uses  of  2789 
Cream,  Substitute  for..  2;)57 
Cress  Vinegar                    2165 

Col!  vria,  or  Eye  Washes    907 
Colo'cv  nth,  Uses  of  2736 
Columbian  Hair  Dye  .  .     271 
Colour,  restoring  to  Silk  2518 
Colder  Weather,  Signs  of  3526 
Colored  Washes  for  Walls  190 

Copying  Ink,  to  Make.  .  3716 
Corn,  What  is  a  Barrel  of  3197 
Corn  Meal  Poultice  ....  8815 
Correcting  Proofs,  Signs 
for  8?60 
Correspondence,  Love  .  ..  2881 

Cribbage,  Eight  Card...  2111 
Cribbage,  Five  Card....  2107 
Cribbage,  Odds  of  2112 
Cribbage,  Rules  of  2104 
Crtbbage,  Three  or  Four 
Hand  ...  2109 

Coltsfoot,  Piopertiesand 
Uses  of  .     ...  3008 
Commercial  Bale  of  Cot- 

Cord of  Wood  3-280 
Corks,  Tying  down  ....  8060 
Cork  Caves  of      .           1941 

Cribbage,  Terms  Used  in  2105 
Cries  of  Children  Bene- 
ficial         ...                   1075 

ton  8222 
Comma,  Displacing  a  .  .  1654 
Common  Enema  947 
Common  Eye  Wash     .  .     909 

Cork,  Modelling  in  1931 
Corns,  Cause  and  Cure  .  2844 
Corns,   Cured  by  Pota- 
toes                               2817 

Cries  of  Infants  1067 
Cross  Writing  is  Bad  ...     780 
Croup,  Treatment  of.  .  ..  1228 
Crochet   Ladies'   Guide 

Common  Purgative  Pills    987 

Corns  Cured  by  Acetic 

to  '  8308 

Complexion,  to  Improve      60 
Composition,  Writing..     774 
Compound    Alum   Eye 
Wash  910 
Compound  Ammoni^f;- 
od  Ointment     937 

Acid  178 
Corns,  Mixture  for     ...   1297 
Corns,  soft,Treatinent  of  2568 
Correspondence,  Postal    7T5 
Corrosive       Sublimate, 
Poisoning  by  .               2268 

Cucumbers,  to  Pickle...  2382 
Cucumbers,  to  Preserve    858 
Cumfrey,  Properties  and 
Uses  of  8008 
Cup  in  a  Pie-dish,  Use  of    276 
Cupping                   .   .       2227 

Compound  Soda  Powder  1005 

Cossack's    Plum     Pud- 
ding                 •  •         •     772 

Curling  Rashers  of  Ba- 
con                          .      8484 

Wash  915 
Compresses,  Surgical  ...  2197 
Concussion,    Treatment 
of  2251 
Conduct,  Consistent  .  .  .  1774 
Conduct,  Kules  of  822 
Confections,Aaulterated  2408 
Confections  and  Electu- 
aries                     •            916 

Cotton,  Commercial  Bale 
of  8222 
Cough,  Cure  for  a  Dry  .  2806 
Cough,  Hooping,  Treat- 
ment    1232 
Cough  Mixture  996 
Cough,  Mixture  for  Bad    167 
Cou£h,  Mixture  for  Chil- 
dren                                997 

Currants  for  Children..     220 
Currant  Cake,  Economi- 
cal         75 
Currant  Jellv,  (Black)  .  .    112 
<'urrant  Jellv  (Red)....      89 
Currant  Jelly  (  ^  bite)  .  .     120 
Currant  \\ine,  to  Make..  2315 
Curried    Beef,    Madras 
Way    .  .            .  .         .     445 

Connexions,  Card  Game  2123 
Connexions     of    Shop- 
keepers    2S36 

Coughs,  Peculiar  Reme- 
edy  828 
Cough  Pills  989 

Durry  Powders  284 
Durry  Powder  2167 
Curry  Powder,  Indian.  .     168 

Constipation,        Treat- 
ment of                      .     1220 

Cough,  Pills  for  a  Bad  .  .     180 
Cough  Syrup  for    .  .  .       2177 

Curtains,       Correspond 
with  Carpet             .        678 

Consumption,       Treat- 
ment of  .     1221 

Cough,  Treatment  of..  1219 
Country  Dances  1710 

Curious  Facts  3268 
Curious  Properties  of  the 

Contusions,  Lotion  for  .    969 
Contusions,    Treatment 
of  2247 
Conundrums,  Specimens 
of    2437 
Conversatioi  ,  Etiquette 
of  864 
Oonvnlsions,    ilorafor* 
for...                       ..   2816 

Countries,  Modelling  ..  1955 
Couple  or  Two  ?  .  ...       1487 
Covenants  betw'n  Land- 
lord and  Tenant  2847 
Cowhage    922 
Cowhage,  Uses  of  2779 
Cough  "Syrup,  Good    .  .   8356 
Courtship,  Pialiminaries 
of  a  ..                       ..  2872 

Number  Nine  2159 
Custard,  Baked.   2481 
Custard  Powders,  Adul- 
terated      2410 
Custard    Served     with 
Apples  2527 
Custards,  Good  Almond  8781 
Cutting    and   Grinding 
Glass...                    ..  80«6 

CUT  —  DIN                                            D1X  —  DUE                                            DRE—  EGG             11 

Cutaneous  Eruptions,..  1^33 
Cutlery  and  Children..     229 
Cutlery,  wrap  in  Zinc..   231.' 
Cuts,  treatment  of  224" 
Cats,  Treatment  of  2(551 

I> 

Dahlias,  to  Protect  from 
Earwigs  1318 
Damp  Linen,  Dangers  of    203 
Damp  \\alls,  Improved 
by  Lead  819 
Damsons,  Preserved.  ...     160 
Dances,  Terms  Udcd  to 
Describe    1718 
Dancing,    Figures    De 
scribed  1678 
Dandelion  Decoction  ..     932 
Daughters,  the  Care  of.     109 
Deadly  Nightshade,  Poi- 

Dinners,  First  Class  8145 
Dinner,  Behaviour  at...  3178 
Dinner    things,    to    re- 
move      8169 
Dining-Table,  to  Arrange 
an  Oval      .       .           .  3158 

Dress,  How  a  lady  should  3299 
Dress,  How  to,  with  taste  8288 
Dress  for  balls  and  parties  3295 
Dress,  general  rule  for.  .   8302 
Dress,  the  most  Elegant.  3800 
Dress,  Ladies,  on  Fire  .  .     704 
Dress,  Female  230 
Dress,  Hints  upon  1322 
Dressings,  Surgical  2187 
Dresses,  to  Ciean  Woollen    42 
Dresses,     to     Preserve 
Colour  of  4f>l 
Dried  Apples  2509 
Drinking,Children,wben 
best  1066 
Drink  for  Children  1063 
Drinks  for  the  Sick,  ....   liOl 
Drop  Cakes,  Excellent..      74 
Dropsy,  Decoction  for..     930 
Drops     for     Removing 
Grease  115 
Dropsies,  Mixture  for.  .  .     995 
Dropsy  of  the  Belly  ...     939 
Dropsy,  Treatment  of  .  1224 
Drowning,  Treatment  of  2255 
Drugs,  Properties  of  ...   2686 
DrunkennessCondemned  1821 
Drunkenness,Treatment  2257 
Dry  ing  Herbs  2457 
Drying  Glass  bottles  .  .  .  8068 
Duck  Baked                      2~>52 

Dioramic  Pictures   1851 
Directions  for  Icing  ...     249 
Direct  or  Address  1   ....  1575 
Diseases,  Causes  of  ....    87S 
Diseases,  Treatment  of.  1212 
Dishes,  How  to  Arrange  3127 
Dishes,  to  Place  on  the 
Table     8152 
Dishes  should  be  Gar- 
nished      8129 
Dishes  Centre  ..     .        8177 

Disinfecting  Fluid  400 
Disinfecting    Fluid,   Sir 
^  .  Burnett's  2776 
Disinfecting  Fumigation  1838 
Dlaputatiom,  Opinion  on  1800 
Distance  from  New  York 
to  other  Cities  3357 
Dispute,  Never  get  in  a.  8025 
Diuretics,  Effects  of  ...  3745 
Diu  retic  Mixture  995 
Dividing,  Chopping,  and 
Powderino-                      8101 

Deafness  from  Deficient 
Wax  1293 
Deafness,  Keraedy  for.  .  2141 
Debt,  Going  into  281 
Decayed   Tooth,   Gutta 
Percha  for  Filling  ...     737 
December,     Gardening 
for                   1044 

Dogs,  Treatment  of  265) 
Domestic  Pharmacopoeia  906 
Domestic  Rules  846 
Domestic  Surgery,  2186 
Domestic  Manipulation.  8052 
Domino.  Card  Game         2117 
Doors,    Cleaning,    Var- 
nished                             457 

December,      SVhat     for 
Dinner?  59 

Ducks,  Carving  2^44 
Duck,  Stuffing,  2153 
Dumplings,  Boil  in  a  Net    203 
Dntch  Oven,  the  1936 
Dwarf  Plants  1929 
Dyeing  Bonnets        ....   2504 
Dyeing,General  Drr'ions    4:)2 
Dvsenterv,  Pills  for  —     990 
Dysentery,       Infallible 
Remedy  for                 .  8784 

Decoctions,  Medical  ...     929 
Decoction,  Process  of..  .     2672 
Decisions  in  Law  8552 
Decanters,  Cleaning  ...  8057 
Decanters    Drying  8058 
Decan.ing  Liquids  8085 
Decanting  Svphon  3088 
Detective  Enunciation      132-! 
Demulcents,  Effects  of  .  2782 
Depilatory  Ointment..  .  1839 
Deposits  in  Kettles,  Pre- 
venting    578 
Dessert,  Serving  the  ....  2601 
Devonshire  Junket  1842 
Dew,  its  Indications.  .    .  2070 
Diamond  Cement  78 
Diamond    Kings,    How 
injured                   8088 

Doorway,  to  keep  Open    534 
Drank  or  Drunk  1466 
Jraughts,Eu!es  of  Game    739 
Drawers,    Keeping    In- 
sects from  2497 
Dr.  Babington's  Mixture 
for  Indigestion  1287 
Dr.   Birt  Davies'   Gout 
Mixture                           12S4 

E 

E.,  the  Letter,  in  Spelling  1669 
Each,  Either,  Every          1369 
Early  Rising,  Healthful    842 
Early  Rising,Tiine  saved 
by       .                 .       .     773 

Dr.  Br  wer's  Guide  to 
Science  291 
Dr.    i  larke's    Pills     for 
Nervous  Headache.  .  .  .  1291 
Dr.  Franklin's  Advice  to 
Swimmers  2801 
Dr  lire's  Ink  Writing.  .      82 
Dr.     Scott's     Wash    to 
Whiten  the  Nails.  ....  1296 
Dr.  Boerhaave's  Rules.  .  8278 
Dredging,  all  kinds  of.  .   2541 
)ress,  How  a  bridegroom 
should    2905 
)ress,     How     a     bride 
should     2903 

Earwigs,    to    Kill  208S 
Earwigs,      to      Protect 
Dahlias  from  1813 
Eating.  Rules  for  8178 
Economical  Dish  238 
Economy  of  Fuel  1185 
Economy,  Hints  upon.  .     710 
Edinburgh  Ale,Brewing  2563 
Education  of  Children,..  1079 
Eels,  Baked  2552 
Effervescing  Drinks,  cau- 
tion          2025 
Egg  and  Ham  Patties.  .  .       96 
Egg  and  Lime  Cement.  .    231 
Egg  Powders,  adulterat- 
ed    2410 
Eecs  and  Minced  Ham.     1C* 

Diamond  for  \Vriting  on 
Glass  80S2 
Diaphanie,  Instructions 
In  1851 
Diaphoretics,  Effects  of.  2751 
Diarrhoea,  Pills  for         .     990 
Diet,  Dailv,  for  a  Child.  1060 
Digestion  of  Substances  2(570 
Diluents,  Uses  of  2789 
Dining  Tables,  Polishing   5-i2 
Dinners,  arrangement  of  2384 
Dinners  for  a  ^  eek.  ...      41 
Dinner,    What  Can  we 
Have      .  .       .        48  to  59 

)ress,  How  a  bridesmaid 
should  2904 
)ress,  How  a  groomsman 
should    2905 
Dress,  How  a  gentleman 
RhmiW  ...                   .  .  8290 

Dinner,  How  to  lay  out  8145 
r»innft»    f!onrRM>  for.  .  ..  .   8153 

12           EGG—  ETY 

EVE  —  FEA 

FEA  —  FIR 

figgs  Pickled,  Excellent    110 
EggN  Preserving  4'.)  7 
Eggs,  Preserving  Bird's.    TSft 
Eggs  to  Keep  Long  ....     790 
Eggs,  Preserving  232J 

Evening  Amusement.  .  .  2485 
Evening    Parties,    Eti- 
quette       476 
Everlasting,    Properties 
anil  uses  of  2998 

Feathers,  Dyeing  Pink  .  191S 
Feathers.   Pvring    deep 
Hod  ."  422 
F  eathers,  Dyeing  Red.  .   1919 
Feathers,    Dyeing   Rose 
Colour     421 

Either  or  Each  15S5 
Either,  Neither  1871 

Exclamations  and  Oaths  1600 
Exemption  laws  may  be 
waived                8261 

Feathers,  Dyeing  Yellow    423 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Yellow  1917 

Exercise  Bodily               1179 

Dye     '                           19°3 

Elder  Flowers,  when  to 
Gather                             2461 

Kxercise!  Duration  of.  .  .     668 
Exercise  for  Females          203 

Feathers,  to  Clean  Os- 
trich                              2048 

Elder  Roots,  Properties 
and  uses  of    3012 
Elecampane,   Properties 
and  uses  of  30C9 
Electuaries  and  Confec- 

Exercise, Mental         .  .  .   1179 
Exercise,  Remarks  on.  .     659 
Exercise,  Time  for  .....     662 
Exercises,  Various  660 
Expectorants,  Effects  of.  2756 

February.  Gardening  for  102C 
February  —  What     for 
Dinner?   49 
Feet,  Remedy  for  Blis- 
tered    ....    1278 

tions    916 

Extracts  of  Substances..  2673 
Eye  Dirt  in  the                2241 

Felon,     or     Whitlow, 

rnents         933 
Emetics  Effects  of           2724 

Eye'  Lime  in  the  2242 
Eye  Washes  Several  •  •  •     907 

Felon,  Cure  for  a  8286 
Female  Dress  280 

Eminent  and  Imminent?  1595 
Emollient  Lotion       ...     963 

Eye,  Iron  or  Steel  in  ...   2243 
Eyelashes  to  make  them 

Female  Temper  282 
Fennel  When  to  Gather  2462 

Emollients,  Uses  of.  ...  2790 
Enamelled    Leather,   to 
Polish                           .  1841 

Grow  393 

Eyes,  Cure  for  sore....     165 
Eyes  Cure  for  weak,  .  .  .     165 

Fevers  Arise  from  Dirt.     881 
Fever,  Common  Contin- 
ued       1218 

Enemas,  Medicated  943 
Enigma,  Pyron's,  II  279 
Enigma,  Cockney  H  279 
Enigma  Cockney  V  ••      279 

Eves,  Injured  by  Sew- 
ing....      203 
Eyes,  Treatment  of  In- 
flamed                           1243 

Fevers,     Convalescence 
after  999 
Fever,  Intermittent  -  .  .  1245 
Fever     Scarlet     Treat- 

Enigma  Ancient        .  .  .  2442 

ment  1261 

Enigmas,Explanations  of  2442 

F 

Fever,    Typhus,  Treat- 

nopsis  of  2965 
English  Bushel   3199 
Engravings,     Technical 
terms   relative  to  ....   324( 
Entrees,  to  Arrange    .  •  8156 
Entering    Parties,    Eti- 
quette '  47( 
Enunciation,  Defective.  132£ 
Envy  Condemned  1799 
Epilepsy,  Treatment  of  1225 

Face,  Eruptions  on  the-.  1227 
Face,  Lotion  for  Pain  in      33 
Face,  Wash  for  Blotched  1280 
Faded  Dresses,  Bleach- 
ing       515 
Failures  of  Shopkeepers  2826 
Failures  of  Large  Shop- 
keepers    2830 
Faintness,  Treatment  of  1228 

Fever  and  Ague,Cure  for  S2S4 
Fig  Pudding  2320 
Fillet  of  Veal,  Carving.  2626 
Fillet  of  Veal,  Roasting    611 
Filtering  Fluids  .......  2668 
Filter  Liquids,  How  to.  8085 
Filter,  How  to  make  a.  .  8097 
Filtering  Paper  3097 
Finger  Glasses,  How  to 
arrange  8151 

Epispastics,  Uses  of.    ...   2761 
Epsom  Salts  Uses  of.  .  .  2741 

Falsehood,  Avoid  1775 
Family  Circle  the  340 

Finger-glasses  at  Dinner  2601 
Fining  Wine      2505 

Equation  Table,  a  very 
useful    3361 

Family  Circles,  Sugges- 
tions for  Forming  2391 

Fire    Buckets    Recom- 
mended       707 

Erasmus  Wilson's  Lotion 
for  the  Hair  1295 

Family  Connexions    .  -  -  2840 
Family  Pudding        ...     255 

Fire    in  Chimney,  Sul- 
phur for  898 

Er,  as  used  in  Spelling.  .  1671 
Errors  in  Speaking        .  IS 

Family  Tool-Chests    .  -  -  1097 
Farina,  Imitative  1913 
Farther  or  Further  ?     -  -  1492 

Fire,  Escaping  from  —     526 
Fire,  Precautions  in  Case 
of                            ....     695 

Eruptions'  on  the  Face..  1226 
Eschalots,  to  Pickle.  ...  2381 
Escharotics,  Effects  of...  277: 

Fatigue,  Hot  Water  for  .  230] 
Feather  Beds,  to  Manage    203 
Feather  Beds  unfit  for 
Nurseries                        1094 

Fire  in  Chimney,   Wet 
Blanket  559 
Fire  Screens,  Burnishing    528 
Fire  Solution  to  Extin- 

Etiquette Opinion  upon 

Feathers  Cleansin^     .  .  2318 

guish                                706 

Books  on        1769 
Etiquette,    Newly-mar- 
ried             .     1211 
lEtiquc'tte.  Hints  on   ...   2345 
'Etiquette   of   Courtship 
and  Marriage     2365 
Etiquette  at  the  1  able  .  8178 
Etiquette    of   Presenta- 
tions       278 
Etvmolosnr  What  it  l»  -  2969 

Feather  Flowers  1908 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Black    418 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Blue.     411 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Blue.  1916 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Crim 
son  420 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Green  1918 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Green  2053 
Feathers,  Dyeing  Lilac.  1921 
Feathers.  Dyeing  Pink  .    421 

Fire,     Teach    Children 
Respecting    523 
Fires,  Management     of 
Family  1187 
Fire,  how  to  get  a  Horse 
out  of  the..    826.1 
Fires,  Precautions  agalnrt  558 
Fires  Prevented  by  Alum    2« 
!  Firkin  of  Butter?  How 
'     mnch  is  a  822* 

FIR—  FOR                                          POU  —  GAL                                       GAL  —  OLA           13 

First  Set  of  Quadrilles  .  .  ^679 
First-Watch  Stew  836 
Fishes,  Preserving  Curi- 
ous               •                   2496 

Four  good  points  8192 

Galopade  Dance.  ..  .         1698 

Four  important  rules  .  .  8193 
Fowls  Carving  2637 

Galopade  Quadrilles.  .  .  .  1699 
Gambope,  Poisoning  by.  2:^.82 
Gamboge,  Uses  of  27S1 
Game,  Garnishes  for  2^42 
1  Game  Sauce  2156 
Game,  Time  Required  to 
Cook        289 
Game,  to  Choose  Good  .      25 
Gardening  Operations.  .  1021 
Garden  Seeds,  what  kind 
to  Plant           871* 
Garden  Stands,  Paint  for    501 
Gargles,  Various.  952 
Garlic,  Juice    of,    as    a 
Cement               1183 

Fowl,  Serving-up   cold.  2166 
Fowls,  to  Fatten  quickly  1316 
Fowls,  to  choose  Good      20 
Franklin's.  Dr.,  Rules..     848 
Freezing    Preparation..     241 
Freezing  without  Ice  or 
Acids  241 
Freckles,  Lotion  for.  ...     172 
Freckles,  Remedy  for  .  .  2293 
Freckles,  to  Remove  ...    386 
French  Batter    2582 
French  Beans    2544 

Fish,  TTowtoeat  3182 
Fish,  Directions  frr  carv 
ing  2609 
Fish  Fried  with  F  >tatoes    124 
Fish,  Oarnish  for  2542 
jfteti   Cake     104 
Fish  $ance,  Anchovies,  Ac.  286 
Fish  Sauce  2156 
Fish,    to    choose   Fresh 
Water  7 
Fish,  to  choose  Good..  .        2 
Fits,  Treatment  of  2258 
Fixature  for  the  Hair    .     150 
Flannels,     Caution     .  i 
Wa«hin£                           660 

French  Polishes    188 
French  Rolls  1155 
Fried  Fish,  Carving.  .  .  .  2595 
Friendly  Parties  840 
Friends,  Choice  of  them    446 
Fritters.  Batter  for  2532 
From  or  Of?...  1514 
Frost-bite  Treatment  of  1229 
Frozen  limbs.  Treatment  1229 
Frosty  weather,  Signs  of  3586 
Fruit  stains,  to  remove  827V 
Fruit  Cake  339 
Fruit  for  Children  .....     21  6 
Fruit-fritters,  Batter  for  2532 
Fruit,  Health  fulness  of.     108 
Fruits  Healthy  for  Chil- 
dren      '  219 
Fruit,  Modelling  Wax..   1876 
Fruit,   Preserving  ....     642 
Fruit  stains  from  Linen    450 
Fruits,  to  Fottlo  889 
Frugality,     Franklin's 
Rules  S48 
Frving,  Dialogue  on  1972 
Frying-pan,  the     1984 
Frying,  Remarks  Upon  .    289 
Frving  Vegetables,  New 
Plan   2582 
Fuel,  Cheap  and  Good  .    895 
Fuel.  Economy  of    .    ..  1135 
Fumigation,  Disinfecting  1888 
Fungi",  to  Preserve    .  .     1930 
Furniture,  Care  of  Rose- 
wood     .   541 
Furnishing,  Cautions..  .     581 
Furniture,  Cleansing  of.     684 
Furniture  Polish  687 
Furniture,  When  Liable 
to  Crack  540 
Furs,  Liquid  to  Preserve    187 
Furs,  to  Clean  2081 

6 

Gad-fly  Sting  2288 
Galbunuin,  Uses  of  .  .    .  2701 
Galling  in  Invalids  ..  ..  2CC5 
Gallon    measure,    Hot* 
much  is  It?  8204 
<5a.ls  Lotion...             .    975 

Garlic,  to  Pickle  2331 
Garnished,  Every  Dish 
should  be  8129 
Garnishes.  All  Kinds  of.  2542 
Gas,  Carbonic  Acid  2938 
Gas,  Nitrogen,  Rejected 
by  the  Lung's                 2947 

Flannels,  Washing  516 
Flat  Fish,  Carving  2607 
Flatulent  Colic  993 
F'ies  destroyed  by  Pepper  560 
Flies,  Green  Tea  destroys  519 
Flies,  Mixture  to  destroy  1294 
Flint  to  powder    ...        8106 

Geese,  to  Choose  Good.      21 
Gentian,  Uses  of  2711 
Gentleman,   the  True..  1793 
German  Paste,  for  Birds    817 
German    Sausage,  with 
Poultry.  2483 
German    Yeast,    Bread 
Made  With  2824 
German    Yeast  Consid- 
ered         268 
Gherkins,  to  Pickle  ....  1881 
Gilt  Frames,  Protecting 
from  Flies  and  Dust.  .  2570 
Gilt  Frames,  to  Clean  .  .     457 
Gin,  Adulterated  2411 
Ginger-beer,  Dr.  Perei- 
ra's                                     79 

Floors,  Hints  on  scrub- 
bing    2844 
Floors,  to  take  Grease 
from  283 
Flour,  to  test  Suspected    586 
Flour  unfit  for  Children  1053 
Flour?  How  much  Is  a 
barrel  of  8197 

Flounders,  when  in  Sea- 
son        48 
1  Flounders,  how  to  chooso 
them  8 
Flowers,  Feather  1908 
Flowers,  Keep  from  Bed- 
rooms                 .  .     572 
Flowers,  Leaves  of  Fea- 
ther         1924 
Flowers,  Modelling  Wax  1876 
Flowers  of  Bismuth,  Poi- 
soning    2272 
Flower  of  Brimstone.  ..     157 
Flower  of  Silver,  Poison- 
ing by  2272 
Flowers  of  Zinc,  Poison- 
ing by  22T1 
Folding,  Starching   and 

Ginger-beer  Powders.  ..    186 
Ginger-beer,  Superior..  1289 
Gingerbread  Aperient..   2484 
Gingerbread  Cake  162 
Gingerbread  Snaps  73 
Ginger  Biscuits    2474 
Ginger  Cakes                         ^6 

Ginger  Cakes                     2474 

Ginger,  Powdering  2W5 
Ginger,  Uses  of  .  2760 
Grlandular  Enlargements    986 
Glandular  Enlargements, 
Embrocation  for  ....*.       986 
Glass,  cutting  and  grind- 
ing    SOC6 
Glass,  cleaning  and  dry- 
ing           8058 
Glass.  Cement  for  .....     189 
Glass  Bottles,  to  label  .  .   8080 
Glass,  Hardening  1127 
jlass,  How  to  wipe  8149 
Glasses.  How  to  arrange 
Wine  8151 
glasses,  Ilow  to  arrange 
Finger  .'    3151 
Glass,  Ink   for   writin? 
UDon  .  .                        "  3.'r*1 

Food  in  Season   48 
Food,  to  choose  Good  ..        1 
Food,  TTnfit  for  Children  1086 
Fool's  Parsley,  Poisoning 
by           -  .                      83«1 

Foot,  Bandaging  the  ...  2214 
Foot  or  Feet?  1462 
For  or  Of?                         1561 

For  or  To?   1539 
Forcemeat  Balls  2161 
Fore-quarter  Lamb, 
Roastin"                  .        621 

Fortures,    how   to    tell 

•o  -ifh  CnrA*                        .      Ifil   • 

14            GLA  —  ORE 

ORE—  HAS 

HAS  —  HON 

Glass  and  Metals,Cement    232 

-  t'urificfl  by  Char- 

Green    Peas,    when    in 

Season                                 52 

Hashed  Mutton  884 

eo-il              557 

Gridiron,  the  1988 

Hats,  Brush  in"1 

Gl;"^   Stoppers    Loosen 

Grill  Sauce                    .  2547 

Haunch  of  Mutton  Carv- 

by  Oil                        •  •       254 

Grilled  Beef  Bonos  ...  2546 

Glass  Stoppers,  to  loosen  3U61 
Glass,  to  Break  to  any 
Figure  1322 
Glass,  to  clean,  bottles.  805(5 
Glass   to  pack                .  '2937 

Grind,  How  to  8101 
Grinding  Glass    3060 
Groomsman,  His  Duty.  2906 
Grottoes  of  Cinders  1937 
Ground  GKss  Imitative  1829 

IlAimchof  Mutton,  Roast    603 
Haunch  of  Mutton,  Sauce   603 
Haunch  of  Venison,  Carv- 
ing                  2616 

Glass  Ware,  Care  of.   ...   1121 

Grubs,  to  Kill    2035 

Hay,  Ton  of  ...    .             39^5 

Glass,    wash    in     cold 

Gum  Arabic  Starch    ...      91 

Hay  Measure  .  .  .                8226 

water                             •     5!3 

Gum  Arabic  Starch      -  •  8678 

Glauber's  Salt,  Uses  of  .  2742 
Glaze,  Beef  2540 
Glazing  for  Hams  44S 

Glazing  for  Meats               44S 

Gutta    Percha   for  Bad 
Teeth  787 
Gutta  Percha,  Modelling 
in                                 .  1981 

Hay,  Load  of  3226 
II.-Bone  of  Beef  .  2556 
Headache  Cured  by  Sul- 
phuric uEther                 2692 

Si-lazing  for  Tongues  —     44S 
Glenny's  Gardening  quot- 
ed       ~      .  .  2039 
Gloves,  Cleaning  Kid...  2064 

Gut^a   Percha    Soles  — 
How  to  put  them  on  .  .     887 
Gum,  How  to  Powder.  .  3106 

Headache,  Nervous,  Dr. 
Clarke's    Pills  for  ...  1291 
Head,  Bandaging  the-.  2202 
Head  high,  Lying  with 
the                                    842 

Gloves!  Dyeing  Purple.  .     427 
Gloves,  Dyeing  Purple  .  .    427 
Gloves,  to  take  Care  of    203 
Gnat  'Sting,  Remedy  for  2288 
Gold    Fish,    the    Treat- 

II 

Habits,  Constitutional..  2676 
Had  or  Would?  1385 
Haemorrhoids,  Ointment 
for                                   2174 

Head,  Lotion  for  Pain  in      33 
Health,  General  2679 
Health  in  Youth  1150 
Health,    Rules   for    the 
Preservation  of         .  .  115G 

Gold,  Poisoning  by  2272 
Goose  Baked     .  .       .       2552 

Hair  Brushes,  to  Clean  .  1320 
Hair  Dye,  to  Make  270 

to  Sickness  902 
Heart-burn  Drink  for      2140 

Goose'  Carving  2643 
Goose,  Marbled  105 
Goose   Mock  2144 

Hair,  Dyeing  Black....     424 
Hair,  Dyeing  Green  .  .  .  2053 
Hair,  Erasmus  Wilson's 

Heart,  Palpitation  of  the  8283 
Hearths,  Keeping  Clean    523 
Hearth,  Grease  Spots  on    530 

Goose   Roast                     2153 

Lotion                              1295 

Goose'  Stuffing  2152 

Hair,  Methods  of  Dyeing    824 
Hair  Oil  of  Roses              1281 

trast  with  Carpet  681 

Gooseberry  Wiiie,to  make  2315 

Hair'  Oils,  Various  268 

of   2243 

Gorlitza,  the  1708 
Gossiping  Condemned.  .     791 
Government  Land  Meas- 

Hair, Opinions  on  Dye- 
ing            824 
Hair  Restored  by  Onions    788 

He  or  Him,  Him  or  Them  1407 
Hence,     Whence,     and 
Thence    .  .  .                    1381 

ure     3203 

Hair,  Superfluous    899 

Herbs,  Drying     2457 

0-ont  Mixture,  Dr.  Birt 
Davies'                           1284 

Hair,  to  Promote  Growth 
of      ....                 .        147 

Herbs,  to  Powder  8111 

Gout  Pills  for        188 

Hair  Wash,  Borax  <fcc.  .  .  2054 

Uses  of                           2992 

Gout^  Treatment  of  1230 
Grain  Measure    8214 
Grain,  a  Quarter  of  8217 
Grammar,  What  is  it  ?  .  .  2966 
Grape  Wine  to  make        2315 

Half-pay  Pudding   40 
Ham  and  Chicken  Patties  100 
Ham  and  Egg  Patties  .  .       96 
Ham  and  Veal  Patties  .      97 
Ham  Baked                      2552 

Herb  Powders,  to  Make  2478 
Herrings,  Baked  2552 
Herrings,  to  Know  Fresh        6 
Here,  There,  and  Where  1880 
Hiccough  Relief  for         2056 

Ham  Carving    2635 

Highland  Reel  the            1712 

Gravel,  Treatment  of.  .  .  1231 
Gravi^,  Flavoring  for  .  2531 
Gravy,  Brown  ....     ...  2477 
Gravy  Sauce  2150 
Gravy  Soup,  Clear  2478 
Grease  from  Books   81  "> 
Grease  from  Paper  815 
Grease  from  Silk  2042 
Grease,  Scouring  Drops 
for  115 
Grease  Spots  on  Hearth    530 
Green-page  Jam   2446 
Green  Gages,  Preserved    160 
Green    Tea,    to    Detect 
Copper  in                       1810 

Ham,  Slices  2484 
Hams,  Hint  on  Curing  .  2172 
Hand,  Bandaging  the  ...  2211 
Hand  Flour  Mill.               2390 
Handkerchief  as  a  Ban- 
dage    2215 
Handkerchief,  to  Carry 
Neatly  278 
Handkerchief  as  a  Night- 
Cap      2143 
Handsv  take  Stains  from    603 
Hands,  to  Whiten     —      87 
Hanging,  Treatment  of.  2256 
Hartshorne  will  remove 
Stains               8275 

Him  or  He  ?  1888 
Hind     Quarter     Lamb, 
Roasting  620 
History,    American     In 
brief  848 
Hither.     Thither,     and 
Whither     1882 
Hoarhound,    Properties 
and  Uses  of            ...  2997 
Home     Comforts,     Re- 
marks on               208 
Home-made  Bread    —   2323 
Home  Truths  for  Home 
Peace    281 
Homo  Truths  on  Monev 

Green  Wash,  to   make 
Brilliant  ...     190 

Has  Been,  or  W  is?  ....  1547 
Ha»Got,orHas?  1487 

Matters  ".  2883 
Honesty  Commended.  .  .  1741 

HON  —  IDI                                          IDL  —  INS                                          INS  —  JEP                15 

3onev  Soap,  to  make..     845 
Honey  Water....         ..     163 
Hooping  Cough  Mixture      47 
•looping:  Co'igh,  Roche's 
Embrocation  224 
Hooping  Cough,  Treat- 
ment                  1282 
Hop,  Medical  Uses  of.  .  2695 
Hops.  Pillow  of  2605 
Hop  Poultice         3321 
Hop-roots,  Properties  and 
Uses  of  8012 
Horn  Staining  867 
Horses,  Caution  2015 
Horse,  how  to  judge  a.  .   8705 
Horse,  how  to  get  out  of 
the  Fire  8265 
Horse,  to  tell  the  ago  of  a  3700 
Horseradish,  Properties 
and  Uses  of             ...   3012 
Horseradish  Powder  ...  21S5 
Horseradish  Vinegar  ..  2163 
Hornet  Sting   2288 
Hot  Water  for  Bruises,&c.  2301 
House,  Taking  Cautions  2316 
Household  Economy  .  .     579 
Household  Management, 
Hints  on   1849 
"How  Long  will  it  Take 
to  Cook?"  ...     239 
"How  shall  we  get  Rid 
of  that  Smell?"  220 
House  on  Fire,  "What  to 
Do         696 
House  Lark                         618 

Idleness    Condemned  .  .  1796 
I  don't  Think,  or  I  Think?  1594 
111  temper  Condemned  .  1777 
Important  Rules  in  Law  3r>52 
Indian  Bannock  8354 
Indian  Pickle,  to  Make  2340 
Indian  Syrup     2170 
Indigestion,  Dr.  Babing- 
ton's  Mixture  for    ..     1287 
Indigestion,  How  Caused    203 
Indigestion,  Treatment  of  1234 
Indolent  Tumors,  Oint- 
ment for  978 
Infant's  Aperient  156 
Infant,  Food  for  an  ...     205 
Infant's  Food,  Age  Six 
Months  206 
Infants  Cries  of                1067 

Insects,  I'  reserving  Cu- 
rious    24;w 

Insect  Stings                      2288 

Insects,  to  Clear  Vegeta- 
bles of  1837 
Insects,   to  Ketp    from 
Birds  2497 
Integrity  of  Shopkeep- 
ers    2889 
Interest     Tables    (very 
useful  i  .  .  '  S368 
IntermeddlingCondemn- 
ed  1773 
Intermittent  Fever  ...  1245 
Interruptions  are  Rude    872 
Introductions,  Etiquette 
of  278 
Invalids,  Galling  in  ...  2065 
Invitations  to  Balls,  Eti- 
quette    475 
Interest,  the  Laws  of  us- 
ury and  8859 
Interjections,  \vhat  they 
are  2988 
Interest  Tables,  6  and  7 
per  cent        3363 
Ipecacuanha,   Uses  of.  .   2725 
Iron  Mould,  to  remove  8271 
Ironing,     Folding,    and 
Starching  8674 
Iron  from  Rust                 251  P 

Infants  should  Sleep  by 
Night           1087 

Infant's  Sleep  1088 
Infectious  Diseases  ...     890 
Inflamed    Eyes,    Treat- 
ment    1243 
Inflammation  of  the 
Bladder,  Treatment..  1285 
Inflammation  of  the 
Bowels,   Treatment  .  .   1286 
Inflammation  of  the 
Brain,    Treatment    of  1237 
Inflammation  of  the  Kid 
neys,  Treatment  ....  1238 
Inflammation    of    the 
Liver               1239 

Iron,    Gradually     Heat 
New  728 
Iron  Guns  Staining  869 
Iron  Stains  from  Marble    543 
Iron   Work,   Polished..     689 
Iron  Wipers  514 
Isinglass,  Adulterated..   2412 
Italian  Furniture  Polish    686 
Itch,  Ointment  for  980 
Itch,  treated   by   Sir  W 
Burnett's  Disinfecting 
Fluid  2776 
Itch,  Treatment  of  124* 
tt,  Grammatical  Use  of  1849 
Ivory,  Staining  Black..     860 
[vory,  Staining  Blue  ...     861 
[vory,  staining  Green  .  .  .     862 
Ivory,  Staining  Red  ....     868 
tvory,  Staining   Scarlet    864 
I  vory.Staining  Yellow  .  .     866 

J 

Jalap,  uses  of  2785 
January,  Gardening  for  1028 
lanuary,  What  for  Din- 
ner?          48 
Japanned  Goods,  Clean- 
ing        455 
Japanese  'rork  2537 
Jaundice,  Remedy  for.  .   2079 
Jaundice,  Treatment  of  1247 
Jaques'    Egg    Preserva- 
tive       790 
Jeffrev's  Marine  Glue..     23* 

[nflammation  of  the 
Lungs,  Treatment  ....  1240 
[nflammation  of  the 
Stomach     1241 
fnflammatory  sore  throat  1242 
Influenza,  Treatment  of  1244 
Infusions,  Making  2671 
Ing,  where  Added  1669 
Ink,  Black    82 
Ink,  Red  84 
[nk,  Always  Use  Good  .    782 
[nk  from  Mahogany  502 
[nk,  to  make  Copying.  .   8716 
[nk  for  writing  on  Glass  8'"'  84 
[nk  Stains,  to  remove  .  .  8271 
Ink  from  Table  Covers  .  .     507 
Ink  for  Zinc  Labels  86 
Ink  .Powder                    .       88 

Houses,  Modelling    .    ..  1951 
Housewife   should    Ob- 
serve         731 
Husband,  Advice  to  a..  2927 
Husbands'  Attentions..     197 
Husbands'  Honor    ....     199 
Husbands'  and  Home.. 
Conversations  195 
Husbands,  and  their  Rule    202 
Husbands    and     Wives, 
Hints  to   191 
Husbands'    and    "Wives' 
Pleasures  198 
Hydrochlorate    of   Am- 
monia Lotion         970 
Hydrophobia,  Symptoms, 
in  Dogs  2650 
Hydrophobia,  Treatment 
of           ..      22S7 
Hyphen,  The  1658 
Hysterics,  Treatment  of  1233 

I 
Iambic  Feet  2991 

Ink  Stains  from  Mahog- 
any    1292 
Ink  Stains,Complete  Re- 
moval      TC44 
Ink,   to   Take   Out    of 
Linen  175 
Ink,  to  Take  Out  cf  Pa- 
per       177 
:nk  Stains  from  Silver  .  .     277 
^nks,  Various  Receipts  .  .       81 
In,  or    Into  ?  .  1486 
In,  or  Within?  1589 
Insects,  Bites  of  2076  j 
Insects,     Keening  from 
Drawers    ..               ..   2497; 

Iceland  Moss  Chocolate  1848 
Ices,  for  the  Table  241 
Ices,  how  to  Serve  8175 
Icing  for  Wedding  Cakes  2932 
Idiosyncrasy.  Treatment 
of    .               2680 

16              JEL—  KNO 

KXO  —  LEA. 

LEA  —  LIE 

Jelly  for  the  Sick  1803 
Jellv  of   Currants    and 
Raspberries  89 
Jewellery,  Excess  of  1825 
Jersey  Wonders     76 
Jelly,  to  make  Bread.  .  .  3735 

Knot,  two  Half  Hitch  ..  8117 
Knot,  the  Clove  Hitch..  3117 
Knot,    to    tie    up    Pre- 
serves      8118 
Knots,  how  they  should 
be  tied  8112 

Leases,  Held  by  Married 
Women  2%^ 
Leases,  Precautions  ...   .840 
Leches,        Termination 
oi"   2S:>3 
Lease,  when  Void             2183 

Jewellery,  what  kiud  to 
wear                            •     3296 

Knots,  Packages  and  par- 
cels                                8112 

Lease  for  Years  iisi-1 
Lease  for  Life                    2863 

Johnswort,       properties 
and  uses  of  2999 
Oohnny  Cakes,  to  make  3719 
Joints,  Economy  of  the    238 
Joints,   Garnishes  for..   2542 
Joints,    set    on     Large 
Dishes   2591 

Ei 

Laborers,  the  worth  of.  .  1050 
Laces  and  Cambrics,  how 

Lease  at  Will  3863 
Lease  by  Sufferance  .      2t>64 
Leather,  Cement  for  .   .   2298 
Leather,  Dyeing  Black  .  .     425 
Leather,  Modelling  in.     1931 
Leather  Seat,  Blacking 
for  2491 

Joints,  their  Names,  &c.    236 

to  wash  3669 

Leather  Straps  for  Par- 

Joints, Time  Kequired  to 
Cook                                 239 

Laces,  how  to  Iron  and 

cels  203 

July,  Gardenin0'  for    .  .  1035 

Lacing  Tight     3299 

al            .     .                .   2553 

July,  what  for  Dinner  ?      54 
Tune,  Gardening  for  ....  10S3 
"     What  for  Dinner..       51 
Juniper,  uses  of  2749 

K 

Kermes  Mineral,  Poison- 

Lace, Reviving  Blond..  2501 
Lady,  how  to  address  a  2S67 
Ladies,  how  to  win  the 
favor  of  2866 
Ladies,  Advice  to  Young    796 
Lady's  Dress  on  Fire..     704 
Lamb,  Fried  in  Slices  .     335 
Lamb,  remarks  on  Roast- 
ino-     gig 

Leaves,  Fac-similes    in 
Copper  272 
Leaves,  Impressions  of.  .  1318 
Leaves,  to  make   Skele- 
ton    1927 
Leaving  Parties  ...  437 
Leeches,  Applying  2229 
Leech  Barometer,  the  .  .  218C 
Leech     Bites,    to    Stay 

ing  by     2269 

Lamb  to  choose  good         15 

Bleeding                     .     2234 

Kettle,  to  prevent  "Fur- 
ring"       573 
Kid  Gloves,  to  Clean..    1321 
Kid  Gloves  to  wash....  323 
Kidneys,    Inflammation  1233 
Kindness  commended..   1801 
Killogramme  of  France  3221 
Kissing  the  Bride    2913 
Knives,  to  arrange  3150 
Kind  Words,  Effect  of.  .     792 
Kino  Uses  of                   2717 

Lamp  Oil,  the  best  ...     529 
Lam  p  Shades,  Diaphanie  1861 
Lamp,  to  prevent  smok- 
ing       496 
Lamp,  to  prevent  smok- 
ing            1283 
Lamp  Wicks  from    old 
stockings  25T5 
Lancers,  Quadrilles       .  1685 
Landlord    and    Tenant, 

Leeches,  changing  their 
water  1834 
Leeches,  Restoring.   ...  2233 
Leg  and  Foot  Bandaging  2214 
Leg  Broken,  Treatment  2224 
Leg  of  Beef  Baked.          2552 
Leg  of  Beef,  Economy  of    233 
Leg  of  Lamb,  Roasting    633 
Leg  of  Mutton,  Carving  2622 
Leg  of  Mutton,  Roast...  603 
Le0'  of  Pork  Carvin"1          2632 

Kitchen  Floor,  covering 
for  553 

Landlord's  Right  to  En- 
ter .Premises  2852 

Legs,  Cramp  in  the  2080 
Legal  Interest  in  the  va- 

Kitchen Garden            .  .  1046 

Land  Measure          .  .  .       8206 

rious  States  3365 

Kite-flying,  while  Swim- 

Land  Measure,  Govern- 

Lemonade       12S8 

Knees  Affections  of  the    937 

ment    32.18 
Lard  Adulterated             2413 

Lemon  Biscuits  86 

Larder  Airing  the              582 

Lemon  Buns  .              ..     464 

ing    550 
Knives,    cleaned     with 
Charcoal  .'  729 
Knives,  Keep  in  Condi- 
tion                                2590 

Lavender  Scent-Bag  347 
Lavender  Water  171 
Law  Maxims  .  -  3552 
Laws  for  Usury  and  In- 
terest   •  •  •                       83  66 

Lemon  Kali,  Receipt  for      69 
Lemon  Peel  Syrup  2162 
Lemon  Peel,  Tincture  of  2145 
Lemon  Rice  with  Syrup      62 
Lemon  Sponge          .          321 

Knives,  never  dip  in  hot 
water    727 
Knives,  to  take  care  of.  .     203 
Knuckle  of  Veal,  carv- 
ing    2631 
Kreosote  Lotion  974 
Knot  to  Cork  Bottles.  .  .  8060 
Knot,  to  unstopper  a  bot- 
tle    3061 
Knot,  a  poor    8113 

Lawns,  to  Improve  —       91 
LaxaLive,   Enema  944 
Laxative    Emulsion  1016 
Lays  or  Lies  ?        1431 
Lead  for  Damp  Walls..     819 
Lead,  Poisoning  by  ...  2275 
Leaf  Lice,  to  Free  Plants 
from  1814 
Leaf  Impressions,toTake    838 
Leaf  Printing  839 

Lemon  Thyme,  when  to 
gather    2464 
Lemon  Water  Ico    .    .  .     247 
Lemons  for  Dessert  ....     143 
Lemons,  Uses  of  2767 
Length    of   a  Day    and 
Xi-ht.  to  ascertain.  .  .  2934 
Less  or  Fewer  ?   14jft 
Letter  II.,  Memorandum 
on  Use  of  27S 

Knot,  the  "  Sheet  Bend"  3114 
Knot,  the"  Weaver's"..   8114 
Knot,  the  Binding  8116 
Knot    the  "  Reef'             3115 

League  Measure  3211 
Learns  or  Teaches  ?    .  .  1424 
Leases,  Assignment  of.  .  2849 

Letters,    Properly    Ad- 
dressing    203 
Latters    Love,  how    to 
Write                             2881 

Knot]  the  «'  Surz»on's".  .  8117 

when  it  is  ..              ..  2935 

Hebig's  Beef  Extract  .     247* 

LIE—  LOG 

LOI  —  MAR 

MAR  —  MEA          17 

Life  Belts  for  Learning 
Swimming  2815 
Life  Belts,  to  make  2181 
Life,  Duration  of  1043 
Life,  Modelling  from    ..   1962 
Light  essential  toliealth      203 
I  ightning,   Caution  2008 
Lily   Roots,    Properties 
and  Uses  of  8018 

Loin  of  Lamb,  Roasting    626 
Loin  of  Mutton,  carving  2623 
Loin  of  Mutton,  Roast      606 
Loin  of  Pork,  Carving..  2633 
Loin  of  Veal,  Carving..  2025 
Loin  of  Veal,  Roasting..  612 
Looking-glasses,  to  clean    457 
Loo,  Card  Game  2118 
Looseness  of  the  Bowels  1248 

Marriage,  After  2923 
Marriage,  Acquaintances 
after     2928 
Maps,   Varnishing  2297 
Marble  Chimney  Pieces    688 
Marble  Cleaning  500 
Marble  Cleaning  1301 
Marbled    Goose  105 
Marble  Mortars  Cartoon  2666 

Lime  and  Egg  Cement..  231 
Lime  and  Egg  Cement.  .     677 
Lime  and  Oil  Liniment.  .  938 
Lime  to  Destroy  Bugs.  .  1293 
Lime  Water  for  Burns.  .  .  627 
Lime  Water,   Use  of  in 
Making  Bread            .     1187 

Loosestrife,  Powdering..  2665 
Lotions,  Various  961 
Lotion  for  the  Face  ...       83 
Lotion  for  the  Head  ...       83 
Love  Apple  Sauce  2510 
Love's  Telegraph.  2032 
L,  the  letter  in  Spelling  1664 

Marble  Staining  859 
March,  Gardening  for.  .  .  1027 
March,  what  for  Dinner?    50 
Marjoram,  when  to  Ga- 
ther          2463 
Marketing.  Rules  for  41 
Marking    Ink     Perma- 

Lime, to  Powder  8106 
Linen,  to  Remove  Wine 
Stains  from           .  .       8277 

Loud  Speaking  avoid..  8022 
Love,  Correspondence..  2881 
Lunar  Caustic,  poisoning  2272 

nent.  83 
Marking  Ink.    to  Take 
Out      .  .         175 

Linen,  to  Remove  Ink 
Stains  from     8271 
Linens,  how  to  wash  ...  8669 
Linen,  Sweet  Bags  for.  .     452 

Lunar  Caustic,  Uses  of.  .  2775 
Lumbago,  remedy  for.  .  .  2076 
Luncheon  Cakes   462 
Luncheon,  how  to  Lay 
Out                              .  8182 

Marking     Ink,  without 
Preparation  85 
Marriage,  What  Consti- 
tutes a  Breach  of  Pro- 
mi*e'                              2047 

Mould  from        8271 

Luncheon  for  a  Child..     209 

Marriage  by  the  Episco- 

Linen, to  Remove  Mil- 

Lungs,  Development  of 
the                      ....       2936 

pal  service  2917 

Linen,  to  Remove  Fruit 

Stains  from  3277 
Linen    to  Remove  Fruit 

Lungs,  Nitrogen  Gas  re 
jected  by  the  2947 
Lungs,  Inflammation  of  12-10 

of  2811 
Married  Women,  as  Les- 
sees      2854 

Stainsfrom  460 
Linen  •  Rags    should  be 
saved  725 
Linen,  Scouring   Drops 
for  1800 
Linen,  Damp  should  not 
be  hung  in  Bedrooms  1092 
Linen,  takin  g  Care  of.  ...    267 
Linen,  take  Ink  Out  of    175 
Linen,  to  Restore  Mil- 
dewed                             506 

Lungs,  to  Learn  the  State 
of  829 
Ly,  as  used  in  spelling.  .  .  1670 
Lyingwith  vhe  head  high    342 

• 

Mace,  Powdering  2665 
Maceration,  Process  of.  .  2669 
Mackarel    Baked.             2552 

Marmalade,  Adulterated  2414 
Marmalade,  Apple  894 
Marsh  Mallow,  Uses  of.  2785 
Matches,     Keep     from 
Children...    208 
Matches,  Lucifor.caution  2028 
Matrimony,  Card  Game  2125 
Maxims  for  All-Fours,..  2116 
Maxims  for  Cribbace.  .  .  2103 
Maxims  for  Whist  .".  2093 
Maxims   Law                     8">52 

Linen,  Wine  Stains  from  1290 
Liniments  and  Embroca- 
tions       933 
Linnets,  Management  of  2318 
Linseed,  Uses  of  2784 
Lint  to  Apply  2192 
Lint,  to  Make  2191 
Lip  Salve,  to  Make  67 

Mackarel,  Marinated  ...       65 
Mackarel,  Preserved  ....       65 
M  ackarel,  to  know  Fresh        2 
Mad  Animals,  Bites  of.  .   2286 
Madder,  Dyeing  Red  ...     431 
Madder,  Dyeing  Yellow    432 
Magnesia,  uses  of.  2732 
MahoganyFrames,  clean- 
ing                                   64S 

Maxims,  Poor  Richard's    855 
May,  Gardening  for  1031 
May—  What  for  Dinner  ?      52 
May  wood,       Properties 
and  Uses  of  8002 
Mazurka  Dance  1700 
Mechanical  Remedies  .  .  2777 
Me  or  I?  1889 
Medicine  Stains                  510 

Liquid  Glue,  to  make  .     230 
Liquorice  Uses  of             2787 

Mahogany,  Ink    Stains 
from  1292 

Medicine,  Weights  and 
Measures  2658 

Liquids,  how  to  Filter.  .  8085 
Liquids,  how  to  Strain  .  .  3085 
Living,    advantages    of 
Regular                    .      1051 

Mahogany,  Stains  from  1845 
Male-fern  Root  2780 
Mallow,  Uses  of  2786 
Man  of  Business  Habits  1827 

Medicines,  Aperient  151 
Medicines,Best  Forms  of  2681 
Medicines,    Precautions 
Respecting  2674 

Lobster    and    Ancbovy 
Butter  2795 
Lobster  Butter  2795 
Lobster  Patties  95 
Lobsters,  to  choose  fresh        8 

Mangoes,  to  Pickle  28»2 
Manna,  Uses  of  272S 
Manners,  Artificial  ...     2299 
Manners,     Hints     upon 
Personal    1769 
Mandrake  Root  Proper- 

Medicines,   Preparation 
of  them  2652 
Medicines,     Preventing 
Taste  of  26S8 
Medicines,  Proper  Dose* 
of                                    26S5 

Shops  .'.  2824 
Local  Stimulants,  Effects  2728 
Load  of  Hay,  how  much  8226 
Logwood  Decoction  ....     931 
Logwood,  Uses  of  2719 

ties  and  Uses  of  .  -    .  .  8007 
Manuscript,   marks    for 
correcting  8360 
Marriage,    Etiquette  of  2S65 
Marriage,  Ceremony  of  2900 

Medicines,  Terms  Used 
to  Express  their  Pro- 
perties    3T14 
Meal  Unfit  for  Children  1058 
Measles,  Treatment  of  .  124§ 

1  8           MEA—  MOD 

MOD  —  MTR 

NAI—  NOV 

Measures  and  Weights  .  8194 
Measure  a  Tree  or  Pole, 
to                       ...  3269 

Modelling  in  Paper  1981 
Modelling  in  Plaster  of 
Paris    1981 

K 

Nails,  Biting  the  ••  •          TS4J 

Meat,  Do  not  Leave  in 
Water     598 

Modelling  in  Wax   1931 
Modelling  in  Wood  1931 

Nails,  Dr.  Scott's  Wart 
to  whiten          ..         .  1296 

Meat  Cakes   93 

Modest  Demeanour  —     874 

Nails,  to  whiten  83 

Meat  for  Children  1055 
Meat     Underdone,     for 

Money  Matters,  How  to 
Manage    23S5 

Names,     Meanings     of 
Christian                          1  40 

Hashes          594 

Monk's  Hood,  Poisoning 
by             '                   T  2282 

Naphtha,  Caution  202J 
Napkins  Foldin01  Dinner  2587 

ing  554 
Meats  for  Children  ....     211 
Meats,  How  to  Eat.    ...  31>3 
Meats,  Most  Economical    233 
Meats  Unfit  for  Children  105i> 
Medicine  for  Fever  and 
A<*ue                           ..   S2^5 

Monuments,  Modelling.  1960 
Moon,  its  Indications.  .  .  2072 
Mori  »age,    What    is    a 
Chbtel  2183 
Mortgager,     or     Mort- 
gagee '  1582 
Most  Str  'ghtest  <fcc         1376 

Napkins,  Illustrations  of 
all  kinds    8187 
Napkins,   How  to  Fold 
all  kinds  of  8187 
Napkins,  How  to  Us«  .  .  3181 
Napkins,  Hot  Rolls  in..  312S 

Melfiot,  Properties  and 
Uses  of                          8004 

Mother  Eve's  Pudding  .     233 
Moths  from  Clothes            576 

Narcotic's,  Effects  of.  .'.'.'  2GS9 
Narcotic  Poisons               2281 

Melons,  to  Pickle.   2332 
Mending,  General  Hints  2534 
Menstruation,  Excessive  1250 
Menstruation,  Painful..   1252 
Menstruation,  Scanty  ..   1251 
Mercury,  Poisoning  by.  2268 
Metals   and    Glass,   Ce- 
ment                                232 

Moths,    to    Keep    from 
Clothes        1307 
Moths,  to  Kill  2037 
Moths   iu   Clothes'  Clo- 
sets       520 
Moths  in  Furs,  to  Expel    187 
Moths,  Preventive  of.  .  .     262 
Moths  to  Get  Rid  of   .  .      82 

Necessities  or  Luxuries, 
Hints  to  Shopkeepers    2S23 
Neck,  Bandaging  the  ...  2204 
Neck  of  Mutton,  Roast  .     606 
Neck  of  Veal,  Roasting.     614 
Need,  or  Needs  ?    1591 
Needles,  Short,  are  Beet  .     203 
Negative  Assertions         1384 

Mezereon,  Poisoning  by  2282 
Mioe,  Paste  to  Destroy.       80 
Mice,  to  Prevent  their 
Taking  Peas     ......  1840 
Mice,  N  ux  Vomica  for  .  .  1279 
Microscope,  a  Simple.  .  .  2395 
Mildew  from  Linen  ....  2074 
Mildew  on  Trees,  Pre- 
vent              1309 
Mildewed  Linen    506 
Mild  Purgative  Pills  ...     9S6 
Mildew  from  Linen,  to 
K^move                          3272 

Moths,  to  Destroy  Eggs 
of  82 
Moulding  Jellies,  &c.  .   .     821 
Moulds  for  Wax  Fruits.  1897 
Mourning,  the  Care  of  .  .     203 
Mouth  Glue  Cukes    63 
Mouth  Glue,  Uses  of    -  .     227 
Mucilage  of  Gum  Ara- 
bic    1019 
Mucilage  of  Starch  1020 
Muffins,  How  to  Make.  .       77 
Mulled  Wine,  Flavoring 
for                           2581 

Negatives  Destroy  each 
other  ....  1383 
Neighborhoods,        Cau- 
tions against  Now  ....   2825 
Nervousness,  Treatment 
of  1254 
Nettle  Stings,  Cure  for  .     521 
Never,  or  Ever  ?     1549 
Night     Lights,     Easily 
Made  85 
Night  Cap,  the  "  Bough 
and  Ready"  214S 
Nielli  Sweats  Cure  for    8282 

Mile  Measure  in  Differ- 
ent Countries  8209 
Milk,  Adulterated  2415 
Milk  for  Children  208 
Milk  Lemonade  1828 
Milk  Porridge    210 
Milk,  to  Preserve  816 
Milk,  to  Restore  Sour.  .  .  8355 
Milk,  Which  is  Best?  ..     584 
Mince  Meat  442 

Mushroom  Beds  2151 
Mushroom,  Essence  of  .  2150 
Mushrooms,    Signs     of 
Poisonous    346 
M  ashrooms,  Stewed  ...     290 
Mushrooms,    to     Know 
Real  90 
Mushrooms,  to  Pickle..  2338 
Mus'in,  Patterns  on  ...  2487 
Muslin,  to  Starch  91 

Nine,  Curious  Properties 
of  the  number  2159 
Nipples,    Ointment    for 
Sore  2175 
Nitrate  of  Bismuth,  Poi- 
soning bv  227i* 
Nitrate  of  Silver,  Uses  of  2775 
Nitric  Ether,  UJMS  of.  .  .  2693 
Nitre,  Poisoning  by  ....  2330 
Nitre  Uses  of          .          2746 

Minced  Beef  ...                 826 

Muslins  washing  .  .      .  .     657 

Nitrogen  Gas  T£ej?cted 

Minced  Ham  and  Eggs,     li.3 
Mint.  When  to  Gather.  .  2465 
Mint  Vinegar  €19 
Mint  Vinegar    2059 
Mirrors,  Cleaning  457 
Mispronunciation    ..    ..   1326 
Mites  in  Cheese   to  De- 

Mussels,  Poisoning  by..  2235 
Mustard,  Adulterated  ..  2416 
Mustard  Poultice  3320 
Mustard,  Uses  of  2726 
Mutton,  Baked  2552 
Mutton,  Hashed  334 
Mutton  Lobscous  829 

by  the  Lungs  294' 
No,  or  Not?  1391 
Nose,  to  St->p  Bleeding..  2249 
Note  of  Exclamation  1  .  .  1660 
Note  of  Interrogat  01  ?  .   i  659 
Notices    Should     »e  in 
Writin^                            2S50 

Btrov  3732 
Mixtures.  Medical  991 
Mixture  for  Stains  8270 
Mock  Crab  444 
Mock  Goose        2144 
Modelling  in  Cork      .  .     1931 
Modelling  in  Gutta  Per- 
cha     1981 
Modelling  in  Leather  .    1931 

Mutton  Pies  2143 
Mutton  Pie,  Good  81 
Mutton  Shanks  for  Stock    '  35 
Mutton  Soup    ffi7 
Mutton,  Stewed  Fresh.     770 
Mutton,  to  Choose  Good.      14 
Mutton/Venison  Fashior     609 
Myrrh  Gargle     959 
Myrrh  Tootb  Vowder.      146 

Notorious,  or  Noted?  .  .  1478 
Nouns  ar<l  Verbs,  List  of  1603 
Nouns.  Wnat  they  are..  2972 
Nourishment  in  Various 
Things  585 
November,     G&rdenint 
for  1048 
November,      IVhil     foe 
Dinner?..                         58 

NOW  —  OX                                           OX  —  PAR                                          PAR—  PIL               19 

Now  of  Then  1567 

Ox-Cheeks,  Baked  2552 

Parsnip  Wine                     256 

Nursing  in  the  Night.  ..  1077 
Nutmegs,  Powdering...  2665 
Nutritive  Enema    .     .      945 

Oxen,    to    make    them 
work  well  8714 
Ox-Heel  Jelly  ....            °r>74 

Parties  Etiquette  of  .  .       474 
Partridges,  Carving  ....  2638 
Partridges,  Choose  Good      25 
Partridge  Pie,  Cold  ....     897 
Paste  for  Fruit  Pies  ....     588 
Paste  Imitative                1912 

O 

Oak  Bark,  Uses  of  271S 

Oxide  of  Zinc,  Uses  of.  .  2707 
Oyster  Ketchup  2289 

Oyster  Patties  94 
Oyster  Pie  106 
Oj  ster  Powders  31"9 
Oysters,  to  Choose  Fresh      11 

P 

Packase,  How  to  Make 
a  Neat  8121 
Pads,  Surgical  2198 
Painful  Menstruation.  .  .  1252 
Pain  in  the  Stomach  ...  1010 
Paint,  Cheap  for  a  Barn  8280 
Paint  for  Garden  Stands    501 
Paint,  to  Get  Bid  of  the 
Smell  826 
Paint,  Removing  Smell 
of  1302 
Paint,  to  Extract  from 
Goods    3276 
Painted  Wainscot,  clean- 
in"           ...              ...     565 

Paste,  Permanent  Flour    229 
Paste,  Puff  98 
Paste,  Savoury  99 
Paste,  Wheat  Flour  228 
Pastils  for  Burning..     .     179 
Pastime,  Evening    2435 
Pastry,  Care  of  the  Flour    563 
Parlor  Amusement  8238 
Participle  the    2979 

Oatmeal,  Adulterated  .  .  2417 
Obsolete  Words  1378 
October,  Gardening  for.  1041 
October,  What  for  Din- 
ner?            57 
Oil,  Care  of  Lamp  568 
Oil-cloth,  Cleaning  586 
Oil-cloth  for    a    Sitting 
Koom  203 

Pastry  for  Tarts  471 
Pastry  Unfit  for  Children  1056 
Pasty,  Seven  Bell  837 
Patterns,  Black  Paper.  .  2486 
Patterns  on  Cloth  2487 
Patterns  on  Muslin  2487 
Peaches,  Preserved  2606 
Pea-Flour,  to  Discover 
in  Bread    2400 

Oil  of  Roses  for  Hair.  .  .  1281 
Oil  of  Turpentine,  Uses 
of  2750 
Oil  Paintings,  Hanging  .     538 
Ointments  and  Cerates  .     976 
Old  Jenkins                        1049 

Old  Parr  1049 
Old     Sores,     Excellent 
Poultice  for  .                 3324 

Pearl  White,  Poisoning 
by  2272 
Pea    Balm,    Properties 
and  Uses  of  8000 
Pea  Soup,  Plain  768 
Peas  for  Children    218 
Peas  Pudding  1835 
Peas    Powder  2184 
Pennyroyal,  Properties 
and  Uses  of  2994 
Pepper,  Adulterated    -     2416 
Peppermint,  Powdering  2665 
Perfume,  a  Pleasant  .  -     2296 
Personal  Appearance.  .  .  1824 
Pestle  and  Mortar,  How 
to  Use  2664 
Petticoat,    Turn    Hind 
Part  Before     203 
Pharmacopoeia.Domestic  906 
Pheasants,  Carving           2636 
Phial,Common,  for  Mag- 
nifying    2395 
Phosphorus    Paste    for 
Eats  80 

Old  Towels,  Use  for  514 
Old  Wife,  Poisoning  by.  2285 
Olive  Oil  Enema  950 

Painting    Houses,    Best 
Season  for  3717 
Palpitation  of  the  Heart  1255 
Palpitation  of  the  Heart, 
Cure  for  ...                   8283 

On,  or  In?  1516 
On,  or  Of?  1566 
Onions     and     Potatoes 
Mashed  125 
Onions  Restore  the  Hair    788 
Onion  Sauce  with  Steak  2554 
Only    Want,    or    Want 
only?  1593 
Opium,asAntispastnodic  2706 
Opium  Enema  949 
Opium  Lotion  966 
Opium,  Poisoning  by...  2281 
Opium.  Uses  of  2696 
Oracle  Consulting  Card.     161 
Oracle,  Weather  3366 
Orange  Confection  926 
Orange  Flowers,  When 
to  Gather,  2466 

Pancakes  for  Children  .  .     215 
Paper  Cement  1957 
Paper,  Grease  from  .   ...     815 
Paper  Hangings,  Choos- 
ing              533 

Paper  IIangings,to  Clean    261 
Paper,  Modelling  in  ...     1931 
Paper,  Staining  Blue  370 
Paper,  Staining  Green  .  .     371 
Paper,  Staining  Orange  .     372 
Paper,  Staining  Purple.     873 
Paper,  Staining  Red  ...     871 
Paper,  Staining  Yellow.    374 
Paper,  to  take  Ink  out  of    177 
Paper,  Uses  of  Waste  .  .  .  1120 
Papers,    Printed,    Unfit 
for  Wrapping  1116 
Papier-Mach6       Goods, 
Cleaning  455 
Papier-Machr,   Washing    511 
Paralytic  Numbness  .  .       936 
Parchment,  Staining  Blue  370 
Parchment,         Staining 
Green  3T1 
Parchment,        Staining 
Orange    •     872 
Parchment,         Staining 
Purple                         .     373 

Orange  Marmalade  ....       45 
Orancre  Peel  and  Chamo- 
mile  Flowers  25S8 
Orange  Peel,  Caution.  .  .  2020 
Orange  Peel  Syrup.    .  .  .   2162 
Orange  Thyme,  When  to 
Gather  2467 
Orange-  Water  Ice  248 
Ordinary  Lotion          ...     968 
Ostrich      Feathers,     to 
Clean   2043 

Phosphorus,    Poisoning 
by    ...       2277 
Pickeral,  When  in  Sea- 
son                             54 

Pickles,  Adulterated  .  .  .  2418 
Pickles,  to  Detect  Cop- 
per in  •   •  1310 
Pickles,  to  Obtain  Cheap 
and  Good  2418 
Pickling,  Hints  upon   .  .     793 
Pickling,  Instructions  on  2325 
Pic-nic  Biscuits          -  .     24S5 

Ottomans,  Cleaning    ...     539 
Ought,  or  Aught  1436 
Oven,  the  1986 
Over,  or  Across      1530 
Oxalic  Acid,  Poisoning 
by  .".  2283 
Ox-Cheek,  Stewed  ....  2290 
Ox-Cheek,  Uses  of  238 

Pictures,  Transparent  .  1S61 
Pis.  Baked  Suckiug..   .  2552 
Pigeons,  Carving      -     .  2640 
Pigeons,  Choose  Good  .       28 
Piles,  Ointment  for  .  .   .  2174 
Piles,  Treatment  of  ..  -  185" 

Parchment,Staining  Red    871 
Parchment,         Staining 
Yellow    374 
Parenthesis,  the  (  )    .  .     1661 
Parsley,  When  to  Gather  2468  ! 

20              PIL—  POT                                          POT  —  PRE                                          PRE  —  QUI 

•                                                                                                -. 

Pills,  Various  984 
Pink     Wash,    to     Make 
Brilliant  190 
Planting      Box  -  Wood 
Edges,  IIo\v  it  is  done  8687 
Plant  Skeletons,!*)  Make    840 
Plants,  Dwarf  1929 
Plants,  Origin  of  2081 
Plants,  to  Dry  Specimen  1926 
Plants,    to    Free    from 
Leaf-Lice  1814 
Plaster  of  Paris,  Model- 
ling    1931 
Plaster  of  Paris,  to  Hard- 
en       275 
Plated  Ware,  "Washing.     544 
Pluui  Cakes      -  72 
Pium  Cake,  Nice  463 
Plum  Jam  2446 
Plum  Pudding        469 
PluniPudding,Cossack's   772 
Plum  Pudding,  Simple.       40 
Plum  Pudding  Warmed    851 
Plums,  Preserved  160' 
Points,  Direction  of  —  1653 
Points,  Importance  of.  .  1655 
Points  Used  in  Writing 
,  ;  :  1649 
Poisons,  Caution  2018 
Poisons,  their  Antidotes  2261 
Poisonous  Fish  2235 
Poisonous  Water  2275 
Poisonous  Wine  2275 

Potato  Scones  184 
Potato  Snow  130 
Potato  Puffs  1(12 
Potato  Pie     ...     135 
Potato  Pudding    255 
Potatoes,  Boiled  1'23 
Potatoes  Escolloped  .  .  .     133 
Potatoes  for  Children  .  .    213 
Potatoes  for  Children  .  .  1057 
Potatoes  Fried  Whole  .  .     131 
Potatoes  Fried,  Sliced  .  .     183 
Potatoes  Fried  with  Fish    124 
Potatoes   Mashed    with 
Beef  ....     827 
Potatoes    Mashed   with 
Cabbage  2066 
Potatoes    Mashed    with 
Onions  125 
Potatoes    Mashed   with 
Spinach                          2066 

Preserving  Mi'.k  811 
Press,  Writing  for  the..  1S50 
Preston  Salts          .  .           2319 
Previous,   or  Previous- 
ly »  14SO 
Pride  Condemned  1778 
Pride  of  Riches..         ..     853 
Prints,  Impressions  from      46 
Professional  Titles        .1403 
Pronoun,  The     2075 
Pronunciation,  Rules  of  16'>'3 
Pronunciation,  Rules  of  1617 
Prosody,  Wiiat  it  is          2990 
Proof,    Marks   for    Cor- 
recting         o3GO 
Proud   Flesh,  Cure    by 
Lunar  Caustic  2775 
Pruning  Vines,    Direc- 
tions for  3092 

Pudding,  Mother  Eve's.     288 
Puddings  for  Children  .  .     21  i 
Pudding  Sauce  252 
Puff  Paste             ....         98 

Potatoes,  Preserving  .  .  .  23u2 
Potatoes,  Eemarks  on  .      589 
Potatoes,  Sweet  or  Caro- 
lina, When  in  Season.      55 
Potatoes  under  Meat  ...    128 
Potatoes,  Various  Ways.     122 
Potichomanie,    Instruc- 
tions in  1864 
Potichomanie,    Various 
uses  of  ...  1875 
Potted  Beef  338 
Potted  Fish.  Adulterated  2419 
Potted  Meats,  Adulter- 
ated        2413 

Pulled  Bread  2647 
Pulled  Turkey  2775 
Pulverize,  How  to  .    .  .  .  8102 
Punctuality   Commend- 
ed    1804 
Punctuation,  Rules  of.  .   1647 
Punning,  Avoid    81  .-85 
Purgative  Confection  .  .     924 
Purgative  Emulsion  .  .  .  1017 
Purgative  for  Children.  1007 
Purgative  Powder  .    ...  1012 
Purgative,  Senna    Con- 
fection                             923 

Poker  in  the  Fire,  Cau- 
tion    1137 
Polish  for  Boots  818 
Polish  for  Shoes                   818 

Potted    Meats,  Flavor- 
ing for  2531 
Potted  Meats,  Strasburg    447 
Poultices  2199 
Poultices  of  all  kinds  .  .  .  8313 
Poultry  and  Game,Carv- 
ing  2604 
Poultry,    Carve    before 
Bringing  to  Table  2594 
Poultry  Sauce  2156 
Poultry,  Time  Required 
to  Cook  239 
Poultry,  Garnish  for  ...  2542 
Pounding  Almonds  2792 
Powdering,   How   it  is 
done                               31C2 

Put—  Card  Game  2119 
Put,  Four-handed  2120 
Put,  Rules  of  2121 
Put,  Two-handed  2119 
Putty  Powder,  Poison- 
ing by  2270 
Puzzles,  Practical  &c...  2444 
Puzzles,  Specimens  of.  .   8241 

Q 

Quadrille,  Card  Game  .  .  2180 
Quadrilles,  First  Set  ...   1679 
Quadrille,     Terms      of 
Cards  2132 
Quadrupeds,  Stuffing  .  .   2494 
Quarter  of  Lamb,  Carv- 
ing      ....  2624 
Quarrel,  in  presence  of 
Ladies  Never  30?6 
Quarter  of  Grain  ?  What 
is  a    ;:'2l7 
Quassia,  Uses  of  271  J 
Questions,  Various,  An- 
swered      .  .     291 
Quinine,  Best    Way   to 
Take     26S3 
Quinine  Tooth-powder.     174 
Quinsey,  Treatment  of  .  1257 
Quinzc,  Card  Game  ....  8184 

Politeness  Commended   1802 
Political  Connections  ..  2842 
Polka  The                       .  1707 

Polka  Waltzes    1704 
Pomade  of  Castor  Oil  ...       30 
Pomatums,  Several.   ...     116 
Poor  Richard's  Maxims.     855 
Pope  Joan,  Card  Game.  2134 
Pope,  Mulled  Wine  ....  2522 
Popping  the  Question  .  .  2889 
Porcelain,  Cleaning      -  .  1122 
Porgies.When  in  Season      43 
Pork  Barrel  of  8197 

Pork,  Spare  Rib  2430 
Pork,  Stewed    766 
Pork.  Stewed  F  resh  ....     770 
Pork,  Tried  in  Slices..     836 
Pork  Pies    2148 
Pork  Sausage  with  Poul- 
try      2483 
Pork,  to  Choose  Good  .        16 
Portable  Soup  2549 
Porter,  Adulterated  ..     2419 
Porter,  Bottling  2505 
Porter,  Brewing  2564 
Pot  au  Feu  .  .    769 
Potash,  Poisoning  by  .     2273 
Potato  Balls  Ragout  .  .  .      129 
Potato  Cheese  Cake    ...     126 
Potato  Colcanoa  12T 

Powdering  Substances  .  2664 
Powders,  Medical  1004 
Prepositions,  What  they 
are    2981 
Prescriptions    for    Dis- 
eases    1273 
Presentations,  Etiquette 
of  ...       .     ..     278 
Preserved  Cucumbers  .  .     853 
Preserved  Ginger  662 
Preserves,  Adulterated.  24J8 
Preserves,  Covering  for.  2447 
Preserves,     Hints      on 
Making  61 
Preserves,  How  to  Tie 
Up    8118 
Preserving  Fruit  641 

RAB — RIO 


RIC— RU3 


RU8 — SCR 


21 


ft 

Rabbit*,  to  01:  Jose  Good      24 
Raining  Hard,  or  Fast?.  1490 
Rain,  Uow  to  Tell  when 
It  will  3499 
Raised  Pies  2148 
Rancid  Butter    1277 
Raspberry  Ice  Cream  .  .     244 
Raspberry  Vinegar.          2063 
Raspberry-water  Ice..  .     246 
Rats,  Nux  Vomica  for.  .  1279 
Rats,  Paste  to  Destroy  .      80 
Rats,  to  Destroy  251 
Rattlesnake,  Bite  of.  ...  2286 
Reading  by  Candle-light    203 
Reading  in  Bed  525 
Ready  Money  Best  ....  1144 
Rebuses,  Explanation  of  2443 
Receipt,  A,  Not  Conclu- 
sive Evidence  3255 

Rice  Bread  341 
Rice  Bread,  Excellent..'  113 
Rice  Dumplings                   821 

Rust,    to    Keep    Goods 
from  2515 
Rustic  Work,  Modelling  1971 
Rye  and  Wheat  Bread.  .  2649 

• 

Saddle  of  Lamb,  Carving  2615 
Saddle  of  Mutton,  Carv- 
ing             ..         2614 

Rice-flour  Cement  827 
Rice  for  Curry  2169 
Rice  Pudding  for  Chil- 
dren       214 
Rice   Pudding  Without 
Eggs  733 
Rice  Pudding  Warmed    349 
Bice,  Yellow    2060 
Rich,  How  to  Get  8326 
Rickets,  Treatment  of.  .  1259 
Riddles,  Specimens  of.  .  3424 
Ring,    Wedding,    Why 
on  Fourth  Finger    ...     259 
Rings,  Jewelled  518 
Rings,  Origin  of  Wed- 
ding       453 

Saddle  of  Mutton,  Roast    60S 
Saddle  of  Pork,  Carving  2614 
Sage  and  Onion  Sauce..  2154 
Sage,  when  to  Gather..  2469 
Salad  and  Salad  Sauce..     107 
Salad,  Winter  709 
Salivation,  Gargle  for..     956 
Salmon,  to  Know  Fresh       5 
Salt,  Barrel  of  8199 
Salt  Cellars,  to  Arrange.  8127 
Salt,  Saturated  Solution 
of   230 

Rings,  Wedding,    How 
Used  2909 
Ringworm,  Cure  for  ...  2030 
Ringworm,    Treatment 
of         .....                    1260 

Eeceipt  for  Rent  2827 
Receipts  for  Rent,  Take 
Care  of  .  .  2869 
Receipts,  How  to  Word  3257 
Red  Cement   for   Glass 
and  Metals  232 

Salve  for  sore  Breasts..  8326 
Sal-  volatile  Restores  Col- 
ors       722 
Samphire,  to  Pickle  ....  2339 
Sage,     Properties     and 
Uses  of  ...    .                 8008 

Rise  or  Raise  ?                  1500 

Roasting  Beef  598 
Roasting,  Dialogue  on.  .  1972 
Roasting,  Hints  and  Cau- 
tions         598 
Roasting,  Loss  by  239 
Roasting  Mutton  602 

Red  Ink,  to  Make  .....       84 
Red  Lead,  Poisoning  by  2275 
Redowa  Waltz  1701 
Refrigerants,  Uses  of.  .  .  2765 
Relaxed  L  vula,  Mixture 
for                   .     919 

Sarsaparilla,    Properties 
and  Uses  of  8018 
Sarsaparilla,  Decoction  of  2300 
Sarsaparilla,  Uses  of   ...  2755 
Sassafras,  Properties  and 
Uses  of                          8012 

Roasting,  Time  Required    289 
Roche'5  Embrocation  .  .     224 
Rock     Fish,  Poisoning 
by                -  ...              2285 

Relaxed  Uvula  955 
Religious  Connections..  2841 
Rent   and   Taxes,  Pay- 
ment of  2848 
Repairs  by  Landlords  .  .  2851 
Repairs  by  Tenants   .  .  .  2850 
Reptiles,  Bites  of  2286 
Reserve,  Opinion  on  ...  1803 
Resin  for  Coughs  828 
Reviver  for  Black  Cloth    186 
Revoking  at  Whist  20S8 
Revolving  Oven,  The  .  .  1986 
Rheumatic  Gout  2173 
Rheumatic  Pains  936 
Rheumatic  Pains  939 
Kheumatism,  Pills  for.  .     166 
Rheumatism,     Remedy 
for                                  2076 

Rolls,  Breakfast  841 
Rolls  French                    1165 

Satins,  to  Clean  '.      48 

Satin,  to  Clean  White  .  .     88T 
Saucepan,  the  1987 

Rolls'  Hot,  in  Napkins  .  .  8128 
Roots,  How  to  Powder.  2665 
Roots,  Powdering  2665 
Rose  Leaves,  Uses  of.  .  .  2720 
Rose  Trees,  Blight  from  1308 
Round  of  Beef,  Carving  2619 
Round  of  Beef,  Salt.  .  .  .  2565 
Rubefacients,  Uses  of.  .  .  2761 
Ruins,  Modelling  1970 
Rule,    General    at    the 
Table  8191 
Rule,  General  for  Dress- 
ing    3802 
Rules  Domestic                 846 

Sausages,  Bologna  449 
Sausages,  Impure  2422 
Sausage,  or  Meat  Cutting 
Machine   2390 
Sausages,  to  obtain  Good  2422 
Savoury  Paste    99 
Says  I,  or  I  pnid         .  .  .  1891 
Scalds,  Cure  by  Alum.  .     164 
Scalds,  Ointment  for    .       979 
Scalds,  Preparation  for.  .     938 
Scalds,  Treatment  of..  2239 
Scale  for  Guests  and  Ser- 
vants    8164 
Scammony,  Uses  of          2740 
Scanty    Menstruation  ..  1251 
Scarfs,  wash  China  Crape    795 
Scarlet  Fever,  Treatment  1261 
Schottischo,  the  1709 
Scones,  to  make                  458 

Rheumatism,  Treatment 
of   1258 
Rhubarb  and  Magnesia 
Powder  1007 
Rhubarb,  to  Preserve  .  .      89 
Rhubarb,  Uses  of  2734 
Rhubarb  Wine,  to  Make  2315 
Ribs  of  Beef,  Boned  and 
Rolled  601 
Ribs  of  Beef,  Carving.  .  2618 
Ribs  of  Beef,  Economy 
of  238 
Ribs  of  Beef,  Roasting  .     600 
Ribs  of  Lamb,  Roasting    626 
Rice,  a  Black  Man's  Re- 
cir-»  221 

Rules,  Dr.  Boerhaave's  .  3278 
Rules  for  a  Sick  Room  .  8304 
Rules     for    Marketing, 
Dr.  Kitchener's    41 
Rules  for  the  Weather  .  8366 
Rules,  Four  Important.  8193 
Rules,  Good  Business  .  .  3327 
Rules  in  Law  8552 
Rum,  Adulterated  .     .  .  2421 
Rump  of  Beef,  Carving  2617 
Bump  of  Beef,  Uses  of    238 
Rump  Steak  and  Onion 
Sau«e  2554 
Rump  St«ak  Pie.  214T 
Rust  from  Steel  Goods..    830 
Bust.  Mixture  for  691 

Scoring  at  Whist    2083 
Scorpion  Sting    2288 
Scotch  Fint,  How  Much 
it  is  3228 
Scouring  Drops  for  Lin  en  1300 
Scratches,  Treatment  of  2804 
Scripture  Measures.     .     3213 
Scrofula,    Treatment    of  126i 
Scrofulous     Ulcerati    i, 
CUntmert  for    98* 

22            SCR  —  SUO                                          SHO  —  SXA.                                          SM  —  SPR 

Scrubbing  Floors,  Hints 
on  2844 
Bcurf  in    the  Heads  of 
Infants                            1%>76 

Shoulder  of  Veal,  Roast- 
ing  613 
Shrimps,  to  Choose  Fresh      10 
Sialogoguos,  Effects  of  .   2709 
Sick,  Cautions  in  Visit- 
ing                    2579 

Snipes,  Carving  2641 
Snipe*,  to  Choose  Good      24 
Suutf,  Adulterated  2423 
So,  or  As?  1568 
Soda  Cake  465 

Bcurf  in  the  Head     ....  2078 
Scurvy,  Treatment  of.  .   1263 
Sea  Lobster,   Poisoning 
by  22S5 
Bea  Pie,  Capital    748 

Soda,  Poisoning  by  2278 
Soda-water  Powders  ...      64 
Soda,  Uses  of  Medical..  2769 
Soap     Liniment     with 
Spanish  Flies  940 
Soap,  to  Save    656 

Sick-Room,  Rules  for  a.  3804 
Side-board,  Aid  to  Din- 
ner Tables    2586 
Sidney  Smith  (Rev.)  and 
Soup  ....  1849 
Sieve,  a  Simple      8104 
Sifting  Powders,  &c.  ...  2667 
Signs  oi  the  Weather.  .  .  3366 
Sight,  Helps  for  Weak..     203 
Signatures,  Write  Plain    779 
Silk,  Black,  Reviver  ...  2488 
Silk,  Dyeing  Black....     428 
Silk,  Dveing  Blue  429 
Silk,  Dyeing  Carnation    430 
Silk,  Dyeing  Crimson..  2068 
Silk,  Dyeing  Lilac  2052 
Silk,  Grease  spots  from  .  .  2042 
Silk,  Restoring  Colour  to  2518 
Silks,  Caution  Respecting 
Color  505 
Silks,  to  Clean    42 
Silks,  to  Clean  Flowered    337 
Silks,  to  Renovate  1844 
Silks,  to  Remove  Stains 
from    ...           .              8274 

Bd»<XH>ns,  Buying  at  the 
Proper    1147 

Sea-  water,  Artificial  .  .  .     264 
Sea-weeds,    Collecting..  1925 
Sedative  Lotion  965 
Seeds,  Garden,  what  kind 
to  plant     371S 
Seidlitz  Powders  92 
Self—  His,   Their.  Mine, 
<&c  .  .  1868 

Sofas,  Correspond   with 
Carpet  678 
Sofas,  Cleaning  539 
Soft  Water,  to  obtain..     726 
Solar  System,  Table  of  the  3736 
Soldering,  Neat  Mode..  2061 
Soles,  Carving    .    2608 
Sore  Breasts,  Salve  for.  8325 
Sore  Throat  .  .            ...     355 

Self-praise  Condemned.  .  1738 
Senna   and    Manna    for 
Children      .  .               .222 

Sore  Throat,  Malignant    954 
Sore  Throat,  Treatment 
of     1242 
Sores,  an  Excellent  Poul- 
tice for  old  8324 
Soup,  when  to  Serve  .  .  .  8166 
Soup,  how  to  Serve  ...  3166 
Soup,  how  to  Eat    3181 
Soup,   Portable  2549 
Sour  Milk,  to  Restore..  8355 
Spanish  Dance    1691 
Spanish  Flies,  Poisoning 
by  6  2284 
Spare-Rib  of  Pork,  Carv- 
ing              2634 

Senna  Confection                923 

Senna,  Powdering  2665 
Senna,  Savory,  when  to 
Gather    2470 
Senna,  Uses  of  2733 
September,  Gardening  for  1039 
September  —  What  for 
Dinner  ?    56 
Serpents,  Bites  of  2286 
Servants'  Wages  203 
Servants,  how  to  Treat    110 
Servants,  to  get  Good..     110 
Besqui  -  Carbonate    of 
Ammonia  2699 
Sesqui  -  Carbonate     of 
Soda           .  .  .                 2769 

Silver,  to  Arrange  3150 
Silver    Plate  should  be 
well  Cleaned                  3149 

Silvsr,  Poisoning  by  ...  2272 
Silver,  Take  Ink  from.  .     277 
Silver  Ware,  Washing.  .     544 
Singing,  Utility  of  845 
Sirloin  of  Beef,  Carving  2617 
Sirloin  of  Beef,  Economy 
of  233 
Sirloin,  Roasting  a,  Beef    598 
Sir  Roger  de  Coverley, 
Dance     1711 
Skeleton  Leaves                1927 

Spasms,  Enema  for  ....    949 
Spasms  of  the  Bowels..     998 
Speaking,  Errors  in  ...  1323 
Spearmint,      Properties 
and  Uses  of  2995 
Speculation.  Card  Game  2122 
Speech,  Parts  of  2969 
Spelling,  hints  upon  ...  1668 
Sphinx,  the,  an  Ancient 
Enigma                          2442 

Set,  or  Sit  1488 
Setting,  or  Sitting  1489 
Seven-bell  Pasty  837 
Seville  Oranges,  Uses  of  2766 
Sewing  at  Home  720 
Sewing  by  Candle-light    203 
Shad,  When  in  Season..       51 
Shall  and  Will                    1329 

Skin  Diseases,  their  Cause  882 
Skin,  Soften  by  Sulphur      60 
Sky-larks,    Management 
of    2343 
Sky-lights,  Ornamental  .  1851 
Slang  Phrases,  Avoid.  .  .  8031 
Sleep,  how  to  get    881 
Sleep  of  Infants  ...    ...  1083 
Slippery  Elm  Poultice.  8318 
Sluggish    Liver,   Decoc- 
tion for    932 
Slugs,  to  Destroy  1306 
Slugs,  to  Kill  822 
Slugs,  to  Kill   2038 
Slurs,  and  Inuendoes...  3028 
Small-pox  Marks   2040 
Small-pox,    to    Prevent 
Pitting  1013 
Small-p.ox,  Treatment  j)f  1264 
Smoky  Chimneys  667 
Snails  Trap  for                  1305 

Spice  °  Poultice        3322 

Shell  -  fish,    to    Choose 
Fresh         8 
Sherbet,  Eeceipt  for  ....       69 
Shin  of  Beef,  Economy 
of  238 
Shins  of  Beef,  Baked..  2552 
Shocks,  Treatment  of..  2250 
Shoes,  Cleaning  2498 
Shoes,  French  Polish  for    818 
Shoes,  to  get  on  Tight.  .     556 
Shop,  Taking,   Cautions  2821 
Shopkeepers'  Duties  ....  2843 
Shopkeepers'  Precautions  2827 
Shopkeepers,  why  they 
Fail                                 2826 

Spiced  Meats,  Flavoring 
for     ...             2531 

Spikenard,     Properties 
and  Uses  of           •  •       8008 

Spirit  of  Salt,  poisoning  by  2278 
Spirits    of    Hartshorne 
will  Remove  Stains..  3275 
Spit,  the    1985 
Spoiling,  Dialogue  on.  .  .  1972 
Spoonsful,  or  Spoonfuls  ?  1590 
Sponge  Cake  43 

Sponge  Cake  ...               2524 

Sponging  the  Body  454 
Spots  from  Furniture  ...    684 
Sprains,  Lotion  for  i»69 
Spraius,  Mixture  for  ....     285 
Sprains,  Mixture  for  ...  2<>76 
Sprains,  Remedy  for  2i)75 
Sprats   Baked            2552 

Shoulder  of  Lamb,  Roast- 
ing                           .         624 

Bhoulder     of      Mutton, 
Carving  2821 
Bhoulder    of    Mutton, 
Roast    ..                       .     60:> 

:  Spring  Aperient  152 
Sorinklo  Clothes,  how  to  36S# 

Snail*  U>  Kill  2033 

SQU— STE 


STR— TAB 


TAB— CHI 


23 


Squills,  Uses  of  2743 
Squinting,  Treatment  of  23  8 
Squirrels,  Management  of  2312 
Stained  Glass,  Imitative  1852 
Staining,  General  Direc- 
tions       853 
Staining  Stone  359 
Stains  from  Books  2058 
Stains  from  the  Hands  .  .     503 
Stains  from  Floors  2S3 
Stains  of  Medicines  ....     510 
Stains,  to  Remove  from 
Books  2058 
Stains,  a  good  Mixture  to 
Remove  8270 
Stains,  to  Eemove  from 
Broadcloth     3273 
Stains  from  Colored  Silks 
to  Remove     .  -           •  •  8274 
Stains,  to  Remove  Fruit 
and  Wine     8277 
Stains,  to  Remove  Ink  .  .  8271 
Stains,  Spirits  of  Harts- 
horne  will  remove     .     8275 
Stains  made  by  Acids,  to 
remove  8275 
Stair-Rods,  Caution    .  -     2024 
Stairs,  Sweeping  635 
Stalactite  Caves,  to  make  1940 
Starching,  Folding,  and 
Ironing  8674 
Starch  of  Gum  Arabic.  .       91 
Starch  Paste                      1948 

Strong  Purgative  Pills  .  .     985 
Stubborn    Breast*  939 
Stuffing,  Duck  or  Goose  2152 
St.  Vitus's  Dance,  Treat- 
ment of    1265 
Substantives  2971 
Succedaneum  for  Hollow 
Teeth               142 
Sucking  Pig,  Carving..  2628 
Sudorific  Powder  1013 
Suet  Pudding,  Plain  ....     468 
Suffocation  by  Charcoal    522 
Suffocation,    Treatment 
of  2259 
Sugar,  Adulterated  2424 
Su<*ar  Biscuits                     478 

Table  of  Local  and  Rela- 
tive    8363 
Table  for  Equation  and 
Banking  8361 
Table  of  Distances  in  the 
United  States  8357 
Table,  waiting  at  3164 
Tables,  Laying  Out  first 
Class                               81^2 

Table  of  the  Solar  System  8736 
Tables,     Confusion     at 
Avoided                          3124 

Tables,  Interest,  (6  and  7 
per  cent.)    ..    8364 
Tables,  Laying  Out  of.  .   25*5 
Taking  a  House,  Cautions  2816 
Taking  a  Shop,  Cautions  2821 
Tales,  Idle,  Condemned  1797 
Tamarind  Drinks        .  .  .  1(^02 
Tamarinds,  Uses  of    .    .  2729 
Tape-  worm,  Remedy  for  *780 
Tape-worm,  Tincture  for  li  15 
Tartar  Emetic   983 
Tartar  Emetic,   Poison- 
ing by     2269 
Tartaric  Acid,  Uses  of.  .  2772 
Tattle,  never  8<M» 
Tattlers  Contemptible..  8023 
Tea,  Adulterated  2425 
Tea  Cakes               .    .          460 

Sugar  Icing  for  Wedding 
Cakes    2932 
Sugar  of  Lead,  Poisoning 
by  2275 

Sulphate  of  Potash    .    .  2748 
Sulphate  of  Zinc  Eye- 
wash       913 
Sulphur  and  Potash  Pow- 
der    1008 
Sulphur  Aperient  157 
Sulphur  and  Senna  Con- 
fection    ...       .               925 

Sulphur  Ointment  980 
Sulphur,  Uses  of  2731 
Sulphuric  Ether  Gargle  .     960 
Sulphuric  Ether,  Uses  of  2C94 
Sulphuric  Ether,  Uses  of  2704 
Sunburn,  wash  for              289 

Tea,  Economy  of  C75 
Tea-making,  Kitchener's 
Plan  820 
Tea-parties,Knick-knacks 
for                                      71 

Starch  Poultice  8817 
Stars,  their  Indications.  2.72 
Statistics  of  the  Bible  ...     223 
Steel  from  Rust  2515 
Steel  Goods  from  Rust.     830 
Stew,  First-  watch  836 
Stewed  Beef  766 
Stewed  Beef,  Sauce  for.  2545 
Stewed  Pork  .  .  .                  766 

Superfluous  Hairs  899 
Suppers  bad  for  Children  1061 
Suppers—  What  shall  we 
have  93  to  107 
Surgery,  Domestic  2186 
Swearing  Condemned..  1781 
Swearing  very  Vulgar.  .   3047 
Sweats,  Cure  for  Night.  8282 
Sweet  Bags  for  Linen..     452 
Sweet  Dishes,  Warming 
Cold  848 
Sweetbreads,                        615 
Sweetheart,  how  to  win  &    820 
f     eetmeats,  Adulterated  2408 
fc    elled  Cattle,  Cure  for  82S7 
Swimmer?,  Dr.    Frank- 
lin's Advice  to  .  .         .  2801 
Swimming,  Instructions  2800 
Swimming     in     Fresh 
Water    2805 
Syntax,  what  is  it?  ...  2084 
Syphon  for  Decanting.  .   0(18,8 
Svphon,  how  to  use  the  8(190 
Syphon,  a  Simple  8093 

T 

Table,  Ceremonies  of  the  2584 
Table-Covers,  Ink  from.     507 
Table-cloth,  to  lay  a         8147 
Table.  General  Rules  at 
the  8191 

Tea  —  What    Shall   we 
Have  1        72  to  76 

Teeth  Carious,  and  the 
Breath                  .          1312 

Teeth,  \\  ash  for  Beauti- 
fying       144 
Teething,  General  Treat- 
ment              891 
Teething,  Indications  of  1082 
Teething,    Powders   for 
Children  1005 
Temperaments,     Differ- 
ences in                          2G75 

Stewing,  Dialogue  on  ...   1972 
Sti:  nulant  Lotion  967 
Stimulants,  General  ....  2638 
Stings  of  Bees,  Cure  for    159 
Stings  of  Nettles  521 
Stings  of  Wasps,  Cure  .  .     159 
Stock,  Brown  2475 
Stock  from  Mutton  Necks  785 
Stockings,   Mending....     561 
Stomachic  Mixture  1000 
Stomachic,  Simple  920 
Stomach,  Inflammation  of  1241 
Stormv  Weather,  signs  of  8489 
Ptone  "Color  Wash,  how 
to  make     190 
Stone  Weight,  a    8225 
Stopping  for  Bad  Teeth  .     1<12 
Straining   Liquids  8085 
Strainer,  a  Simple  80:)t» 
Strangulation,  Treatment  2256 
Strawberry  Ice-Cream  .  .     24S 
Strawberry  Water  Ice  .  .     24") 
Straw  Bonnets,  Bleaching  2492 
Straw  Bonnets,  Cleaning  2493 
Straw  Matting,  Cleaning  537 

Temperance  1047 
Temper,  never  lose  your  8026 
Temples,  modelling  ....   1961 
Terms  Used  In  Dances  1713 
Terms    Used     in     All- 
fours  2115 
Terms  Used  in  Cribbage  2105 
Terms  of  Quadrille    at 
Cards  2132 
Terms  Used  in  \\  hist  ...  2083 
That,  Applied  to  Nouns  1354 
That  and  Which  1858 
Thaw,    to  tell   when  it 
will  854 
Them,  or  Those  1  1470 
These  or  This'          .      1497 

These  and  Those  1852 
This  and  That  1351 
This,  or  Thus?      1488 

TOO— TOW 


TRA— VAP 


VAR— VOL 


Thoru  Apple,  poisoning 

Tracing  Paper  2062 

Varnish  for  Grates                87 

by....            '    2281 
Thou,  Yon,  and  Ye  1348 
Threading  a  Needle  .  .  .     L""J 
Thrush,   Treatment  of.  .   1266 

Tragacanth,  Uses  of    .  .  27S8 
Transparencies  for  Win- 
dows    1851 
Tray,  Sideboard  8150 

Varnished      Doors      to 
Clean  457 
Vases,  Potichomanie..     1864 
Veal  Alamode  2157 

Thrushes,    management 
o£                      .......  2314 

Trees,  Prevent   Mildew 
on                                   13r'9 

Veal  and  Ham  Patties.  .      97 

Thumb  Dislocated      .  .  .  2244 

Trochaic  Feet                     2991 

Thunder,    tor     the    ap- 

True Time  2933 

Cold                                2165 

proach  of    35i7 
Thunder    Showers,    for 
continued  8522 
Thunder    Showers,    for 
the  abatement  of.    ...   3524 
Thyme,  when  to  gather  2472 
Tic    Doloreux,      Treat- 
ment                1267 

Trout,  when  in  Season  .  .      54 
Truss  of  Hay  8226 
Tub  of  Butter  8220 
Tumblers,    how  to    ar- 
range    3133 
Tunny,  poisoning  by  ....  2285 
Turbeth,    Mineral,  poi- 
soning by  2268 

Veal,  Remarks  on  Roast- 
ing       610 
Veal  Rissoles     883 
Veal,  Stewed  Fresh  770 
Veal  Sweetbread    615 
Veal,  to  Choose  Good..       18 
Veal  with  white  sauce.  .     883 
Vegetable  Poisons             2283 

Timber^  a  Ton  of  8216 
Time,  True  £i>83 
Time  Table  8362 

Turkey,  Carving  2642 
Turkey,  to  choose  Good      19 
Turnip,  Cold,  Use  for  .  .   2067 

Vegetable  Soup    1880 
Vegetables,   Boil    Sepa- 
rately                               685 

Time,   Local  and  Rcla- 
tive  3350 

Turnip  Radishes,  Boiled  1846 
Turnip   Wine        .              257 

Vegetables,  Chopped  for 
Soups                             2422 

Tin,  poisoning  by  2270 
Tins.  Cleaning.        .         2565 

Turpentine  Enema    -    .  .   946 
Turpentine  Liniment  ...   941 

Vegetables  for  Children    212 
Vegetables  for  Children  1054 

To   or  V\  ith  9               ...  1451 

Two  First,or  First  Two  9  1465 

Vegetables  Indigestible 

To  Let,  or  To  Be  Let  ?  1450 
Toads  should  be  kept...  2039 

Tying  Broken  Sticks...  3116 
Tying  Corks  in   Bottles  3060 
Tying  up  Preserve  Jars  8118 

Under-boiled  .'    689 
Vegetables,    preparation 
of                                      627 

Good        .  .               .      3128 

Tying  Neat  Paper  Par- 

Vegetables       Mode     of 

Tofist  Buttered   How  to 

cels  3120 

make  Good  .'.  8128 
Tobacco,  Adalterated.  .  .  2426 
Toi'et    Etiquette  of  the    278 

Tying  all  kind  of  Knots  8112 
Typographical  marks  ex- 
plained                    8360 

Vegetables,  to  Boil  632 
Vegetables,  to  Choose..     630 
Vegetables    to  Clear  of 

Toilet  of  a  Roman  Lady    260 
Toilette,  Young  Lady's    749 
Tolu,  Uses  of                   2758 

Typhus    Fever,    Treat- 
ment    1269 
Twelvetree'lsWashingRe- 

Insects    1837 
Vegetables,to  Give  Good 
Color  to     640 

Tornata  Sauce  2510 
Tongues,  Carving  2629 
Tonic    and     Stimulant 
Mixture    999 
Tonic  Aperient                    155 

ceipt  8669 
tjt 

Vegetables,  to  Refresh  .  .     631 
Vegetables,  to  wash  .  -       633 
Vegetables,  Unripe.  .  •  .  .  .  629 
Vegetables,      Properties 
and  Uses  of                     2992 

Tonic  Pills-   .......'.".     988 
Tonic  Powder                    1006 

Ulcerated    Mouth,  Mix- 
ture for         .          ...     919 

Veil,  to  Wash  a  Lace  ...     344 
Veils,  to  Clean  White.      2807 

Tonic    and      Stimulant 
Gargle  957 
Tonics,  Effects  of.    .....  2709 
Ton  of  Hay    82l5 
Ton  weight,  what  is  a?  8215 
Ton,  a  Liquid      8218 
Ton  of  Hound  Timber.  .  S216 
Took,  or  Mistook  ?  1534 
Tool  Chests,  Family  ...  109T 
Toothache,  Oil  of  Cloves 
for     170 

Ulcerations,       Indolent, 
Ointment  for  982 
Ulceration,      Scrofulous 
Ointment  for  981 
Ulcers,  Flabby,    Lotion 
for  ( 
Ulcers,  Lotion  for  066 
Ulcers,  Preparation  for  .  .     941 
Ulcers,    Treatment     by 
Lunar  Caustic  2775 
Umbrellas,  Usefulness  of    203 

Velvet,  Grease  from  ....  12S« 
Velvet,  Raising  Plush  of    555 
Velvet,  How  to  Raise  the 
Pile  on    3686 
Venice  Turpentino  2744 
Venison,  to  Choose  Good      18 
Ventilation,   Hint  upon    203 
Verbs,  what  they  are  .  .  2977 
Verbs  and  Nouns,  List 
of   160S 
Verdigris,  poisoning  by  2267 

Toothache,  Preventive  of   142 

Tooihachc  Relieved  by 

Unfermented  Bread  .  .     2077 
Unfermented  Cakes           459 

Verditer,  poisoning  by..  2267 
Vermicelli  Soup        2482 

Opium  ..       -  2696 
Toothache,     Treatment  1268 
Tooth  Powders        ....     145 
Tooth    Powder,  Ameri- 
can       173 

Urns,  &c.,  Cleaning    -  .  .     455 
Usury  Laws  in  the  vari- 
ous  States  8345 

Vermilion,  poisoning  by  2268 
Vermin,    Cause  of,  and 
Use  .     833 
Vines,     Directions     for 
Pruning    ...  3692 

{Tooth  Powder,  Quinine    174 
Topographical  Models  .  1956 
Tortoiseshell,  Imitation    868 
Tow,  for  Surgery  2194 
Towels.  Economv    of  .     208 

V 

Valerian,  Uses  of  2702 
Valso  a  Deux  Temps  ....  1705 
Vaoor  Baths    .....    ..  2455 

Vingt-un,  Card  Game..  2129 
Viper,  Bite  of  '22Sfi 
Visits,  Etiquette  of  278 
Vitriol,  poisoning  by  ....  2278 
Volatile  Salt.  Ue  -s  of.     2573 

TOL — WAX 


WAX — WHA 


WHA — WHY 


25 


Voltaires  Kiddie  .  '.  .  .      8237 

What  weather  shall  we 

Vulgar,  to  Talk  Loud..  3030 

Fruit    ..                    ...  1876 

have  9                             2069 

Vulgar.    Slang    Phrases 
Tery  8031 

Weak  Eyes,  wash  for..     913 
Weak  Lyes   Zinc  wash 

Wheat  and  Rye  Bread.  .  2649 

Vulgar,  to  Swear  3047 

for  915 

Pure'  2402 

Vulgarity  Condemned..  1780 

W 

Waiters,  Cleaning  455 
Waiters,  Duties  of  ...     2598 

Weather  and  the  Blood  2135 
Weather,  Signs  of        .  .  2070 
Weath  r,  Oracle  of  the..  8366 
Weather,    how    to    tell 
when  dry  will  continue  8377 
Weather,    for    Fine    of 
short  duration                8376 

Wheat,  Mills  for  Grind- 
ing    2391 
Week    Fish,    when     in 
season    54 
Weights  and  measures..  8194 
When  is  a  Black  Tea- 
pot Best  9                  •  •  1994 

Walking  Gracefully...         68 
Walking,  Caution"..    .     2019 
Walls   Lead  for  Damp      819 

Weather,         Continued 
Rainy  and  Showery.  .  3405 
Weather    for    foul  and 

Which,  or  That?   1367 
Which,   or  Who  ?  1356 
Whist  Rules  of                2082 

Walnut  Ketchup  2158 
Walnuts,  to  pickle  -  -    .     2334 
Waltz  Circular  1703 

wet    3412 
Weather,  for  Stormy..  .  8489 
Weather  for  increase  of 

Whist'  Terms  Used  in  .  .   2088 
White  Hellebore.poison- 
ing  by        2282 

Waltz  Cotillon  1697 

Stormy                            8500 

Whites    Treatment    of  1271 

Wanting,  or  wanted?..  1555 
Warm  weather,  signs  of  3531 

Weather,  for  decrease  of 
Stormy                           3503 

White  Sauce  882 
White  Swellings  Emetic    988 

Warmth,  Apply  to  the 
Body  2225 
"Warts,  Cure  by  Acetic 
Acid  1815 
Warts  Cure  by  Caustic      885 

Weather,  for  Colder  ....  8526 
Weather,  for  warmer..  3681 
Weather,  for  Frosty...  8536 
Wear,  what  to  8288 
Wedding  Ceremony         2898 

White  Vitriol,  poisoning 
by  2271 
White  Vitriol,  Uses  of.  .  2722 
Whitlow  or  Felon,  how 

Warts,  Cure  by  Lunar.  . 
Caustic     2775 

Wedding  Festivities!!!  2912 
Weddin«-  Ring                  2909 

White    Jenton,  proper- 
ties and  uses  of              3008 

Washing,  a  new  method  2179 
Washing  Bed  Furniture  2533 
Washing,  Remarks  upon    654 
Washing  Revision  of.  .     208 

Wedding  Ring,  why  on 
Fourth  Finger  259 
Wedding  Rings,  Origin 
of  458 

White  and  Yellow  Lily 
Roots,  uses  of  8011 
Whitewash,      how      to 
make  Brilliant                 190 

Washing  the  Body.  ...     898 
Washing  the  Feet  899 

WeddingBreakfast,  Hints 
Upon            ....              2923 

Whitewash,      Excellent 
Cheap      8297 

Washes  for  walls  of  yari- 

Wedding  Cakes,  to  make  2930 

Whiskers,   to    promote 

Washing  Fluids  8668 
Washing  Linens,   Cam- 
brics   and  Laces  •  .  •    .  8C69 

Upon  ...  2924 
Wedding  Day,  Arrange- 
ments of                        2901 

Whitlows,  hot  water  for  2301 
Who  ?  Interrogative  —  1866 
Whom    or  who  ?       .        1857 

"Washing,     Receipt    by 
Professor  Twelvetree.  8669 
Washing  in  One  Hour..  8670 
Washing  Receipt  (very 
good)  8673 
Watch  how  to  manage  a  3720 

Wedding    Dress,  Hints 
Upon  2915 
Wedding  party  —  Order 
of  Going  to  Church  .  .  2917 
Wedding    party—  Order 

Who,  or  whom  ?  1346 
Whose  and  whom  1853 
Whose?  the  Use  of....    1347 
Why  does  a     Polished 
Teapot  make  the  Best 
Tea  ?                1990 

Was  or  Had  ?                   1578 

Church                            2922 

Why  will  not  a  Dull  Tea- 

Was, or  were  ?  1396 
Was,  or  were?  1481 
Wasps  Cure  for  the  sting 
of                                      159 

Wedding  Receptions  .  .  2925 
Wedding  Tours  2926 
Wedgeware        Mortars, 
Caution                          2666 

pot  make  good  Tea  ?.  .  1991 
Why  do  Aged  Cottagers 
prefer    the     Earthen 
Teapot  ?                          1992 

Wasps  to  Kill          2036 

Wedgewood  ware    De- 

Why will  a  Black  Tea- 

W a  sto  paper,  Uses  of...  1120 
Waterproofing  Boots  and 
Shoes  70 
Waterproofin^  Shoes         498 

fective  546 
Were,  or  was  ?  657 
What    became     of  his 
Will?                       284 

pot    make   the   Best 
Tea?  1998 
Why  does  a  Laundress 
Moisten    an    Iron   to 

Water  for  Tea                     574 

What  is  Rain  ?                   301 

know  if  it  be  Hot  9  .  .     298 

Water,  in  models  1947 

What  is    the  Cause    of 
Snow  ?                              298 

Why  does  water  roll  on 
Hot  Iron  ?        •  •  •          292 

Water,  Reason  why  bard    655 

What  is  the  Smoke  of  a 
Candle  ?                          2001 

Why  is  the  Iron  Hotter 
when     the     Moisture 

Water,  to  Obtain  Soft  .  .     726 
Water  Hemlock,  poison- 

What   is     the   Use    of 
Clothino-?  308 

runs  off  from  it  ?  ....    294 
Why  should  not  the  Bot- 

ing by  2231 

What  may  Be,or  what  Is?  1475 
What   or  That  ?                1472 

tom  of  a  Kettle  be  Pol- 
ished?                     •   •  1997 

Water'  How  to  Filter..'  8100 
Wax  out  of  CJoth  504 

What'makes  Baby  Cry  ?  1067 
What  shall  we  Name  our 
Child                               140 

Why  does  an  Old  Sauce- 
pan Boil  Quicker  than 
a  New  One?  199* 

2 

£6           "WHY  —  WHY 

WHY—  WOO 

woo—  zm 

Why  are  Dinner  Covers 

Why  is  there  more  rain 

Wool,  a  Sack  of  322* 

nvtdeof  Brigut  Metal*  1993 

fr.><n     September     to 

Wool,  a  Pack  of  ...           ;;•'!£•< 

Why     should    a     AL-at 
Cover  bo  inadelSrigtit  t  1999 
Why  should  Silver  Meat 

March       than      from 
March  to  September?    318 
What  is   H'lii  'J        300 

Woollen  Clothes,  wash- 
in-   711 
Woollen     Things       to 

Covers  not  be  chased?  2000 

What  is  the  Cause    of 

Clean                   '        .      48 

Sleet  ?            299 

•nd  Lid  of  a  Saucepan 
be  Bright?  1996 
Why  do  Candles  "  Spirt"    291 
Why  do  La'nns  Smoke?  2003 

Wife,  how  to  Treat  her    833 
Wife's  Power    1151 
Window  Blinds,  Artis- 
tic                    •              1851 

Words,  Effects  of  792 
Words  for  Charades  ....  2441 
Words  Usually  Mispro- 
nounced List  of             1646 

Whydoes  a  Lamp  Sinoke 
when  the  wick  is  cut 
unevenly  *      •               2004 

Windows,  Beautiful  ....  IN>! 
Windows  of  Bedrooms  1095 
Wino  Biscuits  467 

Words,  Use  of  Erroneous  1323 
Work,  do  a  little  well  .  .     723 
Worms  in    the    Intes- 

Why (loos'  a  Lamp-glass 
Diminish  the  Sinoke?  2005 
Why  are  some  Particles 

Wine,  Fining  ...  2505 
Wines  Adulterated       .  2427 
Wines,    Directions     for 
Makin<»                           2315 

tines  1272 
Worms.   Intestinal  2778 
Wormwood,   Uses   of..  2713 
Worser    Lesser                 1877 

sumed  ?  2002 
Why    are    Damp  Beds 
Dangerous9        .             295 

Wine  Stains  from  Linen  129u 
Wine  Stains  to  Remcrve  8277 
Wine,  when    taken    at 

Wow-  wow  Sauce  2&4fi 
Wounds,  Treatment  of  2245 
Wounds,     to     Prevent 

Dinner                             2598 

from  Mortifvin"             8267 

Cold  '                                295 

Winter  Salad  70S 

Wounds,    Flabby     Lo- 

Why is  Health  Impair- 
ed by  Cold?             .        296 

Winter    Savory,    when 
to  gather      2473 

tion  for  968 
Writing  Errors  in     .   .     1663 

Wby  does  not  sea  wa- 
ter give  cold  ?  297 

Winchester  Bushel  ....  3199 
Winter's  Bark,  Proper- 
ties and  Uses  3014 

Writing  for  the  Press..  1850 
Writing,    Points    Used 
in  3647 

used  in  Winter?  305 
Why  do  not  Wools  and 
Furs  give   Heat  ?   .  .  .     306 
Why  would  the  Heat  of 
the  Body  Escape  if  not 
for  Wools  and  Furs?    307 

Wives,  Advice  to  1152 
Wives  and  Cheerfulness    203 
Wives'    and  Husbands' 
Tempers     ...     196 
Wives  and  Neatness  200 
Wives  and    Newspapers  194 
Wives  and  Shirt-buttons    192 

Write  on  Glass,  to  3060 

IT 

Yeast,  Home-made  2160 
Yeast  to  Make                   896 

Winds?      ...     310 
Why  are  March  winds 
dry?     309 

Why    is     it     said    tlril 

Wives  and  the  last  word    198 
Woodcocks,  Carving  .  .  .  2639 
Woodcocks,    to   Choose 
Good                                  °6 

Yeast,  to  Make  2648 
Yeast,  Poultice  3319 
Yellow  Lily  Roots,  prop- 

"  March  comes  in  like 

Wood,  models  in  1944 

Yellow  wash,  to  Make 

a  Lion  '"    .  .              .     311 

Wood,  modelling  in    -  .  1939 

Brilliant    ...           .          190 

Why  does  "  March    go 
out  like  a  Lamb?"....  312 
Why    is     it    said    that 
"March  Flowers  make 
no  Sainmor  Bowers?"    316 
Why  is  it  said  that  "  A 
Dry  March  naver  bags 

Wool,  Staining  Black..     375 
Wood,  Staining  Blue.  ..     376 
Wood,  Staining  Botany 
Bay  377 
Wood,  Staining  Green  .  .     378 
Wood,    Staining    Light 
Brown     330 

Yellow  Lotion  971 
Yolk  of  Egg  Beaten  ....  2138 
Young,      Counsels     for 
the    1153 
Y  and  Yes,  in  Spelling  .  1676 
Y,  The  Letter,  in  Spell- 
in<r    1477 

Bread  ?"     314 
Why   is  "  A    Bushel  of 
Dust  worth  a  King's 
*»  ansom  "J"                        313 

Wood,  Staining  as  Ma- 
hogany      379 
Wood,  Staining  Purple    b'31 
Wood,  Staining  R  M!  ..    .  382 

You  and  I,  or  You  and 
He?   1887 
Youth,  Health  in  1150 
Yule  Cake    794 

—  hy  doas  Snow  protect 
Vegetables  from  cold?    304 

Wood,  Staining  Yellow    384 
Wood,  Staining  as  Rose- 
wood       .                        383 

25 

Snow  like  wool  ?"           3J3 

Wood  measure  8230 

Whv    is   it    said     that 

Wood,  Cord  of  3230 

ZiM  and  I«ead  Ey  e  wash    911 

"  April  Showers  bring 
M-iy  Flowers?"  ....     317 

Wool,  Dyeing  Blue  433 
Wool,  Dyeing  Brown  ....   484 

Zinc  »nd  Camphor  Eye 
wash      914 

7/hv  do  Rain  Drops  va- 
rv"  in  size  ?     3^2 
Why  IB  it  aaid  that  "  A 
wet   March   makes   a 
gad  Autumn  ?''...     .    815 

Wool,  Dyeing  Drab  ...      435 
Wool,  Dyeing  Green  ...  436 
Wool,  Dyeing  Orange.      437 
Wool,  Dyeing  Red  438 
WooLDy  em*  Yellow,.     439 

Zinc,  prti&apinc  by  2271 
Zinc,  wrapping  Cutlery 
in  ....     8516 
Zinc,   Ink    for   writim. 

INDEX. 


ACR— COB 


CRE— JEL 


LEM — PIC 


Acre,  to  lav  off  a  Square  37.14 
Apple  Paddings               876T 

Corn,  in  the  Crib,  to  Mea- 
sure                           •  •  8740 

Jelly,  Lemon  UCU 

Ii 

Jelly,  Moulding  821 

Cream  Pudding  3768 
Curious     Properties    of 

ft 
Bricklaying,  To  Measure  3743 

€ 

Carpentering,  to  Measure  8742 
Cable's    Length,    What 
isa?..    ...  8755 
Cakes,  Wedding  2930 
Cakes,  Yule,  794 

Cure  for  Diarrhoea  8771 
Custard  Pudding  8760 
Custard,  Almond  2528 
Custard,      do.,      (good)  8731 
Custard,  Apples  served 
with  2527 
Custard  Baked                 2431 

Lomon  Pudding  8764 
Liniment,  Horse,  excel- 
lent                     8778 

Light  and  Sound,  Velo- 
city of  '.  8756 

M 

Masonry,  To  Measure..  8744 
Measure  a  Box,  To  8789 
Measure  Artificers  Work, 

» 

Diarrhoea,  Cure  for  8771 
Diarrhoaa,    do.  do  8T72 

• 

Earth  and  Sand,  What 
they  Weigh  8T52 

Cakes,  Almond  Sponge.  2525 
Cakes,  Wine    ...     467 
Cakes,  Apple,  for  chil- 
dren                  218 
Cakes,  Bath  Buns  2543 
Cakes,  Belvedere  856 

Measure,  An  Acre,  How 
to  ...       .                      8754 

Measure  Corn  in  a  Crib, 
How  to  .  8740 

Measure  the  Capacity   f 
Wells                            8739 

Cakes,  Sugar  478 
Cakes,  Currant,  [Econo- 
mical)        75 
Caken,  Drop,  (excellent)      74 
Cakes,  Fruit  839 
Cakes,  Gingerbread  162 
Cakes,  Ginger  Snaps  ....       73 
Cakes,  Ginger  2474 

F 

Fahrenheit,  Raumer  and 
Centigrade                     8758 

Measure  the  Capacity  of 
Cisterns                          8739 

Microscope,  A  very  good  8778 
Mince  Meat,  (Rich)  ....  8762 
Mince  Pie,  (Plain)  8T66 

r 

Painters'  Work,  How  to 
Measure  3746 

O 

Glazier's  Work,  to  Mea- 
sure                        8747 

Cakes,  Johnny  3719 
Cakes,  Jersey  Wonders.      76 
Cakes  Muffin                .      77 

Glue  Mouth                 •  •  •  •  63 

Paving  Work,    do.,    do.  3745 
Peach  Pie                          3761 

Glue  Liquid              66 

Cakes,  Lemon  Buns  ....     464 
Cakes,  Luncheon  462 
Cakes,  Meat  93 
Cakes,  Cocoanut  Cheese  8765 
Cakes   Plum             .  .          72 

Glue',  Good  Liquid  ....  8779 
H 

Hay,  How  much  makes 
a  Ton  8751 
Horse  Liniment  (excel- 
lent)              8773 
Hair  Dye,  Gen.  Twlgg's  3757 

J 

Jelly,  Bread  3735 
Jelly,  Calves'  Feet  ....     2573 
Jelly,  Arrowroot  2516 
Jelly,  Currant.  Black..       112 
Jelly,  Currant,  Red    ..         89 
1  Jelly,  Currant,  White.      120 

Pickled  Cucumbers.  .  .  .     2332 
Pickled  Eggs  119 

Pickled  Eschalots  2881 
Pickled  Gherkins  1831 
Pickled,  Walnuts  2334 
Pickled,  Cauliflower  .  .  .     2333 
Pickled  Beets                   ":'.";i 

Cakes,  Plum  (nice)  ....    463 
Cakes,  Potato  Cheese.  ..    126 
Cakes,  Soda  465 
Cakes,  Sponge  48 

Pickled,  Oaions  2329 
Pickled,  French  Beans.  .  2328 
Pickled,  Red  Cabbage  .  .  2380 
Pickled,  Garlic  2331 
Pickled,  Artichokes  288« 
Pickled,  Artichoke  Bot- 
toms    2337 
Pickled,  Samphire  2339 
Pickled,  Radishes    ....  2341 
Pickled,  Carrots      .    -..   2341 
Pickled,  Celery  Roots  .  234J 

Cakes,  Sponge  2524 
Cakes  Tea        460 

Cement,  Diamond  78 
Cement  lor  Broken  Glass    139 
Cement,  Paper  .  .    1957 
Cisterns  &  Wells,  Capa- 
city of    8738 

Cheese,  Cakes,  Cocoanut  3765 
Cocoanut  Cheese  Cake.  .  8765 

[2T] 


28             PIB  —  PUD 

PUD  —  SAU 

SAU  —  WEL 

Pickled  Mangoes  2382 

Pudding,  Cuatard  8760 

Sauce  White                       838 

Pick  lod  Melons             ..  2332 

Pudding  Tapioca  8770 

Sauce  Wow-Wow             2545 

Pickled  Mushroons           2388 

Pudding  Lemon                8764 

Scales    Rules  to  Detect 

Pickled  Tomatoes     8768 

Pudding,  Apple  (Nice)  .  .  8767 

Fraudulent         8775 

Pies.  Apple              2511 

Pudding,  Cream             .  8769 

Slating  and  Shinglin"1       3748 

Pies   Beefsteak          2147 

Preserved,  Apricots    .     2446 

Shingling  and  Statin"        8748 

Pies|  Cal  ves'  Head  44.0 

Preserved,  Blackberries    221 

Sound  and  Light,  -Veloci- 
ty of                               8756 

Pies,  Ham        "*"  100 

Peaches                          2539 

Soup  Asparagus               2481 

Pie*   Cocoauut    2165 

Soup  Beef  French            769 

Pies'  Egg  96 

Preserved,  Green  Gages  2446 

Soup,  Clear  Gravy  .  .  .     2478 

Pies'  Veal        97 

Preserved  Green  Gages    160 

Soup,  Mutton  .  .  .               767 

Pies,  Lobster     ...          95 

Preserved  Peaches           2506 

Soup  Plain  Peas      •  •        7ti8 

Pies,  Mutton                      2148 

Preserved  Plums               160 

Soup  Portable                  2549 

Pies,  Mutton  (good)  ....       31 
Pies,  Oyster  106 

Preserved,  Rhubarb  89 
Preserved,  Currants  ....      61 

Soup'  Vegetable  1830 
Soup,  Vegetables  prepar- 

Pies Cartridge                    897 

ed  for                            2422  ; 

Pies,  Pork         ,  2148 

Preserved  Raspberries        61 

Pie**  Potato           •  .  •          135 

T 

Pies,  Raised       2148 

Preserved   Plums             2446 

Pies,  Sea,  Capital  748 
Pies  Pumpkin                  87CS 

B 

Table  of  the  Weight  and 

Pies,  J'each                        8761 

ces                                  378T 

Pies,  Mince  (Rich}  8762 
Pies,  Mince  (Plain)  3766 
Pies  Ehubarb                   8763 

Rules  to  Reduce  the  de- 
grees of  a  Thermome- 
ter                                8758 

Table  of  the  Capacity  of 
Wells  and  Cisterns  .  .  .  8739 
Table  to  find  the  Measure- 

Plumbers Work,  To  Mea- 
sure    8749 
Pudding,  Almond  252 
Pudding  Apple         .  .  .  2453 

Rules  to  Ascertain  True 
Weight  3776 
Rules  to  Detect  Fraudu- 
lent Scales        8775 

ment  of  a  Box  8738 
Table  of  the  CubicWeight 
of  various  substances.  3750 
Tapioca  Pudding              3770 

Pudding  Boston  2526 

Rhubarb  Pie  3763 

Tamatoes,  To  Pickle.  .  .  .  3763 

Puddiiif,  Batter  470 
Pudding,  Batter  Baked    2507 
Puddimp,  Batter  Boiled    2507 
Puddiag  Bread        .  .        472 

a 

Sauce,  Anchovy  286 

True  Weight,  Rules  to 
Ascertain  ...  8776 
TricopherousfbrtheHair  3777 
Twigo-s,   General     Hair 

Pudding  Bread  Elegant    443 

Sauce  Apple                     2155 

I)  ye  ...         3757 

Pudding,  Cossacks  Plum    772 
Pudding  Fi"1               .  .  2320 

Sauce,  Beef  Gravy  2156 
Sauce  Brown        2156 

v 

Pudding   Half-Pay        .      40 

Sauce  Game          2156 

Pudding,  Pea's  1835 
Pudding  Plum      469 

Sauce,  Goose  Stuffing,  .  .  2154 
Sauce  Grill...  2547 

Vinegar,  to  make  a  sub- 
stitute for  distilled        8779 

Pudding,  Plum,  Simple        40 
Pudding,  Potato  255 
Pudd'ug  Kice  for  Chil- 

Sauce, Love  Apple  ....  2510 
Sauce,  Mushroom  2150 
Sauce  Mint  2059 

W 

dren                                  214 

Sauce  Onion           .     .  .  2554 

Weight  of  a  Cubic  Foot 

Pudding,   Rice  without 
Eggg              733 

Sauce,  Puddiag  252 
Sauce  Sage  and  Onion  .  .  2154 

of  some  substances  —  3750 
Weight,    and    Bulk    of 

l*i'^ding  Suet                      468 

Sauce'  Safad  •                      107 

FurfMinplCocoanut.'....'  8759 

Sauce,  Tomato  2510 

Wells,  C«p*city  of...  ..'  87J3 

INQUIBE    WITHIN 


UPON 


EVEEYTHING. 


1  CHOICE  OF  ARTICLES  OF 
FO3D. — Nothing  is  more  important 
in  tkie  affairs  of  housekeeping  than  the 
choice  of  wholesome  food.  We  have 
been  amused  by  a  conundrum  which  is 
as  follows: — ''A  man  went  to  market 
and  bought  two  fish.  When  he  reached 
home  he  found  they  were  the  same  as 
when  he  had  bought  them ;  yet  there 
were  three!1'  How  was  this?  The 
answer  is — "  He  bought  two  mackerel, 
and  one  smelt  /"  Those  who  envy  him 
his  bargain  need  not  care  about  the 
following  rules ;  but  to  others  they 
will  be  valuable : — 

2.  MACKEREL 'must  be  perfectly 
fresh,  or  it  is  a  very  indifferent  fish;  it 
will  neither  bear  carriage,  nor  being 
kept  many  hours  out  of  the  water. 
The  firmness  of   the  flesh    and    the 
clearness  of  the  eyes,  must  be  the 
criterion  of  fresh  mackerel,  as  they  are 
of  all  other  fish.     (See  65.) 

3.  FLOUNDERS,  and  all  flat  white 
fish,  are   rigid  and  firm  when  fresh; 
the  under  side  should  be  of  a  rich 
sream  colour.     When  out  of  season, 
or  too  long  kept,  this  becomes  a  bluish 
white,  and  the  flesh  soft  and  flaccid. 
A  clear,  bright  eye  in  fish,  is  also  a 
mark  of  being  fresh  and  good. 

4.  COD  is  known  to  be  fresh  by  the 
rigidity  of  the  muscles  (or  flesh) ;  the 
redness  of  the  gills,  and  clearness  of  the 
«yes.  Crimping  much  improve!  this  fish. 


5.  SALMON. — The  flavour  and  ex 
cellence  of  this  fish  depends  upon  its 
freshness,  and  the  shortness  of  time 
since  it  was  caught ;  for  no  method  can 
completely  preserve  the  delicate  flavour 
it  has  when  just  taken  out  of  the  water. 

6.  HERRINGS  can  only  be  eaten 
when  very  fresh,  and  like  mackerel, 
will  not  remain  good  many  hours  after 
they  are  caught. 

7.  FRESH- WATER  FISH.— The  re- 
marks as  to  firmness  and  clear,  fresh 
eyes,  apply  to  this  variety  of  fish,  of 
which  there  are  pike,  perch,  &c. 

8.  LOBSTERS,  recently  caught,  have 
always  some  remains  of  muscular  ac 
tion  in  the  claws,  which  may  be  excit- 
ed by  pressing  the  eyes  with  the  linger, 
when  this  cannot  be  produced,  the  lob- 
ster must  have  been  too  loag  kept. 
When  boiled,  the  tail  preserves  its 
elasticity  if  fresh,  but  loses  it  as  soon 
as  it  becomes  stale.    The  heaviest  lob- 
sters are  the  best;   when  light,  they 
are  watery  and  poor.     Hen  lobsters 
may  generally  be  known  by  the  spawn, 
or  by  the  breadth  of  the  "  flap." 

9.  CRABS  must  be  chosen  by  obser 
vations  similar  to  those  given  above  in 
the  choice  of  lobsters.     Crabs  have  an 
agreeable  smell  when  fresh. 

10.  PRAWNS  AND  SHRIMPS,  when 
fresh,  are  firm  and  crisp. 

11.  OYSTERS.— If  fresh,  the  shell  i* 
i  firmly  closed ;  when  the  shells  of  07* 

(M) 


32         BREATH  MAT  BLOW  OUT  A  CANDLK,  AN  EXTINGUISHER  PREVENT  A  FIRE. 


ters  are  opened,  they  are  dead,  and 
unfit  for  food.  The  small-shelled  oys- 
ters are  the  finest  in  flavour.  Larger 
kinds,  called  rock  oystefs,  are  general 
ly  considered  only  fit  for  stewing  and 
sauces,  though  some  persons  prefer 
them. 

12.  BEEF.— The  grain  of  ox  beef, 
when  good,  is  loose,  the  meat  red,  and 
the   fat    inclinghg   to  yellow.     Cow 
beef,  on  the  contrary,  has  a  closer 
grain,  a  whiter  fat,  but  meai  scarcely 
as   red  as  that  of  ox  beef.     Inferior 
beef,  which  is  meat  obtained  from  ill- 
fed  animals,  or  from  those  which  had 
become  too  old  for  food,  may  be  known 
by  a  hard  skinny  fat,  a  dark  red  lean, 
and,  in  old   animals,  a  line  of  horny 
texture  running  through  the  meat  of 
the  ribs.     When  meat  pressed  by  the 
finger  rises  up  quickly,  it  may  be  con- 
sidered as  that  of  an  animal  which  was 
in  its  prime ;  when  the  dent  made  by 
pressure  returns    slowly,  or  remains 
visible,  the  animal  had  probably  past 
its  prime,  and  the  meat  consequently 
must  be  of  inferior  quality. 

1 3.  VEAL  should  be  delicately  white, 
though  it  is  often  juicy  and  well  fla- 
voured when  rather  dark  in  colour. 
Butchers,  it  is  said,  bleed  calves  pur- 
posely before  killing  them,  with  a  view 
to  make  the  flesh  white,  but  this  also 
makes  it  dry  and  flavourless.     On  ex 
amining  the  loin,  if  the  fat  enveloping 
the  kidney  be  white  and  firm-looking, 
the  meat  will  probably  be  prime  and 
recently  killed.     Veal  will  not  keep  so 
long  as  an  older  meat,  especially  in  hot 
or  damp  weather ;  when  going,  the  fat 
becomes  soft  and  moist,  the  meat  flabby 
and  spotted,  and  somewhat  porous,  like 
eponge.     Large,  overgrown  veal,  is  in- 
ferior to  small,  delicate,  yet  fat  veal. 
The  fillet  of  a  cow-calf  is  known  by  the 
udder  attached  to  it,  and  by  the  soft- 
ness of  the  skin ;  it  is  preferable  to  the 
real  of  a  bull-calf. 

14.  MUTTON. — The  meat  should  be 
ftrm   and   close  in  grain,  and  red  in 
colour,  the  fat  white  and  nrm.  Mutto: 
Is  in  its  prime  when  the  sheep  is  aboul 
five  years  old,  though  it  is  often  killed 


much  younger.  If  too  young,  the  flesh 
feels  tender  when  pinched ;  if  too  old, 
on  being  pinched  it  wrinkles  up,  and 
so  remains.  In  young  mutton,  the  fat 
readily  separates ;  in  old,  it  is  held 
together  by  strings  of  skin.  In  sheep 
diseased  of  the  rot,  the  flesh  is  very 
pale-coloured,  the  fat  inclining  to  yel- 
low, the  meat  appears  loose  from  the 
bone,  and,  if  squeezed,  drops  of  watei 
ooze  out  from  the  grains ;  after  cooking 
the  meat  drops  clean  away  from  the 
bones.  Wether  mutton  is  preferred 
to  that  of  the  ewe ;  it  may  be  known 
by  the  lump  of  fat  on  the  inside  of  the 
thigh. 

15.  LAMB.— This  meat  will  not  keep 
long  after  it  is  killed.     The  large  vein 
in  the  neck  is  bluish  in  colour  when 
the  fore  quarter  is  fresh,  green  when 
becoming  stale      In  the  hind- quarter, 
if  not  recently  killed,  the  fat  of  the 
kidney  will  have  a  slight  smell,  and  the 
knuckle  will  have  lost  its  firmness. 

16.  PORK. — When  good,  the  rind  is 
thin,  smooth,  and  cool  to  the  touch; 
when  changing,  from  being  too  long 
killed,  it  becomes  flaccid  and  clammy. 
Enlarged  glands,  called  kernels,  in  the 
fat,  are  marks  of  an  ill-fed  or  diseased 

pig- 

17.  BACON  should  have  a  thin  rind, 
and  the  fat  should  be  firm  and  tinged 
red  by  the  curing ;  the  flesh  should  be 
of  a  clear  red,  without  intermixture  of 
yellow,  and  it  should  firmly  adhere  to 
the  bone.  To  judge  the  state  of  a  ham, 
plunge  a  knife  into  it  to  the  bone  ;  on 
drawing  it  back,  if  particles  of  meat 
adhere  to  it,  or  if  the  smell  is  disagree- 
able, the  curing  has  not  been  effectual, 
and  the  ham  is  not  good  ;  it  should,  in 
such  a  state,  be  immediately  cooked. 
In  buying  a  ham,  a  short,  thick  one,  is 
to  be  preferred  to  one  long  and  thin. 

18.  VENISON — When  good,  the  fat 
is  clear,  bright,   and  of  considerable 
thickness.     To  know  when  it  is  neces- 
sary to  cook  it,  a  knife  must  be  plunged 
into  the  haunch ;  and  from  the  smell 
the  cook  must  determine  on  dressing 
or  keeping  it. 

19.  TURKEY.— In  choosing  poultry 


A  SOOTY  CHIMNEY  COSTS  MANY  A  BEEF  STEAK. 


the  age  of  the  bird  is  tbo  chief  point  to 
be  attended  to  An  old  turkey  has 
rough  and  reddish  legs;  a  young  one 
smooth  and  black.  Freeh  killed,  the 
eyes  are  full  and  clear,  and  the  feet 
moist.  When  it  has  been  kept  too 
long,  the  parts  about  the  vent  begin  to 
wear  a  greenish,  discoloured  appearance. 

20.  COMMON  DOMESTIC  FOWLS, 
when  yonng,  have  the  legs  and  combs 
smooth;  when  old,  they  are  rough,  and 
on  the  breast  long  hairs  are  found  in- 
stead of  feathers.     Fowls  and  chickens 
ehould   be  plump  on  the  breast,  fat 
on  the  back,  and  white  legged. 

21.  GEESE.— The  bills  and  feet  are 
red  when  old,  yellow   when    young. 
Fresh  killed,  the  feet  are  pliable,  stiff 
when  too  long  kept.     Geese  are  called 
green  while  they  ftve  only  two  or  three 
months  old. 

22.  DUCKS.— Choose  them  with  sup- 

Sle  feet  and*hard,  plump  breasts.  Tame 
ucks  have  yellow  feet,  wild  ones  red. 

23.  PIGEONS  are  very  indifferent 
food  when  they  are  too  long  kept.  Sup 
pleness  of  the  feet  show  them  to  be 
young ;  the  state  of  the  flesh  is  flaccid 
when  they  are  getting  bad  from  keep- 
ing.    Tame  pigeons  are  larger  than  the 
wild. 

24.  RABBITS,  when  old,  have  the 
haunches  thick,  the  ears  dry  and  tough, 
and  the  claws  blunt  and  ragged.    A 
young  hare  has  claws  smooth  and  sharp, 
ears  that   easily  tear,   and  a  narrow 
cleft  in  the  lip.     A  leveret  is  distin- 
guished from  a  nare  by  a  knob  or  small 
bone  near  the  foot. 

25.  PARTRIDGES,  when  young,  have 
yellow  legs  and  dark-coloured  bills. 
Old  partridges  are  very  indifferent  eat- 
ing 

20.  WOODCOCKS  AND  SNIPES,  when 
old,  have  the  feet  thick  and  hard ;  when 
these  are  soft  and  tender,  they  are 
both  your.g  and  fresh  killed.  When 
their  bills  become  moist,  and  their 
throats  muddy,  they  have  b?en  too  long 
killed .  ( See  FOOD  IN  SEASON,  48  to  f»9 .) 

27.  TO  CLEAN  BLACK  CLOTH 
CLOTHES.  —  Clean  the  puments 
wel'  then  boil  four  ounces  oflogwood 


in  a  boiler  or  copper  containing  two  or 
three  gallons  of  water,  for  half  an  hour. 
Dip  the  clothes  in  warm  water,  and 
squeeze  dry  ;  then  put  them  into  the 
copper  and  boil  for  half  an  hour.  Take 
them  out,  and  add  three  drachms  of 
sulphate  of  iron ;  boil  for  half  an  hour, 
then  take  them  our,  and  hang  them  up 
for  an  hour  or  two ;  take  them  down, 
rinse  them  in  three  cold  waters,  dry 
well  and  rub  with  a  soft  brush  which 
has  had  a  few  drops  of  olive  oil  rubbed 
on  its  surface.  If  the  clothes  are 
threadbare  about  the  elbows,  cuffs,  &c., 
raise  the  nap  with  a  teazel  or  half 
worn  hatter's  card,  filled  with  flocks, 
and  when  sufficiently  raised,  lay  the 
nap  the  right  way  with  a  hard  brush. 
We  have  'seen  our  old  coats  come  out 
with  a  wonderful  dash  of  respectability 
after  this  operation. 

28.  PREVENTION  OF  FIRES. 
— The  following  simple  suggestions  are 
worthy  of  observation :  Add  one  ounce 
of  alum  to  the  last  water  used  to  rinse 
children's  dresses,  and    they  will  be 
rendered  uninflammable,  or  so  slightly 
combustible  that  they  would  take  fire 
very  slowly,  if  at  all,  and  would  not 
flame.     This   is   a  simple  precaution, 
which  may  be  adopted  in  families  of 
children.     Bed  curtains,  and   linen  in 
general,  may  also  be  treated    in   the 
same  way. 

29.  CAMPHOR  BALLS  TO  PRE- 
VENT CHAPS  —Melt  three  drachms 
of  spermaceti,  four  drachms  of  white 
wax,  with  one  ounce  of  almond  oil, 
and  stir  in  three  drachms  of  camphor 
(previously  powdered  by  moistening  it 
with  a   little   spirits  of  wine) ;    pour 
small  quantities  into  small  gallipots, 
so  as  to  turn  out  in  the  form  of  cakes. 

30.  CASTOR   OIL  POMADE.— 
Castor  oil,  four  ounces  ;  prepared  lard, 
two  ounces  ;  white  wax,  two  drachms ; 
bergamot,  two  drachms ;  oil  of  laven- 
den,  twenty  drops.     Melt  the  fat  to- 
gether, and  on  cooling,  add  the  scents, 
and  stir  till  cold. 

31.  MUTTON  PIE.— The  follow- 
ing is  a  capital  family  dish: — Cut  mut- 
t^u  into  pieces  about  two  inches  square. 


84 


A  CRACKED  TLATE  WILL  LAST  AS  LONG  AS  A  SOUND  ONE. 


and  half  an  inch  thick;  mix  pepper, 
pounded  allspice,  and  salt  together; 
dip  the  pieces  in  this ;  sprinkle  stale 
bread  crumbs  at  the  bottoir  of  the  dish  ; 
lay  in  the  pieces,  strewing  the  crumbs 
over  each  layer ;  put  a  piece  of  butter 
the  size  of  a  hen's  egg  at  the  top ;  add 
H  wineglassful  of  water,  and  cover  in, 
and  bake  in  a  moderate  oven  rather 
better  than  an  hour.  Take  an  onion, 
chop  fine ;  a  faggot  of  herbs ;  and  add 
to  it  a  little  beef  stock,  or  gravy ;  sim- 
mer for  a  quarter  of  an  hour;  raise 
the  crust  at  one  end,  and  pour  in  the 
liquor — not  the  thick  part.  (See  135.) 

32.  MOTHS  (to  get  rid  of  them).— 
1.    Procure   shavings  of  cedar- wood, 
and  enclose    in    muslin   bags,   which 
should  be  distributed  freely  among  the 
clothes. — 2.  Procure  shavings  of  cam- 
phor-wood, and  enclose  in  bags. — 3. 
Sprinkle    pimento    (allspice)    berries 
among  the  clothes  — 4.    Sprinkle  the 
clothes  with  the   seeds  of  the  musk 
plant. — 5.  To  destroy  the  eggs  when 
deposited  in  woollen  cloth,  &c.,  use  a 
solution  of  acetate  of  potash  in  spirits 
of  rosemary,  fifteen  grains  to  the  pint. 

33.  PAINS  IN  THE  HEAD  AND 
FACE.— A  friend  assures  us  that  he 
was  cured  of  a   severe  attack  of  tic 
doloreux  by  the  following  simple  rem- 
edy : — Take  half  a  pint  of  rose  water, 
add  two  teaspoonfuls  of  white  vinegar, 
to  form  a  lotion.     Apply  it  to  the  part 
affected  three  or  four  times  a  day.     It 
requires  fresh  linen  and  lotion  each  ap- 
plication ;  this  will,  in  two  or  three 
days,  gradually  take  the  pain   away. 
The  above  receipt  I  feel  desirous  of 
being  made  known  to  the  public,  as  I 
have  before  mentioned  the  relief  I  have 
experienced,  and  others,  whose  names 
I  could  give.     The  last  remark  is  our 
friend's  own.     We  doubt  the  cure  of 
real  tic  doloreux  by  these  means ;  but 
in  many  cases  of  nervous  pains  the 
above  would  be  useful,  and  may  easily 
be  triea. 

34.  COLD  CEEAM.— No.  1.  Oil  of 
almonds,  one  pound ;  white  wax,  four 
ounces.     Melt  together    gently  in  an 
earthen  vessel,  and  when  nearly  cold, 


stir  in  gradually  twelve  ounces  of  rose- 
water. — No.  2.  White  wax  and  sper 
maceti,  of  each  half  an  ounce ;  oil  of 
almonds,  four  ounces;  orange  flower 
water,  two  ounces.  Mix  as  directed 
for  No.  1. 

35.  NIGHT  LIGHTS.— Field's  and 
Child's  night  lights  are  generally  known 
and  are  easily  obtainable.     But  under 
circumstances  where   they  cannot  be 
procured,  the  waste  of  candles  may  be 
thus  applied :    Make  a  fine  cotton,  and 
wax  it  with  white  wax.     Then  cut 
into  the  requisite  lengths.     Melt  the 
grease,  and  pour  into  pill  boxes,  pre- 
viously either  fixing  the  cotton  in  the 
centre,  or  dropping  it  in  just  before  the 
grease  sets.     If  a  little  white  wax  be 
melted  with  the  grease,  all  the  better. 
In  this  manner,  the  ends  and  drippings 
of  candles  may  be  used  up.     When  set 
to  burn,  place  in  a  saucer,  with  suffi. 
cient  water  to  rise  to  the  extent  of  the 
16th  of  an  inch  around  the  base  of  the 
night  light. 

36.  GINGER    CAKES.— To  two 
pounds  of  flour  add  three-quarters  of  a 
pound  of  good  moist  sugar,  one  ounce 
best  Jamaica  ginger  well  mixed  in  the 
floiir;  have  ready  three-quarters  of  a 
pound  of  lard,  melted,  and  four  eggs 
well  beaten;  mix  the  lard  and  eggs 
together,  and  stir  into  the  flour,  which 
will  form  a  paste ;   roll  out  in  thin 
cakes,  and  bake  in  a  moderately-heated 
oven.     Lemon  biscuits  may  be  made 
the  same  way,  by  substituting  essence 
of  lemon  instead  of  ginger. 

37.  THE  HANDS.— Take  a  wine- 
glassful  of  eau  de  Cologne,  and  another 
of  lemon-juice :  then  scrape  two  cakes 
of  brown  Windsor  soap  to  a  powder, 
and  mix  well  in  a  mould.    When  hard, 
it  will  be  an  excellent  soap  for  whiten- 
ing the  hands. 

38.  To  WHITEN  THE  NAILS.— Di- 
luted sulphuric    acid,   two    drachms- 
tincture  of  myrrh,  one  drachm ;  spring 
water,  four  ounces ;  mix.    First  cleanse 
with  white  soap,  and  then  dip  the  fin 
gers  into  the  mixture.     A  good  hand  is 
one  of  the  chief  points  of  beauty;  and 
these  applications  are  really  effective- 


BETTER  PAY  THE  COOK  THAN  THE  DOCTOR. 


35 


39.  RHUBARB  TO  PRESERVE. 

— Peel  one  pound  of  the  finest  rhubarb, 
and  cut  it  into  pieces  of  two  inches  in 
length,  and  three-quarters  of  a  pound 
of  white  sugar,  and  the  rind  and  juice 
of  one  lemon — the  rind  to  be  cut  into 
narrow  strips.  Put  all  into  a  preserv- 
ing kettle,  and  simmer  gently  until  the 
rhubarb  is  quite  soft,  take  it  out  care- 
fully with  a  silver  spoonr  and  put  it  into 
iars:  then  boil  the  syrup  a  sufficient 
bine  to  make  it  keep  well,  say  one 
hour,  and  pour  it  over  the  fruit.  When 
cold  put  a  paper  soaked  in  brandy  over 
it,  and  tie  the  jars  down  with  a  blad- 
der to  exclude  the  air.  This  is  a  very 
good  receipt,  and  should  be  taken  ad- 
vantage of  in  the  spring. 

40.  HALF -PAY  PUDDING.— An 
officer's  wife  is  the  contributor  of  the 
following : — Four  ounces  of  each  of  the 
following  ingredients,  viz.,  suet,  flour, 
currants,  raisins,  and   bread   crumbs; 
two  tablespoonfuls  of  treacle,  half  a  pint 
of  milk — all  of  which  must  be  well 
mixed  together,  and  boiled  in  a  mould, 
for  four  hours.     To  be  served  up  with 
wine  or  brandy  sauce,  if  half-pay  per- 
mit.     From  two  to  three  hours  we 
find  sufficient ;  it  is  an  excellent  sub- 
stitute for  Christmas  plum  pudding,  at 
email  expense. 

41.  DR.  KITCHENER'S  RULES 
FOR  MARKETING.— The  best  rule 
for  marketing  is  to  pay  ready  money 
for  everything,  and  to  deal  with  the  most 
respectable  tradesmen   in  your  neigh- 
bourhood.    If  you  leave  it  to  their  in- 
tegrity to  supply  you  with  a  good  arti- 
cle, at  the  fair  market  price,  you  will 
be  supplied  with  better  provisions,  and 
at  as  reasonable  a  rate  as  those  bargain- 
hunters,  who    trot    "  around,    around, 
around  about"  a  market  till  they  are 
trapped   to   buy  some   unchewable  old 
poultry,  tough  tup-mutton,  stringy  cow- 
beef,  or  stale  fish,  at  a  very  little  less 
than  the  price  of  prime  and  proper  food. 
"With  savings  like    these  they  toddle 
home  in  triumph,  cackling  all  the  way, 
like  a  goose  that  has  got  ancle -deep 
into  good  luck.     All  the  skill  of  the 
most  accompMshed  cc-rk  will  avail  no- 


thing unless  she  is  furnished  with  prime 
provisions.  The  best  way  to  procure 
these  is  to  deal  with  shops  of  establish- 
ed character :  you  may  appear  to  pay, 
perhaps,  ten  per  cent,  "more  than  you 
would  were  you  to  deal  with  those  who 
pretend  to  sell  cheap,  but  you  would 
be  much  more  than  in  that  proportion 
better  served.  Every  trade  has  its 
tricks  and  deceptions;  those  who  fol- 
low them  can  deceive  you  if  they  please, 
and  they  are  too  apt  to  do  so,  if  you 
provoke  the  exercise  of  their  over- 
reaching talent.  Challenge  them  to  a 
game  at  "Catch  who  can,"  by  entirely 
relying  on  your  own  judgment,  and  you 
will  soon  find  nothing  but  very  long 
experience  can  make  you  equal  to  the 
combat  of  marketing  to  the  utmost  ad- 
vantage. If  you  think  a  tradesman 
has  imposed  upon  you,  never  use  a 
second  word,  if  the  first  will  not  do 
nor  drop  the  least  hint  of  an  imposi- 
tion ;  the  only  method  to  induce  him 
to  make  an  abatement  is  the  hope  of 
future  favours,  pay  the  demand,  and 
deal  with  the  gentleman  no  more ;  but 
do  not  let  him  see  that  you  are  dis- 
pleased, or  as  eoon  as  you  are  out  of 
sight  your  reputation  will  suffer  as 
much  as  your  pocket  has.  Before  you 
go  to  market,  look  over  your  larder, 
and  consider  well  what  things  are 
wanting  —  especially  on  a  Saturday. 
No  well-regulated  family  can  suffer  a 
disorderly  caterer  to  be  jumping  in  and 
out  to  make  purchases  on  a  Sunday 
morning.  You  will  be  enabled  to  man- 
age much  better  if  you  will  make  out 
a  bill  of  fare  for  the  week  on  the  Satur- 
day before ;  for  example,  for  a  family 
of  half  a  dozen— 

Sunday — Roast  beef  and  pudding. 
Monday — Fowl,  what  was  left  of  pud 

fried,  or  wanned  in  the  Dutch  oven. 
Tuesday — Calf*  head,  apple  pie. 
Wednesday— Leg  of  mutton. 
Thursday — Do.  broiled  or  hashed,  or 

cakes. 

Friday — Fish,  pudding. 
Saturday — Fish,  or  eggs  and  bacon. 

[t  is  an  excellent  plan  to  have  certain 
things  on  certain  days.  When  your 
:utcher  and  poulterer  knows  what  you 


36 


DISEASE  IS  S30N  SHAKEN  BY  PHYSIC  SOON  TAKEN. 


will  want,  he  has  a  better  chance  of 
doing  his  beet  for  you ;  and  never  think 
of  ordering  beef  for  roasting  except  for 
Sunday.  When  you  order  meat,  poul- 
try, or  fish,  tell  the  tradesman  when 
you  intend  to  dress  it:  he  will  then 
have  it  in  his  power  to  serve  you  with 
provision  that  will  do  him  credit,  which 
the  finest  meat,  &c.,  in  the  world  will 
never  do,  unless  it  has  been  kept  & 
proper  time  to  be  ripe  and  tender. 

42.  CLEANING  SILKS,  SATINS, 
COLOURED  WOOLEN  DRESSES, 
&c. — Four  ounces  of  soft  soap,  four 
ounces  of  honey,  the  white  of  an  egg, 
and  a  wine-glassful  of  gin;  mix  well 
together,  and  the  article  to  be  scoured 
with  a  rather  hard  brush  thoroughly, 
afterwards  rinse  it  hi  cold  water,  leave 
to  drain,  and  iron  whilst  quite  damp. 
A  friend  informs  us  that  she  believes 
this  receipt  has  never  been  made  pub- 
lic ;  she  finds  it  an  excellent  one,  hav- 
ing used  it  for  a  length  of  time,  and 
recommended  it  to  friends  with  perfect 
success. 

43.  SPONGE  CAKE.— A  lady,  or, 
as  the  newspapers  say,  a  "  correspond- 
ent  upon  whom  we    can  confidently 
rely,"   favours  us  with  the  following 
simple  receipt,  which,  she  says,  gives 
less  trouble  than  any  other,  and  has 
never  been  known  to  fail : — Take  five 
eggs,  and  half  a  pound  of  loaf-sugar 
sifted ;  break  the  eggs  upon  the  svigar, 
and  beat  all  together  with  a  steel  fork 
for  half  an  hour.     Previously  take  the 
weight  of  two  eggs  and  a-half  in  their 
shells,  of  flour.    After  you  have  beaten 
the  eggs  and  sugar  the  time  specified, 
grate  in  the  rind  of  a  lemon  (the  juice 
may  be  added  at  pleasure),  stir  in  the 
flour,  and  immediately  pour  it  into  a 
tin  lined  with  buttered  paper,  and  let  it 
be  instantly  put  into  rather  a  cool  oven. 

44.  BED  CLOTHES.— The  perfec- 
tion of  dress,  for  day  or  night,  where 
warmth  is  the  purpose,  is  that  which 
confines  around  the  body  sufficient  of 
its  own  warmth,  while  it  allows  escape 
to  the  exhalations  of  the  skin.    Where ' 
the  body  is  allowed  to  bathe  protract- 
edly in  its  own  vapours  we  must  expect 


an  unhealthy  effect  upon  the  skin. 
Where  there  is  too  little  ventilating 
escape,  insensible  perspiration  is  check 
ed,  and  something  analogous  to  fever 
supervenes ;  foul  tongue,  ill  taste,  and 
lack  of  morning  appetite  betray  the 
evil. 

45.  ORANGE  MARMALADE.— 
Choose  the  largest  Seville  oranges,  as 
they  usually  contain  the  greatest  quan- 
tity of  juice,  and  choose  them  with  clear 
skins,  as  the  skins  form  the  largest  part 
of  the  marmalade.  Weigh  the  oranges, 
and  weigh  also  an  equal  quantity  of 
loaf-sugar.  Skin  the  oranges,  dividing 
the  skins  into  quarters,  and  put  them 
into  a  preserving-pan ;  cover  them  well 
with  water,  and  set  them  on  the  fire  to 
boil :  in  the  meantime  prepare  youi 
oranges ;  divide  them  into  gores,  then 
scrape  with  a  teaspoon  all  the  pulp 
from  the  white  skin ;  or,  instead  of 
skinning  the  oranges,  cut  a  hole  in  the 
orange  and  scoop  out  the  pulp ;  remove 
carefully  all  the  pips,  of  which  there 
are  innumerable  small  ones  in  the  Se- 
ville orange,  which  will  escape  observ- 
ation unless  they  are  very  minutely  ex- 
amined. Have  a  large  basin  near  you 
with  some  cold  water  in  it,  to  throw 
the  pips  and  skins  into — a  pint  is  suffi- 
cient for  a  dozen  oranges.  A  great 
deal  of  glutinous  matter  adheres  to 
them,  which,  when  strained  through  a 
sieve,  should  be  boiled  with  the  other 
parts.  When  the  skins  have  boiled 
till  they  are  sufficiently  tender  to  ad- 
mit of  a  fork  being  stuck  into  them, 
strain  them;  some  of  which  may  be 
boiled  with  the  other  parts ;  scrape 
clean  all  the  pith,  or  inside,  from  them ; 
lay  them  in  folds,  and  cut  them  into 
thin  slices  of  about  an  inch  long.  Clari- 
fy your  sugar ;  then  throw  your  skins 
and  pulp  into  it,  stir  it  well,  and  let  it 
boil  about  half  an  hour.  If  the  sugar 
is  broken  into  small  pieces,  and  boiled 
with  the  fruit,  it  will  answer  the  pur- 
pose of  clarifying,  but  it  must  be  well 
skimmed  when  it  boils.  Marmalade 
should  be  made  at  the  end  of  March 
or  the  beginning  of  April,  as  Sevill* 
o  ^nges  are  then  in  their  bost  state. 


ECONOMY  IS  THE  EASY  CHAIR  OF  OLD  AGE. 


46.  IMPRESSIONS    FROM 
PRINTS. — The  print  is  soaked  first 
in  a  solution  of  potash,  and  then  in  one 
of  tartaric  acid.     This  produces  a  per- 
fect diffusion  of  crystals  in  bi-tartrate 
of  potash,  through  the  texture  of  the 
imprinted  part  of  the  paper.     As  this 
gait  repels  the  oil,  the  ink-roller  may 
now  be  passed  over  the  surface,  with- 
out transferring  any  of  its  contents  to 
the   paper,  except   in    those  parts  to 
which  the  ink  had  been  originally  ap- 

Slied.  The  ink  of  the  print  prevents 
tie  saline  matter  from  penetrating 
wherever  it  is  present,  and  wherever 
there  is  no  saline  matter  present  the 
ink  adheres ;  so  that  many  impressions 
may  be  taken,  as  in  lithography. 

47.  HOOPING-COUGH.— Dissolve 
a  scruple  of  salt  of  tartar  in  a  quarter 
pint  of  water ;  add  to  it  ten  grains  of 
cochineal ;  sweeten  it  with  sugar.    Give 
to  an  infant  a  fourth  part  of  a  table- 
spoonful  four  times  a  day ;  two  years 
old  half  a  spoonful ;  from  four  years  a 
tablespoonful.     Great  care  is  required 
in  the  administration  of  medicines  to 
infants.     We  can  assure  pa-tenral  in- 
quirers that  the  foregoing  may  be  de- 
pended upon. 

FOOD  IN  SEASON. 
There  is  an  old  maxim,  "  A  place  for 
everything,  and  every  thing  in  its  place." 
To  which  we  beg  to  add  another,  "  A 
season  for  everything,  and  everything 
in  season." 

48.  JANUARY. 

[Those  Fish,   Poultry,    &c.,  distinguished   by 
Italics  are  to  be  had  in  the  highest  perfection  ] 

FISH.— Cod,  crabs,  eels,  flounders, 
herrings,  lobsters,  oysters,  perch,  pike, 
sturgeon,  porgies. 

MEAT. — Beef,  house-lamb,  mutton, 
pork,  veal,  and  doe  venison. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME. — Capons, 
chickens,  ducks,  wild -ducks,  fowls, 
geese,  partridges,  uheasants,  pigeons 
(tame),  pullets,  rabbits,  snipes,  turkey 
(hen),  woodcocks 

VEGETABLES. — Beet,  sprouts,  cab- 
oage,  cardoons,  carrots,  celery,  onion* 
parsnips,  potatoes,  turnips. 

FBUIT  — Alnnnde.  Apple* 


49.  FEBRUARY. 

FISH. — Cod,  crabs,  flounders,  her* 
rings,  oysters,  perch,  pike,  sturgeon, 
porgies. 

MEAT.— Beef,  house-lamb,  mutton, 
pork,  veal 

POULTRY  AND  GAME. — Capons, 
chickens,  ducklings,  fowl  (wild),  green 
geese,  partridges,  pheasants,  pigeons, 
^tarne  and  wild),  pullets,  rabbits,  snipes, 
urkeys,  woodcocks. 

VEGETABLES.— Beet,  cabbage,  car- 
rots, celery,  mushrooms,  onions,  pars- 
nips, potatoes,  turnips. 

FRUIT. — Apples,  chestnuts,  oranges. 
50.  MARCH. 

FISH. — Eels,  crabs,  flounders,  lob- 
sters, mackerel,  oysters,  perch,  pike, 
shrimps,  smelts,  sturgeon,  porgies. 

MEAT.  —  Beef,  house-lamb,  mutton, 
pork,  veal. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME. — Capons, 
chickens,  ducklings,  fowls,  green-geese, 
pigeons,  rabbits,  snipes,  turkeys,  wood- 
cocks. 

VEGETABLES. — Beet,  carrots,  celery 
cresses,  onions,  parsnips,  potatoes  tur 
nip-tops. 

FRUIT. — Apples,  chestnuts,  oranges 
51.  APRIL. 

FISH. — Shad,  cod,  crabs,  eels,  floun- 
ders, halibut,  herrings,  lobsters,  mack- 
erel, oysters,  perch,  pike,  salmon, 
shrimps,  smelts,  sturgeon,  trout,  por- 
gies. 

MEAT. — Beef,  house-lamb,  mutton, 
pork,  veal. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME.  —  Chickens, 
ducklings,  fowls,  green-geese,  leverets, 
pigeons,  pullets,  rabbits,  turkey-poults, 
wood-pigeons. 

VEGETABLES.  —  Onions,  parsnips, 
spinach,  small  salad,  turnip  tops,  and 
rhubarb. 

FRUIT. — Apples,  nuts,  oranges,  pears 
52.  MAY. 

FlSH. — Shad,  cod,  crabs,  eels,  floun- 
ders, halibut,  herring,  lobsters,  mack- 
erel, mullet,  perch,  pike,  salmon, 
shrimps,  smelts,  sturgeon,  trout,  clame. 

MEAT.  —  Beef,  grass -lamb,  house- 
lamb,  mutton,  pork,  veal. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME. — Chicken* 


TIME  IS  THE  MOST  PRECIOUS  OF  ALT,  POSSESSIONS. 


fowls,   green    geese,  pigeons,  pullets, 
rabbits. 

VEGETABLES.  —  Artichokes,  green 
peas,  asparagus,  kidney-beans,  cabbage, 
carrots,  onions,  peas,  potatoes,  radishes, 
rhubarb,  salad,  spinach,  turnips. 

FRUIT. — Apples,  pears. 
53.  JUNE. 

FISH. — Cod,  shad,  crabs,  eels,  floun- 
ders, herrings,  lobsters,  mackerel,  porch, 
pike,  salmon,  clains,  smelts,  sturgeon, 
trout,  clams,  cat-fish  black-fish. 

MEAT. — Beef,  grass-lamb,  mutton, 
pork,  veal. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME.— Chickens, 
ducklings,  fowls,  green-geese,  pigeons, 
pullets,  rabbits. 

VEGETABLES.  —  Asparagus,  beans, 
white  beet,  cabbage,  carrots,  cucum- 
bers, leeks,  lettuce,  onions,  parsley, 
peas,  potatoes,  radishes,  salad  of  all 
sorts,  spinach,  turnips. 

FRUIT. — Apples,  apricots,  cherries, 
currants,  gooseberries,  melons,  pears, 
strawberries. 

54.  JULY. 

FISH. — Cod,  crabs,  flounders,  her- 
rings, lobsters,  mackerel,  perch,  pike, 
salmon,  trout,  blue-Jish,  black-fish,  bass, 
vickerel,  cat-fish,  eels,  clams,  porgies. 

MEAT. — Beef,  grass-lamb,  mutton, 
veal,  buck-venison. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME.  —  Chickens, 
ducks,  fowls,  green-geese,  leverets,  pig- 
eons, plovers,  rabbits,  wild-pigeons. 

VEGETABLES.— Artichokes,  aspara- 
gus, balm,  beans,  carrots,  cauliflowers, 
celery,  cucumbers,  herbs  of  all  sorts, 
lettuces,  mint,  mushrooms,  peas,  pota- 
toes, radishes,  salads  of  all  sorts,  spi 
nach,  turnips,  tomatoes,  Carolina  pota- 
toes. 

FOR  DRYING. — Mushrooms. 

FOR  PICKLING. — French  beans,  red- 
cabbage,  cauliflowers,  garlic,  gherkins, 
onions. 

FRUIT. — Apples,  apricots,  cherries, 
currants,  damsons,  gooseberries,  mel- 
ons, nectarines,  peaches,  Pears :  Cath- 
erine, oranges,  pine-apples,  plums, 
raspberries,  strawberries. 
55.  AUGUST. 

PlSH   -Cod    eels,  crabs,  flounders, 


herrings,  lobsters,  mackerel,  perch,  pike, 
salmon,  hlue-Jish,  black-fish,  week-fish, 
sheep's  head,  trout,  porgies,  clams. 

MEAT. — Beef,  grass-lamb,  mutton, 
veal,  buck-venison. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME.— Chickens, 
ducks,  fowls,  green-geese,  pigeons,  plo- 
vers, rabbits,  wild  ducks,  wild  pigeons, 
red-bird,  curlew. 

VEGETABLES.  —  Artichokes,  beans, 
white-beet,  carrots,  cauliflowers,  cu- 
cumbers, pot-herbs  of  all  sorts,  leeks, 
lettuces,  mushrooms,  onions,  peas,  po- 
tatoes, radishes,  salad  of  all  sorts,  spi- 
nach, turnips,  tomatoes. 

FOR  DRYING. — Basil,  sage,  thyme. 

FOR  PICKLING. — Red-cabbage,  to- 
matoes,  walnuts. 

FRUIT. — Apples  (summer  pippin), 
cherries,  currants,  damsons,  gooseber- 
ries, grapes,  melons,  mulberries,  necta- 
rines, peaches,  pears,  plums  (Green- 
gages), raspberries. 

56.  SEPTEMBER. 

FISH.  —  Cockles,  cod,  crabs,  eels, 
flounders,  lobsters,  oysters,  perch,  pike 
shrimps,  porgies,  black-fish,  week-fish 

MEAT. — Beef,  mutton,  pork,  veal 
buck-venison. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME. — Chickens, 
ducks,  fowls,  green-geese,  partridges, 
pigeons,  plovers,  rabbits,  turkeys,  wild 
ducks,  wild  pigeons,  wild  rabbits, 
quail. 

VEGETABLES. — Artichokes,  beans, 
cabbages,  carrots,  cauliflowers,  celery, 
cucumbers,  herbs  of  all  sorts,  leeks, 
lettuces,  mushrooms,  onions,  parsnips, 
peas,  potatoes,  radishes,  salad  of  all 
sorts,  turnips,  tomatoes,  Carolina  pota- 
toes. 

FRUIT. — Apples,  damsons,  grapes 
hazel-nuts,  medlars,  peaches,  pears 
pine-apples,  plums,  quinces,  strawber 
ries,  walnuts. 

57.  OCTOBER. 

FISH.  —  Cockles,  cod,  crabs,  eels, 
gudgeons,  halibut,  lobsters,  mussek 
oysters,  perch,  pike,  salmon-trout 
shrimps,  smelts,  porgies. 

MEAT. — Beef,  mutton,  pork,  veal 
doe-venison. 

POULTRY  AND    GAME.— Chicker* 


A  CHILD  IS  THE  BRIGHEST  RAT  IN  THE  SUNSHINE  OF  A  PARENT'S  HEART.        30 


ducki,  fowls,  green-geese,  larks,  par 
tridge-*,  pheasants,  pigeons,  red-bird 
black-bird,  robins,  snipes,  turkey,  wild 
ducks,  wi^d-pigeons,  wild  rsbbits,  wood 
cocks,  teal. 

VEGETABLES. — Articles,  cab 
bages,  cauliflowers,  celery,  herbs  of  al 
sorts,  onions,  parsnips,  peas,  potatoes 
radishes,  salad,  spinach  (winter),  toma- 
toes, turnips,  Carolina  potatoes. 

FRUIT.  —  Almonds,  apples,  black 
and  white  damsons,  hazel-nuts,  grapes 
peaches,  pears,  quinces,  walnuts. 

58.  NOVEMBER. 

FISH.  —  Cockles,  cod,  crabs,  eels, 
gudgeons,  halibut,  lobsters,  mussels, 
oysters,  perch,  pike,  salmon,  shrimps, 
smelts,  porgies,  flounders,  rob. 

MEAT. — Beef,  house-lamb,  mutton, 
pork,  veal,  doe-venison. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME. — Chickens, 
ducks,  fowls,  geese,  larks,  partridges, 
pheasants,  pigeons,  rabbits,  snipes,  tur- 
key, wild-ducks,  woodcocks,  robins. 

VEGETABLES.  —  Beets,  cabbages, 
carrots,  celery,  herbs  of  all  sorts,  let- 
tuces, onions,  parsnips,  potatoes,  salad, 
spinach,  tomatoes,  turnips. 

FRUIT. — Almonds,  apples,  chest- 
nuts, hazel  nuts,  grapes,  pears. 

59.  DECEMBER. 

FISH. — Cod,  crabs,  eels,  gudgeons, 
halibut,  lobsters,  oysters,  perch,  pike, 
salmon,  shrimps,  smelts,  sturgeon. 

MEAT. — Beef,  house-lamb,  mutton, 
pork,  veal,  doe-venison. 

POULTRY  AND  GAME.  —  Capons, 
chickens,  ducks,  fowls,  geese,  guinea- 
fowl,  hares,  larks,  partridges,  pea-fowl, 
pheasants,  pigeons,  rabbits,  snipes,  tur- 
key, wild-ducks,  woodcocks. 

VEGETABLES.  —  Beets,     cabbages, 
carrots,  celery,  herbs  of  all  sorts,  let- 
tuces, onions,  parsnips,  potatoes,  salad, 
spinach,  turnips. 
FRUIT.— Apples,  chestnuts,  hazelnuts. 

60.  TO  SOFTEN  THE  SKIN, 
AND  IMPROVE  THE  COMPLEX- 
ION — If  flowers  of  sulphur  be  mixed 
in  a  little  of  milk,  and  after  standing  an 
hour  or  two,  the  milk  (without  disturb- 
ing Ihe  sulphur)  be  rubbed  into  the 
*!<;n  ifc  will  keep  it  fMt,  wit]  make  the 


complexion  clear.  It  is  to  be  used  be- 
fore washing.  A  lady  of  our  acquaint- 
ance, being  exceedingly  anxious  about 
her  complexion,  adopted  the  above 
suggestion.  In  about  a  fortnight  she 
wrote  to  us  to  say  that  the  mixture  be- 
came so  disagreeable  after  it  had  been 
made  a  few  days,  that  she  could  not 
use  it.  We  should  have  wondered  if 
she  could — the  milk  became  putrid ! 
A  little  of  the  mixture  should  have 
been  prepared  over  night  with  evening 
milk,  and  used  the  next  morning,  but 
not  afterwai'ds.  About  a  wineglassful 
made  for  each  occasion  would  suffice. 

61.  HINTS  ABOUT  MAKING 
PRESERVES.  — It  is  not  generally 
known,  that  boiling  fruit  a  long  time, 
and  skimming  it  well,  without  the  sugar, 
and  without  a  cover  to  the  preserving1- 
pan,  is  a  very  economical  and  excellent 
way — economical,  because  the  bulk  of 
the  scum  rises  from  the  fruit,  and  not 
>om  the  sugar,  if  the  latter  is  good ; 
and  boiling  it  without  a  cover,  allows 
:he  evaporation  of  all  the  watery  par- 
;icles  therefrom ;  the  preserves  keep 
irm,  and  weH  flavoured.  The  propor- 
;ions  are,  three-quarters  of  a  pound  of 
sugar  to  a  pound  of  fruit.  Jam  made  in 
;his  way,  of  currants,  strawberries,  rasp- 
>erries,  or  gooseberries,  is  excellent. 

Gvi.  LEMON  RICE. —Boil  sufficient 
rice  in  milk,  with  white  sugar  to  taste, 
ill  it  is  soft ;  put  it  into  a  pint  basin 
>r  an  earthenware  blancmange  mould, 
and  leave  it  till  cold.  Peel  a  lemon 
ery  thick,  cut  the  peel  into  shreds 
ibout  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  inch 
n  length,  put  them  into  a  little  water, 
xril  them  up,  and  throw  the  water 
nvaj  lest  ifc  should  be  bitter,  then  pour 
ibout  a  tea-cup  full  of  fresh  water 
upon  them  ;  squeeze  and  strain  the 
juice  of  the  lemon,  add  it,  with  white 
ugar,  to  the  water  and  shreds,  and  let 
t  stew  gently  at  the  fire  for  two  hours. 
When  cold  it  will  be  a  syrup . )  Having 
urned  out  the  jellied  rice  into  a  cut- 
lass dish,  or  one  of  common  delf, 
our  the  syrup  gradually  over  the  rice, 
aking  care  the  little  shreds  of  the  pe«l 
re  equally  distributed  over  the  whoja. 


40 


WILFIL  WASTE  MAKES  WOEEUL  WANT. 


63.  MOUTH  GLUE.— A  very  useful 
preparation  is  sold  by  many  of  the  law 
stationers  under  this  title ;  it  is  nerely 
a  thin  cake  of  soluble  glue  (four  inches 
by  one  and  a  half),  which,  when  moist- 
ened with  the  tongue,  furnishes  a  ready 
means  of  fastening  papers,  &c  ,  together. 
It  is  made  by  dissolving  one  pound  of 
fine   glue,  or  gelatine,  in  water,   and 
adding  half  a  pound  of  brown  sugar, 
boiling  the  whole  until  it  is  sufficiently 
thick  to  become  solid  on  cooling ;  it  is 
then  poured  into  moulds,  or  on  a  slab 
slightly  greased,  and  cut  into  the  re- 
quired shape  when  cool.     (See  66.) 

64.  SODA  WATER  POWDERS. 
— A  pleasant,  cooling,  summer  drink. 
The  blue  paper  contains  carbonate  of 
soda,  thirty  grains ;    the  white  paper 
tartaric  acid,  twenty-five  grains. 

Directions. — Dissolve  the  contents 
of  the  blue  paper  in  half  a  tumbler  of 
water,  stir  in  the  other  powder,  and 
drink  during  effervescence. 

Soda  powders  furnish  a  saline  bever- 
age, which  is  very  slightly  laxative, 
and  wrell  calculated  to  allay  the  thirst 
in  hot  weather. 

One  pound  of  carbonate  of  soda,  and 
thirteen  ounces  and  a  half  of  tartaric 
acid,  supply  the  materials  for  256  pow- 
ders of  each  sort. 

65.  METHOD  OF  PRESERVING 
MACKEREL,  SO  THAT  IT  WILL 
KEEP  AND  BE  EXCELLENT  FOR 
MONTHS.— Mackerel,  being  at  cer- 
tain times  exceedingly  plentiful  (espe- 
cially to  those  who  live  near  the  coast), 
eo  much  so  indeed  as  to  become  almost 
a  drug  &t  such  seasons,  may  be   pre 
served  to  make  an  excellent  and  well- 
flavoured  dish,  weeks  or  months  after 
the  season   is   past,  by  the    following 
means:  Having  chosen  fine  fish,  cleaned 
them  perfectly,  and  either  boiled  them 
or  lightly  fried  them  in   oil,  the  fish 
should    be   divided,    and    the    bones, 
heads,  and  skins  being  removed,  they 
should  then  be  well  rubbed  over  with 
the    following   seasoning:     For  every 
dozen  good-sized  fish,  it  will  be  requi- 
site to  use  three  table -spocnfuls  of  salt 
''heaped)  one  mnce  and  ft  half  of  com- 


mon black  pepper,  six  or  eight  cloves, 
and  a  little  mace,  finely  powdered,  and 
as  r:ueh  nutmeg,  grated,  as  the  oper- 
ator chooses  to  afford,  not,  however 
exceeding  one  nutmeg.  Let  the  whole 
surface  be  well  covered  with  the  sea- 
soning; then  lay  the  fish  in  layers, 
packed  into  a  stone  jar  (not  a  glazed 
one) ;  cover  the  whole  with  pretty 
good  vinegar,  and,  if  it  be  intended  to  be 
long  kept,  pour  salad  oil  or  melted 
suet  over  the  top.  N.  B. — The  glazing 
on  earthen  jars  is  made  from  lead  or 
arsenic,  from  which  vinegar  draws 
forth  poison.  (See  2.) 

66.  LIQUID  GLUE.— Dissolve  one 
ounce  ^  borax  in  a  pint  of  boiling  wa- 
ter; adi  two  ounces  of  shellac,  and 
boil  in  a  covered  vessel  until  the  lac  is 
dissolved.     This  forms  a  very  useful 
and  cheap  cement ;  it  answers  well  for 
pasting  labels  on   tin,  and  withstands 
damp  much  better  than  the  common 
glue.   The  liquid  glue  made  by  dissolv- 
ing shellac  in  naptha  is  dearer,  soon 
dries  up,  and  has  an  unpleasant  smell 
(See  63.) 

67.  ROSE  LIP  SALVE.— No.  1. 
Oil  of  almonds,  three  ounces ;  alkanet, 
half  an  ounce.     Let  them   stand  to- 
gether in  a  warm  place  until  the  oil  is 
coloured,  then  strain.     Melt  one  ounce 
and  a  half  of  white-wax,  and  half  an 
ounce  of  spermaceti  with  the  oil,  stir 
till  it  begins  to  thicken,  and  add  twelve 
drops  of  otto  of  roses.     No.  2.  White 
wax,    one    ounce  ;    almond    oil,    two 
ounces ;  alkanet,  one  drachm.     Digest 
in  a  warm  place  till  sufficiently  colour- 
ed, strain,  and  stir  in  six  drops  of  otto 
of  roses. 

68.  WALKING.— To  walk   grace- 
fully, the  body  must  be  erect,  but  not 
stiff,  and  the  head  held  up  in  such  a 
posture  that  the  eyes  are  directed  for- 
ward. The  tendency  of  untaught  walk- 
ers is  to  look  towards  the  ground  near 
the  feet ;  and  some  persons  appear  al- 
ways as  if  admiring  their  shoe-ties.  The 
eyes  should  not  thus  be  cast  downward, 
neither  should  the  chest  bend  forward 
to  throw  out  the  back,  making  what 
Are  termed   round   shoulders;  on  the 


WHAT  IS  DONE  WELL  ENOUGH,  iS  DONE  QUICK  ENOUGH. 


4J 


contrary,  the  whole  person  must  hold 
Itself  up,  as  if  not  afraid  to  look  the 
world  in  the  face,  and  the  chestf  by  all 
means  be  allowed  to  expand.  At  the 
game  time,  everything  like  strutting 
or  pomposity  must  be  carefully  avoid- 
ed. An  easy,  firm,  and  erect  posture, 
are  alone  desirable.  In  walking,  it  is 
necessary  to  bear  in  mind  that  the 
locomotion  is  to  be  performed  entirely 
by  the  legs.  Awkward  persons  rock 
from  side  to  side,  helping  forward  each 
leg  alternately  by  advancing  the 
haunches.  This  is  not  only  ungrace- 
ful, but  fatiguing.  Let  the  legs  alone 
advance,  bearing  up  the  body. 

69.  LEMON    AND     KALI,    OR 
SHERBET.— Large  quantities  of  this 
wholesome  and  refreshing  preparation 
are  manufactured  and  consumed  every 
summer ;  it  is  sold  in  bottles,  and  also 
as  a  beverage,   made    by  dissolving  a 
large   tea-spoonful   in  a  tumbler  two- 
thirds  filled  with  water.  Ground  white 
sugar,  half  a  pound;  tartaric  acid,  car- 
bonate of  soda,  of  each  a  quarter  of  a 
pound ;  essence  of  lemon,  forty  drops. 
All  the  powders  should  be  well  dried ; 
add  the  essence  to  the  sugar,  then  the 
other  powders;  stir  all  together,  and 
mix  by  passing  twice  through  a  hair 
sieve.     Must  be  kept  in  tightly-corked 
bottles,  into  which  a  damp  spoon  must 
not  be  inserted.    All  the  materials  may 
be  obtained  at  a  wholesale  druggist's. 
The  sugar  must  be  ground,  as,  if  mere- 
ly powdered,  the  coarser  parts  remain 
undissolved. 

70.  WATERPROOFING     FOR 
BOOTS  AND  SHOES.— Linseed  oil, 
one  pint  ;    oil  of  turpentine,  or  cam- 
phine,  a  quarter  of  a  pint ;  yellow  wax, 
a  quarter  of  a  pound ;  Burgundy  pitch, 
a  quarter  of  a  pound.     To  be  melted 
together  with  a  gentle  heat,  and  when 
required  for  use,  to  be  warmed  and 
well  rubbed  into  the  leather  before  a 
fire,  or  in  the   hot   sun.     Should   be 
poured,  when  melted,  into  small  galli- 
pots or  tin  boxes,  for  sale. 

71.  MY  WIFE'S  LITTLE  TEA 

PARTIES. 
My  wife  is  celebrated  for  her  little 


tea  parties  ;  not  tea  parties  alone — but 
dinner  parties,  pic  nic  parties,  music 
parties,  supper  parties — in  fact,  she  is 
the  life  and  soul  of  ALL  PARTIES,  which 
is  more  than  any  leading  politician  of 
the  day  can  boast.  But  her  great  forte 
is  her  little  tea  parties — praised  and 
enjoyed  by  everybody.  A  constant 
visitor  at  these  little  parties  is  Mrs. 
Hitchings  (spoken  of  elsewhere,  271J\ 
and  she  remarks  that  she  "  never  knew 
any  one  who  understood  the  /tart  of 
bringing  so  many  Aelegauces  together ' 
as  my  wife.  Nobody  makes  tea  like 
her,  and  how  she  makes  it  she  will  im- 
part at  a  future  time.  But  for  her  lit- 
tle "  nick-nacks,"  as  she  calls  them, 
which  give  a  variety  and  a  charm  to 
the  tea  table,  without  trenching  too 
deeply  upon  our  own  pocket,  she  has 
been  kind  enough  to  give  a  few  re- 
ceipts upon  the  present  occasion. 

72.  NICE  PLUM  CAKE. — One  pound 
of  flour,  quarter  of  a  pound  of  butter, 
quarter  of  a  pound  of  sugar,  quarter  of 
a  pound  of  currants,  three  eggs,  half  a 
pint  of  milk,  and  a  small  tea-spoonful 
of  carbonate   of  suda.     The   above  is 
excellent.      The     cakes    are    always 
baked  in  a  common  earthen  flower-pot 
saucer,  which  is  a  very  good  plan. 

73.  GINGERBREAD  SNAPS.  —  One 
pound  of  flour,  half  a  pound  of  treacle, 
half  a  pound  of  sugar,  quarter  of   a 
pound  of  butter,  half  an  ounce  of  best 
prepared    ginger,    sixteen    drops    of 
essence  of  lemon,  potash  the  size  of  a 
nut,  dissolved  in  a  table-spoonful  of  hot 
water.      This  has  been  used  in  my 
wife's  family  for  thirty  years. 

74.  DROP    CAKES.— One  pint  of 
flour,  half  a  pound  of  butter,  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  pounded  lump  sugar 
half  a  nutmeg  grated,  a  handful  of  cur- 
rants,  two  eggs,  and  a  large  pinch  of 
carbonate   of   soda,   or  volatile   salta 
To  be  baked  in  a  slack  oven  for  ten 
minutes  or  a  quarter  of  an  hour.     The 
above  quantity  will  make  about  thirty 
cakes.     The  cakes  are  excellent. 

75.  A  VERY  EXCELLENT  AND  CHEAF 

CAKE.— Two  pounds  and  a  half  of 
flour,  three  quarters  of  a  pound  of  w» 


EVERY  ONE  BASTETH  THE  FAT  HOG.   WHILE  TUB  LEAN  ONE  BUllXETII. 


gar,  three-quarters  of  a  pound  of  but- 
ter, half  a  pound  of  currants,  or  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  raisins,  quarter  of  a  pound 
of  orange  peel,  two  ounces  of  carraway 
seeds,  half  an  ounce  of  ground  cinna- 
mon, or  ginger,  four  tea- spoonfuls  of 
carbonate  of  soda ;  mixed  well,  with 
rather  better  than  a  pint  of  new  milk. 
The  butter  must  be  well  melted  previ- 
ous to  being  mixed  with  the  ingredients. 

76.  "JERSEY   WONDERS.''  —  The 
cddity   of  these  "wonders"   consists 
solely  in  the  manner  of  cooking,  and 
the    shape    consequent.      Take     two 
pounds  of  flour,  six  ounces  of  butter, 
six  ounces  of  white  sugar,  a  little  nut- 
meg, ground  ginger,  and  lemon  peel ; 
beat  eight  eggs,  and   knead  them  all 
well  together ;  a  taste  of  brandy  will 
be  an  improvement.     Roll  them  about 
the  thickness  of  your  w7rist ;  cut  oft'  a 
small   slice,  and  roll  it  into  an  oval, 
about  four  inches  long  and  three  inches 
Tvide,  not  too  thin;  cut  twTo  slits  in  it, 
but  not  through  either  end ;  there  will 
then   be  three  bands.     Pass  the  left 
one  through  the  aperture,  to  the  right, 
and  throw  it  into  a  brass  or  bell-metal 
skillet  of  BOILING  lard,  or  beef  or  mut- 
ton dripping.     You  may  cook  three  or 
four  at  a  time.    In  about  two  minutes 
turn  them  with  a   fork,  and  you  will 
find  them  browned,  and    swollen  or 
risen  in  two  or  three  minutes  more. 
Remove  them  from  the  pan  to  a  dish, 
when  they  will  dry  arid  cool. 

77.  MUFFINS. — Add  a  pint  and  a 
naif  of  good  ale  yeast  (from  pale  malt, 
if  possible)  to  a  bushel  of  the  very  best 
white  flour ;  let  the  yeast  lie  all  night 
in  water,  then  pour  off  the  water  quite 
clear ;  make  two  gallons  of  water  just 
milk  warm,  and  mix  your  water,  yeast, 
and  two  ounces  of  salt  well  together 
for  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour.     Strain 
the  whole,  and  mix  up  your  dough  as 
light  as  possible,  letting  it  lie  in  the 
trough  an  hour,  to  rise  ;   next  roll  it 
with  your   hand,  pulling  it  into  little 
pieces  about  the  size  of  a  large  walnut. 
These  must  be  rolled  out  thin  with  a 
rolling-pin,  in  a  good  deal  of  flour,  and 
If  covered  immediately  with  a  piece  of 


flannel,  they  will  rise  to  a  proper  thick- 
ness; but  if  too  large  or  Hiuall,  dough 
must  be  added  accordingly,  or  taken 
away;  meanwhile,  the  dough  must  be 
also  covered  with  flannel.  Next  begin 
baking ;  and  when  laid  on  the  iron 
watch  carefully,  and  when  one  (side 
changes  colour,  turn  the  other,  taking 
care  that  they  do  not  burn  or  become 
discoloured.  Be  careful  also  that  the 
iron  does  not  get  too  hot.  In  order  to 
bake  muffins  properly,  you  ought  to 
have  a  place  built  as  if  a  copper  wras 
to  be  set ;  but  instead  of  copper,  a  piece 
of  iron  must  be  put  over  the  top,  fixed 
in  form  like  the  bottom  of  an  iron  pot, 
underneath  which  a  coal  fire  is  kindled 
when  required.  Toast  the  muffins  crisp 
on  b':th  sides  with  a  fork;  pull  them 
0|-  it  with  your  hand,  and  they  will  be 
like  a  honeycomb  ;  lay  in  as  much  but- 
ter as  you  intend,  then  clap  them  to- 
gether, and  set  by  the  fire ;  turn  them 
once,  that  both  sides  may  be  buttered 
alike.  When  quite  done,  cut  them 
across  with  a  knife ;  but  if  you  use  a 
knife  either  to  spread  or  divide  them, 
they  will  be  as  heavy  as  lead.  Some 
kind  of  flour  will  soak  up  more  water 
than  another;  when  this  occurs,  add 
water;  or  if  too  moist,  add  flour:  for 
the  dough  must  be  as  light  as  possible. 

78.  DIAMOND  CEMENT.— Soak 
isinglass  in  water^till  it  is  soft,  then 
dissolve  it  in  the  smallest  possible  quan- 
tity of  proof  spirit,  by  the  aid  of  a  gentle 
heat;  in  two  ounces  of  this  mixture 
dissolve   ten   grains   of   ammoniacum, 
and  whilst  still  liquid,  add  half  a  drachm 
of  mastic  dissolved  in  three  drachms 
of  rectified  spirit ;  stir  well  together,  and 
put  into  small  bottles  for  sale.  (See  139.) 

Directions  for  use. — Liquify  the  ce- 
ment by  standing  the  bottle  in  hot  wa- 
ter, and  use  it  directly.  The  cement 
improves  the  oftener  the  bottle  is  thus 
warmed,  and  resists  the  action  of  water 
and  moisture  perfectly. 

79.  GINGER-BEER,— The  follow- 
ing recipe  for  making  a  very  superioi 
ginger-beer    is    taken   from  the   cele- 
brated treatise  of  Dr.  Pereira,  on  diet 
The  honey  gives  it  a  peculiar  softness 


EVERY  MAN  IS  THE  ARCHITECT  OP  HIS  OWN  FORTUNE. 


43 


and  from  not  being  fermented  with 
yeast,  it  is  less  violent  iu  its  action 
when  opened,  but  requires  to  be  kept 
a  longer  time  than  usual  before  use. 
White  sugar,  five  pounds;  lemon-juice, 
one  quarter  of  a  pint  ;  honey,  one 
quarter  of  a  pound  ;  ginger,  bruised, 
live  ounces  ;  water,  four  gallons  and  a 
half.  Boil  the  ginger  iu  three  quarts 
of  the  water  for  half  an  hour,  then  add 
the  sugar,  lemon-juice,  and  honey,  with 
the  remainder  of  the  water,  and  strain 
through  a  cloth  ;  when  cold,  add  a 
quarter  of  the  white  of  an  egg,  and  a 
small  tea-spoonful  of  essence  of  lemon; 
let  the  whole  stand  four  days,  and  bot- 
tle ;  this  will  keep  many  months.  This 
quantity  will  make  100  bottles. 
80.  PHOSPHORUS  PAST." 


DESTROYING  RATS  AND  MiUE. 

—  Melt  one  pound  of  lard  with  a  very 
gentle  heat  in  a  bottle  or  glass  flask 
plunged  into  warm  water  ;  then  add 
half  an  ounce  of  phosphorus,  and  one 
pint  of  proof  spirit;  cork  the  bottle 
securely,  and  as  it  cools  shake  it  fre- 
quently, so  as  to  mix  the  phosphorus 
uniformly  ;  when  cold  pour  off  the 
spirit  (which  may  be  preserved  for  the 
same  purpose),  and  thicken  the  mix- 
ture with  flour.  Small  portions  of  this 
mixture  may  be  placed  neur  the  rat 
holes,  and  being  luminous  in  the  dark, 
it  attracts  them,  is  eaten  greedily,  and 
is  certainly  fatal.  N.  B.  —  There  is  no 
danger  of  fire  from  its  use. 

81.  INKS.  —  There  are  many  reci- 
pes published  for  making-  ink  ;  the  fol- 
lowing is  as  useful  and  economical  a 
mode  of  producing  good  ink  as  any  of 
them  :  — 

82.  DR.  URE'S!NK.  —  For  twelve  gal- 
lons of  ink  take  twelve  pounds  of 
bruised  galls,  five  pounds  of  gum,  five 
pounds  of  green  sulphate  of  iron,  and 
twelve  gallons  of  rain  water.     Boil  the 
galls  with  nine  gallons  of  the  water  for 
three  hours,  adding  fresh  water  to  sup- 
ply that  lost  in  vapour  ;  let  the  decoc- 
tion  settle,    and   draw  off   the    cl^ar 
liquor.     Add  to  it  the  gum  previously 
dissolved  in  one  and  a-half  gallons  of 


rately  in  one  and  a  half- gallons  of  water, 
and  mix  the  whole. 

84.  INK  POWDER. — Is  formed  of 
the  dry  ingredients  for  ink,  powdered 
and  mixed.  Powdered  galls,  two 


pounds 
pound 


powdered  green  vitriol,  one 
powdered  gum,  eight  ounces. 


This  should  be  put  up  into  two  ounce 
packets,  each  of  which  will  make  one 
pint  of  ink. 

84.    RED    WRITING   INK.  — Best 
ground    Brazil    wood,    four    ounces 


diluted  acetic 
half  an  ounce. 


acid,  one  pint;  alum, 
Boil  them  slowly  in  an 


enamelled  vessel  for  one  hour ;  strain, 
and  add  an  ounce  of  gum. 

85.  MARKING-INK  WITHOUT  PRE- 
PARATION.— There  are  several  recipes 
for  this  ink,  but  the  following  of  Mr. 
Redwood  is  rapidly  superseding  all  the 
others :  Dissolve,  separately,  one  ounce 
of  nitrate  of  silver,  and  one  and  a-half 
ounces    of   sub-carbonate    soda  (best 
washing  soda)  in  distilled  or  rain  wa- 
ter.   Mix  the  solutions,  and  collect  and 
wash  the  precipitate  in  a  filter ;  whilst 
still  moist  rub  it  up  in  a  marble  or 
wedge-wood  mortar  with  three  drachms 
of  tartaric  acid ;  add  two  ounces  of  dis- 
tilled water,  mix  six  drachms  of  white 
sugar,  and  ten  drachms  of  powdered 
gum  arable,  half  an  ounce  of  archil  and 
water  to  make  up  six  ounces  in  measure. 

86.  INK  FOR  ZINC  GARDEN  LA- 
BELS.— Verdigris,  one  ounce ;  sal  am- 
moniac, one  ounce;  lamp  black,  half 
an  ounce ;  water,  half  a  pint.    Mix  in 
an  earthenware  mortar,  without  using 
a  metal  spatula.     Should  be  put  up 
in  small  (one  ounce)  bottles  for  sale. 

Directions.  —  To  be  shaken  before 
use,  and  used  with  a  clean  quill  pen, 
on  bright,  freshly-cleaned  zinc. 

Note. — Another  kind  of  ink  for  zinc 
is  also  used,  made  of  chloride  of  plati 
mini,  five  grains,  dissolved  in  one  ounce 
of  distilled  or  rain  water ;  but  £he  first, 
which  is  much  less  expensive,  answers 
perfectly,  if  used  as  directed,  on  clean, 
bright  zinc 

87.  BRUNSWICK  BLACK  FOR 
VARNISHING  GRATES.— Melt  four 

water;  dissolve  the  green  vitri*  I  sepv  | pounds  of  common  asphaltum,  and  add 


WHEfl  FORTUNE  SMILES  SHE  OFTEN  DESIGNS  THE  MOST  MISCHIEF. 


two  pints  of  linseed  oil  and  one  gallon 
of  oil  of  turpentine.  This  is  usually  put 
up  in  stoneware  bottles  for  sale,  and  is 
used  with  a  paint  brush.  If  too  thick, 
more  turpentine  may  be  add  3d. 

88.  BANBURY  CAKES.—  Rollout 
the  paste  about  half  an  inch  thick,  and 
cut  it  into  pieces,  then  roll  again  till 
each  piece  becomes  twice  the  size  ;  put 
some  Baribury  meat  in  the  middle  of 
one  side,  fold  the  other  over  it,  and 
pinch  it  up  into  a  somewhat  oval  shape, 
flatten   it  with  your  hand  at  the  top, 
letting  the  seam  be  quite  at  the  bottom, 
rub  the  tops  over  with  the  white  of  an 
egg,  laid   on  with   a   brush,  and  dust 
loaf-sugar  over  them.  Bake  in  a  mode- 
rate oven.     The  meat  for  this  cake  is 
made  thus  :  —  Beat  up  a  quarter  of  a 
pound  of  butter  until   it   becomes  in 
the  state  of  cream,  then  mix  with  it 
half  a  pound  of  candied  orange  and 
lemon  peel,  cut  fine,  one  pound  of  cur- 
rants, quarter  of  an  ounce  of  ground 
cinnamon,  and  a  quarter  of  an  ounce  of 
allspice  ;    mix  all  well  together,  and 
keep  in  a  jar  till  wanted  for  use. 

89.  RED   CURRANT  JELLY.— 
With  three  parts  of  fine,  ripe,  red  cur- 
rants, mix  one  of  white  currants  ;  put 
them  into  a  clean  preserving-pan,  and 
stir  them  gently  over  a  clear  fire  until 
the  juice  flows  from  them  freely  ;  then 
turn  them  into  a  fine  hair  sieve,  and  let 
them  drain  well,  but  without  pressure. 
Pass  the  juice  through  a  folded  muslin, 
or  a  jelly-bag;  weigh  it,  and  then  boil 
it  fast  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  ;  add 
for  each  -pound,  eight  ounces  of  sugar, 
coarsely  powdered  ;  stir  this  to  it,  off 
the  fire,  until  it  is  dissolved  ;  give  the 
jelly  eight  minutes  more  of  quick  boil- 


and of  raspberries,  with  the  same  pro- 
portion of  sugar  and  degree  of  boiling 
as  mentioned  in  the  foregoing  receipt. 
90.  INDICATIONS  OF  WHOLE 
SOME  MUSHROOMS.—  Whenever 
a  fungus  is  pleasant  in  flavour  and 
odour  it  may  be  considered  whole- 
some if,  on  the  contrary,  it  have  an 
offensive  smell,  a  bitter,  astringent,  or 
styptic  taste,  or  even  if  it  leave  an  un- 
pleasant flavour  in  the  mouth,  it  should 
not  be  considered  fit  for  food.  The 
colour,  figure,  and  texture  of  these 
vegetables  do  not  aflord  any  characters 
on  which  we  can  safely  rely;  yet  it 
may  be  remarked  that  in  colour  the 
pure  yellow,  gold  colour,  bluish  pale 
dark  or  lustre  brown,  wine  red,  or  the 
violet,  belong  to  many  that  are  escu- 


lent ; 


ellow 


bright  or  blood-rod,  and  the  greenish, 
belong  to  few  but  the  poisonous.  The 
safe  kinds  have  most  frequently  a  com- 
pact, brittle  texture  ;  the  flesh  is  white  ; 
they  grow  more  readily  in  open  places, 
such  as  dry  pastures  and  waste  lands, 
than  in  places  humid  or  shaded  by  wood. 
In  general,  those  should  be  suspected 
which  grow  in  caverns  and  subterra- 
nean passages,  on  animal  matter  under- 
going putrefaction,  as  well  as  those 
whose  flesh  is  soft  or  watery. 

91.  GUM  ARABIC  STARCH.— 
Get  two  ounces  of  fine  white  gum 
arabic,  and  pound  it  to  powder.  Next 
put  it  into  a  pitcher,  and  pour  on  it  a 
pint  or  more  of  boiling  water  (accord- 
ing to  the  degree  of  strength  you  de- 
sire), and  then  having  covered  it,  let  it 
set  all  night.  In  the  morning,  pour  it 
carefully  from  the  dregs  into  a  clean 
bottle,  cork  it,  and  keep  it  for  use.  A 


ing,  and  pour  it  out.     It  will  be  firm,  I  tablespoouful  of  gum  water  stirred  into 


and  of  excellent  colour  and  flavour. 
Be  sure  to  clear  off  the  scum  as  it 
rises,  both  before  and  after  the  sugar  is 


put    n, 
clear. 


or  the  preserve  will  not  be 
Juice  of  red   currants,   three 


pounds;  juice  of  white  currants,  one 
pound  :  fifteen  minutes.  Sugar,  two 
pounds  :  eight  minutes.  An  excellent 
jelly  may  be  made  with  equal  parts  of 


a  pint  of  starch  that  has  been  made  in 
the  usual  manner,  will  give  to  lawns 
(either  white  or  printed)  a  look  of  new- 
ness to  which  nothing  else  can  resfoiv 
them  after  washing.  It  is  also  good 
(much  diluted)  for  thin  white  muslin 
and  bobbinet. 

92.    SEIDLITZ    POWDERS.— 
Seidlitz  powders  are  usually  put  up  iu 
the  juice  of  red  and  of  white  currant*  [two  papers.  The  larger  blue  paper  con. 


THEY  MUST  HUNGER  IN  FROST  WHO  WILL  NOT  WORK  IN  HEAT. 


45 


tains  tartarized  soda  ^also  called  Ro- 
chelle  salt)  two  drachma,  and  carbonate 
of  soda  two  scruples ;  in  practice  it  will 
bo  found  more  convenient  to  inix  the 
two  materials  in  larger  quantity  by 
passing  them  twice  through  a  sieve, 
and  then  divide  the  mixture  either  by 
weight  or  measure,  than  to  make  each 
powder  separately. 

Directions  for  use.  — Dissolve  the 
contents  of  blue  paper  in  half  a  tumbler 
of  cold  water,  stir  in  the  other  powder, 
and  drink  during  effervescence. 

MY  WIFE'S  LITTLE  SUPPERS. 

93.  MEAT  CAKES. — Take  any  cold 
meat,  game,  or  poultry  (if  under-done, 
all  the  better),  mince  it  fine,  with  a 
little  fat  bacon  or  ham,  or  an  anchovy ; 
season  it  with  a  little  pepper  and  salt ; 
mix  well,  and  make  it  into  small  cakes 
three   inches  long,  half  as  wide,  and 
half  an  inch  thick :  fry  these  a  light 
brown,  and  serve  them  with  good  gravy, 
or  put  it  into  a  mould,  and  boil  or  bake 
it.    N.  B.  Bread  -  crumbs,  hard  yolks 
of  eggs,  onions,  sweet  herbs,  savoury 
spices,  zest,  or  curry-powder,  or  any  of 
the  forcemeats. 

94.  OVSTER  PATTIES. — Roll  out 
puff  paste  a  quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  cut 
it  into  squares  with  a  knife,  sheet  eight 
or  ten  patty  pans,  put  upon  each  a  bit 
of  bread  the  size  of  half  a  walnut;  roll 
out  another  layer  of  paste  of  the  same 
thickness,  cut  it  as  above,  wet  the  edge 
of  the  bottom  paste,  and  put  on  the  top, 
pare  them  round  to  the  pan,  and  notch 
them  about  a  dozen  times  with  the  back 
of  the  knife,  rub  them  lightly  with  yolk 
of  egg,  bake  them  in  a  hot  oven  about 
a  quarter  of  an  hour:  when  done,  take 
a  thin   slice  off  the  top,  then  with  a 
Email   knife,   or  spoon,  take  out  the 
bread  and  th*  inside  paste,  leaving  the 
outside  quite  entire ;  then  parboil  two 
dozen  of  large  oysters,  strain  them  from 
their  liquor,  -?vash,  beard,  and  cut  them 
into   four,  put   them  into   a   stew-pan 
with  an  ounce  of  butter  rolled  in  flour, 
half  a  gill  of  good  cream,  a  little  grated 
lemon-peel,  the  oyster  liquor,  free  from 
sediment,  reduce'd  by  boiling  to  one- 


half,  some  cayenne  pepper,  salt,  and  a 
tea-spoonful  of  lemon-juice :  stir  it  ove* 
a  fire  five  minutes,  and  fill  the  patties 
(See  11.) 

95.  LOBSTER    PATTIES. — Prepare 
the  patties  as  in  the  last  receipt.   Take 
a  hen  lobster  already  boiled — pick  the 
meat  from  the  tail  and  claws,  and  chop 
it  fine ;  put  it  into  a  stew-pan  with  a  lit* 
tie  of  the  inside  spawn  pounded  in  a  mor  • 
tar  till  quite  smooth,  an  ounce  of  fresh 
butter,  half  a  gill  of  cream,  and  half  a 
gill  of  veal  consomme,  cayenne  pep- 
per, and  salt,  a  tea-spoonful  of  essence 
of  anchovy,  the  same  of  lemon-juice, 
and  a  table- spoonful  of  flour  and  water : 
stew  it  five  minutes.     (Sec  8.) 

96.  EGG  AND  HAM  PATTIES. — Cut 
a  slice  of  bread  two  inches  thick,  fronc 
the  most  solid  part  of  a  stale  quartern 
loaf;    have  ready  a  tin  round  cutter 
two  inches  diameter,  cut  out  four  or  five 
pieces,  then  take  a  cutter  two  sizes 
smaller,  press   it  nearly  through   the 
larger  pieces,  then  remove  with  a  small 
knife  the  bread  from  the  inner  circle; 
have  ready  a  large  stew-pan  full  of 
boiling  lard;  fry  them  of  a  light  brown 
colour,  drain  them  dry  with  a  clean 
cloth,  and  set  them  by  till  wanted: 
then  take  half  a  pound  of  lean  ham, 
mince  it  small,  add  to  it  a  gill  of  good 
brown  sauce ;  stir  it  over  the  fire  a  few 
minutes,  and  put  a  small  quantity  of 
cayenne  pepper  and  lemon  juice:  fill 
the  shapes  with  the  mixture,  and  lay  a 
poached  egg  upon  each. 

97.  VEAL   AND  HAM  PATTIES. — 
Chop  about  six  ounces  of  ready-dressed 
lean  veal,  and  three  ounces  of  ham  very 
small,  put   it  into  a  stew-pan  with  an 
ounce  of  butter  rolled  in  flour,  half  a 
gill  of  cream,  half  a  gill  of  veal  stock,  a 
little  grated  nutmeg  and  lemon-peel, 
some  cayenne  pepper  and  salt,  a  spoon 
ful  of  essence  of  ham,  and  lemon-juico, 
and  stir  it  over  the  fire  some  time,  tak- 
ing care  it  does  not  burn. 

98.  PUFF  PASTE. — To  a  pound  and 
a  quarter  of  sifted  flour  rub  gently  in 
with  the  hand  half  a  pound  of  fresh  but- 
ter; mix  up  with  half  a  pint  of  spring 
water ;  knead  it  well,  and  set  it  by  fo* 


46 


HE  WHO  SERVES  WELL.  NEED  NOT  BE  AFRAID  TO  ASK  HIS  WAGES. 


a  quarter  of  an  hour ;  then  roll  it  out 
thiu,  lay  on  it  in  small  pieces  three- 
quarters  of  a  pound  more  of  butter, 
throw  on  it  a  little  flour,  double  it  up 
in  folds,  and  roll  it  out  thin  three  times, 
and  set  it  by  for  about  an  hour  in  a  cold 
vlace.  Or,  if  a  more  substantial  and 
savoury  paste  is  desired,  use  the  fol- 
lowing:— 

99.  PASTE  FOR  MEAT  OR  SAVOURY 
PIES.— Sift  two  pounds  of  fine  flour  to 
one  and  a-halfof  good  salt  butter,  break 
it  into  small  pieces,  and  wash  it  well  in 
cold  water;   rub  gently  together  the 
butter  and  flour,  and  mix  it  up  with  the 
yolks  of  three  eggs,  beat  together  with 
a  spoon,  and  nearly  a  pint  of  spring 
water ;  roll  it  out,  and  double  it  in  folds 
three  times,  and  it  is  ready. 

100.  CHICKEN  AND  HAM  PATTIES. 
— Use  the  white  meat  from  the  breast 
of  the  chickens  or  fowls,  and  proceed 
as  for  veal  and  ham  patties. 

101. — PRIME  BEEF  SAUSAGES. — 
Take  a  p^ound  of  lean  beef,  and  half  a 
pound  ot  suet,  clean  from  the  skin, — 
chop  it  fine  as  for  mince  collop,  then 
beat  it  well  with  a  roller,  or  in  a  mar- 
ble mortar,  till  it  is  all  well  mixed  and 
will  stick  together — season  highly  with 
zest,  if  you  have  it,  and  salt,  or  any 
mixed  spices  you  please, — make  it  into 
flat  round  cakes,  about  an  inch  thick, 
and  shaped  with  a  cup  or  saucer,  and 
fry  them  a  light  brown.  They  should 
be  served  up  on  boiled  rice,  as  for 
curry;  if  for  company,  you  may  do 
them  with  eggs  and  bread  crumbs ;  but 
they  a're  quite  as  good  without.  Or 
they  may  be  rolled  in  puff  or  pie  paste, 
and  baked.  (See  98  and  99.) 

102.  POTATO  PUFFS.  —  Take  cold 
roast  meat,  either  beef  or  mutton,  or 
veal  and  ham,  clear  it  from  the  gristle, 
cut  it  small,  and  season  either  with 
zest  or  pepper  and  salt,  and  cut  pickles 
— boil  and  mash  some  potatoes,  and 
make  them  into  a  paste  with  one  or 
two  eggs,  roll  it  out,  with  a  dust  of  flour, 
cut  it  round  with  a  saucer,  put  some  of 
your  seasoned  meat  on  one  half,  and 
fold  it  over  like  a  puff;  pinck  or  nick 
»t  neatly  round,  and  fry  it  a  light 


brown.  This  is  the  most  elegant 
method  of  preparing  meat  tLat  has  been 
dressed  before. 

103.  FRIED  EGGS  AND   MINCED 
HAM  OR  BACON. — Choose  some  very 
fine  bacon  streaked  with  a  good  deal 
of  lean ;  cut  this  into  very  thin  slices, 
and  afterwards  into  small  square  pieces ; 
throw  them  into  a  stew-pan,  and  set  it 
over  a  gentle  fire,  that  they  may  lose 
some  of  their  fat.     When  as  much  as 
will  freely  come  is  thus  melted  from 
them,  lay  them  on  a  warm  dish.     Put 
into  a  stew-pan  a  ladleful  of  melted 
bacon  or  lard ;  set  it  on  a  stove ;  put  in 
about  a  dozen  of  the  small  pieces  of 
bacon,  then  stoop  the   stew-pan  and 
break  in  an  egg.     Manage  this  care- 
fully, and  the  egg  will  presently  be 
done.     It  will  be  very  round,  and  the 
little  dice  of  bacon  will  stick  to  it  all 
over,  so  that  it  will  make  a  very  pretty 
appearance.    Take  care  the  yolks  do 
not  harden ;  when  the  egg  is  thus  done, 
lay  it  carefully  in  a  warm  dish,  and  do 
the  others. 

104.  FISH  CAKE.— Take  the  meat 
from  the  bones  of  any  kind  of  cold  fish, 
which  latter  put  with  the  head  and  fins 
into  a  stew-pan  with  a  pint  of  water,  a 
little  salt,  pepper,  an  onion,  and  a  fag- 
got of  sweet  herbs  to  stew  for  gravy. 
Mince  the  meat,  and  mix  it  well  with 
crumbs  of  bread  and  cold   potatoes, 
equal  parts,  a  little  parsley  and  season- 
ing.   Make  into  a  cake  with  the  white 
of  an  egg,  or  a  little  butter  or  milk ; 
;gg    it  over,  and    cover  with    bread 
srumbs,  then  fry  a  light  brown.     Pour 
;he  gravy  over,  and  stew  gently  for  fif- 
;een  minutes,  stirring  it  carefully  twice 
or  thrice.     Serve  hot,  and  garnish  with 
slices  of  lemon,  or  parsley. 

105. — MARBLED  GOOSE. — The  fol- 
owing,  though  scarcely  pertaining  to 
'  My  Wife's  Little  Suppers,"  is  too  de- 
icious  a  relish  to  be  overlooked.  It  is 
suitable  for  larger  supper  parties,  or  as 

stock  dish  for  families  where  visitors 
are  frequent.  It  is  also  excellent  for 
breakfast,  or  for  pic-nics : — Take  a  fine 
mellow  ox-tongue  out  of  pickle,  cut  off 
the  root  and  horny  part  at  the  tip,  w'p* 


BUSYBODIES  NEVER  HAVE  ANYTHING  TO  DO. 


dry,  and  boil  till  it  Is  quite  tender; 
then  peel  it,  cut  a  deep  slit  in  its  whole 
length,  and  lay  a  fair  proportion  of  the 
following  mixture  within  it : — Mace, 
half  an  ounce ;  nutmeg,  half  an  ounce ; 
cloves,  half  an  ounce ;  salt,  two  table- 
Bpoonfuls  ;  and  twelve  Spanish  olives. 
The  olives  should  be  stoned,  and  all 
the  ingredients  well  pounded  and  mixed 
together.  Next  take  a  barn-door  fowl, 
and  a  good  large  goose,  and  bone 
them.  Lay  the  tongue  inside  the  fowl, 
rub  the  latter  outside  with  the  season- 
ing, and  having  ready  some  slices  of 
ham  divested  of  the  rind,  wrap  them 
tightly  round  the  fowl ;  put  these  in- 
side the  goose,  with  the  remainder  of 
the^seasoning,  sew  it  up,  and  make  all 
secure  and  natural  shape  with  a  piece 
of  new  linen  and  tape.  Put  it  in  an 
earthen  pan  or  jar  just  large  enough  to 
hold  it,  with  plenty  of  clarified  butter, 
and  bake  it  two  hours  and  a-half  in  a 
slow  oven ;  then  take  it  out,  and  when 
cold  take  out  the  goose  and  set  it  in  a 
sieve ;  take  off  the  butter  and  hard 
fat,  which  put  by  the  fire  to  melt,  add- 
ing, if  required,  more  clarified  butter. 
Wash  and  wipe  out  the  pan,  put  the 
bird  again  into  it,  and  take  care  that  it 
is  well  covered  with  the  warm  butter ; 
then  tie  the  jar  down  with  bladder  and 
leather.  It  will  keep  thus  for  a  long 
time.  When  wanted  for  the  table,  the 
jar  should  be  placed  in  a  tub  of  hot 
water  so  as  melt  the  butter ;  the  goose 
then  can  be  taken  out,  the  cloth  taken 
oft'  it,  and  sent  to  table  cold. 

106.  OYSTER  PIE.— The  following 
directions  may  be  safely  relied  upon. 
Take  a  large  dish,  butter  it,  and  spread 
a  rich  paste  over  the  sides  and  round 
the  edge,  but  not  at  the  bottom.  The 
oysters  should  be  fresh,  and  as  large 
and  fine  as  possible.  Drain  off  part  of 
the  liquor  from  the  oysters.  Put  them 
into  a  pan,  and  season  them  with  pep- 
per, salt  and  spice.  Stir  them  well 
with  the  seasoning.  Have  ready  the 
yolks  of  eggs,  chopped  fine,  and  the 
grated  bread.  Pour  the  oysters  (with 
as  much  of  their  liquor  as  you  please) 
into  the  dish  that  has  the  paste  in  it. 


Strew  over  them  the  chopped  egg  and 
grated  bread.  Roll  out  the  lid  of  the 
pie,  and  put  it  on,  crimping  the  edges 
handsomely.  Take  a  small  sheet  of 
paste,  cut  it  into  a  square,  and  roll  it 
up.  Cut  it  with  a  sharp  knife  into  the 
form. of  a  double  tulip.  Make  a  slit  in 
the  centre  of  the  upper  crust,  and  stick 
the  tulip  in  it.  Cut  out  eight  large 
leaves  of  paste,  and  lay  them  on  the 
lid.  Bake  the  pie  in  a  quick  oven. 

107.  SALAD. — This  is  a  point  of  pro- 
ficiency which  it  is  easy  to  attain  with 
care.  The  main  point  is,  to  incorporate 
the  several  articles  required  for  the 
sauce,  and  to  serve  up  at  table  as  fresh 
as  possible.  The  herbs  should  be 
"  morning  gathered,"  and  they  will  be 
much  refreshed  by  laying  an  hour  or 
two  in  spring  water.  Careful  picking, 
and  washing,  and  drying  in  a  cloth,  in 
the  kitchen,  are  also  very  important, 
and  the  due  proportion  of  each  herb 
requires  attention.  The  sauce  may  be 
thus  prepared: — Boil  two  eggs  for  ten 
or  twelve  minutes,  and  then  pat  them 
in  cold  water  for  a  few  minutes,  so  that 
the  yolks  may  become  quite  cold  and 
hard.  Rub  them  through  a  coarse 
sieve  with  a  wooden  spoon,  and  mix 
them  with  a  tablespoonful  of  water  or 
cream  and  then  add  two  tablespoonfuls 
of  fine  flask  oil  or  melted  butter;  mix, 
and  add  by  degrees  a  teaspoonful  of 
salt,  and  the  same  quantity  of  mustard  ; 
mix  till  smooth,  when  incorporate  with 
the  other  ingredients  about  three  table- 
spoonfuls  of  vinegar  ;  then  pour  this 
sauce  down  the  side  of  the  salad-bowl, 
but  do  not  stir  up  the  salad  till  wanted 
to  be  eaten.  Garnish  the  top  of  the 
salad  with  the  white  of  the  eggs,  cut  in 
slices ;  or  these  may  be  arranged  in - 
such  manner  as  to  be  ornamental  on 
the  table.  Some  persons  may  fancy 
they  are  able  to  prepare  a  salad  with- 
out previous  instruction;  but  like  every- 
thing else,  a  little  knowledge  in  this 
case  may  not  be  thrown  away. 

308.  USE  OF  FRUIT.— Instead  of 
standing  in  any  fear  of  a  generous  con- 
sumption of  ripe  fruits,  we  regard  them 
as  positively  conducive  to  health.  Th* 


48 


THINK  OF  EASE,   BUT  WORK  ON. 


very  maladies  commonly  assumed  to 
have  their  origin  in  the  free  use  of 
apples,  peaches,  cherries,  melons,  and 
wild  berries,  have  been  quite  as  preva- 
lent, if  not  equally  destructive,  in 
seasons  of  scarcity.  There  are  so  many 
erroneous  notions  entertained  of  the 
bad  effects  of  fruits,  that  it  is  quite  time 
a  counteracting  impression  should  be 
promulgated,  having  its  foundation  in 
common  sense,  and  based  on  the  com- 
mon observation  of  the  intelligent. 
We  have  no  patience  in  reading  the 
endless  rules  to  be  observed  in  this 
particular  department  of  physical  com- 
fort. No  one,  we  imagine,  ever  lived 
longer  or  freer  from  the  paroxysms  of 
disease,  hy  discarding  the  delicious 
fruits  of  the  land  in  which  he  finds  a 
home.  On  the  contrary,  they  are 
necessary  to  the  preservation  of  health, 
and  are  therefore  caused  to  make  their 
appearance  at  the  very  time  when  the 
condition  of  the  body,  operated  upon 
by  the  deteriorating  causes  not  always 
understood,  requires  their  grateful, 
renovating  influence. 

109.  DAUGHTERS.  —  Mothers, 
who  wish  not  only  to  discharge  well 
their  own  duties  in  the  domestic  circle, 
but  to  train  up  their  daughters  at  a 
later  day  to  make  happy  and  comforta- 
ble firesides  for  their  families,  should 
watch  well,  and  guard  well,  the  notions 
wii.ch  they  imbibe  and  with  which 
they  grow  up.  There  will  be  so  many 
persons  ready  to  fill  their  young  heads 
with  false  and  vain  fancies,  and  there  is 
BO  much  always  afloat  in  society  oppos- 
ed to  duty  and  common  sense,  that  if 
mothers  do  not  watch  well,  they  may 
contract  ideas  very  fatal  to  their  future 
happiness  and  usefulness,  and  hold  them 
till  they  grow  into  habits  of  thought  or 
feeling.  A  wise  mother  will  have  her 
eyes  open,  and  be  ready  for  every  case. 
A  few  words  of  common,  downright, 
respectable,  practical  sense,  timely  lit- 
tered by  her,  may  be  enough  to  coun- 
teract some  foolish  idea  or  belief  put 
into  her  daughter's  head  by  others, 
whilst,  if  it  be  left  unchecked,  it  may 
take  such  possession  of  the  mind  that  il 


cannot  later  be  corrected.  One  main 
falsity  abroad  in  this  age  is  the  notion, 
that  women,  unless  compelled  to  it  by 
absolute  poverty,  are  out  of  place  when 
engaged  in  domestic  affairs.  Now 
mothers  should  have  n  care  lest  theii 
daughters  get  hold  of  this  conviction  as 
regards  tnemselves — there  is  danger  of 
it ;  the  fashion  of  the  day  endangers  it, 
and  the  care  that  an  affectionate  family 
;ake  to  keep  a  girl,  during  the  time  of 
icr  education,  free  from  other  occupa- 
:ions  than  those  of  her  tasks  or  her  re 
reations,  also  endangers  it.  It  is  possi 
ale  that  affection  may  err  in  pushing 
this  care  too  far;  for  as  education 
means  a  fitting  for  life,  and  as  a  wo- 
man's life  is  much  connected  with  do- 
mestic and  family  a  flairs,  or  ought  to  be 
so,  if  the  indulgent  consideration  of 
parents  abstains  from  all  demands  upon 
the  young  pupil  of  the  school  not  con- 
nected with  her  books  or  her  play,  will 
she  not  naturally  infer  that  the  matters 
with  which  she  is  never  asked  to  con- 
cern herself  are,  in  fact,  no  concern  to 
tier,  and  that  any  attention  she  ever 
may  bestow  on  them  is  not  a  matter  of 
simple  duty,  but  of  grace,  or  concession, 
or  stooping,  on  her  part  ?  Let  mothers 
avoid  such  danger.  If  they  would  do 
so,  they  must  bring  up  their  daughters 
from  the  first  with  the  idea  that  in  this 
world  it  is  required  to  give  as  well  as 
to  receive,  to  minister  as  well  as  to  eu 
joy ;  that  every  person  is  bound  to  be 
useful,  practically,  literally  useful,  in 
his  own  sphere,  and  that  a  woman's  first 
sphere  is  the  house,  and  its  concerns 
and  demands.  Once  really  imbued  with 
this  belief,  and  taught  to  see  how  much 
the  happiness  of  woman  herself,  as  well 
as  her  family,  depends  on  this  part  of 
her  discharge  of  duty,  and  a  young  girl 
will  usually  be  anxious  to  learn  all  that 
her  mother  is  disposed  to  teach,  and 
will  be  proud  and  happy  to  aid  in  any 
domestic  occupations  assigned  to  her 
which  need  never  be  made  so  heavy  a» 
to  interfere  with  the  peculiar  duties  of 
her  age,  or  its  peculiar  delights.  If  a 
mother  wishes  to  see  her  daughter  be- 
come a  good,  happy,  and  rational  \v& 


RICHES  ARE  BUT  THE  BAGGAGE  OF  FORTUNE. 


man,  never  let  her  admit  of  contempt 
for  domestic  occupations,  or  even  suffer 
them  to  be  deemed  secondary.  They 
may  be  varied  in  character  by  station, 
but  they  can  never  be  secondary  to  a 
woman. 

HO.  SERVANTS.— There  are  fre- 
quont  complaints  that,  in  these  days 
servants  are  bad,  and  apprentices  are 
bad,  and  dependants  and  aiding  hands 
generally  are  bad.  It  may  be  so.  But 
if  it  is  so ,  what  is  the  inference  ?  In 
the  working  of  the  machine  of  society, 
class  moves  pretty  much  with  class; 
that  is,  one  class  moves  pretty  much 
with  its  equals  in  the  community 
(equals  so  far  as  social  station  is  con- 
cerned), and  apart  from  other  classes, 
as  much  those  below  as  those  above 
itself;  but  there  is  one  grand  exception 
to  this  general  rule,  and  that  is,  in  the 
case  of  domestic  servants.  The  same 
holds,  though  in  less  degree,  with  ap- 
prentices and  assistant  hands ;  and  in 
less  degree  only,  because,  in  this  last 
case,  the  difference  of  grade  is  slighter. 
Domestic  servants  and  assistants  in 
business  and  trade,  come  most  closely 
and  continually  into  contact  with  their 
employers  ;•  they  are  about  them  from 
morning  to  night,  see  them  in  every 
phase  of  character,  in  every  style  of 
humour,  in  every  act  of  life.  How  in- 
fluence will  descend !  Conscientiousness 
is  spread,  not  only  by  precept  but  by 
example,  and,  so  to  speak,  by  contagion 
it  is  spread  more  widely.  Kindness  is 
communicated  in  the  same  way.  Virtue 
of  every  kind  acts  like  an  electric  shock. 
Those  in  contact  with  its  practice rs  re- 
ceive the  communication  of  it.  The 
same  with  qualities  and  tempers  that  do 
no  honour  to  our  nature.  If  servants 
come  to  you  bad,  you  may  at  least  im- 
prove them;  possibly  almost  change 
their  nature.  Hei*e  follows,  then,  a 
recipe  to  that  effect: — Recipe  for  ob- 
taining good  servants. — Let  them  ob- 
serve in  your  conduct  to  others  just 
the  qualities  and  virtues  that  you  would 
deaire  they  should  possess  and  practice 
as  respects  you.  Be  uniformly  kind 
and  gentle.  If  you  reprove,  do  so 


with  reason  and  with  temper.  Be  re- 
spectable, and  you  will  be  respected  by 
him.  Be  kind  and  you  will  meet  kind 
ness  from  them.  Consider  their  inter 
ests,  and  they  will  consider  yours.  A 
friend  in  a  servant  is  no  contemptible 
thing.  Be  to  every  servant  a  friend; 
and  heartless,  indeed,  will  be  the  ser- 
vant who  does  not  warm  in  love  to 
you. 

111.  How  TO  MAKE  GOOD  BUT- 
TER.— Milk  should  never  be  set  for 
butter  in  a  dark,  damp  cellar — as  in  the 
case  with  butter  makers  in  this  section 
— as  the  cream  is  thereby  moulded  be- 
fore it  has  had  time  to  rise,  which  gives 
the  butter  a  mouldy  taste. 

The  milk  is  allowed  to  stand  too  long 
before  being  skimmed,  which  gives  it  a 
cheesy  taste. 

The  cream  is  kept  too  long  before  it 
is  churned,  after  it  is  skimmed,  which 
gives  it  the  taste  of  the  other  two ;  and 
also  a  sour  taste. 

The  butter  should  never  be  washed 
in  water,  because  it  takes  away  that 
beautiful  aroma  so  essential  in  good 
butter. 

It  should  never  be  taken  in  a  per- 
son's warm  hands,  as  the  heat  melts  a 
certain  portion  of  the  globules,  which 
gives  it  an  oily  taste,  and  makes  it  be- 
come rancid  very  soon. 

The  milk  should  be  set  in  good  clean 
tin  or  earthen  pans,  in  a  dry,  open,  airy 
and  shady  place,  above  ground,  if  pos- 
sible, although  a  cellar  may  be  so  built, 
and  ventilated,  as  to  answer  the  pur- 
pose. It  should  never  be  set  over 
twenty-four  hours  in  warm  weather; 
and  for  a  dairy  of  three  cows  or  over, 
the  cream  should  be  churned  every 
morning,  and  never  be  kept  over  forty 
eight  hours,  in  warm  weather ;  in  cold 
weather  it  may  be  kept  longer.  It 
should  alwaya  be  about  the  same  heat 
that  the  milk  is  when  drawn  from  tho 
cow,  and  churned  steadily,  and  I  have 
never  known  it  to  fail  of  coming  readily, 
(we  use  a  cylinder  churn  ;)  it  is  then 
taken  from  the  chum  with  a  wooden 
butter  ladle,  into  a  wooden  tray,  which 
has  been  well  scalded  and  cooled  in 


50 


WHO  LOOKS  NOT  BEFORE  FINDS  H1MSKLF  BEHIND. 


pure  cold  water ;  the  ealt  is  then  work- 
ed in  to  suit  the  taste,  which  is  easily 
done  with  a  little  practice,  and  the 
butter-milk  well  worked  out ;  it  is  then 
set  away  in  a  cool  place  for  about 
twenty-four  hours,  when  it  is  well 
worked  over  again,  as  long  as  milk  or 
pickle  can  be  worked  out.  Butter  made 
in  this  way,  and  put  in  stone  pots,  and 
kept  from 'the  air,  will  keep  for  along 
time. 

112  BLACK  CURRANT  JELLY. 
— To  each  pound  of  picked  fruit,  allow 
one  gill  of  water ;  set  them  on  the  fire 
in  the  preserving-pan  to  scald,  but  do 
not  let  them  boil;  bruise  them  well 
with  a  silver  fork,  or  wooden  beater, — 
take  them  oif  and  squeeze  them  through 
a  hair  sieve ;  and  to  every  pint  of  juice 
allow  a  pound  of  loaf  or  raw  sugar; 
boil  it  ten  minutes. 

113.  BREAD  (CHEAP  AND  EX- 
CELLENT KIND).— Simmer  slowly, 
over  a  gentle  fire,  a  pound  of  rice  in 
three  quarts  of  water,  till  the  rice  has 
become  perfectly  soft,  and  the  water 
has  either  evaporated  or  imbibed  by  the 
rice:  let  it  become  cool,  but  not  cold, 
and  mix  it  completely  with  four  pounds 
of  flour ;  add  to  it  some  salt,  and  about 
four  tablespoonfuls  of  yeast.  Knead 
it  very  thoroughly,  for  on  this  depends 
whether  0r  not  your  good  materials 
produce  a  superior  article.  Next  let  it 
rise  well  before  the  fire,  make  it  up  into 
loaves  with  a  little  of  the  flour — which, 
for  that  purpose,  you  must  reserve  from 
your  four  pounds — and  bake  it  rather 
long.  ,  This  is  an  exceedingly  good  and 
cheap  bread. 

114  ECONOMICAL  AND  NOURISH- 
ING BREAD. — Suffer  the  miller  to  re- 
move from  the  flour  only  the  coarse 
flake  bran.  Of  this  bran  boil  five  or 
six  pounds  in  four  and  a-half  gallons  of 
water;  when  the  goodness  is  extracted 
from  the  bran,  during  which  time  the 
liquor  will  waste  one-half  or  three-quar- 
ters of  a  gallon,  strain  it  and  let  it  cool. 
When  it  has  cooled  down  to  the  temper- 
ature of  new  milk,  mix  it  with  fifty-six 
pounds  of  flour,  and  as  much  salt  and 
yeast  as  would  be  used  for  other  bread ; 


knead  it  exceedingly  well ;  let  it  rise 
before  the  fire,  and  bake  it  in  email 
loaves:  small  loaves  are  preferable  to 
large  ones,  because  they  take  the  heat 
more  equally.  There  are  two  advan 
tages  in  making  bread  with  bran  water 
instead  of  plain  water ;  the  one  being 
that  there  is  considerable  nourishment 
in  bran  which  is  thus  extracted  and 
added  to  the  bread,  the  other,  that  flour 
imbibes  much  more  of  bran  water 
than  it  does  of  plain  water ;  so  much 
more,  as  to  give  in  the  bread  produced 
almost  a  fifth  in  weight  more  than  the 
quantity  of  flour  made  up  with  plain 
water  would  have  done.  These  are 
important  considerations  to  the  poor. 
Fifty-six  pounds  of  flour,  made  with 
plain  water,  would  produce  sixty-nine 
and  a-half  pounds  of  bread ;  made  with 
bran  water  it  will  produce  eighty-three 
and  a-half  pounds. 

115.  SCOURING   DROPS    FOR 
REMOVING  GREASE.— There  are 
several  preparations  of  this  name ;  one 
of  the  best  is  made  as  follows:  Cain- 
phene,  or  spirits  of  turpentine,  three 
ounces ;  essence  of  lemon,  one  ounce ; 
mix. 

116.  POMATUMS.^For    making 
pomatums,  the  lard,  fat,  suet,  or  mar- 
row used,  must  be  carefully  prepared 
by  being  melted  with  as  gentle  a  heat 
as    possible,    skimmed,   strained,  and 
cleared  from  the  dregs  which  are  de- 
posited on  standing. 

117.  COMMON  POMATUM. — Mutton 
suet,  prepared  as  above,   one  pound ; 
lard,  three  pounds  ;  carefully  melted  to- 
gether,  and   stirred    constantly   as   it 
cools,  two   ounces  of  bergainot  being 
added. 

118.  HARD  POMATUM.— Lard  and 
mutton  suet  carefully  prepared,  of  each 
one  pound ;  white  wax,  four  ounces ;  es- 
sence of  bergamot,  one  ounce. 

119.  PICKLING  EGGS.— If  the 
following  pickle  were  generally  known 
it  would  be  more  generally  used.     W« 
constantly  keep  it  in  our  family,  and 
find  it  an  excellent  pickle  to  be  eaten 
with  cold  meat,  &c.     The  eggs  should 
be  boiled  hard  (say  ten  minutes),  and 


THERE  ARE  NONE  POOR  BUT  SUCH  AS  GOD  DISOWNS. 


51 


then  divested  of  their  shells ;  when 
quite  cold  put  them  in  jars,  and  pour 
over  them  vinegar  (sufficient  to  quite 
cover  them),  in  which  has  been  previ- 
ously boiled  the  usual  spices  for  pick- 
ling ;  tie  the  jars  down  tight  with  blad- 
der, and  keep  them  till  they  begin  to 
change  colour. 

120.  WHITE  CURRANT  JELLY. 
— White  currant  jelly  is  made  in  the 
same  way  as  red  currant  jelly,  only  it 
should  have  double-refined  sugar,  and 
Dot  bo  boiled  above  ten  minutes.  White 
currant  jelly  should  be  put  through  a 
lawn  sieve! 

121.  ANOTHER  RECEIPT  FOR  WHITE 
CURRANT  JELLY. — After  the  fruit  is 
stripped  from  the  stalks,  put  it  into  the 
pan,  and  when  it  boils  run  it  quickly 
through  a  sieve  :  take  a  pound  of  sugar 
to  each  pint  of  juice,  and  let  it  boil 
twenty  minutes. 

122.  POTATOES.— We  are  all  po- 
iato  eaters  (for  ourselves  we  esteem 
potatoes  beyond  any  other  vegetable), 
yet  few  persons  know  how  to  cook 
them.     Shall  we  be  bold  enough  to 
commence  our  hints  by  presuming  to 
hrform  our  "  grandmothers"  how 

123.  To  BOIL  POTATOES?— Put  them 
inio  a  saucepan  with  scarcely  sufficient 
water  to  cover  them.  Directly  the  skins 
begia  to  break,  lift  them  from  the  fire, 
and  M  vapidly  as  possible  pour  off  every 
drop  of  the  water.  Then  place  a  coarse 
(we  need  not%ay  clean)  towel  over 
them,  and  return  them  to  the  fire  again 
until   they    are  thoroughly  done,   and 
quite  dry.    A  little  salt,  to  taste,  should 
have  been  added  to  the  water  before 
boiling-. 

124.  POTATOES  FRIED  WITH  FISH. — 
Take  cold  fish  and  cold  potatoes.  Pick 
all  the  bones  from  the  former,  and  mash 
the  fi*h   and    the  potatoes    together. 
Form  into  rolls,  and  fry  with  lard  until 
the  outsides  are  brown  and  crisp.    For 
this  purpose,  the  drier  kinds  of  fish, 
iuch  as  cod,  are  preferable.    Eels,  &c., 
are  not  so  good.    This  is  an  economi- 
tal  and  excellent  relish.     (See  104.) 

125.    POTATOES   MASHED   WITH 
ONIONS. — Prepare  some  boiled  onions, 
3 


by  putting  them  through  a  sieve,  and 
mix  them  with  potatoes.  Regulate  the 
portions  according  to  taste. 

126.  POTATO    CHEESE  CAKES. — 
One  pound  of  mashed  potatoes,  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  currants,  quarter  of  a 
pound  of  sugar  and  butter,  and  four 
eggs,  to  be  well  mixed  together ;  bake 
them  in  patty  pans,  having  first  lined 
them  with  puff  paste. 

127.  POTATO  COLCANON.— Boil  po- 
tatoes and  greens,  and  spinach,  sepa- 
rately ;  mash  the  potatoes ;  squeeze  the 
greens  dry ;  chop  them  quite  fine,  and 
mix  them  with  the  potatoes  with  a  little 
butter,  pepper,  and  salt.     Put  into  a 
mould,  buttering   it  well  first;   let  it 
stand  in  a  hot  oven  for  ten  minutes. 

128.  POTATOES  ROASTED  UNDER 
MEAT. — Half  boil  large  potatoes ;  drain 
the  water ;  put  them  into  an  earthen 
dish,  or  small  tin  pan,  under  meat  roast- 
ing before  the  fire ;  baste  them  with  the 
dripping.  Turn  them  to  brown  on  all 
sides ;  send  up  in  a  separate  dish. 

129.  POTATO  BALLS  RAGOUT. — 
Add  to  a  pound  of  potatoes  a  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  grated  ham,  or  some 
sweet  herbs,  or  chopped  parsley,   an 
onion  or  eschalot,  salt,  pepper,  and  a 
little  grated  nutmeg,  and  other  spice, 
with  the  yolk  of  a  couple  of  eggs ;  then 
dress  as  potatoes  escolloped. 

130. — POTATO  SNOW. — Pick  out 
the  whitest  potatoes,  put  them  on  in 
cold  water;  when  they  begin  to  crack, 
strain,  and  put  them  in  a  clean  stew- 
pan  before  the  fire  till  they  are  quite 
dry,  and  fall  to  pieces;  rub  them 
them  through  a  wire  sieve  or  the  dish 
they  are  to  be  sent  up  in,  and  do  not 
disturb  them  afterwards. 

131.  POTATOES  FRIED  WHOLE. — 
When  nearly  boiled  enough,  put  them 
into  a  stew-pan  with  a  bit  of  butter,  or 
some  clean  beef  drippings;  shake  them 
about  often  to  prevent  burning,  til 
they  are  bro>*n  and  crisp  ;  drain  them 
frojp  the  fat.     It  will  be  an  improve- 
ment if  they  are  floured  and  dipped  into 
the  yolk  of  an  egg,  and  then  rolled  in 
finely-sifted  bread  crumbs. 

132.  POTATOES  FRIED  IN  SLICES  — 


BETTER  GO  TO  BED  SUPPERLESS  THAN  Ru,*;  IN  DEBT. 


Peel  large  potatoes,  slice  them  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  or  cut  them  into 
shavings,  as  you  would  peel  a  lemon ; 
dry  them  well  in  a  clean  cloth,  and  fry 
them  in  lard  or  dripping.  Take  care 
that  the  fat  and  frying-pan  are  quite 
clean ;  put  it  on  a  quick  fire,  and  as 
soon  as  the  lard  boils,  and  is  still,  put 
in  the  slices  of  potato,  and  keep  moving 
them  until  they  are  crisp ;  take  them 
up,  and  lay  them  to  drain  on  a  sieve. 
Send  to  table  with  a  little  salt  sprink- 
led over  them. 

133.  POTATOES  ESCOLLOPED  — 
Mash  potatoes  in  the  usual  way ;  then 
butter  some  nice  clean  scollop-shells, 
patty-pans,  or  tea-cups,  or  saucers  ;  put 
m  your  potatoes;  make  them  smooth 
at  the  top ;  cross  a  knife  over  them ; 
stew  a  few  fine  bread-crumbs  on  them ; 
sprinkle  them  with  a  paste-brush  with 
a  few  drops  of  melted  butter,  and  set 
them  in  a  Dutch  oven.  When  nicely 
browned  on  the  top,  take  them  care- 
fully out  of  the  shells,  and  brown  on 
the  other  side.  Cold  potatoes  may  be 
warmed  up  in  this  way. 

134.  POTATO  SCONES. — Mash  boiled 
potatoes  till  they  are   quite  smooth, 
adding  a  little  salt;   then  knead   out 
the  flour,  or  barley-meal,  to  the  thick- 
ness required;    toast  on   the  griddle, 
pricking  with  a  fork  to  prevent  them 
blistering.     When  eaten  with  fresh  or 
salt  butter  they  are  equal  to  crumpets 
— even  superior,  and  very  nutritious. 

135.  POTATOE  PIE.— Peel  and  slice 
your  potatoes  very  thin  into  a  pie-dish ; 
between  each  layer  of  potatoes  put  a 
little  *  chopped   onion ;   between    each 
layer  sprinkle  a  little  pepper  and  salt : 
put  in  a  little  water,  and  cut  about  two 
ounces  of  fresh  butter  into  bits,  and  lay 
them  on  the  top ;  cover  it  close  with 
paste.    The  yolks  of  four  eggs  may  be 
added ;  and  when  baked,  a  table-spoon- 
ful of  good  mushroom  ketchup  poured 
in  through  a  funnel.    Another  method 
is  to  put  between  the  layers  small  Jiits 
of  mutton,  beef,  or  pork.     (See.  31.) 

136.  GINGER-BEER  POWDERS. 
—Blue    paper:     Carbonate    of   soda, 
thirty  grains ;    powdered  gingei ,  five 


grains ;  ground  white  sugar,  one  drachm 
to  one  drachm  and  a-half;  essence  of 
lemon,  one  drop.  Add  the  essence  to 
the  sugar,  then  the  other  ingredients. 
A  quantity  should  be  mixed  and  divid- 
ed, as  recommended  for  Seidlitz  pow- 
ders.— White  paper  :  Tartaric  acid, 
thirty  grains. 

Directions. — Dissolve  the  contents 
of  the  blue  paper  in  water ;  stir  in  the 
contents  of  the  white  paper,  and  drinl? 
during  effervescence.  Ginger-beer  pow 
ders  do  not  meet  with  such  general 
approbation  as  lemon  and  kali,  the 
powdered  ginger  rendering  the  liquid 
slightly  turbid. 

137.—  APPLE  BREAD.— A  very 
light  pleasant  bread  is  made  in  France 
by  a  mixture  of  apples  and  flour,  in  the 
proportion  of  one  of  the  former  to  two 
of  the  latter.  The  usual  quantity  of 
yeast  is  employed  as  in  making  com- 
mon bread,  and  is  beaten  with  flour  and 
warm  pulp  of  the  apples  after  they  have 
boiled,  and  the  dough  is  then  considered 
as  set ;  it  is  then  put  in  a  proper  vessel, 
and  allowed  to  rise  for  eight  or  twelve 
hours,  and  then  baked  in  long  loaves. 
Very  little  water  is  requisite:  none, 
generally,  if  the  apples  are  very  fresh. 

138.  TO  MAKE  ANCHOVIES.— 
Procure  a  quantity  of  sprats,  as  fresh 
as  possible ;  do  not  wash  or  wipe  them, 
but  just  take  them  as  caught,  and  for 
every  peck  of  the  fish  take  two  pounds 
of  common  salt,  quarMr  of  a  pound  of 
bay-salt,  four  pounds  of  saltpetre,  two 
ounces  of  sal-prunella,  and  two  penny- 
worth of  cochineal.     Pound  all  these 
ingredients  in  a  mortar,  mixing  them 
well  together.    Then  take  stone  jars  or 
small  kegs,  according-  to  your  quantity 
of  sprats,  and  lay  a  layer  of  the  fish, 
and  a  layer  of  the  mixed  ingredients 
alternately,  until  the  pot  is  full ;  then 
press  hard  down,  and  cover  close  for 
six  months,  they  will  then  be  fit  for  use 
I  can  vouch  for  the  excellence  and 
cheapness  of  the  anchovies  made  in  thia 
manner. 

139.  CEMENT   FOR    BROKEN 
CHINA,  GLASS,  &c.— The  following 
recipe,  from  experience,  we  know  to  be 


WHEN  THE  TREE  IS  FALLEN  EVERT  MAN  RUSHES  TO  IT  WITH  A  HATCHBT.        53 


R  good  one,  and,  being  nearly  colourless, 
it  possesses  advantages  which  liquid 
glue  and  other  cements  do  not  :  —  Dis- 
solve half  an  ounce  of  gum  acacia  in 
a,  wine  glass  of  boiling  water  ;  add  plas- 
ter of  Paris  sufficient  to  form  a  thick 
paste,  and  apply  it  with  a  brush  to  the 
parts  required  to  be  cemented  together. 
Several  articles  upon  our  toilette  table 
have  been  repaired  most  effectually  by 
this  recipe.  (See  78.) 
140.  SIGNIFICATIONS  OF 

NAMES. 

Aaron,  Hebrew,  a  mountain. 
Abel,  Hebrew,  vanity. 
Abraham,  Hebrew,  the  father  of  many. 
Adam,  Hebrew,  red  earth. 
Adolphus,  Saxon,  happiness  and  help. 
Albert,  Saxon,  all  bright. 
Alexander.  Greek,  a  helper  of  men. 
Alfred.  Saxon,  all  peace. 
Ambrose,  Greek,  immortal 
Amos,  Hebrew,  a  burden. 
Andrew,  Greek,  courageous. 
Anthony,  Latin,  flourishing. 
Archibald,  German,  a  bold  observer. 
Arnold.  German,  a  maintainer  of  honour. 
Arthur.  British,  a  strong  man. 


Baldwin,  German,  a  bold  winner. 
Bardulph,  German,  a  famous  helper. 
Barnaby,  Hebrew,  a  prophet's  son. 
Bartholomew,  Hebrew,  the  son  of  him 

who  made  the  waters  to  rise. 
Beaumont,  French,  a  pretty  mount. 
Bede,  Saxon,  prayer. 
Benjamin,  Hebrew,  the  son  of  a  right 

hand. 

Bennet,  Latin,  blessed. 
Bernard,  German,  bear's  heart. 
Bertram,  German,  fair,  illustrious. 
Boniface,  Latin,  a  well-doer. 
Brian,  French,  having    a    thundering 

voice. 

Cadwallader,  British,  valiant  in  war. 
Caesar,  Latin,  adorned  with  hair. 
Caleb,  Hebrew,  a  dog. 
Cecil,  Latin,  dim-sighted. 
Charles,  German,  noble-spirited. 
Christopher,  Greek,  bearing  Christ. 
Clement,  Latin,  mild-tempered. 
Conrad,  German,  able  counsel. 


Constantino,  Latin,  resoluve. 
Crispin,  Latin,  having  curled  locks. 
Cuthbert,  Saxon,  known  famously. 
Daniel,  Hebrew,  God  is  judge. 
David,  Hebrew,  well-beloved. 
Denis,  Greek,  belonging  to  the  god  9 

wine. 

Dunstan,  Saxon,  most  high. 
Edgar,  Saxon,  happy  honour. 
Edmund,  Saxon,  happy  peace. 
Edward,  Saxon,  happy  keeper. 
Edwin,  Saxon,  happy  conqueror. 
Egbert,  Saxon,  ever  bright. 
Elijah,  Hebrew,  God,  the  Lord. 
Elisha,  Hebrew,  the  salvation  of  God 
Ephraim,  Hebrew,  fruitful. 
Erasmus,   Greek,  lovely,  worthy  to  b« 

loved. 

Ernest,  Greek,  earnest,  serious. 
Evan  or  Ivou,British,  the  same  as  Johii. 
Everard,  German,  well  reported. 
Eugene,  Greek,  nobly  descended. 
Eustace,  Greek,  standing  firm. 
Ezekiel,  Hebrew,  the  strength  of  God 
Felix,  Latin,  happy. 
Ferdinand,  German,  pure  peace. 
Francis,  German,  free. 
Frederic,  German,  rich  peace. 
Gabriel,  Hebrew,  the  strength  tt  God 
Geoffery,  German,  joyful. 
George,  Greek,  a  husbandman. 
Gerard,  Saxon,  all  towardliness 
Gideon,  Hebrew,  a  breaker 
Gilbert,  Saxon,  bright  as  gold. 
Giles,  Greek,  a  little  goat. 
Godard,  German,  a  godly  disposition 
Godrey,  German,  God's  peace. 
Godwin,  German,  victorious  in  God 
Griffith,  British,  having  great  faith. 
Guy,  French,  the  mistletoe  shrub. 
Hannibal,  Punic,  a  gracious  lord. 
Harold,  Saxon,  a  champion. 
Hector,  Greek,  a  stout  defender. 
Henry,  German,  a  rich  lord. 
Herbert,  German,  a  bright  lord. 
Hercules,  Greek,  the  glory  of  Hera  0» 

Juno. 

Hezekiah,  Hebrew,  cleaving  to  the  Lord 
Horatio,  Italian,  worthy  to  be  beheld 
Howel,  British,  sound  or  whole. 
Hubert.  German,  a  bright  colour. 
Hugh,  Dutch,  high,  lofty. 
|K.ar»pLrey,  German,  domestic  peace 


THE  BEST  PHYSICIANS  ARE  DR.  DIET,  DR.  QUIET,  AND  DR.  MERRYMAN. 


Jacob,  Hebrew,  a  supplanter. 

James  or  Jacques,  beguiling. 

Ingram,  German,  of  angelic  purity. 

Joab,  Hebrew,  fatherhood. 

Job,  Hebrew,  sorrowing. 

Joel,  Hzbrcw,  acquiescing. 

John,  Hebrew,  the  grace  of  the  Lord. 

Jonah,  Hebrew,  a  dove. 

Jonathan,  Hebreic,  the  gift  of  the  Lord. 

Joscelin,  German,  just. 

Joseph,  Hebrew,  addition. 

Josias,  Hebrew,  the  fire  of  the  Lord. 

Joshua,  Hebrew,  a  Saviour. 

Isaac,  Hebrew,  laughter. 

Lambert,  Saxon,  a  fair  lamb. 

juancelot,  Spanish,  a  little  lance. 

Laurence,  Latin,  crowned  with  laurels. 

Lazarus,  Hebrew,  destitute  of  help. 

Leonard,  German,  like  a  lion. 

Leopold,  German,  defending  the  people. 

Lewellin,  British,  like  a  lion. 

Lewis,  French,  the  defender  of  the  peo- 
ple. 

Lionel.  Latin,  a  little  lion. 

Lucius,  Latin,  shining. 

Luke,  Greek,  a  wood  or  grove. 

Mark,  Latin,  a  hammer. 

Martin,  Latin,  martial. 

Mathew,  Hebrew,  a  gift  or  present. 

Maurice,  Latin,  sprung  of  a  Moor. 

Meredith,  British,  the  roaring  of  the 
sea.- 

Michael  Hebrew,  who  is  like  God  ? 

Morgan.  British,  a  mariner. 

Moses,  Hebrew,  drawn  out. 

Nathaniel,  Hebrew,  the  gift  of  God. 

Neal,  French,  somewhat  black. 

Nicolas,  Greek,  victorious  over  the 
people. 

Noel,  French,  belonging  to  one's  na- 
tivity. 

Norman,  French,  one  born  in  Nor- 
mandy. 

Obadiah,  Hebrew,  the  servant  of  the 
Lord. 

Oliver,  Latin,  an  olive. 

Orlando,  Italian,  counsel  for  the  land. 

Osmund,  Saxon,  house  peace. 

Oswald,  Saxon,  ruler  of  a  house. 

Owen,  British,  well  descended. 

Patrick,  Latin,  a  nobleman. 

Paul,  Latin,  small,  little. 

Percival,  French,  a  place  in  France. 


Peregrine,  Latin,  outlandish. 
Peter,  Greek,  a  rock  or  stone. 
Philip,  Greek,  a  lover  of  horses. 
Phiueas,  Hebrew,  of  bold  countenance 
Ralph,  contracted  from  Radolph,  or 
Randal,  or  Rauulph,  Saxon,  pure  help 
Raymund,  German,  quiet  peace. 
Reuben,  Hebrew,  the  son  of  vision. 
Reynold,  German,  a  lover  of  purity. 
Richard,  Saxon,  powerful. 
Robert,  German,  famous  in  counsel. 
Roger,  German,  strong  counsel. 
Rowland,  German,  counsel  for  the  land 
Rufus,  Latin,  reddish. 
Solomon,  Hebrew,  peaceable. 
Samson,  Hebrew,  a  little  son. 
Samuel,  Hebrew,  heard  by  God. 
Saul,  Hebrew,  desired. 
Sebastian,  Greek,  to  be  reverenced. 
Simeon,  Hebrew,  hearing. 
Simon,  Hebrew,  obedient. 
Stephen,  Greek,  a  crown  or  garland. 
Swithin,  Saxon,  very  high. 
Theobald,  Saxon,  bold  over  the  people. 
Theodore,  Greek,  the  gift  of  God. 
Theodosius,  Greek,  given  of  God. 
Theophilus,  Greek,  a  lover  of  God. 
Thomas,  Hebrew,  a  twin. 
Timothy,  Greek,  a  fearer  of  God. 
Toby  or  Tobias,  Hebrew,  the  goodness 

of  the  Lord. 

Valentine,  Latin,  powerful. 
Vincent,  Latin,  conquering. 
Vivian,  Latin,  living. 
Walter,  German,  a  wood  master. 
Wai  win,  German,  a  conqueror. 
William,  German,  defending  many. 
Zaccheus,  Syriac,  innocent. 
Zachary,    Hebrew,   remembering    the 

Lord. 

Zebedee,  Syriac,  having  an  inheritance. 
Zedekiah,   Hebrew,  the  justice  of  the 

Lord.  

Adeline,  German,  a  princess. 
Agatha,  Greek,  good. 
Agnes,  German,  chaste. 
Alethea,  Greek,  the  truth. 
Althea,  Greek,  hunting. 
Alice,  Alicia,  German,  noble. 
Amy,  Amelia,  French,  a  beloved. 
Anna,  Anne,  or  Hannah,  Hebrew,  gra 
cious. 


THE  MILL  CANNOT  GRIND  WITH  THE  WATER  THAT  IS  PAST. 


Arabella,  Latin,  a  fair  altar. 

Aureola,  Latin,  like  gold. 

Barbara,  Latin,  foreign  or  strange. 

Beatrice,  Latin,  making  happy. 

Benedicta,  Latin,  blessed. 

Bernice,  Greek,  bringing  victory. 

Bertha,  Greek,  bright  or  famous. 

Blanche,  French,  fair. 

Bona,  Latin,  good. 

Bridget,  Irish,  shining  bright. 

Cassandra,  Greek,  a  reformer  of  men. 

Catharine,  Greek,  pure  or  clean. 

Charity,  Greek,  love,  bounty. 

Charlotte,  French,  all  noble. 

Caroline,  feminine  of  Carolus,  the  Latin 

of  Charles,  noble-spirited. 
Chloe,  Greek,  a  green  herb. 
Christiana,  Greek,  belonging  to  Christ. 
Cecilia,  Latin,  from  Cecil. 
Cicely,  a  corruption  of  Cecilia. 
Clara,  Latin,  clear  or  bright. 
Constance,  Latin,  constant. 
Deborah,  Hebrew,  a  bee. 
Diana,  Greek,  Jupiter's  daughter. 
Dorcas,  Greek,  a  wild  roe. 
Dorothy,  Greek,  the  gift  of  God. 
Eadith,  Saxon,  happiness. 
Eleanor,  Saxon,  all  fruitful. 
Eliza,  Elizabeth,  Hebrew?,  the  oath  of  God 
Emily,  corrupted  from  Amelia. 
Emma,  German,  a  nurse. 
Esther,  Hesther,  Hebrew,  secret. 
Eve,  Hebrew,  causing  life. 
Eunice,  Greek,  fair  victory. 
Eudoia,  Greek,  prospering  in  the  way 
Frances,  German,  free, 
Gertrude,  German,  all  truth. 
Grace,  Latin,  favour. 
Hagar,  Hebrew,  a  stranger. 
Helena,  Greek,  alluring. 
Jane,  softened  from  Joan ;  or, 
Janne,  the  feminine  of  John. 
Janet,  Jeannette,  little  Jane. 
Joyce,  French,  pleasant. 
Isabella,  Spanish,  fair  Eliza. 
Judith,  Hebrew,  praising. 
Julia,  Juliana,  feminine,  of  Julius. 
Letitia,  Latin,  joy  or  gladness. 
Lois,  Greek,  better. 
Lucre tia,  Latin,  a  chaste  Roman  lady. 
Lucy,  Latin,  feminins  of  Lucius. 
Lydia,  Greek,  descended  fron  Lud. 
Mabel,  Latin,  lovely. 


Magdalene,Maudlin,%riae,  magnificent 
Margaret,  German,  a  pearl. 
Martha,  Hebrew,  bitterness. 
Mary,  Hebrew,  bitter. 
Maud,  Matilda,  Greek,  a  lady  of  honour 
Mercy,  English,  compassion. 
Mildred,  Saxon,  speaking  mild. 
Nest,  British,  the  same  as  Agnes. 
Nicola,  Greek,  feminine  of  Nicolas. 
Olympia,  Greek,  heavenly. 
Orabilis,  Latin,  to  be  entreated. 
Parnell,  or  Petronilla,  little  Peter. 
Patience,  Latin,  bearing  patiently. 
Paulina,  Latin,  feminine  of  Paulinus. 
Penelope,  Greek,  a  turkey. 
Persjs,  Greek,  destroying. 
Philadelphia,  Greek,  brotherly  love. 
Philippa,  Greek,  feminine  of  Philip. 
Phoebe,  Greek,  the  light  of  life. 
Phyllis,  Greek,  a  green  bough. 
Priscilla,  Latin,  somewhat  old. 
Prudence,  Latin,  discretion. 
Psyche,  Greek,  the  soul. 
Rachel,  Hebrew,  a  lamb. 
Rebecca,  Hebrew,  fat  or  plump. 
Rhode,  Greek,  a  rose. 
Rosamund,  Saxon,  rose  of  peace 
Rosa,  Latin,  a  rose. 
Rosecleer,  English,  a  fair  rose. 
Rosabella,  Italian,  a  fair  rose. 
Ruth,  Hebrew,  trembling. 
Sabina,  Latin,  sprung  from  the  Sabine* 
Salome,  Hebrew,  perfect. 
Sapphira,  Greek,  like  a  sapphire  stone 
Sarah,  Hebrew,  a  princess. 
Sibylla,  Greek,  the  counsel  of  God. 
Sophia,  Greek,  wisdom. 
Sophronia,  Greek,  of  a  sound  mind. 
Susan,  Susanna,  Hebretc,  a  lily. 
Tabitha,  Syriac,  a  roe. 
Temperance,  Latin,  moderation. 
Theodosia,  Greek,  given  by  God. 
Tryphosa,  Greek,  delicious. 
Tryphena,  Greek,  delicate. 
Vida,  Erse,  feminine  of  David. 
Ursula,  Latin,  a  female  bear. 
Walburg,  Saxon,  gracious. 
Winifred,  Saxon,  winning  peace. 
Zenobia,  Greek,  the  life  of  Jupiter. 

141.  BLACKING  (Paste).— Half  a 
pound  of  ivoiy  black,  half  a  pound  of 
treacle,  half  an  ounce  of  powdered 


56 


BETTER  GO  ROUND  THAN  FALL  INTO  THE  DITCH. 


aluin,  one  drachm  of  turpentine,  one 
ounce  of  eulphuric  acid,  and  two  ounces 
of  raw  linseed  oil.  The  ivory  black 
and  treacle  must  first  be  mixed  to- 
gether until  thoroughlj  incorporated; 
then  add  the  rest  of  the  ingredients.  It 
keeps  best  in  a  bladder.  This  receipt 
has  been  used  in  a  friend's  family  for 
the  last  seventeen  years,  and  is  much 
approved. 

142.  SUC  CEDANEUM.— Take  an 
old  silver  thimble,  an  old  silver  coin,  or 
other  silver  article,  and  with  a  very  fine 
file,  convert  it  into  filings.  Sift  through 
gauze,  to  separate  the  coarse  from  the 
fine  particles.     Take  the  finer  portion, 
and  mix  with  sufficient  quicksilver  to 
form  a  stiff  amalgam,  and  while  in  this 
state,  fill  the  cavities  of  decayed  teeth. 
This  is  precisely  the  same  as  the  metal- 
lic   amalgam    used    by    all    dentists. 
Quicksilver  may  be  bought  at  a  trifle 
per  half-ounce  or  ounce,  at  the  chem- 
ist's.    We  have  not  the  slightest  hesi- 
tation in  pronouncing  this  to  be  the  best 
thing  of  the  kind.   Caution :  as  it  turns 
black  under  the  action  of  the  acids  of 
the  mouth,  it  should  be  used  sparingly 
for  front  teeth.     A  tooth  should  never 
be  filled  while  it  is  aching.  (See  144.) 

143.  LEMONS,    WHOLE,    FOR 
DESSERT.— Take  six  fine,  fresh,  well- 
shaped  lemons,  cut  a  hole  just  round 
the   stock,  and  with  a  narrow  spoon 
scoop  put  the  pippins,  and  press  out 
the  juice,  but  leave  the  pulp  in  the 
lemons.     Put  them  into  a  bowl  with 
two  or  three  quarts  of  spring  water,  to 
steep  out  the  bitterness.     Leave  them 
three  'days,  changing  the  water  each 
day ;  or  only  two  days  if  you  wish  them 
to  be  very  bitter.     Strain  the  juice  as 
soon  as  squeezed  out,  boil  it  with  one 
pound  of  loaf-sugar  (setting  the  jar  into 
which  it  was  strained  in  a  pan  of  boil- 
ing water  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes) ; 
*ie  it  up,  quite  hot,  with  bladder,  and 
Bet  by  till  wanted.    Taste  the  water 
the  lemons  are  lying  in  at  the  end  of 
the  third  day;   if  not  bitter,  lift  the 
lemons  out  into  a  china-lined  pan,  pour 
the  water  through  a  strainer  upon  them, 
boil  gently  one  or  two  hours  •  sot  by  in 


the  pan.  Boil  again  next  day  until  BO 
tender  that  the  head  of  a  large  needle 
will  easily  pierce  the  rind.  Put  in  one 
pound  of  loaf-sugar,  making  it  just  boil, 
and  leave  to  cool.  Next  day  boil  the 
syrup,  and  pour  it  to  the  lemons;  add 
:ne  pound  of  sugar,  and  hot  water  to 
supply  what  was  boiled  away.  Lift 
out  the  lemons,  and  boil  the  syrup  and 
pour  on  them  again  every  day  for  a 
fortnight,  then  every  three  or  four  days, 
adding  gradually  three  pounds  of  sugar 
When  the  lemons  look  clear  and  bright, 
boil  the  syrup  pretty  hard,  add  the 
lemon  juice  which  had  been  set  by,  just 
boil,  skim ;  put  the  lemons  into  jars, 
pour  the  syrup  upon  them,  and  tie  up 
the  jars  instantly  with  bladder. 

144.  THE  TEETH.— Dissolve  two 
oz.  borax  in  three  pints  of  water ;  be* 
fore  quite  cold,  add  thereto  one  tea- 
spoonful  of  tincture  of  myrrh  and  one 
tablespoonful  of  spirits  of  camphor ;  bot- 
tle the  mixture  for  use.    One  wineglass 
of  the  solution,  added  to  half  a  pint  of 
tepid  water,  is  sufficient  for  each  appli- 
cation.     This  solution,  applied  daily, 
preserves  and  beautifies  the  teeth,  ex- 
tirpates tartarous  adhesion,  produces  a 
pearl-like  whiteness,  arrests  decay,  and 
induces  a  healthy  action  in  the  gums. 
(See  142.) 

145.  CAMPHORATED  DENTIFRICE. 
— Prepared  chalk,   one  pound;  cam- 
phor, one  or  two  drachms.    The  cam- 
phor must  be  finely  powdered  by  moist- 
ening it  with  » little  spirits  of  wine,  and 
then  intimately  mixed  with  the  chalk. 

146.  MYRRH  DENTIFRICE. — Pow- 
dered cuttle  fish,  one  pound ;  powdered 
myrrh,  two  ounces. 

147.  COMPOUNDS    TO    PRO- 
MOTE THE  GROWTH  OF  HAIR. 
— When  the  hair  falls  off  from  dimin- 
ished action  of  the  scalp,  preparations 
of  cantharides  often  prove  useful ;  they 
are  sold  under  the  names  of  Dupuy- 
tren's  Pomade,   Cazenaze's    Pomade, 
&c.     The  following  directions  are  as 
good  as  any  of  the  more  complicated 
recipes : — 

148.  POMADE  AGAINST  BALDNESS. 
— Beef  marrow,  soaked  in  several  wa- 


WILLOWS  ARE  WEAK,  YET  THEY  BIND  OTHEB.  WOOD. 


57 


ters,  melted  and  strained,  half  a  pound ; 
tincture  of  cantharides  (made  by  soak- 
ing for  a  week  one  drachm  of  powdered 
cantharides  in  one  ounce  of  proof  spirit), 
one  ounce;  oil  of  bergamot,  twelve 
irops. 

149.  ERASMUS  WILSON'S  LOTION 
AGAINST  BALDNESS.— Eaude  Cologne, 
two   ounces;   tincture  of  cautharides, 
two  drachms ;  oil  of  lavender  or  rose- 
mary, of  each  ten  drops.    These  appli- 
cations must  be  used  once  or  twice  a 
day  for  a  considerable  time ;  but  if  the 
scalp  become  sore,  they  must  be  dis- 
continued for  a  time,  or  used  at  longer 
intervals. 

150.  BANDOLINE  OR  FIXATURE.— 
Several  preparations  are  used ;  the  fol- 
lowing are  the  best : — 

No.  1. — MuciLage  of  clean  picked 
Irish  moss,  made  by  boiling  a  quarter 
of  an  ounce  of  the  moss  in  one  quart  of 
water  until  sufficiently  thick,  rectified 
spirit  in  the  proportion  of  a  teaspoon- 
ful to  each  bottle,  to  prevent  its  being 


mildewed.  The  quantity  of  spirit  varies 
ling  to  the  time  it  requires  to  be 
kept. 


according 


No.  2. — GumTragacanth,  one  drachm 
and  a  half;  water,  half  a  pint;  proof 
spirit  (made  by  mixing  equal  parts  of 
rectified  spirit  and  water),  three 
ounces ;  otto  of  roses,  ten  drops ;  soak 
for  twenty-four  hours  and  strain. 

151.  MEDICINES   (APERIENT) 
In  the   spring  time  of  the  year  the 

judicious  use  of  aperient  medicines  is 
much  to  be  commended. 

152.  SPRING      APERIENTS. — For 
children  nothing  is  better  than:  1. — 
Brimstone  and    treacle ;  to  each  tea- 
cupful  of   this,    when  mixed,   add  a 
teaspoonful  of  cream    of  tartar.     As 
this  sometimes  produces   sickness,  the 
following  may  be  used : — 2.     Take  of 
tartrate  of  soda  one  drachm  and  a  half, 
powdered  jalap  and  powdered  rhubarb 
each  fifteen  grains,  ginger,  two  grains 
mix.    Dose  for  a  child  above  five  years 
one    small    teaspoonful:     above    ten 
years,  a  large  teaspoonful ;    above  fif- 
teen, half  the  whole,  or  two  teaspoon- 
fuV  and  for  a  person  above  twenty, 


three  teaspoonfuls,  or  the  whole,  as 
may  be  required  by  the  habit  of  the 
person.  This  medicine  may  be  dis- 
solved in  warm  water,  common  or 
mint  tea.  This  powder  can  be  kept 
for  use  in  a  wide-mouthed  bottle,  and 
be  in  readiness  for  any  emergency. 
The  druggist  may  be  directed  to  treble 
or  quadruple  the  quantities  as  conve- 
nient. 

153.  APERIENT  PILLS. — To  some 
adults   all   liquid  medicines    produce 
such   nausea   that  pills  are  the  only 
form  in  which  laxative  medicines  can 
be  exhibited ;  the  following  is  a  useful 
formula : — 3.  Take  of  compound  rhu- 
barb pill  a  drachm  and  one  scruple,  of 
powdered  ipecacuanha  six  grains,  and 
of  extract  of  hyoscyamus  one  scruple 
Mix  and  beat  into  a  mass,  and  divide 
into  twenty-four  pills.     Take  one,  or 
two,  or  if  of  a  very  costive  habit,  three 
at  bed-time. — 4.  For  persons  requiring 
a  more  powerful  purge  the  same  for 
mula,  with   ten   grains  of  compound 
extract  of  colocynth,  will  form  a  good 
purgative  pill.     The   mass  receiving 
this  addition    must    be  divided    into 
thirty,  instead  of  twenty-four  pills. 

154.  BLACK  DRAUGHT. — 5.    The 
common  aperient  medicine  known  as 
black  draught  is  made  in  the  following 
manner:  —  Take  of  senna  leaves  six 
drachms,  bruised  ginger,  half  a  drachm 
sliced    liquorice -root    four   drachms, 
boiling  water  half  an  imperial  pint. 
Keep  this  standing-  on  the  hob,  or  near 
the  fire,  for  three  hours,  then  strain, 
and  after  allowing  it  to  grow  cool,  add 
of  sal  volatile  one  drachm  and  a-half, 
of  tincture  of  senna,  and  of  tincture  of 
cardamoms,  each  half  an  ounce.    (This 
mixture  will  keep  a  long  time  in  a  cool 

.)     Dose,  a  wineglassful  for  an 


adult;  two  tablespoontuls  for  young 
persons  above  fifteen  years  of  age.  It 
is  not  a  suitable  medicine  for  chil- 
dren. 

155.  TONIC  APERIENT. — 6.  Take  of 
Epsom  salts  one  ounce,  diluted  sulphu- 
ric acid  one  drachm,  infusion  of  quassia 
chips  half  an  imperial  pint,  compound 
tincture  of  rhubarb  two  d  racking.  Half 


68 


CHILDREN  AND  CHICKENS  MUST  ALWAYS  BE  PICKING. 


a  wineglassful  for    a  dose    twice 
day. 

156.  INFANTS' APERIENT —7.  Tak 
of  rhubarb  five  grains,  magnesia  thre 

trains,  white  sugar  a  scruple,  mann 
ve  grains ;  mix.  Dose,  varying  from 
a  piece  half  the  size  of  a  sweet-pea  t 
a  piece  the  size  of  an  ordinary  pea. — 
8.  A  useful  laxative  for  children  i 
composed  of  calomel  two  grains,  an< 
sugar  a  scruple,  made  into  five  pow 
ders ;  half  of  one  of  these  for  a  chili 
from  birth  to  one  year  and  a-half,  anc 
a  whole  one  from  that  age  to  five 
years. 

157. — FLOUR  OP  BRIMSTONE  is  a 
mild  aperient  in  doses  of  about  a  quar 
ter  of  an  ounce ;  it  is  best  taken  in  milk 

158.  MEDICINE  WEIGHTS  AND 
MEASURES.— All  medicines  are  mix 
ed  by  apothecaries'  weight :  this  musi 
be  carefully  borne  in  mind,  as  the 
apothecaries'  drachm  is  more  than 
double  that  of  avoirdupois  or  the  com- 
mon weights.  A  set  of  the  proper 
weights  may  be  obtained  at  any  scale- 
makers  ;  and  they  will  be  found  to  be 
marked  thus : — 


5  Grains 


•       Scruples  thus,  3 


Drachms  thus,  3    Ounces  thus,  3 

APOTHECARIES'    WEIGHT. 

20  grains  make  1  scruple  9i 
3  scruples  "      1  drachm  3i 
8  drachms  "      1  ounce    3i 
12  ounces   "      1  pound    nr 
Medicines    are    always    purchased 
wholesale  by  avoirdupois  weight.     For 
compounding  liquids  an  apothecary's 
glass  measure  will  be  found  indispensa- 
ble.    A  two  or  three  ounce  size  will 
be  large  enough  for  most  purposes. 

159.  METHOD  OF  CURING  THE 
STINGS  OF  BEES  AND  WASPS.— 
The  sting  of  a  bee  is  generally  more 
virulent  than  that  of  a  wasp,  and  with 
some  people  attended  with  very  violent 
effects.  The  sting  of  a  bee  is  barbed  at 
the  end,  and,  consequently,  always  left 
in  the  wound ;  that  of  a  wasp  is  pointed 
only,  BO  that  they  can  sting  more  than 
once,  w^ich  a  bee  cannot  do.  When 


any  person  is  stung  by  a  bee,  let  the 
sting,  in  the  first  place,  be  instantly 
pulled  out ;  for  the  longer  it  remains 
in  the  wound  the  deeper  it  will  pierce, 
owiug  to  its  peculiar  form,  and  emit 
more  of  the  poison.     The  sting  is  hoi. 
low,  and  the  poison  flows  through  it, 
which  is  the  sole  cause  of  the  pain  and 
inflammation.     The  pulling  out  of  the 
sting   should   be   done   carefully,  and 
with  a  steady  hand,  for  if  any  part  of  it 
breaks  in,  all  remedies  then,  in  a  great 
measure,  will  be  ineffectual.     When 
the  sting  is  extracted,  suck  the  wounded 
part,  if  possible,  and  very  little  inflam- 
mation, if  any,  will  ensue.  If  hartshorn 
drops  are  immediately  afterwards  rub- 
bed on  the  part,  the  cure  will  be  more 
complete.    All  notions  of  the  efficacy 
of  sweet  oil,  bruised  parsley,  burne^ 
tobacco,  &c.,  appear,  on  various  trials, 
to  be  totally  groundless.     On  some 
people  the   sting  of  bees  and  wasps 
lave  no  effect ;  it  is  therefore  of  little 
consequence  what  remedy  they  apply 
to  the  wound.     However,  the  effect 
f  stings  greatly  depends  on  the  habit 
f  body  a  person  is  of;  at  one  time  a 
sting    shall    take    little  or  no  effect, 
;hough  no  remedy  is  used,  which  at 
mother  time  will  be  very  virulent  OD 
he  same  person.  We  have  had  occasion 
o  test  this  remedy  several  times,  and 
?an  safely  avouch  its  efficacy.     The 
exposure  to  which  persons  are  subject 
ed  during  the  hot  summer  months,  wiD 
no  doubt  render  this  advice  very  use- 
ul ;  its  very  simplicity  making  it  more 
.cceptable. 

160.     PRESERVED  PLUMS.— 
xut  your  plums  in  half  (they  must  not 
'6  quite  ripe),  and  take  out  the  stones 
Weigh  the  plums,  and  allow  a  pound  of 
oaf-sugar  to  a  pound  of  fruit.     Crack 
be  stones,  take  out  the  kernels,  and 
reak  them  in  pieces.     Boil  the  plums 
nd    kernels  very   slowly  for    abou 
fteen  minutes,  in  as  little  water  a 
ossible.    Then  spread  them  on  a  lurga 
ish  to   cool,  and  strain  the   liquor 
lext  day  make  your  syrup.     Melt  tha 
:igar  in  as  little  water  as  will  suffice  tv- 
issolve  it  (about  a  gill  of  water  to  a 


LITTLE  STICKS  KINDLE  THE  FIEE,  BUT  GREAT  ONES  PUT  IT  OUT. 


59 


pound  of  sugar),  and  boil  it  a  few 
minutes,  skimming  it  till  quite  clear. 
Then  put  in  your  plums  with  the 
liquor,  and  boil  them  fifteen  minutes. 
Put  them  In  jars,  pour  the  juic*  over 
them  warm,  and  tie  them  up  when  cold, 
with  brandy  paper.  Plums  for  common 
uee  are  very  good  done  in  treacle.  Put 
your  plums  into  an  earthen  vessel  that 
holds  a  gallon,  having  first  slit  each  plum 
with  a  kn'fe.  To  three  quarts  of  plums 
put  a  pint  of  treacle.  Cover  them,  and 
set  them  on  hot  coals  in  the  chimney 
corner.  Let  them  stew  for  twelve 
hours  or  more,  occasionally  stirring 
them  and  renewing  the  coals.  The  next 
day  put  them  up  in  jars.  Done  in  this 
manner,  they  will  keep  till  the  next 
Spring.  Syrups  may  be  improved  in 
clearness  by  adding  to  the  dissolved 
sugar  and  water  some  white  of  egg  very 
well  beaten,  allowing  the  white  of  one 
egg  to  two  pounds  of  sugar.  Boil  it 
very  hard  (adding  the  egg  shell),  and 
skim  it  well,  that  it  may  be  quite  clear 
before  you  put  in  your  fruit.  In  the 
season  for"  preserves  "  our  readers  may 
be  glad  of  the  above  instructions,  which 
have  been  adopted  with  great  success. 
Hints  about  making  preserves,  61,  are 
well  worthy  of  attention.  (See  also,  39, 
61,89,  112,  120,  and  121.) 

161.  ^EVENING  AMUSEMENTS 
WITH  CARDS.— Playing  at  cards, 
or  any  other  game,  for  money  or  any- 
thing else  of  value,  is  a  practice  to  be 
reprobated;  but  frr  pleasant  amuse- 
ment at  an  evening  party,  cards  are 
extremely  attractive. 

Raphael  introduces  to  the  notice  of 
his  young  readers  the  system  of  an 
amusement  which  is  in  itself  perfectly 
harmless,  and  at  the  same  time  both 
amusing  and  interesting.  In  the  words 
of  a  celebrated  author,  "  Divination 
(or  that  which  is  understood  by  the 
common  term  fortune-telling,  and  which 
of  itself  is  both  ambiguous  and  inappli- 
cable) may  be  pursued,  in  order  to  ob- 
tain an  idea  of  the  ultimate  conse- 
quences of  any  action  or  thought, 

•  See  "Tricks  with  Carl*/'  published  by 
Dick  &  Fitzgerald 
3* 


provided  a  system  be  uniform  and 
carefully  observed."  The  same  au- 
thor further  adds,  "  that  the  sympa- 
thies of  nature  provide  the  means  of 
elucidation  if  the  mind  is  sufficiently 
anxious." 

To  this  Raphael  might  raise  some 
question.  He,  however,  offers  the  fol- 
lowing, hoping  it  may  be  productive 
of  amusement  in  the  sense  he  intends 
it. 

Take  a  pack  of  cards,  and  we  will 
presume  the  presiding  genius  to  be  a 
lady  of  very  fair  and  light  complexion ; 
she  will  then  be  represented  by  the 
queen  of  diamonds,  as  persons  of  dif- 
ferent complexions  are  represented  by 
the  different  suits  of  the  pack.  Thus 
diamonds  represent  the  fairest,  hearts 
the  next  fair,  clubs  a  dark  complexion, 
and  spades  very  dark  persons.  Ladies 
are  represented  by  the  queens  of  the 
respective  suits,  and  gentlemen  by  the 
kings.  The  jack  or  knave  of  each 
suit  represents  the  person's  thoughts  of 
that  suit  of  which  the  king  represents 
the  party ;  thus  if  a  king  of  diamonds 
represents  a  very  fair  man  the  knave 
of  diamonds  represents  his  thoughts. 
In  order  to  proceed,  let  the  cards  be 
properly  shuffled,  and  if  the  presiding 
personage  tells  his  or  her  own  destiny, 
he  or  she  is  represented  by  the  card 
(king  or  queen,  according  to  the  sex), 
as  above  described,  or  if  another  per- 
son's, that  person  is  represented  in 
like  manner.  Suppose  one  is  telling 
another  their  prospects ;  let  that  per- 
son cut  the  pack,  after  being  shuffled, 
into  three  lots,  then,  taking  up  the  lots 
indiscriminately,  let  the  cards  be  laid 
out  (faces  uppermost)  in  rows  of  nine 
in  a  row ;  then,  as  there  are  fifty -two 
cards  in  the  pack,  therswill  be  five 
rows  of  nine  each,  and  one  of  seven  at 
the  bottom ;  these  being  laid  on  a  ta- 
ble will  form  nearly  a  square.  The 
representative  card  will  of  course  be 
seen  in  one  of  the  rows,  and  commenc- 
ing with  that  as  one,  count  nine  cards 
in  every  way  possible,  then  the  cards 
ending  at  nine  in  the  various  countings 
will  denote  what  is  to  come  to 


CO 


WHAT  THOU  CANST  DO  THYSELF,  COMMIT  NOT  TO  AKOTHBE. 


according  to  the  following  scale,  and 
which  must  be  applied  to  the  best  and 
most  suitable  advantage  by  the  CON- 
SULTING ORACLE  : — 

Description  of  the  Cards. — The  ace 
of  diamonds  represents  a  ring  ;  the  ace 
of  hearts,  your  house ;  the  ace  of  clubs, 
a  letter ;  and  the  ace  of  spades,  death, 
spite,  quarreling. 

OF  DIAMONDS 

The  Duce  is  money. 


Trey 

Four 

Five 

Six 

Seven 

Eight 

Nine 

Ten 

The  Duce  is 

Trey  " 

Four  " 

Five  " 
Six 

Seven  ;< 

Eight  " 

Nine  " 
Ten 


Speaking  with  a  friend. 

a  Strange  Bed. 

a  Settlement 

Pleasure. 

Money  Business. 

New  Clothes. 

Business. 

A  journey.     Money. 

OF    HEARTS 

A  Visitor. 

A  Kiss. 

A  Marriage  Bed. 

A  Present. 

Courtship. 

Friends. 

New  Clothes. 

Feasting  and  Courtship. 

A  Place  of  Amusement. 


OF   CLUBS. 

The  Duce  is  Vexation. 

Trey  "  Quarrels. 

Four  "  A  Strange  Bed. 

Five  "  A  Bundle  or  Parcel. 

Six  "  Trouble. 

Seven  "  A  Prison. 

Eight  "  Confusion. 

Nine  "  A  Drinking  Party. 

Ten  '  "  Going  by  Water. 

OF   SPADES 

The  Duce  is  a  False  friend. 

Trey  "  Tears. 

Four  "  A  Sickbed. 

Five  "  A  Surprise. 

Six  "  A  Child. 

Seven  "  A  Removal. 

Eight  "  A  Roadway. 

Nine  "  A  Disappointment. 

Ten  "  Sickness. 

OF   THE    COURT   OF    CARDS. 

The  Kings  represent  Males  according 
to  the  complexion . 


The  Queens  represent  Females  in  like 

manner. 

The  Knaves,  the  Thoughts  of  the  re- 
spective parties. 

Therefore,  as  example,  suppose  nine 
cards  being  counted  out  four  different 
ways,  or  even  more,  and  let  the  person 
be  a  young  lady  whose  destiny  is  to  be 
determined,  and  the  six  of  hearts,  the 
eight  of  hearts,  the  ten  of  hearts,  and 
ten  of  diamonds,  are  the  four  terminat- 
ing cards,  it  is  shown  that  the  lady  in 
question  will  speedily  receive  particu- 
lar attentions  from  a  gentleman ;  that 
she  will  have  some  new  apparel,  go  to 
some  place  of  public  amusement,  and 
take  a  journey,  or  have  money  given  to 
her.  Supposing  the  queen  of  the  suit 
representing  the  lady  in  question  lying 
on  the  table  faces  to  the  right  hand, 
and  a  knave  or  king-  of  clubs  so  placed 
as  to  look  towards  her,  it  shows  the  at- 
tention she  will  receive  will  be  from  a 
dark  gentleman ;  if  it  is  the  knave,  and 
very  close,  it  may  be  one  of  the  com- 
pany, or  near  to  her,  or  not  residing  far 
)ff;  but  if  distant,  he  is  from  a  distance, 
[t  is  not  imperative  to  lay  the  cards  out 
in  rows  of  nine  each,  only  that  it  affords 
a  means  of  counting  to  a  greater  num- 
>er  of  cards.  When  several  diamonds 
come  together,  it  is  a  sign  of  receipt  of 
money;  several  hearts,  love;  several 
clubs,  drink  and  debauch ;  and  several 
pades,  vexation  and  disappointment ; 
Spades  are  the  most  untoward  signifi- 
cation. A  married  lady,  in  reading  the 
'uture,  must  make  her  husband  king 
of  her  own  suit ;  but  a  single  lady  must 
make  her  lover  king  of  his  own  suit. 
The  knaves  of  the  suit  are  representa- 
ive  of  their  thoughts  ;  so  that  what  is 
ruling  in  their  minds  may  be  learned 
>y  counting  from  them,  alway^  taking 
care  to  include  the  representative  card. 
A  single  lady  may  see  how  her  lover  is 
disposed  towards  her  by  the  way  in 
which  his  representative  card  lies  fthat 
s,  if  the  king's  or  knave's  face  is 
;owards  her  card,  it  is  well ;  if  the  back 
s  turned  he  is  not  true,  or  is  inattentive, 
and  his  thoughts  are  directed  to  another 
object. 


ALL  THINGS  HAVE  A  BEGINNING,  GOD  EXCEPTED. 


61 


If  any  one  desires  to  know  if  she 
will  have  her  wish,  let  her  shuffle  the 
cards  well  (as  she  likewise  must  on 
other  occasions),  wishing  all  the  time 
for  some  one  thing ;  then  cut  them  once, 
and,  remembering  carefully  what  card 
she  cuts,  she  should  shuffle  them  again, 
and  deal  the  pack  into  three  parcels ; 
look  over  each  parcel,  and  if  you  find 
the  card  you  cut  in  the  first  instance 'in 
the  same  parcel  as  your  representa- 
tive card,  there  are  great  hopes ;  if  it 
conies  next,  or  within  one  or  two,  you 
will  certainly  have  your  wish;  if  the 
nine  of  spades  is  in  the  same  parcel,  a 
disappointment  awaits  you  as  regards 
your  wish;  if  the  card  (the  nine  of 
spades)  is  near  your  representative  card, 
the  disappointment  will  be  heavy ;  and 
according  as  you  find  the  cards  run  in 
the  parcel  where  your  representative 
card  is,  so  you  may  judge  of  the  wish 
being  realized. 

The  nine  of  hearts  is  termed  the  wish 
card,  and  the  seven  of  hearts  the 
thoughts  of  the  person  whose  destiny 
is  being  described,  and  according  as 
these  fall  out  in  respect  or  next  to  other 
cards,  must  the  result  be  construed. 
(See  489  and  2082.) 

162.  TO  MAKE  GINGERBREAD 
CAKE.— Take  one  pound  and  a-half 
of  treacle,  one  and  a-half  ounces  of 
ground  ginger,  half  an  ounce  of  carra- 
way  seeds,  two  ounces  of  allspice,  four 
ounces  of  orange  peel,  shred  fine ;  half 
a  pound  sweet  butter,  six  ounces 
blanched  almonds,  one  pound  honey, 
and  one  and  a-half  ounces  carbonate  of 
soda,  with  as  much  fine  flour  as  makes 
a  dough  of  moderate  consistence. — 
Directions  for  baking  it. — Make  a  pit 
in  five  pounds  flour,  then  pour  in  the 
treacle,  and  all  the  other  ingredients, 
creaming  the  butter;  then  mix  them 
all  together  into  a  dough,  work  it  well, 
then  put  in  three  quarters  of  an  ounce 
tartaric  acid,  and  put  the  dough  into  a 
buttered  pan,  and  bake  for  two  hours 
in  a  cool  oven.  To  know  when  it  is 
ready,  dip  a  fork  into  it,  and  if  it  comes 
out  sticky  put  it  in  the  oven  again;  if 
not,  it  is  read/ 


163.  HONEY  WATER.— Rectified 

spirits  eight  ounces ;  oil  of  cloves,  oil  of 
bergamot,  oil  of  lavender,  of  each  half 
a  drachm ;  musk  three  grains ;  yellow 
sanders  shavings,  four  drachms.  Digest 
for  eight  days ;  add  two  ounces  each  of 
orange  flower  water  and  rose  water. 

164.  A  CURE  FOR  BURNS  AND 
SCALDS. — Four  ounces  of  powdered 
alum  put  into  a  pint  of  cold  water.     A 

Eiece  of  rag  to  be  dipped   into   this 
:quid,  to  be  applied  to  the  burn  or 
scald — frequently  changed  during  the 
day.     This  is  a  rapid  cure. 

165.  A  CURE  FOR  WEAK  AND 
SORE  EYES.— Sulphate  of  zinc  three 
grains,  tincture  of  opium  ten  drops, 
water  two  ounces.    To  be  applied  three 
or  four  times  a-day. 

166.  PILLS    FOR    GOUT  AND 
RHEUMATISM.— Acetic  extract  of 
colchicum  two  grains,  powdered  ipeca 
cuanha  four  grains,  compound  extract 
of  colocynth  half  a  drachm,  blue  pill 
four  grains.     Divide  into  twelve  pills ; 
one  to  be  taken  night  and  morning. 

167.  A  MIXTURE   FOR  A  BAD 
COLD  AND  COUGH.— Solution  of 
acetate  of  ammonia  two  ounces,  ipeca- 
cuanha wine  two  drachms,  antimony 
wine  two  drachms,  solution  of  muriate 
of  morphine  half  a  drachm,  treacle  four 
drachms ;  water  add  eight  ounces.  Take 
two  tablespoonsfuls  three  times  a-day. 

168.  TRUE     INDIAN    CURRY 
POWDER.—  Turmeric  four  ounces, 
coriander  seeds  eleven  ounces,  cayenne 
half  an  ounce,  black  pepper  five  ounces, 
pimento  two  ounces,  cloves  half  an 
ounce,  cinnamon  three  ounces,  ginger 
two  ounces,  cumin  seeds  three  ounces, 
shallots  one  ounce.    All  these  ingredi- 
ents should  be  of  a  fine  quality,  and 
recently  ground  or  powdered. 

169.  LIQUID  FOR  THE  CURE 
AND    PREVENTION   OF  BALD- 
NESS. — Eau  de  Cologne  two  ounces, 
tincture  of  cantharides  two  drachma, 
oil  of  rosemary,  oil  of  nutmeg,  and  oil 
of  lavender,  each  ten  drops.     To  b« 
rubbed  on  the  bald  part  of  the  head 
every  night.     (See  147. ) 

170.  CURE  FOR  TOOTHACHE 


62 


A  GOOD  BEGINNING  MAKES  A  GOOD  EXDINC, 


Two  or  three  drops  of  essential  oil  of 
clovea,  put  upon  a  small  piece  of  lint 
or  cotton  wool,  and  placed  in  the  hollow 
of  the  tooth,  which  will  be  found  to 
have  the  active  power  of  curing  the 
toothache  without  destroying  the  tooth 
or  injuring  the  gums. 

l?j.  LAVENDER  WATER.— Es- 
sence of  musk  four  drachms,  essence 
( f  ambergris  four  drachms,  oil  of  cin- 
namon ten  drops,  English  lavender  six 
drachms,  oil  of  geranium  two  drachms, 
spirits  of  wine  twenty  ounces.  To  be 
all  mixed  together. 

172.  LOTION  FOR  FRECKLES. 
— Muriate  of  ammonia,  half  a  drachm ; 
lavender  water,  two  drachms ;  distilled 
water,  half  a  pint.      Applied  with  a 
Bponge  two  or  three  times  a  day. 

173.  AMERICAN  TOOTH  POW- 
DER.—  Coral,  cuttle  fish-bone,  dra- 
gon's blood,  of  each  eight  drachms; 
burnt  alum  and  red  ganders,  of  each 
four     drachms  ;     orris     root,     eight 
drachms ;  cloves  and  cinnamon,  of  each 
half  a  drachm ;  vanilla,  eleven  grains ; 
rosewood,  half  a  drachm ;    rose  pink, 
eight  drachms.     All  to  be  finely  pow- 
dered and  mixed. 

174.  QUININE    TOOTH   POW- 
DER.— Rose  pink,  two  drachms;  pre- 
cipitated chalk,  twelve  drachms;  car- 
bonate of  magnesia,  one  drachm ;  qui- 
nine (sulphate),  six  grains.    All  to  be 
well  mixed  together. 

175.  HOW  TO  TAKE  MARKING 
INK  OUT  OF  LINEN.— A  saturated 
solution  of  cyanuret  of  potassium,  ap- 
plied with  a  camel' s-hair  brush.    After 
the  marking  ink  disappears,  the  linen 
should  be  well  washed  in  cold  water. 

176.  HOW  TO  TAKE  INK  OUT 
OF  BOARDS.— Strong  muriatic  acid, 
or  spirits  of  salts,  applied  with  a  piece 
of  cloth ;  afterwards  well  washed  with 
water. 

177.  HOW  TO  TAKE  WRITING 
INK   OUT   OF  PAPER.  — Solution 
of  muriate  of  tin,  two  drachms;  water, 
four  drachms.     To  be  applied  with  a 
caniel's-hair  brush.     After  the  writing 
has  disappeared,  the  paper  should  be 
passed  through  water,  and  dried. 


178.  A   POSITIVE   CURE  FOR 
CORNS.— The  strongest  acetic  acid, 
applied    night    and    morning    with    a 
camel's-hair  brush.     In  one  week  the 
corn  will    disappear.      Soft    or  hard 
corns. 

179.  PASTILS  FOR  BURNING.— 
Cascarilla  bark,  eight  drachms;    guin 
benzoin,  four  drachms ;  yellow  sanders, 
two   drachms ;   styrax,  two  drachms ; 
olibanum,  two  drachms;  charcoal,  six 
ounces ;  nitre,  one  drachm  and  a-half , 
mucilage  of  tragacanth,  sufficient  quan- 
tity.   Reduce  the  substances  to  a  pow- 
der, and  form  into  a  paste  with  the 
mucilage,  and  divide  into  small  cones ; 
then  put  them  into  an  oven  until  quite 

^80.  PILLS  FOR  A  BAD 
COUGH.  —  Compound  ipecacuanhas 
powder,  half  a  drachm;  fresh  dried 
squills,  ten  grains;  ammoniacum,  ten 
grains  ;  sulphate  of  quinine,  six  grains  ; 
treacle,  sufficient  quantity  to  make  a 
mass.  Divide  into  twelve  pills ;  one  to 
be  taken  night  and  morning. 

181.  BLACKING.— Blacking  is  now 
always  made  with  ivory  black,  treacle, 
linseed  or  sweet  oil,  and  oil  of  vitriol. 
The  proportions  vary  in  the  different 
directions,  and  a  variable  quantity  of 
water  is  added,  as  paste  or  liquid  black- 
ing is  required ;  the  mode  of  making 
being    otherwise   precisely  the  same. 
(See  141.) 

182.  LIQUID  BLACKING. — 1.  Ivory 
black  and  treacle  of  each  one  pound, 
sweet  oil  and  oil  of  vitriol  of  each  a 
quarter  of  a  pound.    Put  the  first  three 
together  until  the  oil  is  perfectly  mixed 
or  "  killed;1'  then  add  the  oil  of  vitriol 
diluted  with  three  times  its  weight  of 
water,  and  after  standing  three  hours 
add  one  quart  of  water  or  sour  beer. 

2.  In  larger  quantity  it  may  be 
made  as  follows:  ivory  black  three 
cwt.,  molasses  or  treacle  two  cwt., 
linseed  oil  three  gallons,  oil  of  vitriol 
twenty  pounds,  water  eighty  gallons. 
Mix  as  above  directed. 

183.  PASTE  BLACKING. — 1.  Ivory 
black  twc  pounds,  treacle  one  pound, 
olivo  oil  and  oil  of  vitriol  of  each  » 


A  SLOTHFUL  MAN  IS  A  BEGGAR'S  BROTHER. 


63 


quarter  of  a  pound.  Mix  as  before, 
adding  only  sufficient  water  to  form 
into  a  paste. 

2.  In  larger  quantity:  Ivory  black 
three  cwt.,  common  treacle  twD  cwt., 
1'jiseed  oil  and  vinegar  bottoms  of  each 
three  gallons,  oil  of  vitriol  twenty-eight 
pounds,  water  a  sufficient  quantity. — 
Note.  The  ivory  black  must  be  very 
finely  ground  for  liquid  blacking,  other- 
wise it  settles  rapidly.  The  oil  of  vit- 
riol is  powerfully  corrosive  when  undi- 
luted, but  uniting  with  the  lime  of  the 
ivory  black,  it  is  partly  neutralized,  and" 
does  not  injure  the  leather,  whilst  it 
much  improves  the  quality  of  the  black- 
ing. 

184.  BEST  BLACKING  FOR  BOOTS 
AND  SHOES. — Ivory  black  one  and  a- 
half  ounce,  treacle  one  and  a-half  ounce, 
Bperin  oil  three  drachms,  strong  oil  of 
vitriol  three  drachms,  common  vinegar 
half  a  pint.    Mix  the  ivory  black,  trea- 
cle, and  vinegar  together,  then  mix  the 
sperm  oil  and  oil  of  vitriol  separately, 
and  add  them  to  the  other  mixture. 

185.  BOOT-TOP  LIQUID.— Ox- 
alic acid  and  white  vitriol  of  each  one 
ounce,  water  one  and  a-half  pint.     To 
be  applied  with  a  sponge  to  the  leather, 
previously  washed,  and  then  washed  off 
again.     This  preparation  is  poisonous. 

186.  BLACK    REVIVER    FOR 
BLACK  CLOTH.— Bruised  galls  one 
pound,    logwood    two    pounds,    green 
vitriol  half  a  pound,  water  five  quarts. 
Boil  for  two  hours,  and  strain.     Used 
to  restore  the  colour  of  black  cloth. 

187.  LIQUID  FOR  PRESERV- 
ING FURS  FROM  MOTH.— Warm 
water,  one  pint ;  corrosive   sublimate, 
twelve  grains.      If  washed  with  this, 
and  afterwards  dried,  furs  are  safe  from 
moth.     Care  should  taken  to  label  the 
liquid — poison. 

188.  FRENCH    POLISHES.— 1. 
N"  APT  HA    POLISH.  —  Shellac,   three 
pounds;    wood  naptha,  three  quarts. 
Dissolve. 

189.  2.   SPIRIT  POLISH. — Shellac, 
two    pounds;    powdered    ruast'c    and 
sandarac,  of  each    one  ounce;    copal 

half  a  pint;  spirits    >:  wine 


one  gallon.  Digest  in  the  cold  till  dis 
solved. 

190.  BRILLIANT  WHITEWASH. 
—  Many  have  heard  of  the  brilliant 
stucco  whitewash  on  the  east  end  01 
the  President's  house  at  Washington. 
The  following  is  a  receipt  for  it ;  it  is 
gleaned  from  the  National  Intelligencer, 
with  some  additional  improvements 
learned  by  experiments.  Take  half  a 
bushel  of  nice  unslacked  lime,  slack  it 
with  boiling  water,  cover  it  during  the 
process  to  keep  in  the  steam.  Strain 
and*  the  liquid  through  a  fine  sieve  or  strain- 
er, and  add  to  it  a  peck  of  salt,  pre- 
viously well  dissolved  in  warm  water ; 
three  pounds  of  ground  rice,  boiled  to 
a  thin  paste,  and  stirred  in  boiling  hot ; 
half  a  pound  of  powdered  Spanish 
whiting,  and  a.  pound  of  clean  glue, 
which  has  been  previously  dissolved  by- 
soaking  it  well,  and  then  hanging  it 
over  a  slow  fire,  in  a  small  kettle  within 
a  large  one  filled  with  water.  Add  five 
gallons  of  hot  water  to  the  mixture, 
stir  it  well,  and  let  it  stand  a  few  days 
covered  from  the  dirt. 

It  should  be  put  on  right  hot;  for 
this  purpose  it  can  be  kept  in  a  kettle 
on  a  portable  furnace.  It  is  said  that 
about  a  pint  of  this  mixture  will  cover 
a  square  yard  upon  the  outside  of  a 
house  if  properly  applied.  Brushes 
more  or  less  small  may  be  used  accord- 
ing to  the  neatness  of  the  job  required. 
It  answers  as  well  as  oil  paint  for  wood, 
brick  or  stone,  and  is  cheaper.  It  re- 
tains its  brilliancy  for  many  years. 
There  is  nothing  of  the  kind  that  will 
compare  with  it,  either  for  inside  or 
outside  walls. 

Colouring  matter  may  be  put  in  and 
made  of  any  shade  you  like.  Spanish 
brown  stirred  in  will  make  red  pink, 
more  or  less  deep  according  to  the 
quantity.  A  delicate  tinge  of  this  is 
very  pretty,  for  insid**  walls.  Finely- 
pulverized  common  clay,  well  mixed 
with  Spanish  brown,  make  a  reddish 
stone  colour.*  Yellow-ochre  stirred  in 
makes  yellow  wash,  but  crome  goes 
further,  and  makes  a  colour  generally 
esteemed  prettier.  In  all  th**«  case* 


64 


A  FOOL'S  BOLi  IS  SOON  SHOT. 


the  darkness  of  the  shades  of  course  is 
determined  by  the  quantity  of  colour- 
ing used.  It  is  difficult  to  make  rules 
because  tastes  are  different ,  it  would 
be  best  to  try  experiments  on  a  shingle 
and  let  it  dry.  We  have  been  told 
that  green  must  not  be  mixed  with 
lime.  The  lime  destroys  the  colour, 
and  the  colour  has  an  effect  on  the 
whitewash,  which  makes  it  crack  and 
p<  •<_•!.  When  walls  have  been  badly 
smoked  and  you  wish  to  have  them  a 
clean  white,  it  is  well  to  squeeze  indigo 
plentifully  through  a  bag  into  the  water 
you  use,  before  it  is  stirred  in  the  whole 
mixture.  If  a  larger  quantity  than  five 
gallons  be  wanted,  the  same  proportion 
should  be  observed. 

191.  HUSBAND  AND   WIFE.— 
Being  hints  to  each  other  for  the  good 
of  both,  as  actually  delivered  at  our 
own  table : — 

192.  HINTS  FOR  WIVES. — If  your 
husband    occasionally    looks    a    little 
troubled  when  he  comes  home,  do  not 
say  to   him,  with  an  alarmed  counte- 
nance, "  What  ails  you,   my  dear  ?" 
Don't  bother  him ;  he  will  tell  you  of 
his  own  accord,  if  need  be.     Don't  rat- 
tle a  hailstorm  of  fun  about  his  ears 
either ;  be  observant  and  quiet.  Don't 
suppose    whenever    he  is  silent    and 
thoughtful  that  you  are  of  course  the 
cause.     Let  him  alone  until  he  is  in- 
clined to  talk ;  take  up  your  book  or 
your  needlework    (pleasantly,  cheer- 
fully; no  pouting — no  sulleuness),  and 
waft  until  he  is  inclined  to  be  sociable. 
Don't  let  him  ever  find  a  shirt-button 
missing.-  A  shirt-button  being  off  a  col 
lar  or  wrist-band  has  frequently  pro- 
duced the  first  hurricane  in  married 
life.    Men's  shirt-collars  never  fit  ex- 
actly— see    that    your  husband's   are 
made  as  well  as  possible,  and  then,  if 
he  does  fret  a  little  about  them,  never 
mind  it;  men  have  a  prescriptive  right 
to  fret  about  shirt-collars. 

193.  HINTS  FOR  HUSBANDS — If 
your  wife  complains  that  -young  ladies 
"  now-a-day"  are  very  forward,  don't 
accuse  her  of  jealousy.     A  little  con- 
cern on  her  part  only  proves  her  lore 


for  you,  and  you  may  enjoy  your  tri 
umph  without  saying  a  word.  Don't 
evince  your  weakness  either,  by  com- 
plaining of  every  trifling  neglect.  What 
though  her  chair  is  not  set  so  close  to 
yours  as  it  used  to  be,  or  though  her 
knitting  and  crochet  seem  to  abeord  too 
large  a  share  of  her  attention,  depend 
upon  it  that,  as  her  eyes  watch  the 
mtertwinings  of  the  threads,  and  the 
manoeuvres  of  the  needles  as  they 
dance  in  compliance  to  her  delicate 
fingers,  she  is  thinking  of  courting  days, 
4ove-letters,  smiles,  tears,  suspicions, 
and  reconciliations,  by  which  your  two 
hearts  became  entwined  together  in 
the  network  of  love,  whose  meshes 
you  can  neither  of  you  unravel  or 
escape. 

194.  HINTS  FOR  WIVES. — Never 
complain  that  your  husband  pores  too 
much  over  the  newspaper,  to  the  ex^ 
elusion  of  that  pleasing  converse  which 
you  formerly  enjoyed  with  him.  Don't 
hide  the  paper ;  don't  give  it  to  the 
children  to  tear ;  don't  be  sulky  when 
the  boy  leaves  it  at  the  door ;  but  take 
it  in  pleasantly,  and  lay  it  down  before 
your  spouse.  Think  what  man  would 
be  without  a  newspaper ;  treat  it  as  a 
great  agent  in  the  work  of  civilization, 
which  it  assuredly  is ;  and  think  how 
much  good  newspapers  have  done  by 
exposing  bad  husbands  and  bad  wives, 
by  giving  their  errors  to  the  eye  of  the 
public.  But  manage  you  in  this  way : 
when  your  husband  is  absent,  instead 
of  gossiping  with  neighbors,  or  looking 
into  shop  windows,  sit  down  quietly, 
and  look  over  that  paper;  run  your 
eye  over  its  homo  and  foreign  news ; 
glance  rapidly  at  the  accidents  and 
casualties ;  carefully  scan  the  leading 
articles;  and  at  tea-time,  when  your 
husband  again  takes  up  the  paper,  say, 
"  My  dear,  what  an  awful  state  of 
things  there  seems  to  be  in  India ;"  or 
"  what  a  terrible  calamity  at  the  Glas- 
gow theatre;"  or  "  trade  appears  to  be 
flourishing  in  the  north !"  and  depend 
upon  it  down  will  go  the  paper.  If  he 
has  not  read  the  information,  he  will 
hear  it  all  from  your  lips,  and  whe» 


A  LIAR  SHOULD  HAVE  A  GOOD  MEMORY. 


65 


you  have  done,  he  will  ask,  "  Did  you, 
my  dear,  read  Simpson's  letter  upon 
the  discovery  of  chleroform?"  And 
whether  you  did  or  not,  you  will  grad- 
ually get  into  as  cosy  a  chat  as  you 
ever  enjoyed;  and  you  will  soon  dis- 
cover that,  rightly  used,  the  newspaper 
is  the  wife's  real  friend,  for  it  keeps  the 
husband  at  home,  and  supplies  capital 
topics  for  every-day  table-talk. 

195.  HINTS  FOR  HUSBANDS. — You 
can  hardly  imagine  how  refreshing  it  is 
to  occasionally  call  up  the  recollection 
of  your  courting  days.     How  tediously 
the  hours  rolled  away  prior  to  the  ap- 
pointed time  of  meeting;   how  swift 
they  seemed  to  fly,  when  met;   how 
fond    was    the   first    greeting ;     how 
tender  the  last  embrace ;  how  fervent 
were    your    vows  ;     how    vivid    your 
dreams  of  future  happiness,  when,  re- 
turning to  your  home,  you  felt  yourself 
secure  in  the  confessed  love  of  the  ob- 
ject of  your  warm  affections.     Is  your 
dream  realized  ? — are  you  so  happy  as 
you  expected  ?     Why  not  ?     Consider 
whether  as  a  husband  you  are  as  fer- 
vent and  constant  as  you  were  when  a 
lover.  Remember  that  the  wife's  claims 
to  your  unremitting  regard — great  be- 
fore marriage,  are  now  exalted  to  a 
much  higher  degree.     She  has  left  the 
world  for  you — the  home  of  her  child- 
hood, the  fireside  of  her  parents,  their 
watchful  care  and  sweet  intercourse 
bave  'all  been  yielded  up  for  you.    Look 
then  most  jealously  upon  all  that  may 
tend  to  attract  you  from  home,  and  to 
weaken  that  union  upon  which  your 
temporal  happiness  mainly  depends;  and 
believe  that  in  the  solemn  relationship 
of  husband  is  to  be  found  one  of  the 
best  guarantees  for  man's  honour  and 
happiness. 

196.  HINTS    FOR    WIVES. — Per- 
chance you  think  that  your  husband's 
disposition  is  much  changed ;  that  he  is 
no  longer  the  sweet-tempered,  ardent 
lover  he  used  to  be.    This  may  be  a 
mistake.     Consider  his  struggles  with 
the  world — his  everlasting  race  with 
the  busy  competition  of  trade.     What 
IB  it  makes  him  so  oajjer  in  the  pursuit 


of  gain — so  energetic  by  day,  so  sleep- 
less by  night — but  his  love  of  home, 
wife,  and  children,  and  a  dread  that 
their  respectability,  according  to  the 
light  in  which  he  has  conceived  it,  may 
be  encroached  upon  by  the  strife  of  ex- 
istence. This  is  the  time  secret  of  that 
silent  care  which  preys  upon  the  hearts 
of  many  men ;  and  true  it  is,  that  when 
love  is  least  apparent,  it  is  nevertheless 
the  active  principle  which  animates  the 
heart,  though  fears  and  disappoint- 
ments make  up  a  cloud  which  obscures 
the  warmer  element.  As  .above  the 
clouds  there  is  glorious  sunshine,  while 
below  are  showers  and  gloom,  so  with 
the  conduct  of  man — behind  the  gloom 
of  anxiety  is  a  bright  fountain  of  high 
and  noble  feeling.  Think  of  this  in 
those  moments  when  clouds  seem  to 
lower  upon  your  domestic  peace,  and 
by  tempering  your  conduct  accordingly, 
the  gloom  will  soon  pass  away,  and 
warmth  and  brightness  take  its  place. 

197.  HINTS  FOR  HUSBANDS. — Sum- 
mer is  the  season  of  love !  Happy  birds 
mate,  and  sing  among  the  trees ;  fishes 
dart  athwart  the  running  streams,  and 
leap  from  their  element  in  resistless 
ecstacy ;  cattle  group  in  peaceful  nooke, 
by  cooling  streams ;  even  the  flowers 
seem  to  love  as  they  twine  their  tender 
arms  around  each  other,  and  throw 
their  wild  tresses  about  in  beautiful 
profusion;  the  happy  swain  sits  with 
his  loved  and  loving  mistress  beneath 
the  sheltering  oak,  whose  arms  spread 
out,  as  if  to  shield  and  sanctify  their 
pure  attachment.  What  shall  the  hus- 
band do  now,  when  earth  and  heaven 
seem  to  meet  in  happy  union  ?  Must 
he  still  pore  over  the  calculations  of  the 
counting-house,  or  ceaselessly  pursue 
the  toils  of  the  work-room — sparing  no 

iment  to  taste  the  joys  which  Heaven 
measures  out  so  liberally  1  No !  "  Come, 
dear  wife,  let  us  once  more  breathe  the 
fresh  air  of  heaven,  and  look  upon  the 
beauties  of  earth.  The  summers  are 
few  we  may  dwell  together;  we  will 
not  give  them  all  to  Mammon.  Again 
[et  our  hearts  glow  with  emotions  of 
renewed  love  —  our  feet  shall  again 


S6 


A  HUNGRY  MAN  SEES  PAR. 


tread  the  green  sward,  and  the  music 
of  the  rustling  trees  shall  mingle  in  our 
whisperings  of  love !" 

198.  HINTS  FOR  WIVES. — "  It 
was  !"  "  It  was  not !"  "  It  was  .''"'It 
was  not  /"  "  Ah  !"  Ha  !"— Now 
who's  the  wiser  or  the  better  for  this 
contention  for  the  last  word?  Does 
obstinacy  establish  superiority,  or  elicit 
truth  ?  Decidedly  not !  Woman  has 
always  been  described  as  clamoring  for 
the  last  word  ;  actors,  authors,  preach- 
ers, and  philosophers,  have  agreed  in 
attributing  this  trait  to  her,  and  in  cen- 
suring her  for  it.  Yet  why  they  should 
condemn  her,  unless  they  wish  the 
matter  reversed,  and  thus  committed 
themselves  to  the  error  imputed  to  her, 
it  were  difficult  to  discover.  However, 
so  it  is ; — and  it  remains  for  some  one 
of  the  sex,  by  an  exhibition  of  noble 
example,  to  aid  in  sweeping  away  the 
unpleasant  imputation.  The  wife  who 
will  establish  the  rule  of  allowing  her 
husband  to  have  the  last  word,  will 
achieve  for  herself  and  her  sex  a  great 
moral  victory  !  Is  he  right  ? — it  were 
a  great  error  to  oppose  him.  Is  he 
wrong  ? — he  will  soon  discover  it,  and 
applaud  the  self- command  which  bore 
nnvexed  his  pertinacity.  And  gradually 
there  will  spring  up  such  a  happy  fusion 
of  feelings  and  ideas,  that  there  will  be 
no  "  last  word"  to  contend  about — but 
a  steady  and  unruffled  flow  of  generous 
sentiment. 

199.  HINTS  FOR  HUSBANDS. — When 
once  a  man  has  established  a  home,  his 
most  important  duties  have  fairly  begun. 
The  errors  of  youth  may  be  overlooked ; 
want  of  purpose,  and  even  of  honour, 
in  his  earlier  days,  may  be  forgotten. 
But  from  the  moment  of  his  marriage 
he  begins  to  write  his  indelible  history; 
not  by  pen  and  ink,  but  by  actions — by 
which  he  must  eve-  afterwards  be  re- 
ported and  judged.  His  conduct  at 
home  ;  his  solicitude,  for  his  family ;  the 
training  of  his  children ;  his  devotion  to 
his  wile ;  his  regard  for  the  great  inter 
ests  of  eternity ;  these  are  the  tests  by 
which  his  worth  will  ever  afterwards 
be  estimated  by  all  who  think  or  care 


about  him.  These  will  determine  his 
position  while  living,  and  influence,  his 
memory  when  died.  He  uses  well  or 
ill  the  brief  space  allotted  to  him  out 
of  all  eternity,  to  build  up  a  fame  found 
ed  upon  the  most  solid  of  all  founda- 
tions— private  worth;  and  God  will 
judge  him,  and  man  judge  of  him  ac- 
cordingly. 

200.  HINTS    FOR    WIVES.— Don't 
imagine  when  you  have  obtained  a  hus- 
band that  your  attention   to  personal 
neatness    and  deportment  may  be  re- 
laxed.    Now,  in  reality,  is  the  time  for 
you  to  exhibit  superior  taste  and  excel- 
lence in  the  cultivation  of  your  address, 
and  the  becoming  elegance  of  your  ap- 
pearance.    If  it  required   some  little 
care  to  foster  the  admiration  of  a  lovei 
— how  much  more  is  requisite  to  keep 
yourself  lovely  in  the  eyes  of  him,  to 
whom  there  is  now  no  privacy  or  dis- 
guise— your  hourly  companion?      And 
if  it  was  due  to  your  lover  that  you 
should  always  present  to  him,  vfhopro- 
posed  to  wed  and  cherish  you,  a  neat 
and  lady-like  aspect ;  how  much  more 
is  he  entitled  to  a  similar  mark  of  re- 
spect, who  lias  kept  his  promise  with 
honourable  fidelity,  and   linked  all  his 
hopes  of  future  happiness  with  yours  ? 
If  you  can  manage  these  matters  with- 
out appearing  to  study  them,  so  much 
the  better.     Some  husbands  are  impa- 
tient of  the  routine  of  the  toilette,  and 
not  unreasonably  so — they  possess  ac- 
tive and  energetic  spirits,  sorely  dis- 
turbed by  any  waste  of  time.     Some 
wives   have  discovered  an  admirable 
facility  in  dealing  with  this  difficulty ; 
and  it  is  a  secret  which,  having  been 
discovered  by  some,  may  be  known  to 
all — and   is   well   worth    the    finding 
out. 

201.  HINTS  FOR  HUSBANDS. — Cus- 
tom entitles  you  to  be  considered  the 
"  lord  and  master"  over  your  household 
But  don't  assume  the  master  and  sink 
the  iord.    Remember  that  noble  gener 
osity,  forbearance,  amiability,  and  in 
tcgrity,  are  among  the  more  lordly  at 
tributes     of    man.      As    a     husband 
therefore,  exhibit  the  true  nobility  o« 


AT  OPEN  DOORS  DOGS  COME  IN. 


67 


man,  and  seek  to  govern  your  own 
household  by  the  display  of  high  moral 
excellence.  A  domineering  spirit — a 
fault-finding  petulance — impatience  of 
trifling  delays — and  the  exhibition  of 
unworthy  passions  at  the  slightest  prov- 
ocation, can  add  no  laure-l  to  your  own 
"  lordly"  brow,  impart  no  sweetness  to 
home,  and  call  forth  no  respect  from 
those  by  whom  you  may  be  surrounded. 
It  is  one  thing  to  be  a  master — another 
thing  to  be  a  man.  The  latter  should 
be  the  husband's  aspiration ;  for  he  who 
cannot  govern  himself  is  M-qualified  to 
govern  another. 

202.  HINTS  TO  WIVES.— It  is  as- 
tonishing how  much  the  cheerfulness 
of  a  wife  contributes  to  the  happiness 
of  home.  She  is  the  sun — the  centre 
of  a  domestic  system,  and  her  children 
are  like  planets  around  her,  reflecting 
her  rays.  How  merry  the  little  ones 
look  when  the  mother  is  joyous  and 
good-tempered ;  and  how  easily  and 
pleasantly  her  household  labours  are 
overcome!  Her  cheerfulness  is  re- 
flected everywhere:  it  is  seen  in  the 
neatness  of  her  toilette,  the  order  of  her 
table,  and  even  the  seasoning  of  her 
dishes.  We  remember  hearing  a  hus- 
band say  that  he  could  always  guage 
the  temper  of  his  wife  by  the  quality  of 
her  cooking:  good  temper  even  influ- 
enced the  seasoning  of  her  soups-,  and 
the  lightness  and  delicacy  of  her  pastry. 
When  ill  temper  pervades,  the  pepper 
is  dashed  in  as  a  cloud ;  perchance  the 
top  of  the  pepper-box  is  included,  as  a 
kind  of  diminutive  thunderbolt ;  the 
salt  is  all  in  lumps ;  and  the  spices  seem 
to  betake  themselves  all  to  one  spot  in 
a  pudding,  as  if  dreading  the  frowning 
face  above  them.  If  there  be  a  hus- 
band who  could  abuse  the  smiles  of  a 
really  good-tempered  wife,  we  should 
like  to  look  at  him !  No,  no,  such  a 
phenomenon  does  not  exist.  Among 
elements  of  domestic  happiness,  the 
'imiability  of  the  wife  and  mother  is  of 
the  utmost  importance — it  is  one  of  the 
best  securities  for  the  HAP?INESS  OF 
HOME, 


203.  HINTS  FOR  HOME  COM- 
FORTS. 

A  short  needle  makes  the  most  ex- 
pedition in  plain  sewing. 

When  you  are  particular  in  wishing 
to  have  precisely  what  you  want  from 
a  butcher's,  go  and  purchase  it  your- 
self. 

One  flannel  petticoat  will  wear  near- 
ly as  long  as  two,  if  turned  behind -part 
before,  when  the  front  begins  to  wear 
thin. 

People  in  general  are  not  aware  ho\* 
very  essential  to  the  health  of  their  in- 
mates is  the  free  admission  of  light  into 
their  houses. 

A  leather  strap,  with  a  buckle  to 
fasten,  is  much  more  commodious  than 
a  cord  for  a  box  in  general  use  for  short 
distances ;  cording  and  uncording  is  a 
nasty  job. 

There  is  not  any  real  economy  in 
purchasing  cheap  calico  for  gentlemen's 
night  shirts.  The  calico  cuts  in  holes , 
and  soon  becomes  bad  coloured  in 
washing. 

Sitting  to  sew  by  candle-light  by  a 
table  with  a  dark  cloth  on  it  is  injurious 
to  the  eye-sight.  When  no  other  remedy 
presents  itself,  put  a  sheet  of  white  pa- 
per before  you. 

People  very  commonly  complain  of 
indigestion:  how  can  it  be  wondered 
at,  when  they  seem  by  their  habit  of 
swallowing  their  food  wholesale,  to  for- 
get for  what  purpose  they  are  provided 
with  teeth. 

Never  allow  your  servants  to  put 
wiped  knives  on  your  table ;  for,  gene- 
rally speaking,  you  may  see  that  they 
have  been  wiped  with  a  dirty  cloth. 
If  a  knife  is  brightly  cleaned,  they  are 
compelled  to  use  a  clean  cloth. 

There  is  not  anything  gained  in  econo- 
my by  having  very  young  and  inexperi- 
enced servants  at  low  wages  ;  they 
break,  waste,  and  destroy  more  than 
an  equivalent  for  higher  wages,  setting 
aside  comfort  and  respectability. 

No  article  in  dress  tarnishes  so  readi 
ly  as  black  crape  trimmings,  and  few 
things  injure  it  more  than  damp ;  there- 
fore, to  preserve  its  beauty  on  be  nneta 


cs 


A  WORD   BEFORE   IS   WORTH   TWO   BEHIND. 


a  lady  in  nice  mourning  should,  in  her 
9Vi>ning  walks,  at  all  seasons  of  the 
yt-;tr,  take  as  *  companion  an  old  para- 
BO!  to  shade  ter  crape. 

A  piece  of  oil-cloth  (about  twenty 
inches  long)  is  a  useful  appendage  to  a 
common  sitting-room.  Kept  in  the 
closet,  it  can  be  available  at  any  time 
to  place  jars  upon,  &c.,  &c.,  which  are 
likely  to  soil  your  table  during  the  pro- 
cess of  dispensing  their  contents :  a 
wing  and  duster  are  harmonious  accom- 
paniments to  the  oil-cloth. 

In  most  families  many  members  are 
not  fond  of  fat ;  servants  seldom  like  it, 
consequently  there  is  frequently  much 
wasted ;  to  avoid  which,  take  off  bits 
of  suet  fat  from  beef-steaks,  &c.,  pre- 
vious to  cooking ;  they  can  be  used  for 
puddings.  With  good  management, 
there  need  not  be  any  waste  in  any 
shape  or  form. 

Nothing  looks  worse  than  shabby 
gloves ;  and,  as  they  are  expensive  arti- 
cles in  dress,  they  require  a  little  man- 
agement. A  good  glove  will  last  six 
cheap  ones  with  care.  Do  not  wear 
your  best  gloves  to  night  church — the 
neat  of  the  gas,  &c.,  gives  a  moisture 
to  the  hands  that  spoils  the  gloves ;  do 
not  wear  them  in  very  wet  weather ; 
as  carrying  umbrellas,  and  drops  of 
rain,  spoil  them. 

A  given  quantity  of  tea  is  similar  to 
malt — only  giving  strength  to  a  given 
quantity  of  water,  as  we  find  therefore 
any  additional  quantity  is  waste.  Two 
small  teaspoonfuls  of  good  black  tea, 
and  one  three  parts  full  of  green,  is 
sufficient  to  make  three  teacupsful 
agreeable,  the  water  being  put  in,  in  a 
boiling  state,  at  once ;  a  second  edition 
of  water  gives  a  vapid  flavour  to  tea. 

It  may  sound  like  being  over  particu- 
lar, but  we  recommend  persons  to  make 
a  practice  of  fully  addressing  notes, 
&c.,  on  all  occasions;  when,  in  case 
of  their  being  dropped  by  careless  mes- 
gengers  (which  is  not  a  rare  occur- 
rence), it  is  evident  for  whom  they  are 
intended,  without  undergoing  the  inspec- 
tion of  any  other  parties  bearing  a  simi- 
lar name. 


Children  should  not  be  allowed  to 
ask  for  the  same  thing  twice.  This 
may  be  accomplished  by  parents, 
teacher  (or  whoever  may  happen  to 
have  the  management  of  them),  paying 
attention  to  their  little  wants,  if  proper, 
at  once,  when  possible.  The  children 
should  be  instructed  to  understand  that 
when  they  are  not  answered  immedi- 
ately, it  is  because  it  is  not  convenient. 
Let  them  learn  patience  by  waiting. 

We  know  not  of  anything  attended 
with  more  serious  consequences  than 
that  of  sleeping  in  damp  linen.  Per- 
sons are  frequently  assured  that  they 
have  been  at  a  fire  for  many  hours, 
but  the  question  is  as  to  what  sort  of 
fire,  and  whether  they  have  been  prop- 
erly turned,  so  that  every  part  may 
be  exposed  to  the  fire.  The  fear  of 
creasing  the  linen,  we  know,  prevents 
many  from  unfolding  it,  so  as  to  be 
what  we  consider  sufficiently  aired; 
but  health  is  of  more  importance  than 
appearances ;  with  gentleness  there 
need  be  no  fear  of  want  of  neatness. 

If  the  weather  appears  doubtful,  al 
ways  take  the  precaution  of  having  an 
umbrella  when  you  go  out,  particu- 
larly in  going  to  church ;  you  thereby 
avoid  incurring  one  of  three  disagreea- 
bles: in  the  first  place,  the  chance  of 
getting  wet — or  encroaching  under  a 
friend's  umbrella — or  being  under  the 
necessity  of  borrowing  one,  conse- 
quently involving  the  trouble  of  re- 
turning it,  and  possibly  (as  is  the  case 
nine  times  out  of  ten)  inconveniencing 
your  friend  by  neglecting  to  return  it. 
Those  who  disdain  the  use  of  um- 
brellas generally  appear  with  shabby 
hats,  tumbled  bonnet  ribbons,  wrinkled 
silk  dresses,  &c.,  &c.,  the  consequence 
of  frequent  exposure  to  unexpected 
showers,  to  say  nothing  of  colds  taken, 
no  one  can  tell  how. 

Exercise  in  the  open  air  is  of  the 
first  importance  to  the  human  frame, 
yet  how  many  are  in  a  manner  de- 
prived of  it  by  their  own  want  of  man- 
agement of  their  time !  Females  with 
slender  means  are  for  the  most  part 
destined  to  in- door  occupations,  and 


A  BLIND  MAN  SHOULD  NOT  JUDGE  OF  COLOURS 


cave  but  little  time  allotted  them  lor 
taking  the  air,  and  that  little  time  is 
generally  sadly  encroached  upon  by 
the  ceremony  of  dressing  to  go  out. 
It  may  appear  a  simple  suggestion,  but 
experience  only  will  show  how  much 
time  might  be  redeemed  by  habits  of 
regularity;  such  as  putting  the  shawls, 
cloaks,  gloves,  shoes,  clogs,  &c.,  &c., 
or  whatever  is  intended  to  be  worn,  in 
readiness,  instead  of  having  to  search 
one  drawer,  then  another,  for  possibly 
a  glove  or  collar — wait  for  shoes  being 
cleaned,  &c.— and  this  when  (probably) 
the  out-going  persons  have  to  return  to 
their  employment  at  a  given  time. 
Whereas,  if  all  were  in  readiness,  the 
preparations  might  be  accomplished  in 
a  few  minutes,  the  walk  not  being  cur- 
tailed by  unnecessary  delays. 

Eat  slowly  and  you  will  not  over- 
eat. 

Keeping  the  feet  warm  will  prevent 
headaches. 

Late  at  breakfast — hurried  for  din- 
ner— cross  at  tea. 

Between  husband  and  wife  little  at- 
tentions beget  much  love. 

Always  lay  your  table  neatly,  whether 
you  have  company  or  not. 

Put  your  balls  or  reels  of  cotton  into 
little  bags,  leaving  the  ends  out. 

Whatever  you  may  choose  to  give 
iway,  always  be  sure  to  keep  your  tem- 
per. 

Dirty  windows  speak  to  the  passer- 
by of  the  negligence  of  the  inmates. 

In  cold  weather,  a  leg  of  mutton  im- 
proves by  being  hung  three,  four,  or 
Sve  weeks. 

When  meat  is  hanging,  change  its 
position  frequently,  to  equally  distribute 
the  juices. 

There  is  much  more  injury  done  by 
admitting  visitors  to  invalids  than  is 
generally  supposed. 

Matches,  out  of  the  reach  of  children, 
should  be  kept  in  every  bed-room.  They 
are  cheap  enough 

Apple  and  suet  dumplings  are  lighter 
when  boiled  in  a  net  than  a  cloth.  Scum 
the  pot  well. 

When  chamber  towels  get  thin  in  the 


middle,  cut  them  in  two,  sew  the  Bel- 
vages  together,  and  hern  the  sides 

When  you  dry  salt  for  the  table,  do 
not  place  it  in  the  salt-cells  until  it  is 
cold,  otherwise  it  will  harden  into  a 
lump. 

Never  put  away  plate,  knives  and 
forks,  &c.,  uncleaued,  or  sad  inconve- 
nience will  arise  when  the  articles  are 
wanted. 

Feather-b.eds  should  be  opened  every 
third  year,  the  ticking  well  dusted, 
soaped,  and  waxed,  the  feathers  dress- 
ed and  returned. 

Persons  of  defective  sight,  when 
threading  a  needle,  should  hold  it  over 
something  white,  by  which  the  sight 
will  be  assisted. 

In  mending  sheets  and  shirts,  put 
the  pieces  sufficiently  large,  or  in  the 
first  washing  the  thin  parts  give  way. 
and  the  work  is  all  undone. 

Reading  by  candle-light,  place  the 
candle  behind  you,  that  the  rays  may 

This  will  relieve  the  eyes. 

A  wire  fire-guard,  for  each  fire-place 
in  a  house,  costs  little,  and  greatly 
diminishes  the  risk  to  life  and  property. 
Fix  them  before  going  to  bed. 

In  winter,  get  the  work  forward  by 
daylight,  to  prevent  running  about  at 
night  with  candles.  Thus  you  escape 
grease  spots  and  risks  of  fire. 

Be  at  much  pains  to  keep  your  chil 
dren's  feet  dry  and  warm.  Don't  bury 
their  bodies  in  heavy  flannels  and  wools, 
and  leave  their  knees  and  legs  naked. 

Apples  and  pears,  cut  into  quarters, 
and  stripped  of  the  rind,  baked  with  a 
little  water  and  sugar,  and  eaten  with 
boiled  rice,  are  capital  food  for  chil- 
dren. 

After  washing,  overlook  linen,  and 
stitch  on  buttons,  hooks  and  eyes,  &c. ; 
for  this  purpose,  keep  a  "  housewife's 
friend,"  full  of  miscellaneous  threads, 
cottons,  buttons,  hooks,  &o. 

For  ventilation  open  your  windows, 
both  at  top  and  bottom.  The  fresh 
air  rushes  in  one  way,  while  the  foul 
makes  its  exit  the  other.  This  is  letting 
in  your  friend  and  expelling  your  enemy 


ro 


ALL  IS  NOT  GOLD  THAT  GLITTERS. 


204.  COOKERY  FOR  CHILD  REN. 

205.  FOOD  FOR  AN  INFANT. — Take 
of  fresh  cow's  milk,  one  tablespoonful, 
and  mix  with  two  tablespoonfuls  of 
hot  water ;  sweeten  with  loaf-sugar  as 
much  as  may  be  agreeable.    This  quan- 
tity i»  sufficient  for  once  feeding  a  new- 
born infant;    and  the   same  quantity 
may  be  given  every  two  or  three  hours, 
not  oftener,  till  the  mother's  breast 
affords  natural  nourishment. 

206.  MILK    FOR    INFANTS    Six 
MONTHS  OLD. — Take  one  pint  of  milk, 
one  pint  of  water ;  boil  it,  and  add  one 
tablespoonful  of  flour.      Dissolve  the 
flour  first  in  half  a  teacupful  of  water ; 
it  must  be  strained  in  gradually,  and 
boiled  hard  twenty  minutes.     As  the 
child  grows  older,  one  third  water.    If 
properly  made,  it  is  the  most  nutritious, 
at  the  same  time  the  most  delicate  food, 
that  can  bo  given  to  young  children. 

207.  BROTH.  —  Made  of  lamb  or 
chicken,  wjtn  stale  bread  toasted,  and 
broken  in,  is  safe  and  healthy  for  the 
dinners  of  children,  when  first  weaned. 

208.  MILK.— Fresh  from  the  cow, 
with  a  very  little  loaf-sugar,  is  good  and 
safe  food  for  young  children.     From 
three  years  old  to  seven,  pure  milk, 
into  which  is  crumbled  stale  bread,  is 
the  best  breakfast  and  supper  for  a 
child. 

209.  FOR  A  CHILD'S  LUNCHEON — 
Good  sweet  butter,  with  stale  bread,  is 
one  of  the  most  nutritious,  at  the  same 
time  the  most  wholesome  articles  of 
food,  thJtt  can  be  given  children  after 
they  are  .weaned. 

210.  MILK  PORRIDGE.  —  Stir  four 
tablespoonfuls  of    oatmeal,    smoothly, 
into  a  quart  of   milk  ;    then    stir  it 
quickly  into  a  quart  of  boiling  water, 
and  boil  up  a  few  minutes  till  it  is 
thickened :  sweeten  with  sugar.     Oat- 
meal, where  it  is  found  to  agree  with 
the  stomach,  is  much  better  for  chil- 
dren, being  a  fine  opener  as  well  as 
cleanser ;  fine  flour,  in  every  shape,  is 
the  reverse.     Where  biscuit-powder  is 
in  use,  let  it  be  made  at  home ;  this, 
at  all  events,  will  prevent  them  getting 
the  sweepings  of  the  baker's  counters, 


boxes,  and  baskets.  All  the  left  bread 
in  the  nursery,  hard  ends  of  stale  1  iaves, 
&c.,  ought  to  be  dried  in  the  oven  of 
screen,  and  reduced  to  powder  in  the 
mortar. 

211.  MEATS  FOR  CHILDREN. — Mut- 
ton, lamb,  and  poultry,  are  the  best 
Birds  and  the  white  meat  of  fowls,  ar 
the  most  delicate  food  of  this  kind  tha 
can  be  given. '  These  meats  should  b 
slowly  cooked,  and  no  gravy,  if  mad 
rich  with  butter,  should  be  eate    by 
young  child.    Never  give  children  hard 
tough,  half-worked  meats,  of  any  kind. 

212.  VEGETABLES  FOR  CHILDREN. 
— EGGR,  &c. — Their  rice  ought  to  be 
cooked  in  no  more  water  than  is  neces- 
sary to  swell  it ;  their  apples  roasted, 
or  stewed  with  no  more  water  than  is 
necessary  to  steam  them ;  their  vege- 
tables so  well  cooked  as  to  make  them 
require  little  butter,  and  less  digestion ; 
their  eggs  boiled  slow  and  soft.    The 
boiling  of  their  milk  ought  to  be  di- 
rected by  the  state  of  their  bowels ;  if 
flatulent  or  bilious,  a  very  little  curry- 
powder  may  be  given  in  their  vegeta- 
bles with  good  effect- — such  as  turme- 
ric and  the  warm  seeds  (not  hot  pep- 
pers) are  particularly  useful  in  such 
cases. 

213.  POTATOES  AND  PEAS. — Pota- 
toes, particularly  some  kinds,  are  not 
easily  digested  by  children ;  but  this  is 
easily  remedied  by  mashing  them  very 
fine,  and  seasoning  them  with  sugar  and 
a  little  milk.     When  peas  are  dressed 
for  children,  let  them  be  seasoned  with 
mint  and  sugar,  which  will  take  off  the 
flatulency.     If  they  are  old  let  them 
be  pulped,  as  the  skins  are  perfectly 
indigestible  by  children's  or  weak  sto- 
machs.   Never  give  them  vegetables 
less  stewed  than  would  pulp  through  a 
colander. 

214.  RICE  PUDDING  WITH  FRUIT. 
— In  a  pint  of  new  milk  put  two  large 
spoonfuls  of  rice  well  washed  ;    then 
add  two  apples,  pared  and  quartered, 
or  a  few  currants  or  raisins.     Simmer 
slowly  till  the  rice  is  very  soft,  then 
add  one  egg,  beaten,  to  bind  it.     Serve 
with  cream  and  sugar. 


A  SWALLOW  MAKES  NOT  SUMMER  OR  SPRING  TIME. 


71 


215.  PUDDINGS    AND    PANCAKES 
FOB  CHILD  BEN.— Sugar  and  egg, 
browned  before  the  fire,  or  dropped  as 
fritters  into  a  hot  frying  pan,  without 
fat,  will  make  them  a  nourishing  meal. 

216.  To  PREPARE  FRUIT  FOR  CHIL- 
DREN.— A  far  more  wholesome  way 
than  in  pics  or  puddings,  is  to  put  ap- 
ples sliced,  or  plums,  currants,  goose- 
berries,  &c.,  into  a  stone   jar ;    and 
sprinkle  among  them  as  much  sugar  as 
necessary.     Set  the  jar  in  an  oven  on 
a  hearth,  with  a  teacupful  of  water  to 
prevent  the  fruit  from  burning ;  or  put 
the  jar  into  a  saucepan  of  water  till  its 
contents  be  perfectly  done.     Slices  of 
bread  or  some  rice  may  be  put  into  the 
jar,  to  eat  with  the  fruit. 

217.  RICE  AND  APPLES. — Core  as 
many  nice  apples  as  will  fill  the  dish ; 
boil   them   in   light  syrup;   prepare  a 
quarter  of  a  pound  of  rice  in  milk,  with 
sugar  and  ealt ;  put  some  of  the  rice  in 
the  dish,  and  put  in  the  apples  and  fill 
up  the  intervals  with  rice,  and  bake  it 
in  the  oven  till  it  is  a  fine  colour. 

218.  A  NICE  APPLE    CAKE  FOR 
CHILDREN. — Grate  some  stale  bread, 
and  slice  about  double  the  quantity  of 
apples  ;  butter  a  mould,  and  line  it  with 
sugar  paste,  .and  strew  in  some  crumbs, 
mixed  with  a  little  sugar ;  then  lay  in 
apples,  with  a  few  bits  of  butter  over 
them,  and  so  continue  till  the  dish  is 
full ;  cover  it  with  crumbs,  or  prepared 
rice ;  season  with  cinnamon  and  sugar. 
Bake  it  well. 

219.  FRUITS  FOR  CHILDREN. — That 
fruits  are  naturally  healthy  in  their  sea- 
son, if  rightly  taken,  no  one  who  believes 
that  the  Creator  is  a  kind  and  benefi- 
cent Being  can  doubt.     And  yet  the 
use  of  summer  fruits  appears  often  to 
cause  most  fatal  diseases,  especially  in 
children.     Why  is  this  ?     Because  we 
do  not  conform  to  the  natural  laws  in 
using  this  kind  of  diet.    These  laws  are 
very  simple  and  easy  to  understand. 
Let  the  fruit  be  ripe  when  you  eat  it ; 
and  eat  when  you  require  food.     Fruits 
that  have  seeds  are  much  healthier  than 
the   stone   fruits.     But  all  fruits   are 
better,    for    very    young    children,  if  i 


baked  or  cooked  in  some  manner,  and 
eaten  with  bread.  The  French  always 
eat  bread  with  raw  fruit.  Apples  and 
winter  pears  are  very  excellent  food 
for  children,  indeed,  for  almost  any 
person  in  health ;  but  best  when  eaten 
for  breakfast  or  dinner.  If  taken  late 
in  the  evening,  fruit  often  proves  in- 
jurious. The  old  saying  that  apples  are 
gold  in  the  morning,  silver  at  noon,  and 
lead  at  night,  is  pretty  near  the  truth. 
Both  apples  and  pears  are  often  good 
and  nutritious  when  baked  or  stewed, 
for  those  delicate  constitutions  that 
cannot  bear  raw  fruit.  Much  of  the 
fruit  gathered  when  unripe,  might  be 
rendered  fit  for  food  by  preserving  in 
sugar.  (See  108.) 

220.  RIPE  CURRANTS  are  excellent 
food  for  children.      Mash    the   fruit, 
sprinkle  with  sugar,  and  with  good 
Dread  let  them  eat  of  this  fruit  freely. 

221.  BLACKBERRY  JAM.  —  Gather 
the  fruit  in  dry  weather ;  allow  half  a 
pound  of  good  brown  sugar  to  every 
pound  of  fruit ;  boil  the  whole  together 
gently  for  an  hour,  or  till  the  blackber- 
ries are  soft,  stirring  and  mashing  them 
well.     Preserve  it  like  any  other  jam, 
and  it  will  be  found  very  useful  in  fam- 
ilies, particularly  for  children  —  regu- 
lating their  bowels,  and  enabling  you 
to  dispense  with  cathartics.   It  may  be 
spread  on  bread,  or  on  puddings,  in- 
stead of  butter:    and  even  when  the 
blackberries  are  bought,  it  is  cheaper 
than  butter.     In  the   country,  every 
family  should  preserve,  at  least,  half  a 
peck  of  blackberries. 

222.  To  MAKE  SENNA  AND  MANNA 
PALATABLE.  —  Take  half  an    ounce, 
when  mixed,  senna  and  manna;  put  in 
half  a  pint  of  boiling  water ;  when  the 
strength  is  abstracted,  pour  into  the 
liquid  from  a  quarter  to  half  a  pound 
of  prunes  and  two  large  tablespoonfuls 
of  W.  I.  molasses.     Stew  sl<fwly  until 
the  liquid  is  nearly  absorbed.     When 
cold  it  can  be  eaten  with  bread  and 
butter,  without  detecting  the   senna, 
and  is  excellent  for  costive  children. 

223.  STATISTICS   OF  THE  BI- 
BLE.—The  Bible  contains  3,566,480 


72 


AN  ILL  SERVANT  WILL  NEVER  BE  A  GOOD  MASTER. 


letters;  810,697  words;  31,173  verses; 
1,189  chapters ;  66  books.  The  word 
and  46,227  times ;  the  word  reverend 
only  once,  which  is  the  9th  verse  of 
the  llth  Psalm;  the  word  Lord  1,85' 
times ;  the  middle  and  least  chapter  is 
the  117th  Psalm;  the  middle  verse  the 
8th  of  118th  Psalm ;  and  the  21st  verse 
7th  chapter  of  Ezra  contains  the  alpha- 
bet. The  finest  chapter  to  read  is  the 
26th  of  Acts ;  the  19th  chapter  of  sec- 
ond book  of  Kings,  and  the  37th  chap- 
ter of  Isaiah  are  alike.  The  least  verse 
is  the  33d  of  the  1 1th  chapter  of  John ; 
and  the  8th,  15th,  21st  and  31st  verses 
of  the  107th  Psalm  are  alike.  Each 
verse  of  the  136th  Psalm  ends  alike ; 
there  are  no  words  or  names  in  the 
Bible  of  more  than  six  syllables. 

224.  ROCHE'S  EMBROCATION 
FOR  HOOPING    COUGH.  — Olive 
oil,  two  ounces;    oil    of  amber,   one 
ounce ;  oil  of  cloves,  one  drachm.    Mix. 
To  be  rubbed  on  the  chest  at  bed-time. 

225.  A  BLACK  MAN'S  RECIPE 
TO  DRESS  RICE.— Wash  him  well, 
much  wash  in  cold  water,  the  rice  flour 
make  him  stick.    Water  boil  all  ready 
very  fast.      Throw  him  in,  rice  can't 
burn,  water  shake  him  too  much.    Boil 
quarter  of  an  hour  or  little  more ;  rub 
one  rice  in  thumb  and  finger,  if  all  rub 
away  him  quite  done.     Put  rice  in  co- 
lander, hot  wrater  run  away ;  pour  cup 
of  cold  water  on  him,  put  back  rice  in 
saucepan,  keep  him  covered  near  the 
fire,  then  rice  all  ready.     Eat  him  up ! 

226.  CEMENTS.— The  term  cement 
include^  all  those  substances  employed 
for  the  purpose  of  causing  the  adhesion 
of  two  or  more  bodies,  whether  origi- 
nally separate,  or  divided  by  an  acci- 
dental fracture.    As  the  substances  that 
are  required  to  be  connected  together 
are  exceedingly  various,  and  differ  very 
much  in  their  properties  as  to  texture, 
&c.,  &ct,  and  as  the  conditions  under 
which  they  are  placed,  with  regard  to 
heat  and  moisture,  are  also  exceedingly 
variable,  a  number  of  cements,  possessed 
of  very  different    properties,  are    re- 
quired ;  for  a  cement  that  answers  ad- 
mirably under  one  set  of  circumstances, 


may  be  perfectly  useless  in  others.  A 
vast  number  of  cements  are  known  and 
used  in  the  various  arts,  but  they  may 
all  be  referred  to  a  few  classes ;  and 
our  object  in  this  paper  will  be  to  de- 
scribe the  manufacture  and  use  of  the 
best  of  each  class,  and  also  to  state  what 
are  the  general  principles  upon  which 
the  success  or  failure  of  cementing 
usually  depends.  The  different  parts 
of  a  solid  are  held  together  by  an  at- 
traction between  their  several  particles, 
which  is  termed  the  attraction  of  co- 
hesion, or  cohesive  attraction.  The 
amount  of  this  varies  with  the  sub- 
stances ;  thus,  the  cohesion  of  the  par- 
ticles of  iron  to  one  another  is  enor- 
mously great,  whilst  that  between  those 
of  chalk  is  but  email.  This  attraction 
acts  only  when  the  particles  are  in  the 
closest  possible  contact ;  even  air  must 
not  be  between  them.  If,  after  break- 
ing any  substance,  we  could  bring  the 
particles  into  as  close  contact  as  before, 
and  remove  the  air,  they  would  re-unite, 
and  be  as  strongly  connected  as  ever. 
But,  in  general,  this  is  impossible ; 
small  particles  of  grit  and  dust  get  be- 
tween them ;  the  film  of  interposed  air 
cannot  be  removed;  and  thus,  however 
firmly  we  press  the  edges  of  a  broken 
cup  together,  it  remains  cracked  china 
still.  Perfectly  flat,  clean  surfaces,  like 
those  of  freshly  ground  plate-glass,  may 
sometimes  be  made  to  cohere,  so  that 
the  two  pieces  become  one,  and  cannot 
be  separated  without  breaking.  The 
attraction  of  cohesion  takes  place  be- 
tween the  parts  of  the  same  substance, 
and  must  not  be  confounded  with  that 
of  adhesion,  which  is  the  attraction  ol 
different  substances  to  one  another; 
for  example,  the  particles  of  a  piece  of 
wood  are  united  by  cohesive  attraction, 
whilst  the  union  of  glue  and  wood  to 
each  other  depends  on  adhesive  attrac- 
tion. And  it  is  important  that  this 
distinction  be  borne  in  mind,  for,  in  al- 
most all  cases,  the  cohesion  between 
the  particles  of  the  cement  is  verj 
much  less  than  the  adhesion  of  the  ce 
ment  to  other  bodies ;  and  if  torn  apart, 
the  connected  joint  gives  way — not  by 


OPINION  IS  PRIVATE  PROPERTY   VVHICH  THE  LAW  CANNOT  SEIZE. 


73 


the  loosening  of  tho  adhesion,  but  by 
the  layer  of  cement  splitting  down  the 
centre.  Hence  the  important  rule, 
that  the  less  cement  in  a  joint,  the 
stronger  it  is.  Domestic  manipulators 
usually  reverse  this,  by  letting  as  much 
cement  as  possible  remain  in  the  joint, 
which  is,  therefore,  necessarily  a  weak 
one.  A  thick,  nearly  solid  cement, 
which  cannot  be  pressed  out  of  the 
''oint,  is  always  inferior  to  a  thinner 
one,  of  which  merely  a  connecting  film 
remains  between  the  united  surfaces. 
Having  thus  mentioned  the  general 
principles  that  ought  always  to  be  borne 
in  mind,  we  will  now  proceed  to  de- 
scribe the  manufacture  and  uses  of 
some  of  the  more  useful  cements. 

227.  MOUTH  GLUE  affords  a  very 
convenient  means  of  uniting  papers,  and 
other  small  light  objects;   it  is  made 
by  dissolving  by  the  aid  of  heat,  pure 
glue,  as  parchment  glue,  or  gelatine, 
with  about  one  quarter  or  one-third  of 
its  weight  of  coarse  brown  sugar,  in  as 
small  ^    quantity  of    boiling  water  as 
possible;    this,  when  perfectly  liquid, 
should  be  cast  into  thin  cakes  on  a  flat 
surface  very  slightly  oiled,  and  as  it 
cools  cut  up  into  pieces  of  a  convenient 
size.     When  required  for  use  one  end 
may  be  moistened  by  the  mouth,  and 
is  then  ready  to   be   rubbed   on   any 
substances  it  may  be  wished  to  join ; 
a  piece  kept    in  the  desk  or  work- 
box  is   exceedingly  convenient.     (See 
63.) 

228.  PASTE  is  usually  made  by  rub- 
bing up  flour  with  cold  water  and  boil- 
ing; u  a  little  alum  is  mixed  before 
boiling  it  is  much  improved,  being  less 
clammy,  working  more  freely  in  the 
brush  and  thinner,  a  less  quantity  is 
required,  and  it  is  therefore  stronger. 
If  required  in  large  quantity,  as  for 
papering  rooms,  it  may  be   made  by 
mixing  one  quartern  of  flour,  one  quar- 
ter pound  of  alum,  and  a  little  warm 
water ;  when  mixed,  the  requisite  quan- 
tity of  boiling  water  should  be  poured 
on  whilst  the  mixture  is  being  stirred. 
Paste    is  only  adapted  to   cementing 
paper ;  when  used  it  should  be  spread 


on  one  side  of  the  paper,  which  should 
then  be  folded  with  the  pasted  side  in- 
wards and  allowed  to  remain  a  few 
minutes  before  being  opened  and  used ; 
this  swells  the  paper,  and  permits  ita 
being  more  smoothly  and  securely  at- 
tached. Kept  for  a  few  days,  paste  be- 
comes mouldy,  and  after  a  short  time 
putrid ;  this  inconvenience  may  be  ob- 
viated by  the  use  of — 

229.  PERMANENT  PASTE,  made  by 
adding  to  each  half -pint  of  flour-paste 
without  alum,  fifteen  grains  of  corrosive 
sublimate,  previously  rubbed  to  powder 
in  a  mortar,  the  whole  to  be  well  mix- 
ed ;  this,  if  prevented  from  drying,  by 
being  kept  in  a  covered  pot,  remains 
good  any  length  of  time,  and  is  there- 
fore convenient;  but  unfortunately  it  is 
extremely  poisonous,  though  its  exces- 
sively nauseous  taste  would  prevent  its 
being  swallowed  accidentally;  it  pos- 
sesses the  great  advantage  of  not  being 
liable  to  the  attacks  of  insects. 

230.  LIQUID  GLUE. — Several  prepa- 
rations were    much  in  vogue  a  few 
months   since   under  this  title.      The 
liquid  glue  of  the  shops  is  made  by  dis- 
solving shellac  in  water,  by  boiling  it 
along  with  borax,  which  possesses  the 
peculiar  property  of  causing  the  solu- 
tion of  the  resinous  lac.    This  prepara- 
tion is  convenient  from  its  cheapness 
and  freedom  from  smell ;  but  it  gives 
way  if  exposed  to  long-continued  damp, 
which  that  made  with  naphtha  resists. 
Of  the  use  of  common  glue  very  little 
need  be  said ;  it  should  always  be  pre- 
pared in  a  glue-pot  or  double  vessel,  to 
prevent  its  being  burned,  which  injures 
it  very  materially ;  the  objection  to  the 
use  of  this  contrivance  is,  that  it  renders 
it  impossible  to  heat  the  glue  in  the 
inner  vessel  to  the  boiling  point ;  this 
inconvenience  can  be  obviated  by  em- 
ploying in  the  outer  vessel  some  liquid 
which  boils  at  a  higher  temperature 
than  pure  water,  such  as  saturated  so- 
lution of  salt  (made  by  adding  one-third 
as  much  salt  as  water).      This   boils 
at  224°  Fahr.,  twelve  degrees  above 
the  heat  of  boiling  water,  and  enables 
the  glue  in  the  inner  vessel  to  be  heated 


74 


REVENGE  IS  THE-  ONLY  DEBT  WHICH  IT  IS  WRONG  TO  PAY. 


to  a  much  higher  temperature  than 
when  pure  water  is  employed.  If  a 
saturated  solution  of  nitre  is  used,  the 
temperature  rises  still  higher.  (See  66.) 

231.  LIME  AND  EGG  CEMENT  is 
frequently  made  by  moistening  the 
edges  to  be  united  with  white  of  egg, 
dusting  on  some  lime  from  a  piece  of 
muslin,  and  bringing  the  edges  into 
contact.  A  much  better  mode  is  to 
slake  some  freshly-burned  lime  with  a 
small  quantity  of  boiling  water;  this 
occasions  it  to  fall  into  a  very  fine  dry 
powder,  if  excess  of  water  has  not  been 
added.  The  white  of  egg  used  should 
be  intimately  and  thoroughly  mixed, 
by  beating,  with  an  equal  bulk  of  water, 
and  the  slaked  lime  added  to  the  mix- 
ture, BO  as  to  form  a  thin  paste,  which 
should  be  used  speedily,  as  it  soon  sets. 
This  is  a  valuable  cement,  possessed  of 
great  strength,  and  capable  of  with- 
standing boiling  water.  Cements  made 
with  lime  and  blood,  scraped  cheese,  or 
curd,  may  be  regarded  as  inferior  va- 
rieties of  it.  Cracked  vessels,  of  earth- 
enware and  glass,  may  often  be  useful- 
ly, though  not  ornamentally,  repaired 
by  white  lead  spread  on  strips  of  calico, 
and  secured  with  bands  of  twine.  But, 
in  point  of  strength,  all  ordinary  ce- 
ments yield  the  palm  to  Jeffery's  Pat- 
ented Marine  Glue,  a  compound  of 
India-rubber,  shellac,  and  coal-tar  naph- 
tha. Small  quantities  can  be  purchased 
nt  most  of  the  tool  warehouses,  at 
cheaper  rates  than  it  can  be  made. 
When  applied  to  china  and  glass,  the 
substances  should  be  cautiously  made 
not  enough  to  melt  the  glue,  which 
should  be  then  rubbed  on  the  edges  so 
as  to  become  fluid,  and  the  parts  brought 
into  contact  immediately.  When  well 
applied,  the  mended  stem  of  a  common 
tobacco-pipe  will  break  at  any  other 
part,  in  preference  to  the  junction. 
The  colour  of  the  glue  unfortunately 
prevents  its  being  used. 

•232.  THE  RED  CEMENT,  which  is 
employed  by  instrument  makers  for 
fomenting  glass  to  metals,  and  which  is 
very  cheap,  and  exceedingly  useful  for 
v  variety  of  purposes,  is  made  by  melt- 


ing five  parts  of  black  resin,  one  part  of 
yellow  wax,  and  then  stirring  in  gradu- 
ally one  part  of  red  ochre  or  Venetian 
red,  in  fine  powder,  and  previously  v.M 
dried.  This  cement  requires  to  be 
melted  before  use,  and  it  adheres  better 
if  the  objects  to  which  it  is  applied  are 
warmed.  A  soft  cement,  of  a  some- 
what similar  character,  may  be  found 
useful  for  covering  the  corks  of  pre- 
served fruit,  and  other  bottles,  and  it  is 
made  by  melting  yellow  wax  with  an 
equal  quantity  of  resin,  or  of  common 
turpentine  (not  oil  of  turpentine,  but 
the  resin),  using  the  latter  for  a  very 
soft  cement,  and  stirring  in,  as  before, 
some  dried  Venetian  red.  Bearing  in 
mind  our  introductory  remarks,  it  will 
be  seen  that  the  uniting  broken  sub- 
stances with  a  thick  cement  is  disad- 
vantageous, the  object  being  to  bring 
the  surfaces  as  closely  together  as  pos- 
sible. As  an  illustration  of  a  right  and 
a  wrong  way  of  mending,  we  will  sup- 
pose a  plaster  of  Paris  figure  broken ; 
the  wrong  way  to  mend  it  is  by  a  thick 
paste  of  plaster,  which  makes,  not  a 
joint,  but  a  botch.  The  right  way  to 
mend  it,  is  by  means  of  some  well-made 
carpenter's  glue,  which,  being  absorbed 
in  the  porous  plaster,  leaves  merely  a 
film  covering  the  two  sufaces,  and,  if 
well  done,  the  figure  is  stronger  there 
than  elsewhere.  On  carefully  reading 
over  our  article,  wre  find  one  useful  sub- 
stance has  been  omitted,  namely,  what 
is  termed  mastic  cement,  which  is  used 
for  making  a  superior  coating  to  inside 
walls,  and  which  must  not  be  confound- 
ed with  the  resin  mastic.  It  is  made 
by  mixing  twenty  parts  of  well-washed 
and  sifted  sharp  sand,  with  two  parts 
of  litharge,  and  one  of  freshly-burned 
and  slaked  quick-lime,  in  fine  dry  pow- 
der. This  is  made  into  a  putty,  by 
mixing  with  linseed  oil.  It  sets  in  a  few 
hours,  having  the  appearance  of  light 
stone;  and  we  mention  it,  as  it  may 
be  frequently  employed  with  advantage 
in  repairing  broken  stone -work  (as 
stairs),  by  filling  up  the  missing  parts. 
The  employment  of  Roman  cement, 
plaster,  &c.,  for  masonry  work,  hardly 


HOXKSTT  IS  THE  BEST  POLICY. 


76 


coi^es    within  the  limits  of  Domestic 
Manipulation. 

£33.  ECONOMICAL  DISH.— Cut 
some  pretty  fat  ham  or  bacon  into 
slices,  and  fry  of  a  nice  brown ;  lay 
them  aside  to  keep  warm;  then  mix 
equal  quantities  of  potatoes  and  cab- 
bage, bruised  well  together,  and  fry 
them  in  the  fat  left  from  the  ham. 
Place  the  mixture  at  the  bottom,  and 
lay  the  slices  of  bacon  on  the  top. 
Cauliflower,  or  broccoli,  substituted  for 
cabbage,  is  truly  delicious  ;  and,  to  any 
one  possessing  a  garden,  quite  easily 
procured,  as  those  newly  blown  will 
do.  The  dish  mus.t  be  well  seasoned 
with  pepper. 

234.  CURRY    POWDER   (1).— 
Take    two    ounces    of  turmeric,    six 
ounces  of  coriander  seed,  half  an  ounce 
of  powdered  ginger,   two  drachms  of 
cinnamon,  six  drachms  of  cayenne  pep- 
per, four  drachms  of  black    pepper, 
one  drachm  of  mace  and  cloves  pow- 
dered fine,  two  drachms  of  pimento, 
four  drachms  of  nutmeg,  and  an  ounce 
and    a    half   of  fennel  seed;  powder 
finely,  mix,  dry,  and  bottle  for  use. 

235.  CURRY    POWDER  (2).— Take 
of  coriander  seed  and  turmeric  each  six 
drachms,  black  pepper  four  drachms, 
fennel  seed  and  powdered  ginger  each 
two    drachms,  cayenne  pepper  half  a 
drachm ;  powder  finely,  mix,  dry,  and 
bottle  for  use. 

236.  NAMES  AND  SITUATIONS 
OF  THE  JOINTS.— In  different  parts 
of  the  kingdom  the  method  of  cutting 
up  carcases  varies.  That  which  we  de- 
scribe below  is  the  most  general,  and  is 
known  as  the  English  method. 

BEEF — Fore  Quarter. — Fore  rib  (five 
ribs);  middle  rib  (four  ribs);  chuck 
( three  ribs  ).  Shoulder  piece  ( top  of 
fore  leg  ) ;  brisket  ( lower  or  belly  part 
of  the  ribs  ) ;  clod  (  fore  shoulder  blade); 
Deck ;  shin  (  below  the  shoulder  )  ; 
cheek. 

Hind  Quarter.—  Sirloin ;  rump  ;  aitch- 
bone— these  are  the  three  divisions  of 
the  upper  part  of  the  quarter ;  buttock 
and  mouse-buttock,  which  divide  the 
thigh ;  veiny  piece,  joining  the  buttock  , 
4 


thick  flank  and  thin  flank  (  belly  pieces) 
and  leg.  The  sirloin  and  rump  of  both 
sides  form  a  baron.  Beef  is  in  season 
all  the  year ;  lest  in  the  winter. 

MUTTON. — Shoulder;  breast  (the 
belly ) ;  over  which  are  the  loin  (chump, 
or  tail  end  ).  Loin  (best  end) ;  and  neck 
(best  end)  ;  neck  (scrag  end).  A  cliino 
is  two  necks :  a  saddle,  tw7o  loins ;  then 
there  are  the  leg  and  head.  Mutton  is 
the  best  in  Winter,  Spring,  and  Au- 
tumn. 

LAMB  is  cut  into  fore  quarter  and 
hind  quarter  ;  a  saddle,  or  loin  ;  neck, 
breast,  leg-,  and  shoulder.  Grass  lamb 
is  in  season  from  June  to  August. 

PORK  is  cut  into  leg,  hand,  or  shoulder: 
hind-loin;  fore-loin;  belly-part;  spare- 
rib  (or  neck) ;  and  head.  Pork  is  in 
season  nearly  all  the  year. 

VEAL  is  cut  into  neck  (scrag-end); 
neck  (best  end)  ;  loin  (best  end) ;  loin 
(chump,  of  tail  end) ;  fillet  (upper  part 
of  the  hind  leg) ;  hind  knuckle  (which 
joins  the  fillet  knuckle  of  fore  leg ; 
blade  (bone  of  shoulder);  breast  (best 
end  ) ;  breast  (brisket  end)  and  hand. 
Veal  is  always  in  season,  but  dear  in 
the  Winter,  and  Spring. 

237.  VENISON  is  cut  into  haunch 
(or  back) ;  neck ;  shoulder ;  and  breast. 
Doe  venison  is  best  in  January,  October, 
November,  and  December,  and  Buck  veni- 
son in  June,  July,  August,  and  Sep- 
tember. 

OX-TAIL  is  much  esteemed  for  pur- 
poses of  soup ;  so  also  is  the  CHEEK. 
The  TONGUE  is  highly  esteemed. 

CALVES'  HEADS  are  very  useful  for 
various  dishes ;  so  also  their  KNUCKLES 

FEET,  HEART,   &C. 

238.  II.    RELATIVE.   ECONOMY    OP 
THE  JOINTS. 

The  round  is,  in  large  families,  one 
of  the  most  profitable  parts.  It  is  usu- 
ally boiled,  and  like  most  of  the  boiling 
parts  of  beef,  is  generally  sold  less  than 
roasting-  joints. 

The  brisket  is  also  a  penny  a  pound 
?ess  in  price  than  the  roasting  parts.  It 
is  not  so  economical  a  part  as  the  round, 
having  more  bono  to  be  weighed  with 
it,  and  more  fat.  Where  there  are 


76 


PAST  SERVICES  SHOULD  NEVER  BE  FORGOTTEN. 


children,  very  fat  joints  are  not  desir- 
able, being  often  disagreeable  to  them, 
and  sometimes  prejudicial,  especially  if 
they  have  a  dislike  to  it.  This  joint 
also  requires  more  cooking  than  many 
others :  that  is  to  say,  it  requires  a 
double  allowance  of  time  to  be  given 
for  boiling  it ;  it  will,  when  served,  be 
hard  and  scarcely  digestible,  if  no  more 
time  be  allowed  to  boil  it  than  that 
vrhich  is  sufficient  for  other  joints  and 
meats.  When  stewed  it  is  excellent ; 
and  when  cooked  fresh  (i.  e.  unsalted), 
an  excellent  stock  for  soup  may  be  ex- 
tracted from  it,  and  yet  the  meat  will 
serve  ac  well  for  dinner. 

The  edgebone,  or  aitchbone,  is  not  con- 
sidered to  be  a  very  economical  joint,  the 
bone  being  large  in  proportion  to  the 
meat ;  but  the  greater  part  of  it,  at 
least,  is  as  good  as  that  of  any  prime  part. 
It  sells  at  a  penny  a  pound  less  than 
roasting  joints. 

The  rump  is  the  part  of  which  the 
butcher  makes  great  profit,  by  selling 
it  in  the  form  of  steaks.  In  the  coun- 
try, as  tlvre  is  not  an  equal  demand 
for  steaks,  the  whole  of  it  may  be  pur- 
chased as  a  joint,  and  at  the  price  of 
other  prime  parts.  It  may  be  turned 
to  good  account  in  producing  many  ex- 
cellent dishes.  If  salted,  it  is  simply 
boiled;  if  used  unsalted,  it  is  usually 
stewed. 

The  veiny  piece  is  sold  at  a  low  price 
per  bound ;  but  if  hung  for  a  day  or  two 
it  is  very  good  and  very  profitable. 
Where  there  are  a  number  of  servants 
and  children  to  have  an  early  dinner,  this 
part  of  beef  will  be  found  desirable. 

From  the  leg-  and  sliin  excellent 
itock  for  soup  may  be  drawn ;  and,  if 
not  reduced  too  much,  the  meat  taken 
from  the  bones  may  be  served  as  a  stew 
with  vegetables ;  or  it  may  be  seasoned 
pounded  with  butter,  and  potted;  or 
chopped  very  fine,  and  seasoned  with 
herbs,  and  bound  together  ty  egg  and 
bread  crumps;  it  may  be  fried  in  balls, 
or  in  the  form  of  large  eggs,  and  served 
with  a  gravy  made  with  a  few  spoon- 
fuls of  the  soup. 

Of  half  an  ox  check  excellent  soup 


may  be  made ;  the  meat,  when  taken 
from  the  bones,  may  be  served  as  a 
stew. 

Roasting  parts  of  beef  are  the  sir- 
loin and  the  ribs,  and  these  bear  in  all 
places  the  highest  price.  The  most 
profitable  of  these  two  joints  at  a  family 
table  is  the  ribs.  The  bones  if  remov- 
ed from  the  beef  before  it  is  roasted, 
will  assist  in  forming  the  basis  of  a 
soup.  When  boned,  the  meat  of  the 
ribs  is  often  rolled  up,  tied  with  strings, 
and  roasted  ;  and  this  is  the  best  way 
of  using  it,  as  it  enables  the  carver  tc 
distribute  equally  the  upper  part  of  the 
meat  with  the  moce  skinny  and  fatter 
parts  at  the  lower  end  of'fhe  bo  lies. 

239.  III.— COOKING. 

Ten  pounds  of  beef  require  from  two 
hours  to  two  hours  and  a-half  roast- 
ing, eighteen  inches  from  a  good  clear 
fire. 

Six  pounds  require  one  hour  and  a- 
quarter  to  one  hour  and  a-half,  four- 
teen inches  from  a  good  clear  fire. 

Three  ribs  of  beef,  boned  and  rolled, 
tied  round  with  paper,  will  require  two 
hours  and  a-half,  eighteen  inches  from 
the  fire ;  baste  once  only. 

The  first  three  ribs  of  fifteen  01 
twenty  pounds,  will  take  three  hours  or 
three  and  a-half;  the  fourth  and  fifth 
ribs  will  take  as  long,  managed  iu  the 
same  way  as  the  sirloin.  Paper  the  fat 
and  the  thin  part,  or  it  will  be  done  too 
much,  before  the  thick  part  is  done 
enough. 

When  beef  is  very  fat,  it  does  not 
require  basting;  if  very  lean,  tie  it  up 
in  greasy  paper,  and  baste  frequently 
and  well. 

Common  cooks  are  generally  fond  of 
too  fierce  a  fire,  and  of  putting  things 
too  near  to  it. 

Slow  roasting  is  as  advantageous  to 
the  tenderness  and  Savour  of  meat  as 
slow  boiling. 

TVe  warmer  the  weather,  and  tho 
staler  killed  the  meat  is,  the  less  time 
it  will  require  to  roast  it. 

Meat  that  is  very  fat  require*  more 
time  than  other  meat. 


GOLD  HAS  MORE  WORSHIPPERS  THAN  GOD. 


77 


"  In  the  hands  of  an  expert  cook," 
gays  Majendie,  "  alimentary  substances 
are  made  almost  entirely  to  change 
their  nature,  their  form,  consistence, 
odour,  savour,  colour,  chemical  com- 
position, &c.;  everything  is  so  modified, 
that  it  is  often  impossible  for  the  most 
exquisite  sense  of  taste  to  recognize  the 
substance  which  makes  up  the  basis  of 
certain  dishes.  The  greatest  utility  of 
the  kitchen  consists  in  making  the  food 
agreeable  to  the  senses,  and  rendering 
it  easy  of  digestion." 

Boiling  extracts  a  portion  of  the  juice 
of  meat,  which  mixes  with  the  water, 
and  also  dissolves  some  of  its  solids ;  the 
more  fusible  parts  of  the  fat  melt  out, 
combine  with  the  water,  and  form  soup 
or  broth.  The  meat  loses  its  red  colour, 
becomes  more  savoury  in  taste  and 
smell,  and  more  firm  and  digestible.  If 
the  process  is  continued  too  long,  the 
meat  becomes  indigestible,  less  succu- 
lent, and  tough. 

To  boil  meat  to  perfection,  it  should 
be  done  slowly,  in  plenty  of  water,  re- 
placed by  other  hot  water  as  evapora- 
tion takes  place ;  for,  if  boiled  too 
quickly,  the  outside  becomes  tough ; 
and  not  allowing  the  ready  transmission 
of  heat,  the  interior  remains  rare. 

The  loss  by  boilfhg  varies,  according 
to  Professor  Donovan,  from  6|  to  16 
per  cent.  The  average  loss  on  boiling 
butcher's  meat,  pork,  hams,  and  bacon, 
is  12  ;  and  on  domestic  poultry,  is 
14|. 

The  loss  per  cent,  on  boiling  salt 
beef  is  15 ;  on  legs  of  mutton,  10 ;  hams, 
12£ ;  salt  pork,  13£  ;  knuckles  of  veal, 
8^;  bacon,  64  ;  turkeys,  16;  chickens, 
13}. 

The  established  rule  as  regards  time, 
is  to  allow  a  quarter  of  an  hour  for  each 
pound  of  meat  if  the  boiling  is  rapid, 
arid  twenty  minutes  if  slow.  There  are 
exceptions  to  this;  for  instance,  ham 
;iucl  pork,  which  require  from  twenty 
to  twenty-five  minutes  per  pound,  and 
bacon  nearly  half  an  hour.  For  solid 
joints  allow  fifteen  minutes  for  every 
Douud;  and  from  ten  to  twenty  minutes 


over ;  though,  of  course,  the  length  of 
time  will  depend  much  on  the  strength 
of  the  fire,  regularity  in  the  boiling,  and 
size  of  the  joint.  The  following  table 
will  be  useful  as  an  average  of  the 
time  required  to  boil  the  various  ar- 
ticles : — 

H.  M 

A  ham,  20  Ibs.  weight,  requires  6  3C 
A  tongue  (if  dry),  alter  soaking  .  4  0 
A  tongue,  out  of  pickle  .  2£  to  3  0 

A  neck  of  mutton 1  3C 

A  chicken 0  20 

A  large  fowl 0  45 

A  capon 0  35 

A  pigeon      .     , 0  15 

Roasting,  by  causing  the  contraction 
of  the  cellular  substance  which  con- 
tains the  fat,  expels  more  fat  than  boil- 
ing. The  free  escape  of  watery  par- 
tides  in  the  form  of  vapour,  so  neces- 
sary to  produce  flavour,  must  be  regu- 
lated by  frequent  basting  with  the  fat 
which  has  exuded  from  the  meat, 
combined  with  a  little  salt  and  water — 
otherwise  the  meat  would  burn,  and 
become  hard  and  tasteless.  A  brisk 
fire  at  first  will,  by  charring  the  out- 
side, prevent  the  heat  from  penetrating, 
and  therefore  should  only  be  employed 
when  the  meat  is  half  roasted. 

The  loss  by  roasting  varies,  according 
to  Professor  Donovan,  from  14  3-5ths 
to  nearly  double  that  rate,  per  cent. 
The  average  loss  on  roasting  butcher's 
meat  is  22  per  cent. ;  and  on  domestic 
poultry  is  20£. 

The  loss  per  cent,  on  roasting  beef, 
viz.,  on  sirloins  and  ribs  together,  is 
19  l-6th;  on  mutton,  viz.,  legs  and 
shoulders  together,  24  4-5ths ;  on  fore 
quarters  of  lamb,  22  l-3d ;  on  ducks, 
27  l-5th ;  on  turkeys,  20£  :  on  geese , 
19J;  on  chickens,  14  3-5ths.  So  that 
it  will  be  seen  by  comparison  with  the 
per  centage  given  of  the  loss  by  boiling, 
that  roasting  is  not  so  economical ;  es- 
pecially when  we  take  into  account 
that  the  loss  of  weight  by  boiling  ia 
not  actual  loss  of  economic  materials, 
for  we  then  possess  the  principal  ingre- 
dients for  soups ;  whereas,  after  roast- 


78     THE  PAST  IS  GONE — THE  FUTURE  IS  NOT  COME— THE  PRESENT,  WHERE  IS  IT  ? 


ing,  the  fat  only  remains.  The  average 
loan  in  boiling  and  roasting  together  is 
38  percent,  according  to  Donovan, and 
26  per  cent,  according  to  Wallace — 
a  difference  that  may  be  accounted  for 
by  supposing  a  difference  in  the  fatness 
of  the  meat,  duration  and  degree  of 
heat,  &c.,  employed. 

The  time  required  to  roast  various 
articles  of  food  with  a  clear  good  fire,  is 
given  below. 

H.  M. 
A.  small  capon,  fowl,  or  chicken, 

requires 0  20 

A.  large  fowl 0  45 

A.  capon,  full  size    .     .         .     .     0  35 

A.  goose ,        10 

Wild  ducks,  and  grouse  .  .  .  0  15 
Pheasants,  and  turkey  poults  .  0  20 
A  moderate-sized  turkey,  stuffed  115 

Partridges 0  25 

Quail   .' 0  10 

A  hare  or  rabbit ....  about   1     0 

Beef,  ten  pounds 2  30 

Leg  of  pork,  4  hour  for  each    1 

pound  and  above  that  al-    >     0  20 

lowance     ....-..) 

A.  chine  of  pork 20 

A.  neck  of  mutton 1  30 

A.  haunch  of  venison     .     .   about  3  30 

To  roast  properly,  meat  should  be  put 
a  good  distance  from  the  fire,and  brought 
gradually  nearer  when  about  half  the 
time  required  for  cooking  it  has  elapsed ; 
it  should  be  basted  frequently ;  and 
when  nearly  done,  floured  to  make  it 
look  frothed.  Old  meats  do  not  require 
BO  much  dressing  as  young ;  and  if  not 
fat  enough,  use  a  little  dripping  for 
basting.  Veal  and  mutton  require  a 
little  paper  put  over  the  fat,  to  preserve 
it  from  being  burn.. 

If  roasting  with  a  spit,  be  careful  to 
have  it  well  cleaned  before  running  it 
through  the  meat,  which  should  be 
dome  always  in  the  inferior  parts ;  but 
In  many  joints  the  spit  will  pass  into  the 
bones,  and  run  along  them  for  some 
distance,  so  as  not  to  stain  or  injure  the 
prime  part.  Balance  skewers  will  fre- 
quently be  required. 

Broiling  requires  a  brisk  rapid  heat, 


which,  by  producing  a  greater  degree 
of  change  in  the  affinities  of  the  raw 
meat  than  roasting,  generates  a  higher 
flavour,  so  that  broiled  meat  is  more 
savoury  than  roast.  The  surface  be- 
coming charred,  a  dark-coloured  crust 
is  formed,  which  retards  the  evapora- 
tion of  the  juices;  and,  therefore,  if 
properly  done,  broiled  may  be  as  tender 
and  juicy  as  roasted  meat. 

Baking  does  not  admit  of  the  evap- 
oration of  the  vapours  so  rapidly  as 
by  the  processes  of  broiling  and  roast- 
ing ;  the  fat  is  also  retained  more,  and 
becomes  converted  by  the  agency  of 
the  heat  into  an  empyreumatic  oil,  so 
as  to  render  the  meat  less  fitted  for  del- 
icate stomachs,  and  more  difficult  to 
digest.  The  meat  is,  in  fact,  partly 
boiled  in  its  own  confined  water,  and 
partly  roasted  by  the  dry  hot  air  of  the 
oven. 

The  loss  by  baking  has  not  been  esti- 
mated ;  and,  as  the  time  required  to 
cook  many  articles  must  vary  with 
their  size,  nature,  &c.,  we  have  con- 
sidered it  better  to  leave  that  until 
giving  the  receipts  for  them. 

Frying  is  of  all  methods  the  most  ob- 
jectionable, from  the  foods  being  less 
digestible  when  thus  prepared,  as 
the  fat  employed  undergoes  chemical 
changes.  Olive  oil  in  this  respect  is  pref- 
erable to  lard  or  butter.  The  crackling 
noise  which  accompanies  the  process  of 
frying  meat  in  a  pan  is  occasioned  by 
the  explosions  of  steam  formed  in  fat, 
the  temperature  of  which  is  much  above 
21 2  degrees.  If  the  meat  is  very  juicy 
t  will  not  fry  well,  because  it  becomes 
sodden  before  the  water  is  evaporated ; 
and  it  will  not  brown  because  the  tem- 
perature is  too  low  to  scorch  it.  To 
ry  fish  well  the  fat  should  be  boiling 
hot  (600  degrees),  and  the  fish  irell 
dried  in  a  cloth ;  otherwise,  owing  to 
;he  generation  of  steam,  the  tempera- 
;ure  will  fall  go  low  that  it  will  be  boil- 
ed in  its  own  steam,  and  not  be  brown- 
ed. Meat,  or  indeed  any  article," should 
>e  frequently  turned  and  agitated  dnr- 
ing  frying,  to  promote  the  evaporation 
of  the  watery  particles.  To  make  fried 


THERE  ARE  NONE  SO  WICKED  AS  REPRESENTED  J 


79 


things  look  well,  the}  should  be  done 
over  twice  with  egg  and  stale  bread 
crumbs. 

To  some  extent  the  claims  of  either 
process  of  cooking  depends  upon  the 
taste  o»  the  individual.  Some  persons 
may  esteem  the  peculiar  flavour  of  fried 
meats,  while  others  will  prefer  broils 
or  stews.  It  is  important,  however,  to 
understand  the  theory  of  each  method 
of  cooking,  so  that  whichever  may  be 
adopted,  it  may  be  done  well.  Bad 
cooking,  though  by  a  good  method,  is 
far  inferior  to  good  cooking  by  a  bad 
method.  Therefore  attend  to  1972. 

240.  ALMOND  FLAVOUR.— ES- 
SENCE OF  PEACH  KERNELS. — QUINT- 
ESSENCE OF  NOYEAU.— Dissolve  one 
ounce  of  essential  oil  of  bitter  almonds 
in  one  pint  of  spirits  of  wine.     Used  as 
flavouring  for  cordials,  and  perfuming 
pastry.    In  large  quantities  exceedingly 
poisonous.     A  few  drops'  only  should  be 
used  to  several  pounds  of  syrups,  pastry, 
<fec. 

241.  FREEZING  WITHOUT  ICE 
OR  ACIDS.— The  use  of  ice  in  cooling 
depends  upon  the  fact  of  its  requiring  a 
vast  quantity  of  heat  to  convert  it  from 
a  solid  into  a  liquid  state,  or,  in  other 
words,  to  melt  it,  and  the  heat  so  re- 
quired it  obtains  from  those  objects 
with  which  it  may  be  in  contact.     A 
pound  of  ice  requires  nearly  as  much 
heat  to  melt  it  as  would  be  sufficient  to 
make  a  pound  of  cold  water  boiling  hot ; 
hence  its  cooling  power  is  extremely 
great.     But  ice  does  not  begin  to  melt 
until    the    temperature    is    above   the 
freezing  point,  and  therefore  it  cannot 
be  employed  in  freezing  liquids,  &c., 
but  only  in    cooling   them.     If,  how- 
ever, any  substance  is  mixed  with  ice 
which  is  capable  of  causing  it  to  melt 
more    rapidly,   and    at  a  lower  tem- 
perature, a  still  more  intense  cooling 
effect  is  the  result;  such  a  substance  is 
common  salt,  and  the  degree  of  cold 
produced  by  the  mixture  of  one  part  of 
salt  with  two  parts  of  snow  or  pound- 
ed ice,  is  greater  than  thirty  degrees 
below  freezing.     In  making  ice  creams 
and   dessert  ices,  the  following  arti- 


cles are  required  : — Pewter  ice-pots 
with  tightly-fitting  lids,  furnished  with 
handles ;  wooden  ice-paiis,  to  hold  the 
rough  ice  and  salt,  which  should  be 
stoutly  made,  about  the  same  depth  as 
the  ice-pots,  aud  nine  or  ten  inches 
more  in  diameter;  each  should  have  a 
hold  in  the  side,  fitted  with  a  good  cork, 
in  order  that  the  water  from  the  melted 
ice  maybe  drawn  off  as  required.  In 
addition,  a  broad  spatula,  about  fou» 
inches  long,  rounded  at  the  end,  an«. 
furnished  with  a  long  wooden  handle, 
is  necessary  to  scrape  the  frozen  cream 
from  the  sides  of  the  ice-pot,  and  for 
mixing  the  whole  smoothly  together. 
When  making  ices,  place  the  mixture 
of  cream  and  fruit  to  be  frozen,  in  the 
ice-pot,  cover  it  with  the  lid,  and  put 
the  pot  in  the  ice-pail,  which  proceed 
to  fill  up  with  coarsely-pounded  ice  and 
salt,  in  the  proportion  of  about  one  part 
of  salt  to  three  of  ice ;  let  the  whole  re- 
main a  few  minutes  (if  covered  by  a 
blanket,  so  much  the  better),  then  whirl 
the  pot  briskly  by  the  handle  for  a  few 
minutes,  take  off  the  lid,  and  with  the 
spatula  scrape  the  iced  cream  from  the 
sides,  mixing  the  whole  smoothly;  put 
on  the  lid  arid  whir)  again,  repeating 
all  the  operations  every  few  minutes 
until  the  whole  of  the  cream  is  well 
frozen.  Great  care  and  considerable 
labour  are  required  in  stirring,  eo  that 
the  whole  cream  may  be  smoothly 
frozen,  and  not  in  hard  lumps.  When 
finished,  if  it  is  required  to  be  kept  any 
time,  the  melted  ice  and  salt  should  be 
allowed  to  escape  by  removing  the 
cork,  and  the  pail  filled  up  with  fresh 
materials.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to 
add,  that  if  any  of  the  melted  ice  and 
salt  is  allowed  to  mix  with  the  crearr 
the  latter  is  spoiled.  From  the  diffi- 
culty of  obtaining  ice  in  places  distant 
from  large  towns,  and  in  hot  countries, 
and  from  the  impracticability  of  keeping 
it  any  length  of  time,  or,  in  fact,  of 
keeping  small  quantities  more  than  a 
few  hours,  its  use  is  much  limited,  and 
many  have  been  the  attempts  to  obtain 
an  efficient  substitute.  For  this  pur 
I  pose  various  saits  have  been  employed 


NONE  SO  GOOD  AS  THEY  SHOULD  BE. 


which,  when  dissolved  in  water  or  in 
acid.s,  absorb  a  sufficient  amount  ol'heat 
to  freeze  substances  with  which  they 
may  be  placed  a.  contact.  We  shall 
not  attempt  in  this  article  to  describe 
all  the  various  freezing  mixtures  that 
have  been  devised,  but  speak  only  of 
those  which  have  been  fon&d  practically 
useful,  state  the  circumstances  which 
hav?  prevented  any  of  them,  coming 
intc  common  use,  and  conclude  by 
giving  the  composition  of  the  New 
Freezing  Preparation,  which  is  now 
exported  so  largely  to  India,  and  the 
Composition  of  which  has  hitherto  never 
been  made  public.  Many  of  the  freezing 
mixtures  which  are  to  be  found  de- 
scribed in  books,  are  incorrectly  so 
named,  for  although  they  themselves 
become  colder  than  freezing,  yet  they 
are  not  sufficiently  powerful  to  freeze 
any  quantity  of  water,  or  other  sub- 
stances, when  placed  in  a  vessel  within 
them.  In  order  to  be  efficient  as  a 
freezing  mixture,  as  distinguished  from 
a  cooling  one,  the  materials  used  ought 
to  be  capable  of  producing  by  them- 
selves an  amount  of  cold  more  than 
thirty  degrees  below  the  freezing  point 
of  water,  and  this  the  ordinary  mix- 
tures will  not  do.  Much  more  efficient 
and  really  freezing  mixtures  may  be 
made  by  using  acids  to  dissolve  the 
salts.  The  cheapest,  and  perhaps  the 
best,  of  these  for  ordinary  use,  is  one 
which  is  frequently  employed  in 
France,  both  for  making  dessert  ice's,  and 
cooling  wines,  &c.  It  consists  of  coarse- 
ly-powdered Glauber  salt  (sulphate  of 
soda),  on  which  is  poured  about 
two  thirds  its  weight  of  spirits  of  salts 
(luuriatic  acid).  The  mixture  should 
DC  made  in  a  wooden  vessel,  as  that  is 
preferable  to  one  made  of  metal,  which 
conducts  the  external  heat  to  the  ma- 
terials with  great  rapidity ;  and  when 
the  substance  to  be  cooled  is  placed  in 
the  mixture,  the  whole  should  be 
covered  with  a  blanket,  a  piece  of  old 
woollen  carpet  doubled,  or  some  other 
non-conducting  material,  to  prevent 
the  access  of  the  external  warmth  ;  the 
vesse.  used  for  icing  wines  she  old  not 


be  too  large,  that  there  may  be  n& 
waste  of  the  freezing  mixture.  This 
combination  produces  a  degree  of  cold 
thirty  degrees  below  freezing ;  and  if 
the  materials  are  bought  at  any  of  the 
wholesale  druggists  or  drysalters,  it  is 
exceedingly  economical.  It  is  open, 
however,  to  the  very  great  objection, 
that  the  muriatic  acid  is  an  exceedingly 
corrosive  liquid,  and  of  a  pungent,  disa- 
greeable odour ;  this  almost  precludes 
its  use  for  any  purposes  except  that  of 
icing  wines. 

Another  substance,  which  is  free 
from  any  corrosive  action  or  unpleas- 
ant odour,  is  the  nitrate  of  ammonia, 
which,  if  simply  dissolved  in  rather 
less  than  its  own  weight  of  water,  re- 
duces the  temperature  to  about  twenty- 
five  degrees  below  freezing.  The  ob- 
jections to  its  use  are,  that  its  frigorific 
power  is  not  sufficiently  great  to  freeze 
readily ;  and  if  it  is  required  to  form 
dessert  ices,  it  is  requisite  to  renew  the 
process  at  the  expiration  of  a  quarter 
of  an  hour,  a  second,  or  even,  if  the 
weather  is  very  hot,  and  the  water 
used  is  rather  warm,  a  third  or  fourth 
time.  Again,  the  nitrate  of  ammonia  is 
a  very  expensive  salt ;  even  in  France, 
where  it  is  manufactured  expressly  for 
this  purpose,  it  is  sold  at  the  rate  of 
three  francs  a  pound  ;  and  in  this 
country  it  cannot  be  obtained  under 
a  much  higher  price.  One  great  re- 
commendation, however,  attends  its 
use,  namely,  that  it  may  be  recovered 
again,  and  "used  any  number  of  times, 
by  simply  boiling  away  the  water  in 
which  it  is  dissolved  by  a  gentle  fire, 
until  a  small  portion,  on  being  remov- 
ed, crystallizes  on  cooling. 

If,  however,  nitrate  of  ammonia  in 
coarse  powder  is  put  into  the  cooler, 
and  there  is  then  added  twice  its  weight 
of  freshly-crushed  washing  soda,  and 
an  equal  quantity  of  the  coldest  watef 
that  can  be  obtained,  an  intensely 
powerful  frigorific  mixture  is  the  re 
suit,  the  cold  often  falling  to  forty 
degrees  below  freezing.  This  is  by  far 
the  most  efficacious  freezing  mixture 
that  can  be  made  without  the  use  of 


MAN  I  OUBLES  HIS  EVILS  BY  BROODING  UPON  THEM. 


81 


ice  or  acids.  But,  unfortunately,  it 
lias  an  almost  insuperable  objection, 
that  the  nitrate  of  ammonia  is  decom- 
posed by  the  soda,  and  cannot  be  re- 
covered by  evaporation ;  this  rises  the 
expense  to  BO  great  a  height,  that  the 
plan  is  practically  useless* 

THE  NEW  FREEZING  PREPARATION 
WITHOUT  ICE  OR  ACIDS  obviates  all 


these  objections, 
not  corrosive    in 


It  is  easy  of  use, 
and 


its  properties 
capable  of  being  used  at  any  time,  at  a 
minute's  notice;  is  easy  of  transport, 
being  in  a  solid  form,  and,  moreover, 
moderate  in  its  cost.  In  India,  to 
which  country  it  has  been  exported  in 
enormous  quantities,  it  has  excited  the 
most  lively  interest.  It  consists  of  two 
powders,  the  first  of  which  is  composed 
of  one  part  by  weight  of  muriate  of  am- 
monia, or  sal-ammoniac  powder,  and 
intimately  mixed  with  two  parts  by 
weight  of  nitrate  of  potash,  or  saltpetre. 
These  quantities  are  almost  exactly  in 
(what  is  called  by  chemists)  the  com- 
bining proportions  of  the  two  salts,  and 
by  reacting  on  each  other,  the  original 
compounds  are  destroyed,  and  in  the 
place  of  muriate  of  ammonia  and  nitrate 
of  potash,  we  have  nitrate  of  ammonia 
and  muriate  of  potash ;  thus  we  liavr 
succeeded  in  producing  nitrate  oi'aumio- 
nia  at  a.  cheap  rate,  accompanied  by  an- 
other salt,  the  muriate  of  potash,  which 
also  produces  considerable  cold  when 
dissolved ;  but  this  mixture  used  alone 
cannot  be  regarded  as  a  freezing  one, 
although  very  efficient  in  cooling. 
The  other  powder  is  formed  simply 
of  the  best  soda,  crushed,  in  a  mor- 
tar, or  by  passing  through  a  mill  ; 
although,  as  hitherto  prepared,  its  ap- 
pearance has  been  disguised  by  the 
admixture  of  small  quantities  of  other 
materials,  which  have,  however,  tend- 
ed to  diminish  its  efficacy.  The  two 
powders  so  prepared  must  be  sepa- 
rately kept  in  closely-covered  vessels, 
and  "in  as  cool  a  place  as  possible  ;  for 
if  the  crushed  soda  is  exposed  to  the 


attracts  moisture  from  the  air,  and  dis- 
solves in  it  —  becoming  useless.  To 
use  the  mixture,  take  an  equal  bulk  of 
the  two  powders,  mix  them  together 
by  stirring,  and  immediately  introduce 
them  into  the  ice-pail,  or  vessel  in 
which  they  are  to  be  dissolved,  and 
pour  on  as  much  water  (the  coldest 
that  can  be  obtained)  as  is  sufficient  to 
dissolve  them ;  if  a  pint  measure  of  each 
of  the  powders  is  used,  they  will  require 
about  a  pint  of  water  to  dissolve  them. 
More  water  than  is  necessary  should 
not  be  used,  as  in  that  case  the  addi- 
tion al  water  is  cooled  instead  of  the 
substance  that  it  is  wished .  to  freeze 
Less  than  a  pint  of  each  powder,  and 
about  the  same  quantity  of  water,  will 
be  found  sufficient  to  ice  two  bottles 
of  wine,  one  after  the  other,  in  the  hot- 
test of  weather,  if  a  tub  is  used  of  such 
a  size  as  to  prevent  the  waste  of  mate- 
rials. 

If  the  ordinary  sal-ammoniac  of  the 
shops  is  used,  it  will  be  found  both 
difficult  to  powder,  and  expensive ;  in 
fact,  it  is  so  exceedingly  tough,  that 
the  only  way  in  which  it  can  be  easily 
divided,  except  in  a  drug  mill,  is  by 
putting-  as  large  a  quantity  of  the  salt 
into  water  which  is  actually  boiling  as 
the  latter  will  dissolve  ;  as  the  solution 
cools,  the  salt  crystallizes  out  in  the 
solid  form,  and  if  stirred  as  it  cools,  it 
separates  in  a  state  of  fine  division.  As 
tins  process  is  troublesome,  and  as  the 
sal-ammoniac  is  expensive,  it  is  better 
to  use  the  crude  muriate  of  ammonia, 
which  is  the  same  substance  as  sal- 
ammoniac,  but  before  it  has  been  puri- 
fied by  sublimation.  This  is  not  usually 
kept  by  druggists,  but  may  be  readily 
obtained  of  any  of  the  artificial  manure 
merchants,  at  a  very  moderate  rate; 
and  its  purity  may  be  readily  tested  by 
placing  a  portion  of  it  on  a  red-hot  iron, 
when  it  should  fly  off  in  a  vapour,  leav- 
ing scarcely  any  residue. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  add,  that 
in  icing  wines,  or  freezing,  the  effect  is 


air,  it  loses  the  water  it  contains,  and  great  in  proportion  to  the  coldness  of 
is  considerably  weakened  in  power  ;  j  the  materials  used;  therefore,  every 
and  if  the  other  mixture  is  exposed,  it  j  article  employed,  viz.,  the  water,  tub* 


82 


TIIK  FALL  OF  TUB  LEAF  IS  A  WIIISPER  TO  THE  LIVING. 


mixtures,  &c.,  should  be  as  cool  as  pos- 
sible. 

24-2.  RECIPES  FOR  THE  MANU- 
FACTURE OF  DESSERT  ICES, 
BOTH  CREAM  AND  WATER. 

243.  STRAWBERRY  ICE  CREAM. — 
Take  one  pint  of  strawberries,  one  pint 
of  cream,  nearly  half  a  pound  of  pow- 
dered white  sugar,  the  juice  of  a  lemon ; 
mash  the  fruit  through  a  sieve,  and 
take  out  the  seeds :  mix  with  the  other 
articles,  and  freeze  :  a  little  new  milk 
added  makes  the  whole  freeze  more 
quickly. 

244.  RASPBERRY  ICE    CREAM. — 
The  same  as  strawberry.    These  ices 
are  often  coloured  by  cochineal,  but  the 
addition  is  not    advantageous   to  the 
flavour.     Strawberry  or  raspberry  jam 
may  be  used  instead  of  the  fresh  fruit, 
or  equal  quantities  of  jam  and  fruit 
employed.     Of  course  the  quantity  of 
sugar  must  be  proportionately  dimin- 
ished. 

245.  STRAWBERRY-WATER  ICE. — 
One  large  pottle  of  scarlet  strawberries, 
the  juice  of  a  lemon,  a  pound  of  sugar, 
or  one  pint  of  strong  syrup,  half  a  pint 
of  water.     Mix,  first  rubbing  the  fruit 
through  a  sieve,  and  freeze. 

246^  RASPBERRY- WATER  ICE  in  the 
same  manner. 

247.  LEMON- WATER  ICE. — Lemon 
juice  and  water,   each    half   a    pint; 
strong  syrup,  one  pint ;  the  rind  of  the 
lemons    should  be  rasped  off    before 
squeezing  with  lump  sugar,  which  is  to 
be  added  to  the  juice  ;  mix  the  whole ; 
strain  after  standing  an  hour,  and  freeze. 
Beat  up  with  a  little  sugar  the  whites 
of  two  or  three  eggs,  and  as  the  ice  is 
beginning  to  set,  work  this  in  with  the 
spatula,  which  will  much  improve  the 
consistence  and  taste. 

248.  ORANGE- WATER  ICE  in  the 
same  way. 

249.  FURTHER  DIRECTIONS.— Ac- 
tual quantities — one  pound  of  muriate 

f  ammonia,  or  sal  ammoniac,  finely 
t>  vwdered,  is  to  be  intimately  mixed 
with  two  pounds  of  nitrate  of  potash  or 
saltpetre,  also  in  powder ,  this  mixture 
we  may  call  No.  1.  No  2  is  formed 


by  crushing  three  pounds  of  the  best 
soda.  In  use,  an  equal  bulk  of  both 
No.  1  and  No.  2  is  to  be  taken,  stirred 
together,  placed  in  the  ice-pail  sur- 
rounding the  ice-pot,  and  rather  lesa 
cold  water  poured  on  than  will  dissolve 
the  whole;  if  one  quart  of  No.  1,  and 
the  same  bulk  of  No.  2  are  taken,  it 
will  require  about  one  quart  of  water 
to  dissolve  them,  and  the  temperature 
will  fall,  if  the  materials  used  are  cool, 
to  nearly  thirty  degrees  below  freezing. 
Those  who  fail  may  trace  their  want  of 
success  to  one  or  other  of  the  following 
points : — the  use  of  too  small  a  quantity 
of  the  preparation ;  the  employment  of 
a  few  ounces;  whereas,  in  freezing 
ices,  the  ice-pot  must  be  entirely  sur- 
rounded with  the  freezing  material: 
no  one  would  attempt  to  freeze  with 
four  ounces  of  ice  and  salt.  Again,  too 
large  a  quantity  of  water  may  be  used 
to  dissolve  the  preparation,  when  all 
the  excess  of  water  has  to  be  cooled 
down  instead  of  the  substance  it  is 
wished  to  freeze.  All  the  materials 
used  should  be  pure,  and  as  cool  as  can 
be  obtained.  The  ice-pail  in  which 
the  mixture  is  made  must  be  of  some 
non  -  conducting  material,  as  wood, 
which  will  prevent  the  access  of  warmth 
from  the  air ;  and  the  ice-pot,  in  which 
the  liquor  to  be  frozen  is  placed,  should 
be  of  pewter,  and  surrounded  nearly  to 
its  top  by  the  freezing  mixture.  Bear 
in  mind  that  the  makiDg  of  ice-cream, 
under  any  circumstances,  is  an  opera- 
tion requiring  considerable  dexterity 
and  practice. 

250.  THE  ART  OF  BEING 
AGREEABLE.— The  true  art  of  be- 
ing agreeable  is  to  appear  well  pleased 
with  all  the  company,  and  rather  to 
seem  well  entertained  with  them  than 
to  bring  entertainment  to  them.  A 
man  thus  disposed,  perhaps,  may  not 
have  much  learning,  nor  any  wit ;  but 
if  he  has  common  sense,  and  something 
friendly  in  his  behaviour,  it  conciliates 
men's  minds  more  than  the  brightest 
parts  without  this  disposition ;  and 
when  a  man  of  such  a  turn  comes  to 
old  age,  he  is  almost  sure  to  be  treated 


KEEP  ON  GOOD  TERMS  WITH  TOUR  WIFE,  TOUR  STOMACH,  AND  YOUR  CONSCIENCE.    83 


with  respect.  It  is  true,  indeed,  that 
we  should  not  I'.ssemble  and  flatter  in 
company :  but  a  man  may  be  very 
agreeable,  strictly  consistent  with  truth 
and  sincerity,  by  a  prudent  silence 
where  he  cannot  concur,  and  a  pleasing 
assent  where  he  can.  Now  and  then 
you  meet  with  a  person  so  exactly 
formed  to  |  lease,  that  he  will  gain  upon 
every  one  that  hears  or  beholds  him ; 
this  disposition  is  not  merely  the  gift  of 
nature,  but  frequently  the  effect  of 
much  knowledge  of  the  world,  and  a 
command  over  the  passions. 

251.  DESTRUCTION  OF  RATS. 
— The  following  recipe  for  the  destruc- 
tion of  rats  has  been  communicated  by 
Dr.  Ure  to  the  council  of  the  English 
Agricultural  Society,  and  is  highly  re- 
commended as  the  best  knowrn  means 
of  getting  rid  of  these  most  obnoxious 
and  destructive  vermin.  It  has  been 
tried  by  several  intelligent  persons, 
and  found  perfectly  effectual. — Melt 
hog's  lard  in  a  bottle  plunged  in  water, 
heated  to  about  150  degrees  of  Fah- 
renheit ;  introduce  into  it  half  an  ounce 
of  phosphorus  for  every  pound  of  lard ; 
then  add  a  pint  of  proof-spirit  or  whis- 
key; cork  the  bottle  firmly  after  its 
contents  have  been  heated  to  150  de- 
grees, taking  it  at  the  same  time  out  of 
the  water,  and  agitate  smartly  till  the 
phosphorus  becomes  uniformly  diffused, 
forming  a  milky-looking  liquid.  This 
liquid  being  cooled,  will  afford  a  white 
compound  of  phosphorus  and  lard,  from 
which  the  spirit  spontaneously  sepa- 
rates, and  may  be  poured  off  to  be  used 
again,  for  none  of  it  enters  into  the 
combination,  but  it  merely  serves  to 
comminute  the  phosphorus,  and  dif- 
fuse it  in  very  fine  particles  through 
the  lard.  This  compound,  on  being 
warmed  very  gently,  may  be  poured 
out  into  a  mixture  of  wheat  flour  and 
sugar,  incorporated  therewith,  and  then 
flavoured  with  oil  of  rhodium,  or  not, 
at  pleasure.  The  flavour  may  be  varied 
with  oil  of  aniseed,  &c.  This  dough, 
being  made  into  pellets,  is  to  be  laid 
in  rat-holes.  By  its  lurninousness  in 
the  dark,  it  attracts  th«;.r  notice,  and 
4* 


being  agreeable  to  their  palates  and 
noses,  it  is  readily  eaten,  and  proves 
certainly  fatal. 

25-2.  ALMOND  PUDDING  AND 
SAUCE.— A  large  cupful  of  finely- 
minced  beef  suet,  a  teacupful  of  milk, 
four  ounces  of  bread-crumbs,  four 
ounces  of  well-cleaned  currants,  two 
ounces  of  almonds,  half  a  pound  ot 
stoned  raisins,  three  well-beaten  eggs, 
and  the  whites  of  other  J;wo:  sugar, 
nutmeg,  and  cinnamon,  and  a  small 
glass  of  rum.  Butter  a  shape,  and 
place  part  of  the  raisins  neatly  in  rows. 
Blanche  the  almonds ;  reserve  the  half 
of  them  to  be  placed  in  rows  between 
the  raisins  just  before  serving.  Mix 
all  the  remaining  ingredients  well  to- 
gether, put  into  the  ehape,  and  boil 
three  hours.  The  Sauce — One  tea- 
spoonful  of  milk,  and  two  yolks  of  eggs 
well  beaten,  and  some  sugar  ;  place  on 
the  fire  and  stir  till  it  just  comes  to  the 
boil;  then  let  it  cool.  When  luke- 
warm, stir  it  into  a  glass  of  sherry  or 
currant  wine,  and  serve  in  a  sauce  tur- 
een. This  sauce  is  a  great  improve- 
ment to  the  raisin  pudding. 

253.  STEWED  WATER-CRESS. 
— The  following  receipt  may  be  new, 
and  will  be  found  an  agreeable  and 
wholesome  dish : — Lay    the  cress  in 
strong  salt  and  water,  to  clear  it  from 
insects.     Pick  and   wash   nicely,   and 
stew  it  in  wrater  for  about  tfcn  minutes ; 
drain  and  chop,  season  with  pepper  and 
salt,  add  a  little  butter,  and  return  it 
to  the  stew-pan  until  well  heated.  Add 
a  little  vinegar  first  before  serving; 
put  around  it  sippets  of  toast  or  fried 
bread.     The  above,  made  thin,  as  a 
substitute  for  parsley  and  butter,  wll 
be  found  an  excellent  covering  for  a 
boiled  fowl.     There  should  be  more  of 
the  cress  considerably  than  of  the  pars- 
ley, as  the  flavour  is  much  milder. 

254.  TO  LOOSEN  GLASS  STOP- 
PERS OF  BOTTLES.— (See  3063.) 
— With  a  feather  rub  a  drop  or  two  of 
salad  oil  round  the  stopper,  close  to  the 
mouth  of  the  bottle  or  decanter,  which 
must  be  then  placed  before  the  fire,  at 
the  distance  of  about  eighteen  inches 


84 


IF  Y3U  COVET  PRAISE,  YOU  DON'T  DESKRTE  IT. 


the  heat  will  cause  the  oil  to  insinuate 
itself  between  the  stopper  and  the 
neck.  When  the  battle  or  decanter 
has  grown  warm,  gently  strike  the 
stopper  on  one  side,  and  then  on  the 
other,  with  any  light  wooden  instru- 
ment; then  try  it  with  the  hand  ;  it'  it 
will  not  yet  move,  place  it  again  before 
the  fire,  adding  another  drop  of  oil. 
After  a  while  strike  again  as  before  ; 
and,  by  persevering  in  this  process, 
however  tightly  it  may  be  fastened  in, 
you  will  at  length  succeed  in  loosening 
it.  This  is  decidedly  the  best  plan. 

255.  ECONOMICAL     FAMILY 
PUDDING. — Bruise  with   a  wooden 
spoon,  through  a  colander,  six  large  or 
twelve  middle-sized  boiled  potatoes ; 
beat  four  eggs,  mix  with  a  pint  of  good 
milk,  stir  in  the  potatoes ;  sugar  and 
seasoning  to  taste ;  butter  a  dish  ;  bake 
half  an  hour.     This  receipt  is  simple 
and  economical,  as  it  is  made  of  what 
is  wasted  in  most  families,  viz. — cold 
potatoes,  which  may  be   kept  two  or 
three  days,  till  a  sufficient  quantity  is 
collected.     It  is  a  weekly  dish  at  our 
table.     A  teaspoonful  of  chip   marma- 
lade makes  a  delicious  seasoning. 

256.  PARSNIP  WINK— Take  fif- 
teen pounds  of  sliced  parsnips,  and  boil 
until  quite  soft  in  five  gallons  of  water  ; 
squeeze  the  liquor  well  out  of  them, 
run  it  through  a  sieve,  and  add  three 
pounds  of  coarse  lump  sugar  to  every 
gallon  of  liquor.     Boil  the  whole  for 
three-quarters  of  an  hour.     When  it  is 
nearly  cold,  add  a  little  yeast  on  toast. 
Let  it  remain  in  a  tub  for  ten  days, 
stirring  it  from  the  bottom  every  day  ; 
then  put  it  into  a  cask  for  a  year.    As 
it  works  over,  fill  it  up  every  day. 

257.  TURNIP   WINE.  — Take  a 
large  number  of  turnips,  pare  and  slice 
them ;  then  place  them  in  a  cider-press, 
and  obtain  all  the  juice  you  can.    To 
every  gallon  of  juice  add  three  pounds 
of  lump  sugar,  and  half  a  pint  of  brandy. 
Pour  into  a  ?ask,  but  do  not  bung  until 
it  has   done   working;    then   bung   it 
close  for  three  months,  and  draw  off 
into  another  cask-    when  it  is  fin 3. 
bottle,  and  cork  wed. 


258.  CASH  AND   CREDIT.  — If 

you  would  get  rich,  don't  deal  in  bill 
books.  Credit  is  the  "  tempter  in  a 
new  shape."  Buy  goods  on  trust,  and 
you.  will  purchase  a  thousand  articles 
that  Jash  would  never  have  dreamed 
of.  A  shilling  in  the  hand  looks  larger 
than  ten  shillings  seen  through  the  per 
spective  of  a  three  months'  bill.  Cash 
is  practical,  while  Credit  takes  horribly 
to  taste  and  romance.  Let  Cash  buy  a 
dinner,  and  you  will  have  a  beef-steak 
flanked  with  onions.  Send  Credit  to 
market,  and  he  will  return  with  eight 
pairs  of  woodcocks  and  a  peck  of  mush- 
rooms. Credit  believes  in  diamond 
pins  and  champagne  suppers.  Cash  is 
more  easily  satisfied.  Give  him  three 
meals  a  day,  and  he  don't  care  much  if 
two  of  them  are  made  up  of  roasted 
potatoes  and  a  little  dirty  salt.  Cash 
is  a  good  adviser,  while  Credit  is  a 
good  fellow  to  be  on  visiting  terms 
with.  If  you  want  double  chins  and 
contentment,  do  business  with  Cash. 

259.  WHY  THE  WEDDING-RING 
IS  PLACED   ON  THE  FOURTH 
FINGER.— We  have  remarked  on  the 
vulgar  error  of  a  vein  g^oing  from  the 
fourth  finger  of  the  lett  hand  to  the 
heart.     It  is   said    by   Swinbum  and 
others  that,  therefore,  it  became  the 
wedding-finger.    The  priesthood  kept 
up  this  idea  by  still  keeping  it  as  the 
wedding-finger ,but  it  was  got  at  through 
the  use  of  the  Trinity  ;    for,  in  the 
ancient  ritual  of  English  marriages,  the 
ring  was  placed  by  the  husband  on  the 
top  of  the  thumb  of  the  left  hand,  with 
the    words    "  In    the    name    of  the 
Father;"  he  then  removed  it  to  the 
forefinger,  saying,  "  In  the  name  of  the 
Son ;"  then  to  the  middle  finger,  add 
ng,  "And  of  the  Holy  Ghost;"  finally, 
lie  left  it  as  now,  on  the  fourth  finger, 
with  the  closing  word,  "  Amen." — The 
History  and  Poetry  of  Finger-rings. 

260.  A  ROMAN  LADY'S  TOILET. 
— The  toilet  of  a  Roman  lady  involved 
an  elaborate  and  very  costly  process. 
It  commenced  at  night,  when  the  face, 
supposed  to  have  been  tarnished  bv 

xposure,  was  overlaid  with  a  poultice 


AN  ACT  IS  BETTEB  THAN  A  WORD. 


85 


composed  of  boiled  or  moistened  Hour 
spread  on  with  the  fingers.  Poppsean 
unguents  sealed  the  lips,  and  the  lady 
was  profusely  rubbed  with  Cerona 
ointment.  In  die  morning,  the  poultice 
and  unguents  were  washed  off',  a  bath 
of  asses'  milk  imparted  a  delicate 
whiteness  to  the  skin,  and  the  pale  face 
was  freshened  and  revived  with  enamel. 
The  full  eyelids,  which  the  Roman 
lady  still  knows  so  well  how  to  use, 
now  suddenly  raising  them  to  reveal  a 
glance  of  surprise,  or  of  melting  tender- 
ness, now  letting  them  drop  like  a  veil 
over  the  lustrous  eyes,  —  the  full 
rounded  eyelids  were  coloured  within, 
and  .a  needle,  dipped  in  jetty  dye,  gave 
length  and  sphericity  to  the  eyebrows. 
The  forehead  was  encircled  by  a 
wreath,  or  fillet,  fastened  in  the  luxu- 
riant hair,  which  rose  in  front  in  a 
pyramidal  pile,  formed  of  successive 
ranges  of  curls,  and  giving  the  appear- 
ance of  more  than  ordinary  height. 

261.  METHOD  OF  CLEANING 
PAPER-HANGINGS.— Cut  into  eight 
half-quarters  a  quartern  loaf,  two  days 
old ;  it  must  neither  be  newer  nor 
staler.  With  one  of  these  pieces,  after 
having  blown  off  all  the  dust  from  the 
paper  to  be  cleaned,  by  the  means  of 
a  good  pair  of  bellows,  begin  at  the  top 
of  the  room,  holding-  the  crust  in  the 
hand,  and  wiping  lightly  downward 
with  the  crum,  about  half  a  yard  at  each 
stroke,  till  the  upper  part  of  the  hang- 
ings is  completely  cleaned  all  round. 
Then  go  round  again,  with  the  like 
sweeping  stroke  downwards,  always 
commencing  each  successive  course  a 
little  higher  than  the  upper  stroke  had 
extended,  till  the  bottom  be  finished. 
This  operation,  if  carefully  performed, 
will  frequently  make  very  old  paper 
took  almost  equal  to  new.  Great  cau- 
tion must  be  used  not  by  any  means  to 
rub  the  paper  hard,  nor  to  attempt 
cleaning  it  the  cross  or  horizontal  way. 
The  dirty  part  of  the  bread,  too,  must 
be  each  time  cut  away,  and  the  pieces 
renewed  as  soon  as  it  may  become  ne- 
cessary. 

262*  T)   PREVENT  MOTHS.— 


In  the  month  of  April  or  May,  beat 
your  fur  garments  well  with  a  small 
cane  or  elastic  stick,  then  lap  them  up 
in  linen,  without  pressing  the  fur  too 
hard,  and  put  betwixt  the  folds  some 
camphor  in  small  lumps;  then  put 
your  furs  in  this  state  in  boxes  well 
closed.  When  the  furs  are  wanted  for 
use,  beat  them  well  as  before,  and  ex- 
pose them  for  twenty-four  hours  to  the 
air,  which  will  take  awray  the  smell  of 
the  camphor.  If  the  fur  has  long  hair, 
as  bear  or  fox,  add  to  the  camphor  an 
equal  quantity  of  black  pepper  in 
powder. 

263.  GERMAN  YEAST.— We  have 
repeatedly  noticed  the  fatality  of  late 
of  attacks  of  carbuncles,  and  the  preva- 
lence of  diseases  of  that  nature,  which 
wre  were  disposed  to  attribute  to  the 
state  of  the  atmosphere,  and  as  arising 
from  much  the  same  cause  as  the  visi- 
tation of  cholera.  A  correspondent, 
however,  has  thrown  some  light  upon 
the  subject,  and  we  print  his  statement 
in  the  hope  that  the  baking  fraternity 
will  be  prohibited  by  law  from  using 
the  pernicious  stuff  mentioned.  We 
are  protected  from  the  sale  of  diseased 
and  poisonous  meat,  and  from  the  adul- 
teration of  flour,  beer  and  other  articles, 
and  it  is  absolutely  necessary  now  that 
we  should  be  protected  from  German 
yeast.  Our  correspondent  says : — "  Per- 
haps not  the  least  important  matter  on 
the  subject  of  cookery  is  to  avoid  every- 
thing calculated  to  injure  the  purity  of 
the  family  bread,  whether  prepared  at 
home  or  in  the  baker's  oven,  and  that 
this  is  done  to  a  great  extent  (although 
unconsciously)  will  be  at  once  apparent 
from  the  following  statement  of  facts, 
upon  which  the  public  require  to  be 
informed.  It  is  well  known  that  a  very 
large  proportion  of  the  bread  prepared 
for  family  use  is  raised  from  what  is 
called  German  yeast — a  noxious  com- 
pound— imported  weekly  into  Hull  in 
quantities  really  astounding,  and  where, 
I  am  credibly  informed,  tons  of  it  ar«* 
thrown  into  the  sea  from  having  become 
alive ;  yet  this  is  used  by  the  great  ma- 
jority of  bakers  over  the  kingdom  to 


86 


GOOD  NATDUE  COLLECTS  HONEY  FROM  EVERY  11EKK. 


produce  the  bread  for  our  vast  popula- 
tion, who  little  suspect  the  slow  poison 
they  are  daily  and  unconsciously  con- 
suming, and  to  which,  from  discussions 
in  medical  societies,  and  notices  in 
medical  journals,  it  seems  extremely 
probable  that  the  numerous  cases  of 
carbuncles  and  boils,  which,  within 
these  few  years,  have  proved  of  so  seri- 
i .UK  aud  even  fatal  a  character,  may 
i«\ve  their  origin.  It  ought  to  be  gener- 
ally known  that  this  German  yeast  is 
prepared  from  every  species  of  refuse 
grain,  and  especially  (where  they  can 
obtain  it)  from,  that  which  is  wholly 
unfit  for  the  food  of  either  man  or  beast, 
and  if  in  a  state  of  positive  putrefaction, 
so  much  the  more  valuable  it  is  for 
their  purpose,  running  the  more  rapidly 


and  easily  into  fermentation." 
264.    HOW    TO    MAKE 


SEA- 


WATER. — There  cannot  be  a  question 
that  by  far  the  simplest  plan  would 
consist  in  the  evaporation  of  the  sea- 
water  itself  in  large  quantities,  preserv- 
ing the  resulting  salt  in  closely-stopped 
vessels  to  prevent  the  absorption  of 
moisture,  and  vending  it  in  this  form  to 
the  consumer;  the  proportion  of  this 
dry  saline  matter  being  fifty- six  ounces 
to  ten  gallon s  of  water,  less  three  pints. 
This  plan  was  suggested  by  Dr.  E. 
Schweitzer,  for  the  extemporaneous 
formation  of  sea-water  for  medicinal 
baths.  Mr.  H.  Schweitzer  writes  me 
that  he  has  for  many  years  made  this 
compound,  in  accordance  with  his 
cousin's  analysis.  The  proportion  or- 
dered to  be  used  is  six  ounces  to  the 
gallon  of  water,  and  stirred  well  until 
dissolved. 

265.  HOW  TO  TAKE  CARE  OF 
YOUR  HAT.— If  your  hat  is  wet, 
shake  it  out  as  much  as  possible ;  then 
brush  it  with  a  soft  brush  as  smooth  as 
you  can,  or  with  a  clean  linen  cloth  or 
'handkerchief;  wipe  it  very  carefully, 
keep  the  beaver  flat  aud  smooth,  in  the 
same  direction  as  it  was  first  placed ; 
then,  with  a  small  cane,  beat  the  nap 
gently  up,  and  hang  it  up  to  dry  in  a 
,?ool  place.  When  it  is  dry,  lay  it  on  a 


with  a  soft  brush  in  the  proper  direc- 
tion ;  and  you  will  find  your  hat  not  the 
least  injured  by  the  rain.  If  the  gloss 
is  not  quite  so  high  as  you  wish,  take  a 
flat  iron,  moderately  heated,  and  pass 
the  same  two  or  three  times  gently 
over  the  hat ;  brush  it  afterwards  and 
it  will  become  nearly  as  handsome  as 
when  sent  home  from  the  maker. —  To 
Scour  a  Hat  ichcn  the  Nap  is  Clotted, 
and  to  take  Salt  Water  out. — Get  a  hard 
brush,  a  basin  of  hot  water  (boiling), 
and  some  yellow  soap  ;  rub  a  little  of 
the  soap  lightly  on  the  brush  and  dip  it 
into  the  water:  brush  the  hat  round 
with  the  nap.  If  you  find  the  nap  clot- 
ted, do  not  scrape  it  with  your  fingers, 
as  that  tears  it  off,  but  brush  it  until  it 
is  smooth,  and  the  soap  is  thoroughly 
out;  then  take  a  piece  of  wrood,  or  the 
back  of  a  knife,  and  scrape  it  well 
round ;  you  will  find  all  the  dirt  come 
out ;  then  beat  it  gently  with  a  cane. 

266.  CURE   FOR   BURNS.— Of 
all  applications  for  a  burn,  we  believe 
that  there  are  none  equal  to  a  simple 
covering  of  common  wheat-flour.    This 
is  always  at  hand ;  and  while  it  requires 
no  skill  in  using,  it    produces    most 
astonishing  effects.     The  moisture  pro- 
duced upon  the  surface  of  a  slight  or 
deep  burn  is  at  once  absorbed  by  the 
flour,  and  forms  a  paste  which   shuts 
out  the  air.    As  long-  as  the  fluid  mat- 
ters continue  flowing,  they  are  absorb- 
ed and  prevented  from  producing  irrita- 
tion, as  they  would  do,  if  kept  from 
passing  off  by  oily  or  resinous  applica- 
tions ;  while  the  greater  the  amount  of 
those  absorbed  by  the  flour,  the  thicker 
the  protective  covering.     Another  ad- 
vantage of  the  flour  covering'  is  that 
next  to  the  surface  it  is  kept  moist  and 
flexible.    It  can  also  be  readily  washed 
off,  without  further  irritation  in  remov- 
ing.    It  may  occasionally  be  washed 
oft'  very  carefully,  when  it  has  become 
matted  and  dry,  and  a  new  covering  b« 
sprinkled  on. 

267.  CARE    OF  LINEN.— Whec 
linen  is  well  dried  and  laid  by  for  us* 
nothing  more  is  necessary  than  to  sc- 


tnble,  and  brush  it  round  several  times '  cure  it  from  damp  and  insects 


ILL  NATURE  SUCKS  POISON  FROM  THE  SWEETEST  FLOWERS. 


87 


latter  may  be  agreeably  performed  by 
a  judicious  mixture  of  aromatic  shrubs 
and  fl  :wers,  cut  up  and  sewed  up  in 
silkeL.  bags,  to  be  intersperse^  among 
the  dn  \vers  and  shelves.  The&o  ingre- 
dients may  consist  of  lavender,  thyme, 
roses,  cedar  shavings,  powdered  sassa- 
fras, cassia  lignea,  &c.,  into  which  a  few 
drops  of  otto  of  roses,  or  other  strong- 
scented  perfume,  may  bo  thrown.  In 
all  cases,  it  will  be  fuiind  more  consist- 
ent with  economy  to  examine  and  re- 
pair all  washable  articles,  more  espe- 
cially linen,  that  may  stand  in  need  of 
it,  previous  to  sending  them  to  the 
laundry.  It  will  also  be  prudent  to 
have  every  article  carefully  numbered, 
and  so  arranged,  after  wyashing,  as  to 
have  their  regular  turn  and  term  in 
domestic  use. 

268.    HAIR  OILS.— ROSE  OIL.— 

Olive  oil,  one  pint ;  otto  of  roses,  five 

„.        to  sixteen  drops.    Essence  of  bergamot 

being  much  cheaper,  is  usually  used 

instead  of  the  more  expensive  otto  of 


269.  RED  ROSE  OIL.— The   same. 
The  oil  coloured  before  scenting,  by 
steeping  in  it  one  drachm  of  alkanet 
root  with  a  gentle  heat,  until  the  desired 
tint  is  produced.     Alkanet  root  20  cts. 
per  pound. 

270.  HAIR  DYE.— A  friend  of  ours, 
to  whom  we  applied  upon  the  subject, 
favoured  us  with  the  following-  infor- 
mation : — I   have    operated   upon   my 
own  cranium  for  at  least  a  dozen  years, 
and  though  I  have  heard   it  affirmed 
that  dyeing  the  hair  will  produce  insan- 
ity, I  am  happy  to  think  I  am,  as  yet, 
perfectly  sane,  and  under  no  fear  of 
being  otherwise ;    at  all  events,  I  am 
wiser  than  I  once  was,  when  I  paid  five 
shillings  for  what  I  can  now  make  my- 
self for  less  than  twopence ! — but  to  the 
question :  —  I  procure  lime,  which   I 
speedily  reduce  to  powder  by  throwing 
a  little  water  upon  it,  then  mix  this 
with  litharge  (three  quarters  lime,  and 
a  quarter  litharge),  which  I  sift  through 
a  fine  hair  sieve,  and  then  1  have  what 
is  sold  at  a  h'gli  price  under  the  name 
•>i'  '  Unique  Powder"  and  the  irist 


effectual  harr  dye  that  has  yet  been 
discovered.  But  the  application  of  it 
is  not  very  agreeable,  though  simple 
enough : — Put  a  quantity  of  it  in  a 
saucer,  pour  boiling  water  upon  it.  and 
mix  it  up  with  a  knife  like  thick  mus- 
tard; divide  the  hair  into  thin  layers, 
with  a  comb,  and  plaster  the  mixture 
thickly  into  the  layers  to  the  roots,  and 
all  over  the  hair.  When  it  is  all  com- 
pletely covered  over  with  it,  then  lay 
all  over  it  a  covering  of  damp  blue,  or 
brown  paper,  then  bind  over  it,  closely, 
a  handkerchief,  then  put  on  a  nightcap 
over  all,  and  go  to  bed ;  in  the  morning, 
brush  out  the  powder,  wash  thoroughly 
with  soap  and  warm  water,  then  dry, 
curl,  oil,  &c.  I  wan-ant  that  hair  thus 
managed  will  be  a  permanent  and  beau- 
tiful black,  which,  I  dare  say,  most 
people  would  prefer  to  either  gray  or 
red.  Now,  notwithstanding  the  patient 
endurance  and  satisfactory  experience 
of  our  friend,  we  very  much  doubt, 
whether  one  person  in  a  hundred,  would 
be  content  to  envelope  their  heads  in 
batter  of  this  description,  and  then  re- 
tire to  rest.  To  rest!  did  we  say? 
We  envy  not  the  slumbers  enjoyed 
under  these  circumstances.  Wo  fancy 
we  can  do  something  still  better  for 
those  who  are  ashamed  of  their  gray 
hairs.  The  hair-dyes  formerly  used 
produced  very  objectionable  tints.  Lat- 
terly several  perfumers  have  been  sell- 
ing dyes,  consisting  of  two  liquids  to  be 
used  in  succession,  at  exceedingly  hi^h 
prices.  The  composition  has  been  kept 
a  close  secret  in  the  hands  of  a  few. 
The  procuring  of  it  for  publication  in 
this  work  has  been  attended  with  con 
siderable  difficulty,  biit  our  readers  may 
take  it  as  an  earnest  that  no  pains  or 
expense  will  be  spared  to  render  really 
useful  information. 

271.  HAIR  DYE,  USUALLY  STYLEI* 
COLOMBIAN,  ARGENTINE,  &c.,  &c.- 
Solution  No.  I.  Hydrosulphurct  of  am- 
monia, one  ounce ;  solution  of  potash, 
three  drachms ;  distilled,  or  tain  water, 
one  ounce  (all  by  measure).  Mix,  and 
put  into  small  bottles,  labelling  it  No, 
I.  Solution  No.  II  Nitrate  of  silve^ 


B8 


UE  THAT  NEGLECTS  TIME,  TIME  WILL  NEGLECT. 


one  drachm ;  distilled,  or  rain-water,  two 
ounces.    Dissolved  and  labelled  No.  II. 

Directions. — The  solution  No.  I.  is 
first  applied  to  the  hair  with  a  tooth 
brush,  and  the  application  continued 
for  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes.  The 
solution  No.,  II.  is  then  brushed  over, 
a  comb  being  used  to  separate  the 
hairs,  and  allow  the  liquid  to  come  in 
contact  with  every  part.  Care  must 
be  taken  that  the  liquid  do  not  conle 
in  contact  with  the  skin,  as  the  solu- 
tion No.  II.  produces  a  very  permanent 
dark  stain  on  all  substances  with  which 
it  comes  in  contact.  If  the  shade  is 
not  sufficiently  deep,  the  operation  may 
be  repeated.  The  hair  should  be 
cleaned  from  grease  before  using  the 
dye. 

To  try  the  effect  of  hair-dye  upon 
hair  of  any  colour,  cut  off  a  lock  and 
apply  the  dye  thoroughly  as  directed 
above.  This  will  be  a  guarantee  of 
success,  or  will  at  least  guard  against 
failure. 

272.  BUG  POISON.— Proof  spirit, 
one  pint ;  camphor,  two  ounces ;  oil  of 
turpentine,  four  ounces ;  corrosive  sub- 
limate, one  ounce.    Mix. 

273.  TO  MAKE  A  FAC-SIMILE 
OF   A  LEAF   IN   COPPER.— This 
beautiful  experiment  can  be  performed 
by  any  person  in  possession  of  a  com- 
mon galvanic  battery.     The  process  is 
as  follows: — Soften  a  piece  of  gutta 
percha  over  a  candle,  or  before  a  fire  ; 
knead  it  with  the  moist  fingers  upon  a 
table,   until   the    surface   is  perfectly 
smooth,  and  large  enough  to  cover  the 
leaf  to  be  copied  ;  lay  the  leaf  flat  upon 
the  surface,  and  press  every  part  well 
into  the  gutta  percha.     In  about  five 
minutes  the  leaf  may  be  removed,  when 
if  the  operation  has*  been  carefully  per- 
formed a  perfect  impression  of  the  leai 
will  be  made  on  the    gutta    percha. 
This  must  now  be  attached  to  the  wire 
in  connexion  with  the  zinc  end  of  the 
battery  (which  can  easily  be  done  by 
heating  the  end  of  the  wire,  and  press- 
ing it  into  the  gutta  percha),  dusted 
well  over  with  the  best  black  lead,  with 
a  camel's  hair  brush  —  the  Oj?ct  of 


which  is  to  render  it  a  conductor  of 
slectricity  —  and  then  completely  im- 
mersed in  a  saturated  solution  of  eul- 
phate  of  copper.  A  piece  of  copper 
attached  to  the  wire  in  connexion  with 
;he  copper  end  of  the  battery,  must  als* 
je  inserted  into  the  copper  solution, 
•acing  the  gutta  percha  but  not  touch- 
ng  it;  this  not  only  acts  as  a  conductor 
to  the  electricity,  but  also  maintains  the 
solution  of  copper  of  a  permanent 
strength.  In  a  short  time,  the  copper 
will  be  found  to  creep  over  the  whole 
surface  of  the  gutta  percha,  and  in  about 
twenty-four  hours,  a  thick  deposit  of 
copper  will  be  obtained,  which  may 
then  be  detached  from  the  mould.  The 
accuracy  with  which  a  loaf  may  thus 
be  cast  is  truly  surprising1.  I  have  in 
my  possession  a  cast  of  a  hazel-leaf 
made  by  the  process,  which  nobody 
would  take  to  be  a  production  of  art ; 
every  fibre  and  nerve,  in  fact,  the  mi- 
nutest part,  is  delineated  with  the  ut- 
most fidelity. 

274.  GOLDFISH.— Great  care  must 
be  taken  of  gold  fish,  as  they  are  very 
susceptible ;  and  hence  a  loud  noise, 
strong  smell,  violent  or  even  slight 
shaking  of  the  vessel,  will  ofttimes  de- 
stroy them.  Small  worms,  which  are 
common  to  the  water,  suffice  for  their 
food  in  general ;  but  the  Chinese,  who 
bring  gold  fish  to  great  perfection, 
throw  small  balls  of  paste  into  the 
water,  of  which  they  are  very  fond. 
They  give  them  also  lean  pork,  dried 
in  the  sun,  and  reduced  to  a  very  fine 
and  delicate  powder.  Fresh  river-water 
must  be  given  them  every  day.  Care 
must  be  taken  to  collect  the  spawn, 
when  seen  floating  on  the  water,  as 
otherwise  it  will  be  destroyed  by  the 
fish  themselves.  This  spawn  is  put 
into  a  vessel,  and  exposed  to  the  sun, 
until  vivified  by  the  heat.  Gold  fish, 
however,  seldom  deposit  spawn  when 
kept  in  vases.  In  order  to  procure  a 
supply,  they  must  be  put  into  reser- 
voirs of  a  considerable  depth,  in  some 
parts  at  least,  well  shaded  at  intervals 
with  water-lilies,  and  constantly  sup- 
pi;  =}d  with  fresh  wrater.  At  a  certain 


KNOWLEDGE  IS  THE  WING  WHEREBY  WE  FLY  TO  HEAVEN. 


89 


time  of  the  year,  numerous  barques  are  | 
Been  in  the  great  river  of  Yaugft-se- 
Keang,  which  go  thither  to  purchase 
the  spawn  of  gold  fish.  This  is  ob- 
tained with  no  small  care,  for  towards 
the  month  of  May,  the  inhabitants 
close  the  river  in  several  places  with 
mats  and  hurdles,  which  extend  nine 
or  ten  leagues,  and  leave  only  a  space 
in  the  middle  sufficient  for  the  passage 
of  boats.  The  spawn  is  stopped  by 
these  hurdles,  and  the  water  being 
afterwards  drawn  up,  and  put  into 
large  vessels,  is  sold  to  merchants,  who 
send  it  to  all  parts. 

275.  METHOD  OF  HARDENING 
OBJECTS  IN  PLASTER  OF  PA- 
RIS.— Take  two  parts  of  stearine,  two 
parts  of  Venetian  soap,  one  part  of  pearl- 
ash,  and  twenty-four  to  thirty  parts  of  a 
solution  of  caustic  potash.   The  stearine 
and  soap  are  cut  into  slices,  mixed  with 
the  cold  ley,  and  boiled  for  about  half 
an     hour,    being    constantly    stirred. 
Whenever  the  mass  rises,  a  little  cold 
ley  is  added.     The  pearlash,  previously 
moistened  with  a  little  rain  water,  is 
then  added,  and  the  whole  boiled  for  a 
few  minutes.     The  mass  is  then  stirred 
until  cold,  when  it  is  mixed  with  so 
much  cold  ley  that  it  becomes  perfectly 
liquid,  and  runs  off  the  spoon  without 
coagulating   and   contracting.     Before 
using   this   composition,  it   should   be 
kept  for  several  days  well   covered. 
It  may  be   preserved  for  years.     Be- 
fore  applying  it  to  the  objects,  they 
should    be    well    dusted,    the    stains 
scraped   away,    and    then   coated,    by 
means  of  a  thick  brush,  with  the  wash, 
as  long  as  the  plaster  of  Paris  absorbs 
it,  and  left  to  dry.     The  coating  is  then 
dusted  with  leather,  or  a  soft   brush. 
If  the  surface  has  not  become  shining-, 
the  operation  must  be  repeated. 

276.  CUP  IN  A  PIE-DISH.— The 
custom  of  placing  an  inverted  cup  in  a 
fruit  pie,  the  cook  will  inform  us,  is  to 
contain  the  juice  while  the  pie  is  bak- 
ing in  the  oven,  and  prevent  its  boiling 
over;    and  she  is  the  more  convinced 
in  her  theo  ry,  because,  when  the  pie  is 
withdrawn  from  the  oven,  the  cup  will 


be  found  full  of  juice.  When  the  cup 
is  first  put  in  the  dish  it  is  full  of  cold 
air,  and,  when  the  pie  is  placed  in  the 
oven  this  air  will  expand  by  the  beat 
and  nil  the  cup,  and  drive  out  all  the 
juice  and  a  portion  of  the  present  air 
It  contains,  in  which  state  it  will  remain 
until  removed  from  the  oven,  when  the 
air  in  the  cup  will  condense,  and  occupy 
a  very  small  space,  leaving  the  re- 
mainder to  be  filled  with  juice ;  but 
this  does  not  take  place  till  the  danger 
of  the  juice  boiling  over  is  passed.  If 
a  small  glass  tumbler  is  inverted  in  the 
pie,  its  contents  Cftn  be  examined  into 
while  it  is  in  the  oven,  and  it  will  be 
found  what  has  been  advanced  is  cor- 
rect. 

277.  TO  REMOVE  INK-STAINS 
FROM  SILVER.— The  tops  and  other 
portions  of  silver  inkstands  frequently 
become  deeply  discoloured  with    ink, 
which  is  difficult  to  remove   by  ordi- 
nary means.   It  may,  however,  be  com- 
pletely eradicated  by  making   a  little 
chloride  of  lime  into  a  paste  with  water, 
and  rubbing  it  upon  the  stains.     Chlo- 
ride of  lime  has  been  misnamed  "  The 
general  bleacher,"  but  it  is  a  foul  ene- 
my to  all  metallic  surfaces. 

278.  PARISIAN  ETIQUETTE. 
Many  of  our  readers  may  be  visiting 

Paris,  and  to  such  persons  the  follow- 
ing hints  will  be  useful : 

INTRODUCTION  TO  SOCIETY. 

Avoid  all  extravagance  and  manner- 
ism, and  not  be  over-timid  at  the  out- 
set. 

Be  discreet  and  sparing  of  youi 
words. 

Awkwardness  is  a  great  misfortune, 
but  it  is  not  an  unpardonable  fault. 

To  deserve  the  reputation  of  moving 
in  good  society,  something  more  is  re- 
quisite than  the  avoidance  of  blunt 
rudeness. 

Strictly  keep  tc  your  engagements. 

Punctuality  is  the  essence  of  royal 
politeness. 

THE  TOILET. 

Too  much  attention  cannot  be  paiJ 
to  the  arrangements  of  the  toilet. 


90 


THE  SWEETEST  ROSE  GROWS  UPON  THE  SHARPEST  THORN'S. 


A  man  is  often  judged  by  his  appear 
ance,  and  seldom  incorrectly. 

A  neat  exterior,  equally  free  from  ex- 
travagance and  poverty,  almost  ahvay 
proclaims  a  right-minded  man. 

To  dress  appropriately,  and  with 
good  taste,  is  to  respect  yourself  and 
others. 

A  black  coat  and  trowsers  are  indis- 
pensable for  a  visit  of  ceremony,  an 
entertainment,  or  a  ball. 

The  white  or  black  waistcoat  is 
equally  proper  in  these  cases. 

The  hand  should  always  be  gloved. 

A  well-bred  man  always  wears  yel- 
low kids  in  dancing.  [So  says  our  Pa- 
risian authority :  we  take  exception, 
however,  to  the  ydlow — a  tint  is  prefer- 
able to  a  decided  colour!] 

A  person  of  distinction  is  always 
known  by  the  fineness  of  his  linen,  and 
by  the  nicety  of  his  hat,  gloves,  and 
boots.  [Rather  read:  fine  linen,  and 
a  good  hat,  gloves,  and  boots,  are  evi- 
dences of  the  highest  taste  in  dress.] 

A  gentleman  walking  should  always 
wear  gloves,  this  being  one  of  the  charac- 
teristics of  good  breeding. 

Upon  public  and  State  occasions  offi- 
cers should  appear  in  uniform. 

Ladies  dresses  should  be  chosen  so 
as  to  produce  an  agreeable  harmony. 

Never  put  on  a  dark-coloured  bonnet 
with  a  light  spring  costume. 

Avoid  uniting  colours  which  will 
fmggest  an  epigram;  such  as  a  straw- 
coloured  dress  with  a  g-reen  bonnet. 

The  arrangement  of  the  hair  is  most 
important, 

Bands  are  becoming  to  faces  of  a 
Grecian  caste. 

Ringlets  better  suit  lively  and  expres- 
sive heads. 

Whatever  be  your  style  of  face,  avoid 
an  excess  of  lace,  and  let  flowers  be 
few  and  choice. 

In  a  married  woman  a  richer  style 
of  ornament  is  admissible. 

Costly  elegance  for  her — for  the  young 
girl,  a  style  of  modest  simplicity. 

The  most  e^gant  dress  loses  its  char- 
acter if  it  is. not  worn  with  grace. 

oung  girls  have  often  an  air  of  con- 


straint, and  their  dress  seems  to  par 
take  of  their  want  of  ease. 

In  speaking  of  her  toilet,  a  woman 
should  not  conrey  the  idea  that  her 
whole  skill  consists  in  adjusting  taste- 
fully some  trifling  ornaments. 

A  simple  style  of  dress  is  an  indica- 
tion of  modesty. 

CLEANLINESS. 

The  hands  should  receive  special  at- 
tention. They  are  the  outward  signs 
of  general  cleanliness.  The  same  may 
be  said  of  the  face,  the  neck,  the  ears, 
and  the  teeth.  (See  37,  38,  60,  344, 
145  and  146). 

The  cleanliness  of  the  system  gene- 
rally, and  of  bodily  apparel,  pertains  to 
Health,  and  will  be  treated  of  under 
this  head. 

THE  HANDKERCHIEF. 

There  is  considerable  art  in  using 
this  accessory  of  dress  and  comfort. 

Avoid  extreme  patterns,  styles,  and 
colours. 

Never  be  without  a  handkerchief. 

Hold  it  freely  in  the  hand,  and  do  not 
roll  it  into  a, ball.  Hold  it  by  the  centre, 
and  let  the  corners  form  a  fanlike  ex- 
pansion. 

Avoid  using  it  too  much.  "With  some 
persons  the  habit  becomes  troublesome 
and  unpleasant. 

VISITS  AND  PRESENTATIONS. 

Friendship  calls  should  be  made  in 
the  forenoon,  and  require  neatness, 
without  costliness  of  dress. 

Calls   to   give  invitations  to  dinner- 
parties,    or    balls,     should    be     veiy 
hort,  and  should  be  paid  in  the  after- 
noon. 

Visits  of  condolence  require  a  grave 
style  of  dress. 

A  formal  visit  should  never  be  made 
Before  noon.  If  a  second  visitor  is  an 
nounced,  it  will  be  proper  for  you  to 
retire,  unless  you  are  very  intimate, 
both  with  the  host  and  the  visitor  an- 
nounced ;  unless,  indeed,  the  hoet  ex- 
presses a  wish  for  you  to  remain 

Visits  after  balls  or  parties  should  be 
made  within  a  month. 

In  the  latter,  it  is  customary  to  ors 
close  your  card  in  an  envelope, 


AT  NIGHT  NATURE  IS  IN  MOURNING  FOR  THE  LOSS  OF  THE  SUN. 


91 


the  address  outside.  This  may  be  sent 
by  post,  if  you  reside  at  a  distance. 
But,  in  the  neighbourhood,  it  is  polite 
to  send  your  servant,  or  to  call.  In  the 
latter  case  a  corner  should  be  turned 
down. 

Scrape  yom  shoes  and  use  the  mat. 
Never  appear  in  a  drawing-room  with 
mud  on  your  boots. 

When  a  new  visitor  enters  a  draw- 
ing-room, if  it  be  a  gentleman  the  ladies 
bow  slightly ;  if  a  lady,  the  guests 
rise. 

Hold  your  hat  in  your  hand,  unless 
requested  to  place  it  down.  Then  lay 
it  beside  you. 

The  last  arrival  in  a  drawing-room 
takes  a  seat  left  vacant  near  the  mis- 
tress of the  house. 

A  lady  is  not  required  to  rise  on  re- 
ceiving a  gentleman,  nor  to  accompany 
him  to  the  door. 

When  your  visitor  retires,  ring  the 
bell  for  the  servant.  You  may  then 
accompany  your  guest  as  far  towards 
the  door  as  the  circumstances  of  your 
friendship  seem  to  demand. 

Request  the  servant,  during  the  visit 
of  guests,  to  be  ready  to  attend  to  the 
door  the  moment  the  bell  rings. 

When  you  introduce  a  person  pro- 
nounce the  name  distinctly,  and  say 
whatever  you  can  to  make  the  intro- 
duction agreeable.  Such  as  "  an  old 
and  valued  friend,"  a  "  school-fellow  of 
mine,"  "  an  old  acquaintance  of  our 
family." 

Never  stare  about  you  in  a  room  as 
if  you  were  taking  stock. 

The  gloves  should  not  be  removed 
during  a  visit. 

Be  hearty  in  your  reception  of  guests. 
And  where  you  see  much  diffidence, 
assist  the  stranger  to  throw  it  off. 

A  lady  does  not  put  her  address  on 
hnr  visiting  card.  (See  474  and  2345.) 

279.— II  OR  NO  H?— How  MRS. 
HITCHING  WAS  CURED  OF  HER  HABIT 

OF  SPEAKING    INCORRECTLY.— In  the 

evening,  after  returning  home,  we  were 
Bitting  by  the  fire,  and  felt  comfortable 
ond  chatty,  when  I  prop,  sed  to  Mrs. 


Hitching  the  following  Enigma,  the 
author  of  which  -had  favoured  me  with 
a  copy  of  it : — 

The  Vide  Vorld  you  may  search,  and 

my  fellow  not  find ; 

I  dwells  in  Wacuum,  deficient  in  Vind ; 
In  the  Wisage  I'm  seen — in  the  Woice 

I  am  heard, 
And  yet  I  am  inwisible,  gives  went  to 

no  Vurd. 
I'm  not  much  of  a  Vag,  for  I'm  vanting 

in  Vit; 
But  distinguished  in  Werse  for    the 

Wollums  I've  writ. 
I'm  the  head  of  all  Willains,  yet  far 

from  the  Vurst — 
I'm  foremost  in  Wice,  tho'  in  Wirtue 

the  first. 
I'm  not  used  to  Veapons,  and  ne'er  goes 

to  Vor ; 
Though  in  Walour  inwincible — in  Wic- 

tory  sure ; 
The  first  of  all  Wiands  and  Wictuals  is 

mine — 

Rich  in  Wenison  and  Weal,  but  defi- 
cient in  Vine. 

To  Wanity  given,  I  in  Welwets  abound ; 
But  in  Voman,  in  Vife,  and  in  Vidow 

ain't  found ; 
Yet  conspicuous  in  Wirgins,  and  I'll  tell 

you  between  us, 
To  persons  of  taste  I'm  a  bit  of  a 

Weuus ; 
Yet  none  take  me  for  Veal — or  for  Voe 

in  its  stead, 
For  I  ranks  not  among  the  sweet  Voo'd, 

Vun,  and  Ved ! 

Before  the  recital  of  the  enigma  was 
half  completed  Mrs.  Hitching  laughed 
heartily — she  saw.  of  course,  the  mean- 
ing of  it  —  that  it  was  a  play  upon  the 
Cockney  error  of  using  the  V  instead 
of  the  W,  and  the  latter  instead  of  the 
V.  Several  times  as  I  proceeded,  she 
xclaimed  "  ^excellent !  ^excellent!" 
and  when  I  had  finished,  she  remarked 
that  it  was  very  "  /(ingenious,"  and 
enough  to  "/topen  the  Aeyes"  of  the 
ckneys  to  their  stupid  and  vulgar 
manner  oi  speaking. 

A  more  difficult  and  delicate  task  lay 
before  me.      I  told  her  that  as    she 


00  TO  BED  WITU  THE  LAMB  AXD  RISE  WITH  THE  LARK. 


was  BO  much  pleased  with  the  firs 
enigma,  I  would  submit  anotlier  by  the 
eaiiie  author.  I  felt  very  nervous,  but 
determined  to  proceed : — 

I  dwells  in  the  Herth,  and  I  breathes  iu 

the  Hair ; 
If  you  gearches  the  Hocean,  you'll  find 

that  I'm  there. 
The  first  of  all  Hangels,  in  Holympus 

am  Hi, 

Yet  I'm  banished  from  'Eaven,  expell- 
ed from  on  'Igh. 
But,  though  on  this  Horb  I'm  destined 

to  grovel, 
I'm  ne'er  seen  in  an  'Ouse,  in  an  'Ut, 

nor  an  'Ovel ; 
Not  an  'Oss  nor  an  'Unter  e'er  bears 

me,  alas ! 
But  often  I'm  found  on  the  top  of  a 

Hass. 
I  resides  in  a  Hattic,  and  loves  not  to 

roam, 
And  yet   I'm   invariably  absent  from 

'Ome. 
Tho'  'ushed  in  the   'Urricane,  of  the 

Hatmosphere  part. 

I  enters  no  'Ed,  I  creeps  into  no  'Art. 
Only  look,  and  you'll  see  in  the  Heye  I 

appear, 
Only  hark,   and    you'll   'ear  me  just 

breathe  in  the  Hear ; 
Though  in  sex  not  an  'E,  I  am  (strange 

paradox !) 

Not  a  bit  of  an  'Efier,  but  partly  a  Hox. 
Of  Heternity  Hi  'm  the  beginning !  And 

mark, 
Though  I  goes  not  with  Noar,  I'm  first 

in  th,e  Hark. 
I'm  never  in  'Ealth — have  with  Fysic 

no  power ; 
I  dies  in  a  month  but  comes  back  in  a 

Hour  ! 

I  noticed  during  the  progress  of  this 
enigma,  in  reciting  which  I  ventured  to 
emphasize  the  misplaced  h's  as  much 
as  possible,  that  occasional  blushes  and 
smiles  passed  over  Mr*  Hitching' s 
fact  After  it  was  finished  there  was 
A  pause  of  some  minutes.  At  last  she 
s*»id  "  Very  good,  very  clever.  '  She 


avoided  using  any  word  in 
which  the  h,  hard  or  soft,  \v;is  required. 
1  e;i\v  she  wits  timid,  and  I  then  deter- 
mined to  complete  the  task  1  bad  be- 
gun, by  repeating  the  following  enigma 
by  Byron,  upon  the  same  letter : — 

T  was  whispered  in  heaven,  it  was 

muttered  in  hell, 
And  echo  caught  faintly  the  sound  as 

it  fell: 
Oi  the  confines  of  earth  't  was  pei-mit- 

ted  to  rest, 
And  the  depths  of  the  ocean  its  presence 

confessed. 
'T  will  be  found  in  the  sphere  when  't 

is  riven  asunder, 
Be  seen  in  the  lightning  and  heard  in 

the  thunder. 
'Twas  allotted  to  man  with  his  earliest 

breath, 
Attends  at  his  birth,  and  awaits  him  in 

death ; 
It  presides  o'er  his  happiness,  honour, 

and  health, 
Is  the  prop  of  his  house,  and  the  end 

of  his  w-ealth. 
Without  it  the  soldier  and  seaman  may 

roam, 
But  woe  to  the  wretch  who  expels  it 

from  home. 
In  the  whispers  of  conscience  its  voice 

will  be  found; 
Nor  e'en  in  the  whirlwind  of  passion  be 

drowned. 
Twill  not  soften  the  heart,  and  tho 

deaf  to  che  ear, 
Twill  make  It  acutely  and  instantly 

hear. 
But  in  shade,  let  it  rest  like  a  delicate 

flower — 
Oh,  breathe  on  it  softly — it  dies  in  an 

hour. 

She  was  much  pleased,  but  seemed 

houghtful,  and  once  or  twice  in  conver 

ation  checked  herself,  and  corrected 

ier  pronunciation  of  words  that  w<  rr 

difficult  to  her. 

A  few  days  afterwards  I  called  upon 
ler,  and  upon  being  introduced  to  t»se 
tarloftr  to  wait  for  her  appearance,  1 
aw  lying  upon  her  table  the  following 


HONEST  LOSS  IS  PREFERABLE  TO  SHAMEFUL  GAIlt. 


93 


MEMORANDUM  UPON  THE  USE 

OF  THE  LETTER  H. 
Pronounce — Herb,  'Erb. 

Heir,  'Eir. 

Honesty,        'Onesty. 
Honour,         'Onour. 
Hospital,        'Ospital. 
•;  Hostler,          'Ostler. 

Hour,  'Our. 

"  Humour,        'Umour. 

Humble,        'Umble. 
Humility,       'Umility. 
In  all  other  cases  H.  is  to  be  sounded 
when  it  begins  a  word. 

Mem. — Be  careful  to  sound  the  H. 
slightly  in  such  words  as  w/tere,  w/ten, 
w/iat,  wAy — don't  say,  were,  wen,  wat, 
wy. 

I  am  happy  to  say  that  it  is  now  a 
pleasure  to  hear  Mrs.  Hitching's  con- 
versation. I  only  hope  that  others  may 
improve  as  she  has  done. 

280.  FEMALE  DRESS.— It  is  well 
known  that  a  loose  and  easy  dress  con- 
tributes much  to  give  the  sex  the  fine 
proportions  of  body  that  are  observable 
in  the  Grecian  statues,  and  which  serve 
as  models  to  our  present  artists,  nature 
being  too  much  disfigured  among  us 
to  afford  any  such.  The  Greeks  knew 
nothing  of  those  Gothic  shackles,  that 
multiplicity  of  ligatures  and  bandages 
with  which  our  bodies  are  compressed. 
Their  women  were  ignorant  of  the  use 
of  whalebone-stays,  b^  which  ours  dis- 
tort their  shape  instead  of  displaying  it. 
This  practice,  carried  to  so  great  an 
excess  as  it  is  in  America,  must  in  time 
degenerate  the  species,  and  is  an  in- 
stance of  bad  taste.  Can  it  be  a  pleas- 
ant sight  to  behold  a  woman  cut  in  two 
in  the  middle,  as  it  were  like  a  wasp  ?  On 
the  contrary,  it  is  as  shocking  to  the 
eye  as  it  is  painful  to  the  imagination. 
A  fine  shape,  like  the  limb,  hath  its  due 
size  and  proportion,  a  diminution  of 
which  is  certainly  a  defect.  Such  a 
deformity  also  would  be  shocking  in  a 
naked  figure ;  wherefore,  then,  should 
»t  be  esteemed  a  beauty  in  one  that  is 
dressed  1  Everything  that  confines  and 
under  a  restraint  is  an  in- 


stance of  bad  taste.  This  is  as  true  in 
regard  to  the  ornaments  of  the  body  as 
to  the  embellishments  of  the  mind. 
Life,  health,  reason,  and  convenience, 
ought  to  be  taken  first  into  considera- 
tion. Gracefulness  cannot  subsist  with- 
out ease ;  delicacy  is  not  debility ;  nor 
must  a  woman  be  sick  in  order  to 
please. 

281.  GOING  IN  DEBT.— What 
comparison  is  there  between  the  guilt 
of  the  poor  uneducated  wretch,  who 
ventures,  in  rags  and  misery,  to  steal 
from  the  apparent  superfluities  of  his 
neighbour  a  portion  for  his  starving 
family,  and  the  crime  of  the  well-fed, 
well-dressed,  much-accomplished  lady, 
who  sails  into  the  shop  of  the  unwary 
tradesman  for  articles  of  useless  luxury; 
and,  under  cover  of  the  respectability 
of  her  appearance  and  the  address  she 
gives,  "  defrauds  him  of  property  to  a 
considerable  amount!"  The  ragged 
culprit  is  watched  and  driven  from  the 
window — the  fashionable  thief  is  Avel- 
comed  in  complacently  and  bowed  out 
gratefully,  with  the  promise  that  "  her 
esteemed  orders  shall  be  attended  to 
immediately."  When  the  goods  she 
has  nominally  purchased  are  sent  home, 
and  they,  like  their  real  owner,  are 
readily  taken  in,  the  grand  piano  18, 
perhaps,  heard  in  her  elegantly  fur 
uished  villa,  or  the  carriage  of  som«» 
wealthier  friend  is  standing  at  the  door. 
The  lady's  place  in  church  and  in  so 
ciety  is  gaily  filled,  and,  for  a  certain, 
or  rather  uncertain  period,  the  custom 
and  the  company  of  "  such  a  highly- 
respectable  family."  are  considered  an 
acquisition  in  the  neighbourhood.  But 
"  a  change  comes  over  the  spirit  of  the 
dream:"  in  course  of  time,  the  lady 
who  ordered  with  the  greatest  ease,  is 
discovered  to  pay  with  the  greatest 
difficulty,  and  her  commands  are  not 
so  much  esteemed  as  formerly.  The 
dishonest  beggar,  if  detected,  is  com- 
mitted to  prison  ;  but.  when  things 
come  to  a  crash  with  the  fashionable 
thief,  the  lady's  husband  is  simply  d^- 
clared  "  unfortunate  ;"  and  if  forced  to 
remove  into  a  humbler  dwelling,  in  » 


94 


EXAMPLES  DO  NOT  AUTHORIZE  SIXS. 


district  in  which  she  is  not  known,  the 
lady  is  at  liberty  to  pursue  her  former 
practices  of  shop-lifting1,  as  far  as  cir- 
cumstances will  allow  !  It  is  certainly 
not  too  much  to  assert  that  every  one  of 
the  articles  which  have  been  thus  fool- 
ishly and  fraudulently  obtained,  and 
the  possession  of  wThich  appeared  so  in- 
dispensable to  the  vanity  or  the  con- 
sequence of  those  who  longed  for  them, 
has,  in  its  turn,  helped  to  lessen  their 
consideration,  and  to  expose  them  to 
ridicule,  if  not  contempt.  What,  in 
fact,  has  the  costly  time-piece,  "  the 
curtains  like  Mrs.  Pimlico's,"  the  "love 
of  a  looking-glass  like  that  next  door," 
which  cost  nearly  a  quarter's  income — 
what  have  these  and  similar  inconsist- 
ent belongings  brought  upon  their  un- 
lucky owners  ?  Literally,  nothing  but 
censure  and  ill-will ;  and  yet,  for  these, 
conscience  and  comfort  have  been  bar- 
tered, and  the  elegant  lady  will  expose 
herself  to  tremble  before  the  humblest 
tradesman  in  the  street,  lest  he  should 
deny  her  the  commonest  necessaries  of 
life ! 

282.  THE  FEMALE  TEMPER.— 
No  trait  of  character  is  more  agreeable 
in  a  female  than  the  possession  of  a 
sweet  temper.  Home  can  never  be 
happy  without  it.  It  is  like  the  flowers 
that  spring  up  in  our  pathway,  reviv- 
ing and  cheering  us.  Let  a  man  go 
home  at  night,  wearied  and  worn  by 
the  toils  of  the  day,  and  how  soothing 
is  a  word  dictated  by  a  good  disposi- 
tion !  It  is  sunshine  falling  on  his  heart. 
He  is  happy,  and  the  cares  of  life  a*e 
forgotten.  A  sweet  temper  has  a  sooth- 
ing influence  over  the  minds  of  a  whole 
family.  Where  it  is  found  in  the  wife 
and  mother,  yon  observe  a  kindness 
and  love  predominating  over  the  natu- 
al  feelings  of  a  bad  heart.  Smiles, 
ind  words  and  looks,  characterize  the 
hildren,  and  peace  and  love  have  their 
dwelling  there.  Study,  then,  to  acquire 
and  attain  a  sweet  temper. 

2.S3.  HOW  TO  REMOVE  STAINS 
FROM  FLOORS.— For  removing  spots 
of  grease  from  boards,  take  equal  parts 


of  a  pound  of  each,  and  boil  in  a  quart 
of  soft  water;  and,  while  hot,  lay  it  on 
the  greased  parts,  allowing  it  to  remain 
on  them  for  ten  or  twelve  hours ;  after 
which  it  may  be  scoured  oft'  with  sand 
and  water.  A  floor  much  spotted  with 
grease  should  be  completely  washed 
over  with  this  mixture  the  day  before 
it  is  ccoured.  Fullers'  earth  or  ox-gall 
boiled  together,  form  a  very  powerful 
cleansing  mixture  for  floors  or  carpets 
Stains  of  ink  are  removed  by  strong 
vinegar,  or  salts  of  lemon  will  remove 
them. 

284.  WILLS.— A  will  is  an  instru 
ment  in  writing,  executed  in  fonn  of 
law,  by  which  a  person  makes  a  dispo 
sition  of  his  property,  to  take  effect 
after  his  death. 

A  codicil  is  a  supplement  or  addition 
to  a  will,  and  by  which  the  will  is  alter 
ed,  explained  or  added  to,  but  in  no 
case  wholly  revoked. 

A  bequest  to  a  subscribing  of  a  will 
is  void. 

Let  every  man  about  to  make  a  will 
endeavour  to  make  it  as  concise  as  pos- 
sible ;  and  if  he  employs  a  lawyer, 
agree  to  pay  him,  not  by  the  length, 
but  by  the  transaction.  Let  him  keep 
in  his  mind  that  every  trust  or  use  he 
creates,  also  creates  the  danger  of  a 
Chancery  suit.  Every  will  should  be 
dated  on  the  day  it  is  executed.  It  is 
also  of  the  first  importance  that  it 
should  be  prepared  without  blot  or  al- 
teration, or  erasure,  for  it  is  an  instru- 
ment that  may  not  come  into  operation 
for  many  years — of  a  surety  not  until 
the  party  best  capable  of  explaining  it, 
the  testator  himself,  is  removed  from 
the  scene  of  evidence,  and  possibly  not 
until  both  the  writer  of  it,  and  the 
witnesses,  have  either  ceased  to  exist, 
or  whose  locality  is  not  to  be  traced. 

285.  FOR  'SPRAINS    AND 
BRUISES.— Take  one  pint  of  train- 
oil,  half-a-pound  of  stone-pitch,  half-a- 
pound  of  resin,   half-a-pound   of  bees 
wax,  and  half-a-pound  of  stale  tallow 
or  in  like   proportion.     Boil   them  to- 
gether for  about  half-an-hour  skim  off 


of  fullers' earth  and  pearlash,  a  quarter  |  the   scum,  and  pour  the    iquid   int> 


JUDGEMENT  IS  XHE  THRONE  OF  PRUDENCE. 


1)5 


Apply  it  to  t 
ised,  and  let  it 


the  part 


cups,  and  when  cold  it  will  be  ready 
for  use.  When  needed,  it  must  be 
spread  as  thick,  but  not  thicker,  than 
blister-salve,  upon  a  piece  of  coarse 
flaxen  cloth, 
sprained  or  bruise 
for  a  day  or  more ;  it  will  gif  e  almost 
immediate  relief,  and  one  or  two 
plaisters  will  be  sufficient  for  a  perfect 
cure. 

'286.  SAUCE  FOR  FISH.— Twenty- 
four  anchovies  chopped ;  ten  eschalots ; 
two  ounces  of  horse-radish,  scraped  ; 
four  blades  of  mace ;  one  lemon,  sliced ; 
twelve  cloves;  quarter-of-an-ounce  of 
black  pepper,  whole ;  one  gill  of  the 
anchovy  liquor  ;  one  quart  of  best 
vinegar ;  one  quart  of  water.  Let  the 
whole  simmer  on  the  fire  until  reduced 
to  one  quart,  in  a  covered  saucepan, 
strain,  and  bottle  for  use.  If  required 
for  long  keeping-,  add  a  quarter-of-an- 
ounce  of  cayenne  pepper. 

287.  CANARIES.— Especial  care 
must  be  taken  to  keep  the  canary 
scrupulously  clean.  For  this  purpose, 
the  cage  should  be  strewed  every 
morning  with  clean  sand,  or  rather, 
h'ne  gravel,  for  small  pebbles  are  abso- 
lutely essential  to  life  and  health  in  cage 
birds;  fresh  water  must  be  given  every 
day,  both  for  drinking  and  bathing  ; 
the  latter  being  in  a  shallow  vessel  ; 
and,  during  the  moulting  season,  a 
small  bit  of  iron  should  be  put  into  the 
water  for  drinking.  The  food  of  a 
canary  should  consist  principally  of 
summer  rape-seed,  that  is,  of  those 
small  brown  rape-seeds  which  are  ob- 
tained from  plants  sown  in  the  spring, 
and  which  ripen  during  the  summer ; 
large  and  black  rape-seeds,  on  the  con- 
trary, are  produced  by  such  plants  as 
are  sown  in  autumn,  and  reaped  in 
spring.  A  little  chickweed  in  spring, 
lettuce-leaves  in  summer,  and  endive 
in  autumn,  with  slices  of  sweet  apple  in 
winter,  may  be  safely  given,  but  bread 
and  sugar  ought  to  be  generally  avoid- 
ed. Occasionally  also,  a  few  poppy  or 
canary-seeds,  and  a  small  quantity 


simple  food,  and  fresh  but  not  cold  air 
are  essential  to  the  well-being  of  a 
canary.  During  the  winter,  the  cage 
should  ~,ever  be  hung  in  a  room  with- 
out a  fire,  but  even  then,  wrhen  the  air 
is  mild,  and  the  sun  shines  bright,  the 
little  prisoner  will  be  refreshed  by 
having  the  window  open.  The  cage 
should  never  be  less  than  eight  inches 
in  diameter,  and  a  foot  high,  with 
perches  at  different  heights. 

288.  MOTHER  EVE'S  PUDDING. 

IF  you  would  have  a  good  pudding,  ob- 
serve what  you're  taught : — 
Take  two  pennyworth  of  eggs,  when 

twelve  for  the  groat ; 
And  of  the  same  fruit  that  Eve  had 

once  chosen, 
Well  pared  and  well  chopp'd,  at  least 

half-a-dozen  ; 
Six  ounces  of  bread,  (let  your  maid  eat 

the  crust,) 
The  crumbs  must  be  grated  as  small 

as  the  dust ; 
Six  ounces  of  currants  from  the  stones 

you  must  sort, 
Lest  they  break  out  your  teeth,  and 

spoil  all  your  sport ; 
Five  ounces  of  sugar  won't  make  it  too 

sweet ; 
Some  salt  and  some  nutmeg  will  make 

it  complete, 
Three  hours  let  it  boil,  without  hurry 

or  flutter, 
And  then  serve  it  up  without  sugar  or 

butter. 

289.  WASH  FOR  SUNBURN.— 
Take  two  drachms  of  borax,  one  drachm 
of  Roman  alum,  one  drachm  of  cam- 
phor,  half-an-ounce  of  sugar-candy,  and 
a  pound  of  ox-gall.     Mix,  and  stir  well 
for  ten  minutes  or  so,  and  repeat  thia 
stirring  thrae  or  four  times  a-day  for  a 
fortnight,  till    it    appears    clear    and 
transparent.     Strain  through  blotting 
paper,  and  bottle  up  for  use. 

290.  STEWED  MUSHROOMS.— 
Cut  off  the  ends  of  the  stalks,  and  paro 
neatly  some    middle -oized    or  button* 


bruised  hemp-seed  may  be  added,  but  j  mushrooms,  and  put  them  into  a  basin 
the  last  very  sparingly.    Cleanliness,)  of  water  with  the  juice  uf  a  lemon  as/ 


SELF  DENIAL  IS  ONE  OF  THE  CHIEF  VIRTUES. 


they  are  done.  When  all  are  prepared, 
take  them  from  the  water  \vith  the 
hands  to  avoid  the  sediment,  and  put 
them  into  a  stew-pan  with  a  little  fresh 
butter,  white  pepper,  salt,  and  a  little 
lemon-juice ;  cover  the  pan  close,  and 
let  them  stew  gently  for  twenty  mi- 
nutes or  half  an  hour ;  then  thicken 
the  butter  with  a  spoonful  of  flour,  and 
add  gradually  sufficient  cream,  or 
cream  and  milk,  to  make  the  same 
about  thv  thickness  of  good  cream. 
Season  the  sauce  to  palate,  adding  a 
little  pounded  mace  or  grated  nutmeg. 
Let  the  whole  stew  gently  until  the 
mushrooms  are  tender.  Remove  every 
particle  of  butter  which  may  be  float- 
ing on  the  top  before  serving. 

291.  QUESTIONS  &  ANSWERS 
ON    FAMILIAR    THINGS'  — Why 
do   candles  and  lamps  "  spirt,"  when 
rain  is  at  hand? — Because  the  air  is 
filled  with  vapour,  and  the  humidity 
penetrates  the    wick,  where    (being 
formed  into  steam)  it  expands  sudden- 
ly, and  produces  a  little  explosion. 

292.  Why  does  a  drop   of  water 
sometimes  roll  along  a  piece  of  hot  iron 
without    leaving    the   least    trace  ? — 
Because  (when  the  iron  is  very  hot  in- 
deed) the  bottom  of  the  drop  is  turned 
into  vapour,  which  buoys  the  drop  up, 
without  allowing  it  to  touch  the  iron. 

293.  why  does  a  laundress  pvvt  a 
little  saliva  on  a  flat-iron,  to  know  if  it 
be   hot  enough? — Because,  when  the 
saliva  sticks  to  the  box,  and  is  evapo- 
rated, she  knows  it  is  not  sufficiently 
hot :  but  when  it  runs  along  the  iron, 
it  is. 

294.  Why  is  the  flat-iron  hotter,  if 
the  saliva  runs  along  it,  than  if  it  ad- 
heres till  it  is   evaporated  ? — Because, 
when  the   saliva   runs   along  the  iron, 
the   heat  is  sufficient  to   convert  the 
bottom  of  the  drop  into  vapour  ;  but  if 
the  pnliva  will  not  roll,  the  iron  is  not 
sufficiently  hot  to   convert  the  bottom 
of  the  drop  into  vapour. 

295.  Why   do   wet   feet  or   clothes 
give  us  "  cold  ?" — Because,  the  evapo- 
ration absorbs  the  heat  go  abundantly 
from  the  surface  of  our   body,  that  its 


temperature  is  lowered  below  its  na 
tural  standard  ;  in  consequence  of 
which  health  is  injured.  [This  also 
explains  why  it  is  dangerous  to  sleep 
in  a  damp  oed.] 

296.  Why  is  the  health  injured  when 
the  temperature  of  the  body  is  reduced 
below  its  natural  standard  ? — Because, 
the  balance  of  the  circulation  is  de- 
stroyed, blood  is  driven  away  from  the 
external  surface  by  the  chill,  arid 
thrown  upon  the  internal  organs,  which 
are  oppressed  by  this  increased  load  oi 
blood. 

297  Why  do  not  sailors  get  cold, 
who  are  frequently  wet  all  day  with 
sea-water;  Because  the  salt  of  the  sea 
retards  evaporation;  and  (&s  the  heat 
of  their  bodies  is  drawn  off  gradually) 
the  sensation  of  cold  is  prevented. — 
Also,  the  salt  of  the  sea  acts  as  a  stimu- 
lous,  and  keeps  the  blood  circulating  in 
the  skin. 

298.  What  is  the  cause  of  snow  ? — 
When  the  air  is  nearly  saturated  with 
vapour,  and  condensed  by  a  current  of 
air  below  freezing-point,  some  of  the 
vapour  is  condensed,  and  frozen  into 
snow.     A  few  years  ago,  some  fisher- 
men (who  wintered  at  Nova  Zeinbla) 
after  they  had  been  shut  up  in  a  hut  for 
several  days,  opened  the  window  ;  and 
the  cold  external   air  rushing  in,  in- 
stantly condensed  the  air  of  the  hut, 
and  its  vapour  fell  on  the  floor  in  a 
shower  of  snow. 

299.  What  is  the  cause  of  sleet  ?— 
When  flakes  of  snow  (in  their  descent) 
pass  through  a  bed  of  air  above  freez- 
ing-point, they  partially  melt,  and  fall 
to  the  earth  as  half-melted  snow. 

300.  What  is  hail  ?— Rain  which 
has  passed  in  its  descent  through  some 
cold  bed  of  air,  and  has  been  frozen  MI 
to  drops  of  ice. 

301.  What  is  rain  ? — The  vapour  of 
the  clouds  or  air  condensed,  and  precip- 
itated to  the  earth. 

302.  Why  are  rain-drops  sometimes 
much    larger   than    at  other   times? — 
When   the  rain-cloud   is  floating  noar 
the  earth,  the  drope>  are  large,  because 
such  a  cloud  is  much  more  dense  than 


AS  A  MAN  LIVES,  SO  SHALL  HE  DIE; 


one  more  elevated.  The  size  of  the 
rain-drop  is  also  increased  according  to 
the  rapidity  with  which  the  vapours 
ire  condensed. 

303.  Why  does  the  Bible  say  that 
Grod  "giveth  snow  like  wool?" — Be- 
cause snow  (being  a  very  bad  conductor 
of  heat)  protects  vegetables  and  seeds 
from  the  frost  and  cold. 

304.  How   does  the  non-conducting 
power  of  snow  protect  vegetables  from 
the  frost  and   cold? — It  prevents  the 
heat  of  the  earth  from  being  drawn  off 
by  the  cold  air  which  rests  upon  it. 

305.  Why  are  woollens  and  furs  used 
for  clothing  in  cold  weather  ? — Because 
they  are  very  bad  conductors  of  heat, 
and   therefore  prevent  the  warmth  of 
the  body  from  being  drawn  off  by  the 
cold  air. 

306.  Do  not  woollens  and  furs  actu 
ally  impart  heat  to  the    body? — No; 
they  mert-Jy  prevent  the  heat  of  the 
body  from  escaping. 

307.  Where  would  the  heat  escape 
to,  if  the   body  were  not  wYapped  in 
wool  or   fur  ? — The  heat  of  the  body 
would  fly  off  into  the  air ;  for  the  cold 
air,  coming  in  contact  with  our  body, 
would  gradually  draw  away  its  heat,  till 
it  was  as  cold  as  the  air  itself. 

308.  What  then  is  the  principal  use 
of  clothing  in   winter-time  ? — To  pre- 
vent the  animal  heat  from  escaping  too 
freely;  and  to  protect  the  body  from 
the  external  air  i^or  wind),  which  would 
carry  away  its  heat  too  rapidly. 

309.  Why  are  March  winds  dry  ?— 
Because  they  generally  blow  from  the 
east  or  north-east,  and  therefore  sweep 
over  the  continent  of  America. 

310._What  is  the  use  of  March 
winds  ?— They  dry  the  soil  (which  is 
saturated  by  the  floods  of  February), 
break  up  the  heavy  clods,  and  fit  the 
iand  for  the  seeds  which  are  committed 
to  it. 

311.  Why  is  it  said  that  "March 
comes  in  like  a  lion  ?" — Because  it 
comes  in  with  blustering  east  winds,  so 
essential  to  dry  the  soil,  which  wojid 
otherwise  rot  the  seed  committed 
to  it. 


3J2.  Why  does  "  M.-irch  go  out  like 
n  lamb?" — Because  the  water,  evapor 
ated  by  the  high  winds,  falls  again  in 
showers  to  fertilize  the  earth,  and 
breaks  the  violence  of  the  winds. 

313.  Why  is  it  said  that  "  A  bushel 
of  March  dust  is  worth  a  king's  ran- 
som ?" — Because  it  indicates  that  there 
has  been  a  continuance  of  dry  weather^ 
and  unless  March  be  dry,  the  seed  wiL 
rot  in  wet  soil. 

314.  WThy  is  it  said  that  "A  dry  cold 
March  never  begs  bread  ?" — Because 
the  dry  cold  winds  of  March  prepare 
the  soil  for  seeds,  which  germinate  and 
produce  fruit  in  the  autumn. 

315.  Why  is  it  said  that  "A   wet 
March  makes  a  sad  autumn?" — Be- 
cause, if  March  be  wet,  so  much  of  <he 
seed  rots  in  the  ground,  that  the  au- 
tumn crops  are  spoiled. 

316.  Why  is  it   said  that  "March 
flowers  make  no  summer  bowers?" — 
Because,  if  the  spring  be  veiy  mild, 
vegetation  gets  too    forward,   and    is 
pinched  by  the  nightly  frosts,  so  as  to 
produce  neither  fruits  nor  flowers. 

317.  Why  is  it  said  that  "April 
showers  bring  May  flowers  '.'" — Because 
April  showers  supply  the  principal 
nourishment  on  which  the  seeds  de- 
pend for  their  development. 

318.  Why  is  there  more  rain  from 
September  to  M?.rch,  than  from  March 
to  September  ? — From    September  to 
March  the  temperature  of  the  air   is 
constantly   decreasing;    on  which    ac- 
count, its  capacity  for  holding  vapour 
is  on  the  decrease,  and  the  vapour  is 
precipitated  as  rain. 

319.  OYSTER  POWDER  —Open 

the  oysters  carefully,  so  ai  not  to  cut 
them  except  in  dividing  the  gristle 
which  attaches  the  shells.  Put  them 
into  a  mortar,  and  when  you  have  got 
as  many  as  you  can  conveniently  pound 
at  once  add  about  two  drachms  of  nit 
to  about  a  dozen  oysters ;  pound  th'  ta, 
and  rub  them  through  the  back  (  "  a 
hair  sieve  and  put  them  into  a  mo  '«r 
again  wits  tin  much  flour  <Jt>ut  p)  vi- 
jly  thoroughly  dried)  as  will  «li 


98 


AS  A  TREE  FALLS,  SO  IT  SHALL  LIE 


them  into  a  paste;  roll  this  paste  out  |  upon  the  prominent  traits  of  that  charac 
several  times,  and  lastly  flour  it,  and ' 
roll  ifc  out  the  thickness  of  a  half-crown, 
and  cut  it  into  pieces  about  one  inch 
square ;  lay  them  in  a  Dutch  oven, 
where  they  will  dry  so  gently  as  not  to 
get  burned ;  turn  them  every  half  hour, 
and  when  they  begin  to  dry  crumble 
them.  They  will  take  about  four  hours 
to  dry.  Pound  them,  sift  them,  and 
put  them  into  dry  bottles;  cork  and 
seal  them.  Three  dozen  of  natives  re- 
quire seven  ounces  and  a -half  of  flour 
to  make  them  into  a  paste  weighing 
eleven  ounces,  and  when  dried,  six  and 
a-half  ounces.  To  make  half-a-pint  of 


sauce,  put  one  ounce  of  butter  into  a  flatter,  and  if  the  brain  be  rather  small, 


stewpan  with  three  drachms  of  oyster 
powder,  and  six  tablespoonfuls  of  milk ; 
set  it  on  a  slow  fire,  stir  it  till  it  boils, 
and  season  it  with  salt.  As  a  sauce,  it 
is  excellent  for  fish,  fowls,  or  rump- 
steaks.  Sprinkled  on  bread  and  but- 
ter, it  makes  a  good  sandwich. 

320.  HOW  TO  WIN  A  SWEET- 
HEART.—The  attention  and  the  ad- 
miration of  an  individual  of  the  opposite 
sex  may  be  obtained  in  various  ways ; 
and  love  may  be  and  is  often  engender- 
ed where  none  is  felt  by  the  opposite 
party.  But  all  this  is  accomplished  by- 
playing  upon  some  passion  or  passions 
of  the  individual  whose  love  is  desired 
and  whose  hand  is  to  be  won.  Thus 
some  are  obtained  by  playing  upon  the 
desire  for  wealth  or  high  stati  n  in  so- 
ciety; others  through  their  pride,  by 
flattery  of  their  persons ;  others  through 
their  kindness,  by  exciting  their  benevo- 
lent feelings  ;  others  through  their  nat- 
ural amative  passions,  by  exciting  the 
desire  of  stfxual  love ;  others  by  show- 
ing one's  self  to  possess,  or  by  pretend- 
ing to  possess,  kindred  sympathies  and 
feelings — kindred  emotions  of  head  and 
heart — kindred  likes  and  desires — kin- 
dred tastes  and  sentiments.  To  win 
the  affections,  therefore,  we  should 
learn  the  character  of  the  individual 
whose  love  is  sought.  That  being 
known,  success  is  to  be  obtained  by 
bringing  the  batteries  to  bear  properly 


ter. 

True  love  arises  from  a  principle  of 
sympathy— from  a  oneness  of  feeling— 
from  a  similarity  in  some  points  of 
character,  although  other  points  m;iy 
be  very  dissimilar, — from  showing  that 
you  possess  something  which  the  other 
admires.  Acting  upon  th4s  you  may 
induce  in  another  love  for  you,  find 


cement  the  affections 


upon  y( 


Upon  this  subject,  I  give  you  the 
phrenological  teachings  of  O.  S.  Fow 
ler,  who  says : — 

"  If  approbativeness  predominate, 
and  causality  be  moderate,  you  may 


put  it  on  thickly.  Praise  their  dress, 
features,  appearance,  on  particular  oc- 
casions, and  any  and  everything  they 
take  pride  in.  ' 
them,  and  k( 


Take  much  notice  of 
continually    saying 


something  to  tickle  their  vanity;  for 
this  organization  will  bear  all  the  "  soft 
soap  "  you  can  administer.  When  you 
have  gained  this  organ,  you  have  got 
the  "  bell-sheep,"  which  all  the  other 
faculties  will  blindly  follow  on  the  run. 
But  if  approbativeness  be  only  full  or 
large,  with  reason  and  morality  quite 
as  large  or  larger,  and  the  head  of  a 
good  size,  and  well  developed,  "  soft- 
soap "  will  not  take,  but  will  only 
sicken ;  for  reason  will  soon  penetrate 
your  motive,  and  morality  will  reverse 
the  other  faculties  against  you,  and  de- 
stroy all  chance  of  gaining  the  affec- 
tions. See  to  it  that  you  really  esteem 
those  with  this  organization— esteem 
them  not  for  their  dress,  beauty,  man- 
ners, &c.,  but  for  their  moral  purity, 
their  elevated  sentiments,  their  fine 
feelings,  and  their  intellectual  attain- 
ments. As  they  estimate  themselves 
and  others  not  by  a  standard  of  wealth, 
beauty,  dress,  &c.,  but  by  a  moral  and 
intellectual  standard,  so  your  showing 
them  that  you  really  esteem  those  qual- 
ities which  they  prize  so  highly,  will 
cause  them  to  perceive  that  your  tastes 
harmonize  with  theirs,  and  thus  turn 
their  leading  organs  in  your  favour,  and 
unite  and  endear  them  to  you. 


TOR  AGE  AND  WANT  SAVE  WHILE  TOD  MAY. 


"  If  benevolence  predominate  in  the 
person,  show  yourself  kind,  not  to  the 
individual  alone,  nor  in  little  matters  of 
modern  politeness,  but  as  an  habitual 
feeling  of  your  soul,  always  gushing 
forth  spontaneously  at  the  call  of  want 
or  suffering,  and  ready  to  make  per- 
sonal sacrifices  to  do  good.  Be  philan- 


thropic, and  show  yourself  deeply  in 
terested  in  the  welfare  of  your  fellow- 
men.  This  will  gratify  his  or  her  be- 
nevolence, and  bring  it  over  in  your 
behalf,  which  will  draw  the  other  fac- 
ilties  along  with  it. 

"  To  one  who  has  large  intellectual 
organs,  do  not  talk  fashionable  non- 
sense, or  words  without  ideas  —  chit- 
chat, or  small  talk  —  I  mean  the  polite 
tete-a-tete  of  fashionable  young  people  ; 
but  converse  intellectually  upon  sensi- 
ble subjects;  evince  good  sense  and 
sound*.  judgment  in  all  you  can  say  and 
do  ;  present  ideas  and  exhibit  intellect 
This  will  gratify  their  intellects,  and 
lay  a  deep  intellectual  basis  for  mutual 


your 
or 


love,  as  well 
ing  it. 


as  go   far  towards  excit- 


"  If  the  person  be  pious  and  devout, 
be  religious  yourself,  and  your  religious 
feelings  will  strike  a  chord  that  will 
throb  through  her  whole  soul,  kindling 
an  irresistible  flame  of  mutual  love. 

"If  the  individual  be  a  timid  damsel, 
do  not  frighten  her ;  for  this  will  drive 
away  every  vestige  of  lurking  affection, 
and  turn  her  faculties  against  you; 
but  be  gentle  and  soothing  and  offer 
her  all  the  protection  in  your  power, 
causing  her  to  feel  safe  under  your 
wing,  and  she  will  hover  under  it,  and 
love  you  devoutly  for  the  care  you  be- 
stow upon  her. 

"  If  ideality  be  large  show  refine- 
ment and  good  taste,  and  avoid  all 
grossness  and  improper  allusions;  for 
nothing  will  more  effectually  array 'her 
against  you  than  either  impropriety  or 


be  neat,  apparel  nice,  and  every  tract 
of  the  slovenly  removed. 

'I  But  since  it  is  the  affections, 
mainly,  that  you  wish  to  enlist,  show 
yourself  affectionate  and  tender.  As 
like  begets  like,  whatever  faculty  is 
lively  in  you  will  be  excited  in  them  ; 
therefore  your  friendship  and  love,  as 
they  beam  forth  from  your  eyes,  soften 
your  countenance,  burn  on  your  lips, 
escape  through  the  soft  and  tender 
tones  of  your  voice,  light  up  y< 
countenance  with  the  smile  of  love, 
impress  the  kiss  of  affection,  imbue 
your  whole  soul  and  are  embodied  in 
every  look,  word  and  action,  will  as 
surely  find  a  way  to  their  hearts  as 
the  river  to  the  ocean,  and  kindle  in 
them  a  reciprocity  of  love.  By  these 
and  other  similar  applications  of  this 
principle,  the  disengaged  affections  ol 
almost  any  one  can  be  secured,  especi- 
ally if  the  organs  of  both  be  similar  ; 
for  the  command  thus  obtained  over 
the  feelings,  will,  and  even  judgment, 
is  almost  unlimited.  (Sec  2865.) 

321.  LEMON  SPONGE.— For  u 
quart  mould — dissolve  two  ounces  of 
isinglass  in  a  pint  and  three  quarters 
of  water;  strain  it,  and  add  three- 
quarters  of  a  pound  of  sifted  loaf  sugar, 
the  juice  of  six  lemons  and  the  rind  of 
one  ;  boil  the  whole  a  few  minutes, 
strain  it  again,  and  let  it  stand  till  quite 
cold  and  just  beginning  to  stiffen  ;  then 
beat  the  whites  of  two  eggs,  and  put 
them  to  it,  ?>nd  whisk  till  it  is  quite 
white  ;  put  it  into  a  mould,  which 
must  be  first  wetted  with  cold  water, 
or  salad  oil  is  a  much  better  substitute 
for  turning  out  jelly,  blancmange,  &c., 
great  care  being  taken  not  to  pour  it 
into  the  mould  till  quite  cool,  or  the  oil 
will  float  on  the  top,  and  after  it  is 
turned  out  ft  must  be  carefully  wiped 
over  with  a  clean  cloth.  This  plan 
only  requires  to  be  tried  once  to  be  in- 


variably  adopted. 
322.  TO  KILL  SLUGS —Take  a 


vulgarity,  or  even  inelegance.  Descant 
on  the  exquisite  and  sentimental,  on 
poetry  and  oratory,  and  expatiate  on  j  quantity  of  cabbage-leaves,  and  either 
the  beauties  of  nature  and  art,  and  put  them  into  a  warm  oven,  or  hold 
especially  of  natural  scenery.  If  order  j  them  before  the  fire  till  they  get  quite 
be  also  large,  see  to  it  that  your  person  !  soft ;  then  rub  them  with  unsalted 
5 


100 


LITTLE  STROKES  FELL  GREAT  OAKS. 


butter,  or  any  kind  of  fresh  dripping, 
aiid  lay  them  in  places  infested  with 
slugs.  In  a  few  hou  \s  the  leaves  will 
be  found  covered  witl.  snails  and  slugs, 
which  may  then,  of  course,  be  de- 
stroyed in  any  way  the  gardener  may 
think  fit. 

323.  HOW    TO     WASH    KID 
GLOVES.— Have  ready  a  little  new 
milk   in  one  saucer,  and   a  piece  of 
brown   soap  in   another,  and   a   clean 
cloth   or.  towel   folded    three  or  four 
times.     On  the   cloth   spread   out  the 
glove  smooth  and  neat.     Take  a  piece 
of  flannel,  drp  it  in  the  milk,  then  rub 
off  a  good  quantity  of  soap  to  the  wet- 
ted flannel,  and  commence  to  rub  the 
glove  downwards  towards  the  fingers, 
holding  it  firmly  with  the  left  hand. 
Continue  this  process  until   the   glove, 
if  white,  looks    of   a    dingy    yellow, 
though  clean  ;  if  coloured,  till  it  looks 
dark  and  spoiled.     Lay  it  to  dry  ;  and 
old  gloves  will  goon  look  nearly  new. 
They    will    be    soft,    glossy,    smooth, 
shapy  and  elastic. 

324.  DYEING  THE   HAIR. —It 
may  be  stated  once  for  all  that   this 
practice   is    decidedly    injurious.      It 
may  fail  altogether  in  producing  the 
desired  result  ;  it  is  never  unattended 
by  a  certain  amount  of  unpleasant  cir- 
cumstances, and   frequently  with  evil 
results. 

In  the  first  place,  the  alteration  of 
the  abnormal  colour,  so  far  as  the  ge- 
neral aspect  of  the  face  is  concerned, 
hae  an  effect  the  very  reverse  of  that 
which  was  intended.  Every  consti- 
tuent part  of  man  tends  to  make  the 
human  machine  one  harmonious  whole  . 
the  figure,  the  stature,  the  skin,  the 
hair,  the  gait,  &c. 

Fair  hair  is  associated  with  a  sangui- 
neous and  lymphatic  temperament,  a 
fine  and  white  skin,  blue  eyes,  and  a 
soft  and  mild  expression.  Black  hair, 
on  the  contrary,  is  generally  connected 
with  a  bilious  habit  of  body,  a  muscu- 
lar and  nervous  temperament,  a  dark 
and  yellowish  skin,  lively  black  eyes 
and  a  bold,  proud  air.  Red  hair  is  j 
associated  with  a  peculiar  constitution 


although  closely  approaching  to  tha 
fair  type.  In  this  variety  the  skin 
is  transparent,  fresh,  and  presents  n 
peculiar  limpidity,  which  belongs  ex- 
clusively to  the  colour  of  hair  men- 
tioned. 

To  what  absurd  contrasts,  then,  are 
those  persons  not  exposed,  who,  from 
idle  vanity,  attempt  to  break  the  bond 
of  union  which  exists  between  the 
hair  and  the  rest  of  the  body?  If, 
then,  from  the  impression  that  red  hair 
is  a  disfigurement,  it  is  dyed  black 
what  relation  can  exist  between  this 
new  colour,  and  the  soft  blue  eye,  and 
a  skin  so  fine  and  so  susceptible,  that 
the  sun's  rays  seem  to  penetrate  it, 
in  the  form  of  those  lentiginous  spots 
commonly  called  freckles. 

These  objections  do  not  apply  with 
equal  force  to  those  cases  where  the 
object  is  merely  to  disguise  partial  dis- 
colouration of  the  hair ;  but,  at  the 
same  time,  it  is  not  always  easy  to  pro- 
duce the  exact  shade  of  the  original 
colour,  and  when  the  hair  begins  tc 
grow  this  partial  discolouration  reap- 
pears and  discloses  the  dye. 

Finally,  when  this  discolouration  is 
widely  d'iffused  over  the  head,  and  re- 
quires an  extensive  application  of  the 
dye,  in  the  case  of  an  old  man  for  ex 
ample,  the  hair  will  then  present  a 
lustre,  brilliancy  and  tint,  in  melan- 
choly contradistinction  with  the  faded 
and  wrinkled  skin,  dull  leaden  eye, 
furrowed  cheek,  and  broken  and  tot- 
tering  gait. 

Besides,  experience  has  sufficiently 
established  the  fact,  that  the  ingre- 
dients of  which  the  dyes  are  composed, 
are  far  from  being  free  from  danger  or 
inconvenience.  The  texture  of  the 
hair  itself  is  deteriorated  by  them. 

Composed  as  they  are  generally,  of 
very  active  remedies,  they  burn  the 
hair,  alter  the  piliferous  capsule  ,  arrest 
the  natural  secretion  of  the  hair  and 
favour  the  production  of  baldness, 
They  also  frequently  produce  inflam- 
mation of  the  scalp.  I  have  met  with 
many  cases  in  which  females  who  had 
been  in  the  habit  of  using  those  dyes 


WE  IXCREASE  OUR  WEALTH  WHEN  WE  LESSEN  OUR  DESIRES. 


101 


Were  reduced  to  the  sad  alternative  of 
maintaining  a  disagreeable  arid  painful 
eruption,  the  result  of  the  ingre- 
dients employed,  or  to  abandon  the 
disguise  they  were  intended  to  pro- 
duce. 

Since  we  cannot  hope  to  prohibit 
altogether  the  use  of  compositions  for 
dyeing  the  hair,  it  only  remains  to 
point  out  those  that  are  the  least  in 
jurious,  and  most  likely  to  answer  the 
purpose  sought  for. 

From  the  earliest  time  the  following 
substances  have  been  employed  to 
blacken  the  hair: — The  oil  of  cade, 
gall  nuts,  the  lye  of  vine  branches, 
preparations  of  lead ;  ravens'  eggs 
have  been  extolled,  probably  because 
the  colour  of  that  bird  is  the  most 
perfect  black  ;  putrified  swallows, 
colocynth,  &c.  However,  experience 
has  shown  that  a  certain  number  of 
preparations  possess  more  or  less  effi- 
cacy, the  principal  of  which  I  shall 
here  point  out. 

Preparations  of  silver  are  used  in 
Carious  forms ;  as,  for  example,  a  po- 
uado  composed  of  nitrate  of  silver, 
eream  of  tartar,  ammoniac,  and  pre- 
pared lard. 

This  pomade  is  to  be  applied  to  the 
hair  by  the  aid  of  the  brush  and  comb. 
They  are  also  used  in  the  form  of 
paste  : — Nitrate  of  silver,  proto-nitrate 
of  mercury,  and  distilled  water.  Dis- 
solve—  strain,  and  wash  the  residue 
with  sufficient  water  to  make  a  paste. 

A  clear  paste  is  made  of  this  solu- 
tion and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  starch, 
which  is  then  carefully  applied  to  the 
hair  in  the  evening.  The  head  is 
covered  with  a  cap  of  gummed  taffeta 
during  the  night,  and  the  following 
morning  the  paste  is  washed  off,  and 
the  hair  anointed  with  any  simple  oint- 
ment. (Sec  270,  271.) 

325.  COOKING  COLD  BUTCHERS 

MEAT. 

326.  BEEF  MINCED.— Cut  into  small 
dice  remains  of  cold  beef;  and  gravy 
reserved  from  it  on  the  first  day  of  its 
being  served  should  be  put  in  the  stew- 


pan  with  the  addition  of  warm  water 
some  mace,  sliced  eschalot,  salt,  and 
black  pepper.  Let  the  whole  simmer 
gently  for  an  hour.  A  few  minutes  be- 
fore it  is  served,  take  out  the  ~_eat  and 
dish  it ;  add  to  the  gravy  some  walnut 
catsup,  and  a  little  lemon  juice,  or  wal- 
nut pickle.  Boil  up  the  gravy  once 
more,  and,  when  hot,  pour  it  over  the 
meat.  Serve  it  up  with  bread  sip- 
pets. 

327.  BEEF  (WITH  MASHED  POTA- 
TOES).— Mash  some  potatoes  with  hot 
milk,  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  some  butter 
and  salt.     Slice  the  cold  beef  and  lay 
it  at  the  bottom  of  a  pie-dish,  adding  to 
it  some  sliced  eschalot,  pepper,  salt,  and 
a  little  beef  gravy ;    cover  the  whole 
with  a  thick  paste  of  potatoes,  making 
the  crust  to  rise  in  the  centre  above 
the  edges  of  the  dish.     Score  the  po- 
tato crust  with  the  point  of  a  knife  in 
squares  of  equal  sizes.    Put  the  dish 
before  a  fire  in   a  Dutch   oven,   and 
brown  it  on  all  side? ;  by  the  time  it  is 
coloured,  the  meat  and  potatoes  will  be 
sufficiently  done. 

328.  BEEF  BUBBLF  AND  SQUEAK. 
— Cut  into  pieces,  convenient  for  fry- 
ing, cold  roast  or  boiled  beef;  pepper, 
salt,  and  fry  them ;    when  done   lay 
them  on  a  hot  drainer,  and  while  the 
meat  is  draining-  from  the  fat  used  in 
frying  them,  have  in  readiness  a  cab- 
bage already  boiled  in  two  waters ;  chop 
it  small,  and  put  it  in  the  frying-pan 
with  some  butter,  add  a  little  pepper 
and  keep    stirring   it,   that   all  of  it 
may  be   equally  done.      When  taken 
from  the  fire,  sprinkle  over  the  cab- 
bage a  very  little  vinegar,  only  enough 
to  give  it  a  slight  acid  taste.      Place 
the  cabbage  in  the  centre  of  the  dish, 
and  arrange  the  slices  of  meat  r  eatly 
around  it. 

329.  BEEF  OR  MUTTON  LOBSCOUS. 
— Mince,  not  too  finely,  some  cold  roast 
beef  or  mutton.     Chop  the  bones,  and 
put  them  in  a  saucepan  with  six  pota- 
toes peeled  and  sliced,  one  onion,  alsc 
sliced,  some  pepper  and  salt;  of  these 
make  a  gravy.     When  the  potatoes  ar«f 
completely  incorporated  vith  the  grary 


:o2 


WHERE  REASON  RULES,   APPETITE  OBEYS  J 


take  out  the  bortos,  and  put  in  the 
meat;  stew  the  whole  together  lor  an 
hour  before  it  is  to  be  served. 

330.  BEEF   EISSOLES.— Mir.ce   and 
season  cold  beef,  and  llavour  it  \vith 
mushroom  or  walnut  catsup.      Make 
of  beef  dripping  a  very  thin  paste,  roll 
it  out  in  thin  pieces,  about  four  inches 
square  ;  enclose  in  each  piece  some  of 
the   mince,  in   the  same  way   as  lor 
putts,  cutting  each  neatly  all  round: 
fry    them   in  dripping  of  a  very  light 
brov.-n.     The  paste  can  scarcely  be  roll- 
ed out  too  thin. 

331.  VEAL  MINCED. — Cut  veal  from 
the  fillet  or  shoulder  into  very  small 
dice  ^  put   into  veal  or  mutton  broth 
with  a  little  mace,  white  pepper,  salt, 
some  lemon-peel  grated,  and  a  table- 
spoonful  of  mushroom  catsup  or  mush- 
room powder,  rubbed  smooth  into  the 
gravy.     Take  out  some  of  the  gravy 
when    nearly    done,    and    when    cool 
enough  thicken  it  with   flour,  cream, 
and  a  little  butter ;  boil  it  up  with  the 
rest  of  the  gravy,  and  pour  it  over  the 
meat  when  done.     Garnish  with  bread 
sippets.    A  little  lemon-juice  added  to 
the  gravy  improves  its  flavour. 

332.  VlEAL   DRESSED   WITH   WHITE 

SAUCE. — Boil  milk  or  cream  with  a 
thickening  of  flour  and  butter  ;  put  into 
it  thin  slices  of  cold  veal,  and  simmer 
it  in  the  gravy  till  it  is  made  hot  with- 
out boiling.  When  nearly  done,  beat 
up  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  with  a  little  an- 
chovy and  white  sauce ;  pour  it  gently 
to  the  rest,  stirring  it  all  the  time ; 
simmer,  again  the  whole  together,  and 
serve  it  with  sippets  of  bread  and  curl- 
ed bacon  alternately. 

333.  VEAL   RISSOLES. — Mince  an^ 
pound  veal  extremely  fine ;  grate  into 
it  some  remains  of  cooked  ham.     Mix 
these  well  together  with  white  sauce, 
flavoured  with  mushrooms :  form  this 
mixture  into  balls,  and  enclose  each  in 
pastry.     Fry  them  in  butter  of  a  nice 
brown.    The  same  mince  may  be  fried 
in  balls  without  pastry,  being  first  ce- 
mented together  with  egg  and  bread 
crumbs. 

334.  MUTTON  HASHED.— Cut  cold 


mutton  into  thin  slices,  fat  and  lean  to- 
gether ;  make  gravy  with  the  bone* 
whence  the  nuaT  lias  been  taken,  boil 
them  long  enoruh  in  water,  with  onion, 
pepper,  and  salt;  strain  the  gravj  and 
warm,  but  not  boil,  the  mutton  'in  it. 
Then  take  out  some  of  the  gravy  to 
thicken  it  with  flour  and  butter,  and 
Hit v< air  it  with  mushroom  catsup.  Tour 
in  the  thickening  and  boil  it  up,  having 
before  taken  out  the  meat,  and  placed 
it  neatly  on  the  dish  in  which  it  is  to  go 
to  the  table.  Pour  over  it  the  boiling 
gravy,  and  add  sippets  of  bread. 

335.  LAMB. — Fry  slices  or  chops  of 
lamb  in  butter  till    they  are   slightly 
browned.     Serve  them  on  a  puree  of 
cucumbers,  or  on  a  dish  of  spinach  ;  or 
dip  the  slices  in  bread  crumbs,  chopped 
parsley,   and  yolk  of  an  egg  ;    some 
grated  lemon  and  a  little  nutmeg  may 
be.  added.     Fry  them,  and  pour  a  little 
nice  gravy  over  them  when  served. 

336.  PORK.— Slices  of  cold  pork, 
fried  and  laid  on  apple  sauce,  form  an 
excellent  side  or  corner  dish.     Boiled 
pork  may  also  be  made  into  rissole*, 
minced  very  fine  like   sausage  meat, 
and  seasoned  sufficiently,  but  not  over 
much. 

337.  TO  CLEAN  WHITE  SATIN 
AND  FLO  WERED  SILKS.— 1.  Mix 
sifted  stale  bread  crumbs  with  powder 
blue,  and  rub  it  thoroughly  all  over, 
then  shake  it  well,  and  dust  it  with 
clean  soft  cloths.     Afterwards,  where 
there  are  any  gold  or  silver   flowrers, 
take  a  piece  of  crimson  ingrain  velvet, 
rub  the  flowers  with  it,  which  will  re- 
store them  to  their  original  lustre. — 2. 
Pass  them  through  a  solution  of  fine 
hard  soap,   at  a  hand  heat,   drawing 
them  through  the  hand.   Rinse  in  luke- 
warm water,  diy  and  finish  by  pinning 
out.  Brush  the  flossy  or  bright  side  with 
a  clean  clothes-brush,  the  way  of  the 
nap.    Finish  them  by  dipping  a  spongo 
into   size,   made    by    boiling  isinglaaa 
in  water,  and  rub  the  wrong  side.  Rinse 
out  a  second  time,  and  brush,  and  dry 
near  a  fire  or  in  a  warm  room.     Silk 
may  be  treated  in  the  same  way,  bu< 
not  brushed.     (See  42.) 


WHEN  APPETITE  COMMANDS,  THE  POCKET  PAYS. 


103 


338.  POTTED    BEEP.  -Take 
three  or  four  pounds,  or  any  smaller 
quantity  of  lean  Ixvjf,  free  from  sinews, 
and    rub  them   well   with    a   mixture 
iiuide  of  a  handful  of  salt,  one  ounce  of 
saltpetre,  and  one  ounce  of  coarse  sugar ; 
let  the  meat  lie  in  the  salt  for  two  days, 
turning   and  rubbing   it  twice  a  day. 
Put  it  into  a  stone  jar  with  a  little  beef 
gra^y,  and  cover  it  with  a  paste  to  keep 
it  close.     Bake  it  for  several  hours  in  a 
very  slow  oven,  till  the  meat  is  tender ; 
then  pour  off  the  gravy,  which  should 
be  in  a  very  small   quantity,  or  the 
juice  of  the  meat  will  be  lost;  pound 
the  meat  when  cold,  in  a  marble  mor- 
tar till  it  is  reduced  to  a  smooth  paste, 
adding  by  degrees  a  little  fresh  butter 
melted.     Season  it  as  you  proceed  with 
pepper,  allspice,  nutmeg,  pounded  mace, 
and  cloves,  or  such  of  these  spices  as 
are  thought  agreeable.     Some  flavour 
with  anchovy,  ham,  shallots,  mustard, 
wine,  flavoured  vinegar,  ragout  powder, 
curry  powder,  &c.,  according  to  taste. 
When  it    is   thoroughly    beaten    and 
mingled  together,  press  it  closely  into 
small  shallow  pots,  nearly  full,  and  fill 
them  up  with  a  layer  a  quarter  of -an 
inch  thick   of  clarified  butter,  and  tie 
them  up  with  a  bladder,  or  sheet  of 
India  rubber.    They  should  be  kept  in 
a  cool  place. 

339.  CAKE  OF  MIXED  FRUITS. 
— Extract  the  juice  from  red  currants 
by  simmering  them  very  gently  for  a 
few  minutes  over  a  slow  fire  ;  strain  it 
through  a   folded  muslin,   and   to  one 
pound  of  it  add  a  pound  and  a-half  of 
nonsuches  or  of  freshly  gathered  apples, 
pared,  and  rather  deeply  cored,  that 
the  fibrous  part  may  be  avoided.     Boil 
these  quite  slowly  until  the  mixture 
is  perfectly  smooth  ;  then  to  evaporate 
part  of  the  moisture,  let  the  boiling  be 
quickened.      In    from  twenty-five    to 
thirty  minutes,  draw  the  pan  from  the 
fire,  and   throw   in  gradually  a  pound 
and  a  quarter  of  sugar  in  fine  powder  ; 
mix  it  well  with  the  fruit,  and  when  it 
is  dissolved,  continue  the  boiling  rapidly 
for  twenty  minutes  longer,  keeping  the 
mixture  constantly  st:rz  ^d  ;  put  it  irt " 


a  mould  and  store  it  when  cold,  for 
winter  use,  or  serve  it  for  dessert,  or 
for  the  second  course ;  in  the  latter 
case,  decorate  it  with  spikes  of  almonds 
blanched,  and  heap  solid  whipped 
cream  round  it.  or  pour  a  custard  into 
the  dish.  For  dessert,  it  may  be  gar- 
nished with  dice  of  the  palest  apple- 
jelly. — Juice  of  red  currants,  one  pound; 
apples  (pared  and  cored),  one  pound 
and  a-half — twenty-five  to  thirty  min- 
utes. Sugar  one  pound  and  a-half— 
twenty  minutes. 

340.  THE  FAMILY  CIRCLE.— 
Under  this  title,  a  series  of  friendly 
parties  have  been  instituted  by  a  group 
of  acquaintances  in  New  York.  The 
following  form  of  invitation  and  the 
rules  of  the  Family  Circle  will  be 
found  interesting,  probably  useful  : — 

Will  you  do  me  the  favour  of  meet- 
ing here,  as  a  guest,  on next,  at 

seven  precisely,  a  few  friends  who  have 
kindly  joined  in  an  attempt  to  com- 
mence occasional,  pleasant,  and  social 
parties,  of  which  the  spirit  and  intent 
will  be  better  understood  by  the  perus- 
al of  the  few  annexed  remarks  and 
rules  from 

Yours  sincerely, 

1st.  Worldly  appearance  ;  the  phan- 
tom leading  many  to  suppose  that 
wealth  is  the  standard  of  worth — in  the 
minds  of  friends,  a  notion  equally  de- 
grading to  both  parties. 

2nd.  Overdress ;  causing  unneces- 
sary expense  and  waste  of  time. 

3rd.  Expensive  entertainments  ;  as 
regards  refreshments. 

4th.  Late  hours. 

The  following  brief  rules  are  sug- 
gested, in  the  hope  to  show  the  way  to 
a  more  constant,  easy,  and  friendly  in- 
tercourse amongst  friends,  the  writer 
feeling  convinced  that  society  is  equal- 
ly beneficial  and  requisite — in  fact,  that 
mankind  in  seclusion,  like  the  sword 
in  the  scabbard,  often  loses  polish,  and 
gradually  rusts. 

RULE  1.  That  meetings  be  held  in 
rotation,  at  each  member's  house,  foi 
the  enjoyment  of  conversation  ;  music 


104 


DEEP  RIVERS  FLO\S   WITH  SILENT  MAJESTY  J 


grave  and  gay ;  dancing,  gay  only ;  a*U  [  lovers,  privileged  to  do  odd  things 

'  during  their  temporary  lunacy,  and  also 
married  couples,  who  are  expected  to 
dance  together  at  least  once  during  the 
evening,  and  oftener  if  they  please. 

RULE  9.  That  to  avoid  unnecessary 
expense,  the  refreshments  be  limited 
to  cold  meat,  sandwiches,  bread, 
cheese,  butter,  vegetables,  fruits,  tea, 
coffee,  negus,  punch,  malt  liquors,  &c. 

RULE  10.  That  all  personal  or  face- 
to-face  laudatory  speeches  (commonly 
called  toasts,  or,  as  may  be,  roasts,)  be 
for  the  future  forbidden,  without  per- 
mission or  enquiry,  for  reasons  follow- 
ing : — That  as  the  family  circle  in- 
cludes bachelors  and  spinsters,  and  he, 
she,  or  they  may  be  secretly  engaged, 


card-playing  at  limited  stakes 

RULE  2.  That  such  meetings  com- 
mence at  seven  and  end  about  or  after 
twelve,  and  that  members  and  guests 
be  requested  to  remember  that  punctu- 
ality has  been  called  the  politeness  of 
kings. 

RULE  3.  That  as  gentlemen  are  al- 
lowed for  the  whole  season  to  appear, 
like  the  raven,  in  one  suit,  ladies  are 
to  have  the  like  privilege  ;  and  that  no 
lady  be  allowed  to  quiz  or  notice  the 
habits  of  another  lady  ;  and  that  demi- 
toilette  in  dress  be  considered  the  bet- 
ter taste  in  the  family  circle ;  not  that 
the  writer  wishes  to  raise  or  lower  the 
proper  standard  of  ladies'  dress,  which 
ought  to  be  neither  too  high  nor  too 
low,  but  at  a  happy  medium. 

RULE  4.  That  any  lady  infringing 
the  last  rule,  be  liable  to  reproof  by 
the  oldest  lady  present  at  the  meeting, 
if  the  oldest  lady,  like  the  oldest  in- 
habitant, can  be  discovered. 

RULE  5.  That  all  members  or  guests 
be  requested  to  bring  with  them  their 
own  vocal,  instrumental  or  dance  music, 
and  take  it  away  with  them  if  possible, 
to  avoid  loss  and  confusion. 

RULE  6.  That  no  member  or  guest 
able  to  sing,  play,  or  dance,  refuse,  un- 
less excused  by  medical  certificate ; 
and  that  no  cold  w  sore  throat  be  al- 
lowed to  last  more  than  a  week. 

RULE  7.  That  as  every  member  or 
guest  known  to  be  able  to  sing,  play, 
or  dance,  is  bound  to  do  so  if  request- 
ed, the  performer  (especially  if  timid,) 
is  to  be  kindly  criticised  and  encou- 
raged ;  it  being  a  fact  well  known  that 
the  greatest  masters  of  an  art  are  al- 
ways the  most  lenient  critics,  from 
their  deep  knowledge  of  the  feeling, 
intelligence,  and  perseverance  required 
to  at  all  approach  perfection. 

RULE  8.  That  gentlemen  present  do 
.ay  every  attention  to  ladies,  especially 
;£h.>rs;  but  such  attention  is  to  be 
general,  and  not  particular— for  in- 
stance, no  gentleman  is  to  dance  more 
that,  three  times  with  one  lady  during 
the  evening,  except  in  tie  case  of 


it 


be  therefore   cruel  to  excite 


hopes  that  may  be  disappointed  ,  and 
that  as  some  well-informed  Benedict 
of  long  experience  may  after  supper 
advise  the  bachelor  to  find  the  way  to 
woman's  heart — vice  versa,  some  deep- 
feeling  wife  or  widow,  by  "  pity  mov- 
en,"  may  perhaps  after  supper  advise 
the  spinster  the  other  way,  which  in 
public  is  an  impropriety  manifestly  to 
be  avoided. 

RULE  11,  (suggested  by  a  lady.) 
That  any  lady,  after  supper,  may  (if 
she  please)  ask  any  gentleman  appar- 
ently diffident,  or  requiring  encourage- 
ment, to  dance  with  her,  and  that  no 
gentleman  can  of  course  refuse  so  kind 
a  request. 

RULE  12.  That  no  gentleman  be  ex- 
pected to  escort  any  lady  home  on  foot 
beyond  a  distance  of  three  miles,  un- 
less the  gentleman  be  positive  and  the 
lady  agreeable. 

RULE  THE  LAST.  That  as  the  fore- 
going remarks  and  rules  are  intended, 
in  perfect  good  faith  and  spirit,  to  be 
considered  general  and  not  personal, 
no  umbrage  is  to  be  taken,  and  the  • 
reader  is  to  bear  in  mind  the  common 
and  homely  saying — 

"  Always  at  trifles  scorn  to  take  offence, 
It  shows  great  pride  and  very  little  sense.' 

P.S. — To  save  trouble  to  both  par- 
ties,  this  invitation  be  deemed  accepted. 


SHALLOW  BllOOKS  ARE  NOISY. 


105 


without  the  necessity  to  reply,  unless 
refu&td  within  twenty-four  hours. 

341.  RICE  BREAD. —Take  one 
pound  and   a  halt'  of  rice,   and  boil  it 
gently  over  a  slow  fire  in  three  quarts 
of  water   about  five  hours,  stirring  it, 
and   afterwards   beating  it  up   into  a 
smooth  paste.     Mix  this  while  warm 
into   two   gallons,  or   four   pounds   of 
flour,  adding  at  the  same  time  the  usual 
quantity  of  yeast.    Allow  the  dough  to 
work  a  certain  time  near  the  fire,  after 
which  divide  it  into  loaves,  and  it  will 
be  found,    when    baked,   to  produce 
twenty-eight  or  thirty  pounds  of  excel- 
lent white  bre^d. 

342.  LYING  WITH  THE  HEAD 
HIGH. — It  is  often  a  question  amongst 
people  who  are  unacquainted  with  the 
anatomy  and  physiology  of  man,whether 
lying  with  his  head  exalted  or  even 
with    the    body  is    most   wholesome. 
Most,  consulting  their  own  ease  on  this 
point,  argue  in  favour   of  that  which 
they  prefer.     Now,  although  mauv  de- 
light  in   bolstering  up  their  heads  at 
night  and  sleep  soundly  without  injury, 
yet  we  declare  it  to  be  a  dangerous 
habit.      The    vessels    through    which 
blood  passes  from  the  heart  to   the 
head,  are  always  lessened   in  the  cavi- 
ties when  the  head   is   resting  in  bed 
higher  than  the  body,  therefore,  in  all 
diseases  attended  with  fever,  the  head 
should  be  pretty  near  on  a  level  with 
the   body  ;  and  people   ought   to  ac- 
custom  themselves   to  sleep   thus  to 
avoid  danger. 

343.     AMERICAN  .  HISTORY    IN 
BRIEF. 

The  following  important  facts  in  the 
history  of  the  settlement  and  progress 
of  the  United  States  will  be  found  in- 
teresting, and  may  save  the  readers  of 
Inquire  Within,  as  much  time  as  they 
cost  the  compiler. 

1607  Virginia  first  settled  by  the  Eng- 
lish. 
J614  New  York  first  settled   by  the 

Dutch 

J657  Massachusetts  settled  by  the  Pu- 
ritan 8 


1623  New  Hampshire  settled  by  the 

Puritans. 

1624  New  Jersey  settled  by  the  Dutch. 
1627  Delaware  settled  by  Danes  and 

Swedes. 

1635  Maryland  settled  by  Irish   Ca- 
tholics. 

1635  Connecticut  settled  by  the  Pu- 

ritans. 

1636  Rhode  Island   settled  by  Roger 

Williams. 
1650   North   Carolina  settled  by   the 

English. 
1670   South   Carolina  settled  by  the 

Huguenots. 
1682  Pennsylvania  settled  by  William 

Penn. 
1788  Georgia  settled   by  Gen.  Ogle 

thorpe. 

1791  Vermont  admitted  into  the  Uni-  u. 

1792  Kentucky    admitted    into    the 
Union. 

1796  Tennessee  admitted  into  the  Union 
1802  Ohio  admitte-d  into  the  Union. 
1811  Louisiana  admitted  into  the  Union 

1816  Indiana  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1817  Mississippi    admitted    into    the 

Union. 

1818  Illinois  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1819  Alabama  admitted  into  the  Union 

1820  Maine  admitted  into  the  Union 

I  - 1  \  M  issouri  admitted  into  the  Union 
1836  Michigan  admitted  into  the  Union 
1836  Arkansas  admitted  into  the  Union 
1845  Florida  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1845  Texas  admitted  into  the  Union 

1846  Iowa  admitted  into  ths  Union. 
1848  Wisconsin  admitted  into  the  Union 
1850  California  admitted  into  the  Union 

344.  TO  WASH  A  WHITE 
LACE  VEIL.— Put  the  veil  into  a 
strong  lather  of  white  soap  and  very 
clear  water,  and  let  it  simmer  slowly 
for  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  Take  it  out 
and  squeeze  it  well,  but  be  sure  not  to 
rub  it.  Rinse  it  in  two  cold  waters, 
with  a  drop  or  two  of  liquid  blue  in  the 
last.  Have  ready  some  very  clear  gum 
arabic  water,  or  some  thin  starch,  or 
rice-water.  Pass  the  veil  through  it, 
and  clear  it  by  clapping.  Then  stretch 
it  out  even,  and  pin  it  to  dry  on  a  linen 
clotb,  making  the  edge  as  straight  a* 


106 


TRUST  NOT  THE  MAN  WHO  PROMISES  WITH  AN  OATH. 


possible,  opening  out  all  the  scallops, 
and  fastening  each  with  pins.  When 
dry,  lay  a  piece  of  thin  muslin  smooth- 
ly over  it,  and  iron  it  on  the  wrong 
Bide. 

345.  HONEY  SOAP.— Cut  thin  two 
pounds  of  yellow  soap  into  a  double 
saucepan,  occasionally  stirring  it  till  it 
is  itelted,  which  will  be  in  a  few  min- 
utes if  the  wTater  is  kept  boiling  around 
it ,  then  add  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of 
palm  oil,  quarter  of  a  pound  of  honey, 
three  pennyworth  of  true  oil  of  cinna- 
mon ;  let  all  boil  together  another  six 
or  eight  minutes  ;  pour  out  and  stand  it 
by  till  next  day,  it  is  then  fit  for  imme- 
diate use.     If  made  as  these  directions 
it  will  be  found  to  be  a  very  superior 
soap. 

346.  TO  DISTINGUISH  MUSH- 
EOOMS    FROM     POISONOUS 
FUNGI.— 1.   Sprinkle  a  little  salt  on 
the  spongy  part  or  gills  of  the  sample 
to  be  tried.    If  they  turn  yellow  they 
are  poisonous, — if  black,  they  are  whole- 
some.    Allow  the  salt  to  act  before  you 
decide    on    the    question.      2.    False 
mushrooms  have  a  warty  cap,  or  else 
fragments  of  membrane,   adhering-  to 
the    upper    surface,    are    heavy,    and 
emerge  from  a  vulva  or  bag ;  they  grow 
in  tufts  or  clusters  in  woods,  on  the 
stumps  of  trees,  &c.,  whereas  the  true 
mushrooms  grow  in  pastures.    3.  False 
mushrooms  have  an  astringent,  styptic, 
and  disagreeable  taste.     4.  When  cut 
they  turn  blue.     5.  They  are  moist  on 
the  surface,  and  generally — 6.  Of  a  rose 
or  orange,  color.     7.   The  gills  of  the 
true  mushroom  are  of  a  pinky  red, 
changing  to  a  liver  colour.     8.    The 
flesh  is  white.    9.  The  stem  is  white, 
solid,  and  cylindrical. 

347.  LAVENDER  SCENT   BAG. 
— Take  of  lavender  flowers  free  from 
stalk,  half  a  pound ;  dried  thyme  and 
mint  of  each   half  an  ounce ;  ground 
cloves  and  caraways  of  each  a  quarter 
3f  an  rnnce ;  common  salt,  dried,  one 
ounce ;    inix  the  whole  well  together, 
and  put  the  product  into  silk  or  camb- 
ric bags.     In  this  way  it  will  perfume 
th«  drawers  a»d  linen  very  nicely. 


348.  WARMING  COLD  SWEET 

DJSHES. 

349.  RICE    PUDDING.— Over    the 

cold  rice  pudding  pour  a  custard,  and 
add  a  few  lumps  of  jelly  or  preserved 
fruit.  Remember  to  remove  the  baked 
coating  of  the  pudding  before  the  cus- 
tard is  poured  over  it. 

350.  APPLE  TART.— Cut  into  trian- 
gular pieces  the  remains  of  a  cold  apple 
tart;  arrange  the  pieces  around  the 
sides  of  a  glass  or  china  bowl,  and  leave 
space  in  the  centre  for  a  custard  to  be 
poured  in. 

351.  PLUM  PUDDING. — Cut  inU 
thin  round  slices  cold  plum  pudding 
and  fry  them  in  butter.  Fry  also 
Spanish  fritters,  and  place  them  high 
in  the  centre  of  the  dish,  and  the  fried 
pudding  all  round  the  heaped-up  frit- 
ters. Powder  all  with  lump  sugar 
and  serve  them  with  wine  sauce  in  a 
tureen. 

352.  APPLES  IN  SYRUP  FOR 
IMMEDIATE  USE.— Bare  and  core 
some  hard  round  apples,  and  throw 
them  into  a  basin  of  water ;  as  they  are 
done,  clarify  as  much  loaf  sugar  as  will 
cover  them ;  put  the  apples  in  along 
with  the  juice  and  rind  of  a  lemon,  and 
let  them  simmer  till  they  are  quite 
clear ;  great  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
break  them.  Place  them  on  the  dish 
they  are  to  appear  upon  at  table,  and 
pour  the  syrup  over. 

353  TO  PRESERVE  CUCUM- 
BERS.— Take  large  and  fresh-gather- 
ed cucumbers ;  split  them  down  and 
take  out  all  the  seeds  ;  lay  them  in  salt 
and  wTater  that  will  bear  an  egg  three 
days:  set  them  on  a  fire  with  cold 
wrater,  and  a  smalt  lump  of  alum,  and 
boil  them  a  few  minutes,  or  till  tender 
— drain  them,  and  pour  on  them  a  thin 
syrup  : — let  them  lie  two  days,  boil  the 
syrup  again,  and  put  it  over  the  cucum- 
bers, repeat  it  twice  more,  then  have 
ready  some  fresh-clarified  sugar,  boiled 
to  a  How  (which  may  be  known  by 
dipping  the  skimmer  into  the  sugar,  and 
blowing  strongly  through  the  holes  of 
it ;  if  little  bladders  appear,  it  has  at 
attained  that  degree) ;  put  in  the  cv 


THE  NOBLE  MIND  HAS  NO  RESENTMENTS. 


IV t 


cum  bers.  and  fc.miner  it  five  minutes : 
—set  it  by  till  next  day ;  boil  the  syrup 
and  cucumbers  again,  and  set  them  in 
glasses  lor  use. 

354.  BAKED  PEARS.— Take 
twelve  large  baking  pears — pare  and 
cut  them  into  halves,  leaving  on  the 
stem  about  half  an  inch  long :  take  out 
the  core  with  the  point  of  a  knife,  and 
place  the  HI  close  together  in  a  block- 
tin  saucepan,  the  inside  of 'which  is 
quite  bright,  with  the  cover  to  fit  quite 
close, — put  to  them  the  rind  of  a  lemon 
cut  thin,  with  half  its  juice,  a  small 
stick  of  cinnamon,  and  twenty  grains 
of  allspice ;  cover  them  w7ith  spring- 
water,  and  allow  one  pound  of  loaf- 
sugar  to  a  pint  and  a-half  of  water : — 
cover  them  up  close,  and  bake  them  for 
six  hours  in  a  very  slow  oven : — they 
will  be  quite  tender,  and  of  a  bright 
colour.  Prepared  cochineal  is  gener- 
ally used  for  colouring  the  pears ;  but 
if  the  above  is  strictly  attended  to,  it 
will  be  found  to  answer  best. 

355.  SORE    THROAT. -I    have 
been  subject  to  sore  throat,  and  have 
invariably  found  the  following  prepara- 
tion (simple  and  cheap)  highly  efficaci- 
ous when  used  in  the  early  stage :  Pour 
a  pint  of  boiling  water  upon  twenty- 
five  or  thirty  leaves  of  common  sage ; 
let  the  infusion  stand  for  half  an  hour. 
Add  vinegar  sufficient  to  make  it  mod- 
erately  acid,   and  honey  according  to 
the  taste.     This  combination  of  the  as- 
tringent and  the  emolieut  principle  sel- 
dom fails  to  produce  the  desired  effect. 
The  infusion  must  be  used  as  a  gargle 
several  times  a-day.     It  has  this  advan- 
tage over  many  gargles — it  is  pleasant 
to  the  taste,  and  may  be  swallowed  oc- 
casionally, not  only  without  danger,  but 
with  advantage. 

356.  BELV1DERE  CAKES,  FOR 
BREAKFAST    OR    TEA.— Take    a 
quart  of  Hour,  four  eggs,  a  piece  of  but- 
ter the  size  of  an  egg,  a  piece  of  lard 
the  same  size  ;  mix  the  butter  and  lard 
well  in  the  flour;  beat  the  eggs  light  in 
a  pint   bowl,  and  fill  it  up  with  cold 
milk ;  then  pour  it  gradually  into  the 
ftour;  add  a  teaspoonful  of  salt;  work 

5* 


it  for  eight  or  ten  minutes  only ;  cut  the 
dough  with  a  knife  the  size  you  wish 
it;  roll  them  into  cakes  about  the  size 
of  a  breakfast  plate,  and  bake  in  a  quick 
oven. 

357.  CHARCOAL.— All  sorts    of 
glass  vessels  and  other  utensils  may  bo 
purified   from  long-retained  smells  of 
every  kind,  in  the  easiest  and  most  per- 
fect manner,  by  rinsing  them  out  well 
with  charcoal  powder,  after  the  grosser 
impurities  have  been  scoured  off  with 
sand  and  potash.     Rubbing  the  teeth, 
and  washing  out  the  mouth  with  fine 

harcoal  powder,  will  render  the  teeth 
beautifully  white,  and  the  breath  per- 
fectly sweet,  where  an  offensive  breath 
lias  been  owing  to  a  scorbutic  disposi- 
tion of  the  gums.  Putrid  water  is  im- 
mediately deprived  of  its  bad  smell  by 
charcoal.  When  meat,  fish,  &c.,  from 
intense  heat,  or  long  keeping,  are  likely 
to  pass  into  a  state  of  corruption,  a  sim- 
ple and  pure  mode  of  keeping  them 
sound  and  healthful  is,  by  putting  a  few 
pieces  of  charcoal,  each  the  size  of  an 
egg,  into  the  pot  or  saucepan  wherein 
the  fish  or  flesh  is  to  be  boiled.  Among 
others,  an  experiment  of  this  kind  was 
tried  upon  a  turbot,  which  appeared  to 
be  too  far  gone  to  be  eatable ;  the  cook, 
as  advised,  put  three  or  four  pieces  of 
charcoal,  each  the  size  of  an  egg,  under 
the  strainer,  in  the  fish-kettle :  after 
boiling  the  proper  time,  the  turbot 
came  to  the  table  sweet  and  firm. 

358.  STAINING.— GENERAL  OB- 
SERVATIONS.— When   alabaster,  mar- 
ble, and  other  stones,  %re  coloured,  and 
the   stain   is   required   to   be  deep,  it 
should  be  poured  on  boiling-hot,  and 
brushed   equally   over   every   part    if 
made   with   water;    if  with   spirit,  it 
should  be  applied  cold,  otherwise  the 
evaporation,   being   too  rapid,   would 
leave  the  colouring  matter  on  the  sur- 
face, without  any,  or  very  little,  being 
able    to    penetrate.      In    greyish    or 
brownish    stones,   the    stain   will    be 
wanting  in  brightness,  because  the  nat- 
ural colour  combines  with  the  stain; 
therefore,  if  the  stone  be  of  a  pure  col- 
our, the  >-esult  will  be  a  combination 


108 


WHEN  ALOXE  WE  HAVE  OUR  THOUGHTS  TO  WATCH, 


of  the  colour  and  stair  In  staining 
bone  or  ivory,  the  colours  will  take  bet- 
ter before  than  after  polishing  ;  and 
if  any  dark  spots  appear,  they  should 
be  rubbed  with  chalk,  and  the  article 
dyed  again  to  produce  uniformity  of 
shade.  On  removal  from  the  boiling- 
hot  dye-bath,  the  bone  should  be  im- 
mediately plunged  into  cold  water,  to 
prevent  cracks  from  the  heat.  If  paper 
or  parchment  is  stained,  a  broad  varnish 
brush  should  be  employed  to  lay  the 
colouring  on  evenly.  When  the  stains 
for  icood  are  required  to  be  very  strong, 
it  is  better  to  soak  and  not  brush  them  ; 
therefore,  if  for  inlaying  or  fine  work, 
the  wood  should  be  previously  split  or 
sawn  into  proper  thicknesses,  and 
when  directed  to  be  brushed  several 
times  over  with  the  stains,  it  should  be 
allowed  to  dry  between  each  coating. 
When  it  is  wished  to  render  any  of  the 
stains  more  durable  and  beautiful,  the 
work  should  be  well  rubbed  with  Dutch 
or  common  rushes  after  it  is  coloured, 
and  then  varnished  with  seed-lac  var- 
nish, or  if  a  better  appearance  is  desired, 
with  three  coats  of  the  same,  or  shellac 
varnish.  Common  work  only  requires 
frequent  rubbing  with  linseed  oil  and 
woollen  rags.  The  remainder,  with  the 
exception  of  glass,  will  be  treated  of 


in  this  paper. 
359.    ALABASTER, 


MARBLE,    and 


STONE,  may  be  stained  of  a  yellow7, 
red,  green,  blue,  purple,  black,  or  any 
of  the  compound  colours,  by  the  stains 


used  for  wood. 
360.  BONE  A^D  IVORY. 


Black.— I. 


Lay  the  'articles  for  several  hours  in  a 
strong  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver,  and 
expose  to  the  light.  2.  Boil  the  article 
for  some  time  in  a  strained  decoction 
of  logwood,  and  then  steep  it  in  a  solu- 
tion of  per-sulphate  or  acetate  of  iron. 
3.  Immerse  frequently  in  ink,  until  of 
sufficient  depth  of  colour. 

361.  Blue. — 1.  Immerse  for  some 
time  in  a  dilute  solution  of  sulphate  of 
indigo — partly  saturated  with  potash — 
»nd  it  will  be  fully  stained.  2  Steep 
in  a  strong  solution  of  sulj  late  of 
copper. 


362.  Green. — 1.  Dip  blue-stained  ar- 
ticles for  a  short  time  in  nitro-bydro- 
chlorate  of  tin,  and  then  in  a  hot  de- 
coction of  fustic.     2.  Boil  in  a  solution 
of  verdigris  in  vinegar  until  the  desired 
colour  is  obtained. 

363.  Red.—l .  Dip  the  articles  first 
in  the  tin  mordant  used  in  dyeing,  and 
theu   plunge   into  a  hot  decoction  of 
Brazil  wood — half  a  pound  to  a  gallon 
of  water — or  cochineal.     2.  Steep  in 
red  ink  until  sufficiently  stained. 

364.  &:arlet. — Use  lac-dye  instead 
of  the  preceding. 

365.  Violet.— 

and  then   immerse   in  a  decoction 
logwood. 

366.  Yellow. — 1.     Impregnate  with 
nitro  hydro  chlorate  of  tin,  and  then 
digest  with  heat  in  a  strained  decoction 
of  fustic.     2.    Steep  for  twenty-four 
hours  in  a  strong  solution  of  the  neu 
tral    chromate    of  potash,  and    then 
plunge  for  some  time  in  a  boiling  solu- 
tion of  acetate  of  lead.    3.   Boil  the 
articles  in  a  solution  of  alum — a  pound 
to  half  a  gallon — and  then  immerse  for 
half  an  hour  in  the  following  mixture : 
— Take  half  a  pound  of  turmeric,  and  a 
quarter  of  a  pound  of  pearl-ash ;  boil  in 
a  gallon  of  wrater.     When  taken  from 
this,  the  bone  must  be  again  dipped  in 
the  alum  solution. 

367.  HORN  must  be  treated  in  the 
same  manner  as  bone  and  ivory  for  the 
various  colours  given  under  that  head- 
ing. 

368.  In  Imitation  of  Tortoise-Shell. — 
First  steam  and  then  press  the  horn 
into  proper  shapes,  and  afterwards  lay 
the  following  mixture  on  with  a  small 
brush,  in    imitation  of  the   mottle  of 
tortoise-shell  :  —  Take  equal  parts  of 
quick-lime  and  litharge,  and  mix  with 
strong  soap  lees  ;  let  this  remain  until 
it  is   thoroughly   dry,   brush  off,   and 
repeat  two  or  three, times,  if  necessary. 
Such  parts  as  are  required  to  be  of  a 
reddish  brown  should  be  covered  with 
a  mixture  of  w:hiting  and  the  stain. 

369.  IRON.     Black,  for  ship's  guns, 
shot,  Sfc. — To  one  gallon  of  viuegar  add 

I  u  qua-ter  of  a  pound  of  iron-rust,  let  it 


IN  OUR  FAMILIES  OUR  TEMPERS,  AND  IN  SOCIETY  OUR  TOXGCES. 


109 


stand  for  a  week ;  then  add  a  pound  of 
dry  lamp-black,  and  three-quarters  of 
a  pound  of  copperas ;  stir  it  up  for  a 
couple  of  days.  Lay  five  or  six  coats 
on  the  gun,  &c.,  with  a  sponge,  allnv- 
ing  it  to  dry  well  between  each.  P(  lish 
with  linseed  oil  and  soft  woollen  rag, 
and  it  will  look  like  ebony. 

370.  PAPER    AND    PARCHMENT. 
"Blu.1,. — ].  Stain  it  green  with  the  ver- 
digris  stain   given   below,  and   brush 
over  with  a  solution  of  pearl-ash — two 
ounces   to  the  pint  —till   it   becomes 
blue.     2.  Use  the  blue  stain  for  wood. 

371.  Green  and  Red. — The  same  as 
for  wood. 

372.  Orange. — Brush   over  with   a 
tincture  of  turmeric,  formed  by  infus- 
ing an  ounce  of  the   root  in  a  pint  of 
spirit  of  wine  ;  let   this   dry,   and  give 
another  coat  of  pearl-ash  solution,  made 
by  dissolving  two  ounces  of  the  salt  in 
a  quart  of  water. 

373.  Purple.  —  1.  Brush   over  with 
the  expressed  juice  of  ripe  privet  ber- 
ries.    2.  The  same  as  for  wood. 

374.  Yellow.  — I.  Brush   over  with 
tincture  of  turmeric.    2.  Add  anatto 
or  dragon's-blood  to  the  tincture  of  tur- 
meric, and  brush  over  as  usual. 

375  WOOD.  Black.  —  1.  Drop  a 
little  sulphuric  acid  into  a  small  quan- 
tity of  water,  brush  over  the  wood  and 
hold  it  to  the  fire ;  it  will  be  a  fine  black, 
and  receive  a  good  polish.  2.  Take 
half  a  gallon  of  vinegar,  an  ounce  of 
bruised  nut-galls,  of  logwood  chips  and 
copperas  each  half  a  pound — boil  well ; 
add  half  an  ounce  of  the  tincture  of 
sesquichloride  of  iron,  formerly  called 
the  muriated  tincture,  and  brash  on 
hot.  3.  Use  the  stain  given  for  ships' 
guns.  4.  Take  half  a  gallon  of  vinegar, 
half  a  pound  of  dry  lamp-black,  and 
three  pounds  of  iron-rust  sifted.  Mix, 
and  let  stand  for  a  week.  Lay  three 
coats  of  this  on  hot,  and  then  rub  with 
linseed  oil,  and  you  will  have  a  fine 
deep  black.  5.  Add  to  the  a"bove  stain 
an  ounce  of  nut-galls,  half  a  pound  of 
logwood  chips,  and  a  quarter  of  a  pound 
of  copperas  ;  lay  ;>n  three  coats,  oi] 
Well,  and  you  wil  have  a  black  stain 


;hat  will  stand  any  kind  of  weather, 
and  one  that  is  well  suited  for  ships' 
combings,  &c.  6.  Take  a  pound  of 
ogwood  chips,  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of 
Brazil  wood,  and  boil  for  an  hour  and 
a  half  in  a  gallon  of  water.  Brush  the 
wood  several  times  with  this  decoction 
while  hot  Make  a  decoction  of  nut- 
alls  by  simmering  gently  for  three  or 
our  dstys  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  the 
galls  in  two  quarts  of  water  ;  give  the 
wood  three  coats  of  this,  and  while  wet 
£  on  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  iron 
two  ounces  to  a  quart),  and  when  dry 
oil  or  varnish.  7.  Give  three  coats 
with  a  solution  of  copper  filings  in 
aquafortis,  and  repeatedly  brush  over 
with  the  logwood  decoction,  until  the 
greenness  of  the  copper  is  destroyed. 
3.  Boil  half  a  pound  of  logwood  chips 
n  two  quarts  of  water,  add  an  ounce 
of  pearl-ash,  and  apply  hot  with  a 
brush.  Then  take  two  quarts  of  the 
[ogwood  decoction,  and  half  an  ounce 
of  verdigris,  and  the  same  of  copperas ; 
strain,  and  throw  in  half  a  pound  of 
iron  rust.  Brush  the  work  well  with 
this,  and  oil. 

376.  Blue. — 1.  Dissolve  copper  filings 
in  aquafortis,  brush  the  wood  with  it, 
and  then  go  over  the  work  with  a  hot 
solution  of  pearl-ash  (two  ounces  to  a 
pint  of  water),  till  it  assumes  a  per- 
fectly blue  colour.    2.  Boil  a  pound  of 
indigo,  two  pounds  of  woad,  and  three 
ounces  of  alum  in  a  gallon  of  water ; 
brush    well     over    until    thoroughly 
stained. 

377.  In    imitation     of     Botany-Bay 
Wood.— Boil  half  a  pound  of  French 
berries  (the  unripe  berries  of  the  rham- 
nus  infectorius),  in  two  quarts  of  water 
till  of  a  deep  yellow,  and  while  boiling 
hot  give   two  or  three  coats  to  the 
work.     If  a  deeper  colour  is  desired, 
give  a  coat  of  logwood  decoction  over 
the  yellow.      When  nearly  dry,  form, 
the  grain  with  No.  8  black  stain,  used 
hot,  and  when  dry  rust  and  varnisiu 

378.  Green. — Dissolve   verdigris    in 
vinegar,  and  brush  over  with  the  hot 


solution  until  of  a  proper  colour. 
379.     Mahogany    Colour. — D 


Dark.  1. 


110 


THE  SEA  IS  THE  HEAVING  BOSOM  OF  THE  WORLD. 


Boil  half  a  pound  of  madder  and  two 
ounces  of  logwood  chips  in  a  gallon  of 
water,  aud  brush  well  'over  while  hot ; 
when  dry.  go  over  the  whole  with 
pearl-ash  solution,  two  drachms  to  the 


streaks  with  No.  8  black  stain;  let  dry 
and  varnish.  2.  Brush  over  with  the 
logwood  decoction  used  for  No.  6  black, 
three  or  four  times  ;  put  half  a  pound 
of  iron  filings  into  two  quarts  of  vine- 


quart.     2.  Put  two  ounces  of  dragon's-  j  gar ;    then  with  a  graining   brush   or 


blood,  bruised,  into  a  quart  of  oil  of 
turpentine  ;  let  the  bottle  stand  in  a 
warm  place,  shake  frequently,  and, 
xv  hen  dissolved,  steep  the  work  in  the 
mixture. 

:?80.  Light  Red  Brown.—  Boil  half  a 
pound  of  madder  and  a  quarter  o£  a 
pound  of  fustic  in  a  gallon  of  water  ; 
brush  over  the  work  when  boiling-hot, 
until  properly  stained.  2.  The  surface 
of  the  work  being  quite  smooth,  brush 
over  with  a  weak  solution  of  aquafortis, 
half  an  ounce  to  the  pint,  and  then  finish 
with  the  following: — Put  four  ounces 
and  a  half  of  dragon's-blood  and  an 
ounce  of  soda,  both  well  bruised,  to 
three  pints  of  spirit  of  wine,  let  it  stand 
in  a  warm  place,  shake  frequently, 
strain,  and  lay  on  with  a  soft  brash,  re- 
peating until  of  a  proper  colour ;  polish 
with  linseed  oil  or  varnish. 

881.  Purple. — Brush  the  work  seve- 
ral times  with  the  logwood  decoction 
used  for  No.  6  black,  and  when  dry  give 
a  coat  of  pearl-ash  solution,  one  drachm 


care  to  lav  it  on 


to  a  quart,  taking 
evenly. 

382.  Red.— I.  Boil  a  pound  of  Brazil 
wood  and  an  ounce  of  pearl- ash  in  a 
gallon  of  water,  and  while  hot  brush 
over  the  work  until  of  a  proper  colour. 
Dissolve  two  ounces  of  alum  in  a  quart 
of  water,  and  brush  the  solution  over 
the  work  before  it  dries.    2.  Take  a  gal- 
lon of  the  above  stain,  add  two  more 
ounces  of  pearl-ash  ;  use  hot,  and  brush 
often  with  the  alum  solution.     3.  Use 
a   cold  infusion  of  archil,   and   brush 
over  with  the  pearl-ash  solution  used 
for  No.  1  dark  mahogany 

383.  In  imitation  of  Eosewood,  —  1 . 
Boil  half  a  pound  of  logwood  in  three 
pints  of  water  till  it  is  of  a  very  dark 
red,  add  half  an  ounce  of  salt  of  tartar ; 
Btain  the  work  with  the  liquor  while 
boiling  hot,  giving  three    coats;   then 
with  a  painter's  gaming  brush,  form 


cane,  braised  at  the  end,  apply  the  iron- 
filing  solution  in  the  form  required,  and 
polish  with  bees-wax  and  turpentine 
when  dry,  or  varnish. 

384.  Yellow.— I.  Brush  over  with  tho 
tincture  of  turmeric.     2.  Warm   the 
work,  and  brush  over  with  weak  aqua- 
fortis, then  hold  to  the  fire.   Varnish  or 
oil  as  usual. 

385.  CURE   OF   WARTS.— Dr. 
Lawrence,  says,  the  easiest  way  to  get 
rid  of  warts  is  to  pare  off  the  thicken- 
ed skin  which  covers  the  prominent 
wart ;  cut  it  off  by  successive  layers : 
shave  it  till  you  come  to  the  surface  of 
the  skin,  and  till  you  draw  blood  in  two 
or  three  places.     When  you  have  thus 
denuded  the  surface  of  the  skin,  rub 
the  part  thoroughly  over  with  lunar 
caustic,  and  one  effective  operation  of 
this  kind  will  generally   destroy  the 
wart ;  if  not,  you  cut  off  the  black  spot 
which  has  been  occasioned  by  the  caus- 
tic, and  apply  it  again;  or  you  may  ap- 
ply acetic  acid,  and  thus  you  will  get 
rid  of  it. 

386.  TO  REMOVE  FRECKLES. 
— Dissolve,  in  half  an  ounce  of  lemon- 
juice,  one  ounce  of  Venice  soap,  and 
add  a  quarter  of  an  ounce  each  of  oil  Oi 
bitter  almonds,   and  deliquated  oil  oi 
tartar.     Place  this  mixture  in  the  sun 
till  it  acquires  the  consistency  of  oint- 
ment.    When  in  this  state  add  three 
drops  of  the  oil  of  rhodium,  and  keep  it 
for  use.  Apply  it  to  the  face  and  hands 
in  the  manner  following :    Wash  the 
parts  at  night  with  elder-flower  water,, 
then  anoint  with  the  ointment.     In  the 
morning  cleanse  the  skin  from  its  oily 
adhesion    by  washing    it   copiously  in 
rose-water. 

387.  DIRECTIONS   FOR   PUT 
TING   ON   GUTTA  PERCHA 
SOLES.— Dry  the  old  sole,  and  rougfc 
it  well  with  a  rasp,  after  which,  put  on 
a  thin  coat  of  warm  solution  with  thf 


A  BIRD'S  NEST  IS  A  NATURAL  EGG-CUP. 


Ill 


finger,  rub  it  well  in ;  let  it  dry,  then 
hold  it  to  the  fire,  and,  whilst  warm, 
put  on  a  second  coat  of  solution  thicker 
than  the  first,  let  it  dry.  Then  take 
the  gutta-percha  sole,  and  put  it  in  hot 
water  until  it  is  soft ;  take  it  out,  wipe 
it,  and  hold  the  sole  in  one  hand  and 
the  shoe  in  the  other  to  the  fire,  and 
they  will  become  sticky  ;  immediately 
;«y  the  sole  on,  beginning1  at  the  toe, 
nnd  proceed  gradually  In  half  an  hour, 
take-  a  knife  and  pare  .i.  The  solution 
(should  be  warmed  by  putting  as  much 
as  you  want  to  use  in  a  cup,  and  plac- 
ing it  iu  hot  water,  taking  care  that  no 
water  mixes  with  the  solution. 

338.  COD  LIVER  OIL.— Cod- 
liver  oil  is  neither  more  nor  less  than 
cod-oil  clarified  ;  and  consequently  two- 
thirds  of  its  medicinal  qualities  are 
abstracted  thereby.  Cod-oil  can  be  pur- 
chased pure  at  any  wholesale  oil  ware- 
aouse,  at  about  one-thirtieth  part  of 
ihe  price  charged  for  the  so-called  cod- 
>if  er  oil.  Many  persons  who  have  used 
jod-oil  pure  as  imported,  have  found  it 
to  answer  much  better  than  the  cod- 
liver  oil  purchased  of  a  druggist.  The 
beet  vehicle  for  taking  cod  liver  oil  in 
is  new  milk,  and  the  disagreeable  fla- 
vour of  the  drug  can  easily  be  covered 
by  the  addition  of  one  drachm  of  orange- 
peel  to  every  eight  ounces  of  the  oil. 

389.  TO   BOTTLE   FRUITS.— 
Burn  a  match  in  a  bottle  to  exhaust  all 
air,  then  place  in  the  fruit  to  be  pre- 
served, quite  dry,  and  without  blemish ; 
sprinkle  sugar  between  each  layer,  put 
in  the  bung,  and  tie  bladder  over,  set- 
ting the  bottles  bung  downwards,  in  a 
large  stew-pan  of  cold  water,  with  hay 
between  to  prevent  breaking.     When 
the  skin  is  just  cracking,  take  them  out. 
All  preserves  require   exclusion   from 
the  air ;  place  a  piece  of  paper  dipped 
in  sweet  oil  over  the  top  of  the  fruit ; 
prepare  thin  paper,  immersed  in  gum- 
wfifcor,  and,  while  wet,  press  it  over  and 
Around  the  top  of  the  jar;  as  it  dries,  it 
will  become  quite  firm  and  tight. 

390.  TO  CLEAN  CANE-BOTTOM 
CHAIRS  —Turn  up  the    chair  bot- 
toio,  &c     and  \*'tb  hot  water   fnd  a 


sponge  wash  the  cane-work  well,  go 
that  it  may  become  completely  soaked. 
Should  it  be  very  dirty  you  must  add 
soap.  Let  it  dry  in  the  open  air,  if  pos- 
sible, or  in  a  place  where  there  is  a 
thorough  draught,  and  it  will  become 
as  tight  and  firm  as  when  new,  provid 
ing  that  it  has  not  been  broken. 

391.  TEETHING.— Young  children 
whilst  cutting  their  first  set  of  teeth 
often  suffer  severe  constitutional  dis- 
turbance. At  first  there  is  restlessness 
and  peevishness,  with  slight  fever,  but 
not  unfrequently  these  are  followed  by 
convulsive  fits,  as  they  are  commonly 
called,  which  depend  on  the  brain  be- 
coming irritated:  and  sometimes  under 
this  condition  the  child  is  either  cut  off 
suddenly,  or  the  foundation  of  serious 
mischief  to  the  brain  is  laid.  The 
remedy,  or  rather  the  safeguard,  against 
these  frightful  consequences  is  trifling, 
safe,  and  almost  certain,  and  consists 
merely  in  lancing  the  gum  covering  the 
tooth  which  is  making  its  way  through, 
When  teething  is  about  it  may  be  knowr 
by  the  spittle  constantly  drivelling 
from  the  mouth  and  wetting  the  frock 
The  child  has  its  fingers  often  in  it* 
niouth,  and  bites  hard  any  substance 
it  can  get  hold  of.  If  the  gums  be 
carefully  looked  at,  the  part  where  tht 
tooth  is  pressing  up  is  swollen  am 
redder  than  usual ;  and  if  the  finger  be 
pressed  on  it  the  child  shrinS  i  and  cries 
showing  that  the  gum  is  tender.  Whei 
these  symptoms  occur,  the  gum  shouk 
be  lanced,  and  sometimes  the  tooth 
comes  through  the  next  day,  if  near  the 
surface ;  but  if  not  so  far  advanced  thr 
cut  heals  and  a  scar  forms,  which  is 
thought  by  some  objectionable,  as 
rendering  the  passage  of  the  tooth  more 
difficult.  This,  however,  is  untrue,  for 
the  scar  will  give  way  much  more 
easily  than  the  uncut  gum.  If  the 
tooth  do  not  come  through  after  two 
or  three  days,  the  lancing  may  bo  re- 
peated ;  and  this  is  more  especially 
needed  if  the  child  be  very  fractious, 
and  seem  in  much  pain.  Lancing  the 
gums  is  further  advantageous,  because 
it  empties  the  inflamed  part  of  it* 


(12 


A  LAUGHING  CHILD  IS  THE  BEST  PORTRAIT  OF  HAPPINESS. 


blood,  and  so  relievo*  the  pain  and 
inflammation.  The  relief  children  ex 
perience  in  the  course  of  two  or  three 
hours  from  the  operation  is  often  very 
remarkable,  as  they  almost  immediately 
become  lively  and  cheerful. 

39-2.  TO  MAKE  ANCHOVIES  — 
To  a  pock  of  sprats  put  two  pounds  of 
fait,  three  ounces  of  bay  salt,  one  pound 
of  saltpetre,  two  ounces  of  prunella, 
and  a  few  grains  of  cochineal ;  pound 
them  all  in  a  mortar,  then  put  into  a 
stone  p;m  or  anchovy  ban-el,  first  a 
layer  of  sprats,  and  then  one  of  the 
compound,  and  so  on  alternately  to  the 
top.  Press  them  down  hard ;  cover 
them  close  for  six  months,  and  they 
will  be  fit  for  use,  and  will  readily 
produce  a  most  excellent  flavoured 
sauce.  A  large  trade  is  done  in  this 
article,  especially  for  making  anchovy 
oaste  or  sauce,  when  a  little  more  co- 
louring is  added. 

393.  EYELASHES.  — The  mode 
adopted  by  the  beauties  of  the  East  to 
increase  the  length  and  strength  of 
their  eyelashes  is  simply  to  clip  the 
split  ends  with  a  pair  of  scissors  about 
once  a  month.  Mothers  perform  the 
operation  on  their  children,  both  male 
and  female,  when  they  are  mere  infants, 
watching  the  opportunity  whilst  they 
sleep ;  the  practice  never  fails  to 
produce  the  desired  effect.  We  re- 


commend it  to 
fair  readers,  as 


the  attention  of  our 
a   safe   and  innocent 


means  of  enhancing  the  charms  which 
BO  many  of  them,  no  doubt,  already 


394.    APPLE    MARMALADE.— 

Peel  and  core  two  pounds  sub-acid 
apples  and  put  them  in  an  enamelled 
saucepan  with  one  pint  of  sweet  cider, 
or  half  a  pint  of  pure  wine,  and  one 
pound  of  crushed  sugar,  and  cook  them 
by  n  gentle  heat  three  hours,  or  longer, 
until  the  fruit  is  very  soft,  and  then 
squeeze  it  first  through  a  colander  and 
then  through  a  sieve.  If  ujt  sufficiently 
sweet,  add  powdered  tag-ar  to  sui't  along  with  t-he  bones  and  giblets  of  the 


It  is  delicious  w^hen  eaten  with  milk 
and  sfill  better  with  cream. 

395.  CHEAP  FUEL.— One  bushel 
of  small  coal  or  sawdust,  or  both  mixed 
together,  twov  bushels  of  sand,  one 
bushel  and  a-half  of  clay.  Let  these 
be  mixed  together  with  common  water, 
like  ordinary  mortar ;  the  mure  they 
are  stirred  and  mixed  together  the 
better  ;  then  make  them  into  balls,  or 
with  a  small  mould  make  them  in  the 
shape  of  bricks,  pile  them  in  a  dry 
place,  and  %whcn  they  are  hard  and 
sufficiently  dry  they  may  be  used.  A 
fire  cannot  be  lighted  with  them,  but 
when  the  fire  is  quite  lighted,  put  them 
on  behind,  with  a  coal  or  two  in  front, 
and  they  will  be  found  to  keep  up  a 
stronger  fire  than  any  fuel  of  the  com 
mon  kind. 

396.  DOMESTIC  YEAST.— Ladies 
who  are  in  the  habit  (and  a  most  lauda- 
ble  and    comfortable   habit   it    is)   of 
making  domestic  bread,  cake,  &c.,  are 
informed  that  they  cau  easily  manufac 
ture  their  own  yeast  by  attending  to 
the   following   directions  :  —  Boil   one 
pound   of  good    flour,   a  quarter  of  a 
pound  of  brown  sugar,  and  a  little  salt, 
in  two  gallons  of  water,  for  one  hour. 
When  milk  warm,  bottle  it,  and  cork  it 

It  will  be  fit  for  use  in  twenty 
four  hours.  One  pint  of  this  yeast  will 
make  ISlbs.  of  bread. 

397.  COLD  PARTRIDGE  PIE.— 
Bone  partridges,  the  number  accord- 
ing to  the  size  the  pie  is  wanted,  make 
some  good  force,  and  fill  the  partridges 
with  it:  put  a  whole  raw  truffle  in 
each  partridge,  (let  the  truffle  be  peel- 
ed), raise  the  pie,  lay  a   few  slices  oC 
veal  in  the  bottom, 'and  a  thick  layer 
of  force ;  then  the  partridges,  and  four 
;ruflles  to  each   partridge  ;  then  cover 
;he  partridges   and   truffles  over  with 
sheets  of  bacon,  cover  the  pie  in  and 
finish  it.     It  will  take  four  hours  bak- 

ng.  Cut  two  pounds  of  lean  ham  (if 
nglit  partridges  are  in  the  pie)  into 
very  thin  slices,  put  it  in  a  stewpan 


your  taste,  and  put  awTay  in  jars  made 
airtight    by  u   piece  of  wet   bladder, 


partridges,  and  any  other  loose  giblets 
that  sre  at  hand,  aii  old   fowl,  a  faggot 


MUSIC  IS  SOUL  EMBODIED  IN  SOUND. 


113 


of  thyme  and  parsley,  a  little  mace,  and 
about  twenty-four  shalots ;  add  about 
a  pint  of  stock.  Set  the  stewpan  on  a 
stove  to  draw  down  for  half-an-hour, 
then  put  three  quarts  of  good  etock  ; 
let  it  boil  for  two  hours,  then  strain  it 
off,  and  reduce  the  liquid  to  one  pint ; 
add  sherry  wine  to  it,  and  put  aside 
till  the  pie  is  baked.  When  the  pie 
has  been  out  of  the  oven  for  half-an- 
hour,  boil  what  was  strained  from  the 
bones,  &c.  of  the  partridges,  and  put 
it  into  the  pie.  Let  it  stand  for 
twenty-four  hours  before  it  is  eaten. — 
N.B.  Do  not  take  any  of  the  fat  from 
the  pie,  as  that  is  what  preserves  it. 
A  pie  made  in  this  manner  will  be  eat- 
able for  three  months  after  it  is  cut ; 
in  short,  it  cannot  spoil  in  any  reason- 
able time.  All  cold  pies  are  made  in 
this  manner.  Either  poultry  or  game 
that  is  put  into  a  raised  crust,  and  in- 
tended not  to  be  eaten  until  cold, 
should  be  boned,  and  the  liquor  that  is 
to  fill  up  the  pie  made  from  the  bones, 
&c. 

398.  TO  EXTINGUISH  A  FIRE 
IN  A  CHIMNEY.— So  many  serious 
fires  have  been   caused   by   chimneys 
catching  fire,  and  not  being  quickly  ex- 
tinguished, that  the  following  method 
of  doing  this  should  be  made  generally 
known. — Throw  some  powdered  brim- 
stone on  the  fire  in  the  grate,  or  ignite 
some  on  the  hob,  and  then  put  a  board 
or  something  in  the   front  of  the  fire- 
place, to  prevent  the  fumes  descending 
into   the   room.      The   vapour   of  the 
brimstone  ascending  the  chimney,  will 
then  effectually  extinguish  the  soot  on 
fire.     (See  28.) 

399.  SUPERFLUOUS  HAIR.— 
Any    remedy    is    doubtful  ;  many  of 
those  commonly  used  are   dangerous. 
The  safest  plan  is  as  follows  : — The 
hairs  should  be  perseveringly  plucked 
up  by  the  roots,  and  the  skin,  having 
been  washed   twice  a-day  with  warm 
eoft  water,   without   soap,    should   be 
treated  with  the  following  wash,  com- 
monly called  MILK  OF  ROSES.— Beat 
four  ounces  of  sweet  almonds  in  a  mor- 
tar, an  ^  add  half  an  ounce  of  white 


sugar  during  the  process  ;  reduce  the 
whole  to  a  paste  by  pounding  ;  then 
add,  in  small  quantities  at  a  time,  eight 
ounces  of  rose  water.  The  emulsion 
thus  formed,  should  be  strained  through 
a  fine  cloth,  and  the  residue  again 
pounded,  while  the  strained  fluid  should 
be  bottled  in  a  large  stopped  vial.  Tf 
the  pasty  mass  in  the  mortar  add  half 
an  ounce  of  sugar,  and  eight  ounces  of 
rose  water,  and  strain  again.  This 
process  must  be  repeated  three  times. 
To  the  thirty -two  ounces  of  fluid,  add 
twenty  grains  ofthe  bichloride  of  mer- 
cury, dissolved  in  two  ounces  of  alcohol, 
and  shake  the  mixture  for  five  minutes. 
The  fluid  should  be  applied  with  a 
towel,  immediately  after  washing,  and 
the  skin  gently  rubbed  with  a  dry- 
cloth  till  perfectly  dry.  Wilson,  in  his 
work  on  Healthy  Skin,  writes  as  fol- 
lows : — "  Substances  are  sold  by  the 
perfumers  called  depilatories,  which 
are  represented  as  having  the  power 
of  removing  hair.  But  the  hair  is  not 
destroyed  by  these  means ;  the  root  and 
that  part  of  the  shaft  implanted  with- 
in the  skin  still  remain,  and  are  ready 
to  shoot  up  with  increased  vigour  as 
soon  as  the  depilatory  is  withdrawn. 
The  effect  of  the  depilatory  is  the 
same,  in  this  respect,  as  that  of  a  razor, 
and  the  latter  is,  unquestionably,  the 
better  remedy.  It  must  not,  however, 
be  imagined  that  depilatories  are  nega- 
tive remedies,  and  that,  if  they  do  no 
permanent  good,  they  are,  at  least, 
harmless ;  that  is  not  the  fact,  they  are 
violent  irritants,  and  require  to  be  used 
with  the  utmost  caution.  ******** 
After  all,  the  safest  depilatory  is  a  pair 
of  twreezers  and  patience." 

400.  DISINFECTING  LIQUID.— 
In  a  wine  bottle  of  cold  water,  dissolve 
two  ounces  acetate  of  lead  (sugar  of 
lead ;)  and  then  add  two  (fluid)  ounces 
of  strong  nitric  acid  ( aquafortis ). 
Shake  the  mixture  and  it  will  be  ready 
for  u.se. — A  very  small  quantity  ofthe 
liquid,  in  its  strongest  form,  should  be 
used  for  cleansing  all  kinds  of  chamber 
utensils.  For  removing  offensive  odors 
clean  cloths  thoroughly  moistened  witb 


1H 


GOLD  IS  THE  nr.ST  TUAT  BLINDS  ALL  EYES. 


the  liquid,  diluted  with  eight  or  tt-n 
parts  of 'water,  should  be  suspended  at 
various  parts  of  the  room.  In  this  case 
the  of  Ion  sire  and  deleterious  gases  are 
neutralized  by  chemical  action.  Fumi- 
gation in  the  usual  way  is  only  the  sub- 
stitution of  one  odour  for  another.  In 
itsing  the  above,  or  any  other  disinfect- 
ant, let  it  never  be  forgotten  that/res/t 
'iir — and  plenty  of  it,  is  cheaper  and 
more  effective  than  any  other  ma- 
terial. 

401.  CLEANLINESS.—"!  have 
more  than  once  expressed  my  convic- 
tion that  the  humanizing  influence  of 
habits  of  cleanliness  arid  of  those  decent 
observations  which  imply  self-respect — 
best,  indeed  the  only  foundation  of  re- 
spect for  others — has  never  been  suffi- 
ciently acted  on.  A  clean,  fresh,  and 
well  ordered  house  exercises  over  its 
inmates  a  moral  no  less  than  a  physical 
influence,  and  has  a  direct  tendency  to 
make  the  members  of  a  family  sober, 
peaceable,  and  considerate  of  the  feel- 
ings and  happiness  of  each  other;  nor 
is  it  difficult  to  trace  a  connexion  be- 
tween habitual  feeling  of  this  sort  and 
the  formation  of  habits  of  respect  for 
property,  for  the  laws  in  general,  and 
even  for  those  higher  duties  and  obliga- 
tions the  observance  of  which  no  laws 
can  enforce."  (-See  878.) 

402.  DYEING.— The  filaments  from 
which  shifts  of  all  kinds  are  fabricated, 
are  derived  either  from  the  animal  or 
the  vegetable  kingdom.  We  recognise 
the  former  by  the  property  they  possess 
of  liberating  ammonia  on  being  treated 
with  potash ;  while  the  latter  afford  a 
liquor  having  no  acid  reaction  under 
the  same  treatment.  The  animal  king- 
dom furnishes  three  varieties  —  silk, 
wool,  and  the  furs,  &c.,  of  various  ani- 
mals; the  vegetable  kingdom  also 
three — flax,  hemp,  and  cotton :  all  of 
which  require  certain  preliminary  pre- 
parations to  render  them  fit  for  the 
dyer,  which  do  not  come  within  our 
province,  our  space  only  admitting  of 
a  rapid  glance  at  the  production  of  the 
rarious  colours. 

403.   GENERAL   OHSERYATIONS.— 


The  various  shades  produced  by  colour 
ing  matters  may  be  chi^t-d  in  one  or 
other  of  the  following  group  : — 


1.  Blues 

2.  Reds 

3.  Yellows 

4.  Violets 

5.  Orange  colours 

6.  Greens 

7.  Compound  colours 

8.  Black. 


Simple. 


Binary 
Ternary, 


Some  colours  adhere  at  once  to  the 
stuff,  and  are  substantial  colours:  while 
others  require  that  the  material  to  be 
dyed  should  undergo  some  previous 
preparation  in  order  to  render  it  per 
manent.  The  substance  used  to  fix 
the  colouring  matters  are  called  mor 
dants,  which  should  possess  four  quali- 
fications : — 1,  They  should  possess  an 
equal  affinity  for  the  fibre  of  the  mate- 
rial and  the  colouring  matter.  2.  They 
should  be  incapable  of  injuring  or  des- 
troying either  by  prolonged  action.  3. 
They  should  form,  with  the  colour,  a 
compound  capable  of  resisting  tbe 
action  of  air  and  water.  4.  They 
should  be  capable  of  readily  conforming 
to  the  various  operations  of  the  dyer. 

404.  THE  MORDANTS.— For  tie 
reasons  just  given,  the  acetate  or  tar- 
trate  of  iron  is  preferable  to  the  sul- 
phate ;  and  the  acetate  or  tartrate  of 
alumina  to  alum. 

405.  For   rtds,  yellows,  greens,  ana 
pinks. — Aluminous  mordants  are  to  be 
used. 

406.  For  Hacks,  Iroicns,  putes,  and 
violets. — The  acetate  or  tartrate  of  iron 
must  be  employed. 

407.  For  scarlets  use  a  tin  mordant 
made  by  dissolving  in  strong  nitric  acid 
one-eighth  of  its  weight  of  sal-ammo 
niac ;    then    adding  by    degrees   one- 
eighth  of  its  weight  in  tin,  and  diluting 
the  solution  with  one-fourth  of  its  weight 
of  water. 

408.  CALICO,  LINEN,  AND  MUSLIN 
Blue. — Wash  well  to  remove  dressing, 
and  dry ;  then  dip  in  a  strong  solution 
of  sulphate  of  indigo — partly  saturated 
with   potash — and  hang  up.      Pry   9 


IS  A  SELF-EXECUTIONER. 


115 


piece  to  see  if   the  colour    is    deep 
enough,  if  not,  dip  again. 

409.  Saxon  Blue. — Boil  the  article 
in  alum,  nnd  then  dip  in  a  strong  solu- 
tion of  chemie  blue. 

410.  Buff. — Boil  an  ounce  of  anatto 
in  three  quarts  of  water,  and  two  ounces 
of  potash,  stir  well,  and  put  in  the  cali- 
co while  boiiing,  and  stir  well  for  five 
minutes;  remove  and  plunge  into  cold 
pump  water,  hang  up  the  articles  with- 
out  wringing,   and   when  almost  dry, 
fold. 

411.  Pink. — Immerse  in  the  acetate 
of  alumina    mordant,  and  then  in  the 
colouring  matter  of  a  pink  saucer. 

412.  Green. — Boil  the  article  in  an 
alum  mordant,  and  then  in  a  solution  of 
indigo  mixed  with  any  of  the  yellow 
dyes,  until  the  proper  colour  is  ob- 
tained. 

413.  Yellow.— I.    Cut  potatoe   tops 
when  in  flower,  and  express  the  juice ; 
steep  articles  in  this    for  forty-eight 
hours.     2.  Dip  in  a  strong  solution  of 
weld  after  boiling-  in  an  aluminous  mor- 
dant.    Turmerie,   fustic,   anatto,   &c., 
will  answer  the  same  as  weld 

414.  CLOTH,  Black. — Impregnate 
the  material  with  the  Rotate  of  iron 
mordant,  and  then  boil  in  a  decoction 
of  madder  and  logwood. 

415.  Madder  Red.— Boil  the  cloth  in 
a  weak  solution  of  pearl-ash — an  ounce 
to  a  gallon  of  water — wash,    dry,  and 
then   steep  in  a  decoction   of  bruised 
nutgalls.      After  dyeing,  it   is  to   be 
steeped  twice  in   warm  alum  water, 
then  dried  and   boiled  in  a  decoction 
made  of  three-quarters  of  a  pound  of 
madder  to  every  pound  of  the  article. 
It  should  then  be  taken  out  and  dried, 
and  steeped  in  a  second   bath  in  the 
same  manner.  When  dyed,  the  articles 
should  be  washed  in  warm  soap  and 
water,  to  remove  a  dun-coloured  matter 
given  out  by  the  madder. 

416.  Scarlet.  Three-quarters  of  a  pint 
of  a   tin   mordant,  made   by  dissolving 
three  pounds  of  tin  in  sixty  pounds  of 
hydrochloric   acid,  is   added  to   every 
pound  of  lac  dye,  and  digested  for  six 
hours     To  dye  twenty-five  pounds  of 


cloth,  a  tin  boiler  of  seventy-five  gal- 
lons capacity  should  be  filled  nearly 
full  with  water,  and  a  fire  kindled  un 
der  it.  When  the  heat  is  150  deg. 
Fahr.,  half  a  handful  of  bran  and  two 
ounces  of  tin  mordant  are  to  be  thrown 
into  it.  The  froth  which  arises  is  skim- 
med off,  the  liquor  is  made  to  boil, 
and  two  pounds  and  three  quarters  of 
lac  dye,  previously  mixed  with  a  pound 
and  three  quarters  of  the  solvent,  and 
fourteen  ounces  of  the  tin  solvent  are 
added.  Immediately  afterwards  two 
pounds  and  three-quarters  of  tartar, 
and  a  pound  of  ground  sumach,  both 
tied  up  in  a  linen  bag,  are  to  be  added 
and  suspended  in  the  bath  for  five 
minutes.  The  fire  being  withdrawn, 
five  gallons  of  cold  water,  and  two  pints 
and  three-quarters  of  tin  mordant  being 
poured  into  the  bath,  the  cloth  ig  im- 
mersed in  it.  The  fire  is  then  replaced, 
and  the  liquid  made  to  boil  rapidly  for 
an  hour,  when  the  cloth  is  removed  and 
washed  in  pure  water. 

417.  Yellow.— Use  No.  2.  for  calico. 
Quercitron  and  weld  produce  a  solid 
yellow;    fustic,   a  very  brilliant  tint; 
white  turmeric  yields  a  less  solid  yel 
low. 

418.  FEATHERS.    Black.—  Use  the 
same  as  for  cloth. 

419.  Blue. — Every  shade    may  be 
given  by  indigo — or  dip  in  silk  dye. 

420.  Crimson. — Dip  in    acetate   of 
alumina  mordant,  then  in  a  boiling-hot 
decoction  of  Brazil  wood — and,  last  o! 
all,  pass  through  a  bath  of  cudbear. 

421.  Pink,  or  Rose  colour,  is  given 
by  safflower  and  lemon  juice. 

422.  Deep  red. — Proceed  as  for  crim- 
son, omitting  the  cudbear  bath. 

423.  Yellow. — Mordant  with  acetate 
of  alumina,  and  dip  in  a  bath  of  tur 
rneric,  or  weld. 

424.  HAIR.     Black.— As  the  object 
in  view  is  simply  to  dye  the  hair  with- 
out tinging  the  skin,  the  following  will 
be  found  the  best : — Take  equal  partg 
of  litharge  and  lime ;    mix  well,  and 
form  into  a  paste  with  water,  :£  a  black 
is  desired  ;  with  milk,  if  brown.     Clean 
the  head  with  a  small-tooth  comb,  and 


116 


FRUGALITY  PROVES  AX  EASY  CHAIR  FOR  OLD  AGE. 


then  well  was.i  the  hair  with  soda  and 
water  to  free  it  from  grease ;  then  lay 
on  the  paste  pretty  thick,  and  cover  the 
heaV  with  oil-skin,  or  a  cabbage-leaf: 
after  which  go  to  bed.  Next  morning 
the  powder  should  be  carefully  brushed 
away,  and  the  hair  (tiled.  (Sec  270, 271.) 

425.  LEATHER.     Black.— Use  No.  4 
Black  stain,  and  polish  with  oil. 

426.  Gloves,  Nankeen. — Steep  saffron 
in   boiling   hot   soft   water   for    about 
twelve  hours  ;  sew  up  the  tops  of  the 
gloves,  to  prevent  the  dye  staining  the 
insides,  wet  them  over  with  a  sponge 
dipped  in  the  liquid.     A  tea-cupful  of 
dye  will  do  a  pair  of  gloves. 

427.  Gloves,  Purple. — Boil  four  oun- 
ces of  logwood,  and  two  ounces  of  foche 
alum,  in  three  pints  of  soft  water,  till 
half  wasted;    strain,  and  let  it  cool. 
Sew  up  the  tops,  go  over  the  outsides 
with  a  brush  or  sponge  twice ;    then 
rub   off  the  loose  dye  with  a  coarse 
cloth.     Beat  up  the  white  of  an  egg, 
and  rub   it  over  the  leather  with  a 
Bponge.     Vinegar  will  remove  the  stain 
from  the  hands. 

428.  SILK.     Black.— Use  the  same 
as  for  cloth,  but  black  dyeing  is  diffi- 
cult. 

429.  Blue.— 1.  Wash     quite    clean, 
rinse  well,  and  then  dip  in  a  hot  solu- 
tion of  sulphate  of  iron,  after  a  short 
time  take  it  out  and  rinse  again.    Have 
ready  in  another  vessel  a  hot  solution  of 
prussiate  of  potash,  to  which  a  small 
quantity  of  sulphuric    acid   has   been 
added.     Dip  the  silk  in  this  liquid;  on 
removal  rinse  in  clean  water,  and  ex- 
pose to  the  air  to  dry.     2.  Wash  well, 
rinse,  wring  out,  and  then  dip  in  the 
following  : — Boil   a  pound    of   indigo, 
two  pounds  of  woad,  and  three  ounces 
of  alum  in  a  gallon  of  water.  When  the 
silk  is  of  a  proper  colour,  remove,  rinse, 
and  dry. 

430.  Carnation. — Boil  two  gallons  of 
wheat  and   an   ounce  of  alum  in  four 
gallons  of  water,  strain  through  a  h'rie 
sieve ;    dissolve  half  a  pound  more  of 
alum    and   white   tartar;     add    three 
pounds  of  madder,  then  put  in  the  silk 
it  a  moderate  heat. 


431.  Madder  Rcd.—Uw  the  dye  for 
cloth. 

4;W.  Fe/foic.— Take  clear  wheat  bran 
iquor  fifteen  pounds,  in  which  dissolve 
hree  quarters  of  a  pound  of  alum 
joil  the  silk  in  this  for  two  hours,  and 
afterwards  take  half  a  pound  of  weld 
aud  boil  it  till  the  colour  is  good.  Nitre 
used  with  alum  and  water  in  the  first 
ooiling  fixes  the  colour. 

433.  WOOL.     Blue.—  Boil  in  a  de- 
coction of  logwood,  and  sulphate  or 
acetate  of  copper. 

434.  Broicn. — Steep  in  an  infusion  of 
green  walnut  peels. 

435.  Drab. — Impregnate  with  brown 
oxide  of  iron,  and  then  dip  in  a  bath  of 
quercitron  bark.  If  sumach  is  added,  it 
will  make  the  colour  a  dark  brown. 

436.  Green. — First  imbue  with   tho 
blue,  and  then  with  the  yellow  dye. 

437.  Orange.— Dye  first  with  the  red 
dye  for  cloth,  and  then  with  a  yellow. 

438.  Red.— Take    four    and   a    half 
pounds  of  cream  of  tartar,  four  and  a 
quarter  pounds  of  alum  ;  boil  the  wool 
gently  for  two  hours  ;•  let  it  cool,  and 
wash  the  following-  day  in  pure  water 
Infuse  twelve  pounds   of  madder  for 
half  an  hour  with  a  pound  of  chloride 
of  tin  in  lukewarm  water,  filter  through 
canvas,  remove  the  dye  from  the  can- 
vas, and  put  in  the  bath,  which  is  to  be 
heated  to  100   deg.    Fahr.;    add   two 
ounces  of  aluminous  mordant,  put  the 
wool  in,  and  raise  to  boiling  heat.    Ke- 
move  the  wool,  wash,  and  soak  for  a 
quarter  of  an  hour  in   a   solution   of 
white  soap  in  water. 

439.  Yellow.—  Dye   with   that  used 
for  calico,  &c. 

440.  CALF'S    HEAD    PIE.— Bo^ 
the  head  an  hour  and  a  half,  or  rather 
more.     After  dining  from  it,  cut  the  re- 
maining meat  off  in  slices.  Boil  the  bones 
in  a  little  of  the  liquor  for  three  hours; 
then  strain  it  off,  and  let  it  remain  till 
next  day;  then  take  off  the  f»t.      To 
make  the  Pie. — Boil  two  eggs  for  five 
minutes ;  let  them  get  cold,  then  lay 
them  in  slices  at  the  bottom  of  a  pie- 
dish,  and  put  alternate  layers  of  meat 
and  j^lly,   with  pepper  and  chopped 


ECONOMY  IS  THE  HOUSEHOLD  MINT. 


117 


lemon  also  alternately,  till  the  dish  is 
full ;  cover  with  a  crust  and  buke  it. 
Next  day  turn  the  pie  out  upside 
down. 

441.  CARPETS.— If  the  corner  of  a 
carpet  gets  loose  and  prevents  the  door 
opening,  or  trips  every  one    up   that 
enters  the  room,  nail  it  down  at  once. 
A  dog's  eared  carpet  marks  the  sloven 
as  well  as  the  dog's-eared  book.     An 
English    gentleman,    travelling    some 
years  ago  in  Ireland,  took  a  hammer 
and  tacks  with  him,  because  he  found 
dog's-eared    carpets    at  all    the    inns 
where  he  rested.     At  one  of  these  inns 
he  tacked  down  the  carpet  which,  as 
usual,  was    loose   near   the    door,  and 
soon  afterwards  rang   for   his    dinner. 
While  the  carpet  was  loose  the  door 
could   not  be  opened  without   a   hard 
push :  so  when  the  waiter  came  up,  he 
just  unlatched  the  door,  and  then  going 
back    a  couple  of  yards,  he    rushed 
against   it,   at    his   habit   was,  with   a 
sudden  spring  to  force  it  open.     But 
the  wrinkles    of  the  carpet   were  no 
longer  there  to  stop  it,  and  not  meet- 
ing with  the  expected  resistance,  the 
unfortunate  waiter  fell  full  sprawl  into 
the  room.     It  had  never  entered  his 
head  that  so  much  trouble  might  be 
saved  by  means  of  a  hammer  and  half- 
a-dozen  tacks,  until  hie  fall  taught  him 
that  make-shift  is  a  very  unprofitable 
kind  of  shift.     There  are  a  good  many 
houses    in  the   United    States  where 
a  similar  practical  lesson  might  be  of 
service. 

442.  MINCE  MEAT.— Take  seven 
pounds  of   currants  well  picked  and 
cleaned ;  of  finely  chopped  beef  suet, 
the  lean  of  a  sirloin  of  beef  minced  raw, 
and  finely  chopped  apples  (Golden  Pip- 
pins), each  three  and  a  half  pounds; 
citron,    lemon-peel,    and     orange-peel 
cut   small,   each    half  a   pound ;    fine 
moist  sugar,  two  pounds ;  mixed  spice, 
an  ounce;  the  rind  of  four  lemons  and 
four  Seville  oranges  ;  mix  well,  and  put 
in  a  deep  pan.     Mix  a  bottle  of  brandy 
and  white  wine,  the  juice  of  the  lemons 
and  oranges  that  have  been  grated,  to- 
gether m  a  basin  ;  pour  half  over,  and 


press  down  tight  with  the  hand,  then 
add  the  other  half  and  cover  closely. 
Some  families  make  one  year  to  use  the 
next. 

443.  ELEGANT    BREAD    PUD- 
DING.—Take  light  white  bread,  and 
cut  in  thin  slices.     Put  into  a  pudding- 
shape  a  layer  of  any  sort  of  preserve, 
then  a  slice  of  bread,  and  repeat  until 
the  mould  is  almost  full.     Pour  over 
all  a  pint  of  warm  milk,  in  which  four 
beaten  eggs  have  been  mixed ;  cover 
the  mould  with  a  piece  of  linen,  place 
it  in  a  saucepan  with  a  little  boiling 
water,  let  it  boil  twenty  minutes,  and 
serve  with  pudding-eauce. 

444.  CRAB,    MOCK.— Take    any 
required  quantity  of  good  fat  mellow 
cheese,  pound   it  well  in    a    mortar, 
incorporating  made  mustard,  salad  oil, 
vinegar,  pepper  (cayenne  is  the  best), 
and  salt  sufficient  to  season  and  render 
it  about  the  consistence  of  the  cream 
of  a  crab.     Add  and   mix   well  half  a 
pint  or  more  of  pickled   shrimps,  and 
sorve  in  a  crab  shell,  or  on  a  dish,  gar- 
nished with  slices  of  lemon. 

445.  CURRIED  BEEF,  MADRAS 
WAY. — Take   about    two   ounces   of 
butter,  and  place  it  in  a  saucepan,  with 
two  small  onions  cut  up  into  slices,  and 
let   them    fry    until   they   are  a  light 
brown ;  then  add  a  table-spoonful  and 
a  half  of  curry  powder,  and   mix  it  up 
well.     Now  put  in  the  beef  cut  into 
pieces  about  an  inch  square  ;  pour  in 
from  a  quarter  to  a  third  of  a  pint  of 
milk,    and    let    it   simmer  for  thirty 
minutes  ;  then  take  it  off,  and  place  it 
in  a  dish,  with  a  little  lemon-juice. 
Whilst  cooking  stir  constantly,  to  pre- 
vent it  burning.     Send  to  table  with  a 
wall  of  mashed  potatoes  or  boiled  rice 
round    it.     It    greatly    improves    any 
curry  to  add  with  the  milk  a  quarter 
of  a  cocoa-nut,  scraped  very  small,  and 
squeezed  through  muslin  with  a  littlo 
water  ;  this  softens  the  taste   of  the 
curry,  and,  indeed,  no  curry  should  be 
made  without  it. 

446.  CHOICE   OF   FRIENDS.- 
We  should  ever  have  it  fixed  in  our 
memories,  that  by  the  character  ofthotf 


118 


WIT  IS  THE  LIGHTNING  OF  THE  MIND. 


whom  ice  choose  for  our  friends,  our  own 
is  likely  to  be  formed,  and  will  certainly 
be  judged  of  by  the  world.  We  ought 
therefore,  to  be  slow  and  cautious  in 
contracting  intimacy ;  but  when  a  vir- 
tuous friendship  is  once  established 
we  must  ever  consider  it  as  a.  sacred 
engagement. — Dr.  Blair. 

447.STRASBURG  POTTED 
MEAT.— Take  a  pound  and  a  half  of 
the  rump  of  beef,  cut  into  dice,  and  put 
it  in  an  earthen  jar,  with  a  quarter  of 
a  pound  of  butter  at  the  bottom ;  tie  the 
jar  close  up  with  paper,  and  set  over  a 
pot  to  boil ;  when  nearly  done,  add 
cloves,  mace,  allspice,  nutmeg,  salt, 
and  cayenne  pepper  to  taste  ;  then  boil 
till  tender,  and  let  it  get  cold.  Pound 
the  meat,  with  four  anchovies  washed 
and  boned  ;  add  a  quarter  of  a  pound 
of  oiled  butter,  work  it  wrell  together 
with  the  gravy,  warm  a  little,  and  add 
cochineal  to  colour.  Then  press  into 
small  pots,  and  pour  melted  mutton 
suet  over  the  top  of  each. 

448.  HAMS,  TONGUES,  &c., 
GLAZING  FOR.— Boil  a  shin  of  beef 
twelve  hours  in  eight  or  ten  quarts  of 
water ;  draw  the  gravy  from  a  knuckle 
of  veal  in  the  same  manner ;  put  the 
same  herbs  and  spices  as  if  for  soup, 
and  add  the  whole  to  the  shin  of  beef. 
It  must  be   boiled  till  reduced  to  a 
quart.     It  will  keep  good  for  a  year  ; 
and  when  wanted   for  use,  warm  a 
little,  and  spread  over  the  ham,  tongue, 
&c.,  with  a  feather. 

449.  BOLOGNA    SAUSAGES.— 
Take  equal  quantities  of  bacon,  fat  and 
lean,  beef,  veal,  pork,  and  beef  suet ; 
chop  them  small,  season  with  pepper, 
salt,  &c.,  sweet  herbs  and  sage  rubbed 
fine.     Have   a  well-washed  intestine, 
fill,  and  prick  it;  boil  gently  for  an 
hour,  and  lay  on  straw  to  dry.     They 
may  be  smoked  the  same  as  hams. 

450.  FRUIT  STAINS  IN  LINEN. 
— To  remove  them,  rub  the  part  on 
each  side  with  yellow  soap,  then  tie  up 
a  piece  of  pearl-ash  in  the  cloth,  &c., 
and  soak  well  in  hot  water,  or  boil ; 
afterwards  expose  the  stained  part  to 
the  sun  and  air  until  removed. 


451.  PRESERVING  THE  CO 
LOUR  OF  DRESSES.— The  colouri 
of  merinos,  mousseline-de-laines,  ging 
hams,  chintzes,  printed  lawns,  <&c.f 
may  be  preserved  by  using  water  thai 
is  only  milk-warm  ;  making  a  lather 
with  white  soap  before  you  put  in  the 
dress,  instead  of  rubbing  it  on  the  ma- 
terial ;  and  stirring  into  a  first  and 
second  tub  of  water  a  large  tablespoon- 
ful  of  ox-gall.  The  gall  can  be  obtained 
from  the  butcher,  and  a  bottle  of  it 
should  always  be  kept  in  every  house, 
No  coloured  articles  should  be  allowed 
to  remain  long  in  the  water.  They 
must  be  washed  fast,  and  then  rinsed 
through  two  cold  waters.  Into  each 
rinsing  water,  stir  a  teaspoonful  of 
vinegar,  which  will  help  to  brighten 
the  colours;  and  after  rinsing,  hang 
them  out  immediately.  When  ironing- 
dry  (or  still  a  little  damp),  bring  them 
in ;  have  irons  ready  heated,  and  iron 
them  at  once,  as  it  injures  the  colours 
to  allow  them  to  remain  damp  too  long, 
or  to  sprinkle  and  roll  them  up  in  a 
covering  for  ironing  next  day.  If  they 
cannot  be  conveniently  ironed  imme- 
diately, let  them  hang  till  they  aia 
quite  dry;  and  then  damp  and  fold 
them  on  the  following  day,  a  quarter 
of  an  hour  before  ironing.  The  best 
way  is  not  to  do  coloured  dresses  on 
the  day  of  the  general  wash,  but  to 
s;ive  them  a  morning  by  themselves. 
They  should  only  be  undertaken  in 
lear  bright  weather.  If  allowed  to 
freeze,  the  colours  will  be  irreparably 
injured.  We  need  scarcely  say  that 
no  coloured  articles  should  ever  be 
boiled  or  scalded.  If  you  get  from  a 
shop  a  slip  for  testing  the  durability  of 
colours,  give  it  a  fair  trial  by  washing 
it  as  above ;  afterwards,  pinning  it  to 
the  edge  of  a  towel,  and  hanging  it  to 
dry.  Some  colours  (especially  pinks 
and  light  greens),  though  they  may 
stand  perfectly  well  in  washing,  will 
change  as  soon  as  a  warm  iron  is  ap* 
plied  to  them  ;  the  pink  turning  pm- 
plish,  and  the  green  bluish.  No 
coloured  article  should  be  smoothed 
with  a  hot  iron.  (See  27  42,  115. "i 


PERSEVERANCE  IS  THE  BRIDGE  BY  WHICH  DIFFICULTY  IS  OVERCOME. 


119 


45;*.  SWEET  BAGS  FOR  LINEN. 
— Ttedse  may  be  composed  of  any  mix- 
tures jf  the  following  articles  : — flowers 
dried  and  pounded ;  powdered  cloves, 
mace,  nutmeg,  cinnamon  ;  leaves  — 
dried  and  pounded — of  mint,  balm, 
dragon-wort,  southern-wood,  ground- 
ivy,  laurel,  hyssop,  sweet  marjoram, 
origanum ,  rosemary ;  woods,  such  as 
cassia,  juniper,  rhodium,  sandal-wood, 
and  rose-wood ;  roots  of  angelica,  zedo- 
ary,  orris ;  all  the  fragrant  balsams  ; 
ambergris,  musk,  and  civet.  These 
latter  should  be  carefully  used  on 
linen. 

453.  WEDDING  -  RINGS.  —The 
custom  of  wearing  wedding-rings  ap- 
pears to  have  taken  its  rise  among  the 
Romans.     Before    the    celebration  of 
their  nuptiab,  there  was  a  meeting  of 
friends  at  the  house  of  tlje  lady's  father, 
to  settle  articles  of  the  marriage  con- 
tract, when  it  was  agreed  that  the 
dowry   should   be  paid   down   on   the 
wedding-day  or  soon  after.     On  this 
occasion  there  was  commonly  a  feast, 
at  the   conclusion  of  which  the  man 
gave  to  the  woman  as  a  pledge,  a  ring, 
which  she  put  on  the  fourth  finger  of 
her  left  hand,   because  it  was  believed 
that  a  nerve  reached   thence  to  the  heart, 
and  a  day  was  then  named  for  the 
marriage .     (  See  259 . ) 

454.  TO    AVOID     CATCHING 
COLD. — Accustom  yourself  to  the  use 
of   sponging  with    cold  water    every 
morning  on  first  getting   out   of  bed. 
It  should  be  follow  ed  with  a  good  deal 
of  rubbing  with  a  wet  towel.     It  has 
considerable  effect  in  giving  tone  to  the 
skin,  and  maintaining  a  proper  action 
in  it,  and  thus  proves  a  safeguard  to 
the  injurious  influeace  of  cold  and  sud- 
den   changes    of    temperature.       Sir 
Astley  Cooper  said :  "  The  methods  by 
which  I  have  preserved  my  own  health 
are  —  temperance,    early    rising,   and 
gponging  the  body  every  morning  with 
cold  water,  immediately  after  getting 
out  of  bed  ;  a  practice  which  I  have 
adopted  for  thirty  years  without  ever 
eatchhig  cold." 

455.  CLEANING     JAPANNED 


WAITERS,  URNS,  &c.  — Rub  on 
with  a  sponge  a  little  white  soap  and 
some  lukewarm  water,  aud  wash  the 
waiter  or  urn  quite  clean.  Never  use 
hot  water,  as  it  will  cause  the  japan  to 
scale  off.  Having  wiped  it  dry, 
sprinkle  a  little  Hour  over  it ;  let  it 
rest  a  while,  and  then  rub  it  with  a 
soft  dry  cloth,  and  finish  with  a  silk 
handkerchief.  If  there  are  white  heat 
marks  on  the  waiters,  they  will  be  dif- 
ficult to  remove.  But  you  may  try 
rubbing  them  with  a  flannel  dipped  in 
sweet  oil,  and  afterwards  in  spirits  of 
wine.  Waiters  and  other  articles  of 
papier  mache  should  be  washed  with  a 

rnge  and  cold  water,  without  soap, 
dged  with  flour  while  damp  ;  and 
after  a  while  wipe  off,  and  then  polish- 
ed with  a  silk  handkerchief. 

456.  CEREMONIES.— All  ceremo- 
nies are  in  themselves  very  silly  things  ; 
but  yet  a  man  of  the  world  should 
know  them.     They  are  the  outworks 
of  manners  and  decency,  which  would 
be  too  often  broken  in  upon,  if  it  were 
not  for  that  defence  which  keeps  the 
enemy  at  a  proper  distance.     It  is  for 
that  reason  I   always   treat  fools  and 
coxcombs  with  great  ceremony,  true 
good-breeding  not    being  a  sufficient 
barrier  against  them. 

457.  TO   CLEAN  LOOKING- 
GLASSES,  MIRRORS,  &c.— If  they 
should  be  hung  so  high  that  they  can- 
not  be   conveniently  reached,   have  a 
pair  of  steps  to  stand  upon;  but  mind 
that  they  stand  steady.     Then  take  a 
piece  of  a  soft  sponge,  well  washed  and 
cleaned    from   everything   gritty,  just 
dip  it  into  water  and   squeeze  it  out 
again,  and  then  dip  it  into  some  spirits 
of  wine.     Rub  it  over  the  glass  ;  dust 
it  over  with  some    powder  blue,   or 
whiting  sifted  through  muslin;  rub  it 
lightly  and   quickly  off   again,  with  a 
cloth  ;  then  take  a  clean  cloth,  and  rub 
it  well  again,  and  finish  by  rubbing  it 
with  a  silk  handkerchief.     If  the  glass 
be  very  large,  clean  one  half  at  a  time, 
as  otherwise  the  spirit  of  wine  will  dry 
before  it  can  be  rubbed  off.     If  the 
frames  are  not  varnished .  the  greatest 


120 


SOLITUDE  IS  TIIE  NURSE  OF  WISDOM. 


care  is  necessary  to  keep  them  quite 
dry,  so  as  not  to  touch  them  with  the 
sponge,  as  this  will  discolour  or  take  oft 
the  gilding.  To  clean  the  frames,  take 
A  little  raw  cotton  in  the  state  of  wool, 
and  rub  the  frames  with  it ;  this  will 
take  off  all  the  dust  and  dirt  withm  t 
injuring  the  gilding.  If  the  frames  are 
well  varnished,  nib  them  with  spirit  of 
wine,  which  will  take  out  all  spots,  and 
give  them  a  fine  polish.  Varnished 
doors  may  be  done  in  the  same  manner. 
Never  use  any  cloth  to  frames  or  draw 
ings,  or  unvarnished  oil  paintings,  when 
cleaning  and  dusting  them. 

458.  SCONES.— Flour, two  pounds; 
bi-carbonate   of    soda,  quarter   of    an 
ounce  ;  salt,  quarter  of  an  ounce  ;  sour 
buttermilk,  .one    pint,    more   or  less. 
Mix  to  the  consistence  of  light  dough, 
and  roll  out  about  half  an  inch  thick, 
and   cut  them  out  to  any  shape  you 
please,  and  bake  on  &  girdle  over  a  clear 
fire  about  ten  or  fifteen  minutes ;  turn- 
ing them  to  brown  on  both  sides — or 
they  may  be  done  on  a  hot  plate,  or 
ironing-stove.     A  girdle  is  a  thin  plate 
of  cast  iron  about  twelve  or  fourteen 
inches  in  diameter,  with  a  handle  at- 
tached to  hang  it  up  by. — These  scones 
are  excellent  for  tea,  and  may  be  eaten 
either  cold  or  hot,   buttered,  or  with 
cheese. 

459.  UNFERMENTED    CAKES, 
ETC. 

460.  TEA   CAKES. — Take  of  flour, 
one  pound ;  sugar,  one  ounce ;  butter, 
one  ounce ;  muriatic  acid,  two  drachms ; 
bi-carbonate  of   soda,    two    drachms ; 
milk,  six  ounces;    water,  six    ounces. 
Rub  the  butter  into  the  flour  ;  dissolve 
the  sugar  and  soda  in  the  milk,  and  the 
acid  in  the  water.     First  add  the  milk. 
&c.,  to  the  flour,   and  partially   mix  ; 
then  the  water  and  acid,  and  mix  well 
together;   divide   into   three   portions, 
and   bake   twenty-five    minutes.     Flat 
round  tins  or  earthen  pans  are  the  best 
to  bake  them  in.    If  the  above  is  made 
with  baking  powder,  a  teaspoonful  may 
be  substituted  for  the  acid  and  soda  in 
the  above  receipt,  and  all  the  other  di- 
rections carried  out  as   stated   above. 


If  buttermilk  is  used,  the  acid,  mill 
and  water,  must  be  left  our. 

461.  UXFKKMP.XTKD   CAKE.— Tak<% 

of  flour,  one  pound  and  a  half;  bi-car- 
bonate of  soda,  three  drachms  ;  muriatic 
acid,  three  drachms  ;  sugar,  one  ounce 
and  a  half;  butter,  one  ounce  and  a 
half;  milk,  twenty  ounces;  currants, 
six  ounces,  more  or  less.  Mix  the  soda 
and  butter  into  the  flour  by  rubbing 
them  together ;  next  dissolve  the  sugar 
in  the  milk,  and  diffuse  the  acid 
through  it  by  stirring;  then  mix  the 
whole'  intimately,  adding  fruit  at  dis- 
cretion ;  and  bake  in  a  tin  or  earthen 
pan. 

462.  LUNCHEON  CAKES. — Take  of 
flour,  one  pound;    muriatic  acid,  two 
drachms ;     bi-carbonate   of  soda,  two 
drachms  ;  sugar,  three  ounces  ;  butter, 
three  ounces;*  currants,  four  ounces; 
milk,  one  pint  or  twenty  ounces;  bake 
one  hour  in  a  quick  oven. 

463.  NICE  PLUM  CAKE.— Take  of 
flour,  one  pound ;  bi-carbonate  of  soda, 
quarter  of  an  ounce ;  butter,  six  ounces ; 
loaf-sugar,    six    ounces ;    currants,  six 
ounces ;   three  eggs ;   milk,  about  four 
ounces ;  bake  one  hour  and  a  half  in  a 
tin  or  pan. 

464.  LEMON  BUNS. — Take  of  flour, 
one  pound ;  bi-carbonate  of  soda,  three 
drachms ;  muriatic  acid,  three  drachms ; 
butter,    four  ounces;    loaf-sugar,  four 
ounces ;  one  egg ;  essence  of  lemon,  six 
or    eight    drops ;    make   into    twenty 
buns,  and  bake  in  a  quick  oven  fifteen 
minutes. 

465.  SODA    CAKE. — Take  of  flour, 
half  a  pound ;  bi-carbonate  of  soda,  two 
drachms  ;  tartaric  acid,  two  drachms ; 
butter,  four  ounces ;  white  sugar,  two 
ounces ;    currants,    four  ounces  •    two 
eggs;  warm  milk,  half  a  teacupiiil. 

466.  EXCELLENT  BISCUITS. — Take 
of  flour  two  pounds ;  carbonate  of  am 
monia,  three  drachms,  in  fine  powder ; 
wrhite  sugar,  four  ounces ;    arrowroot, 
one   ounce;    butter,  four   ounces;  ono 
egg ;  mix  into  a  stiff  paste  with  new 
milk,  and  beat  them  well  with  a  rol- 
ling-pin tor  half  an  hour  ;  roll  out  thin, 
and  cut  them  out  with  a  docker,  and 


HONESTY  IS  A  STRONG  STAFF  TO  LEAN  UPON 


121 


bake  in  a  quick  oven  for  fifteen  min- 
utes. 

467.  WINE    BISCUITS.  —  Take    of 
flour,  half  a  pound  ;  butter,  four  ounces ; 
sugar,  four  ounces ;  two  eggs ;   carbon- 
ate  of  ammonia,  one   drachm;   white 
wine  enough  to  mix  to  a  proper  consis- 
tence, and  cut  out  with  a  glass. 

468.  PLAIN  SUET  PUDDING. — Take 
of  flour,  one  pound  and  a  half;  bi-car- 
bonate   of  soda,  three   drachms ;   mu- 
riatic acid,  three  drachms ;   beef-suet, 
four  ounces;  powdered  ginger,  half  a 
drachm ;  water  or  milk,  one  pint.     Mix 
according  to  the  directions  given  for 
the  tea-cake,  and  boil  or  steam  for  two 
hours. 

469.  PLUM    PUDDING.— Take    of 
flour,  one  pound ;  bi-carbonate  of  soda, 
two    drachms ;     muriatic     acid,     two 
drachms  ;  beef-suet,  eight  ounces ;  cur- 
rants, eight  ounces  ;  nutmeg  and  orange- 
peel,  grated  fine,  quarter  of  an  ounce; 
three  eggs.     To  be  boiled  or  steamed 
four  hours. 

470.  BATTER   PUDDING. — Take  of 
flour,  four  ounces;  bi-carbonate  of  soda, 
two  drachms ;  a  little  sugar,  and  one 
egg.     Mix  with  milk  to  a  thin  batter, 
and  bake  in  a  well-buttered  tin,  in  a 
brisk  oven  half  an  hour.     A  few  cur- 
rants may  be  strewed  in  the  bottom  of 
the  tin  if  preferred. 

471.  PASTRY    FOR    TARTS,    &c. — 
Take  of  flour  one  pound ;  bi-carbonate 
of  soda,  two  drachms  ;  muriatic  acid, 
two  drachms;  butter,  six  ounces.    Wa- 
ter enough  to  bring  it  to  the  consistence 
required. 

472.  BREAD  PUDDING.— Unfer- 
mented  brown  bread,  two  ounces;  milk, 
half  a  pint ;  one  egg  ;  sugar,  quarter  of 
an  ounce.     Cut  the  bread  iiuo  slices, 
and  pour  the  milk  over  it  boiling  hot ; 
let  it  stand  till  well  soaked,  and  stir  in 
the  egg  and  sugar,  well  beaten,  with  a 
little  grated  nutmeg ;  and  bake  or  steam 
for  one  hour. 

473.  SUGAR-BISCUITS.— Cut  the 
butter  into  the  flour.     Add  the  sugar 
and  carraway  seeds.     Pour  in  the  bran- 
dy, and  then  the  milk.     Lastly,  put  in 
the  pearl-ash.  Stir  all  well  with  a  knife, 


and  mix  it  thoroughly,  till  it  becornei 
a  lump  of  dough.  "  Flour  your  paste- 
board, and  lay  the  dough  on  it.  Knead 
it  very  well.  Divide  it  into  eight  01 
ten  pieces,  and  knead  each  piece  sepa- 
rate iy.  Then  put  them  all  together, 
and  knead  them  very  well  into  one 
lump.  Cut  the  dough  in  half,  and  roll 
it  out  into  sheets,  about  half  an  inch 
thick.  Beat  the  sheets  of  dough  very 
hard  on  both  sides  with  the  rolling-pin. 
Cut  them  out  into  round  cakes  with  the 
edge  of  a  tumbler.  Butter  iron  pans, 
and  lay  the  cakes  in  them.  Bake  them 
of  a  very  pale  brown.  If  done  too 
much,  they  will  lose  their  taste.  Let 
the  oven  be  hotter  at  the  top  than  at 
the  bottom.  These  cakes  kept  in  a 
stone  jar,  closely  covered  from  the  air, 
will  continue  perfectly  good  for  several 
months. 

474.  BALLS    AND    EVENING 

PARTIES. 

475.  An  invitation  to  a  ball  should 
be  given  at  least  a  week  beforehand. 

476.  Upon   entering,    first   address 
the  lady  of  the  house  ;  and  after  her, 
the   nearest  acquaintances    yc<i  may 
recognize  in  the  house. 

477.  If  you  introduce  a  friend,  make 
him  acquainted  with  the  names  of  the 
chief  persons  present.     But  first  pre- 
sent him  to  the  lady  of  the  house,  and 
to  the  host. 

478.  Appear  in  full  dress. 

479.  Always  wear  gloves. 

480.  Do  not  wear  rings  on   the  out- 
side of  your  gloves. 

481.  Avoid  an  excess  of  jewellery. 

482.  Do  not  select  the  same  partner 
frequently. 

483.  Distribute  your  attention  as 
much  as  possible. 

484.  Pay  respectful  attention  to  el- 
derly persons: 

485.  Be  cordial  when  serving  refresh- 
ments, but  not  wnportunate. 

486.  If  there  art*  more  dancers  than 
the   room  will    nceommoil;>if>,   do    not 
join  in  every  dance 

487.  In  leaving  a  large   party  it   is 
unnecessary  to   bid   farewell,  and   im- 
proper to  do  so  before  the  gueste. 


122 


BE  NOT  T1IE  FIRST  TO  QUARREL  WITH  A  FRIEND. 


488.  A  Paris  card  of  invitation  to  an 
evening  party  usually  implies  that  you 
are  invited  for  the  season. 

489.  In  balls  and  large  parties  there 
should  be  a  table  for  cards,  and  two 
packs  of  cards  placed  upon  each  table. 

490.  Chess  and  all  unsociable  games 
should  be  avoided. 

491.  Although  many  persons  do  not 
Hke  to  play  at  cards  except  for  a  stake, 
the  stakes  agreed  to  at  parties  should 
be  very  trifling,  so  as  not  to  create  ex- 
citement or  discussion. 

492.  The  host  and  hostess   should 
look  after  their  guests,  and  not  confine 
their  attentions.     They  should,  in  fact, 
assist  those  chiefly  who  are  the  least 
known  in  the  room. 

493.  Avoid    political    and    religious 
discussions.     If  you  have  a  "  hobby," 
keep  it  to  yourself. 

494.  After    dancing,    conduct  -your 
partner  to  a  seat. 

495.  Resign  her  as  soon  as  her  next 
partner  advances. 

(For  the  Figures  of  Dances,  consult 
the  Index. — See  864.) 

496.  TO  PEE  VENT  THE  SMOK- 
ING OF  A  LAMP.— Soak  the  wick  in 
strong  vinegar,  and  well  dry  it  before 
you  use  it. 

497.  EGGS    MAY    BE    PRE- 
SERVED by  applying  with  a  brush  a 
solution  of  gum-arabic  to  the  shells,  and 
afterward  packing  them  in  dry  char- 
coal dust. 

498.  TO  RENDER  SHOES  WA- 
TER-PROOF.—Warm  a  little  bees- 
wax and  -mutton  suet  until  it  is  liquid, 
and  rub  some  of  it  slightly  over  the  ed- 
ges of  the  sole  where  the  stitches  are. 
(See  70.) 

499.  TO  CLEAN  CANE  CHAIRS. 
— Sponge  them  until  soaked,  with  soap 
and  hot  water. 

500.  MARBLE  MAY  BE  CLEAN- 
ED by  mixing  up  a  quantity  of  the 
strongest  soap-lees  with  quick-lime,  to 
the  consistence  of  milk,  and  laying  it  on 
the  marble  for  twenty -four  hours ;  clean 
it  afterwards  with  soap  and  water. 

501.  A  GREEN  PAINT   FOR 
GARDEN-STANDS,  &c.,  may  be  ob- 


tained by  mixing  a  (quantity  of  mineral 
green  and  white  lead,  ground  in  turpen- 
tine^ with  a  small  portion  of  turpentine 
varnish  for  the  first  coat;  for  the  second 
put  as  much  varnish  in  the  colour  aw 
will  produce  a  good  gloss. 

502.  INK-SPOTS  may  be  taken  out 
of  mahogany  by  applying  spirits  of  salt. 

503.  STAINS  may  be  removed  from 
the  hands  by  washing  them  in  a  small 
quantity  of  oil  of  vitriol  and  cold  water 
without  soap. 

504.  WAX  may  be  taken  out  of  cloth 
by  holding  a  red-hot  iron  within  an  inch 
or  two    of    the  marks,  and  afterward 
rubbing  them  with  a  soft  clean  rag. 

505.  SILK  ARTICLES  should  not 
be  kept  folded  in  white  papers,  as  the 
chloride  of  lime  used  in  bleaching  the 
paper  will  impair  the    colour   of  the 
silk. 

506.  MILDEWED  LINEN  may  be 
restored  by  soaping  the   spots,  while 
wet,   covering  them  with  tine   chalk 
scraped  to  powrder,  and  well  rubbed  in. 

507.  TO    TAKE    INK-STAINS 
OUT  OF  A  COLOURED  TABLE- 
COVER,— Dissolve  a  teaspoonful   of 
oxalic  acid  in  a  tea-cup  of  hot  water ; 
rub  the  stained  part  well  with  the  so- 
lution. 

508.  BURN.— The  first  application 
to  a  burn  should  be  sweet  oil,  putting  it 
on  immediately,  till  other  remedies  can 
be  prepared. 

509.  A    HALF-WORN    CARPET 
may  be  made  to  last  longer  by  ripping 
it  apart  and  transposing  the  breadths. 

510.  MEDICINE  STAINS  may  be 
removed  from  silver  spoons  by  rubbing 
them  with  a  rag  dipped  in  sulphuric 
acid,   and  washing  it  off  with  soap- 

511.  PAPIER-MACHE  articles 
should  be  washed  with  a  sponge  and 
cold  water  without  soap,  dredged  with 
flour  while  damp,  and  polished  with  a 
flannel. 

512.  TO   L  O  O  S E  N   A   GLASS 
STOPPER.— Pour  round    it  a  little 
sweet  oil   close  to  the  mouth  of  th« 
bottle,  and  lay  it  near  the  fire ;  after- 
wards wrap  a  thick  cloth  round  the  end 


ONE  DOUBT  MAT  LEAI>  TO  DISBELIEF. 


123 


of  a  stick  and  strike  the  stopper  gently. 
(See  254.) 

513.  GLASS   should  be  washed  in 
cold  water,  which  gives  it  a  brighter 
and  clearer  look  than  when   cleansed 
with  warm  water. 

514.  IKON    WIPERS.  — Old   soft 
towels,  or  pieces  of  old  sheets  or  table- 
cloths, make  excellent  iron  wipers. 

515.  TO    BLEACH    A    FADED 
DRESS. — Wash  it  well  in  hot  suds, 
and  boil  it  until  the  colour  seems  to  be 
gone,  then  wash,  and  rinse,  and  dry  it 
in  the   sun  ;  if  still  not  quite  white 
repeat  the  boiling. 

511).  FLANNEL  should  always  be 
washed  with  white  soap,  and  in  warm 
but  not  boiling  water. 

517.  A    H  A  T  should  be  brushed 
every  day  with  a  hat-brush,  and  twice 
a-day  in  dusty  weather. 

518.  RINGS    that   have   stones    in 
them  should  always  be  taken  off  the 
finger  when  the  hands  are  washed,  else 
they  become  discoloured. 

519.  COLD    GREEN    TEA,  very 
strong,  and  sweetened  with  sugar,  will, 
when  set  about  in  saucers,  attract  flies 
and  destroy  them. 

520.  CLOTHES    CLOSETS    that 
have    become    infested    with     moths 
should  be  well  rubbed  with  a  strong 
decoction  of  tobacco,  and  repeatedly 
sprinkled  with  spirits  of  camphor. 

521.  THE  STING  OF  A  NETTLE 
may  be  cured  by  rubbing  the  part  with 
rosemary,  mint,  or  sage  leaves. 

522.  CHARCOAL  FUMES.— The 
usual  remedies  for  persons  overcome 
with  the  fumes  of  charcoal  in  a  close 
apartment  arc,  to  throw  cold  water  on 
the  head  and  to  bleed  immeuiately ; 
also  apply  mustard  or  hartshorn  to  the 
soles  of  the  feet. 

523.  AN     EVER-DIRTY 
HEARTH,  and  a  grate  always  choked 
with   cinders  and  ashes,  are  infallible 
evidences  of  bad  house-keeping. 

524.  TO  EXTINGUISH  A  FIRE 
in  the  chimney,  besides  any  water  at 
hand,  throw  on  it  salt,  or  a  handful  of 
flour  of  sulphur  as  soon  as  you  can  ob- 
tain it ;  keep  all  the  doors  and  windows 

6 


tightly  shut,  and  hold  before  the  fire- 
place a  blanket  or  some  woollen  article 
to  exclude  the  air.  (See  695.) 

525.  READING  IN  BED  at  night 
should    be    avoided,   as,    besides    the 
danger  of  an  accident,  it  never  fails  to 
injure  the  eyes. 

526.  IN    ESCAPING    FROM    A 
FIRE,  creep  or  crawl  along  the  room 
with  your  face   close  to  the  ground. 
Children  should  be  early  taught  how 
to  press  out  a  spark  when  it  happens  to 
reach  any  part  of  their  dress,  and  also 
that  running  into  the  air  will  cause  it 
to  blaze  immediately.  (See  695.) 

527.  LIME  WATER  beaten  up  with 
sweet  oil  is  an  excellent  ointment  for 
burns. 

528.  PAPER   FIRE-SCREENS 
should  be  coated  with  transparent  var- 
nish, otherwise  they  will  soon  become 
soiled  and  discoloured. 

529.  THE   BEST    LAMP-OIL    ii 
that  which  is  clear  and  nearly  colour- 
less, like  water. 

530.  OIL-GREASE     may    be    re- 
moved from  a  hearth  by  covering  it 
immediately  with  thick  hot  ashes,  or 
with  burning  coals. 

531.  CANDLES  improve  by  keep- 
ing  a  few  months.     If  wax  candles  be- 
come discoloured  or  soiled,  they  may 
be  restored  by  rubbing  them  over  with 
a  clean  flannel  slightly  dipped  in  spirits 
of  wine. 

532.  IN    LIGHTING    CANDLES 
always  hold  the  match  to  the  side  of 
the  wick,  and  not  over  the  top. 

533.  IN  CHOOSING  PAPER  FOR 
A  ROOM,  avoid  that  which  has  a  vari- 
ety of  colours,  or  a  large,  showy  figure, 
as  no  furniture  can  appear  to  advantage 
with   such.      Large  figured  papering 
makes  a  small  room  look  smaller. 

534.  FOR  KEEPING  A  DOOR 
OPEN,  place  a  large   brick  covered 
neatly  with  a  piece  of  carpeting  against 
the  door. 

535.  A    STAIR-CARPET    should, 
never    be   swept    down    with  a  lone 
sroorn,  but  always  with  a  short-handled 
jrush,  and  a  dust-pan  held  closely  un- 
der each  step  of  the  etalrg. 


124 


ONE  KIND  WORD  MAY  TURN  ASIDE  A  TOKRENT  OF  ANGER. 


536.  OIL-CLOTH  should  never  be 
scrubbed  with  a  brush,  but,  after  being 
first  swept,  it  should  be  cleansed   by 
washing   with  a  Inrge  soft   cloth   and 
lukewarm  or  cold  water.     On  no  ac- 
count use  soap  or  hot  water,  as  either 
will  bring  oft'  the  paint. 

537.  STRAW-MATTING  may  be 
cleaned  with  a  large  coarse  cloth,  dip- 
ped in  gait  and  water,  and  then  wiped 
dry :  the  salt  prevents  the  matting  from 
turning  yellow. 

538.  OIL-PAINTINGS  hung  over 
the  mantel-piece  are  liable  to  wrinkle 
with  the  heat. 

539.  OTTOMANS  AND   SOFAS, 
whether  covered  with  cloth,  damask, 
or  chintz,  will  look  much  the  better 
for   being    cleaned    occasionally  with 
bran  and  flannel. 

540.  FURNITURE    made    in    the 
winter,  and  brought  from  a  cold  ware- 
house into  a  warm  apartment,  is  very 
liable  to  crack. 

541.  ROSEWOOD  FURNITURE 
should  be  rubbed  gently  every  day  with 
a  clean  soft  cloth  to  keep  it  in  order. 

542.  DINING-TABLES  may  be  po- 
lished by  rubbing  them  for  some  time 
with  a  soft  cloth  and  a  little  cold-drawn 
linseed  oil. 

543.  IRON- STAINS  maybe  remov- 
ed from  marble  by  wetting  the  spots 
with  oil  of  vitriol,  or  with  lemon-juice, 
or  with  oxalic  acid  diluted  in  spirits  of 
wine,  and,  after  a  quarter  of  an  hour, 
nibbing  them  dry  with  a  soft  linen 
cloth. 

544.  SILVER    AND     PLATED 
WARE    should    be    washed    with    a 
sponge  and  warm  soapsuds  every  day 
after  using,  and  wTiped  dry  with  a  clean 
soft  towel.     (S«3,149.) 

545.  CHINA  TEA-POTS  are  the 
safest,  and,  in  many  respects,  the  most 
pleasant.     Wedgwood  ware  i  s  very  apt, 
after  a  time,  to  acquire  a  disagreeable 
taste. 

r.46.  JAPANNED  URNS,  WAIT- 
ERS, &.c  ,  should  be  cleaned  with  a 
Kponue  and  cold  water,  finislu'ng  with  a 
soft  dry  cloth. 


547.  TO     CLEAN    LOOKING- 
GLASSES.— First  wush  the  glass  all 
over  with  lukewarm  soap-suds   itnd  a 
sponge.     When  dry.  rub  it  brigl/t  witb 
a  buckskin  and  a  little  prepared  chalk 
finely  powdered. 

548.  A    MAHOGANY    FRAME 
should  be  first  well  dusted,  and  then 
well  cleaned  with  a  flannel  dipped  in 
sweet  oil. 

549.  BRONZED  CHANDELIERS 
LAMPS,  &c.,  should  be  merely  dusted 
with  a  feather-brush,  or  w'ith  a  soft 
cloth,  as  washing  them  will  takeoff  the 
bronzing. 

550.  TO  CLEAN  KNIVES  AND 
FORKS. — Wash  the  blades  in  warm 
(but  not  hot)  water,  and  afterwards 
rub  them  lightly  over  with  powdered 
rotten-stone  wet  to  a  paste  with  a  little 
cold  water,  then  polish  them  with  a 
clean  cloth. 

551.  BLACKING  FOR   STOVES 
may  be  made   with   half  a  pound   of 
black  lead  finely  powdered,  and   (to 
make  it  stick)  mix  with  it  the  whites 
of  three  eggs  well  beaten  ;  then  dilute 
it  with  sour  beer  or  porter  till  it  be- 
comes as  thin  as  shoe-blacking ;   after 
stirring  it,  set  it  over  hot  coals  to  sim- 
mer for  twenty  minutes  ;  when  cold  it 
may  be  kept  for  use. 

552.  FOR  CLEANING  BRASSES 
belonging  to  mahogany  furniture  either 
powdered  whiting  or  scraped  rotten- 
stone  mixed  with  sweet-oil  and  rubbed 
on  with  a  buckskin  is  good. 

553.  THE  BEST  COVERING  for 
a  KITCHEN  FLOOR  is  a  thick  im- 
figured  oil-cloth,  of  one  colour. 

554.  MEAT  may  be   kept  several 
days  in  the  height  of  summer,  sweet 
and  good,  by  lightly  covering  it  with 
bran,,  and  hanging  it  in   some  high  or 
windy  room,  or  in   a    passage   where 
there  is  a  current  of  air. 

555.  WHEN    VELVET    GETS 
FLUSHED  from    pressure,-  hold  the 
parts  over  a  basin   of  hot  water,  with 
the  lining  of  the  dress  next  -the  water  ; 
he  pile  will  soon  rise   and  assume  ita 

original  beauty. 

556.  A  TIGHT  BOOT  OR  SHOE 


TAKE  THINGS  ALWAYS  BY  THE  SMOOTH  HANDLE. 


125 


goes  on  easier  wheu  thoroughly  warmed 
by  turning  the  soles  next  to  the  fire. 

557.  GLASS  VESSELS,  and  other 
utensils,  may  be  purified  and  cleaned 
by  rinsing    them  out  with  powdered 
charcoal. 

558.  HOUSEHOLDERS  would  ex- 
ercise a  wise  precaution  against  fires  by 
directing  that  the  last  person  up  should 
perambulate  the  premises  previous  to 
going  to  bed,  to  ascertain  that  all  fires 
are  sate  and  lights  extinguished. 

559.  SHOULD  A  FIRE  BREAK 
OUT  in  a  chimney,  a   wetted   blanket 
should  be  nailed  to  the  upper  ends  of 
the  mantel  piece,  so  as  to   cover  the 
opening  entirely,  when  the  fire  will  go 
out  of  itself.     (See  524.) 

560.  ALL    FLANNELS  should  be 
soaked   before  they  are  made  up,  first 
in  cold  then  in  hot  water,  in  order  to 
shrink  them. 

5G1.  WORSTED  AND  LAMBS'- 
WOOL  STOCKINGS  should  never 
be  mended  with  worsted  or  lambs'- 
wool,  because  the  latter  being  new  it 
shrinks  more  than  the  stockings,  and 
draws  them  up  till  the  toes  become 
short  and  narrow,  and  .the  heels  have 
no  shape  left. 

562.  PRESERVED    GINGER    is 
made  by  scalding  the  young  roots  till 
they  become  tender,  then  peeling  them 
in  cold  water,  frequently  changing  the 
water  ;  and  after  this  they  are  put  into 
a  thin  syrup,  from  which,  in  a  few 
days,  they  are  removed  to  the  jars,  and 
a  rich  syrup  poured  over  them. 

563.  WHEN  MUCH  PASTRY  IS 
MADE  in  a  house,  a  good  quantity  of 
fine  flour  should  be  kept  on  hand,  in 
dry  jars,  and  quite  secured  from  the 
air,   as   it  ir.&.kes  lighter    pastry   and 
bread  wheu   kept  a    shoit  time    than 
when  quite  fresh  ground. 

564.  TO    SOFTEN    HARD    WA- 
TER,   or  purify  river  water,   simply 
boil  it,  and  then  leave  it  to  atmospheric 
exposure. 

565.  WHERE  PAINTED  WAINS- 
COT,   or    other   wood-work,  requires 
cleaning,  fuller's  earth  will  be  found 
cheap  and   useful  ;  and,  on  wood  not 


painted,  it  forms  an  excellent  substi 
tute  for  soap. 

5b6.  TO  DESTROY  FLIES  in 
room,  take  half  a  tea-spoonful  01  black 
pepper  in  powder,  one  tea -spoonful  ol 
brown  sugar,  and  one  table-spoonful  «i 
creaoa,  mix  them  well  together,  and 
place  them  in  tho  room  on  a  plate, 
where  the  flies  are  troublesome,  and 
they  will  soon  disappear. 

567.  WHERE    A    CHIMNEY 
SMOKES  only  when  the  fire  is  first 
lighted,  it  may  be  guarded  against  by 
allowing  the  fire  to  kindle  gradually. 

568.  WHENEVER  OIL  IS  USED 
for    the  purpose  of  artificial  light,  it 
should  be  kept  free  from  all  exposure 
to  atmospheric  air ;  as  it  is  apt  to  ab- 
sorb considerable  quantities  of  oxygen. 
If  oil  is  very  coarse  or  tenacious,  a  very 
small  quantity  of  oil  of  turpentine  may 
be  added. 

569.  FAMILY  CLOCKS    ought 
only  to  be  oiled  with  the  very  purest 
oil,  purified  by  a  quart  of  lime  water  to 
a  gallon  of  oil,  in  which  it  has  been 
well  shaken,  and  suffered  to  stand  for 
three  or  four  days,  when  it  may  be 
drawn  off. 

570.  TO  HEAT  A  BED  at  a  mo- 
ment's  notice,  throw  a  little  salt  into 
the  warming-pan  and  suffer  it  to  burn 
for  a  minute  .previous  to  use. 

571.  TO  ASCERTAIN  WHETHER 
A  BED   BE  AIRED.  — Introduce  a 
glass  goblet  between  the  sheets  for  a 
minute  or  two,  just  when  the  warming 
pan  is  taken  out ;  if  the  bed  be  dry, 
there  will  only  be  a  slight  cloudy  ap- 
pearance on  the  glass,  but  if  not,  the 
damp  of  the  bed  will  assume  the  more 
formidable  appearance   of  drops,    the 
warring  of  danger. 

572.  FLOWERS  AND  SHRUBS 
should  be  excluded  from  a  bed-chamber. 

573.  WATER  of  every   kind,    ex- 
cept rain  water,  will  speedily  cover  the 
inside  of  a  tea-kettle  with  an  unpleasant 
crust ;    this    may    easily    be    guarded 
against  by  placing  a  clean  oyster-shell 
in  the    tea-kettle,  which  will  always 
keep  it  in  good  order,  by  attracting  the 
particles  of  earth  or  of  stone. 


126 


HOW«MCCH  PAIN  THE  EVILS  HATE  COST  US 


574.  IN  PREPARING  TEA  a  good 
rc«iK>mist  will  be  careful  to  have  the 
Lx'Kt  water,  that  is,  the  softest  and 
ic'.-isr  impregnated  with  foreign  mixture, 
for  if  tea  be  infused  in  hard  and  in  soft 
water,  the  latter  will  always  yield  the 
greatest  quantity  of  the  tanning'  matter, 
and  will  strike  the  deepest  black,  with 
sulphate  of  iron  in  solution. 

r>?5.  IN  MAKING  COFFEE,  ob- 
eeiTe  that  the  broader  the  bottom  and 
the  smaller  the  top  of  the  vessel,  the 
better  it  will  be. 

5?t>.  TO  DRIVE  AWAY  MOTHS 
from  clothes,  wrap  up  some  yellow  or 
turpentine  soap  in  paper ;  or  place  an 
open  bottle  containing  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine in  the  wardrobe. 

577.  THE  WHITE  OF  AN  EGG, 
well  beaten  with  quicklime,  and  a  small 
quantity  of  very  old  cheese,  forms  an 
excellent  substitute  for  cement,  when 
wanted  in   a  hurry,  either  for  broken 
china  or  old  ornamental  glass  ware. 

578.  COOKS   should  be   cautioned 
against    the    iise  of  charcoal    in    any 
quantity,  except  where  there  is  a  free 
current  of  air ;  for  charcoal  is  highly 
prejudicial  in  a  state   of  ignition,  al- 
though it  may  be  rendered  even  active- 
ly  beneficial  when  boiled,  as  a  small 
quantity  of  it,  if  boiled  with  meat  on 
the  turn,  will  effectually  cure  the  un- 
pleasant taint. 

579.  THE    HOUSEWIFE  who  is 
anxious  to  dress  no  more  meat  than 
will  suffice  for  the  meal,  should  know 
that  beef  loses  about  one  pound  in  four 
in  boiling,  but  in  roasting,  loses  in  the 
proportion  of  one  pound  five  ounces, 
and  in  baking  about  two  ounces  less,  or 
one  pound  three  ounces  ;  mutton  loses 
in  boiling  about  fourteen  ounces  in  four 
pounds ;   in    roasting,    one    pound  six 
ounces. 

580.  THE  AMERICANS,  generally 
speaking,  are  very  deficient  in  the  prac- 
tice  of  culinary   economy  ;   a  French 
family  would  live  well  on  what  is  often 
wasted  in  an  American  kitchen  :  the 
bones,  drippings,  pot-liquor,  remains  of 
fish,  vegetables,  &c.,  which    are    too 
often  consigned  to  the  grease-pot  or  the 


dust-heap,  might,  by  a  very  trifling 
degree  of  management  on  the  part  of 
the  cook,  or  mistress  of  a  family,  be 
converted  into  sources  of  daily  support 
and  comfort,  at  least  to  some  poor  pern- 
sioncr  or  other,  at  an  expense  that  even 
the  miser  could  scarcely  grudge. 

581.  IF  YOU  ARE   ABOUT  TO 
FURNISH  A  HOUSE,  do  not  spend 
all  your  money,  be  it  much   or  .little. 
Do  not  let  the  beauty  of  this  thing,  and 
the  cheapness  of  that,  tempt  you  to  buy 
unnecessary  articles.     Doctor  Frank- 
lin's maxim  was  a  wise  one — "Nothing 
is  cheap  that  we  do  not  want."     Buy 
merely  enough  to  get  along  with  at 
first.     It  is  only  by  experience  that  you 
can  tell  what  will  be  the  wants  of  your 
family.     If  you  spend  all  your  money, 
you  will  find  you  have  purchased  many 
things  you  do  not  want,  and  have  no 
means  left  to  get  many  things  which 
you  do  want.     If  you  have  enough,  and 
more  than  enough,  to  get  everything 
suitable  to  your  situation,  do  not  think 
you  must  spend  it  all,  merely  because 
you  happen  to  have  it.     Begin  humbly. 
As  riches  increase,  it  is  easy  and  pleas- 
ant to  increase  in   comforts ;  but  it  is 
always  painful  and  inconvenient  to  de- 
crease.     After    all,  these  things    are 
viewed  in  their  proper  light  by   the 
truly  judicious  and  respectable.     Neat- 
ness, tastefulness,  and  good  sense  may 
be  shown  in  the  management  of  a  small 
household,  and  the  arrangement  of  a 
little  furniture,  as  well  as  upon  a  larger 
scale;  and  these  qualities  are  always 
praised,   and    always   treated  with  re- 
spect and  attention.    The    considera- 
tion  which  many  purchase  by  living 
beyond   their  income,  and,  of  course, 
living  upon  others,  is  not  worth  the 
trouble  it  costs.      The  glare  there  is 
about  this  false  and  wicked  parade  is 
deceptive  :  it  does  not,  in  fact,  procure 
a  man  valuable  friends,   or  extensive 
influence.  » 

582.  IF    A    LARDER    BY    ITS 
POSITION,  will  not  admit  of  opposite 
windows,  then  a  current  of  air  must  be 
admitted  by  means  of  a  flue  from  the 
outside. 


THAT  HAVE  NEVER  HAPPfcXED. 


127 


583.  THE     BENEFICIAL     EF- 
FECTS OF  CHARCOAL  in  stopping 
putrefaction  are  now  well  ascertained  ; 
fish  or  me  it  may  be  restored  by  boiling 
charcoal  -  r ith  them. 

584.  "  MORNING'S  MILK,"   says 
an  eminent  German  philosopher,  "com- 
monly   yields  some  hundredth  s  more 
cream  than  the  evening's  at  the  same 
temperature.'    That    milked    at    noon 
furnishes  the  least ;  it  would  therefore 
be  of  advantage  in  making,  butter  and 
cheese,  to  employ  the  morning's  milk, 
and  to  keep  the  evening's  for  domestic 
use." 

585.  BREAD  contains  eighty  nutri- 
tious parts  in  100  ;  meal  thirty -four  in 
100  ;  French  beans,  ninety-two  in  100 ; 
common    beans,    eighty-nine    in    100; 
pe-as,    ninety-throe    in    100  ;    lentils, 
ninety-four  in  100  ;  cabbages  and  tur- 
nips, the  most  aqueous  of  all  the  vege- 
tables compared,  produce  only  eight 
pounds  of  solid  matter  in  100  pounds  ; 
carrots  and  spinach  produce   fourteen 
in  the  saine  quantity  ;  while  one   hun- 
dred pounds  of  potatoes  contain  twenty- 
five  pounds  of  dry  substance.     From  a 
general  estimate    it    results,  that  one 
pound  of  good  bread  is  equal   to  two 
pounds  and  a  half  or  three  pounds  of 
potatoes  ;  that  seventy-five   pounds  of 
bread  and  thirty  of  meat  may  be  substi- 
tuted for  300  pounds  of  potatoes.     The 
other    substances    bear  the    following 
proportions  :  four  parts  of  cabbage  to 
one  of  potatoes  ;  three  parts  of  turnips 
to  one  of  potatoes ;  two  parts  of  carrots 
and  spinach   to  one  of  potatoes  ;  and 
about  three  parts  and  a  half  of  potatoes 
to  one  of  rice,  lentils,  beans,  French 
beans,  and  dry  peas. 

586.  TO  TEST  FLOUR,  people  in 
the  trade  generally  knead  a  small  quan- 
tity by  way  of  experiment ;  if  good,  the 
flour   immediately    forms   an  adhesive 
elastic  paste,  which  will  readily  assume 
any  form  that  may  be  given  to  it,  with- 
out danger  of  breaking.     Pure  and  un- 
adulterated   flour    may    like1  vise     be 
easily  distinguished  by  other  methods  : 
seize  a  handful  briskly,  and  squeeze  it 
half  a  minute  ;  it  prase  res  the  firm  of 


the  cavity  of  the  hand  in  one  piece, 
although' it  may  be  rudely  placed  on 
the  table  ;  not  so  that  which  contains 
foreign  substances,  it  breaks  in  pieces 
more  or  less  ;  that  mixed  with  whiting 
being  the  most  adhesive,  but  still  divid- 
ing and  falling  down  in  a  little  time. 

587.  A  GREAT   INCREASE    ON 
HOME-MADE  BREAD,  even  equal 
to  one  fifth,  may  be  produced  by  using 
bran  water   for  kneading  the  dougli. 
The  proportion  is  three  pounds  of  bran 
for  every  twenty-eight  pounds  of  flour, 
to   be  boiled  for  an  hour,    and  tnen 
strained  through  a  hair-sieve. 

588.  EXCELLENT     PASTE    for 
fruit  o*  meat  pies  may  be  made  with 
two-thirds  of  wheat-flour,  one-third  of 
the  flour  of  boiled  potatoes,  and  some 
butter  or  dripping  ;  the  whole  being 
brought  to  a  proper  consistence  with 
warm  water,  and  a  small  quantity  of 
yeast  added  when  lightness  is  desired. 
This  will  also  make  very  pleasant  cakes 
for  breakfast,  and  may  be  made  with  or 
without  spices,  fruits,  &c. 

589.  POTATOES.— There  are  few 
articles    in   families  more    subject    to 
waste,  both  in  paring,  boiling,  and  being 
actually  thrown  away,  than  potatoes ; 
and  chere  are  few  cooks  but  what  boil 
twice  as  many  potatoes  every  day  as 
are  wanted,  and  fewer  still  that  do  not 
throw  the  residue  away  as  totally  unfit 
in  any  shape  for  the  next  day's  m^al ; 
yet  if  they  would  take  the  trouble  to 
heat  up  the  despised  cold  potatoes  with 
an  equal  quantity  of  flour  they  would 
find    them    produce    a    much    lighter 
dumpling  or  pudding    than  they  can 
make  with  flour  alone  ;  and  by  the  aid 
of  a  few  spoonfuls  of  good  gravy,  they 
will  provide  a  cheap  and  agreeable  ap- 
pendage to  the  dinner  table.  (See  12?.) 

590.  BOILING.— This  most  simple 
of  culinary  processes  is  not  often  p*i- 
forined  in  perfection;   it  does  not  re- 
quire quite  so  much  nicety  and  attend- 
ance   as  roasting ;    to  skim  your  pot 
well,  and  keep   it  really  boiling   (the 
slower  the   better)  all  the  whi'e — to 
know  how  long  is  required  for  doing 
the  jainfc,  &c.,  and  to  take  it  up  at  the 


128 


NOTHING  IS  TROUBLESOME  THAT  WE  DO  WILLIXULY. 


critical  moment  when  it  is  clone  enough 

of  about  a  quart  of  water  to  a  pound  o1 

—  comprehend!  almost  the  whole  art 

meat  ;  it  should  be  covered  with  watei 

and  mystery.     This,  however,  demands 

during  the  whole  of  the  process  of  boil 

a  patient  and  perpetual  vigilance,  of 

ing,  but   not  drowned  in  it;    the  lest 

which  tew  persons  are,  unhappily,  capa- 

water, provided  the  meat  be  covered 

ble.    The  cook  must  take  especial  care 

with  it,  the  more  savoury  wiij  be  the 

that  the  water  really  boils  all  the  while 

meat,  and  the  better  will  be  the  broti 

she  is  cooking,  or  she  will  be  deceived 

in  every  respect.     The  water  should  be 

in  the  time  ;  and  make  up  a  sufficient 

heated  gradually,  according  to  the  thick- 

fire (a  frugal  cook  will  manage  with 

ness,  &c.,  of  the  article  boiled  ;  for  in- 

much less  fire  for  boiling  than  she  uses 

stance,  a  leg  of  mutton  of  ten  pounds 

for  roasting)  at  first,  to  last   all   the 

weight  should  be  placed  over  a  mode« 

time,  without  much  mending  or  stir- 
ring, and  thereby  save  much  trouble. 

rate  fire,  which  will  gradually  make  the 
water  hot,  without  causing  it  to  boil,  ibi 

When  the  pot  is  coming  to  a   boil, 

about  forty  minutes  ;  if  the  water  boils 

there  will   always,  from  the    cleanest 

much  sooner,  the  meat  will  be  hard- 

meat and  clearest  water,  rise  a  scum  to 

ened,  and  shrink  up  as  if  it  had  beer 

the  top  of  it  ;    proceeding  partly  from 

scorched  —  by  keeping  the  water  a  cei 

the  foulness  of  the  meat,  and  partly 

tain  time  heating  without  boiling,  it. 

from  the  water:    this  must   be    care- 

fibres  are  dilated,  and  it  yields  a  quan- 

Stilly taken  off,  as  soon  as  it  rises.     On 

tity  of  scum,  which  must  be  taken  of 

this  depends  the  good  appearance  of 

as  soon  as  it  rises,  for  the  reasons  al- 

all boiled    things,    an    essential    mat- 

ready mentioned.      "  If  a  vessel  con- 

ter.    "When  you  have  scummed  well, 

taining  water  be  placed  over  a  steady 

put    in     some     cold    water,    which 

fire,  the  water  will    grow   continually 

will  throw  up  the  rest  of  the  scum. 

hotter,  till  it  reaches  the  limit  of  boil- 

The  oftener  it  is  scummed,  and  the 

ing  ;  after  which,  the  regular  accessions 

cleaner  the  top  of  the  water  is  kept, 

of  heat  are  wholly  spent  in  converting 

the  cleaner  will  be  the  meat.     If  let 

it  into  steam  ;  the  water  remains  at  the 

alone,  it  soon  boils  down  and  sticks  to 

same  pitch   of  temperature,  however 

the  meat  ;    which,  instead  of  looking 

fiercely  it  boils.     The  only  difference 

delicately  white   and  nice,  will    have 

is,  that  with   a  strong  fire  it  sooner 

that  coarse  and  filthy  appearance  we 

comes  to  boil,  and  more  quickly  boils 

bave  too  often  to  complain  of,  and  the 

away,  and  is   converted  into  steam." 

butcher  and  poulterer   be   blamed  for 

Such  are  the  opinions  stated  by  Bucha- 

the carelessness   of  the  cook   in  not 

nan  in  his  "  Economy  of  Fuel."    There 

Bcumming  her  pot  with  due  diligence. 

was  placed  a  thermometer  in  water  in 

Many  put  in  milk,  to  make  what  they 

that  state  which  cooks  call  gentle  sim- 

boil look  white,  but  this  does  more 

mering  —  the   heat  was  212°,  t.  e.,  the 

harm  than  good  :  others  wrap  it  up  in 

same  degree  as  the  strongest  boiling. 

a  cloth;    but  these  are  needless  pre- 

Two mutton  chops  were  covered  with 

cautions;  if  the  scum  be  attentively  re- 

cold water,  and  one  boiled  fiercely,  and 

moved,  meat  will  hare  a  much  more 

the  other  simmered   gently,  for  three- 

dt-licate  colour  and  finer  flavour  th«n  it 

quarters  of  an  hour  ;  the  flavour  of  the 

has  when  muffled  up.     This  may  give 

chop  which  wag  simmered  was  decidedly 

rather  more  trouble  —  but  those   who 

superior  to  that  which  was  boiled;  the 

wish  to  excel  in  their  art,  must  only 

liquor  which  boiled  fast,  wab  in   like 

consider  how  the  processes  of  it  can  be 
moxi  perfectly  performed  :  a  cook  who 
has  a  proper  pride  and  pleasure  in  her 
KnKiriHSR.   will    niafcfl    this    hor    maxim 

proportion    more    savoury,  and,  when 
cold,  had  much  more  fat  on  its  surface  ; 
this  explains  why  quick  boiling  renders 
meat  hard.  &c.  —  because  its  mires  nr« 

and  rule  on   all  occasions.     Put  your  extracted  in   a  greater  degree.    (Set 
meat  into  cold  water,  ir  the  proportion  1239.) 


\VE  SELDOM  REPENT  OF  HAVING  EATIXG  TOO  LITTLE. 


129 


591.  RECKON  THE  TIME  for  its  first 
coming  to  a  boil.  The  old  rule  ot 
fifteen  minutes  to  a  pound  of  meat,  we 
think  rather  too  little ;  the  slower  it 
boils,  the  tenderer,  the  plumper,  arid 
whiter  it  will  be.  For  those  who  choose 
their  food  thoroughly  cooked  (which  all 
will  who  have  any  regard  for  their 
stomachs),  twenty  minutes  to  a  pound 
will  not  be  found  too  much  for  gentle 
simmering  by  the  side  of  the  fire ; 
allowing  more  or  less  time,  according 
to  the  thickness  of  the  joint,  and  the 
coldness  of  the  weather ;  always  remem- 
bering, the  slower  it  boils  the  better. 
Without  some  practice  it  is  difficult  to 
teach  any  art;  and  cooks  seem  to  sup- 
pose they  must  be  right,  if  they  put 
meat  into  a  pot,  arid  set  it  over  the  fire 
for  a  certain  time — making  no  allow- 
ance, whether  it  simmers  without  a 
bubble,  or  boils  at  a  gallop. 

592.  FRESH  KILLED  MEAT  will  take 
much  longer  time  boiling  than  that 
which  baa  been  kept  till  it  is  what  the 
butchers  call  ripe,  and  longer  in  cold 
than  in  warm  weather ;  if  it  be  frozen, 
it  must  be  thawed  before  boiling  as 
before  roasting  ;  if  it  be  fresh  killed,  it 
will  be  tough  and  hard,  if  you  stew  it 
ever  so  long,  and  ever  so  gently.  In 
cold  weather,  the  night  before  you 
dress  it,  bring  it  into  a  place  of  which 
the  temperature  is  not  less  than  forty- 
five  degrees  of  Fahrenheit's  ther- 
mometer. The  size  of  the  boiling  pots 
should  be  adapted  to  what  they  are  to 
contain ;  the  larger  the  saucepan  the 
more  room  it  takes  upon  the  fire ;  and 
a  larger  quantity  of  water  requires  a 
proportionate  increase  of  fire  to  boil  it. 
In  small  families,  we  recommend  block 
tin  saucepans,  &c.,  as  lightest  and 
safost ;  if  proper  care  is  taken  of  them, 
and  they  are  well  dried  after  they  are 
cleansed,  they  are  by  far  the  cheapest;  j 
the  purchase  of  a  new  tin  sauce-pun 
being  little  more  than  the  expense  of  j 
tinning  a  copper  one.  Take  care  that j 
the  covers  of  your  boiling  pots  fit  close  ! 
not  only  to  prevent  unnecessary  j 
evaporation  of  t'ie  water,  but  that,  the  • 
imoke  may  /v>f  .ushriAte  itself  unler 


!  the  edge  of  the  lid,  and  give  the  meat 
ia  bad  taste 

593.  IF  YOU  LET  MEAT  OR  POUL- 
TRY  REMAIN   IN   THE  WATER  after  it 

is  done  enough,  it  will  become  sodden 
and  lose  its  flavour. 

594.  BEEF  AND  MUTTON  a  little  un- 
der-done (especially  very   large  joints, 
which  will   make  the   better   hash  or 
broil)  is  not  a  great  fault — by  some  peo- 
ple it  is  preferred  ;  but  lamb,  pork,  and 
veal,  are  uneatable  if  not  thoroughly 
boiled — but  do  not  overdo  them.    A  tri- 
vet, or  fish-drainer,  put  on  the  bottom  of 
the   boiling  pot,    raising  the   contents 
about  an  inch  and  a  half  from  the  bot- 
tom, will  prevent  that  side  of  the  meat 
which  comes    next  the   bottom   from 
being  done  too  much — and  the  lower 
part  of  the  meat  will  be  as  delicately 
done  as  the  other  part ;  and  this  will 
enable  you  to  take  out  the  contents  of 
the  pot  without  sticking  a  fork,  &c., 
into  it.     If  you  have  not  a  trivet,  use 
four  skewers,  or  a  soup-plate  laid  the 
wrong  side  upwards. 

595.  TAKE  CARE  OF  THE  LIQUOR 
you  have  boiled  poultry  or  meat  in;  in 
five   minutes  you  may  make    it  into 
soup. 

596.  THE  GOOD  HOUSEWIFE  never 
boils    a  joint  without  converting  the 
broth  into  some  sort  of  soup. 

597.  IF  THE   LIQUOR  BK  TOO    S\LT, 
only  use  half  the  quantity,  and  the   rest 
water  ;    wash   salted   meat  well   with 
cold  water  before  you  put  it  into   the 
boiler. 

598.  ROASTING.— BEEF.— The  no- 
ble sirloin  of  about  fifteen  pounds  (if 
much  thicker  the  outside  will  be  done 
too  much  before  the  inside  is  enough), 
will  require  to  be   before  the  fire  about 
three  and  a  half  or  four  hours.     Take 
care  to   spit   it  evenly,  that  it  may  not 
be  heavier  on  one  side   than  the  other  ; 
put  a  little  clean  dripping  into  the  dip- 
ping-pan (tie  a  sheet  of  paper  over  it  to 
preserve  the  fat) ;  baste  it  well  as  soon 
as  it  is  put  down,  and  every  qunrter-of- 
an-hour  all  the  time  it  is   roasting,  til] 
the   lust   half  hour;  then  take  off  the 
paper  and  make  some  gravy  for  it,  stir 


130 


PRIDE  COSTS  MORE  Til  AX  11UXCLR,  THIRST,  OR  COLD. 


the  fire  and  make  it  clear  ;  to  brown 
and  froth  it,  sprinkle  a  little  salt  over 
it,  baeto  it  with  butter,  and  dredge  it 
with  flour  ;  let  it  go  a  few  minutes 
longer,  till  the  froth  rises,  take  it  up, 
put  it  on  the  dish,  &c.  Garnish  it 
with  horse-radish,  scraped  as  fine  as 
possible  with  a  very  sharp  knife. 

599.  A  YORKSHIRE  PUDDING  is  an 
excellent  accompaniment. 

600.  RIBS  OF   BEEF.  — The  three 
first  ribs,  of  fifteen  or  twenty  pounds, 
will  take  three  hours,  or  three  and  a- 
half ;  the  fourth  and  fifth  ribs  will  take 
as  long,  managed  in  the  same  way  as 
the  sirloin.     Paper  the  fat  and  the  thin 
part,  or  it  will  be  done  too  much,  be- 
fore the  thick  part  is  done  enough. 

601.  RIBS    OF    BlJSF    BONED     AND 

ROLLED. — When  you  have  kept  two  or 
three  ribs  of  beef  till  quite  tender,  take 
out  the  bones,  and  skewer  it  as  round 
as  possible  (like  a  fillet  of  veal) ;  before 
they  roll  it,  some  cooks  egg  it,  and 
sprinkle  it  with  veal  stuffing.  As  the 
meat  is  more  in  a  solid  mass,  it  will 
require  more  time  at  the  fire  than  in 
the  preceding  receipt ;  a  piece  of  ten 
or  twelve  pounds  weight  will  not  be 
well  and  thoroughly  roasted  in  less  than 
four  and  a  half  or  five  hours.  For  the 
first  half  hour  it  should  not  be  less  than 
twelve  inches  from  the  fire,  that  it  may 
get  gradually  warm  to  the  centre  ;  the 
last  half  hour  before  it  will  be  finished, 
sprinkle  a  little  salt  over  it,  and  if  you 
wish  to  froth  it,  flour  it,  &c. 

602.  MUTTON. — As  beef  requires  a 
large  eound  fire,  mutton  must  have  a 
brisk  and  sharp  one ;  if  you  wish  to 
have  mutton  tender  it  should  be  hung 
as  long  as  it  will  keep,  and  then  good 
eight-tooth,  i.  e.  four  years'  old  mutton 
is  as  good  eating  as  venison. 

603.  THE  LEG,  HAUNCH,  &  SADDLE 
Avill  be  the  better  for  being  hung  up  in 
a  cool  airy  place  for  four  or  five  days  at 
leaf-t  ;  in  temperate  weather  a  week  ; 
in  cold  weather,  ten  days.     A  leg  of 
eight  pounds  will  take  about  two  hours ; 
let  it  be  well  basted. 

604.  A  CHINE  OR  SADDLE— i.e.  the 
two  loins,  of  ten  o-  eleven  Bounds— two 


hours  and  a  half.  It  is  the  business  of 
the  butcher  to  take  off  the  skin  and 
skewer  it  on  again,  to  defend  the  meat 
from  extreme  heat,  and  preserve  its 
succulence.  If  this  is  neglected,  tie  a 
sheet  of  paper  over  it;  baste  the  strings 
you  tie  it  on  with  directly,  or  they  will 
burn.  About  a  quarter  of  an  hour  be- 
fore you  think  it  will  be  done,  take  off 
the  skin  or  paper,  that  it  may  get  a 
pale  brown  colour,  and  then  baste  it, 
and  flour  it  lightly  to  froth  it. 

605.  A  SHOULDER,  of  seven  pounds, 
an  hour  and  a  half.     Put  the  spit  in 
close  to  the  shank-bone,  and  run  it  along 
the  blade-bone. 

606.  A  LOIN  OF  MUTTON,  from  an 
hour  and  a  half  to  an  hour  and  three- 
quarters.     The  most  elegant  way  of 
carving  this  is  to  cut  it  lengthwise,  as 
you  do  a  saddle.     A  neck  about  the 
same  time  as  a  loin.    It  must  be  care- 
fully jointed,  or  it  is  very  difficult  to 
carve. 

607.  THE  NECK  AND  BREAST  are,  in 
small  families,   commonly  roasted  to- 
gether.    The  <jook  will  then  crack  the 
bones  across   the  middle  before  they 
are  put  dov/n  to  roast.    If  this  is  not 
done  careJCully  they  are  very  trouble- 
some to  ci.r¥e.    A  breast,  an  hour  and 
a  quarter. 

608.  A  HAUNCH— i.  e. ,  the  leg  and 
part  of  the  loin  of  mutton.     Send  up 
two  sauce-boats  with  it ;  one  of  rich 
drawn  mutton  gravy,    made  without 
spice  or  herbs,  and  the  other  of  sweet 
sauce.     It  generally  weighs  about  fif- 
teen poimds,  and  requires  about  three 
hours  and  a  half  to  roast  it. 

609.  MUTTON   (venison  fashion). — 
Take  a  neck  of  good  four  or  five-year- 
old  wether  mutton,  cut  long  in  the 
bones  ;    let    it    hang,    in    temperate 
weather,  at  least  a  week.     Two  days 
before  you  dress  it,  take  allspice  and 
black  pepper,  ground  and  pounded  fine, 
a  quarte-r  of  an  ounce  each,  rub  them 
together,  and  then  rub  your  mutton 
well  with   this  mixture  twice  a  day. 
When    you    dress    it,   wash    off   the 
spice  with  warm  water,  and  roast  it  io 


NEVER  BUY  WHAT  YOU  DO  NOT  WANT  BECAUSE  IT  IS  CHEAP. 


131 


610.  VEAL — requires  particular  care 
to  roast  it  a  nice  brown.     Let  the  fire 
be   the   same   as   for   beef;    a   sound 
large  fire  for  a  large  joint,  and  a  brisker 
for  a  smaller  ;   put  it  at  some  distance 
from  the  fire  to  soak  thoroughly,  and 
then  draw  it  nearer  to  finish  it  brown. 
When  first  laid  down  it  is  to  be  basted : 
basto  it  again  occasionally.     When  the 
veal  is  on  the  dish  pour  over  it  half  a 
pint  of  melted  butter;   if  you  have  a 
tttie  brown  gravy  by  you,  add  that  to 
the  butter.     With  those  joints  which 
are  not   stuffed,  send  up  forcemeat  in 
balls,  or  rolled  into  sausages,  as  garnish 
to   the   dish,  or  fried  pork   sausages  ; 
bacon  and  greens  are  always  expected 
with  veal. 

611.  A  FILLET  OF  VEAL,  of  from 
twelve  to  sixteen  pounds,  will  require 
from  four  to  five  hours  at  a  good  fire ; 
make  some  stuffing  or  forcemeat,   and 
put  it  under  the  flap,  that  there   may 
be  some  left  to  eat  cold,  or  to  season  a 
hash  ;    brown  it,  and  pour  good  melted 
butter    over    it.      Garnish   with   thin 
slices  of  lemon,   and  cakes  or  balls  of 
stuffing,  or  duck  stuffing,  or  fried  pork 
sausages,    curry    sauce,    bacon    and 
greens,  &c. 

612.  A  LOIN  is  the  best  part  of  the 
calf,  and  will  take  about  three  hours 
roasting.     Paper  the   kidney  fat,   and 
the  back  ;   soirite  cooks  send  it  up  on  a 
toast,  which  is  eaten  with  the   kidney 
and  the  fat  of  this  part,  which  is  more 
delicate   than   any   marrow,   &c.       If 
there  is  more  of  it  than  you  think  will 
be  eaten  with  the  veal,  before  you  roast 
it  cut  it  out,  it  will  make  an  excellent 
suet  pudding ;   take  care  to  have  your 
fire  long  enough  to  brown  the  ends. 
(See  239.) 

613.  A  SHOULDER.  OF  VEAL,  from 
three  hours  to  three   hours  and  a  half; 
stuff  it  with  the  forcemeat  ordered  for 
the  fillet  of  veal  in  the  under  side. 

614.  NKCK,  best  end,  will  take  two 
hours.     The  scrag  part  is  best  made 
into  a  pie  or  broth.     13  UK  AST,  from  an 
hour  and  a  half  to  two  hours.     Let  the 
caul  remain  till  ifc  is  almog*  done  then 

6* 


take  it  off,  to  brown  it ;  baste,   flour, 
and  froth  it. 

615.  VEAL  SWEETBREAD.—  Trim  a 
fine  sweetbread,  it  cannot  b".  too  fresh ; 
parboil  it  for  five  minutes,  and  throw  it 
into   a  basin   of  cold  water ;  roast  it 
plain,  or  beat  up  the  yolk  of  an  egg, 
and  prepare  some  fine  bread  crumbs. 
When  the   sweetbread  is  cold,  dry  it 
thoroughly  in  a  cloth,  run  a  lark  spit  or 
a  skewer  through  it,  and  tie  it  on  the 
ordinary  spit ;   egg  it    with    a  paste 
brush,    powder    it    well    with    bread 
crumbs,  and  roast  it.     For  sauce,  fried 
bread  crumbs  round  it,  and  melted  but- 
ter with  a  little  mushroom  catsup  and 
lemon  juice,  or  serve  them  on  buttered 
toast,  garnished  with  egg  sauce,  or  with 
gravy. 

616.  LAMB  is  a  delicate  and  com- 
monly considered    tender    meat,    but 
those  who  talk  of  tender  lamb,  while 
they  are  thinking  of  the  age  of  the  ani- 
mal forget  that  even  a  chicken  must  be 
kept  a  proper  time  after  it  has  been 
killed,   or  it  will  be  tough    picking. 
Woeful  experience  has  warned  us  to 
beware  of  accepting  an  invitation  to 
dinner  on  Easter  Sunday ;  and  unless 
commanded  by  a  thorough-bred  gour- 
mand, our  incisors,  molars,  and  princi- 
pal viscera,  have  protested  against  the 
imprudence    of    encountering    young1 
tough,  stringy  mutton  under  the  mis- 
nomer of  grass-lamb.     To  the  usual 
accompaniments  of  roasted  meat,  green 
mint   sauce   or  a   salad   is   commonly 
added;    and  some    cooks,  about  five 
minutes  before  it  is  done,  sprinkle  it 
with  a  little  minced  parsley. 

617.  GRASS-LAMB  is  in  season  from 
June  to  September. 

618.  HOUSE-LAMB  from  Christmas 
to  April. 

619.  WHEN  GREEN  MINT  cannot  be 
got,  mint  vinegar  is  an  acceptible  sub« 
stitbite  for  it. 

620.  HIND-QUARTER  of  eight  pounds 
will  take  from  an  hour  and  three-quar- 
ters to  two  hours  ;  baste  and  froth  it. 

621.  FORE  QUARTER  of  ten  pounds, 
about  two  hours. 

$22.  IT  IS  A  PRRTTY  GENERAL  CXJ» 


132 


NEVER  SPEND  YOUR  MONEY  BEFORE  YOU  HAVE  IT. 


TOM,  when  you  take  off'  the  shoulder 
from  the  ribs,  to  squeeze  a  Seville 
orange  over  them,  and  sprinkle  them 
with  a  little  pepper  and  salt. 

623.  LEG  of  five  pounds,  from  an 
hour  to  an  hour  and  a-half. 

624.  SHOULDER,  with  a  quick  fire, 
an  hour. 

625.  RIBS,  about  arHiour  to  an  hour 
and  a  quarter ;  joint  it  nicely ;  crack 
the  ribs  across,  and  bend  them  up  to 
make  it  easy  to  carve. 

626.  LOIN,  an  hour  and  a-quarter. 
Neck,  an  hour.     Breast,  three-quarters 
of  an  hour. 

6-27.  PREPARATION  OF  VEGE- 
TABLES.— There  is  nothing  in  which 
the  difference  between  an  elegant  and 
an  ordinary  table  is  more  seen  than  in 
the  dressing  of  vegetables,  more  especi- 
ally of  greens :  they  may  be  equally  as 
fine  at  first,  at  one  place  as  at  another, 
but  their  look  and  taste  are  afterwards 
very  different,  entirely  from  the  careless 
way  in  which  they  have  been  cooked. 
They  are  in  greatest  perfection  when  in 
greatest  plenty,  i.e.,  when  in  full  sea- 
Kon.  By  season,  we  do  not  mean  those 
early  clays,  that  luxury  in  the  buyers, 
and  avarice  in  the  sellers  about  New 
York  force  the  various  vegetables :  but 
the  time  of  the  year  in  which  by  nature 
and  common  culture,  and  the  mere 
operation  of  the  sun  and  climate,  they 
are  in  most  plenty  and  perfection. 

628.  POTATOES  and  Peas  are  seldom 
worth  eating  before  Midsummer. 

629.  UNRIPE  VEGETABLES  are  as 
insipid    and    unwholesome    as    unripe 
fruits. 

630.  AS  TO   THE    QUALITY  OF   VE- 
GETABLES the  middle  size  are  preferred 
to  the  largest  or  the  smallest ;  they  are 
more  tender,  juicy,  and  full  of  flavour, 
just  before  they  are  quite  full  grown  : 
freshness  is  their  chief  value  and  excel- 
lence, and  I  should  as  soon  think  of 
roasting  an  animal  alive,  as  of  boiling  a 
vegetal)]  3  after  it  is  dead.     The  eye 
easily  discovers  if  they  have  been  kept 
too  long ;  they  soon  loose  their  beauty 
in  all  i  aspects. 

631     ROOTS,  GREEN«    SALADS    &C., 


and  the  various  productions  of  the  par 
den,  when  first  gathered,  are  plump  and 
firm,  and  have  a  fragrant  freshness  no 
art  can  give  them  again ;  though  it  will 
refresh  them  a  little  to  put  them  into 
cold  spring  water  for  some  time  before 
they  are  dressed. 

632.  To  BOIL  THEM  in    soft  water 
will  preserve  the  colour  best  of  such  as 
are  green;  if  you  have  only  hard  water 
put  to  it  a  teaspoonful  of  carbonate  of 
potash. 

633.  TAKE    CARE  TO  WASH   AND 
CLEANSE  THEM  thoroughly  from  dust, 
dirt,  and   insects  ;    this  requires  great 
attention ;  pick  off  all  the  outside  leaves, 
trim  thtmi  nicely,  and  if  they  are  not 
quite  fresh-gathered  and  have  become 
flaccid,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to 
restore  their  crispness   before  cooking 
them,  or  they  will  be  tough  and  un- 
pleasant ;   lay  them  in  a  pan  of  clean 
wrater,  with  a  handful  of  salt  in  it,  foi 
an  hour  before  you  dress  them.     Most 
vegetables  being  more  or  less  succulent, 
their  full  proportion  of  fluids  is  neces- 
sary for  their  retaining  that  state  of 
crispness  and  plumpness  which  they 
have  when  growing. 

634.  ON  BEING  CUT  OR  GATHERED, 

the  exhalation  from  their  surface  con- 
tinues, while  from  the  open  vessels  of 
the  cut  surface  there  is  often  great 
exudation  or  evaporation,  and  thus 
their  natural  moisture* is  diminished; 
the  tender  leaves  become  flaccid,  and 
the  thicker  masses  or  roots  lose  their 
plumpness.  This  is  not  only  less  plea- 
sant to  the  eye,  but  is  a  real  injury  to 
the  nutritious  powers  of  the  vegetable  ; 
for  in  this  flaccid  and  shrivelled  state 
its  fibres  are  less  easily  divided  in  chew- 
ing,  and  the  water  which  exists  in 
vegetable  substances,  in  the  form  of 
their  respective  natural  juices,  is  di- 
rectly nutritious. 

635.  THE    FIRST   CARE    IN   THE 
PRESERVATION  OF  SUCCULENT   VE- 
GETABLES, therefore,  it  is  to  prevent 
them  from   losing   their  natural  mois- 
ture.    They  should  always  be  boiled  in 
a  saucepan"  by  themselves,  and   have 
plenty  erf  water :  if  meat  is  boiled  with 


NEVER  TROUBLE  ANOTHER  FOR  WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO  YOURSU.F. 


133 


them  ir,  the  same  pot,  they  will  spoil 
the  look  and  taste  of  each  other. 

636.  TO    HAVE    VEGETABLES    DELI- 
CATELY CLEAN,  put  mi  your  pot,  make 
it  boil,  put  a  little  salt  in  and  skim  it 
perfectly  clean  before  you  put  in  the 
greens,  &c.,  which  should  not  be  put  in 
till  the  water  boils  briskly;  the  quicker 
they  boil  the  greener  they  will  be. 

637.  WHEN  THE  VEGETABLES  SINK, 
they  are  generally  done  enough,  if  the 
water  has  been  kept  constantly  boiling. 
Take   them  up   immediately,   or  they 
will   lose   their  colour  and    goodness. 
Drain  the  water  from  them  thoroughly 
before  you  send  them  to  table.    This 
branch  of  cookery  requires  the  most 
yigilaut  attention. 

638.  IF  VEGETABLES  are  a  minute  or 
two  too  long  over  the  fire,  they  lose  all 
their  beauty  and  flavour. 

639.  IF  NOT  thoroughly  boiled  ten- 
der, they  are  tremendously  indigestible, 
and   much   more    troublesome   during 
their  residence  in  the  stomach  than  un- 
der-done meats. 

640.  To  PRESERVE  or  give  colour  in 
cookery  many  good  dishes  are  spoiled  ; 
but  the    rational  epicure  who  makes 
nourishment  the  main  end  of  eating, 
will  be  content  to  sacrifice  the  shadow 
to  enjoy  the  substance.     Once  for  all, 
take  care  your  vegetables  are  fresh;  for 
as  the  fishmonger  often  suffers  for  the 
sins  of  the  cook,  so  the  cook  often  gets 
undeservedly    blamed  instead  of  the 
green-grocer. 

641.  PRESERVING  FRUIT.— 
The  grand  secret  of  preserving  is  to 
deprive  the  fruit  of  its  water  of  vegeta- 
tion in  the  shortest  time  possible ;  for 
which  purpose  the  fruit  ought  to  be 
gathered  just  at  the  point  of  proper 
maturity.     An  ingenious  French  writer 
considers  fruit  of  all  kinds  as  having 
four  distinct  periods  of  maturity — the 
maturity  of  vegetation,  the  honeyfica- 
tion,  of  expectation,  and  of  coction 

642.  THE  first  of  these  he  considers 
as  the  period  when,  having  gone  through 
the  vegetable  processes  up  to  the  ripen- 
ing, it  appears  ready  to  drop  spontane- 
ously.  This  however  ;s  a  period  which 


arrives  sooner  in  the  warm  climate  01 
France  than  in  the  colder  orchards  of 
America  ;  but  its  absolute  presence  may 
be  ascertained  by  the  general  tilling  out 
of  the  rind,  by  the  bloom,  by  the  smell, 
and  by  the  tacility  with  which  it  may 
be  plucked  from  the  branch.  But  even 
in  France,  as  generally  practised  in 
America,  this  period  may  be  hastened, 
either  by  cutting  circularly  through  the 
outer  rind  at  the  foot  of  the  branch,  so 
as  to  prevent  the  return  of  the  sap,  or 
by  bending  the  branch  tc  a  horizontal 
position  on  an  espalier,  which  answers 
the  same  purpose. 

643.  THE  second  period,  or  that  of 
honeyfication,  consists  in  the  ripeness 
and   flavour  which  fruits  of  all  kinds 
acquire  if  plucked  a  few  days  before 
arriving  at  their   first   maturity,   and 
preserved  under  a  proper  degree  of 
temperature.    Apples  may  acquire  or 
arrive  at  this  second  degree  of  maturity 
upon  the  tree,  but  it  too  often  happens 
that  the  flavour  of  the  fruit  is  thus  lost, 
for  fruit  over  ripe  is  always  found  to 
have  parted  with  a  portion  of  its  fla- 
vour. 

644.  THE  third  stage,  or  of  expecta- 
tion, as  the  theorist  quaintly  terms  it, 
is  that  which  is  acquired    by  pulpy 
fruits,  which,  though  sufficiently  ripe  to 
drop  off  the  tree  are  even  then  hard  and 
sour.     This  is   the   case  with  several 
kinds  both  of  apples  and  pears,  not  to 
mention  other  fruits,  which  always  im- 
prove after  keeping  in  the  confection- 
ery,— but  with  respect  to  the  medlar 
and  the  quince  this  maturity  of  expec- 
tation is  absolutely  necessary. 

645.  THE  FOURTH  DEGREE  of  ma- 
turity, or  of  coction,  is  completely  arti- 
ficial, and  is  nothing  more  nor  less  than 
change  produced  upon  fruit  by  the  aid 
of  culinary  heat. 

646.  WE  have  already  pointed  out 
the  first  object  necessary  in  the  preser- 
vation of  fruit,  its  maturity  or  vegeta- 
tion ;  and  we  may  apply  the  same  prin 
ciple  to  flowers  or  leaves  which  may  bo 
gathered  for  use. 

647     THE  FLOWERS  ought  to  be 
gathered    a   day  or    two  before    Uw 


134 


XEYER  PUT  OFF  TILL  TO-MORIIOW  WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO  TO-DAT. 


petals  are  ready  to  drop  off  spontane- 
ously on  the  setting  of  the  fruit ;  and 
the  leaves  must  be  plucked  before  the 
season  has  begun  to  rob  them  of  their 
vegetable  juices.  The  degree  of  heat 
necessary  for  the  purpose  of  drying 
must  next  be  considered,  as  .t  differs 
considerably  with  respect  to  different 


substances. 
648.     FLOWERS 


OB     AROMATIC 


PLANTS  require  the  smallest  increase 
of  heat  beyond  the  temperature  of  the 
season,  provided  that  season  be  genial ; 
something  more  for  rinds  or  roots,  and 
a  greater  heat  for  fruits  ;  but  this  heat 
must  not  be  carried  to  excess. 

649.  PHILOSOPHIC  CONFECTIONERS 
may  avail  themselves  of  the  thermome- 
ter :  but  practice  forms  the  best  guide 


exercise  both  the  fancy  and  the  judg- 
ment in  its  preparation.  Nor  is  it  par- 
ticularly necessary  to  notice  the  salu- 
brious effects  resulting  from  the  bath, 
beyond  the  two  points  of  its  being  BO 
conducive  both  to  health  and  cleanli- 
ness, in  keeping  up  a  free  circulation  ol 
the  blood,  without  any  violent  muscu- 
lar exertion,  thereby  really  affording  a 
saving  of  strength,  and  producing  its 
effects  without  any  expense  either  to 
the  body  or  to  the  purse. 

651.  WHOEVER  FITS  UP  A  BATH 
in  a  house  already  built  must  be  guided 
by  circumstances:  but  it  will  always 
be  proper  to  place  it  as  near  the  kitchen 
fire-place  as  possible,  because  from 
thence  it  may  be  heated,  or  at  least 
have  its  temperature  preserved  by 


in  tlu's  case,   and  therefore  we  shall  |  means  of  hot  air  through  tubes,  or  by 


say,  without  speaking  of  degrees  of 
Fahrenheit  or  Keaumur,  that  if  the  ne- 
cessary heat  for  flowers  is  one  and  a 
quarter,  that  for  fruits  one  and  three 
quarters,  or  nearly  double  of  what  one 
may  be  above  the  freezing  point. 

650.  BATHING.  —  If  to  preserve 
health  be  to  save  medical  expenses, 
without  even  reckoning  upon  time  and 
comfort,  there  is  no  part  of  the  house- 
bold  arrangement  so  important  to  the 
domestic  economist  as  cheap  conveni- 
ence for  personal  ablution.  For  this 
purpose  baths  upon  a  large  and  expen- 
sive scale  are  by  no  means  necessary ; 
but  though  temporary  or  tin  baths  may 
be  extremely  useful  upon  pressing-  occa- 
sions, it  will  be  found  to  be  finally  as 
cheap,  and  much  more  readily  conve- 
nient, to  have  a  permanent  bath  con- 
structed, which  may  be  done  in  any 
dwelling-house  of  moderate  size,  with- 
out interfering  with  other  general  pur- 
poses. As  the  object  of  these  remarks 
is  not  to  present  essays,  but  merely 
useful  economic  hints,  it  is  unnecessary 
to  expatiate  upon  the  architectural  ar- 
rangement of  the  bath,  or,  more  proper- 
ly speaking,  the  bathing-place,  which 
may  be  fitted  up  for  the  most  retired 
establishment,  differing  ir  size  or  shape 
agreeable  to  the  spare  room  that  may  t 
be  appropriated  to  «t  and  serving  to  |  practice!  (See  3668.) 


steam  prepared  by  the  culinary  fire- 
place, without  interfering  with  its  or- 
dinary uses. 

65'2.  A  SMALL  BOILER  may  be  erect- 
ed at  a  very  small  expense,  in  the  bath- 
room, where  circumstances  do  not  per- 
mit these  arrangements.  Whenever  a 
bath  is' wan  ted  at  a  short  warning,  to 
boil  the  water  necessary  will  always  be 
the  shortest  mode ;  but  where  it  is  in 
general  daily  use,  the  heating  the  water 
by  steam  will  be  found  the  cheapest 
and  most  convenient  method. 

653.  AS    A   GUIDE    FOR    PRACTICE, 

we  may  observe  it  has  been  proved  by 
experiment  that  a  bath  with  five  feet 
water  at  the  freezing  point,  may  be 
raised  to  the  temperature  of  blood 
heat,  or  96  degrees,  by  304  gallons  of 
water  turned  into  steam,  at  an  expense 
of  501bs.  of  Newcastle  coal :  but  if  the 
door  be  kept  closed,  it  will  not  lose 
above  four  degrees  of  temperature  in 
twenty-four  hours,  by  a  daily  supply  of 
31bs.  of  coal.  This  is  upon  a  scale  of  a 
bath  of  5,000  gallons  of  water. 

654.  WASHING.— The  most  im- 
portant department  of  domestic  eco- 
nomy   naturally    includes    the    wash- 
bouse,  into  which  philosophy  has  found 
its  way  for  the  application  of  many 
useful    principles,    and    much    useful 


PLEASURE  IS  PRECARIOUS,  BUT  VIRTUE  IS  IMMORTAL. 


135 


r>r>5.  WHEN  WATER  is  HARD,  and 
wiil  not  readily  unite  with  soap,  it  will 
always  be  proper  to  boil  it  before  use; 
which  will  be  found  sufficiently  effica- 
cious, if  the  hardness  depends  solely 
upon  the  impregnation  of  lime,  is  the 
form  of  what  mi  dern  chemistry  desig- 
nates as  a  eubcarbonate.  The  philoso- 
phical reason  for  this  is,  that  the  lime, 
by  some  secret  process  of  nature,  is 
united  to  a  portion  of  carbonic  acid, 
which  causes  it  to  be  suspended  in  the 
water:  but,  in  the  process  of  boiling, 
the  carbonic  acid  unites  with  the  ac- 
quired caloric,  and  is  carried  off  with 
it  into  the  atmosphere.  Even  exposure 
to  the  atmosphere  will  produce  this 
effect  in  a  great  degree  upon  spring 
water  so  impregnated,  leaving  it  much 
fitter  for  lavatory  purposes.  In  both 
cases  the  water  ought  to  be  carefully 
poured  off  from  the  sediment,  as  the 
neutralized  lime,  when  freed  from  its 
extra  quantity  of  carbonic  acid,  falls  to 
the  bottom  by  its  own  gravity.  Boil- 
ing, however,  has  no  effect,  when  the 
hardness  of  the  water  proceeds  from 
lime  united  with  the  sulphuric  acid,  or 
sulphate  of  lime  of  the  modern  chem- 
istry ;  and  it  must  be  neutralized,  or 
brought  to  its  proper  state,  by  the  ap- 
plication of  common  wood  ashes  from 
the  kitchen  grate,  or  of  barilla,  now- 
called  soda,  or  the  Dantzic  ashes,  or 
pearl-ash :  or  by  the  more  scientific 
process  of  dropping  in  a,  solution  of 
subcarbonate  of  potash.  Each  of  these 
unite  with  the  sulphuric  acid,  and  se- 
parate it  from  the  lime,  which  gravi- 
tates, as  in  the  former  case,  to  the 
bottom.  Having  thus  philosophically 
explained  the  arcana  of  the  washing- 
tub,  we  may  offer  a  saving  hint  in  order 
to  economise  the  use  of  soap,  which  is, 
to  put  any  quantity  of  pearl-ash  into  a 
large  jar,  covered  from  the  dust;  in 
a  few  days  the  alkali  will  become 
liquid,  which  must  be  diluted  in  double 
its  quantity  of  ^oft  water  with  its  equal 
quantity  of  new-slacked  lime.  Boil  it 
half-an-hour,  frequently  stirring  it ; 
adding  as  much  s  tore  hot  water  and 
drawing  off  the  liquor,  whei  the 


residuum  may  be  boiled  afresh,  and 
drained,  until  it  ceases  to  feel  acrid  to 
the  tongue. 

656.  SOAP    AND    LABOUR    MAY    BE 

SAVED  by  dissolving  alum  and  chalk 
in  bran-water,  in  which  the  linen  ought 
to  be  boiled,  then  well  rinsed  out, 
and  exposed  to  the  usual  process  of 
bleaching. 

657.  SOAP    MAY    BE    DISUSED,    OT 

nearly  so,  in  the  getting  up  of  muslins 
and  chintzes,  which  should  always  be 
treated  agreeably  to  the  oriental  man- 
ner ;  that  ^is,  to  wash  them  in  plain 
water,  and'then  boil  them  in  congee  or 
rice-water :  after  which  they  ought  not 
to  be  submitted  to  the  operation  of  the 
smoothing  iron,  but  rubbed  smooth  with 
a  polished  stone. 

658.  THE  ECONOMY  which  must  re- 
sult from  these  processes  renders  their 
consideration  important  to  every  private 
family,    in  addition  to  which  we  must 
state  that  the  improvements  in  philoso- 
phy extend  to  the  laundry  as  well  as  to 
the  wash-house. 

659.  EXERCISE.— Three  principal 
points  in  the  manner  of  taking  exercise 
are  necessary  to  be  attended  to: — 1. 
The  kind  of  exercise.    2.  The  proper 
time  for  exercise.     3.  The  duration  of 
it.     With  respect  to  the  kinds  of  exer- 
cise, the  various  species  of  it  may  be 
divided  into  active  and  passive.    Among 
the   first,  which  admit  of  being  consi- 
derably diversified,  may  be  enumerated 
walking,   running,  leaping,   swimming, 
riding,  fencing,  the  military  exercise, 
different  sorts  of  athletic  games,  &c. 
Among  the  latter,  or  passive  kinds  of 
exercise,  may  be  comprised  riding  in  a 
carriage,  sailing,  friction,  swinging,  &c. 

660.  THE  FIRST,  or  active  exercises 
are   more    beneficial  to  youth,  to  the 
middle-aged,  to  the  robust  in  general, 
and  particularly  to  the  corpulent  and 
the  plethoric. 

661.  THE  SECOND,  or  passive  kinrta 
of  exercise,  on  tr  e  contrary,  are  better 
calculated  for  children ;   old,  dry,  and 
emaciated  persons  of  a  delicate  and  de- 
bilitated constitution  ;  and  particularly 
to  the  asthmatic  and  consumptive. 


136 


PUNCTUALITY  BEGETS  CONFIDENCE 


662.  THE  TIME  at  which  exercise  is 
most  proper,  depends  on  such  a  variety 
of  concurrent  circumstances,  that  it 
does  not  admit  of  being1  regulated  by 
any  general  rules,  and  must  therefore 
be  collected  from  the  observations  made 
on  the  effects  of  air,  food,  drink,  &c. 

063.  WITH  respect  to  the  DURATION 
of  exercise,  there  are  other  particulars, 
relative  to  a  greater  or  less  degree  of 
fatigi.3  attending  the  different  specie* 
aud  utility  of  it  in  certain  states  of  tho 
mind  and  body,  which  must  determine 
this  consideration  as  well  as  the  pre- 
ceding. 

664.  THAT  exercise   is  to    be    pre- 
ferred which,  with  a  view  to  brace  and 
strengthen  the  body,  we   are  most  ac- 
customed to,  as  any   unusual  one   may 
be  attended  wyith  a  contrary  effect. 

665.  EXERCISE  should  be  begun 
finished  gradually,  never  abruptly. 

666.  EXERCISE  in  the  open  air  has 
many  advantages  over  that  used  within 
doors. 

667.  To  continue  exercise   until  a 
profuse  perspiration  or  a  great  degree 
of  weariness   takes  place,  is  far  from 
being  wholesome. 

668.  IN    the    forenoon,    when   the 
stomach  is  not  too  much   distended, 
muscular  motion  is  both  agreeable  and 
healthful  ;  it  strengthens  digestion,  and 
heats  the  body  less   than   with  a  full 
stomach  ;  and  a  good  appetite  after  it 
is  a  proof  that  it  has  not  been  carried 
to  excess. 

669.  BUT,  at  the  same  time,  it  should 
be  understood,  that  it  is  riot  advisable 
to  take  violent  exercise   immediately 
before  a  meal,  as  digestion  might  there- 
by be  retarded. 

670.  NEITHER  should  we  sit  down 
to  a  substantial   dinner   or   supper  im- 
mediately on  returning  from  a  fatiguing 
walk,   at  a  time  when   the    blood  is 
heated,  and  the  body  in  a  state  of  per- 
upiration   from  previous    exertion,   as 
the   worst    consequences    may    arise, 
especially  where  cooling  dishes,  salad, 
or  a  glass  of  cold  drink  is  begun  with. 

671.  EXKRCISB    is  always   hurtful 
after  nealr  from  ;t.»  impeding  diges- 


and  ones. 


tion,  by  propelling  those  fluids  too 
much  towards  the  surface  of  the  Uody 
which  are  designed  for  the  solution  of 
the  food  in  the  stomach. 

ti~2.  CARPETS.— In  buying  a  car- 
pet, as  in  everything  else,  those  of  the 
best  quality  are  cheapest  in  the  end. 
As  it  is  extremely  desirable  that  they 
should  look  as  clean  as  possible,  avoid 
buying  carpet  that  has  any  white  in  it. 
Even  a  very  small  portion  <;t  white  in- 
terspersed through  the  pattern  will  in 
a  short  time  give  a  dirty  appearance  to 
the  whole  ;  arid  certainly  no  carpet 
can  be  worse  for  use  than  one  with  a 
white  ground. 

673.  A  CARPET  in  which  all  the 
colours  are  light,  never  has  a  clean, 
bright  effect,  from  the  want  of  dark 
tints  to  contrast  arid  set  off  the  light 


674.  Foil  a  similar  reason,   carpets 
whose  colours  are  all  of  what  artists 
call    middle    tint    (neither    dark  nor 
light),    cannot  fail  to  look  dull  and 
dingy,  even  when  quite  new. 

675.  THE    caprices    of   fashion    at 
times  bring  these  ill-coloured  carpets 
into  vogue  ;  but  in  apartments  where 
elegance  is  desirable,  they  always  have 
a  bad  effect. 

676.  Fou  a  carpet  to  be  really  beau- 
tiful and  in  good  taste,  there  should  be, 
as  in  a  picture,  a  judicious  disposal  of 
light  and  shadow,  with  a  gradation  of 
very   bright  and  of  very  dark  tints  ; 
some  almost  white,  and  others  almost 
or  quite  black. 

677.  THE  most  truly   chaste,  rich, 
and  elegant  carpets  are  those  where  the 
pattern  is  formed  by  one  colour  only, 
but  arranged  in  every  variety  of  shade. 
For  instance,  we  have  seen  a  Brussels 
carpet  entirely  red ;  the  pattern  formed 
by   shades  or  tints,  varying  from  the 
deepest  crimson  (almost  a  black),  to 
the  palest  pink  (almost  a  white).    Also 
one   of  green   only,   shaded    from  the 
dark  tot  bottle-green,  in  some  parts  of 
the  figure,  to  the  lightest  pea-green  io 
others.     Another,  in  which  there  was 
no  colour  but  brown,  in  all  its  various 
gradations,  some  of  the  shade* 


MONET   IS  A  GOOD  SERVANT,  BUT  A  BAD  MASTER. 


137 


nearly  black,  others  of  a  light  buff. 
All  those  carpets  had  much  the  look 
of  ru-.h  cut  velvet. 

678.  Ttiu  Curtains,   Sofas,   &c.,  of 
course,  were  of  corresponding  colours, 
and  the  effect  of  tlie  whole  was  noble 
and  elegant. 

679.  CARPETS  of  many  gaudy  colours 
are  much  less  in  demand  than  formerly. 
Two  colours  only,  with  the  dark  and 
light  shade  of  each,  will  make  a  very 
handsome  carpet. 

680.  A  VKRY  light  blue  ground,  with 
the  figure  of  shaded  crimson  or  purple, 
looks     extremely    well ;     so    does    a 
salmon-colour  or   buff  ground,   with  a 
deep  green  figure  ;  or  a  light    yellow 
ground,  with  a  shaded  blue  figure. 

681.  IF  you  cannot  obtain  a  Hearth- 
rug that  exactly  corresponds  with  the 
carpet,  get  one  entirely  different ;  for 
a  decided  contrast  looks  better  than  a 
bad  match. 

682.  WE  have  seen  very  handsome 
hearthrugs  with  a  rich,  black,  velvet- 
looking    ground,  and    the    figure    of 
shaded  blue,  or  of  various  tints  of  yel- 
low and  orange. 

683.  No    CARPET    decidedly    light- 
coloured  throughout,  has  a  good   effect 
on  the  floor,  or  continues  long  to  look 
clean. 

684.  CLEANSING    OP   FURNI- 
TURE.—  The   cleaning,  of  furniture 
forms   an  important  part  of  domestic 
economy,  not  only  in  regard  to  neat- 
ness, but  also  in  point  of  expense. 

685.  THE  readiest  mode  indeed  con- 
sists iu  good  manual  rubbing,  or  the  es- 
sence of  elbows,   as  it   is  whimsically 
termed  ;  but   our  finest  cabinet  work 
requires  something  more,  where  bril- 
liancy of  polish  is  of  importance. 

686.  TUB  IT  ALI  AN  ^  cabinet  work  in 
this  respect  excels  that   jf  any  other 
Country.     To  produce  th  s  effect,  the 
workmen   first    saturate   the    surface 
with  olive  oil,  and  then  apply  a  solution 
of  gum  arabic  in  boiling  alcohol.     This 
mode  of  varnishing  is  equally  brilliant, 
If  not   superior,  to  that  employed  by 
the  French    in  their  most  elaborate 
works 


687.  Bur  another  mode  may  be  sub- 
stituted, which  has  less  the  appearance 
of  a  hard  varnish,  and   may  always   be 

pplied  so  as  to  restore  the  pristine 
beauty  of  the  furniture  by  a  little 
manual  labour.  Heat  a  gallon  of  wa- 
ter, in  which  dissolve  one  pound  and 
a-half  of  potash  ;  add  a  pound  of  virgin 
wax,  boiling  the  whole  for  half-an-hour, 
then  suffering  it  to  cool,  when  the  wax 
will  float  on  the  surface.  Put  the  wax 
into  a  mortar,  and  triturate  it  with  a 
marble  pestle,  adding  soft  water  to  it 
until  it  forms  a  soft  paste,  which  laid 
neatly  on  furniture,  or  even  «n  paint- 

ngs,  and  carefully  rubbed  w  en  dry, 
with  a  woollen  rag,  gives  a  polish  of 
great  brilliancy  without  the  harshness 
of  the  drier  varnishes. 

688.  MARBLE    chimney-pieces   may 
also  be  rubbed  with  it,  after  cleaning 
with  diluted  muriatic  acid,  or  warm 
soap  and  vinegar ;  but  the  iron  or  brass 
work  connected  with  them   requires 
other  processes. 

689.  POLLSUED  iron  work  may  be 
preserved  from  rust  by  a  mixture  not 
very  expensive,  consisting  of  copal  var- 
nish  intimately  mixed  with  as   much 
olive-oil  as  will  give  it  u  degree  of 
greasiuess,  adding    thereto    nearly    as 
much  spirit  of  turpentine  as  of  varnish. 

690.  CAST  IRON  VVOKK  is  best  pre- 
served by  the  common  method  of  rub- 
bing with  black  lead. 

691.  IF  RUST  has  made  its  appear- 
ance on  grates  or  fire-irons,  apply   a 
mixture  of  tripoli,  with  half  its  qHanti- 
ty  of  sulphur,  intimately  mingled  on  a 
marble  slab,  and  laid  on  with  a  piece  ot 
soft  leather.    Or  emery  and  oil  may  be 
applied  with   an  excellent  effect:  not 
laid  on  in  the  usual  slovenly  way,  but 
with  a  spongy  piece  of  fig-tree  fully  sa- 
turated with  the  mixture.     This  will 
not  only  clean  but  polish,  and  render 
the  use  of  whiting  unnecessary. 

69-2.  BRASS  ORNAMENTS,  when  not 
gilt  or  lackered,  may  be  cleaned  the 
same  way,  and  a  fine  colour  given  to 
them  by  two  simple  processes. 

693.  The  FIRST  is  to  beat  sal  ammo- 
niac  into  a  fine  powder,  then  to  moisten 


138 


NEVER  OPEN  THE  DOOR  TO  A  LITTLE  VICE, 


it  with  soft  water,  rubbing  it  on  the  or- 
naments, which  must  be  heated  over 
charcoal,  and  rubbed  dry  with  bran  and 
whiting. 

694.  The  SECOND  is  to  wasli  the 
brass  work  with  roach  alum  boiled  in 
strong  ley,  in  proportion  of  an  ounce  to 
a  pint ;  when  dry,  it  must  be  rubbed 
with  line  tripoli.     Either  of  these  pro- 
cesses will  give  to  brass  the  brilliancy 
of  gold. 

695.  PRECAUTIONS  IN  CASE 
OF   FIRE.  — The   following  precau- 
tions should  be  impressed  upon  the  me- 
mories of  all  our  readers : 

696.  SHOULD  a  fire  break  out,  send 
off  to  the  nearest  engine  or  police-sta- 
tion. 

697.  FILL    BUCKETS    with  water, 
carry  them  as  near  the  fire  as  possible, 
dip  a  mop  into  the  water,  and  throw  it 
in  showers  on  the  fire,  until  assistance 
arrives. 

698  IF  A  FIRE  is  violent,  wet  a 
blanket,  and  throw  it  on  the  part  which 
is  in  flames. 

699.  SHOULD  A  FIRE  break  out  in 
the  kitchen-chimney,  or  any  other,    a 
blanket  wetted  should  be  nailed  to  the 
upper  ends  of  the  mantle-piece,  so  as 
to  cover  the  opening  entirely,  the  fire 
will  then  go  out  of  itself;  for   this  pur- 
pose two  knobs  should  be  permanently 
fixed  in  the  upper  ends  of  the  mantel- 
piece  on  which  the  blanket  may  be 
bJtched. 

700.  SHOULD  the  bed  or  window- 
curtains  be   on  fire,  lay  hold  of  any 
woollen-garment,  and   beat  it  on  the 
flames  until  extinguished. 

701.  Avoid  leaving  DOOR  OR  WIN- 
DOW OPEN  in  the  room  where  the  fire 
has  broken  out,  as  the  current  of  air  in- 
creases the  force  of  the  fire. 

702.  Should  the  STAIKCASE  BE  BURN- 
ING so  as  to  cut  off  all  communications, 
endeavour  to  escape  by  means  of  a  trap- 
door in  the  roof,  a  ladder  leading  to 
which  should  always  be  at  hand. 

703.  AVOID    HURRY    AND    CONFU- 
SION ;  no  person  except  a  fire  police- 
man, friend,  or  neighbour,  should   be 
admit  ted 


704.  IF  a  lady's  dn-ss  takes  fire  she 
should  endeavour t6 roll  Lemlf  in  a  rug 
carpet,  or  the  first  woollen  garment  she 
meets. 

705.  IT  IS    A  GOOD   PRECAUTION   to 

have  always  at  hand  a  large  piece  of 
baize,  to  throw  over  a  female  whose 
dress  is  burning,  or  to  be  wetted  and 
thrown  over  a  fire  that  has  -recently 
broken  out. 

706.  A  SOLUTION    OF    FEARLASII  in 

water,  thrown  upon  a  fire,  extinguishes 
it  instantly.  The  proportion  is  a  quar- 
ter of  a  pound  dissolved  in  hot  water, 
and  then  poured  into  a  bucket  of  com- 
mon water. 

707.  IT  is  RECOMMENDED  to  house- 
holders  to  have  two  or  three  fire-buck- 
ets,  and  a  carriage-mop  with  a  long 
handle  near  at  hand  ;  they  will  be  found 
essentially  useful  in  case  of  fire. 

708.  ALL  HOUSEHOLDERS,  but  parti- 
cularly hotel,  tavern,  and  innkeepers, 
should  exercise  a  wise  precaution  by 
directing  that  the  last  person  up  should 
perambulate  the  premises  previous  to 
going  to  rest,  to  ascertain  that  all  fires 
are  safe  and  lights  extinguished. 

709.   A  WINTER  SALAD. 
Two  large  potatoes,    passed    through 

kitchen  sieve, 

Unwonted  softness  to  the  salad  give, 
Of   mordent  •  mustard    add    a    single 

spoon — 
Distrust  the  condiment  which  bites  so 

soon; 
But  deem  it  not,  thou  man  of  herbs,  a 

fault, 

To  add  a  double  quantity  of  salt : 
Three  times    the    epoon  with    oil  ol 

Lucca  crown, 
And  once  with  vinegar  procured  from 

town. 
True  flavour  needs  it,   and  your  poet 

begs, 
The  pounded  yellow  of  two  well-boiled 

eggs, 

Let  onion  atoms  lurk  within  the  bowl, 
And,    scarce   suspected,    animate    the 

whole : 
And  lastly  on  the  favoured  compound 

tosa 


LEST  A  GREAT  ONE  SHOULD  ENTER  ALSO. 


139 


A.  magic  teaspoon  of  anchovy  sauce : 
Then,  though  green  turtle  fail,  though 

vemgon's  tough, 
And  hain  and  turkey  are  not  boiled 

enougl, 

Serenely  full,  the  epicure  may  Bay— 
"  Fate  cannot  ha  ;m  me — I  have  dined 

to-day." 

710.  ECONOMY.— If  you  have  a 
strip  of  land,  do  not  throw  away  soap- 
suds. Both  ashes  and  soap-suds  are 
good  manure  for  bushes  and  young 
plants. 

.711.  WOOLLEN  CLOTHES  should  be 
washed  in  very  hot  suds,  and  not  rinsed. 
Lukewarm  water  shrinks  them. 

712.  Do  NOT  let  coifee  and  tea  stand 
in  tin. 

713.  SCALD  your  wooden-ware  often, 
and  keep  your  tin-ware  dry. 

714.  PRESERVE  the  backs  of  old  let- 
ters to  write  upon. 

715.  IP    YOU     HAVE    CHILDREN    who 

are  learning  to  write,  buy  coarse  white 
paper  by  the  quantity,  and  keep  it 
locked  up,  ready  to  be  made  into 
writing-books.  It  does  not  cost  half  so 
much  as  it  does  to  buy  them  at  the 
stationers. 

716.  SEE  THAT  NOTHING  is  THROWN 
AWAY    which  might  have    served    to 
nourish  your  own  family  or  a  poorer 
one. 

717.  As  FAR  AS  POSSIBLE,  have  bits 
of  bread  eaten  up  before  they  become 
hard ;  spread  those  that  are  not  eaten, 
and  let  them  dry,  to  be  pounded  for 
puddings,  or  soaked  for  brewis. 

718.  BKEWIS  is  made  of  crusts  and 
dry  pieces  of   bread,   soaked  a  good 
while  in  hot  milk,  mashed  up,  and  eaten 
with  salt.    Above  all  do  not  let  crusts 
accumulate  in  such  quantities  that  they 
cannot  be  used.     With  proper  care, 
tl  er«  is  no  need  of  losing  a  particle  of 
bread. 

719.  ALL  THE  MENDING  in  the  house 
should  be  done  once  a  week  if  pos- 
sible. 

720.  NEVER  PUT  OUT  SEWING.     If  it 
be  not  possible  to  do  it  in  your  own  fa- 
mily, hire  some  one  into  the  house,  and 
work  with  them. 


721 .  A  WARMING-PAN  full  of  coals, 
or  a  shovel  of  coals,  held  over  varnish- 
ed furniture,  will  take  out  white  spots. 
Care  should  be  taken  not  to  hold  tho 
clothes  near  enough  to  scorch ;  and  the 
place  should  be  rubbed  with  a  flannel 
while  warm. 

722.  SAL-VOLATILE  or  hartshorn  will 
restore  colours  taken  out  by  acid.     Jt 
may  be   dropped   upon    any  garment 
without  doing  harm. 

723.  NEW  IRON  should  be  very  gra- 
dually heated  at  first.     After  it  has  be- 
come inured  to  the  heat,  it  is  not  so 
likely  to  crack. 

724.  CLEAN  A  BRASS  KETTLE,  before 
using  it  for    cooking1,  with  salt    and 
vinegar.      The    oftener    carpets    are 
shaken,  the  longer  they  wear ;  the  dir* 
that  collects  under  them  grinds  out  the 
threads. 

725.  LINEN  RAGS  should  be  carefully 
saved,  for  they  are  extremely  useful  in 
sickness.     If  they  have  become  dirty 
and  worn  by  cleaning  silver,  &c.,  wash 
them  and  scrape  them  into  lint. 

726.  IF   YOU   ARE   TROUBLED   TO   GET 
SOFT    WATER   FOR    WASHING,    fill  a  tub  Or 

barrel  half  full  of  wood  ashes,  and  fill 
it  up  with  water,  BO  that  you  may  have 
ley  whenever  you  want  it.  A  gallon  of 
strong  ley  put  into  a  great  kettle  of 
hard  water,  will  make  it  as  soft  as  rain 
water.  Some  people  use  pearlash,  or 
potash  ;  but  this  costs  something,  and 
is  very  apt  to  injure  the  texture  of  the 
cloth. 

727.  Do  NOT  LET  KNIVES  be  dropped 
Into  hot  dish-water.     It  is  a  good  plan 
to  have  a  large  tin  pot  to  wash  them  in, 
just  high  enough  to  wash  the  blades 
without  icetting  the  handles. 

728.  IT  is  better  to  accomplish  per- 
fectly a  very  small  amount  of  work, 
;han  to  half  do  ten  times  as  much. 

729.  CHARCOAL    powder    will    be 
bund  a'  very  good  thing  to  give  kuivea 
a  first-rate  polish. 

730.  A  BONNET  and  trimmings  may 
worn  a  much  longer  time,  if  the 

lust  be  brushed  well  off  after  walking. 

731.  MUCH  knowledge  may  be  ob« 
;ained  by  the  good  housewife  observing 


140 


DO  A  LITTLE  WELL  AND  YOU  DO  MUCH. 


how  things  are  managed  iu  well-regu- 
lated families. 

732.  APPLES  intruded  for  dumplings 
(should  not  have  the  core  taken  out  of 
them,  as  the   pips   impart  a    delicious 
flavour  to  the  dumpling'. 

733.  A  RICE   pudding    IB  most  ex- 
cellent without  either  eggs  or  sugar,  if 
baked  gently;  it  keeps  bet^r  without 
eggs. 

734.  "WILFUL  waste  makes  woful 
want." — Do  not    cook  a  fresh  joint 
whilst  any  of  the  last  remains  uneaten 
— hash   it  up,  and  with   gravy  and   a 
little  management    eke    out    another 
day's  dinner. 

735.  THE   shanks  of  mutton  make 
a  good  stock  for  nearly  any  kind   of 
gravy — and    they  are  very   cheap — a 
dozen  may  be  had  for  a  penny,  enough 
to  make  a  quart  of  delicious  soup. 

736.  THICK  curtains,  closely  drawn 
around  the  bed,  are  very  injurious,  be- 
cause they  not  only  confine  the  effluvia 
thrown  off  from  our  bodies  whilst  in 
bed,  but  interrupt  the  current  of  pure 
air. 

737.  REGULARITY  in  the  payment  of 
accounts  is  essential  to  housekeeping. 
All  tradesmen's  bills   should   be  paid 
weekly,  for  then  any  errors  can  be  de- 
tected whilst  the  transactions  are  fresh 
in  the  memory. 

738.  ALLOWING    children    to    talk 
incessantly  is  a  mistaken  intelligence  ; 
we  do  not  mean  to  say  that  they  should 
be  restricted  from   talking  in  proper 
seasons,  but  they  should  be  learnt  to 
know  when  it  would  be  proper  for  them 
to  cease. 

739.  RULES    OF    THE    GAME 
OF  DRAUGHTS.— The  nine  laws  for 
regulating  the  game  of  draughts  are  as 
follows : — 

740.  Each   player    takes    the    first 
move  alternately,  whether  the  last  game 
be  won  or  drawn. 

741.  Any  action  which  prevents  the 
ndverniry  from  having  a  full  view  of 
the  men  is  not  allowed. 

74'2.  The  player  who  touches  a  man 
must  play  him. 
74  5.  In   case  of   standing  the  huff, 


which  means  emitting  to  1:;.ke  a  man 
when  an  opportunity  fivr  so  doing  oc 
curred,  the  other  party  nwy  either  take 
the  man,  or  insist  upon  Lit?  i<;;n:,  which 
has  been  so  omitted  by  hie  adversary, 
being  taken. 

744.  If  either  party,  when  it  is  his 
turn  to    move,   hesitate  above    three 
minutes,  the  other  may  call  upon  him 
to  play  ;   and  if,  after  that,  he  delay 
above    five   minutes  longer,  then    he 
loses  the  game. 

745.  In  the  losing  game,  the  player 
can  insist  upon  his  adversary  taking  all 
the  men,  in  case  opportunities  should 
present  themselves  for  their  being  so 
taken. 

740.  To  prevent  unnecessary  delay, 
if  one  colour  have  no  pieces,  but  two 
kings  on  the  board,  and  the  other  no 
piece  but  one  king,  the  latter  can  call 
upon  the  former  to  win  the  game  in 
twenty  moves;  if  he  does  not  finish  it 
within  that  number  of  moves,  the  game 
to  be  relinquished  as  drawn. 

747.  If  there  are  three  kings  to  two 
on  the  board,  the  subsequent  moves  are 
not  to  exceed  forty. 

748.  SEA    PIE.  — Make  a  thick 
pudding  crust,  line  a  di>h  with  it,  or 
what  is  better,  a  cake  tin,  put  a  layer 
of  sliced  onions,  then  a  layer  of  salt  beef 
cut  in  slices,  a  layer  of  sliced  potatoes, 
a  layer  of  pork,  and  another  of  onions, 
strew  pepper  over  all,   cover  with  a 
crust,  and  tie  down  tightly  with  a  cloth 
previously  dipped  in  boiling  water  and 
floured.     Boil  for  two  hours,  and  serve 
hot  in  a  dish. 

749.  THE  YOUNG  LADY'S 

TOILETTE. 
750.  Self -Knowledge— The  Enchanting 

Mirror. 
This  curious  glass  will  bring  your  faults 

to  light, 
And  make    your  virtues    shine    both 

strong  and  bright. 
751.   Contentment  —  Wash   to   smooth 

Wrinkles. 

A  daily  portion  of  this  essence  use, 
'Twill* smooth  the  brow,  and  tranquil 
lity  infuse. 


USE  A  BOOK  AS  A  BEE  DOES  A  FLOWER. 


141 


752.    Truth — Fine  Lip  salves. 
Use  daily  for  your  lips  this  precious 

dye, 
They'll    redden,    and    breatli-e    sweet 

melody. 
753.  Prayer — Mixture,  giving  Sweetness 

to  the  Voice. 

A.t  morning,  noon,  and  night,  this  mix- 
ture take, 
Your  tones  improved,  will  richer  music 

make. 

7r)4.  Compassion — Best  Eye-water. 
These  drops  will  add  great  lustre  to 

the  eye ; 
When  more  you  need,  the  poor  will 

you  supply. 

755.  Wisdom  —  Solutions    to  prevent 

Eruptions. 
It  calms  the    temper,    beautifies  the 

face, 
And  gives  to  woman  dignity  and  grace. 

756.  Attention  and  Obedience —  Match- 

less Pair  of  Ear-rings. 
With  these  clear  drops  appended  to  the 

ear, 
Attentive  lessons  you  will  gladly  hear. 

757.  Neatness  and  Industry — Indispen- 

sable Pair  of  Bracelats. 
Clasp  them  on  carefully   each  day  you 

live, 
To  good  designs  they  efficacy  give. 

758.  Patience — An  Elastic  Girdle. 
The  more  you  use  the  brighter  it  will 

grow, 
Though   its   least    merit    is    external 

show. 

759.  Principle— Ring  of  Tried  Gold. 
Yield  not  this   golden   bracelet  while 

you  live, 

Twill  sin  restrain  and  peace  of  con- 
science give. 
760.  Resignation — Necklace  of  Purest 

Pearl. 

This  ornamer.t  embellishes  the  fair, 
And  teaches  all  the  ills  of  life  to  bear. 

761.  Love — Diamond  Breast-pins. 
Adorn  your  bosom  with  this  precious 

pin, 

It  Bhiiu's  without,  and  warms  the  heart 
within 


762.  Politeness — A    Grateful  Bandeau. 
The   forehead  neatly  circled  with  thii 

band, 
Will  admiration  and  respect  command 

763.  PL"ty—A  Precious  Diadem. 
Whoe'er   this    precious    diadem   shall 

own, 

Secures  herself  an  everlasting  crown. 
764.   Good    Temper —  Universal  Beau' 

tifier. 
With  this  choice  liquid  gently  touch 

the  mouth, 
It  spreads  o'er  all  the  face  the  charms 

of  youth 

765.  CAMP  COOKERY. 

766.  STEWED  SALT  BEEF  AND  PORK 
(A  LA  OMAR  PASHA). — Put  into  a  can- 
teen saucepan  about  two  pounds  of  well 
soaked  beef,  cut  in  eight  pieces  ;  half- 
a-pound  of  salt  pork,   divided  in   two, 
and  also  soaked;  half  pound  of  rice,  or 
six  tablespoonsful  ;  quarter  of  a  pound 
of  onions,   or  four  middle-sized  ones, 
peeled  and  sliced  ;  two  ounces  of  brown 
sugar,  or  one  large  table-spoonful ;  a 
quarter  of  an  ounce  of  pepper,  and  five 
pints  of  water  ;     simmer    gently    for 
three  hours,  remove  the  fat  from  the 
top  and  serve. 

7(57.  MUTTON  SOUP. — Put  the  rations 
of  six  into  a  pan  (half  a  pound  of  mut- 
ton will  make  a  pint  of  good  family 
soup),  six  pounds  of  mutton,  cut  in  four 
or  six  pieces  ;  three  quarters  of  a  pound 
of  mixed  vegetables,  or,  three  ounces  of 
preserved,  as  compressed  vegetables 
are  daily  given  to  the  troops  ;  three 
tea-spoonsful  and  a  half  of  salt ;  one 
teaspooDful  of  sugar,  and  half  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  pepper,  if  handy;  six 
ounces  of  barley  or  rice,  or  five  table- 
spoonsful  of  either ;  eight  pints  of 
water;  let  it  simmer  gently  for  three 
hours  and  a  half,  remove  the  fat,  and 
serve.  Bread  and  biscuit  m;iv  be 
added  in  small  quantities. 

768.  PLAIN  PEA  Sour.— Put  in  a  pau 
6  pounds  of  pork,  well  soaked  and  cut 
into  eight  pieces ;  pour  six  quarts  of 
water  over  ;  one  pound  of  split  peas  ; 
one  tea-spoonful  of  sugar  ;  half  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  pepper;  four  ounces  of 


142 


BUSTLE  IS  NOT  INDUSTRY 


fresh  vegetables,  or  two  ounces  of  pre- 
served, it'  handy  ;  let  it  boil  gently  for 
two  hours,  or  until  the  peas  are  tender, 
When  the  pork  is  ruther  fat,  as  is 
generally  the  case,  wash  it  only  ;  a 
quarter  of  a  pound  of  broken  biscuit 
may  be  used  for  the  soup.  Salt  beet, 
when  rather  fat  and  soaked,  may  be 
used  for  pea  soup. 

769.  FRENCH  BEEP  SOUP,  or  POT  AU 
FEU    (CAMP    FASHION).  —  Put    in    the 
kettle  six  pounds  of  beef,  cut  into  two 
or  three  pieces,   bone  included ;   one 
pound  of  mixed  green  vegetables,  or 
half  a  pound  of  preserved,  in  cakes  ; 
four  teaepoonsful  of  salt ;  if  handy,  one 
teaspoonful  of  pepper,  one  of  sugar,  and 
three  cloves  ;  and  eight  pints  of  water. 
Let  it  boil  gently  three  hours ;  remove 
some  of  the  fat,  and  serve.     The  ad- 
dition of  a  pound  and  a  half  of  bread, 
cut  into  slices,  or  one  pound  of  broken 
biscuits,  well  soaked,  will  make  a  very 
nutritious  soup.     Skimming1  is  not  re- 
quired. 

(The  three  above  receipts  are  ap- 
plicable to  hospitals.) 

770.  How    TO    STEW    FRESH    BEEF, 
PORK,   MUTTON,  AND    YEAL. — Cut    or 
chop  two  pounds  of  fresh  beef  into  ten 
or  twelve  pieces  ;    put  these  into  a 
saucepan  with  one  and  a  half  teaspoons- 
fill  of  salt,  one  teaspoonful  of  sugar, 
half   a    teaspoonful    of   pepper,    two 
middle-sized  onions  sliced,  half  a  pint 
of  water.     Set  on  the  fire  for  ten  mi- 
nutes until  forfning    a    thick    gravy. 
Add  a  good  tablespoonful  of  flour,   stir 
on  the  fire  a  few  minutes  ;  add  a  quart 
and   a  hdf  of  water  ;  let  the  whole 
simmer  until  the  meat  is  tender.    Beef 
will  take  from  two  hours  and  a  half  to 
three  hours  ;  mutton  and  pork,  about 
two  hours ;  veal,  one  hour  and  a  quar- 

er  to  one  hour  and  a  half;  onions, 
ugar,  and  pepper,  if  not  to  be  had, 
must  be  omitted ;  it  will  even  then 
make  a  good  dish;  half  a  pound  of 
sliced  potatoes,  or  two  ounces  of  pre- 
served potatoes  ;  ration  vegetables  may 
be  added,  also  a  small  dumpling. 

771.  PLAIN  BOILED   BEEF. — For  six 
rations,  put  in  a  canteen  saucepan  six 


pounds  of  well-soaked  beef,  cut  in  two 
with  three  quarts  of  cold  water ;  siai 
mer  gently  three  hours,  and  serve 
About  a  pound  of  either  carrots,  turnips 
parsnips,  greens  or  cabbages,  or  dump 
lings  may  be  boiled  with  it. 

772.  COSSACK'S  PLUMPUDDING. — Put 
into  a  basin  one  pound  of  flour,  three- 
quarters  of  a  pound  of  raisins  (stoned, 
if  time  be  allowed),  three-quarters  of  a 
pound   of  the  fat  of  salt    pork  (well 
washed,  cut  into  small  dies,  or  chopped), 
two  tablespoonfuls  of  sugar  or  treacle, 
and  half  a  pint  of  water  ;  mix  all  to- 
gether ;  put  into  a  cloth  tied  tightly  ; 
boil  for  four  hours,  and  serve.     If  time 
will  not  admit,  boil  only  two  hours, 
though  four  are  preferable.     How  to 
spoil  the  above  : — Add  anything  to  it  ! 

773.  EARLY   RISING.— The  dif- 
ference between  rising  every  morning 
at  six  and  at  eight,  in  the  course  ot 
forty  years,    amounts  to  29,200  hours 
or  three  years  one  hundred  and  twenty 
one  days  and  sixteen  hours,  which  are 
equal  to  eight  hours  a  day  for  exactly 
ten  years.     So  that  rising  at  six  will  be 
the   same  as  if  ten  years    of  life   (a 
weighty    consideration)    were    added, 
wherein  we  may  command  eight  hours 
every  day  for  the   cultivation  of  our 
minds  and  the  despatch  of  business. 

774.  COMPOSITION.— If  you 
would  write  to  any  purpose,  you  must 
be  perfectly  free  from  without,  is  the 
first  place,  and  yet    more    free  from 
within.      Give    yourself    the    natural 
rein ;  think  on  no  pattern,  no  patron, 
no  paper,  no  press,  no  public  ;  think  on 
nothing,  but  follow  your  own  impulses. 
Give  yourself  as  you  are,  what  you  are, 
and  how  you  see  it.     Every  man  sees 
with  his  own  eyes,  or  does  not  see  at 
all.      This    is   incontrovertibly    true. 
Bring  out  what  you  have.   If  you  have 
nothing,   be  an  honest  beggar  rather 
than  a   respectable  thief.     Great  care 
and   attention    should    be  devoted  to 
epistolary  correspondence,  as  nothing 
exhibits  want  of  taste  and  judgment 
so  much   as  a  slovenly  letter.     Since 
the  establishment  of  the  cheap  postage 

i  it  is  recognised  as  a  rule  that  all  letter? 


NOR  IS  IMPUDENCE  COURAGE. 


148 


should  be  prepaid ;  indeed,  many  per- 
sons make  it  a  point  of  never  taking  in 
an  unpaid  letter.  The  following  hints 
may  be  worthy  of  attention  : 

775.  ALWAYS  put  a  stamp  on  your 
envelope  at  the  top  of  the  right  hand 
corner. 

776.  LET  the  direction  be  written 
very  plain  ;  this  will  save  the  postman 
trouble,  and  facilitate  business  by  pre- 
venting mistakes. 

777.  AT  the  head  of  your  letter,  in 
the  right-hand  corner,  put  your  address 
in    full,  with  the   day  of  the  month 
underneath ;  do  not  omit  this,  though 
you  may  be  writing  to  your  most  inti- 
mate friend  three  or  four  times  a  day. 

778.  WHAT  you  have  to  say  in  your 
letter,  say  as  plainly  as  possible,  as  if 
you  were  speaking  ;  this  is  the   best 
rule  ;  do  not  revert  three  or  four  times 
to  one  circumstance,  but  finish  up  as 
you  go  on. 

779.  LET  your  Big-nature  be  written 
as  plainly  as  possible  (many  mistakes 
will  be  avoided,  especially  in  writing 
to  stranger*)  and  without  any  flourishes, 
as  they  tend  not  to  add  in  any  way  to 
the  harmony  of  your  letter.     We  have 
seen  signatures  that  have  been   almost 
impossible  to  decipher,  being  a  inere 
mass  of  strokes,  without  any  form  to 
indicate  letters.    This  is  done  chiefly 
by  the  ignorant,  and  would  lead  one  to 
suppose  that   they  were   ashamed   of 
signing  what  they  had  written. 

780.  Do    not    cross    your    letters ; 
surely  paper  is  cheap  enough  now  to 
admit  of  your  using  an  extra  half-sheet, 
in  case  of  necessity.     (This  practice  is 
chiefly  prevalent  amongst  young  ladies). 

781.  IF  you  wTrite  to  a  stranger  for 
information,  or  on  your  own  business, 
fail  not   to  send  a  stamped  envelope 
with   your  address,    plainly   written  ; 
this  will  not  fail   to  procure   you  an 
answer. 

782.  IF  you  are  not  a  good  writer  it 
is  advisable  to  use  best  ink,  the  bast 
paper,   and  the  best  pens,  as,  though 
they  may  not  alter  the  character  of 
your  handwriting,  yet  they  will  assist 
to  make  your  writing  look  better. 


783.  THE  paper  on  which  you 
should  be  clean,  and  neatly  f'ulded 

784.  THERE  should  not  be  stains  on 
the  envelope ;  if  otherwise,  it  is  only  an 
indication  of  your  own  slovenliness. 

785.  CARE  must  be  taken  in  giving 
titled  persons,  to  whom  you  write,  their 
proper  directions. 

786.  BITING  THE  NAILS.— This 
is  a  habit  that  should  be  immediately 
corrected   in   children,   as,  if  persisted 
in   for  any  length  of  time,  it  perma- 
nently deforms    the   nails.      Dipping 
the  finger-ends  in  some  bitter  tincture 
will  generally   prevent   children   from 
putting  them  to  the  mouth  ;  but   if 
this  fails,  as  it  sometimes  will,  each 
finer-end  ought  to  be  encased    in  a 
stall  until  the  propensity  is  eradicated. 

787.  TO    FILL    A    DECAYED 
TOOTH.— Procure  a  small  piece  of 
gutta  percha,  drop  it  into  boiling  wrater, 
then,  with  the  thumb  and  finger,  take 
off  as  much  as  you  suppose  will  fill  up 
the  tooth  nearly  level,  and  while  in  thiw 
soft  state  press  it  into  the  tooth  ;  then 
hold  on  that  side  of  the  mouth  cold 
water  two  or  three  times,  which  will 
harden  it. 

788.  TO    RESTORE    HAIR 
WHEN   REMOVED   BY   ILL 
HEALTH    OR    AGE.— Onions   rub- 
bed  frequently  on  the  part  requiring  it. 
The  stimulating  powers   of  this  vege- 
table are  of  service  in  restoring  the 
tone  of  the  skin,  and  assisting   the   ca- 
pillary vessels  in   sending  forth    new 
hair ;  but  it  is  not  infallible.     Should  it 
succeed,  however,  the  growth  of  these 
new  hairs  may  be  assisted  by  the  oil 
of  myrtle-berries,  the  repute  of  which, 
perhaps,  is  greater  than  its  real  effi- 
cacy.     These  applications  are  cheap 
and  harmless,  even  where  they  do  no 
good;  a  character    which   cannot    be 
said  of  the  numerous  quack   remedies 
that  meet  the  eye  in  every  direction. 

789.  BIRDS'  EGGS.— In  selecting 
eggs  for  a  cabinet,  always  choose  those 
which  are  newly  laid ;  make  a  medium 
sized  hole   at  the  sharp  end  with  a 
pointed  instrument :  having  made  the 
hole  at  the  sharp  end,  make  one  at  the 


144 


ONE  TO-DAY  IS  WORTH  TWO  TO-MORROW. 


blunt,  and  let  this  last  hole  be  us  small 
as  possible ;  this  done,  apply  your 
mouth  to  the  blunt  end,  and  blow  the 
contents  through  the  sharp  end.  If 
the  yolk  will  not  come  freely,  run  a 
pin  or  wire  up  into  the  egg,  and  stir 
the  yelk  well  about ;  now  get  a  cupfui 
of  water,  and,  immersing  the  sharp  end 
of  the  shell  into  it,  apply  your  mouth 
to  the  blunt  end,  and  suck  up  some  of 
the  water  into  the  empty  shell ;  then 
put  your  finger  and  thumb  upon  the 
two  holes,  shake  the  water  well  with- 
in, and,  after  this,  blow  it  out.  The 
water  will  clear  your  egg-  of  any  re- 
mains of  yolk,  or  of  white,  which  may 
etay  in  after  blowing.  If  one  suck  up 
of  water  will  not  suffice,  make  a  second 
or  third.  An  egg,  immediately  after  it 
is  produced,  is  very  clear  and  fine; 
but  by  staying  in  the  nest,  and  coming 
in  contact  with  the  feet  of  the  bird,  it 
soon  assumes  a  dirty  appearance.  To 
remedy  this,  wash  it  well  in  soap  and 
water,  and  use  a  nail-brush  to  get  the 
dirt  off.  Your  egg-shell  is  now  as  it 
ought  to  be,  and  nothing  remains  to 
be  done  but  to  prevent  the  thin  white 
membrane  (which  is  still  inside)  from 
corrupting;  take  a  wine-glass  and  fill 
it  with  the  solution  of  corrosive  subli- 
mate in  alcohol,  then  immerse  the  sharp 
end  of  the  egg-shell  into  it,  keeping 
your  finger  and  thumb,  as  you  hold  it, 
just  clear  of  the  solution  ;  apply  yonr 
mouth  to  the  little  hole  at  the  blunt 
end,  and  suck  up  some  of  the  solution 
into  the  shell ;  you  need  not  be  fearful 
of  getting  the  liquor  into  your  mouth, 
for,  as  soon  i,s  it  rises  in  the  shell,  the 
cold  will  strike  your  finger  and  thumb, 
arid  then  you  cease  sucking;  shake  the 
shell  just  as  you  did  when  the  water 
was  in  it,  and  then  blow  the  solution 
back  into  the  glass.  Your  egg-shell  is 
now  beyond  the  reach  of  corruption  ; 
the  membrane  for  ever  retains  its  pris- 
tine whiteness,  and  no  insect  for  the 
time  to  come  will  ever  venture  to  prey 
upoii  it.  If  you  wish  your  egg  to  ap- 
pear extremely  brilliant,  give  it  a  coat 
of  mastic  varnish,  put  on  very  sparingly 
with  a  camel-hair  pencil  ;  green  or 


blue  eggs  must  be  done  with  gum 
arable;  the  mastic  varnish  is  apt  to  in- 
jure the  colour. 

790.  PRESERVING  EGGS.— Th« 
several  modes  recommended   for  pre- 
serving eggs   any  length   of  time   are 
not  always  successful.     The  egg,  to  be 
preserved  well,   should   be   kept  at  a 
temperature   so   low   that  the  air  and 
fluids   within    its    shell    shall    not    be 
brought  into  a  decomposing  condition; 
and,  at  the  same  time,  the   air  outside 
of  its  shell  should  be  excluded,  in  order 
to  prevent  its  action  in  any  way  upon 
the  egg.     The   following  mixture  was 
patented   several  years  ago  by   a  Mr. 
Jayne.     He  alleged  that  by  means  ol 
it  he  could  keep  eggs  two  years.     A 
part  of  his  composition  is  often  made 
use  of — perhaps  the  whole  of  it  would 
be  better.     Put.  into  a  tub  or  vessel  one 
bushel  of  quick-lime,  two  pounds  of  salt, 
half  a  pound  of  cream-of  tartar,  and  mix 
the  same  together,  with  as  much  water 
as  will  reduce  the  composition,  or  mix- 
ture, to  that  consistence  that  it  will 
cause  an  egg  put  into  it  to  swim  with 
its  top  just  above  the  liquid  ;  then  put 
and  keep  the  eggs  therein. 

791.  GOSSIPING.— If  you  wish  to 
cultivate  a  gossiping,  meddling,  censo- 
rious spirit  in  your  children,  be  sure 
when  they  come  home   from  church,  a 
visit,  or  any  other  place  where  you   do 
not  accompany  them,  to  ply  them  with 
questions   concerning  what  everybody 
wore,  how  everybody  looked,  and  what 
everybody  said   and   did ;    and  if  you 
find  anything  in  this  to  censure,  always 
do  it  in  their  hearing.     You  may  rest 
assured,  if  you  pursue  a  course  of  this 
kind,  they  will  not  return  to  you  un- 
laden with  intelligence;  and  rather  than 
it  should  be  uninteresting,  they  will  by 
degrees  learn  to  embellish,   in  such  a 
returner  as  shall  not  fail  to  call  forth  re- 
marks and  expressions  of  wonder  from 
you.     You  will,  by  this  course,  render 
the  spirit  of  curiosity,  which  is  BO  early 
visible  in  children  and  which,  if  lightly 
directed,  may  be  "uade  the  instrument 
of  enrichi  ng  and  en  la-  ging  thei  r  minxls— 


LOOK  ON  THE  BRIGHT  SIDE  OK  EVERYTHING. 


145 


a  vehicle  of  mischief  which  shall  serve 
only  to  narrow  them. 

792.  WORDS.— Soft  words  soften 
the  soul. — Angry  words  are  fuel  to  the 
flame  of  wrath,  and  make  it  blaze  more 
freely.      Kind  words   make  other  peo- 
ple  good-natured — cold   words  freeze 
people,  and  hot  words  scorch  them,  and 
bitter  words  make   them  bitter,   and 
wrathful    words    make    them   wrath- 
ful.    There  is  such  a  rush  of  all  other 
kinds  of  words  in  our  days,  that  it  seems 
desirable  to  give  kind  words  a  chance 
among  them.     There  are   vain  words, 
and  idle  words,  and  hasty  words,  and 
spiteful   words,   and   silly   words,  and 
empty  words,   and  profane  words,  and 
boisterous  words,   and  warlike  words. 
Kind   words   also  produce   their  own 
image  on  men's  souls,   and  a  beautiful 
image  it  is.     They  smooth,  and  quiet, 
and  comfort  the  hearer.     They  shame 
him  out  of  his  sour,  aud  morose,   and 
unkind  feelings.     We  have  not  yet  be- 
gun to  use   kind  words  in  such  abund- 
ance as  they  ought  to  be  used. 

793.  PICKLING. —Do  not  keep 
pickles  in  common  earthen-ware,  as  the 
glazing   contains   lead,   and    combines 
with  the  vinegar.     Vinegar  for  pickling 
should  be  sharp,  though  not  the  sharp- 
est kind,  as  it  injures  the  pickles.     If 
you  use  copper,  bell-metal,  or  brass  ves- 
sels, for  pickling,  never  allow  the  vine- 
gar to  cool  in  them,  as  it  then  is  poison- 
ous.    Add  a  teaspoonful  of  alum,  and 
a  teacup  of  salt  to  each  three  gallons 
of  vinegar,  and  tie  up  a  bag  with  pepper, 
ginger-root,  spices  of  all  the  different 
sorts  in  it,  and  you  have  vinegar  pre- 
pared for  any  kind  of  pickling.     Keep 
pickles    only   in  wood  or  stone-ware. 
Anything  that   has   held    grease   will 
spoil  pickles.    Stir  pickles  occasionally, 
and  if  there  are  soft  ones  take  them  out 
and  scald  the  vinegar,  and  pour  it  hot 
over  the  pickles.     Keep  enough  vine- 
gar to  cover  them  well.     If  it  is  weak, 
take  fiesh  vinegar  and   pour   on  hot. 
Do  not  boil  vinegar  or  spice  above  five 
minutes. 

794.  YULECAKE.  —  Take  one 
pound  of  fresh  butter,  one  pound  of  su- 


gar, one  pound  and  a  half  of  flour,  two 
pounds  of  currants,  a  glass  of  brandy, 
one  pound  of  sweetmeats,  two  ounces 
of  sweet  almonds,  ten  eggs,  a  quarter  ol 
an  ounce  of  allspice,  aud  n  quarter  oi 
an  ounce  of  cinnamon.  Melt  the  but 
ter  to  a  cream,  and  put  in  the  sugar. 
Stir  it  till  quite  liyht,  adding  the  all 
spice  and  pounded  cinnamon ;  in  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  take  the  yolks  oi 
the  eggs,  and  work  them  two  or  three  at 
a  time ;  and  the  whites  of  the  same  must 
by  this  time  be  beaten  into  a  strong  snow, 
quite  ready  to  work  in.  As  the  paste 
must  not  stand  to  chill  the  butter,  or  it 
will  be  heavy,  work  in  the  whites  gra- 
dually, then  add  the  orange-peel,  lem- 
on, and  citron,  cut  in  fine  stripes,  and 
currants  which  must  be  mixed  in  well 
with  the  sweet  almonds ;  then  add 
the  sifted  flour  and  glass  of  brandy. 
Bake  this  cake  in  a  tin  hoop,  in  a  hot 
oven,  for  three  hours,  and  put  twelve 
sheets  of  paper  under  it  to  keep  it  from 
burning. 

795.  TO  WASH  CHINA  CRAPE 
SCARFS,  &c.— If  the  fabric  be  good, 
these  articles  of  dress  can  be  washed  as 
frequently  as  may  be  required,  and  no 
diminution  of  their  beauty  will  be  dis- 
coverable, even  when  the  various  shades 
of  green  have  been  employed   among 
other    colours    in   the    patterns.      In 
cleaning   them   make   a  strong   lather 
of  boiling  water  ;    suffer    it   to   cool ; 
when  cold,  or  nearly  so,  wash  the  scarf 
quickly  and  thoroughly,  dip  it  imme- 
diately in  cold   hard  water  in   which 
a  little  salt   has  been  thrown    (to  pre- 
serve the  colours),  rince,  squeeze,  and 
hang  it  out  to  dry  in  the  open  air ;  pin 
it   at  its  extreme  edge  to  the  line,   so 
that  it  may  not  in  any  part  be  folded 
together ;  the  more  rapidly  it  dries  the 
clearer  it  will  be. 

796.  ADVICE   TO    YOUNG  LA 
DIES. 

797.  If  you  have  blue  eyes,  you  need 
not  languish. 

798.  If   black   eyes,  you    need  net 
stare. 

799.  If  you  have  pretty  feet  there  ii 
no  occasion  to  we&/  short  petticoats. 


146 


READ  NOT  BOOKS  ALONE,  BUT  MEN  ; 


800.  If  you  are  doubtful  as  to  that 
point,  there  can  be  no  harm  in  letting 
them  be  long. 

801 .  If  you  have  good  teeth,  do  not 
laugh    for    the    purpose    of   showing 
them. 

802.  If  you  have  bad  ones,  do  not 
laugh  less  than  the  occasion  may  justify. 

803.  If  you  have  pretty  hands  and 
arms,  there  can  be  no  objection  to  your 
playing  on  the  harp  if  you  pkiy  well. 

804.  If   they    are    disposed    to    be 
clumsy,  work  tapestry. 

805.  If  you  have  a  bad  voice  rather 
speak  in  a  low  tone. 

806.  If  you  have  the  finest  voice  in 
the  world,  never  speak  in  a  high  tone. 

807.  If  you  dance  well,  dance  but 
seldom. 

808.  If  you  dance  ill,  never  dance  at 
all. 

809.  If  you  sing  wrell,  make  no  pre- 
vious excuses. 

810.  If  you  eing  indifferently,  hesi- 
tate not  a  moment  when  you  are  asked, 
for  few  people  are  judges  of  singing, 
but  every  one  is  sensible  of  a  desire  to 
please. 

811.  If  you  would  preserve  beauty, 
rise  early. 

812.  If  you  would  preserve  esteem, 
be  gentle. 

813.  If  you  would  obtain  power,  be 
condescending. 

814.  If  you  would  live  happy,  endea- 
vour   to    promote    the    happiness    of 
others. 

815.  TO    EXTRACT   GREASE- 
SPOTS,   FROM    BOOKS    OR    PA- 
PER.—Gently  warm  the  greased  or 
spotted  part  of  the  book  or  paper,  and 
then  press  upon  it  pieces  of  blotting- 
paper,  one  after  another,-  so  as  to  ab- 
sorb as  much  of  the  grease  as  possible. 
Have  ready  some  fine  clear  essential 
oil  of  turpentine   heated  almost  to   a 
boiling  state,  warm  the  greased  leaf  a 
little,  and  then,  with  a  soft  clean  brush, 
wet  the  heated  turpentine  both  sides 
of  the  spotted  part.     By  repeating  this  ! 
application,  the  grease  will  be  extract-  j 
ed.     Lastly,  with  another  brush,  dip-  j 
ped  in  rectified  spirits  -»f  wine,  go  over  j 


the  place,  and  the  grease  will  no  longei 
appear,  neither  will  the  paper  be  dig- 
coloured. 

816.  TO    PRESERVE    Mil  K.- 
Provide  bottles,  which  must  be  perfectly 
clean,  sweet,  and  dry:  draw  the  milk 
from  the  cow  into  th^  bottles,  and  as 
they  are  filled,  immediately  cork  them 
well  up,  and  fasten  the  corks  with  pack- 
thread or  wire.     Then  spread  a  little 
straw  at  the  bottom  of   a   boiler,  on 
which  place  bottles  with  straw  between 
them,  until  the  boiler  contains  a  suf- 
ficient quantity.     Fill  it  up  with  cold 
water ;  heat  the  water,  and  as  soon  aa 
it  begins  to  boil,  draw  the  fire,  and  let 
the  whole  gradually  cool.     When  quite 
cold,  take  out  the   bottles  and  pack 
them  in  saw-dust,  in  hampers,  and  stow 
the'm  in  the  coolest  part  of  the  house. 
Milk  preserved  in  this  manner,  and  al- 
lowed to  remain  even  eighteen  months 
in  the  bottles,  will  be  as  sweet  as  when 
first  milked  from  the  cow. 

817.  GERMAN  PASTE.— German 
paste   for  cage   birds,  which   will  be 
found  of  better  quality  and   cheaper 
than  what  is  sold  in  the  shops. — Boil 
four  eggs  until  quite  hard,  then  throw 
them    into    cold  water ;    remove    the 
white,  and  grate  or  pound  the  yolks 
until  quite  fine,  and   add   a  pound  of 
wrhite  peameal  and  a  tablespoouful  of 
olive  oil.     Mix  the  whole  up  together, 
and  press  the  dough  through  a  tin  co- 
lander so  as  to  form  into  small  grains 
like   shot.      Fry  them  over  a  gentle 
fire,  gradually  stirring  them  until  of  n 
light  brown  colour,  when  they  are  fit 
for  use. 

818.  FRENCH     POLISH    FOR 
BOOTS  AND  SHOES.— Mix  together 
two  pints  of  the  best  vinegar  and  one 
pint  of  soft- water ;  stir  into  it  a  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  glue,  broken  up,  half  a 
pound  of  logwood  chips,  a  quarter  of 
an  ounce  of  finely  powdered  indigo,  a 
quarter  of  an  cmnce  of  the  best  soft- 
soap,  and  a  quarter  of  an  ounce  of 
isinglass.     Put  the  mixture   over  the 
fire,  and  let  it  boil  for  ten  minutes,  or 
more.     Then   strain    the    liquid,  and 
bottle  and  cork  it.     When  cold,  it  is  fit 


AND.   ABOVE  ALL,  READ  THYSKLF. 


147 


for  use.     The  polish  should  be  applied 
with  clean  sponge. 

819.  DAMP  WALLS.— The  follow- 
ing method  is  recommended  to  prevent 
the  effect   of  damp  walls  on  paper  in 
rooms: — Line   the   damp  part  of  the 
wall  with   sheet  lead,  rolled  very  thin, 
and  fastened  up  with  small  copper  nails. 
It  may  be  immediately  covered  with 
paper.    The  lead  is  not  to  be  thicker 
fchan  that  which  lines  tea-chests. 

820.  TEA -MA KING.— Dr.  Kitch- 
ener recommends  that  all  the  water  ne- 
cessary should  be  poured  in  at  once  as 
the   second  drawing  is   bad.      When 
much  tea  is  wanted,  it  is  better  to  have 
two  tea-pots  instead  of  two  drawings. 

821.  RICE-FLOUR   CEMENT.— 
An  excellent  cement  may  be  made  from 
rice  flour,  which  is  at  present  used  for 
that  purpose  in  China  and  Japan.   It  is 
only  necessary  to  mix  the  rice-flour  in- 
timately with  cold  water,  and  gently 
simmer  it  over  a  fire,  when  it  readily 
forms  a  delicate  and  durable  cement, 
not  only  answering  all  the   purposes 
of  common  paste,  but  admirably  adap- 
ted for  joining  together  paper,  cards, 
&c.,  in   forming  the  various  beautiful 
and   tasteful   ornaments  which  affords 
much  employment  and  amusement  to  the 
ladies.     When  made  of  the  consistence 
of  plaster  clay,  models,  busts,  bas-re- 
lievos,  &c.  maybe  formed  of  it,  and  the 
articles  when  dry,  are  susceptible  of 
high  polish,  and  very  durable. 

822.  RULES    OF    CONDUCT.— 
We  cannot  do  better  than  quote  the 
valuable  injunctions  of  that  excellent 
woman,  Mrs.  Fry,  who  combined  in  her 
character  and  conduct  all  that  is  truly 
excellent  in  woman : — 1    I  never  lose 
any  time ;    I  do  not  think   that  lost 
which  is  spent  in  amusement  or  recre- 
ation some  time  every  day ;  but  always 
be  in  the  habit  of  being  employed.     2. 
Never  err  the  least  in  truth.    3.  Never 
^say  any  ill  thing  of  a  person  when  thou 

canst  say  a  good  thing  of  him ;  not  only 
speak  charitably,  but  feel  so.  4.  Never 
bo  irritable  or  unkind  to  anybody.  5. 
Never  indulge  thyself  in  luxuries  that 
are  not  necessary.  6.  Do  all  things 
7 


with  consideration ;  and,  when  thy  path 
to  act  right  is  most  difficult,  feel  confi- 
dence in  that  Power  alone  which  is 
able  to  assist  thee,"  and  exert  thy  own 
powers  as  far  as  they  go. 

823.  FOOD  OF  BLACKBIRDS.— 
The  natural  food  of  the  blackbird  is 
berries,  worms,  insects,  shelled-snails, 
cherries,  and  other   similar  fruit ;  and 
its  artificial  food,  lean  fresh  meat,  cut 
very  small,  and  mixed  with  bread,  or 
German  paste. 

824.  CRAMP   IN  BATHING.— 
For  the  cure  of  the  cramp  when  swim- 
ming, Dr.  Franklin  recommends  a  vig 
orous  and  violent  shock  to  the  part 
affected,     by    suddenly    and    forcibly 
stretching  out  the  leg,  which  should  be 
darted  out  of  the  water  into  the  air  if 
possible. 

825.  TO  EXTINGUISH  A  FIRE 
IN  A   CHIMNEY.— Throw    some 
powdered  brimstone  on  the  fire  in  the 
grate,  or  ignite  some  on  the  hob,  and 
then  put  a  board  or  something  in  the 
front  of  the  fire-place  to  prevent  the 
fumes  descending  into  the  room.    The 
vapour  of  the  brimstone  ascending  the 
chimney  will  then  effectually  extinguish 
the  soot  on  fire.     (See  524,  695.) 

826.  TO  GET  RID   OF  A  BAD 
SMELL    IN    A    ROOM   NEWLY 
PAINTED.— Place   a  vessel  full    of 
lighted  charcoal  in  the  middle  of  the 
room,  and  throw  on  it  two  or  three 
handfuls  of  juniper  berries  ;  shut  the 
windows,  the  chimney,  and  the  door 
close;    twenty-four  hours  afterwards, 
the  room  may  be  opened,  when  it  will 
be  found  that  the  sickly  unwholesome 
smell  will  be  entirely  gone.  The  smoke 
of  the  juniper  berry  possesses  this  ad- 
vantage, that  should  anything  be  left 
in  the  room,  such  as  tapestry,  &c.,  none 
of  it  will  be  spoiled. 

827.  RICE    DUMPLINGS.— Pick 
and  wash  a  pound  of  rice,  and  boil  it 
gently  in  two  quarts  of  water  till  it  be- 
comes   dry — keeping    the    pot    well 
covered,  and  not  stirring-  it.  Then  take 
it  oft  the  fire  \nd  spread  it  out  to  cool 
on  the  bottom  of  an  inverted  sieve, 
loosening  the  grains  lightly  with  a  fork. 


148 


WITHOUT  ECONOMY,  NONE  CAN  BE  RICH  ; 


that  all  the  moisture  may  evaporate. 
Pare  a  dozen  pippins,  or  some  large 
juicy  apples  and  scoop  out  the  core, 
then  fill  up  the  cavity  with  marmalade, 
or  with  lemon  and  sugar.  Cover  every 
apple  all  over  with  a  thick  coating  of 
the  boiled  rice.  Tie  up  each  in  a  sepa- 
rate cloth,  and  put  them  into  a  pot  of 
cold  water.  They  will  require  about 
an  hour  and  a  quaiter  after  they  begin 
to  boil,  perhaps  longer. 

828.  COUGHS.— It  is  said  that  a 
small  piece  of  resin  dipped  in  the  water 
which  is  placed  in  a  vessel  on  a  stove 
(not  an   open    fire-place),  will  add   a 
peculiar  property  to  the  atmosphere  of 
the  room,  w?hich  will  give  great  relief 
to  persons  troubled  with  a  cough.    The 
heat  of  the  stove  is  sufficient  to  throw 
off  the  aroma  of  the  resin,  and  gives 
the  same  relief  that  is  afforded  by  the 
combustion,  because  the  evaporation  is 
more  durable.     The  same  resin  may  be 
used  for  weeks. 

829.  METHOD  OF  ASCERTAIN- 
ING   THE     STATE     OF    THE 
LUNGS. — Persons  desirous  of  ascer- 
taining the  true  state  of  their  lungs,  are 
directed  to  draw  in  as  much  breath  as 
they  conveniently  can  ;  they   are  then 
to  count  as  far  as  they  are  able,   in  a 
slow  and  audible  voice,  without  draw- 
ing in  more  breath.     The  number  of 
seconds    they   can  continue    counting 
must  be  carefully  observed  ;  in  a  con- 
sumption the  time  does  not  exceed  ten, 
and  is  frequently  less  than  six  seconds ; 
in  pleurisy  and  pneumonia  it  ranges 
from  nine  to  four  seconds.     When  the 
lungs  are  in  a  sound  condition,  the  time 
will  range  as  high  as  from  twenty  to 
thirty-five  seconds. 

830.  TO    PRESERVE    STEEL 
GOODS  FROM  RUST.— After  bright 
grates  have  been  thoroughly  cleaned, 
they  should  be   dusted  over  with  un- 
slaked lime,  and  thus  left  until  want- 
ed.   All  the  coils  of  piano  wires  are 
thus  sprinkled,  and  will  keep  from  rust 
for  many   years.     Table-knives  which 
are  not  in  constant  use,  ought  to  be  put 
in  a  case  in  which  sifted  quicklime  is 
placed  about  eight  inches  deep.    They 


should  be  plunged  to  the  top  of  th« 
blades,  but  the  lime  should  not  touch 
the  bundles. 

831.  HOW  TO   GET   SLEEP.— 
How  to  get  sleep  is  to  many  pereons  a 
matter  of  high   importance.     Nervou 
persons  who  are  troubled  with  wake 
fulness  and  excitability,  usually  have 
strong-  tendency  of  blood  on  the  brain 
with  cold  extremities.     The  pressur 
of  the  blood  on  the  brain  keeps  it  in 
stimulated   or   wakeful   state,  and  th 
pulsations  in  the  head  are  often  painful 
Let  such  rise  and  chafe  the  body  and 
extremities  with  a  brush  or  towel,  ol 
rub  smartly  with  the  hands  to  promote 
circulation,  and  withdraw  the  excessive 
amount  of  blood  from  the  brain,   and 
they  will  fall  asleep  in  a  few  moments. 
A  cold  bath,  or  a  sponge  bath  and  rub- 
bing, or  a  good  run,  or  a  rapid  walk  in 
the  open   air,   or   going  up  or  dow7n 
stairs  a  few  times  just  before  retiring, 
will  aid  in  equalising  circulation   and 
promoting-    sleep.      These    rules    are 
simple  and  easy  of  application  in  castle 
or  cabin,  and  may  minister  to  the  com- 
fort  of  thousands   who   would   freely 
expend  money  for  an  anodyne  to  pro- 
mote "  Nature's  sweet  restorer,  balmy 
sleep  ?" 

832.  TURKISH   MODE    OF 
MAKING  COFFEE.— The  Turkish 
way  of  making-  coffee  produces  a  very 
different  result  from  that  to  which  we 
are    accustomed.       A    small    conical 
saucepan,  with  a  long  handle,  and  cal- 
culated to  hold  about  two  table-spoon- 
fuls of  water,  is  the  instrument  used 
The  fresh   roasted  berry  is  pounded, 
not  ground,  and  about  a  dessert-spoon- 
ful is  put  into  the  minute  boiler  ;  it  is 
then  nearly  filled  with  water,  and  thrust 
among  the  embers.     A  few   seconds 
suffice  to  make  it  boil,  and  the  decoc- 
tion, grounds  and  all,  is  poured  out  into 
a  small  cup,   which  fits  into  &  brass 
socket,  much -like  the  cup  of  an  acorn, 
and  holding  the  china  cup  as  that  does 
the  acorn  itself.     The  Turks  seem  to 
drink  this  decoction  boiling,  and  swal- 
low the  grounds  with  the  liquid.     We 
allow  it  to  remain  a  minute,  in  order  to 


WITH  ECONOMY,  FEW  NEED  BE  POOH. 


149 


leave  the  sediment  at  the  bottom.  It 
ip  always  taken  plain  ;  sugar  or  cream 
would  be  thought  to  spoil  it ;  and  Eu- 
ropeans, after  a  little  practice  (longer, 
however,  than  we  had)  are  said  to 
prefer  it  to  the  clear  infusion  drunk  in 
France.  In  every  hut  you  will  see 
these  coffee  boilers  suspended,  and  the 
means  for  pounding  the  roasted  berry 
will  always  be  found  ready  at  hand. 

833.  HOW  TO  TREAT  A  WIFE. 
— First,  get  a  wife ;  secondly,  be  pa- 
tient. You  may  have  great  trials  and 
perplexities  in  your  business  with  the 
world,  but  do  not  carry  to  your  home 
a  clouded  or  contracted  brow.  Your 
wife  may  have  had  many  trials,  which, 
though  of  less  magnitude,  may  have 
been  as  hard  to  bear.  A  kind,  con- 
ciliating word,  a  tender  look,  will  do 
wonders  in  chasing  from  her  brow  ail 
clouds  of  gloom.  You  encounter  your 
difficulties  in  the  open  air,  fanned  by 
heaven's  cool  breezes  ;  but  your  wife 
is  often  shut  in  from  these  healthful 
influences,  and  her  health  fails,  and 
her  spirits  lose  their  elasticity.  But 
oh  !  bear  with  her ;  she  has  trials  and 
sorrows  to  which  you  are  a  stranger, 
but  which  your  tenderness  can  deprive 
of  all  their  anguish.  Notice  kindly  her 
little  attentions  and  efforts  to  promote 
your  comfort.  Do  not  treat  her  with 
indifference,  if  you  would  not  sear  and 
palsy  her  heart,  which,  watered  by 
kindness,  would,  to  the  latest  day  of 
your  existence,  throb  with  sincere  and 
constant  affection.  Sometimes  yield 
your  wishes  to  hers.  She  has  prefer- 
ences as  strong  as  you,  and  it  may  be 
just  as  trying  to  yield  her  choice  as  to 
you.  Do  you  find  it  hard  to  yield 
sometimes  ?  Think  you  it  is  not  dif- 
ficult for  her  to  give  up  always  1  If 
you  never  yield  to  her  wishes,  there  is 
danger  that  she  will  think  you  are 
selfish,  and  care  only  for  yourself,  and 
with  such  feelings  she  cannot  love  as 
ehe  might.  Again,  show  yourself 
manly,  so  that  your  wife  can  look  up 
at  you  and  feel  that  you  will  act  nobly, 
and  that  she  can  confide  in  yoi;r  judg- 
ment. (See  191  to  202.) 


834.  TO     REMOVE     WATER 
STAINS  FROM   BLACK   CRAPE 
— When  a  drop  of  water  falls  on  a 
black  crape  veil  or  collar,  it  leaves  a 
conspicuous  white  mark.  To  obliterate 
this,  spread  the  crape  on  a  table  (laying 
on  it  a  large  book  or  a  paper-weight  to 
keep  it  steady),  and  place  underneath 
the  stain  a  piece  of  old  black  silk. 
With  a  large  camel's-hair  brush  dipped 
in  common  ink,  go  over  the  stain  ;  and 
then  wipe  off  the  ink  with  a  little  bit, 
of  old  soft  silk.     It  will  dry  immediate- 
ly, and  the  white  mark  will  be  seen  n<* 
more. 

835.  CLEANLINESS,  it  is  said,haa 
a  powerful  influence  on  the  health  and 
preservation  of  the  body.    Cleanliness, 
as   well  in  our    garments  as  in  our 
dwellings,  prevents  the  pernicious  ef- 
fects of  dampness,  of  bad  smells,  and 
of  contagious  vapours  arising  from  sub- 
stances abandoned  to  putrefy  ;  cleanli- 
ness   keeps    up    a    free    perspiration, 
renews   the   air,    refreshes   the   blood, 
and  even  animates  and  enlivens  the 
mind.     Whence  we  see  that  persons 
attentive    to  the    cleanliness  of  their 
persons  and  their  habitations,  are  in 
general  more  healthy,  and  less  exposed 
to  diseases  than  those  who  live  in  filth 
and  nastiness  ;  and   it  may  moreover 
be   remarked,  that   cleanliness   brings 
with  it,  throughout   every   part  of  do- 
mestic discipline,  habits  of  order  and 
arrangement,    which   are    among   the 
first  and  best  methods  and  elements  of 
happiness. 

836.  FIRST-WATCH    STEW.— 
Cut  pieces  of  salt  beef  and  pork  into 
dice,  put  them  into  a  stew-pan  with 
six  whole  peppercorns  two  blades  of 
mace,  a  few  cloves,  a  tea-spoonful  of 
celery-seeds,  and    a    faggot    of   dried 
sweet   herbs  ;  cover  with  water,  and 
stew  gently  for  an  hour,  then  add  frag- 
ments of  carrots,  turnips,  parsley,  or 
any  other  vegetables  at  hand,  with  two 
sliced   onions,  and  some  vinegar  to  fla- 
vour ;  thicken  with  flour  or  rice,  re- 
move the  herba,  and  pour  into  the  dish 
with   toasted   bread,  or  freshly  baked 
biscuit  broken   small,  and   serve   hot 


ioO 


TIIERE  IS   NO  GRIEF  LIKE  THE  GRIEF  WHICH  DDKS  MOT  Sl'KAK. 


When  they  can  be  procured,  a  few 
potatoes  improve  it  very  much. 

8:;?.  SEVEN-BELL  PASTY.— 
Shred  a  pound  of  euet  fine,  cut  salt  pork 
into  dice,  potatoes  and  onions  small,  rub 
a  sprig  of  dried  sage  up  fine,  mix  with 
Home  pepper,  and  place  in  the  corner 
of  a  square  piece  of  paste,  turn  over  the 
other  corner,  pinch  up  the  sides,  and 
bake  in  a  quick  oven.  If  any  bones, 
&c.,  remain  from  the  meat,  season  with 
pepper  and  sage,  place  them  with  a  gill 
of  water  in  a  pan,  and  bake  with  the 
pasty  :  when  done,  strain,  and  pour  the 
gravy  into  the  centre  of  the  pasty. 

838.  DIRECTIONS  FOR  TAK- 
ING LEAF  IMPRESSIONS.— Hold 
oiled  paper  in  the  smoke  of  a  lamp,  or 
of  pitch,  until  it  becomes  coated  with 
the  smoke  ;  to  this  paper  apply  the  leaf 
of  which  you  wish  an  impression,  hav- 
ing previously  warmed  it  between  your 
hands,  that  it  may  be  pliable.  Place  the 
lower  surface  of  the  leaf  upon  the  black- 
ened surface  of  the  oil  paper,  that  the 
numerous  veins  that  are  so  prominent 
on  this  side  may  receive  from  the  paper 
a  portion  of  the  smoke.  Lay  a  paper 
over  the  leaf,  and  then  press  it  gently 
upon  the  smoked  paper,  with  the 
fingers,  or  with  a  small  roller  (covered 
with  woollen  cloth,  or  some  like  soft 
material),  so  that  every  part  of  the  leaf 
may  come  in  contact  with  the  sooted 
oil-paper.  A  coating  of  the  smoke  will 
adhere  to  the  leaf.  Then  remove  the 
leaf  carefully,  and  place  the  blackened 
surface  on  a  sheet  of  white  paper,  not 
ruled,  or  in  a  book  prepared  for  the 
purpose,  covering  the  leaf  with  a 
clean  slip  of  paper,  and  pressing  upon 
it  with  the  fingers,  or  roller,  as  before. 
Thus  may  be  obtained  the  impression 
of  a  leaf,  showing  the  perfect  outlines, 
together  with  an  accurate  exhibition  of 
the  veins  which  extend  in  every  direc- 
tion through  it,  more  correctly  than  the 
finest  drawing.  And  this  process  is  so 
simple,  and  the  materials  so  easily  ob- 
tained, that  any  person,  with  a  little 
practice  to  enable  him  to  apply  the  right 
quantity  of  smoke  to  the  oil-paper,  and 
give  the  leaf  a  proper  pressure,  can  pre- 


pare beautiful  leaf  impressions,  such  M 
a  naturalist  would  be  proud  to  possess 
There  is  another,  and  we  think  a  bet- 
ter method  of  taking  leaf  impressions, 
than  the  preceding  one.  The  only  dif- 
ference in  the  process  consists  in  the 
use  of  printing  ink.  instead  of  smoked 
oil-paper. 

8:59.  LEAF  PRINTING. —After 
warming  the  leaf  between  the  hands, 
apply  printing  ink,  by  means  of  a  small 
leather  ball  containing  cotton,  or  some 
soft  substance,  or  with  the  end  of  the 
finger.  The  leather  ball  (and  the  fin- 
ger when  used  for  that  purpose),  after 
the  ink  is  applied  to  it,  should  be 
pressed  several  times  on  a  piece  of 
leather,  or  some  smooth  surface,  before 
each  application  to  the  leaf,  that  the 
ink  may  be  smoothly  and  evenly  ap- 
plied. After  the  under  surface  of  the 
leaf  has  been  sufficiently  inked,  apply 
it  to  the  paper,  where  you  wish  the  im- 
pression ;  and,  after  covering  it  with  a 
slip  of  paper,  use  the  hand  or  roller  to 
press  upon  it,  as  described  in  the  for- 
mer process. 

840.  PLANT  SKELETONS.— The 
leaves  are  to  be  put  into  an  earthen  or 
glass  vessel,  and  a  large  quantity  of 
rain-water  to  be  poured  over  them; 
after  this  they  are  to  be  left  to  the 
open  air  and  to  the  heat  of  the  sun, 
without  covering  the  vessel.  When  the 
water  evaporates  so  as  to  leave  the 
leaves  dry,  more  must  be  added  in  its 
place;  the  leaves  will  by  this  means 
putrefy,  but  they  require  a  different 
time  for  this:  some  will  be  finished  in 
a  month,  others  will  require  two  months 
or  longer  according  to  the  toughness  of 
their  parenchyma.  When  they  have 
been  in  a  state  of  putrefaction  for  some 
time,  the  twro  membranes  will  begin  to 
separate,  and  the  green  part  of  the  leaf 
to  become  fluid  :  then  the  operation  of 
clearing  is  to  be  performed.  The  leaf 
is  to  be  put  upon  a  fiat  white  earthen 
plate  and  covered  with  clear  water; 
and  being  gently  squeezed  with  the 
finger,  the  membranes  will  begin  to 
open,  and  the  green  substance  will 
come  out  at  the  edges ;  the  membrane* 


PLEASURE  IS  A  PHANTOM  ;    WEALTH  A  VANITY  ;    POWER  A  BOAST. 


151 


must  be  carefully  taken  off  with  the 
finger,  and  great  caution  must  be  used 
in  separating  them  near  the  middle  rib. 
When  once  there  is  an  opening  towards 
this  separation,  the  whole  membrane 
always  follows  easily ;  when  both  mem- 
branes are  taken  off,  the  skeleton  is 
finished,  and  it  has  to  be  washed  clean 
with  water,  and  then  dried  between 
the  leaves  of  a  book.  Fruits  are_  di- 
vested of  their  pulp  and  made  into 
skeletons  in  a  different  manner.  Take, 
for  an  instance,  a  fine  large  pear  which 
is  soft,  and  not  tough ;  let  it  be  neatly 
pared  without  squeezing  it,  and  without 
injuring  either  the  crown  or  the  stalk  ; 
put  it  into  a  pot  of  rain-water,  covered, 
set  it  over  the  fire,  and  let  it  boil  gently 
till  perfectly  soft,  then  take  it  out  and 
lay  it  in  a  dish  filled  with  cold  water ; 
then  holding  it  by  the  stalk  with  one 
hand,  rub  off  as  much  of  the  pulp  as 
you  can  with  the  ringer  and  thumb,  be- 
ginning at  the  stalk,  and  rubbing  it  re- 
gularly towards  the  crown.  The  fibres 
are  most  tender  towards  the  extremities, 
and  are  therefore  to  be  treated  with 
great  care  there.  When  the  pulp  has  thus 
been  cleared  pretty  well  off,  the  point 
of  a  fine  pen-knife  may  be  of  use  to 
pick  away  the  pulp  sticking  to  the  core. 
In  order  to  see  how  the  operation  ad- 
vances, the  soiled  water  must  be  thrown 
away  from  time  to  time,  and  clean 
poured  on  in  its  place.  When  the  pulp 
is  in  this  manner  perfectly  separated, 
the  clean  skeleton  is  to  be  preserved  in 
spirits  of  wine.  This  method  may  be 
pursued  with  the  bark  of  trees,  which 
afford  interesting  views  of  their  consti- 
tuent fibres. 

841.  ROLLS.— Mix  the  salt  with 
the  flour.  Make  a  deep  hole  in  the 
middle.  Stir  the  warm  water  into  the 
yeast,  and  pour  it  into  the  hole  in  the 
flour.  Stir  it  with  a  spoon  just  enough 
to  make  a  thin  batter,  and  sprinkle 
Borne  Hour  over  the  top.  Cover  the 
pan,  and  set  it  in  a  warm  place  for 
several  hours.  When  it  is  light,  add 
half  a  pint  more  of  lukewarm  water, 
and  make  it,  with  a  little  more  flour, 
into  a  dong  i.  Knead  it  very  well  for  ten 


minutes.  Then  divide  it  into  small 
pieces,  and  knead  each  separately. 
Make  them  into  round  cakes  or  rolls. 
Cover  them,  and  set  them  to  rise  about 
an  hour  and  a  half.  Bake  them,  and, 
when  done,  .ler  them  remain  in  the 
oven,  without  the  lid,  for  about  ten 
minutes. 

842.  EARLY  RISING.— Dr. Wilson 
Philip,  in  his  "  Treatise  on  Indigestion," 
says : — "  Although  it  is  of  consequence 
to  the  debilitated  to  go  early  to  bed, 
there  are  few  things  more  hurtful  to 
them  than  remaining  in  it  too  long. 
Getting  up  an  hour  or  two  earlier,  often 
gives  a  degree  of  vigour  which  nothing 
else  can  procure.     For  those  who  are 
not  much  debilitated  and   sleep  well, 
the  best  rule  is  to  get  out  of  bed  soon 
after  waking  in  the  morning.    This  at 
first  may  appear  too    early,   for  the 
debilitated  require  more  sleep  than  the 
healthy ;  but   rising   early  will  gradu- 
ally prolong  the  sleep  on  the  succeed- 
ing night  till  the  quantity  the  patient 
enjoys  is  equal  to  his  demand  for  it. 
Lying  late  is  not  only  hurtful,  by  the 
relaxation  it    occasions,  but    also    by 
occupying  that  part  of  the  day  at  which 
exercise  is  most  beneficial." 

843.  SUPERIOR  CLEANLINESS 
sooner  attracts  our  regard  than  even 
finery  itself,  and  often  gains  esteem 
where  the  other  fails. 

844.  COFFEE   A  DISINFECT- 
ANT.— Numerous    experiments    with 
roasted  coffee  prove  that  it  is  the  most 
powerful  means,  not  only  of  rendering 
animal  and  vegetable    effluvia  innoc- 
uous, but  of  absolutely  destroying  them. 
A  room  in  which  meat  in  an  advanced 
degree  of  decomposition  had  been  kept 
for  some  time,  was  instantly  deprived 
of  all  smell  on  an  open  coffee-roaster 
being  carried  through  it,  containing  a 
pound   of   coffee   newly   roasted.      In 
another  room,  exposed  to  the  effluvium 
occasioned   by  the  clearing  out  of  the 
dung-pit,  so  that  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
and  ammonia  in  great  quantities  could 
t>e  chemically  detected,  the  stench  was 
completely  removed  in  half  a  minute, 
on  tl  9  employ ment  of  three  ounces  of 


15U 


ONE  WATCH  SET  EIGHT  "WILL  DO  TO  SET  MANY  I3Y  ; 


fresh  roasted  coffee,  whilst  the  other 
parts  of  the  he  use  were  permanently 
cleared  of  the  same  smell  by  being 
simply  traversed  with  the  coff;>«- roaster, 
although  the  cleansing  of  the  dung-pit 
continued  for  several  hours  at:er.  The 
best  mode  of  using  the  coffee  as  a 
disinfectant  is  to  dry  the  raw  bean, 
pound  it  in  a  mortar,  and  then  roast 
the  powder  on  a  moderately  heated 
iron  plate,  until  it  assumes  a  dark  brown 
tint,  when  it  is  fit  for  use.  Then 
sprinkle  it  in  sinks  or  cess-pools,  or  lay 
it  on  a  plate  in  the  room  which  you 
wish  to  have  purified.  Coffee  acid  or 
coffee  oil  acts  more  readily  in  minute 
quantities. 

845.  UTILITY  OF  SINGING.— 
It  is  asserted,  and  we  believe  with  some 
truth,  that  singing  is  a  corrective  of  the 
too  common  tendency  to  pulmonic  com- 
plaints. Dr.  Rush,  an   eminent  physi- 
cian, observes  on  this  subject : — "  The 
Germans  are  seldom  afflicted  with  con- 
sumption ;  and  this,  I  believe,  is  in  part 
occasioned  by  the  strength  which  their 
lungs  acquire  by  exercising  them   in 
vocal  music,  for  this  constitutes  an  es- 
sential branch  of  their  education.   The 
music  master  of  an   academy  has  fur- 
nished me  with  a  remark  still  more  in 
favour  of  this  opinion.     He  informed 
me  that  he  had  known  several  instances 
of  persons  who  were  strongly  disposed 
to  consumption,  who  were  restored  to 
health  by  the  exercise  of  their  lungs  in 
singing. 

846.  DOMESTIC  RULES.— 1.  Do 
every  thing  in  its  proper  time.     2.  Keep 
everything  to  its  proper  use.     3.  Put 
everything  in  its  proper  place. 

847.  THE    CHEMICAL    BARO- 
METER.— Take  a  long  narrow  bottle, 
such  as  an   old-fashioned  Eau-de-Co- 
logne bottle,  and  put  into  it  two  and  a 
half  drachms  of  camphor,  and  eleven 
drachms  of  spirits  of  wine;   when  the 
camphor    is  dissolved,  which   it    will 
readily  do  by  slight  agitation,  add  the 
following  mixture : — Take  water,  nine 
drachms:  nitrate  of  potash  (saltpetre), 
thirty- eight  grains;  and  I'.uriate  of  am- 
monia    (sal    amironias)      thirty-eight 


grains.  Dissolve  these  salts  in  the 
water  prior  to  mixing  with  the  cam 
phorated  spirit  ;  then  shake  the  whole 
well  together.  Cork  the  bottle  well, 
and  wax  the  top,  but  afterwards  make 
a  very  small  aperture  in  the  cork  with 
a  red-hot  needle.  The  bottle  may 
then  be  hung  up,  or  placed  in  any 
stationary  position.  By  observing 
the  different  appearances  which  the 
materials  assume,  as  the  weather 
changes,  it  becomes  an  excellent  prog- 
nosticator  of  a  coming  storm  or  of  a 
sunny  sky. 

848.  FRUGALIT  Y.—  The  great 
philosopher,  Dr.  Franklin,  inspired  the 
mouth-piece  of  his  own  eloquence, 
"  Pool  Richard,"  with  "  many  a  gem 
of  purest  ray  serene,"  encased  in  the 
homely  garb  of  proverbial  truisms.  On 
the  subject  of  frugality  we  cannot  do 
better  than  take  the  worthy  Mentor  for 
our  text,  and  from  it  address  our  re- 
marks. A  man  may,  if  he  knows  not 
how  to  save  as  he  gets,  "  keep  his  nose 
all  his  life  to  the  grindstone,  and  die  not 
worth  a  groat  at  last.  A  fat  kitchen 
makes  a  lean  will,"  and 

"  Many  estates  are  spent  in  getting-, 
Since  women  for  tea  forsook   spin 

ning  and  knitting, 

And  men  for  punch  forsook  hewing 
and  splitting." 

849.  IF  you  would  be  wealthy,  think 
of  saving  as  well  as  of  getting.  The  In- 
dies have  not  made  Spain  rich,  because 
her  out-goes  are  greater  than  her  in- 
comes. 

850.  AWAY  then  with  your  expen- 
sive follies,  and  you  will  not  then 
have  so  much  cause  to  complain  of 
hard  times,  heavy  taxes,  and  chargeable 


851.  "  What    maintains    one    vice 
would  bring  up  two  children." 

852.  You  may  think,  perhaps,  that  a 
ittle  tea,  or  superfluities  now  and  then, 
diet  a  little  more  costly,  clothes  a  little 
finer,  and  a  little  entertainment  now 
and  then,  can  be  no  great  matter  ;  but 
remember,    "  many  a  little   makes  a 
mickle." 


ONE  THAT  GOES  WRONG  MAY  MISLEAD  A   WHOLE  NEIGHBOURHOOD. 


153 


853.  BEWARE  of  little  expenses: — 
"  A  email  leak  will  sink  a  great  ship," 
as    Poor    Richard    says :     and    again, 
"  Who    dainties    love,    shall    beggars 
pvove  ;"  and   moreover,  "  Fools  make 
leasts  and  wise  men  eat  them." 

854.  HERE  you  are  all  got  together 
to  this  sale  of  fineries  and  nick-nacks. 
You  call  them  goods;    but  if  you  do 
not  take  care  they  will  prove  evils  to 
Borne  of  you.    You  expect  they  will  be 
sold  cheap,  and  perhaps  they  may   for 
less  than  they  cost;  but  if  you  have  no 
occasion  for  them  they  must  be  dear  to 
you. 

855.  REMEMBER  what  poor  Richard 
says,  "  Buy  what  thou  hast  no  need  of, 
and  ere  long  thou  ehalt  sell  thy  neces- 
saries." 

856.  AND  again,  "  At  a  great  penny- 
worth, pause  awhile."     He  means,  per- 
haps,  that  the  cheapness  is  apparent 
only,  and  not  real ;  or  the  bargain,  by 
straitening  thee  in  thy  business,  may 
do   thee  more  harm  than  good ;  for  in 
another  place  he  says,   "Many  have 
been   ruined  by  buying  good    penny- 
Vorths." 

857.  AGAIN,  "  It  is  foolish  to  lay  out 
money  in  the  purchase  of  repentance ;" 
and  yet  this  folly  is  practised  every  day 
at  auctions,  for  want  of  minding  the 
almanac. 

858.  MANY,  for  the  sake  of  finery  on 
the   back,  have   gone   with   a  hungry 
Btomach,    and    half  starved  their    fa- 
milies.     "  Silks    and    satins,    scarlets 
and  velvets,  put  out  the  kitchen  fire,' 
as  Poor   Richard  says.     These  are  not 
the     necessaries    of    life;     they    can 
scarcely  be  called  the  conveniencies 
and  yet,  only  because  they  look  pretty 
how  majiy  want  to  have  them  ? 

859.  BY  these   and  other  extrava 
gances,  the   genteel    are    reduced    t< 
poverty,  and   forced  to  borrow  of  thos< 
whom  they  formerly  despised,  but  who 
through   industry    and   frugality  havf 
maintained  their   standing:    in   whict 
case     it    appears    plainly     that,     "  A 
ploughman  on  his  legs  is  higher  than  a 
gentleman  on  his  knees,"  as  PforRich- 
ird  swj  s      Pe  'haps  thev  had   i  small 


estate  left  them,  which  they  knew  not 

begetting  of;  they  think  "It  is  day, 
and  will  nevei  benight;"  that  a  little 

o  be  spent  out  of  so  much  is  not  worth 
minding ;  but  '  Always  taking  out  of 

;he  meal-tub,  and  never  putting  in, 
soon  comes  to  the  bottom,"  as  Poor 

Richard  says ;  and  then,  "  When  the 
well  is  dry,  they  know  the  worth  of 
water." 

860.  BUT    this  they    might    have 
known  before,  if  they  had  taken  his 
advice :      "  If  you    would  know    the 
value  of  money,  go  and  try  to  borrow 
some ;   for  he  that  goes  a  borrowing 
goes  a   sorrowing , '    as   Poor  Richard 
says;     and,   indeed,    so  does  he  that 
lends  to  such  people,  when  he  goes  to 
get  it  in  again.      Poor  Dick  further 
advises : 

"  Fond  pride  of  dress  is  sure  a  very 

curse ; 
Ere    fancy  you    consult,  consult 

your  purse." 

861.  AND  again,  "  Pride  is  as  loud  a 
beggar  as  want,  and  a  great  deal  more 
saucy." 

862.  WHEN  you  have  bought  one 
fine  thing,  you  must  buy  ten    more, 
that  your  appearance  may  be  all  of  a 
piece ;    but   Poor  Dick  says,    "  It  is 
easier  to  suppress  the  first  desire  than 
to  satisfy  all  that  follow  it ;"  and  it  is 
as  truly  folly  for  the   poor  to  ape   the 
rich,  as  for  the  frog  to  swell  in  order 
to  equal  the  ox. 

"  Vessels  large  may  venture  more, 
But  little  boats  should  keep  near 
shore." 

*862.  IT  is,  however,  a  folly  soon  pun- 
ished ;  for  "  Pride  that  dines  on  vani- 
ty, sups  on  contempt ;  pride  breakfast- 
ed with  plenty,  dined  with  poverty,  and 
supped  with  infamy. 

863.  AND,  after  all,  of  what  use  i« 
this  pride  of  appearance,  for  which    so 
muck  is  risked,  so  much  is   suffered  ? 
It   cannot  promote    health,    nor  ease 
pain  ;  it  makes  no  increase  of  merit  in 
.the  person ;  it  creates  envy,  it  hastens 
misfortune. 


154 


EVERY  PEA  HELPS  TO  FILL  THE  PECK. 


864.  CONVERSATION. 

865.  There  are  many  talkers,  but 
few  who  know  how  to  converse  agree- 
ably.    (See  279,  3015.) 

866.  Speak   distinctly,  neither  too 
rapidly  nor  too  slowly. 

867.  Accommodate  the  pitch  of  your 
voice  to  the  hearing  of  the  person  with 
whom  you  are  conversing. 

868.  Never  speak  with  your  mouth 
full. 

869.  Tell  your  jokes  and   laugh  af- 
terwards. 

870.  Dispense     with      superfluous 
words — such  as     "  Well,    I     should 
think." 

871.  The  woman  who  wishes  her 
conversation  to  be  agreeable  will  avoid 
conceit  or  affectation,    and    laughter, 
which  is  not  natural  and  spontaneous. 
Her  language    will  be   easy  and    un- 
studied, marked  by  a  graceful  careless- 
ness, which,  at  the  same  time,  never 
oversteps  the  limits  of  propriety.     Her 
lips  will  readily  yield  to  a   pleasant 
smile ;    she  will  not  love  to  hear  her- 
self talk  ;  her  tones  will  bear  the  im- 
press of  sincerity,  and  her  eyes  kindle 
with   animation,  as  she  speaks.     The 
art  of  pleasing  is,  in  truth,  the  very 
soul  of  good  breeding :  for  the  precise 
object  of  the  latter  is  to  render  us 
agreeable  to  all  with  whom  we  associ- 
ate ;  to  make  us  at  the  same  time,  es- 
teemed and  loved. 

872.  We  need  scarcely  advert  to  the 
rudeness  of  interrupting  any  one  who 
is  speaking,   or  to  the  impropriety  oi 
pushing,  to  its  full  extent,  a  discus'sion 
which  has  become  unpleasant. 

873.  Some  men  have  a  mania  for 
Greek  and  Latin  quotations;  this  is  pe- 
culiarly to  be  avoided.     It  is  like  pull- 
ing up  the  stones  from  a  tomb  where- 
with to  kill  the  living.    Nothing  is  more 
wearisome  than  pedantry. 

874.  If  you  feel  your  intellectual 
•superiority    to    any  one    with    whom 
you  are   conversing,    do  not    seek  to 
bear  him  down ;    it  would   be  an  in 
glorious    triumph,    and    a    breach  o 
good  manners.    Beware  too  of  speak 


ng  lightly  of  subjects  which  bear  a  8* 
cred  character. 

875.  Witlings  occasionally  gain  a 
reputation  in   society;   but  nothing  ia 
nore  insipid  and   in  worse  taste  than 
:heir  conceited  harangues  and  self-suf- 
icient  air. 

876.  It  is  a  common  idea  that  the 
art  cf  writing  and  the  art  of  couversa- 
;ion  are  one ;  this  is  a  great  mistake. 
A  man  of  genius  may  be  a  very  dull 
talker. 

877.  The  two  grand  modes  of  making 
your  conversation    interesting,    are   to 
enliven  it  by  recitals  calculated  to  af- 
Fect  and  impress  your  hearers,  and   to 
intersperse  it  with  anecdotes  and  smart 
things.     Rivasol  was  a  master  in  the 
latter  mode.     (See  1338.) 

87S  CLEANLINESS.— The  want 
of  cleanliness  is  a  fault  which  admits  of 
no  excuse.  Where  water  can  be  had 
for  nothing,  it  is  surely  in  the  power  of 
every  person  to  be  clean. 

879.  THE  discharge  from  our  bodies, 
by     perspiration,     renders      frequent 
changes  of  apparel  necessary. 

880.  CHANGE  of  apparel  greatly  pro- 
motes the   secretion  from  the  skin,  so 
necessary  to  health. 

881.  WHEN  that  matter  which  ought 
to  be  carried  oft'  by  perspiration  is  either 
retained  in  the  body,  or  re-absorbed  by 
dirty  clothes,  it  is  apt  to  occasion  fe- 
vers and  other  diseases. 

882.  MOST  Diseases  of  the   Skin 
proceed   from   want  of  cleanliness. — 
These  indeed  may  be  caught  by  infec- 
tion, bnt  they  will  seldom  continue  long 
where  cleanliness  prevails. 

883.  To  the  same  cause  must  we  im- 
pute the  various  kinds  of  vermin  that 
infest  the  human  body,  houses,  &c. 
These  may  generally  be  banished  by 
cleanliness  alone. 

884.  PERHAPS  the  intention  of  na- 
ture, in  permitting  such  vermin  to  an- 
noy mankind,  is  to  induce  them  to  tha 
practice  of  this  virtue. 

885.  ONE  common  cause  of  putrid 
and  malignant  fevers  is  the  want  of 
cleanliness. 

886.  THESE  fevers  commonly  begia 


TO  DAY,  MAN  LIVES  IN  PLEASURE,   WEALTH,  AA'D  PKIDE. 


155 


among  the  inhabitants  of  close  dirty 
houses,  who  breathe  bad  air,  take  little 
exercise,  use  unwholesome  food,  and 
wear  dirty  clothes.  There  the  infection 
is  generally  hatched,  which  spreads 
far  and  wide  to  the  destruction  of 
many.  Hence  cleanliness  may  be  con- 
sidered as  an  object  of  the  public  atten- 
tion. 

887.  IT  is  not  sufficiei.t  that  I  be 
clean  myself,  while  the  v  ant  of  it  in 
my  neighbour  affects  my  health  as  well 
as  his  own. 

888.  IF  dirty  people  cannot  be   re- 
moved  as  a  common  nuisance,  they 
ought  at  least  to  be  avoided  as  infec- 
tious.     All  who  regard  their  health, 
should  keep  at  a  distance,  even  from 
their  habitations. 

889.  IN  places  where  great  numbers 
of  people  are  collected,  cleanliness  be- 
comes of  the  utmost  importance. 

890.  IT  is  well  known,  that  infec- 
tious  diseases   are  caused   by  tainted 
air.  Everything,  therefore,  which  tends 
to  pollute  the  air,  or  spread  the  infec- 
tion, ought  with  the  utmost  care  to  be 
avoided. 

891.  FOR  this  reason,  in  great  towns, 
no  filth  of  any  kind  should  be  permitted 
to  lie  upon  the  streets.     We  are  sorry 
to  say,  that  the  importance  of  general 
cleanliness  does  by  no  means  seem  to 
be  sufficiently  understood. 

892.  IT  were  well  if  the  lower  class- 
es of  the   inhabitants   of  the   United 
States  would  imitate  the  Dutch,  in  the 
cleanliness  of  their  streets,  houses,  &c. 

893.  WATER,  indeed,  is   easily  ob- 
tained in  Holland  ;  but  the  situation  of 
most  towns  in  the  United  States  is  more 
favourable  to  cleanliness. 

894.  NOTHING  can  be  more  agreea- 
ble to  the  senses,  more  to  the  honour  of 
the   inhabitants,  or  conducive  to  their 
health,  than   a   clean  town;   nor  does 
anything  impress  a  stranger  sooner  with 
a  disrespectful  idea  of  any  people  than 
its  opposite. 

895.  IT  is  remarkable,  that,  in  most 
eastern  countries,  cleanliness  makes  a 
great  part  of  their  religion.    The  Ma- 
hometan,  as  well  lit;  the  Jewish   reli- 

7* 


gion,  enjoins  various  bathings,  wash 
ings,  and  purifications.  No  doubt 
these  were  designed  to  represent  in 
ward  purity ;  but  they  are  at  the  same 
time  calculated  for  the  preservation  of 
health. 

896.  HOWEVER    whimsical    these 
washings   may   appear    to   some,   few 
things  would   appear  more  to  prevent 
diseases  than  a  proper  attention  to  many 
of  them. 

897.  WERE  every  person,  for  exam- 
ple,  after  handling  a  dead  body,  visit- 
ing the  sick,  &c.,  to  wash  before  he  went 
into  company,  or  sat  down  to  meat,  he 
would  run  less  hazard  either  of  catch- 
ing the  infection  himself,  or  cominuni  • 
eating  it  to  others. 

898.  FREQUENT  washing  not  only- 
removes  the  filth  which  adheres  to  the 
skin,  but  likewise   promotes  the  per- 
spiration, braces  the  body,  and  enlivens 
the  spirits. 

899.  EVEN  washing  the  feet  tends 
greatly  to  preserve  health.     The  sweat 
and  dirt  with  which  these  parts  are  fre- 
quently covered,  cannot  fail  to  obstruct 
their  perspiration.     This  piece  of  clean- 
liness would  often  prevent  colds  and 
fevers. 

900.  WERE  people  to  bathe  their 
feet  and    hands    in    warm  water    at 
night,    after    being    exposed    to   cold 
or  wet   through  the   day,  they  would 
seldom  experience  any  of  the   fatal  ef 
fects  which  often  proceed  from  thesf 
causes. 

901 .  IN  places  where  great  numbers 
of  sick    people  are   kept,   cleanliness 
ought  most  religiously  to  be  observed. 
The  very  smell  in  such  places  is  often 
sufficient  to  make  one  sick.     It  is  easy 
to  imagine  what  effect  that  is  likely  to 
have  upon  the  diseased. 

902.  A   PERSON    in  health   has  a 
greater  chance  to  become  sick,  than  n 
sick  person  has  to  get  wrell,  in  an  hos- 
pital or  infirmary  where  cleanliness  is 
neglected. 

903.  THE  brutes  themselves  set  us 
an  example  of  cleanliness.     Most   of 
them   seem  uneasy,  and  thrive  ill,  if 
they  be  not  kept  clean.     A  horse  that 


156 


TO-DAY,  LAYS  PLANS  FOR  MANY  YEARS  TO  COME  J 


is  kept  thoroughly  dean,  will  thrive 
better  on  a  sraalle:  quantity  of  food, 
than  \vith  a  greater  where  cleanliness 
is  neglected. 

904.  EVEN  OUR  OWN  FEELINGS  a  e 
sufficient  proof   of  the    necessity    of 
cleanliness.  How  refreshed,  how  cheer- 
ful and  agreeable  does  one  feel  on  be- 
ing shaved,  washed  and  dressed  ;  espe- 
cially when  these  have  been  L-ng  ne- 
glected. 

905.  MOST  PEOPLE  esteem   sleanli- 
iiess ;  and  even  those  who  do  i  at  prac- 
tise it  themselves,  often  adnrre  it  in 
others. 

906.  DOMESTIC    PHARMACO- 
FCEIA. — In  compiling  this  part  of  our 
hints,  we  have  endeavoured  to  supply- 
that  kind  of  information  that  is  so  often 
wanted  in  the  time  of  need,  and  can- 
not be  obtained  when  a  medical  man  or 
a  druggist  is  not  near.    The  doses  are 
all  fixed  for  adults,  unless  otherwise 
ordered.     The  various  remedies    are 
arranged  in  sections,  according-  to  their 
uses,  as  being  more  easy  for  reference. 
(For  the   meanings  of  medical   terms, 
tee  INDEX.) 

907. — COLLYRIA,  OR  EYE-WASHES. 

908.  Alum.— Dissolve  half  a  drachm 
»f  Alum    in  eight  ounces  of  water. 
Use,    as    an    astringent.      When    the 
strength  of  the  alum  is  doubled,  and 
only  half  the  quantity  of  water  used,  it 
acts  as  a  discutient. 

909.  Common. — Add  one   ounce  of 
diluted  acetic  acid  to  three  ounces  of 
decoction  of  poppy  heads.     Use,  as  an 
anodyne  wash. 

910.  Compound    Alum. — Dissolve 
clum   and  white   vitriol,  of  each   one 
drachm,  in  one  pint  of  water,  and  filter 
through  paper.     Use,  as  an  astringent 
wash. 

911.  Zinc  and  Lead. — Dissolve  white 
vitriol  and  acetate  of  lead,  of  each 
seven  grains,  in  four  ounces  of  elder- 
flower  water ;  then  add  one  drachm  of 
laudanum    (tincture    of  opium),    and 
the  same  quantity  of  spirit  of  camphor; 
then  strain.     Use,  as  a  detergent  wash. 

91-2.     Acetate    of   Zin:.  —  Dissolve 
fialf  a  drachm  of  white  vitriol  ir.  five 


ounces  of  water.  Dissolve  two  scru- 
ples ot  acetate  of  lead  in  five  ounces  of 
water.  Mix  these  solutions,  then  set 
aside  for  a  short  time,  and  afterwarda 
filter.  Use,  as  an  astringent ;  this  forms 
a  most  valuable  colly rium. 

913.  Sulphate  of  Zinc.— Dissolve  ten 
grains  of  white  vitriol  in  a  pint  of  wa- 
ter   or  rose  water.       Use,  for    weak 
eyes. 

914.  Zinc   and    Camphor. — Dissolve 
a   scruple   of   white    vitriol    in   eight 
ounces  of  water,  then  add  one  drachm 
of  spirit  of  camphor,  and  strain.     Use, 
as  a  stimulant. 

915.  Compound  Zinc. — Dissolve  ten 
grains  of  white  vitriol  in  eight  ounces 
of  camphor  water  (Mistura  camphora>), 
and  the  same  quantity  of  decoction  of 
poppy    heads.      Use,   as  an    anodyne 
and  detergent  ;  useful  for  weak  eyes. 
916. — CONFECTIONS  AND  ELECTUAR 

IBS.— 

917.  Confections  are  used  as  vehicles 
for  the  administration  of  more  active 
medicines,  and    Electuaries   are   made 
for  the  purpose  of  rendering  some  rem- 
edies palatable.     Both  should  be  kept 
in  closely  covered  jars. 

918.  Almond  Confection.  — Remove 
the  outer  coat  from  an  ounce  of  isweet 
almonds,  and  beat  them  well  in  a  mor- 
tar with  one  drachm  of  powdered  gum 
arabic,    and  half  an   ounce   of  white 
sugar.     Use,  to  make  a  demulcent  mix- 
ture, known  as  almond  emulsion. 

919.  Alum    Confection. — Mix    two 
scruples  of  powdered  alum  with  four 
scruples  of  treacle.  Dose,  half  a  drachin. 
Use,  as  an  astringent  in  sore  throat  and 
relaxed  uvula,  and  ulcerations  of  the 
mouth. 

920.  Orange  Confection. — Take  one 
ounce   of  the  freshly   rasped   rind   of 
orange,  and  mix  it  with  three  ounceg 
of  white  sugar,  after  it  is  well  beaten. 
Dose,  from  one  drachm  to  one  ounce. 
Use,  as  a  gentle   stomachic  and  tonic, 
and  for  giving  tonic  powders  in. 

921.  Black  Pepper  Confection.— 
Take  of  black  pepper  and  elecampane- 
root,  each  one  ounce;  fennel  seeds, 
t'"ree  ounces ;  honey  and  /sugar,  of  each 


TO-MORROW,  SINKS  INTO  THE  SILENT  TOMB. 


^wo  ounces.     Rub  the  dry   ingredien 
lo  a  fine  powder,  and  when  the  coiifec 
tion  is  wanted,  add  the  honey,  and  mi 
well.     Dose,  from  one  to  two  drachm 
Use,  in  haemorrhoids. 

922.  Cowhage, — Mix  as  much  of  th 
fine  hairs   or  spiculae  of  cowhage  int 
treacle  as  it  will  take  up.     Dose,  a  tea 
spoonful  every  morning  and  evening 
Use,  as  an  anthelmintic. 

923.  Senna    Confection.—  Take    o 
senna  four   ounces,   figs  half  a  pounc 
cassia  pulp,  tamarind  pulp,  and   th 
pulp  of  prunes,  each  four  ounces ;  co 
riander   seeds,  two  ounces ;  liquorice 
one  ounce  and  a  half;  sugar,  one  poun 
and  a  quarter  ;  water,  one  pint  and 
half.     Rub  the  senna  with  the  corian 
der,  and  separate,  by  sifting,  five  oun 
ces  of  the   mixture.     Boil   the   wate: 
with  the  figs  and  liquorice  added,  unti 
it  is  reduced  to  one  half;  then  press 
out  and  strain  the  liquor.     Evaporate 
the  strained  liquor  in  a  jar  by  boiling 
until  twelve  fluid  ounces  remain  ;  ther 
add  the  sugar,   and  make   a  syrup. 
Now  mix  the  pulps  with  the  syrup,  add 
the  sifted  powder,  and  mix  well.     Use, 
purgative. 

924.  Castor  oil  and   Senna  Confec 
tion. — Take  one  drachm  of  powdered 
gum  arabic,  and  two  ounces  of  confec- 
tion of  senna,  and  mix  by  gradually 
rubbing-  together  in  a  mortar,  with  half 
an  ounce  of  castor  oil.     Dose,  from  one 
to  two  drachms.      Use,  purgative. 

925.  Sulphur  and  Senna   Confection. 
— Take  of  sulphur  and  sulphate  of  pot- 
ash, each  half  an  ounce ;  of  confection 
of  senna,  two  ounces  ;  and  oil  of  ani- 
seed, twenty  minim  ;  mix  well.     Dose, 
from  one  to  two  dr.tchms.      Use,  purga- 
tive. 

926  Cream  of  Tartar  Confection. — 
Take  one  ounce  of  cream  of  tartar, 
and  half  a  drachm  of  powdered  ginger ; 
mix  into  a  thick  paste  with  treacle. 
Dose,  two  drachms.     Use,  purgative. 

927  Antispasmodic    Electuary.  — 
T/tke  six  drachms  of  powdered  valeri- 
an and  orange  leaves,  mixed  and  made 
into   an  electuary,    with  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  syrup  of  wovmwoo  L     Dose, 


from  one  to  two  drachms,  to  be  taker 
two  or  three  times  a  day. 

928.— DECOCTIONS. 

929.  These  preparations  soon  spoil, 
and  therefore  should  only  be  made  in 
small  quantities,  particularly  in  sum- 
mer. 

930.  Of    Chimaphila.—T&ke    one 
ounce  of  pyrola,  (chimaphila  or  winter 
green),  and  boil  it  in  a  pint  and  a  hall 
of  water  until  it  is  only  one  pint ;  then 
strain.     Dose,  from  one  to  two  ounces, 
four  times  a  day.     Use,  in  dropsies,  as 
a  diuretic. 

931.  Of  Logwood. — Boil  one  ounce 
and  a  half  of  bruised  logwood  in  two 
tints  of  water  until  it   comes  to  one 
pint ;  then  add  one  drachm  of  bruised 
jassia,  and  strain.     Dose,  from  one  to 
wo  ounces.     Use,  as  an  astringent. 

932.  Of  Dandelion. — Take  two  oun- 
ces of  the  freshly  sliced  root,  and  boil 
n  two  pints  of  water  until  it  comes  to 
me  pint ;  then  add  one  ounce  of  com- 

ound  tincture  of  horse-radish.  Dose, 
rom  two  to  four  ounces.  Use,  in  a 
luggish  state  of  the  liver. 

'33.  EMBROCATIONS  AND  LINIMENTS. 

934.  These  remedies  are  used  exter- 
ally  as    local   stimulants,  to  relieve 
eep-seated  inflammations  when  other 

means  cannot  be  employed,  as  they  are 
lore  easily  applied  locally. 

935.  Anodyne  and  Discutient. — Take 
wo   drachms   of  scraped  white   soap, 
alf  a  drachm  of  extract   of  henbane, 
nd  dissolve  them  by  a  gentle  heat  in 
x  ounces  of  olive  oil.     Used  in  doses 
f  two  or  three  drachms  at  a  time,  for 

andular  enlargements  which  are  pain- 
ul  and  stubborn. 

936.  Strong  Ammoniated. — Add  one 
ince  of  strong  liquid  ammonia  (Lt- 
wris  ammoniac  fortis)  to  two  onnces 
:'  olive  oil ;  shake  them  well  together 
ntil  they  are  properly  mixed.     Use. 
mployed  as  a  stimulant  in  rheumatic 
lins,    paralytic     numbness,    chronic 
andular  enlargements,  lumbago,  scia- 
ca,  &c. 

937.  Compound  Ammoniated. — Add 
x   teaspoonfuls  of  oil  of  turpentine  to 


158 


TO-DAY,  HIS  FOOD  IS  DRESS'D  IX  DAINTY  FORMS  J 


the  strong  ammoniated  liniment  above 
Use,  for  the  diseases  mentioned  uude 
the  head  of  strong  ammoiiiated  liiii 
ment,  and  chronic  affections  of  th 
knee  and  ankle-joints. 

938.  Lime    and    Oil.     Take    equa 
parts  of  common  linseed -oil  and  lime 
water  (L\qtwr  calcis),  and  shake  well 
Use.    Applied  to    burns,   scalds,  sun 
peelings,  &c. 

939.  Camphorated. — Take   half  an 
ounce  of  camphor,  and  dissolve  it  in 
two  ounces  of  olive  oil.    Use,  as  a  stim 
ulant,  soothing  application  in  stubborn 
breasts,  glandular  enlargements,  drops) 
of  the  belly,  and  rheumatic  pains. 

940.  Soap    Liniment   with  SpanisJ 
Flies. — Take  three  ounces  and  a  half  o' 
soap-liniment,  and  half  an  ounce  of  tine 
ture  of  Spanish  flies :  mix  and  shake 
well.     Use,  as  a  stimulant  to  chronic 
bruises,  sprains,  rheumatic  pains,  ant 
indolent  swellings. 

941.  Turpentine. — Take  two  ounces 
and  a  half  of  resin  cerate  (ceratum  re 
since),  and  melt  it  by  standing  the  ves 
eel  in  hot  water ;  then  add  one  ounce 
and  a  half  of  oil  of  tui-pentine,   and 
mix.     Use,  as  a  stimulant  application  to 
ulcers,  burns,  scalds,  &c. 

942.  ENEMAS 

943.  Are  a  peculiar  kind  of  medi- 
cines, administered  by  injecting  them 
into  the  rectum  or  outlet  of  the  body. 
The  intention  is  either  to  empty  the 
bowels,  kill  worms,  protect  the  lining 
membrane  of  the  intestines  from  in- 
jury, restrain   copious  discharges,   al- 
lay spasms  in  the  bowels,   or  nourish 
the  body.     These  clysters  or  Clysters 
are  administered  by  means  of  bladders 
and  pipes,  or  a  proper  apparatus. 

944.  Laxatite. — Take  two  ounces  of 
Epsom  salts,   and  dissolve   in   three- 
quarters  of    a  pint   of    gruel,  or  thin 
broth,  with  an  ounce  of  olive  oil.     Use, 
BS  all  enemas  are  used. 

945.  Nutritive. — Take  twelve  ounces 
of  strong  beef  tea,  and   thicken  \\rith 
hartshm-n  shavings  or  arrow-root. 

946.  Turpentine. — Take  half  an  ounce 
of  oil  of  turpentine,  the  yolk  of  one 
«gg,  and  half  a  pirt  of  £jrueL.    Mix  the 


turpentine  and  egg,  and  then  add  the 
gruel.     Use,  as  an  anthelmiutic. 

947.  Common. — Dissolve  one  ounce 
of  salt  in  twelve  ounces  of  gruel. 

948.  Castor  Oil.— Mix  two  ounces 
of  castor  oil  with  one  drachm  of  starch 
then  rub  them  together,  and  add  four« 
teen  ounces  of  thin  gruel.     Use,  pur- 
gative. 

949.  Opium. — Rub   two    grains  of 
opium  with  two  ounces  of  starch,  then 
add  two  ounces  of  warm  water.     Use 
as  an  anodyne,  in  colic,  spasms,  &c. 

950.  Oil. — Mix  four  ounces  of  olive 
oil  with  half  an  ounce  of  mucilage  and 
half  a  pint  of  w7arm  water.      Use,  as  a 
demulcent. 

951.  Assafatida.  — Dissolve      two 
drachms  of  the  gum  in  a  pint  of  barley- 
water.     Use,  as  an  anthelmintic,  or  in 
convulsions  from  teething. 

952.  GARGLES 

953.  Are  remedies  used  to  stimulate 
chronic  sore  throats,  or  a  relaxed  state 
of  the  swallow  or  uvula. 

954.  Acidulated. — Mix  one  part  of 
white  vinegar  with  three  parts  of  honey 
of  roses,   and  twenty-four  of  barley- 
water.  Use,  in  chronic  inflammations  of 
;he  throat,  malignant  sore  throat,  &c. 

955.  Astringent. — Take  two  drachms 
of  roses  and  mix  with  eight  ounces  of 
>oiling    water,    infuse   for    one  hour, 
strain,  and  add  one  drachm  of  alura,  and 
>ne  ounce  of  honey  of  roses.     Use,  in 
levere  sore  throat,  relaxed  uvula,  &c. 

956.  For  salivation. — Mix  from  one 
o  four  drachms  of 'bruised  gall-nuts, 
vith  a  pint  of  boiling  water,  and  infuse 
or  two  hours,  then  strain  and  sweeten. 

957.  Tonic  and  stimulant. — Mix  six 
mnces  of  decoction  of  bark  with  two 
Dunces  of  tincture  of  myrrh,  and  half 

,  drachm  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid 
Jse,  in  scorbutic  affections. 

958.  Alum. — Dissolve  ODC  drachm  ot 
lum  in  fifteen  ounces  of  water,  then 
dd  half  an  ounce  of  treacle  and  one 
rachm  of  diluted  sulphuric  a#id.   Use, 
stringent. 

959.  Myrrh. — Add    six  drachms  o/ 
ncture  of  myrrh  to  seven  ounces  ot 

nfusion  of  linseed,  nnd  then  add  two 


TO-¥ORROW,  IS  HIMSELF  A  FEAST  FOR  WORMS. 


159 


drachms  of  diluted  sul;  huric  acid.  Use, 
as  a  detergent. 

9oJ  .  For  slight  inflammation  of  the 
thrnat< — Add  one  drachm  of  sulphuric 
ether  to  half  an  ounce  of  syrup  of 
marsh-mallows,  an  *  six  ounces  of  bar- 
ley-water. This  .nay  be  used  fre- 
quently. 

961.  LOTIONS. 

962 .  Lotions  are  usually  applied  to 
./he  parts  required  by  means  of  a  piece 
of  linen  rag  wetted  with  them,  or  bj 
wetting  the  bandage  itself. 

963.  Emollient. — Use  decoction   of 
marsh-mallow  or  linseed. 

964.  Elder -flowers.  —  Add      two 
drachms  and  a  half  of  elder-flowers  to 
one  quart  of  boiling  water,  infuse  for 
one  hour,  and  strain.     Use,  as  a  dis- 
cutient. 

965.  Sedative. — Dissplve  one  drachm 
of  extract  of  henbane  in  twenty-four 
drachms  of  water. 

966.  Opium. — Mix   two   drachms  of 
bruised  opium  with  half  a  pint  of  boil- 
ing water,  allow  it  to  grow  cold,  and 
use  for  painful  ulcers,  bruises,  &c. 

967.  Stimulant.  —  Dissolve      one 
drachm  of  caustic  potash  in  one  pint  of 
water,  and  then  gradually  pour  it  upon 
twenty-four  gi'ains  of  camphor  and  one 
drachm  of   sugar,  previously   bruised 
together  in  a  mortar.      Used  as  in  fun- 
goid and  flabby  ulcers. 

968.  Ordinary. — Mix  one  drachm  of 
ealt  with  eight  ounces  of  water.     Used 
for  foul  ulcers  and  flabby  wounds. 

969.  Cold  evaporating.  —  Add  two 
drachms  of  Sulard's   extract   (Liquor 
plumbi  diacetcttis),  and  the  same  quan- 
tity of  sweet  spirit  of  nitre  (Spiritus 
a-.theris  nitrici)  to  a  pint  of  cold  water. 
Use,  as  a  lotion  for  contusions,  sprains, 
inflamed  parts,  &c. 

970.  Hydrochlorate  of  ammonia. — 
Dissolve  half  an  ounce  of  sal  ammoniac 
(Ammonice  hydrochloras)  in  six  ounces 
pf  water,  then  add  an  ounce  of  distilled 
"inegar  anl  the  same  quantity  of  recti- 
fied spirit.     Use,  as  a  refrigerant. 

971      YkUow   lotion. — Dissolve    one 
of  co-.ros\7r  gublhnat-  (  ffydrar- 


gyri  chloridum,  A  VIOLENT  POISON)  in 
an  ounce  of  lime-water,  taking-  care  to 
bruise  the  crystals  of  the  salt  in  order 
to  assist  its  solution.  Use,  as  a  deter- 
gent. 

972.  Black    wash.  —  Add   half   a 
drachm  of  calomel  to  four  ounces  of 
lime-water,  or  eight  grains  to  an  onuce 
of  lime-water ;  shake  well.      Use,  k«  a 
detergent. 

973.  Acetate  of  lead   with  opium.— 
Take  ten  grains  of  acetate  of  lead,  and 
a  drachm  of  powdered  opium,  mix,  and 
add  an  ounce  of  vinegar  and  four  ounces 
.*f  warm  water,  set  aside  for  an  hour 
then  filter.     Use,  as  an  astringent. 

974.  Kreosotc. — Add  a  drachm  of 
kreosote  to  a  pint  of  water,  and  mix  by 
shaking.    Use,  as  an  application  in  tinea 
capitis.  or  other  cutaneous  diseases. 

975.  Galls. — Boil    one  drachm  of 
bruised  galls  in  twelve  ounces  of  water 
until  only  half  a  pint  remains,   then 
strain,  and  add  one  ounce  of  laudanum. 
Use,  as  an  astringent. 

976.  OINTMENTS  AND  CERATES. 

977.  These   remedies  are  used  as 
topical  applications  to  parts,  generally 
ulcers,   and  are  usually   spread  upon 
linen  or  other  materials. 

978.  Camphorated.  —  Mix   half   an 
ounce  of  camphor  with  one  ounce  of 
lard,  having,  of  course,  previously  pow- 
dered the  camphor.     Use,  as  a  discu- 
tient  and  stimulant  in  indolent  tumors. 

979.  Chalk. — Mix  as  much  prepared 
chalk  as  you  can   into  some  lard,  so  a» 
to  form  a  thick  ointment.     Use,  as  an 
application  to  burns  and  scalds. 

980.  For   Itch.— Mix  four  drachma 
of  sublimed   sulphur,   two  ounces  of 
'ard,  and  two  drachms  of  sulphuric  acid 
together.    This  is  to  be  rubbed  into 
the  body. 

981.  For    Scrofulous    ulcer  aiions. — 
Mix  one  drachin  of  ioduret  of  zinc,  and 
one  ounce  of  lard  together.     Use.  twice 
a  day  in  the  ulcerations. 

982.  Catechu — Mix    one    ounce   ot 
powdered  catechu,  two  drachms  and  a 
half  of  powdered  alum,  one  ounce  of 
powdered  white  resin,  and  two  ounces 
and  a  half  of  olive  oil  together.     Us* 


TO-DAY,  HE  5  CLAD  IN  GAUDY,  HIGH  ARRAY  J 


to  apply  to  flabby  and  indolent  ulce'ra- 
tions. 

983.  Tartar  Emetic.— Mix  twenty 
grains  of  tartar  emetic  and  ten  grains 
of  white  sugar  with  one  drachm  and  a 
half  of  lard.  Use,  as  a  counter-irritant 
in  white  swellings,  &c. 
984.  PILLS. 

985.  Strong  Purgative. —  Take  of 
powdered  aloes,  scauimony,  and  gam- 
boge, each  fifteen  grains,  mix  and  add 
sufficient  Venice  turpentine  to  make 
into  a  mass,  then  divide  into  twelve 
pills.  Dose,  one  or  two  occasionally. 

985.  Milder  Purgative.— Take  four 
grains  of  powdered  scammony  and  the 
same  quantity  of  compound  extract  of 
colocynth,  and  two  grains  of  calomel ; 
mix  well,  and  add  a  few  drops  of  oil  of 
cloves,  or  thin  gum- water,  to  enable 
the  ingredients  to  combine  properly; 
divide  into  two  pills.  Dose,  one  or  two 
when  necessaiy. 

987.  Common   Purgative. — Take  of 
powdered  jalap  and  compound  extract 
of  colocynth,  each  four  grains,  of  calo- 
mel two  grains,  mix  as  usual,  and  di- 
vide into  two  pills.     Dose,  one  or  two 
occasionally. 

988.  Tonic. — Mix  twenty-four  grains 
of  extract  of  gentian  and  the  same  of 
green  vitriol  (sulphate  of  iron}  togeth- 
er, and  divide  into  twelve  pills.     Dose, 
one.  or  two  when  necessary.     Use.  in 
debility. 

989.  Cough. — Mix  one  drachm  of 
compound  powder  of  ipecacuanha  with 
one  scruple  of  gum  ammoniacum   and 
dried  squill- bulb,  and  make  into  a  mass 
with  mucilage,  then  divide  into  twenty 
pills.     Dose — one,  three  times  a  day. 

990.  Astringent. — Mix  sixteen  grains 
of  acetate  of  lead  (Sugar  of  lead}  with 
four  grains  of    opium,  and  make   into 
a  mass  with  syrup,  so  as  to  make  eight 
pills.     Dose,  from  one  to  two.     Use,  as 
an  astringent  in  obstinate  diarrhoea,  dys- 
entery, and  cholera. 

901.  MIXTURES. 

992.  Fexf?,  simple. — Add  three  oun- 
ces of  sp'tK  of  miudererus  (Liquor 
ammonia  ai,rtatis}  to  five  ounces  of 
water,  or  'Dedicated  water,  such  as  cin- 


namon, aniseed,  &c.  Dose,  for  ao 
adult,  one  ounce  every  three  hours. 
Use,  as  a  diaphoretic. 

993.  Aromatic. — Mix   two    drachma 
of    aromatic     confection     with     two 
drachms  of  compound  tincture  of  car- 
damums,  and  eight  ounces  of  pepper- 
mint water.     Dose,  from  one  ounce  to 
one  and  a  half.     Use,  in  flatulent  cholic 
and  spasms  of  the  bowels. 

994.  Cathartic. — Dissolve  one  ounce 
of  Epsom  salts  in  four  ounces  of  com- 
pound infusion  of  senna,  then  add  three 
ounces  of   peppermint    water.     Dose, 
from  one  and  a  half  to  two  ounces.   Use 
as  a  warm  stomachic  and  cathartic. 

995.  Diuretic. — Add  half  an  ounce 
of  sweet  spirit  of  nitre,  two  drachms 
of  tincture  of  squills,  and  two  ounces 
of  liquid  acetate  of  ammonia,   to  six 
ounces  of  decoction  of  broom.     Dose, 
one  ounce  evejy  two  hours.     Use,  in 
dropsies. 

996.  Cough. — Dissolve  three  grains 
of  tartar  emetic  and  fifteen   grains  of 
opium  in  one  pint    of  boiling  water, 
then  add  four  ounces  of -treacle,  five 
ounces  of  vinegar,  and  one  pint  more 
of   boiling    water.      Dose,    from    two 
drachms  to  one  ounce.     Use,  in   com- 
mon catarrh,  bronchitis,  and  irritable 
cough. 

997.  Cough,  for  children. —  Mix  two 
drachms  of  ipecacuanha  wine  with  half 
an  ounce  of  oxymel  of  squills,  and  the 
same   quantity  of  mucilage,    and  two 
ounces  of  water.     Dose,  one  teaspoon- 
ful  for  children  under  one  year,  two 
teaspoonfulg  from  one  to  five    years, 
and  a  tablespoonful  from  five  years, 
every  time  the  cough  is  troublesome. 

998.  Anti-spasmodic. — Dissolve  fifty 
grains  of  camphor  in  two  drachms  of 
chloroform,  and  then  add  two  drachms 
of  compound  tincture  of  lavender,  six 
drachms  of  mucilage   of  gum  arable, 
eight  ounces  of  aniseed,  cinnamon,  or 
some  other  aromatic   water,  and  two 
ounces  of   w*ater ;    mix    well.     Dose, 
one   tablespoonful  every  half  hour  if 
necessary.      Use,  in  cholera  in  the  cold 
stage,  when  cramps  are  severe,  or  ex- 
haustion very  great ;  as  a  general  anti- 


TO-MORROW,  SHROUDED  "FOR  A  BED  OF  CLAV. 


161 


spasmodic  in  doses  of  one  dessert  spoon- 
ful when  the  spasms  are  severe. 

999.  Tonic  and  stimulant. — Dissolve 
one   drachm  of    extract  of  bark,    and 
half  a  drachm  of  powdered  gum  arabic 
m  six  ounces  of  water,  and  then  add 

ne  ounce  of  syrup  of  marsh-mallow, 

nd  the  same  quantity  of  syrup  of  tolu. 

Dose,  one   tablespoonful  every  three 

ours.     Use,  after  fevers  and  catarrhs. 

1000.  Stomachic.  —  Take    twenty 
rains  of  powdered  rhubarb,  and  dis- 
solve it  in  three  ounces  and  a  half  of 
peppermint  water,  then  add  sal  volatile 
and  compound  tincture  of  gentian,  each 
one  drachm  and  a  half.     Mix.     Dose, 
from  one  to  one  ounce  and  a  half.     Use, 
as  a  tonic,  stimulant,  and  stomachic. 

1001.  DRINKS. 

1002.  Tamarind. — Boil  two  ounces 
of  the  pulp  of  tamarinds  in  two  pints 
of  milk,  then  strain.     Use,  as  a  refrig- 
erant drink. 

1003.  Tamarind.  —  Dissolve    two 
ounces  of  the  pulp  in  two  pints  of 
warm  water,  and  aliow  it  to  get  cold, 
then  strain.     Use,  refrigerant. 

1004.  POWDERS. 

1005.  Compound    Soda. — Mix  one 
drachm  of  calomel,  five  drachms  of  ses- 
qtii-carbonate  of  soda,  and  ten  drachms 
of  compound    chalk  powder  together. 
Dose,  five  grains.     Use,  as  a  mild  pur- 
gative for  children  during  teething. 

1006.  Tonic. — Mix   one   drachm   of 
powdered  rhubarb  with  the  same  quan- 
tity of  dried  carbonate  of  soda,   then 
add  two  drachms  of  powdered  Calum- 
ba  root.     Dose,  from  ten  to  twenty 
grains  as  a  tonic  after  fevers,  in  all 
cases  of  debility,  and  dyspepsia  attend- 
ed with  acidity. 

1007.  Rhubarb  and  Magnesia. — Mix 
one  drachm  of  powdered  rhubarb  with 
two  drachms  of  carbonate  of  magnesia, 
and  half  a  drachm  of  ginger.     Dose, 
from  fifteen    grainy   to   one  drachm. 
Use,  as  a  purgative  for  children. 

1008.  Sulphur  and  Potash. — Mix  one 
drachm  of  sulphur  with  four  scruples 
of  bicarbonate  of  potash,  and  two  scru- 
ples of  nitre      Dose,  from  half  a  drachm 


to  one  drachm.     Use.,  as  a  purgative, 
diuretic,  and  refrigerant. 

1009.  Ant i  -  Diarrhxal.  —  Mix    one 
grain  of  powdered  ipecacuanha,  and  one 
grain  of   powdered  opium,  with    the 
same  quantity  of  camphor.     Dose,  one 
of  these  powders  to  be  given  in  jam, 
treacle,  &c.,  five  or  six  times  a  day  if 
necessary. 

1010.  Anti- Spasmodic.  —  Mix   four 
grains  of  subnitrate  of  bismuth,  forty- 
eight  grains  of  carbonate  of  magnesia, 
and  the  same  quantity  of  white   sugar, 
and  then  divide  in  four  equal  parts. 
Dose,  one-fourth  part.      Use,  in   obsti- 
nate pain  in  the  stomach  with  cramps, 
unattended  by  inflammation. 

1011.  Anti-Pcrtussal,    or    against 
Hooping  Cough. — Mix  one  drachm  of 
powdered    belladonna -root,   and    five 
drachms  of   white  sugar,   together. — 
Dose,  six  grains  morning  and   evening 
for  children  under  one  year;  twelve 
grains  for  those  under  two  and  three 
years  of   age ;  twenty-four  grains  for 
those  between  five  and  ten :  and  forty- 
eight   grains  for   adults.     Caution,  this 
should  be  prepared  by  a  chemist,  as  the 
belladonna  is  a  poison,  and  occasional 
doses  of  castor-oil  should  be  given  while 
it  is  being  taken. 

1012.  Purgative  (common}. — Mix  ten 
grains  of  calomel,  with  one  drachm  of 
powdered  jalap,  and  twenty  grains  of 
sugar.     Dose,  fifty  grains  for  adults. 

1013.  Sudorific. — Mix  six  grains  of 
compound  antimonial  powder,  and  two 
grains   of   sugar,  together.     Dose,   as 
mixed,  to  be  taken  at  bed- time,     ffse, 
in  catarrh  and  fever. 

1014.  MISCELLANEOUS. 

1015.  JEthereal    Tincture  of  Male 
Fern. — Digest    one    ounce    male   fern 
buds  in  eight  ounces  of  sulphuric  aether, 
then   strain.     Dose,  thirty  drops   early 
in  the   morning.      Use,  to    kill   tape- 
worm. 

1016.  Emulsion, Laxative. -Rub down 
an  ounce  of  castor  oil  in  two  drachms 
of  mucilage    of     gum    arabic,    three 
ounces  of  dill  water,  and  add  a  drachm 
of  tincture  of  jalap,  gradually.     Dos* 


162 


TO-DAY,   ENJOYS  HIS  IlALLS,  I1UILT  TO  HIS  MINI)  ; 


as   prepared  thus,  to   be   taken  while 
fasting  in  the  morning. 

1017.  Emulsion,    Purgative. — Rub 
down  six  grains  of  scammony  with  six 
drachms  of  white   sugar  in  a  mortar, 
and  gradually  add  four  ounces  of  al- 
mond emulsion,  and  two  drops  of  oil  of 
cloves.     Dose,  as  prepared,  early  in  the 
•corning. 

1018.  To  prevent  pitting  after  Small- 
pox.— Spread  a  sheet  of  thin   leather 
with  the  ointment  of  ammoniacum  with 
mercury,  and  cut  out  a  place  for  the 
mouth,  eyes,  and  nostrils.     This  forms 
what  is  called  a  mask,  and  after  an- 
ointing the  eye-lids  with  a  little  bin* 
ointment    (unguentum   hydrargyri),   it 
should    be    applied   to    the  face,  and 
allowed  to  remain  for  three  days  for 
the  distinct  kind,  and  four  days  for  the 
running  variety.    Period  to  apply  it : — 
Before   the  spots  fill  with  matter,  al- 
though it  will  answer  sometimes  even 
after  they  have  become  pustulous.      It 
may  be  applied  to  any  part  in  the  same 
way. 

1019.  Mucilage   of  Gum   Arabic  — 
Rub  one  ounce  of  gum  arable  in  a  mor- 
tar, with  four  ounces  of  warm  water. 
Use,  for  coughs,  &c. 

1020.  Mucilage  of  Starch. — Rub  one 
drachm  of  starch  with  a  little  water, 
and  gradually  add  five  ounces  of  water, 
then   boil  until  it  forms  a  mucilage. 
Use,   for  enemas,  topical    application 
and  demulcent. 

1021.  GARDENING  OPERATIONS 
FOR  THE  YEAR. 

1022.  JANUARY. — Flower  of    the 
Htonth. — Christmas  Rose. 

1023.  Gardening. — Indoor  prepara- 
tions for  future   operations  must    be 
ruude,  as  in  this  month  there  are  only 
five  hours  a-day  available  for  out-door 
work,  unless   the  season  be  unusually 
mild.      Mat  over  tulip-beds,  begin  to 
force  roses.    Pot  over  secale  and  plant 
dried  roots  of  border  flowers  in  mild 
weather.      Take  strawberries  in  pots 
into  the  green-house.     Prune  and  plant 
gooseberry,  currant,  fruit,  and  decidu- 
ous trees  a'id  -shrubs.     Cucumbers  and 


melons  to  be  sown  in  the  hot  bed.    Ap 
ply  manures. 

'1024.    FEBRUARY.— Flowers  of  tlit 
month. — Camelia  Japonica. 

1025.  Gardening. — Transplant  pinks, 
carnations,    sweet-williams,    candituft, 
campanulas,  &c.,   sweet    and  garden 
peas  and  lettuce,  for  succession  of  crops, 
covering  the  ground  with  straw,    &c. 
Sow  also  savoys,  leeks  and  cabbages. 
Prune  and  nail  walnut  trees,  and  to- 
wards the   end  of   the    month    plant 
stocks  for  next  year's   grafting,  al«o 
cuttings  of  poplar,  elder,  and  willow- 
trees,  for  ornamental  shrubbery.     Sow 
fruit  and  forest  tree  seeds. 

1026.  MARCH. — Flower  of  the  month 
—Violet, 

1027.  Gardening       operations.  — 
"  Spring  flowers  "  to  be  sown.   Border 
flowers  to  be  planted  out.    Tender  an- 
nuals to  be  potted  out  under  glasses. 
Mushroom  beds  to  be  made.    Sow  arti- 
chokes, Windsor  beans,  and  cauliflowers 
for  autumn ;  lettuces  and  peas  for  sue 
cession   of  crops;   onions,  parsley,  ra 
dishes,  savoys,  asparagus,  red  and  white 
cabbages,  and  beets;  turnips,  early  broc- 
coli, parsnips  and  carrots.  Plant  slips 
and  parted  roots  of  perennial   herbs. 
Graft  trees  and  protect  early  blossoms. 
Force  rose-tree  cuttings  under  glasses. 

1028.  APRIL. — Flower  of  the  month. 
— Cowslip. 

1029.  Gardening    Operations . — Sow 
for  succession  peas,  beans  and  carrots ; 
parsnips,     celery     and    secale.      Sow 
"  Spring  flowers."     Plant  evergreens, 
dahlias,  chrysanthemums,  and  the  like; 
also  potatoes,  slips  of  thyme,   parted 
roots,  lettuces,  cauliflowers,  cabbages, 
onions.      Lay      down     turf,     remove 
caterpillars.     Sow  and  graft  Camelias, 
and  propagate  and  graft  fruit  and  rose 
trees  by  all  the  various  means  in  use. 
Sow  cucumbers  and  vegetable  marrows 
for  planting  out.     Tins  is  the  most  im- 
portant month  in  jjie  year  for  garden* 

I. 

1030.  MAY. — Flower  of  the  montn.- 
Hawthorn. 

1031.  Gardening. — Plant  out  your 
seedling  flowers  as  they  are  ready,  and 


TO-MORROW,  IN  A  COFFIN  IS  CONFINED. 


103 


BOW  again  for  succession  larkspur, 
mignionette,  arid  other  spring  flowers. 
Pot  out  tender  annuals.  Remove 
{mric-ilas  to  a  N.E.  aspect.  Take  up 
bulbous  roots  as  the  leaves  decay.  Sow 
kidney  beans  to .'  spring-  use,  cape  for 
autumn,  cauliflowers  for  December; 
corn,  cress;  onions,  to  plant  out  as  bulbs 
next  year,  radishes,  aromatic  herbs,  tur- 
nips, cabbages,  savoys,  lettuces,  &c. 
Plant  celery,  lettuces,  ^  and  annuals; 
thin  spring  crops.  Stick  peas,  &c. 
Earth  up  potatoes,  &c.  Moisten  mush- 
room beds. 

1032.  JUNE.  Flowers  of  the  month. — 
Waterlily,  Honeysuckle. 

1033  Gardening  Operations. — Sow 
giant  stocks  to  flower  next  spring.  Slip 
myrtles  to  strike,  and  lay  pinks,  carna- 
tions, roses,  and  evergreens.  Plant 
annuals  in  borders,  and  auriculas  in 
shady  places.  Sow  kidney  beans, 
pumpkins,  cucumbers  for  pickling,  and, 
(late  in  the  month,)  endive  and  lettuces. 
Plant  out  cucumbers,  marrows,  leeks. 
celery,  cauliflowers,  savoys,  and  seed- 
lings* and  plants  propagated  by  slips. 
Earth  up  potatoes,  &c.  Cut  herbs  for 
drying  when  in  flower. 

1034.  JULY.— Flowers  of  the  month. 
— Rose  and  Carnation. 

1035.  Gardening  Operations. — Part 
auricula  and  polyanthus  roots.     Take 
up  summer  bulbs    as   they  go  out  of 
flower,  and  plant  saffron   crocus    and 
autumn  bulbs.      Gather  seeds.     Clip 
evergreen  borders  and  hedges,   strike 
myrtle  slips  under  glasses.     Net  fruit 
trees.     Finish  budding  by  the  end  of 
the  month.  Head  down  espaliers.  Sow 
early  dwarf  cabbages  to  plant  out  in 
October  for  spring ;  also  onions,  kidney 
beans  for  late  crop,  and  turnips.  Plant 
celery,  lettuces,  cabbages,  leeks,  straw- 
berries, and  cauliflowers.     Stick  peas. 
Tie  up   salads.     Earth  celery.    Take 
up  onions,  &c.,  for  drying. 

1036.  AUGUST.  —  Flowers    of    the 
month. — Harebell  and  mallow. 

1037.  Gardening    Operations. — Sow 
flowers   to  flower  in-doors  in  winter, 
and  pot  all  young  stocks  raised  in  the 
green  house.     Sow  early  red  cabbages, 


cauliflowers  for  spring  and  summer  use, 
cos  and  cabbage  lettuce  for  winter  crop 
Plant  out  winter  crops.  Dry  herbs 
and  mushroom  spawn.  Plant  out 
strawberry  roots,  and  net  currant  trees, 
to  preserve  the  fruit  through  the  win- 
ter. 

1038.  .SEPTEMBER. — Flowers  of  the 
month.  —*  Clematis,   or  traveller's  joy, 
arbutus,  and  meadow  saffron. 

1039.  Gardening  Operations. — Plant 
crocuses,  scaly  bulbs,   and   evergreen 
shrubs.     Propagate  by  layers  and  cut- 
tings of  all  herbaceous  plants,  currant, 
gooseberry,  and  other  fruit  trees.  Plant 
out  seedling  pinks.      Sow  onions  for 
spring    plantation,    carrots,     spinach, 
and   Spanish  radishes  in  warm  spots. 
Earth  up  celery.     House  potatoes  and 
edible  bulbs.     Gather  pickling  cucum- 
bers.    Make  tulip  and  mushroom  beds. 

1040.  OCTOBER.—  Flowers    of    tht. 
month. — China-aster,  holly,  and  ivy. 

1041.  Gardening     Operations. — Sow 
rose-tree  seeds  and  fruit  stones,  also 
larkspurs  and  th«  hardier  annuals  to 
stand  the  winter,  also  hyacinths  and 
smooth    bulbs,    in    pots    and    glasses. 
Plant  young  trees,  cuttings  of  jasmine, 
honeysuckle,  and   evergreens.       Sow 
mignionette  in  pots  for  winter.  Plant 
cabbages,  &c.,  for  spring.     Cut  down 
asparagus,   separate  roots  of  daisies, 
irises,  &c.  Trench,  drain,  and  manure. 

1042.  NOVEMBER.— Flower  of   the 
month.  — Laurestine. 

1043.  Gardening    Operations. — Sew 
sweet  peas  for  an  early  crop.   Take  up 
dahlia  roots.     Complete  beds  for  aspa- 
ragus and  artichokes.  Plant  dried  roots 
of  border  flowers,  daisies,  &c.    Take 
potted-mignionette  in-doors.  Set  straw- 
berries.   Sow  peas,  leeks,  beans,  and 
radishes.      Plant    rhubarb    in    rows. 
Prune  hardy  trees,  and  plant  stocks  of 
fruit  trees.     Store  carrots,  &c.  Shelter 
from  frost  where   it  may  be  required. 
Plant  shrubs  for  forcing.     Continue  to 
trench  and  manure  vacant  ground. 

1044.  DECEMBER. — Flowers  of    the 
month. — Cyclamen  and  Winter  aconite 
(Holly  berries  are  now  available  foi 
floral  decoration.) 


L61 


TO-DAY,  IIE  FLOATS  OX  HONOUR'S  LOFTY  \VAVK  : 


1045.  Gardening  Operations. — Con- 
tinue in  open  weather  to  prepare  vacant 
ground  for  spring,  and  to  protect  plants 
from  frost.     Cover  bulbous  roots  with 
matting.     Dress  Jlower  borders.     Pre- 
pjre  forcing  ground  for  cucumbers,  and 
force  asparagus  and  secale.  Plant  goose- 
berry,  currant,  apple  and  pear  trees. 
Roll  grass  plats  if  the  season  be  mild 
and  not  too  wet.  Prepare  poles,  stakes, 
pea-sticks,  &c.,  for  spring. 

1046.  KITCHEN  GARDEN. — This  is 
one  of  the  most  important  parts  of 
general  domestic  economy,  whenever 
the  situation  of  a  house  will  permit  a 
family  to  avail  themselves  of  its  assist- 
ance, in  aid  of  butchers'  bills.     It  is, 
indeed,  much  to  be  regretted  that  small 
plots  of  ground,  in  the  immediate  vici- 
nity of  the  metropolis  more  especially, 
are  too  often  frittered  away  into  shrub- 
beries and  baby  gardens,   when    they 
might  more  usefully  be  employed  in 
raising  vegetables  for  the  family,  during 
the  week-day  residence  in  town,  than 
wasting  their  sweetness  on  the   smoky 
air  in  all  the  pride  of  lilac,  hollyhock, 
and  batchelors'  buttons,  to  be  merely 
smelled  to,  by  the  whole  immigrating 
household  on  the  day  of  rest.     With  a 
little   care    and   attention,  a  kitchen- 
garden,  though   small,  might  be  ren- 
dered not  only  useful,  but  in  fact,  as 
ornamental  as  a  modern  grass   carpet ; 
and  the  same  expense  incurred  to  make 
the  ground  a  labyrinth  of  sweets,  might 
suffice  to  render  it  agreeable  to  the 
palate,  as    well   as    to    the    olfactory 
nerves,  arid  that  even  without  offending 
the  most  delicate  optics.     It  is  only  in 
accordance  with  our  plan  to  give  the 
hint,  and  to  record  such  novel  points  as 
may  facilitate  the  proposed   arrange- 
ment.    It  is  one  objection  to  the  adop- 
tion of  a  kitchen-garden  in  front  of  the 
dwelling,   or  in    sight  of    the    family 
apartments,  that  its  very  nature  makes 
it  rather  an  eye-sore  than  otherwise  at 
all  seasons.     This,  however,  is  an  ob- 
jection that  may  be  readily  got  over  by 
a  little  attention  to  neatness  and  good 
order,  whilst  the   plants  themselves,  if 

attended  to,  and  the  borders 


sown  or  planted  with  ranunculus,  poly 
anthus,  mignionette,  &c.,  in  succession, 
will  really  be  ornamental :  but  then,  in 
cutting  the  plants  for  use,  the  business 
must  be  done  neatly,  all  useless  leaves 
cleared  from  the  ground,  the  roots  no 
longer  wanted  taken  up,  and  the  rav- 
ages of  insects  to  be  guarded  against 
by  sedulous  extirpation.  It  will  also  bt 
found  a  great  improvement,  where 
space  will  admit  of  it,  to  surround  tho 
beda  with  neat  espaliers,  with  fruit 
trees,  or  even  gooseberry  and  currant 
bushes  trained  along  them,  instead  of 
these  being  suffered  to  grow  in  a  state 
of  ragged  wildness. 

1047.  TEMPERANCE.— "If," ob- 
serves a  writer,  "  men  lived  uniformly 
in  a  healthy  climate,  were  possessed  of 
strong  and  vigorous  frames,  were  de- 
scended   from    healthy  parents,  were 
educated  in  a  hardy  and  active  manner, 
were  possessed  of  excellent  natural  dis- 
positions, were  placed  in  comfortable 
situations  in  life,  were  engaged  only  in 
healthy  occupations,  were  happily  con- 
nected in  marriage,  and  kept  their  pas- 
sions in  due  subjection,  there  would  be 
little  occasion  for  medical  rules."     All 
this  is  very  excellent  and   desirable; 
but  unfortunately  for  mankind,  unat- 
tainable. 

1048.  MAN  must  be  something  more 
than  man,  to  be  able  to  connect  the  dif- 
ferent links  of  this  harmonious  chain 
— to   consolidate   this  summum  bonum 
of  earthly  felicity  into  one  uninterrupt- 
ed whole ;  for  independent  of  all  regu- 
larity or   irregularity  of  diet,  passions, 
and  other  sublunary  circumstances,  con- 
tingencies, and  connections,  relative  or 
absolute,  thousands  are  visited   by  dis- 
eases and  precipitated  into   the   grave, 
independent  of  accident,  to  whom  no 
particular  vice  could  attach,  and  with 
whom  the  appetite  never  overstepped 
the  boundaries  of  temperance.     Do  we 
not  hear  almost  daily  of  instances  Ot 
men  living  near  to  and  even  upwards  of 
a  century?    We   cannot    account  for 
this  either;  because  of  such  men  we 
know  but  few  who  have  lived   other- 
wise than  ihe  world  around  them  ;  and 


TO-MORROW,  LEAVES  HIS  TITLES  FOR  A  GRAVE. 


166 


we  have  known  many  who  have  lived 
in  habitual  intemperance  for  forty  or 
fifty  years  without  interruption  and 
with  little  apparent  inconvenience. 

3  049.  THE  assertion  has  been  made 
by  those  who  have  attained  a  great  age 
(Parr,  and  Henry  Jenkins,  forinstance,) 
that  they  adopted  no  particular  arts  for 
the  preservation  of  their  health ;  con- 
sequently, it  might  bo  inferred  that  the 
duration  of  life  has  no  dependence  on 
manners  or  customs,  or  the  qualities  of 
particular  food.  This,  however,  is  an 
error  of  no  common  magnitude. 

1050.  Labourers,  and  other    hard- 
working people,  more  especially  those 
whose  occupations  require  them  to  be 
much  in  the  open  air,  may  be  consider- 
ed as  following  a  regulated  system  of 
moderation ;  and  hence  the  higher  de- 
gree of  health  which  prevails  among 
them  and  their  families.     They  also 
observe  rules  ;  and   those  which  it  is 
said  were  recommended   by  Old  Parr 
are  remarkable  for  good  sense ;  namely, 
"  keep  your  head  cool  by  temperance, 
your  feet  warm  by  exercise ;  rise  early, 
and  go  soon  to  bed ;  and  if  you  are  in- 
clined to  get  fat,  keep  your  eyes  open 
ami    your    mouth    shut."      In    other 
words,  sleep  moderately,  and  be   ab- 
stemious in  diet;  — excellent  admoni- 
tions, more  especially  to  those  inclined 
to  corpulency. 

1051.  THE  ADVANTAGES  to  be  de- 
rived from  a  reg-ular  mode  of  living, 
with  a  view  to    the  preservation  of 
health  and  life,  are  nowhere  better  ex- 
emplified than    in  the  precepts   and 
practice  of  Plutarch,  whose  rules   for 
this  purpose  are  excellent ;  and  by  ob- 
serving them  himself,  he  maintained 
his  bodily  strength  and  mental  faculties 
unimpaired  to  a  very  advanced  age. 
Galen  is  a  still  stronger  proof  of  the 
advantages  of  a  regular  plan,  by  means 
of  which  he  reached  the  great  age  of 
140  years,  without  having  ever  experi- 
enced disease.     His  advice  to  the  read- 
ers of  his  "  Treatise  on  Health,"  is  as 
ibllows: — "I  beseech   all  persons  who 
shall  read  this  work,  not  to  degrade 
themselves  to  a  level  with  the  bn  tea, 


or  the  rabble,  by  gratifying  their  sloth, 
or  by  eating  and  drinking  promiscuous- 
ly whatever  pleases  their  palates,  or  by 
indulging  their  appetites  if  every  kind, 
But,  whether  they  understand  physic  or 
not,  let  them  consult  their  reason,  and 
observe  what  agrees,  and  what  does 
not  agree  with  them,  that,  like  wise 
men,  they  may  adhere  to  the  use  of 
such  things  as  conduce  to  their  health, 
and  forbear  everything  which,  by  their 
own  experience,  they  find  to  do  them 
hurt ;  and  let  them  be  assured  that,  by 
a  diligent  observation  and  practice  of 
this  rule,  they  may  enjoy  a  good  share 
of  health,  and  seldom  stand  in  need  of 
physic  or  physicians." 

1052.  CHILDREN.— Happy  indeed 
is  the  child  who,  during  the  first  period 
of  its  existence,  is  fed  upon  no  other 
aliment  than  the  milk  of  its  mother,  or 
that  of  a  healthy  nurse.     If  other  food 
becomes  necessary  before  the  child  has 
acquired   teeth,  it  ought  to  be   of  a 
liquid  form:  for  instance,  biscuits  or 
stale  bread  boiled  in  an  equal  mixture 
of  milk  and  water,  to  the   consistence 
of  a  thick  soup ;  but  by  no  means  even 
this  in  the  first  week  of  its  life. 

1053.  FLOUR  OR  MEAL  ought  never 
to  be   used  for  soup,   as  it  produces 
viscid  humours,  instead  of  wholesome 
nutricious  chyle. 

1054.  AFTER  THE  FIRST  six  MONTHS 
weak  veal  or  chicken  broth  may  be 
given,  and  also,  progressively,  vegeta- 
bles that  are  not  very  flatulent ;  for  in- 
stance, carrots,  endive,  spinach,  pars- 
nips, with  broth  and  boiled  fruit,  such 
as  apples,  pears,  plums,  and  cherries. 

1055.  WHEN  THE  INFANT  is  WEAN- 
ED, and  has  acquired  its  proper  teeth,  it  is 
advisable  to  let  it  have  small  portions  of 
meat  and  other  vegetables  ;  as  well  as 
dishes  prepared  of  flour,  &c.,  so  that  it 
may  gradually  become  accustomed  to 
eveiy  kind  of  strong  and  wholesome 
food. 

1056.  WE  OUGHT,  however,  to  bo 
cautious,  and  not  upon  any  account  to 
allow   a    child    pastry,   confectionery- 
cheese,  heavy  dishes  made  of  boiled  ur 
baked  flours,  onions,  horse-radish.  IBU* 


166 


TO  DAY,  HIS  BEAUTEOUS  VISAGE  WE  EXTOL  J 


tard,  smoked  and  salted  meat,  especi- 
ally pork,  and  all  compound  dishes ; 
for  the  most  simple  food  is  the  most 
salubrious. 

1057.  POTATOES  should  be  allowed 
only  in  moderation,  and  not  to  be  eaten 
with  butter,  but  rather  with  other  veg- 
etables, either  mashed  up  or  in  broth. 

1058.  THE  TIME  OF  TAKING  FOOD 
is  not  a  matter  of  indifference :   very 
young  infants  make  an  exception ;  for, 
as  their  consumption  of  vital  power  is 
more  rapid,  they  may  be  more  frequent- 
ly indulged  with  aliment. 

1059.  IT  is,  however,  advisable  to 
accustom  even  them  to  a  certain  regu- 
larity, so  as  to  allow  them  their  victuals 
at  stated  periods  of   the  day ;    for  it 
has  been  observed,   that  those  child- 
ren which  were  fed  indiscriminately 
through  the  whole  day,  were  subject  to 
debility  and    disease.      The    stomach 
should  be  allowed  to  recover  its  tone, 
and  to  colle9k  the  juices  necessary  for 
digestion,  before  it  is  supplied  with  a 
new  portion  of  food. 

1060.  THE  following  order  of  giving 
food  to  children  has  been  found  proper, 
and  conducive  to  their  health  : — After 
rising  in  the  morning,  suppose  about  six 
o'clock,  a  moderate  portion  of  luke- 
warm   milk,  with  well-baked    bread, 
which  should  by  no  means  be  new ;  at 
nine  o'clock,  bread  with  some  fruit,  or, 
if  fruit  be  scarce,  a  small  quantity  of 
fresh  butter  :  about  twelve  o'clock,  the 
dinner,  of   a  sufficient  quantity;    be- 
tween four  and  five  o'clock,  some  bread 
with  fruit,  or,  in  winter,  the  jam  of 
plums,  as  a  substitute  for  fruit. 

1061.  ON    this    occasion,  children 
should  be  allowed  to  eat  till  they  are 
satisfied,  without  surfeiting-  themselves, 
that  they  may  not  crave  for  a  heavy 
eupper,  which  disturbs  their  rest,  and 
is  productive  of  bad  humours :  lastly, 
about  seven  o'clock,  they  may  be  per- 
mitted a  light  supper,  consisting  either 
of  milk,  soup,  fruit,  or  boiled  vegeta- 
bles and  the  like,  but  neither  meat  nor 
mealy  dishes,   nor  any  article  of  food 
which  produces  flatulency;   in   short, 
they  ought  then  to  eat  but  little,  and 


remain  awake  at  least  for  one  hour  aftei 
it. 

1062.  IT  has  often  been  contended 
that  bread  is  hurtful  to  children  ;  but 
this  applies  only  to  new  bread,  or  such 
as  is    not  sufficiently  baked;  for    in- 
stance, our  rolls,  muffins,  and  crumpets, 
than  which  nothing  can  be  more   hurt- 
ful   and    oppressive.     Good    wheateu 
bread  is  extremely  proper  during  the 
first  years  of  infancy ;  but  that  made 
of  rye,  or  a  mixture  of  wheat  and  rye, 
would  be  more  conducive    to  health 
after  the  age  of  childhood. 

1063.  WITH  RESPECT  TO  DRINK, 
physicians  are  decidedly  against  giving 
it  to  children  in  large  quantities,  and  at 
irregular  periods,  whether  it  consists  of 
the  mother's  milk,  or  any  other  equally 
mild  liquor. 

1064.  IT  is  IMPROPER  and  perni- 
cious to  keep  infants  continually  at  the 
breast;  and  it  would  be  less  hurtful, 
nay  even  judicious,  to  let  them  cry  for 
a  few  nights,  rather  than  to  fill   them 
incessantly  with  milk,  which    readily 
turns  sour  on  the    stomach,  weakens 
the    digestive    organs,  and  ultimately 
generates  scrofulous  affections. 

1065.  IN  THE  LATTER  PART  OF  THE 

FIRST  YEAR,  pure  water  may  occasion 
ally  be  given;  and  if  this-1  cannot  be 
procured,  a  light  and  well-fermented 
table-beer  might  be  substituted.  Those 
parents  who  accustom  their  children  to 
drink  water  only,  bestow  on  them  a 
fortune,  the  value  and  importance  of 
which  will  be  sensibly  felt  through 
life. 

1066.  MANY  children,  however,  ac- 
quire a  habit  of  drinking  during  their 
meals :  it  would  be  more  conducive  to 
digestion,  if  they  were  accustomed  to 
drink  only  after  having  made  a  meal. 
This  useful  rule  is  too  often  neglected, 
though  it  be  certain  that  inundations  of 
the    stomach,  during   the  mastication 
and  maceration  of   the  food,  not   only 
vitiate  digestion,  but  they  may  be  at- 
tended with  other  bad  consequences; 
as  cold  drink  when  brought  in  contact 
with  the  teeth  previously  heated,  mav 
easily  occasion    cracks   or    cMnks  ur 


TO-MORROW,  LOATHSOME  IK  THE  SIGHT  OK  ALL. 


167 


these  useful  bones,  and  pave  the  way 
for  their  carious  dissolution. 

1067.  IF  WE  INQUIRE  into  the  causes, 
which  produce  the  crying  of  infants, 
we  find  that  it  seldom  originates  from 
pain  or  uncomfortable  sensations;  for 
those  who  are  apt  to  imagine  that  such 
causes   must   always  operate    on    the 
body  of  an  infant,  are  egregiously  mis- 
taken ;  inasmuch  as  they  conceive  that 
the  physical  condition,  together  with 
the  method  of   expressing  -  sensations, 
is  the  same  in  infants  and  adults. 

1068.  IT  REQUIRES,  however,  no  de- 
monstration   that    the     state    of    the 
former  is  essentially  different  from  that 
of  the  latter. 

1069.  IN  THE  FIRST  TEAR  OF  INFAN- 
CY, many  expressions  of  the  tender  or- 
gans are  to  be   considered  only  as  ef- 
forts or  manifestations  of  power. 

1070.  WE  OBSERVE,   for    instance, 
that  a  child,  as  soon  as  it  is  undressed 
or     disencumbered    from     swaddling 
clothes,  moves  its  arms  and  legs,  and 
often  makes  a  variety  of  strong  exer- 
tions ;  yet  no  reasonable  person  would 
suppose  that  such  attempts  arise  from 
a  preternatural  or  oppressive  state  of 
the  little  agent. 

1071.  IT  is,  therefore,  equally  absurd 
to    draw    an    unfavourable    inference 
from  every  inarticulate   cry ;   because, 
in   most   instances,  these   vociferating 
sounds  imply  the  effort  which  children 
necessarily  make  to  display  the  strength 
of  their  lunge,  and  exercise  the  organs 
of  respiration. 

107-2.  NATURE  has  wisely  ordained 
that  by  these  very  efforts  the  power 
and  utility  of  functions  so  essential  to 
life  should  be  developed,  and  rendered 
more  perfect  with  every  inspiration. 

1073.  HENCE  it  follows,  that  those 
aver-anxious  parents  or  nurses,  who  con- 
tinually endeavor    to    prevent    infants 
from  crying,  do  them  a  material  injury; 
for,  by  such  imprudent  management, 
their  children  seldom  or  never  acquire 
a  perfect  form  of  the  breast,  while  the 
foundation  is  laid  in  the  pectoral  vessels 
for  obstructions,  and  other  diseases. 

1074.  INDEPENDENTLY  of  any  par 


ticular  causes,  the  cries  of  children, 
with  regard  to  their  general  effects,  are 
highly  beneficial  and  necessary. 

1075.  IN     THE     FIRST    PERIOD    OF 

LIFE,  such  exertions  are  the  almost  only 
exercise  of  the  infant :  thus  the  circula- 
tion of  the  blood,  and  all  the  other 
fluids,  is  rendered  more  uniform ;  di- 
gestion, nutrition,  and  the  growth  of  the 
body,  are  thereby  promoted ;  and  the 
different  secretions,  together  with  the 
very  important  office  of  the  skin,  or  in- 
sensible perspiration,  are  duly  per- 
formed. 

1076.  HENCE  it  is    extremely  im- 
proper to  consider  every  noise  of  an  in- 
fant as  a  claim  upon  our  assistance, 
and   to  intrude  either  food  or  drink, 
with  a   view   to  satisfy  its    supposed 
wants.     By  such  injudicious  conduct, 
children   readily  acquire  the  injurious 
habit  of   demanding  things,  or  nutri- 
ments, at  improper  times,  and  without 
necessity ;  their  digestion  becomes  im- 
paired ;  and  consequently,  at  this  early 
age,  the   whole  mass  of  the  fluids    is 
gradually  corrupted. 

1077.  IF,  HOWEVER,  the  mother  or 
nurse  has  no  recourse  to  the  adminis- 
tration of  aliment,  they  at  least  remove 
the  child  from  its  couch,  carry  it  about, 
frequently  in  the   middle  of  the   night, 
and  thus  expose  it  to  repeated  colds, 
which  are  in    their    effects  infinitely 
more  dangerous  than  the  most  violent 
cries. 

1078.  WE  LEARN  from  daily  experi- 
ence, that  children  who  have  been  the 
least  indulged  thrive  much  better,  un- 
fold all    their    faculties   quicker,  and 
acquire  more  muscular  strength   and 
vigour  of  mind  than  those  who  have 
been  constantly  favoured,  and  treated 
by  their  parents  with  the  most    soli- 
citous attention :  bodily  weakness   and 
mental  imbecility  are   the  usual  attri- 
butes of  the  latter. 

1079.  THE  first  and  principal  rule  of 
education  ought  never  to  be  forgotten; 
that  man  is  intended  to  be  a   free   and 
independent  agent ;  that  his  moral  aud 
physical  powers  ought  to  be  spontane- 
ously developed ;  and  that  he  should  a« 


168 


TO-DAY.  HE  HAS  DELUSIVE  DREAMS  OF  HEAVEN 


soon  as  possible  be  made  acquainted 
with  the  nature  and  uses  of  all  his  fac- 
ulties, in  order  to  attain  that  degree  of 
perfection  which  is  consistent  with  the 
structure  of  his  organs ;  and  that  he  is 
not  originally  designed  for  what  we  en- 
deavor to  make  of  him  by  artificial 
aid. 

1080.  HENCE  the  greatest  art  in  edu- 
ating  children    consists    in   continual 

vigilance  over  all  their  actions,  with- 
out ever  giving  them  an  opportunity  of 
discovering  that  they  are  guided  and 
watched. 

1081.  THERE  ARE,  however,  instances 
in  which  the  loud  complaints  of  infants 
deserve  our  attention. 

1082.  THUS,  if  their  cries  be  un- 
usually violent  and  long  continued,  we 
may  conclude  that  they  are  troubled 
with  colic  pains ;  if,  on  such  occasions, 
they  move  their  arms  and  hands  re- 
peatedly towards  the  face,  painful  teeth- 
ing may  account  for  the  cause ;  and,  if 
other  morbid  phenomena   accompany 
their  cries,  or  if  these  expressions  be 
repeated  at  certain  periods  of  the  day, 
we  ought  not  to  slight  them,  but  en- 
deavour to  discover  the  proximate  or 
remote  causes. 

1083.  INFANTS  cannot  sleep  too  long ; 
and  it  is  a  favourable  symptom,  when 
they  enjoy  a  calm  and  long-continued 
rest,  of  which  they  should  by  no  means 
be  deprived,  as  this  is  the  greatest  sup- 
port granted  to  them  by  nature. 

1084.  A  CHILD  lives,  comparatively, 
much  faster  than  an  adult;  its  blood 
flows    more    rapidly;    every    stimulus 
operates  'more    powerfully;    and    not 
only  its  constituent  parts,  but  its  vital 
resources,  also,  are  more  speedily  con- 
sumed. 

1085.  SLEEP  promotes  a  more  calm 
and  uniform  circulation  of  the  blood ; 
it  facilitates  the  assimilation  of  the  nu- 
triment received,  and  contributes  to- 
wards a  more  copious  and  regular  de- 
position of  alimentary  matter,  while  the 
horizontal  posture  is  the  most  favour- 
able to  the  growth  and  development  of 
the  child. 

1086.  SLEEP  ought  to  be  in  propor- 


tion to  the  age  of  the  infant.  After  the 
age  of  six  months,  the  periods  of  sleep 
as  well  as  all  other  animal  functions 
may  in  some  degree  be  regulated ;  yet 
even  then,  a  child  should  be  suffered  tc 
sleep  the  whole  night,  and  several  hours 
both  in  the  morning  and  in  the  after- 
noon. 

1087.  MOTHERS  and  nurses  should 
endeavour  to  accustom  infants,   from 
the  time  of  their  birth,  to  sleep  in  the 
night  preferably  to  the  day,  and  for 
this  purpose  they  ought  to  remove  all 
external   impressions  which   may  dis- 
turb their  rest,  suck  as  noise,  light,  £CM 
but  especially  not  to  obey  every  call 
for  taking  them  up,  and  giving  food  at 
improper  times. 

1088.  AFTER  the    second   year  of 
their  age,  they  will  not  instinctively  re- 
quire to  sleep  in  the  forenoon,  though, 
after  dinner,  it  may  be  continued  to  the 
third  and  fourth   year  of  life,  if  the 
child  shows  a  particular  inclination  to 
repose ;  because,  till  that  age,  the  full 
half  of  its  time  may  safely  be  allotted 
to  sleep. 

1089.  FROM  that  period,  however, 
it  ought  to  be  shortened  for  the  space 
of  one  hour  with  every  succeeding  year; 
so  that  a  child  of  seven  years  old  may 
sleep  about  eight,  and   not  exceeding 
nine  hours;   this   proportion   may  be 
continued  to  the  ag'e  of  adolescence, 
and  even  manhood. 

1090.  To    AWAKEN    children    from 
their  sleep  with  a  noise,  or  in  an  impe- 
tuous manner,  is  extremely  injudicious 
and  hurtful :  nor  is  it  proper  to  carry 
them  from  a  dark  room  immediately 
into  a  glaring  light,  or  against  a  daz- 
zling wall ;  for  the  sudden  impression 
of  light  debilitates  the  organs  of  vision, 
and  lays  the  foundation  of  weak  eyes, 
fram  early  infancy. 

1091.  A  BED-ROOM,  or  nursery,  ought 
to  be  spacious  and  lofty,  dry,  airy,  and 
not  inhabited  through  the  day. 

1092.  No    SERVANTS,    if    possible, 
should  be  suffered  to  sleep  in  the  same 
room,  and  no  Ihen  or  washed  clothei 
should  ever  bf  hung  there  to  dry,  a« 
they  contaminate  the  air  in  which  s* 


TO-MORROW  CRIES  TOO  LATE  TO  BE  FORGIVEN. 


169 


considerable,  a  portion  of  infantine  life 
must  be  spent. 

1093.  THE  consequences  attending 
a  vitiated  atmosphere  in  such  rooms, 
are  various,  and  often  fatal. 

j.094.  FEATHER-BEDS  should  be  ban- 
ished from  nurseries,  as  they  are  an 
unnatural  and  debilitating  contrivance. 

]Q95.  THE  windows  should  never  be 
opened  at  night,  but  left  open  the  whole 
day,  in  fine,  clear  weather. 

1096.  LASTLY,  the  bedstead  must  not 
be  placed  too  low  on  the  floor ;  nor  is 
it  proper  to  let  children   sleep  on  a 
couch  which  is  made  without  any  ele- 
vation from  the  ground;  because  the 
most  mephitic  and  pernicious  stratum 
of  air  in  an  apartment,  is  that  within 
one  or  two  feet  from  the  floor,  while 
the   most  wholesome,  or  atmospheric 
air,  is  in  the  middle  of  the  room,  and 
the  inflammable    gas  ascends  to  the 
top. 

1097.  FAMILY  TOOL  CHESTS.— 
Much  inconvenience  and  considerable 
expense  might  be  saved,  if  it  was  the 
general  custom  to  keep  in  every  house 
certain  tools  for  the  purpose  of  per- 
forming at  home  what  are  called  small 
jobs,  instead  of  being  always  obliged  to 
send  for  a  mechanic,  and  pay  him  for 
executing  little  things  that,  in  most 
cases,  could  be  sufficiently  well  done 
by  a  man  or  boy  belonging  to  the  fami- 
ly, provided  that  the  proper  instruments 
were  at  hand. 

1098.  THE  cost  of  these  articles  is 
very  trifling,  and  the  advantages  of  hav- 
ing them  always  in  the  house  are  far 
beyond  the  expense. 

1099.  FOR  instance,  there  should  be 
an    axe,  a    hatchet,   a    saw  (a  large 
wood-saw,  also,  with  a  buck  or  stand, 
if  wood  is  burned),  a  claw-hammer,  a 
mallet,  two  gimlets  of  different  sizes, 
two    screw-drivers,  a  chisel,   a  small 
plane,  one  or  two  jack-knives,  a  pair  of 
targe  scissors  or  shears,  and  a  carpet- 
fork  or  stretcher. 

]  100.  ALSO  an  assortment  of  nails  of 
various  sizes,  from  large  spikes  down  to 
small  tacks,  not  forgetting  brass-headed 
nails,  some  larger  and  some  smaller. 


1 101 .  SCRS ws,  likewise,  will  be  found 
very  convenient,  and  hooks  on  which 
to  hang  things. 

1102.  THE  nails  and  screws  should 
be  kept  in  a  wooden  box,  made  with 
divisions  to  separate  the  various  sortsr 
for  it  is  very  troublesome  to  have  them 
mixed. 

1103.  AND  let  care  be  taken  to  keep 
up  the  supply,  lest  it  should  run  out 
unexpectedly,  and  the  deficiency  cause 
delay  and  inconvenience  at  a  time  when 
their  use  is  wanted. 

1104.  IT  is  well  to  have  somewhere 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  house,  a  deep, 
Tight  closet,   appropriated  entirely  to 
tools  and  things  of  equal  utility,  for  ex- 
ecuting promptly  such  little  repairs  as 
convenience  may  require,  without  the 
delay  or  expense  of  procuring  an  arti- 
san.    This  closet  should  have  at  least 
one  large  shelf,  and  that  about  three 
feet  from  the  floor. 

1105.  BENEATH  this  shelf  may  be  a 
deep  drawer,  divided  into  two  compart- 
ments.    This  drawer  may  contain  cakes 
of  glue,  pieces  of  chalk,  and  balls  of 
twine  of  different  size  and  quality. 

1106.  THERE  may  be  shelves  at  the 
sides  of  the%  closet  for  glue-pots,  paste- 
pots,  and  brushes,  pots  for  black,  white, 
green,  and  red  paints,  cans  of  painting 
oil,  paint-brushes,  &c. 

1107.  AGAINST  the  wall,  above  the 
large  shelf,  let  the  tools  be  suspended, 
or  laid  across  nails  or  hooks  of  proper 
size  to  support  them. 

1108.  THIS    is    much    better    than 
keeping  them  in  a  box,  where  they 
may  be    injured    by  rubbing  against 
each  other,  and  the  hand  may  be  hurt 
in  feeling  among  them  to  find  the  thing 
that  is  wanted. 

1109.  BUT  when  hung  up  against  the 
back  wall  of  the  closet,  of  course  each 
tool  can  be  seen  at  a  glance. 

1110.  WE  have  been  shown  an  ex- 
cellent   and    simple    contrivance    for 
designating  the  exact  places  allotted  to 
all  these  articles  in  a  very  complete 
tool  closet. 

1111.  ON   the   closet  wall,  directly 
under  the  large  nails  that  eipport  the 


170 


TO-DAY,  HE  LIVES  IX  HOPES  AS  LIGHT  AS  AIR 


tools,  is  drawn  with  a  small  brush  dip- 
ped in  black  paint  or  ink,  an  outline 
representation  of  the  tool  or  instru- 
ment belonging  to  that  particular  place. 

1112.  FOR  instance,  under  each  saw 
is  sketched  the  outline  of  that  saw,  un- 
der each  gimlet  ft  sketch  of  that  gimlet, 
under    the    screw-drivers    are    slight 
drawings  of  screw-drivers. 

1113.  So  that,  wThen  bringing  back 
any  tool  that  has  been  taken  away  for 
use,  the  exact  spot  to  which  it  belongs 
can  be  found  in  a  moment;  and  all  con- 
fusion in  putting  them  up  and  finding 
them  again  is  thus  prevented. 

1114.  WRAPPING  paper  may  be  piled 
on  the  floor  under  the  large  shelf.     It 
can  be  bought  veiy  low  by  the  ream, 
at  the  large  paper  warehouses;    and 
every  house  should  keep  a  supply  of  it 
in  several  varieties. 

1115.  FOR  instance,   coarse  brown 
paper  for  common  purposes,  that  de- 
nominated ironmonger's  paper,  which 
is  strong,  thick,  and  in  large  sheets,  is 
useful  for  packing  heavy  articles ;  and 
equally  so  for  keeping  silks,  ribbons, 
blondes,   &c.,   as    it    preserves    their 
colours. 

1116.  PRINTED  papers  .are  unfit  for 
wrapping  anything,  as  the  printing  ink 
rubs  off  on  the  articles  enclosed  in  them 
and  also  soils  the  gloves  of  the  person 
that  carries  the  parcel. 

1117.  WHEN  shopping,  if  the  person 
at  the  counter  proceeds  to  wrap  up 
your  purchase  in  a  newspaper  (a  thing 
rarely  attempted  in  a  genteel  shop), 
refuse  to  take  it  in  such  a  cover. 

1118.  IT  is  the  business  of  every  re- 
spectable shopkeeper  to  provide  proper 
paper  for  this  purpose,  and  printed  paper 
is  not  proper. 

1119.  WASTE  newspapers  had  best 
be  used  for  lighting  fires,  and  singeing 


1120.  WASTE  paper  that  has  been 
written  on,  cut  into  slips,  and  creased 
and  folded,  makes  very  good  alumettes 
or  lamp-lighters.  These  matters  may 
appear  of  trifling  importance,  but  order 
and  regularity  are  necessary  to  happi- 


1121.  CHINA   AND  GLASS 
WARE.— The  best  material  for  clean- 
sing either  porcelain  or  glass-ware,  is 
fullers'  earth ;  but  it  must  be  beaten 
into  a  fine  powder,  and  carefully  clear- 
ed from  all  rough  or  hard  particles, 
which  might  endanger  the  polish  of  the 
brilliant  surface. 

1122.  IN  cleaning  porcelain  it  must 
also  be  observed  that  some  species  re- 
quire more  care  and  attention   th;ui 
others,  as  every  person  must  have  ob- 
served that    china-ware    in    common 
use    frequently  loses   some   of  its  co- 
lours. 

1123.  THE  red,  especially  of  vermil- 
lion,  is  the  first  to  go,  because  that 
colour,  together  with  some  others,  is 
laid  on  by  the  Chinese  after  burning. 

1124.  THE  modern  Chinese  porce- 
lain is  not,  indeed,  so   susceptible  of 
this  rubbing  or  wearing  off,  as  vegeta- 
ble reds  are  now  used  by  them  instead 
of  the  mineral  colour. 

1125.  MUCH  of  the  red  now  used  in 
China  is  actually  produced  by  the  anotto 
extracted  from  the  cuttings  of  scarlet 
cloth,  which  have  long  formed  an  ar- 
ticle of  exportation  to  Canton. 

1126.  IT  ought  to  be  taken  for 
granted  that  all  china  or  glass-ware  is 
well  tempered ;  yet  a  little  careful  at- 
tention may  not  be  misplaced,  even  on 
that  point :  for,  though  ornamental 
china  or  glass-ware  are  not  exposed  to 
the  action  of  hot  water  in  common  do- 
mestic use,  yet  they  may  be  injudici- 
ously immersed  in  it  for  the  purpose  of 
cleaning ;  and,  as  articles  intended  solely 
for  ornament  may  not  be  so  highly  an- 
nealed as  others,  without  any  fraudu 
lent  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  ma- 
nufacturer, it  will  be  proper  never  to 
apply  water  to  them  beyond  a  tepid 
temperature. 

1127.  AN  ingenious  and  simple  mode 
of  annealing  glass  has  been  some  time 
in  use  by  chemists.  It  consists  in  im 
mersing  the  vessel  in  cold  water,  gra- 
dually heated  to  the  boiling  point,  and 
suffered  to  remain  till  cold,  when  it 
will  be  fit  for  use.  Should  the  glass 
be  exposed  to  a  higher  temperatmv 


TO-MOEROW,  DIES  IN  ANGUISH  AND  DESPAIR. 


171 


than  that  of  boiling  water,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  immerse  it  in  oil. 

1128.  HAVING  thus  guarded  against 
fractures,  we   naturally  come   to   the 
best  modes   of  repairing  them  when 
they  casually  take  place,  for  which  pur- 
pose various  mixtures  have  been  pro- 
posed ;  and  it  will  here  be  sufficient  to 
select  only  tkpse  which  excel  in  neat- 
ness and  facility. 

1129.  PERHAPS  the  best  cement, 
both  for  strength  and  invisibility,  is 
that  made  from  mastic.    The  process, 
indeed,  may  be  thought  tedious ;  but  a 
sufficient    quantity    may  be  made   at 
once  to  last  a  lifetime.    To  an  ounce 
of  mastic,  add  as  much  highly  rectified 
spirits  of  wine  as  will  dissolve  it.    Soak 
an  ounce   of  isinglass  in  water  until 
quite  soft,  then  dissolve  it  in  pure  rum 
or  brandy,  until  it  forms  a  strong  glue, 
to  which   add  about  a   quarter  of  an 
ounce  of  gum  ammoniac,  well  rubbed 
and  mixed.     Put  the  two  mixtures  to- 
gether in  an  earthen  vessel  over  a  gentle 
heat ;  when  well  united,  the  mixture 
may  be  put  into  a  phial  and  kept  well 


130.  WHEN  wanted  for  use,  the 
bottle  must  be  set  in  warm  water, 
when  the  china  or  glass  articles  must 
be  also  warmed,  and  tie  cement  ap- 
plied. 

1131.  IT  will  be  proper  that  the 
broken  surfaces,  when  carefully  fitted, 
shall  be  kept  in  close  contact  for  twelve 
hours  at  least,  until  the  cement  is  fully 
set ;  after  which  the  fracture  will  be 
found  as  secure  as  any  part  of  the  ves- 
sel, and  scarcely  perceptible.  It  may 
be  applied  successfully  to  marbles,  and 
even  to  metals. 

ll&J.  WHEN  not  provided  with  this 
cement,  and  in  a  hurry,  the  white  of  an 
egg,  well  beaten  with  quicklime  and  a 
email  quantity  of  very  old  cheese,  form 
an  excellent  substitute,  either  for 
broken  china,  or  old  ornamental  glass- 
ware. 

1133.   IT  is  also  a  fact  well  ascer- 
tained, that  the  expressed  juice  of  gar 
lie  is  an  everlasting  cement,  leaving  no 
laark  of  fracture,  if  neatly  done. 
8 


1134.  THESE  are  fully  sufficient  for 
every  useful  purpose    but  we  may  still 
further  observe,  in  respect  to  the  ce- 
ment of  quicklime,  that  it  may  be  im 
proved,  if,  instead  of  cheese,  we  substi- 
tute the  whey  produced  by  boiling-  milk 
and  vinegar,  separating  the  curd  care- 
fully, and  beating  up  with  half  a  pint 
of  it,  the  whites  of  six  eggs,  adding  the 
sifted  quicklime  until  it  forms  a  thick 
paste,  which  resists  both  fire  and  water 
(See  139,    72,    and  254.) 

1135.  ECONOMY   OF    FUEL.— 
There  is  no  part  of  domestic  economy 
which  everybody  professes   to  under- 
stand better  than  the  management  ot 
a  fire,  and  yet  there  is  no  branch  in  the 
household  arrangement  where  there  is 
a  greater  proportional  and  unnecessary 
waste,  than  arises  from  ignorance  and 
mismanagement  in  this  article. 

1136.  IT  is  an  old  adage  that  we 
must  stir  no  man's  fire  until  we  havo 
known  him  seven  years  ;  but  we  might 
find  it  equally  prudent  if  we  were  care- 
ful as  to  the  stirring  of  our  own. 

1137.  ANYBODY,  indeed,  can  take  up 
a  poker  and  toss  the  coals  about :  but 
that  is  not  stirring  a  fire  ! 

1138.  IN  short,  the  use  of  a  poker 
applies  solely  to  two  particular  points 
— the  opening  of  a  dying  fire,  so  as  to 
admit  the  free  passage  of  the  air  into 
it,   and  sometimes,    but    not    always, 
through  it — or  else  approximating  the 
remains  of  a  half-burned  fire,  so  as  to 
concentrate  the  heat,  whilst  the  parts 
still  ignited  are  opened  to  the  atmos- 
phere. 

1139.  THE  same  observation  may  ap- 
ply to  the  use  of  a  pair  of  bellows,  the 
mere  blowing  of  which,  at  random,  nine 
times  out  of  ten  will  fail ;  the  force  of 
the  current  of  air  sometimes  blowing 
out  the  fire,  as  it  is  called,  that  is,  car- 
rying off  the  caloric  too  rapidly,  and  at 
others,  directing  the  wanned   current 
Vom  the  unignited  fuel,  instead  of  into 
t. 

1140.  To  prove  this,  let  any  person 
sit  down  with  a  pair  of  bellows,  to  a 
Ire  only  partially  ignited,  cr  partially 
extinguished;  let  him  blow,  at  first,  no* 


172 


WHEN  ANGRY,  COUNT  TEX  BKFORE  YOU  SPEAK  ; 


into  the  burning  part,  but  into  the 
dead  coal  close  to  it,  BO  that  the  air 
may  partly  extend  to  the  burning  coal. 
1141.  AFTER  a  few  blasts,  let  the 
bellows  blow  into  the  burning  fuel,  but 
directing  the  stream  partly  towards  the 
dead  coal;  when  it  will  be  found  that 
the  ignition  will  extend  much  more  ra- 
pidly than  under  the  common  method 
of  blowing  furiously  into  the  flame  at 
random. 

1142.  IF   the  consumer,  instead  of 
ordering  a  large  supply  of  coal  at  once, 
will   at   first   content   himself    with   a 
sample,  he  may  with  very  little  trouble 
ascertain  who  will  deal  fairly  with  him ; 
and,  if  he  wisely  pays  ready  money,  he 
will   be  independent  of  his  coal  mer- 
chant ;  a  situation  which  few  families, 
even  in  genteel  life,  can  boast  of. 

1143.  INDEED,  we  cannot  too  often 
repeat  the  truth,  that  to  deal  for  ready 
money  only,  in  all  the  departments  of 
domestic    arrangement,   is   the  truest 
economy. 

1144.  READY  money  will  always  com- 
mand the  best  and  cheapest  of  every 
article   of   consumption,  if   expended 
with  judgment;  and  the   dealer,  who 
intends  to  act  fairly,  will  always  pre- 
fer it. 

1145.  TRUST    not    him    who    seems 
more  anxious  to  give  credit  than  to 
receive  cash. 

1146.  THE  former  hopes  to  secure 
custom  by  having  a  hold  upon  you  in 
his   books;    and  continues   always    to 
make  up  for  his  advance,  either  by  an 
advanced  price,  or  an  inferior  article; 
whilst  the  latter  knows  that  your  cus- 
tom can  only  be  secured  by  fair  deal- 
ing. 

1147.  THERE    is,  likewise,  another 
consideration,  as  far  as  economy  is  con- 
cerned, which  is,  not  only  to  buy  with 
ready  money,  but  to  buy  at  proper  sea- 
sons; for  there  is  with  every  article  a 
cheap  season  and  a  dear  one ;  and  with 
none  more  than  coate:  insomuch  that 
the  master  of  a  family  who  fills  his  coal 
cellar  in  the   middle  of  the   summer, 
rather  than  the  beginning  of  the  winter. ' 
will  find  it  tilled  at  less  expense  than  it  [ 


would  otherwise  cost  him  :  and  wiil  ba 
enabled  to  see  December's  snows  falling 
without  feeling  his  enjoyment  of  his 
fireside  lessened  by  the  consideration 
that  the  cheerful  blaze  is  supplied  at 
twice  the  rate  that  it  need  have  done, 
if  he  had  exercised  more  foresight. 

1 148.  WE  must  now  call  to  the  re- 
collection of  our  readers  that  chimneyi 
often  smoke,  and   that  coal  is   often 
wasted  by  throwing  too  much  fuel  at 
once  upon  a  fire. 

1149.  To  pitovE  this  observation,  it 
is  only  necessary  to  remove  the  super- 
fluous coal  from  the  top  of  the  grate, 
when  the  smoking  instantly  ceases ;  as 
to  the  waste,  that  evidently  proceeds 
from    the    frequent,  intemperate    and 
injudicious  use   of   the  poker,  which 
not  only  throws  a  great  portion  of  the 
small   coals    among   the   cinders,   but 
often  extinguishes  the  fire  it  was  in- 
tended to  foster. 

1150.  HEALTH    IN    YOUTH.— 
Late  hours,  irregular  habits,  and  want 
of  attention  to  diet,  are  common  errors 
with    most    young    men,    and    these 
gradually,  but  at  first  imperceptibly, 
undermine    the    health,   and    lay   the 
foundation  for  various  forms  of  disease 
in  after  life.     It  is  a  very  difficult  thing 
to  make  young  persons  comprehend 
this.     They  frequently  sit  up  as  late  as 
twelve,  one,  or  two  o'clock,  without 
experiencing  any  ill  effects;  they  go 
without  a  meal  to-day,  and  to-morrow 
eat  to  repletion,  with  only  temporary 
inconvenience.     One   night   they  will 
sleep  three  or  four  hours,  and  the  next 
nine   or  ten;  or  one  night,  in    their 
eagerness  to  get  away  into  some  agree- 
able company,  they  will  take  no  food  at 
all ;  and  the  next,  perhaps,  will  eat  a 
hearty  supper,  and  go  to  bed  upon  it. 
These,  with  various  other  irregularities, 
are  common  to  the  majority  of  young 
men,  and  are,  as  just  stated,  the  cause 
of  much  bad  health   in  mature  life. 
Indeed,  nearly  all  the  shattered  consti- 
tutions with  which  too  many  are  cursed, 
are  the  result  of  a  disregard  to  the 
plainest  precepts  of  health   in  early 
life. 


IF  VERY  ANGRY,  A  HUNDRED. 


173 


1151.  A  WIFE'S   POWER.— The 
power  of  a  wife  for  good  or  evil,  is 
irresistible.     Home   must  be  the  seat 
of  happiness,  or  it  must  be  for  ever 
unknown.     A  good  wife  is  to  a  man, 
wisdom,  and  courage,  and  strength,  and 
endurance.     A  bad  one  is  confusion, 
weakness,   discomfiture,   and    despair. 
No  condition  is  hopeless   where   the 
wife  possesses  firmness,  decision,  and 
economy.     There  is  no  outward  pros- 
perity which  can  counteract  indolence, 
extravagance,  and  folly  at  home.     No 
spirit   can  long   endure   bad   domestic 
influence.     Man  is  strong,  but  his  heart 
is  not  adamant.     He  delights  in  enter- 
prise and  action;  but  to  sustain  him 
he  needs  a  tranquil  mind,  and  a  whole 
heart.     He  needs  his  moral  force  in 
the  conflicts  of  the  world.     To  recover 
his  equanimity  and   composure,  home 
must  be  to  him  a  place  of  repose,  of 
peace,  of  cheerfulness,  of  comfort ;  and 
his  soul  renews  its  strength  again,  and 
goes  forth  with   fresh  vigour  to  en- 
counter the  labour  and  troubles  of  life. 
But  if  at  home  he  finds  no  rest,  and  is 
there  met  with  bad  temper,  sullenness, 
or  gloom,  or  is  assailed  by  discontent 
or  complaint,  hope  vanishes,  and  he 
sinks  into  despair.  % 

1152.  ADVICE  TO   WIVES.— A 
wife  must  learn  how  to  form  her  hus- 
band's happiness,  in  what  direction  the 
secret  lies;  she  must  not  cherish  his 
weaknesses  by   working  upon   them; 
she  must  not  rashly  run  counter  to 
his  prejudices  ;    her   motto  must  be, 
never  to  irritate.      She    must    study 
never  to  draw  largely  on  the   small 
stock  of  patience  in  a  man's  nature,  nor 
to  increase  his  obstinacy  by  trying  to 
drive  him ;  never,  never,  if  possible,  to 
have  scenes.     We  doubt  much  if  a  real 
quarrel,  even  made  up,  does  not  loosen 
the  bond  between  man  and  wife,  and 
sometimes,  unless  the  affection  of  both 
be  very  sincere,  lastingly.     If  irritation 
should  occur,  a  woman  must  expect  to 
hear  from   most  men  a  strength  and 
vehemence  of  language  far  more  than 
the  occasion  requires.    Mild,  as  well  as 
•stern  men,  are  prone  to  this  exaggera- 


tion of  language ;  let  not  a  woman  bo 
tempted  to  say  anything  sarcastic  or 
violent  in  retaliation.  The  bitterest 
repentance  must  needs  follow  if  she  do. 
Men  frequently  forget  what  they  h«,?e 
said,  but  seldom  what  is  uttered  by 
their  wives.  They  are  grateful,  too, 
for  forbearance  in  such  cases;  for, 
whilst  asserting  most  loudly  that  they 
are  right,  they  are  often  conscious  that 
they  are  wrong.  Give  a  little  time,  as 
the  greatest  boon  you  can  bestow,  to 
the  irritated  feelings  of  your  husband. 

1153.  COUNSELS  FOR  THE 
YOUNG.— Never    be    cast    down  by 
trifles.    If  a  spider  break  his  thread 
twenty  times,    twenty  times  will  he 
mend  it  again.     Make  up  your  minds 
to  do  a  thing  and  you  will  do  it.     Fear 
not  if  a  trouble  comes  upon  you;  keep 
up  your  spirits,  though  the  day  be  a 
dark  one.     If  the  sun  is  going  down, 
look  up  to  the  stars.     If  the  earth  is 
dark,  keep  your  eye  on  Heaven !   With 
God's  promises,  a  man  or  a  child  may 
be  cheerful.     Mind  what  you  run  after ! 
Never  be  content  with  a  bubble  that 
will   burst,  firewood  that  will  end  in 
smoke  and  darkness.     Get  that  which 
you  can  keep,  and  which  is  worth  keep- 
ing. Fight  hard  against  a  hasty  temper 
Anger  will  come,  but  resist  it  strongly. 
A  fit  of  passion  may  give  you  cause  to 
mourn  all  the  days  of  your  life.     Never 
revenge  an  injury.     If  you  have  an 
enemy,  act  kindly  to  him   and  make 
him  your   friend.     You  may  not  win 
him    over    at    onoe,    but    try    again. 
Let  one  kindness  be  followed  by  an- 
other, till  you   have   compassed  your 
end.     By  little  and  little,  great  things 
are  completed ;  and  repeated  kindness 
will  soften  the  heart  of  stone.     What- 
ever you  do,  do  it  willingly.     A  boy 
that  is  whipped  to  school  never  learna 
his  lessons  well.    A  man  who  is  com- 
pelled to  work  cares  not  how  badly  it 
is  performed.     He   that  pulls   off  his 
coat  cheerfully,  strips  up  his  sleeves  ii: 
earnest,  and  sings  while  he  works,  ife 
the  man  of  action. 

1154.  SALLY  LUNN  T  EA  CAKES. 
— Take  one  pint  of  milk  quite  warm,  a 


174 


THE  fOOR  MAN  FASTS  BECAUSE  HE  HAS  NO  MEAT ; 


quarter  of  a  pint  of  thick,  small-beer 
yeast:  put  them  into  a  pan  with  flour 
sufficient  to  make  it  as  thick  as  batter, — 
cover  it  over,  and  let  it  stand  till  it  has 
risen  as  high  as  it  will,  i.e.,  about  two 
hours:  add  two  ounces  of  lump  sugar, 
dissolved  in  a  quarter  of  a  pint  of  warm 
milk,  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  butter 
rubbed  into  your  flour  very  fine, — then 
make  your  dough  the  same  as  for  French 
rolls,  &e. ;  let  it  stand  half  an  hour : 
then  make  up  your  cakes,  and  put  them 
on  tins : — when  they  have  stood  to  rise, 
bake  them  in  a  quick  oven.  Care  should 
be  taken  never  to  put  your  yeast  to 
water  or  milk  too  hot,  or  too  cold,  as 
either  extreme  will  destroy  the  fermen- 
tation. IB  summer  it  should  be  luke- 
warm,— in  winter  a  little  warmer, — and 
in  very  cold  weather,  warmer  still. 
When  it  has  first  risen,  if  you  are  not 
prepared,  it  will  not  hurt  to  stand  an 
hour. 

1155.  FRENCH  BREAD  AND 
ROLLS. — Take  a  pint  and  a  half  of 
milk  ;  make  it  quite  warm ;  half  a  pint 
of  small-beer  yeast ;  add  sufficient 
flour  to  make  it  as  thick  as  batter ;  put 
it  into  a  pan  ;  cover  it  over,  and  keep 
it  warm ;  wyhen  it  has  risen  as  high  as 
it  will,  add  a  quarter  of  a  pint  of  warm 
water,  and  half  an  ounce  of  salt, — mix 
them  well  together, — rub  into  a  little 
flour  two  ounces  of  butter ;  then  make 
your  dough,  not  quite  so  stiff  as  for 
your  bread ;  let  it  stand  for  three  quar- 
ters of  an  hour,  and  it  will  be  ready  to 
make  into  rolls,  &c. : — let  them  stand 
till  they  have  risen,  and  bake  them  in  a 
quick  oven-. 

1156.     RULES    FOR    THE    PRE- 
SERVATION OF  HEALTH. 

1157.  PUBE  atmospheric  air  is  com- 
posed of  nitrogen,  oxygen,  and   a  very 
small  proportion  of  carbonic  acid   gas. 
Air  once  breathed  has  lost  the  chief 
part  of   its    oxygen,  and   acquired  a 
proportionate  increase  of  carbonic  acid 
gas. 

1158.  Therefore,  health  requires  that 
wre  breathe  the  same  air  once  only. 

1159.  THE  solid   part  of  our  bodies 


are   continually  wasting,  and   requirei 
to  be  repaired  by  fresh  substances. 

1160.  Therefore,  food,  which  is  to  re- 
pair the  loss,  should  be  taken  with  duo 
regard  to  the  exercise  and  waste  of  the 
body. 

1161.  THE  fluid  part  of  our   bodies 
also  wastes  constantly;   there  is  but 
one  fluid  in  animals,  which  is  water. 

1162.  Therefore,  water  only  is  neces- 
sary, and  no  artifice    can    produce    a 
better  drink. 

1163.  THE  fluid  of  our  bodies  is   to 
the  solid  in  proportion  as  nine  to  one. 

1164.  Therefore,  a  like    proportion 
should  prevail  in  the    total  amount  of 
food  taken. 

1165.  LIGHT  exercises  an  important 
influence  upon  the  growth  and  vigour 
of  animals  and  plants. 

1166.  Therefore,  our  dwellings  should 
freely  admit  the  solar  rays. 

1167.  DECOMPOSING  animal  and  veg- 
etable substances  yield  various  noxious 
gases,  which  enter  the  lungs  and   cor- 
rupt the  blood. 

1168.  Therefore,  all  impurities  should 
be   kept  away  from  our  abodes,  and 
every  precaution  be  observed  to  secure 
a  pure  atmosphere. 

1169.*VARMTH  is  essential  to  all  the 
bodily  functions. 

1170.  Therefore,  an  equal  bodily  tem- 
perature should  be  maintained  by  exer- 
cise, by  clothing,  or  by  fire. 

1171.  EXERCISE  warms,  invigorates, 
and  purifies  the  body;  clothing  pre- 
serves the  warmth  the  body  generates; 
fire  imparts  warmth  externally. 

1172.  Therefore,  to  obtain   and  pre- 
serve warmth,  exercise  and  clothing  are 
preferable  to  fire. 

1173.  FIRE  consumes  the  oxygen  of 
the  air,  and  produces  noxious  gases. 

1174.  Therefore,  the  air  is  less  pure 
in  the  presence  of  candles,  gas,  or  coal 
fire,  than  otherwise,  and  the  deteriora- 
tion should  be   repaired  by  increased 
ventilation. 

1175.  THE  skin  is  a  highly-organized 
membrane,  full  of  minute  pores,  cells, 
blood-vessels,  and    nerves;  it    imbibes 
moisture  or  throws  it  off,  according  to 


THE  POOR  MAN  FASTS  BECAUSE  HE  HAS  NO  MEAT  | 


175 


the  state  of  tho  atmosphere  and  the 
temperature  of  the  body.  It  also 
"  breathes,"  as  do  the  lungs  (though 
less  actively).  All  the  internal  organs 
sympathise  with  the  skin. 

1 176.  Therefore,  it  should  be  repeat- 
edly cleansed. 

1177.  LATE  hours  and  anxious  pur- 
suits exhaust  the  nervous  system,  and 
produce  disease  and  premature  death. 

1178.  Therefore,  the  hours  of  labour 
and  study  should  be  short. 

1179.  MENTAL  and  bodily  exercise  are 
equally  essential  to  the  general  health 
and  happiness. 

1130.    Therefore,  labour    and  study 
should  succeed  each  other. 

1181.  MAN  will  live  most  healthily 
upon  simple  solids  and  fluids,  of  which 
a    sufficient    but    temperate    quantity 
should  be  taken. 

1182.  Therefore,  strong  drinks,  tobac- 
co, snuff,  opium,  and  all  mere  indulgen- 
ces should  be  avoided. 

1183.  SUDDEN  alternations  of  heat  and 
cold  are   dangerous  (especially  to  the 
young  and  the  aged). 

1184.  Therefore,  clothing,  in  quantity 
and  quality,  should  be  adapted  to  the 
alterations  of  night  and  day,  and  of  the 
seasons. 

1185.  And,   therefore,  also,   drinking 
cold  water  when  the  body  is  hot,  and 
hot  tea  and  soups  when  cold,  are  pro- 
ductive of  many  evils. 

1186.  MODERATION    in  eating  and 
drinking,  short    hours  of  labour  and 
study,  regularity  in   exercise,  recrea- 
tion, and  rest,  cleanliness,  equanimity 
of  temper  and  equality  of  temperature, 
these  are  the    great  essentials  to  that 
which    surpasses  all  wealth,  health  of 
mind  and  body. 

1187.  USE  OF  LIME- WATER  IN 
MAKING    BREAD.— It    has    lately 
been  found  that   water   saturated  with 
lime  produces  in  bread  the  same  white- 
ness, softness  and  capacity  of  retaining 
moisture,  as    results  from  the  use  of 
alum;  while    the  former  removes  all 
acidity  from  the  dcugh,  and  supplies  an 
ingredient  needed   in  the   structure  of 
the  bones  tut  which  is  defir.entin  the 


cerealia.  The  best  proportion  to  use  is, 
five  pounds  of  water  saturated  with 
lime,  to  every  nineteen  pounds  of  flour. 
No  change  is  required  in  the  process  of 
baking.  The  lime  most  effectually 
coagulates  the  gluten,  and  the  bread 
weighs  well ;  bakers  must  therefore 
approve  of  its  introduction,  which  is  not 
injurious  to  the  system,  like  alum,  &c. 
1188.  SPECIAL  RULES  FOR  THE 
PREVENTION  OF  CHOLERA. 

1189.  WE  urge  the  necessity,  in  all 
cases  of  cholera,  of  an  instant  recourse 
to  medical  aid,  and  also    under    every 
form   and  variety  of  indisposition  :  for 
all  disorders  are  found  to  merge  in  the 
dominant  disease. 

1190.  LET  immediate  relief  be  sought 
under  disorder  of  the  bowels  especially, 
however  slight.     The   invasion  of  chol- 
era may  thus  be  readily  prevented. 

1191.  LET  every  impurity,  animal 
and  vegetable,  be  quickly  removed  to 
a  distance  from  the  habitations,  such  as 
slaughter-houses     pig-sties,    cesspools, 
necessaries,    and    all    other    domestic 
nuisances. 

1192.  LET  all  uncovered  drains  be 
carefully  and  frequently  cleansed. 

1193.  LET  the  grounds  in  and  around 
the     habitations    be    drained,    BO    as 
effectually   to  carry  off    moisture  of 
every  kind. 

1194.  LET    all   partitions    be    re- 
moved from  within  and  without  habi- 
tations,  which    unnecessarily    impede 
ventilation. 

1195.  LET    every    room    be    daily 
thrown  open  for  the  admission  of  fresh 
air;  this  should  be  done  about  noon, 
when  the  atmosphere  is  most  likely  to 
be  dry. 

1196.  LET  dry  scrubbing  be  used  in 
domestic    cleansing  in  place  of  water 
cleansing. 

1197.  LET    excessive   fatigue,  and 
exposure  to  damp  and  cold,  especially 
during  the  night  be  avoided 

1198.  LET  the  use  of  cold  drinks  and 
acid  liquors,  especially  under  fatigue, 
be  avoided,  or  when  tho  body  is  heated. 

1199.  LET    the    use  of    cold    acid 
fruits  and  vegetables  be  avoided. 


176 


THE  RICH  MAN  FASTS  BECAUSE  HE  WILL  NOT  EAT. 


1200.  LET  excess  in  the  use  of  ar- 
dent an  1  fere  lented  liquors  and  tobac- 
co be  avoided. 

1201.  LET  a  poor  diet,  and  the  use 
of  impure   water  in  cooking,   or  for 
drinking,  be  avoided. 

1202.  LET  the  wearing  of  wet  and 
insufficient  clothes  be  avoided. 

1203.  LET  a  flannel  or  woollen 'belt 
be  worn  round  the  belly. 

1204.  LET  personal    cleanliness   be 
carefully  observed. 

1205.  LET  every  ca:se  tending   to 
depress  the  moral  anc  physical  ener- 
gies be  carefully  avoided.    Let  expo- 
sure to  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  be 
avoided. 

1206.  LET  crowding-  of  persons  with- 
in houses  and  apartments  be  avoided. 

1207.  LET  sleeping  in  low  o*  «iamp 
rooms  be  avoided. 

1208.  LET  fires  be  kept  ut  uuring 
the  night  in  sleeping  or  adjoining  apart- 
ments, the  night  being  the  period  of 
most  danger  from   attack,   especially 
under  exposure  to  cold  or  damp. 

1209.  LET  all  bedding  and  clothing 
be   daily  exposed  during  winter  and 
spring  to  the  fire,  and  in  summer  to 
the  heat  of  the  sun. 

1210.  LET  the    dead  be  buried  in 
places  remote  from  the  habitation  of 
the  living.     By  the  timely  adoption  of 
simple  means  such  as  these,  cholera  or 
other  epidemic  will  be  made  to  lose  its 
venom. 

1211.  ETIQUETTE     OF     THE 
NEWLY  MARRIED.— A  newly  mar- 
ried couple  send  out  cards  immediately 
after  the  -  ceremony,  to   their  friends 
and  acquaintance,  who,  on  their  part, 
return  either  notes  or  cards  of  congrat 
ulaticn  on  the  event.    As  soon  as  the 
lady  is  settled  in  her  new  home,  she 
may  expect  the  calls  of  her  acquaint- 
ance ;  for  which   it   is  not   absolutely 
necessary  to  remain  at  home,  although 
politeness  requires  that  they  should  be 
returned  as   soon    as    possible.     But, 
having  performed  this,  any  further  in- 
tercourse may  be  avoided  (where  it  is 
deemed  necessary )  by  a  police   refusa 
of  invitations.     Where  card  are  to  be 


eft,  the  number  must  be  determined 
according  to  the  various  members  of 
which  the  family  called  upon  is  com- 
posed. For  instance,  where  there  are 
;he  mother,  aunt,  and  daughters  (tht» 
atter  having  been  introduced  to  so- 
ciety ),  three  cards  should  be  left.  See 
2865. 

1212— DISEASES. 

For  the  proper  Remedies  and  their  Doses  ace 
"Prescriptions,"  1273. 

1213.  IT  should    be    clearly  under- 
stood, that  in   all  cases  of  disease,  the 
advice  of  a  skilful  physician  is  of  the 
first  importance.     It  is  not,  therefore, 
ntended  by  the   following   information 

to  supersede  the  important  and  neces- 
sary practice  of  the  medical  man  ;  but 
rather,  by  exhibiting  the  treatment  re- 
quired, to  show  in  what  degree  his  aid 
is  imperative.  In  cases,  however, 
where  the  disorder  may  be  simple  and 
transient,  or  in  which  remote  residence, 
or  other  circumstance  may  deny  the 
privilege  of  medical  attendance,  the 
following  particulars  will  be  found  of 
the  utmost  value.  Moreover,  the  hints 
given  upon  what  should  be  AVOIDED 
will  be  of  great  service  to  the  patient — 
since  the  physiological  is  no  less  im- 
portant than  the  medical  treatment  of 
disease. 

1214.  APOPLEXY. — Immediate  and 
large  bleeding  from  the  arm,  cupping  at 
the  back  of  the  neck,  leeches  to  the 
temples,  aperients  No.  1  and  7,  one  or 
two  drops  of  croton  oil  rubbed  or  drop- 
ped on  the  tongue.     Avoid  excesses, 
intemperance,  animal  food. 

1215.  BILE,  BILIOUS,  OR    LIVER 
COMPLAINTS.— Abstinence  from  ma'4 
liquors,  cool  homoeopathic    cocoa    for 
drink,  no  tea  or  coffee,  few  vegetables, 
and  little  bread  ;  bacon   in   a  morning, 
and  well  cooked  fresh  animal  food  once 
a  day,  No.  59  and  60. 

1216.  CHICKEN  Pox.— Mild   aperu 
ents  No.  4,  succeeded  by  No.  7  ;  No.  8, 
if  much  fever  accompany  the  eruption. 

1217.  CHILBLAINS. —  Warm,    dry, 
woollen  clothing  to  exposed  parts  in 
cold  weather,  as  a  preventive.     In  the 
first    stage,  frictions  with  No.  63,  uee 


THE  MISER  FASTS  WITH  GREEDY  MIND  TO  SPARE  ; 


177 


cold.  When  ulcers  form  they  should 
be  poulticed  with  bread  and  water  for 
a  Jay  or  two  and  then  dressed  with 
calamine  cerate. 

1218.  COMMON    CONTINUED   FE- 
VER.— Aperients  in  the  commencement 
No.  1,  followed  bj  No.  7  ;  then  refriger- 
ants No.  8,  and  afterwards  tonks  No. 
16,  in  the   stage  of  weakness.     Avoid 
all  excesses. 

1219.  COMMON  COUGH. — The  linctus 
No.  57  or  No.  58,  abstinence  from  malt 
liquor,   and    cold    damp    air.      Avoid 
cold,  damp,  and  draughts. 

1220.  CONSTIPATION. — The  observ- 
ance of  a  regular  period  of  evacuating 
the  bowels,  which  is  most  proper  in  a 
morning  after  breakfast.     The   use  of 
mild  aperients,  No.   62,  brown  instead 
of  white  bread.     Avoid  too  much  dry 
and  stimulating  food,  wine,  and  opium. 

1221.  CONSUMPTION.— The  disease 
may  be  complicated  with  various  mor- 
bid conditions  of  the  lungs  and   heart, 
which  require   appropriate    treatment. 
To  allay  the  cough,  No.  57  is  an  admira- 
ble remedy.     Avoid  cold,  damp,  excite- 
ment, and  over  exertion. 

1222.  CONVULSIONS  (CHILDREN). — 
If  during  teething,  free   lancing  of  the 
gums,  the  warm  bath,  cold  applications 
to  the  head,  leeci.  J°  to  the  temples,  an 
emetic,  and  a  laxatu    clyster,  No.  24. 

1223.  CROUP.  — Leeches    to    the 
throat,  with  hot   fomentations  as  long 
as  the  attack  lasts,  the   emetic  No.  19, 
afterwards  the   aperient  No.  5.     Avoid 
cold  and  damp. 

1224.  DROPSY.— Evacuate  the  water 
by  means  of  No.  11. 

1225.  EPILEPSY. — If  accompanied 
5r  produced  by  a  fulness  of  the  vessels 
of  the  head,  leeches  to  the  temples,  blis- 
ters, and  No.  1  and  No.  7.     If  from  de- 
bility or  confirmed  epilepsy,  the  mix- 

ure  No.  22.  Avoid  drinking  and  ex- 
citement. 

1226.  ERUPTIONS  ox  THE  FACK. — The 
owder  No.  34  internallv,  sponging  the 
ace  with  the  lotion  No.  35.     Avoid  ex- 
cesses ixi  diet. 

1227.  EFYSIPELAS. — Aperients,  if 
tho  pati/  nt  bo   Hrong,  No  1,  followed 


by  No.  7  ;  then  tonics  No.  31.  No.  31 
from  the  commencement  in  weak  sub 
jects. 

1228.  FAINTNESS — Effusion  of  cold 
water  on  the  face,  stimulants    to    th 
nostrils,  pure  air,  and   the    recumbent 
position,  afterwards  avoidance  of  the 
exciting  cause.     Avoid  excitement. 

1229.  FROST-BITE  AND    FROZEN 
LIMBS. — No    heating    or    stimulating 
liquors  must  be  given.     Rub  the  parts 
affected  with  ice,  cold  or  snow  water, 
and  lay  the  patient  on  a  cold  bed. 

1230.  GOUT. — The  aperients  No.  1, 
followed  by  No.  28,  bathing  the  parts 
with    gin    and  water;  for  drink,  weak 
tea  or  coffee.      Warmth    by  flannels. 
Avoid  wines,  spirits,  and  animal  food. 

1231.  GRAVEL.— No.  5,  followed  by 
No.  7  ;  the  free  use  of  magnesia  as  an 
aperient.      The    pill    No.  26.      Avoid 
fermented  drinks,  nard  water. 

1232.  HOOPING  COUGH. — Hooping 
cough   may  be   complicated  with   con- 
gestion, or  inflammation  of  the  lunga, 
or   convulsions,  and   then    becomes  a 
serious    disease.     If     uncomplicated, 
No.  58. 

1233.  HYSTERICS. — The  fit  may  be 
prevented    by  the    administration    of 
thirty  drops  of  laudanum,  and  as  many 
of  aether.     When  it  has  taken  place 
open  the    windows,  loosen  the    tight 
parts  of  the  dress,  sprinkle  cold  water 
on  the  face,  &c.     A  glass  of  wine  or 
cold  water  when  the  patient  can  swal- 
low.     Avoid    excitement    and     tight 
lacing. 

1234.  INDIGESTION.— The  pills,  No 
2,  with  the  mixture  No.  22,  at  the  same 
time  abstinence  from  veal,  pork,  mac- 
kerel,  salmon,  pastry   and   beer ;    fur 
drink,  homoeopathic  cocoa,  a  glass  of 
cold  spring  water  the  first  thing  every 
morning.     Avoid  excesses. 

1235.  INFLAMMATION    OP     THK 
BLADDER. — Bleeding,  aperients  No.  5 
and  No.  7,  the  warm   bath,  afterwards 
opium;  the    pill    No.  12    three    times 
a  day  till  relieved.     Avoid   fermenteu 
liquors,  &c. 

1236.  INFLAMMATION    OF    THE 
BOWELS. — Leeches,  blisters,  foment* 


178 


THE  GLUTTON  FASTS   PO  KAT  TilK  GREATER  SHARE. 


tions,  iced-drinks,  the  pills  No.  23; 
move  the  bowels  with  clysters,  if  ne- 
cessary, No.  24.  Avoid  cold,  indigest- 
ible food,  &c. 

1237.  INFLAMMATION  OP  THE  BRAIN. — 
Application  of  cold  to  the  head,  bleed- 
ing from  the  temples  or  back  of  the 
neck  by  leeches  or  cupping  ;   aperients 
No.  1  followed  by  No.  7.     Mercury  to 
salivation  No.  18.     Avoid  excitement, 
•tudy,  intemperance. 

1238.  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  KIDNEYS. 
—Bleeding  from  the  arm,  leeches  over 
the    seat  of  pain,  aperients  No.  5,  fol- 
lowed by  No.  7,  the  warm  bath.    Avoid 
violent  exercise,  rich  living. 

1239.  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  LIVER. — 
Leeches  over  the  right  side,  the  seat  of 
pain,  blisters,  aperients  No.  1,  followed 
by  No.  7,  afterwards   the  pills  No.  23, 
till  tbe  gums  are  slightly  tender.    Avoid 
cold,  damp,  intemperance,  and  anxiety. 

1240.  INFLAMMATION    OF     THE 
LUNGS. — Bleeding  from  the    arm,  or 
over  the  painful  part  of  the   chest  by 
leeches  succeeded  by  a  blister ;  the  de- 
mulcent mixture  No.  17  to    allay  the 
cough,    with     the    powders    No.  18. 
Avoid  cold,  damp,  and  draughts. 

1241.  INFLAMMATION     OF     THE 
STOMACH. — Leeches  to  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,    followed     by    fomentations, 
cold  iced  water  for  drink,  bowels  to  be 
evacuated  by  clysters ;  abstinence  from 
all  food  except  cold  gruel,  milk  and 
water  or  tea.     Avoid  excesses,  and  con- 
diments. 

1242.  INFLAMMATORY    SOEE 
THROAT. — Leeches  and  blisters  exter- 
nally, aperients  No.  1,  followed   by  No. 
7  gargle,  to-  clear   the  throat  No.  20. 
Avoid  cold,  damp,  and  draughts. 

1243.  INFLAMED  EYES. — The  bowels 
to  be  regulated  by  No.  5,  a  small  blister 
behind  the  ear  or  on  the  nape  of  the 
neck — the  eyes  to  be  bathed  with  No. 
39. 

1244.  INFLUENZA.— No.  4,    as    an 
aperient    and    diaphoretic.    No.  17,  to 
allay  fever   and    cough.    No.  31,  as    a 
tonic,  when    weakness   only  remains. 
Avoid  cold  and  damp,  use  clothing  suit- 
ed to  the  change  of  temperature. 


1245.  INTERMITTENT    FEVER    OR 
AGUE. — Take  No.  16  during  the  inter- 
mission  of  the  paroxysm  of  the  fever; 
keeping  bowels  free  with  a  wine-glass 
of  No.  7.     Avoid  bad  air,  stagnant  pools, 
&c. 

1246.  ITCH.— The    ointment  of  No. 
32,  or  Jotion  No.  33. 

1247.  JAUNDICE.— The  pills  No.  1, 
afterwards  the  mixture  No.  7,  drinking 
freely  of  dandelion  tea. 

1248.  LOOSENESS   OF   THE  BOW- 
ELS, ENGLISH  CHOLERA.— One  pill  No. 
23,  repeated  if  necessai  y ;  afterwards 
the    mixture    No.  25.     Avoid    unripe 
fruits,  acid    drinks,  gim  ,er  beer ;    wrap 
flannel  around  the  abd'/men. 

1249.  MEASLES.— A  well  ventilated 
room,  aperients  No.  4,  with  No.  17,  to 
allay  the  cough  ar  JL  fever. 

1250.  MENSTRUATION  (EXCESSIVE). 
— No.  47  during  the  attack,  with  rest 
in  the  recumbent  position  ;  in  the  inte* 
vals,  No.  46. 

1251. — MENSTRUATION  (SCANTY).— 
In  strong  patients,  cupping  the  loing. 
exercise  in  the  open  air,  the  feet  in 
warm  water  before  the  expected  per- 
iod, the  pills  No.  45 ;  in  weak  subjects, 
No.  46.  Gentle  and  regular  exercise. 
Avoid  hot  rooms,  and  too  much 
sleep. 

1252.  MENSTRUATION  (PAINFUL).— 
No.  48  during  the  attack,  in  the  inter 
vals  No.  45  twice  a  week,  with  No.  46. 
Avoid  cold,  mental  excitement,  &c. 

1253.  MU3IPS.— Fomentation  with  a 
decoction    of    chamomile,  and    poppy 
heads ;  No.  4,  as  an  aperient,  and  No. 
9,  during  the  stage  of  fever.      Avoid 
cold  and  attend  to  the  regularity  of  the 
the  bowels. 

1254.  NERVOUSNESS.— Cheerful  so- 
ciety, early  rising,  exercise  in  the  open 
air,  particularly  on  horseback,  and  No. 
15.    Avoid  excitement,  study,  and  late 
meals. 

1255.  PALPITATION  OF  THE  HEART. 
— The  pills  No.  2,  with  the  mixture  No. 
15. 

1256.  PILES.— The  paste  No.  38,  a* 
the  same  time  a  regulated  diet. 

1257.  QUINSEY.— A    blister  applied 


WHEN  IN  MOTION,  TO  PUSH  ON  IS  EASY. 


179 


all  round  the  throat ;  an  emetic  No.  19, 
commonly  succeeds  in  breaking  the  ab- 
scess, afterwards  the  gargle  No.  20. 
Avoid  cold  and  damp. 

1258.  RHEUMATISM, — Bathe  the  af- 
fected parts  with  No.  27,  and  take  in- 
ternally No.   28,  with  No.  29  at  bed- 
time to  ease  pain,  &c.    Avoid  damp 
and  cold,  wear  flannel. 

1259.  PUCKETS.— The  powders  No. 
37,  a  dry,  pure  atmosphere,  a  nourish- 
ing diet. 

1260.  RINGWORM.— The  lotion   No. 
36,  with  the  occasional  use  of  the  pow- 
der No.  5.    Fresh  air  and  cleanliness. 

1261.  SCARLET  FEVER. — Well  venti- 
lated room,  sponging  the  body  when  hot 
with  cold  or  tepid  vinegar,  or  spirit  and 
water;  aperients,  No.  4;    refrigerants, 
No.  8.     If  dropsy  succeed   the   disap- 
pearance   of     the    eruption,    frequent 
purging    with   No.   5,   succeeded     by 
No.  7. 

1262.  SCROFULA. — Pure  air,  light  but 
warm    clothing,  diet  of   fresh    animal 
food ;   bowels  to  be  regulated  by  No. 
6,  and  No.  30,  taken  regularly    for    a 
considerable  time. 

1263.  SCURVY. — Fresh  animal    and 
vegetable  food,  and  the  free  use  of  ripe 
fruits  and  lemon  juice.    Avoid  cold  and 
damp. 

1264.  SMALL  Pox.— A  well  ventila- 
ted apartment,  mild  aperients,  if  fever 
be  present,  No.  7>  succeeded  by  refrig- 
erants No.  8,  and  tonics  No.  16,  in  the 
stage   of  debility,  or    decline   of  the 
eruption. 

1265.  ST.VITUS'S  DANCE.— The  oc- 
casional use  in  the  commencement  of 
No.  5,  followed  by  No.   7,  afterwards 
No.  61. 

1266.  THRUSH.— One  of  the  powders 
No.  6  every  other  night,  in   the   inter- 
vals a  dessert  spoonful  of  the   mixture 
No.  22  three  times  a  day ;  white  spots 
to  be  dressed  with  the  honey  of  borax. 

1267.  Tic  DOLOREUX. — Regulate  the 
bowels  with  No.  3,  and  take  in  the  in- 
tervals of  pain   No.  31.    Avoid  cold, 
damp,  and  mental  anxiety. 

1268.  TOOTH- ACHE.  —  Continue  the 
Ofle  of  No.  3  for  a  few  alten*te  days. 

8* 


Apply  liquor  ammonia  to  reduce  the 
pain,  and  when  that  is  accomplished, 
fill  the  decayed  spots  with  silver  suc- 
cedaneum  without  delay,  or  the  pain 
will  return.  (See  142.) 

1269.  TYPHUS  FEVER. — Sponging  the 
body  with  cold  or  tepid  water,  a  well 
ventilated  apartment,  col'd  applications 
to   the   head   and  temples.     Aperients 
No.  4,  with    refrigerants    No.  9,  tonics 
No.  16,  in  the  stage  of  debility. 

1270.  WATER  ON  THE  BRAIN. — Local 
bleeding   by  means  of  leeches,  blisters, 
aperients   No.  5,  and  mercurial    medi- 
cines No.  18. 

1271.  WHITES. — The  mixture   No. 
43,  with  the  injection  No.  44.     Clothing 
light,  but  warm,  moderate  exercise   in 
the  open  air,  country  residence. 

1272.  WORMS  IN  THE   INTESTINES. — • 
The  aperient  No.  5,  followed  by  No.  7, 
afterwards  the  free   use  of  lime  water 
and  milk  in  equal  parts,  a  pint  daily 
Avoid  unwholesome  food. 

1273.— PRESCRIPTIONS. 

To  be  used  in  the  Cases  enumerated  i.ndtr 
the  head  "Diseases,"  1219. 

1274.  The  following  prescriptions, 
originally  derived  from  various  Prescrib- 
ers'  Pharmacopoeias,  embody  the  favor- 
ite remedies  employed  by  the  most  em- 
inent physicians: — 

1.  Take  of  powdered  rhubarb   and 
chloride  of  mercury  each  four  grains ; 
syrup  of  ginger,  sufficient  to  make  two 
pills ;  at  bedtime ;  in  fevers  and  inflam- 
mations. 

2.  Powdered    rhubard,  socotrine  al- 
oes, and  gum  mastiche,  each  one   scru- 
ple ;  make  into  twelve  pills ;  one  before 
and  one  after  dinner. 

3.  Compound   extract  of  colocynth, 
extract  of  jalap,  and   Castile   soap,  of 
each  one  scruple ;  make  into  twelve  pills. 

4.  James's  powder,  five  grains ;  calo- 
mel, three  grains  ;  in  fevers. 

5.  Calomel,  three  grains ;  compound 
powder  of  scammony,  twelve   grains ; 
in  worms  and  tumid  belly  in  children. 

6.  Powdered  rhubarb,  four  grains ; 
mercury  and  chalk,  three  grains ;  gin 


180 


THE  HYPOCRITE  WILL  FAST  TO  SEEM  MORE  HOLY  J 


ger  in  powder,  one  grain ;   an  altera- 
tive aperient  lor  children. 

7.  Dried  sulphate  of  magnesia,  six 
drams ;  sulphate  of  soda,  three  drams ; 
infusion  of  senna,  seven  ounces;  tinc- 
ture of  jalep,  and  compound  tincture  of 
cardamoms,   ea^h  half  an  ounce;    in 
acute    diseases    generally ;    take  two 
t»blespoonfuls  every  four  hours,  till  it 
operates  freely. 

8.  Nitrate  of  potass,  one  dram  and  a 
half;    spirits  of  nitric  sether,   half  an 
ounce ;  camphor  mixture,  and  the  spirit 
of  mindererus,   each   four  ounces ;    in 
fevers,  &c. ;   two  tablespoonfuls   three 
times  a  day. 

9.  Spirit  of  nitric  aether,  three  drams ; 
dilute  nitric   acid,   two   drams;  syrup, 
three  drams ;  camphor  mixture,  seven 
ounces;  in  fevers,  &c.,  with  debility, 
dose  as  last. 

10.  Spirit  of  mindererus  and  camphor 
mixture,  each  three  ounces  and  a  half; 
wine  of  antimony,  one  dram  and  a  half; 
wine  of  ipecacuanha,  one  dram  and  a 
half;   syrup  of  Tolu,  half  an  ounce; 
dose  as  last. 

11.  Decoction  of  broom,  half  a  pint; 
cream  of  tartar,  one  ounce ;  tincture  of 
squills,  two  drams ;  in  dropsies,  a  third 
part  three  times  a  day. 

12.  Pills  of   soap  and    opium,  five 
grains  for  a  dose  as  directed. 

13.  Compound  powder  of  ipecacuan- 
ha, seven  to  twelve  grains  for  a  dose,  as 
directed. 

14.  Battley's  solution  of  opium,  from 
ten  to  forty  drops ;  camphor  mixture, 
an  ounce  and  a  half;  in  a  draught  at 
bedtime.' 

15.  Ammoniated  tincture  of  valerian, 
six  drams  ;    camphor  mixture,   seven 
ounces  ;  a  fourth  part  three  times  a  day ; 
in  spasmodic  and  hysterical  disorders. 

16.  Disulpbate  of  quina,  half  a  dram; 
dilute   sulphuric   acid,   twenty  drops ; 
compound  infusion  of  roses,  eight  ounces; 
two  tablespoonfuls  every  four  hours,  in 
intermittent  fever,  during  the  absence  of 
(he  paroxysm. 

17.  Almond  m'xture,    seven  ounces 
and  a  half :  wine  of  antimony  and  ipe- 
cacuanha, of  each,  ">ne  dram  .and  a  half; 


a  tablespoonful  every  four  hours,  in 
cough  with  fever,  &c. 

18.  Calomel,  one  grain;   powdered 
white   sugar,  two  grains;  to  make  a 
powder  to  be  placed  on   the  tongue 
every  two  or  three  hours. 

19.  Antimony  and  ipecacuanha,  wines 
of  each  an  ounce ;  a  teaspoonful  every 
ten  minutes  till  it  vomits. 

20.  Compound    infusion    of    roses, 
seven  ounces;    tincture  of  myrrh,  one 
ounce. 

21.  Decoction  of  bark,  six  ounces ; 
aromatic  confection,  one  dram;  tincture 
of  opium,  five  drops. 

22.  Infusion  of  orange  peel,  seven 
ounces  ;  tincture  of  hops,  half  an  ounce ; 
and  a  dram  of  carbonate  of  soda — two 
tablespoonfuls  twice  a  day. 

23.  Blue  pill,  four  grains ;    opium, 
half  a  grain :  to  be  taken  three  times  a 
day. 

24.  FOE  A  CLYSTER. — A  pint  and  a 
half  of  gruel  or  fat  broth,  a  tablespoon- 
ful of  castor  oil,  one  of  common  salt, 
and  a  lump  of  butter ;  mix,  to  be  in- 
jected slowly. 

25.  Chalk   mixture,   seven  ounces ; 
aromatic  and  opiate  confection,  of  each 
one   dram;    tincture    of   catechu,    six 
drams;    two  table  spoonfuls  every  two 
hours. 

26.  Carbonate    of    soda,   powdered 
rhubarb    and    Castile  soap,  each  one 
dram ;    make    thirty-six   pills ;    three 
twice  a  day. 

27.  LOTION. — Common    salt,    one 
ounce  ;  distilled  water,  seven  ounces ; 
spirits  of  wine,  one  ounce ;  mix. 

28.  Dried  sulphate  of  magnesia,  six 
drams;  heavy  carbonate  of  magnesia, 
two  drams ;   wine  of  colchicum,  two 
drams;  water,  eight  ounces;  take  two 
tablespoonfuls  every  four  hours. 

29.  Compound  powder  of  ipecacu- 
anha, eight  grains ;   powdered   guaia- 
cum,  four  grains  ;  in  a  powder  at  bed- 
time. 

30.  Brandish's    solution  of  potash 
thirty  drops  twice  a  day  in  a  wineglass 
of  beer. 

31.  Disulphate  of  quina,  half  a  drf-m  j 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  ten  drops;  coin 


THE  RIGHTEOUS  MAN  TO  PUNISH  SIN  AND  FOLLY. 


181 


pound  infusion  of  roses,  eight  ounces ; 
two  tab!  ijspoonfuls  every  four  hours, 
and  as  a  tonic  in  a  stage  of  weakness 
succeeding  fever. 

32.  Flowers  of  sulphur,  two  ounces; 
hog's  lard,  four  ounces;  white  helle- 
bore nowder,  half  an  ounce ;  oil  of  laven- 
der, nixty  drops. 

33.  Hydriodate  of  potass  two  drams  ; 
distilled  water,  eight  ounces. 

34.  Flowers  of  sulphur,  half  a  dram ; 
carbonate  of  soda,  a  scruple  ;  tartarized 
antimony,  one-eighth  of  a  grain :  one 
powder,  night  and  morning,  in  erup- 
tions of  the  skin  or  face. 

35.  Milk  of  bitter    almonds,   seven 
ounces ;   bichloride   of  mercury,    four 
grainp ;  spirits  of  rosemary,  one  ounce  ; 
bathe  the   eruption  with    this    lotion 
three  times  a  day. 

36.  Sulphate  of  zinc,  two  scruples ; 
sugar  of  lead,  fifteen  grains ;  distilled 
water,   six   ounces;   the   parts    to  be 
washed  with  the  lotion  two  or  three 
times  a  day. 

37.  Carbonate  of  iron,  six  grains; 
powdered  rhubarb,  four    grains;    one 
powder  night  and  morning. 

38.  Elecampane  powder,  two  ounces ; 
sweet  fennel  seed  powder,  three  ounces; 
black  pepper  powder,  one  ounce  ;  puri- 
fied honey  and  brown  sugar,  of  each 
two  ounces;  the  size  of  a  nutmeg,  two 
or  three  times  a  day. 

39.  Sulphate  of  zinc^  twelve  grains ; 
wine  of  opium,  one  dram ;  rose  water 
six  ounces 

40.  Common  salt,  one  ounce  ;  water, 
four  ounces ;  spirits  of  wine  and  vine- 
gar, each  two  ounces ;  the  parts  to  be 
bathed  or  rubbed  with  this  lotion  fre- 
quently. 

41.  Spirits  of  wine  and  distilled  vin- 
egar, each  one  ounce ;  rose  water,  six 
ounces ;  the  parts  to  be  kept  constantly 
damp  with  the  lotion. 

42.  Linseed  oil  and  lime  water,  equal 
parts:    anoint    the  injured    parts  fre- 
quently with  *  feather. 

43  Sulphate  of  magnesia,  six  drams ; 
sulphate  of  iron,  ten  grains^  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid,  forty  drops  tincture  of 
cardajnoins,  (compound,)  half  an  ounce ; 


water,   seven  ounces ;    a  fourth    part 
night  and  morning. 

44.  Decoction  of  oak  bark,  a  pint ; 
dried  alum,  half  an  ounce;  for  an  injec- 
tion, a  syringeful  to  be  used  night  and 
morning. 

45.  Compound  gamboge  pill,  and  a 
pill  of  assafcetida  and   aloes,  of  each 
halfr  a  dram;  make  twelve  pills,  two 
twice  or  three  times  a  week. 

46.  Griffith's    mixture — one    table- 
spoonful  three  times  a  day. 

47.  Ergot  of  rye,  five  grains ;   in  a 
powder,  to  be  taken  every  four  hours. 

48.  Powdered  opium,  half  a  grain; 
camphor,  two  grains  ;  in  a  pill,  to  be 
taken  every  three  or  four  hours  whilst 
in  pain. 

49.  Balsam  of  copaiba,  half  an  ounce  ; 
powdered  cubebs,  half  an  ounce ;  solu- 
tion   of   potass,    three    drams ;    pow- 
dered acacia,   two  drams ;   laudanum, 
twenty  drops;  cinnamon  water,  seven 
ounces ;  one  tablespoonful  three  times  a 
day. 

50.  Tartarized  antimony,  two  grains ; 
sulphate  of  magnesia,  six  drams  ;  nitrate 
of  potass,  one  dram ;    compound  tinc- 
ture of   cardamoms,   half  an  ounce ; 
water,  eight  ounces. 

51.  Lime  water,  two  ounces  ;  calomel, 
one  scruple ;  make  a  lotion,  to  be  ap- 
plied by  means  of  soft  lint. 

52.  Blue  pill,  five  grains  ;  powdered 
opium,  half  a  grain ;  two  pills  at  night, 
and  one  in  the  morning. 

53.  Biniodide  of  mercury,  two  grains; 
bydriodate  of  potass,  one  dram  ;  extract 
of  sarsaparilla,  one  ounce  ;  water,  eight 
ounces ;  one  tablespoonful  three  time* 
a  day. 

54.  Sulphate    of   zinc,   twenty-four 
grains  in  a  wine  glass  of  water,  to  be 
given  for  an  emetic,  and  repeated  if  ne- 
cessary. 

55.  Dill  water,  one  and  a  half  ounces, 
volatile  tincture    of  valerian,  twenty 
drops;   tincture  of  cartor,  one  drari; 
spirits  of  sulphuric  aether,  twenty  droj-s ; 
make   a  draught  to    be  taken   thiee 
times  a  day. 

56.  Syrup  of  poppies,    oxymel    of 
squills,  of  each  one  ounce ;  Kolution  of 


182 


NEVER  WALK  ONE  WAT  AND  LOOK  ANOTHER. 


potash,  two  drains ;  a  teaspoonful  fre- 
quently. 

57.  Syrup   of  balsam  of  Tolu,  two 
ounces ;  the  muriate  of  morphia,  two 
grains ;  muriatic  acid,  twenty  drops ;  a 
teaspoonful  twice  a  day. 

58.  Salts  of  tartar,  two   scruples 
twenty  grains  of  powdered  cochineal 
4  Ib.   of  honey ;    water,   half  a  jJint 

oil  and  give  .a  teaspoonful  three  times 
day. 

59.  Calomel,  ten  grains ;  castile  soap 
extract  of  jalap,  extract  of  colocynth, 
of  each  one  scruple  ;  oil  of  juniper,  ten 
drops;    make  into  eighteen  pills  and 
take  two  at  bedtime  occasionally. 

60.  Infusion  of  orange   peel,  eight 
ounces ;  carbonate  of  soda,  one  dram ; 
and  compound  tincture  of  cardamoms 
half  an  ounce ;  take  two  large  teaspoon- 
fuls  twice  the  day  succeeding  the  pill. 

61.  Carbonate  of  iron,  three  ounces  ; 
syrup  of  ginger,  sufficient  to  make  an 
electuary  ;  a  teaspoonful  three  times  a 
day. 

62.  Take  of  castile  soap,  compound 
extract  of  colocynth,   compound  rhu- 
barb pill,  and  the  extract  of  jalap,  of 
each  one  scruple ;  oil  of  carraway,  ten 
drops  ;  make  into  twenty  pills,  and  take 
one  after  dinner  every  day  whilst  neces- 
sary. 

63.  Spirits  of  rosemary  five  parts, 
spirits  of  wine,  or 'spirits  of  turpentine, 
one  part. 

1275.  USEFUL  RECEIPTS. 

1276.  OINTMENT    FOR    SCURF  IN 
THE  HEADS  OF  INFANTS. — Lard,  two 
ounces;    sulphuric  acid,  diluted,  two 
drams  ;  rub  .them  together,  and  anoint 
the  head  once  a  day. 

1277.  RANCID  BUTTER. — This  may 
be  restored  by  melting  it  in  a  water 
bath,   with    some    coarsely  powdered 
animal  charcoal  (which  has  been  thor- 
oughly sifted  from  dust),  and  strained 
through  flannel. 

]-278. — REMEDY  FOR  BLISTERED 
FEET  FROM  LONG  WALKING. — Rub 
the  feet,  at  going  to  bed,  with  spirits 
mixed  with  tallow  dropped  from  a 
lighted  candle  into  the  pain?  of  the 


1279.  AN  EASY  METHOD  OF  EXTER, 
MINATING  RATS  AND  MlCE.  — Mix 

powdered  nux  vomica  with  oatmeal, 
and  lay  it  in  their  haunts,  observing 
proper  precaution  to  prevent  accidents. 
Another  method  is,  to  mix  oatmeal  with 
a  little  powdered  phosphorus. 

1280.  WASH  FOR  A  BLOTCHED 
FACE. — Rose  water,  three  ounces  ;  sul- 
phate of  zinc,  one  dram.  Mix.  Wet 
the  face  with  it,  gently  dry  it,  and  then 
touch  it  over  with  cold  cream,  which 
also  dry  gently  off 

1281.  OIL   OF   ROSES  —  FOR  THE 
HAIR. — Olive  oil,  two  pints  ;  otto  of 
roses,  one  dram ;  oil  of  roaemary,  one 
dram.     Mix.     It  may  be  coloured  red 
by  steeping  a  little  alkanet  root  in  the 
oil  (with  heat)  before  scenting  it. 

1282.  CURE  FOR  CHAFFED  HANDS. 
Instead    of  washing  the  hands    with 
soap  employ  oatmeal,  aa-1  after  each 
washing  take  a  little  dry  oatmeal,  and 
rub  over  the  hands,  so  as  x>  absorb  any 
moisture. 

1283.  To  PREVENT  THE   SMOKING 
OF  A  LAMP. — Soak  the  wick  in  strong 
vinegar,  and  dry  it  well  before  you  use 
it ;  it  will  then  burn  both  sweet  and 
pleasant,  and  give  much   satisfaction 
for  the  trifling  trouble  taken  in  prepar- 
"ng  it. 

1284.  DR  BIRT  DAVIES' GOUT  MIX- 
TURE.— Wine  of  Colchicum,  one  ounce ; 
spirit  of   nitrous    ether,    one    ounce; 

odine  of  potassium,  two  scruples ;  dia 
milled  water,  two  ounces.  Mix.  A  tea- 
spoonful  in  carnmomile  tea  two  or  three 
;imes  a  day. 

1285.  To  RENDER  LINEN,  &c.,  in- 
COMBUSTIBLE. — All  linen,  cotton,  mug- 
ins,  £c.,  &c.,when  dipped  in  a  solution 
of  the  pure  vegetable  alkali  at  a  gravity 
of  from  124  to  130   (taking  water  at 
the  gravity  of  100)  become  incombus- 

ible. 

1286.  To  TAKE   GREASE  OUT  OF 
VELVET  OR  CLOTH. — Get  some  tur- 
>entine  and  pour  it  over  the  place  that 
s  greasy ;  rub  it  till  quite  dry  with  a 
>iece  of  clean  flannel ;  if  the  grease  be 
ot  quite  removed,  repeat  the  applica- 
tion, and  when  done,  brush  the  place 


PLAIN  WOttDS  MAKE  THE  MOST  ORNAMENTAL  SENTENCES. 


183 


well,  and  hang  up  the  garment  in  the 
open  air  to  take  away  the  smell. 

1287.  DK.   BABINGTON'S   MIXTURE 
FOR  INDIGESTION. — Infusion  of  calum- 
ba,  six   ounces;   carbonate  of  potassa, 
one  drachm  ;  compound  tincture  of  gen- 
tian, three  drachms.    Mix.     Dose,  two 
or  three  tablespoonfuls  daily  at  noon. 

1288.  LEMONADE. — Powdered  sugar 
four  pounds;    citric    or  tartaric  acid, 
one    ounce  ;    essence    of  lemon    two 
drachms ;  mix  well.  Two  or  three  tea- 
spooufuls  make  .s  very  sweet  and  agree- 
able glass   of  ei  temporaneous  lemon- 
ade. 

1289.  GINGER  BEER.— White  sugar, 
twenty  pounds ;  lemon  or  lime  juice, 
eighteen  (fluid)   ounces;    honey,   one 
pound,    bruised    ginger,     twenty-two 
ounces  ;   water,  eighteen  gallons.    Boil 
the  ginger  in  three  gallons  of  water  for 
half  an  hour,  then  add  the  sugar,  the 
juice  and  the  honey,  with  the  remain- 
der of  the  water,  and  strain  through  a 
cloth.     When  cold  add  the   white  of 
one  egg,  and  half  an  ounce  (fluid)  of  es- 
sence  of  lemon ;    after   standing  four 
days,  bottle.     This  yields  a  very  supe- 
rior beverage,  and  one  which  will  keep 
for  many  months.     (See  .79.) 

1290.  To   TAKE   STAINS  OP  WINE 
OUT  OF  LINEN. — Hold  the  articles  in 
milk  that  is  boiling  on  the  fire,  and  the 
stains  will  soon  disappear. 

1291.  DR.  CLARK'S  PILLS  FOR  NERV- 
OUS   HEADACHE.  —  Socotrine    aloes, 
powdered  rhubarb,  of  each  one  drachm; 
compound  powder  of   cinnamon,   one 
scruple;  hard  soap,  half  a  drachm;  syrup 
enough  to  form  the  mass      To  be  di- 
vided into  fifty  pills,  of  which  two  will 
be  sufficient  for  a  dose ;  to  be  taken 
occasionally. 

1292.  To  TAKE  INK-STAINS  OUT  OF 
MAHOGANY. — Put  a  few  drops  of  spirits 
of  nitre  in  a  teaspoonful  of  water,  touch 
the  spot  with  a  feather  dipped  in  the 
mixture,  and  on  the  ink  disappearing, 
rub  it  over  immediately  with  a  rag  wet- 
ted in  cold  water,  or  there  will  be  a 
white  mark  whicl.  will  not  be  easily 
effaced 

Ax  EFFB  TUAJI.  LTME  FOB  THE 


DESTRUCTION    OF   BUGS.— Two   OUnc6B 

of  red  arsenic,  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of 
white  soap,  half  an  dunce  of  camphor 
dissolved  in  a  teaspoonful  of  spirits 
rectified,  made  into  a  paste  of  the  con- 
sistency of  cream :  place  this  mixture 
in  the  openings  and  cracks  of  the  bed- 
stead. 

1294.  MIXTURE   FOR   DESTROYING 
FLIES. — Infusion  of  quassia,  one  pint ; 
brown    sugar,    four    ounces ;    ground 
pepper,  two  ounces.  To  be  weir  mixed 
together,  and  put    in    small  shallow 
dishes  when  required. 

1295.  WILSON'S  LOTION   TO  PRO- 
MOTE  THE  GROWTH    OP    THE    HAIR.— 
Eau  de  Cologne,  two  ounces ;  tincture 
of  cantharides,  two   drachms;    oil   of 
rosemary  and  oil  of  lavender ;  of  each, 
ten  drops. 

1296.  DR.  SCOTT'S  WASH  TO  WHITEN 
THE    NAILS. — Diluted   sulphuric  acid, 
two  drams ;    tincture   of  myrrh,   one 
dr.im  ;  spring  water,  four  ounces.   Mix. 
First  cleanse  with  white  soap,  and  then 
dip  the  fingers  into  the  wash. 

1297.  CURE  FOR  CORNS.— Take  two 
ounces  of  gum-ammoniac,  two  ounces 
of  yellow  wax  and  six  drachms  of  ver- 
digris, melt  them  together,  and  spread 
the  composition  on  soft  leather.     Cut 
away  as  much  of  the  corn  as  you  can, 
then  apply  the  plaster,   and  renew  it 
every  fortnight  till  the  corn  is  away. 

1298.  DEAFNESS  FROM  DEFICIENT  SE- 
CRETION OF  WAX. — Take  oil  of  turpen- 
pentine,  half  a  drachm  ;  olive  oil,  two 
drachms.     Mix.     Two  drops  to  be  in 
troduced  into  the  ear  at  bed-time. 

1299.  To  RENOVATE  BLACK  CRAPE. 
— Skim-milk  and  water,  with  a  little 
bit  of  glue  in  it,  made  scalding  hot,  will 
restore  old  rusty  black  Italian  crape.  If 
clapped  and  pulled  dry,  like  fine  mus 
lin,  it  will  look  as  good  as  new. 

1300.  SCOURING  DROPS  FOR  REMOV- 
ING SPOTS,  GREASE,  &c.,  FROM  LINEN 

OR   ANY  OTHER  SUBSTANCE.  —  Take 

spirits  of  turpentine  and  essence  of 
lemons,  of  each,  one  ounce.  The  es- 
sence must  be  newly  made,  or  it  will 
leave  a  circle  round  the  spot. 

1301.  To  CLEAN  MARBLE.—  Take  t\»c 


184 


UNCERTAINTY  WALKS  ON  BOTH  SIDES  OF  US. 


parts  of  common  sxla,  one  part  of  pu- 
mice-stone, and  one  part  of  finely  pow- 
dered chalk  ;  sift  it  through  a  fine  sieve, 
and  mix  it  with  water ;  then  rub  it  well 
all  over  the  marble,  and  the  stains  will 
DC  removed ;  then  wash  the  inarble 
over  with  soap  and  water,  and  it  will 
be  as  clean  as  it  was  at  first. 

1302.  PAINT.— To    get   rid   of  the 
mell  of  oil  paint   plunge  a  handful  of 
ay  into  a  pailfull  of  water,  and  let  it 
tand  in  the  room  newly  painted. 

1303.  AN  EXCELLENT  JELLY.  (FOR 
THE    SICK  ROOM.)— TaTte  rice,  sago, 
pearl-barley,  hartshorn  shavings,  each 
one  ounce  ;  simmer  with  three  pints  of 
water  to  one,  and  strain  it.     When  cold 
it   will  be   a  jelly,  of  which  give,  dis- 
solved in  wine,  milk,  or  broth,  in  change 
with  the  other  nourishment. 

1304.  IMPRESSIONS  FROM  COINS. — 
Melt  a  little  isinglass  glue  with  brandy, 
and  pour  it  thinly  over  the  medal,  &c., 
so  as  to  cover  its  whole  surface ;  let  it 
remain  on   for  a  day  or  two,  till  it  has 
thoroughly  dried  and  hardened,  and  then 
take  it  oft',  when  it  will  be  fine,  clear, 
and  as  hard  as  a  piece  of  Muscovy  glass, 
and  will  have  a  very  elegant  impression 
of  the  coin.     It  will  also  resist  the  ef- 
fects of  damp  air,  which  occasions  all 
other  kinds  of  glue  to  soften  and  bend 
If  not  prepared  in  this  way. 

]3U5.  TRAP  FOE  SNAILS. — Snails  are 
particularly  fond  of  bran ;  if  a  little  is 
spread  on  the  ground,  and  covered  ovei 
with  a  few  cabbage  leaves  or  tiles,  they 
will  congregate  under  them  in  greal 
numbers,  and  by  examining  them  every 
morning,  and  destroying  them,  their 
numbers  will  be  materially  decreased. 

1306.  To  DESTROY  SLUGS.— Slugs 
are  very  voracious,  and  their  ravages  of- 
ten do  considerable  damage,  not  only  to 
the  kitchen  garden,  but  to  the  flower- 
beds also.  If,  now  and  then,  a  few 
slices  of  turnip  be  put  about  the  beds, 
on  a  summer  or  autumnal  evening,  the 
slugs  will  congregate  thereon,  and  may 
be  destroyed. 

1307.  T«  KEEP  MOTHS,  BEETLES,  &c., 
FROM  THE  CLOTHES.-^Put  a  piece  of 
eanrohor  i  a  line  \  ong,  or  some  aroma- 


5c  herbs,  in  the  drawers,  among  linen 
>r  woollen  clothes,  and  neither  moth  nor 
worm  will  come  near  them. 

1308.  To  CLEAR  ROSE  TREES  FROM 
SLIGHT. — Take  sulphur  and  tobacco 
dust  in  equal  quantities,  and  strew  it 
over  the  trees  of  a  morning  when  the 
dew  is  on  them.     The  insects  will  dis- 
appear in  a  few  days.    The  trees  should 

hen  be  syringed  with  a  decoct' on  of 
;lder  leaves. 

1309.  To  PREVENT  MILDEW  ON  ALL 
SORTS  OF  TREES.— The  best  preventive 
against  mildew  is  to  keep  the  plant  pub- 

ect  to  it  occasionally  syringed  with  a 
decoction  of  elder  leaves,  which  will 
prevent  the  fungus  growing  on  them. 

1310.  To  DETECT  COPPER  IN  PICK- 


LES  OR 


TEA.  Put  a  few  leaves 


of  the  tea,  or  some  of  the  pickle,  cut 
small,  into  a  phial  with  two  or  three 
drachms  of  liquid  ammonia,  diluted 
with  one-half  the  quantity  of  water. 
Shake  the  phial,  when,  if  the  most 
minute  portion  of  copper  be  present,  the 
liquid  will  assume  a  fine  blue  colour. 

1311.  OFFENSIVE    BREATH.  —  For 
this  purpose,  almost  the  only  substance 
that  should  be  admitted  at  the  toilette 
is  the  concentrated  solution  of  chloride 
of  soda.     From  six  to  ten  drops  of  it  in 
a  wine  glass  full  of  pure  spring  water, 
taken  immediately  after  the  operations 
of  the  morning  are  completed. 

1312.  IN  some  cases,  the  odour  aris- 


ing   from   carious   teeth 
with  that  of  the  stomach. 


is   combined 
If  the  mouth 


be  well  rinsed  with  a  teaspoonful  of  the 
solution  of  the  chloride  in  a  tumbler  ol 
water,  the  bad  odour  of  the  teeth  will 
be  removed. 

1313.  To    PROTECT  DAHLIAS  .FROM 
EARWIGS. — Dip  a  piece  of  wool  or  cot- 
ton in  oil,  and   slightly  tie  it  round  the 
stalk,  about  a  foot  from  the  earth.  The 
stakes  which  you  will  put    into  the 
ground  to  support  your  plants  must  also 
be   surrounded   by  the  oiled   cotton  or 
wool,  or  the  insects  will  climb  up  them 
to  the  blossoms  and  tender  tops  of  the 
stems. 

1314.  To  FREE  PLANTS  FROM  LEAF- 
LICE. — M.  Braun,  of  Vienna,  give*  thi 


PERSE1  ERANCE  OVERCOMES  DIFFICULTIES. 


185 


followirg  as  a  cheap  and  easy  mode  of 
effecting  it : — Mix  one  ounce  of  flowers 
of  sulphur  with  one  bushel  of  sawdust ; 
scatter  this  over  the  plants  infected 
with  these  insects,  and  they  will  soon 
be  freed,  though  a  second  application 
may  possibly  be  necessary. 

1315.  TREATMENT  OF  WARTS. — Pare 
the  hard  and  dried  skin  from  their  tops, 
and  then  touch  them  with  the  smallest 
drop  of  strong  acetic  acid,  taking  care 
that  the  acid  does  not  run  off  the  wart 
upon  the  neighbouring  skin,  for  if  it  do, 
it  will  occasion  inflammation  and  much 
pain,     if    this    practice    be  continued 
once   or   twice   daily,   with  regularity, 
paring  the  surface  of  the  wart  occasion- 
ally, when   it  gets   hard   and   dry,  the 
wart  may  be  soon  effectually  cured. 

1316.  To  FATTEN  FOWLS  IN  A  SHORT 
TIME. — Mix  together  ground  rice  well 
scalded  with  milk,  and  add  some  coarse 
sugar.  Feed  therewith  this  in  the  day- 
time, but  not  too  much  at  once  :  let  it 
be  pretty  thick. 

1317.  To  DISCOVER  WHETHER  BREAD 
is    ADULTERATED   WITH    ALUM.  —  The 
bread  must  be  soaked  in  water,  and  to 
the  water  in  which  it  has  been  soaked, 
a  little  of  the  solution  of  muriate  of  lime 
must  be  added,  upon  which,  if  any  alum 
be  present,  the  liquid  will  be  pervaded 
with   milkiness ;  but  if  the  bread   be 
pure  the  liquid  will  remain  limpid.  Ra- 
tionale :  sulphuric  acid  has  a  stronger 
affinity  for  lime  than   for  the   alumina 
and  potass,  with  which  it  forms  alum  ; 
it  therefore  quits  those  bodies  to  form 
sulphate  of  lime  with  the  lime  of  the 
test,  which  produces  the  milkiness. 

1318.  To    MAKE    IMPRESSIONS    OF 
LEAVES  UPON   SILKS,  SATIN,  PAPER,  OR 
ANY  OTHER  SUBSTANCE. — Prepare  two 
rubbers  of  wash-leather,  made  by  tying 
up  wool  or   any  other    substance    in 
wash-leather;  then  prepare  the  colours 
which  you  wish  the  leaves    to    be,  by 
rubbing   up  with  cold-drawn  linseed  oil 
the  colours  you  want,  as  indigo  for  blue, 
chrome  for  yellow,  indigo  and  chrome 
for  green,  &c. ;  get  a  number  of  leaves 
the  size  and  kind  you  wish  to  stamp, 
then  dip  the  rubbers  into  the  paint, 


and  rub  them  one  over  the  other,  so 
that  you  may  have  but  s.  small  quanti- 
ty of  the  composition  upon  the  rubbers; 
place  a  leaf  upon  one  rubber  and  moist- 
en it  gently  with  the  other ;  take  the 
leaf  off,  and  apply  it  to  the  sub- 
stance you  wish  stamped ;  upon  the 
leaf  place  a  piece  of  white  paper,  press 
gently,  and  there  will  be  a  beautiful 
impression  of  all'  the  veins  of  the  leaf. 
It  will  be  as  well  if  only  one  leaf  be 
used  one  time.  The  leaves  picked 
should  be  of  one  size,  as  otherwise  the 
work  will  not  look  uniform. 

1319.  To   EXTERMINATE  BEETLES.— 
1.    Place  a  few    lumps  of   unslacked 
lime  where  they  frequent.    2.  Set  a 
dish  or  trap  containing  a  little  beer   or 
syrup  at  the  bottom,  and  place  a  few 
sticks  slanting  against  its  sides,  so  as  to 
form  a  sort  of  gangway  for  the   beetles 
to  climb  up  by,  when  they  will  go  head- 
long into  the  bait  set  for  them.    3.  Mix 
equal  weights  of  red  lead,  sugar,  flour, 
and  place  it  nightly  near  their  haunts. 
This  mixture  made  into  sheets,  form  the 
beetle  wafers  sold  at  the  oil  shops. 

1320.  To  CLEAN  HAIR  BRUSHES.— 
As  hot  water  and  soap  very  soon  soften 
the  hairs,  and  rubbing  completes  their 
destruction,  use  soda,  dissolved  in  cold 
water,  instead ;   soda  having  an  affinity 
for  grease,  it  cleans  the  brush  with  lit- 
tle friction.     Do  not  set  them  near  the 
fire,  nor  in  the  sun,  to  dry,  but  after 
shaking   them   well,  set  them  on  the 
point  of  the  handle  in  a  shady  place. 

1321.  To  CLEAN  FRENCH  Km 
GLOVES. — Put  the  gloves  on  your  hand 
and  wash  them,  as  if  you  were  wash- 
ing your  hands,  in  some  spirits  of  tur- 
pentine, until  quite  clean ;  then  hang 
them  up  in  a  warm  place,  or  where 
there  is  a  current  of  air,  and  all  smell 
of  the  turpentine  will  be  removed. 
This  method  is  practiced  in  Paris,  and 
since  its  introduction  into  this  country, 
thousands  of  dollars  have  been  gained 
by  it. 

1322.  EASY  METHOD  OF  BREAKING 
GLASS  TO  ANY  REQUIRED  FIGURE.— 
Make  a  small  notch  by  means  of  a  tile 
on  the  edge  of  a  piece  of  glass,  tne« 


186 


DESPERATE  CUTS  MUST  HAVE  DESPERATE  CURES. 


make  the  end  of  a  tobacco-pipe,  or  of  a 
rod  of  iron  of  the  same  size,  red  hot  in 
the  fire,  apply  the  hot  iron  to  the  notch, 
and  draw  it  slowly  along  the  surface  of 
the  glass  in  any  direction  you  please,  a 
crack  will  follow  the  direction  of  the 
ir^n. 

*1323.  ERRORS  IN  SPEAKING. 
(see  29G5. )  There  are  several  kinds 
of  errors  in  speaking.  The  most  ob 
ectionable  of  them  are  those  in  which 
Word*  are  employed  that  are  unsuitable 
to  convey  the  meaning  intended.  Thus, 
a  person  wishing  to  express  his  inten- 
tion of  going  to  a  given  place,  says,  "  I 
propose  going,"  when,  in  fact,  he  pur- 
poses going.  An  amusing  illustration  of 
this  class  of  error  was  overheard  by 
ourselves.  A  venerable  matron  was 
speaking  of  her  son,  who,  she  said,  was 
quite  stage-struck.  "  In  fact,"  remark- 
ed the  old  lady,  "  he  is  going  to  a  prema- 
ture performance  this  evening  !"  Con- 
sidering that  must  amateur  perform- 
ances are  premature,  we  hesitate  to  say 
that  this  word  was  misapplied ;  though, 
evidently,  the  maternal  intention  was 
to  convey  quite  another  meaning. 

1324.  OTHER  errors  arise  from  the 
substitution  of  sounds  similar    to  the 
words    which    should    be    employed. 
That  is,  spurious  words  instead  of  gen- 
uine ones.    Thus,  some  people  say  '•  re- 
numerativc,' '  when  they  mean  "remu- 
nerative."     A    nurse,    recommending 
her  mistress  to  have  one  of  the  newly- 
invented  carriages  for  her  child,  advised 
her  to  purchase  a  preamputator  ! 

1325.  OTHER  errors  are  occasioned 
by  imperfect  knowledge  of  the  English 
grammar.      Thus    many    people    say, 
"  Between  you  and  7,"  instead  of  "  Be- 
tween you  and  me."    By  the  misuse  of 
the  adjective:  "  What  beautiful  butter,'' 
"  What  a  nice  landscape."  They  should 
say,    "  What    a    beautiful    landscape" 
"  What  nice  butter."    And  by  numerous 
other    departures   from    the   rules   of 
grammar    which  will    be   pointed  out 
hereafter. 

*  See  a  work  published  by  Dick  k  Fitz- 
gerald. New  York,  entitled  "  Live  and  Learn, 
at  1000  Mistakes  Corrected." 


1326.  BY  the   mispronunciation   of 
words.     Many  persons  say  pronouncia- 
tion   instead  of  pronunciation  :  other* 
say  pro-nun'-she-a-shun,  instead  of  pro- 
nun-ce-a-shun. 

1327.  By  the   niisdivision   of  words 
and  syllables.     This  defect  makes  the 
words   an    ambassador    sound   like    a 
nam-bassador,  or  an  adder  like  a  nadder 

1328.  BY   imperfect  enunciation,  as 
when  a  person  says  hebben  for  heaven, 
ebber  for  ever,jocholate  for  chocolate,  a 
hedge,  a  ncdge,  or  an  edge,  a  hedge. 

1329.  IN  affirmative  sentences,  shall 
in  the  first  person,  simply  foretells ;  as 
"  I  shall  write." 

1 330.  IN  the  second  and  third  persons, 
shall    is  used   potentially,  denoting   a 
promise,  command,  OT  determination;  as, 
'•  You  shall  be  rewarded ;"  "Thou  shall 
not  kill;"  "  He  shall  be  punished." 

1331.  Will,   in  the  first  person,  is 
used  potentially,  denoting  promise  or 
determination ;    as,    "  I  will   go   at  all 
hazards."     In  the  second  and  third  per- 
sons,  will  simply   foretells ;   as,  "  You 
icill  soon  be  there ;"  "  He  will  expect 
your." 

1332.  IN    interrogative    sentences, 
shall,  in  the  first  person,  may  either  be 
used  potentially  to  inquire  the  will  of 
the  person  addressed,  as,  "  Shall  I  bring 
you  another  book  ?"  or  it  may  simply 
ask  whether  a  certain  event  will  occur ; 
as,  "  Shall  I  arrive  in  time  for  the 
train?" 

1333.  .When  shall  is  used  interroga- 
tively in  the  second  person,  it  simply 
denotes  futurity ;  as,  "  Shall  you  be  in 
New  York  next  week  ?" 

1334.  Shall,  employed  interrogative- 
ly in  the  third  person,  has  a  potential 
signification,  and  is  used  to  inquire  the 
will  of  the  person  addressed  ;  as,  "  Shall 
John  order  the  carriage  ?" 

1335.  Will,  used   interrogatively  in 
the  second  person,  is  potential  in  it« 
signification;  as,  "  Will  you  go?" 

1336.  Will  may  be  used  interroga- 
tively in  the  third   person,  to  denote 
mere  futurity ;  as,  "  Will  the  boat  "leave 
to-day?"     Or  it  may  have  a  potential 

j  signification,  inquiring  the  wifl  of  tn» 


FAIR  AND  SOFTLY  GO  SURE  AND  FAR. 


187 


person  spoken  of;  as,  "  Will  he  hazard 
his  life  for  the  safety  of  his  friend?" 

1337.  IN  the  subjunctive  mood,  shall. 
in  all  the  persons,  denotes  mere  futurity ; 
as, "  If  thy  brother  shall  trespass  against 
thee,  go  and  tell  him  his  fault." 

1338.  Will,  on  the  contrary,  is  po- 
tential in  its    signification,  ha-ing  re- 
spect to  the  will  of  the  agent  or  sub- 
ject ;  as,  "  If  he  will  strive  to  improve, 
IK  shall  be  duly  rewarded." 

,.339.  THE  following  expressions  are 
Dy  some  persons  considered  objection- 
able :  they  are,  however,  so  far  sanc- 
tioned by  custom,  that  any  deviation 
from  them  would  be  looked  on  as  pe- 
dantic : — 

1340.  He  lives  opposite   the   church; 
the  very  best ;  the  very  worst ;  he  need 
not  go  ;  she  dare  not  come ;  this  house  to 
let ;  he  could  neither  read  nor  write  ;  they 
were  bred  and  born  in  New  York. 

1341.  SOME  would  have  us  say,  oppo- 
site to,  £c.,  the  best  and  the  worst,  leav- 
ing out  very ;  he   needs  not,  &c. ;  she 
dares  not,  &c. 

1342.  Tobe  let ;  neither  icrite  nor  read; 
born  and  bred,&c. 

1343.  PERSONS  bred  in  Ireland  and 
Scotland  retain  more  or  less  of  their 
provincialisms;   and,  therefore,  when 
they  move  into  other  'districts  they  be- 
come conspicuous  for  the  peculiarities 
of  their  speaking.     In  mnny  cases  they 
appear  vulgar  and  uneducated,  when 
they  are  not  so.     It  is,  therefore  very 
desirable  for  all  persons  to  approach  the 
recognized  standard  of  correctness  as 
nea-rly  as  possible. 

1344.  To  correct  these  errors  by  a 
systematic  course  of  study,  would  in- 
volve a  closer  application  than  our  read- 
ers generally  could  afford;  and  would 
require  much  more  space  than  we  can 
devote  to  the  subject.     We  will  there- 
fore give  numerous  rules  and  hints,  in  a 
concise  and  simple  form,  which  will  be 
of  great  assistance  to  Enquirers. 

1345.  THESE  Rules  and  Hints  will  be 
founded  upon  the  authority  of  scholars, 
the  usages  of  the  bar,  the  pulpit,  and 
the  senate,  and  the  authority  of  socie- 
ties ff  rme^  for  the  purpose  of  collecting 


and  diffusing  knowledge  pertaining  to 
the  language  of  this  country. 

1346.  Who  and  ichorn  are  used  in  re- 
lation to  persons,  and  which  in  relation 
to  things.     But  it  was  once  common  to 
say  "  the  man  which."   This  should  now 
be  avoided.      It  is  now  usual  to  say, 
"  Our  Father  who  art  in  Heaven,"  in- 
stead of  "  which  art  in  Heaven." 

1347.  Whose,  is,  however,  sometimes 
applied  to  things  as  to  persons.     We 
may,  therefore,  say,  "  the  country  whose 
inhabitants  are  free."      [Grammarians 
differ  in  opinion  upon  this  subject,  but 
general  usage  justifies  the  rule.] 

1348.  Thou  is  employed  in  solemn 
discourse,  and  you  in  common  language. 
Ye  (plural)  is  also  used  in  serious  ad- 
dresses, and  you  in  familiar  language. 

1349.  THE  uses  of  the  word  It  are 
various  and  very  perplexing  to  the  un- 
educated.    It  is  not  only  used  to  imply 
persons,  but  things,  and  even  ideas,  and 
therefore,  in  speaking  or  writing,  its 
assistance  is  constantly  required.     The 
perplexity  respecting  this  word  arises 
from  the  fact  that  in  using  it  in  the 
construction  of  a  long  sentence,  suffi- 
cient care  is  not  taken  to  ensure  that 
when  it  is  employed  it  really  points  out 
or  refers  to  the  object  intended.     For 
instance,  "  It  was  raining  when  John 
set  out  in  his  cart  to  go  to  the  market, 
and  he  was  delayed  so  long  that  it  was 
over  before  he  arrived.''     Now  what  ia 
to  be  understood    by  this  sentence? 
Was  the  rain  over  ?   or  the  market  1 
Either  or  both  might  be  inferred  frpm 
the  construction  of  the  sentence,  which, 
therefore,  should  be  written  thus : — "  II 
was  raining  when  John  set  out  in  his 
cart,  to  go  to  the  market,  and  he  was 
delayed  so  long  that  the  market  was 
over  before  he  arrived." 

1350.  Rule. — After  writing  a  sentence 
always  look  through  it,  and  see  that 
wherever  the  word  It  is  employed,  it 
refers  to  or  carries  the  mind  back  to  the 
object  which  it  is  intended  to  point  out 

1351.  THE  general   distinction   be- 
tween This  and  TJiat,  is,  this  denotes  an 
object  present  or  near,  in  time  or  place, 
that  to  be  absent. 


188 


HALF  A  LOAF  IS  BETTER  THAN  NO  BREAD. 


1352.  These  refers,  in  the  same  man 
ner,  to  present  objects,  while  those  re 
fers  to  thing  that  are  remote. 

1853.  Who  changes  under  certain 
conditions,  into  whose  and  whom.  But 
that  and  which  always  remain  the  same 

1354.  That  may  be  applied  to  nouns 
or  subjects  of  all  sorts,  as,  the  girl  that 
went  to  school,  the  dog  that  bit  me,  the 
ship  that  went  to  New  Orleans,  the 
opinion  that  he  entertains. 
^  1355.  THE  misuse  of  these  pronouns 
gives  rise  to  more  errors  in  speaking 
and  writing1  than  any  other  cause. 

1356.  WHEN  you  wish  to  distinguish 
between   two  or  more    persons,   say, 
"  Which  is  the  happy  man  ?" — not  who 
— "  Which  of  those  ladies  do  you  ad- 
mire ?" 

1357.  Instead  of  "  Ww  do  you  think 
him  to  be  ?" — say,  "  whom  do  you  think 
him  to  be  ?" 

1358.  Whom  should  I  see  ?" 

1359.  To  whom  do  you  speak  ?" 

1360.  JFAosaidso? 

1361.  Who  gave  it  to  you  ?" 

1362.  Of  whom    did   you  procure 
them  ?" 

1363.  fffcowasAe?" 

1364.  Who  do  men  say  that  7am. 

1365.  Whom  do  they  represent  me 
to  be? 

1366.  In  many  instances  in  which 
who  is  used  as  an  interrogative,  it  does 
not  become  whom ;   as,  "  WTio  do  you 
Bpeak  to?"     "  Who   do  you  expect?" 
"  Who  is  she  married  to  ?"  "  Who  is  this 
reserved  for  ?"  "  Who  was  it  made  by  ?" 
Such  sentences  are  found  in  the  writ- 
ings of  our  best  authors,  and  it  would 
be  presumptuous  to  consider  them  as 
ungrammatical.      If  the    word    whom 
should  be  preferred,  then  it  would  be 
best  to  say,  "  For  whom  is  this  reserv- 
ed ?"  &c.' 

1367.  Instead  of  "  After  which  hour," 
tay,  "  After  that  hour." 

_  1368.  Self  should  never  be  added  to 
his,  their,  mine  or  thine. 

1369.  Each  is  used  tc  denote  every 
individual  of  a  number. 

1370.  Every  denotes  all  the  individ- 
uals of  a  n'nubrr. 


1371.  Either  and  or  denote  an  alter 
native :  "  1  will  take  either  road,  at  youi 
pleasure;"  "  1  will  take  this  or  that." 

1372.  Neither  means  not  either  ;  anc 
nor  means  not  other. 

1373.  Either  is  sometimes  used  for 
each.     "  Two  thieves  were  crucified,  on 
either  side  one." 

1374.  "LicT  each  esteem  others  as 
good  as  themselves,"  should  be,  "  Let 
each  esteem  others  as  good  as  himself.1 

1375.  "  THERE   are   bodies   each   of 
which  arc  so  small,"  should  be,  "  each 
of  which  is  so  small." 

1376.  Do  not  use   double  compara- 
tives,   such   as   most   straightest,   most 
highest,  most  finest. 

1377.  THE  term  worser  has  gone  out 
of  use ;  but  lesser  is  still  retained. 

1378.  The   use  of   such  words  as 
chief est,  extremest,  &c.,  has  become  ob- 
solete, because  they  do  not  give  any  su- 
perior force  to   the  meanings  of  the 
primary  words,  chief,  extreme,  &c. 

1379.  SUCH  expressions  as  more  im- 
possible, more  indispensable,  more  uni- 
versal, more    uncontrollable,  more  un- 
limited, &c.,  are  objectionable,  as  they 
really  enfeeble  the  meaning  which  it  is 
the  object  of  the  speaker  or  writer  to 
strengthen.      For  instance,  impossible 
gains  no  strength  by  rendering  it  more 

mpossible.  This  class  of  error  is  com- 
mon  with  persons  who  say,  "  A  great 
Jarge  house,"  "  A  great  big  animal," 
'A  little  small  foot,"  "A  tiny  little 
land." 

1380.  Here,  there,  and  where,  origi- 
lally    denoting    place,    may   now,  by 
common    consent,   be  used  to  denote 
other  meanings;    such   as,    "  There   I 
agree  with  you,"  "  llliere  we  differ," 

We   find   pain    where    we  expected 
Measure,"  "  Here  you  mistake  me." 

1381.  Hence,  whence,  and  thence,  de- 
noting departure,   £c.,  may   be  used 
without  the  word  from.     The  idea  of 
from  is  included  in  the  word  ichencc- 
herefore    it    is    unnecessary   to    say 

'  From  whence." 

1382.  Hither,  thither,  and  whither,  de- 
noting to  a  place,  have  generally  been 

uperseded  by   here,  there,  and  irherc 


IDLE  FOLKS  TAKE  THE  MOST  PAINS. 


189 


But  there  is  no  good  reason  why  they 
should  not  be  employed.  If,  however, 
they  are  used,  it  is  unnecessary  to  add 
the  word  to,  because  that  is  implied — 
"  H'liii/ier  are  you  going?"  "  Where  are 
yougoing?"  Each  of  these  sentences 
is  complete.  To  say,  "  Where  are  you 
going  to  ?"  is  redundant. 

1383.  Two  negatives  destroy  each 
other,  and  produce  an  affirmative. 
"  Nor  did  he  not  observe  them,"  con- 
veys the  idea  that  he  did  observe 
them." 

13S4.  But  negative  assertions  are 
allowable.  "  His  manners  are  not  un- 
polite,"  which  implies  that  his  manners 
are,  in  some  degree,  marked  by  polite- 
ness. 

1385.  Instead  of  "I  had  rather 
walk,"  say  "  I  would  rather  walk." 

1385.*  Instead  of  "  I  had  better  go," 
say  "  It  were  better  that  I  should 
go." 

1386.  Instead  of  "  I  doubt  not  but  I 
shall  be  able  to  go,"  say  "  I  doubt  not 
that  I  shall  be  able  to  go." 

1387.  Instead  of  "  Let  you  and  /," 
Bay  "  Let  you  and  me." 

1388.  Instead  of  "  I  am  not  so  tall  as 
Aim,"  say  "  I  am  not  RO  tall  as  he." 

1389.  When  asked  "Who  is  there?" 
do  not  answer  "  Me,"  but  "  I." 

1390.  Instead  of  "For  you  and/," 
say  "  For  you  and  me." 

1391.  Instead  of  "  Says  /,"  Bay  "  I 
said." 

1392.  Instead  of  "You  are  taller 
than  me,"  Bay  "  You  are  taller  than  I." 

1393.  Instead   of  "I  ayn't,"  or,  "I 
arrCt"  say  "  I  am  not." 

1394.  Instead  of  "  Whether    I  be 
present  or  no,"   say  "  Whether  I  be 
present  or  not." 

1395.  For  "  Not  that  I  knows  on," 
say  "Not  that  I  know." 

139C.  Instead  of  "  Was  I  to  do  so," 
Bay  "  Were  I  to  do  so." 

'1397.  Instead  of  "  I  would  do  the 
same  if  I  was  him,1'  say  "  I  would  do 
the  same  if  I  were  he." 

1398.  Instead  of  "I  had  as  lief  go 
myself,"  saj-  "  I  would  as  soon  go  my- 
elf,'1  or  "  I  would  rather." 


1399.  It  is  better  to  say  "  Bred  and 
born,"  than  "  Born  and  bred." 

1400.  It  is  better  to  say  "  Six  weeks 
ago,"  than  "  Six  weeks  back." 

1401.  It   is  better    to  say  "  Since 
which  time,"  than  '•  Since  when." 

1402.  It  is  better  to  say  "I  repeated 
it,"  than  "I  said  so  over  again." 

1403.  It  is  better  to  say  "  A  physi- 
cian" or  "  A    surgeon"  (according  to 
his  degree),  than  "  A  medical  man." 

1404.  Instead  of  "  He  was  too  young 
to  have  suffered  much,"  say  "  He  was 
too  young  to  suffer  much." 

1405.  Instead  of"  Less  friends,"  say 
"Fewer    friends."      Less    refers    to 
quantity. 

1406.  Instead   of  "A   quantity   of 
people,"  say  "  A  number  of  people." 

1407.  Instead  of "  He  and  they  we 
know,"  say  "  Him  and  them." 

1408.  Instead  of  "  As  far  as  I  can 
see,"  say  "  So  far  as  I  can  see." 

1409.  Instead  of  "  If  I  am  not  mis- 
taken,'1 say  "  If  I  mistake  not.'' 

1410.  Instead    of  "You    are   *nis- 
taken,1'  say  "  You  mistake." 

1411.  Instead  of  "What  beautiful 
tea,"  say  "  What  good  tea." 

1412.  Instead  of  "  What  a  nice  pros- 
pect,"  say    "  What  a  beautiful  pros- 
pect." 

1413.  Instead  of  "A  new  pair  of 
gloves,"  say  "A  pair  of  new  gloves." 

1414.  Instead  of  saying  "  He  belongs 
to  the  ship,11  say  "  The  ship  belongs  to 
him." 

1415.  Instead  of  saying  "  Not  no 
such     thing,"    say     "Not    any    such 
thing." 

1416.  Instead  of  "  I  hope  you'll  think 
nothing  on  it,"  say  "  I  hope  you'll  think 
nothing  of  it." 

1417.  Instead  of  "  Restore  it  back  to 
me,"  say  "  Restore  it  to  me." 

1418.  Instead  of  "I  suspect  the 
veracity  of  his  story,"  say  "  I  doubt  the 
truth  of  his  storv." 

1419.  Instead  of "  I  seldom  or  ever 
see  him,"  say  "  I  seldom  see  him." 

1420.  Instead  of •«  Rather  warmish," 
or  "A  little  wirinish,"  say  "  Rathsi 
waru\." 


190 


PEN  AND  INK  ARF  iH^  BEST  WITNESSES. 


1421.  Instead  of  "  I  expected  to  ha^s 
found  him,"  say  "  I  expected  to  £nd 
him." 

142*2.  Instead  of  "  Shay, "  say 
Chaise." 

1423.  Instead  of  "He  is  a  very  rising 
person,"  say  "  He  is  rising  rapidly." 

1424.  Instead  of  "Who  learns  you 
music?"  say  "Who  teaches  you  music  ?" 

1  425.  Instead  of  "  I  never  sing  when- 
ever I  can  help  it  "  say  "  I  never  sing 
when  I  can  help  it." 

1426.  Instead  of  "  Before  I  do  that  I 
must  first  ask   leave,"   say  "  Before  I 
do  that  I  must  ask  leave.' ' 

1427.  Instead  of  "To  get  over  the 
difficulty,"  say  "  To  overcome  the  diffi- 
culty." 

1428.  The  phrase  "  get  over,' '  is  in 
many   cases  misapplied,  as,   to  "  get 
over  a  person,' '  to  "  get  over  a  week,' ' 
to  "  get  over  an  opposition.' ' 

1429.  Instead  of  saying  "  The  obser- 
vation of  the  rule,' '  say  "  The  observ- 
ance of  the  rale." 

1430.  Instead  of  "A  man  of  eighty 
years  of  age,' '  say  "  A  man  eighty  years 
old." 

1431.  Instead  of    "Here  lays  his 
honored  head,' '  say  "  Here  lies  his  hon- 
ored head." 

1432.  Instead    of  "  He  died  from 
negligence,''  say  "  He  died  through  ne- 
glect," or, "  In  consequence  of  neglect." 

1433.  Instead  of  "Apples  are  plenty," 
say  "Apples  are  plentiful." 

•  1434.  Instead  of  "  The  latter  end  of 
the  year,' '  say  "  The  end,  or,  the  close  of 
the  year.'7 

1435.  Instead  of  "The  then  govern- 
ment," say  "The  government  of  that 
age,  or  century,  or  year,  or  time." 

1436.  Instead  of  "  For  ought  I  know,' ' 
eay  "For  aught  I  know." 

1437.  Instead  of  "A  couple  of  chairs,' ' 
Bay  "  Two  chairs." 

1438.  Instead  of"  Two  couples,"  say 
"  Four  persons." 

1439.  But  you  may  say  "  A  married 
couple,"  or  "  A  married  pair,". or,  "A 
couple  of  fowls,"   &c.,  in    any  case 
where  one  of  each  sex  is  to  be  under- 
stood. 


1440.  Instead  of  "  They  are  united 
together  in  the  bonds  of  matrimony," 
say  "  They  are  united  in  matrimony,' ' 
or,  "  They  are  married." 

1441.  Instead  of  "  We  travel  slow," 
say  "  We  travel  slowly." 

1442.  Instead  of  "  He  is  noways  to 
blame,''    say    "  He    is    nowise  to  be 
blamed." 

1443.  Instead  of  "  He  plunged  down 
into  the  river,"   say  "  He  plunged  into 
the  river." 

1444.  Instead  of  "  He  jumped  from 
off  the  scaffolding,"  say  "He  jumped 
off  from  the  scaffolding. ' ' 

1445.  Instead  of  "  He  came  the  last 
of  all,"  say  "  He  came  the  last." 

1446.  Instead  of  "universal,''  with 
reference  to  things  that  have  any  limit, 
say  "general,"  "generally  approved,'' 
instead  of  "universally  approved  ;  "  gen- 
erally  beloved,"  instead  of  "univer- 
sally beloved." 

1447.  Instead  of  "  They  ruined  one 
another,"    say    "  They    ruined    each 
other." 

1448.  Instead  of  "  If  in  case  I  sue 
ceed,"  say  "  If  I  succeed." 

1449.  Instead  of  "  A  large  enough 
room,"  say  "A  room  large  enough.'5 

1450.  Instead  of  "  This  villa,  to  let." 
say  "  This  villa  to  be  let." 

1451.  Instead  of  "  I   am  slight  in 
comparison  to  you,' '  say  I  am  slight  in 
comparison  with  you.' ' 

1452.  Instead  of  "I  went /or  to  see 
him,"  say  "I  went  to  see  him." 

1453.  Instead  of  "  The  cake  is  all 
eat  up,"  say  "  The  cake  is  all  eaten." 

1454.  Instead  of  "  It  is  bad  at  the 
beet."  say  "  It  is  very  bad." 

1455.  Instead    jof  handsome    is  as 
handsome   does,"    say  "Handsome  i» 
who  handsome  does." 

1456.  Instead  of  "  As  I  take  it,"  say 
"As  I  see,"  or,  "  As  I  understand  it." 

1457.  Instead  of "  The  book  fell  on 
the    floor,"    say     "  The  book  fell  to 
the  floor." 

1458.  Instead  of  "  His  opinions  are 
approved  o/by  all,''  say  "His  opinions 
are  approved  by  all." 

1459.  Instead  of  "  I  will  add  one  mort 


OUT  OP  DEBT  OUT  OP  DANGER. 


191 


arrument,"  say  "I  will  add  one  argu- 
ment more,"  or,  "  another  argument." 

1460.  Instead  of  "  Alexander  Hamil- 
ton was  killed  by  a  bullet,"  say  "Alex- 
ander   Hamilton    was    killed    with  a 
bullet." 

1461.  Instead  of  "  A  sad    curse  is 
war,"  say  "  War  is  a  sad  curse." 

1642.  Instead  of  "He  stands  six  foot 
high,"  say  "  He  measures  six  feet,"  or, 
"  His  height  is  six  feet." 

]  463.  Instead  of  "  I  go  every  now  and 
then,"  say  "  I  go  often,  or  frequently." 

"  1464.  Instead  of  "  Who  finds  him 
in  clothes,"  say  "  Who  provides  him 
with  clothes." 

1465.  Say  "  The  first  two,"  and  "  the 
last  two,"  instead  of  the  "  two  first," 
"the  two  last;1'  leave  out  all    exple- 
tive?,  such  as  "of  all,"  "first  of  all," 
"  last  of  all,"  "  best  of  all,"  &c.,  &c. 

1466.  Instead  of  "  His  health  was 
drank     with    enthusiasm,"     say   "  His 
health  was  drunk  enthusiastically." 

1467.  "  Instead  of   "  Except  I  am 
prevented,"   say  "Unless  I   am    pre- 
vented." 

1468.  Instead  of    "  In   its  primary 
sense,"  say  "  In  its  primitive  sense." 

1469.  Instead  of  "  It  grieves  me  to 
see  you,"  say  "  I  am  grieved  to   see 
you." 

1470.  Instead   of    "Give    me   them 
papers,"  say  "Give  me  those  papers." 

1471.  Instead  of  "  Those  papers  I 
hold  in  my  hand,"  say  "  These  papers 
I  hold  in  my  hand." 

1472.  Instead  of  "I  could   scarcely 
imagine  but  what,"  gay,  "  I  could  scarce- 
ly imagine  but  that." 

1473.  Instead  of  "  He  was    a    man 
notorious    for    his    benevolence,"    say 
"  He  was  noted  for  his  benevolence." 

1474.  Instead  of  "  She  was  a  woman 
celebrated  for  her   crimes,"    say  "  She 
was     notorious     on    account   of    her 
crimes." 

1475.  Instead  of  "  What  may  your 
name  be,''  say  "  What  is  your  name  1" 

1476.  Instead  of  "  Bills  are  request- 
ed not  to  be  stuck  here,' '  say  "  Bill-stick 
era  are   requested   not  to    stick  bills 
here.' 


1477.  Instead   of    "By  smoking   it 
often    becomes    habitual,'1    say    "By 
smoking  often  it  becomes  habitual." 

1478.  Instead  of  "  I  lifted  it  up,"  say 
"I  lifted  it." 

1479.  Instead  of  "It   is   equally  of 
the  same  value,"  say  "  It  is  of  the  same 
value,"  or  "  equal  value." 

1480.  Instead  of  "  I  knew   it  previ- 
ous to  your  telling  me,' '  say  "  I  knew 
it  previously  to  your  telling  me.' ' 

1481.  Instead  of  "You  was  out  when 
I  called,"  say  "  You  wtte  out  when  I 
called. 

1482.  Instead  of  "  I  thought  I  should 
have  icon  this  game,"  say  "  I  thought  I 
should  win  this  game." 

1483.  Instead  of  "  This  much  is  cer- 
tain," say  "Thus  much  is  certain,"  or 
"  So  much  is  certain." 

1484.  Instead  of  "  He  went  away  as 
it  may  be  yesterday  week,"  say   "  He 
went  away  yesterday  week." 

1485.  Instead  of  "  He  came  the  Sat- 
urday, as  it  may  be, before  the  Monday," 
specify  the  Monday  on  which  he  came. 

1486.  Instead  of  "  Put   your  watch 
in  your  pocket,"  say  "Put  your  watch 
into  your  pocket." 

1487.  Instead  of"  He  has^o*  riches," 
say  "  He  has  riches.' ' 

1488.  Instead  of    "  Will    you    set 
down,"  say  "  Will  you  sit  down  ?" 

1 489.  Instead  of  "  The  hen  is  setting," 
say  "  The  hen  is  sitting.' ' 

1490.  Instead  of  "It  is  raining  very 
hard,' '  say  "  It  is  raining  very  fast." 

1491.  Instead  of   "No,   thank 'ee," 
say  "No,  thank  you." 

1492.  Ipstead  of   "I  cannot  do  it 
without  farther  means,"  say  "  I  cannot 
do  it  without  further  means." 

1493.  Instead  of  "No  sooner  but," 
or  "  No  other  but,"  say  "  than." 

1494.  Instead  of  "  Nobody  else   but 
her,"  say  "Nobody  but  her." 

1495.  Instead   of  "He    fell    down 
from  the   balloon,"  say  "  He  fell  from 
the  balloon." 

1496.  Instead  of  "  He  rose  up  from 
the  ground,"  say  "  He  rose  from  the 
ground."      »          4 

1497.  Instead  of    "  These    kind  of 


192 


SHORT   RECKONINGS  MAKE  I  ONG  FRIENDS. 


oranges  art  not  good,"  say  "  This  kind 
of  oranges  is  not  good  " 

1498.  Instead  of  "  Somehow   or  an- 
other," say  "  Somehow  or  other." 

1499.  Instead  of  "  Undeniable  refer- 
ences   required,' '   say   "  Unexception- 
able references  required." 

1500.  Instead  of    "I    cannot    rise 
sufficient  funds,"   say  "I  cannot  raise 
sufficient  funds." 

1501.  Instead  of  "  I  cannot  raise  so 
early  in  the  morning,"    say  "  I  cannot 
rise  so  early  in  the  morning." 

1502.  Instead  of    "  Well,  I    don't 
know,"  say  "  I  don't  know." 

1503.  Instead  of  "  Will  I  give  you 
some  more  tea  ?   say  "  Shall  I  give  you 
eoine  more  tea?" 

1504.  Instead  of  "  O,  dear,  whattriM 
I  do ?"  say  "  O,  dear,  what  shall  I  do?" 

1505.  Instead  of  "  I  think  indifferent 
of    it,"   say   I    think  indifferently  of 
it." 

1506.  Instead  of  "  I  will  send  it  con- 
formable to  your  orders.' '    say  "  I  will 
send  it  conformably  to  your  orders." 

1507.  Instead  of  "  Give  me  a  few 
broth,"  say  "  Give  me  some  broth." 

1508.  Instead  of  "Her  said  it  was 
hers,"  say  "  She  said  it  was  hers." 

1509.  Instend  of  "  To  be  given  away 
gratis,' '  say  "  To  be  given  away." 

1510.  Instead  of  "  Will  you  enter 
in?"  say  "  Will  you  enter?" 

1511.  Instead  of  "  This  three  days, 
or  more,' '   eay  "  These  three  days  or 
more." 

1512.  Instead  of  "He  is  a  bad  gram- 
marian,"   say  "He    is   not   a    gram- 
marian." 

1513.  Instead  of  "  W°   accuse  him 
for,"  say  "  We  accuse  him  of." 

1514.  Instead  of  "  We   acquit  him 
frorn"  say  "  We  acquit  him  of." 

1515.  Instead  of  "  I  am  averse  from 
that,"  say  "I  am  averse  to  that." 

1516.  Instead  of  "  I  confide  on  you," 
say  "  I  confide  in  you." 

1517.  Instead  of  "I  differ  tcithyou," 
gay  "  I  differ  from  you." 

1518.  Instead  of  "As  soon  as  ever," 
say  "As  soon  as." 

1519.  Instead  of  "  The  very  best,"  or 


"The  very  worst,"   eay  "The  beet  or 
the  wcrst." 

1520.  Instead  of  "A  winters  morn' 
ing,"  say  "  A  winter  morning,"  or,  "  A 
wintry  morning." 

1521.  Instead  of   "Fine    morning, 
this   morning,"   say  "This   is    a   fine 
morning." 

1522.  Instead  of  "  How  do  you  dol" 
say  "  How  are  you  ?" 

1523.  Instead  of  "  Not  so  well  as  I 
could  wish,"  say  "Not  quite  well." 

1524.  Avoid  such  phrases   as  "  No 
great  shakes,"  "Nothing  to  boast  of," 
"  Down  in  my  boots,"  "  Suffering  from 
the  blues."     All  such  sentences   indi- 
cate vulgarity. 

1225.  Instead  of  "No  one  cannot 
prevail  upon  him,"  say  "No  one  can 
prevail  upon  him." 

1526.  Instead   of  "No  one    hasn't 
called,"  say  "No  one  has  called." 

1527.  Avoid  such  phrases  as   "  If  I 
was  you,"  or  even,  "  If  I  were  you." 
Better  say  "  I  advise  you  how  to  act." 

1528.  Instead  of  "  You  have  a  right 
to  pay  me,"  say  "It  is  right  that  you 
should  pay  me." 

1 529.  instead  of  "  I  am  going  on  & 
tour,"  say  "I  am  about  to  make    a 
tour,"  or  "going." 

1530.  Instead  of  "I  am  going  over 
the  bridge,' '  say  "  I  am  going  across 
the  bridge." 

1531.  Instead  of  "He   is    coming 
here,"  say  "  He  is  coming  hither." 

1532.  Instead  of    "  He  lives   oppo- 
site the  square,"  say  "He  lives   oppo- 
site to  the  square." 

1533.  Instead  of  "  He  belongs  to  the 
Mercantile  Library,"    say  "He   is  a 
member  of  the  Mercantile  Library." 

1534.  Avoid  such  phrases  as  "I  am 
up  to  you,"    "I'll  be  down  upon  you," 
"Cut,"  or  "Mizzle." 

1535.  Instead    of    "I    should  just 
think  I  could,"  say  "  I  think  I  can." 

1536.  Instead  of   there  has  been  a 
good  deal,  'say    "  There    has    been 
much." 

1537.  Instead  cf  "  Following  up  a 
principle,"  say  "Guided    by  a   prin- 
ciple." 


THE  EAKLY  BIRD  CATCHES  THE  WORM. 


193 


1538.  Instead   of    "Your    obedient, 
numble  servant,"  say"  Your  obedient," 
or,  "Your  humble  servant." 

1539.  Instead  of  saying  "  The  effort 
you  are  making  for  meeting  the  bill," 
say  "The   effort  you  are  making   to 
meet  the  bill." 

1540.  Instead  of  saying  "It shall  be 
submitted  to  investigation  and  inquiry,' ' 
say  "  It  shall  be  submitted  to  investi- 
gation," or  "  to  inquiry." 

1541.  Dispense    with    the    phrase 
"  Conceal  from  themselves  the  fact."     It 
suggests  a  gross  anomaly. 

1542.  Never  say  "  Pure  and  unadul- 
terated,'1 because  the  phrase  embodies 
a  repetition. 

1543.  Instead  of  saying  "  Adequate 
for,"  say  "  Adequate  to." 

1544.  Instead  of  saying,  "  A  surplus 
over  and  above"  say  "A  surplus." 

J545.  Instead  of  saying  "A  lasting 
and  permanent  peace,"  8hy  "  A  perma- 
nent peace." 

1546.  Instead  of  saying  "  I  left  you 
behind   at  New  York,"  say  "I  left  you 
behind  me  at  New  York." 

1547.  Instead  of  saying  "  Has  been 
followed  by  immediate  dismissal,"  say 
"  Was    followed     by    immediate    dis- 
missal." 

1548.  Instead  of  saying  "  Charlotte 
was  met  with  Thomas,"  say  "  Charlotte 
was  met  by  Thomas."   But  if  Charlotte 
and   Thomas   were   walking  together, 
"  Charlotte  and  Thomas  were  met  by," 
&c. 

1549.  Instead  of  "  It  is  strange  that 
no  author  should   never  have  written," 
say  "  It  is  strange  that  no  author  should 
ever  have  written." 

1550.  Instead  of  "  I   won't  never 
write,"  say  "  I  will  never  write." 

1551.  To  say  "  Do  not  give  him   no 
more,  of  your  money,"  is  equivalent   to 
saying  "Give  him  some  of  your  money." 
Say  "  Do   not   give   him  any  of  your 
money." 

1552.  Instead  of  saying  "  They  are 
not  what  nature   designed  them,"  say 
"  They  are  not  what  nature  designed 
them  to  be." 

1553.  Instead  of  saying  "  A  beautiful 


seat  and  gardens,"   say   "  A  beautiful 
seat  and  its  gardens." 

1545.  Instead  of  "  By  this  means," 
say  "  By  these  means." 

1555.  Instead  of  "  All  that  was  want 
ing,"  say  "  All  that  was  wanted." 

1556.  Instead  of  saying   "  I  had  not 
the  pleasure  of  hearing  his  sentimenti 
when  I  wrote  that  letter,"  say   "  I  had 
not  the  pleasure  of  having  heard,"  «fec. 

1557.  Instead  of  "  The  quality  of 
th£   apples    were    good,"    say    "  The 
quality  of  the  apples  was  good." 

1558.  Instead  of  "The  want  of  learn- 
ing-, courage,  and  energy  are  more  visi 
ble,"  say  "  is  more  visible." 

1559.  Instead  of  "We  are  convers- 
ant about  it,"  say  "  We  are  conversant 
with  it." 

1560.  Instead  of    "  We   called  at 
William,"  say   "  We  called  on   Wil- 
liam." 

1561.  Instead  of  "  We  die/or  want," 
say  "We  die  of  want." 

1562.  Instead  of"  He  died  by  fever," 
say  "  He  died  of  fever.'' 

1563.  Instead    of    "  I     enjoy    bad 
health,''  say  "  My  health  is  not  good.1' 

1564.  Instead   of  "  Either  of    th* 
three,"  say  "Any  one  of  the  three." 

1565.  Instead  of  "  Better  nor  that," 
say  "  Better  than  that." 

1566.  Instead  of  "  We   often  think 
on  you,"    say    "  We   often  think  of 
you.'' 

1567.  Instead  of  "  Though  he  came, 
I  did  not  seen  him,' '  say  "  Though   he 
came,  yet  I  did  not  see  him.'' 

1568.  Instead  of"  Mine  is  50  good 
as  yours,"    say  "Mine   is  as  good  as 
yours." 

1569.  Instead  of  "  He  was  remark- 
able handsome,"  say  "He  was  remark- 
ably handsome." 

1570.  Instead  of  "  Smoke  ascenda 
up  the  chimney,''  say  "  Smoke  ascends 
the  chimney." 

1571.  Instead   of  "  You   will  some 
day  be  convinced,"  say  "  You  will  one 
day  be  convinced.7' 

1572.  Instead  of  saying  '»  Because  I 
don't  choose  to,"  say  "  Because  I  would 
rather  not." 


194 


A   GOOD  WORD  IS  AS  SOON  SAID    IS  AX  ILL  ONE. 


1573.  Instead  of  "  Because  why?1' 
eay  "Why  ?" 

1574.  Instead  of  <  That  there  boy,'7 
•ay  "  That  boy." 

1575.  Instead  of  "  Direct  your  let- 
ter to  me,"  say  "  Address  your  letter 
to  me." 

1576.  Instead  of  "  The  horse  is  not 
m\ich  worth,"  say  "The  horse   is  not 
worth  much." 

1577.  Instead  of  "  The  subject-matter 
of  debate,"  say  "  The   subject  of  de- 
bate." 

1578.  Instead  of  saying  "  When  he 
was  come  back,"    say  "  When  he  had 
come  back." 

1579.  Instead  of  saying  "  His  health 
has  been  shook,"  say  "  His  health  has 
been  shaken." 

1580.  Instead  of  "  It  was  spoke  in  my 
presence,"  say   "  It  was  spoken  in  my 
presence." 

1581.  Instead  of  "  Very  right,"  or 
"Very    wrong,"     say    "Eight,"     or 
"  Wrong." 

1582.  Instead   of  "  The   mortgager 
paid  him  the  money,"  say  "The  mort- 
gagee paid    him  the   money."      The 
martgagee  lends  ;  the  mortgager  bor- 
rows. 

1583.  Instead  of  "  This  town  is  not 
as  large  as  we  thought,"    say   "  This 
town  is  not  so  large  as  we  thought." 

1584.  Instead  of  "  I  took  you  to  le 
another  person,' '  say  "  I  mistook  you 
for  another  person." 

1585.  Instead  of  "  On  either  side  of 
the  river,' '  say  "  On  each  side  of  the 
river. ' ' 

1586.  Instead   of    "  There's  fifty/' 
say  "  There  are  fifty." 

1587.  Instead  of  "  The  best  of  the 
two,"  say  "  The  better  of  the  two." 

1588.  Instead  of  "  My  clothes  have 
become  too  small  for  me,' '  say  "  I  have 
grown  too  stout  for  my  clothes." 

1589.  Instead  of    "  Is  Mr.  Smith 
in?"  say  "  Is  Mr.  Smith  within  ?" 

1590.  Instead  of   "  Two    spoonsful 
of  physic,"     say  "  Two   spoonfuls  of 
physic." 

1591.  Instead  of  "  He  need  not  do 
It."  say  "  He  needs  not  do  it." 


1592.  Instead  of   "  She  said,   sayi 
she,"  say  "  She  said." 

1593.  Avoid    such    phrases    as  "  I 
said,   says   I,"  "  Thinks  I  to  myself, 
thinks  I,"  &c. 

1594.  Instead  of  "  I  don't  think  so," 
say  "  I  think  not. ' ' 

1595.  Instead  of  "  He  was  in  eminent 
danger,"    say  "He  was  in   imminent 
danger. ' ' 

1596.  Instead  of  "The  weather  it 
hot,7'     say    "The    weather    is    very 
warm." 

1597.  Instead  of  "  I  sweat,"  say  "  I 
perspire." 

1598.  Instead  of  "  I  only  want  two 
shillings,''  say  "  I  want  only  two  shil- 
lings.'1 

1599.  Instead    of   "  JVJiatsomever," 
say  "  Whatever,"  or  "  Whatsoever." 

1600.  Avoid   such  exclamations  ai 
"  God  bless  me  !  "  "  God  deliver  me !  " 
"  By  God ! ''    "  Upon  my  soul !  ' '    &c. 
(See  1781  to  1791). 

1601.  "  THOU  SHALT  NOT  TAKE 
THE  NAME  OF  THE  LORD  THY  GOD 
IN  VAIN." 

1602.  PRONUNCIATION.  — Ac- 
cent is  a  particular  stress  or  force  of 
the  voice  upon    certain    syllables    or 
words.     This   mark  '  in  printing  de- 
notes the    syllable    upon    which    the 
stress  or  force  of  the  voice  should  be 
placed. 

1603.  A  WORD  may  have  more  than 
one    accent.      Take    as    an    instance 
as  pira'tion.     In  uttering  this  word  we 
give  a  marked  emphasis  of  the  voice 
upon  the  first  and  third  syllables,  and 
therefore  those  syllables  are  said  to  be 
accented.    The  first  of  these  accents  i« 
less  distinguishable  than  the  second, 
upon  which  we  dwell  longer,  therefore 
the  second  accent  is  called  the  primary, 
or  chief  accent  of  the  word. 

1604.  WHEN  the  full  accent  falls  on 
a  vowel,  that  vowel  should  have  a  long 
sound,  as  in  vo'cal ;  but  when  it  falls 
on  a  consonant,  the  preceding  vowel 
has  a  short  sound,  as  in  habit. 

1605.  To  obtain  a  good  knowledge 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  advisatle  for  the 
reader  to  listen  to  the  examples  given 


ONE  STORY  IS   GOOD  UNTIL  ANOTHER  IS 

TOLD.                                 195 

by   good   speakers,   and    by   educated 

Colleague 

To  colleague' 

persons.     We  learn  the   pronunciation 

Col  lect 

To  collect' 

of  words,   to  a  great  extent,  by  imita- 

Com' pact 

To  compact' 

tion,  just  as  birds  acquire  the  notes  of 

Com'plot 

To  complot' 

other  birds  which  may  be  near  them. 

Com'pound 

To  compound' 

1606.  BUT  it  will  be  veiy  important 

Com'press 

To  com  press' 

to  bear  in  mind  that  there  are   many 

Con'cert 

To  concert' 

words    having  a  double    meaning    or 

Con'crete 

To  concrete' 

application,  and  that  the  difference  of 

Con'duct 

To  conduct' 

meaning  is  indicated  by  the  difference 

Con'fect 

To  confecf 

of  the  accent.     Among    these  words, 

Con'fine 

To  confine' 

•Aouns  are  distinguished   from  verbs  by 

Con'flict 

To  conilict' 

this  means:  Nouns  are  accented  on  the 

Con'serve 

To  conserve' 

first  syllable,  and  verbs  on  the  last. 

Con'sort 

To  consorf 

1607.    Noun  signifies   name;  nouns 

Con'test 

To  contest' 

are  the  names  of  persons  and  things  ; 

Con'text 

To  context' 

ns  well  as  of  things  not  material  and 

Con'tract 

To  contract' 

palpable,  but  of  which  we  have  a  con- 

Con'trast 

To  contrast' 

ception  and  knowledge,  such  as  cour- 

Con'vert 

To  convert' 

age,  firmness,  goodness,  strength  ;  and 

Con'verse 

To  converse' 

verbs  express  actions,  movements,  &c. 

Con'vict 

To  convict' 

If  the  word  used  signifies  that  anything 

Con'voy 

To  convoy' 

has  been  done,  or  is  being  done,  or  is, 

Des'cant 

To  descanf 

or  is  to  be  done,  —  then  that  word  is  a 

Des'ert 

To  deserf 

verb. 

De'tail 

To  detail' 

1G08.  THUS,  when  we  say  that  any- 

Di'gest 

To  digest' 

thing  is  an  "  in'sult,"  that  word  is  a 

Dis'cord 

To  discord' 

noun,  and  is  accented  on  the  first  syl- 

Dis'count 

To  discounf 

lable  ;  but  when  we  say  "  he  did  it  to  in- 

Es'cort 

To  escort' 

sult'  another  person,"  the  word  insult 

Es'say 

To  essay' 

implies  acting,  and  becomes  a  verb,  and 

Ex'ile 

To  exile' 

should  be  accented  on  the  last  syllable. 

Ex'port 

To  exporf 

The  effect  is,  that,   in   speaking,   you 

Ex'tract 

To  extracf 

should  employ  a  different  pronunciation 

Fer'ment 

To  fermenf 

in  the  use  of  the  same  word,  when  ut- 

Fore'taste 

To  foretaste' 

tering  such  sentences  as  these  :—  "  What 
an  in'sult!"  "Do  you  mean  to  insult' 

Fre'quent 
Im'part 

To  frequenf 
To  imparf 

me  ?"     In  the  first  instance  you  would 

Im'port 

To  import' 

lay  the  stress  of  voice  upon  the  in', 

Im'press 

To  impress' 

and  in  the  latter  case  upon  the  svlt'. 

In'cense 

To  incense' 

1609.    WE  will  now  give  a  list  of 

In'crease 

To  increase' 

nearly  all  the  words  that  are  liable  to 

In'lay 

To  inlay 

this  variation  :  — 

In'sult 

To  insult' 

Ab'ject             To  abject' 

Ob'ject 

To  object' 

Ab'sent            To  absent' 

Per'fumo 

To  perfume* 

Ab'stract          To  abstract' 

Per'mit 

To  permit 

Accent            To  accent' 

Pre'fix 

To  prefix' 

Affix               To  affix' 

Pre'mise 

To  premise' 

As'sign          -  To  asoign' 

Pre'sage 

To  presage' 

Attribute        To  attribute' 

Pre'sent 

To  presenf 

Aug'ment         To  augment' 

Pro'duce 

To  produce 

Bom'bard         To  bombard' 

Proj'ect 

To  project' 

196 


IS  NOT  SO   SOON  HEALED  AS  HURT. 


Prot'est 

Reb'el 

Eec'ord 

Refuse 

Be 'tail 

Subject 

Survey 

Tor'ment 

Traject 

Trans'fer 

Trans'port 


To  protest' 
To  rebel' 
To  record' 
To  refuse' 
To  retail" 
To  subject 
To  survey' 
To  torment 
To  traject' 
To  transfer' 
To  transport' 


1610.  CEMENT'  is  an  exception  to 
the  above  rule,  and  should  always  be 
accented  on  the  last  syllable.     So  also 
the  word  consols'. 

1611.  As  a  general  principle,  it  may 
be   observed   that    the   syllables   of  a 
word  are  those  divisions  which  are  made 
in  a  correct  pronunciation  of  it. 

1612.  THE  foil,  .wing  are,  perhaps,  the 
Dnly  definite  rulet  that  can  be  given  on 
this  subject. 

1613.  Two  consonants  forming  but 
Due  sound,  as  ng,  ch,  t/i,  sh,  ph,  wh,  are 
never    separated.       Thus,    we    write 
church-cs,  wor-thy,feath-er,  ring-ing,  a- 
ic/iilc,  ocean,  dan,  ceous,  cious,  dal,  tian, 
tion,  tious,  tinl,  geon,  gion,geous,gious, 
sion  and  s ier  are  seldom  divided.    Thus, 
we   write,   na-tion,  o-cean,  capa-cious, 
pi-geon,  cap-tious. 

1614.  COMPOUND   words  are   com- 
monly separated  into  the  simple  words, 
of  which  they  aro  composed  ;  as,  care- 
less, lee-hive,  rail  road. 

1615.  THE   termination  ed,  though 
not  always  pronounced   separately,   is 
regarded  in  writing  as  a  distinct  syllable ; 
as  lov-ed,  burn-cd. 

1616  DERIVATIVE  and  grammatical 
terminations  should  generally  be  sepa- 
rated from  the  radical  word ;  as,  great- 
ly, teach-er,  rusk-cst,  prov-est. 

1617.  RULES  OF  PRONUNCIA- 
TION. 

1618.  C  before  a,  o,  and  u,  and  in 
gome  other  situations,  is  a  close  articu- 
lation, like  h.  Before  e  i  and  y  c  is  pre- 
cisely equivalent  to  sin  same, this,  as  in 
ttdar,  civil,  .cypress,  capacity 


sire,     robe    lyre,   abate,    recede,    invite, 
remote,  intrude. 

1620.  E  final  indicates  thate  preced- 
ding  has  the   sound  of  s,  as   in    lace, 
lance ;    and   that  g  preceding  has  the 
sound  of  j,  as   in  charge,  page,  chal- 
lenge. 

1621.  E  final    in    proper    English 
words,  never  forms  a  syllable,  and  in 
most  used  words,  in  the  terminating  un- 
accented syllable,  it  is  silent.    Thus,  mo- 
tive, genuine,  examine,  juvenile,  reptile, 
granite,  are  pronounced  motiv,  genuin, 
examin.  juvenil,  reptil,  granit. 

1622.  E   final   in  a  few  words  of 
foreign  origin,  forms  a  syllable,  as  syn- 
cope, simile. 

1623.  E  final  is  silent  after  I  in  the 
following  terminations,  Me,  cle,  die,  fie, 

,  kle,  pie,  tie,  zle ;  as  in  able,  manaclet 
cradle,  ruffle,  mangle,  wrinkle,  SUA  t 
rattle,  puzzle,  which  are  pronounc 
a'bl,  man'acl,  cra'dl,  ruffl,  man'gl, 
wrinkl,  sup'pl,  pus'zl. 

1624.  E  is  usually  silent  in  the  ter- 
nination  en,  as  in  token,  broken ;  pro- 
lounced  tokn,  brokn. 

1625.  OUS  in  the  termination  of  ad- 
ectives  and  their  derivatives  is  pro- 
lounced  MS,  as  in  gracious, pi^us,  pomp- 
•usly. 

1626.  CE,  CI,  TI,  before  a  vowel 
iave  the  sound  of  sh ;  as  in  cetaceous, 
'radons,    motion,    partial,    ingratiate, 
renounced  cetashus,  grashus,  moshon, 
arshal,  ingrashiate. 

1627.  TI,  after  a  consonant, have  the 
ound  of  ch,  as  in  Christian,   bastion ; 
>ronounced  Chrischan,  basckan. 

1628.  SI,  after  an  accented  vowel,  are 
renounced  like  zh,  as  in  Ephesian,con- 
>tsion;    pronounced    Ephezian,   confu- 
han. 

1629.  When  CI  or  TI  precede  eimi- 
ar  combinations,  as  in   pronunciation, 

ego^ation,  they  may  be  pronounced 
e,  instead  of  she,  to  prevent  a  repetition 
f  the  latter   syllable  ;    as  pronuncra- 
*  'ton,  instead  of  pronunsheashon. 

1630.  GH,  both  in  the  middle  and  at 
the    end   of   words  ate    silent;    as  in 


1619  E  final  indicates  that  the  p re-  caught,  bought,  fright,  nigh  sigh;  ca/rf, 
ceding  vowel  is  long,  as  in  Aote,  mete,  \baut  frite,  ni,  si.  In  the  following  excep- 


NEVER  QUIT  CERTAINTY  FOR  HOPE. 


197 


lions,  however,  GH  are  pronounced  as 
F  : — cough,  chough,  dough,  enough, 
laugh,  rough,  slough,  tough,  trough. 

1631.  When  WH  begin  a  word,  the 
aspirate  h  precedes  w  in  pronunciation; 
as  in  what,  whiff,  whale ;  pronounced 
heat,  hwiff,  hwale,  w  having  precisely 
the  sound  of  oo :  French  ou.    In  the 
following    words     w  is    silent: — who 
whom,  whose,  whoop,  whole. 

1632.  II  after  r  has  no  sound  or  use ; 
as  in  rheum,  rhyme ;  pronounced  reum, 
ryme. 

1633.  II  should  be  sounded  in  the 
middle  of  words  ;  as  in  fore/tead,  ab/ior, 
be/told,  exhaust,  in/iabit,  unAorse. 

1634.  H  should  always  be  sounded 
except  in  tho  following  words  ; — heir, 
herb,  honest,  honour,  hospital,  hostler, 
hour,  humour,  and  humble,  and  all  their 
derivatives ; — (See   279) — such   as  hu- 
morously, derived  from  humour. 

1635.  K  and  g  are  silent  beforen; 
as  know,  gnaw ;  pronounced  no,  naw. 

1636.  W  before  r  is  silent;    as  in 
wring,  wreath ;  pronounced  ring,  reath. 

1637.  B  after  m  is  silent;  as  iu  dumb, 
numb  ;  pronounrced  dum,  num. 

1638.  L   before  k  is  silent ;   as   iu 
baulk,  walk,  talk;    pronounced  bauk, 
wautc,  tank.     (See  1663.) 

1639.  PH  have  the  sound  of/;  as  in 
vhilosophy ;  pronounced  filosophy. 

1640.  NG  has  two  sounds;  one  as  in 
singer — the  other  ns  infrn-ger. 

1641.  N  after  m,  and  closing  a  sylla- 
ble, is  silent,  as  in  hymn,  condemn. 

1642.  P  before  s  and  t  ip  mute,  as  in 
psalm,  pseudo,  ptarmigan ;  pronounced 
sam,  sudo,  tarmigan. 

1643.  R  has  two  sounds,  one  strong 
and  vibrating,  as  at  the  beginning  of 
words  and  syllables,   such  as    robber, 
reckon,  error;  the  other  as  at  the  ter- 
minations of  words,  or  when  it  is  succeed- 
ed by  a  consonant,  as  farmer,  morn. 

1644.  Before  the  letter  R  there  is  a 
slight   sound  of  e  between  the  vowel 
and  the  consonant.     Thus,  bare, parent, 
apparent,  mere,  mire,  more,  pure,  pyre, 
are  pronounced  nearly  baer,  paercnt,  ap- 
vaerent,  me-er,  mier  moer,  pucr,  pyer. 
This  pronunciation  proceeds  from  the ! 


peculiar  articulation  of  r,  and  it  occa 

sions  a  slight  change  of  the  sound  of  a, 

which  can  only  be  learned  by  the  ear. 
1645.  There  are  other  rules  of  pro- 

nunciation  affecting  the  combinations 

of  vowels,  &c. ;  but  as  they  are  more 

difficult  to  describe,  and  as  they  do 

not  relate  to  errors  which  are  com 

monly  prevalent,  we  shall  content  our 

selves  with  giving  examples  of  them  in 

the  following  list  of  words : 

1646.  WORDS  WITH  THEIR  PRONUN- 
CIATIONS. 

Again,  &-gen,  not  as  spelled. 

Alien,  ale-yen,  not  a-lye-n. 

Antipodes,  an-fi/j-o-dees, 

Apostle,  without  the  t. 

Arch,  artch  in  compounds  of  our  own 
language,  as  in  archbishop,  archduke ; 
but  ark  in  words  derived  from  the 
Greek,  as  archaic,  ar-Aa-ik  :  arch- 
aeology, ar-ke-of-o-gy ;  archangel, 
ark-aiw-gel;  archetype,  ar-ke-type; 
archiepiscopal,  ar-ke-e-pis-co-pal ; 
archipelago,  ar-ke-j?e£-a-go ;  archives, 
ar-kivz;  &c. 

Asia,  asha. 

Asparagus,  not  asparagrass. 

Awkward,  awk-zourd,  not  awk-wrrf. 

Bade,  bad. 

Because,  be-cawz  not  be-cos. 

Been,  bin. 

Beloved,  as  a  verb,  be-luvd,  as  an  ad- 
jective, be-Zwc-ed.  Blessed,  cursed, 
&c.,  are  subject  to  the  same  rule. 

Beneath,  with  the  th  in  breath,  not 
with  the  th  in  breathe. 

Biog'raphy,  as  spelled,  not  beography. 

Buoy,  bwoy,  not  boy. 

By  and  my,  in  conversation,  b'e,  m'e 
When  emphatic,  an£  in  poetic  read 
ing,  by  and  my. 

Canal',  as  spelled,  not  ca-ncl. 

Caprice,  capreece. 

Catch,  as  spelled,  not  krtch 

Chaos,  ka-o&s. 

Charlatan,  sharlatan. 

Chasten,  chasn. 

Chasm,  kazm. 

Chivalry,  shivalry. 

Chemistry,  Aim-is-trey. 

Choir,  kwire. 

Clerk,  klark. 


198 


LITTLE  BOATS  MUST  KEEP  NEAR  THE  SHORE. 


Combat,  hum  bat. 

Conduit,  /cwM-dit. 

Corps,  core  ;  plural,  cores. 

Covetous,  cuv-e  -tus,  not  cov-e-chus. 

CourteoiiK,  curt-jus. 

Courtesy  (politeness)  cur-te-sey. 

Courtesy   (a  lowering  of  the  body,) 

curt-eey. 

Cresses,  as  spelled,  not  creeses. 
Cu'riosity,  cu-re- os-e-ty ,  not  curosity. 
Cushion,  coosh-un,  not  coosh-in. 
Daunt,  dant,  not  datcnt. 
Design  aud  desist  have  the  sound  of  s, 

nd  of  z. 

Desire  should  have  the  sound  of  z. 
Despatch,  de-spatch,  not  rfis-patch. 
Dew,  due,  not  doo. 
Diamond,  as  spelled,  not  di-mond. 
Diploma,  de-pto-ina,  not  dip-/o-ma. 
Diplomacy,  de-p/o-ma-cy,  not  dip-\o- 

ma-cy. 

Direct,  de-reckt,  not  di-rect. 
Divers  (several),  </i-verz;  but  diverse 

(different),  di-verse. 
Dome,  as  spelled,  not  doom. 
Drought,  drowt,  not  drawt. 
Dynasty,  dyn-as-te,  not  <fy-nas-ty, 
Edict,  e-dickt,  not  ed-ickt. 
E'en  and  e;er,  een  and  air. 
Egotism,  e^-o-tizm,  not  e-go-tism. 
Either,  e  ther,  not  i-ther. 
Engine,  en-jin,  in-jin. 
Ensign,  en-sign:  ensigncy, en-sin-cey. 
Epistle,  without  the  t. 
Epitome,  e-pit  o-me. 
Epoch,  ep-ock,  not  e-pock. 
Equinox,  ey-kwe  nox,  not  e-qui-nox. 
Europe,  £7-rope,not  £/-rup.  Euro-^e-an, 

not  Eu-ro-pean. 
Every,  e»-er-ey,  not  ec-ry. 
Executor,    egz-ec-utor,    not  with  the 

sound  of  x. 
Extraordinary,    ex-fror-de  nar-ey,    not 

ex-tra-ordinary,  nor  extronarey 
February,  as  spelled,  not  Febuary. 
Finance,  ft'-nancc,  not^-nance. 
Foundling,  as  spelled,  not/ond-ling. 
Garden, ^flr-dn,not  gar-den,  nor  garding. 
Gauntlet,  gant-let,  not  gawnt-let. 
Geography,   as  spelled,   not  j 

nor  ge-hography. 

Geometry,  as  spelled,  not  jom-etry. 
Haunt,  hant,  not  hawnt. 


Height,  hite,  not  higth. 

Heinous,  hay-nus,  no 

Highland,  /ti-land,  not  /tec-land. 

Horizon,  ho-ri-zn,  not  Aor-i-zon. 

Housewife,  /mz-wife 

Hymeneal,  hy-men-e-al,  not  hy-inenal. 

Instead,  hi-stcd,  not  in-stid. 

Isolate,  tz-o-late,  not  i-zo  late,  nor  is 

olate. 

Jalap,  jal-ap,  not  jolup. 
January,  as  spelled,  not  Jenuary,  no 

Janewary. 

Leave,  as  spelled,  not  leaf. 
Legend,  Jed-gend,  not  /e-gend. 
Lieutenant,  lev-ten-ant,  not  lieu-ten-aiik 
Many,  wcn-ney,  not  man-ny. 
Marchioness,    mar-shun-ess,     not     as 

spelled. 

Massacre,  wms-sa-cur,  not  mas-sa-cre. 
Mattress,  as  spelled,  not  wmf-traes. 
Matron,  ma-trun,  not  ma-tron. 
Medicine,  ?ned-e-cin,  not  med-cm. 
Minute  (sixty  seconds)  min-it 
Minute  (small)  min-ute. 
Miscellany,  wis-cellany,    not    mis-cei 

lany. 
Mischievous,  mis-chiv-us,  not  mis-c/teet  • 

us. 

Ne'er,  for  never,  nare. 
Neighbourhood,  «ar/-bur-hood,  not  nay- 
bur-wood. 

Nephew  nez?-u,  not  nef-u. 
New,  nu,  not  noo. 
Notable,  worthy  of  notice,  wo-ta-bl. 
Notable,  thrifty,  «o£-a-bl. 
Oblige,  as  spelled,  not  obleege. 
Oblique,  ob-/eeA;,  not  o-blikc. 
Odorous,  o-dur-us,  not  orf-ur-us. 
Of,  ov,  except  when  compounded  with 

there,  here,  and  where,  which  should 

be  pronounced  here-o/,  there  of,  and 

whare-of. 
Off,  of,  not  awf. 
Organization,  or-gan-e-za-shun,  not  or- 

ga-ni-za-shun. 

Ostrich,  os-tritch,  not  05-tridge. 
Pageant,  pad-jant,  not  ^a-jant. 
Parent,  parc-ent,  not  ^ar-ent. 
Partisan,^ar-te-zan,not  par-te-zan,  »o, 

par-ti-zan. 

Patent,  ^ai-ent,  not  ^a-tent. 
Physiognomy,  not  physionnomy. 
Pincers,  ^in-cerz,  not  pinch-erz 


AN  HONEST  WORD  IS  BETTER  THAN  A  CARELESS  OATH. 


199 


Plaintiff,  as  spelled,  not  plan-tiff. 

Pour,  pore,  not  so  as  to  rhyme  with 
our. 

Precedent,  fan  example,)  /zress-e-dent; 
pre-cc-dent  is  the  pronunciation  of 
the  adjective. 

Prologue,  prol-og,  not^ro-loge. 

Quadrille,  ka.-dril,  not  quod-ril. 

Quay,  key,  not  as  spelled. 

Radish,  as  spelled,  not  red-ish. 

Raillery,  ra/-ler-ey,  not  as  spelled. 

Rather,  not  raatber. 

Resort,  rezort. 

Resound,  razound. 

Respite,  res -pit,  not  as  spelled. 

Rouf  (a  party ;  and  to  rout,)  should 
be  pronounced  rowt.  Route  (a  road), 
root. 

Saunter,  san-ter,  not  sawnter. 

Sausage,  saw-sage,  not  sos-sidge,  nor 
sas-sage. 

Schedule.  scAed-ule,  not  shed-die. 

Seamstress,  sem-stress. 

Sewer,  soor,  not  shore,  nor  shure. 

Shut,  as  spelled,  not  shct. 

Shire,  sheer,  not  as  spelled. 

Shone,  Shon,  not  shun,  nor  as  spelled, 

Soldier,  so/e-jer. 

Solecism,  so/-e-cism,  not  so-Ze-cism. 

Soot,  as  spelled,  not  sut. 

Sovereign,  sop-er  in,  not  suv-er-in. 

Specious,  speshus,  not  spcsh-us. 

Stomacher,  stara-a-cher. 

Stone  (weight,)  as  spelled,  not  stun. 

Synod,  syn-ud.,  not  s?/-nod. 

Tenure,  fen-ure,  not  <c-nure, 

Tenet,  ten-et,  not  fe-net. 

Than,  as  spelled,  not  thun. 

Tremor,  frew-ur,  not  <re-inor. 

Twelfth,  should  have  the  th  sounded. 

Umbrella,  as  spelled,  not  um-ber-el-la. 

Vase,  vaze,  not  vawze. 

Was,  woz,  not  wuz. 

Weary,  weer-ey,  not  wary. 

Were,  wer,  not  ware. 

Wont,  wunt,  not  as  spelled. 

Wrath,  raicth,  not  rath :  as  an  adject- 
ive it  is  spelled  wroth,  and  pro- 
nounced with  the  vowel  sound  short- 
er, as  wratk'-ful,  &c. 

Yacht,  yot,  not  yat. 

Yeast,  as  spelled,  not  yest 

Zenith,  zen-itb,not  z--nitl . 


Zodiac,  zo-de-ak. 

Zoology  should  have  both  o's  sounded, 

as  zo-o/-o-gy,  not  zoo-lo-gy. 

PRONOUNCE — 

— ace,  not  iss,  as  furnace,  not  furmss. 
— age,  not  idge,  as  cabbage,  courage, 

postage  village. 
— ain,  ane,  not  in   as  certain,  certana 

not  certin. 

— ate,  not  it,  as  moderate,  not  moderit. 
— ct,  not  c,  as  aspecf ,  not  aspec ',  sub- 
ject, not  subjec. 
— ed,  not  id,  or  ud,  as  wicked,  not 

wickid,  or  wickud. 

•el,  not  1,  as  model,  not  modi  ;  norel, 

not  novl. 
— en,  not  n,  as  sudden,  not  suddn.— 

Burden,  burthen,  garden,  lengthen, 

seven,  strengthen,  often,  and  a  few 

others,  have  the  e  silent. 
— ence,  not  unce,  as  influence,  not  influ- 

unce. 

— es,  not  is,  as  pleases,  not  pleasi*. 
— ile,  should  be  pronounced  il,  as  ferttf, 

not  fertile,  in  all  words  except  cham- 

omile  (cam),  exile,  gentile,  infantile, 

reconcile  ,  and  senile,  which  should 

be  pronounced  He. 
— in,  not  n,  as  Latin,  not  Latn. 
— nd,  not  n,  as  husband,  not  husban  ; 

thousand,  not  thousan. 
— ness,  not  niss,  as    carefulness,  not 

carefulntss. 
— ng,  not  n,  as  singing,  not  singtn  ; 

speaking,  not  speakin. 
— ngth,  not  nth,  as  strength, not  strenth. 
— son,  the  o  should  be  silent,  as  in 

treason,  fre-zn,  not  tre-son. 
— tal,  not  tie,  as  capifaZ,  not  capiffe  ; 

meta/,    not    met//e  ;    mortal,    not 

mortle  ;  periodical,  not  periodic^. 
— xt,  not  x,  as  next,  not  nea;. 

1647.  PUNCTUATION.— Punctua- 
tion teaches  the   method  of    placing 
Points,  in  written  or  printed  matter,  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  indicate  the  pauses 
which  would  be  made  by  the  author  if 
he  were   communicating  h^s  thoughts 
orally  instead  of  by  written  signs. 

1648.  Writing  and  printing  are  sub- 
stitutes for  oral  communication  ;  and 
correct  punctuation  is  essential  to  con- 

i  vey  the  meaning  intended,  and  to  giv« 


200 


KNOWLEDGE  MAKES  HUMBLE  ; 


due  force  to  such  passages  ae  the  au- 
thor may  wish  to  impress  upon  the 
mind  of  the  person  to  whom  they  are 
being  communicated. 

1649.  The  Points  ara  as  follow  ;  — 
The  Comma     , 

The  Semicolon    ; 

The  Colon     : 

The  Period,  rr  Full  Point    . 

The  Apostrophe     ' 

The  Hyphen,  or  Conjoiner    - 

The  Note  of  Interrogation    ? 

The  Note  of  Exclamation    ! 

The  Parenthesis    (  ) 

The  Asterisk,  or  Star    * 
As  these  are  all  the  points  required  in 
simple  epistolary  composition,  we  will 
confine  our  explanations  to  the  rules 
which  should  govern  the  use  of  them. 

1650.  But  we  will  first  state  that  the 
other  points  are  the  paragraph  H  ;  the 
section  §  ;  the  dagger  t ;  the  double 
dagger  | ;  the  rule  — ;  the  parallel  || ; 
the  bracket  [  ]   ;    and   some  others. 
These,  however,  are  quite  unnecessary, 
except  for  elaborate    works,   and    in 
these  they  are  chiefly  used  for  notes  or 
marginal  references. 

*1651.  The  comma  ,  denotes  the 
shortest  pause ;  the  semicolon  ;  a 
little  longer  pause  than  the  comma  ; 
colon  :  a  little  longer  pause  than  the 
eemicolon  ;  the  period,  or  full  point  , 
the  longest  pause. 

1652.  The  relative  duration  of  these 
pauses  is  described  as — 

While  you  count 
Comma    .     .    .    One 
Semicolon     .     .    Two 
Colon  ....    Three 
Period     .     .     .     Four. 
This,  however,  is  not  an  infallible  rule, 
because  the  duration    of   the  pauses 
should  be  regulated  by  the  degree  of 
rapidity  with  which  the  matter  is  being 
read.    In  slow  reading,  the  duration  of 
the  pauses  should  be  increased. 

1653.  The  other  points  are  rather  in- 
dications of  expression,  and  of  meaning 
and   connection,  than   of  pauses,  and 
therefore  we  will  notice  them  sepa- 
rately. 

1654  The    mis^in      of   ev«E    sr 


slight  a  point,  or  paue^,  as  the  comma* 
will  often  alter  the  meaning  of  a  sen* 
tence.  The  contract  made  for  lighting 
the  town  of  Liverpool,  during  the  year 
181 9,  was  thrown  void  by  the  misplac- 
ing-of  a  comma  in  the  advertisements 
— thus  • — "  The  lamps  at  present  are 
about  4050,  and  have  in  general  two 
spouts  each,  composed  of  not  less  than 
twenty  threads  of  cotton."  The  con- 
tractor would  have  proceeded  to  fur- 
nish each  lamp  with  the  said  twenty 
threads  ;  but  this  being  but  half  the 
usual  quantity,  the  commissioners  dis- 
covered that  the  difference  arose  from 
the  comma  following  instead  of  pftced- 
ing  the  word  each.  The  parties  agreed 
to  annul  the  contract,  and  a  new  one 
was  ordered. 

1655.  The  following  sentence  show's 
how  difficult  it  is  to  read  without  the 
aid  of  the  points  used  as  pauses : — 

Death  waits  not  for  storms  or  sun- 
shine within  a  dwelling  in  one  of  the 
upper  streets  respectable  in  appear- 
ance and  furnished  with  such  conveni- 
ences as  distinguish  the  habitations  of 
those  who  rank  among  the  higher  class- 
es of  society  a  man  of  middle  age  lay 
on  his  last  bed  momently  awaiting  the 
final  summons  all  that  the  most  skilful 
medical  attendance  all  that  love  warm 
as  the  glow  that  fires  an  angel's  bosom 
could  do  had  been  done  by  day  and 
night  for  many  long  weeks  had  minis- 
tering1 spirits  such  as  a  devoted  wife 
and  loving  children  are  done  all  within 
their  power  to  ward  off  the  blow  but 
there  he  lay  his  raven  hair  smoothed 
off  from  his  noble  brow  his  dark  eyes 
lighted  with  unnatural  brightness  and 
.contrasting  strongly  with  the  pallid  hue 
which  marked  him  as  an  expectant  of 
the  dread  messenger. 

1656.  The   same  sentence,  properly 
pointed,  and  with  capital  letters  placed 
after    full    points,    according-    to    the 
adopted  rule,  may  be   easily  read  and 
understood  : — 

Death  waits  not  for  storm  or  sun- 
shins.  Within  a  dwelling-  in  one  of  the 
upper  streets,  respectable  in  appear 
ance,  and  furnished  with  such  conveni 


IGNORANCE  MAKES  PROUD 


201 


ences  as  distinguish  the  habitations 
of  those  who  rank  among  the  higher 
'{lasses  of  society,  a  man  of  middle  age 
lay  on  his  last  bed,  momently  awaiting 
the  final  summons.  All  that  the  most 
skilful  medical  attendance — all  that 
eve,  warm  as  the  glow  that  fires  an 
angel's  bosom,  could  do,  had  been 
ioue ;  by  day  and  night,  for  many  long 
iveeks,  had  ministering  spirits,  such  as 
a  devoted  wife  and  loving  children  are, 
Jone  all  within  their  power  to  ward  off 
;he  blow.  But  there  he  lay,  his  raven 
>iair  smoothed  off  from  his  noble  brow, 
his  dark  eyes  lighted  with  Unnatural 
brightness,  and  contrasting  strongly 
with  the  pallid  hue  which  marked  him 
as  an  expectant  cf  the  dread  mes- 
senger. 

lo'57.  The  apostrophe  '  is  used  to 
indicate  the  combining  of  two  words  in 
one — as  John's  book,  instead  of  John, 
his  book  ;  or  to  show  the  omission  of 
parts  of  words,  as  Glo'ster,  for  Glouces- 
ter—tho'  for  though.  These  abbrevia- 
tions should  be  avoided  as  much  as 
possible.  Cobbctt  says  the  apostrophe 
"  ought  to  be  called  the  mark  of  lazi- 
ness and  vulgarity."  The  first  use, 
however,  of  which  we  gave  an  example, 
is  a  necessary  and  proper  one. 

1658.  The  hyphen,  or  conjoiner  -  is 
used  to  unite  words  which,  though  they 
are  separate  and  distinct,  have  so  close 
a  connection  as  almost  to  become  one 
word,  as  water-rat,  wind-mill,  &c.     It 
is  also  used  in  writing  and  printing,  at 
the  end  of  a  line,  to   show  where  a 
word  is  divided  anl  continued  in  the 
next  line.     Look  dtwn  the  ends  of  the 
lines  in  this  column,  i,nd  you  will  notice 
the  hyphen  in  seven  \  places. 

1659.  The  note  of  interrogation^  )in- 
dicates  that  the  sentence  to  which  frt  is 
nut  asks  a  question,  as  "  What  is  the 
meaning  of  that  ass*  rtion?     What  am 
I  to  do?" 

1060.  The  note  of  exclamation  or  of 
admiration  (!)  indica  .'8  surprise,  pleas 
ure,   or   s<  rrow,   as'   Oh  !  Ah  !   Good- 
Ness       Beautiful!     I   nm    astonished! 
Woe  \e  me  !" 

1661    The    paret.il  -sis  (  )   is  used 


to  prevent  confusion  by  the  introduc- 
tion to  a  sentence,  of  a  passage  not 
necessary  to  the  sense  thereof.  "  I  am 
going  to  meet  Mr.  Smith  ^though  I  am 


no  admirer 
next.1'     It 


of  him) 
better, 


on    Wednesday 
however,   as  a 


rule,  not  to  employ  parenthetical  sen- 
tences. 

1662.  The  asterisk,  or  star  *  may 
be  employed  to  refer  from  the  text  to 
a  note  of  explanation  at  the  foot  of  a 
column,  or  at  the  end  of  a  letter.     %* 
Three  stars  are  sometimes  used  to  call 
particular  attention  to  a  paragraph. 

1663.  HINTS  UPON  SPELLING. 
— The  following  rules  will  be  found  of 
great  assistance   in  writing,    because 
they  relate  to  a  class  of  words  about 
the  spelling  of  which  doubt  and  hesita 
tion  are  frequently  felt : — 

1664.  All  words  of  one  syllable  end- 
ing in  /,  with  a  single  vowel  before  it, 
have  double  I  at  the  close  :  as,  mill, 
sell. 

1665.  All    words    of  one    syllable 
ending  in  /,  with  a  double  vowel  before 
it,  have  one   I  only  at  the  close :   as, 
mail,  sail. 

1606.  Words  of  one  syllable  ending 
in  /,  when  comounded,  retain  but  one 


I  each  ; 
1667. 


ilfil,  skilful. 
fords    of    more 


than    one 


syllable  ending  in  /,  have  one  I  only  at 
the  close  ;  as,  delightful,  faithful  ;  ex- 
cept befall,  downfall,  recall,  unwell,  &c. 

1668.  All    derivations   from   wordi 
ending  in  I  have  one  I  only  ;  as  equality, 
from  equal  ;  fulness,  from  full  ;  except 
they  end  in  er  or  ly  ;  as  mill,  miller  ; 
full,  fully. 

1669.  All    participles    in  ing  from 
verbs  ending  in  e,  lose  the  e  final;  as 
have,  having  ;    amiwe,  amusing  ;   unless 
they  come  from  verbs  ending  in  double 
e,  and  then  they  retain  both  ;   as,  see, 
seeing  ;  agree,  agreeing. 

1670.  All  adverbs  in  ly  and  nouns  in 


ment  retain  the 
tives;    as,  brave. 


e  final  of  the   prlmi- 
bravely;    refine,  refine 


ment ;  except  acknowledgment  and  judg- 
ment. 

1671.    All  derivations    from  words 
ending  in  er  retain  the  «  before  the  r  • 


202 


KNOWLEDGE  TALKS  LOWLY 


as,  refer i  reference  ;  except  hindrance, 
from  hinder;  remembrance,  from  remem- 
ber; disastrous,  from  disaster;  mon- 
strous, from  monster;  won drous,  from 
wonder ;  cumbrous,  from  cumber,  &c. 

1672.  Compound  words,  if  both  end 
not  in  I,  retain  their  primitive  parts 
entire ;    as,  millstone,  changeable,   race- 
less ;  except    always,    also,    deplorable, 
although,  cdmost,  admirable,  &c. 

1673.  All  one-syllables  ending  in  a 
Consonant,  with  a  single  vowel  before 
it,  double  that   consonant    in    deriva- 
tives;    as    sin,  sinner;  ship,    shipping; 
biff,  bigger  ;  glad,  gladder,  &C. 

1674.  One-syllables  ending  in  a,  con- 
sonant, with    a  double    vowel  before 
it,  do   not    double    the    consonant    in 
derivatives;     as,   sleep,    sleepy;    troop, 
trooper. 

1675.  All  words  of  more  than  one 
syllable   ending  in  a  single  consonant, 
preceded   by  a  single  vowel,  and   ac- 
cented on  the  last  syllable,  double  that 
consonant    in  derivatives ;    as,  commit, 
committee',    compel,    compelled;     appal, 
appalling  ;  distil,  distiller. 

1676.  Nouns  of  one  syllable  ending 
in  y,  preceded  by  a  consonant,  change 
y  into  ies  in  the  plural ;  and  verbs  end- 
ing  in    y,  preceded    by  a    consonant, 
Change  y  into  ies  in  the  third  person 
singular  of  the  present  tense,  and   into 
ied  in  the  past  tense  and  past  participle  : 
as,  fly,  flies ;  I  apply,   he   applies ;    we 
reply,  we  replied  or  have  replied.     If  the 
y  be  preceded  by  a  vowel,  this  rule  is 
not  applicable;    as,  key,  keys ;  I  play, 
he  plays;  we  have  enjoyed  ourselves. 

1677.  Compound  words  whose  primi- 
tives end  io  y  change  y  into  i;  as  beau- 
ti/.  beautiful ;  lovely,  loveliness. 

1678.  QUADRILLES.— THE  FIRST  SET. 

1679.  Figure  I.  Le  Pantahn.— Right 
and  left.     Balancez   to  partners:  turn 
partners.     Ladies  chain.     Half  prome- 
nade :  half  right  and  left.    (Four  times). 

1680.  Figured.  L'ete. — Leading  lady 
and  opposite  gentleman   advance   and 
retire ;  chassez  to  right  and  left.     Cross 
over  to  each  other's  places :  chassez  to 
right    and    left.     Balancez    and    turn 
partners.     (Four  times,) 


1681.  Or  Doublei:ete.— Both  couples 
advance  and  retire  at  the   same  time ; 
crossover;  advance  and  retire   again; 
cross    to    places,   balancez    and   turn 
partners.     (Four  times.) 

1682.  Figure  3.  La  Poule. — Leading 
lady  and  opposite  gentleman  cross  over 
giving  right  hands ;  recross,  giving  left 
hands,  and  fall  in  a  line.     Set,  four  in  a 
line ;  half  promenade.     Advance  two, 
and  retire  (twice).    Advance  four,  and 
retire:   half  right    and    left.     (Four 
times.) 

1683.  Figure  4.  Trenise.— The   first 
couple  advance  and  retire  twice,  the 
lady  remaining  on  the  opposite  side,  the 
two  ladies  go  round  the  first  gentleman, 
who  advances  up  the  centre,  balancez 
and  turn  hands.     (Four  times.) 

1684.  Figure  5.  La  Pastorale. — The 
leading  couple  advance  twice,  leaving 
the  lady  opposite  the  second  time.    The 
three    advance    and    retire    twice. — 
Leading  gentleman,  advance  and  set. 
Hands  four  half  round :  half  right  and 
left.*    (Four  times.) 

1685.  Figure  6.  Galop  Finale. — Top 
and    bottom    couples    galopade    quite 
round  each  other — advance  and  retire, 
four    advance    again   and   change   the 
gentlemen — ladies'  chain — advance  and 
retire  four,  and  regain  your  partners  in 
your  places — the  fourth  time  all  galop- 
ade  for  an  unlimited  period.     (Four 
times.) 

Or,  all  galopade  or  promenade  eight 
bars,  advance  four  en  galop  obligue,  and 
retire,  then  half  promenade,  eight  bars, 
advance  four,  retire  and  return  to 
places  with  the  half  promenade,  eight 
bars.  Ladies'  chain,  eight  bars. 
Repeated  by  the  side  couples,  then  by 
the  top  and  bottom,  and  lastly  by  the 
side  couples,  finishing  with  giaud  pro- 
menade. 

1686.  LANCERS.— La   Rose.— First 
gentleman   and  opposite  lady  advance 
and  set — turn  with  both  haoJs,  reu/ing 
to  places — return,  leading  outside— set 
and  turn  at  corners. 

1687.  La  Lodoiska.  —  Wrst   couplo 
advance  twice  leaving  thk  lady  in  the 

•This  or  the  Trcnise  must  b?  omit  it  A 


IGNORANCE   TALKS   LOUD  ; 


203 


centre.      Set  in  the   centre  —  tun;  to 

1694.  Fourth  Figure..—  The  first  lady 

places  —  all  advance  in  two  lines  —  all 

and  opposite    gentleman  advance  and 

turn  partners. 

stop  ;    then  their    partners    advance  ; 

1688.  La  Dorset,  —  First  lady  advance 

turn    partners    to    places.     The    four 

and  stop,  then  the  opposite  gentleman  — 

ladies  move  to  right,  each  taking  the 

both     retire,   turning1    round  —  ladies' 

next  lady's  place,  and   stop  —  the  four 

hands  across  half  round,  and   turn  the 

gentlemen  move   to  left,  each   taking 

opposite   gentleman  with   left  hands  — 

the  next  gentleman's  place  and  stop— 

repeat  back  to  places  and  turn  partners 

the  ladies  repeat  the  same  to  the  right 

with  left  hands. 

—then  the  gentlemen  to  the  left.     All 

1689.  L'Etoile.  —  First  couple  set  to 

join    hands    and    promenade  round  to 

couple  at  right  —  set  to  couple  at  left  — 

places  and  turn  partners.     Repeated  by 

change   places  with  partners  and  set, 

the  other  couples. 

<md  pirouette  to  places—  right  and  left 

1695.  Fifth  Figure.—  The  first  couple 

with  opposite  couple. 

promenade,  or  waltz  round  inside  the 

1  690.     Les    Landers.  —  The     grand 

figure.     The  four  ladies  advance,  join 

chain.     The  first  couple  advance   and 

hands  round  and  retire—  then  the  gen- 

turn, facing  the  top,  then  the  couple  at 

tlemen  perform  the  same  —  all   set  and 

right  advance  behind  the  top  .  couple, 

turn  partners.     Chain   figure  of  eight 

then  the  couple  at  left  and  the  opposite 

half  round  and  set.    All  promenade  to 

couple  do  the  same,  forming  two  lines. 

places  and  turn  partners.    All  change 

A!',  change  places   with  partners   and 

sides,  join  right  hands  at  corners    and 

back  again.     The  ladies  turn  in  a  line 

set—  back  again  to  places.    Finish  with 

on  the  right,  the  gentlemen  in  a  line  on 

grand    promenade.     These    three  are 

the  left.     Each  couple  meet    up  the 

the  most  admired  of  the  quadrilles  ;  the 

centre.     Set  in  two  lines,  the   ladies  in 

first  set    invariably  takes  precedence 

one  line,  the  gentlemen  in    the  other. 

of  every  other  dance. 

Turn  partners  to  places  —  finish  with  the 

1696.  SPANISH  DANCE  —Danced  in 

grand  chain. 

a  circle  or  a  line  by  sixteen  or  twenty 

1691.    THE  CALEDONIANS.  —  ^/r^ 

couples.     The  couples  stand  as  for  a 

Figure.  —  The  first  and  opposite  couples 

Country  Dance,  except  that  the  firs' 

hands    across    round    the  centre    and 

gentleman   must  stand  on  the  ladies' 

back  to  places—  set  and  turn  partners. 

side,  and  the  first  lady  on  the  gentle- 

Ladies' chain  —  half  promenade.     Half 

man's  side.   First  gentleman  and  secon( 

right  and  left.     Repeated   by  the  side 

lady  balancez  to  each  other,  while  first 

couples. 

lady  and  second  gentleman  do  the  same 

1692.      Second   Figure.  —  The     first 

and  change  places.      First  gentlemac 

gentleman,  advance  and   retire  twice. 

and  partner  balnucez,  while  second  gen 

All   set  at   corners,  each   lady  passing 

tleman  and  partner  do  the  same,  anc 

into  the  next  lady's  place  on  the  right. 

change  places.     First  gentleman  anc 

Promenade    by  all.    Repeated    by  the 

second  lady  balancez,  while  first  lad] 

other  couples. 

and  second  gentleman  do  the  same  am 

1693.  Third  Fiaurs.—The  first  lady 

change   places.     First  gentleman    anc 

and    opposite  gentleman  advance  and 

second  lady  balancez  to  partners,  anc 

retire,  bonding   to   each   other.     First 

change  places  with  them.     All    fou 

lady  and  opposite  gentleman  pass  round 

join  hands    in    the    centre,  and   thei 

each    other   to   places.      First   couple 

change  places,  in  the  same  order  as  the 

cross  over,  having  hold  of  hands,  while 

foregoing  figure,  four  times.     All  foui 

of  them— the  same  reversed.  All  set  gentleman  at  the  top,  the  same  as  in  a 
at  corners,  turn,  and  resume  partners  Country  Dance.  The  first  lady  and 
Ali  advance  and  retire  twice,  in  a  circle  I  gentleman  then  go  through  the  same 
fc-Hh  hands  joined—  t  irn  parnerg  !  figure  with  the  third  lady  and  gentlr 

9* 


KNOWLEDGE  IS  MODEST,  CAUTIOUS,  AND  PURE  ; 


man,  and  BO  proceed  to  the  end  of  the 
dance.  This  figure  is  sometimes  danc- 
ed in  eight  bars  time,  which  not  only 


measure,  and.  which,  by  a  change  of  the 
rhythm,  assumes  a  new  character.  The 
middle  of  the  floor  must  he  reserved 


hurries  and  inconveniences  the  dancers,  for  the  dancers  who  execute  the  prom- 
enade, called  the  pursuit,  while  those 
who  dnnce  the  waltz  turn  in  a  circle 


but  also  ill  accords  with  the  music, 

1697.  WALTZ  COTILLION.— Places 
the  same  as  quadrille ;  first  couple  waltz 
round  inside,  first  and  second  ladies  ad- 
vance  twice  and   cross    Dver,  turning 
twice ;  first  and  second  gentleman  do 
the  same,  and  third  and  fourth  couples 
the  same,  first  and  second  couples  waltz 
to  places,  third  and  fourth  do  the  same, 
all  waltz  to  partners  and  turn  half  round 
with  both  hands  meeting  the  next  lady, 
perform  this  figure  until  in  your  places; 
form  two  side  lines,  all  advance  twice, 
and  cross  over,  turning  twice ;  the  same 
returning ;  all  waltz  round ;  the  whole 
repeated  four  times. 

1698.  LA    GALOPADE— Is  an    ex- 
tremely graceful  and  spirited  dance  in  a 
continual  chassez.     An  unlimited  num- 
ber may  join ;  it  is  danced  in  couples  as 
waltzing. 

1699.  THE  GALOPADE  QUADRILLES. 
— 1st,  Galopade.     2d,  Right  and  left, 
sides  the  same.    3d,  Set  and  turn  handu 
all  eight.     4th,  Galopade.    5th,  Ladies' 
chain,  sides  the   same.     6th,  Set  and 
turn  partners  all  eight.    7th,  Galopade. 
8th,  Tirois,  sides  the  same.     9th,  Set 
and  turn  partners  all  eight.     10th.  Ga- 
lopade.    llth,   Top  lady  and  bottom 
gentleman  advance  and  retire,  the  other 
six  do  the  same.     12th,  Set  and  turn 
partners  all    eight.      13th,    Galopade. 
14th,  Four  ladles  advance  and  retire, 
gentlemen  the  same.      15th,   Double 


ladies'  chain, 
ners  all  eight. 


16th,  Set  and  turn  part- 
17th,  Galopade.     18th, 


Poussette,  sides  the  same.     19th,  Set 
and  turn.     20th,  Galopade  waltz. 

1700.  THE  MAZURKA.— This  dance 
is  of    Polish    origin.     It   consists    of 
twelve  movements;  and  the  first  eight 
bars  are  played  (as  in  quadrilles)  before 
the  first  movement  commences. 

1701.  THEREDOWA  WALTZ  is  com- 
posed of  three  parts  distinct  from  each 
other       1st,    The    pursuit.     2d,    The 
waltz  called  Redowa.     3d,  The  waltz 
a  Deux  Temps,  ex?ent  'd  to  a  peculiar 


about  the  room.  The  position  of  the 
gentleman  is  the  same  as  for  the  waltz. 
The  gentleman  sets  out  with  the  left 
foot,  and  the  lady  with  the  right.  In 
the  pursuit  the  position  is  different,  the 
gentleman  and  his  partner  face,  and 
take  each  other  by  the  hand.  They  ad- 
vance or  fall  back  at  pleasure,  and  bal- 
ance in  advance  and  backwards.  To 
advance  the  step  of  the  pursuit  is  made 
by  a  glissade  forward,  without  spring- 
ing, coupe  with  the  hind  foot,  and  jete 
on  it.  You  recommence  with  the  other 
foot,  and  so  on  for  the  rest.  The  retir- 
ing step  is  made  by  a  sliding  step  of  the 
foot  backwards,  without  spring,  jete 
with  the  front  foot,  and  coupe  with  the 
one  behind.  It  is  necessary  to  advance 
well  on  the  sliding  step,  and  to  spring 
lightly  on  the  two  others,  sur  place, 
balancing  equally  in  the  pas  depursutie, 
which  is  executed  alternately  by  the 
left  in  advance,  an  3  the  right  backwards. 
The  lady  should  follow  all  the  move- 
ments of  her  partner,  falling  back  when 
he  advances,  and  advancing  when  he 
falls  back.  Bring  the  shoulders  a  little 
forward  at  each  sliding  step,  for  they 
should  always  follow  the  movement  of 
the  leg  as  it  advances  or  retreats  ;  but 
this  should  not  be  too  marked.  When 
the  gentleman  is  about  to  waltz  he 
should  take  the  lady's  waist,  as  in  the 
ordinary  waltz.  The  step  of  the  Re- 
dowa,  in  turning,  may  thus  be  describ- 
ed. For  the  gentleman—  -jet'e  of  the 
left  foot  passing  before  the  lady.  Glis- 
sade of  the  right  foot  behind  to  the 
fourth  position  aside  —  the  left  foot  is 
brought  to  the  third  position  behind  — 


then  the  pas  de  basque  is  executed  b 
the  right  foot,  bringing  it  forward,  an 
you  recommence  with  the  left.  The 
pas  de  basque  should  be  made  in 
three  very  equal  beats,  as  in  the  Ma- 
zurks,  The  lady  performs  the  same 
Btprv  as  the  gentleman,  beginning  bj 


IGNORANCE  BOASTFUL.  CONCEITED,   AND  SURE. 


206 


the  pas  de  basque  with  the  right  foot. 
To  waltz  a  deux  temps  to  the  measure  of 
the  Redowa,  we  should  make  each  step 
upon  each  beat  of  the  bar,  and  find  our- 
Belvc-s  at  every  two  bars,  the  gentleman 
with  his  left  foot,  and  the  lady  with  her 
right,  that  is  to  say,  we  should  make 
ono  whole  and  one  half  step  to  every 
bar.  The  music  is  rather  slower  than 
for  the  ordinary  waltz. 

1702.  VALSE  CELLARIUS.— The  gen- 
tleman takes  the  lady's  left  hand  with 
his  right,  moving  one  bar  to  the  left  by 
glissade,  and  two  hope  on  his  left  foot, 
while  the  lady  does  the  same  to  the 
right  on  her  right  foot;  at  the  second 
bar  they  repeat  the  same  with  the  other 
foot — this  is  repeated  for  sixteen  bars — 
they  then  waltz  sixteen  bars,  glissade 
and  two  hops,  taking  care  to  occupy 
the  time   of    two  bars,  to    get  quite 
round.       The    gentleman  now  takes 
both  hands  of. the  lady,  and  makes  the 
grand  square — moving  three  -bars  to  his 
left — at   the   fourth    bar   making   two 
beats,   while    turning    the    angle — his 
right  foot  is  now  moved  forward  to  the 
other  angle  three  bars,  at  the   fourth 
beat  again  while  turning  the  angle — the 
game  repeated   for  sixteen   bars — the 
lady  having  her  right  foot  forward,  when 
the  gentleman  has  his  left  foot  forward 
— the  waltz  is  again   repeated ;  after 
which  several  other    steps   are  intro- 
duced, but  which  must  needs  be  seen  to 
be  understood. 

1703.  CIRCULAR  WALTZ.— The  dan- 
cers form  a  circle,  then  promenade  dur- 
ing the  introduction — all  waltz  sixteen 
bars— set,  holding  partner's  right  hand, 
and  turn—waltz  thirty-two  bars— rest 
and  turn  partners  slowly — face  partner 
and  chassez  to  the  right  and  left — pi- 
rouette lady  twice  with  the  right  hand, 
all  waltz  sixteen  bars — set  and  turn — 
all  form  a  circle,  still  retaining  the  lady 
by  the  right  hand,  and  more  round  to 
the  left,   sixteen  bars — waltz   for    fi- 
nale. 

1704.  POLKA  WALTZES.  The  couples 
take  hold  of  hands  as  in  the  usual  waltz. 
First  Waltz — The  gentleman  hops  the 
lef'  foot  wfll  forward,  thea  Vvok ;  and 


glissades  half  round.  He  then  hops  the 
right  foot  forward  and  back,  and  glis- 
sades the  other  half  round.  The  lady 
performs  the  same  steps,  beginning 
with  the  right  foot.  Second — The  gen- 
tleman, hopping,  strikes  the  left  heel 
three  times  againsWhe  right  heel,  and 
then  jumps  half  round  on  the  left  foot; 
he  then  strikes  the  right  heel  three 
times  against  the  left,  and  jumps  on  the 
right  foot,  completing  the  circle.  The 
lady  does  the  same  steps  with  reverse 
feet  Third.— The  gentleman  raises  up 
the  left  foot,  steps  it  lightly  on  the 
ground  forward,  then  stikes  the  right 
heel  smartly  twice,  and  glissades 
half  round.  The  same  is  then  done 
with  the  other  foot.  The  lady  begins 
with  the  right  foot, 

1705.  VALSE   A   DEUX   TEMPS. — 
This  waltz  contains,  like  the  common 
waltz,  three  times,  but  differently  di- 
vided.     The  first  time   consists  of  a 
gliding  step ;  the  second  a  chassez,  in- 
cluding two  times  in  one.     A  chassez 
is  performed  by  bringing  one  leg-«ear 
the  other,  then  moving  it  forward,  back- 
ward, right,  left,  and  round.     The  gen 
tleman  begins  by  sliding  to  the  left  with 
his  left  foot,  then  performing  a  chassez 
towards  the  left  with  his  right  foot 
without  turning  at  all  during  the  first 
two  times.     He  then  slides  backwards 
with  his  right  leg,  turning  half  round ; 
after  which  he  puts  his  left  leg  behind 
to  perform  a  chassez  forward,  turning 
then  half  round  for  the   second  time. 
The  lady  waltzes  in  the  same  manner, 
except  that  the  first  time  she  slides  to 
the  right  with  the  right  foot,  and  also 
performs  the  chassez  on  the  right,  and 
continues  the  same  as  the  gentleman, 
except  that  she  slides  backwards  with 
her   right  foot,  when    the  gentleman 
slides  with  his  left  foot  to  the  left ;  and 
when  the   gentleman  slides  w;th  hii 
right  foot  backwards,  she  slides  with 
the  left  foot  to  the  left.    To  perform 
this   waltz   gracefully,    care  must    be 
taken  to  avoid  jumping,  but  merely  is 
slide,    and    keep    the    knees    slightly 
bent. 

1706.  CIRCASSIAN  CIRCLE. — Tb« 


106 


KNOWLEDGE  TALKS  LOWLY. 


company  is  arranged  in  couples  round 
the  room — the  ladies  being  placed  on 
the  right  of  the  gentlemen,  alter  which 
the  first  and  second  couples  load  off  the 
dance.  Figure.  Eight  and  left  set  and 
turn  partners— ladies  chain  waltz. — At 
the  conclusion,  the"  first  couple  with 
fourth,  and  the  second  with  the  tb>d 
couple,  re-commence  the  figure — and  so 
n  until  they  go  completely  round  the 
ircle,  when  the  dance  is  concluded. 

1707.  POLKA.  In  the  polka  there  are 
but  two  principal  steps,  all  others  be- 
long to  fancy  dances ;  and  much  mis- 
chief and  inconvenience  is  likely  to 
arise  from  their  improper  introduction 
into  the  ball-room.  First  Step:  The 
gentleman  raises  the  left  foot  slightly 
behind  the  right,  the  right  foot  is  then 
jumped  upon,  and  the  left  brought  for- 
ward with  a  glissade.  The  lady  com- 
mences with  the  right,  jumps  on  the 
left,  and  glissades  with  the  right. — 
The  gentleman  during  his  step  has 
hold  of  the  lady's  left  hand  with  his 
right.  Second  Step:  The  gentleman 
lightly  hops  the  left  foot  forward  on 
the  neel,  then  hops  on  the  toe,  bring- 
ing the  left  foot  slightly  behind  the 
right.  He  then  glissades  with  the  left 
foot  forward ;  the  same  is  then  done, 
commencing  with  the  right  foot.  The 
lady  dances  the  same  step,  only  begin- 
ning with  the  right  foot.  There  are  a 
variety  of  other  steps  of  a  fancy  char- 
acter, but  they  can  only  be  understood 
with  the  aid  of  a  master,  and,  even 
when  well  studied,  must  be  introduced 
with  care.  The  polka  should  be  danced 
with  grace-and  elegance,  eschewing  all 
outre  and  ungainly  steps  and  gestures, 
taking  care  that  the  leg  is  not  lifted  too 
high,  and  that  the  dance  is  not  com- 
.nenced  in  too  abrupt  a  manner.  Any 
number  of  couples  may  stand  up,  and 
it  is  the  privilege  of  the  gentleman  to 
'brm  what  figure  he  pleases,  and  vary 
it  as  often  as  his  fancy  and  taste  may 
dictate.  First  Figure:  Four  or  eight 
bars  are  devoted'to  setting  forwards 
and  backwaiJs,  turning  from  and  to- 
wards your  partner,  making  a  slight 
hop  at  the  commencement  of  each  set, 


and,  holding  your  partner's  left  hand, 
you  then  perform  the  same  step  (for- 
wards) all  round  the  room.  Second 
Figure:  The  gentleman  faces  his  partner, 
and  does  the  same  step  backwards  all 
round  the  room,  the  lady  following  with 
the  opposite  foot,  and  doing  the  step 
forwards.  Third  Figure :  The  same  at 
the  second  figure,  only  reversed,  the 
lady  stepping  backwards,  and  the  gen- 
tleman forward*,  always  going  the 
same  way  round  the  room.  Fourth 
Figure:  The  same  step  as  figures  two 
and  three,  but  turning  as  in  a  waltz. 

1708.  THE  GORLITZA  is  similar  to 
the  polka,  the  figures   being  waltzed 
through. 

1709.  THE  SCHOTTISHE. — The  gen- 
tleman holds  the    lady  precisely  as  in 
the  polka.     Beginning  with  the  right 
foot,  he  slides  it  forward,  then  brings  up 
the  right  foot  to  the  place  of  the  left — 
slides  the  left  foot  forward — and  springs 
or  hops  on  this  foot.     This  movement 
is  repeated  to  the  right.     He  begins 
with  the   right  foot,  slides  it  forward, 
brings  up  the  left  foot  to  the  place  of 
the    right  foot — slides  the   right  foot 
forward  again,  and  hops  upon  it.     The 
gentleman  springs  twice  on  the  left 
foot,  turning  half  round ;  twice  on  the 
right  foot;   twice    encore  on    the    left 
foot,  turning  half   round;    and    again 
twice  on  the  right   foot,  turning  half 
round.     Beginning  again,  he  proceeds 
as  before.     The  lady  begins  with  the 
right  foot,  and  her  step  is  the  same  in 
principle  as  the  gentleman's.     Vary,  by 
a  reverse  turn ;   or  by  going  in  a  straight 
line  round  the-  room..     Double,  if  you 
like,  each  part,  by  giving  four  bars  to 
the  first  part,  and  four   bars   to    the 
second  part.    The  time  may  be  stated 
as  precisely  the  same  as  in  the  Polka; 
but  let  ifc  not  be    forgotten    that   La 
Schottishe    ought    to  be  danced  much 
slower. 

1710.  COUNTRY  DANCES. — Sir  Rog- 
er de  Cover ly. — First  lady  and    bottom 
gentleman  advance  to  centre,  salute, 
and  retire ;  first  gentleman  and  bottom 
lady  same.      First    lady  and    bottom 
gentleman  advance  to  centre,  turn,  »m£ 


EAT  NO.'  TO  DULNKSS — DRINK  NOT  TO  ELEVATION. 


207 


retire ;  first  gentleman  and  bottom 
lady  the  same.  Ladies  promenade, 
turning  off  to  the  right  down  the  room, 
and  back  to  places,  while  gentlemen 
do  the  same,  ^rning  to  the  left ;  top 
couple  re  main  .at  bottom;  repeat  to  the 
end  of  danQe. 

1711.  LA  POLKA  COUNTRY  DAN- 
CES.— All  form  two  lines,  ladies  on  the 
right,  gentlemen  an  the  left.     Figure: 
Top  lady  and  second  gentleman  heel  and 
toe  (Polka  step)  across  to  each  other's 
place — second  lady  and  top  gentleman 
repeat  back  to  places — second  lady  and 
top  gentlemen  the  same.     Two  couples 
Polka  step  down  the  middle   and  back 
again— two  first  couple,  Polka  Waltz. 
First    couple    repeat  with    the    third 
couple,  then  with  fourth,  and  so  on  to 
end  of  dance. 

1712.  THE  HIGHLAND  REEL. — This 
dance  has  now  become  a  great  favorite ; 
it  is  performed  by  the  company  arranged 
in  parties  of  three  along  the  room  in 
the  following  manner :  a  lady  between 
two  gentlemen  in  double  rows — all  ad- 
vance and  retire — each  lady  then  per- 
forms the  reel  with   the  gentleman  on 
her  right  hand,  and  the  opposite  gentle- 
man to  places — hands  three  round  and 
back  again — all  six  advance  and  retire 
— then  lead  through  to   the  next  trio 
and  continue  the  figure   to  the  end  of 
the  room.     Adopt  the  Highland  step, 
and  music  of  three -part  tune. 

1713.    TERMS  USED  TO  DESCRIBE  THE 
MOVEMENTS  OF  DANCES. 

Baiancez  :  Set  to  partners. 

Chaine  Anglaise :  The  top  and  bot- 
tom couples  right  and  left. 

Chaine,  Anglaise  double :  The  right 
and  left  double. 

C/iaine  des  dames :  The  ladies'  chain. 

Cham*  dcs  dames  double  :  The  ladies' 
chain  double  T  'hich  is  performed  by 
all  the  ladies  co;uinencing  at  the  same 
timo. 

Chassez  :  Move  to  the  right  and  left. 

C/msscj  croisez :  Gentlemen  change 
places  with  partners,  and  back  again. 

Demie  Chaine  Anglaise  :  The  fo%  ' 
opposite  person?  h«Jf  right  nud  loft. 


Dcmie  Promenade :  All  eight  half 
promenade. 

Dos-d-dos:  The  two  opposite  per- 
sons pass  round  each  other. 

Demi  Moulinet :  The  ladies  all  ad- 
vance to  the  centre,  giving  hands,  and 
return  to  places. 

La  grand  chaine :  All  eight  chassez 
quite  round,  giving  alternately  right  and 
left  hands  to  partners,  beginning  with 
the  right. 

Le  grand  rond :  All  join  hands  and 
advance  and  retire  twice. 

Pas  d'Allemande:  The  gentlemen 
turn  the  partners  under  their  arms. 

Traversez :  The  two  opposite  persona 
change  places. 

Vis-a-vis :  The  opposite  partner. 

1714.    TERMS  USED  TO  EXPRESS 
THE  PROPERTIES  OF  MEDICINES. 

1715.  ABSORBENTS  are  medicine* 
which  destroy  acidities  in  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  such  as  magnesia,  prepared 
chalk,  &c. 

1716.  ALTERATIVES  are  medicines 
which  restore  health  to  the  constitu- 
tion, without  producing  any  sensible  ef- 
fect, such  as  sarsaparilla,  sulphur,  &c. 

1717  ANALEPTICH  are  medicines  that 
restore  the  strength  which  has  been 
lost  by  sickness,  such  as  gentian,  bark, 
&c. 

1718.  ANODYNES  are  medicines  which 
relieve  pain,  and  they  are  divided  into 
three  kinds,  paregorics,  hypnotics,  and 
narcotics  (see  these  terms) ;  camphor 
is  anodyne  as  well  as  narcotic. 

1719.  ANTACIDS  are  medicines  which 
destroy  acidity,  such  as  lime,  magnesia, 
soda,  &c. 

1720.  ANTALKALIES  a-re  medicines 
given  to  neutralize  alkalies  in  the  sys- 
tem, such  as  citric,  nitric,  or  sulphuric 
acids,  &c. 

1721.  ANTHELMINTICS  are  medicine* 
used  to  expel  and  destroy  worms  from 
the   stomach    and  intestines,   such  an 
turpentine,  cowhage,  male  fern,  &c. 

1722.  ANTIDILIOUS  are  medicine? 
which  are  useful  in  bilious  affections 
such  ag  calomel,  &c. 

1723    £  WTIRHEUMATICS  are  medicine* 


208 


LET  ALL  THINGS  HAVE  THEIR  PLACES. 


used  for  the  cure  of  rheumatism,  such 
as  colchieuin,  iodido  of  potash,  Arc. 

1724.  ANTISCORBUTICS  are  medicines 
ngainst  scurvy,  such  as  citric  acid, 
&c. 

1725.  ANTISEPTICS  are  substances 
used  to  correct  putrefaction,  such  as 
bark,  camphor,  £c. 

1726.  ANTISPASMODICS  are  medicines 
which  possess  the  power  of  overcoming 
spasms  of  the  muscles,  or  allaying  se- 
vere pain  from  any  cause  unconnected 
with  inflammation,   such  as  valerian, 
ammonia,  &c. 

1727.  APERIENTS  are  medicines  which 
move   the   bowels  gently,  such  as  dan- 
delion root,  &c. 

1728.  AKOMATICS  are  cordial,  spicy, 
and  agreeably-flavored  medicines,  such 
as  cardamoms,  cinnamon,  <fcc. 

1729.  ASTRINGENTS  are  medicines 
which  contract  the  fibres  of  the  body, 
diminish  excessive  discharges,  and  act 
indirectly  as  tonics,  such  as  oak-bark, 
galls,  &c. 

1730.  ATTENDANTS    are    medicines 
which  are  supposed  to  thin  the  blood, 
such  as  ammonia  ted  iron,  &c. 

1731.  BALSAMICS  are  medicines  of  a 
toothing  kind,  such  as  Tolu,  Peruvian 
balsam,  &c. 

1732.  CARMINATIVES  are  medicines 
which  allay  pain  in  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  and  expel  flatulence,  such  as 
aniseed-water,  &c. 

1733.  CATHARTICS  are  strong  purga- 
tive medicines,  such  as  jalap,  &c. 

1734.  CORDIALS  are  exhilarating  and 
warming  medicines,  such  as  aromatic 
confection,  £c. 

1735.  CORROBORANTS  are  medicines 
and  food  which  increase  the  strength, 
such  as  iron,  gentian,  sago,  &c. 

1736.  DEMULCENTS  correct  acrimony, 
diminish  irritation,  and  soften  parts  by 
covering  their   surfaces    with    a  mild 
and  viscid  matter,  such  as  linseed  tea, 
•fee. 

1737.  DEOBSTRUEXTS  are  medicines  ; 
which  remove   obstructions,   such    as 
iodide  of  potash,  &c. 

172S.  "DETERGENTS  clean  the  surfaces 
they   pass    such  as  soap,  ! 


1739.  DIAPHORETICS   produce    per 
spiration,  such  as  tartrate  of  antimony 
&c. 

1740.  DIGESTIVES  are  remedies  ap 
plied  to  ulcers  or  wounds,  to  promote 
the  formation  of  matter?  such  as  resin 
ointments,  warm  poultices,  &c. 

1741.  DISCUTIENTS  possess  the  power 
of  repelling  or  resolving  tumours,  such 
as  galbanum,  &c. 

1742.  DIURETICS  act  upon  the  kid 
neys  and  bladder,  and  increase  the  flow 
of  urine,  such  as  nitre,  squills,  &c. 

1743.  DRASTICS  are  violent  purga- 
tives, such  as  gamboge,  &c. 

1744.  EMETICS  produce  vomiting,  or 
the  discharge  of  the  contents  of  the 
stomach,  such  as  mustard,tartar  emetic, 
warm  water,  bloodroot,  &c. 

1745.  EMOLLIENTS  are  remedies  used 
externally  to  soften  the  parts  they  are 
applied  to,  such  as  spermaceti,  palm 
oil,  «fec. 

1746.  EPISPASTICS    are  medicines 
which  blister  or  cause  effusion  of  serum 
under  the  cuticle,  such  as  Spanish  flies, 
&c. 

1747.  ERRHINES  are  medicines  which 
produce  sneezing,    such    as    tobacco, 
&c. 

1748.  ESCHAROTICS  are  medicines 
which  corrode  or  destroy  the  vitality 
of  the  part  to  which  they  are  applied, 
such  as  lunar  caustic,  &c. 

1749.  EXPECTORANTS  are   medicines 
which  increase  expectoration,  or  the 
discharge  from  the    bronchial    tubes, 
such  as  ipecacuanha,  &c. 

1750.  FEBRIFUGES  are  remedies  used 
n  fevers,  such  as    antiinonial  wines, 

&c. 

1751.  HYDRAGOGUES  are  medicines 
which  have  the  effect  of  removing  the 
3uid  of  dropsy,  by  producing  water 
evacuations,  such  as  gamboge,  calomel, 
&c. 

1752.  HYPNOTICS  a.  <  uedicines  that 
relieve  pain  by  procuring  sleep,  such  as 
hops,  &c. 

1753.  LAXATIVES  are  medicines  which 
cause  the  bowels  to  act  rather  more 
tian  natural,  such  as  manna,  &c. 

1754.  NARCOTICS  are  medicines  which 


HASTE  MAKES  WASTE. 


209 


cause  sleep  or  stupor,  and  allay  pain, 
such  as  opium,  &c. 

1755.  NUTRIENTS  are  remedies  that 

nourish  the  body,  such  aa  sugar,  sago,£c. 

1756.     PAREGORICS    are    medicines 

which  actually  assuage  pain,  such  as 

compound  tincture  of  camphor,  &c. 

1757.  PROPHYLACTICS  are  remedies 
employed  to  prevent  the  attack  of  any 
particular  disease,  such  as  quinine,  £c. 

1758.  PURGATIVES  are  medicines  that 
promote  the  evacuation  of  the  bowels, 
such  as  senna,  &c. 

1759.  REFRIGERANTS  are  medicines 
which  suppress  an  unusual  heat  of  the 
body,  such   as  wood-sorrel,  tamarind. 

1760.  RUBEFACIENTS  are  medica- 
ments which  cause  redness  of  the  skin, 
such  as  mustard,  &c. 

1761.  SEDATIVES  are  medicines  which 
depress  the   nervous  energy,  and  des- 
troy sensation,  so  as  to  compose,  such 
as  foxglove,  &c. 

1762.  SIALAGOGUES   are    medicines 
which  promote   the   flow  of  saliva  or 
spittle,  such  as  salt,  calomel,  &c. 

1763.  SOPOKIFICS    are     medicines 
which  induce  sleep,  as  hops,  &c. 

1764.  STIMULANTS    are     remedies 
which  increase  the  action  of  the  heart 
and  arteries,  or  the  energy  of  the  part 
to  which   they  are    applied,   such   as 
sassafras,  which   is  an   internal  stimu- 
lant, and  savine,  which  is  an  external 
one. 

1765.  STOMACHICS  restore  the  tone 
of  the  stomach,  such  as  gentian,  &c. 

1765.*  STYPTICS  are  medicines  which 
constrict  the  surface  of  a  part,  and  pre- 
vent the  effusion  of  blood,  such  as  kino. 
•&c. 

1766.  SUDORIFICS  promote  profuse 
perspiration  or  sweating,  such  as  ipeca- 
cuanha, &c. 

1767.  TONTCS^  give  general  strength  /< 
to  the  constitution,,  restore  the  natural 
energies,  and  improve  the  tone  of  the 
system,  such  as  chamomile,  &c. 

1760.  VESICANTS  are  medicines  which 
blister,  such  as  strong  liquid  ammonia, 
&c.     (See  2902.) 

1769.  HINTS  UPON  PERSONAL 


MANNERS.— It  is  sometimes  object- 
ed to  books  upon  etiquette  that  they 
cause  those  who  consult  them  to  act 
with  mechanical  restraint,  and  to  show 
in  society  that  they  are  governed  by 
arbitrary  rules,  rather  than  by  an  intui- 
tive perception  of  what  is  graceful  and 
polite. 

1770.  This    objection   is  unsound, 
because  it  supposes  that  people  who 
study  the   theory  of  etiquette  do  not 
also  exercise  their  powers  of  observa- 
tion in  society,  and  obtain,  by  their  in- 
tercourse   with  others,  that  freedom 
and  ease  of  deportment,  which  society 
alone  can  impart. 

1771.  Books  upon  etiquette    are 
useful,  inasmuch  as  that  they  expound 
the  laws  of  polite  society.     Experience 
alone,  however,  can  give  effect  to  the 
precise  manner  in  which  those  laws  are 
required  to  be  observed. 

1772.  Whatever  objections  may  be 
raised  to  the  teachings  of  works  upon 
etiquette,  there  can  be  no  sound  argu- 
ment against   a   series  of  simple  and 
brief  hints,  which  shall  operate  as  pre- 
cautions against  mistakes  in  personal 
conduct. 

1773.  Avoid  intermeddling  with  the 
affairs  of  others.     This  is  a  most  com- 
mon fault.    A  number  of  people  seldom 
meet  but  they  begin  discussing  the  af- 
fairs of  some  one  who  is  absent.     This 
is  not  only  uncharitable  but  positively 
unjust.      It  is  equivalent  to  trying  a 
cause  in  the  absence  of  the  person  impli- 
cated.    Even  in   the   criminal   code   a 
prisoner  is  presumed  to  be  innocent  un* 
til  he  is  found  guilty.      Society,  how- 
ever, is  less  just,  and  passes  judgment 
without  hearing  the  defence.     Depend 
upon  it,  as  a  certain  rule,  that  thepeople 
who  unite  with   you  in  discussing  the  af- 
'airs  of  others  icill  proceed  to  scandalize 

you  the  moment  that  you  depart. 

1774.  Be  consistent  in  the  avowal  of 
principles.      Do  not  deny  to-day  that 
which  you  asserted  yesterday.     If  you 
do,  you  will  stultify  yourself,  and  your 
opinions  will  soon  be  found  to  have  no 
weight.     You  may  fancy  that  you  gau> 


210 


LITTLE  DEEDS  ARE  LIKE  LITTLE  SEEDS— 


favour  by  subserviency;  but  so  far  from 
gaining  favour,  you  lose  respect. 

1775.  Avoid  falsehood.     There  can  be 
found  no  higher  virtue  thau  the  love  of 
truth.     The  man  who  deceives  others 
must    himself   become   the   victim  of 
morbid  distrust.     Knowing  the  deceit 
of  his  own  heart,  and  the  falsehood  of 
his  own  tongue,  his  eyes  must  be  al- 
ways filled  with  suspicion,  and  he  must 
lose  the  greatest  of  all  happiness— confi- 
dence in  those  who  surround  him. 

1776.  The    following    elements    of 
manly  character  are  worthy  of  frequent 
meditation  : — 

1.  To  be  wise  in  his  disputes. 

2.  To  be  a  lamb  in  his  home. 

3.  To  be  brave  in  battle  and  great  in 
moral  courage. 

4.  To  be  discreet  in  public. 

5.  To  be  a  bard  in  his  chair. 

6.  To  be  a  teacher  in  his  household. 

7.  To  be  a  councillor  in  his  nation. 

8.  To  be  an  arbitrator  in  his  vicinity. 

9.  To  be  a  hermit  in  his  church. 

10.  To  be  a  legislator  in  his  country. 

11.  To  be  conscientious    in   his  ac- 
tions. 

12.  To  be  happy  in  his  life. 

13.  To  be  diligent  in  his  calling. 

14.  To  be  just  in  his  dealing. 

15.  That  whatever  he  doeth  be  to  the 
will  of  God. 

1777.  Avoid    manifestations  of   ill- 
temper.      Reason  is   given   for  man's 
guidance.     Passion  isHhe  tempest  by 
which  reason  is  overthrown.    Under  the 
effects  of  passion  man's  mind  becomes 
disordered,  his  face  disfigured,  his  body 
deformed.      A  moments  passion   has 
frequently  c"ut  off  a  life's  friendship,  de- 
stroyed a  life's  hope,  embittered  a  life's 
peace,  and   brought  unending  sorrow 
and  disgrace.     It  is  scarcely  worth  while 
to  enter  into  a  comparative  analysis  of 
ill-temper  and  passion:  they  are  alike 
discreditable,  alike  injurious,  and  should 
(stand  equally  condemned. 

1778.  Avoid  pride.     If  you  are  hand- 
some, God  made  you   so ;  if'  you   are 
learned,  some  one  instructed  you ;    it 
you  are  rich,  God  gave  you  what  you 
own     It  is  for  others  to  perceive  your 


goodness;  but  you  should  be  blind  to 
your  own  merits.  There  can  be  no 
comfort  in  deenJ^^  yourself  better  than 
you  really  are :  fo.«t  is  self-deception. 
The  best  men  throughout  all  history 
have  been  tb«  juv.t  humble. 

1779.  Affeci&tlon  is  a  form  of  pride 
It  is,  in  fact.  frAe  made  ridiculous  and 
contemptible     Some  one  writing  upon 
affectation  bja  remarked  as  follows: — 

'  If  ftn«;t.Hng  will  sicken  and  disgust 
a  man,  it  is  the  affected  mincing  way  in 
which  Brittle  people  choose  to  talk.  It 
is  perf.'ct'/y  naueecrs.  If  these  young 
jackanp.pes  who  srrew  thett  words  into 
all  roj./mer  of  diabolical  shapes  could 
only  foel  how  perfectly  disgusting  they 
were,  it  might  induce  them  to  drop  it. 
Will*  many,  it  soon  becomes  such  a  con- 
firnr/ed  habit,  that  they  cannot  again  be 
taught  to  talk  in  a  plain,  straight  forward, 
mar.ly  way.  In  the  lower  order  of  la- 
dies' boarding-schools,  and  indeed,  too 
much  everywhere,  the  same  sickening 
mincing-  tone  is  too  often  found.  Do 
pray,  good  people,  do  talk  in  your  natu- 
ral tone,  if  you  don't  wish  to  be  utterly 
ridiculous  and  contemptible." 

1780.  We  have  adopted  the  foregoing 
paragraph  because  we  approve  of  some 
of  its  sentiments,  but  chiefly  because  it 
shows    that    persons    who    object    to 
affectation  may  go  to  the  other  extreme 
— vulgarity.     It  is  vulgar,  we  think,  to 
call    even    the    most    affected    people 
"jackanapes,  who  screw  their  words 
into  all  manner  of  diabolical  shapes." 
Avoid  vulgarity  in  manner,  in  speech, 
and  in    correspondence.     To  conduct 
yourself  vulgarly  is  to  offer  offence  to 
those  who   are  around  you ;    to  bring 
upon  yourself  the  condemnation  of  per- 
sons of  good  taste ;    and  to  incur  the 
penalty  of  exclusion  from  good  society, 
Thus,  cast  among  the  vulgar,  you  be- 
come the  victim  of  your  own  error. 

1781.  Avoid   swearing.     An   oath  it 
but  the  wrath  of  a  perturbed  spirit. 

1782.  It  is  mean.     A   man  of  high 
moral   standing  would   rather  trea*  an 
offence  with  contempt,  than  sho\»  bii 
indignation  by  an  oath. 


THEY  GROW  TO  FLOWERS,  OR  TO  WEEDS. 


211 


1783.  Ib  is  vulgar:   altogether  too 
low  for  a  deceit  man. 

1784.  It  is  cowardly :  implying  a  fear 
either  of  not  being  believed  or  obeyed. 

1785.  It  is  ungentle-manly.     A  gentle- 
man, according  to  Webster,  is  a  gentcd- 
man—  well-bred,  refined. 

1786.  It    is   indecent :    offensive    to 
delicacy,  and  extremely  unfit  for  human 
ears. 

1787.  It  is  foolish.    "  Want  of  de- 
cency is  want  of  sense." 

1788.  It    is    abusive — to    the    mind 
which  conceives  the  oath,  to  the  tongue 
which  utters  it,  and  to  the  person  at 
whom  it  is  aimed. 

1789.  It  is  venomous,  showing  a  man's 
heart  to  be  as  a  nest  of  vipers ;   and 
every  time  he  swears,  one  of  them  starts 
out  from  his  head. 

1790.  It  is  contemptible — forfeiting  the 
respect  of  all  the  wise  and  good. 

1791.  It   is    wicked  :    violating   the 
Divine    law,  and  provoking    the   dis- 
pleasure of  Him  who  will  not  hold  him 
guiltless  who  takes  His  name  in  vain. 

1792.  Be  a  gentleman.— Moderation, 
decorum,  and  neatness,  distinguish  the 
gentleman;  he  is  at  all  times  affable, 
diffident,  and  studious  to  please.    In- 
telligent  and  polite,   his   behaviour  is 
pleasant  and  graceful.    When  he  enters 
the  dwelling  of  an  inferior,  he  endeav- 
ours to  hide,  if  possible,  the  difference 
between  their  ranks  in  life ;  ever  willing 
to  assist  those  around  him,  he  is  neither 
unkind,  haughty,  nor  overbearing.     In 
the  mansions  of  the  rich,  the  correct- 
ness of  his  mind  induces  him  to  bend 
to  etiquette,  but  not  to  stoop  to  adula- 
tion ;  correct  principle  cautions  him  to 
avoid   the   gaming-table,  inebriety,   or 
any  other    foible  that  could  occasion 
him  self- reproach,     pleased  with  the 

leasures  of  reflection,  he  rejoices  to 
§ee  the  gaieties  of  society,  and  is  fasti 
dious  upon  no  point  of  little  import. — 
Appear  only  to  be  a  gentleman,  and  its 
elvnduw  will  bring  upon  you  contempt: 
bo  a  gentleman,  and  its  honors  will 
remaiu  even  after  you  are  dead. 


1793.  THE  TRUE  GENTLEMAN. 

'Tis  he  whose  every  thought  and  deed 

By  rule  of  virtue  moves  ; 
Whose  generous  tongue  disdains  to 
speak 

The  thing  his  heart  disproves. 
Who  never  did  a  slander  forge, 

His  neighbour's  fame  to  wound ; 
Nor  hearken  to  a  false  report, 

By  malice  whispered  round. 
Who  vice,  in  all  its  pomp  and  power, 

Can  treat  with  just  neglect ; 
And  piety,  though  clothed  in  rags, 

Religiously  respect. 
Who  to  his  plighted  word  and  trust 

Has  ever  firmly  stood; 
And,  though  he  promise  to  his  loss, 

He  makes  his  promise  good. 
Whose  soul  in  usury  disdains 

His  treasure  to  employ ; 
Whom  no  reward  can  ever  bribe 

The  guiltless  to  destroy 

1794.  Be  Honest.    Not  only  because 
"  honesty  is  the  best  policy,"   but  be- 
cause it  is  a  duty  to  God  and  to  man. 
The  heart  that  can  be  gratified  by  dis- 
honest gains ;  the  ambition  that  can  be 
satisfied  by  dishonest  means  ;  the  mind 
that  can  be  devoted  to  dishonest  pur- 
poses, must  be  of  the  worst  order.    (Set 
281.) 

1795.  Having  laid  down  these  gener- 
al  principles    for   the   government  of 
personal  conduct,  we    will    epitomise 
what  we  would  still  enforce  ; — 

1796.  Avoid  Idleness — it  is  the  pa- 
rent of  many   evils.     Can  you   pray, 
"  Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread," 
and  not  hear  the  reply,  "  Do  thou  this 
day  thy  daily  duty  ?" 

1797.  Avoid  telling  idle  tales,  which 
is  like  firing  arrows  in  the  dark  ;  yoti 
know  not  into  whose  heart  they  may 
fall. 

1798.  Avoid  talking  about  yourself ; 
praising  your  own   works  ;    and   pro- 
claiming your  own  deeds.     If  they  are 
good,  they  will  proclaim  themselves ;  it 
bad,  the  less  you  say  of  them  the  better. 

1799.  Avoid    Envy,    for    it    cannot 
benefit  you,  nor  can  it  injure  those 
against  whom  it  is  cherished. 


212 


A  LADY  MADE  A  QUILT  IX    55,555    PIECES. 


1800.  Avoid    Disputation,    for  th< 
mere  sake  of  argument.    The  man  win 
disputes  obstinately  and  in   a   bigotec 
spirit,  in  like   the  man  who  would  sto] 
the   fountain  from    which    he   shoul 
drink.    Earnest  discussion  is  commend 
able  ;  but  factious  argument  never  ye 
produced  a  good  result. 

1801.  Be  kind  in  little  things.     The 
true  generosity  of  the  heart  is  more 
displayed  by  deeds  of  minor  kindness 
than   by  acts  which  may  partake  of 
ostentation. 

1802.  Be  polite.     Politeness   is  the 
poetry  of  conduct — and   like   poetry  il 
has  many  qualities.     Let  hot  your  po 
liteness  be  too  florid,  but  of  that  gentle 
kind  which  indicates  refined  nature. 

1803.  Be  sociable — avoid  reserve  in 
society.      Remember  that    the   social 
elements,  like  the  air  we   breathe,  are 
purified  by  motion.    Thought  illumines 
thought,  and  smiles  win  smiles. 

1804.  Be  punctual.     One  minute  too 
late  has  lost  many  a  golden  opportunity. 
Besides  which,  the  want  of  punctuality 
is  an  affront  offered  to  the  person  to 
whom  your  presence  is  due. 

1805.  The  foregoing  remarks  may 
be  said  to  apply  to  the  moral  conduct, 
rather  than  to  the  details  of  personal 
manners.     Great  principles,  however, 
suggest  minor  ones  ;  and  hence  from 
the  principles  laid  down  many  hints 
upon  personal  behaviour  may  be  ga- 

1806.  Be  hearty  in  your  salutations. 
1307.  Discreet  and  sincere  in  your 

friendships. 

1808.  Like  to  listen  rather  than  to 
talk. 

1809.  Behave,  even  in  the  presence 
of  your  relations,  as   though  you  felt 
respect  to  be  due  to  them. 

1810.  In  society  never  forget  that 
you  are  but  one  of  many. 

1811    \Vhen  you  visit  a  friend,  con- 
firm to  the  rules  of  his  home. 

1812.  Lean  not  upon  his  tables,  nor 
rub  your  feet  against  his  chairs. 

1813.  Pry  not  into  letters  l^iat  are 
not  your  own. 


1814.  Pay  unmistakable  reppect  tc 
ladies  everywhere. 

1815.  Beware  of  foppery  and  of  siily 
flirtation. 

1816.  In  public  places  be  not  too 
pertinacious  of  your  own  rights. 

1817.  Find  pleasure  in  making  con- 
cessions. 

1818.  Speak  distinctly. 

1819.  Look  at  the  person  to  whom 
you  speak. 

1820.  When  you  have  spoken,  give 
him  an  opportunity  to  reply. 

1821.  Avoid    drunkenness    as    you 
would  a  curse  ;  and  modify  all  appe- 
tites, especially  those  that  are  acquired. 

1822.  Dress  well,  but  not  superflu- 
ously. 

1823.  Be  neither  like  a  sloven,  nor 
like  a  stuffed  model. 

1824.  Keep  away  all  uncleanly  ap- 
pearances from  the  person.     Let  the 
nails,  the  teeth,  and,  in  fact,  the  whole 
system  receive  salutary    rather  than 
studied   care.      But  let    these   things 
receive    attention    at    the    toilet — not 
elsewhere. 

1825.  Avoid    displaying   excess    of 
jewellery.      Nothing  'looks   more   ef- 
feminate upon  a  man. 

1826.  Everyone  of  these  suggestions 
may  be  regarded  as  the  centre  of  many 

thers,  which  the  earnest  mind  cannot 
ail  to  discover.  (See  Enquiries  upon 
Etiquette.} 

1827.  HABITS   OF  A  MAN  OF 
BUSINESS.— A  sacred  regard  to  the 

n'inciples  of  justice  forms  the  basis  of 
very  transaction,  and  regulates  the 
conduct  of  the  upright  man  of  business. 

He  is  strict  in  keeping  his  engage- 
ments. 

Does  nothing  carelessly  or  in  a 
lurry. 

Employs  nobody  to  do  what  he  can 
asily  do  himself. 

Keeps  everything  in  its  proper 
lace. 

Leaves  nothing  undone  that  ought  t« 
e  done,  and  which  circumstances  per- 
mit him  to  do. 

Keeps  his  designs  and  business  from 
tie  view  of  others.' 


AN  HOUR  IN  THE  MORNING  IS  WOETH  TWO  AT  NIGHT. 


213 


Is  prompt  and  decisive  with  his  cus- 
tomers, and  does  not  over-trude  liis 
capital 

Prefers  short  credits  to  long  ones  ; 
and  cash  to  credit  at  all  times,  either 
in  buying  or  selling ;  and  small  profits 
in  credit  cases,  with  little  risk  to  the 
chance  of  better  gains  with  more 
hazard. 

He  is  clear  and  explicit  in  all  his 
bargains. 

Leaves  nothing  of  consequence  to 
memory  which  he  can  and  ought  to 
commit  to  writing. 

Keeps  copies  of  all  his  important 
letters  which  he  sends  away,  and  has 
every  letter,  invoice,  &c  ,  relating  to 
his  business,  titled,  classed,  and  put 
away. 

Never  suffers  his  desk  to  be  confused 
by  many  papers  lying  upon  it. 

Is  always  at  the  head  of  his  business, 
well  knowing  that  if  he  leaves  it,  it 
will  leave  him. 

Holds  it  as  a  maxim  that  he  whose 
credit  is  suspected  is  not  one  to  be 
trusted. 

Is  constantly  examining  his  books, 
and  sees  through  all  his  affairs  as  far  as 
care  and  attention  will  enable  him. 

Balances  regularly  at  stated  times, 
and  then  makes  out  and  transmits  all 
his  accounts  current  to  his  customers, 
both  at  home  and  abroad. 

Avoid  as  much  as  possible  all  sorts 
of  accommodation  in  money  matters 
and  lawsuits  where  there  is  the  least 
hazard. 

He  is  economical  in  his  expenditure, 
always  living  within  his  income. 

Keeps  a  memorandum-book  in  his 
pocket,  in  which  he  notes  every  parti- 
cular relative  to  appointments,  ad- 
dresses, and  petty  cash  matters. 

Is  cautious  how  he  becomes  security 
for  any  person ;  and  is  generous  when 
urged  by  motives  of  humanity. 

Let  a  man  act  strictly  to  these  habits ; 
when  once  begun  they  will  be  easy  to 
continue  in — ever  remembering  that 
he  hath  no  profits  by  his  pains  whom 
Providence  doth  not  prosper — and  suc- 
cess will  attend  his  efforts. 


Take  pleasure  in  your  business,  and 
it  will  become  your  recreation. 

Hope  for  the  best,  think  for  the 
worst,  and  bear  whatever  happens. 

1826.  MILK  LEMONADE.  — Die- 
solve  three  quarters  of  a  pound  of 
loaf  sugar  in  one  pintjDf  boiling  water, 
and  mix  with  them  one  gill  of  lemon 
juice,  and  a  gill  of  sherry,  then  add  three 
gills  of  cold  milk.  Stir  the  whole  well 
together,  and  strain  it. 

1829.  GROUND  GLASS.— The  frosted 
appearance  of  ground  glass  may  be  very 
nearly  imitated  by  gently  dabbing  the 
glass  over  with  a  piece  of  glazier's 
putty,  stuck  on  the  ends  of  the  fingers. 
When  applied  with  a  light  and  even 
touch,  the  resemblance  is  considerable. 

1830.  VEGETABLE  SOUP. — Peel  and 
cut  up  very  fine   three   onions,  three 
turnips,  one  carrot,  and  four  potatoes, 
put  them  into  a  stewpan  with  a  quarter 
of  a  pound  of  butter,  the  same  of  lean 
ham,  and  a  bunch  of  parsley,  pass  them 
ten  minutes  over  a  sharp  fire ;    then 
add  a  good   spoonful  of  flour,  mix  well 
in,  moisten   with   two  quarts  of  broth 
and  a  pint   of   boiling  milk,   boil   up, 
keeping  it  stirred,  season  with  a  little 
salt  and  sugar,  and  rub  through   a  hair 
sieve,  put  it  into  another  stewpan,  boil 
again,  skim  and  serve  with  fried  bread 
in  it. 

1831.  To  PICKLE  GHERKINS.— Put 
about  two  hundred  and  fifty  in  a  pickle 
of  two  pounds,  and  let  them  remain  in 
it  three  hours.     Put  them  in  a  sieve  to 
drain,  wipe  them,  and  place  them  in  a 
jar.     For  a  pickle,  best  vinegar  one 
gallon :  common  salt,  six  ounces ;  all- 
spice, one  ounce;  mustard  seed,  one 
ounce ;  cloves,  half  an  ounce ;   mace, 
half  an  ounce;    one    nutmeg    sliced; 
stick  of  horseradish  sliced  :  boil  fifteen 
minutes,   skim    it  well.     When    cold 
pour  it  over  them,  and  let  stand  twenty- 
four  hours,  covered  up ;  put  them  into 
a  pan   orer    the  fire,  and    let    them 
simmer  only  until  they  attain  a  a  green 
colour.     Tie    the   jure   down    closely 
with  bladder  and  leather. 

1832.  To  KILL  COCKROACHES. — A 
teacupful  of  well-bruised    Plaster  of 


214 


MORNING  FOR  WORK,    EVENING  FOR  CONTEMPLATION'. 


Paris,  mixed  with  double  the  quantity 
of  oatmeal,  to  which  add  a  little  sugar 
(the  latter  is  not  essential).  Strew  it 
on  the  floor  or  iu  the  chinks  were  they 
frequent. 

1833.  CUTANEOUS  ERUPTIONS. — The 
following  mixture  is  very  useful  in  all 
cutaneous     eruptions  :  —  Ipecacuanha 
wine,  four  drachms  ;  flowers  of  sulphur., 
two  drachma  ;  tincture  of  cardamoms, 
one  ounce.     Mix.    One  teaspoonful  to 
be  taken  three  times  a  day,  in  a  wine- 
glassful  of  water. 

1834.  WHEN  TO  CHANGE  THE  WA- 
TER IN  WHICH  LEECHES  ARE  KEPT. — 
Once  a  month  in  winter,  and  once  a 
week  in  summer,  is  sufficiently  often, 
unless  the  water  becomes  discoloured 
or  bloody,  when  it  should  be   changed 
every  day.    Either  clean  pond  water, 
or  clean  rain  water  should  be  employed. 

1835.  PEAS  PUDDING.— Dry  a  pint 
or  quart  of  split  peas  thoroughly  before 
the  fire;  then  tie  them  up  loosely  in  a 
cloth,  put  them  into  warm  water,  boil 
Jiem  a  couple  of  hours,  or  more,  until 
quite  tender ;  take  them  up,  beat  them 
well  in  a  dish  with   a  little   salt  (some 
add  the  yolk  of  an  egg)  and  a  bit  of 
butter.     Make  it  quit©  smooth,  tie  it  up 
again  in  a  cloth,  and  boil   it  an  hour 
longer.     This  is  highly  nourishing. 

1836.  To  ARREST  BLEEDING  AT  THE 
NOSE. — Introduce  by  means  of  a  probe, 
a  small  piece  of  lint  or  soft  cotton,  pre- 
viously dipped  into  some  mild  styptic, 
as  a  solution  of  alum,  white  vitriol, 
creosote,  or  even  cold  water.     This  will 
generally  succeed ;  but  should  it  not, 
cold    water    may  be    snuffed    up  the 
nostrils.     Should  the  bleeding  be  very 
profuse,  medical  advice  should  be  pro- 
cured. 

1837.  To  CLEAR  VEGETABLES  OF 
INSECTS. — Make  a  strong  brine  of  one 
pound  and  a  half  of  salt  to  one   gallon 
of  water,  into  this  place  the  vegetables 
with  the  stalk  ends  uppermost,  for  two 
or  three  hours;  this  will  destroy  all  the 
insects  which    cluster   in    the  leaves, 
and  they  will  fall  out  and  sink  to  the 
bottom  of  the  water. 

1838.  DISINFECTING  FUMIGATION— 


Common  salt,  three  ounces  ;  black 
manganese,  oil  of  vitriol,  of  each  one 
ounce;  water,  two  ounces.  Carried  in 
a  cup  through  the  apartments  of  the 
sick,  or  the  apartments  intended  to  be 
fumigated,  where  sickness  has  been, 
may  be  shut  up  for  an  hour  or  two,  and 
then  opened. 
1839.  DEPILATORY  OINTMENT  — 


FOR     REMOVING    SUPERFLUOUS 

Finely  powdered  quick  lime,  one  ounce  ; 
finely  powdered  orpiment,  one  dram; 
white  of  egg  to  mix. 

1840.  TO  PREVENT    MICE    TAKING 

PEAS.  —  Previous  to  the  peas  being 
sown,  they  should  be  well  saturated 
with  a  solution  of  bitter  aloes  ;  or,  they 
may  be  saturated  with  salad  oil,  and 
then  rolled  in  some  powdefed  resin 
previous  to  sowing,  and  the  mice  will 
not  touch  them. 

1841.  To  POLISH  ENAMELLED  LEA- 
THER. —  Two  pints  of  the  best  cream, 
one  pint  of  linseed  oil;    make  them 
each    lukewarm,  and  then  mix  them 
well    together.       Having    previously 
cleaned  the  shoe,  &c.,  from  dirt,  rub  it 
over  with  a  sponge  dipped  in  the  mix- 
ture :  then  rub  it  with  a  soft  dry  cloth 
until  a  brilliant  polish  ie  produced. 

1842.  DEVONSHIRE   JUNCKET.  —  Put 
warm  milk  into  a  bowl,  turn  it  with  a 
little  rennet,  then  add  some    scalded 
cream,  sugar  and  cinnamon  on  the  top, 
without  breaking  the  curd. 

1843.  To  CLEAN  BRASS  ORNAMENTS.  — 
Wash  the  brass  work  with  roche  alum 
boiled  to  a  strong  ley,  in  the  proportion 
of  an  ounce  to  a  pint.     When  dry,  it 
must  be  rubbed  with  a  fine  tripoli. 

1844.  To  RENOVATE  SILKS.  —  Sponge 
faded  silks  with  warm  water  and  soap, 
then  rub  them  with  a  dry  cloth  on  a 
flat  board  ;  afterwards  iron  them  on  the 
inside  with   a    smoothing  iron.      Old 
black  silks  may  be  improved  by  spong- 
ing with  spirits;  in  this  case  the  ironing 
may  be  done  on  the  right  side,  thin 
paper  being  spread    over  to    prevent 
glazing. 

1845.  To  TAKE  OUT   STAINS    FROM 
MAHOGANY  FURNITURE.  —  Stains    and 
spots  may  be  taken  out  of  mahog&n* 


MAKE  HAY  WHILE  THE  SUN  SHINES. 


215 


furniture  b>  the  use  of  a  little  aqua- 
fortis or  oxalic  acid  and  water,  by  rub- 
bing the  part  with  the  liquid,  by  means 
of  a  cork,  till  the  colour  is  restored ; 
observing  afterwards  to  well  wash  the 
wood  with  water,  and  to  dry  and  polish 
as  usual. 

1846.  BOILED    TURNIP   RADISHES. — 
Boil   in   plenty  of  salted  water,  and  in 
about  twenty-five  minutes  they  will  be 
tender;  drain  well,  and  send  them  to 
table  with  melted   butter.     Common 
radishes,  when  young,  tied  in  bunches, 
boiled  for  twenty  minutes,  and  served 
on  a  toast,  are  excellent. 

1847.  To  REMOVE   STAINS   FROM 
MOURNING  DRESSES. — Boil  a  handful 
of  fig  leaves  in  two  quarts  of   water 
until  reduced  to  a  pint.      Bombazines, 
crape,  cloth,  &c.,  need  only  be  rubbed 
with  a  sponge  dipped  in  this  liquor,  and 
the  effect  will  be  instantly  produced. 

1848.  ICELAND  Moss  CHOCOLATE — 
FOR  THE  SICK  ROOM. — Iceland  moss  has 
been  in  the  highest  repute  on  the  con- 
tinent as  a  most  efficacious  remedy  in 
incipient  pulmonary  complaints  ;    com- 
bined with   chocolate,  it  will   be  found 
a  nutritious  article  of  diet,  and  may  be 
taken  as  a  morning  and  evening  bever- 
age. —  Directions  :  Mix   a  teaspoonful 
of  th«j  chocolate,  with  a  teaspoonful  of 
boiling  water  or  milk,  stirring  constant- 
ly until  it  is  completely  dissolved. 

1849.  A  HINT  ON  HOUSEHOLD 
MANAGEMENT.— Have  you  ever  ob- 
served what  a  dislike  servants  have  to 
anything   cheap?     They    hate    saving1 
their  master's  money.     I  tried  this  ex- 
periment with  great  success  the  other 
day.     Finding  we  consumed  a  vast  deal 
of  soap,  I  sat  down  in    my  thinking- 
chair,  and  took  the  soap  question  into 
consideration,  and  found  reason  to  sus- 
pect we  were  using  a  very  expensive 
article,   where  a  much    cheaper    one 
would  serve  the  purpose  better.     I  or- 
dered half  a  dozen  pounds  of  both  sorts, 
but  took  the  precaution  of  changing  the 
papers  on  which  the  prices  were  mark- 
ed before  giving  them  into  the  hands  of 
Betty.     "Well,  Betty,  which  soap  do 


you  find  washes  best?"  "Oh,  please 
sir,  the  dearest,  in  the  blue  paper ;  it 
makes  a  lather  as  well  again  as  the 
other."  "Well,  Betty,  you  shall  al- 
ways have  it  then  ;  and  thus  the  unsus- 
pecting Betty  saved  me  some  pounds  a 
year,  and  washed  the  clothes  better. 
— Rev.  Sidney  Smith. 

1850.  TO  THOSE  WHO  WRITE 
FOR  THE  PRESS.— It  would  be  a 
great   favor  to    editors    and    printers, 
should  those  who  write  for   the  presa 
observe  the  following  rules.     They  are 
reasonable,  and  our  correspondents  will 
regard  them  as  such: — 1.  Write  with 
black  ink,  on  white  paper,  wide  ruled. 
2.  Make  the  pages  small,  one-fourth 
that  of  a  foolscap  sheet.     3.  Leave  the 
second  page  of  each  leaf  blank.    4.  Give 
to  the  written  page  an  ample  margin  all 
round.     5.  Number  the  papers  in   the 
order  of  their  succession.    6.  Write  in 
a  plain  bold  hand,  with  less  respect  to 
beauty.    7.  Use  no  abbreviations  which 
are  not  to  appear  in  print.     8.  Punctu- 
ate   the  manuscript  as   it  should    be 
printed.     9.  For  italics  underscore  one 
line,  for  small  capitals,  two ;    capitals, 
three.     10.  Never  interline  without  the 
caret  to  show  its  place.     11.  Take  spe- 
cial pains  with  every  letter  in  proper 
names.     12.  Review  every  word,  to  be 
sure  that  none  is    illegible.     13.  Put 
directions  to  the  printer,  at  the  head  of 
the  first  page.     14.  Never  write  a  pri- 
vate tetter  to  the  editor  on  the  printer's 
copy,  but  always  on  a  separate  sheet. 

1851.  DIAPHANIE.— This  is  a 
beautiful,  useful,  and  inexpensive  art, 
easily  acquired,  and  producing  imita- 
tions of  the  richest  and  rarest  stained 
glass ;    and    also    of    making    blinds, 
screens,    skylights,   Chinese   lanterns, 
&c.,  in  every  variety  of  colour  and  de 
sign. 

1852.  In  decorating  his  house,   au 
American  spends  as  much  money  as  he 
can  conveniently  spare  ;   the  elegances 
and   refinements  of  modern  taste  de- 
mand something  more  than  mere  com- 
fort;   yet  though  his   walls  are   hung 
with  pictures,  his  drawing-room  filled 
with  bijouterie,  how  is  it  that  tho  win 


216 


THE  LOVLIKST  Bill])  HAS  NO  SOXCJ. 


dows  of  his  hall,  his  library,  hie  stair- 
case arc  neglected  ?  The  reason  is  ob- 
vious. The  magnificent  historical  old 
stained  glass  might  be  envied,  but  could 
not  be  brought  within  the  compass  of 
ordinary  means.  Recent  improvements 
in  printing  in  colours  led  the  way  to 
this  beautiful  invention,  by  which  econ- 
omy is  combined  with  the  most  perfect 
results. 

1853.  A  peculiar  kind  of  paper  is 
rendered  perfectly  transparent,  upon 
which  designs  are  printed  in  glass  col- 
ours (vitro  de  r.oulcurs),  which  will  not 
change  with  the  light.  The  paper  is 
applied  to  the  glass  with  a  clear  white 
varnish,  and  when  dry,  a  preparation  is 
finally  applied,  which  increases  the 
transparency,  and  adds  tenfold  brillian- 
cy fro  the  effect. 

1854.  There  is  another  design,  print- 
ed in  imitation  of  the  half-light   (abat- 
iour),  this    is    used   principally  for  a 
ground,  covering  the  whole  surface  of 
the  glass,  within  which  (the  necessary 
spaces  having  been  previously  cut  out 
before  it  is  stuck  on    the  glass),  are 
placed  medallion  centres  of  Watteau 
figures,   perfectly    transparent,   which 
derive  increased   brilliancy  from    the 
semi-transparency  of  the   surrounding 
ground. 

1855.  To  ascertain  the   quantity  of 
designs  required,  measure  your  glass 
carefully,  and  then  calculate  how  many 
sheets  it  will  take.    The   sheets  are 
arranged  so  that  they  can  be  joined 
together  continuously,  or  cut  to  any 
size  or  shape. 

1856.  PRACTICAL  INSTRUCTIONS. — 
Choose  a  fine  day  for  the  operation,  as 
the  glass   should   be  perfectly  dry  and 
unaffected  by  the   humidity  of  the  at- 
mosphere.    Of  course  if   you  have   a 
choice,  it  is  more  convenient  to  work  on 
your  glass  before  it  is  fixed  in  the  frame. 
If  you  are  working  on  a  piece  of  unat- 
tached  glass,  lay  it  on  aflat  table  (a 
marble  slab  is  preferable),  over  which 
you    must  previously    lay  a   piece  of 
baize  or  cloth  to  keep  the  glass  steady. 
The  glass  being  thus  fixed,  clean   and 
polish  the  side  on  which  you  intend  to 


operate  (in  windows  thip  is  the  innei 
side),  then  with  your  bnsh  lay  on  it 
very  equably  a  good  coat  of  the  pre- 
pared varnish  ;  let  this  dry  for  an  hour, 
more  or  less,  according  to  the  drynepa 
of  the  atmosphere  and  the  thickness  of 
the  coat  of  varnish ;  meantime  cut  and 
trim  your  designs  carefully  to  fit  the 
glass  (if  it  is  one  entire  transparent 
sheet  you  will  find  little  trouble)  ;  then 
lay  them  on  a  piece  of  paper,  li»co 
downwards,  and  damp  the  back  of  them 
with  a  sponge,  applied  several  times,  to 
equalize  the  moisture.  In  this  opera- 
tion, arrange  your  time,  so  that  your 
designs  may  now  be  finally  left  to  dry 
for  fifteen  minutes  before  application  to 
the  glass,  the  varnish  on  which  has  now 
become  tacky  or  sticky,  and  in  a  pro- 
per state  to  receive  them.  Apply  the 
printed  side  next  to  the  glass  without 
pressure ;  endeavor  to  let  your  sheet 
fall  perfectly  level  and  smooth  on  your 
glass  so  that  you  may  avoid  leaving 
creases,  which  would  be  fatal.  Take 
now  your  palette,  lay  it  flat  on  the  de- 
sign, and  press  out  all  the  air  bubbles, 
commencing  in  the  centre,  and  working 
them  out  »"rom  the  sides;  an  ivory 
stick  will  be  found  useful  in  remov- 
ing creases ;  you  now  leave  this  to  dry, 
and  after  twenty  four  hours  apply  a 
slight  coat  of  the  liqueur  diaphane, 
leaving  it  another  day,  when  if  dry, 
apply  a  second  coat  of  the  same  kind 
which  must  be  left  several  days:  final 
ly,  apply  a  coat  of  varnish  over  all. 

1857.  If  these  directions  are  care 
fully  followed,  your  glass  will  never  b« 
affected  by  time  or  by  any  variation 
in  the  weather ;  it  will  defy  hail,  rain, 
frost  and  dust,  and  can  be  washed   the 
same  as  any  ordinary  stained  glass,  to 
which,  in  some    respects,  it    is  even 
superior. 

1858.  It  is  impossible  to   enumerate 
the  variety  of  articles  to  ttie  manufac 
ture  of  which  Piaphanie  u.fly  be  success- 
fully  applied,  ?  s  it  is   not   confined   to 
glass,  but   can  be  done  on  silk,  parch- 
ment, paper,  linen,  &c.,  afar  they  havt 
'teen    made    transparent,    whic^v     rimy 


WALK  SWIFTLY  FROM  TEMPTATION,   OR  IT  MAY  OVERTAKE  YOU. 


217 


be     accomplished    in     the     following 
manner: — 

1859.  Stretch  your  paper,  or  what- 
ever it  may  be,  on  a  frame  or  drawing 
board,  then  apply  two  successive  coats 
^a  day  between   each),  of  diaphanous 
liquor,  and  after  leaving  it  to  dry  for 
several    days,  cover    it    with   a     thin 
layer  of  very  clear  size,  and  when  dry 
it  will  be  in  a  fit  state  to  receive  the 
coat  of  varnish  and  the  designs.      « 

1860.  Silk,  linen,  or    other    stuffs, 
should  be  more  carefully  stretched,  and 
receive  a  thicker  coat  of   size   than 
paper  or  parchment ;   the  latter  may  be 
strained  on   a  drawing  or  any  other 
smooth  board,  by  damping  the  sheet,  and 
after  pasting  the   edges,  stretching  it 
down  while  damp  (silk,  linen,  and  other 
stuffs  require  to  be   carefully  stretched 
on  a  knitting  or  other  suitable  frame). 
Take  great  care  to  allow,  whatever  you 
use,  time  to   dry  before   applying    the 
liqueur  diaphane. 

1861.  All  kinds    of    screens,    lamp 
shades,  and  glasses,  lanterns,  &c.  &c., 
may  be  made  in  this  way,  as  heat  will 
produce  no  effect    upon    them.     The 
transparent  pictures  are  successful,  be- 
cause they  may  be  hung  on  a  window 


frame    or    removed   at 


and  the 


window  blinds  are  far  superior  to  any- 
thing of  that  kind  that  have  yet  been 


seen. 

1862.  Instead  of  steeping  the 


de- 


signs in  the  transparent  liquor  at  the 
time  of  printing  them,  which  was 
previously  done  in  order  to  show  their 
transparency  to  the  purchaser,  but 
which  was  practically  objectionable, 
as  the  paper  in  that  state  was  brittle, 
and  devoid  of  pliancy,  necessitating 
also  the  use  of  a  peculiarly  difficult 
vehicle  to  manage  (varnish)  in  apply- 
ing it  to  the  glass,  the  manufacturer 
now  prepares  his  paper  differently,  in 
order  to  allow  the  use  of  parchment- 
gize  in  sticking  them  on  the  glass. 
The  liqueur  diaphane,  which  is  finally 
applied,  renders  them  perfectly  trans- 
parent. In  this  mode  of  operation, 
no  delay  is  requisite,  the  designs  being 


laying  on  the  size,  taking  :are  to  press 
out  all  the  air  bubbles,  for  which  pur- 
pose a  roller  will  be  found  indispensa- 
ble. The  designs  should  be  damped 
before  the  size  is  applied  to  them. 

1863.  We  are  of  opinion  that  this 
art  may  be  applied  to  the  production 
of    magic    lantern     slides,    dissolving 
views,  and  dioramic  effects  ;  though  we 
are  not   aware  whether  such    experi 
ments  have  been  tried. 

1864 .  POTICHOMANIE.  —  This 
elegant  accomplishment,  which  has  be- 
come so  extremely  popular  and  fashion- 
able, promises    not   only  to  supersede 
altogether  many  of  those  meretricious 
accomplishments  which  have  hitherto 
absorbed  the  attention  of  our  fair  coun- 
trywomen, but  to  rank  among  the  Fine 
Arts.     It  possesses  many  advantages — 

1st.  The  process  is  simple,  and  easily 
acquired. 

2nd.  It  is  an  exceedingly  pleasing  and 
interesting  employment,  requiring  no 
previous  knowledge  of  drawing,  yet 
affording  abundant  space  for  the  exercise 
of  the  most  exquisite  taste. 

3rd.  The  time  employed  is  richly  re- 
paid ;  the  results  produced  are  of  actual 
value;  articles  of  ornament  and  domes- 
tic utility  being  produced,  in  perfect 
imitation  of  the  most  beautiful  Chinese 
and  Japanese  Porcelain,  of  Sevres  and 
Dresden  China,  and  of  every  form  that 
is  usual  in  the  productions  of  the  Cera- 
mic Art. 

4th.  It  furnishes  an  inexhaustible  and 
inexpensive  source  for  the  production 
of  useful  and  elegawt  presents,  which 
will  be  carefully  preserved  as  tokens  oi 
friendship,  and  as  proofs  of  the  taste 
and  talent  of  the  giver. 

1865.  ARTICLES  NECESSARY  IN  THE 
ART  OF  POTICHOMANIE. 

1st.  Glass  vases  (Potiches  en  vcrre) 
of  shapes  suitable  to  the  different  orders 
of  Chinese,  Japanese,  Etruscan,  and 
French  Porcelain,  Alumettes,  &c. 
cups, 


plates,  &c.,  &c.,  of  Sevres  and 
Dresden  design. 

2nd.  Sheets   of    coloured   drawings 


the  glass  immediately  after '  or  prints  characteristic  representut'/na 


218 


FIRST  BE  JUST  ;    THEN  YOU   MAY  BE  GEXEROUS. 


of  the  designs  or  decorations  suitable  to 
every  kind  of  porcelain  and  cbina. 

3rd.  A  bottle  of  liquid  guru. 

4th.  Three  or  four  hog-hair  brushes. 

5th.  A  bottle  of  varnish. 

6th.  Very  fine  pointed  scissors  for 
cutting  out. 

7th.  An  assortment  of  colours  for  the 
foundation,  in  bottles. 

8th.  A  packet  of  gold  powder. 

9th.  A  glass  vessel  for  diluting  the 
colours. 

1866.  DIRECTIONS.— We  will  sup- 
pose the  object  selected  for  imitation 
to  be  a  Chinese  vase.     After  providing 
yourself  with  a  plain  glass  vase,  of  the 
proper  shape,  you  take  your  sheets  of 
coloured  prints  on  which  are  depicted 
subjects  characteristic  of  that  peculiar 
style. 

1867.  From  these   sheets  you    can 
select  a  great  variety  of  designs,  of  the 
most  varied  character,  on  the  arrange- 
ment and  grouping  of  which  you  will 
exercise  your  own  taste. 

1868.  After  you  have  fully  decided 
upon  the  arrangement  of  your  drawings, 
cut  them  out  accurately  with  a  pair  of 
scissors,  then  apply  some  liquid  gum 
carefully  over  the  coloured  side  of  the 
drawings,  and  stick  them  on  the  inside 
of  the  vase,  according  to  your  own  pre- 
vious arrangement — pressing  them  down 
till  they  adhere  closely,  without  any 
bubbles  of  air  appearing  between  the 
glass  and  the  drawings. 

1869.  When  the  drawings  have  had 
sufficient  time  to  dry,  take  a  fine  brush 
and  cover  every  part  of  them  ('without 
touch'D'g    the    glass)  with    a    coat  of 
parchment  size  or  liquid  gum,  which 
prevents  the  oil  colour  (which  is  next 
applied)  from  sinking  into  or  becoming 
absorbed  by  the  paper. 

1870.  When  the  interior  of  the  vase  is 
perfectly  dry,  and  any  particles  of  gum 
eizc  that  may  have  been  left  on  the 
glass,  have  been  removed,  your  vase  is 
ready  for  the  final  and  most  important 
process. 

1871.  Yon  have  now  to  tint  the  whole 
of  the  vase  with  a  proper  colour  to  give 
it  the  appearance  of  porcelain,  for  up  to 


this  time  you  will  recollect  it  is  but  • 
glass  vase,  with  a  few  coloured  print! 
stuck  thereon. 

1872.  Select  from  your  stock  of  pre- 
pared colours,  in  bottles,  the  tint  most 
appropriate  to  the  kind  of  china  you  are 
imitating  (as  we  are  now  supposed  t<> 
be  making  a  Chinese  vase,  it  will  be  01 
a  greenish  hue),   mix   fully  sufficient 
colour  in  a  glass  vessel,  then  pour  the 
whole  into  the  vase.     Take  now  your 
vase  in  both  hands  and  turn  it  round 
continually  in  the  same  direction,  until 
the  colour  is  equally  spread  over  the 
whole   of  the   interior  ;   when  this  is 
satisfactorily  accomplished,  pour  back 
the  remainder.     If  the  prepared  colour 
is  too  thick,  add  a  little  varnish  to  the 
mixture  before  applying  it. 

1873.  If  preferred,  the  colour  may  be 
laid  on  with  a  soft  brush.     Should  the 
vase  be  intended  to  hold  water,  the  in- 
terior must  be  well  varnished  after  the 
above  operations,  or  lined  with   zinc 
or  tin  foil. 

1874.  If  the  Potichomanist  wishes  to 
decorate  the  mouth  of  his  vase  with  a 
gold  border,  he  can  do  so  by  mixing 
some  gold  powder  in  a  few  drops  of  the 
essence  of  lavender  and  some  varnish, 
applying  it   on  the  vase  with  a  fine 
brush ;  or  he  can  purchase  gold  bands, 
already  prepared    for    application,  in 
varied  sheets,  suitable  to  the  Potiche- 
manie  designs. 

1875.  Potichomanists  have  found  the 
art  capable  of  greater  results  than  the 
mere  imitation  of  porcelain  vases,  by  the 
introduction  of  glass  panels  (previously 
decorated  with  beautiful  flowers  on  a 
white  ground)  into  drawing-room  doors, 
and  also  into  walls  which,  being  panel 

Sapered,  offer  opportunities  of  intro- 
ucing  centre  pieces  of  the  same  cha- 
racter as  the  doors ;  elegant  chess  and 
work-tables,  folding  and  cheval-screens, 
panels  for  cabinets,  chiffioniers  and 
aook-cases,  slabs  for  pier  and  console- 
tables,  glove-boxes,  covers  for  books, 
music,  albums,  &c. 

1876.  WAXEN  FLOWERS  AND 
FRUIT.— There  is  no  art  more  easily 


TAKE  CARE  OF  PENCE,  POUNDS  WILL  TAKE  CARE  OF  THEMSELVES. 


219 


acquired,  nor  more  encouraging  in  its 
immediate  results,  than  that  of  model- 
ling1 flowers  and  fnrt  in  wax.  We  do 
not  mean  that  it  is  easy  to  attain  the 
highest  perfection  in  this  art ;  but 
that,  compared  with  other  pursuits  of  a 
(similar  nature,  the  difficulties  to  be 
surmounted  are  comparatively  few  ; 
and  the  first  rewards  of  perseverance 
come  very  speedily,  and  are  surpris- 
ingly agreeable.  The  art,  however,  is 
attended  by  this  drawback — that  tbe 
materials  required  are  somewhat  ex- 
pensive. But  then,  the  flowers  pro- 
duced are  of  value,  and  this  is  a  set-off 
against  the  cost. 

1877.  The  materials  required  for  com- 
mencing waxen-flower  making  will  cost 
from  $5,00  to  $10,00 ;  and  no  progress 
can  be  made  without  this  outlay  at  the 
starting. 

1878.  The  materials  may  be  obtained  at 
jiiost  fancy  repositories  in  large  towns  ; 
and  persons  wishing  to  commence  the 
art  would  do  well  to  call  at  those  places 
and  inquire  the  particulars,  and  see  the 
specimens  of   materials ;    because,  in 
tnis,  as  in  every  other  pursuit,  there 
are  novelties  and  improvements  being 
introduced  which  no  book  can  give  an 
idea  of. 

1879.  Those   who  reside  in    places 
where  they  cannot  obtain  the  requisite 
materials,  may  procure  information  by 
writing  to  any  of  the  many  dealers  in 
those  articles  in  New  York. 

1880.  There  are  some  small  works 
published,  which  profess  to  teach  the 
art. 

1881.  But  they  are,  in  fact,  written 
by  professors,  and  the  chief  aim  of  them 
is  to  sell  the  materials,  which  they  are 
written  to  advertise. 

1882.  Those  who  wish  to  pursue  ;.he 
subject  further  than  our  instructions 
will  take  them,  may  be  able  to  refer  to 
either  or  all  of  the  works  mentioned. 

1883.  Printed  instructions  are,  how- 
ever, of  comparatively  little  value,  ex- 
cept   at  the    starting,   to    supply  the 
(simplest  elements  of  the  art. 

1884.  The  petals,  haves,  &c.  of  flowers, 
Are  made  of  sheets  of  coloured  wax, 

10 


which  may  be  purchased  in  packets  of 
assorted  colours. 

1885.  The  stems  are  made  of  wire  of 
suitable  thicknesses,  covered  with  silk, 
and  overlaid  with  wax ;  and  the  leaves  are 
frequently  made  by  thin  sheets  of  wax 
pressed  upon  leaves  of  embossed  calico. 
Leaves  of  various  descriptions  are  to  be 
obtained  of  the  persons  who  sell  the 
materials  for  wax-flower  making. 

1886.  Ladies  will  often   find  among 
their  discarded  artificial  flowers,  leaves 
and  buds  that  will  serve  as  the  base  of 
their  wax  models. 

1887.  The  best  guide  to  the  construc- 
tion of  a  flower— far  better  than  printed 
diagrams  or    patterns — is   to    take    a 
flower,  say  a  tulip,  a  rose,  or  a  camelia. 
If  possible,  procure  two  flowers,  nearly 
alike,  and  carefully  picking  one  of  them 
to  pieces,  lay  the  petals  down  in  the 
order  in  which  they  are  taken  from  the 
flower,  and  then  cut  paper  patterns 
from  them,  and  number  them  from  the 
centre   of  the  flower,   that   you  may 
know  their  relative  positions. 

1888.  The  perfect  flower  will  guide  you 
in  getting  the  wax  petals  togethe'   and 
will  enable  you  to  give  not  only  to  eacn 
petal,  but  to  the  contour  of  the  flower, 
the  characteristics  which  are  natural  to 
it.      In  most  cases    they  are  merely 
pressed    together    and    held    in  their 
places  by  the  adhesiveness  of  the  wax. 
From  the  paper  patterns  the  wax  petals 
or  other  portions  of  the  flowers  may  be 
cut.     They  should  be  cut  singly  by  a 
scissors  rather  loose  at  the  points ;  and 
the  scissors  should  be  frequently  dipped 
into  water  to  prevent  the  wax  from 
adhering  to  the  blades. 

1889.  The  scraps  of  wax  that  fall  from 
the  cuttings  will  be  found  useful  for 
making  seed  vessels,  and  other  parts  of 
the  flowers. 

1890.  Very  few  and  very  simple  instru- 
ments are  required,  and  these  may  be 
purchased  at  the  place  where  the  wax 
sheets,  &c.,  are  obtained. 

1891.  With  regard  to  the  leaves  of 
flowers,where  the  manufactured  founda- 
tions of  them  cannot  be  obtained,  pat- 
terns of  them  should  be  cut  in  paper,  and 


220 


ALL'S  WKLL    THAT  EXDS  WELL. 


theveinous  appearance  may  be  imparted 
to  the  wax  by  pressing  the  leaf  upon  it. 

1692.  In  the  construction  of  sprigs  it  is 
most  important  to  be  guided  by  sprigs 
of  the  natural  plant,  as  various  kinds  of 
plants  have  many  different  charac- 
teristics in  the  grouping  of  their  flowers, 
leaves,  and  branches. 

3893.  It  would  be  possible  to  extend 
these  instructions  to  an  indefinite  length, 
but  nothing  would  be  gaineU  thereby. 
The  best  instruction  of  all  is — TAKE  A 
FLOWER  AND  COPY  IT, — observing  care 
in  the  selection  of  good  sheets  of  wax, 
and  seeing  that  their  colours  are  pre- 
cisely those  of  the  flower  you  desire  to 
imitate. 

1894.  For  the  tints,  stripes,  and  spots 
of  variegated  flowers,  you  will  be  supplied 
with  colours  among  the  other  materials, 
and  the  application  of  them  is  precisely 
upon    the    principle    of   water- colour 
painting. 

1895.  With  regard  to  the  imitations  of 
fruit  in  wax,  very  different  rules  are  to 
be  observed.     The  following  directions 
are    from     a     reliable     source  : — The 
material  of  which  moulds  for  waxen 
fruit  should   be  composed,  is   the  best 
plaster  of  Paris,  which  can  be  bought 
from  the  Italian  figure-makers  at  about 
a  penny  a  pound,    in  bags  containing 
fourteen  pounds,  or  half-bags  contain- 
ing seven  pounds.     If  this  cannot  be 
procured,  the  cheaper  plaster  from  the 
oil-shops  may  be  substituted,  if  it  can 
be  procured  quite  fresh.     If,  however, 
the  plaster  is  faulty,  the  results  of  the 
modelling  will  of  course   be  more  or 
less  so  also.     It    is  the    property    of 
plaster  of  Paris  to  form  a  chemical  union 
with  water,  and  to  form  a  paste  which 
rapidly  "  sets"  or  hardens  into  a  sub- 
Btance   of  the   density  of  firm  chalk. 
The  mould  must,  therefore,  be  made  by 
an  impression  from  the  object  to  be 
imitated,  made  upon  the  plaster  before 
it  sets. 

1896.  The  use  of  an  elastic  fruit  in 
early  experiments,  leads  to  a  want  of 
accuracy  in  the  first  steps  of  the  opera- 
tion, which  causes  very  annoying  diffi- 
culties   afterwards  ;    and    therefore  a 


<>olid,  inelastic  body — an  egg  boiled 
hard — is  recommended  as  the  first  ob- 
ject to  be  imitated. 

1897.  Having  filled  a  small  pudding 
basin  about  three  quarters  full  of  damp 
sand  (the  finer  the  better) ;  lay  the  egg 
lengthways  in  the  sand,  so  that  half  of 
it  is  above,  and  half  below,  the  level  of 
the   sand,   which   should   be   perfectly 
smooth  around  it.     Then  prepare  the 
plaster  in  another  basin,  which  should 
be   half  full  of   water.    Sprinkle  the 
plaster  in  quickly  till  it  comes  to  the 
top   of   the    water,   and    then,   having 
stirred  it  for  a  moment  with  a  spooii, 
pour  the  whole  upon   the  egg  in  iliu 
other  basin. 

1898.  While  the  /m//mould  thus  made 
is  hardening  thoroughly,  carefully  re- 
move every  particle  of  plaster  from  the 
basin  in  which  it  was  mixed,  and  also  from 
the  spoon  which  has  been  used.     Thir 
must  be  done  by  placing  them  both  in 
water  and  wiping  them  perfectly  clean. 
This  is  highly  important,  since  a  small 
quantity  of  plaster  which  has  set  will 
destroy  the  quality  of  a  second  mixing 
if  it  is  mixed  therewith.     In  about  five 
minutes  the  half  mould  will  be  fit  to 
remove,  which  may  be  done  by  turning 
the  basin  up  with  the  right  hand  (tak- 
ing care  not  to  lose  the  sand),  so  that 
the  mould  falls  into  the  left  hand.    The 
egg  should  then  be  gently  allowed  to 
fall  back  on  the  sand  out  of  the  mould ; 
if,  however,  it  adheres,  lightly  scrape 
the  plaster  from  the  edge  of  the  mould, 
and  then  shake  it  out  into  the  hollow 
of  the  hand.     If,  however,  the  exact 
half  of  the  egg  has  been  immersed  in 
the  sand,  no  such  difficulty  will  arise  ; 
this  shows  how  important  is  exactness 
in  the  first  position  of  the  object  from 
which  a  casting  is  to  be  taken.     The 
egg  being  removed  and  laid  aside,  the 
mould  or  casting  must  be  "  trimmed  ;" 
that  is,  the  sand  must  be  brushed  from 
the  flat  surface  of  the  mould  with   a 
nail-brush  very  slightly,  without  touch 
ing  the  extreme  and  sharp  edges  where 
the  hollow  of  the  mould  commences. 
Then  upon  the  broad  edge  from  which 
the  sand  has  been  brushed,  make  fottf 


TRUTH  IS  THE  HIDDEN  GEM    WE  ALL  SHOULD  DIG  FOR. 


221 


equi-distant  hollows  (with  the  round 
end  of  a  table-knife)  like  the  deep  im- 
pression of  a  thimble's  end.  These  are 
to  guide  hereafter  in  the  fixing  of  the 
second  half  of  the  mould.  The  egg 
should  now  be  replaced  in  the  casting, 
and  the  edge  of  the  cast,  with  the  holes, 
thoroughly  lubricated  with  sweet  oil, 
laid  on  with  a  feather,  or  what  is  better, 
a  large  camel-hair  brush. 

1899.  Into  the   small  pudding-basin 
from  which  the  sand  has  been  emptied, 
place  with  the  egg  uppermost  the  half 
mould,  which,  if  the  operation  has  been 
managed   properly,  should  fit  close  at 
the  edges  to  the  side  of  the  vessel ;  then 
prepare   some    more  liqid    plaster   as 
before,  and  pour  it  upon  the  egg  and 
mould,  and  while  it  is  hardening,  round 
it  with  the    spoon  as  with    the  first 
half. 

1900.  In  due  time  remove  the  whole 
from  the  basin  :  the  halves  will  be  found 
readily  separable,  and  the  egg  being  re- 
moved, the  mould  is  ready  to  cast  in, 
after  it  has  been  set  aside  for  an  hour 
or  two  so  as  to   completely  harden. 
This  is  the  simplest  form  of  mould,  and 
all  are  made  upon  the  same  principle. 

1901.  The  casting  of  an  egg  is  not 
merely  interesting  as  the  first  step  in  a 
series  of  lessons,but  as  supplying  a  means 
of  imitating  peculiarly  charming  objects, 
which  the  natural  historian  tries  almost 
in  vain  to  preserve.     We  shall  proceed, 
then,  with  the  directions  for  the  casting 
of  an  egg  in  the  mould. 

1902.  For  the  first  experiments,  com- 
mon yellow  wax  may  be  used  as  the 
material,  or  the  ends  of  half-burnt  wax- 
candles.    The  materials  of  the  hard 
(not  tallow)  composition  mould  candles 
will  also  answer. 

1903.  Every  large  object  to  be  imitated 
in  wax  should  be  cast  hollow ;  and  there- 
fore, though  the  transparent  lightness 
required  in  the  imitation  of  fruits  is  not 
requisite  in  an  artificial  egg,  we  shall 
east  the  egg  upon  the  same  principle  as 
a  fruit. 

1st. — The  two  pieces  of  the  plaster 
of  Paris  mould  must  be  soaked  in  hot 
water  for  ten  minutes. 


£nd. — The  wax  should  in  the  mean- 
time be  very  slowly  melted  in  a  small 
tin  saucepan,  with  A  spout  to  it,  care 
being  taken  not  to  allow  it  to  boil,  or 
it  will  be  discoloured.  As  to  the  quan- 
tity of  wax  to  be  melted,  the  following 
is  a  general  rule : — If  a  lump,  the  size 
of  the  object  to  be  imitated,  be  placed 
in  the  saucepan,  it  should  be  sufficient 
for  casting  twice,  at  least. 

3d.— As  soon  as  the  wax  is  melted 
thoroughly,  place  the  saucepan  on  the 
hob  of  the  grate,  and  taking  the  parts 
of  the  mould  from  the  hot  water,  re- 
move the  moisture  from  their  surfaces 
by  pressing  them  gently  with  a  hand- 
kerchief or  soft  cloth.  It  is  necessary 
to  use  what  is  called  in  some  of  the  arts 
"  a  very  light  hand  "  in  this  operation, 
especially  in  drying  moulds  of  fruits, 
whose  aspect  possesses  characteristic 
irregularities — such  as  those  on  the 
orange,  the  lemon,  or  the  cucumber. 
The  mould  must  not  be  wiped  but  only 
pressed.  If  the  water  has  not  been  hot 
enough,  or  if  the  drying  is  not  perform- 
ed quickly,  the  mould  will  be  too  cold, 
and  the  wax  will  congeal  too  rapidly, 
and  settle  in  ridges  and  streaks ;  on  the 
other  hand,  if  the  wax  has  been  made 
too  hot,  it  will  adhere  to  the  mould, 
and  refuse  to  come  out  entire. 

4th. — Having  laid  the  two  halves  of 
the  mould  so  that  there  can  be  no  mis- 
take in  fitting  the  one  in  its  exact  place 
quickly  on  the  other,  pour  from  the 
saucepan  into  one  of  the  half  moulds 
nearly  as  much  wax  as  will  fill  the 
hollow  made  by  the  model  (egg),  quickly 
fit  the  other  half  on  the  top  of  it, 
squeeze  the  two  pieces  tightly  together 
in  the  hand,  and  still  holding  them  thus, 
turn  them  over  in  every  possible  posi- 
tion, so  that  the  wax  which  is  slowly 
congealing  in  the  internal  hollow  of 
the  mould  may  be  of  equal  thickness 
in  all  parts.  Having  continued  this 
process  at  least  two  minutes ,  the  hands 
( i  till  holding  and  turning  the  mould) 
may  be  immersed  in  cold  water  to  ac- 
celerate the  cooling  process.  The  per- 
fect congealment  of  the  wax  may  be 
known,  after  a  little  experience,  by  the 


222 


IT  IS  A  FOUL  TONGUE  THAT  GIVES  FORTH  FALodflOOD. 


absence  of  the  sound  of  fluid  on  shak- 
ing the  mould. 

rth. — As  soon  as  the  mould  is  com- 
pletely cooled,  the  halves  may  be  sepa- 
rated carefully,  the  upper  being  lifted 
straight  up  from  the  under,  and  if  the 
operation  has  been  properly  managed, 
a  waxen  egg  will  be  turned  out  of  the 
mould. 

6th. — The  egg  will  only  require  trim- 
»rin<.r,  that  is,  removing  the  ridge  which 
marks  the  line  at  which  the  halves  of 
ihe  mould  joined,  and  polishing  out  the 
•cratches  or  inequalities  left  by  the 
knife  with  a  piece  of  soft  rag,  wet  with 
spirits  of  turpentine  or  spirits  of  wine. 

1904.  It  is  always  desirable,  when 
the  materials  and  moulds  are  prepared, 
to  make  several  castings  of  the  same 
object,  as  the  moulds  are  apt  to  get 
chipped  when  laid  by  in  a  cupboard ; 
and  for  this  reason,  as  well  as  for  the 
sake  of  practice,  we  recommend  our 
pupils  to  make  at  least  a  dozen  waxen 
eggs  before  they  proceed  to  any  other 
object.     If  they  succeed  in   this   com- 
pletely, they   may  rest    assured    that 
every  difficulty  which  is  likely  to  meet 
them  in  any  future  operations  will  be 
easily  overcome. 

That  these  results  of  experiment 
may  be  rendered  correct  imitations  of 
the  object  from  whose  form  they  were 
modelled,  we  shall  now  add  a  few  fur- 
ther directions: — 

1905.  To  colour  the  wax. — While  the 
wax  is  yet  on  the  hob,  and  fluid,  stir 
into  it  a  little  flake  rchite,  in   powder, 
and  continue  to  stir  the  mixture  while 
it  is  being 'poured  into  the  half  mould. 
It  will  be  found  that  unless  the  fixing 
and  shaking  of  the  moulds  is  managed 
quickly,  the  colouring  matter  will  settle 
on  the  side  of  the  half  into  which   the 
mixture   is  poured;    a    little   care    in 
manipulation    is    therefore     again    re- 
quisite. 

]  906.  To  produce  a  good  imitation  of 
the  surface. — It  will  be  noted  by  the 
close  observer,  that  the  shell  of  the 
common  hen's  egg  has  a  number  of 
minute  holes,  which  destroy  the  perfect 
smoothness  of  its  appearance.  This 


peculiarity  is  imitated  in  the  following 
simple  manner:  in  the  first  place,  very 
slightly  prick  with  a  fine  needle  the 
surface  of  your  \v;ixen  egg-,  and  then, 
having  smeared  it  with  spirits  of  tur- 
pentine, rub  the  surface  all  over,  so  as 
nearly  to  obliterate  the  marks  of  the 
needle  point. 

1907.  The  simple  experiment  which 
has  just  been  described  really  embodies 
all  that  need  be  said  to  start  the  pupil 
in  his  first  endeavour.     The  colouring 
of  the  wax   is  a  matter  which   comes 
easily  enough  by  experiment.    Oranges, 
lemons,  large    gooseberries,  small   cu- 
cumbers, &c.,&c.,  are  excellent  objects 
for  practice. 

1908.  FEATHER  FLOWERS.— 
The  art  of   making  Feather  Flowers, 
though  a  very  easy  and    inexpensive 
accomplishment,  and   yielding    pretty 
ornaments  for  the  mantel-piece  or  the 
chiffioneer,  is  but  little  pursued.    Many 
persons  are  under  the   impression  that 
they  can  only  be  made  from  the  feathers 
of  exotic  birds,  and  that  these  are  ex- 
pensive.   But  the  following  instructions 
will  dispel  this  misconception,  and  re- 
move the  difficulty.     There  is  a  mag- 
nificent boquet  of  feather  flowers  in  the 
Crystal  Palace,  west  of    the    centre 
transept,  made  according  to   these  di- 
rections : — 

1909.  Procure  the  best  white  geese 
or  swans'  feathers,  have  them  plucked 
off  the  fowl  with  care  not  to  break  the 
web,  free  them  from  down,  except  a 
small    quantity  on  the   shaft    of   the 
feather. 

1910.  Having    procured  two  good 
specimens  of  the   flower  you  wish  to 
imitate,   carefully  pull  oft'   the   petals 
of  one,  and,  with  a  piece  of  tissue  pa 
per,  cut  out  the  shape  of    each    size, 
taking  care  to  leave   the   shaft ,  f  the 
feather  at  least  half  an  inch  longer  than 
the  petal  of    the  flower.      Carefully 
bend  the  feather  with  the  thumb  and 
finger  to  the  proper  shape  ;  mind   not 
to  break  the  web. 

1911.  TO    MAKE     THE     STEM     AND 

HEABT  OF  A  FLOWER — Take  a  piece 
of  wire  six  inches  long ;  across  the  top 


THE  MAN  MUST  BE  GOOD  WHO  HAS  MANY  ENEMIES. 


223 


lay  a  small  piece  of  cotton  wool,  turn 
the  wire  over  it,  and  wind  it  round  until 
it  is  the  size  of  the  heart  or  centre  of 
the  flower  you  are  going  to  imitate.  If 
a  single  flower,  cover  it  with  paste  or 
velvet  of  the  proper  ee!our,  and  round 
it  must  be  arranged  the  stamens ;  these 
are  made  of  fine  India  silk,  or  feathers 
may  be  used  for  this  purpose.  After 
the  petals  have  been  attached,  the  silk 
or  feather  is  dipped  into  gum,  and  then 
into  the  farina.  Place  the  petals  round, 
one  at  a  time,  and  wind  them  on  with 
Moravian  cotton,  No.  4;  arrange  them 
as  nearly  like  the  flower  you  have  for 
a  copy  as  possible.  Cut  the  stems  of 
the  feathers  even,  and  then  make  the 
calix  of  feathers,  cut  like  the  pattern 
or  natural  flower.  For  the  small  flow- 
ers the  calix  is  made  with  paste.— 
Cove-  the  stems  with  paper  or  silk  the 
game  as  the  flowers  ;  the  paper  must 
be  cut  in  narrow  strips,  about  a  quarter 
of  an  inch  wide. 

1912.  TO  MAKE  THE  PASTES  OF 
THE  CALIX,  HEARTS,  ANU  BUDS  OF 
FLOWERS. — Take  common  white  starch 
and  mix  it  with  gum  water  until  it  is 
the  substance  of  thick  treacle ;  colour 
it  with  the  dyes  used  for  the  feathers, 
and  keep  it  from  the  air. 

1913.  TO  MAKE  THE  FARINA.—  Use 

common  ground  rice,  mixed  into  a  stiff" 
paste  with  any  dye ;  dry  it  before  the 
fire,  and  when  quite  hard,  pound  it  to 
a  fine  powder.  The  buds,  berries,  and 
hearts  of  some  double  flowers  are  made 
with  cotton  wool,  wound  around  wire, 
moulded  to  the  shape  with  thumb  and 
finger.  Smooth  it  over  with  gum 
water,  and  when  dry,  cover  the  buds, 
berries,  or  calix  with  the  proper  col- 
oured pastes  ;  they  will  require  one  or 
two  coats,  and  may  be  shaded  with  a 
little  paint,  and  then  gummed  and  left 
to  dry. 

1914.  Flowers  of  two  or  more  shades 
or   colors   are   variegated  with  water- 
colours,  mixed  with  lemon-juice,  ultra- 
marine and  chrome  for  blue,  and  gold 
may  also  be  used  in  powder,  mixed  with 
lemon-juice  and  gum  water. 

1915.  The  materials    required    are 


some  good  white  goose  or  swan's  fea- 
thers ;  a  little  fine  wire,  different  sizes; 
a  few  skeins  of  fine  floss  silk,  some  good 
cotton  wool  or  wadding,  a  reel  of  No,  4, 
Moravian  cotton,  a  skein  of  India  silk, 
the  starch  and  gum  for  pastes,  and  a 
pair  of  small  sharp  scissors,  a  few  sheets 
of  coloured  silk  paper,  and  some  water 
colours,  with  the  following  dyes ; — 

1916.  To  DYE  FEATHERS  BLUE.— 
Into  two  pennyworths  of  oil  of  vitriol, 
mix  two  pennyworths  of  the  best  indi 
go  in  powder;  let  it  stand  a  day  or  two; 
when  wanted  shake  it  well,  and  into  a 
quart  of  boiling  water  put  one  table- 
spoonful  of  the  liquid.  Stir  it  well,  put 
the  feathers  in,  and  let  them  simmer 
a  few  minutes.-— (See 419.) 

1917  YELLOW.— Put  a  tablespoonful 
of  the  best  turmeric  into  a  quart  of 
boiling  water ;  when  well  mixed  put  in 
the  feathers.  More  or  less  of  the  tur- 
meric will  give  them  different  shades, 
and  a  very  small  quantity  of  soda  will 
give  them  an  orange  hue. — (See  423.) 

1918.  GREEN.— Mix  the  indigo  liquid 
with  turmeric,  and  pour  boiling  water 
over  it ;  let  the  feathers  simmer  in  the 
dye  until  they  have  acquired  the  shade 
you  want  them. 

1919.  PINK.— Three  good  pink  sau- 
cers in  a  quart  of  boiling  water,  with  a 
small  quantity  of  cream  of  tartar.    If 
a  deep  colour  is  required,  use  four  sau 
cers.     Let  the  feathers  remain  in  the 
dye  several  hours. 

1920.  RED.— Into  a  quart  of  boiling 
water  dissolve  a  teaspoonful  of  cream  of 
tartar,  put  in  one  taoleRpoonful  of  pre- 
pared cochineal,  and  then  a  few  drops 
of  muriate  of  tin.    This  dye  is  expen- 
sive, and  scarlet  flowers  are  best  made 
with  the  plumage  of  the  red  Ibis,  which 
can  generally  be  had  of  a  bird-fancier 
or  bird-stuffer,  who  will  give  directions 
how  it  may  be  applied. 

1921.  LILAC.— About  two  teaspoon- 
fuls  of  cudbear,  into  about  a  quart  of 
boiling-  water ;    let   it   simmer   a  few 
minutes  before  you  put  in  thb  fcathers 
A  small  quantity  of   cream  of  tartar 
turns  the  color  from  lilac  to  amethyst. 

1922    BLACK.— (See  418.)  CRIMSON 


224 


MORNING  IS  WELCOME  TO  TIIK    INDUSTRIOUS. 


— (  See  420. )     Read  the  general  instruc- 
tions upon  Dyeing  (402.) 

1923.  BEFORE  THE  FEATIIFRS  ARE 
DYED  they  must  be  put  into  Lot  water, 
and  let  them  drain  before  they  are  put 
into  the  dyes.     After  they  are  taken 
out  of  the  dye,  rinse  them  two  or  three 
times  in  clear  cold  water  (except  the 
red),  which  must  only  be  done  once. 
Then  lay  them  on  a  tray,  over  which  a 
cloth  has  been  spread,  before  a  good 
fire ;  when  they  begin  to  dry  and  un- 
fold draw  each  feather  gently  between 
your  thumb  and  finger,  until  it  regains 
its  proper  shape. 

1924.  THE  LEAVES  OF  THE  FLOW- 
ERS are  made  of  green  feathers,  cut 
like  those  of  the  natural  flower,  and 
serrated  at  the  edge  with  a  very  small 
pair  of  scissors.     For  the   calix  of  a 
moss-rose  the  down  is  left  on  the  feath- 
er, and  is  a  very  good  representation  of 
the  moss  on  the  natural  flower. 

1925.  COLLECTING  AND  LAY- 
ING   OUT     SEA- WEEDS.  —  First 
wash  the  sea-weed  in  fresh  water,  then 
take  a  plate  or  dish  (the  larger  the  bet- 
ter), cut  your  paper  to  the  size  required, 
place  it  on  the  plate  with  fresh  water, 
and  spread  out  the  plant  with  a  good- 
sized   camel-hair   pencil  in   a  natural 
form  (picking  out  with  the  pin  gives 
the  sea-weed  an  unnatural  appearance, 
and  destroys  the  characteristic  fall  of 
the  branches,  which  should  be  carefully 
avoided) ;  then  gently  raise  the  paper 
with  the  specimen  out  of  the  water, 
placing  it  in  a  slanting  position  for  a 
few  moments,  so  as  to  allow  the  super- 
abundant water  to  run  off;  after  which 
place  it  in  the  press.  The  press  is  made 
with  either  three  pieces  of  board  or 
paste-board.     Lay  on  the  first  board 
two  sheets  of  blotting-paper;  on  that 
lay  your  specimens ;  'place  straight  and 
smooth  over  them  a  piece  of  old  muslin, 
fine  cambric,  or  linen  ;  then  some  more 
blotting-paper,  and  place  another  board 
on  the  top  of  that,  and  continue  in  the 
game  way.    The  blotting-paper  and  the 
muslin   should  be    carefully  removed 
and  dried  every  day,  am1,  then  replaced; 
at  fhe  same  tiuia  those  specimens  tha4> 


are  sufficiently  dried  may  be  taken 
away.  Nothing  now  remains  but  tt 
write  on.  each  the  name,  date,  and  lo- 
cality. You  can  iither  gum  the  epeci- 
mens  in  a  scrap-book,  or  fix  them  in, 
as  drawings  are  often  fastened,  by 
making  four  slits  in  the  page,  and  in- 
serting each  corner.  This  is  by  far  the 
best  plan,  as  it  admits  of  their  removal, 
without  injury  to  the  page,  at  any 
future  period,  if  it  be  required  either 
to  insert  better  specimens,  or  interme- 
diate species.  Some  of  the  larger  Algae 
will  not  adhere  to  the  paper,  and  conse- 
quently require  gumming.  The  follow- 
ing  method  of  preserving  them  has 
been  communicated  tome  by  a  botanical 
friend: — "After  well  cleaning  and 
pressing,  brush  the  coarser  kinds  of 
Algae  over  with  spirits  of  turpentine, 
in  which  two  or  three  small  lumps  of 
gum  mastic  have  been  dissolved,  by 
shaking  in  a  warm  place ;  two-thirds  ot 
a  small  phial  is  the  proper  proportion, 
and  this  will  make  the  specimens  retain 
a  fresh  appearance. 

1926.  DRY  BOTANICAL  SPECI- 
MENS FOR  PRESERVATION.— 
The  plants  you  wish  to  preserve  should 
be  gathered  when  the  weather  is  dry, 
and  after  placing  the  ends  in  water,  let 
them  remain  in  a  cool  place  till  the  next 
day.  When  about  to  be  submitted  to 
the  process  of  drying,  place  each  plant 
between  several  sheets  of  blotting- 
paper,  and  iron  it  with  a  large  smooth 
heater,  pretty  strongly  warmed,  till  all 
the  moisture  is  dissipated.  Colours 
may  thus  be  fixed,  which  otherwise  be- 
come pale,  or  nearly  white.  Some 
plants  require  more  moderate  heat  than 
others,  and  herein  consists  the  nicety 
of  the  experiment :  but  I  have  gene- 
rally found,  that  if  the  iron  be  not  too 
hot,  and  is  passed  rapidly,  yet  carefully, 
over  the  surface  of  the  blotting-paper, 
it  answers  the  purpose  equally  well 
with  plants  of  almost  every  variety 
of  hue  and  thickness.  In  compound 
flowers,  with  those  also  of  a  stubborn 
and  solid  form,  as  the  Centaurea,  some 
little  art  is  required  in  cutting  away  the 
under  part,  by  which  means  the  profile 


SLEEP  FALLS  SWEETLY  UPON  THE  TIRTUOUS. 


225 


and  forms  of  the  flowers  will  be  more 
distinctly  exhibited.  This  is  especially 
necessary,  when  the  method  employed 
by  Major  Velley  is  adopted :  viz.,  to  fix 
the  flowers  and  fructification  down  with 
gum  upon  the  paper  previous  to  ironing, 
by"  which  means  they  become  almost 
incorporated  with  the  surface.  When 
this  very  delicate  process  is  attempted, 
blotting-paper  should  be  laid  under 
every  part  excepting  the  blossoms,  in 
order  to  prevent  staining  the  white 
paper.  Great  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  preserved  specimens  in  a  dry  place. 
19*7.  SKELETON  LEAVES  may 
be  made  by  steepiag  leaves  in  rain 
water,  in  an  open  vessel,  exposed  to  the 
air  and  sun.  Water  must  occasionally 
be  added  to  compensate  loss  by  evapo- 
ration. The  leaves  will  putrefy,  and 
then  their  membranes  will  begin  to 
open ;  then  lay  them  on  a  clean  white 
plate,  filled  with  clean  water,  and  with 
gentle  touches  take  off  the  external 
membranes,  separating  them  cautiously 
near  the  middle  rib.  V/hen  there  is  an 
opening  towards  the  latter  the  whole 
membrane  separates  easily.  The  pro- 
cess requires  a  great  deal  of  patience,  as 
ample  time  must  be  given  for  the  vege- 
table tissues  to  decay,  and  separate 

1928.  A  MORE  EXPEDITIOUS  METH- 
OD.— A  table-spoonful  of  chloride  of  lime 
in  a  liquid  state,  mixed  with  a  quart  of 
pure  spring  water.  Leaves  or  seed- 
cessels  of  plants  to  be  soaked  in  the 
n'ixture  for  about  four  hours,  then 
taken  out  and  well  washed  in  a  large 
bason  filled  with  water,  after  which, 
they  should  be  left  to  dry  with  free 
exposure  to  light  and  air.  Some  of  the 
larger  species  of  forest  leaves,  or  such 
as  have  strong  ribs,  will  require  to  be 
left  rather  more  than  four  hours  in  the 
liquid. 

19-29.  DWARF  PLANTS.— Take  a 
cutting  of  the  plant  you  wish  to  dwarf, 
say  a  uvjrtle,  for  instance,  and  having 
Bet  it  in  a  pot.  wait  until  you  are 
satisfied  that  it  has  taken  root ;  then 
take  a  cutting  from  it,  and  place  it  in  a 
miniature  flower-pot,  taking  care  to  fill 
It  more  tl  an  three  parts  with  fino  sand 


the  remainder  with  mould.  Put  it  under 
a  glass,  on  the  chimney-piece,  or  in  any 
warm  place,  and  give  it  very  small 
quantities  of  water. 

1930.  PRESERVE  FUNGI.— Re- 
ceipt of  the  celebrated  botanist,  William 
Withering-,  Esq.,  by  which  specimens 
of  fungi  may  be  beautifully  preserved. 
— Take  two  ounces  of  sulphate  of  cop- 
per, or  blue  vitriol,  and  reduce  it  to 
powder,  and  pour  upon  it  a  pint  of 
boiling  Water,  and  when  cold,  add  half 
a  pint  of  spirits  of  wine  ;  cork  it  well, 

.11. ,1     rtoll     i4-     *4  *  "       T^rv     A i<r lit 


and  call  it  "the  pickle."  To  eight 
pintd  of  water  add  one  pint  and  a-half 
of  spirits  of  wine,  and  call  it  "  the 
liquor."  Be  provided  with  a  number 
of  wide-mouthed  bottles  of  different 
sizes,  all  well  fitted  with  corks.  The 
fungi  should  be  left  on  the  table  as 
long  as  possible,  to  allow  the  moisture 
to  evaporate  ;  they  should  then  be 
placed  in  the  pickle  for  three  hours,  or 
longer,  if  necessary ;  then  place  them 
in  the  bottles  intended  for  their  re 
ception,  and  fill  with  the  liquor.  1  hey 
should  then  be  well  corked  and  sealed, 
and  arranged  in  order  with  their  names 
in  front  of  the  bottles. 

1931.  MODELLING    IN  CORK, 
GUTTA  PERCHA,  LEATHER,  PA- 
PER, PLASTER  OF  PARIS,  WAX, 
WOOD,  &c.— Modelling,  in  a  general 
sense,  signifies  the  art  of  constructing 
an  original  pattern,  which  is  to  be  ulti- 
mately   carried    out  on    an  enlarged 
scale,  or  copied  exactly. 

1932.  When  models  are  constructed 
to  give  a  miniature  representation  of 
any  great  work,  elevation,  or  topogra- 
phical information,  they  are  executed  in 
detail,  with  all  the  original  parts  in  just 
and  due  proportions,  so  that  the  work 
may   be   conducted   or   comprehended 
better;  and  if  the  model  is  a  scientific 
one,  viz.,  relating  to  machinery,  physi- 
cal science,  &c.,  then  it  requires  to  be 
even  still  more  accurate  in  its  details. 
In    fact,    all  models   should    be   con- 
structed on  a  scale  which  should  be  ap- 
pended to  them,  so  that  a  better  idea 
may  be  obtained  of  the  proportions  and 
dimensions. 


220 


AN  EVIL  CONSCIENCE  IS  THE  GREATEST  PLAQUE. 


1933.  In  the  earliest  ages,  modelling 
in  clay — which  was  sometimes  subse- 
quently coated  with  wax — was  much 
practised  :    afterwards   sculpture   suc- 
ceeded ;  but  it  still  depended  on  model- 
ling in  a  measure,  as  it  now  does,  for 
its  excellence.     Few,  indeed,   of  our 
great  works  of  art  are  executed  without 
some  kind  of  a  model  in  addition  to  the 
design — we  had  almost  written,  none  ; 
but  we  know  that  statues  and  reliefs 
have  been  executed  without  any  other 
aid  than  that  furnished  by  the  design 
alone. 

1934.  The  most  celebrated  models  of 
modern,  and  we  believe  surpassing  any 
of   former   times,    are   M.    Bruuetti's 
"  Ancient  Jerusalem,"  Mr.  E.  Smith's 
"  Modern  Jerusalem,"  both  of  them  ex- 
amples    worthy    of    being    imitated, 
whether  for  the  excellence  of  the  work, 
the  faithfulness  of  the  model,  or  the 
patience  and  scientific  knowledge  dis- 
played in  their  construction. 

1935.  THE  MATERIAL  REQUIRED  are 
plaster  of  Paris,  wax,  whiting,  putty, 
clay,  pipe-clay;   common  and  factory 
cinders ;  sand  of  various  colours ;  pow- 
dered fluor  spar,  oyster-shells,  bricks, 
slate,  cinders,  and  glass ;  gums,  acacia 
and  tragacanth  ;  starch  ;  paper — white 
and  brown,  cardboard  and  millboard; 
cork  sheets,  cork  raspings,  and  old  bot- 
tle corks;  gutta  percha;   leather  and 
leather  chips ;  wood ;  paints,  oil,  wr.ter, 
and  varnish  ;  moss,  lichen,  ferns,  and 
grass ;  talc,  window  and  looking-glass; 
rnusiin  and  net ;  chenille ;  carded  wool ; 
tow  ;  wire  ;   hay  and   straw  ;  various 
varnishes,Aglue,  and  cements. 

1936.  THE  TOOLS  consist  of  brushes  for 
paints,  varnishes,  and  cements ;  two  or 
three  bradawls  ;  a  sharp  penknife ;  a 
chisel,  hammer  and  punches ;  scissors  ; 
and  pencil. 

1937.  CAVES  maybe  readily  modelled 
in  cork,  wood,  starch-paste,  or  cinders 
covered  with  brown  paper  soaked  in 
thin  glue. 

1938.  TO  CONSTRUCT  THEM  OF  ClN- 

DERS. — A  .'range  the  cinders,  whetner 
common  or  factory,  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  resemble  the  intended  design  ; 


then  cover  such  parts  as  require  it 
with  brown  paper  soaked  in  thin  glue 
until  quite  pulpy.  When  nearly  dry, 
dust  over  with  sand,  powdered  briek, 
slate,  and  chopped  lichen  or  moss,  from 
a  pepper-box  ;  touch  up  the  various 
parts  with  either  oil,  water,  or  varnish 
colours  ;  and  if  necessary,  form  your 
trees  of  wire  covered  with  brown  paper, 
and  moss  glued  on. 

1939.  When  a  cave  is  constructed  in 
the  way  we  have  pointed  out,   on  a 
large  scale,  and  the  interior  sprinkled 
with  powdered  fluor  spar  or  glass,  the 
eifect  is  very  good  by  candle-light. 

1940.  STALACTITES  may  be  repre- 
sented by  rough  pieces  of  wood,  which 
must  be  smeared  with  glue,  and  spri/v- 
kled    with    powdered    fluor    spar,   ve 
glass. 

1941.  To  MODEL  CAVES  IN  CORK. - 
Construct  the  frame-work  of  wood,  wi4 
fill   up    the  outline  with  old   be  Tie- 
corks.     The  various  projections.   le 
cesses,  and  other   minutiae,  mu/^,  b« 
affixed  afterwards  with  glue,  after  "jeing 
formed  of  cork,  or  hollowed  out  w  the 
necessary  parts,  either  by  burnin-/  with 
a  hot  wira  and  scraping  it  after'; cards, 
or  by  means  of  a  sharp-pointed  brad- 
awl. 

1942.  If  small  cork  models  a?e  con- 
structed, the  trees   should  be  ionned 
by  transfixing  short  pieces  of  i.-haded 
chenille  with  a  fine  wire  (.),  and  slicking 
them  into  the  cork. 

1943.  Various  parts  of  the  model 
must  be  touched  up  with  oil,  water,  or 
varnish  colours  ;  and  powdered  brick, 
slate,    and   chopped  lichen    or  moss, 
dusted  on  as  usual. 

1944.  Wooden  models  are  constructed 
roughly  in  deal,  according  to  the  proper 
design,  and  the  various  fine  parts  after- 
wards affixed  with  glue  or  brads. 

1945.  In  forming  the  finer  parts  of 
the  wooden  model,  a  vast  amount  of 
unnecessary  labour  may  be  saved,  and  a 
better  effect  obtained,  by  burning  much 
of  the  outline  instead  of  carving  it.    By 
this  plan  deeper  tones  of  colouring, 
facility  of  operating,  and  saving  of  tim* 
and  labour,  are  the  result. 


LET  1TOPE  BE  OUR    HANDMAID. 


227 


1046.  In  common  with  other  models 
those  constructed  of  wood,  require  th* 
aid  of  lichen,  moss,  powdered  slate,  &c. 
and  colours,  to  complete  the  effect. 

1947.  When  water  issues  from  the 
original  cave,  and  it  is  desirable  to  copy 
it  in  the  model,  a  piece  of  looking-glass 
should  be  glued  on  the  stand,  and  the 
edges  surrounded  by  glue,  and  paper 
covered  with  sand.  Sometimes  it  ie  re- 
quisite to  cutaway  the  wood  of  the  stand 
so  as  to  let  in  the  looking-glass  ;  this. 
however,  is  only  when  the  water  is  sup- 
posed to  be  much  lower  than  the  surface 
of  the  land. 

1948.NSfarcA  paste  models  are  formed 
in  the  usual  way  of  the  following  com- 
position :  Soak  gum  tragacanth  in 
water,  and  when  soft,  mix  it  with  pow- 
dered starch  till  of  a  proper  consistence. 
It  is  much  improved  by  adding  some 
double-refined  sugar  finely  powdered. 
When  the  model  is  finished,  it  must  be 
coloured  correctly,  and  varnished  with 
white  varnish,  or  left  plain.  This  is  the 
composition  used  by  confectioners  for 
modelling  the  various  ornaments  on 
cakes. 

1949.  ANCIENT  CITIES,  may  be  con- 
structed of  cork  or  starch  paste,  in  the 
same  manner  as  directed  above ;  bearing 
in  mind  the  necessity  for  always  working 
models   according  to    a   scale,   which 
should  be  afterwards  affixed  to  the  stand 
of  the  model. 

1950.  MODERN  CITIES,  are  better 
made  of    cardboard,   starch-paste,   or 
pipe-clay ;  the  houses,  public  buildings, 
and  other  parts  being   constructed   ac- 
cording to  scale. 

1951.  Houses  should  be  cut  out  of  a 
long,  thin   strip  of  cardboard,  partially 
divided  by  three  strokes  of  a  penknife, 
and  glued  together;  this  must  after- 
wards be  marked  with  a  pencil,  or  pen 
and  ink.  to    represent    the   windows, 
doors,  stones,  &c. ;  and  the   roof — cut 
out  of  a  piece   of   square   cardboard 
equally  and  partially  divided — is  then  to 
be  glued  on,  and  the  chimney — formed 
of  a  piece  of  lucifer-match,  or  wood 
Botched  at  one  end  and  flat  at  the  other 
-  4s  to  be  glued  on.     A    square  piece 

10*      ' 


of  cardboard  must  be  glued  on  the  top 
of  the  chimney ;  a  hole  made  with  a 
pin  in  the  card  and  wood ;  and  a  piece 
of  grey  worsted,  thinned  at  the  end, 
fixed  into  the  hole  for  smoke. 

1952.  Cathedrals,  Churches  and  other 
public  buildings  are  made  in  the   same 
way ;    only  requiring   the   addition  of 
small   chips  of  wood,  ends  of  lucifef 
matches,  cork  raspings,  or  small  piece 
of  cardboard,  for  the  various  ornaments 
if  on  a  lage   scale,  but  only  a  pencil 
mark  if  small. 

1953.  When  constructed  of  starch- 
paste,   or    pipe-clay,   the    material    is 
rolled  flat  on  a  table  or  marble  slab,  and 
the  various  sides  cut  out  with  a   sharp 
penknife ;    they  are  then  gummed   to- 
gether, and  coloured  properly. 

1954.  If  large  models  of  houses  or 
buildings  are  made,  the   windows  are 
constructed  of  talc  or  thin   glass,  cov- 
ered with  net  or  muslin.     The  frame* 
of  the  windows  are  made  of  cardboard, 
neatly  cut  out  with  a  sharp  penknife. 

1955.  COUNTRIES  should De  made  of 
cork,  because  it  is  easier  to  work.     Al- 
though the  starch-paste  is  very  agree- 
able to  model  with,  yet  it  is  liable  to 
shrink,  and  therefore*  when  in  the  mass 
one  part  dries  quicker  than  another,  so 
that  there  is  not   equal  contraction — a 
great  objection  to  its  employment  in 
accurate  models.     Cork  on  the  contra- 
ry, may  be  easily  cut  into  all  forms,  and 
from  abounding  with  pores  it  is  remark- 
ably light — no  little   consideration    to 
travellers. 

1956.  TOPOGRAPHICAL  models  may, 
however,  be  formed  of  plaster  of  Paris, 
out  the  weight  is  an  objection.     We 
aave  lately  constructed   a  model  of  a 
country  on  a  moderate  scale — one  eighth 
of  an  inch  to  a  square  mile — with  its 
mountains,  valleys,  and  towns,  and  it 
was  done  in  this  manner: — a   mode 
ivas  first    made  in  clay,  according  to 
cale  and  plan ;  a  mould  was   taken  of 

various  parts  in  gutta  percha,  rendered 
ioft  by  dipping  it  into  hot  water,  and 
he  parts  cast  in  paper  cement. 

1957.  PAPER  CEMENT. — 1.  Reduce 
>aper  to  a  smooth  paste  by  boiling  it  to 


228 


LET  T1UTH  r.E  OUR  GUIDE, 


water;  then  add  an  equal  weight  each 
of  sifted  whiting  land  good  size  ;  boil  to 
a  proper  consistence,  and  use. 

11)58.  2.  Take  equal  parts  of  paper, 
paste,  and  size,  sufficient  finely  powder- 
ed plaster  of  Paris  to  make  into  a  good 
paste,  and  use  as  soon  as  possible  after 
it  is  mixed.  This  composition  may  be 
used  to  cust  architectural  ornaments, 
busts,  statues,  &c,,  being  very  light, 
and  receiving  a  good  polish,  but  it  will 
not  stand  weather. 

1959.  The   several  mountains    and 
other  parts  being  formed,  we  join  them 
together  in  their  proper  places  with 
Borne  of  the  No.  1.  paper  cement,  ren- 
dered rather  more  fluid  by  the  addition 
of  a  little  thin  glue.     The  towns  were 
made   of   a   piece  of   cork,  cut    and 
scratched    to   the  form  of  the  town; 
steeples    of   cardboard,  and  trees  of 
blades  of  moss.     Sand  was  sprinkled 
in  one  part ;  looking-glass  in  others,  for 
the  lakes,  bays,  and  rivers ;  and  green 
baize  flock  for  the  verdant  fields. 

1960.  MONUMENTS,  ancient  or  mod- 
ern, are  better  constructed  of  cork,  on 
account  of  the  lightness  and  facility  in 
working,  the   more  especially  the   an- 
cient ones.     We  once   constructed   a 
model  of  the  Acropolis  of  Athens  in 
cork,  which  was  completed  in  one-fifth 
the  time  occupied  by  other  materials, 
and   looked   much  better;    and    have 
lately  been  at  work    upon   others  rep- 
resenting   the  ancient    monuments  of 
Egypt. 

1961.  CITIES  AND  TEMPLES.— We 
will  suppose  that  the  model  is  to  repre- 
sent the  Temple  of  Theseus,  at  Athens, 
which  was  built  by  Cimon,  the   son  of 
Miltiades.     In  the  first  place  we  must 
obtain    the  necessary  dimensions,  and 
then   reducing   the   number  of  feet  to 
fractional  parts  of  an  inch,  form  a  scale 
suitable  for  carrying  out  the  whole. — 
A  piece  of  wood  of  the  necessary  size 
is  procured,  the   plan   marked   out  in 
pencil,  and  the    ground    on    which   it 
stands    imitated    in   cork;    by  cutting 
away  the  parts  that   are   not  required, 
with  a  sharp  penknife  and  addirg  others 
with  glue.     The  flc  >r  or  the  temple  is 


now  to  be  glued  on  with  common  glue, 
for  we  should  remark  that  the  liquid 
glue  does  not  dry  quick  enough  for 
cork  modelling,  and  is  not  sc  good  as 
the  old  plan ;  the  sides  and  ends  are 
formed  of  cork  sheets,  marked  with  a 
i?ad-pencil  to  represent  the  blocks  of 
stone ;  and  ruined  and  broken  parts 
imitated,  by  pricking  the  cork  with  a 
blunt  penknife  or  needle.  The  frieze 
representing  the  battle  between  the 
Centaar  and  Lapithae,  and  the  metopes 
in  mezzo-relievo,  containing  a  mixture 
of  the  labours  of  Hercules  and  Theseus, 
should  be  drawn  upon  the  sheets  of 
cork  according  to  scale,  and  coloured 
with  a  little  lamp-black  and  raw  sienna, 
to  represent  the  subject  intended.  If 
the  scale  is  small,  or  if  the  model  ad- 
mits of  it,  the  groups  may  be  neatly 
carved  with  a  sharp  penknife  from  the 
cork,  which  has  been  previously  out- 
lined with  a  pencil.  The  next  thing  we 
shall  have  to  do,  is  to  strengthen  the 
interior  of  the  model,  and  this  is  done 
by  glueing  small  pieces  of  cork,  at  ir- 
regular intervals  at  the  angles  formed 
by  the  junction  of  any  parts ;  these  are 
put  on  the  inside,  and  lastly,  the  roof 
is  affixed.  Any  parts  that  require  to  be 
coloured,  must  be  touched  up  with 
varnish  or  water  colours,  and  lichen, 
&c.,  affixed  with  mucilage  where  it  is 
requisite. 

1962.  TO  MODEL  FROM  LIVING   OB- 
JECTS.— We   will    imagine    that    the 
reader  desires  to  model  the  features  of 
some  friend,  and  as  there  is  some  diffi- 
culty in  the   matter,  on  account  of  the 
person  operated  upon  having  a  natural 
tendency  to  distort  the  features  when 
the  liquid  plaster  is  poured  upon   the 
face,  and  some  danger  of  suffocation  if 
the  matter  is  not  well  managed,  we 
will  proceed  at  once    to  describe  the 
various  stages  of  operating : — 

1963.  Mix  the  plaster  of  Paris  with 
warm  water,  and  have  it  about  as  thick 
as  cream,  but  do  not  mix  it  until  all  is 
ready.     Lay  the  friend  upon  his   back, 
and  having  raised  the  head  to  the   nat- 
ural position  when  walking,  by  means 
of  a  pillow  of  bran  or  sand,  cover  the 


AND  FAITH  BE  OUR  STAFF. 


229 


the  parts  intended  to  be  cast  with  oil 
of  almonds  or  olives,  applied  by  means 
of  a  leather,  brush,  or  lump  of  cotton  ; 
plug  the  ears  with  cotton  or  wool,  and 
insert  two  quills  into  the  nostrils,  and 
plug  the  space  between  each  quill 
and  the  nostril  very  carefully  with 
cotton. 

1964.  Corer  the  face  with  the  plaster, 
beginning  at  the  upper  part  of  the  fore- 
bead,  and  spread   it   downwards,  over 
the  eyes,  which  should  be  kept  firmly 
closed,  but  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to 
produce   any  distortion   by  too  violent 
compression — and  continue  the  plaster 
as  far  as  the  lower  border  of  the  chin; 
cover  that  part  of  the  chest  and  arms 
that  is  to   be  represented,  and   carry 
the  plaster  upwards,  so   as  to  join  the 
cast  of  the  face ;  then  carefully  remove 
each,  and  season  for  casting,  by  soaking 
or  brushing  with  linseed  oil  boiled  with 
sugar  of  lead  or  litharge.     Some   per- 
sons boil  the  moulds  in   the   oil ;   and 
many,  instead  ef   casting  the  face   in 
one  piece,  and  the  chest  in  another,  lay 
threads  acr^a-  the  face    and  up  and 
down  it,  leaving  the  ends  out.     As  the 
plaster  sets,  or  is  nearly  set,  the  threads 
are  pulled  through,  so  as  to  divide   the 
cast  into  four,  five,  or  more  pieces. 

1965.  The  back  part  of  the  head  is 
moulded  by  having  an  oval  trencher- 
sort  of  vessel,  deeper   than   half  the 
head,  and   generally  made   of    plaster, 
and  boiled  in  oil.      The  back  of  the 
head   being  oiled,   and    this   trencher 
partially  filled   with   liquid   plaster  of 
Paris,  the  head  is  lowered  into   it,  and 
the  cast  taken.    The  back  of  the  neck 
is  cast  with  the  person  turned  over  on 
bis  face. 

1966.  Each  part  of   the  mould    is 
marked,   so  as  to  admit  of  its  corre- 
sponding;  sometimes  with  an  X  or  ||, 
which  passing  over  the  junction  of  two 
pieces,  serves  to  distinguish  them. 

1967.  To  model  the  face,  join  the 
novei-al  pieces,  and  tie  them  together 
with  twine  ;  then  wrap  some  rag  round 
the  joints  to  prevent  the  plaster  oozing 
out,    and  pour    in   the  plaster  made 
tolerably  fluid,  taking  care  to  oil  the 


inside  of  the  mould  very  carefully  first. 
When  the  outer  part  of  the  model  is 
nearly  set,  scoop  out  the  centre  with  a 
spoon,  and  let  the  whole  dry  ;  then 
remove  the  strings,  &c.,  and  smooth  off 
the  edges  of  the  joints  upon  the  model 
with  a  sharp  penknife,  and  carve  out 
the  eyes  from  the  mass,  otherwise  they 
will  appear  as  if  closed. 

1968.  Wax    models   may   be   rnad« 
from  the  moulds  used  for  the  plaster  ; 
but  when  the  wax  sets  at  the  outside 
to  about  one-eighth  of  an  inch,  the  rest 
should  be  poured  out  of  the  mould ;  or, 
a  smaller  portion  being  poured  in,  it 
may  be  shaken  about  the  inside  of  the 
mould  until  it  is  coated.     The  pieces 
are  removed,  and  the  seams  trimmed 
up,  as  in  the  plaster  cast. 

1969.  If  a  cast  be  made  in  gutta 
percha  from  the  model  in  plaster — or, 
what  is  still  better,  in  fusible  metal, 
then  by  pressing  basil  leather,  moistened 
with     water,     into     the    mould,     and 
strengthening  the  back  and  centre  with 
chips  of  wood,  affixed  by  liquid  glue, 
a  very  nice  model  may  be  obtained  in 
leather,    which,   when  varnished,  will 
look   like  oak    carving — the  more  es- 
pecially if  it  be  stained  with  Stephens' 
Oak  Stain. 

1970.  RUINS  should  be  constructed 
of  cork,  according  to  the  directions  we 
have  given,  and  when  it  is  necessary  to 
represent  the  mouldering  walls  covered 
with  moss  or  ivy,  a  little  green  baize 
flock,   or  moss    drippings,   should   be 
attached  by  mucilage  to  the  part ;  and 
oftentimes  a  brush  of  raw  sienna,  com- 
bined with  varnish,  requires  to  be  laid 
underneath  the  moss  or  flock,  in  order 
to  improve  the  effect.  Prostrate  columns 
and  huge  blocks  are  effectively  repre- 
sented in  cork,  and  should  be  neatly 
cut  out  with  a  sharp   knife,   and  the 
various  parts  supposed  to  be  destroyed 
by  age,  picked  away  with  a  pin  or  blunt 
knife  afterwards. 

1971.  RUSTIC  WORK,  SEATS,  &c. ,  may 
be  constructed  of  wire  twisted  to  the 
proper  shape  and  size,  and  then  covered 
with  gutta  percha,  rendered  soft  by 
being  flipped  in  hot  wator.     The  gutta 


230 


THRIVE    BY  HONESTY,  OR.  RKMATX  POOH. 


percha  whould  be  twisted  round  the 
wire  previously  warmed,  and  gently 
heated  over  a  spirit  lamp,  or  dipped 
again  into  hot  water,  so  as  to  allow  the 
various  parts  to  be  covered  with  it. 
When  the  model  is  finished,  it  should 
be  touched  up  here  and  there  with  oil 
colours — green,  yellow,  sienna,  and  Ve- 
netian red— according  to  fancy,  and  the 
effect  produced  will  be  very  good. 
1  1»72.  B  A  KING,  BOILING,  BROIL- 
NG,  FRYING,  ROASTING,  STEW- 
ING, and  SPOILING.— A  DIALOGUE 
between  the  DUTCH  OVEN,  the  SAUCE- 
PAN, the  SPIT,  the  GRIDIRON,  and  the 
FRYIXG-PAX,  with  reflections  thereupon, 
in  which  all  housekeepers  and  cooks 
are  invited  to  take  an  interest. 

1973.  We  were  once  standing  by  our 
scullery,  when  all    of  a    sudden    we 
heard  a  tremendous  clash  and  jingle — 
the   Saucepan   had   tumbled  into  the 
Frying-pan :  the  Frying-pan  had  shot 
its  handle  through  the  ribs  of  the  Grid- 
iron ;  the  Gridiron  had  bestowed  a  ter 
rible  thump  upon  the  hollow  head  of 
the  Dutch-oven ;  and  the  Spit  had  dealt 
a  very  skilful  stroke,  which  shook  the 
sides  of  all  the  combatants,  and  made 
them  ring  out  the  noises  by  which  we 
were  startled.     Musing  upon  this  inci- 
dent, we  fancied  that  we  overheard  the 
following  dialogue : — 

1974.  FRYING-PAN. — Hallo,  Sauce- 
pan !  what  are   you  doing  here,  with 
your    dropsical    corporation  ? 

time  that  you  were  superannuated  ; 
you  are  a  mere  meat- spoiler.  You 
adulterate  the  juices  of  the  best  joint, 
and  give  to  the  stomach  of  our  master 
little  else"  than  watery  compounds  to 
digest. 

1975.  SAUCEPAN. — Well !  I  like  your 
conceit !    You — who  harden  the  fibre  of 
flesh  so  much,  that  there  is  no  telling 
whether  a  steak  came  from  a  bullock,  a 
horse,  or  a  bear  ! — who  can't  fry  a  slice 
of  potato,  or  a  miserable  smelt,  but  you 
must  be  flooded  with  oil  or  fat,  to  keep 
your  spitemJ  nature  from  burning  or 
bitiug  t^e  morsel   our  master  should 
enjoy.    Not  only  that — you  open  your 
mouth  ec  wide,  that  the  soot  pf  the 


chimney  drops  in,  nnd  frequently  spoili 
our  master's  dinner;  or  you  throw  the 
fat  over  your  sides,  and  set  the  chimney 
in  a  blaze. 

1976.  SPIT. — Go  on  !  go  on  !  six 
one,  and  half-a-dozen  the  other. 

1977.  DUTCH-OVEN  —Well,  Mr.  Spit, 
you  needn't  try  to  foment  the  quarrel. 
You  require  more  attention  than  any 
of  us ;  for  if  you  are  not  continually 
watched,  and  helped  by  that  useful 
little  attendant  of  yours  they  call  a 
Jack,  your  lazy,  lanky  figure  would 
stand  still,  and  you  would  expose  the 
most  delicious  joint  to  the  ravages  of 
the  fire.  In  fact,  you  need  not  only  a, 
Jack  to  keep  you  going,  but  a  cook  to 
constantly  baste  the  joint  confided  to 
your  care,  without  which  our  master 
would  have  but  a  dry  bone  to  pick. 
Not  only  so,  but  you  thrust  your  spear- 
like  length  through  the  best  meat,  and 
make  an  unsightly  gash  in  a  joint  which 
otherwise  might  be  an  ornament  to  the 
table. 

1978.  SPIT.— What,  Dutch  oven,  is 
that  you  ?  venerable  old  sobersides,  witli 
a  hood  like  a  monk !     Why,  you  are  a 
mere  dummy — as  you  are  placed  so  you 
remain  ;  there  you  stand  in  one  place, 
gaping  wide  and  catching  the  coals  as 
they  fall ;  if  you  wrere  not  well  watched, 
you  would  burn  the  one  half,  and  sod- 
den the  other,  of  whatever  you  were  re- 
quired to  prepare.     Bad  luck  to  your 

Quite  impertinence! 

1979.  GRIDIRON.— Peace!  Peace!  We 
all  have  our  merits  and  our  demerits, 
— At  this  remark  of  the  Gridiron,  therfr 
was  a  general  ehout  of  laughter. 

1980.  SAUCEPAN.— Well,  I  declare,  I 
never  thought  that  I  should  have  my 
merits  classed  with  those  of  the  miser- 
able skeleton  called  a  Gridiron.     That 
is  a  joke !     A  thing  with  six  ribs  and  a 
(tail  to  compare  with  so  useful  a  mam 
her  of  the  cuisine  community  as  my 
self!     Why  you,  Gridiron,  waste  onn 
half  of  the  goodness  of  the  meat  in  the 
fire,  and  the  other  half  you  send  to  the 
table  tainted  with  smoke,  and  burnt  to 
cinders  ! — A  loud  rattle  of  approbation 
went  round,  as  the  poor  Gridiron  telJ 


PEOPLE  ARE  THE  MOST  MODEST. 


231 


under  this  torrent  of  derision  from  the 
Saucepan. 

1981.  Coming  away  from  the  scene 
!>f  contusion,  I  ordered  the  scullerymaid 
to  go  instantly  and  place  each  of  the 
utensils  that  lay  in  disorder  upon  the 
ground,  into  its  proper  place,  ctiarging 
her  to  cleanse  each  carefully,  until  it 
should  be  required  for  use. 

1982.  Returning1    to    my    library    I 
thought  it  would   form  no  mean   oc- 
cupation were  I  to  spend  a  fevr  hours 
iu  reflection  upon  the  relative  claims  of 
the  disputants.     I  did  BO,  and  the  fol- 
lowing is  the  result : — 

1983.  THE  GRIDIRON. — The  Gridiron, 
though  the  simplest  of  cooking  instru- 
ments, is  by  j^  means  to  be  despised. 
The  Gridiron,  as  indeed  all  cooking 
utensils,  should  be  kept  scrupulously 
clean ;  and  when  it  is  used,  the  bars 
should  be  allowed  to  get  warm  before 
the  meat  is  placed  upon  it,  otherwise 
the  parts  crossed  by  the  bars  will  be 
insufficiently  dressed.     The  fire  should 
be  sharp,  clear,  and  free  from  smoke. 
The  heat  soon  forms  a  film  upon  the 
surface  of  the  meat,  by  which    the 
juices  are  retained.     Chops  and  steaks 
should  not  be  too  thick  nor  too  thin. 
From  a  half  to  three-quarters  of  an  inch 
is  the  proper  thickness.     Avoid  thrust- 
ing the  fork  into  1  he  meat,  by  which 
you  release  the  juice.    There  is  a  de- 
scription of  Gridiron  iu  which  the  bars 
are  grooved  to  catch  the  juice  of  the 
meat ;  but  a  much  better  invention  is 
the  upright  Gridiron,  which  is  attached 
to  the  front  of  the  grate,  and  has  a  pan 
at  the  bottom  to  catch  the  gravy.    Kid- 
neys, rashers,  &c.,  dressed  in  this  man- 
ner will  be  found  delicious.     There  are 
some,   however,  vrho  think  that  the 
dressing  of  meat  over  the  fire  secures  a 
flavour  which  cannot  otherwise  be  ob- 
tained.   Keme'inber  that  the  Gridiron  is 
devoted  to  the  cooking  of  small  dishes, 
or  snacks,  for  breakfast,  supper,  and 
luncheon,  and  is  therefore  a  most  useful 
servant,  ready  at   a  moment's  notice. 
Remember,  also,  that  every  moment 
which  is  lost,  aftei  the  Gridiron  has 
delivered  up  his  cl:arge  ui  a  deUy  to 


the  prejudice  of  the  Gridiron.  From 
the  Gridiron  to  the  table  without  loss 
of  time  should  be  the  rule.— (See  239.) 

1984.  THE    FRYING-PAN  is  less  a 
favourite,  in   our  estimation,  than  tb« 
Gridiron;  but  not  to  be  despised,  never- 
theless.     He  is  a  noisy  and  a  greasy 
servant,  requiring  much  watchfulness. 
Like  the  Gridiron,  the  Frying-pan  re- 
quires a  clear,  but  not  a  large  fire,  and 
the   pan   should    be    allowed-    to   get 
thoroughly  hot,  and  be  well  covered  with 
fat,  before  meat  is  put  into  it.     The  ex- 
cellence of  frying  very  much  depends 
upon  the  sweetness  of  the  oil,  butter, 
lard,  or  fat,  that  may  be  employed.  The 
Frying-pan  is  very  useful  in  the  warming 
of  cold  vegetables  and  other  kinds  of 
food,    and,    in  ^his    respect,  may  be 
considered  a  real  friend  of    economy. 
All    know  the   relish  afforded    by  a 
pancake — a  treat  which   the  Gridiron 
would  be  unable  to  afford  us.     To  say 
nothing  of  eggs  and  bacon,  and  various 
kinds  of  fish,  to  which  both  the  Sauce 
pan  and  the  Gridiron  are  quite  unsuited, 
because  they  require  that  which  is  the 
essence  of  frying,  boiling  and  browning 
in  fat.— (See  239.) 

1985.  THE  SPIT  is  a  very  noble  and 
a  very  useful  implement  of  cookery,  as 
ancient,  we  presume,  as  he  is  straight- 
forward at  his  work.    Perhaps  the  pro- 
cess of  roasting  stands  only  second  in 
the  rank  of  excellence  in  Cookery.  Tha 
process  is  perfectly  sound  in  its  chemi- 
cal effects  upon    the   food ;   while  the 
joint  is  kept  so  immediately  under  the 
eye  of  the  cook,  that  it  must  be  the 
fault  of  that  functionary  if  the  joint 
does  not  go  to  the  table  in  the  highest 
state  of  perfection.     The  process  may 
be  commenced  very  gradually,  by  the 
joint  being  kept  a  good  distance  from 
the  fire,  and  gradually  brought  forward, 
until  it  is   thoroughly  soaked   within 
and  browned  without.     The  Spit  has 
this  advantage  over  the  Oven,  and  espe- 
cially over  the  common  oven,  that  the 
meat  retains  its  own  flavour,  not  having 
to  encounter  the  evaporation  from  fifty 
different  dishes,  and  that    the   steam 
from  its  own  substan  :«  passes  entirely 


232 


NIGHT  IS  NOT  DARK  TO  THE  GOOD, 


away,  leaving  the  essence  of  the  meat 
in  its  prunest  condition. — (See  239, 598.) 
l!»t>(3.  TUE  DUTCH  OVEN,  though  not 
so  royal  an  instrument  as  the  Spit,  is, 
nevertheless,  of  great  utility  for  small 
dishes  of  various  kinds,  which  the  Spit 
would  spoil  by  the  magnitude  of  its 
operations,  or  the  oven  destroy  by  the 
severity  of  its  heat.  It  combines,  in 
fact,  the  advantages  of  roasting  and 
baking,  and  may  be  adopted  for  com- 
pound dishes,  and  for  warming  cold 
scraps.  It  is  easily  heated,  and  causes 
no  material  expenditure  of  fuel. — 
(See  238). 

1987.  THE  SAUCEPAN.  —  When  we 
come  to  speak  of  the  Saucepan,  we  have 
to  consider  the  claims  of  a  very  large, 
ancient,  and  useful  family  ;  and  perhaps, 
looking  at  the  generic  orders  of  the 
Saucepan,  all  other  cooking  implements 
must  yield  to  its  claims.  There  are 
large  saucepans,  which  we  dignify  with 
the  name  of  boilers,  and  small  sauce- 
pans, which  come  under  the  denomina- 
tion of  stew-pans.  There  are  few  kinds 
of  meat  or  fish  which  it  will  not  re- 
ceive, and  dispose  of  in  a  satisfactory 
manner ;  and  few  vegetables  for  which 
its  modus  opcrandi  is  not  adapted.  The 
Saucepan,  rightly  used,  is  a  very  econo- 
mical servant,  allowing-  nothing-  to  be 
lost ;  that  which  escapes  from  the  meat 
while  in  its  charge  forms  broth,  or  may 
be  made  the  uase  of  soups.  Fat  rises 
upon  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  may 
be  skimmed  off;  while  in  various  stews 
it  combines,  in  an  eminent  degree, 
what  we  may  term  the  fragrance  of 
cookery,  and  the  piquancy  of  taste. 
The  French  are  perfect  masters  of  the 
use  of  the  Stew-pan.  And  we  shall 
find  that,  as  all  cookery  is  but  an  aid  to 
digestion,  the  operations  of  the  Stew- 
pan  resemble  the  actku  of  the  stomach 
very  closely.  Th-e  stomach  is  a  close 
sac,  in  which  solids  and  flajds  are  mixed 
together,  macerated  in  the  gastric  juice, 
and  dissolved  by  the  aid  of  heat  and 
motion,  occasioned  by  th-3  continual 
contractions  and  relaxations  of  the  coats 
»f  the  stomach  during  the  action  of 
digestion  TJiis  is  more  cjoselv  resem- 


bled by  the  process  of  stewing  than  by 
any  other  of  our  culinary  methods.— 
(See  239,  590.) 

1988.  In  this  rapid   review  of  the 
claims  of  various  cooking  utensils,  we 
think  that  we  have  done  justice  to  each. 
They  all  have  their  respective   advan- 
tages; besides  which,  they  contribute 
to  the  VARIETY  presented  by  our  tables, 
without  which  the  routine  of  eating 
would  be  very  monotonous  and  unsatis- 
factory. 

1989.  There  is  one  process  to  which 
we  must  yet  allude— the  process  of 
SPOILING.    Many  cooks  know  how  to 
produce  a  good  dish,  but  too   many  of 
them  know  how  to   spoil   it.      They 
leave  fifty  things  to  be  done  just  at  the 
critical  moment  when  the  chief  dish 
should  be  watched  with  an  eye  of  keen- 
ness, and  attended  by  a  hand  thoroughly 
expert.     Having  spent  three  hours  in 
making  a  joint  hot  and  rich,  they  forget 
that  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  after  it  is 
taken  from  the  fire,  may  impair  or  spoil 
all  their  labours.     The   serving-up  of 
a  dinner  may  be  likened  to  the  assault 
upon  Sebastopol.     Looking  upon  the 
joint  as   the  Malakoff,  and    the    sur- 
rounding dishes  as  the  Redans,  the  bas- 
tions, and  the  forts,  they  should  all  be 
seized  simultaneously,  and  made  the 
prize  of  the  commander-in-chief,  and 
bis  staff  around  the  dinner-table.     Such 
a  victory  will  always  do  the  cook  the 
highest  honour,  and  entitle  him  to  the 
gratitude  of  the  household. 

1990.  WHY  does  a  polished  metal 
teapot  make  better  tea  than  a  black 
earthen  one  ? — As  polished  metal  is  a 
very  bad  radiator  of  heat,  it  keeps  the 
water  hot  much  longer ;  and  the  hotter 
;he  water  is,  the  better  it  "draws' 
the  tea. 

1991.  WHY  will  not  a   dull  black 
;eapot  make  good  tea? — because  the 
icat  of   the  water  flies  off  so  quickly, 
;h  rough    the    dull    black    surface    of 
the    teapot,  that    the  water  is    very 
rapidly  cooled,  and  cannot  "  draw  "  the 
;ea. 

1992.  Do  not  pensioners,  anci   aged 
cottagers,  generally   prefer  the 


NOR  IS  DAY  BRIGHT  TO  THE  WICKED. 


233 


earthen  teapot  to  the  bright  metal  one  ? 
—Yes,  because  they  set  it  on  the  bob 
to  "draw;"  in  which  case,  the  little 
black  teapot  will  make  the  best  tea. 

1993.  WHY  will  a  black  teapot  m&ke 
better   tea  than  a  bright  metal   one,  if 
it  is  set  upon  the  hob  to  draw  ? — lie- 
cause  the  black  teapot  will  absorb  heat 
plentifully  from  the  fire,  and  keeps  the 
water    hot;   whereas  a  bright   metal 
teapot    (set    upon    the    hob)     would 
throw  off  the  heat  by  reflection. 

1994.  THEN    sometimes    a   black 
earthen  teapot  is   the   best,  and  some- 
times a  bright  metal  one? — Yes;  when 
the  teapot  is  set  on  the  hob  to  "  draw," 
the  black  earth  is  the   best,  because  it 
absorbs  heat;  but  when  the  teapot  is 
not  set  on  the  hob,  the  bright  metal  is 
the  best,  because  it  radiates  heat  very 
Blowly,  and  therefore  keeps  the  water 
hot. 

1995.- WHY  does  a  saucepan  which 
has  been  used  boil  in  a  shorter  time 
than  a  new  one? — Because  the  bottom 
and  back  are  covered  with  soot,  and 
the  black  soot  rapidly  absorbs  the  boat 
of  the  glowing  coals. 

1996.  WHY  should  the  front  and  lid 
of  a  saucepan  be   clean  and   bright? — 
As  they  do  not  come  in   contact  with 
the  fire,  they  cannot  absorb  heat,  and 
(being  bright)  they  will   not  suffer  the 
heat  to  escape  by  radiation. 

1997.  WHY  s*    aid  not  the  bottom 
and  back  of  n    vettle  be  cleaned  and 
polished? — P  cause  they  come  in  con- 
tact with  the  fire,  and  (while  they  are 
covered  with  black  soot)  absorb  heat 
freely  from  the  burning  coals. 

1998.  WHY  are  dinner  covers  made 
of  bright  tin  or  silver  ? — Because  li^'at- 
coloured  and  highly-polished  metal  is  a 
very  bad  radiator  of  heat ;  and,  there- 
fore, bright  tin  or  silvei  will  not  allow 
the  heat  of  the  cooked  food  to  escape 
through  the  cover  by  radhition. 

1999.  WHY  should  a  meat  cover  be 
very  brightly  polished  ? — If  the  cover 
be  dull  or  scratched,  it  will  absorb  beat 
from  the  food ;  and  instead  of  keeping 
it  hot,  will  make  it  cold. 

2000    WHY  should  a  silver  meat- 


cover  be  plain,  and  not  chased  ? — Be- 
cause, if  the  cover  be  chased,  it  will 
absorb  heat  from  the  food  ;  and  instead 
of  making  it  hot,  will  make  it  cold. 

2001.  WHAT  is  the  smoke  of  a  candle? — 
Solid  particles  of  carbon,  separated  from 
the   wick    and    tallow,   but  not  con- 
surned. 

2002.  WHY  are  some  particles  con- 
sumed   and   not    others  ? — The    com- 
bustion of  the  carbon  depends  upon  its 
combining  with  the  oxygen  of  the  air. 
Now,  as  the  outer  surface  of  the  flame 
prevents  the  access  of  air  to  the  interior 
parts,  much  of  the  carbon  of  those  parts 
passes  off  in  smoke. 

2003.  WHY  do  lamps  smoke?— Either 
because  the  wick  is  cut  unevenly,  or 
else  because  it  is  turned  up  too  high. 

2004.  WHY  does  a  lamp  smoke,  when 
the  wick  is  cut  unevenly  ? — Because  the 
points  of  the  jagged  edge  (being  very 
easily  separated  from  the  wick)  load 
the  flame  with  more  carbon  that  it  can 
consume  ;  and  as  the  heat  of  the  flame 
is  greatly  diminished  by  these  little  bits 
of  wicks,  it  is  unable  to  consume  even 
the  usual  quantity  of  smoke.    The  same 
applies  when  the  wick  is  turned  up  too 
high. 

2005.  WHY  does  a  lamp-glass  diminish 
the   smoke  of  a  wick  ?— Because  it 
increases  the  supply  of  oxygen  to  the 
flame,  by  producing-  a  draught ;  and  it 
concentrates  and   reflects  the  heat  ot 
the  flam*     in  consequence  of  which, 
the  com!    stion  of  the  carbon  is  more 
perfect,  a*  d  very  little  escapes  uncon- 

sumed. — (From  No.  to  are 

quoted    from  "  Dr.  Brewer's   Guide  to 
Science"     We  have  taken  some  care  to 
extract  the  answers  relating  to  domestic 
subjects.     See  291.) 

2006.  CAUTIONS  FOR  THE  PRE- 
VENTION OF  ACCIDENTS.— The 
following  regulations  should  be  engraved 
on  the  memories  of  all ; — 

2007.  As  most  sudden  deaths  come  by 
water,  particular  caution  is  therefore 
necessary  in  its  vrcinity. 

2008.  Stand  not  near  a  tree,  or  any 
leaden  spout,  iron  gate,  or  palisade,  iu 
time  of  lightning. 


234 


FOOLS  HAVE  AX    AI;IM)AN\'K  OF  VANITi'. 


2009.  Lay  loaded  guns  in  safe  places 
and  never  imitate  tiring  a  gun  in  jest. 

•20 JO.  Xever  sleep  near  charcoal ;  if 
drowsy  at  any  work  where  charcoal 
fires  are  used,  take  the  fresh  air. 

2011.  Carefully  rope  trees  before  they 
are  cut  down,  that  when  they  fall  they 
may  do  no  injury. 

20]  2.  When  benumbed  with  cold  be- 
ware of  sleeping  out  of  doors  ;  rub 
yourself,  if  you  have  it  in  your  power, 
with  snow,  and  do  not  hastily  approach 
the  fire. 

2013.  Beware  of  damps. 

2014.  Air  vaults,  by  letting  them  re- 
main open  some  time  before  you  enter, 
or  scattering  powrdered  lime  in  them. 
Where  a  lighted  candle  will  not  burn, 
animal  life  cannot  exist  ;  it  will  be  an 
excellent  caution,  therefore,  before  en- 
tering damp  and  confined  places,  to  try 
this  simple  experiment. 

2015.  Never  leave  saddle  or  draught 
horses,  while  in  use,  by  themselves  ; 
nor  go  immediately  behind  a  led  horse 
as  he  is  apt  to  kick. 

2016.  Ride  not  on  foot- ways. 

2017.  Be  wary  of  children,  whether 
they  are  up  or  in  bed  ;  and  particularly 
when  they  are  near  the  fire,  an  element 
with  which  they  are  very  apt  to  amuse 
themselves 

2018.  Leave  nothing  poisonous  open 
ov  accessible;  and  never  omit  to  write  the 
word  "POISON"'  in  large  letters  upon  it, 
wherever  it  may  be  placed. 

2019.  In  walking  the  stre«  .skeepout 
of  the  line  of  the  cellars,   and  never 
look  one  way  and  walk  another. 

2020.  Never  throw  pieces  of  orange- 
peel,  or  'broken  glass  bottles  into  the 
streets. 

2021 .  Never  meddle  with  gunpowder 
by  candle-light. 

2022.  In  trimming  a  lamp  with  naph- 
tha, never  fill  it.     Leave  space  for  the 
spirit  to  expand  with  warmth. 

2023.  Never  quit  a  room  leaving  the 
poker  in  the  fire. 

2024.  When  the  bmss  rod  of  the  stair- 
carpet  becomes  loose,  fasten  it  imme- 
diately. 

2025    In  opening  effervescing  drinks, 


such  as  soda  water,  hold  the  cork  in 
your  hand. 

2026.  Quit  your  house  with  care  on  n 
frosty  morning. 

2027.  Have  your  horses'  shoes  roughed 
directly  there  are  indications  of  iro^r. 

2028.  Keep  lucifer  matches  in  their 
cases,  and  never  let  them  be  strewed 
about. 

2029.  BIRDLIME.— Take  any  quan 
tity  of  linseed  oil,  say  half  a  pint ;  put 
it  into  an  old  pot,  or   any  vessel  that 
will  stand  the  fire  without  breaking  ; 
the  vessel  must  not  be  more  than  one- 
third  full,  put  it  on  a  slow7  fire,  stir  it 
occasionally  until  it  thickens  as  much 
as  required ;  this  will  be   known  by 
cooling  the  stick  in  water,  and  trying  it 
with  the  fingers.     It  is  best  to  make  it 
rather  harder  than  for  use.    Then  pour 
it  into  cold  water.     It  can  be  brought 
back  to  the  consistency  required  with  a 
little  Archangel  tar. 

2030.  RING  W OEM.— The  head  to 
be  washed  twice  a  day  with  soft  soap 
and  warm   soft   water  ;    whett  dried, 
the  places  to  be  rubbed  with  a  piece  of 
linen  rag  dipped  in  ammonia  from  gas 
tar  ;  the  patient  should  take  a  little 
sulphur  and  molasses,  or  some  other  gen- 
tle aperient,  every  morning  ;   brushes 
and  combs  should  be  washed  -every  day, 
and  the  ammonia  kept  tightly  corked. 
—(See  1260.) 

2031.  ORIGIN  OF  PLANTS. 

Madder  came  from  the  East. 

Celery  originated  in  Germany. 

The  chesnut  came  from  Italy.  - 

The  onion  originated  in  Egypt. 

Tobacco  is  a  native  of  Virginia. 

The  nettle  is  a  native  of  Europe. 

The  citron  is  a  native  of  Greece. 

The  pine  is  a  native  of  America. 

Oats  originated  in  North  Africa. 

The  poppy  originated  in  the  East 

Rye  came,  originally,  from  Siberia. 

Parsley  was  first  known  in  Sardinia. 

The  pear  and  apple  are  from  Eui'ope. 

Spinach  was  first  cultivated  in  Arabia. 

The  sunflower  was  brought  froru 
Peru, 

The  mulberry  tree  originated  U 
Persia. 


PEOPLE  SWEAR  BECAUSE  THEY  KNOW  THEIR  WORDS  ARE  WORTHLESS. 


235 


The  gourd  is  probably  an  Eastern 
plant. 

The  walnut  and  peach  came  from 
Persia. 

•    The  h ,  :se  chestnut  is  a  native  of 
Thibet. 

The  cucu  Tiber  came  from  the  East 
Indies. 

The  quince  came  from  the  island  of 
Orete.  * 

The  radish  is  a  native  of  China  and 
Japan. 

Peas  are  supposed  to  be  of  Egyptian 
origin. 

The  garden  cress  is  from  Egypt  and 
the  East. 

Horse-radish  came  from  the  South  of 
Europe. 

The  Zealand  flax  shows  its  origin  by 
its  name. 

2032.  LOVE'S  TELEGRAPH— If 
a  gentleman  wants  a  wife,  he  wears  a  ring 
on  the  first  finger  of  the  left  hand ;  if 
lie  is  engaged,  he  wears  it  on  the  second 
finger  ;  if  married,  on  the  third  ;  and 
on  the  fourth,  if  he  never  intends  to  be 
married.  When  a  lady  is  not  engaged, 
she  we.irs  a  hoop  or  diamond  on  her 
first  finger  ;  if  engaged,  on  the  second; 
if  married,  on  the  third ;  and  on  the 
fourth,  if  she  intends  to  die  a  maid. 
"When  a  gentleman  presents  a  fan, 
flower,  or  trinket,  to  a  lady  with  the 
left  hand,  this,  on  his  part,  is  an  over- 
ture of  regard  ;  should  she  receive  it 
with  the  left  hand,  it  is  considered  as 
an  acceptance  of  his  esteem  ;  but  if 
with  the  right  hand  it  is  a  refusal  of 
the  offer.  Thus,  by  a  few  simple 
tokens,  explained  by  rule,  the  passion 
of  love  is  expressed :  and,  through  the 
medium  of  the  telegraph,  the  most 
timid  and  diffident  man  may,  without 
difficulty,  communicate  his  sentiments 
of  regard  to  a  lady,  and  in  case  his 
offer  should  be  refused,  avoid  expe- 
riencing the  mortification  of  an  explicit 
refusal. 

303:*.  SLUGS    and     SNAILS   are 
groat  enemies  to  every  kind  of  garden 
plant,   whether   flower  or  vegetable 
they  wander  in  the  night  to  feed,  and 
return   at   day-lisrht  to  their  haul  * 


;he  shortest  and  surest  direction  is, 
'  rise  early,  catch  them,  and  kill  them." 
[f  you  are  an  early  riser,  you  may  cut 
hem  off  from  their  day  retreats,  or  you 
may  lay  cabbage  leaves  about  the 
ground,  especially  on  the  beds  which 
they  frequent.  Every  morning  examine 
;hese  leaves,  and  you  will  find  a  great 
many  taking  refuge  beneath ;  if  they 
jlague  you  very  much,  search  for  their 
retreat,  which  you  can  find  by  their 
slimy  track,  and  hunt  there  for  them 
day  by  day  ;  lime  and  salt  are  very  an- 
noying- to  snails  and  slugs  ;  a  pinch  of 
salt  kills  them,  and  they  will  not 
;ouch  fresh  lime ;  it  is  a  common  prac- 
ice  to  sprinkle  lime  over  young  crops, 
and  along  the  edges  of  beds,  about  rows 
of  peas  and  heans,  lettuces  and  other 
vegetables;  but  when  it  has  been  on 
;he  ground  some  days,  or  has  been 
moistened  by  rain,  it  loses  its  strength. 
— (See  1305,  1306.) 

2034.  CATERPILLARS  and  APHIDES. — 
A  garden  syringe  or  engine,  with  a  cap 
on  the  pipe  full  of  very  minute  holes, 
will  wash  away  these  disagreeable  visit- 
ors very   quickly.      You    must  bring 
the  pipe  close  to  the  plant,  and  pump 
hard,  so  as  to  have  considerable  force 
on,   and  the  plant,  however  badly  in- 
fested, will  soon  be  cleared  without  re- 
ceiving any  injury.     Every  time   that 
you  use  the  syringe  or  garden  engine, 
you  must  immediately  rake  the  earth 
under  the  trees,  and  kill  the  insects 
you  have  dislodged,  or  many  will  recov- 
er and    climb   up  the  stems  of   the 
plants. 

2035.  GRUBS  on  orchard  trees  and 
gooseberry  and  currant  bushes,  will 
sometimes    be    sufficiently    numerous 
to  spoil  a  crop ;  but,  if  a  bonfire  be 
made  with  dry  sticks  and  weeds  on  the 
windward  side  of  the  orchard,  so  that 
the  smoke  may  blow  among  the  trees, 
you   will   destroy  thousands  ;    for  the 
grubs  have  such  an  objection  to  smoke, 
that  very  little  of  it  makes  them  roll 
themselves  up  and  fall  off ;  they  must 
be  swept  up  afterwards. 

2036.  WASPS  destroy  a  good  deal  oi 
fruit,  but  every  pair  of  wasps  killed  iu 


236 


IP  YOU  DESir.E  TO  KNOW,  DO  NOT  FEAR  TO  ASK. 


spring  saves  the  trouble  and  annoyance 
of  a  swarm  in  autumn;  it  is  necessary, 
however,  to  be  very  careful  in  any  at- 
tempt upon  a  wasp,  for  its  sting  is  pain- 
ful and  lasting.  In  case  of  being  stung, 
get  the  blue  bag  from  the  laundry,  and 
rub  it  well  into  the  wound  as  soon  as 
possible.  Later  in  the  season,  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  hang  vessels  of  beer,  or 
water  and  sugar,  in  the  fruit-trees,  to 
entice  them  to  drown  themselves. 

2037.  BUTTERFLIES  and  MOTHS,  how- 
ever pretty,  are  the  worst  enemies  one 
can  have  in  a  garden  ;  a  single  insect  of 
this  kind  may  deposit  eggs  enough  to 
overrun  a  tree  with  caterpillars,  there- 
fore they  should  be  destroyed  at  any 
cost  of  trouble.     The  only  moth  that 
you  must  spare,  is  the  common  black 
and  red  one  ;  the  grubs  of  this  feed 
exclusively  on  grounsel,  and  are  there- 
fore a  valuable  ally  of  the  gardener. 

2038.  EARWIGS  are  very  destructive 
insects  ;    their    favourite  food    is  the 
petals  of   roses,  pinks,    dahlias,    and 
other  flowers.     They  may  be  caught  by 
driving   stakes   into   the   ground,   and 
placing  on  each  an  inverted  flower-pot ; 
the   earwigs  W7ill   climb  up   and  take 
refuge  under  it,  when   they  may  be 
taken  out  and  killed.     Clean  bowls  of 
tobacco-pipes  placed  in  like  manner  on 
the  tops  of  smaller  sticks  are  very  good 
traps ;  or  very  deep  holes  may  be  made 
in  the   ground  with   a  crowbar,  into 
these   they  will   fall,  and  may  be  de- 
etroyed  by  boiling  water. 

2039.  TOADS   are   among  the  best 
friends  the  gardener  has ;  for  they  live 
almost  exclusively  on  the  most  destruc- 
tive kinds  of  vermin.    Unsightly,  there- 
fore, though  they  may  be,  they  should 
on  all   accounts  be   encouraged ;  they 
ghould  never  be  touched  nor  molested 
in  any  way ;  on  the  contrary,  places  of 
shelter  should    be  made   for   them,  to 
which  they  may  retire  from  the  bum- 
ing  heat  of  the  sun.     If  you  have  none 
in  your  garden,  it  will  be  quite  worth 
your  while  to  search  for  thorn  in  your 
walks,  and   bring  them  home,  taking 
care  to  handle  them  tenderly,  for  al- 
f.hough  they  havt'  nei'^er  the  will  nor 


the  power  to  injure  you,  a  very  little 
rough  treatment  will  injure  them ;  m 
cucumber  or  melon  frame  should  b« 
without  one  or  two. 

2040.  SMALL-POX  MARKS.— Mi 
Waddington  lances    the  pustules  with 
a  needle,  and  thus  allows  the  poisonous 
matter  (which  is  the  cause  of  the  dis- 
figurement) to  eveapc,  and  also  orders 
the  room  to  be  kept  dark.     Mr.  Wad- 
dington states  that,  during  twelve  years' 
practice,  he  has  not  known  one  case 
aut  of  twenty  of  a  person  being  marked 
by  the  small- pox,  when  the  above  sim- 
ple  expedient  has  been   resorted   to. 
(See  1018.) 

2041.  VENTILATING  BED- 
ROOMS.—A  sheet  of  finely-perforated 
zinc,  substituted  for  a  pane  of  glass  in 
one  of  the  upper  squares  of  a  chamber 
window,  is  the  cheapest  and  best  form 
of  ventilator  ;  there  should  not  be  a 
bed-room  without  it. 

2042.  GREASE    SPOTS    FROM 
SILK. — Upon  a  deal  table  lay  a  piece 
of  woollen  cloth  or  baize,  upon  which 
lay  smoothly  the  part  stained,  with  the 
right  side  downwards.     Having  spread 
a  piece   of  brown   paper  on    the  top, 
apply  a  flat-iron  just  hot  enough  to 
scorch  the  paper.     About  five  or  eight 
seconds  is  usually  sufficient.    Then  rub 
the  stained  part  briskly  with  a  piece  of 
cap-paper.     (See  815.) 

2043.  CLEAN  WHITE  OSTRICH 
FEATHERS.— Four  oz.  of  white  soap, 
cut   small,   dissolved  in   four  pints  of 
water,   rather  hot,   in  a  large  basip  ; 
make   the   solution   into  a  lather,   bj 
beating-   it  with   birch  rods,  or  wires 
Introduce  the  feathers,  and  rub  well 
with  the  hands  for  five  or  six  minutes. 
After  this  soaping,  "wash  in  clean  water, 
as  hot  as  the  hand  can  bear.     Shake 
until  dry. 

2044.  INK    STANDS.— Very   fre- 
quently, when  logwood  has  been  used 
in  manufacturing  ink,  a  reddish  stain 
still  remains,  after  the  use  of  oxalic 
acid,  as  in  the  former  directions.     To 
remove  it,  procure   a  solution  of  the 
chloride  of  lime,  and   apply  it  in  the 
same  manner  as  directed  for  the  oxalio 


WRITE   YOUR   OWN  HISTORY  DAILY. 


237 


acid.      (Sec  176,   177,  277,  502,   and 
507.) 

2045.  BALDNESS.— The  decoction 
of  boxwood,  successful  in  cases  of  bald- 
ness, is  thus  made  : — Take  of  the  com- 
mon box,  which  grows  in  garden  borders, 
stems  and  leaves  four  large  handfub ; 
boil  in  three  pints  of  water,  in  a  closely- 
covered  vessel,  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour, 
and  let  it  stand  in  a  covered  earthen- 
ware jar  for  ten  hours  or  more ;  strain, 
ttnd  add  an  ounce  and  a  half  of  Eau  de 
Cologne,  or  lavender  water,  to  make  it 
keep.    The  head  should  be  well  washed 
with  this  solution  every  morning.    (See 
148,  149,  and  169.) 

2046.  TO    DESTROY    ANTS.— 
Drop  some  quicklime  on  the   mouth  of 
their  nest,  and  wash  it  in  with  boiling 
water ;  or  dissolve   some    camphor    in 
spirits  of  wine,  then   mix   with  water, 
and  pour  into  their  haunts ;  or  tobacco 
water,  which  has  been  found  effectual. 
They    are    averse    to    strong    sceuts. 
Camphor  will  prevent  their  infesting  a 
cupboard,  or  a  sponge  saturated  with 
creosote.     To  prevent  their   climbing 
up  trees,  place  a  ring  of  tar  about  t'ae 
trunk,  or  a  circle  of  rag  moistened  oc- 
casionally with  creosote. 

2047.  "  BREACH  OF   PROMISE 
OF  MARRIAGE.— A  verbai  offer  of 
marriage  is  sufficient  whereon  to  grouud 
an  action  for    breach   of   promise   of 
marriage.     The  conduct  of  the  suitor, 
subsequent  to  the  breaking  off  the  en- 
gagement, would  weigh  with  the  jury 
iu    estimating  damages.      An    action 
may  be  commenced  although  the  gen- 
tleman  is  not  married.     The  length  of 
time  which  must  elapse  before  action, 
must  be  reasonable.     A  lapse  of  three 
years  or  even  half  that   time,  without 
any  attempt  by  the  gentleman  to  renew 
the    acquaintance,   would    lessen    the 
damages  very  considerably — perhaps  io 
away  with  all  chance  of  success,  unless 
the   delay  could   be   satisfacto-ily  ex- 
plained,    The   mode  of  proceeding   is 
by  an    action   at  law.     For  this   an 
attorney  must   be  retained,  who   will 
manage  the  whole  affair  tc   its  termi- 
nation. 


2048.  Before  legal   proceedings  arc 
commenced,  a  letter  should  be  written 
to  the  gentleman    by  the   father    or 
brother  of  the  lady,  requesting  him  to 
fulfil  his  engagement.     A   copy  of  thi" 
letter  should  be  kept,  and  it  had  bettet 
be  deli vered  by  some  person  who  can 
prove  that  he  did  so,  and  that  the  copy 
is  correct :  he  should   make   a  memo- 
randum  of   any  remarks    or    conver- 
sation. 

2049.  We  give  an  extract  or  two 
from  the  law  authorities :  they  will,  we 
have  no  doubt,  be   perused   by  our  fair 
readers  with  great  attention,  and  some 
satisfaction.     "  A  man,  who  was  paying 
particular  attentions  to  a  young  girl, 
was  asked  by  the  father  of  the  latter, 
after  one  of  his  visits,  what  his  inten- 
tions were,  and  he  replied,  •  I   have 
pledged  my  honour  to  marry  the  girl  in 
a  month  after   Christmas ;'  and  it  was 
held  that  this  declaration  to  the  father, 
who  had  a  right  to  make   the   inquiry, 
and  to  receive  a  true  and  correct  an- 
swer, taken    in   connexion   with    the 
visits  to  the  house,  and  the  conduct  of 
the  young  people  towards   each  other, 
was    sufficient  evidence  of   a  promise 
of  marriage." 

2050.  '*  The  common  law  does  not 
altogether  discountenance  long  engage- 
ments to  be  married.     If  parties  are 
young,  and  circumstances  exist,  showing 
that  the  period  during  which  they  had 
agreed  to  remain  single  was  not  unrea- 
sonably long,  the   contract    is  binding 
upon  them ;  but  if  they  are  advanced 
in  years  and  the  marriage  is  appointed 
to    take    place   at  a  remote    and  un- 
reasonably  long    period  of  time,   the 
contract    would    be  voidable,   at    the 
option  of  either  of  the  parties,  as  being 
in  restrain  of  matrimony.     If  no   time 
is  fixed  and  agreed  upon  for  the  per- 
formance of  the  contract,  it   is  in  con- 
templation cl  law  a  contract  to   mar^y 
within  a  reasonable  period  after  request*. 
Either  of  the  parties,  therefore,  after 
the   making  of    such  a  contract,  may 
call  upon  the  other  to  fulfil  the  engage- 
ment ;   and    in    case   of  refusal,  V>r   a 
neglect   so  to   do   on   the  part  of  the 


238 


A  GAMBLER  AND  A  SWINDLER  ARE  NEAR  NEIGHBORS. 


latter  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the 
request  made,  the  party  so  calling 
upon  the  other  for  a  fulfilment  of  the 
engagement,  may  treat  the  betrothment 
as  at  an  end,  and  bring  an  action  for 
damages  for  a  breach  of  the  engagement 
If  both  parties  lie  by  for  an  unreason- 
able period,  and  neither  renew  the  con- 
tract from  time  to  time  by  their  conduct 
or  actions,  or  call  upon  one  another  to 
carry  it  into  execution,  the  engagement 
will  be  deemed  to  be  abandoned  by 
mutual  consent,  and  the  parties  will  be 
free  to  marry  whom  they  please." 

2051.  "The  Roman  law  very  proper- 
ly considered  the  term  of  two   years 
amply  sufficient  for  the  duration  of  a 
betrothment;  and  if  a  man  who  had 
engaged  to  marry  a  girl  did  not  think 
fit  to  celebrate  the  nuptial  within  two 
years  from    the  date  of   the  engage- 
ment, the  girl  was  released  from  the 
contract." 

2052.  DYE   SILK  LILAC.  — For 
every  pound  of  silk,  take  one  and  a-half 
pound  of  archil,  mix  it  well  with   the 
liquor ;   make   it   boil  a  quarter  of  an 
hour,  dip  the  silk  quickly,  then  let  it 
cool,  and  wash  it  in  river  water,  and  a 
fine  half  violet,  or  lilac,  more  or  less 
full,  will  be  obtained.     (See  402.) 

2053.  DYE    HAIR    AND    FEA- 
THERS GREEN.— Take  of  verdigris 
or  verditer,  of  each  one  ounce  ;  gum 
water,  one  pint;  mix  them  well,  and 
dip  the  hair  or  feathers  into  the  mix- 
ture, shaking  them  well  about.     (See 
418  to  421.) 

2054.  EXCELLENT  HAIR 
WASH. — Take  one  ounce  of  borax, 
half  an  ounce  of  camphor ;  powder 
these  ingredients  fine,  and  dissolve 
them  in  one  quart  of  boiling  water  j 
when  cool,  the  solution  will  be  ready 
for  use:  damp  the  hair  frequently. — 
This  wash  effectually  cleanses,  beauti- 
fies, and  strengthens  the  hur,  preserves 
the  colour,  and  prevents  early  baldness. 
The  camphor  will  form  into  lumps 
fitter  being  dissolved,  but  the  water 
Vvill  be  sufficiently  impregnated. 

2055.  ESSENCE  OF  CELERY.— 
This  is  prepared  by  soaking  for  a  fort- 


night a-half  ounce  of  the  seeds  of 
celery  in  a-quarter  pint  of  brandy.  A 
few  drops  will  flavour  a  pint  of  soup  01 
broth,  equal  to  a  head  of  celery. 

2056.  HICCOUGH,  OR  HICCUP 
— This  is  a  spasm  of  the  diaphragm 
caused  by  flatulency,  indigestion,  or 
acidity.  It  may  be  relieved  by  the 
sudden  application  of  cold,  also  by  two 
or  three  mouthfuls  of  cold  water,  by 
eating  a  small  piece  of  ice,  taking  *a 
pinch  of  snuff,  or  anything  that  excites 
counter  action. 

2057.  SUBSTITUTE  FOR  CREAM 
IN  TEA  OR   COFFEE.  — Beat  the 
white  of  an  egg  to  a  froth,  put  to  it  a 
very  small    lump  of  butter,   and  mix 
well.    Then  turn  into  it  gradually,  so 
that  it  may  not  curdle.    If  perfectly 
done,  it  will  be  an  excellent  substitute 
for  cream. 

2058.  STAINS    AND     MARKS 
FROM  BOOKS.— A  solution  of  oxalic 
acid,  citric  acid,  or  tartaric  acid,  is  at- 
tended with  the  least  risk,  and  may  be 
applied  upon  the  paper  and  prints  with- 
out fear  of  damage.     These  acids,  tak- 
ing out  writing  ink,  and  not  touching 
the  printing,  can  be  used  for  restoring 
books  where  the  margins  have   been 
written    upon,  without  attacking  the 
text.     (See  543  ) 

2059.  MINT  VINEGAR.— Put  into 
a  wide-mouthed  bottle,  fresh  nice  clean 
mint  leaves  enough  to  fill  it  loosely ; 
then  fill  tip  the  bottle  with  good  vine 
gar ;  and  after  it  has  been  stopped  close 
for  two  or  three  weeks,  it  is  to  be 
poured  off  clear    into    another  bottle, 
and  kept  well  corked  for  use.     Serve 
with  lamb  when  mint  cannot  be  ob- 
iained. 

2060.  YELLOW    RICE.  — Take 
one  pound  of  rice,  wash  it  clean  and 
aut  it  into  a  saucepan  which  will  hold 
;hree  quarts ;  add  to  it  half  a  pound  of 
currants  picked  and  washed,  one  quar- 
ter of  an  ounce  of  the  best  turmeric 
powder,  previously  dissolved  in  a  cup- 
•ul  of  the  water,  and  a  stick  of  cinna- 
mon ;  pour  over   them  two   quarts  ol 
cold  water,  place  the  saucepan   uncov 
ered  on  a  moderate  fire,  and  allow  it  tc 


THE  HOPE  IS  SURE  WHICH  HAS  ITS  FOUNDATION  IN  VJKTUE. 


239 


boil  till  the  rice  is  dry,  then  stir  in  a 
quarter  of  a  pound  of  sugar,  and  two 
ounces  of  butter :  cover  up,  and  place 
the  pan  near  the  fire  for  a  few  minutes, 
then  mix  it  well  and  dish  up.  This  is 
a  favourite  dish  with  the  Javanese,  and 
will  be  found  excellent  as  a  vegetable 
with  roast  meat,  poultry,  &c.  It  also 
forms  a  capital  pudding,  which  may  be 
improved  by  the  addition  of  raisins, 
and  a  few  blanched  almonds. 

2061.  NEAT  MODE  OF  SOLDER- 
ING.—Cut  out  a  piece  of  tinfoil  the  size 
of  the  surfaces  to  be  soldered.     Then 
dip  a  feather  in  a  solution  of  sal  ammo- 
niac, and  wet  over  the  surfaces  of  the 
metal,  then  place  them  in  their  proper 
position  with  the  tinfoil  between.    Put 
it  so  arranged  on  a  piece  of  iron  hot 
enough  to  melt  the  foil.     When  cold 
they  will    be  found    firmly    soldered 
tog-ether. 

2062.  TRACING     PAPER.— Mix 
together  by  a  gentle  heat,  one  oz.  of 
Canada  balsam,  and  a-quarter  pint  of 
spirits  of  turpentine ;  with  a  soft  brush 
.spread  it  thinly  over  one  side  of  good 
tissue  paper.     It  dries  quickly,  is  very 
transparent,  and  is  not  greasy,  there- 
fore does   not  stain  the  object  upon 
which  it  may  be  placed. 

2063.  DYE  SILK,  &c.,  CRIMSON. 
— Take  about  a  spoonful  of  cutbear, 
put  it  into  a  small  pan,  pour  boiling 
water  upon  it ;  stir  and  kt  it  stand  a 
tew   minutes,    then    put  in    the   silk, 
and  turn  it  over  in  a  short  time,  and 
when  the  colour  is  full  enough,  take  it 
out ;   but  if  it  should    require  more 
violet  or  crimson,  add  a  spoonful  or 
two  of  purple  archil  to  some  warm 
water ;  steep,  and  dry  it  within  doors. 
It  must  be  mangled,  and  ought  to  be 
pressed. 

2064.  CLEAN   KID   GLOVES.— 
Make  a  strong  lather  with  curd  soap 
and  warm  water,  in  which  steep  a  small 
piece  of  new  flannel.     Place  the  glove 
on  a  flat,  clean,  and  unyielding  surface 
—such  as  the  bottom  of  a  dish,  and 
having  thoroughly  soaped   the  flannel 
(wheu  squeezed  from  the  lather),  rub 
the  ki«i  till  al!  dirt  be  removed,  clean- 


ing and  re-soaping  the  flannel  from 
time  to  time.  Care  must  be  taken  to 
omit  no  part  of  the  glove,  by  turning 
the  fingers,  &c.  The  gloves  must  be 
dried  in  the  sun,  or  before  a  moderate 
fire,  and  will  present  the  appearance  ol 
old  parchment.  When  quite  dry,  they 
must  be  gradually  "pulled  out,"  and 
will  look  new.  (See  323,  1321.) 

2063.  PREVENT  GALLING  IN 
INVALIDS.— The  white  of  an  rgu, 
beaten  to  a  strong  froth,  then  drop  in 
gradually  whilst  you  are  beating  two 
teaspoonfuls  of  spirits  of  wine,  put  it 
into  a  bottle,  and  apply  occasionally 
with  a  feather. 

2066.  MASHED  POTATOES  AND 
SPINACH  OR  CABBAGE.— Moisten 
cold    mashed  potatoes    with  a    little 
white   sauce  :    take  cold   cabbage   or 
spinach,  and  chop  either  one  very  finely. 
Moisten  them  with  a  brown  gravy.    Fill 
a  tin  mould  with  layers  of  potatoes  and 
cabbage  ;  cover  the  top  ana  put  it  into 
a  stew-pan  of  boiling  water.     Let  it  re- 
main long  enough   to  warm  the  vege- 
tables ;  then  turn  the  vegetables   out 
and  serve  them.     This  might  be  pre- 
pared by  boiling  the  vegetables  sepa- 
rately, and  merely  putting  them  into 
the  mould  in  layers,  to  be  turned  out 
when  wanted.     It  forms  a  very  pretty 
dish  for  an  entree. — (See  122.) 

2067.  COLD  CARROTS  AND  TUR- 
NIPS may  be  added  to  soups,  if  they 
have  not  been  mixed  -with  gravies  ;   or 
warmed  up   separately,   and   put  into 
moulds  in  layers  ;  they  may  be  turned 
out,  and  served  the  same  as  the  pota- 
toes and  cabbage  described  above. 

2068.  RASPBERRY  VINEGAR.— 
Put  a  pound  of  very  fine  ripe  raspberries 
in  a  bowl,  bruise  them  well,  and  pour 
upon  them  a  quart  of  the  best  white 
wine  vinegar ;  next  day  strain  the  liquor 
on  a  pound  of  fresh  ripe  raspberries  ; 
braise  them  also,  and  the  following  day 
do  the  same,  but  do  not  squeeze  the  fruit, 
or  it  will  make  it  foment;  only  drain 
'he  liquor  as  dry  as  you  can  from  it. 
The  last  time  pass  it  through  a  canvas 
bag,  previously  wet  with  the  vinegar,  to 
prevent  waste.     Put  the  juice  into  » 


240 


VICE   CHEATS   ITS    VOTARIES. 


stone  jar,  with  a  pound  of  sugar  to 
every  pint  of  juice ;  the  sugar  must  be 
broken  into  lumps ;  stir  it,  arid  when 
melted,  put  the  jar  into  a  pan  of  water; 
let  it  simmer,  and  skim  it  ;  when  cold, 
bottle  it ;  it  will  be  fine,  and  thick, 
when  cold,  like  strained  honey,  newly 
prepared. 
2069.  SIGNS  OF  THE  WEATHER. 

2070.  DEW.— If  the  dew  lies  plenti- 
fully on  the  grass  after  a  fair  day,  it  is  a 
sign  of  another.    If  not,  and  there  is  no 
wind,  rain  must  follow.     A  red  even- 
ing portends  fine   weather  ;  but  if  it 
spread  too  far  upwards  from  the  hori- 
zon   in    the    evening,   and    especially 
morning,  it  foretells  wind  or  rain,  or 
both.    When  the  sky,  in  rainy  weather, 
is    tinged  with   sea    green,    the    rain 
will  increase  ;  if  with  deep  blue,  it  will 
be  showery.    (See  3366.) 

2071.  CLOUDS. — Against  much  rain, 
the  clouds  grow  bigger,  and  increase 
very   fast,   especially    before   thunder. 
When  the  clouds  are  formed  like  fleeces, 
but  dense  in  the  middle  and  bright  to- 
wards the  edges,  with  the  sky  bright, 
they  are  signs  of  a  frost,  with  hail,  snow, 
or  rain.     If  clouds  form  high  in  air,  in 
thin  white  trains  like   locks  of  wool, 
they  portend  wind,  and  probably  rain. 
When  a  general  cloudiness  covers  the 
eky,  and  small  black  fragments  of  clouds 
fly  underneath,  they  are  a  sure  sign  of 
rain,  and   probably  it  will  be  lasting. 
Two  currents  of  clouds  always  portend 
rain,  and,  in  summer,  thunder. 

2072.  HEAVENLY  BODIES. — A  haziness 
in  the  air,  which  fades  the  sun's  light, 
and  ma^es  the  orb  appear  whitish,  or 
ill-defined — or  at  night,  if  the  moon  and 
stars  grow  dim,  and  a.  ring  encircles 
the  former,  rain  will  follow.  If  the 
sun's  rays  appear  like  Moses'  horns — if 
white  at  setting,  or  shorn  of  his  rays,  or 
goes  down  into  a  bank  of  clouds  in  the 
horizon,  bad  weather  is  to  be  expected. 
If  the  moon  looks  pale  and  dim,  we  ex- 
pect rain;  if  red,  wind;  and  if  or  her 
natural  colour,  with  a  clear  sky,  fair 
weather.  If  the  moon  is  rainy  through- 
out, it  will  be  clear  at  the  change,  and 
perhaps  the  rain  return  a  few  days 


after.  If  fair  throughout,  and  rain  at 
the  change,  the  fair  weathtr  will  pro- 
bably return  on  the  fourth  or  fifth  day. 

2073.  ASTHMA.— The  following  ii 
recommended  as  a  relief. — Two  ounces 
of  the  best  honey,  and  one   ounce  (A 
castor  oil  mixed.     A  teaspoonful  to  J-e 
taken  night  and  morning. 

2074.  MILDEW  OUT  OF  LINEN. 
— Take   soap,  and  rub   it  well  ;    then 
scrape  some  fine  chalk,  and  rub  it  also 
on  the  linen.     Lay  it  on  the  grass.     As 
it  dries,  wet  it  a  little,  and  it  will  come 
out  in  twice  doing. 

2075.  EXCELLENT  REMEDY  FOR 
SPRAINS.— Put  the  white  of  an  egg 
into  a   saucer,  keep  stirring   it  with  a 
piece  of  alum  about  the  size  of  a  walnut 
until  it  becomes  a  thick  jelly ;  apply  a 
prrtion  of  it  on  a  piece  of  lint  or  tow 
large    enough    to    cover    the    sprain, 
ch'inging  it  for  a  fresh  one  as  often  as 
it  feels  warm  or  dry ;  the  limb  is  to  be 
kept    in    an    horizontal     position    by 
plucing  it  on  a  chair. 

2076.  REMEDY  FOR  RHEUMA- 
TISM, LUMBAGO,  SPRAINS,  BRUI- 
SES, CHILBLAINS,  (BEFORE  THEY 
ARE    BROKEN)    AND    BITES    OF 
INSECTS.— One  raw  egg  well  beaten, 
half  a  pint  of  vinegar,  one   ounce   of 
spirits   of  turpentine,   a  quarter  of  an 
an  ounce  of  spirits  of  wine,  a  quarter 
of  an  ounce  of  camphor.    These  ingif  di- 
ents  to  be  Beaten  well  together,  «,hen 
put  in  a  bottle  and  shaken  for   ten 
minutes,   after  which,    to  be   corked 
down  tightly  to  exclude  the  air.     In 
half  an  hour  it  is  fit  for  use.     J*rrec 
tions: — To   be  well  rubbed  in,   two, 
three,  or  four  times  a  day.     For  tfieu- 
matism  in  the  head,  to  be  rubb*  1  at 
th'jback  of  the  neck  and  behind  the  *ars. 

2077.  UNFERMENTED  BRFAD. 
— Three  pounds  wheat  meal ;  half  an 
ounce,  avoirdupois,  muriatic  acid  ;  hall 
an  ounce,  avoirdupois,  carbonate  soda  ; 
wnter  enough  to  make  it  of  a  proper 
consistence.      For    white    flour,    lour 
pounds  of  flour ;  half  an  ounce,  avoir- 
dupois, muriatic  acid  ;  half  an  ounce, 
avoirdupois,    carbonate    eoda ;     water 
about  a  quaM.     The  v.ay  of  milking  i« 


TIME,  WHICH  IS  MOST  VALUABLE,  IS  MOST  TRIFLED  WITH. 


ai  follows : — First  mix  the  soda  and 
flour  well  together  by  rubbing  in  a  pan ; 
then  pour  the  acid  into  the  water,  and 
mix  well  by  stirring.  Mix  altogether  to 
the  required  consistence,  and  bake  in  a 
hot  oven  immediately.  The  gain  from 
this  method  of  baking  is  as  follows  : — 
four  pounds  of  wheat  meal  made  seven 
pounds  nine  ounces  of  excellent  light 
bread  ;  and  four  pounds  of  seconds 
flour  made  six  pounds  of  excellent  light 
bread.  It  keeps  moist  longer  than 
bread  made  with  yeast,  and  is  far  more 
sweet  and  digestible.  This  is  especially 
recommended  to  persons  who  suffer 
from  indigestion,  who  will  find  the  brown 
bread  invaluable.  (See  461.) 

2078.  SCURF  IN  THE  HEAD.— A 
simple  and  effectual  remedy.     Into   a 
pint  of   water  drop  a  lump  of  fresh 
quick  lime,  the  size  of  a  walnut;  let  it 
stand  all  night,  then  pour  the  water  off 
clear  from  the  sediment  or  deposit,  add 
a  quarter  of  a  pint  of  the  best  vinegar, 
and  wash  the  head  with   the  mixture. 
Perfectly  harmless  ;  only  wet  the  roots 
of  the  hair.     (See  1276.) 

2079.  JAUNDICE.  — One  penny- 
worth  of   allspice,   ditto  of   flour  of 
brimstone,   ditto  of   turmeric ;    these 
to    be    well    pounded    together,    and 
afterwards   to    be    mixed    with    half- 
a-potind  of  molasses.     Two  table-spoon- 
fuls to  betaken  every  day.  (See  1247.) 

2080.  CRAMP  IN  THE  LEGS.— 
Stretch  out  the  he-el  of  the  leg  as  far  as 
possible,  at  the  same  time  drawing  up 
the  toes  as  far  as  possible.     This  will 
often  stop  a  fit  of  the  cramp  after  it 
hag  commenced. 

2081.  CLEAN  FURS.  — Strip   the 
fur  articles  of  their  stuffing  and  binding, 
and  lay  them  as  much   as  possible   in  a 
flat   position.     They  must  then  be  sub- 
jected to  a  very  brisk  brushing,  with  a 
stiff   clothes    brush ;    after    this,   any 
moth-eaten  parts  must  be  cut  out,  and 
be  neatly  replaced   by  new   bits  of  fur 
to   match.      Sable,  chinchilla,  squirrel, 
fitch,  &c.,  should  be  treated  as  follows: 
— Warm  a  quantity  of  new  bran   in   a 
pan,  taking  care  that  it  does  not  burn, 
to  prevent  which  it  must  be   actively- 


stirred.  When  well  warmed,  rub  it 
thoroughly  into  the  fur  with  the  hand 
Repeat  this  two  or  three  times ;  then 
shake  the  fur,  and  give  it  another  sharp 
brushing  until  free  from  dust.  White 
furs,  ermine,  &c.,  may  -be  cleaned  as 
follows  : — Lay  the  fur  on  the  table,  and 
rub  it  well  with  bran  made  moist  with 
warm  water  ;  rub  until  quite  dry,  and 
afterwards  with  dry  bran.  The  wet 
bran  should  be  put  on  with  flannel,  and 
the  dry  with  a  piece  of  book-muslin. 
The  light  furs  in  addition  to  tho 
above  should  be  well  rubbed  with 
magnesia,  or  a  piece  of  book-muslin, 
after  the  bran  process.  Furs  are  usually 
much  improved  by  stretching,  which 
may  be  managed  as  follows :  to  a  pint 
of  soft  water  add  three  ounces  of  salt, 
dissolve  ;  with  this  solution  sponge  the 
inside  of  the  skin  ('taking  care  not  to 
wet  the  fur),  until  it  bec.oines  thorough- 
ly saturated ;  then  lay  it  carefully  on  a 
board  with  the  fur  side  downwards,  in 
its  natural  disposition  ;  then  stretch,  as 
much  as  it  will  bear  to  the  required 
shape,  and  fasten  with  small  tacks. 
The  drying  may  be  quickened  by  placing 
the  skin  a  little  distance  from  the  fire 
or  stove. 

2082.  WHIST.— (Upon  the  princi- 
ples of  Hoyle's  games). — Great  silence 
and  attention  must  be  observed  by  the 
players.  Four  persons  cut  for  partners  ; 
the  two  highest  are  against  the  two 
lowest.  The  partners  sit  opposite  to 
each  other,  and  the  person  who  cuts 
the  lowest  card  is  entitled  to  the  deal. 
The  ace  is  the  lowest  in  cutting. 

Each  person  has  a  right  to  shuffle  the 
cards  before  the  deal ;  but  it  is  usual  for 
the  elder  hand  only,  and  the  dealer  after. 

The  pack  is  then  cut  by  the  right 
hand  adversary;  and  the  dealer  dis- 
tributes the  cards,  one  by  one,  to  each 
of  the  players;  beginning  with  the 
person  who  sits  on  his  left  hand  until 
he  comes  to  the  last  card,  which 
he  turns  up,  being  the  trump,  and  leaves 
on  the  table  till  the  first  trick  is  played. 

The  person  on  the  left  hand  side  of 
the  dealer  is  called  the  elder,  and  play« 
first;  whoever  wins  the  trick  becora««i 


242 


THE  OATHS  OF  THE  PASSIONATE  HAVE  NO  MEANING. 


elder  hand,  and  plays  again  ;  and  so  on, 
till  the  cards  are  played  out. 

No  intimations  or  signs  of  any  kind, 
during  the  play  of  the  cards,  are  per- 
mitted between  the  partners.  The 
mistake  of  one" party  is  the  game  of 
the  adversary,  except  in  revoke,  when 
the  partners  may  inquire  if  he  has  any 
of  the  suit  in  his  hand. 

The  tricks  belonging  to  each  party 
should  be  turned  and  collected  by  the 
respective  partners  of  whoever  wins 
.he  first  trick  in  every  hand. 

All  above  six  tricks  reckon  towards 
the  game. 

The  ace,  king,  queen,  and  knave  of 
trumps  are  called  honours ;  and  when 
either  of  the  partners  have  three  sepa- 
rately, or  between  them,  they  coui.t 
two  points  towards  the  game;  and  ij 
case  they  have  four  honours,  they 
count  four  points. 

The  game,  consists  of  ten  points. 

2083.  TERMS  USED  IN  WHIST.— 
Finessing,  is  the  attempt  to  gain  an 
advantage ;  thus  : — If  you  have  the 
best,  and  third  best  card  of  the  suit  led, 
you  put  on  the  third  best,  and  run  the 
risk  of  your  adversary  having  the 
/second  best ;  if  he  has  it  not,  which  is 
two  to  one  against  him,  you  are  then 
certain  of  gaining  a  trick. 

Forcing,  is  playing  the  suit  of  which 
your  partner  or  adversary  has  not  any, 
and  which  he  must  trump,  in  order  to  win. 

Long  trump,  means  the  having  one  or 
more  trumps  in  your  hand  when  all  the 
rest  are  out. 

Loose  card,  means  a  card  in  hand  of 
110  value/  and  the  most  proper  to  throw 
away. 

Points.  Ten  make  the  game;  as 
many  as  are  gained  by  tricks  or  honours, 
BO  many  points  are  set  up  to  the  score 
of  the  game. 

Quart,  is  four  successive  cards  in  any 
euit. 

Quart  Major,  is  a  sequence  of  r.ce, 
king,  queen,  and  knave. 

Quint,  is  five  successive  cards  in  any 
eiiit. 

Quint  Major,  is  a  sequence  of  ace, 
V'mg,  queen,  and  ten. 


See  saw,  is  when  each  partner  turns 
a  suit,  and  when  they  play  those  suits  to 
each  other  for  that  purpose. 

Score,  is  the  number  of  points  set  up. 
Tto  following  is  the  most  approved 
method  of  ecoring : — 
1  23  456789 
0  0  00  000  0 
0  00  000  0000  00  000  0  00 

0 

Slam,  is  when  cither  party  win  every 
trick. 

Tenace,  is  possessing  the  first  and 
third  best  cards,  and  being  the  last 
player,  you  consequently  catch  the 
adversary  when  that  suit  is  played;  as, 
for  instance,  in  case  you  have  ace  and 
quetsn  of  any  suit,  and  your  adversary 
leads  thai  mit,  you  must  win  two 
tricks,  by  having  the  best  and  third 
best  of  the  suit  played,  and  being  the 
last  player. 

Terce,  is  three  successive  cards  in 
any  suit. 

Terce  Major,  is  a  sequence  of  ace, 
king,  and  queen. 

2084.  KULES.— 1.  Lead  from  your 
strong  suit,  and  be  cautious  how  you 
change  suits  ;  and  keep  a  commanding 
card  to  bring  it  in  again. 

2.  Lead  through  the  strong  suit  and 
up  to  the  weak,  but  not  in  trumps, 
unless  very  strong  in  them. 

3.  Lead  the  highest  of  a  sequence  ; 
but  if  you  have  a  quart  or  cinque  to  a 
king,  lead  the  lowest. 

4.  Lead  through  an  honour,  partic- 
ularly if  the  game  is  much  against  you. 

5.  Lead  your  best  trump,  if  the  ad- 
versaries be  eight,  and   you  have  no 
honour;    but    not  if  you    have    four 
trumps,  unless  you  have  a  sequence. 

6.  Lead  a  trump  if  you  have  four  or 
five,  or  a  strong  hand  ;  but  not  if  weak. 

7.  Having   ace,   king,   and  two  or 
three  small  cards,  lead  ace  and  king, 
if  weak  in  trumps,  but  a  small  one  if 
strong  in  them. 

8.  If  you  have  the  last  trutnp,  witu 
some  winning  cards,  and  one   losing 
card  only,  lead  the  losing  card. 

9.  Return  your  partner's  lead,  not 
the  adversaries ;  and  if  you  Lave  only 


THERE  IS  NO  DARKNESS  SO  DKEP  AS  THAT  OF  THE  MIND. 


243 


three  originally,  play  the  best;  but  you 
need  not  return  it  immediately,  when 
you  win  with  a  king,  queen,  or  knave, 
and  have  only  small  ones,  or  when  you 
hold  a  good  sequence,  have  a  strong 
suit,  or  have  five  trumps. 

10.  Do  not  lead  from  ace  queen,  or 
tice  knave. 

11.  Do  not  lead  an  ace,  unless  you 
have  a  king. 

12.  Do  not  lead  a  thirteenth  card, 
unless  trumps  be  out. 

J  3.  Do  not  trump  a  thirteenth  card, 
unless  you  be  last  player  or  want  the 
lead. 

14.  Keep  a  small  card  to  return  your 
partner's  lead. 

15.  Be  cautious  in  trumping  a  card 
when  strong  in  trumps,  particularly  if 
you  have  a  strong  suit. 

16.  Having  only  a  few  small  trumps, 
make  them  when  you  can. 

17.  If  your  partner  refuses  to  trump 
A  suit,  of  which  he  knows  you  have  not 
the  best,  lead  your  best  trump. 

18.  When  you  hold  all  the  remaining 
trumps  play  one,  and  then  try  to  put 
the  lead  in  your  partner's  hand. 

19.  Remember  how  many  of  each 
euit  are  out,  and  what  is  the  best  card 
left  in  each  hand. 

20.  Never  force  your  partner  if 
are  weak  in  trumps,  unless  you  have  a 
renounce,  or  want  the  odd  trick. 

21.  When  playing  for  the  odd  trick, 
be  cautious  of  trumping  out,  especially 
if  your  partner  be  likely  to  trump  a 
suit ;  and  make  all  the  tricks  you  can 
early,  and  avoid  finessing. 

22.  If  you  take  a  trick  and  have  a 
sequence,  win  it  with  the  lowest. 

2085.  LAWS  OF  WHIST. 
2086.  Dealing— I.  If  a  card  be 
turned  up  in  dealing,  the  adverse  party 
may  call  a  new  deal,  unless  they  have 
been  the  cause ;  then  the  dealer  has  the 
option. 

2.  If  a  card  be  faced  in  the  deal,  the 
dealer  must  deal  again,  unless  it  be  the 
last  deal. 

3.  If  any  one  play  with  twelve  cards, 
and  tfap  rest  have  thirteen,  the  deal  to 


stand  good,  and  the  player  to  be 
punished  for  each  revoke  ;  but,  if  any 
have  fourteen  cards,  the  deal  is  lost. 

4.  The  dealer  to  leave   the  trump 
card  on  the  table  till  his  turn  to  play ; 
after  which  none  may  ask  what  card 
was  turned  up,  only  what  is  trumps. 

5.  No  person  may  take  up  the  cards 
while  dealing;  if  the  dealer  in  that  case 
should  iniss  the  deal,  to  deal  again,  un- 
less his  partner's  fault;  and  if  a  card 
be  turned  up  iu  dealing,  no  new  deal, 
unless  the  partner' s  fault. 

6.  If  the  dealer  put  the  trump  card 
on  the  rest,  with  face  downwards,  he  is 
to  lose  the  deal. 

2087.  Playingoutofturn.—7.If&ny 
person  play  out  of  his  turn,  the  adver- 
sary may  call  the  card  played  at  any 
time,  if  he  do  not  make  him  revoke ;  or 
if  either  of  the  adverse  party  be  to  lead, 
may  desire  his  partner  to  name  the  suit, 
which  must  be  played. 

8.  If  a  person  supposes  he  has  won 
the  trick,  and  leads  again  before  his 
partner  has  played,  the  adversary  may 
oblige  his  partner  to  win  it,  if  he  can. 

9.  If  a  person  lead,  and  his  partner 
play  before  his  turn,  the  adversary's 
partner  may  do  the  same. 

10.  If  the  ace,  or  any  other  card  of 
you^  a  suit,  be  led,  and  any  person  play  out 

of  turn,  whether  his  partner  have  any 
of  the  suit  led  or  not,  he  is  neither  to 
trump  it  nor  win  it,  provided  he  do  not 
revoke. 

2088.  Revoking.— 11.    If  a  revoke 
happen  to  be  made,  the  adversary  may 
add  three  to  their  score,  or  take  three 
tricks  from  them,  or  take  down  three 
from  their  score ;  and,  if  up,  must  re- 
main at  nine. 

12.  If  any  person  revoke,  and,  before 
the  cards  be  turned,  discover  it,  the 
adversary  may  cause  the  highest  or 
lowest  of  the  suit  led,  or  call  the  card 
then  played  at  any  time,  if  it  do  not 
cause  a  revoke. 

13.  No  revoke  to  be  claimed  till  the 
tri«k  be  turned  and  quitted,  or  the 
party  who  revoked,  or  his  partner,  have 
played  again. 

14.  If  aoy  person  claim  a  revoke. 


244 


A  GOOD  l;of:K    IS  A  UGlIT    TO    THE  SOUL. 


the  .adverse  party  are  not  to  mix  their 
cards,  upon  forfeiting  the  revoke. 

15.  No  revoke  can  be  claimed  after 
the  cards  are  cut  for  a  new  deal. 

2089.  Calling  honours.— 16.   If  any 
person  call,  except  at  the  point  of  eight, 
the  adverse  party  may  consult,  and  have 
a  nevr  deal. 

17.  After  the  trump  card  is  turned 
up,  no  person  may  remind  his  partner 
to  call,  on  penalty  of  losing  one  point. 

18.  If  the  trump  card  be  turned  up, 
no  honours  can  be  set  up,  unless  before 
claimed  ;  and  scoring  honours,  not  hav- 
ing them,  to  be  scored  against  them. 

19.  If  any  person  call  at  eight,  and 
be  answered,  and  the  opposite  parties 
have  thrown  down  their  cards,  and  it 
appear  they  have  not  their  honours,  they 
may  consult,  and  have  a  new  deal  or 
not. 

20.  If  any  person  answer  without  an 
honour,  the  adversaries   may  consult 
and  stand  the  deal  or  not. 

21.  If  any  person  call  at  eight,  after 
he  has  played,  the  adversaries  may  call 
a  new  deal. 

2090.  Separating    find  Showing  the 
Cards. — 22.  If  any  person  separate  a 
card  from  the  rest,  the  adverse  party 
may  call  it  if  he  name  it ;  but  if  he  call 
a  wrong  card,  he  or  his  partner  are 
liable,  for  once,  to  have  the  highest  or 
lowest  card  called  in  any  suit  led  dur- 
ing that  deal, 

23.  If  any  person  throw  his  cards  on 
the  table,  supposing  the  game  lost,  he 
may  not  take  them  up,  and  the  adver- 
saries may  call  them,  provided  he  do 
not  revoke. 

24.  If  any  person  be  sure  of  winning 
every  trick  in  his  hand,  he  may  show 
his  cards,  but  is  liable  to  have  them 
called. 

2091.  Omitting  to  play  to  a  Trick. — 
25.  If  any  person  omit  to  play  to  a 
trick,  and  it  appear  he  has  one  card 
more  than  the  rest,  it  shall  be  at  the 
option  of  the  adversary  to  have  a  new 
deal. 

2092.  Respecting  icho  played  a,  Par- 
ticular Card. — 26.  Each  person  ought 
to  lay  his  card  before  him ;  and  if  either 


of  the  adversaries  mix  their  came  with 
his,  his  partner  may  demand  each  per- 
eon  to  lay  his  card  before  him,  but  not 
to  inquire  who  played  any  particular 
card. 

These  laws  are  agreed  to  by  the  best 
judges. 

2093.  MAXIMS  FOK  WHIST. 
2094.  Leader— I.  Begin  with  the 
suit  of  which  you  have  most  in  num 
ber ;  for,  when  the  trumps  are  out,  you 
will,  probably  make  several  tricks  by 
it. 

2.  If  you  hold  equal  numbers  in  dif- 
ferent suits,  begin  with  the  strongest, 
because  it  is  the  least  liable  to  injure 
your  partner. 

3.  Sequences    are    always    eligible 
leads,  as  supporting  your  partner  with- 
out injuring  your  own  hand. 

4.  Lead  from  a  king  or  queen,  rather 
than  from  an  ace ;  for,  since  the  adver- 
saries will  lead  from  those  suits  which 
you  do  not,  your  ace  will  do  them  most 
harm. 

5.  Lead  from  a  king  rather  than  a 
queen,  and  from  a  queen  rather  than 
from  a  knave ;  for  the  stronger  the  suit, 
the  less  is  your  partner  endangered. 

6.  Lead  not  from  ace  queen,  or  ace 
knave,  till  necessary;  for,  if  that  suit  be 
led  by  the  adversaries,  you  have  a  good 
chance  of  making  two  tricks  in  it. 

7.  In  all  sequences  to  a  queen,  knave, 
or  ten,  begin  with  the  highest,  because 
it  will  frequently  distress  your  left- 
hand  adversary. 

8.  Having  ace,  king,  and  knave,  lead 
the  king :  for,  if  strong  in  trumps,  you 
may  wait  the  return  of  this  suit,  and 
finesse  the  knave. 

9.  Having  ace,  queen,  and  one  small 
card,  lead  the  small  one ;  for,  by  this 
lead,  your  partner  has  a  chance  to  make 
the  knave. 

10.  Having  ace,  king,  and  two  or 
three  small  cards,  play  ace  and  king,  if 
weak,  but  a  small  card,  if  strong  in 
trumps,  you  may  give  your  partner  the 
chance  of  making  the  first  trick. 

11.  Having   king,   queen,   and  one 
small  card,  play  the  small  one ;  for  youi 
partner  has  an  equal  chance  to  win 


OBSERVATION  IS  THE  BEST  TEACHER. 


245 


and  you  need  not  fe.ar  to  make  king  or 
queen. 

12.  Having  king,  queen,  and    two 
or  tnree  small  cards,  lead  a  small  card 
if  strong,   and  the    king  if  weak  in 
trumps ;  for  .strength  in  trumps  entitles 
you  to  play  a  backward  game,  and  give 
your  partner  a  chance  of  winning  the 
first  trick  ;  but,  if  weak  in  trumps,  lead 
the  king  or  queen,  to  secure  a  trick  in 
that  suit. 

13.  Having  an  ace,  with  four  small 
cards,  anfl  no  other  good  suit-,  play  a 
small  card,  if  strong  in  trumps,  and  the 
ace  it   weak;  for  strength  in  trumps 
may  enable  you  to  make  one  or  two  of 
the  small  cards,  although  your  partner 
cannot  support  the  lead. 

14.  Having   king,  knave,  and  ten, 
lead  the  ten ;  for,  if  your  partner  hold 
the  ace,  you  have  a  good  chance  to 
make  three  tricks,  whether  he  pass  the 
ten  or  not. 

15.  Having  king,   queen,   and  ten, 
lead  the  king;  for,  if  it  fail,  by  putting 
on  the  ten,  upon  the  return  of  that 
suit  from  your  partner,  you  have  a 
chance  of  making  two  tricks. 

16.  Having  queen,  knave,  and  nine, 
lead  the  queen ;  for,  upon  the  return  of 
that  suit  from  your  partner  by  putting 
on  the  nine,  you  will,  probably,  make 
the  knave. 

2095.  Second  Hand.— 1.  Having  ace, 
king,  and  small  ones,  play  a  small  card, 
if  strong  in  trumps j  but  the  king  if 
weak  in  them ;  for,  otherwise,  your  ace 
or  king  mfght  be  trumped,  in  the  latter 
case,  and  no  hazards  should  be  run  with 
few  trumps  but  in  critical  cases. 

2.  Having  ace,  queen,  and  small  cards, 
play  a  small  one,  for,  upon  the  return 
of  that  suit,  you  will,  probably,  make 
two  tricks. 

3.  Having    ace,   knave,   and    small 
?ards.  play  a  small  one,  for,  upon  the 
return  of  that  suit,  you  will,  perhaps, 
make  two  tricks. 

4.  Having  ace,   ten,   or  nine,   with 
small  cards,  play  a  small  one,  for,  by 
this   method,   you   have   a  chance   of 
making  two  tricks  in  the  suit. 

5.  Having    king,    queen,  teu    and 


small  cards,  play  the  queen;  for,  by 
playing  the  ten  upon  the  return  of  the 
suit,  you  will  probably,  make  twe 
tricks  in  it. 

6.  Having  king,  queen,  and  small 
cards,  play  a  small  card  if  strong  in 
trumps,  but  the  queen  if  weak  in  them; 
for  strength  in  trumps  warrants  playing 
a  backward  game,  and  it  is  always  ad- 
vantageous to  keep  back  your  adver- 
sary's suit. 

7.  If  you  hold  a  sequence  to  your 
highest  card  in  the  suit,  play  the  low- 
est of  it,  for,  by  this  means,  your  part- 
ner will  be  informed  of  your  strength. 

8.  Having-  queen,  knave,  and  small 
ones,  play  the  knave,  because  you  will, 
probably,  secure  a  trick. 

9.  Having  queen,  ten,  and  small  ones, 
play  a  small  one,  for  you  partner  has  an 
equal  chance  to  win. 

10.  Having  either  ace,  king,  queen, 
or  knave,  with  small  cards,  play  a  email 
one,  for  your    partner  has   an   equal 
chance  to  win  the  trick. 

11.  Having  either  ace,  king,  queen, 
or  knave,  with  one  small   card  only, 
play  the  small  one,  for,  otherwise,  your 
adversary  will  finesse  upon  you. 

12.  If  a  queen  be  led,  and  you  hold 
the  king,  put  that  on,  for  if  your  part- 
ner hold  the  ace,  you  do  no  harm  ;  and, 

f  the  king  be  taken  the  adversaries 
have  played  two  honours  to  one. 

14.  If  a  king  be  led,  and  you  hold 
ace,  knave,  and  small  ones,  play  the 
ace,  for  it  cannot  do  the  adversay  a 
reater  injury. 

2096.  Third  Hand.— 1.  Having  aca 
and  king,  play  the  ace  and  return  the 
king,  because  you  should  not  keep  the 
command  of  your  partner's  strong 
suit. 

2.  Having  ace  and  queen,  play  the 
ace,  and  return  the  queen ;  for,  although 

t  may  prove  better  in  some  cases  to 
put  on  the  queen,  yet,  in  general,  your 
sartner  is  best  supported  by  this 
method. 

3.  Having  ace  and  knave,  play  the 
ace  and  return  the  knave,  in  order  to 
strengthes  your  partner's  hand. 

4.  Having  king  aid  knave,  play  th« 


246 


FALSEHOOD,  LlKli  A  NETTLE,  STIiNGS  THOSE  WHO  MEDDLE  WITH  IT. 


king;  and,  if  it  win,  return  the  knave, 
for  the  reason  in  No.  3. 

5.  Always  play  the  best  when  your 
partner  plays  a  small  card,  as  it  best 
supports  your  partner. 

6.  If  you  hold  the  ace  and  one  small 
card  only,  and  your  partner  lead  the 
king,  put  on  the  ace,  and  return  the 
small  one ;  for,  otherwise,  your  ace  will 
be  an  obstruction  to  his  suit. 

7.  If  you  hold  the   king  and   one 
email  card  onty,  and  your  partner  lead 
the  ace,  if  the  trumps  be  out,  play  the 
king:    for,  by  putting    on   the    king 
there    will  be  no  obstruction  to  the 
suit. 

2097.  Fourth  Hand.—l.    If  a  king 
be  led,  and  you  hold  ace,  knave,  and  a 
small  card,  play  the  small  one;    for, 
supposing  the  queen  to  follow,  you  pro- 
bably make  both  ace  and  knave. 

2.  When  the  third  hand  is  weak  in 
his  partner's  lead,  you  may  often  re- 
turn that  suit  to  great  advantage ; 
but  this  rule  must  not  be  applied  to 
trumps,  unless  you  are  very  strong 
indeed. 

2098.  Cases  in  which  you  should  re- 
turn your  partner's  lead  ijnmcdiatcly. — 
1.  When  you  win  with  the  ace  and  can 
return  an  honour,  for  that  will  greatly 
strengthen  his  hand. 

2.  When  he  leads  a  trump,  in  which 
case,  return  the  best  remaining  in  your 
hand,  (unless  you  held  four  originally), 
except  the  lead  be  through  an  honour. 

3.  When  your  partner  has  trumped 
out ;  for  then  it  is  evident  he  wants  to 
make  his  great  suit. 

4.  When,  you  have  no  good  card  in 
any  other  suit ;  for  then  you  entirely 
depend  on  your  own  partner. 

2099.  Cases  in  which  you  should  not 
eturn  your  partner's  lead  immediately. 
—1.  If  you  win  with  the  king,  queen, 
pr  knave,  and  have  only  small  cards 
left ;  for  the  return  of  a  small  card  will 
more    distress    than    strengthen  your 
partner. 

2.  If  you  hold  a  good  sequence ;  for 
then  you  may  show  a  strong  suit,  and 
not  injure  his  hand. 

3.  If  you  have  a  strong  suit ;  because 


leading  from  a  strong  suit  direuls  youi 
partner,  and  cannot  injure  him. 

4.  If  you  have  a  good  hand ;  for  in 
this   case  you  ought  to  consult  you* 
own  hand. 

5.  If  you  hold  five  trumps ;  for  then 
you  are  warranted  to  play  trumps,  if 
you  think  it  right. 

2100.  Leading  Trumps. —  1.  Lead 
trumps  from  a  strong  hand,  but  never 
from  a  weak  one,  by  which  means  you 
will  secure  your  good  cards  from  being 
trumped. 

2.  Trump  not  out  with  a  bad  hand, 
although  you  hold  five  small  trumps; 
for,  since  your  cards  are  bad,  it  is  only 
trumping  for  the  adversaries'  good  ones. 

3.  Having    ace,  king,  knave,  and 
three  small  trumps,  play  ace  and  king; 
for  the  probability  of  the  queen's  fall- 
ing is  in  your  favour. 

4.  Having  ace,  king,  knave,  and  one 
or  two  small  trumps,  play  the  king,  and 
wait  the  return  froni  your  partner  to 
put  on  the  knave,  in  order  to  win  the 
queen;  but  if  you  particularly  wish  the 
trumps  out,  play  two  rounds,  and  then 
your  strong  suit. 

5.  Having  ace,  king,  and  two  or  threo 
small  trumps,  lead  a  small  one ;  this  is 
to  let  your  partner  win  the  first  trick ; 
but,  if  you  have  good  reason  for  getting 
out  the  trumps,  play  three  rounds,  or 
play  ace  and  king,  and  then  proceed 
with  your  strong  suit. 

6.  If  your  adversaries  be  eight,  and 
you  do  do  not  hold  an  honour,  throw  oft* 
your  best  trump,  for,  if  your  partner 
has    not  two    honours,  you  have  lost 
the  game ;   and,  if  he  holds  two  ho- 
nours, it  is  most  advantageous  to  lead 
a  trump. 

7.  Having  ace,  queen,  knave,   and 
small  trumps,  play  the  knave ;  for,  by 
this  means,  the   king  only  can  make 
against  you. 

8.  Having  ace,  queen,  ten,  and  one 
or  two  small  trumps,  lead  a  small  one, 
for  it  will  give  your  partner  a  chance 
to  win  the  trick,  and  keep  the  com- 
mand in  your  own  hand. 

9.  Having    king,  queen,  ten,  and 
small  trumps,  lead  the  king ;  for  if  the 


STRIVE  TO  LEARN  FROM  ALL  THINGS. 


247 


king  be  lost,  upon  the  return  of  trumps, 
you  may  finesse  the  ten. 

10.  Having    king,   knave,  ten,  and 
small  ones,  lead  the  knave,  because  it 
will    prevent    the    adversaries    from 
making  a  small  trump. 

1 1 .  Having  queen,  knave,  nine,  and 
small   trumps,  lead   the  queen ;  for,  if 
your  partner  hold  the  ace,  jou   have  a 
good  chance  of  making  the*  whole  suit. 

12.  Having   queen,  knave,  and   two 
or  three  small  trumps,  lead  the  queen, 
for  the  reason  in  No.  11. 

13.  Having    knave,  tvn,  eight,  and 
small  trumps,  lead  the  luiave ;  for,  on 
the  return  of   trumps,  you    probably, 
may  finesse  the  eight  to  advantage. 

14.  Having    knave,  ten,  eight,  and 
three  small  trumps,  lead  the  knave,  be- 
cause it  will  most  distress  your  adversa- 
ries, unless  two  honours  are  held  on 
your  right  hand ;  the  odds  against  which 
are  about  three  to  one. 

15.  Having  only  small  trumps,  play 
the  highest :  by  which  you  will  support 
your  partner  all  you  can. 

16.  Having  a  sequence,  begin   with 
the    highest;     by    this    means,    your 
partner  is  best  instructed  how  to  play 
his    hand,    and    cannot    possibly    be 
injured. 

17.  If  any  honour  be  turned  up  on 
your  left,  and  the  game  much  against 
you,  lead  a  trump  the  first  opportunity ; 
for,  your  game   being  desperately  bad, 
this  method  is  the  most  likely  to  re- 
trieve it. 

18.  In  all  other  cases  it  is  dangerous 
leading  through  an  honour,  unless  you 
be  strong  in  trumps,  or  have  a  good 
hand ;    because  all  the   advantage  of 
trumping  through  an  honour  lies  in  your 
partner's  finessing. 

19.  Supposing  it  hereafter  proper  to 
lead  trumps,  when  an  honour  is  turned 
up  on  your  left,  you,  holding  only  one 
honour  with  a  small  trump,   play  the 
honour  and  next  the  small  one  ;  because 
It  will   greatly   strengthen   your  part- 
ner's hand,  and  cannot  hurt  your  own. 

20.  If  an  honour  be  turned  up  on 
the  left,  and  you  hold  a  sequence,  lead 
the  high •?«!.  >f  it.  I  erause  't  v'll  pre- 


vent the  last  hand  from  injuring  you* 
partner. 

21.  If  a  queen  be  turned  up  on  the 
left,  and  you  hold    ace,  king,  and   a 
small  one,  lead  the  small  trump,  because 
you  will  have  a  chance  of  getting  the 
queen. 

22.  If  a  queen  be  turned  up  on  the 
left,  and  you  hold  a  knave,  with  small 
ones,  lead  the  knave ;   for  the   knave 
cannot  be  of  service,  as  the  queen  is  on 
your  left. 

23.  If  an  honour  be  turned  up  by 
your  partner,  and  you  strong  in  trumps, 
lead  a  small  one ;  but  if  weak  in  them, 
lead  the  best  you  have ;    by  this  play 
the  weakest  hand  will    support    the 
strongest. 

24.  If  an  ace  be  turned  up  on  the 
right,  you    holding    king,   queen,   and 
knave,  lead  the  knave ;  a  secure  lead. 

25.  If  an  ace  be  turned   up  on  the 
right,  and  you  hold   king,  queen,  and 
ten,  lead  the  king,  and  upon  the  return 
of  trumps   play  the    ten ;    for,  by  this 
means,  you    show  a  great    strength 
to  your   partner,  and  will,    probably 
make  two  tricks  in  them. 

26.  If  a  king  be  turned  up  on    the 
right,  and  you  hold  queen,  knave,  and 
nine,  lead  knave,  and,  upon  the  return 
of   trumps,  play  the  nine,  because  it 
may  prevent  the  ten  from  making. 

27.  If  a  king  be  turned  up  on  your 
right,  and    you    hold  knave,  ten  and 
nine,   lead    the    nine,  and,  upon    the 
return  of  trumps  play  the  ten  ;  because 
this  method  will    best  disclose    your 
strength  in  trumps. 

2.8.  If  a  queen  be  turned  up  on  the 
right,  and  you  hold  ace,  king,  and 
knave,  lead  the  king,  and,  upon  the 
return  of  trumps,  play  the  knave, 
because  you  are  then  certain  to  make 
the  knave. 

29.  If  a  queen  be  turned  up  on  the 
right,  and  you  hold  ace,  king,  and  small 
ones,  lead  the  king;    and    upon  the 
return  of   trumps,  you    may  finesse, 
unless  the   queen  falls,  for  otherwise 
the  queen  will  make  a  trick. 

30.  If  a  knave  be  turned  up  on  the 
right,  and  you  hold   king,  queen,  and 


248 


AN  ILL  FIXED  BLIND   NO   ONE  CAN   WIND. 


ten,  lead  the  queen,  and,  upon  the 
return  of  trumps,  pUv  the  ten ;  for,  by 
this  means,  you  will  make  the  ten. 

31 .  If  a  knave  be  turned  up  on  the 
right,  and  you  hold   king,  queen,  and 
small  ones,  lead  the  king :  and  if  that 
come  home,  play  a  small  one,  for  it  is 
probable  your  partner  holds  the  ace. 

32.  If  a  knave  be  turned  up  on  the 
right,  and  you   hold  king  and  ten  or 
queen  and  ten,  with  two  small  cards, 
lead    a    small    one ;     and,    upon    the 
return  of  trumps  play  the  ten,  for  it  is 
five  to  four  that  your  partner  holds  one 
honour. 

2101.  IVJien  you  turn  up  an  Honour. 
— 1.  If  you  turn  up  an  ace,  and  hold 
only  one  small  trump  with  it,  if  either 
adversary  lead  the  king,  put  on  the  ace. 

2.  But,  if  you  turn  up  an  ace,  and 
hold  two  or  three  small  trumps  with  it, 
and  either  adversary  lead  the  king,  put 
on  a  small  one ;  for,  if  you  play  the  ace, 
you  give  up  the  command  in  trumps. 

3.  If  you  turnup  the  king,  and  hold 
only  one  small  trump  with  it,  and  your 
right  hand    adversary  lead   a   trump, 
play  the  king". 

4.  If  you  turn  up  a  king,  and  hold 
two  or  three  small  trumps  with  it,  if 
your  right  hand  adversary  lead  a  trump, 
play  a  small  one. 

5.  If  you  turn  up  a  queen  or  knave, 
and   hold,  besides,  only  small  trumps, 
if  your  right  hand  adversary  lead  a 
trump,  put  on  a  small  one. 

6.  If  you  hold  a  sequence    to   the 
honour  turned  up,  play  it  last. 

2102.  Playing  for  the  Odd  Trick.— I. 
Be  cautious  of  trumping  out,  notwith- 
standing you  have  a  good  hand. 

2.  Never  trump  out,  if  your  partner 
appears  likely  to  trump  a  suit. 

3.  If  you  are  moderately  strong  in 
trumps,  force  your  partner,  for  by  this 
you  probably  make  a  trick. 

4.  Make  your  tricks  early,  and  be 
cautious  of  finessing. 

5.  If  you  hold  a  single  card  of  any 
suit,  and    only  two    or    three    small 
trumps,  lead  the  single  card. 

2103.  CALCULATIONS. 
1 .  I*  is  about  five  to  four  that  you; 


partner   holds    one  card  out    of  any 
two. 

2.  It  is  about  five  to  two  that  he 
holds  one  card  out  of  three. 

3.  It   is  about  four  to  ope  that  b« 
holds  one  card  out  of  any  four. 

I.  It  is  two  to  one  that  he  does  not 
hold  a  certain  card. 

5.  It  is  about  three  to  one  that  he 
does  not  hold  two  cards  out  of  any 
three. 

6.  It  is  about  three  to  two  that  he 
does  not  hold  two  cards   out  of  any 
four. 

2104.  CRIBBAGE.— The  game  of 
Cribbage  differs  from  all  other  games 
by  its  immense  variety  of  chances.     It 
*s  reckoned  useful  to  young  people  in 
the  science  of  calculation.     It  is  played 
with  the  whole  pack  of  cards,  generally 
by  two  persons,  and  sometimes  by  four. 
There  are  also  five  different  modes  of  , 
playing — that  is,  with  five,  six,  or  eight 
cards;  but  the  games  are  principally 
those  with  five  and  six   cards.      The 
rules  vary  a  little  in  different  companies, 
but  the  following  are  those  most  gener- 
ally observed : — 

2105.  TERMS  USED  IN  CRIBBAGE. 
—  Crib.    The   cards  thrown  away  by 
each  party,  and  the  dealer  is  entitled  to 
score  whatever  poiuts    are    made    by 
them. 

Pairs  are  two  similar  cards  ;  as  two 
aces  or  two  kings.  Whether  in  hand 
or  playing  they  reckon  for  two  points. 

Pairs  Royal  are  three  similar  cards, 
and  reckon  for  six  points,  whether  in 
hand  or  playing. 

Double  Pairs  Royal  are  four  similar 
cards,  and  reckon  for  twelve  points, 
whether  in  hand  or  playing.  The 
points  gained  by  pairs,  pairs  royal,  and 
double  pairs  royal,  in  playing,  are  thus 
affected :  —  Your  adversary  having 
played  a  seven  and  you  another,  con- 
stitutes a  pair,  and  entitles  you  to  score 
two  points ;  your  antagonist  then  play, 
ing  a  third  seven,  makes  a  pair  royal 
and  he  marks  six ;  and  your  playing-  a 
fourth  is  a  double  pair  royal,  and  en- 
titles you  to  twelve  points. 

Fifteens.  Every  fifteen  reckons  foi 


FIRE  IS  A  GOOD  SERVANT  BUT  A  BAD  MASTER. 


249 


fcW3  points,  whether  in  hand  or  playing. 
In  hand  they  are  formed  either  by  two 
sards,  such  as  a  five  and  any  tenth 
sard,  a  six  and  a  nine,  a  eeven  and  an 
eight,  or  by  three  cards,  as  a  two,  a  five, 
and  an  eight,  &,c.  And  in  playing  thus, 
if  such  cards  are  played  as  make  to- 
gether fifteen,  the  two  points  are  to  be 
scored  towards  the  game. 

Sequences  are  three  or  four  more  suc- 
cessive cards,  and  reckon  for  an  equal 
number  of  points,  either  in  hand  or 
play.  In  playing  a  sequence,  it  is  of 
no  consequence  which  card  is  thrown 
down  first ;  as  thus  :  your  adversary 
playing  an  ace,  you  a  five,  he  a  three, 
you  a  two,  then  he  a  four,  he  counts 
five  for  the  sequence. 

Flush.  When  the  cards  are  all  of  one 
suit,  they  reckon  for  as  many  points  as 
there  are  cards.  For  a  flush  in  the 
crib,  the  card  turned  up  must  be  of  the 
game  suit  as  those  put  out  in  the  crib. 

Noddy.  The  knave  of  the  suit  turned 
up  reckons  for  one  point ;  if  a  knave 
be  turned  up,  the  dealer  is  to  mark 
two ;  but  it  cannot  be  reckoned  again ; 
and  when  played  it  does  not  score  any- 
thing. 

End  Hole.  The  point  scored  by  the 
last  player,  if  he  makes  under  thirty- 
One  ;  if  he  makes  thirty-one  exactly, 
he  is  to  mark  two.  To  obtain  either  of 
these  is  considered  a  great  advantage. 

Last.  Three  points  taken  at  the  con: 
mencement  of  the  game  of  five-car  . 
3ribbage  by  the  non-dealer. 

2106.  RULES  OF  CRIBBAGE. — l.The 
adverse  parties  cut  the  cards  to  deter- 
mine who  shall  be  dealer ;  the  lowest 
card  has  it.  The  ace  is  the  lowest. 

2.  In  dealing,   the  dealer   may  dis- 
cover his  own  cards,  but  not  those  of 
his   adversary — who    may  mark   two, 
a,  d  call  a  fresh  deal. 

3.  Should  too  many  cards  be  dealt 
to  either,  the  non-dealer  may  score  two, 
and  demand  another  deal,  if  the  error 
be    detected    previous    to  taking    up 
the   cards ,  if  he  do  not  wish  a  new 
•3e;il,  the  extra  cards  must  be  drawn 
aw  a"     \vhnn  *uy  player  has  ra^e  than 


the  proper  number  of  cards  in  hand, 
the  opponent  may  score  four  and  call 
a  new  deal. 

4.  If  any  player  meddle  with   the 
pack  after  dealing,   till  the  period  of 
cutting  it  for  the  turn-up  card,  then 
his  opponent  may  score  two  points. 

5.  If  any  player  take  more  than  he 
is  entitled  to,  the  other  party  should 
not  only  put  him  back  as  many  points 
as  are  overscored,  but  likewise  take  the 
same  extra  number  for  his  own  game. 

6.  Should  either  party  even  meddle 
with  his  own  pegs  unnecessarily,  the 
opponent  may  score  two  points  ;  and  if 
any  one  take  out  his  front  peg,  he  must 
place  the  same  back  behind  the  other. 
If  any  be  misplaced  by  accident,  a  by- 
stander may  replace  the  same,  accord- 
ing to  the  best  of  his  judgment  ;  but 
he  should  never  otherwise  interfere. 

7.  If  any  player  neglect  to  set  up 
what  he  is  entitled  to,  the  adversary 
is  allowed  to  take  the  points  so  omitted. 

8.  Each  player  may  place  his  own 
cards,  when  done  with,  upon  the  pack. 

9.  In  five-card  cribbage,  the  cards 
are  to  be  dealt  one  by  ono  ;  but  when 
played  with  six  cards,  then  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  give  three,  and  if  with  eight 
cards,  four  at  a  time. 

10.  The    non-dealer,    at    the    com- 
mencement   of    the    game,    in    five- 
card    cribbage,    scores    three    points, 
called  three  for  last ;    but  in  six  and 
eight-card  cribbage  this  is  not  to  be 
done. 

11.  In  what  is  called  the  Bath  game, 
they  reckon  flushes  upon  the  board  ; 
that  is,  when  three  cards  of  the  same 
suit  are  played  successively,  the  party 
playing  the  third  scores  three  points  ; 
if  the   adversary  play  a  fourth  of  the 
same  suit,  then  he  is  to  score  four,  and 
so  on  for  four,  five,  six,  or  as  long  as  the 
the  same  suit  continues  to  be  played  in 
uninterrupted  succession,  and  that  the 
whole  number  of  pips  do  not  reckun 
thirty-one. 

2107.  FIVE-CARD  CRIBBAGE.— It  is 
unnecessary  to  describe  cribbageboards; 
the  sixty-one  points  or  holes  marked 


250 


WINDOWS  OPENED  MORE  WOULD  KEEP  DOCTORS  FROM  THE  DOOR. 


thereon  make  the  game.  We  have 
before  said,  that  the  party  cutting 
the  lowest  card  deals  ;  after  which, 
each  player  is  first  to  lay  out  two  of 
the  five  cards  for  the  crib,  which 
always  belongs  to  the  dealer;  next, 
the  adversary  is  to  cut  the  remainder 
of  the  pack,  and  the  dealer  to  turn 
up  and  lay  upon  the  crib  the  uppermost 
card,  for  which,  if  a  knave,  he  is  to 
mark  two  points.  The  card  turned  up 
is  to  be  reckoned  by  both  parties, 
whether  in  showing  their  hands  or  crib. 
After  laying-out  and  cutting  as  above- 
mentioned,  the  eldest  hand  is  to  play  a 
card,  which  the  other  should  endeavour 
to  pair,  or  find  one,  the  pips  of  which, 
reckoned  with  the  first,  will  make  fif- 
teen ;  then  the  non-dealer  must  play 
another  card,  and  try  to  make  a  pair, 
pair-royal,  sequence,  flush,  (where 
allowed  of)  or  fifteen,  provided  the  cards 
already  played  have  not  exceeded  that 
number  -,  and  so  on  alternately,  until 
the  pips  on  the  cards  played  make 
thirty-one,  or,  the  nearest  possible  num- 
ber under  that. 

When  the  party  whose  turn  it  may 
be  to  play,  cannot  produce  a  card  that 
will  make  thirty-one,  or  come  under 
that  number  he  is  then  to  say  Go  to  his 
antagonist,  who,  thereupon,  will  be  en- 
titled to  score  one,  or  must  play  any 
card  or  cards  he  may  have  that  will 
make  thirty-one,  or  under  ;  and  if  he 
can  make  exactly  thirty-one,  he  is  to 
take  two  points  ;  if  not,  one  ;  the  last 
player  has  often  opportunity  this  way 
to  make  pairs  or  sequences.  Such 
cards  as  remain  after  this  are  not  to  be 
played  ;  but  each  party  having,  during 
the  play,  scored  his  points  gained,  in  the 
manner  before  directed,  must  proceed ; 
the  non-dealer  first  to  count  and  take 
for  his  hand,  then  the  dealer  for  his 
hand,  and  also  for  his  crib,  reckoning 
the  cards  every  way  they  can  possibly 
be  varied,  and  always  including  the 
t  irned-up-card.  Points 

For  every  fifteen  .....  2 
Pair,  or  two  of  a  sort  ....  2 
Pair-royal,  or  three  of  a  sort  .  6 
Double  pa:"  royal,  or  four  ditto  12 


Knave  of  the  turned-up  suit      .     1 
Sequences    and    flushes    whatever 
number. 

2108.  MAXIMS  FOR  LAYING  OUT  THE 
CRIB  CARDS. — It  is  always  requisite  in 
laying  out  cards  for  the  crib,  that  every 
player  should  consider  not  only  his  own 
hand,  but  also  to  whom  the  crib  be- 
longs, as  well  as  the  state  of  the  game ; 
for  what  might  be  proper  in  one  situa- 
tion would  be  highly  imprudent  in 
another.  When  any  player  possesses  a 
pair-royal,  it  is  generally  advisable  to 
lay  out  the  other  cards,  for  crib,  unless 
it  belongs  to  the  adversary,  and  they 
consist  of  two  fives,  a  deuce,  and  a 
trois,  five  and  six,  seven  and  eight,  five 
and  any  other  tenth  card,  or  that  the 
game  be  almost  finished.  A  player, 
when  he  does  not  thereby  materially 
injure  his  hand,  should  for  his  own 
crib,  lay  out  close  cards,  in  hope  of 
making  a  sequence,  or  two  of  a  suit,  in 
expectation  of  a  flush  ;  or  any  that  of 
themselves  amount  to  fifteen,  or  such 
as  reckoned  with  others  will  make  that 
number,  except  when  the  -antagonist  be 
nearly  up,  and  it  may  be  expedient  to 
keep  such  cards  that  probably  may  pre- 
vent him  from  gaining  at  play.  The 
direct  contrary  method  should  be  pur- 
sued in  respect  to  the  adversary's  crib, 
which  each  person  should  endeavour 
to  baulk,  by  laying  out  those  cards  that 
'c  ve  not  likely  to  prove  to  advantage, 
unless  at  such  a  stage  of  the  game, 
\\  neii  it  may  be  of  consequence  to  keep 
in  hand  cards  likely  to  tell  in  play,  or 
when  the  non-dealer  would  be  either 
out  by  his  hand,  or  has  reason  for 
judging  the  crib  of  little  moment.  A 
king  is  the  best  card  to  baulk  a  crib, 
as  none  can  form  a  sequence  beyond  it, 
except  in  some  companies,  where  king, 
queen,  ace,  are  allowed  as  a  sequence ; 
and  either  a  king  or  queen,  with  an  ace, 
six,  seven,  eight,  or  nine,  are  good  ones 
to  put  out.  Low  cards  are  generally 
the  most  likely  to  gain  at  play  ;  the 
flushes  and  sequences,  particularly  if 
the  latter  be  also  flushes,  are,  the  most 
part,  eligible  hands,  as  thereby  tn* 
player  will  often  be  enabled  either  to 


YOU  MA.Y  DEPEND   THE  DUSTMAN   IS   YOUR  FRIEND: 


251 


assist  his  own  crib,  or  baulk  that  of  the 
opponent,  to  whom  a  knave  should 
never  be  given,  if  with  propr'ety  it  can 
be  retained. 

2109.  THREE  OR    FOUR  HAND   CRIB- 
BAGE,—Differs  only  from  the  preced- 
ing, as  the  parties  put  out  but  one  card 
each   to    the   crib,    and   when   thirty- 
one,  or  near  as  can  be,  has  been  made, 
then   the  next  eldest  hand  leads,  and 
the   players   go  on   again   in   rotation, 
with  any  remaining   cards,  till  all  are 
played  out  before  they  proceed  to  show. 
For    three-hand     cribbage    triangular 
boards  are  used. 

A  sort  of  three-hand  cribbage  is  some- 
times played,  wherein  one  person  sits 
out,  not  each  game,  but  each  deal  in 
rotation.  In  this  the  first  dealer  gene- 
rally wins. 

The  chances  in  this  game  are  often  so 
great  that  even  between  skilful  game- 
sters, it  is  possible,  at  five-card  cribbage, 
when  the  adversary  is  fifty-six,  for  a 
lucky  player  who  had  not  previously 
made  a  single  hole,  to  be  more  than  up 
in  two  dciilfi;  his  opponent  getting  no 
further  than  sixty  in  that  time  ;  and  in 
four-hand  cribbage  a  case  may  occur, 
wherein  none  of  the  parties  hold  a  single 
point  in  hand,  and  yet  the  dealer  and 
his  friend,  with  the  assistance  of  a  knave 
turned  up,  may  make  sixty-one  by  play 
in  one  deal,  while  the  adversary  only 
gets  twenty-four  ;  and  although  this  may 
not  happen  for  many  years,  yet  similar 
games  may  now  and  then  be  met  with. 

2110.  SIX-CARD  CKIBBAGE,  varies  from 
that  played  with  five,   as  the  players 
(always  only  two)   commence  on  an 
equality  without    scoring    any  points 
for  the  last,  retain  four  cards  in  hand 
and  all  the  cards  are  to  be  played  out, 
as  in  three  and  four-hand  cribbage,  with 
five  cards.     At  this  game  it  is  of  ad- 
vantage to  the  last  player  to  keep  as 
close  as  possible,  in  hopes  of  coming  in 
for  fifteen,  a  sequence,  or  pair,  besides 
the  end-hole,  or  thirty-one.     The  first 
dealer  is  reckoned  to  have  some  trifling 
advantage,  and  each  player  may,  on  the 
average,   expect  to  make  twenty-five 
points  in  eve-  r  two  d^U     The  ca'st 

11* 


non-dealer  is  considered  to  have  the 
preference,  when  he  gains  ten  or  more 
the  first  hand,  the  dealer  not  making 
more  than  his  average  number. 

Twenty-nine  is  the  greatest  possible 
number  that  can  be  gained  by  the  show 
of  any  hand  or  crib,  either  in  five  or 
six-card  cribbage ;  it  is  -composed  of 
three  fives  and  a  knave,  with  a  fourth 
five,  of  the  same  suit  as  the  knave  turned 
up  ;  this  very  seldom  happens ;  but 
twenty-four  is  an  uncommon  number, 
and  may  be  formed  of  four  threes  and  a 
nine,  or  two  fours,  one  five,  and  two 
sixes ;  and  some  other  combinations 
that  experience  will  point  out. 

2111.  EIGHT-CARD  CRIBBAGE,  is  some- 
times played,  but  very  seldom. 

Some  ingenious  people,  invented  a 
game  of  chance,  they  styled  playing  at 
cribbage  by  hackney  .-coaches ;  that  is, 
two  persons  placed  themselves  at  a 
window  in  some  great  thoroughfare 
street,  one  would  take  all  the  coaches 
from  the  right,  the  other  from  the  left ; 
the  figures  on  the  doors  of  the  carriages 
Were  reckoned  as  cards  in  show,  and 
every  person  that  happened  to  sit, 
stand,  or  hold  at  the  back  of  any  of  them, 
was  called  a  noddy,  and  scored  one. 
2112.  ODDS  OF  THE  GAME. 

The  average  number  estimated  to  be 
held  from  the  cards  in  hand  is  rather 
more  than  four,  and  under  five  ;  to  be 
gained  in  play  ;  two  foc,the  dealer,  and 
one  for  the  adversary,  making  in  all  an 
average  of  six  throughout  the  game  ; 
the  probability  of  the  crib  is  five  ;  BO 
that  each  player  ought  to  make  sixteen 
in  two  deals  ;  by  which  it  will  appear 
the  dealer  has  somewhat  the  advan- 
tage, supposing  the  cards  to  run  equal, 
and  the  players  well  atched.  By 
attending  to  this  calculb  -,ion,  any  per- 
son may  judge  whether  h  be  at  home 
or  not,  and  thereby  pla  •  his  game 
accordingly  :  either  making  a  grand 
push  when  he  is  behind  and  holds 
good  cards,  or  endeavouring  to  baulk 
his  adversary  when  his  hand  proves 
indifferent. 

2113.  ALL-FOURS  is  usually  played 
by  two  persons  :  not  unfrequently  by 


252 


MUDDLE  AT  HOME  MAKES  THE  HUSBAND  ROAM. 


four  Its  name  is  derived  from  the 
four  chances  called  high,  low,  Jack, 
gamt,  each  making  a  point.  A  com- 
plete pack  of  cards  must  be  provided, 
six  of  which  are  to  be  dealt  to  each 
party,  three  at  a  time ;  and  the  next 
card,  the  thirteenth,  is  to  be  turned  up 
for  the  trump  by  the  dealer,  who,  if  it 
prove  a  knave,  is  to  score  one  point. 
The  party  who  cuts  the  highest  card  is 
to  deal  first.  The  cards  rank  in  the 
same  manner  as  at  whist,  for  whoever 
scores  the  first  ten  points  wins. 

2114.  LAWS  OF  ALL-FOURS. — 1.  A 
new  deal  can  be  demanded,  if  in  deal- 
ing the   dealer  discovers  any  of  the 
adversary's  cards  ;   if,  to  either  party, 
too  many  cards  have  been  dealt ;  in  the 
latter    case    it    is    optional    with  the 
parties,  provided  it  be  done  before  a 
card  has   been  played,  but  not  after, 
to  draw  from  the  opposing  hand  the 
extra  card. 

2.  If  the  dealer  expose  any  of  his 
own  cards,  the  deal  is  to  stand  good. 

3.  No  person    can    beg  more  than 
once  in  each  hand,  except  by  mutual 
agreement. 

4.  Each  party  must  trump  or  fol- 
low   suit    if   they  can,  on  penalty  of 
the  adversary  scoring  one  point. 

5.  If  either  player  score  wrong-,  it 
must  be  taken  down,  and  the  adversary 
shall  either  score  four  points  or  one, 
as  may  have  previously  been  agreed. 

6.  When  a  trump  be  played,  it  is 
allowable  to  ask  the  adversary  if  it  be 
either  high  or  low. 

7.  One  card  may  count  all-fours ;  for 
example,   the   eldest    hand  holds  the 
knave  and  stands  his  game,  the  dealer 
has  neither  trump,  ten,  ace,  nor  court- 
card,  it  will  follow  that  the  knave  will 
be  both  high,  low,  Jack,  and  game,  as 
explained  by 

2115.  TERMS  USED  IN  ALL- FOURS — 
High,     The    highest  trump  out,    the 
holder  to  score  one  point. 

Low,  The  lowest  trump  out,  the 
original  holder  to  score  one  point, 
even  if  it  be  taken  by  the  adversary. 

Jack,  The  knar  a  of  trumps,  the 
holder  to  score  one,  unleas  it  bo  won 


by  the  adversary,  in  that  case  the 
winner  is  to  score  the  point. 

Game,  The  greatest  number  that,  iu 
the  trick  gained,  can  be  shown  hy 
either  party  ;  reckoning — 

Four  for  an  ace.  I  One  for  knave. 

Three  for  a  king.     Ten  for  a  ten. 

Two  for  a  queen.  | 

The  other  cards  do  not  count,  thus 
it  may  happen  that  a  deal  may  be 
played  without  having  any  to  reckon 
for  game. 

Begging  is  when  the  eldest  hand, 
disliking  his  card«,  uses  his  privilege, 
and  says,  "  I  leg  ;"  in  which  case,  the 
d  >aler  must  either  suffer  his  adversary 
t-  *core  one  point,  saying  "  take  one,' ' 
o :  give  each  three  cards  more  from  the 
pack,  and  then  turn  up  the  next  card, 
the  seventh,  for  trumps;  if,  however 
the  trump  turned  up  be  of  the  same 
suit  as  the  first,  the  dealer  must  go  on, 
giving  each  three  cards  more,  and 
turning  up  the  seventh,  until  a 
change  of  suit  for  trumps  shall  take 
place. 

2116.  MAXIMS. — 1.  Always  make  your 
knave  as  soon  as  you  can. 

2.  Strive  to  secure  your  tens:  this  is 
to  be  done  by  playing  any  small  cards, 
by  which  you  may  throw  the  lead  into 
your  adversary's  hand. 

3.  Win  your  adversary's  best  cards 
when  you  can,  either  by  trumping  or 
with  superior  cards. 

4.  If,  being  eldest  hand,  you  hold 
either   ace,  king,  or   queen  of  trumps, 
without  the   knave  or  ten,  play  them 
immediately,  as  by  this  means,  you  have 
a  chance  to  win  the  knave  or  ten. 

2117.  DOMINO.— This  game  is  play- 
ed by  two  or  four  persons,  with  twenty- 
eight  pieces  of  oblong  ivory,  plain  at 
the  back,  but  on  the  face  divided  by  a 
black  line  in  the  middle,  and  indented 
with  spots,  from  one  to  a  double -six, 
which  pieces  are  a  double  blank,  ace- 
blank,  double  ace,  deuce  blank,  deuce- 
ace,  double-deuce,  trois-blank,  trois-ace, 
trois-deuce,  double-trois,  four-blank 
four-ace,  four  deuce,  fbur-trois,  double- 
four,  five-blank,  five-ace,  five-deuce, 
feve-trois,  five-four,  double-five,  si* 


A  WAITING  APPETITE  KINDLES  MANY  A  SPITE. 


253 


blank,  six-ace,  six-deuce,  six-trois,  six- 
four,  six  five,  and  double-six.  Some 
times  a  double  set  is  played  with,  of 
which  double-twelve  is  the  highest. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  game, 
the  dominoes  are  well  mixed  together, 
with  their  faces  upon  the  table.  Each 
person  draws  one,  and  if  four  play, 
those  who  choose  the  two  highest  are 
partners,  against  those  who  take  the 
two  lowest;  drawing  the  latter  also 
serves  to  determine  who  is  to  lay  down 
the  first  piece,  which  is  reckoned  a 
great  advantage.  Afterwards  each 
player  takes  seven  pieces  at  random. 
The  eldest  hand  having  laid  down  one, 
the  next  must  pair  him  at  either  end  of 
the  piece  he  may  choose,  according  to 
the  number  of  pips,  or  the  blank  in  the 
compartment  of  the  piece ;  but  when- 
ever any  one  cannot  match  the  part, 
either  of  the  domino  last  put  down,  or 
of  that  imp/tired  at  the  other  end  of 
the  row,  then  he  says  go ;  and  the  next 
is  at  liberty  to  play.  Thus  they  play 
alternately,  either  until  one  party  has 
played  all  his  pieces,  and  thereby  won 
the  game,  or  till  the  game  be  blocked; 
that  is,  when  neither  party  can  play,  by 
matching  the  pieces  where  unpaired  at 
either  end ;  then  that  party  wins  who 
has  the  smallest  number  of  pips  on  the 
pieces  remaining  in  their  possession.  It 
is  to  the  advantage  of  every  player  to 
dispossess  himself  as  early  as  possible 
of  the  heavy  pieces,  such  as  a  double- 
six,  five,  four,  &c. 

Sometimes,  when  two  persons  play, 
they  take  each  only  seven  pieces,  and 
agree  to  play  or  draw,  i.  e.,  when  one 
cannot  come  in,  or  pair  the  pieces  upon 
the  board  at  the  end  unmatched,  he 
then  is  to  draw  from  the  fourteen  pieces 
in  stock  till  he  find  one  to  suit. 

This  game  requires  strict  attention, 
and  nothing  but  practice  will  make  a 
skilful  player. 

2118.  LOO.— Loo,  or  hie,  is  subdi- 
vided into  limited  and  unlimited  loo,  is 
&  game  the  complete  knowledge  of 
which  can  easily  be  acquired;  it  is 
played  two  ways,  both  with  five  and 
three  cards,  though  most  commonly 


with  five,  dealt  from  a  vthole  pack, 
either  first  three  and  then  two,  or  by 
one  at  a  time.  Several  persons  may 
play  together,  but  the  greatest  number 
can  be  admitted  when  with  three  cards 
only. 

After  five  cards  have  been  given  to 
each  player  another  is  turned  up  for 
trump ;  the  knave  of  clubs  generally, 
or  sometimes  the  knave  of  the  trump 
suit,  as  agreed  upon,  is  the  highest  card, 
and  is  styled  pain ;  the  ace  of  trumps 
is  next  in  value,  and  the  rest  in  succes- 
sion as  at  whist.  Each  player  has  the 
liberty  of  changing  for  others,  from  the 
pack,  all  or  any  of  the  five  cards  dealt, 
or  of  throwing  up  the  hand,  in  order  to 
escape  being  looed.  Those  who  play 
their  cards,  either  with  or  without 
changing,  and  do  not  gain  a  trick,  are 
looed ;  as  is  likewise  the  case  with  all 
who  have  stood  the  game,  when  a  flush 
or  flushes  occur ;  and  each,  excepting 
any  player  holding  pam,  of  an  inferior 
flush,  is  required  to  deposit  a  stake,  to 
be  given  to  the  person  who  sweeps  the 
board,  or  divided  among  the  winners  at 
the  ensuing  deal,  according  to  the  tricks 
which  may  then  be  made.  For  instance, 
if  every  one  at  dealing  stakes  half-a 
dollar,  the  tricks  are  entitled  to  six- 
pence a  piece,  and  whoever  is  looed 
must  put  down  half-a-dollar,  exclusive 
of  the  deal;  sometimes  it  is  settled 
that  each  person  looed  shall  pay  a  sum 
equal  to  what  happens  to  be  on  the 
table  at  the  time.  Five  cards  of  a 
suit  or  four  with  pain,  compose  a  flush, 
which  sweeps  the  board  and  yields  only 
to  a  superior  flush,  or  the  elder  hand. 
When  the  ace  of  trumps  is  led,  it  is 
usual  to  say,  "Pam,  be  civil;1'  the 
holder  of  which  last  mentioned  card  is 
then  expected  fo  let  the  ace  pass. 

When  loo  is  played  with  three  cards 
they  are  dealt  by  one  at  a  time,  pam  ie 
omitted,  and  the  cards  are  not  ex- 
changed, nor  permitted  to  be  thrown 

ul 

2119.  PUT.— The  game  of  put  ia 
ph  yed  with  an  entire  pack  of  cards, 
generally  by  two  but  sometimes  by 
four  persons.  At  this  game  the  card* 


264 


EGGS   BADLY   BOILED    ARE   GOOD   THINGS    SPOILED. 


have  a  different  value  from  all  others. 
The  best  card  in  the  pack  is  a  t rots,  or 
three  ,•  the  next  a  deuce,  or  two ;  then 
come  in  rotation,  as  at  other  games, 
the  ace,  king-,  queen,  knave,  ten,  &c. 
The  dealer  distributee  three  cards  to 
each  player,  by  one  at  a  time :  whoever 
cuts  the  lowest  card  has  the  deal,  and 
live  points  make  the  game,  except  when 
both  parties  eay,  "  I  put " — for  then 
the  score  is  at  an  end,  and  the  contest  is 
determined  in  favour  of  that  party 
who  may  win  two  tricks  out  of  three. 
When  it  happens  that  each  player  has 
won  a  trick, and  the  third  is  a  tie— that 
is,  covered  by  a  card  of  equal  value — 
the  whole  goes  for  nothing,  and  the 
game  must  begin  anew. 

2119*.  TWO-HANDED  PUT. —The 
eldest  hand  should  play  a  card  ;  and 
whether  the  adversary  pass  it,  win  it, 
or  tie  it,  you  have  a  right  either  to  say, 
"  I  put,"  or  place  your  cards  on  the  pack. 
If  you  accept  the  first,  and  your  oppo- 
nent decline  the  challenge,  you  score 
one:  If  you  prefer  the  latter,  your 
adversary  gains  a  point ;  but  if,  before 
he  play,  your  opponent  says,  "  I  put," 
and  you  do  not  choose  to  see  him,  he  is 
entitled  to  add  one  to  his  score.  It  is 
sometimes  good  play  to  say,  "I put," 
before  you  play  a  card ;  this  depends 
on  the  nature  of  your  hand. 

2120.  FOUR-HANDED  PUT.  — Each 
party  has   a  partner,  and  when  three 
cards  are  dealt  to  each,  one  of   the 
players  gives  his  partner  his  best   card, 
and  throws  the  other  two  away :  the 
dealer  is  at  liberty  to  do  the   same  to 
his  partner,  and  vice  versa.    The  two 
persons  who  have  received  their  part- 
ners' cards  play  the  game,  previously 
discarding  their  worst  card  for  the  one 
they  have  received  from  their  partners. 
The  game  then  proceeds  as  at  two- 
handed  put. 

2121.  LAWS  OP  PUT.— 1.  When  the 
dealer  accidentally  discovers  any  of  his 
adversary's  cards,  the  adversary  may 
demand  a  new  deal. 

2.  When  the  dealer  discovers  any  of 
his  own  cards  in  dealing,  he  must  abide 
by  the  deal 


3.  When  a  faced  card   is  discovered 
during  the  deal,  the  cards  must  be  re- 
shuffled, and  dealt  again. 

4.  If  the  dealer  gives  his  adversary 
more    cards    than    are  necessary,  the 
adversary  may  call  a  fresh  deal,  or  suffer 
the  dealer  to  draw  the  extra  cards  from 
his  hand. 

5.  If  the  dealer  give   himself  more 
cards  than  are  his  due,  the   adversary 
may  add  a  point  to  his  game,  and  call  a 
fresh  deal  if  he  pleases,  or  draw  the 
extra  cards  from  the  dealer's  hand. 

6.  No  bystander  must  interfere,  under 
penalty  of  paying  the  stakes. 

7.  Either  party  saying,   "I  put" — 
that   is,  I    play — cannot    retract,  but 
must  abide  the  event  of  the  game,  or 
pay  the  stakes. 

2122.  SPECULATION  is  a  noisy 
round  game,  at  which  several  may  play, 
using  a  complete  pack  of  cards,  bearing 
the  same  import  as  at  wL:?t,  with  fish 
or  counters,  on  which  sucL  a  value  is 
fixed  as  the  company  may  agree.  The 
highest  trump  in  each  deal  wins  the 
pool;  and  whenever  it  happens  that 
not  one  is  dealt,  then  the  company  poo] 
again,  and  the  event  is  decided  by  the 
succeeding  coup.  After  determining 
the  deal,  &c.,  the  dealer  pools  six  fish, 
and  every  other  player  four ;  then  three 
cards  are  given  to  each,  by  one  at 
a  time,  and  another  turned  up  for 
trump.  The  cards  are  not  to  be  looked 
at  except  in  this  manner:  the  eldest 
hand  shows  the  uppermost  card,  which, 
if  a  trump,  the  company  may  speculate 
on,  or  bid  for — the  highest  bidder  buy- 
ing and  paying  for  it,  provided  the  price 
offered  be  approved  of  by  the  seller. 
After  this  is  settled,  if  the  first  card 
does  not  prove  a  trump,  then  the  next 
eldest  is  to  show  the  uppermost  card, 
and  so  on — the  company  speculating  as 
they  please,  till  all  are  discovered, 
when  the  possessor  of  the  highest 
truinp,  whether  by  purchase  or  other- 
wise, gains  the  pool.  To  plav  at  specu- 
lation well,  a  recollection  only  is  requi- 
site of  what  superior  cards  of  that 
particular  suit  have  appeared  in  the 
preceding  deals,  and  calculating  tha 


WHEN   THE  HAND  IS  CLEAN  IT  NEEDS  NO  SCREEN. 


i  offered  proving 
the  highest  in  the  deal  then  undeter- 
mined. 

2123.  CONNEXIONS.— Three  or 
four  persons  may  play  at  this  game. 
If  the  former  number,  ten  cards  each 
are  to  be  given ;  but  if  the  latter,  only 
eight  are  dealt,  and  bear  the  same  im- 
port as  at  whist,  except  that  diamonds 
are  always  trumps.     The  connexions 
are  formed  as  follows: 

1.  By  the  tw«  black  aces. 

2.  The  ace  o"  spades  and   king  of 
hearts. 

3.  The  ace  of  clubs   and   king  of 
hearts. 

For  the  first  connexion  20cts.  are 
drawn  from  the  pool;  for  the  second, 
lOcts. ;  for  the  third,  and  by  the  win- 
ner of  the  majority  of  tricks,  Sets,  each 
is  taken.  These  sums  are  supposing 
gold  staked :  when  only  silver  is  pooled, 
then  pence  are  drawn.  A  trump  played 
in  any  round  where  there  is  a  connex- 
ion wins  the  trick,  otherwise  it  is  gained 
by  the  player  of  the  first  card  of  con- 
nexions; and,  after  a  connexion,  any 
following  player  may  trump  without 
incurring  a  revoke ;  and  also,  whatever 
suit  may  be  led,  the  person  holding  a 
card  of  connexion  is  at  liberty  to  play 
the  same ;  but  the  others  must,  if  pos- 
sible, follow  suit,  unless  one  of  them 
can  answer  the  connexion,  which  should 
be  done  in  preference.  No  money  can 
be  drawn  till  the  hands  are  finished; 
then  the  possessors  of  the  connexions 
are  to  take  first  according  to  preced- 
ence, and  those  having  the  majority  of 
tricks  take  last. 

2124.  POPE  JOAN.— Pope,  a  game 
somewhat  similar  to  that  of  matrimony, 
is  played  by  a  number  of  people,  who 
generally  use  a  board  painted  for  this 
purpose,  which  may  be  purchased  at 
most  turners'  or  toy  shops.     The  eight 
of  diamonds  must  first  be  taken  from 
the  pack,  and  after  settling  the  deal, 
shuffling,  &c.,  the  dealer  dresses  the 
board,  by  putting  fish  counters,  or  other 
stakes,  one  each  to  ace,  king,  queen, 
knave,  and  game ;  two  to  matrimony, 
two  to  intrigue  a  d  SIT  k  *•-!  3  nine  of 


diamonds,  styled  Pope.  This  dressing 
is,  in  some  companies,  at  the  individual 
expense  of  the  dealer,  though,  in  others, 
the  players  contribute  two  stakes 
a-piece  towards  the  same.  The  cards 
are  next  to  be  dealt  round  equally  to 
every  player,  one  turned  up  for  the 
trump,  and  about  six  or  eight  left  in 
the  stock  to  form  stops;  as,  for  example, 
if  the  ten  of  spades  be  turned  up,  the 
nine  consequently  becomes  a  stop ;  the 
four  kings  and  the  seven  of  diamonds, 
are  always  fixed  stops,  and  the  dealer 
is  the  only  person  permitted,  in  the 
course  of  the  game,  to  refer  occasion- 
ally to  the  stock  for  information  what 
other  cards  are  stops  in  their  respective 
deals.  If  either  ace,  king,  queen,  or 
knave  happen  to  be  the  turned-up 
trump,  the  dealer  may  take  whatever 
is  deposited  on  that  head ;  but  when 
pope  be  turned  up,  the  dealer  Is  entitled 
both  to  that  and  the  game,  besides  a 
stake  for  every  card  dealt  to  each 
player.  Unless  the  game  be  deter- 
mined by  pope  being  turned  up,  the 
eldest  hand  must  begin  by  playing  out 
as  many  cards  as  possible;  first  the 
stops,  then  pope,  if  he  has  it,  and  after- 
wards the  lowest  card  of  his  longest 
suit,  particularly  an  ace,  for  that  never 
can  be  led  through;  the  other  players 
are  to  follow,  when  they  can,  in  se- 
quence of  the  same  suit,  till  a  stop  oc- 
curs, and  the  party  having  the  stop 
thereby  becomes  eldest  hand,  and  is  to 
lead  accordingly ;  and  so  on,  until  some 
person  part  with  all  his  cards,  by  which 
he  wins  the  pool  (game),  and  becomes 
entitled  besides  to  a  stake  for  every 
card  not  played  by  the  others,  except 
from  any  one  holding  pope,  which  ex- 
cuses him  from  paying;  but  if  pope 
has  been  played,  then  the  party  having 
held  it  is  not  excused.  King  and  queen 
form  what  is  denominated  matrimony ; 
queen  and  knave  make  intrigue,  when 
'u  the  same  hand ;  but,  neither  these, 
ior  ace,  king,  queen,  knave,  nor  pope, 
entitle  the  holder  to  the  stakes  deposit- 
ed thereon,  unless  played  out ;  and  no 
claim  can  be  allowed  after  the  board 
3e  dressed  for  the  succeeding  deal ;  but 


«56 


TO  OBTAIN  COFFEE  HOT,  WELL   WARM  THE   POT. 


in  all  such  cases  the  stakes  are  to  re- 
main for  future  determination.  This 
game  only  requires  a  little  attention  to 
recollect  what  stops  have  been  made  in 
the  course  of  the  play ;  as,  for  instance, 
it  a  player  begin  by  laying  down  the 
eight  of  cl'ibs.  then  the  seven  in  another 
liand  forms  a  stop,  whenever  that  suit 
be  led  from  any  lower  card;  or  the 
holder,  when  eldest,  may  safely  lay  it 
down,  in  order  to  clear  his  hand. 

2125.  MATRIMONY.— The  game 
of  matrimony  is  played  with  an  entire 
pack  of  cards,  by  any  number  of  per- 
sons from  five  to  fourteen.  It  consists 
of  five  chances,  usually  marked  on  a 
board,  or  sheet  of  paper,  as  follows : — 

Besi. 
The  Ace  of  Diamonds  turned  up. 


« 

E 

^1 

INTEIGUE  ; 

1  s 

•l-e 

OR, 

P  rt 

3   D. 

*>  «e 

g  *         QUEEN  AND  KNAVE. 

:*^  L—  _ 

fl 

This  game  is  generally  played  with 
counters,  and  the  dealer  puts  what  he 
pleases  on  each  or  any  chance,  the  other 
players  depositing  each  the  same  quan- 
tity, except  one — that  is,  when  the 
dealer  stakes  twelve,  the  rest  of  the 
company  lay  down  eleven  each.  After 
this,  two  cards  are  dealt  round  to  every 
one,  beginning  on  the  left ;  then  to  each 
person  one  other  card,  which  is  turned 
up,  and  he  who  so  happens  to  get  the 
ace  of  diamonds  sweeps  all.  If  it  be 
not  turned  up,  then  each  player  shows 
his  hand;  -and  any  of  them  having 
matrimony,  intrigue,  &c.,  takes  the 
counters  on  that  point;  and  when  two 
or  more  people  happen  to  have  a  simi- 
lar combination,  the  eldest  hand  has 
the  preference ;  and,  should  any  chance 
ot  be  gained,  it  stands  over  to  the 
t  ext  deal. — Observe:  The  ace  of  dia- 
nonds  turned  up  takes  the  whole  pool, 
ut  when  in  Lund  ranks  only  as  any 
other  ace ;  and  if  not  turned  up,  nor 
any  ace  in  hand,  then  the  king,  or  next 
superior  card,  wij.s  th«  chancf  styled 
best. 


2126.  CASSINO.— The  game  of  ca» 
sino  is  played  with  an  entire  pack  01 
cards,  generally  by  four  persons,  but 
sometimes  by  three,  and  often  by  two. 

2127.  TERMS  USED  IN  CASSINO.— 
Great  Cassino,  the   ten   of  diamonds, 
which  reckons  for  two  points. 

Little  Cassino,  the  two  of  spades, 
which  reckons  for  one  point. 

The  Cards  is  when  you  have  a  greater 
share  than  your  adversary,  and  reckons 
for  three  points. 

The  Spades  is  when  you  have  the 
majority  of  that  suit,  and  reckons  for 
one  point. 

The  Aces  :  each  of  which  reckons  for 
one  point. 

Lurched  is  when  your  adversary  has 
won  the  game  before  you  have  gained 
six  points. 

In  some  deals,  at  this  game,  it  may  so 
happen  that  neither  party  wins  anything, 
as  the  points  are  not  set  up  according 
to  the  tricks,  &c.,  obtained;  but  the 
smaller  number  is  constantly  subtracted 
from  the  larger,  both  in  cards  and 
points ;  and,  if  they  both  prove  equal, 
the  game  commences  again,  and  the 
deal  goes  on  in  rotation.  When  three 
persons  play  at  this  game,  the  two  low- 
est add  their  points  together,  and  sub- 
tract from  the  highest ;  but  when  their 
two  numbers  together  either  amount 
to  or  exceed  the  highest,  then  neither 
party  scores. 

2128.  LAWS  OF  CASSINO.— The  deal 
and  partners  are  determined  by  cut- 
ting,   as    at    whist,    and    the    dealer 
gives  four  cards,  by  one  at  a  time,  to 
svery  player,  and  either  regularly,  as 
be  deals,  or  by  one,  two,  three,  or  four 
at  a  time,  lays  four  more,  face  upwards, 
upon  the  board,  and,  after  the  first  cards 
are  played,  four  others  are  to  be  dealt 
to  each  person,  until  the  pack  be  con- 
cluded ;  but  it  is  only  in  the  first  deal 
that  any  cards  are  to  be  turned  up. 

The  deal  is  not  lost  when  a  card  i& 
faced  by  the  dealer,  unless  in  the  first 
round,  before  any  of  the  four  cards  are 
turned  up  upon  the  table  ;  but  if  a 
card  happen  to  be  faced  in  the  pack, 
before  any  of  the  said  four  bo  turned 


A  DIRTY  STOVE  MAKES  DINNER  LATE. 


257 


ap,    then    the    deal    must    be  begun 
again. 

-•  Any  person  playing  with  less  than 
four  cards  must  abide  by  the  loss ;  and 
should  a  card  be  found  under  the  table 
the  player  whose  number  is  deficient  is 
to  take  the  same. 

Each  person  plays  one  card  at  a  time, 
vith  which  he  may  not  only  take  at 
nee  every  card  of  the  same  denomi- 
nation upon  the  table,  but  likewise  all 
hat  will  combine   therewith  ;  as,  for 
nstance,  a  ten  takes  not  only  every  ten, 
but  also  nine  and  ace,  eight  and  deuce, 
seven  and  three,  six  and  four,  or  two 
fives ;  and  if  he  clear  the  board  before 
the  conclusion  of  the  game,  he   is  to 
score  a  point,  and  whenever  any  player 
cannot  pair  or  combine,  then  he  is  to 
put  down  a  card. 

The  number  of  tricks  are  not  to  be 
examined  or  counted  before  all  the  cards 
be  played  ;  nor  may  any  trick  but  that 
last  won  be  looked  at,  as  every  mistake 
must  be  challenged  immediately. 

After  all  the  pack  be  dealt  out,  the 
player  who  obtains  the  last  trick  sweeps 
all  the  cards  then  remaining  unmatched 
upon  the  table, 

2129.  VINGT-UN.— The  game  of 
Vingt-un,  or  twenty-one,  may  be  played 
by  two  or  more  people ;  and,  as  the 
deal  is  advantageous,  and  often  con- 
tinues long  with  the  same  person,  it  is 
usual  to  determine  it  at  the  commence- 
ment by  turning  up  the  first  ace,  or 
any  other  mode  that  may  be  agreed  upon. 
The  cards  must  all  be  dealt  out  in 
succession,  unless  a  natural  Vingt-un 
occurs,  and  in  the  meantime  the  pone, 
or  youngest  hand,  should  collect  those 
that  have  been  played,  and  shuffle  them 
together,  ready  for  the  dealer,  against 
the  period  when  he  shall  have  dis- 
tributed the  whole  pack.  The  dealer 
is  first  to  give  two  cards,  by  one  at  a 
time,  to  each  player,  including  himself; 
then  to  ask  eve~v  person  in  rotation, 
beginning  with  tne  eldest  hand  on  the 
left,  whether  he  stands  or  chooses 
another  card,  which,  if  required,  must 
be  given  from  off  the  top  of  the  pack, 
and  afterwards  another,  or  more,  if 


desired,  till  the  points  of  the  additional 
card  or  cards,  added  to  those  dealt, 
exceed  or  make  twenty-one  exactly,  ot 
such  a  number  less  than  twenty-one  as 
may  be  judged  proper  to  stand  upon ; 
but  when  the  points  exceed  twenty- 
one,  then  tke  cards  of  that  individual 
player  are  to  be  thrown  up  directly, 
and  the  stakes  to  be  paid  to  the  dealer, 
who  also  is,  in  turn,  entitled  to  draw 
additional  cards;  and,  on  taking  a 
Vingt-un,  is  to  receive  double  stakes 
from  all  who  stand  the  game,  except 
such  other  players  likewise  having 
twenty-one,  between  whom  it  is  thereby 
a  drawn  game ;  and  when  any  adversary 
has  a  Vingt-un,  and  the  dealer  not,  then 
the  opponent  so  having  twenty-one, 
wins  double  stakes  from  him.  In  other 
cases,  except  a  natural  Vingt-un  hap- 
pen, the  dealer  pays  single  stakes  to  all 
whose  numbers  under  twenty-one  are 
higher  than  his  own.  and  receives  from 
those  who  have  lower  numbers  ;  but 
nothing  is  paid  or  received  by  such 
players  as  have  similar  numbers  to  the 
dealers  ;  and  when  the  dealer  draws 
more  than  twenty-one,  he  is  to  pay  to 
all  who  have  not  thrown  up. 

Twenty-one,  whensoever  dealt  in  the 
first  instance, is  style-da  Natural  yingt- 
un,  should  be  declared  immediately, 
ind  entitles  the  possessor  to  the  deal, 
>esides  double  stakes  from  all  the 
)layers,  unless  there  shall  be  more  than 
)ne  natural  Vingt-un ;  in  which  case 
;he  younger  hand  or  hands,  so  having 
;he  same,  are  excused  from  paying  to 
'••he  eldest,  who  takes  the  deal  of 
course. 

Observe  :  An  ace  may  be  reckoned 
either  as  eleven  or  one  ;  every  court- 
sard  is  counted  as  ten,  and  the  rest  of 
he  pack  according  to  their  points. 

The  odds  of  this  game  merely  depend 
ipon  the  average  quantity  of  cards 
ikely  to  come  under  or  exceed  twenty 
ne :  for  example,  if  those  in  hand 
nake  fourteen  exactly,  it  ie  seven  to 
ix  that  the  one  next  drawn  does  not 
nuke  the  number  of  points  abovo 
wenty-one,  but  if  the  points  be  fifteen, 
t  is  seven  to  six  against  that  hand  •  v<** 


258 


A  CHAIR  UNSOUND  WILL  SOON  FIND  THE  GROUND. 


it  would  not,  therefore,  always  be 
prudent  to  stand  at  fifteen,  for  us  th 
ace  may  be  calculated  both  ways  ;  it  if 
rather  above  an  even  bet  that  the  ad 
versary's  two  first  cards  amount  to 
more  than  fourteen.  A  natural  Vingt- 
un  may  be  expected  once  in  seven 
coups,  when  two,  and  twice  in  seven 
when  four  people  play,  and  so  on,  ac- 
eonling  to  the  number  of  players. 

2130.  QUADRILLE.— The  game  o 
Quadrille  is  played  by  four  persons :  and 
the  number  of  cards  required  are  forty  ; 
the  four  tens,  nines,  and  eights,  being 
discarded  from  the  pack.     The  deal  is 
made  by  distributing  the  cards  to  each 
player,  three  at  a  time  for  two  rounds, 
and   four   at  a   time    for   one  round  ; 
commencing      with      the     right-hand 
player,  who  is  the  eldest  hand. 

The  trump  is  made  by  the  person 
who  plays,  with  or  without  calling,  by 
naming  spades,  clubs,  diamonds,  or 
hearts,  and  the  suit  named  are  trumps. 

Rank  and  order  of  the  cards,  when 
trumps,  or  when  not  so : — 

2131.  RANK  AND  ORDER  OF  THE 
CARDS  WHEN  TRUMPS  : — 


Clubs  and  Spades. 

Hearts  and  Diamonds 

Spadille,  the  ace  of 

Spadille,  the  ace  of 

spades 

spades. 

Manille,  the  deuce 

Manille,  the  seven 

of  spades  or  of 

of  hearts  or  of 

clubs. 

diamonds. 

Basto,  the  ace  of 

Basto,  the  ace  of 

clubs. 

clubs. 

Punto,  the  ace  of 

hearts  or  of  dia- 

monds. 

King.          Six. 

King.         Three. 

Queen.       Five. 

Queen.      Four. 

Knave.        Four. 

Knave.      Five. 

Seven.         Three. 

Deuce.       Six. 

11  in  all. 

12  in  all. 

2132.  RANK  AND  ORDER  OF  THE 

CARDS  WHEN  NOT  TRUMPS  :  — 

Clubs  and  Spades. 

Hearts  and  Diamonds 

King.          Five. 

King.        Three. 

Queen.        Four. 

Queen       Four. 

Knave        Three. 

Knave.      Five. 

Seven.        Deine. 

Ace.           Six. 

Six. 

Deuce.       Seven. 

9  in  all           I          10  in  all. 

From  those  tables  it  will  be  observed 
that  spadille  and  basto  are  always 
trumps:  and  that  the  red  suits  have 
one  trump  more  than  the  black,  the 
former  twelve,  and  the  latter  only 
eleven. 

There  is  a  trump  between  spadille 
and  basto,  which  is  called  manille,  and 
is  in  black  the  deuce,  and  in  red  the 
seven  :  they  are  the  second  cards  when 
trumps,  and  the  last  in  their  respective 
suits  when  not  trumps. — Example  :  the 
deuce  of  spades  being  second  trump, 
when  they  are  trumps,  and  the  lowest 
card  when  clubs,  hearts,  or  diamonds 
are  trumps,  and  so  of  the  rest. 

Punto  is  the  ace  of  hearts  or  dia- 
monds which  are  above  the  king,  and 
the  fourth  trump,  when  either  of  those 
suits  are  trumps,  but  are  below  the 
knave,  and  ace  of  diamonds  or  hearts 
when  they  are  not  trumps.  The  two 
of  hearts  or  diamonds  is  always  supe- 
rior to  the  three ;  the  three  to  the  four ; 
the  four  to  the  five ;  and  the  five  to  the 
six  ;  the  six  is  only  superior  to  the  seven 
when  it  is  not  trumps,  for  when  the 
seven  is  manille,  it  is  the  second 
trump. 

There  are  three  matadores,  viz., 
spadille,  manille,  and  basto :  whose  priv- 
ilege is,  when  the  player  has  no  other 
trumps  but  them,  and  trumps  are  led, 
be  is  not  obliged  to  play  them,  but  may- 
play  what  card  he  thinks  proper,  prr 
ided,  however,  that  the  trump  led  is 
of  an  inferior  value;  but,  if  spadille 
should  be  led,  he  that  has  manille,  or 
tmsto  only,  is  compelled  to  lead  it,  which 
s  the  case  with  basto  in  respect  to  ma- 
nille, the  superior  matadore  always 
forcing  the  inferior. 

Terms  used  in  Quadrille. 

To  ask  leave  is  to  ask  leave  to  play 
with  a  partner,  by  calling  a  king. 

Basto  is  the  ace  of  clubs,  and  alwayi 
;he  third  best  trump. 

Bast  is  a  penalty  incurred  by  not 
winning  when  you  stand  your  game,  or 
>y  renouncing ;  in  which  cases  you  pay 
as  many  counters  as  are  down. 

Chemlle  is  being  between  the«eldes» 
iand  aud  the  dealer 


TEA   SELDOM  SPOILS)    WHEN  WATER  BOILS. 


259 


Codille  is  when  those  who  defend 
the  pool  make  more  tricks  than  those 
who  defend  the  game,  which  is  called 
winning  the  codille. 

Consolation  is  a  claim  to  the  game, 
always  paid  by  those  who  lose,  whether 
by  codille  or  demise. 

Devole  is  when  he  who  stand*  the 
game  make?  no  trick. 

Double  is  to  p. ay  for  double  stakes, 
with  regard  to  the  game,  the  consola- 
tion, the  sans  prendre,  the  matadores, 
and  the  devole. 

Force,  the  ombre  is  said  to  be  forced 
when  a  strong  trump  is  played  for  the 
adversary  to  over-trump.  He  is,  like- 
wise, said  to  be  forced  when  he  asks 
leave,  and  one  of  the  other  players 
obliges  him  to  play  sans  prendre ;  or 
pass,  by  offering  to  play  sans  prendre. 

Forced  spadille  is,  when  all  have 
passed,  he  who  has  spadille  is  obliged 
to  play  it. 

Forced  sans  prendre  is,  when  having 
asked  leave,  one  of  the  players  offers 
to  play  alone,  in  which  case  you  are 
obliged  to  play  alone  or  pass. 

Friend  is  the  player  who  has  the 
king  called. 

Impasse.  To  make  the  impasse  is 
when,  being  in  cheville,  the  knave  of 
a  suit  is  played,  of  which  the  player 
has  the  king. 

Manille  is,  in  black,  the  deuce  of 
spades  or  clubs ;  in  red  the  seven  of 
hearts  or  diamonds,  and  is  always  the 
second  best  trump. 

Mark  means  the  fish  put  down  by 
the  dealer. 

Mille  is  a  mark  of  ivory  which  is 
sometimes  used,  and  stands  for  ten 
fish. 

Matadores,  or  matts,  are  spadille, 
manille,  and  baeto,  which  are  always 
the  three  best  trumps.  False  mata- 
dores are  any  sequence  of  trumps,  fol- 
lowing- the  matadores  regularly. 

Ombre  is  the  name  given  to  him  who 
stands  the  game,  by  calling  or  playing 
sans  peller,  or  sans  prendre. 

Party  is  the  duration  of  the  game, 
in  vording  to  the  number  of  tours  agreed 
to  be  played. 


Pass  is  the  term  used  when  you  have 
not  either  a  hand  to  play  alone,  or  with 
calling  a  king. 

Ponto  or  Punto,  is  the  ace  of  dia- 
monds, when  diamonds  are  trumps ;  or 
hearts,  when  they  are  trumps,  and  is 
then  the  fourth  trump. 

Pool.  The  pool  consists  of  the  fishes, 
which  are  staked  for  the  deals,  or  the 
counters  put  down  by  the  players,  or 
the  basts  which  go  to  the  game.  To 
defend  the  pool  is  to  be  agains^  him 
who  stands  the  game. 

Prise  is  the  number  of  fish  or  coun- 
ters given  to  each  player  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  game. 

Regie  is  the  order  to  be  observed  at 
the  game. 

Remise  is  when  they  who  stand  tho 
game  do  not  make  more  tricks  than 
they  who  defend  the  pool,  and  then 
they  lose  by  remise. 

Denounce  is  not  to  play  in  the  suit 
led  when  you  have  it ;  likewise,  when 
not  having  any  of  the  suit  led,  you  win 
with  a  card  that  is  the  only  one  you 
have  of  that  suit  in  which  you  are 
playing. 

Reprise  is  synonymous  with  party 

Report  is  synonymous  with  reprme 
and  party. 

Roi  Rendu  is  the  king  surrendered 
when  called  and  given  to  the  ombre, 
for  which  he  pays  a  fish;  in  which  case, 
the  person  to  whom  the  game  is  given 
up,  must  wTin  the  game  alone. 

Spadille  is  the  ace  of  spades,  which 
is  always  the  best  trump. 

Sans  Appeller  is  playing  without  call- 
ing a  king. 

Saws  Prendre  is  erroneously  used  for 
sans  appeller,  meaning  the  same. 

Tenace  is  to  wait  with  two  trumps 
that  must  make  when  he  that  has  two 
others  is  obliged  to  lead,  such  as  the 
two  black  aces  against  manille  or 
punto. 

Tours  are  the  counters,  which  they 
who  win  put  down,  to  mark  the  num- 
ber of  coups  played. 

Vole  is  to  get  all  the  tricks,  eithof 
with  a  friend  or  alone,  sans  prendre,  01 
de^.ared  at  the  first  of  the  deal. 


260 


TOO    MUCH   BED    MAKES    A    DULL   HEAD. 


2133.   LAWS  OF  QUADRILLE.  —  1. 

The  cards  arc  to  be  dealt  by  fours  ancl 
threes,  and  in  no  other  manner.  The 
dealer  is  at  liberty  to  begin  by  four  or 
three.  If  in  dealing  there  is  a  faced 
card,  there  must  be  a  new  deal,  unless 
it  is  the  last  card. 

2.  If  there  are  too  many  or  too  few 
cards,  it  is  also  a  new  deal. 

3.  No  penalty  is  inflicted  for  dealing 
wrong,  but  the  dealer  must  deal  again. 

4.  He  who  asks  leave  must  play. 
5.^o  one  should  play  out  of  his 

turn ;  if,  however,  he  does,  he  is  not 
basted  for  it,  but  the  card  played  may 
be  called  at  any  time  in  that  deal,  pro- 
vided it  does  not  cause  a  revoke ;  or 
either  of  the  adversaries  may  demand 
the  partner  of  him  who  played  out  of 
his  turn,  or  his  own  partner,  to  play 
any  suit  he  thinks  fit. 

6.  No  matadore  can  be  forced  but  by 
a  superior  matt ;  but  the  superior  forces 
the  inferior,  when   led   bj  the    first 
player. 

7.  Whoever    names    any   suit  for 
trumps  must  abide  by  it,  even  though 
it  should  happen  to  be  his  worst  suit. 

8.  If  you  play  with  eleven  cards  you 
are  basted. 

9.  If  you  play  sans  prendre,  or  have 
matadores,  you  are  to  demand  them  be- 
fore the  next  dealer  has  finished  his 
deal,  otherwise  you  lose  the  benefit. 

10.  If  any  one  names  his  trump  with- 
out asking  leave,  he  must  play  alone, 
unless  the  youngest  hand  and  the  rest 
have  passed. 

11.  If  any  person  plays  out  of  his 
turn,  the  card  may  be  called  at  any  time 
or  the  adversary  may  call  a  suit. 

12.  If  the  person  who  won  the  sixth 
trick  plays  the  seventh  card,  he  must 
play  the  vole. 

13.  If  you  have  four  kings,  you  may 
call  a  queen  to  one  of  your  kings,  01 
call  one  of  your  kings;  but  you  must 
not  call  the  queen  of  trumps. 

14.  If  a  card  is  separated  from  the 
rest,  and  it  is  seen,  it  must  be  played 
if  the  adverse  party  has  seen  it,  unless 
the  person  who  separated  it  plays  sane 
prendre. 


1 5.  If  the  king  called  or  his  partner 
alays  out  of  his  turn,  no  vole  can  be 
clayed. 

16.  No  one  is  to  be  basted  for  a  re- 
nounce, unless  the  trick  is  turned  and 
quitted ;  and  if  any  person  renounces 
and  it  is  discovered,  if  the  player  should 
lappen  to  be  basted  by  such  renounce, 
all  the  parties  are  to  take  up  their  cards 
and  play  them  over  again. 

17.  Forced  spadille  is  not  obliged  to 
make  three  tricks. 

18.  The  person  who  undertakes  to 
play  the  vole   has   the   preference   of 
playing  before  him  who  offers  tc  play 
sans  prendre. 

19.  The  player  is  entitled  to  know 
who  is  his  king  called,  before  he  de- 
clares for  the  vole. 

20.  When   six  tricks  are  won,  the 
person   who  won   the  sixth   must  say, 
'  I  play — or  do  not  play — the  vole  ;" 

or  "  I  ask  ;"  and  no  more. 

21.  He  who  has  passed  once  has  no 
right  to  play  after,  unless  he  has  spa- 
dille ;  and  he  who  asks  must  play,  un- 
less   somebody  else  plays   sans  pren- 
dre. 

22.  If  the  players  show  their  cards 
before  they  have  won  six  tricks,  they 
may  be  called. 

23.  Whoever  has  asked  leave  cannot 
play  sans  prendre,  unless  he  is  forced. 

24.  Any   person    may   look   at    the 
tricks  when  he  is  to  lead. 

25.  Whoever,  playing  for  a  vole,  loses 
it,  has  a  right  to  stakes,  sans  prendre, 
and  matadores. 

26.  Forced  spadille  cannot  play  for 
the  vole. 

27.  If  any  person  discover  his  game 
he  cannot  play  the  vole. 

28.  No  one  is  to  declare  how  many 
trumps  are  out. 

29.  He  who  plays  and  does  not  win 
three   tricks,   is  basted   alone,    unless 
forced  spadille. 

30.  If  there  are  two  cards  of  a  port, 
it  is  avoid  deal,  if  discovered  before  the 
deal  is  played  out. 

2133.*  RULES  FOB  LEARJCERS. — When 
you  are  the  ombre,  and  your  friend 
leads  from  a  matt,  play  your  best  trumn 


A   LETTER-BOX    SAVES   MANY   KNOCKS. 


261 


and  then  lead  the  next  best  the  first 
opportunity. 

If  you  possess  all  the  trumps,  con- 
tinue to  lead  them,  except  you  hold 
certain  other  winning  cards. 

If  all  the  other  matts  are  not  re- 
vealed by  the  tizue  you  have  six  tricks, 
do  not  run  a  risk  in  playing  for  the 
vole. 

When  you  are  the  friend  called,  and 
hold  only  a  mutt,  lead  it ;  but  if  it  is 
guarded  by  a  smali  trump,  lead  that. 
But  when  the  ombre  is  last  player,  lead 
the  best  trump  you  possess. 

Punto  in  red,  or  king  of  trumps  in 
black,  are  good  cards  to  lead  when  you 
are  best;  and  should  either  of  them 
succeed,  then  play  a  small  trump. 

If  the  ombre  leads  to  discover  his 
friend,  and  you  have  king,  queen,  and 
knave,  put  on  the  knave. 

Preserve  the  suit  called,  whether 
friend  or  foe. 

When  playing-  against  a  lone  hand, 
never  lead  a  king,  unless  you  have  the 
queen  ;  or  change  the  suit :  and  pre- 
vent, if  possible,  the  ombre  from  being 
last  player. 

You  are  to  call  your  strongest  suits, 
except  you  have  a  queen  guarded ;  and 
if  elder  hand,  you  have  a  better  chance 
than  middle  hand. 

A  good  player  may  play  a  weaker 
game^  either  elder  or  younger,  than 
middle  hand. 

2134.  QUINZE.— This  game  is 
usually  played  by  only  two  persons, 
and  is  much  admired  for  its  simplicity 
and  fairness,  as  it  depends  entirely 
upon  chance,  is  soon  decided,  and  does 
not  require  that  attention  which  most 
other  games  do.  It  is,  therefore,  par- 
ticularly calculated  for  those  who  love 
to  sport  upon  an  equal  chance. 

Quwize  is  a  French  game,  and  is  so 
called  from  fifteen  being  the  game, 
which  must  be  made  as  follows : — 

1.  The  cards  must  be  shuffled  by  the 
two  players,  and  when  they  have  cut 
for  deal,"  which  falls  to  the  lot  of  him 
who  cuts  the  lowest,  the  dealer  has  the 
liberty  at  this,  as  well  as  all  other 
games,  to  ahuffle  them  again 


2.  When  this  is  done,  the  adversary 
cuts  them ;    after  which,    the  dealer 
gives  one  card  to  his  opponent,  and  one 
to  himself. 

3.  Should  the  dealer's  adversary  not 
approve  of  his  card,  he  is  entitled  to 
have  as  many  cards  given  to  him,  one 
after  the  other,  as  will  make  fifteen,  or 
come   nearest  to  that  number ;  which 
are  usually  given  from  the  top  of  the 
pack  :  for  example — if  he  should  have 
a  deuce,  and  draw  a  five,  which  amounts 
to  seven,  he  must  continue  going  on,  in 
expectation  of  coming  nearer  to  fifteen 
If  he  draw  an  eight,  which  will  make 
just  fifteen,  he,  as  being  eldest  hand,  is 
sure  of  winning  the  game.     But  if  he 
overdraw  himself,  and  make  more  than, 
fifteen,  he  loses,  unless  the  dealer  should 
happen  to  do  the  same  ;  which  circum- 
stance constitutes  a  draw  game  ;  and 
the  stakes  are  consequently  doubled. 
In  this  manner  they  persevere,  until 
one  of  them  has  won  the  game,  by 
standing  and  being  nearest  to  fifteen. 

4.  At  the  end  of  each  game  the  cards 
are  packed  and  shuffled,  and  the  players 
again  jjut  for  deal. 

on  the 


side  of  the  elder  hand.     (See  161.) 

2J35.  THE  WEATHER  AND  THE 
BLOOD.— In  dry,  sultry  weather  the 
heat  ought  to  be  counteracted  by 
means  of  a  cooling  diet.  To  this  pur- 
poce,  cucumbers,  melons,  and  juicy 
fruit  are  subservient.  We  ought  to 
give  the  preference  to  such  alimentary 
substances  as  lead  to  contract  the  juices 
which  are  too  much  expanded  by  the 
heat,  and  the  property  is  possessed  by 
all  acid  food  and  drink.  To  this  ciass 
belong  all  sorts  of  salad,  lemons, 
oranges,  pomegranates  sliced  and 
sprinkled  with  sugar,  for  the  acid  of 
this  fruit  is  not  so  apt  to  derange  the 
stomach  as  that  of  lemons:  also  cherries 
and  strawberries,  curds  turned  with 
lemon  acid  or  cream  of  tartar  :  cream 
of  tartar  dissolved  in  water — lemonade 
and  Khenish  or  Moselle  wine  mixed 
with  water. 

2136.  A  LEMONADE,  composed  01 
two  bottles  "f  champagne,  one  bottl* 


262 


A   BE1.L   HUNG    WELL   ITS   TALE   WILL   TELL. 


of  seltzer  water,  three  pomegranates, 
three  lemons,  and  of  sugar  quantum 
sitfficit,  is  a  princely  beverage  in  hot 
weather ;  only  care  must  be  taken  that 
the  perspiration  is  not  thereby  too  much 
encouraged. 

2137.  SUMMER  CHAMPAGNE.— 
To  four  parts  of  eelter  water  add  one 
of  Moselle  wine  (or  hock),  and  put  a 
tea- spoon ful  of  powdered  sugar  into  a 
wine-glassful  of  this  mixture  ;  an  ebulli- 
tion takes  place,  and  you  have  a  sort  of 
champagne  which  is  more  wholesome 
in  hot  weather  than  the  genuine  wine 
known  by  that  name. 

2138.  OUR  ATTENTION  ought  to 
be  directed  to  the  means  of  thinning 
the  blood,  when  it  has  been  deprived 
by  too  profuse  transpiration,  in  hot,  dry 
winde,  of  its  aqueous  particles  and  ren- 
dered thick  and  viscid.  Water  would 
easily  supply  this  want  of  fluidity  if  it 
were  capable  of  mingling  with  the  blood 
when  in  this  state  ;  acid  matter  cannot 
be  ultimately  combined  with  the  blood 
when  the  body  is  in  this  state.  In 
order  to  find  a  menstruum  by  which 
water  may  be  rendered  capable  of  com- 
bining ultimately  with  the  blood — of 
remaining  long  in  combination  with  it 
— and  of  thinning  it,  we  must  mix  it 
with  a  substance  possessing  the  prop- 
erty of  a  soap,  and  consequently  fit 
to  dissolve  viscous  matters,  and  make 
them  unite  with  water.  The  eoap  must 
contain  but  little  salt,  that  it  may  not 
increase  the  thirst  of  the  parched 
throat.  It  must  not  have  a  disagreeable 
taste,  that  we  may  be  able  to  drink  a 
considerable  quantity  of  it :  and  it 
must  be  capable  of  recruiting  the 
strength  without  overloading  the  sto- 
mach. Now  all  these  qualities  are  to 
be  found  in  the  yolk  of  egg.  No  bever- 
age therefore  is  more  suitable  (whilst 
it  is  very  agreeable)  for  hot,  dry  wea- 
ther than  one  composed  of  the  yolk  of 
egg  beaten  up  with  a  little  sugar  (quan- 
tum sujjicit  for  taste)  and  mixed  with 
a  quart  of  cool  spring  or  filtered  water, 
half  a  glass  of  Moselle  or  any  other 

Rhenish  wine,  and  some  lemon  juice. 

f  he  wine,  however,  may  be  omitted, 


and  lemon  juice  alone  (and  rathei 
more)  used.  In  like  manner  hartfrhorn 
shavings,  boiled  in  water,  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  the  yolk  of  egg  ;  equal 
quantities  of  beef  tea  and  whey  are 
ood  for  delicate  infants.  • 
2139.  SUBSTITUTE  FOR  THE 
FOREGOING.— The  yolk  of  eggi 
beaten  up,  lump  sugar  (quantum  sufficit), 
Rhenish  wine  or  not,  citric  acid,  pow- 
dered, or  tartaric  acid  (small  quantity 
exact  quantity  soon  found) ;  one  or  two 
drops  of  essence  of  lemon  on  a  lump  o! 
sugar,  to  make  it  mix  readily  with  the 
water  ;  one  quart  of  water.  This  is 
really  an  excellent,  agreeable,  and,  with- 
out the  wine,  an  inexpensive  beverage. 

2140.  AGREEABLE     EFFER- 
VESCENT DRINK  FOR  HEART- 
BURN, &c.  —  Orange  juice  —  (of  one 
orange)  water  and  lump  sugar  to  flavor, 
and  in  proportion  to  acidity  of  orange, 
bicarbonate  of  soda,  about  half  a  tea- 
spoonful.     Mix  orange  juice,  water  and 
sugar  together  in  a  tumbler,  then  put 
in  the  soda,  stir,  and  the  effervescence 
ensues. 

2141.  DEAFNESS.  —  Take   three 
drops  of  a  sheep's  gall,  warm,  and  drop 
it  into  the  ear  on  going  to  bed.     The 
ear  must  be  thoroughly  syringed  with 
warm  soap  and  water  in  the  morning. 
The  gall  must  be  applied  for    three 
successive  nights.    It  is  only  effic/icSouB 
when  the  deafness  is  produced  by  cold. 
The  most  convenient  way  of  warming 
the  gall   is  by  holding  it  in  a  silver 
spoon  over  the  flame  of  a  candle.     The 
above  remedy  has  been  frequently  tried 
with  perfect  success. 

2142.  SWEEPING  CARPETS.— 
Persons  who  are  accustomed  to  use  tea 
leaves  for  sweeping  their  carpets,  and 
find  that  they  leave  stains,  will  do  well 
to  employ  fresh  cut  grass  instead.     It 
is  better  than  tea  leaves  for  preventing 
dust,   and    gives    the    carpets  a  very 
bright,  fresh  look. 

2143.  THE  ROUGH  AND 
READY  NIGHT-CAP,  made  in  a 
moment,  costing  nothing,  and  admira- 
ble for  railway  and  other  travellers.— 
Take  your  \>ocket-bandkerchief.  and 


THE  HEALTHIEST    FEAST   COSTS   T11K    LEAST. 


laying  it  out  the  full  square,  double 
down  one-third  over  the  other  part. 
Then  raise  the  whole  and  turn  it  over, 
BO  that  the  third  folded  down  shall  now 
be  underneath.  Then  take  hold  of  one 
of  the  folded  corners,  and  draw  its  point 
towards  the  centre ;  then  do  the  same 
with  the  other,  as  in  making  a  cocked- 
hat,  or  a  boat,  of  paper.  Then  take 
hold  of  the  two  remaining  corners,  and 
twisting  the  hern  of  the  handkerchief, 
continue  to  roll  it  until  it  meets  the 
doubled  corners  brought  to  the  centre, 
and  catches  th'em  up  a  little.  Lift  the 
whole  and  you  will  see  the  form  of  a 
cap,  which  will  cover  the  head 
and  ears,  and  being  tied  under  the  chin, 
will  not  come  off.  Very  little  practice 
will  enable  you  to  regulate  the  size  of 
the  folds,  so  as  to  suit  the  head. 

2144.  MOCK  GOOSE  (being  a  leg 
of  pork  skinned,  roasted,  and  stuffed 
goose  fashion). — Parboil  the  leg;  take 
off  the  skin,  and  then  put  it  down   to 
roast ;  baste  it  with  butter,  and  make  a 
savoury   poicder   of    finely  minced    or 
dried  and  powdered  sage,  ground  black 
pepper,  salt   and  some   bread-crumbs, 
rubbed   together  through  a  colander: 
you  may  add  to  this  a  little  very  finely- 
minced    onion ;    sprinkle  it  with  this 
when  it  is  almost  roasted ;  put  a  half 
pint  of  made  gravy  into  the  dish,  and 
goose  stuffing  under  the  knuckle  skin ; 
or  garnish   the   dish  with    balls  of  it 
frk'd  or  boiled. 

2145.  TINCTURE  OF  LEMON- 
PEEL. — A  very  easy  and   economical 
way  of  obtaining  and   preserving   the 
flavour  of  Lemon-peel,  is  to  fill  a  wide- 
mouthed  pint  bottle  half  full  of  brandy, 
or  proof  spirit ;  and  when  you  use  a 
lemon  pare  the  rind  off  very  thin,  and 
piit  it  into  the  brandy,  &c.  :  in  a  fort- 
night it  will  impregnate  the  spirit  with 
the  llavour  very  strongly. 

2146.  RELISHING    RASHERS 
OF  BACON.— If   you  have  any  cold 
bacon,  you  may  make  a  very  nice  dish 
of  it  by  cutting  it  into  slices  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch   thick  ;  grate  some 
crust  of  bread  as  directed  for  ham,  and 
powder  them  well  with  it  on  both  sides  : 


lay  the  rashers  in  a  cheese  tester,— 
they  will  be  browned  on  one  side  in 
about  three  minutes :— turn  them  and 
do  the  other.  These  are  a  delicious 
accompaniment  to  poached  or  fried 
eggs: — the  bacon  having  been  boiled 
first,  is  tender  and  mellow.  They  are 
an  excellent  garnish  round  veal  cutlets, 
or  sweet-breads,  or  calf  s  head  hash,  or 
green  peas,  or  beans,  &c. 

2147.  RUMP-STEAK  PIE.  — Cut 
three  pounds  of  rump-steak  (that  has 
been  kept  till  tender)  into  pieces  half 
as  big  as  your  hand,  trim  off  all  the 
skin,  sinews,  and  every  part  which  has 
not  indisputable  p  retentions  to  be 
eaten,  and  beat  them  with  a  chopper. 
Chop  very  fine  half  a  dozen  eschalots, 
and  add  them  to  half  an  ounce  of 
pepper  and  salt  mixed,  strew  some  of 
the  mixture  at  the  bottom  of  the  dish, 
then  a  layer  of  steak,  then  some  more 
of  the  mixture^  and  BO  on  till  the  dish 
is  full;  add  half  a  gill  of  mushroom 
catsup,  and  the  same  quantity  of 
gravy,  or  red  wine  ;  cover  it  as  in  the 
preceding  receipt,  and  bake  it  two 
hours.  Large  oysters,  parboiled,  beard- 
ed, and  laid  alternately  with  the  steaks, 
—their  liquor  reduced  and  substituted 
instead  of  the  catsup  and  wine,  will 
be  a  variety. 

2143.  RAISED  PIES.  — Put  two 
pounds  and  a  half  of  flour  on  the  paste- 
board,— and  put  on  the  fire,  in  a  sauce- 
pan, three  quarters  of  a  pint  of  water, 
and  half  a  pound  of  good  lard ; — when 
the  water  boils,  make  a  hole  in  the 
middle  of  the  flour,  pour  in  the  water 
and  lard  by  degrees,  gently  mixing  the 
flour  with  it  with  a  spoon,  and  when  it 
is  well  mixed,  then  knead  it  with  your 
hands  till  it  becomes  stiff;  dredge  a 
little  flour  to  prevent  its  sticking  to 
the  board,  or  you  cannot  make  it  look 
smooth  :  do  not  roll  it  with  the  rolling- 
pin  but  roll  it  with  your  hands,  about 
the  thickness  of  a  quart-pot;  cut  it  into 
six  pieces,  leaving  a  little  for  the  cov- 
ers,— put  one  hand  in  the  middle,  and 
keep  the  other  close  on  the  outside  till 
you  have  worked  it  either  in  an  oval  or 
a  round  shape :— have  your  meat  ready 


264 


MUDDLE  AT  HOME  MAKES  THE  HUSBAND  ROAM. 


cut,  awl  seasoned  with  pepper  and  salt : 
— If  pork,  cut  it  in  small  slices :  the 
griskin  is  the  best  for  pasties:  if  you 
use  mutton,  cut  it  in  very  neat  cutlets, 
and  put  them  in  the  pies  as  you  make 
them ;  roll  out  the  covers  with  the 
rolling-pin  just  the  size  of  the  pie,  wet 
it  round  the  edge,  put  it  on  the  pie,  and 
press  it  together  with  your  thumb  and 
finger,  and  then  cut  it  all  round  with 
a  pair  of  scissors  quite  even,  and  pinch 
them  inside  and  out,  and  bake  them  an 
hour  and  a  half. 

2149.  RELISH  FOR  CHOPS,  &c. 
—Pound  fine  an  ounce  of  black  pepper, 

and  half  an  ounce  of  allspice,  with  an 
ounce  of  salt,  and  half  an  ounce  of 
scraped  horseradish,  and  the  same  of 
eschalots,  peeled  and  quartered ;  put 
these  ingredients  into  a  pint  of  mush- 
room catsup,  or  walnut  pickle,  and 
let  them  steep  for  a  fortnight,  and  then 
strain  it. 

Obs. — A  teaspoonful  or  two  of  this 
is  generally  an  acceptable  addition, 
mixed  with  the  gravy  usually  sent  up 
for  chops  and  steaks;  or  added  to  thick 
melted  butter. 

2150.  ESSENCE  OF  MUSH- 
ROOM.—This  delicate  relish  is  made 
by  sprinkling  a  little  ealt  over  either 
flap  or  button  mushrooms ; — three  hours 
after,  mash  them, — next  day,  strain  off 
the  liquor  that  will  flow  from   them, 
put  it  into  a  stew-pan,  and  boil  it  till  it 
is  reduced   to  half.     It  will  not  keep 
long,  but  is  preferable  to  any  of  the 
catsups,  which   in   order  to    preserve 
them,  must  have  spice,  &c.,  which  over- 
powers the, flavour  of  the  mushrooms. 
An  artificial  mushroom  bed  will  supply 
this  all  the  year  round. 

2151.  ARTIFICIAL  MUSH- 
ROOM BEDS. — Mushrooms  may  be 
grown   in  pots,  boxes,  or  hampers. — 
Each  box  may  be  three  feet  long,  one 
and  a  half  broad,  and  seven  inches  in 
depth.     Let  each  box  be  half  filled  with 
horse-dung  from  the  stables  (the  fresher 
the  better,  and  if  wet  to   be   dried   for 
three  or  four  days   before  it  is  put  into 
the   boxes) ;   the   dung   is   to   be  well 
beat  down    in  the    box.      After    the 


second  or  third  day,  if  any  heat  hat 
arisen  amongst  the  dung,  break  each 
spawn  brick  into  three  parts  as  equally 
as  possible,  then  lay  the  pieces  about 
four  inches  apart  upon  the  surface  of 
the  dung  in  the  box  ;  here  they  are  to 
lie  for  six  days,  when  it  will  probably 
be  found  that  the  side  of  the  spawn 
next  to  the  dung  has  begun  to  run  in 
the  dung  below ;  then  add  one  and  a 
half  inch  more  of  fresh  dung  on  the  top 
of  the  spawn  in  the  box,  and  beat  it 
down  as  formerly.  In  the  course  of  a 
fortnight,  when  you  find  that  the  spawn 
has  run  through  the  dung,  the  box  will 
be  ready  to  receive  the  mould  on  the 
top ;  this  mould  must  be  two  and  a  half 
inches  deep,  well  beat  down,  and  the 
surface  made  quite  even.  In  the  space 
of  five  or  six  weeks  the  mushrooms 
will  begin  to  come  up;  if  then  the 
mould  seems  dry,  give  a  gentle  water 
ing  with  lukewarm  water.  The  box 
will  continue  to  produce  from  six 
weeks  to  two  months,  if  duly  attended 
to  by  giving  a  little  water  when  dry, 
for  they  need  neither  light  nor  free 
air.  If  cut  as  button  mushrooms,  each 
box  will  yield  from  twenty-four  to  forty 
eight  pints,  according  to  the  season  and 
other  circumstances.  They  may  be 
kept  in  dry  dark  cellars,  or  any  other 
places  where  the  frost  will  not  reach 
them.  And  by  preparing,  in  succession 
of  boxes,  mushrooms  may  be  had  all 
the  year  through.  They  may  be  grown 
without  the  dung,  and  be  of  a  finer  fla- 
vour. Take  a  little  straw,  and  lay  it 
carefully  in  the  bottom  of  the  mush- 
room-box, about  an  inch  thick,  or  rather 
more.  Then  take  some  of  the  spawn 
bricks  and  break  them  down  —  each 
brick  into  about  ten  pieces,  and  lay  the 
fragments  on  the  straw,  as  close  to  each 
other  as  they  will  lie.  Cover  them  up 
with  mould  three  and  a  half  inches 
deep,  and  well  pressed  down.  When 
the  surface  appears  dry,  give  a  little 
tepid  water,  as  directed  for  the  List 
way  of  raising  them ;  but  this  method 
needs  about  double  the  quantity  of 
water  that  the  former  does,  owing  to 
having  no  moisture  in  the  bottom,  whil« 


YOU  MAY  DEPEND   THE   DUSTMAN    IS   YOUR   FRIEND. 


265 


ttie  other  has  the  dung.  The  mush 
rooms  will  begin  to  start  in  a  month  or 
five  weeks,  sometimes  sooner,  some- 
times later,  according  to  the  heat  of 
the  place  where  the  boxes  are  situated. 
The  spawn  bricks  may  be  obtained 
from  seedsmen,  or  be  collected  from 
meadows. 

2152.  GOOSE  OR  DUCK  STUFF- 
ING.— Chop  very  fine  about  two  ounces 
of  onion,  of  green  sage  leaves  about  an 
ounce  (both  unboiled),  four  ounces  of 
bread-crumbs,  a  bit  of  butter  about  as 
big  as  a  walnut,  &c.,  the  yolk   and 
white  of  an  egg,  and  a  little  pepper  and 
salt ;  some  add  to  this  a  minced  apple. 

2153.  ROAST  GOOSE.— When  a 
goose  is  well  picked,  singed,  and  clean 
ed,  make  the  stuffing  with  about  two 
ounces  of  onion  (if  you  think  the  flavour 
of  raw  onions  too  strong-,  cut  them  in 
slices,  and  lay  them  in  cold  water  for  a 

'  couple  of  hours,  or  add  as  much  apple 
or  potato  as  you  have  of  onion),  and 
half  as  much  green  sage ;  chop  them 
very  fine,  adding  four  ounces  i.  e. ,  about 
a  large  breakfast  cupful  of  stale  bread 
crumbs,  a  bit  of  butter  about  as  big  ns 
a  walnut,  and  very  little  pepper  and 
salt  (to  this  some  cooks  add  half  the 
liver,  parboiling  it  first),  the  yolk  of 
an  egg  or  two,  and  incorporating  the 
whole  well  together,  stuff  the  goose; 
do  not  quite  fill  it,  but  leave  a  little 
room  for  the  stuffing  to  swell.  Spit  it, 
tie  it  on  the  spit  at  both  ends,  to  pre- 
vent it  swinging  round,  and  to  prevent 
the  stuffing  from  coming  out.  From  an 
hour  and  a  half  to  an  hour  and  three 
quarters  will  roast  a  fine  full-grown 
goose.  Send  up  gravy  and  apple- sauce 
with  it. 

2154.  SAGE    AND    ONION,  OR 
GOOSE-STUFFING  SAUCE  —Chop 
very  fine  one  ounce  of  onion  and  half 
an  ounce  of  green  sage  leaves,  put 
them  into  a  stew-pan  with  four  spoon- 
fuls of  water,  simmer  gently  for  ten 
minutes,  then  put  in  a  tea-spoonful  of 
pepper  and  salt,  and  one  ounce  of  fine 
bread  crumbs;   mix  well  together; — 
then  pour  to  it  a  quarter  of  a  pint  of 
broth,  or  gravy,  or  melted  butter,  stir 


well  together,  and  simmer  it  a  few  min- 
utes longer.  This  is  a  very  relishing 
sauce  for  roast  pork,  poultry,  geese,  01 
ducks ;  or  green  peas. 

2155.  APPLE  SAUCE.— Pare  and 
core  three  good-sized  baking  apples, 
put  them  into  a  well-tinned  pint  sauce- 
pan, with  two  table-spoonfuls  of  cold 
water;  cover  the  saucepan  close,  and 
set  it  on  trivet  over  a  slow  fire  a  couple 
of  hours  before  dinner, — some  apples 
will  take  a  long  time  stewing, — others 
will  be  ready  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour: 
when  the  apples  are  done  enough,  pour 
off  the  water,  let  them  stand  a  few 
minutes  to  get  dry ;  then  beat  them  up 
with  a  fork,  with  a  bit  of  butter  about 
as  big  us  a  nutmeg,  and  a  tea-spoonful 
of  powdered  sugar.     Some  add  lemon- 
peel,  grated,  or  minced  fine, — or  boil  a 
bit  with  the  apples.     Some  are  fond  ol 
apple  sauce  with  cold  pork. 

2156.  BEEF  GRAVY  SAUCE— 
( Or  Brown  Sauce,  for  Ragout,  Game, 
Poultry,  Fish,  Sfc.,) — If  you  want  gravy, 
furnish  a  thick  and  well-tinned  stewpan 
with  a  thin  slice  of  fat  ham  or  bacon, 
or  an  ounce  of  butter,  and  a  middling 
sized  onion; — on  this  lay  a  pound  of 
nice  juicy  gravy  beef  (as  the  object  in 
making  gravy  is  to  extract  the  nutri- 
tious succulence  of  the  meat;  it  must 
be  beaten  to  comminute  the  containing 
vessels,  and  scored  to  augment  the  sur- 
face to  the  action  of  the  water),  cover 
the  stewpan,  set  it  on  a  slow  fire  ;  when 
the  meat  begins  to  brown,  turn  it  about, 
and  let  it  be  slightly  browned  (but  talu 
care  it  is  not  at  all  burnt) :  then  pour 
in  a  pint  and  a  half  of  boiling  water, 
set  the  pan  on  the  fire ; — when  it  boils, 
— carefully  catch  the  scum, — and  then 
put  in  a  crust  of  bread  toasted  brown 
(don't  burn  it) — a  sprig  of  winter  sa- 
voury, or  lemon  thyme  and  parsley — a 
roll  of  thin-cut  lemon  peel,  a  dozen 
berries  of  allspice,  and  a  dozen  of  black 
pepper,  cover  the  stew-pan  close,  let  it 
steio  very  gently  for  about  two  hours, 
ihen  strain  it  through  a  sieve  into  a 
3a sin.     If  you  wish  to  thicken  it,  set  a 
clean  stew-pan  over  a  slow  fire,  with 
about  an  ounce  of  butter  in  it ;  wheu 


266 


FIRE  IS  A  GOOD  SERVANT  BUT  A  BAD  MASTER. 


it  is  melted,  dredge  to  it  (by  degrees) 
as  much  flour  as  will  dry  it  up,  stirring 
them  well  together;  when  thoroughly 
mixed,  pour  in  a  little  of  the  gravy, — 
stir  it  well  together,  and  add  the  re- 
mainder by  degrees;  set  it  over  the 
fire,  let  it  simmer  gently  for  fifteen  or 
twenty  minutes  longer,  and  skim  off 
the  fat,  &c.,  as  it  raises:  when  it  is 
about  as  thick  as  cream,  squeeze  it 
through  a  tamis  or  fine  sieve, — and  you 
will  have  a  fine  rich  brown  sauce,  at  a 
very  moderate  expense,  and  without 
much  trouble.  Obs. — If  you  wish  to 
make  it  still  more  relishing, — for  Poul- 
try, you  may  pound  the  liver  with  a  bit 
of  butter,  rub  it  through  a  sieve,  and 
stir  it  into  the  sauce  when  yo\i  put  in 


the  thickening. 
2157.     BEEF    ALAMODE 


AND 


VEAL  DITTO.— Take  about  eleven 
pounds  of  the  mouse  buttock, —  or  clod 
of  beef, — or  blade-bone, — or  the  stick- 
ing-piece,  or  the  like  weight  of  the 
breast  of  veal ; — cut  it  into  pieces  of 
thr^e  or  four  ounces  each ;  put  three  or 
four  ounces  of  beef  dripping,  and  mince 
a  couple  of  large  onions,  and  put  them 
into  a  large  deep  stew-pan  :  as  soon  as 
it  is  ^uite  hot,  flour  the  meat,  put  it 
into  the  stew-pan,  keep  stirring  it  with 
a  wooden  spoon;  when  it  has  been  on 
ibout  ten  minutes,  dredge  it  with  flour, 
and  keep  doing  so  till  you  have  stirred 
in  as  mucn  as  you  think  will  thicken 
it;  then  cover  it  with  boiling  water  (it 
will  take  about  a  gallon),  adding  it  by 
degrees,  and  stirring  it  together;  skim 
it  when  it  boils,  and  then  put  in  one 
drachm,  of  ground  black  pepper,  two 
of  allspice,  and  two  bay -leaves;  set  the 
pan  by  the  side  of  the  fire,  or  at  a  dis- 
tance over  it,  and  let  stew  very  slowly 
for  about  three  hours;  when  you  »>d 
the  meat  sufficiently  tender,  put  it  into 
a  tureen,  and  it  is  ready  for  table. 

2158.  WALNUT  CATSUP.— Take 
six  half-sieves  of  green  walnut  shells, 
put  them  into  a  tub,  mix  them  up 


well  with  common  salt, 
three  pounds,  let  them 


soft  and  pulpy,  then  by  banking  it  up 
on  one  side  of  the  tub,  and  at  the  same 
time  by  raising  the  tub  on  that  side, 
the  liquor  will  drain  clear  off  to  the 
other;  then  take  that  liquor  out:  the 
mashing  and  banking  up  may  be  re- 
peated as  oi'ten  as  liquor  is  found.  The 
quantity  will  be  about  six  quarts. 
When  done,  let  it  be  simmered  in  an 
iron  boiler  as  long  as  any  scum  arises ; 
then  bruise  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of 
ginger,  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  allspice, 
and  two  ounces  of  long  pepper,  two 
ounces  of  cloves,  with  the  above  ingre- 
dients, let  it  slowly  boil  for  half  an  hour; 
when  bottled  let  an  equal  quantity  of 
the  spice  go  into  each  bottle;  when 
corked,  let  the  bottles  be  filled  quite 
up :  cork  them  tight,  seal  them  over, 
and  put  them  into  a  cool  and  dry  place 
for  one  year  before  they  are  used. 

2J59.  CURIOUS  PROPERTIES  OF  THE 
NUMBER  NINE.  If  any  row  of  two  or« 
more  figures  be  reversed  and  subtracted 
from  itself,  the  figures  composing  the 
remainder,  will,  when  added  horizon- 
tally, be  a  multiple  of  nine  : — 


42 

24 


886 
648 


3261 
1628 


18-9X2.  198-9X2.  1638-9X2 
2160.  YEAST.— Boil,  say  on  Monday 
morning,  2  oz.  of  the  best  hops  in  four 
quarts  of  water,  for  half-an-hour ;  strain 
it,  and  let  the  liquor  cool  down  to  new 
milk  warmth  ;  then  put  in  a  small  hand- 
ful of  salt  and  half  a  pound  of  sugar  : 
beat  up  one  pound  of"  the  best  flour 
with  some  of  the  liquor,  and  then  mix 
well  all  together.  On  Wednesday  add 
three  pounds  of  potatoes  boiled  and 
then  mashed,  to  stand  till  Thursday ; 
then  strain  it,  and  put  it  into  bottles, 
and  it  is  ready  for  use .  It  must  be  stirred 
frequently  while  it  is  making,  and  kept 
near  thejire.  Before  using,  shake  the 
bottle  up  well.  It  will  keep  in  a  cool 
place  for  two  months,  and  is  best  at  the 
latter  part  of  the  time.  The  beauty  ol 
from  two  to  this  yeast  is  that  it  ferments  sponta 
stand  for  six  neously,  not  requiring  the  aid  of  other 
days,  frequently  beating  and  mashing  yeast;  and  if  care  be  taken  to  let  it  fer- 
them;  by  this  time  the  shells  become]  ment  well  in  the  earthen  bowl  in  which 


A  SCRAPER  AT  THE  DOOR  KEEPS  DIRT  1'IIOM  THE  FLOOR. 


267 


it  ii  made,  you  may  cork  it  up  tight 
when  bottled.  The  quantity  above 
given  will  fill  four  seltzer-water  bottles. 
The  writer  of  the  above  receipts  has  used 
this  yeast  for  many  months,  and  never 
had  lighter  bread  than  it  affords,  and 
never  knew  it  to  fail. 

2161,  FORCEMEAT  BALLS  (for 
turtle,  mock  turtle,  or  made  dishes). — 
Pound  some  veal  in  a  marble  mortar, 
rub  it  through  a  sieve  with  as  much  of 
the  udder  as  you  have  veal,  or  about  a 
third  of  the  quantity  of  butter  ; — put 
some  bread-crumbs  into    a  stew-pan, 
moiiS'ten  them  with  milk,  add  a  little 
chopped  parsley  and  eschalot,  rub  them 
well  together  in  a  mortar,  till  they  form 
a  smooth  paste  ;  put  it  through  a  sieve, 
and  when  cold,  pound,  and  mix  all  toge- 
ther, with    the  yolks  of  three    eggs 
boiled  hard ;  season  it  with  salt,  pepper, 
and  curry  powder,  or  cayenne,  add  to  it 
the  yolks  of  two  raw  eggs,  rub  it  well 
together,   and   make  small  balls  ;  ten 
minutes  before  your  soup  is  ready,  put 
them  in. 

2162.  SYRUP  OF  ORANGE  OR 
LEMON- PEEL.— Of  fresh  outer  rind 
of  Seville  orange  or  lemon-peel,  three 
ounces,  apothecaries'   weight  ;   boiling 
water,  a  pint  and  a-half ;  infuse  them 
for  a  night  in  a  close  vessel :  then  strain 
the  liquor ;  let  it  stand  to  settle  ;  and 
having   poured  it  off  clear    from  the 
sediment,  dissolve  in  it  two  pounds  of 
double-refined  loaf  sugar,  and  make  it 
into  a  syrup  with  a  gentle  heat. 

2163.  HORSERADISH  VINEGAR. 
— Pour  a  quart  of  best  vinegar  on  three 
ounces  of  scraped  horseradish,  an  ounce 
of  minced  eschalot,  and  one  drachm  of 
cayenne ;  let  it  stand  a  week,  and  you 
will  have  an  excellent  relish  for  cold 
beef,  salad,  &c.,  costing  scarcely  any- 
thing. Horseradish  is  in  highest  per- 
fection about  November. 

2164.  CRESS  VINEGAR.— Dry  and 
pound  half  an  ounce  of  cress-sesd  (such 
as  is  sown  in  the  garden  with  mustard), 
pour  upon  it  a  quart  of  the  best  vinegar, 
let  it  steep  ten  days,  shaking  it  up  every 
day.  This  is  very  strongly  flavored 
with  cress, — and  for  salads,  and  cold 
12 


meats,  &c.,  it  is  a  great  favorite  with 
many ; — the  quart  of  sauce  costs  only  a 
halfpenny  more  than  the  v  negar. 
Celery  vinegar  may  be  made  in  the 
same  manner. 

2165.  COCOANUT   PIE.— Cut  off 
the  brown  part  of  the  cocoanut,  grate 
the  white  part,  and  mix  it  with  milk, 
and  set  it  on  the  fire  and  let  it  boil 
slowly  eight  or  ten  minutes.    To    a 
pound  of  the  grated  cocoanut  allow  a 
quart  of  milk,  eight  eggs,  four  table- 
spoonsful  of  sifted  white  sugar,  a  glass 
of  wine,  a  small  cracker,  pounded  fine, 
two  spoonsful  of  melted  butter,  and  half 
a  nutmeg.     The  eggs  and  sugar  should 
be  beaten  together  to  a  froth,  then  the 
wine  stirred  in.     Put  them  into  the 
milk  and  cocoanut,  which  should  be 
first  allowed  to  get  quite  cool ;  add  the 
cracker  and  nutmeg,  turn  the  whole 
into  deep  pie-plates,  with  a  lining  and 
rim  of  puft'  paste.     Bake  them  as  soon 
as  turned  into  the  plates. 

2166.  A  NICE  WAY  of  serving  up 
a  fowl  that  has  been  dressed.    Beat  the 
white  of  two  eggs  to  a  thick  froth  ;  add 
a  small  bit  of  butter,  or  some  salad  oil, 
flour,  a  little  lukewarm  water,  and  two 
tablespoonfuls    of    beer,    beaten    alto- 
gether till  it  is  of  the  consistency  of 
very  thick  cream.     Cut  up  the  fowl 
into  small  pieces,  strew  over  it  some 
chopped   parsley  and   shalot,  pepper, 
salt,  and  a  little  vinegar,  and  let  it  lie 
till  dinner  time;  dip  the  fowl  in  the 
batter,  and  fry  it  in  boiling  lard,  of  a 
nice  light  brown.     Veal  that  has  been 
cooked  may  be  dressed  in  the  same 
way.     The  above  is  a  genuine  family 
receipt,  long  practised  by  a  French  ser- 
vant. 

2167.  CURRY  POWDER,  (agenu 
ine  Indian  receipt.) — Turmeric,  cori- 
ander, black  pepper,  four  ounces  each : 
Fennigreek,  three  ounces  ;   ginger,  two 
ounces ;    cummin  seed,    ground  rice, 
one  ounce  each ;  cayenne  pepper,  car- 
damoms, half  an  ounce  each. 

2168.  ANOTHER  CURRY  POW- 
DER.— Coriander,  twelve  ounces ;  black 
pepper    six    ounces ;    turmeric,    four 
ounces  and  three  quarters  •,   cummin 


268 


A  SPARK  MAT  RAISE  AN  AWFUL  BLAZE. 


seed  three  ounces ;  cayenne  one  ounce 
and  a-half ;  ground  rice,  one  ounce  ; 
cardamoms,  half  an  ounce  ;  cloves, 
quarter  of  an  ounce.  I  have  found  it 
best  to  have  the  above  receipts  prepared 
at  my  chemist's. 

2169.  BOILED  RICE  FOR  CURRY. 
Put  the  rice  down  in  cold  water,  and 
let  it  come  to  a  boil  for  a  minute  or  so ; 
strain  it  quite  dry,  and  lay  it  on  the 
bob  in  a  stewpan  without  a  cover  to 
let  the  steam  evaporate,  then  shake  it 
into  the  dish  while  very  hot.  A  squeeze 
of  lemon  juice  after  it  boils  will  make 
it  separate  better.  The  three  last  re- 
ceipts were  give«  me  by  a  lady  who  had 
passed  the  greater  part  of  her  life  in 
India,  and  who  had  them  from  native 
cooks. 

2J70.  INDIAN  SYRUP.— (A  deli- 
cious summer  drink.)  Five  pounds  cf 
lump  sugar,  two  ounces  of  citric  acid, 
a  gallon  of  boiling  water:  when  cold 
add  half  a  drachm  of  essence  of  lemon, 
and  half  a  drachm  of  spirits  of  wine ; 
stir  it  well,  and  bottle  it.  About  two 
table- spoonfuls  to  a  glass  of  cold  water. 

2171.  CHUTNEY.— One   pound  of 
salt,  one  pound  of  mustard  seed,  one 
pound  of  stoned   raisins,  one  pound  of 
brown  sugar,  twelve  ounces  of  garlic, 
six   ounces   of   cayenne    pepper,   two 
quarts  of  unripe  gooseberries,  two  quarts 
of  best  vinegar.     The   mustard   seed, 
gently  dried  and  bruised ;    the   sugar 
made   into  a  syrup  with  a  pint  of  the 
vinegar;    the   gooseberries  dried   and 
boiled  in  a  quart  of  the  vinegar;   the 
garlic  to  be  well  bruised,  in  a  mortar. 
When  cold  gradually  mix  the  whole  in 
a  large  mortar,  and  with  the  remaining 
vinegar  thoroughly  amalgamate  them. 
To    be    tied   down   clos^,  the   longer 
kept  the  better.     This  is  excellent. 

2172.  CURING  OF  HAMS  AND 
BACON. — It  is  simply  to  use  the  same 
quantity  of  common  soda  as  saltpetre — 
one  ounce  and  a  half  of  each  to  the 
fourteen  potinds  of  ham  or  bacon,  using 
the   usual  quantity  of  salt.     The   soda 
prevents  that  hardness  in  the  lean  of 
ike  bacon  which  is  so  often  found,  and 


keeps  it  quite  mellow  al.  through, 
besides  being  a  preventive  of  reast. 
This  receipt  has  been  very  extensively 
tried  amongst  my  acquaintance  for  the 
last  fifteen  years,  and  inv-ariably  ap- 
proved. 

2173.  COL.  BIRCH'S  RECEIPT 
for    rheumatic     gout   or  acute    rheu 
matism. — Half  an  ounce  of  nitre  (sat- 
petre),  half  an  ounce  of  sulphur,  half 
an  ounce  of  flower  of  mustard,  half  an 
ounce  of  Turkey  rhubarb,  quarter  of 
an  ounce  of  powdered  gum  guiacum. 
Mix.     A  teaspoonful  to  be  taken  every 
other  night  for  three  nights,  and  omit 
three  nights,  in  a  wine-glassful  of  cold 
water,  —  water  which  has  been  well 
boiled. 

2174.  OINTMENT  FOB  THE  PILES 
or  Haemorrhoids. — Take  of  hogs'  lard, 
four    ounces,  camphor    two   drachms, 
powdered  galls,  one  ounce,  laudanum, 
half  an   ounce.     Mix ;  make   an  oint- 
ment to  be  applied  every  night  at  bed- 
time. 

2175.  OINTMENT  FOR  SORE 
NIPPLES.— Take  of  tincture  of  tolu 
two  drachms,  spermaceti  ointment  half 
an  ounce  ;  powdered  gum  two  drachms. 
Mix.    Make  an  ointment.    The  white 
of  an   egg  mixed  with   brandy  is  the 
best  application  for  sore  nipples  ;  the 
person  should  at  the   same  time  use  a 
nipple  shield. 

2176.  OINTMENT    FOR    BRO- 
KEN CHILBLAINS  OR  CHAPPEIJ 
HANDS,  &.,— Sweet    oil,  one    pint; 
Venice  turpentine,  three  ounces ;  hogs' 
lard,  half  a  pound ;    bees'  wax,  three 
ounces.     Put  all   into  a  pipkin  over  a 
slow  fire,  and  stir  it  with  a  wooden 
spoon  till  the  bees'  wax  is  all  melted, 
and  the  ingredients  simmer.    It  is  fit 
for  use  as  soon  as  cold,  but  the  longer  it 
is  kept  the  better  it  will  be.    It  must 
be  spread  very  thin  on  soft  rag,  or  (for 
chaps  or  cracks)  rubbed  on  the  hands 
when  you  go  to  bed.     A  visitor  to  t, 
large  poor  district  has  never  know* 
this  to  fail. 

2177.  FOR  A  COUGH.— Syrup  of 
poppies,    oxymel    of    squills,    simple 


FOR  THE  LIGHT  O*  THE  DAY  WE'VE  NOTHING  TO  PAT. 


369 


oxymel,  in  equal  parts,  mixed,  and  a 
teaspoonful  taken  when  the  cough  is 
troublesome.  It  is  best  to  have  it 
mixed  by  a  chemist.  The  cost  is  trifling. 

2178.  BUGS.  —  Spirits  of  naphtha 
rubbed  with  a  small  painter's  brush  into 
every  part  of  a  bedstead  is  a  certain 
way  of  getting  rid  of  bugs.     The   mat- 
trass  and  binding  of  the  bed  should  be 
examined,  and  the  same  process  attend- 
ed to,  as  they  generally  harbour  more 
in  these  parts   than  in   the   bedstead. 
Three  pennyworth  of  naphtha  is  suffi- 
cient for  one  bed. 

2179.  WASHING.— (Suprem acy  of 
soap-suds  over  lime  —  (See    654     and 
3668.)     To  save  your  linen   and   your 
labour.     Pour  on  half  a  pound  of  soda 
two   quarts   of   boiling   water,   in    an 
earthenware  pan  ;  take  half  a  pound  of 
soap,  shred  fine ;  put  it  into  a  saucepan 
with  two  quarts  of  cold  water ;  stand 
it  on  a  fire  till  it  boils ;  and  when   per- 
fectly dissolved   and  boiling,  add  it  to 
the  former.     Mix   it  well,  and   let  it 
stand  till  cold,  when  it  has  the  appear- 
ance of  a  strong  jelly.     Let  your  linen 
be  soaked  in  water,  the  seams  and  any 
other   dirty  part  rubbed  in  the  usual 
way,   and    remain    till    the  following 
morning.     Get  your  copper  ready  and 
add  to  the    water  about  a  pint  basin 
full ;  when  lukewarm  put  in  your  linen 
and  allow   it  to  boil   twenty  minutes. 
Rinse   it  in  the  usual  way,  and  that  is 
all  which  is  necessary  to   get  it  clean 
and  to  keep  it  in  good  colour.     The 
above  receipt  is   invaluable   to   house- 
keepers.    If  you  have  not  tried  it,  do  so 
without  delay. 

2180.  LEECH  BAROMETER.  - 
Take  an  eight  ounce  phial,  and  put  in  it 
three  gills  of  water,  and   place  in  it  a 
healthy  leech,  changing  the  water  in 
summer  once  a  week,  and   in  winter 
once   in  a  fortnight,  and  it  will   most 
accurately  prognosticate   the  weather. 
If  the  weather  is  to  be  fine,  the  leech 
lies   motionless  at   the   bottom  of  the 
glass  and   coiled   together  in  a  spiral 
form  ;  if  rain  may  be  expected,  it  will 
creep  up  to  the  top  of  its  lodgings  and 
remain  thejre  till  the  weather  is  settled ; 


if  we  are  to  have  wind,  it  will  move 
through  its  habitation  with  amazing 
swiftness,  and  seldom  goes  to  rest  till 
it  begins  to  blow  hard ;  if  a  remarkable 
storm  of  thunder  and  rain  is  to  suc- 
ceed, it  will  lodge  for  some  days  before 
almost  continually  out  of  the  water, 
and  discover  great  uneasiness  in  violent 
throes  and  convulsive-like  motions ;  in 
frost  as  in  clear  summer-like  weather 
it  lies  constantly  at  the  bottom  ;  and  in 
snow  as  in  rainy  weather  it  pitches  its 
dwelling  in  the  very  mouth  of  the 
phial.  The  top  should  be  covered  over 
with  a  piece  of  muslin. 

2181.  LIFE-BELTS.— An  excel- 
lent and  cheap  life  belt,  for  persons  pro- 
ceeding to  sea,  bathing  in  dangerous 
places,  or  learning  to  swim,  may  be  thus 
made : — Take  a  yard  and  three-quarters 
of  strong"  jean,  double  and  divide  it 
into  nine  compartments.    Let  there  be 
a  space  of  two  inches  after  each  third 
compartment.     Fill  the  compartments 
with  very  fine  cuttings  of  cork,  which 
may  be  made  by  cutting  up  old  corks, 
or  (still  better)  purchased  at  the  cork- 
cutters.    Work  eyelet  holes  at  the  bot- 
tom of  each   compartment  to  let  the 
water  drain  out.     Attach  a  neck-band 
and  waist   strings  of  stout  boot- web, 
and  sew  them  on  strongly. 

2182.  ANOTHER. — Cut  open  an  old 
boa,  or  victorine,  and  line  it  with  fine 
cork-cuttings    instead   of   wool.     For 
ladies  going  to  sea  these  are  excellent, 
as  they  may  be  worn  in  stormy  weather, 
without  giving  appearance  of  alarm  in 
danger.     They  may  be  fastened  to  the 
body  by  ribands  or  tapes,  of  the  colour 
of  the  fur.      Gentlemen's  waistcoats 
may  be  lined  the  same  way. 

2183.  A  CHATTEL  MORTGAGE,  as  it  is 

technically  called,  must  be  filed  in  the 
town  or  city  of  the  mortgager — (in  this 
city  at  the  register' s).  It  must  be  accom- 
panied by  an  immediate  delivery  of  the 
property,  and  followed  by  an  actual  and 
continued  change  of  possession,  other- 
wise it  is  void  as  against  creditors  of  the 
mortgagers,  subsequent  lien-holders,  or 
purchasers  in  good  faith.  Every  con- 
tract for  the  leasing  for  a  longer  period 


270 


A  \VIFK  S  All T  DISPLAYED  IN  A  TABLE  WELL  LAID. 


than  for  one  year  is  void  unless  the 
contract,  or  some  note  or  memoran- 
dum thereof,  expressing  the  considera- 
tion, ho  in  writing,  and  be  subscribed 
by  the  party  who  makes  the  lease,  or 
by  the  agent  of  such  party  lawfully 
authorized. 

2184.  PEAS  POWDER.— Pound  in 
a  marble  mortar  half  an  ounce  each  of 
dried  mint  and  sage,  a  drachm  of  celery 
seed,  and  a  quarter  of  a  drachm  of 


cayenne   pepper  ;    rub   them  together  door  of  knowledge  may  be  opened. 


through  a  fine  sieve.  This  gives  a  very 
savoury  relish  to  peas  soup  and  to 
gruel,  which,  by  its  help,  if  the  eater  of 
it  has  not  the  most  lively  imagination, 
he  may  fancy  he  is  sipping  good  peas 
soup.  A  drachm  of  allspice,  or  black 
pepper,  may  be  pounded  with  the  above 
as  an  addition,  or  instead  of  the  cayenne. 

2185.  HORSERADISH  POWDER.— 
The  time  to  make  this  is  during  Novem- 
ber and  December  ;  slice  it  the  thickness 
of  a  shilling,  and  lay  it  to  dry  very  grad- 
ually in  a  Dutch  oven  (a  strong  heat 
soon  evaporates  its  flavour)  ;  when 
dry  enough,  pound  it  and  bottle  it. 

21.86.  DOMESTIC  SURGERY.— 
This  will  comprise  such  hints  and 
advice  as  will  enable  any  one  to  act  on 
an  emergency,  or  in  ordinary  trivial 
accidents  requiring  simple  treatment  ; 


distinguish  between  serious 
simple  accidents,    and    the  best 


and 
and 

means  to  adopt  in  all  cases  that  are 
likely  to  fall  under  a  person's  notice. 
These  hints  will  be  of  the  utmost  value 
to  the  heads  of  families,  to  emigrants, 
and  to  persons  who  are  frequently 
called  upon  to  attend  upon  the  sick. 
We  strongly  recommend  the  Parent, 
Emigrant  or  Nurse,  to  read  over  these 
directions  occasionally,  to  regard  it  as  a 
duty  to  do  so  at  least  three  or  four  times 
a  year,  so  as  to  be  prepared  for  emer- 
gencies whenever  they  may  arise. 
When  accidents  occur,  people  are  too 
excited  to  acquire  immediately  a  knowl- 
edge of  what  they  should  do  ;  and 
many  lives  have  been  lost  for  want  of 
this  knowledge.  Study,  therefore,  at 
moderate  intervals  the  Domestic  Sur- 
gery, Treatment  of  Poisons,  Rules  for 


the  Prevention  of  Accidents,  How  to 
Escape  from  Fires,  the  Dannie  Pharma- 
copeia, &c.,  which  will  be  found  in 
various  pages  of  Enquire  Within.  And 
let  it  be  impressed  upon  your  mind 
that  THE  INDEX  will  enable  you  to 
refer  to  anything  you  may  require  ix  A 
MOMENT.  Don't  trouble  to  hunt 
through  the  pages  ;  but  when  you  wish 
to  ENQUIRE  WITHIN,  remember  that 
the  Index  is  the  knocker,  by  which  the 


2187.  1.  DRESSINGS. — Dressings  are 
substances  usually  applied  to  parts  for 
the    purpose    of   soothing,    promoting 
their  reunion  when  divided,  protecting 
them  from  external  injuries,  as  a  means 
of  applying  various  medicines,  to  absorb 
discharges,    protect    the    surrounding 
parts  and  securing  cleanliness. 

2188.  Certain    instruments    are  re- 
quired for  the  application  of  dressings 
in  domestic  surgery,  viz. — Scissors,  a 
pair  of  tweezers,  or  simple  forceps,  a 
knife,  needles  and  thread,  a  razor,  a 
lancet,   a  piece  of  lunar  caustic  in   a 
quill,  and  a  sponge. 

2189.  The    materials    required    for 
dressings,  consist  of  lint,  scraped  linen, 
carded  cotton,  tow,  ointment  spread  on 
calico,    adhesive    plaster,   compresses, 
pads,  poultices,  old  rags  of  linen  or 
calico,  and  water. 

2190.  The  following  rules  should  bo 
attended  to  in  applying  dressings  : — 1 . 
Always    prepare    the    new    dressings 
before  removing  the  old  one.    2.  Al- 
ways have  hot  and  cold  water  at  hand, 
and  a  vessel  to  place  the  foul  dressings 
in.     3.    Have    one    or    more    persona 
at  hand  ready  to  assist,  and  tell  each 
person  what  they  are  to  do  before  you 
commence,  it  prevents  confusion  ;  thus 
one    is    to    wash  out   and  hand    the 
sponges,  another  to  heat  the  adhesive 
plaster,    or    hand  the    bandages    and 
dressings,  and,  if  requisite,  a  third  to 
support  the  limb,  &c.    4.  Always  stand 
on  the  outside  of  a  limb  to  dress  it. 

5.  Place  the  patient  in  as  easy  a  posi- 
tion, as  possible,  so  as  not  to  fatigue  him. 

6.  Arrange  the  bed  after  changing  the 
dressings,  but  in  some  cases  you  wilJ 


WHO  NEVER  TRIES  CANNOT  WIN  THE  PRIZE. 


271 


have  to  do  so  before  the  patient  is 
placed  on  it.  7.  Never  be  in  a  hurry 
when  applying  dressings,  do  it  quietly. 
8.  When  a  patient  requires  moving 
from  one  bed  to  another,  the  best  way 
is  for  one  person  to  stand  on  each  side 
of  the  patient,  and  each  to  place  an 
arm  behind  his  back,  whilr- he  passes 
his  arms  over  their  necks;  th^nlet  their 
other  arms  be  passed  under  his  thighs, 
and  by  holding  each  other's  hands,  the 
patient  can  be  raised  with  ease,  and 
removed  to  another  bed.  If  the  leg  is 
injured  a  third  person  should  steady 
it,  and  if  the  arm,  the  same  precaution 
should  be  adopted.  Sometimes  a  stout 
sheet  is  passed  under  the  patient,  and 
by  several  people  holding  the  sides,  the 
patient  is  lifted  without  any  fatigue  or 
much  disturbance. 

2191.  Lint  may  be  made  in  a  hurry, 
by  nailing  the  corners- of  a  piece  of  old 
linen  to  a  board,  and  scraping  its  sur- 
face with  a  knife.  It  is  used  either  alone 
or    spread    with    ointment.     Scraped 
lint  is  the  fine  filaments  from  ordinary 
lint,   and  is  used  to   stimulate  ulcers 
and  absorb  discharges  ;  it  is  what  the 
French  call  Charpie. 

2192.  Scraped    Lint    is    made    into 
various  shapes,  for  particular  purposes. 
For  example,  when  it  is  screwed  up 
into  a  conical  or  wedge-like  shape,  it  is 
called  a  tent,  and  is  used  to  dilate  fis- 
tulous    openings,   so  as  to  allow    the 
matter  to  escape  freely,  to  plug  wounds, 
BO  as  to  promote  the  formation  of  a 
clot  of  blood,  and  thus  arrest  bleeding. 
When  it  is  rolled  into  little  balls  they 
are  called  boulettes,   and  are  used  for 
absorbing  matter  in  cavities,  or  blood 
in  wounds.     Another  useful  form    is 
made  by  rolling  a  mass  of  scraped  lint 
into  a  long  roll,  and  then  tying  it  in 
the  middle  with  a  piece  of  thread  ;  the 
middle   is  then    doubled  and    pushed 
into  a  deep-seated  wound  so  as  to  press 
upon  the  bleeding    vessel,  while    the 
ends  remain  loose  and  assist  in  forming 
a   clot,  or  it  is  used    in    deep-seated 
ulcers  to  absorb  the  matter  and  keep 
the  edges  apart.    This  form  is  called 
fehe    bourdonna         Another    form    is 


called  the  pelote,  which  is  merely  a 
ball  of  scaped  lint  tied  up  in  a  piece  of 
linen  rag,  commonly  called  a  dabber. 
This  is  used  in  the  treatment  of  pro- 
trusion of  the  navel  in  Children. 

2193.  Carded  Cotton    is  used  as    a 
dressing    for    superficial    burns,    an 
care  should  be  taken  to  free  it  fron 
specks,  as  flies  are  apt  to  lay  their  egg 
there,  and  generate  maggots. 

2194.  Tow  is  chiefly  employed  as 
padding  for  splints,  as  compresses,  an 
also  as  an  outer  dressing  where  ther 
is  much  discharge  from  a  surface. 

2195.  Ointments  are  spread  on  cal- 
icoes, lint,  or  even  thin  layers  of  tovr 
by  means  of  a  knife  ;  they  should  not 
be  spread  too  thick. 

2196.  Adhesive   Plaster  is   cut  into 
strips,  ranging  in  width  according  to 
the  nature  of  the  wound,  &c.,  but  the 
usual  width    is    about    three-quarters 
of  an  inch.    Isinglass  plaster  is  not  so 
irritating   as    diachylon,  and  is  more 
easily  removed. 

2197.  Compresses  are  made  of  pieces 
of  linen,  calico,  lint,  or  tow,  doubled 
or  cut  into  various  shapes.    They  are 
used  to  confine  dressings  in  their  places, 
and  to  apply  an  equal  pressure  on  parts. 
They  should  be  free  from  darns,  hems, 
and  knots.     Ordinary  compresses  are 
square,  oblong,  and  triangular       The 
pierced  compress,  is  made  by  folding  up 
a  square  piece  of  linen  five  or  six  times 
on  itself,  and  then  nicking  the  surface 
with  scissors,   so  as  to  cut  out  small 
pieces.      It  is  then  opened  out,  and 
spread  with  ointment.     It  is  applied  to 
discharging-  surfaces,  for  the  purpose  of 
allowing   the    matter    to    pass    freely 
through  the  holes,  and  is  frequently 
covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  tow.    Com- 
presses are  also  made  in  the  shape  of  a 
Maltese  cross,  and  half  a  cross,  some- 
times split  singly,  and  at  other  times 
doubly  :     or    they  are    graduated    by 
placing  square  pieces  of  folded  cloth  on 
one  another,  so  arranged  that  they  de» 
crease   in  size  each  time.     They  are 
used  for  keeping  up  pressure  upon  cer- 
tain parts. 

2198.  Pads  are  made  by  sewing  tovi 


A  HUSBAND'S  WRATH  SPOILS  THE  BEST  BROTH. 


inside  pieces  of  linen,  or  folding  linen 
auvl  sew.ng  the  pieces  together.  They 
are  used  to  keep  off  pressure  from  parts, 
such  t.ti  that  caused  by  splint«  in  frac- 
tures. 

2199  Poult. ccs  are  usually  made  of 
linseed-xneal,  oatmeal,  or  bread,  either 
combined  with  water  and  other  fluids  ; 
iometime/s  they  are  made  of  carrots, 
charcoal,  potatoes,  yeast,  and  linseed- 
meal,  mustard,  &c.  (See  3313.) 

2200.  BANDAGES. — Bandages  are  strips 
of  calico,  linen,  flannel,  muslin,  elastic- 
webbing,  bunting,  or  some  other  sub- 
stance of  various  lengths,  sucli  as  three, 
four,  eight,  ten,  or  twelve  yards,  and 
one,  one  an<2  a-half,  two,  two  and  a.-half, 
three,  four,  or  six  inches  wide,  free  from 
hems  or  darns ;  soft  and  unglazed. 
They  are  better  after  they  have  been 
washed.  Their  uses  are  to  retain  dress- 
ings, apparatus,  or  parts  of  the  body 
in  their  proper  positions,  support  the 
soft  parts,  and  maintain  equal  pressure. 

2201.  Bandages  are  simple  and  com- 
pound ;    the   former  are   simple   slips 
rolled  up  tightly  like  a  roll  of  ribbon. 
There  is  also  another  simple  kind  which 
is  rolled  from  both  ends, — this  is  called 
a  double-headed  bandage.     The  com- 
pound bandages   are  formed  of  many 
pieces. 

2202.  Bandages  for  the  head  should 
be  two  inches  wide  and  five  yards  long ; 
for  the  neck  two  inches  wide  and  three 
yards  long  ;  for  the   arm,   two  inches 
wide  and  seven  yards  long ;  for  the  leg, 
two  inches  and  a-half  wide  and  seven 
yards  long  :  for  the  thigh,  three  inches 
wide  and  eight  yards  long  ;  and  for  the 
body,  four  or  six  inches  wide  and  ten 
or  twelve  yards  long. 

2203.  To  apply  a  single-headed  band- 
age, lay  the  outside  of  the  end  next  to 
the  part  to  be  bandaged,  and  to  hold 
the  roll  between  the  little,  ring,  and 
middle  fingers,  «nd  the  palm  of  the 
left  hand,  using  the  thumb  and  fore  fin- 
ger of  the  same  hand  to  guide  it,  and 
the  right  hand  to  keep  it  firm,  and  pass 
the  bandage  partly  round  the  leg  to- 
wards th  3  left  hand.     It  is  sometimes 
necessary  to  reverse  this  order,  and 


therefore  it  is  well  to  be  able  to  use 
both  hands.  Particular  parts  require  a 
different  method  of  applying  bandages, 
and  therefore  we  shall  describe  the  most 
useful  separately,  and  there  are  different 
ways  of  putting  on  the  same  bandage, 
which  consists  in  the  manner  the  folds 
or  turns  are  made.  For  example,  the 
circular  bandage  is  formed  by  horizontal 
turns,  each  of  which  over-laps  the  one 
made  before  it ;  the  spiral  consists  of 
spiral  turns ;  the  oblique  follows  a  course 
oblique  or  slanting  to  the  centre  of  the 
limb ;  and  the  recurrent  folds  back  again 
to  the  part  whence  it  started. 

2204.  Circular  bandages  are  used  for 
the  neck,  to  retain  dressings  on  any  part 
of  it,  or  for  blisters,  setons,  &c. ;  for  the 
head,  to  keep  dressings  on  the  forehead 
or  any  part  contained  within  a  circle 
passing  round  the  head  ;  for  the  arm, 
previous  to  bleeding ;  for  the  leg,  above 
the  knee;  and  for  the  fingers,  &c. 

2205.  To  confine  the  ends  of  bandages, 
some  persons  use  pins,  others  slit  the 
end  for  a  short  distance,  and  tie  the  two 
strips  into  a  knot,  and  some  use  a  strip 
of  adhesive  plaster.    Always  place  the 
point  of  a  pin  in  such  a  position  that  it 
should  not  be  likely  to  prick  the  patient, 
or  the  person  dressing  the  limb,  or  be 
likely  to  draw  out  by  using  the  limb  : 
therefore,  as  a  general  rule,  turn  the 
head  of  the  pin  from  the  free  end  of  the 
bandage,  or  towards  the  upper  part  of 
the  limb. 

2206.  The  oblique  bandage  is  gene- 
rally used  for  arms  and  legs  to  retain 
dressings. 

2207.  The  spiral  bandage  is  generally 
applied  to  the  trunk  and  extremities, 
but  it  is  apt  to  fall  off  even  when  very 
carefully  applied;  therefore  we  gene- 
rally use  another  called  the  recurrent, 
which  folds  back  again. 

2208.  The  recurrent  bandage  is  the 
best  kind  of  bandage  that  we  can  em- 
ploy for  general  purposes.     The  method 
of  putting  it  on  is  as  follows  :— Apply 
the  end  of  the  bandage  that  is  free,  with 
the  outside  of  it  next  the  skin,  and  hold 
this  end  with  the  finger  and  thumb  oi 
the  left  hand,  while  some  one  support* 


MIND  THAT   YOUR  8EEDS  ARE  NOT  OF  WEEDS. 


273 


the  heel  of  the  patient ;  then  with  the 
right  liand  to  pass  the  bandage  over  the 
piece  you  are  holding,  and  keep  it 
crossed  thus,  until  you  can  place  your 
right  forefinger  upon  the  spot  where  it 
crosses  the  other  bandage,  where  it 
must  be  kept  firm.  Now  hold  the  roll 
of  the  bandage  in  your  left  hand,  with 
the  palm  looking  upwards,  and  taking 
care  to  keep  that  part  of  the  bandage  be- 
tween your  right  fore-finger,  and  the  roll 
in  your  left  hand  quite  slack;  turn  your 
left  hand  over,  and  bi'ing  the  bandage 
down  upon  the  leg ;  then  pass  the  roll 
under  the  leg  towards  your  right  hand, 
and  repeat  this  until  the  leg  is  bandaged 
up  to  the  knee,  taking-  care  not  to  drag 
the  bandage  at  any  time  during  the 
process  of  bandaging.  When  you  arrive 
at  the  knee,  pass  the  bandage  round  the 
leg  in  circles  just  below  the  knee,  and 
pin  it  as  usual.  Bandaging  is  very  easy, 
and  if  you  once  see  any  one  apply  a 
bandage  properly,  and  attend  to  these 
rules,  there  will  not  be  any  difficulty  ; 
but  bear  one  thing  in  mind,  with- 
out which  you  will  never  put  on  a 
bandage  even  decently  ;  and  that  is, 
never  to  drag  or  pull  at  a  bandage,  but 
make  the  turns  while  it  is  slack,  and 
you  have  your  right  forefinger  placed 
upon  the  point  where  it  is  to  be  folded 
down.  When  a  limb  is  properly 
bandaged,  the  folds  should  run  in  a  line 
corresponding  to  the  shin-bone.  Use, 
to  retain  dressings,  and  for  varicose 
veins. 

2209.  A    bandage  for  the    chest    is 
always  placed  upon  the  patient  in  a 
Bitting  posture ;  and  it  may  be  put  on 
in  circles  or  spirally.     Use,  in  fractures 
of  the   ribs,   to    retain  dressings,  and 
after  BeVere  contusions. 

2210.  A  bandage  for  the  belly  is  placed 
on  the  patient  as  directed  in  the  last,  if 
spiral!)  carrying  it  from  above  down- 
wards.    Use,  to  compress  the  belly  after 
dropsy,  or  retain  dressings. 

221 1 .  The  hand  is  bandaged  by  cross- 
ing the  bandage  over  the  back  of  the 
hand.     Use,  to  retain  dressings. 

2212.  tor  the  head,  a  bandage  may 
be  c'.ifvUr.  or  spiral,  <ir  both  ;  in  the 


latter  case,  commence  by  placing  one 
circular  turn  just  over  the  ears  ;  then 
!  bring  down  from  left  to  right,  and 
round  the  head  again  so  as  to  alternate 
a  spiral  with  a  circular  turn.  Use, 
to  retain  dressings  on  the  head  or  over 
the  eye  ;  but  this  form  soon  gets  slack. 
The  circular  bandage  is  the  best,  cross- 
ing it  over  both  eyes. 

2213.  For  the  Foot. — Place  the  end 
just  above  the  outer  ankle,  and  make 
two  circular  turns,  to  prevent  its  slip- 
ping ;  then  bring  it  down  from  the  in- 
side of  the  foot  over  the  instep  towards 
the  outer  part ;  pass  it  under  the  sole  of 
the  foot,  and  upwards  and  inwards  over 
the  instep  towards  the  inner  ankle,  then 
rc*nd    the    ankle,  and  repeat    again. 
Use,  to  retain  dressings  to  the  instep, 
heel,  or  ankle. 

2214.  For  the  leg  and  foot,  commence 
and  proceed  as  directed  in  2213 ;  then 
continue  it  up  the  leg  as  ordered  in 
2208. 

2215.  As  it  sometimes  happens  that 
it  is  necessary  to  apply  a  bandage  at 
once,  and  the  materials  are  not  at  hand, 
it  is  desirable  to  know  how  to  substitute 
something  else  that  any  one  may  apply 
with  ease.     This  is  found  to  be  effected 
by  handkerchiefs,  and  an  experienced 
surgeon   has    paid   great  attention    to 
this  subject,  and  brought  it  to  much 
perfection.    It  is  to  him,  therefore,  that 
we  are  indebted  for  most  of  these  hints. 

2216.  Any    ordinary    handkerchief 
will  do ;  but   a  square  of  linen  folded 
into    various    shapes    answers    better. 
The  shapes  generally  required  are  as 
follows  : — The  triangle,  the  long  square, 
the  cravat  and  the  cord. 

2217.  The  triangular  handkerchief  is 
made  by  folding  it  from  corner  to  cor- 
ner.    Use,  as  a  bandage  for  the  head. 
Application. — Place  the  base  round  the 
head,  and  the  short  part  hanging  down 
behind,  then  tie  the  long  ends  over  it. 

2218.  The   loner-square  is  made   by 
folding  the   handkerchief    into    three 
parts,  or   double  it  once  upon   itself. 
Use,  as  a  bandage  to  the  ribs,  belly,  &c. 
If  one  handkerchief  is  n'/t  long  enough, 
sew  two  together. 


274 


WANT  OF   VARIETY  LEADS  TO  SATIETY. 


2219.  The  cravat  is  folded  as  usual 
with  cravats.  USB,  as  a  bandage  for  the 
head,  arms,  legs,  feet,  neck,  &c. 

'2220.  The  cord  is  used  to  compress 
vessels,  when  a  knot  is  made  in  it,  and 
placed  over  the  vessel  to  be  com- 
pressed. It  is  merely  a  handkerchief 
twisted  in  its  long  diameter. 

2221.  Sometimes  it  is  necessary  to 
apply  two  or  more  handkerchiefs,  as  in 
a  broken  collar-bone,   or  when   it  is 
necessary  to  keep  dressings  under  the 
arm.     It  is  applied  by  knotting  the  two 
ends  of  one  handkerchief  together,  and 
passing  the  left  arm  through  it,  then 
passing  another  handkerchief  under  the 
right  arm,  and  tying  it.     By  this  means 
we  can  brace  the  shoulders  well  ba»k, 
and  the  handkerchief  will  press  firmly 
over  the  broken  collar-bone ;  besides, 
thit  form  of  bandage  does  not  readily 
slip  or  get  slack,  but  it  requires  to  be 
combined  with  the  sling,  in  order  to 
keep  the  arm  steady. 

2222.  When  a  woman  has  an  inflamed 
breast  that  requires  support  or  dress- 
ings to  be  kept  to  it,  tie  two  ends  of 
the  handkerchief  round  her  neck,  and 
bring  the  body  of  it  over  the  breast, 
and   pass  it   upwards  and  backwards 
under  the  arm  of  that  side,  and  tie  the 
ends  of  those  around  the  neck. 

An  excellent  sling  is  formed  by 
placing  one  handkerchief  around  the 
neck,  and  knotting  the  two  ends  over 
the  breast-bone,  then  placing  the  other 
in  triangle  under  the  arm,  to  be  sup- 
ported with  the  base  near  to  the  hand  ; 
tie  the  ends  over  the  handkerchief,  and 
pin  the  top  to  the  other  part  after  pass- 
ing it  aroun.d  the  elbow. 

2223.  APPARATUS. — When  a  person 
receives  a  severe  contusion  of  the  leg 
or  foot,  or  breaks  his  leg,  or  has  pain- 
ful ulcers  over  the  leg,  or  is  unable 
from  some  cause  to  bear  the  pressure 
of  the  bedclothes,   it  is  advisable  to 
know  how  to  keep  them  from  hurting 
the  leg.    .This  may  be  done  by  bending 
up   a  fire-guard,  or   placing  a   chair, 
resting  upon  the  edge  of  its  back  and 
front  of  the  seat  over  the  leg,  or  putting 
a  box  on  each  aide  of  it.  and  placing  a 


plank  over  them ;  but  the  best  way  ia 
to  make  a  cradle,  as  it  is  called.  This 
is  done  by  getting  three  pieces  of  wood, 
and  three  pieces  of  iron  wire,  and 
passing  the  wire  or  hoop  through  the 
wood.  This  can  be  placed  to  any 
height,  and  is  very  useful  in  all  cases 
where  pressure  cannot  be  borne.  Wood- 
en hoops  cut  in  halves  answer  better 
than  the  wire. 

2224.  When  a  person  breaks  his  leg, 
and  splints  cannot  be  had  directly,  get 
a  bunch  of  straw  or  twigs,  and  roll  it 
up  in  a  handkerchief,  and  place  one  on 
each  side  of  the  leg  or  arm,  and  bind 
another    handkerchief   firmly    around 
them,  or  make  a  long  bag  about  three 
inches  in  diameter,  or  even  more,  of 
coarse  linen  duck,  or  carpet,  and  stuff 
this  full  of  bran,  sawdust  or  sand,  sew 
up  the  end,  and  use  this  the  same  a? 
the  twigs.     It  forms  an  excellent  ex- 
temporaneous splint.      Another    good 
plan  is  to  get  a  hat-box  made  of  chip, 
and  cut  it  into  suitable  lengths,  or  for 
want  of  all  these,  some  bones  out  of  a 
pair  of  stays,  and  run  them  through  a 
stout  piece  of  rug,  protecting  the  leg 
with  a  fold  of  rug,  linen,  &c. 

2225.  When  dry  warmth  is  required 
to  be  applied  to  any  part  of  the  body, 
fry  a  flour  pancake  and  lay  it  over  the 
part ;  or  warm  some  sand  and  place  in 
the  patient's  socks,  and  lay  it  to  the 
part ;  salt  does  as  well,  and  may  be  put 
into  a  paper  bag  ;  or  warm  water  put 
into  ginger-beer  bottles  or  stone  jars, 
and  rolled  up  in  flannel. 

2226.  IV.— MINOR  OPERATIONS.— 
Bleeding  is    sometimes    necessary   at 
once  in  certain  accidents,  such  as  con- 
cussion, and  therefore  it  is  well  to  know 
how  to  do  this.     First  of  all,  bind  up 
the  arm  above  the  elbow  with  a  pieco 
of  bandage  or  a  handkerchief,  pretty 
firmly,  then  place  your  finger  over  the 
veins  at  the  bend  of  the  arm,  and  feel 
if  there  is  any  pulsation ;  if  there  is,  try 
another  vein,  and  if  it  does  not  pulsato 
or  beat,  choose  that  one-    Now  rub 
the  ana,  from  the  wrist  towards  the 
elbow,  place  the  left  thumb  upon  tho 
vein,  und  hold  the  lancet  as  you  wou!4 


A  BAD   BROOM   LEAVES   A  DIRTY  ROOM. 


275 


i  pen,  and  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the 
vein,  taking  care  to  prevent  its  going  in 
too  far,  by  keeping  the  thumb  near  to 
the  point,  and  resting  the  hand  upon 
the  little  linger.  Now  place  the  point 
of  the  lancet  on  the  vein ;  push  it  sud- 
denly inwards,  depress  the  elbow,  and 
raise  the  hand  upwards  and  outwards 
so  as  to  cut  obliquely  across  the  vein. 
When  sufficient  blood  is  drawn  off, 
which  is  known  by  feeling  the  pulse  at 
the  wrist,  and  near  the  thumb,  bandage 
the  arm.  If  the  pulse  feel  like  apiece 
of  cord,  more  blood  should  be  taken 
away,  but  if  it  is  soft,  and  can  be  easily 
pressed,  the  bleeding  should  be  stopped. 
When  you  bandage  the  arm,  place  a 
piece  of  lint  over  the  opening  made  by 
the  lancet,  and  pass  a  bandage  lightly, 
but  firmly,  around  the  arm,  so  as  to 
cross  it  over  the  bend  of  the  elbow. 

2227.  Dry  Cupping  is  performed  by 
throwing  a  piece  of  paper  dipped  into 
spirit  of  wine,  and  ignited  into  a  wine- 
glass, and  placing  it  over  the  part,  such 
as  the  neck,  temples,  &c.  It  thus  draws 
the  flesh  into  the   glass,  and   causes  a 
termination  of  blood  to  the  part,  which 
is  useful   in   headache,  or  many  other 
complaints.  This  is  an  excellent  method 
of  extracting  the  poison  from  wounds 
made  by  adders,  mad  dogs,  fish,  &c. 

2228.  Ordinary  Cupping  is  performed 
the  same  as  dry  cupping,  with  this  ex- 
ception, that  the  part  is   scarified  or 
scratched  with  a  lancet,  so  as  to  cause 
the  blood  to  flow.      Then  the    glass 
is  placed  over  it  again  with  the  lighted 
paper  in  it,  and  when  sufficient  blood 
has   been  taken  away,  then  the  parts 
are   sponged,  and  a  piece  of  sticking- 
plaster  applied  over  them. 

2229.  LEECHES    AND  THEIR   AP- 
PLICATION.   —  The    leech    used   for 
medical  purposes  is  called  the  hirudo 
Mcdicinalis,  to  distinguish  it  from  other 
varieties,  such  as  the   horse-leech  and 
the  Lisbon  leech.     It  varies   from  two 
to  four  inches   in  length,  and  is   of  ft 
blackish   brown  colour,  marked  on  the 
back  with  six   yellow  spots,  and  edged 
v.-ith  a  yellow  line  on  each   side     For- 
merly leeches  were  supplied 

12* 


but  latterly  most  of  the  leeches  are  pro- 
cured from  France,  where  they  are 
now  becoming  scarce. 

2230.  When  leeches  are  applied  to  a 
part,  it  should  be  thoroughly  freed  from 
down  or  hair  by  shaving,  and  all  lini- 
ments, &c.,  carefully    and    effectually 
cleaned    away    by  washing.      If  the 
leech  is  hungry  it  will   soon  bite,  but 
sometimes   great    difficulty  is  experi- 
enced in   getting  them    to  fasten    on. 
When  this  is  the  case,  roll  the  leech 
into  a  little  porter,  or  moisten  the   sur- 
face with  a  little  blood,  or  milk,  or 
sugar    and  water.      Leeches   may  be 
applied  by  holding  them  over  the  part 
with  a  piece  of  linen  cloth  or  by  means 
of  an  inverted  glass,  under  which  they 
must  be  placed. 

2231.  When  applied  to  the  gums,  caro 
should  be  taken  to  use  a  leech  glass,  aa 
they  are  apt  to  creep  down  the  patient's 
throat;  a  large  swan's  quill  will  answer 
the   purpose  of  a  leech  glass.     When 
leeches  are  gorged  they  will  drop  off 
themselves;    never  tear  them  off  from 
a  person,  but  just   dip   the  point  of  a 
moistened  finger  into  some   salt  and 
touch  them  with  it. 

2232.  Leeches  are  supposed   to   ab- 
stract about  two  drachms  of  blood,  or 
six  leeches  draw  about  an  ounce ;  but 
this  is  independent  of    the  bleeding 
after    they  have  come  off,  and    more 
blood  generally  flows  then  than  during 
the  time  they  are  sucking. 

2233.  After  leeches  come  away,  en- 
courage the  bleeding  by  flannels  dipped 
in  hot  water  and  wrung   out  dry,  and 
then  apply  a  warm  "  spongio-piline " 
poultice.     If  the  bleeding  is  not  to  be 
encouraged,  cover  the   bites  with  rag 
dipped    in    olive  oil,  or    spread  with 
spen  »aceti  ointment,  having  previously 
sponged  the  parts  clean. 

2234.  When  bleeding  continues  from 
leech  bites,  and  it  is  desirable  to  stop 
it,  apply  pressure  with  the  fingers  over 
the  part,  or  dip  a  rag  in  a  stroug-  solu- 

j  tion  of  alum  and  lay  over  them,  or  use 
the  tincture  of  seequichloride  of  iron, 
or  apply  a  leaf  of  matico  to  them, 
placing  the  tinder  surface  of  th«  W 


276 


A  BLUNT  KNIFE  SHOWS  A  DULL  WIFE. 


next  to  the  skin,  )r  touch  each  bite 
with  a  finely-pointed  piece  of  lunar 
caustic  ;  and  if  all  these  tried  in  succes- 
sion fail,  pass  a  fine  needle  through  a 
fold  of  the  skin  so  as  to  include  the 
bite,  and  twist  a  piece  of  thread  round 
it.  Be  sure  never  to  allow  any  one  t"» 
go  to  sleep  with  leech  bites  bleedinj . , 
without  watching  them  carefully  ;  and 
never  apply  too  many  to  children. 

2235.  After  leeches  have  been  used 
they  should  be  placed  in  water,  contain- 
ing  sixteen   per   cent,  of    salt,  which 
facilitates    the   removal  of   the   blood 
they  contain ;    and   they  should   After- 
wards be  placed  one   by  one   in  v  <vm 
water,  and    the  blood  forced   out    by 
gentle  pressure.     The   leeches    should 
then  be  thrown  into  fresh  water,  which 
is    to    be  renewed  every  twenty-four 
hours;  and  they  may  then  be  re-ap- 
plied after  an  interval  of  eight  or  ten 
aays ;   a  second  time  they  may  be  dis- 
gorged. 

2236.  If  a  leech  is  accidentally  swal- 
lowed, or  by  any  means   gets  into   the 
body,  employ  an  emetic,  or  enema  of 
salt  and  water. 

2237.  Scarification  is  useful  in  severe 
contusions,  and  inflammation  of  parts. 
It  is  performed  by  scratching  or  slightly 
cutting  through  the  skin  with  a  lancet, 
holding  the  lancet  as  you  wrould  a  pen 
when  you  are  ruling  lines  on  paper. 

2238.  ACCIDENTS. — Always  send  off 
for  a    surgeon    immediately  an    acci- 
dent occurs,  but  treat  as  directed  until  he 
arrives.     Burns. — If  the  skin  is  much 
injured,  spread  some  linen  pretty  thickly 
with  chalk  ointment  (979),  and  lay  over 
the  part,  and  give  the  patient  some 
brandy  and  water  if  much  exhausted ; 
then   send  for  a  medical  man.     If  not 
much  injured  and  very  painful,  use  the 
same  ointment  or   apply  carded  cotton 
dipped  in  lime-water  and   linseed  oil 
(938).      If  you  please,  you   may  lay 
cloths  dipped  in  aether  over  the  parts, 
or  cold  lotions  (909,970). 

2-239.  Scalds.— Trent  the  same  as 
burns,  or  cover  with  ecraped  raw 
potato ;  but  th  >  chalk  ointment  is  the 
best.  In  the  absface  af  all  these, 


cover  the  parts  with  treacle,  and  dust 
on  plenty  of  flour. 

2240.  Body  in    Flames. — Lay   the 
person  down  on  the  floor  <>f  the   room, 
and  throw  the  tablecloth,  rug,  or  other 
large  cloth  over  him,  and   roll   him   on 
the  floor. 

2241.  Dirt  in  the  Eye.— Place  your 
forefinger  upon  the  cheekbone,  having 
the  patient  before  you  ;  then  draw  up 
the  finger  and  you   will  probably  be 
abte  to  remove  the  dirt ;  but  if  this  will 
not  enable  you  to  get  at  it,  repeat  this 
operation   while    you  have  a  netting- 
needle  or  bodkin  placed  over  the  eyelid ; 
this  will  turn  it  inside  out,  and  enable 
you  to  remove  the  sand,  or  eyelash,  &c., 
with  the  corner  of  a  fine  silk  handker- 
chief.   As  soon  as  the  substance  is  re- 
moved, bathe  the  eye  with  cold  water 
and  exclude  the  light  for  a  day.     If  the 
inflammation   is  severe,  take  a  purga- 
tive and  use  a  refrigerant  lotion  (969). 

2242.  Lime  in  the  Eye. — Syringe   it 
well  with  warm  vinegar  and  water  (one 
ounce  to  eight  ounces  of  water) ;  take 
a  purgative,  and  exclude  light. 

2243.  Iron  or  Steel  Spiwlcr  in  the  Eye 
— This  occurs   while    turning  iron   or 
steel  in  a  lathe.     Drop   a   solution   of 
sulphate  of  copper  (from  one  to  three 
grains  of  the  salt  to  one  ounce  of  water) 
iiifto  the   eye,  or   keep   the    eye   open 
in  a  wine-glassful  of  the  solution.    Take 
a  purgative,  bathe  wiih  cold  lotion,  and 
exclude  light  to  keep  down   inflamma- 
tion. 

2244.  Dislocated    Thumb.— This    is 
frequently  produced   by  a  fall.      Make 
a  clove  hitch,  by  passing  twro   loops  of 
cord  over  the  thumb,  placing  a  piece 
of  rag  under  the   cord  to   prevent  it 
cutting  the  thumb;   then  pull  in  the 
eauie  line  as  the  thumb.     Afterwards 
apply  a  cold  lotion  (970). 

2245.  Cuts  and  Wounds.— Cut  thin 
strips  of  sticking-plaster,  and  bring  the 
parts  together:  or  if  large  and  deep, 
cut  two  broad  pieces  so  as  to  look  like 
the  teeth  of  a  comb,  and  place  one  on 
each  side  of  the  wound,  which  must  be 
cleaned  previously.    These  pieces  must 

I  be  arrariged  so  that  they  eball  interlaca 


DESPISE  SCHOOL  AND  REMAIN  A  FOOL. 


277 


one  another ;  then  by  laying  hold  of 
the  pieces  on  the  right  hand  side  with 
one  hand,  and  those  on  the  other  Bide 
with  the  other  hand,  and  pulling1  them 
froin  one  another,  the  edges  of  the 
wound  are  brought  together,  and  with- 
out any  difficulty. 

2246.  Ordinary  Cuts  are  dressed  by 
thin  strips   applied   by  pressing   down 
the  plaster  on  one   side  of  the  wound, 
and  keeping  it  there  and  pulling  in  the 
opposite   direction  ;  then   suddenly  de- 
pressing the  hand  when   the   edges  of 
the  wound  are  brought  together. 

2247.  Contusions. — When   they  are 
vr-ry  severe,  lay  a  cloth  over  the  part, 
and  suspend  a  basin  over  it  filled  with 
cold  lotion.     (969,  970.)     Put  a  piece 
of  cotton  into  the  basin,  so  that  it  shall 
allow  the  lotion  to  drop  on  the  cloth, 
and  thus  keep  it  always  wet. 

2248.  Haemorrhage,  when  caused  by 
an  artery  being  divided   or  torn,  may 
be  known  by  the  blood  jumping  out  of 
the  wound,  and  being  of  a  bright  scar- 
let colour.     If  a  vein  is  injured,  the 
blood  is  darker,  and  flows  continuously. 
To  stop  the  latter,  apply  pressure   by 
means  of  a  compress  and  bandage.     To 
arrest    arterial  bleeding  get   a    piece 
of  wood  (part  of   a  mop-handle  will 
do),  and  tie  a  piece  of   tape   to  one 
end  of   it;    then  tie  a  piece   of   tape 
loosely   over    the    arm,  and  pass  the 
other  end  of  the  wood  under  it ;  twist 
the  stick  round   and  round  until  the 
tape  compresses  the  arm  sufficiently  to 
nrrest  the  bleeding,  and  then  confine 
the  other  end  by  tying  the  string  round 
the    arm.     If    the    bleeding  is    very 
obstinate,  and  it  occurs  in  the  arm, 
place  a  cork  underneath  the  string,  on 
the  inside  of  the  fleshy  part,  where  the 
artery   may  be    felt    beating    by  any 
one ;  if  in  the  leg,  place  a  cork  in  the 
direction  of   a  line    drawn   from    the 
inner  part  of  the  knee  a  little  to  the 
outside  of  the  groin.     It  is  an  excellent 
thing  to  accustom  yourself  to  find  out 
the  position  of  these  arteries,  or  indeed 
any  that  are  superficial,  and  to  explain 
to  every  one  in  your  house  where  they 
are.  and  how  to  stop  blt»<«ttiig.     If  a 


stick  cannot  be  got,  take  a  handker- 
chief make  -a  cord  bandage  of  it,  and 
tie  a  knot  in  the  naddle ;  the  knot  acts 
as  a  compress,  and  should  be  placed 
over  the  artery,  while  the  two  ends  are 
to  be  tied  around  the  thumb.  Observe 
always  to  place  the  ligature  between  the 
wound  and  the  heart.  Putting  your 
finger  into  a  bleeding  wound,  and 
making  pressure  until  a  surgeon 
arrives,  will  generally  stop  violent 
bleeding. 

2249.  Bleeding  from  the  Nose,  from 
whatever    cause,    may    generally    be 
stopped  by  putting  a  plug  of  lint  into 
the  nostrils ;  if  this  does  not  do,  apply 
a  cold  lotion  to  the  forehead  (969,970); 
raise  the   head,  and  place  both  arms 
over  the  head,  so  that  it  will  rest  on 
both  hands ;  dip  the  lint  plug,  slightly 
moistened,   into   some  powdered    gum 
arabic,  and  plug  the  nostrils  again  ;  or 
dip  the  plug-  into  equal  parts  of  pow- 
dered gum  arabic  and  alum,  and  plug 
the  nose.     If  the  bowels  are  confined, 
take  a  purgative. 

2250.  Violent  shocks  will  sometimes 
stun  a  person,  and  he  will  remain  un- 
conscious.    Untie  strings,  collars,  &c. ; 
loose  anything  that  is  tight,  arid  inter- 
feres  with   the   breathing ;    raise  the 
head  ;  see  if  there  is  bleeding  from  any 
part ;  apply  smelling-salts  to  the  nose, 
and  hot  bottles  to  the  feet. 

2251.  In   Concussion,  the  surface  of 
the    body  is  cold  and  pale,  and  the 
pulse  weak  and  small,  the  breathing 
slow  and  gentle,  and  the   pupil  of  the 
eye  generally  contracted  or  small.  You 
can  get  a   answer  by  speaking  loud 
so  as  to  arouse  the   patient.     Give  a 
little    brandy  and    water,    keep    the 
place  quiet,  apply  warmth,  and  do  not 
raise  the  head  too  high.    If  you  tickle 
the  feet,  the  patient  feels  it. 

2252.  In   Compression  of  the  Braint 
from  any  cause,  such  as  apoplexy,  or  a 
piece   of  fractured    bone   pressing  on 
it,  there  is   loss  of  sensation.     If  you 
tickle  the  feet,  he   does  not  feel  iv 
You  cannot  arouse  him  so  as  to  get  an 
answer.  The  pulse  is  slow,  and  labored; 
the  breathing  slow,  labored,  and  snore- 


£78 


LET  THE  TICKING  CLOCK  GUIDE  THE  BOILING  CHOCK. 


ing ;  the  pupils  enlarged.  Raise  the 
head,  unloose  strings  or  tight  tilings, 
and  send  for  a  surgeon.  If  one  cannot 
Ue  got  at  once,  apply  mustard -poultices 
to  the  feet,  and  leeches  to  the  temples. 

2253.  Choking. — When  a  person  has 
a   fish  bone   in  the  throat,  insert  the 
forefinger,  press  upon  the  root  of  the 
tongue,  so  as  to  induce  vomiting ;  if  this 
does  not  do,  let  them  swallow  a  large 
piece  of  potato  or  soft  bread ;  and  if 
these  fail,  give  a  mustard  emetic. 

2254.  Fainting,     Hysterics,    &c.  — 
Loosen  the   garments,  bathe  the  tem- 
ples with  water  or   eau  de  Cologne : 
fresh  air;   avoid  bustle,  and  excessive 
sympathy. 

2255.  Drowning.— Attend  to  the  fol- 
lowing essential  rules  :  —  1.   Lose  no 
time.     2.  Handle  the  body  gently.     3. 
Carry  the  body  with  the  head  gently 
raised,  and  never  hold  it  up  by  the 
feet.      4.  Send  for  medical  assistance 
immediately,  and  in  the  meantime  act 
as  follows:  1.   Strip  the  body,  rub  it 
dry :   then  rub  it  in  hot  blankets,  and 
place  it  in  a  warm  bed  in  a  warm  room. 
2.  Cleanse  away  the   froth  and  mucus 
from  the  nose  and  mouth.     3.  Apply 
warm  bricks,  bottles,  bags  of  sand,  &c. 
to  the  arm-pits,  between  the  thighs  and 
soles  of  the  feet.     4.    Rub  the   surface 
of  the  body  with  the  hands  enclosed  in 
warm  dry  worsted  socks.     5.  If  pos- 
sible, put  the  body  into  a  warm  bath. 
6.  To  restore  breathing,  put  the  pipe  of 
a  common  bellows   'nto  one    nostril, 
carefully   closing  the    other  and  the 
mouth ;     at  the    same   time   drawing 
downwards,  and  pushing  gently  back- 
wards the 'upper  part  of  the  windpipe, 
to  allow  a  more  free  admission  of  air  ; 
blew  the  bellows  gently,  in  order  to 
inflate  the  lungs,  till  the  breast  be  rais- 
ed a  little ;  then  set  the  mouth  and  nost- 
rils free,  and  press  gently  on  the  chest ; 
repeat  this   until  signs  of  life  appear. 
When  the  patient  revives  apply  smell- 
ing-salts to  the  nose,  give  warm  wine 
or  brandy  and  water.     Cautions,  —  1. 
Never  rub  the  body  with  salt  or  spirits. 
2.  Never  roll  the  body  en  casks.    3. 
Continue  the  remedies  for  twelve  hours 
without  erasing 


2256.  Hanging. — Loose  the  cord,  of 
whatever  suspended   the   person,  and 
proceed   as  for   drowning,  taking  the 
additional  precaution  to  apply  eight  or 
ten  leeches  to  the  temples. 

2257.  Apparent  Death  from  Drunken- 
ness. —  Raise  the   head,  unloose   the 
clothes,    maintain  warmth  of  surface 
and  give  a  mustard  emetic  as  soon  a« 
the  person  can  swallow. 

2258.  Apoplexy  and  Fits  generally.— ~ 
Raise    the    head;    unloose     all    tight 
clothes,  string,  &c. ;  apply  cold  lotions 
(969,970)  to  the  head,  which  should 
be  shaved ;  apply  leeches  to  the  temples, 
and  send  for  a  surgeon. 

2259.  Suffocation  from  noxious  gases, 
&c.  Remove  to  the  fresh  air :  dash  cold 
vinegar  and  water  in  the  face,  neck  and 
breast ,  keep  up  the  warmth   of  the 
body ;     if    necessary    apply    mustard 
poultices  to  the  soles  of  the  feet,  and 
try  artificial  respirations  as  in  drown- 
ing-. 

2260.  Lightning  and   Sun-stroke. — 
Treat  the  same  as  apoplexy. 

2261.  POISONS,  GENERAL  OB 
SERVATIONS.  —  The    abbreviation 
used  are  as  follows  : — E.  effects  orsymv 
toms.      T.  treatment.     A.   antidotes   01 
counter-poisons.     D.  A.  dangerous   an 
tidotes. 

A  poison  is  a  substance  which  is 
capable  of  altering,  or  destroying,  some 
or  all  of  the  functions  necessary  to  life. 

When  a  person  is  in  good  health  and 
is  suddenly  attacked,  after  having  taken 
some  food  or  drink,  with  violent  pain 
cramp  in  the  stomach,  sense  of  sickness 
or  nausea,  vomiting,  convulsive  twitch- 
ings,  and  a  sense  of  suffocation ;  or  if 
he  be  seized,  under  the  same  circum- 
stances, with  giddiness,  delirium,  or 
unusual  sleepiness,  then  poisoning  may 
be  supposed. 

2262.  Poisons  have  been  divided  into 
four  classes : — 1st.  Those  causing-  local 
symptoms.        2nd.     Those     producing 

pasmodic  symptoms.  3rd..  Narcotic 
or  sleepy  symptoms ;  and  4th.  Paraly- 
tic symptoms. 

2263.  Poisons  may  be  mineral,  animal, 
or  vegetable, 

2264.  1st.  Always  send  immediately 


DINNER  TO  A  MINUTE,  AND  ALL  READY  TO  BEGIN  IT. 


for  a  medical  man ;  2nd.  Save  all  fluids 
vomited,  and  articles  of  food,  cups, 
glasses,  &c.,  used  by  ti.e  patient  before 
being  taken  ill,  and  lock  them  up ;  3rd. 
Examine  the  cups,  to  guide  you  in  your 
treatment ;  that  is,  smell  them,  and  look 
at  them. 

2265.  As  a  rule,  give  emetics  after 
poisons  that  cause  sleepiness  and  raving; 
chalk,  milk,  eggs,  butter,  and  warm 
water,  or  oil,  after  poisons  that  cause 
vomiting  and  pain  in  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  with  purging  ;  and  when  there 
is  no  inflammation  about  the  throat, 
tickle  it  with  a  feather  to  excite  vomit- 
ing. 

22G6.  ARSENIC. — (  White  arsenic  ; 
Orpiment,  or  yellow  arsenic;  realgar, 
red  arsenic  ;  Sehecle's  green,  or  arsenitc 
of  copper  ;  king's  yellow ;  ague  drops'; 
and  arsenical  paste). — E.  Little  or  no 
taste.  Within  an  hour  heat  and  pain  in 
the  stomach,  followed  by  vomiting  of 
green,  yellow,  and  bloody  matter,  burn- 
ing, and  violent  thirst;  purging  and 
twisting  about  the  navel  ;  pulse  small, 
quick,  and  irregular;  breathing  laboured, 
voice  hoarse,  speaking  painful  ;  skin 
cold  and  clammy.  Sometimes  there 
are  cramps  and  convulsions,  followed 
by  death. — T.  Give  plenty  of  warm 
water,  new  milk  in  large  quantities, 
gruel,  linseed  tea,  apply  leeches  to  the 
bowels,  foment,  and  give  starch  or 
gruel  enemas.  Scrape  the  iron  rust  olF 
anything  you  can  get  at,  mix  it  with 

Slenty  of  water,  and  give  in  large 
raughts  frequently,  and  give  an  emetic 
of  sulphate  of  zinc  (white  vitriol.) 
Caution.  Never  give  large  draughts  of 
fluid  until  those  given  before  have  been 
vomited,  because  the  stomach  will  not 
contract  properly  if  filled  with  fluid, 
and  the  object  is  to  get  rid  of  the  poi- 
son as  speedily  as  possible. 

2267.  COPPER  (Blue  vitriol,  or  blue 
stone ;  ccrdigrisi  ;  vcrditcr  ;  -  verdigrisi 
crystals) — E.  An  acid,  rough,  disagree- 
able taste  in  the  mouth;  a  dry,  parched 
tongue,  with  sense  of  strangling  in  the 
throat-  coppery  eructations;  frequent 
spitting;  nausea;  frjquent  desire  and 
effort  to  voimt.  or  /•op'ras  voiriting; 


severe  darting-  pains  in  the  stomach ; 
griping ;  frequent  purging  ;  belly  swoll- 
en and  painful ;  skin  hot,  and  violent 
burning  thirst ;  breathing  difficult ; 
intense  headache  and  giddiness  ;  fol- 
lowed by  cold  sweats,  cramps  in  the 
legs,  convulsions,  and  death.  • —  A. 
White  of  eg^s  mixed  with  water  (12  to 
one  pint),  to  be  given  in  wine-glassfuls 
every  two  minutes ;  Prussian  blue  ;  iron 
filings  mixed  with  water,  or  very  strong 
coffee. — D.  A.  Vinegar,  bark,  alkalies, 
gall-nuts. — T.  If  there  is  much  pain 
in  the  belly  or  stomach,  apply  leeches. 
Give  large  draughts  of  milk  and  water, 
to  encourage  vomiting. 

2268.  MERCURY C  Corrosive  sublimate ; 
calomel  ;  red  precipitate  ;  vcrmillion  ; 
turpeth  mineral;  prussiate  of  mercury). 
— E.  Acid  metallic  taste  ;  tightness 
aud  burning  in  the  throat ;  pain  in  the 
back  part  of  the  mouth,  stomach,  and 
bowels  ;  anxiety  of  countenance  ; 
nausea  and  vomiting  of  bloody  and 
bilious  fluids ;  profuse  purging,  and 
difficulty  of  making  water ;  pulse  small, 
hard,  and  quick  ;  skin  clammy,  icy 
coldness  of  the  hands  and  feet ;  and 
death  in  24  or  36  hours.— A.  White 
of  eggs  mixed  with  water,  given  as 
above  (2267)  ;  milk  ;  flour  and  water, 
mixed  pretty  thick  ;  linseed  tea  ;  and 
barley-water.  — T.  Give  large  draughts 
of  warm  water,  if  you  cannot  get  any- 
thing else ;  foment  the  bowels  with 
poppy-head  fomentations,  and  apply 
leeches  if  the  belly  is  very  tender. 

2269.  ANTIMONY  ( Tartar  emetic  , 
butter  of ;  kermes  mineral)  — E.  A  rough 
metallic  taste  in  the  mouth,  nausea, 
copious  vomitings,  frequent  hiccough, 
purging,  colicky  pains,  frequent  and 
violent  cramps,  sense  of  choking,  se 
vere  heartburn,  pain  at  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,  difficult  breathing,  wildness 
of  speech,  cramps  in  the  legs,  and 
death. — A.  Decoction  or  tincture  ot 
galla  ;  strong  tea ;  decoction  or  powder 
of  Peruvian  bark.— D.  A  Whit* 
vitriol,  ipecacuanha,  as  emetics. — T, 
Give  large  draughts  of  water,  or  sugar 
and  water,  to  promote  vomiting ;  apply 
leeches  to  the  throat  and  stomach,  '« 


280 


SOME  HOURS  WK  SHOULD  FINf   FOR  THE  PLEASURES  OF  THE  MIND. 


painful  ;  and  give  one  grain  of  extract 
of  opium  dissolved  in  a  wine-glassful 
of  sugar  and  \vart>  as  soon  as  the 
vomiting  ceases,  and  repeat  three  times 
at  intervals  of  a  quarter  of  an  hour. 
2270.  TIN.— (Butter  of  tin  ;  putty 

&wder) — E.     Colic  and  purging. — A. 
ilk. — T.     Give  warm  or  cold  water  to 
promote  vomiting,  or  tickle  the  throat 
with  u  feather. 

2*271.  ZlNC. — (iniitc  Vitriol;  flowers 
of;  chloride  of). — E.  An  astringent 
taste,  sensation  of  choking,  nausea,  vom- 
iting, purging,  pain  and  burning  in  the 
throat  and  stomach,  difficult  breathing, 
pallor  and  coldness  of  the  surface, 
pinched  face,  cramps  of  the  extremities, 
but,  with  the  exception  of  the  chloride, 
seldom  death. — A.  For  the  two  first 
give  copious  draughts  of  milk,  and 
white  of  eggs  and  water,  mucilage,  and 
olive  oil ;  for  the  third,  carbonate  of 
soda,  and  warm  water  in  frequent 
draughts,  with  the  same  as  for  the  other 
compounds. — T.  Relieve  urgent  symp- 
toms by  leeching  and  fomentations,  and 
nfter  the  vomiting  give  castor-oil.  For 
the  chloride  use  frictions  and  warmth. 
(See  2225.) 

2272.  SILVER.  (Lunar caustic;  flowers 
of  silver.)     GOLD   (Chloride  of)  ;  and 
BISMUTH  (nitrate  ;  flowers  of;   pearl 
white),  are  not  frequently  met  with  as 
poisons. — E.     Burning    pain    in    the 
throat,  mouth,  and  the  usual  symptoms 
of  corrosive  poisons. — A.     For  silver, 
common  salt  and  water ;  for  gold  and 
bismuth,  uo  antidotes  are  known. — T. 
Give  milk  and  mucilaginous  fluids,  and 
castor-oil. 

2273.  ACIDS. — (Hydrochloride  or  spirit 
of  salt ;  nitric  or  aquafortis ;  sulphuric 
or  oil  of  vitriol). — E.     Acid   burning 
taste,  acute  pain  in  the  gullet  and  throat, 
vomiting  of  bloody  fluid,  which  effer- 
vesces when  chalk  is  added  to  it ;  hic- 
cough, tenderness   of  the   belly,  cold 
sweats,  pinched  face,  convulsions,  and 
death.-A.  Give  calcined  magnesia,  chalk, 
Boap    anJ    water. — D.   A.  Carbonated 
alkalies.     Caution.—  Do  not  give  water 
if  oil  of  ?i  ~oj  has  been  taken.     F. 


Kxcire  vomiting  ;  give  fluids  after  the 
poison  has  been  ejected. 

2274.  CHLORINE  (gas).— E.  Violent 
coughing,  tightness  of  the  chest,  debility, 
inability  to  stand. — A.  The  vapour  of 
caustic  ammonia  to  be  inhaled,  or  10 
drops  of  liquid  ammonia  to  one  ounce 
of  water  to  be  taken. — T.  Dash  cold 
water  over  the  face,  and  relieve  urgent 
symptoms. 

2275.  LEAD  (sugar   of;  red   lead; 
toine  sweetened  by  ;    and  water  impreg- 
nated   with). — E.     Sugary     astringent 
metallic  taste,  tightness  of  the  throat, 
colicky  ,paius,violent  vomiting,  hiccough , 
convulsions  and  death. — A.  Epsom  or 
Glauber's  salts  ;  plaster  of  Paris  ;  or 
phosphate  of  soda. — T.  An  emetic  of 
sulphate  of  zinc  (24  grains  to  half  pint 
of  water) ;  leeches  to  belly,  and  foraen 
tatioris  if  necessary. 

2275.  PHOSPHORUS.— E.     Intense 
burning  and  pain  in  the  throat  and 
stomach. — A.  magnesia  and  carbonate 
of  soda. — T.   Large  draughts  of  cold 
water,   and  tickle  the  throat  with  a 
feather.     Caution. — Do  not  give  oil  or 
milk. 

2276.  LIME. — E.    Burning    in    the 
throat  and  stomach,  cramps  in  the  belly, 
hiccough,  vomiting,   and  paralysis    of 
limbs. — A.  Vinegar  or  lemon  juice. — 
T.     Thin  starch  water  to  be  drunk  fre- 
quently 

2278.  ALKALIES  (Caustic  ;  potash  , 
soda  ;  ammonia). — E.  Acrid,  hot,  dis- 
agreeable taste  ;  burning  in  the  throat, 
nausea,  and  vomiting    bloody  matter, 
profuse  purging,  pain  in  the  stomach, 
colic,  convulsions,  and  death. — A.  Vine- 
gar and  vegetable  acids. — T.    Give  lin- 
seed  tea,  milk,  almond  or  olive  oil,  and 
excite  vomiting. 

2279.  BARYTA  (carbonate  ;  pure  and 
muriate).     (See  Lime.) 

2280.  NITRE. — E.  Heartburn,  nausea, 
violent  vomiting,  purging,  convulsions, 
difficult  breathing,  violent  pain  in  the 
bowels,  and  death. — T.    (See  Arsenic.) 

2281.  NARCOTIC  POISONS  (bane  berries; 
fooVs  parsley;  deadly  nightshade ;  water 
hemlock  ;    thorn  apple  ;    opium  ;    cam- 
phor,  <&c.). — E.     Giddiness*  faintneea 


A  TllUTH   ASCERTAINED   IS   A   LIFE   PENSION   GAINED. 


281 


nausea,  vomiting,  stupor,  delirium,  and 
death. — T.  Give  emetics,  large  draughts 
of  fluids,  tickle  the  throat,  apply 
smelling  salts  to  the  nose,  dash  cold 
water  over  the  face  aud  chest,  apply 
mustard  poultices,  and,  above  all,  endea- 
vour to  rouse  the  patient  by  walking 
between  two  persons  ;  and,  if  possible, 
by  electricity. 

2282.  VEGETABLE  IRRITATING  POI- 
SONS.— Mezereon ;   monk's-hood  ;   bitter 
apple  ;  gamboge  ;  white  hellebore,  &c. — 
E.    Acrid,  biting,  bitter  taste,  choking 
sensation,  dryness  of  the  throat,  retch- 
ing,   vomiting,   purging,    pains  in  the 
stomach   aud   bowels,    breathing   diffi- 
cult, and  death. — T.     Give  emetics  of 
chamomile,    mustard,    or     sulphur    of 
zinc ;  large  draughts  of  warm  milk,  or 
other  bland   fluids  ;  foment  and  leech 
the  belly  if  necessary,  and  give  strong 
infusion  of  coffee. 

2283.  OXALIC  ACID. — E.  Vomiting 
and  acute  pain  in  the  stomach,  general 
debility,  cramps,  aud  death. — A.  Chalk. 
— T.  Give  large  draughts  of  lime-water 
or  magnesia. 

2284.  SPANISH  FLIES. — E.  Acid  taste, 
burning  heat  in  the   throat,   stomach, 
mid    belly  ;    bloody    vomitings,    colic, 
purging,  retention  of  urine,  convulsions, 
death. — T.  Large  draughts  of  olive  oil, 
thin  gruel,  milk,   starch   enemas,   and 
camphorated  water. 

2285.  POISONOUS    FISH.— Old-imfe  ; 
sea-lobster  ;    mussel ;    tunny  ;  blower  ; 
rock-Jish,  &c. — E.  Intense  pain  in  the 
Btomach  after  swallowing-  the  fish,  vo- 
miting, purging,  and  sometimes  cramps. 
— T.  Give  an  emetic,  excite  vomiting 
by  tickling  the  throat,  and  plenty  of 
warm  water.    Follow  emetics  by  active 
purgatives,  abate  inflammation  by  the 
usual  remedies,    and  drink   freely  of 
eugar  and  water. 

2286.  BITES  OF  REPTILES.— Vipa*  : 
Hack   viper  ;    Indian   serpents  ;  rattle- 
snake.— E.  Violent  aud  quick  inflamma- 
tion of  the  part,  extending  towards  the 
body,    soon   becoming  livid  ;    na-vw^a, 
vomiting,  convulsions,  difficult  breath- 
Ing,  mortification,    cold    sweats,    and 
t?eath.— 'T   Suppose  Ahat  the  wrist  has 


been  bitten,  immediately  tie  a  tape 
between  the  wound  and  the  heart. 
scarify  the  parts  with  a  penknife,  razor, 
or  lancet,  and  apply  a  cupping-glasa 
over  the  bite,  frequently  removing  it 
and  bathing  the  wound  with  volatile 
alkali,  or  heat  a  poker  and  burn  ^hfe 
wound  well,  or  drop  some  of  Sir  Win. 
Burnett's  Disinfecting  Fluid  into  the 
wound.  Give  plenty  of  warm  drinks, 
and  cover  up  in  bed. 

2287.  MAD  ANIMALS,   BITE  OF. — E. 
Hydrophobia,  or  a  fear  of  fluids. — T. 
Tie  a  string  tightly  over  the  part,  cut 
out  the  bite,  and  cauterize  the  wound 
with  a  red-hot  poker,  lunar  caustic,  or 
Sir  Wm.  Burnett's  Disinfecting  Fluid. 
Then  apply  a  piece  of  "spongio-piline,'' 
give  a  purgative,  and  plenty  of  warm 
drink.     Whenever  chloroform  can  be 
procured,  sprinkle  a  few  drops  upon  a 
handkerchief  and  apply  to  the  nose  and 
mouth  of  the  patient  before  cauterizing 
tha  wound.     When  the  breathing  ap- 
pears difficult,  cease  the  application  of 
the  chloroform.     A  physician,  writing 
in  the  Times,  strongly  urges  this  course, 
and  states  that  there  is  no  danger,  with 
ordinary   care,    in   the    application   ot 
the  chloroform,  while  the  cauterization 
may  be  more  effectively  performed. 

2288.  INSECT  STINGS.—  Wasp,  bee, 

fnat,  hornet,  gad-fly,  scorpion. — E. 
welling,  nausea,  and  fever. — T.  Press 
the  barrel  of  a  watch-key  over  the  part, 
so  as  to  expose  the  sting,  which 
must  be  removed.  Lay  a  rag  moistened 
with  hartshorn  and  oil  over  the  part. 
Give  six  or  eight  drops  of  hartshorn  in 
two  ounces  of  infusion  of  chamomile, 
and  cover  up  in  bed. 

2289.  OYSTER  CATSUP.— Take 
fine  fresh  oysters ;  wash  them  in  their 
own  liquor,  skim  it,  pound   them  in  a 
marble  mortar,  to  a  pint  of  oysters  add 
a  pint  of  sherry,  boil  them  up,  and  ad<^ 
an  ounce  of  salt,  two  drachms  of  pound- 
ed mace,  and  one  of  cayenne. — let  it 
just  boil  up  again,  skim  it,  aud  rub  it 
through  a  sieve  ;  and  when  cold  bottle 
it,  then  cork  it  well,  and  seal  it  down. 

2290.  OX-CHEEK  STEWED.— Pre- 
pare the  day  before  it  is  to  be  eaten ;  cloaw 


THK  TOAD,    TMiifCH   I'tiLY,    IS  I  Sr.lTL. 


the  cheek  and  put  it  into  soft  water,  just 
warm  ;  let  it  lie  three  or  four  hours, 
then  put  it  into  cold  water,  and  let  it 
soak  all  night  ;  next  day  wipe  it  clean, 
put  it  into  a  stew-pan,  and  just  cover  it 
with  water;  skim  it  well  when  it  is 
coming  to  a  boil,  then  put  two  whole 
onions,  stick  two  or  three  cloves  into 
each,  three  turnips,  quartered,  a  couple 
of  carrots  sliced,  two  bay-leaves,  and 
twenty-four  corns  of  allspice,  a  head  of 
celery,  and  a  bundle  of  sweet  herbs, 
pepper,  and  salt;  add  cayenne  and  gar- 
lic, in  such  proportions  as  the  palate 
that  requires  them  may  desire.  Let  it 
stew  gently  till  perfectly  tender,  about 
three  hours  ;  then  take  out  the  cheek, 
divide  it  into  pieces,  fit  to  help  at  table ; 
skim,  and  strain  the  gravy  ;  melt  an 
ounce  and  a  half  of  butter  in  a  stew 
pan  ;  stir  into  it  as  much  flour  as  it  will 
take  up  ;  mix  with  it  by  degrees  a  pint 
arid  a  half  of  the  gravy  :  add  to  it  a 
table-spoonful  of  mushroom  or  walnut 
catsup,  or  port  wine,  and  give  it  a 
boil.  Serve  up  in  a  soup  or  ragout-dish, 
or  make  it  into  barley  broth.  This  is  a 
very  economical,  nourishing,  and  sa- 
voury meal. 

2291.  CHILDREN    AND     CUT- 
LERY.— Serious  accidents  having-  oc- 
curred to  babies,  through  their  catching 
hold  of  the  blades  of  sharp  instruments, 
the  following  hint  will  be  useful.     If  a 
child  lays  hold  of  a  knife  or  razor,  do 
not  try  to  pull  it  away,  or  to  force  open 
the  hand.     But  holding  the  child's  hand 
that  is  empty,  offer  to  its  other  hand, 
anything  nice  or  pretty,  and  it  will  im- 
mediately open  the  hand,  and  let  the 
dangerous  instrument  fall. 

2292.  COFFEE  MILK— FOR  THE  SICK 
ROOM. — Boil  a  dessert-spoonful  of  ground 
coffee,  in  nearly  a  pint  of  milk,  a  quarter 
of  an  hour,  then  put  into  it  a  shaving 
or  two  of  isinglass,  and  clear  it ;  let 
it  boil  a  few  minutes  and  set  it  by  the 
side  of  the  fire  to  clarify.    This  is  a  very 
fine  breakfast;  but  it  should  be  sweet- 
ened with  sugar  of  a  good  quality. 

2293.  FRECKLES.— To    disperse 
them,  take  one  ounce  of  lemon  juice,  a 
juarter  of  a  drachm  of  nowdered  borax, 


and  half  a  drachm  of  sugar;  mix  them, 
and  let  them  stand  a  few  days  in  a  gifts* 
bottle  till  the  liquor  is  fit  for  une;  tlica 
rub  it  on  the  hands  and  face  occa- 
sionally. (See  172.) 

2294.  CHLOROFORMING  BEES.— 
The  quantity  of  chloroform   required 
for  an  ordinary  hive  is  the  sixth  part  o, 
an  ounce  ;  a  very  large  hive  may  take 
nearly  a  quarter  of  an  ounce.    Set  down 
a  table  opposite  to,  and  about  four  feet 
distant   from  the   hive  ;  on   the   table 
spread  a  thick  linen  cloth,  in  the  centre 
of  the    table    place    a    small   shallow 
breakfast  plate,   which   cover   with   a 
piece  of  wire  gauze,  to  prevent  the  bees 
from  coming  in  immediate  contact  with 
the    chloroform.      Now    quickly    and 
cautiously  lift  the  hive  from  the  board 
on  which  it  is^standing,  set  it  down  on 
the  top  of  the  table,  keeping  the  plate 
in  the  centre  ;  cover  the  hive  closely 
up  with  cloths,  and  in  twenty  minutes 
or  so  the    bees   are  not    only  sound 
asleep,  but  not  one  is  left  among  the 
combs  ;  the  whole  of  them  are  lying 
helpless  on  the  table.     You  now  remove 
what  honey  you  think  fit,  replace  the 
hive  in  its  old  stand,  and  the  bees,  as 
they  recover,  will  return  to  their  domi- 
cile.    A  bright,  calm,  sunny  day  is  the 
best;  and  you  should  commence  your 
operations  early  in  the  morning,  before 
many  of  them  are  abroad. 

2295.  ARNICA  FOR   BITES.— A 
correspondent  says  : — "  Noticing  an  ac- 
count of  the  death  of  a  man  from  the 
bite  of  a  cat,  I  beg  to  trouble  you  with 
the  following  case,  which  occurred  to 
myself ; — I  took  a  strange  dog  home, 
which  produced  consternation   among 
the  cats.     One  of  them  I  took  up,  to 
effect  a  reconciliation  between  her  and 
the  dog.     In  her  terror  she  bit  me  so 
severely  on  the  first  finger  of  the  left 
hand,  as  not  only  to  cause  four  of  the 
teeth  of  her  lowTer  jaw  to  enter  the  flesh, 
but  so  agonizing  was  her  bite  that  the 
pressure  of  her  palate  caused  the  finger 
to  swell  at  the  joint  on  the  opposite  side 
to  where  the  lower  teeth  entered  the 
finger.    In  a  minute  or  two  the  pain 
was  about  as  excruciating  as  anythJuf 


EATING  AND  DRINKING  SHOULDN  T  KEEP  US  FROM  THINKING. 


283 


I  ever  felt — certainly  greater  than  I 
have  suffered  from  a  wound.  I  got 
gome  tincture  of  arnica,  diluted  with 
about  twalve  times  the  quantity  of 
water,  and  proceeded  to  bathe  the  fin- 
ger well  with  it.  In  about  half  a  min- 
ute the  blood  began  to  flow  freely,  the 
pain  ceased,  and  the  swelling  abated, 
and  up  to  this  moment  I  have  had  no 
further  inconvenience  nor  pain,  not 
even  soreness." 

2298.  A  VEUY  PLEASANT  PER- 
FUME, and  also  preventative  against 
moths,  may  be  made  of  the  following 
ingredients  : — Take  of  cloves,  carraway 
seeds,  nutmeg,  mace,  cinnamon,  aud 
Tonquin  beans,  of  each  one  ounce ;  then 
add  as  much  Florentine  orris-root  as 
will  equal  the  other  ingredients  put 
together.  Grind  the  whole  well  to 
powder,  and  then  put  it  in  little  bags, 
among  your  clothes,  &c. 

2297.  MAPS    AND     CHARTS.— 
Maps,    charts,   or   engravings  may  be 
effectually  varnished  by  running  a  very 
delicate  coating  of  guttapercha  solution 
over  their  surface.    It  is  perfectly  trans- 
parent,  aud    is   said  to  improve    the 
appearance    of  pictures.     By  coating 
both  sides  of  important  documents  they 
can  be  kept  waterproof  aud  preserved 
perfectly. 

2298.  CEMENT  FOR  LEATHER 
AND  CLOTH.— An  adhesive  material 
for  uniting  the  parts  of  boots  and  shoes, 
and  for  the  seams  of  articles  of  cloth- 
ing,  may   be   made   thus : — Take   one 
pound  of  gutta  percha,  four  ounces  of 
India  rubber,  two  ounces  of  pitch,  one 
ounce  of  shellac,  two  ounces  of  oil. 
The  ingredients  are  to  be  melted  toge- 
ther, and  used  hot. 

2299.  ARTIFICIAL    MANNERS.— 
Artificial  manners,  and  such  as  spring 
from   good  taste   and  refinement,  can 
i  over  be  mistaken,  and  differ  as  widely 
as  gold  and  tinsel.     How  captivating 
is  gentleness  of  manner  derived  from 
true  humility,  and  how  faint  is  every 
imitation  :  the  one  resembles  a  glorious 
rainbow,  spanning   a   dark  cloud — the 
other,  its  pale  attendant,  the  water-gall. 
That  sua'ity  o/  uatnfr  which  renders 


a  real  gentlewoman  courteous  to  all, 
and  careful  to  avoid  giving  offence,  is 
often  copied  by  those  who  merely  sub- 
ject themselves  to  certain  rules  of  eti- 
quette; but  very  awkward  is  the  copy! 
Warm  professions  of  regard  are  be- 
stowed on  those  who  do  not  expect 
them,  and  the  esteem  which  is  due  to 
merit  appears  to  be  lavished  on  every 
one  alike.  And  as  true  humility, 
blended  with  a  right  appreciation  of 
self  respect,  gives  a  pleasing  cast  to  the 
countenance,  so  from  a  sincere  and 
open  disposition  springs  that  artless 
ness  of  manner  which  disarms  all  preju- 
dice. Feeling,  on  the  contrary,  is 
ridiculous  when  affected,  and,  even 
when  real,  should  not  be  too  openly 
manifested.  Let  the  manners  arise 
from  the  mind,  and  let  there  be  no  dis- 
guise for  the  genuine  emotions  of  the 
heart. 

2300.  DECOCTION  OF  SARSA- 
PARILLA.— Take  four  ounces  of  the 
root,  slice  it  down,  put  the  slices  into 
four  pints  of  water,  and  simmer  for 
four  hours.  Take  out  the  sarsaparilla, 
and  beat  it  into  a  mash ;  but  it  into  the 
liquor  again,  and  boil  down  to  two  pints, 
then  strain  and  cool  the  liquor.  Dose 
— a  wine-glassful  three  times  a-day. 
Use — to  purify  the  blood  after  a  course 
of  mercury;  or  indeed  whenever  any 
taint  is  given  to  the  constitution,  viti- 
ating the  blood,  and  producing  eruptive 
affections. 

230 J.  HOT  WATER.— In  bruises, 
hot  water  is  most  efficacious,  both  by 
means  of  insertion  and  fomentation,  in 
removing  pain,  and  totally  preventing 
discolouration  and  stiffness.  It  has  the 
same  effect  after  a  blow.  It  should  be 
applied  as  quickly  as  possible,  and  as 
hot  as  it  can  be  borne.  Insertion  in  hot 
water  will  cure  that  troublesome  and 
painful  thing  called  a  whitlow.  The 
efficacy  of  hot  water  in  preventing  the 
ill  effects  of  fatigue  is  too  well  known  to 
require  notice. 

2302 .  PRESERVING  P  O  T  A- 
TOES.— The  preservation  of  potato 
by  lipping  them  in  boiling  water  is  a 
val  .able  and  useful  discovery. 


1:84 


IF  THERE  WERE  NO  CLOUDS,   WK  SHOULD  NOT  ENJOY  THE  SUN. 


quantities   may  be   cured  at   once,  by 
putting  them  into  a  basket  as  large   as 
the  vessel  containing  the  boiling  wate 
will  admit,  and  then  just  dipping  thei 
a  minute  or  two  at  the  utmost.      Tin 
germ,  which  is  so  near  the  skin,  isthm 
destroyed  without  injury  to  the  potato 
In  this  way  several  tons  might  be  curec 
in  a  few  hours     They  should  be  then 
dried  in  a  warm  oven,  and  laid  up  in 
sacks,  secure   from  the  frost,  in  a  dry 
place.     (See  122  to  135.) 

2303.  SQUINTING.— Squinting  fre- 

of  the  eyes,  the  weaker  eye  being 
turned  away  from  the  object,  to  avoid 
the  fatigue  of  exertion.  Cases  of 
squinting  of  long  standing  have  often 
been  cured  by  covering  the  stronger 
eye,  and  thereby  compelling  the  weaker 
one  to  exertion. 

2304.  SCRATCHES.  — Trifling  as 

scratches  often  seem,  they  ought  never 
to  be  neglected,  but  should  be  covered 
and  protected,  and  kept  clean  and  dry, 
until  they  have  completely  healed.  If 
there  is  the  least  appearance  of  inflam- 
mation, no  time  should  be  lost  in  apply- 
ing a  large  bread  and  water  poultice, 
or  hot  flannels  repeatedly  applied,  or 
even  leeches  in  good  numbers  may  be 
put  on  at  some  distance  from  each 
other. 

2305.  BLACK  OR  WHITE  EL- 
DERBERRY WINE.— Gather    the 
berries  ripe  and  dry,  prick  them,  bruise 
them  with  your  hands,  and  strain  them. 
Set  the  liquor  by  in  glazed  earthen  ves- 
sels for  twelve  hours  to  settle ;  put  to 
every  pint  of  juice  a  pint  and  a  half  of 
v/ater,  and  to  every  gallon  of  this  liquor 
three  pounds  of  good  moist   sugar ;  set 
in  a  kettle  over  the  rire,  and  when  it  is 
ready  to  boil  clarify  it  with   the  white 
of  four  or  five   eggs;  let  it   boil   one 
hour,  and  when  it  is  almost  cold,  work 
it  with    strong   ale   yeast,  and   turn  it, 
filling  up  the  vessel  from  time  to  time 
with  the  same  liquor,  saved  on  purpose, 
as  it  sinks  by  working.     In  a  month's 
time,  if    the  vessel   holds   about  eight 

it  tvi !  be  fine  and  fit  to  bottle, 


and,  after  bottling,  will  be  fit  to  drink 
in  twelve  months. 

2300.  DRY  COUGH.  — Take  of 
powdered  gum-arabic,  half  an  ounce  ; 
liquorice-juice,  half  an  ounce.  Die- 
solve  the  gum  first  in  warm  water 
squeeze  in  the  juice  of  a  lemon,  then 
add  of  paregoric  two  drachms  ;  syrup 
of  squills,  one  drachm.  Cork  all  in  a 
bottle,  and  shake  well.  Take  one 
teaspoonful  when  the  cough  is  trouble- 
some. (See  996). 

2307.  CLEAN  WHITE  VEILS.— 
Put  the  veil  in  a  solution  of  white  soap 
and  let  it  simmer  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
squeeze  it  in  some  warm  water  am1 
soap  till  quite  clean.      Rinse   it  from 
soap,  and  then  in  clean  cold  water,  in 
which  is  a  drop  of  liquid  blue  ;    then 
pour  boiling  water  on  tea-spoonful  of 
starch,  run  the  veil  through   this,  and 

lear  it  well  by  clapping  it.  Afterwards 
pin  it  out,  keeping  the  edges  straight 
and  even. 

2308.  CANARIES.— To  distinguish 
a  cock-bird  from  a  hen,  observe  the 
)ird  when  it  is  singing,  and  if  it   be  a 
cock  you  will  perceive  the  throat  heav 
'ng  with  a  pulse-like  motion,  a  peculiar 

ty  which  is  scarcely  perceptible  in  the 
hen.  (See  287). 

2309.  Feed  young  canaries  with  white 
.nd  yolk  of  hard  egg,  mixed  together 
,vith  a  little    bread   steeped   in  water. 
Dhis  should  be  pressed  and  placed  in 
>ne  vessel,  while  in  another  should  be 

ut  some  boiled  rape-seed,  washed  in 
resh  water.  Change  the  food  every 
lay.  When  they  are  a  month  old,  put 
hem  in  separate  cages. 

2310.  Cut  the  claws  of  cage  birds 
iccasionally,   when    they  become   too 
ong,  but    in    doing   so  be  careful  not 
o  draw  blood. 

2311.  BULLFINCHES.— Old  birds 
hould    be   fed   with    German    Paste 

.  2,  and  occasionally  rape-seed.  The 
Germans  occasionally  give  them  a  little 
)oppy-seed,  and  a  grain  or  two  of  rice, 
teeped  in  Canary  wine,  when  teaching 
hem  to  pipe,  as  a  reward  for  the  pro- 
^ress  they  make.  Bird  organs,  or 
"aseolets,  are  used  to  teach  them 


TELE  HASTY  ANGLER  LOSES  THE  FISH. 


285 


They  breed  three  or  four  times  a  year. 
The  young  require  to  be  kept  very 
warm,  and  to  be  fed  every  two  hours, 
with  rape-seed,  soaked  for  several  hou^s 
in  cold  water,  afterwards  scalded  and 
strained,  bruised,  mixed  with  bread, 
and  moistened 'with  milk.  One,  two, 
or  three  mouthfuls  at  a  time. 

2312.  SQUIRRELS.  — In    a    do- 
mestic state  there  little  animals  are  fed 
with    hazel  nuts,  or   indeed   any  kind 
of  nuts;    and  occasionally  bread  and 
milk.     They    should    be    kept    very 
clean. 

2313.  LINNETS.— Cock-birds  are 
browner  on  the   back   than  the  hens, 
and  have  some  of  the  large  feathers  of 
the   wings  white    up   to    the    quills. 
Canary  4md  hemp-seed,  with  occasion- 
ally  a    little    groundsel,    water-cress, 
ehickweed,  &c.,  constitute  their  food. 

2314.  THRUSHES.— A  Cock  nmy 
be  distinguished  from  a  hen  by  a  darker 
back  and  the   more   glossy  appearance 
of    the   feathers.     The    belly   also    is 
white.     Their  natural  food   is   insects, 
worms,  and  snails.     In  a  domesticated 
state     they  will    eat    raw    meat,   but 
snails  and  worms  should  be  procured 
for  them.     Young-  birds   are   hatched 
about  the  middle  of  April,  and  should 
be  kept  very  warm.     They  should   be 
fed  with  raw  meat,  cut  small,  or  bread 
mixed  in   milk   with   hemp-seed  well 
bruised ;  when   they   can   feed    them- 
selves give  them  lean  meat   cut  small, 
and  mixed  with  bread  or  German  paste, 
plenty  of  clean  water,  and   keep  them 
in   a  warm,  dry,  and  sunny  situation. 
(See  817.) 

2315.  WINES  FROM  RHUBARB, 
GRAPES  (UNRIPE),  CURRANTS, 
GOOSEBERRIES,  &c.— The  whole 
art  of  wine-making  consists  in  the  pro- 
per  management  of  the   fermentation 
process ;    the   same   quantity  of  fruit, 
whether  it  be  rhubarb,  currants,  gooPd- 
berries,  grapes  (unripe),  leaves,  tops, 
and  tendrils,  water  and  sugar,  will  pro- 
duce  two  different   kinds  of  wine,  '>y 
vary;ng   the   process  of   fermentation 
onty  —  that  is,  a  dry  wine  like  sherry,  or 
a  brisk  one  lik^  champagne :  hutnfther 


rhubarb,  currants,  nor  gooseberries  wiL 
produce  a  wine  with  the  true  cham- 
pagne flavour ;  it  is  to  be  obtained  only 
from  the  fruit  of  the  grape,  ripe  or 
unripe,  its  leaves,  tops,  and  tendrils. 
The  receipt  I  hero  give  will  do  for 
rhubarb,  or  any  of  the  above-mentioned 
fruits.  To  make  ten  gallons  of  cham- 
pagne, imperial  measure  : — Take  fifty 
pounds  of  rhubarb  and  thirty-seven 
pounds  of  fine  moist  sugar.  Pro- 
vide a  tub  that  will  hold  from  fifteen 
to  twenty  gallons,  taking  care  that  it 
has  a  hole  for  a  tap  near  the  bottom. 
In  this  tub  bruise  the  rhubarb  ;  when 
done  add  four  gallons  of  water;  let 
the  whole  be  well  stirred  together; 
cover  the  tub  with  a  cloth  or  blanket, 
and  let  the  materials  stand  for  twenty- 
four  hours ;  then  draw  off  the  liquor 
through  the  tap;  add  one  or  two  more 
gallons  of  water  to  the  pulp,  let  it  be 
well  stirred,  and  then  allow  to  remain 
an  hour  or  two  to  settle,  then  draw  off; 
mix  the  two  liquors  together,  and  in 
it  dissolve  ^\e  sugar.  Let  the  tub  be 
made  clean,  and  return  the  liquor  to 
it,  cover  it  with  a  blanket,  and  place  it 
in  a  room  the  temperature  of  which  is 
not  below  60C.  Fahr. ;  here  it  is  to  re- 
main for  twenty-four,  forty-eight,  or 
more  hours,  until  there  is  an  appear- 
ance of  fermentation  having  begun, 
when  it  should  be  drawn  off  into  the 
ten-gallon  cask,  as  fine  as  possible, 
which  cask  must  be  filled  up  to  the 
bung-hole  with  water ;  if  there  is  not 
liquor  enough,  let  it  lean  to  one  side  a 
little,  that  it  may  discharge  itself;  if 
there  is  any  liquor  left  in  the  tub  not 
quite  fine,  pass  it  through  flannel,  and 
fill  up  with  that  instead  of  water.  As 
the  fermentation  proceeds  and  tho 
liquor  diminishes,  it  must  be  filled  up 
daily,  to  encourage  the  fermentation, 
for  ten  or  twelve  days  ;  it  then  becomes 
more  moderate,  when  the  bung  should 
be  put  in,  and  a  gimlet-hole  made  at 
the  side  of  it,  fitted  with  a  spile ;  this 
spile  should  be  taken  out  every  two  o» 
three  days,  according  to  the  state  of 
the  fermentation,  for  eight  or  ten  days 
to  allow  some  of  the  carbonic  acid  ga* 


286 


JOY  OFTEN   COMES  AFTER  SORROW,    LIKE  MORNING  AFTER  NIGHT. 


to  escape.  When  this  state  is  passed, 
the  cask  may  be  kept  full  by  pouring  a 
little  liquor  in  at  the  vent-hole  once  a 
week  or  ten  days,  for  three  or  four 
weeks.  This  operation  is  performed  at 
long  intervals,  of  a  month  or  more,  till 
the  end  of  December,  when  on  a  fine 
frosty  day  it  should  be  drawn  off  from 
the  lees  as  fine  as  possible ;  the  turbid 
part  passed  through  flannel.  Make  the 
jCask  clean,  return  the  liquor  to  it,  with 
'one  drachm  of  isinglass  (pure)  dissolved 
in  a  little  water;  stir  the  whole  to- 
gether, and  put  the  bung  in  firmly. 
Choose  a  clear  dry  day  in  March  for 
bottling  it.  They  should  be  champagne 
bottles — common  wine  bottles  are  not 
strong  enough  ;  secure  the  corks  in  a 
proper  manner  with  wire,  &c.  I  gen- 
erally make  up  the  liquor  to  two  or 
three  pints  over  the  ten  gallons,  which 
I  bottle  for  the  purpose  of  filling  the 
cask  as  it  is  wanted.  For  several  years 
past  I  have  made  a  wine  with  ripe  and 
unripe  grapes,  according  to  the  season, 
equally  aa  good  as  any  foreign.  It  has 
always  spirit  enough  without  the  addi- 
tion of  brandy,  which,  Dr.  Maculloch 
says,  in  his  Treatise  onWines  (published 
twenty  or  thirty  years  ago),  spoils  all 
wines ;  a  proper  fermentation  produces 
spirit  enough.  The  way  to  obtain  a 
dry  wine  from  these  materials  is  to 
keep  the  cask  constantly  filled  up  to 
the  bung-hole,  daily  or  every  other  day, 
as  long  as  any  fermentation  is  percep- 
tible, by  applying  the  ear  near  to  the 
hole :  the  bung  may  then  be  put  in 
lightly  for  a  time,  before  finally  fixing 
it ;  it  may  be  racked  off  on  a  fine  day 
in  December,  and  fined  with  isinglass 
as  above  directed,  and  bottled  in 
March.— Dr:  William  Bartlett. 

2316.  CONVULSIONS.— Dr.  Wil- 
liamson, reports  an  interesting  and 
remarkable  case,  in  which  he  saved  the 
life  of  an  infant  in  convulsions,  by  the 
use  of  chloroform.  He  commenced 
the  use  of  it  at  nine  o'clock  one  even- 
ing, at  which  period  the  chiid  was 
rapidly  sinking,  numerous  remedies 
naving  been  already  tried  without  effect. 
He  dropped  half  a  drachm  of  chloro- 


form into  a  thin  muslin  handkerchief 
and  held  it  about  an  inch  from  the  in- 
fant's face.  In  about  two  minutes  the 
convulsions  gave  way,  and  the  child  fell 
into  a  sleep.  By  slightly  releasing  the 
child  from  the  influence  of  the  chloro 
form,  he  was  able  to  administer  food 
by  which  the  child  was  nourished  and 
strengthened.  The  chloroform  was 
continually  administered  in  the  manner 
described,  from  Friday  evening  at  nine 
o'clock  until  Monday  morning  at  nine. 
This  treatment  lasted  sixty  hours,  and 
sixteen  ounces  of  chloroform  were  used. 
Dr.  Williamson  says  he  has  no  doubt 
that  the  chloroform  was  instrumental 
in  saying  the  infant' s life;  and  that  no 
injurious  effects,  however  trivial,  from 
the  treatment  adopted,  have-  subse- 
quently appeared. 

2317.  CORNS.— Boil  a  potato  in  its 
skin,  and  after  it  is  boiled  take  the  skin 
and  put  the  inside  of  it  to  the  corn, 
and  leave  it  on  for  about  twelve  hours ; 
at  the  end  of  that  period  the  corn  will 
be  much  better.     The  above  useful  and 
simple  receipt  has  been  tried  and  found 
to  effect  a  remedy. 

2318.  CLEANSING    FEATHERS 
OF  THEIR  ANIMAL  OIL.— The  fol- 
lowing receipt  gained  a  premium  from 
the  Society  of  Arts  : — Take  for  every 
gallon  of   clean  water  one  pound  of 
quicklime,  mix  them  well    together 
and  when  the  undissolved  lime  is  pre- 
cipitated in  fine  powder,  pour  off  the 
clean   lime-water  for    use.      Put  the 
feathers  to  be  cleaned  in  another  tub, 
and  add  to  them  a  quantity  of  the  clean 
lime-water,  sufficient  to    cover  them 
about  three  inches,  when  well  immersed 
and  stirred  about  therein.     The  feath- 
ers, when  thoroughly  moistened,  will 
sink  down,  and   should  remain  in  the 
lime-water  three   or  four  days;  after 
which,  the  foul  liquor  should  be   sepa- 
rated from  them,  by  laying  them  in  a 
sieve.     The  feathers  should   be   iifrer 
wards  well  washed  in  clean  water,  ant! 
dried  upon  nets,  the  meshes  of  which 
may  be  about  the  fineness  of  cabbage- 
nets.     The  feathers  must  be,  from  timg 
to  time,  shaken  on  the  nets,  and  as  the* 


HOPE  AND  STRIVE  IS  THE  WAY  TO  TE1UVE 


287 


get  dry  will  fall  through  the  raeshee, 
and  are  to  be  collected  for  use.  The 
admission  of  air  will  be  serviceable  in 
drying.  The  process  will  be  completed 
in  three  weeks;  and  after  being  thus 
prepared,  the  feathers  will  only  require 
to  be  beaten  to  get  rid  of  the  dust. 
(See  2043.) 

'2319.  PRESTON  SALTS.— Take 
of  sal  ammoniac  and  salts  of  tartar,  of 
e;ich  about  two  ounces  ;  pound  up  the 
sal  ammoniac  into  small  bits,  and  mix 
them  gently  with  the  salts  of  tartar. 
After  being  well  mixed,  add  a  few  drops 
of  oil  of  lavender,  sufficient  to  scent, 
and  also  a  little  musk ;  stop  up  in  a 
glass  bottle,  and  when  required  for  use, 
add  a  few  drops  of  water,  or  spirits  of 
hartshorn,  when  you  will  immediately 
have  strong  smelling  salts.  The  musk, 
being  expensive,  may  be  omitted;  it 
will  still  be  good.  Any  person  can  for  a 
few  pence  obtain  these  ingredients  at 
any  druggist's,  and  they  will  make  salts, 
which  to  buy,  prepared,  would  cost  at 
least  eighteen  pence. 

2320.  FIG-PUDDING.  —  Three- 
quarters  of  a  pound  of   grated  bread, 
half  a  pound  of  best  figs,  six  ounces  of 
suet,  six  ounces  of  moist  sugar,  a  tea- 
cupful  of   milk,  and  a  little  nutmeg. 
The  figs  and  suet  must  be  chopped 
very  fine.     Mix  the  bread  and  suet  first, 
then  the  figs,  sugar,  and  nutmegs,  one 
egg  beaten  well,  and  lastly  the  milk. 
Boil  in  a  mould  four  hours.    To  be  eaten 
with  sweet  sauce. 

2321.  PRESERVING  EGGS.— It 
has  been  long  known  to  housewives, 
that  the  great  secret  of  preserving  eggs 
fresh,  is  to  place  the  small  end  down- 
wards, and  keep  it  in  that  position — 
other  requisites  not  being  neglected, 
such  as  to  have  the  eggs  perfectly  fresh 
when  deposited  for  keeping,  not  allow- 
ing them  to  become  wet,  keeping  them 
cool   in   warm  weather,  and   avoiding 
freezing  in  winter.    Take  an  inch-board 
of  convenient  size,  say  a  foot  wide,  and 
two  and  a  half  feet  long,  and  bore  it 
full  of  holes,  each  about  an  inch  and 
a  half  in  diameter  ;  a  board  of  this  size 
may  have  five  dozen  holes  bored  in  it, 


for  as  many  e^s.  ^hen  nail  strips  of 
thin  board  two  inches  wide  round  tha 
edges  to  serve  as  a  ledge.  Boards  such 
as  this  may  now  be  made  to  constitute 
the  shelves  of  a  cupboard  in  a  cool  cel- 
lar. The  only  precaution  necessary  is 
to  place  the  eggs  as  fast  as  they  are 
laid  in  these  holes,  with  the  small  end 
downwards,  and  they  will  keep  for 
months  perfectly  fresh.  The  great  ad 
vantage  of  this  plan  is  the  perfect  ease 
with  which  the  fresh  eggs  are  packed 
away,  and  again  obtained  when  wanted. 
A  carpenter  would  make  such  a  board 
for  a  trifling  charge.  (See  497,  790.) 

2322.  GUM  ARABIC  STARCH.— 
Take  two  ounces  of  white  gum  arable 
powder,  put  it  into  a  pitcher,  and  pour 
on  it  a  pint  or  more  of  boiling  water 
(according  to  the  degree  of  strength 
you  desire),  and  then,  having  covered 
it,  let  it  set  all  night.     In  the  morning 
pour  it  carefully  from  the  dregs  into  a 
clean  bottle,  cork  it,  and  keep  it  for  use. 
A  tablespoonful  of  gum  water  stirred 
into    a  pint  of  starch  that  has  been 
made  in  the  usual   manner,  will  give 
the  lawns  (either  white,  black,  or  print- 
ed), a  look  of  newness,  when  nothing 
else  can  restore  them  after  washing. 
It  is  also  good,  much  diluted,  for  thin 
white  muslin  and  bobbinet, 

2323.  HOME-MADE   BREAD-- 
To  one  quartern  of  flour  (three  pounds 
and  a-half),  and  a  dessert-spoonful  oi 
salt,  and  mix  them  well ;  mix  about  two 
table  spoonfuls  of  good  fresh  yeast  (se.& 
2160)  with  half-a-pint  of  water  a  little 
warm,  but  not  hot ;   make  a  hole  with 
your  hand  in  the  middle  of  the  flour, 
but  not  quite  touching  the  bottom  of 
the  pan ;  pour  the  water  and    yeast 
into  this  hole,  and  stir  it  with  a  spoon 
till    you    have    made    a  thin   batter ; 
sprinkle  this  over  with  flour,  cover  the 
pan   over  with  a  dry  cloth,  arid  let  it 
stand  in  a  warm  room  for  an  hour ;  not 
near  the  fire,  except  in  cold  weather, 
and  then  not  too  close  ;  then  add  a  pint 
of  water  a  little  warm,  and  knead  the 
whole  well    -ogether,    till  the    dough 
comes  clean  through  the  hand  ;  some 
flour  will  require  a  i?ttle  more  water- 


288 


THE   QUIET  MIND  EXJOYS  THE  SWEETFST  REST. 


but  in  this  experience  must  be  your 
guidt- :  let  it  stand  again  for  about  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  and  then  bake  at 
pleasure. 

2;h>4.  TO  MAKE  BREAD  WITH 
GERMAN  YEAST.— To  one  quartern 
of  flour  add  a  dessert-spoonful  of  salt 
as  before ;  dissolve  one  ounce  of  dried 
German  yeast  in  about  three  table- 
spoonfuls  of  cold  water,  add  to  this  one 
pint  and  a  half  of  water  a  little  warm, 
and  pour  the  Avhole  into  the  flour; 
knead  it  well  immediately,  and  let  it 
stand  as  before  directed  for  an  hour ; 
then  bake  at  pleasure.  It  will  not  hurt 
if  you  make  up  a  peck  of  flour  at  once, 
and  bake  three  or  four  loaves  in  suc- 
cession, provided  you  do  not  keep  the 
dough  too  warm.  German  yeast  may 
be  obtained  at  almost  any  corn-chan- 
dler's in  the  metropolis  and  suburbs. 
In  winter  it  will  keep  good  for  a  week 
in  a  dry  place,  and  in  summer  it  should 
be  kept  in  cold  water,  and  the  water 
changed  every  day.  Wheat-meal  re- 

E'res  a  little  more  yeast  than   fine 
r,  or  a  longer  time  to  stand  in  the 
dough  for  rising. 

2325.  PICKLING.-Thereare  three 
metheds  of  pickling  ;  the  most  simple 
is,  merely  to  put  the  article  into  cold 
vinegar.  The  strongest  pickling  vine- 
gar of  white  wine  should  always  be 
used  for  pickles ;  and  for  such  a's  are 
wanted  for  white  pickles,  use  distilled 
vinegar.  This  method  we  recommend 
for  all  such  vegetables  au,  being  hot 
themselves,  do  not  require  the  addition 
of  spice,  and  such  as  do  not  require  to 
be  softened  by  heat,  such  as  capsicums, 
chili,  nasturtiums,  button  onions,  radish- 
pods,  horseradish,  garlic,  and  eschalots. 
Half  fill  the  jais  with  best  vinegar,  fill 
them  up  with  the  vegetables,  and  tie 
down  immediately  with  bladder  and 
leather.  One  advantage  of  this  plan  is, 
that  those  who  grow  nasturtiums, 
radish-pods,  and  so  forth,  in  their  own 
gardens,  may  gather  them  from  day  to 
day  when  they  are  exactly  of  the  proper 
growth.  They  are  very  much  better 
if  pickled  quite  fresh,  and  all  of  a  size, 
which  can  scarcely  be  obtained  if  they 


be  pickled  all  at  the  pa  mo  t'nie.  Th« 
onions  should  be  dropped  in  the  vine 
gar  as  fast  as  peeled  ;  this  secures  then 
colour.  The  horseradish  should  be 
scraped  a  little  outside,  and  cut  up  in 
rounds  half  an  inch  deep.  Barberries 
for  garnish;  gather  fine  full  bunches 
before  they  are  quite  ripe ;  pick  away 
all  bits  of  stalk,  and  leaf,  and  injured 
berries,  and  drop  them  in  cold  vinegar; 
they  may  be  kept  in  salt  and  water, 
changing  the  brine  whenever  it  begins 
to  ferment ;  but  the  vinegar  is  best. 

2326.  THE    SECOND  METHOD  OP 
PICKLING  is  that  of  heating  vinegar  and 
spice,  and   pouring  them   hot   over  thd 
vegetables  to  be  pickled,  which   arc 
previously  prepared  by  sprinkling  with 
salt,  or  immersing  in  brine.  It  is  better 
not  to  boil  the  vinegar,  by  which  pro- 
cess its   strength  is  evaporated.     Put 
the  vinegar  and  spice  into  a  jar,  bung 
it  down  tightly,  tie  a  bladder  over,  and 
let  it  stand  on  the  hob  or  on  a  trivet 
by  the  side  of  the  fire  for  three  or  four 
days,  well  shaken  three  or  four  times 
a  day ;  this  method  may  be  applied  to 
gherkins,  French  beans,  cabbage,  bro- 
coli,  cauliflowers,  onions,  and  so  forth. 

2327.  THE  THIRD  METHOD  OF  PICK- 
LING is  when  the  vegetables  are  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree  done  over  the 
fire.     Walnuts,    artichokes,   artichoke 
bottoms,  and  beet-roots  are  done  thus, 
and  sometimes  onions  and  cauliflowers. 

2328.  FRENCH  BEANS. — The  best  sort 
for  this    purpose  are  white    runners. 
They  are  very  large,  long  beans,  but 
should  be  gathered  quite  young,  before 
they  are  half  grown ;  they  may  be  done 
in  the  same  way  as  gherkins,  but  will 
not  require  so  long  a  time. 

2329.  ONIONS.— Onions    should    be 
chosen  about  the  size  of  marbles,  the 
silver-skinned  sort   are  the  best.     Pre- 
pare a   brine  and  put  them  into  it  hot; 
let  them  remain  one  or  two  days,  then 
drain  them,  and,  when  quite  dry,  put 
them  into  clean  dry  jars,  and  cover  them 
with  hot  pickle,  in  every  quart  of  which 
has   been   steeped  one   ounce  each  ol 
horseradish   sliced,   black  pepper,  all- 
sp  ",e,  ind  salt,  with  or  without  mustard 


IP  YOU  ARE   IN   DEBT,    SOMEBODY    OWXS    PAET   OF   YOU. 


28S 


seed.  In  all  picklos  the  vinegar  should 
always  be  two  inches  or  more  above 
the  vegetables,  as  it  is  sure  to  shrink, 
and  if  the  vegetables  are  not  thorough- 
ly immersed  in  pickle  they  will  not 
keep. 

2380.  RED  CABBAGE. — Choose  fine 
linn  cabbages  :  the  largest  are  not  the 
best:  trim  off  the  outside  leaves ;  quar- 
ter the  cabbage,  take  out  the  large 
p. talk,  slice  the  quarters  into  a  colander, 
and  sprinkle  a  little  salt  between  the 
layers  ;  put  but  a  little  salt — too  much 
will  spoil  the  colour ;  let  it  remain  in 
the  colander  till  next  day,,  shake  it 
well,  that  all  the  brine  may  run  off;  put 
>t  in  jars,  cover  it  with  a  hot  pickle 
composed  of  black  pepper  and  allspice, 
of  each  an  ounce ;  ginger  pounded, 
norseradish  sliced,  and  salt,  of  each  half 
an  ounce  to  every  quart  of  vinegar 
(steeped  as  above  directed);  two  capsi- 
cums may  be  added  to  a  quart,  or  one 
drachm  of  cayenne. 

2331.  GARLIC  AND  ESCHALOTS. — 
Garlic  and  eschalots  may  be  pickled  in 
the  same  way  as  onions. 

2332.  MELONS,  MANGOES,  AND  LONG 
CUCUMBERS  may  all  be  done  in  the 
same  manner.     Melons  should  not  be 
much   more  than  half  grown ;  cucum- 
bers fuU  grown,  but   not    overgrown. 
Cut  oft' the  top,  but  leave  it  hanging  by 
a  bit  of  rind,  which  is  to  serve  as  a  hinge 
to  a  box-lid ;  with  a  marrow-spoon  scoop 
out  all  the  seeds,  and  till  the  fruit  with 
equal  p,\rts  of  mustard    seed,  ground 
pepper,  and  ginger,  or  flour  of  mustard 
instead  of  the  seed,  and  two  or  three 
cloves  of  garlic.    The  lid  which  incloses 
the  spice  may  be  sewed  down  or  tied, 
by  running  a  white  thread  through  the 
cucumber,   and  through  the  lid,   and 
then,  tying  i£  together,  cut  off  the  ends. 
The  pickle  may  be  prepared  with  the 
spices  directed  for  cucumbers,  or  with 
the  following,  which  bears  a  nearer  re- 
semblance to  India.     To  each  quart  of 
vinegar  put  salt,  flour  of  mustard,  curry 
powder,  bruised  ginger,  turmeric,  half 
an  ounce  of  each,  cayenne  pepper  one 
drachm,  all  rubbed  together  with    a 
large  glassful  of  salad   oil ;    eschalots 


two  ounces,  and  garlic  half  an  ounce, 
sliced  ;  steep  the  spice  in  vinegar  as  be- 
fore directed,  and  put  the  vegetables 
into  it  hot. 

2333.  CAULIFLOWER.— Choose  such 
as  are  firm,  yet  of  their  full  size  ;  cuJ 
away  all  the  leaves,  and  pare  the  stalk , 
pull  away  the  flowers  by  bunches,  steep 
in  brine  two  days,  then  drain  them  ; 
wipe  them  dry  and  put  them  into  hot 
pickle  ;  or  merely  infuse  for  three  days 
three  ounces  of  curry  powder  hi  eve-iy 
quart  of  vinegar. 

2334.  WALNUTS. — Be  particular  in 
obtaining  them  exactly  at  the  proper 
season ;  if  they  go  beyond  the  middle 
of  July,  there  is  danger  of  their  becom- 
ing hard  and  woody.     Steep  them  a 
week  in  brine.     If  they  are  wanted  to 
be  soon  ready  for  use,  prick  them  with 
a  pin,  or  run  a  larding-  pin  several  times 
through   them  ;    but   if  they   are   not 
wanted  in  haste,  this  method  had  better 
be  left  alone.    Put  them  into  a  kettle  of 
brine,  and  give  them  a  gentle  simmer, 
then  drain  them  on  a  sieve  and  lay  them 
on  fish  drainers  in  any  airy  place,  until 
they  become  black,  which  may  be  twx> 
days ;  then  add  hot  pickle  of  vinegar  in 
which  has  been  steeped,  in  the  propor 
tion  of  a  quart,  black  pepper  one  ounce, 
ginger,    eschalots,    salt,  and    mustard 
seed,  one  ounce  each.    Most  pickle  vine- 
gar, when  the  vegetables  are  used,  may 
b6  turned  to  use,  walnut  pickle  in  par- 
ticular ;  boil   it  up,   allowing   to   each 
quart  four  ur  six   anchovies   chopped 
small,  and  a    large    table-spoonful    of 
eschalots,  also  chopped.     Let  it  stand  a 
few  days,  till  it  is  quite  clear,  then  pour 
off  and  bottle.     It  is  an  excellent  store 
sauce    for    hashes,    fish,    and    various 
other  purposes. 

2335.  BEET-ROOTS. — Boil  or  ball 
gently  until  they  are  nearly  done  ;  ao 
cording  to  the  size  of  the  root,  they 
will  require  from  an  hour  and  a  half  to 
two  hours  ;  drain  them,  and  when  they 
begin  to  cool  peel  and  cut  in  slices  hall 
an  inch  thick,  then   put  them  into  a 
pickle  composed  of  black  pepper  and 
allspice,    of   each  one    ounce,    gingei 
pounded,  horseradish  sliced,  and  salfc 


290 


HUNGER  IS  THK  BEST-  SAUCE. 


of  each  half  an  ounce  to  every  quart  of 
vinegar,  steeped.  Two  capsicums  may 
be  .added  to  a  quart,  or  one  drachm  of 
cayenne. 

2336.  ARTICHOKES. — Gather    young 
artichokes  as  soon  as  formed  ;  throw 
them  into  boiling  brine,  and  let  them 
boil  two  minutes  ;  drain  them  ;  when 
void  and  dry  put  them  in  jars,  and  cover 
with  vinegar,  prepared  as  in  method  the 
third,   but  the  only   spices    employed 
should  be  ginger,  mace,  and  nutmeg. 

2337.  AKTICIIOKE  BOTTOMS.— Get  full- 
grown   artichokes   and  boil  them,  but 
not  so  much  as    for  eating,  but    just 
until  the  leaves  can  be  pulled  ;  remove 
them  and  the  choke  ;  in  taking  off  the 
stalk,  be  careful  not  to  break  it  off 
so  as  to  bring  away  any  of  the  bottom  ; 
it  would  be  better  to  pare  them  with  a 
silver  knife,  and  leave  half  an  inch  of 
tender  stalk  corning  to  a  point ;  when 
cold,  add  vinegar  and  spice,  the  same 
as  for  artichokes. 

2338.  MUSHROOMS. — Choose    small 
white  mushrooms  ;  they  should  be  but 
one  night's  growth.     Cut  off  the  roots 
and  rub  the  mushrooms  clean  with  a  bit 
of  flannel  and  salt ;  put  them  in  ajar, 
allowing  to  every  quart  of  mushrooms 
one  ounce  each  of  salt  and  ginger,  half 
an  ounce  of  whole  pepper,  eight  blades 
of  mace,  a  bay  leaf,  a  strip  of  lemon 
rind,   and    a  wine-glassful    of  sherry  ; 
cover  the  jar  close,  and  let  it  stand  on 
the   hob    or  on  a  stove,  so  as  to  be 
thoroughly  heated,  and  on  the  point  of 
boiling ;  so  let  it  remain  a  day  or  two, 
till  the  liquor  is  absorbed  by  the  mush- 
rooms and  spices ;  then  cover  them  with 
hot  vinegar,  close  them  again,  and  stand 
till  it  just  comes  to  a  boil  ;  then  take 
them  away  from  the  fire.     When  they 
are   quite  cold  divide  the  mushrooms 
and   spice  into  wide-mouthed  bottles, 
fill  them  up  with  the  vinegar,  and  tie 
them  over.     In  a  week's  time,  if  the 
vinegar  has  shrunk  so  as  not  entirely 
to  cover  the  mushrooms,  add  cold  vine- 
fi  ar.     At  the  top  of  each  bottle  put  a 
tea  spoonful  of  salad  or  almond  oil ;  cork 
close,  and  dip  in  bottle  resin.     (See 
2150,2151.) 


2339.  SAMPHIRE.— On  the  sea-coast 
this  is  merely  preserved  in  water,  or 

qual  parts  of  sea-water  and  vinegar  ; 
but  as  it  is  sometimes  sent  fresh  as  a 
present  to  inland  parts,  the  best  way  ol 
managing  it  under  such  circumstances 
is  to  steep  it  two  days  in  brine,  then 
drain  and  put  it  in  a  stone  jar  covered 
with  vinegar,  and  having  a  lid,  over 
which  put  thick  paste  of  flour  and 
wrater,  and  set  it  in  a  very  cool  oven  all 
night,  or  in  a  warmer  oven  till  it  nearly, 
but  not  quite  boils.  Then  let  it  stand 
on  a  warm  hob  for  half  an  hour,  and 
let  it  become  quite  cold  before  the 
paste  is  removed ;  then  add  cold  vinegar 
if  any  more  is  required,  and  secure  as 
other  pickles. 

2340,  INDIAN  PICKLE.— The  vege- 
tables to    be    employed  for    this    fa- 
vourite pickle  are  small  hard  knots  of 
white  cabbage  sliced,   cauliflowers  or 
brocoli  in  flakes,  long  carrots,  not  larger 
than  a  finger,  or  large  carrots   sliced 
(the  former  are  far  preferable),  gher 
kins,    French    beans,    small     botton 
onions,  white  turnip  radishes  half  grown, 
radish    pods,    eschalots,    young    hard 
apples,  green  peaches  when  the  trees 
are  thinned  before  the  stones  begin  to 
form,  vegetable  marrow  not  larger  than 
a  hen's  egg,  small  green  melons,  celery, 
shoots  of  green  elder,  horseradish,  nas- 
turtiums,  capsicums,  and  garlic.     As 
all  these  vegetables  do  not  come  in  sea- 
son together,  the  best  method  of  doing 
this  is  to  prepare  a  large  jar  of  pickle  at 
such  time  of  the  year  as  most  of  the 
things  may  be  obtained,  and  add  the 
others  as  they  come  in  season.     Thus 
the  pickle  will  be  nearly  a  year  in 
making,  and  ought  to  stand  another 
year  before  using,  when,  if  properly 
managed,  it  will  be  excellent,  but  will 
keep  and  continue  to  improve  for  years. 
For  preparing  the  several  vegetables, 
the  same  directions  may  be  observed 
as  for  pickling  them  separately,  only 
take  this  general  rule — that,  if  possible, 
boiling  is  to  be  avoided,  and  soaking  in 
brine  to  be  preferred  ;  be  very  parti- 
cular that  every  ingredient  is  perfectly 
dry  before  putting  into   the  jar,  and 


CONTENTMENT  WILL  BOTH  CLOT1IK  AND  FEED. 


291 


that  the  jar  is  very  closely  tied 
down  every  time  that  it  is  opened  for 
the  addition  of  fresh  vegetables.  Nei- 
ther mushrooms,  walnuts,  nor  mi  cab- 
bage are  to  be  admitted.  For  the 
pickle  :  To  a  gallon  of  the  best  white 
wine  vinegar  add  salt  three  ounces,  flour 
of  mustard  half  a  pound,  turmeric  two 
Dunces,  white  ginger  sliced  three 
ounces,  cloves  one  ounce,  mace,  black 
pepper,  long  pepper,  white  pepper,  half 
an  ounce  each,  cayenne  two  dracnms, 
eschalots  peeled  four  ounces,  garlic 
peeled  two  ounces ;  steep  the  spice  in 
vinegar  on  the  hob  or  trivet  for  two  or 
three  days.  The  mustard  and  turmeric 
must  be  rubbed  smooth  with  a  little 
cold  vinegar,  and  stirred  into  the  rest 
when  as  near  boiling  as  possible.  Such 
vegetables  as  are  ready  may  be  put  in; 
when  cayenne,  nasturtiums,  or  any 
other  vegetables  mentioned  in  the  lirst 
method  of  pickling  corne  in  season,  put 
them  in  the  pickle  as  they  are  ;  any  in 
the  second  method,  a  small  quantity  of 
hot  vinegar  without  spice ;  when  cold 
pour  it  off,  and  put  the  vegetables  into 
the  general  jar.  If  the  vegetables  are 
greened  in  vinegar,  as  French  beans 
and  gherkins,  this  will  not  be  so  neces- 
sary, but  will  be  an  improvement  to  all. 
Onions  had  better  not  be  wet  at  ail ; 
but  if  it  be  desired  not  to  have  the  lull 
flavour,  both  onions,  eschalots,  and 
garlic,  may  be  sprinkled  with  salt  in  a 
colander,  to  draw  off  all  the  strong 
juice  ;  let  them  lie  two  or  three  hours. 
The  elder  apples,  peaches,  and  so  forth, 
to  be  greened  as  gherkins. 

2341.  THE  ROOTS,  radishes,  carrots, 
celery,  are  only  soaked  in  brine  and 
dried.     Half  a  pint  of  salad  oil,  or  of 
mustard  oil,  is  fioinetimes  added.     It 
should  be   rubbed  with  the  flour  of 
mustard  and  turmeric.    It  is  not  essen- 
tial to    Indian    pickle  to  have  every 
variety  of  vegetable  here  mentioned  ; 
but  all  these  are  admissible,  and  the 
greater  variety  the  more  it  is  approved. 

2342.  BLACKBIRDS.— The  cock 
bird  is  of  a  deep  black,  with  a  yellow 
bill.     The  female  is  dark  drown.     It  is 
difficult  to  distinguish  male  from  female 

13 


birds  when  young;  but  the  darkest 
generally  are  males.  Their  food  con- 
sists of  German  paste  (817),  bread, 
meat,  and  bits  of  apple.  The  same 
treatment  as  given  for  the  thrush  ap- 
plies to  the  blackbird.  (See  823.) 

2343.  SKYLARKS.— The  cock   is 
recognized  by  the  largeness  of  his  eye, 
the   length   of  Ms  claws,  the  mode  01 
erecting  his  crest,  and  by  marks  of  white 
in   the   tail.     It  is  also  a  larger  bird 
than  the  hen. 

The  cage  should  be  of  the  following 
proportions  : — Length,  one  foot  five 
inches  ;  width,  nine  inches ;  height, 
one  foot  three  inches.  There  should 
be  a  circular  projection  in  front,  to 
admit  of  a  fresh  turf  being  placed 
every  two  or  three  days,  and  the  bot- 
tom of  the  cage  should  be  plentifully 
and  constantly  sprinkled  with  river 
sand.  All  vessels  containing  food  should 
be  placed  outside,  and  the  top  of  the 
cage  should  be  arched  and  padded,  so 
that  the  bird  may  not  injure  itself  by 
jumping  about. 

Their  food,  in  a  natural  state,  con- 
sists of  seeds,  insects,  and  also  buds, 
green  hesbage,  as  clover,  endive,  let- 
tuce, &c.,  and  occasionally  berries. 

When  confined,  they  are  usually  fed 
with  a  paste  made  in  the  following  man 
ner:  Take  a  portion  of  bread,  well-baked 
and  stale,  put  it  into  fresh  water,  and 
leave  it  until  quite  soaked  through, 
then  squeeze  out  the  water  and  pour 
boiled  milk  over  it,  adding  two-thirds 
of  the  same  quantity  of  barley-meal 
well  sifted,  or,  what  is  better,  wheat 
meal.  This  should  be  made  fresh  every 
two  days.  Occasionally  the  yolk  of  a 
hard-boiled  egg  should  be  crumbled 
small  and  given  to  the  birds,  as  well  as 
a  little  hempseed,  meal-worms,  and 
elderberries.  Great  cleanliness  shoul 
be  observed  in  the  cages  of  these  birds 

2344.  CORNS.— The  cause  of  corng 
is  simply  friction;   and  to  lessen  the 
friction  you  have  only  to  use  your  toe  as 
you  do  a  coach- wheel — lubricate  it  with 
some  oily   substance.     The    best  and 
cleanest  thing  to  use  is  a  little  sweet 
oil,   rubbed  on  the  affected  part  (after 


292 


A  SMALL  TEAR  RELIEVES  A   fiKEAT  SORROW. 


the  corn  is  carefully  pared)  with  the  tip 
of  the  finger,  which  should  be  done  on 
getting  up  in  the  morning  and  just  be- 
•wre  stepping  into  bed  at  night.  In  a 
rew  days  the  pain  will  diminish,  and  in 
*  few  day*  more  it  will  cease,  when  the 
nightly  application  may  be  discontinu- 
ed. 

23-15.  HINTS  ON  ETIQUETTE.— 
There  are  numberless  writers  upon  this 
subject,  from  Chesterfield  to  Willis,  but 
the  great  fault  with  all  of  them  is,  that 
their  works  are  designed  exclusively 
for  the  ban  ton.  They  are  very  well 
for  those  who  spend  their  whole  lives 
in  the  fashionable  circles  ;  but  if  a  plain, 
unpretending  man  or  woman  were  to 
follow  their  directions,  they  would  only 
make  themselves  ridiculous. 

In  view  of  this  fact,  I  now  present  a 
few  plain  directions  fashioned  not  after 
an  imaginary  model,  but  upon  the  world 
as  it  is.  I  address  only  sensible  per- 
sons, and  expect  them  to  be  satisfied 
with  such  rules  and  principles  as  shall 
form  well-bred  men  and  women,  and 
not  coxcombs  and  dandies.  My  direc- 
tions are  the  result  of  my  own  observa- 
tion and  experience,  and  may  be  relied 
upon  as  being  the  actual  practices  of 
respectable  people,  both  in  this  country 
and  Europe ;  for  the  manners  of  well- 
ored  people  are  the  same  in  all  parts 
of  the  world. 

In  all  your  associations,  keep  con- 
stantly in  view  the  adage,  "  too  much 
freedom  breeds  contempt." 

Never  be  guilty  of  practical  jokes; 
if  you  accustom  yourself  to  them,  it  is 
probable  you  will  become  so  habituated 
as  to  commit  them  upon  persons  who 
will  not  allow  of  such  liberties :  I  have 
known  a  duel  to  arise  from  a  slap  on 
the  back. 

If  there  be  another  chair  in  the  room, 
do  not  offer  a  lady  that  from  which  you 
have  just  risen. 

Always  suspect  the  advances  of  any 
person  who  may  wish  for  your  acquaint- 
ance, and  who  has  had  no  introduc- 
tion :  circumstances  may  qualify  this 
remark,  but  as  a  general  principle,  ac- 
quaintances made  in  a  public  room  or 


place    of  amusement    are    not  desir 
able. 

Never  converse  while  a  person  ii 
singing  ;  it  is  an  insult  not  only  to  the 
singer,  but  to  the  company. 

The  essential  part  of  good  breeding  is 
the  practical  desire  to  afford  pleasure, 
and  to  avoid  giving  pain.  Any  man 
possessing  this  desire,  requires  only  op- 
portunity and  observation  to  make  him 
a  gentleman. 

Always  take  off  your  hat  when  hand- 
ing a  lady  to  her  carriage,  or  the  box  of 
a  theatre,  or  a  public  room. 

If,  in  a  public  promenade,  you  pass 
and  re-pass  persons  of  your  acquaint- 
ance, it  is  only  necessary  to  salute  them 
on  the  first  occasion. 

Do  not  affect  singularity  of  dress  by 
wearing  anything  that  is  so  conspicuous, 
as  to  demand  attention  ;  and  particular- 
ly avoid  what  I  believe  I  must  call  the 
ruffian  style. 

Never  lose  your  temper  at  cards,  and 
particularly  avoid  the  exhibition  of 
anxiety  or  vexation  at  wrant  of  §ne 
cess.  If  you  are  playing  whist,  not 
only  keep  your  temper,  but  hold  your 
tongue  ;  any  intimation  to  your  partwei 
is  decidedly  ungentlemanly. 

Let  presents  to  a  young  lady  be  char 
acterized  by  taste — not  remarkable  fo» 
intrinsic  value. 

Except  under  very  decided  circum 
stances,  it  is  both  ungentlemanly  an*1 
dangerous  to  cut  a  person  :  if  you  wish 
to  rid  yourself  of  any  one's  society,  & 
cold  bow  in  the  street,  and  particular 
ceremony  in  the  circles  of  your  mutual 
acquaintance,  is  the  best  mode  of  con 
duct  to  adopt. 

Never  introduce  your  own  affairs  fo-« 
the  amusement  of  a  company ;  it  show? 
a  sad  want  of  mental  cultivation,  or  ex 
cessive  weakness  of  intellect  :  recoJ 
lect,  also,  that  such  a  discussion  canco* 
be  interesting  to  others,  and  that  th«« 
probability  is  that  the  most  patient 
listener  is  a  complete  gossip,  laying  the 
foundation  for  some  tale  to  make  you 
appear  ridicuP  is. 

When  you  meet  a  gentleman  witk 
whom  you  are  acquainted,  you  bow 


A  CUP  MUST   BE  BITTER  THAT  A  SMILE  WILL  NOT  SWEETEN. 


293 


raising  your  hat  slightly  with  the  left 
hand,  which  leaves  your  right  at  liberty 
to  shake  hands  if  you  stop.  If  the 
gentleman  is  ungloved,  you  must  take 
off  yours,  not  otherwise. 

Meeting  ii  lady,  the  rule  is  that  she 
should  make  the  first  salute,  or  at  least 
indicate  by  her  manner  that  she  re- 
cognizes you.  Your  bow  must  be 
lower,  and  your  hat  carried  further 
from  your  head ;  but  you  never  offer  to 
shake  hands  ;  that  is  her  privilege. 

The  right,  being  the  post  of  honor, 
is  given  to  superiors  and  ladies,  except 
in  the  street,  when  they  take  the  wall, 
as  farthest  from  danger  from  passing 
carriages,  in  walking  with  or  meeting 
them. 

In  walking  with  a  lady,  you  are  not 
bound  to  recognize  gentlemen  with 
whom  she  is  not  acquainted,  nor  have 
they,  in  such  a  case,  any  right  to  salute, 
much  less  to  speak  to  you. 

Whenever  or  wherever  you  stand,  to 
converse  with  a  lady,  or  while  handing 
her  into  or  out  of  a  carriage,  keep  your 
hat  in  your  hand. 

Should  her  shoe  become  unlaced,  or 
her  dress  in  any  manner  disordered,  fail 
not  to  apprize  her  of  it,  respectfully, 
and  offer  your  assistance.  A  gentle- 
man may  hook  a  dress  or  lace  a  shoe 
with  perfect  propriety,  and  should  be 
able  to  do  so  gracefully. 

Whether  with  a  lady  or  gentleman, 
a  street  talk  should  be  a  short  one ; 
and  in  either  case,  when  you  have 
passed  the  customary  compliments,  if 
you  wish  to  continue  the  conversation, 
you  must  say, "  Permit  me  to  accompany 
you." 

Don't  sing,  hum,  whistle,  or  talk  to 
yourself,  in  walking.  Endeavor,  besides 
being  well  dressed,  to  have  a  calm  good- 
natured  countenance.  A  scowl  always 
begets  wrinkles.  It  is  best  not  to 
srnoKe  at  all  in  public,  but  none  but  a 
ruffian  in  grain  will  inflict  upon  society 
the  odor  of  a  bad  cigar,  or  that  of  any 
kind,  on  ladies. 

Ladies  are  not  allowed,  upon  ordinary 
occasions,  to  take  the  arm  of  any  one 
a  relative  or  an  accepted  lover  in 


the  street,  and  in  the  day  time ;  in  the 
evening — in  the  fields,  or  iu  a  crowd, 
wherever  she  may  need  protection — 
she  should  not  refuse  it.  She  should 
pass  her  hand  over  the  gentleman's 
arm,  merely,  but  should  not  walk  at 
arm's  length  apart,  as  country  girls 
sometimes  do.  In  walking  with  a  gen- 
tleman, the  step  of  the  lady  must  be 
lengthened,  and  his  shortened,  to  pre- 
vent the  hobbling  appearance  of  not 
keeping  step.  Of  course,  the  conver- 
sation of  a  stranger,  beyond  asking  a 
necessary  question,  must  be  consider- 
ed as  a  gross  insult,  and  repelled  with 
proper  spirit. 

Having  dressed  yourself,  pay  no 
further  attention  to  your  clothes.  .  Few 
things  look  worse  than  a  continual 
fussing  with  your  attire. 

Never  scratch  your  head,  pick  your 
teeth,  clean  your  nails,  or  worse  than 
all,  pick  your  nose  in  company  ;  al) 
these  things  are  disgusting.  Spit  as 
little  as  possible,  and  never  upon  the 
floor. 

Do  not  lounge  on  sofas,  nor  tip  back 
your  chair,  nor  elevate  your  feet. 

If  you  are  going  into  the  company  of 
ladies,  beware  or  onions,  spirits,  and 
tobacco. 

If  you  can  sing  or  play,  do  so  at  once 
when  requested,  without  requiring  to 
be  pressed,  or  make  a  fuss.  On  the 
other  hand,  let  your  performance  be 
brief,  or,  if  ever  so  good,  it  will  be  tire- 
some. When  a  lady  sits  down  to  the 
pianoforte,  some  gentleman  should  at- 
tend her,  arrange  the  music-stool,  and 
turn  over  the  leffves. 

Meeting  friends  in  a  public  prome- 
nade, you  salute  them  the  first  time  in 
passing,  and  not  every  time  you  meet. 

Never  tattle,  nor  repeat  in  one  society 
any  scandal  or  personal  matter  you 
hear  in  another.  Give  your  own 
opinion  of  people,  if  you  please,  but 
never  repeat  that  of  others. 

Meeting  an  acquaintance  among 
strangers,  in  the  street  or  a  coffee-house, 
never  address  him  by  name.  It  is  vul 


gar  and  annoying. 
2354.  LAWS 


OF    CHESS.— The 


294 


GUARD  WELL  THE  STEPS  OF  THE  YOUTHFUL. 


rules  given  below  are  based  upon  the 
ci><lo  published  in  "  Walkers  Art  of 
('lira*  Play."  The  word  piece  frequently 
includes  \\\e  pawn. 

2355.  I.  If  the  board  or  pieces  be 
improperly  placed,  or  are  deficient  in 
number  (except  in  the  case  of  odds), 
the  game  must  be  recommenced,  if  the 
error  is  discovered  before  the  fourth 
move  on  each  side  (the  eighth  move  ot 
the  game).     If  not  discovered  before 
this  stage,  the  game  must  proceed. 

2356.  II.  If  the  player  gives  odds,  and 
yet  omits  to  remove  the  odds  from  the 
board  at  the  commencement,  he  may 
recommence  the  game,  and  remove  the 
odds   given,   provided   he  discover  his 
error  before  playing  his  fourth  move. 
But  if  he  has   made  his   fourth  move, 
the   game   must  be  played  out ;   and 
should  the  player  who  agreed  to  give 
the  odds  win  the  game,  it  shall  never- 
theless be  considered  drawn. 

2357.  III.  When  parties  play  even, 
they  draw  lots  for  the  first  move  of  the 
first  game.     The  first  move  is  after- 
wards taken  alternately  throughout  the 
sitting,  except  when  a  game  is  drawn, 
when  he  who  had  the  first  move  in 
that  game  still  claims  it,  a  drawn  game 
being  of  no  account.     He  who  gains  the 
move  has  also  the   choice  of  colour. 
Each    player    uses    the    same    colour 
throughout  the  sitting.    When  a  match 
is  made  for  a  given  number  of  games, 
the  move  passes  alternately  throughout 
the  match.     A  player  giving  odds  has 
the  choice  of  men,  and  takes  the  move 
in   every  game,  unless  agreed  to  the 
contrary.  • 

2358.  IV.  A  player  who  gives  the  odds 
of  a  piece,  may  give  it  each  game  from 
the  king's  or  queen's  side,  at  his  option. 
If  he  gives  the  odds  of  a  pawn,  he  must 
give  the  king's  bishop's  pawn,  unless 
otherwise  stipulated.    The  player  who 
receives  the  odds  of  a  certain  number 
of  moves  at  the  commencement,  must 
not  with  those  moves  cross  from  his 
own  half  of  the  board. 

2359.  V.  If  a  player,  in  his  turn  to 
play,  touch  one  of  his  men,  he  must 
mole  that  piece,  if  it  can  legally  move, 


unless,  when  he  first  touches  it,  he 
says  aloud,  j'adoube.  No  penalty  is 
attached  to  touching  a  piece,  unless  it 
is  your  turn  to  move. 

23GO.  VI.  If  the  player  touch  hia 
king,  with  the  intention  of  moving 
him,  and  then  finds  that  he  cannot  do  so 
without  placing  the  king  in  check,  u« 
penalty  can  be  inflicted  on  his  replae'm<> 
his  king  and  moving  elsewhere.  [Other- 
wise?] If  the  player  should  touch  a 
man  which  cannot  be  moved  without 
placing  his  king  in  check,  he  must 
move  his  king  instead. 

2361.  VII.  If  a  player  about  to  move 
touch    one    of  his    adversary's    men, 
without  saying  j'adoube  when  he  first 
touches  it,  he  must  take  that  piece,  if 
it  can  be  lawfully  taken.     Should   it 
not  be  taken,  he  must,  as  a  penalty, 
move  his  king ;  but  should  the  king  be 
unable  to  play  without  going  into  check, 
no  penalty  can  be  enforced.     It  is  not 
allowed  to  castle  upon  a  compulsory 
move  of  the  king. 

2362.  VIII.  While  you  bold    your 
piece    you    may    move    it    anywhere 
allowed  by  the  rules  ;  but  when  you 
quit  your  hold  the  move  is  completed, 
and  must  be  abided  by. 

2363.  IX.  If  you  inadvertently  move 
one  of  your  adversary '  s  pieces  instead 
of  your  own,  he  may  compel  you  to 
take  the  piece  you  have  touched,  should 
it  be  en  prise;   or  to  replace  it  and 
move  your  king,  or  to  leave  it  on  the 
square  to  which  you  have  moved  it, 
and  forego  any  other  move  at  that  time. 
Should  you  capture  one  of  the  adverse 
pieces  with  another,  instead  of  one  of 
your  own,  the  capture  holds  good   if 
your  opponent  so  decides. 

2364.  X.  If  the  player  takes  a  piece 
through  a  false   move,   his  adversary 
may  compel  him  to  take   such  piece 
with  one  that  can  lawfully  take  it,  or  t« 
move  the  piece  that  has  been  touched, 
if  such  move  does  not  expose  the  king 
to  check,   or  he   may  be  directed  to 
move  his  king. 

2365.  XI.  If  you  take  one  of  your  own 
men,  instead  of   one  of  your  adver- 
sary's, you  may  be  compelled  to  move 


PREVENTION  IS  BETTER  THAN  CURB. 


295 


one  of  the  two  pieces  touched,  at  the 
option  of  your  opponent.  Mr.  Walker 
thinks  that  the  penalty  should  be  to 
lose  the  man  you  have  improperly 
taken  off. 

2366.  XII.   Ai.    opponent    has    the 
option  of  punishing  a  false  move,  by 
Claiming  the  false  move  as  your  move, 
by  compelling  you  to  move  the  piece 
touched,  as  you  may  think  fit,  or  to 
replace  the  piece  and  move  your  king. 

2367.  XIII.  The  king  must  never  be 
exposed  to  check  by  any  penalty  en- 
forced. 

2368.  XIV.  If    you     move     twice 
running,    you    may  be    compelled  to 
abide  by  both  moves,  or  to  retract  the 
second. 

2369.  XV.  Unlimited  time  is  allowed 
for  the  moves  [unless  otherwise  agreed.] 
If  one  player  insists  upon  the  postpone- 
ment of  the  termination  of  a  game, 
against  the  will  of  his  opponent,  the 
game  is  forfeited  by  him  who  will  not 
play  on. 

2370.  XVI.  When  a  pawn  is  moved 
two   squares,  it  is  liable   to  be  taken, 
en  passant,  by  a  pawn,  but  not  by  a  piece. 

2371.  XVII.  If  you  touch  both  king 
and  rook,  intending  to  castle,  you  must 
move  one  of  the  two  pieces,  at  the 
option  of  your  adversary  ;  or  ho  may 
compel  you  to  complete  the  castling. 
You  cannot  take  a  piece  and  castle  at 
the   same  time ;    nor  does    the  rook 
check  as  it  passes  to  its  new  position  ; 
but  it  may  check  on  its  position  after 
castling. 

2372.  XVIII.  False  castling  is  liable 
to  the  same  penalties  as  a  false  move. 

2373.  XIX.  When  a  player  gives  the 
odds  of  a  rook,  he  does  not  relinquish 
the  right  of  castling  on  the  side  from 
which  the  rook  has  been  taken,  all 
other  conditions  being  lawful,  as  if  the 
rook  were  in  its  place. 

2374.  XX.  When  you  give  check  you 
must  say  so  aloud.    If  check  is  not 
cjillc.d  on  either  side,  but  subsequently 
discovered,  you  must  endeavour  to  re- 
sail  all  the  moves  back  to  the  period 
when  the  check  first  occirred. 

2375    XX T.  You  are  n?t  compelled 


to  cry  check  when    you  attack   the 
queen. 

2376.  XXII.  If  you  cry  check,  and 
afterwards  alter    your   determination, 
you  are  not  compelled  to  abide  by  the 
intention,    provided    you    have      not 
touched  the  piece. 

2377.  XXIII.  When  a  pawn  reaches 
the  opposite  side  of  the  board  it  may 
be  replaced  by  any  piece,  at  the  option 
of  the  owner,  and  irrespective  of  the 
pieces  already  owned  by  him. 

2378.  XXIV.  Stall-mate  is  a  drawn 
game. 

2379.  XXV.  Drawn  games  count  for 
nothing  ;  and  he  who  moved  first  in 
the  drawn  game  moves  first  in  the  fol- 
lowing. 

2380.  XXVI.  If  you  declare  to  win 
a  game,  or  position,  and  only  draw  it, 
you  are  accounted  the  loser. 

2381.  XXVII.  When  you  have  either 
of  the  following  advantages  of  force, 
you  are  compelled  to  give  check-mate 
in  fifty  moves,   or  the  game  is  consi- 
dered drawn. 

King  and  queen  against  king. 

King  and  rook  against  king. 

King  and  two  bishops  against  king. 

King,  bishop,,  and  knight,  against 
king. 

King  and  queen  against  king  and 
rook. 

King  and  rook  against  king  and  minor 
piece. 

King  and  pawn  against  king. 

King  and  two  pawns  against  king  and 
pawn. 

2382.  XXVIII.  If  you  move  after 
your  adversary  has  made  a  false  move, 
or  committed  other  irregularity,  you 
cannot  claim  the  penalties. 

2383.  XXIX.    Spectators    are    for- 
bidden to  make  remarks. 

2384.  XXX   Disputes  to  be  referred 
to  a  third  party. 

2385.  HINTS  UPON  MONEY  MAT- 
TERS.— Have  a  supply  of  change  in  hand. 
This  will   obviate   the    various   incon. 
veniences  of  keeping  people  at  the  door, 
sending  out  at  unreasonable  times,  and 
running  or  calling  after  any  inmate  in 
the  house,  supposed  to  be  better  pro- 


296 


BENJAMIN   FRANKLIN,    BORN    1706,    DIED   1790. 


vided  with  "  the  needful  "  The  trades- 
people with  whom  you  regularly  deal 
\\ill  always  give  you  extra  change'  when 
you  are  making  purchases  or  paying 
bills ;  while  those  to  whom  you  apply 
for  it  on  a  sudden  emergency,  may 
neither  be  willing  nor  able  to  do  so. 
Some  housekeepers  object  to  this 
arrangement  that,  "  as  soon  as  five- 
pound  notes  or  sovereigns  are  changed, 
they  always  seem  to  go,  without  their 
understanding  how ;"  but  to  such 
persons  I  would  humbly  intimate,  that 
this  is  rather  the  fault  of  their  not 
getting  understanding,  than  any  inevi- 
table consequence  of  getting  change. 
The  fact  is,  that  it  is  the  necessity  of 
parting  with  your  money  which  obliges 
you  to  get  the  larger  pieces  changed, 
and  not  the  circumstance  of  having 
smaller  coin  that  necessitates  your  part- 
ing with  your  money,  though  it  cer- 
tainly facilitates  your  doing  so,  when 
1  the  necessity  arrives.  However,  as  it  is 
easier  to  count  a  few  sovereigns  than 
many  shillings,  and  loose  money  is  most 
objectionable,  it  is  well  to  put  up  re- 
serve change  in  small  collective  packets, 
and  to  replenish  the  housekeeping 
purse  from  these  daily  or  weekly,  as 
may  be  most  convenient. 

2386.  If  money  for  daily  expenses 
has  to  pass  through  the  hands  of  a  com- 
mon domestic,  it  is  a  time  and  trouble- 
saving  plan   to   settle   with  her  every 
night,  and  make  up  her  cash  in  hand  to 
a  certain  similar  sum. 

2387.  ADULTERATIONS.— Much 
has  been  written  upon  the  subject  of 
adulteration.     Somebody  (whose  name 
we  forget)  took  up  the  subject  prior  to 
Dr.  Hassall ;  Dr.  Hassall  wrote  a  series 
of  papers  in  the  Lancet ;  these  broug-ht 
about    a    parliamentary  inquiry ;    the 
inquiry  ended  in  demonstrating  that 
nearly   everything  we   eat  and  drink 
is    adulterated — in    many  cases    with 
ingredients  very  prejudicial  to  human 
health.     Somebody  has  written  a  little 
oook  to  inform  people  "  How  to  detect 
adulterations  in    our    daily    food    and 
drink  '  and  there  is  room  for  some  one 
to  write  a  key  to  the  said  littte  book, 


entitled  "  How  to  understand  the  in- 
structions '  How  to  Detect  Adultera 
tion  in  our  Daily  Food  and  Drink'  "— 
for,  although  the  advertisement  of  the 
book  savs  that  it  gives  instructions  for 
the  employment  of  "  simple  means"  of 
detection,  the  means  suggested  are  in 
most  cases  highly  impracticable,  and  in 
some  instances  dangerous.  Thus  tlio 
housewife,  who  sets  about  the  dis- 
covery of  some  supposed  evil,  may,  by 
an  error  or  accident — the  upsetting  of 
a  bottle  of  sulphuric  acid,  or  the  explo- 
sion of  a  receiver  of  gas — do  herself 
more  injury  in  an  hour  than  she  would 
suffer  from  adulteration  in  a  life-time. 
2388.  IMPRACTICABLE  MODES  OP  DE 
TECTION.— The  writer  alluded  to  states 
that,  to  discover  the  adulterations  in 
arrowroot,  you  are  to  "  mix  it  with 
twice  its  weight  of  concentrated  muri- 
atic acid."  To  discover  adulterations 
in  flour,  you  are  to  "  take  of  the  sus- 
pected flour  about  350  grains,  and  the 
same  quantity  of  fine  sand,  and  two 
and  a-half  fluid  ounces  of  water  -,  tritu- 
rate in  a  mortar  the  sand  and  flour  for 
five  minutes,  then  gradually  add  a 
little  of  the  water,  so  as  to  dilute  it 
evenly,  and  form  a  homogeneous  paste ; 
throw  the  whole  upon  a  filter,  and  take 
about  one  ounce  of  the  clear  liquid, 
place  it  in  a  test-glass,  and  add  the 
same  quantity  of  an  aqueous  solution 
of  iodine."  The  author  remarks,  that 
this  method  is  tedious,  and  far  from 
satisfactory.  So  we  think.  He  then 
gives  another  : — "  If  chalk  be  sus- 
pected, place  a  tea-spoonful  of  flour  in  a 
wine-glass,  with  a  little  water,  and  add 
a  few  drops  of  muriatic  acid.  If  chalk 
be  present,  a  brisk  effervescence  will 
ensue,  owing  to  the  escape  of  carbonic 
acid  [it  should  be — carbonic  acid^as.] 
Lime  may  be  detected  in  a  similar  way 
— using  oxalate  of  ammonia,  instead  of 
muriatic  acid.  The  lime  will  form  an 
insoluble  precipitate,  which  is  oxalate 
of  lime ! ' '  Then,  to  detect  the  presence 
of  bone-dust,  you  are  told  to  burn  a 
portion  of  the  suspected  flour,  and  "  if 
a  portion  of  the  ash  dissolved  in  water 
give,  with  nitrate  of  silver,  an  abundani 


THOMAS   JEFFERSON,    BORN  1743,    DIED    1826. 


297 


precipitate,  phosphate  of  lime  is  pres- 
ent. The  test  of  oxalate  of  ammonia 
may  be  used  to  detect  lime  in  the  ash, 
as  already  advised  for  its  detection  in 
flour  !"  This  is  the  character  of  by  far 
the  greater  number  of  these  "  simple" 
instructions ;  and,  to  crown  the  whole, 
to  enable  you  to  detect  adulteration  in 
bottled,  cured,  and  potted  anchovies, 
with  their  heads  decapitated,  and  their 
entrails  removed,  you  are  favoured  with 
Mr.  Yarrell's  pen-and-ink  portrait  of 
the  fish,  when  in  a  living,  or  at  least,  a 
fresh  and  whole  condition  !  Among 
other  adulterations  we  therefore  dis- 
cover the  adulteration  of  books,  by 
the  introduction  of  matter  to  give  an 
appearance  of  learning  to  their  pages, 
and  of  no  possible  use  to  the  buyer, 
who  is  compelled  to  pay  sixpence  fur 
what  he  ought  to  obtain  at  one  sixth 
that  cost. 

'2389.  DIFFICULTY  OF  DETECTING 
ADULTERATIONS. — It  is  obvious,  that 
if  adulterations  could  be  easily  discov- 
ered, tradespeople  who  resorted  to 
them  would  soon  suffer  from  discredit. 
Many  of  the  adulterations  defy  even 
the  power  of  the  chemist, and  Dr.  Has- 
sal's  investigations  are  exceedingly  im- 
perfect, being  chiefly  confined  to  the 
agency  of  the  microscope,  and  passing 
over  a  large  catalogue  of  liquid  and 
oleaginous  compounds.  For  many 
adulterations,  the  retail  dealer  is  not 
responsible.  Do  all  he  may,  he  cannot 
obtain  a  pure  article,  since  it  undergoes 
adulteration  in  every  stage  of  its  pro- 
gress to  the  market,  and  many  sub- 
stances partake  of  compound  adultera- 
tion. Thus  Cayenne  pepper  may  be 
adulterated  with  mustard,  which  has 
previously  been  adulterated  with  a 
cheaper  farina,  and  the  whole  be 
coloured  with  vermilion,  cochineal,  or 
red-lead,  either  or  all  of  which  may 
previously  have  been  adulterated  with 
gome  inferior  substance. 

•231)0.  How  TO  ESCAPE  ADULTERA- 
TIONS, AND  ALSO  TO  DETECT  FRAUD- 
ULENT TRADERS. — We  are  not  about 
to  advUe  the  housewife  to  set  up  a 
chemical  laboratory  nor  to  put  her 


husband  to  the  expense  of  a  compound 
achromatic  microscope.  CKl*  instruc- 
tions will  neither  burn  holes  in  her 
dress,  stain  her  mahogany  table,  blacken 
her  nails,  make  smarting  chaps  in  her 
hands,  nor  fill  her  with  monornixniacal 
fears  that  she  is  being  ossified  by  bone- 
dust,  or  that  in  a  liftle  while  she  will 
be  crystallized  all  over  like  an 
alum-basket.  Our  apparatus  is  as  fol- 
lows : — 

A  hand  flour-mill, 
A  pestle  and  mortar, 
A  coffee-mill, 
A  pepper  and  spice-mill, 
Meat-cutting  machine, 
Scales  and  weights, 
Imperial  measures, 

2391.  FORMATION  OF  FAMILY  CIE 
CLES. — The  mill  is  the  most  expensive 
item  in  this  table  of  expenditure — and 
what  we   propose   is    this: — "Family 
Circles  "  (see  340;  should  be  called,  for 
the  purpose  of    mitigating  the   evils 
complained   of.      Let  every  "  Circle  " 
have  its  mill — let  it  be  kept  at  a  place 
convenient  to  all.     By  such  means,  a 
capital    subscribed  by  each  member, 
would  be  sufficient ;   a  little  company 
would     be     formed,    upon    a    better 

rinciple  than  that  of  "  limited  lia- 
ility,"  since  the  capital  being  paid 
up,  there  would  be  no  liability  at  all ! 
What  would  be  the  result  ?  Why,  that 
people  would  obtain  pure  bread,  pure 
coffee,  pure  condiments,  and  other 
"ngs,  at  a  cost  of  full  twenty-five  per 
cent,  under  that  which  they  now  pay 
for  spurious  and  health- destroy  ing  mix- 
tures. 

2392.  OTHER     EVILS     BESIDES 
ADULTERATIONS."  —  The     butcher 

cannot  adulterate  the  beef  and  the 
mutton  (see  1),  but  he  can  send  home 
short  weight ;  aud  the  baker,  besides 
putting  alum  in  the  bread,  to  make  it 
white  and  retain  water,  can  send  home 
deficient  weight;  the  same  with  the 
grocer,  and  the  coal  merchant;  th* 
publican  can  give  short  measure,  and 
froth  up  the  porter  to  fill  the  jug,  and 
disguise  the  shortness  of  quantity ;  and 
the  draper  can  slip  his  scissors  th* 


2D8 


JOIiM  QUINCY  ADAMS,    BORN  1707,   DIED  1848. 


wrong  side  of  his  finger,  and  make  a 
yard  contain  only  thirty-three  inches. 
We  don't  mean  to  say  that  they  do  this, 
nor  do  we  mean  to  say  that  \\\c,j  don't. 
We  argue,  that  people  ought  to  possess 
the  means  of  ascertaining  who  among 
shop-keepers  arc  honest,  and  who  are  not. 
Then  the  just  would  meet  with  justice, 
and  the  unjust  would  suffer  for  their 
.own  sins. 

2393.  ADULTERATIONS,  AND  REALLY 
SIMPLE  MODES  OP  DETECTING  THEM. 
— ARROWROOT  is  adulterated  with  po- 
tato-starch, sago,  and  tapioca-starch. 
There  is  nothing  injurious  in  these  adul- 
terations. When  largely  adulterated 
with  potato-starch,  the  arrowroot,  being 
passed  through  the  hand,  imparts  a 
slippery  and  glaze-like  feeling.  Pure 
arrowroot  may  generally  be  obtained 
by  paying  the  best  prices.  The  arrow- 
root packed  in  tin  cases,  and  puffed  as 
pure,  may  generally  be  regarded  as 


highly  adulterated. 

OQO/I 


2394.  ANATTO  is  adulterated  with 
chalk,  wheat-flour,  rye-flour,  salt,  and 
soap ;  and  is  coloured  with  Venetian 
red  and  red  lead.      It  is  difficult  to 
detect  these  adulterations. 

2395.  A  MICROSCOPE    will  be  of 
material  assistance  in  detecting  the  ad- 
mixture  of    impure    substances   with 
articles  of  food.     Even  a  common  phial 
filled  with  water  possesses  a  high  mag- 
nifying power.   (See  3778. ) 

2396.  BRANDY  is  adulterated  with 
cayenne  pepper,  water  and  burnt  sugar. 

2397.  BREAD.  —  Grind    your  own 
wheat,  make  your  own  yeast,  and  bake 
your  own  bread    (See'llS,  587,  2077, 
2160,2323).     The  advantages  will  be 
immense,  and  you  need  not  then  trouble 
about  adulterations. 

2398.  The  Adulterations  of  Bread,  8>c. 
—Bread  and  flour  are  adulterated  with 
flour  of  inferior    grain,  Indian    corn 
flour,  potato  flour,  pea  and  bean  flour, 
bone  dust,  &c.     None  of  these  are  posi- 
tively injurious.      But    they  are  also 
adulterated  with  plaster  of  Paris,  chalk, 
alum,  &c.,  and  these  are  highly  preju- 
dicial to  health,  especially  when  taken 
eontinuously.     (See  586.) 


2399.  To  Discover  whether  Bread  be 
Adulterated  icith  Alum.  —  Run  into  a 
loaf  that  is  one  day  old,  a  knife   made 
,-L-iy  hot;  if  there  be  alum  present,  it 
will  adhere  in  very  small  particles  to 
the  blade  of  the  knife,  and  will  indicate 
its  presence  by  a  peculiar  smell.      If 
bread  looks  unnaturally  white,  and  if 
it  gives  off  a  good  deal  of  water,  and 
becomes    veiy  brittle  and    dry  when 
toasted,  alum  may  be  regarded  as  being 
present. 

2400.  To   Discover    whether   Bread 
be  Adulterated  with  Pea  or  Bean  Flour. 
— Pour  boiling-  water  upon  it,  and  if  the 
flour  is  mixed  with  the  farina  of  peas 
or  beans,  the   strong   smell  of   those 
grains  will  become  manifest. 

2401.  To  Djpcover  whether  Flour  be 
Adulterated    with    Chalk,   Plaster    of 
Paris   or   Mineral  Powders. — If  con- 
taining  these   admixtures,  it  will  be 
found  to  be  heavier,  measure  for  meas- 
ure, than  pure  flour.     That  is  to  say,  a 
pint  of  pure  flour  would  be  overbalanced 
in  the  scales  by  a  pint  of  adulterated 
flour.     Slice  the   soft  part  of   a  loaf, 
and    put  it  into  a   large  quantity  of 
water  in  an  earth  en  vessel.     Place  it 
over  a  slow  fire  for  three  hours.     Scoop 
up  the  pap,  and  let  the  water  stand. 
When    perfectly  settled,  pour  off  the 
water,  and  a  chalky  sediment  will  be 
found  to  cover  the  bottom  of  the  ves- 
sel.     Heartburn,  after  eating  impure 
bread  is  a  sign  of  its  impurity.     Put 
some  flour  upon  a  table,  and  blow  it 
gently  with  the  breath.     If  little  heaps 
remain  upon  the  table,  resisting  the 
action  of  the  breath,  and  differing  ma- 
nifestly from  the  indications  given  by 
other  portions  when  blown  upon,  the 
substance    thus  remaining  is  impure. 
Potato  flour,  and  indeed  all  white  flours, 
are   heavier  than  pure  wheat.    Bake  a 
small  quantity  of  the   suspected  flour, 
until  it  is  of  a  full  brown.    Then  take 
it,  and    rub  in   your    hands    or   on  a 
table,  and    white    particles    will    be 
seen,  if  chalk  or  plaster  of    Paris  ba 
present. 

2402.  Pure  Wheat  Flour  is  remark- 
able  for  its  cohesiveuess.    If  squeezed 


PATRICK   HENRY,    BORN  1736,    DIED    1799. 


it  will  adhere ;  it  is  also  ve 

may  be    blown   into  a  cloud  with    the 

lightest  breath. 

2403.  BUTTER  is  made    heavy  by 
water   which    may   generally   be  seen 
exuding     from     bad     samples,   which 
should  It  3  rejected  by  the  purchaser. 

2404.  CAYENNE  PEPPER.— Having 
four  own  pestle  and   mortar,  make  it 
according    to    the    instructions    given 
(2165),  which    are    excellent.     Let  a 
quantity  be  made  at  one  time  for   the 
"Family  Circle."      The  cayenne  of 
commerce   is   adulterated  with  brick- 
dust,  red    wood  dust,  cochineal,  ver- 
milion, and  red-lead.    The  latter  two  are 
highly  injurious,  and  the  former  ones 
not  very  salutary.     As   to   the   means 
of  detecting  these,  it  would  be  a  great 
waste  of  time  to  find  them  out,  since  all 
cayenne  is  largely  adulterated.     There- 
fore,, make    your  own — or  don't  use 
any. 

2405.  CHICORY. — This  is  the  dried 
and  roasted  root  of  a  plant  allied  to  the 
dandelion,   and  it  is   found   by  almost 
unanimous  testimony  to  be   an   agree- 
able flavourer  of   coffee.     Dr.  Hassall 
denounces  the  use  of  chicory,  but  with 
no  sufficient  reason.     He  states  it  to  be 
"  diuretic     and     aperient' '  —  qualities 
which  we  declare  to  be  in  its  favour, 
for  it  is   the  prevailing  defect  of  our 
food  that  it  is  too  astringent  and  heat- 
ing, and   the   fact    that   chicory  finds 
such   general   approbation  we   believe 
rests  in  the   very  qualities  which   Dr. 
Hassall  condemns.  We  know  a  respect- 
able grocer  who,  before  legislation,  took 
the    matter     up    from     conscientious 
motives,  ceased   to   mix   chicory  with 
coffee :  the  immediate  effect  was  the 
falling-off  of  his  coffee  trade,  his   cus- 
tomers declaring  that  his  coffee  was  not 
so   good  as  previously ;    and  he  was 
compelled  again  to  mix  chicory  with  it 
to  meet  their  taste.     Chicory  is  found 
to  be  "  adulterated"  with  carrot,  pars- 
nips, and  mangel-wurzel.    In  Dr.  Has- 
Ball'  s  papers  the  name  of  those  roots  are 
italicised,   as    though    some    dreadful 
tjisclosure  lay  therein.     But  as  these 
roots  are  all  of  them  high!    uutricious 

13* 


and  agreeable,  instead  of  detract 
from  the  claims  of  chicory,  the 
stated  rather  elevate  "  chicory  ' '  in  our 
estimation,  and  point  to  the  probability 
that  the  roots  mentioned  possess  qual- 
ities hitherto  imperfectly  ascertained,  and 
irorthy  of  further  examination  and  de 
velopment.  Our  remarks  are  not  merely 
of  conjecture,  they  are  founded  upon 
observation  arid  analysis. 

2406.  CHOCOLATE   AND  COCOA. — 
The    adulterations    of    these    articles 
pointed  out  by  Dr.  Hassall  are  not  of  a 
serious  nature,  being  confined  to  flour, 
starch,  potato-farina,  sago-meal,  wheat- 
flour,  tapioca-starch,  Maranta,  and  other 
arrowroots,  tons  les  mois,  and   animal 
fats ;  but  as  the  latter  are  employed  in 
the  roasting  of  all  farinaceous  grains,  to 
prevent  the  burning  thereof,  and  also 
to  preserve  as  far  as  possible  their   es- 
sential oils   from  destruction  by  heat, 
we  see  nothing  to   make   our  readers 
uncomfortable.     Those  who  prefer  the 
pure  cocoa  can   obtain  the  "  nibs,"  or 
more  properly"  beans,"  and  grind  them. 
But   many  prefer    the    soluble   cocoa, 
which  is    simply  cocoa    modified  by 
admixture   with  less   stimulating  sub- 
stances. 

2407.  COFFEE.— Coffee  is  adulterated 
with  chicory,  roasted  beans,  peas,  and 
acorns;  b»t  «hiefly  by  chicory.     Hav- 
ing your  own    mill,  buy  the    roasted 
beans;  find  out  a  respectable  grocer, 
ascertain  his    roasting-days,  and  always 
buy  from  a  fresh  roast      If  you  like  the 
flavour  of    chicory,  purchase    it  sepa 
rate,  and'add    to  taste.     Chicoy,   in 
small  quantities   is   not,  as  has    been 
represented,  injurious,  but    healthful: 
because  the  "  taraxacum >:  root  has  been 
used     medicinally,  and    its  name  has 
found  a  place  in  Pharmacopseias,  it  has 
been  vulgarly  set  down  as  "physic," 
and  thrown  to  the  dogs.     The  tonic  hop 
might  be    discarded   upon  the    same 
pretext.    Chicory  is  a  healthful  addition 
to  coffee,  but  you  need  riot    pay  the 
coffee  price  for  it.     Grind  your  coffee/ 
and  mix  with  chicory  for  yourself. 

2408.  CONFECTIONS  AND  SWEET 
MEATS  are  coloured  with  poisonous  in 


800 


DE  WITT  CLINTON.   BORN    1769,    DIED  1828. 


gradients.  Avoid  them — there  is  not 
the  slightest  necessity  for  running  any 
risk.  ^ 

2409.  CURRY-POWDERS  are  but  an 
accumulation  of  adulterations : — adul- 
terated pepper  adulterated  coriander, 
adulterated     c  irdamoms,    adulterated 
ginger,  adulterated  spices,  and  so  on. 
ll'itk  your  spice  mill  and  prater  prepare 
your  own  from    the    seeaj    and    roots. 
You  will  thereby  obtain  such  a  curry- 
powder,  and  be  able  to  produce  such 
a  curry,  as  will   spread    your   reputa- 
tion   for    and  wide.       (See    168,  234, 
2167,  2168.; 

2410.  CUSTARD  AND  EGG-POWDERS 
contain  wheat,  potato,  and  rice-flours, 
and  are  coloured  with  chrome  yellow,  or 
chromate  of  lead  and   turmeric.     They 
are  not  essential  articles  of  household 
economy. 

2411.  GIN  is  adulterated  with  water, 
sugar,  cayenne,  cassia,  cinnamon,  grains 
of  paradise,  sulphuric  acid,  coriander 
seed,  angelica  root,  calken  root,  almond 
cake,    orris     root,    cardamom    seeds, 
orange  peel,  and  grey  and  white  salts, 
and  is  "  fined ' '  by  alum   and    salts  of 
tartar.     The  best  way  is   to  purchase 
the  unsweetened  gin,  for  the  sweeten- 
ing is  employed  to  disguise  the  flavour 
of  various  adulterations.     If   you  ex- 
amine   gin  through   a  clean    glass,  it 
should  have  no  tint,  either  of  a  bluish 
or  yellowish   cast.       The   cheap   gins 
should  be  avoided,  and    only  the   res- 
pectable dealers  should  be  resorted  to. 

2412  ISINGLASS.— Our  chief  object 
iu  roticing  the  adulteration  of  this 
article  is  to  insure  its  purity  in  the 
making  of  cements,  which  is  of  the 
utmost  importance.  (See  78.)  Isin- 
glass is  a  preparation  from  fishes' 
bladders,  and  it  is  found  to  be  adul- 
terated with  gelatine.  Take  a  few 
breads  of  the  substance,  drop  some 
nto  boiling  water,  some  into  cold 
water  and  some  into  vinegar.  In  the 
boiling  water  the  isinglass  will  dissolve ; 
in  cold  water  it  will  become  white  and 
"cloudy;"  and  in  vinegar  it  will 
•well  and  become  jelly-like.  In  boiling 
water  gelatine  will  not  so  con  pletcly 


dissolve  as  isinglass ;  in  cold  water  it 
becomes  clear  and  jelly-like;  and  ip 
vinegar  it  will  harden. 

2413.  LARD  is  adulterated  with  po- 
tato flour,  water,   salts,  carbonate   of 
soda,  and  caustic  lime.    Take  a  small 
portion  of  the  suspected  lard,  and  eva- 
porate it  upon  a  hot  iron  pan  or  plate, 
when  the  admixed  substances  will   be 
deposited  thereon. 

2414.  MARMALADE  is  found  to  be 
adulterated  with  course  apples,  Swede 
turnips,  and  course  puopkins.     These 
substances  may  be  easily  detected  by 
washing  off  the  saccharine  matter  in 
tepid  water.     Generally  speaking,  how- 
ever, it  is  only  the  low-priced  marma- 
lades that  are  thus  admixed. 

2415.  MILK  is  adulterated  with  water, 
and  coloured  with  anatto. 

2416.  MUSTARD  AND   PEPPER  are 
both  adulterated  with  inferior  grain, 
husks  of   seeds,  and  even  dust  of   a 
variety  of  descriptions.     Having  your 
pepper-mill,  purchase  the  seed  whole, 
and  grind  for  yourself.     You  will  then 
obtain  the  pure  article  at  a  moderate 
cost. 

2417.  OATMEAL  is  adulterated  with 
barley-flour  and   the   husks  of  barley. 
A  pint  of   pure    oatmeal  will  weigh 
heavier  than  a  pint  of  the  adulterated. 

2418.  PICKLES  AND  PRESERVES. — 
These  are  found  to  be  adulterated  with 
various  compounds;  but  the   greatest 
evil  lies   in  the  fact  that  they  are  fre- 
quently impregnated  with  copper.     In 
the  case  of  preserves,  the  copper  prob- 
ably proceeds  from  the  use  of  copper 
pans  in  making  the  preserves,  but  with 
regard  to  pickles,  copper  is  employed 
to  improve  their  color,  and  sulphuric 
acid  to  strengthen  bad  vinegar.     The 
best  way  is  to  avoid  purchasing  the 
pickles  sold  in  clear  glass  bottles,  and 
presenting    a    most  tempting  appear- 
ance. 

2419.  POTTED  MEATS  AND  FISH 
are    adulterated    with    inferior    sub- 
stances, and  colored  with  bole  armenian 
and  Venetian  red. 

2420.  PORTER  AND  ALB  are  adulte- 
rated  with  cocculus  indicug,  tobacco, 


CHARLES  CARROLL,    BORN  1737,  DIED    1832. 


301 


grains  of  Paradise,  capsicum,  ginger, 
quassia,  wormwood,  calamus  root,  carra- 
way  and  coriander-seeds,  orange  pow- 
der, liquorice,  honey,  sulphate  of  iron, 
sulphuric  acid,  cream  of  tartar,  alum, 
carbonate  of  potash,  oyster  shells, 
hartshorn  shavings,  fabia  amara,  or  nux 
vomica,  and  beans  for  fining.  Beer 
which  is  quickly  "  heady"  rapidly  in- 
toxicating, may  be  regarded  as  drug- 
ge'd.  The  large  brewers  supply  the 
purest.  The  publicans  adulterate  after 
they  receive  supplies  from  the  brew- 
ers. 

2421 .  EUM  is  adulterated  with  water, 
and  sharpened  with  cayenne  pepper. 
Let  it  stand  in  a  decanter,  and  if  a 
cloudy  precipitate  is  found  at  the  bot- 
tom, that  is  a  sign  of  adulteration. 

2422.  SAUSAGES. — The  most  offensive 
of  all  adulterations  is  found  in  these 
savory   morsels.     Horseflesh,  diseased 
animals,  and  odds  and  ends  of  every 
description,  find    their    way   into  the 
tempting    guise    of    "sausages."     To 
escape  from  this  evil,  make  your  own 
sausages,  by  the  aid  of   the    sausage 
machine,  which  will  enable  you  to  add 
many  savory  morsels  to  the  attraction 
of  your  table.     The  same  thing  may  be 
used  for  CHOPPING  VEGETABLES,  which 
it    will    do    to    such   perfection    that 
they  will  perfectly  dissolve   in    soups 
au.d"  stews,  and  afford   most   delicious 
i  ade  dishes.     And   in   this,  as   in  the 
grinding   of  wheat,  you  will  soon  save 
the  cost  of  the  machine. 

2423.  SNUFF  is  adulterated    with 
the  chromates  of  potash,  chromate  of 
lead,  various   earths  and  colours,   red 
lead,    carbonate   of    ammonia,    lime, 
powdered  glass  or  silex,  and  powdered 
orris  root. 

2424.  SUGAR  is  commonly  adulte- 
rated with  fine  sand,  sawdust,  &c.    Dis- 
solve some  of  the  sugar  in  a  long,  nar- 
row beer-glass,  and   stir  it  until  all  the 
soluble  parts  have  been  thoroughly  dis- 
solved.    Then  allow  it    to    stand   for 
some  ho-  rs.     Sand  will   sink   to    the 
bottom,  while   sawdust  will  rise  to  the 
top.     Both   the   sand  and  the  sawdust 
mrill  b«i  fo"i\d  to  b*>  vory  fine,  but  their 


presence  will  be  sufficiently  indicated. 
Loaf  sugar  is  generally  purer  than 
soft. 

2425.  TEA  is  adulterated  with  leaves 
of  the  sycamore,  horse  chestnut,  and 
plum ;  with  lie  tea,  which  is  made  up 
of  tea   dust,  sand   and  gum,  to  give  it 
consistency;    also  with   leaves  of  the 
beech,  bastard  plane,  elm,  poplar,  wil- 
low, fancy  oak,  hawthorn,  and  sloe.    It 
s  coloured  with  black  lead,  rose  pink, 

Dutch  pink,  vegetable  red  and  yellow 
dyes,  arsenite  of  copper,  chromate  and 
bichromate  of  potash.  Green  teas  are 
more  adulterated  than  black.  They 
are  coloured  with  Prussian  blue,  tur- 
meric, Chinese  yellow,  &c.,  flavoured 
with  sulphate  of  iron,  catechu  gum,  la 
veno  beno,  and  Chinese  botanical  pow- 
der. Tea-leaves  that  have  been  once 
used  are  collected,  "doctored,"  and 
again  sold  as  fresh  tea.  Obtain  some 
genuine  leaves  of  tea,  moisten  them, 
and  lay  them  out  with  gum  upon  paper. 
Press  them  between  the  leaves  of  books 
until  dry.  When  you  suspect  a  sample 
of  tea,  damp  and  unroll  the  leaves,  and 
gum  and  dry  them  as*genuine  ones, — 
you  will  then  be  able  by  comparison  to 
detect  the  admixture. 

2426.  TOBACCO   is  adulterated  with 
rhubarb,  potato,  coltsfoot,  dock-leaves, 
sawdust,  malt  combings,  and  medicinals. 
The  leaves   may  be  unrolled  and  com- 
pared, as  recommended  in  the  case  of 
tea. 

2427.  WINES  are  adulterated  with 
the  juice  of  elderberries,  gooseberries, 
hop-champagne,    cider,  the  juices    of 
various   fruits,    known  as  wines,    and 
coloured  by  means  of  logwood,  burnt 
sugar,  and  other  ingredients.    There  is 
scarcely  a  drop  of  pure  wine  to  be  ob- 
tained; and  the  best  remedy  for  this 
department  of  the  evil  will  be  for  the 
Government  to  abolish  or  reduce  the 
duty   upon    foreign   wines,    by   which 
pure,  light  and  innoxious  beverages  will 
be  introduced,  and   tht   temptation  to 
practice  adulteration  be     "eatly  dimin- 
ished. 

2428.  THE  RESULT  of  ihe**  inquirie§ 
proves   that  a  majority  of  articles  soW 


302 


AXDItKW    JACKSON, 


17U7,    1MKD    1M.">. 


are  adulterated.  But  it  is  also  proved 
that  a  majority  of  the  substances  used 
lor  adulterations  are  not  positively  in- 
jurious, though  they  are  fraudulently 
substituted  for  the  genuine  article. 

2429.  THE  following- are  hints  which, 
if  followed,  will  turn  these   discoveries 
to  practical  account: — 

1.  Grind  your  own   irhca t,and  make 
cur  bread  at  home. 

2.  Avoid    green    pickles.      That    is, 
pickles   artificially   raised   to  a.    bright 
green. 

3.  Avoid  bright-red  peppers,   spices, 
and  sauces. 

4.  Purchase  spirits  and  beer  of  large 
dealers  and  brcivcrs. 

5.  Avoid  coloured  confections, — espe- 
cially those    that    are    green,    blue,  or 
red. 

6.  Weigh    and    measure    your    pur- 
chases   when    they    are    brought    home. 
You  will  thus  not  only  secure  your  just 
amount,  but  will   arrive  at  a  knowledge 
of  the  proper  weights   of  pure  articles, 
and  be   assisted   in  the  rejection  of  the 
spurious. 

2430.  FOR  If ,  SPARE-RIB.— Joint 
it  nicely  before  roasting,  and  crack  the 
ribs  across  as  lamb.     Take  care  not  to 
have  the  fire  too  fierce.     It  should  be 
basted  with  very  little  butter  and  flour, 
and  may  be  sprinkled  with  dried  sage, 
fine..    Takes  from  two  to  three  hours. 
Apple    sauce,    mashed    potatoes,    and 
greens  are  the  proper  accompaniments. 
Good  mustard,  fresh  made. 

2431.  CUSTARD  (BAKED).— Boil 
in  a  pint  of  milk  a  few  coriander  &eeds, 
a    little     cinnamon     and    lemon-peel, 
sweeten  with  four  ounces  of  loaf  sugar, 
mix  with  ;t  a  pint  of  cold  milk ;  beat 
eight  eggs  for  ten  minutes  5  add  the 
other  ingredients ;  pour  it  from  one  pan 
into  another  six  or  eight  times,  strain 
through  a  sieve;  let  it  stand;  skim  the 
froth  from  the  top,  fill  it  in  earthen  cups, 
and   bake   immediately  in   a  hot  oven; 
pi ve  tii em  a  good    colour;  ten  minutes 
will  do  them. 

2432.  VERMICELLI   S  O  U  P  .— 
Take  in  th  •  proportions  of  three  quarts 
of  grary  soup,  o-   stock,  to  six  ounces 


of  vermicelli.     Simmer  for  half  an  hour, 
stir  frequently. 

2433.  APPLES  for  keeping  should 
be   laid  out  on  a  dry  lloor  for   three 
weeks.     They  then    may    be   packed 
away  in  layers,  with  dry  straw  between 
them.     Each   apple   should  be  rubbed 
with  a  dry  cloth  as  it  is  put  away.    They 
should  be   kept   in   a  cool  place,  but 
should    be   sufficiently    covered    with 
straw    to    protect    them    from    frost. 
They  should  be  plucked  on  a  dry  day. 
They  also  keep  if  packed  in  drv  sand. 

2434.  GINGERBREAD  'APERI 
ENT.— Gingerbread,   made  with  oat 
meal  or  with  barley  flour,  is  a    very 
agreeable   aperient  for  children.     Be- 
ware of  giving  children  medicines  too 
frequently. 

2435.  EVENING  PASTIME.— 
Among  the  innocent  recreations  of  the 
fireside,  there  are  few  more  commend- 
able and  practicable  than  those  afford- 
ed by  what  are  severally  termed  Ana- 
grams,  Charades,   Conundrums  Enig- 
mas, Puzzles,  Rebuses,  Riddles,  Trans- 
positions,- &c.      Of   these    there    are 
such  a  variety,  that  they  are   suited  to 
every  capacity ;  and  they  present  this 
additional    attraction,    that    ingenuity 
may  be   exercised  in  the  invention  ot 
them,  as  well  as  in  their  solution.    Many 
persons  W7ho   have   become  noted  for 
their  literary   compositions   may  date 
the  origin  of  their  success  to  the  time 
when  they  attempted   the   composition 
of  a  trifling  enigma  or  charade. 

2436.  ANAGRAMS  are  formed  by  the 
transpositions  of  the  letters  of  w7ords  or 
sentences,  or  names  of  persons,  so  as  to 
produce  a  word,  sentence,  or  verse  of 
pertinent,  or  of  widely  different  mean- 
ing.    They  are    very  difficult  to  dis- 
cover,  but    are    exceedingly   striking 
when  good.     The  following  are  some  o/ 
the  most  remarkable : — 

Transposed  forms — 

Astronomers  No  more  stars. 
Catalogues  Got  as  a  clue. 
Elegant  Neat  leg. 

Impatient  Tim  in  a  p*t. 

Immediately        I  met  my  Delia. 
Masquerade         Queen  a&  ma*. 


GENERAL  PUTNAM,    BORN  1718,  DIED   1790. 


303 


Matrimony  Into  my  arm. 

Melodrama  Made  moral. 

Midshipman         Mind  his  map. 

Old  England        Golden  land. 

Parishioners        I  hire  parsons. 

Parliament  Partial  men. 

Penitentiary         Nay  I  repent. 

Presbyterians       Best  in  prayer. 

Radical  Reform  Rare  mad  frolic. 

Revolution  To  love  ruin. 

Sir  Robert  Peel  Terrible  poser. 

Sweetheart          There  we  sat. 

Telegraphs  Great  helps. 

2437.  CONUNDRUMS. — These  are  sim- 
ple catches,  in  which  the  sense  is  play- 
fully cheated,  and  are  generally  found- 
ed upon  words  capable  of  double  mean- 
ing. The  following  are  examples : — 

Where  did  Charles  the  First's  exe- 
cutioner dine,  and  what  did  he  take  ? 

He  took  a  chop  at  the  King's  Head. 

When  is  a  plant  to  be  dreaded  more 
than  a  mad  dog? 

When  iCs  madder. 

What  is  Majesty  stripped  of  its  ex- 
ternals ? 

It  is  a  jest.  [The  m  and  the  y,  ex- 
ternals, are  taken  away.] 

Why  is  hot  bread  like  a  caterpillar? 

Because  it's  the  grub  that  makes  the 
butter  fly. 

Why  should  a  gouty  man  make  his 
will? 

To  have,  his  legatees  (leg  at  ease). 

Why  are  bankrupts  more  to  be  pitied 
than  idiots  ? 

Because  bankrupts  are  broken,  while 
idiots  are  only  cracked. 

2433.  THE  CHARADE  is  a  poetical 
or  other  composition  founded  upon  a 
word,  each  syllable  of  which  constitutes 
a  noun,  and  the  whole  of  which  word 
constitutes  another  noun  of  a  somewhat 
different  meaning  from  those  supplied 
by  its  separate  syllables.  Words  which 
fully  answer  these  conditions  are  the  best 
for  the  purposes  of  charades ;  though 
many  other  words  are  employed.  In 
writing,  the  first  syllable  is  termed 
<' My  first,"  the  second  syllable,  "  My 
aevma,"  and  the  complete  word,  "  My 
ichok."  The  following  is  an  example 
of  a  Poetical  Clnrade  ;— 


The  breath  of  the  morning  is  sweet, 

The  earth  is  bespangled  with  flowers; 
And  buds  in  a  countless  array 

Have    oped    at    the    touch    of   the 

showers. 
The  birds  whose  glad  voices  aie  ever 

A  music  delightful  to  hear, 
Seem  to  welcome  the  joy  of  the  morn- 
ing 

As  the  hour  of  the  bridal  draws  near. 
What  is  that  which  now  steals  on  my 

first 
Like  a  sound  from  the  dream-land  of 

love, 
And    seems    wan<Vring     the    valleys 

among — 

That  they  may  the  nuptials  approve  ? 
'Tis  a  sound  which  my  second  explains, 

And  it  comes  from  a  sao.red  abode, 
And  it  merrily  trills   as  the  villagers 

throng 

To  greet  the  fair  bride  on  her  road. 
How  meek  is  her  dress,  how  befitting 

a  bride 

So  beautiful,  spotless,  and  pure ; 
When  she  weareth  my  second,  oh,  long 

may  it  be 

Ere  her  heart  shall  a  sorrow  endure. 
See  the  glittering  gem  that  shines  forth 

from  her  hair — 
'Tis  my  whole  which   a  good  father 

gave, 
'Twas  worn  by  her  mother  with  honor 

before — 
But    she  sleeps    in    peace    in    her 

grave. 
'Twas  her  earnest  request  as  she  bade 

them  adieu, 
That  when  her  dear  daughter  the 

altar  drew  near, 
She  should  wear  the  same  gem  that  her 

mother  had  worn 

When  she,  as  a  bride,  full  of  promise 
stood  there. 

2439.  The  answer  is  Ear-ring.     The 
bells  ring,  the   sound   steals  upon   the 
ear,  and  the   bride  wears  an  ear-rinu. 
Charades   may  be  sentimental  or   hu- 
morous, in  poetry  or  prose  ;  they  may 
also  be   acted,  in   which  manner   they 
afford  considerable  amusement. 

2440.  ACTED  CHARADES. — A  draw- 
ins-room  with  folded  doors  is  the  beti 


301 


ALEXANDER  HAMILTON',   BORN  1757,  PIED  1804. 


for  the  purpose.  Various  household 
appliances  are  employed  to  fit  up  some- 
filing  like  a  stage,  and  to  supply  the 
fitting  scenes  Characters  dressed  in 
costume,  mad  3  up  of  handkerchiefs, 
coats,  shawls,  table-covers,  &c.,  come 
on  and  perform  an  extempore  play, 
founded  on  the  parts  of  a  word,  and 
its  irAo/c,  as  indicated  above.  For  in- 
stance, the  events  explained  in  the 
poem  above  might  be  acted — glasses 
might  be  rung  for  bells — something 
might  be  said  in  the  course  of  the 
dialogues  about  the  sound  of  the  bells 
being  delightful  *<>  the  ear;  there 
might  be  a  dan-je  of  the  villager*,  in 
which  a  ring  might  be  formed  ;  a  wed- 
ding might  be  performed  ;  and  so  on. 
Though  for  acting  Charades  there  are 
many  better  words,  because  Ear-ring 
could  with  difficulty  be  represented 
without  at  once  betraying  the  mean- 
ing. 

2441.  WORDS  which  maybe  con- 
certed into  ACTING  OR  WRITTEN 
CHARADES  : 

Aid-less          Birth- right    Cab-in 
Air-pump       Black-guard  Can-did 
Ale-house      Blame-less    Can-ton 
Ann-ounce     Block-head    Care-ful 
Arch-angel    Boat-man      Car-pet 
ArroJet          Boot-jack       Car-rot 
Art-lens          Book-worm  Cart-ridge 
Ass-ail  Bound-less     Chair-man 

Ba-boon  Bow-ling         Ciiamber-maid 

Back-bite  Brace-let       Cheer-ful 

Back-slide  Brain-less      Cheer-less 

Bag-gage  Break -fast     Christ-mas 

Bag-pipe  Break-less     Church-yard 

Bag-dad  Brick-bat      Clans-men 

Bail  able  Brick-dust    Clerk-ship 

Bale-fal  Bride-groom  Cob  web 

Band-age     -  Bride-cake    Cock-pit 

Band-box  Brim-stone    Cod-ling 

Bane-ful  Broad-cloth  Coin-age 

Bar-bed  Broad -side     Con-tent 

Bar-gain  Broad-sword  Con-fined 

Bar  rack  Brow-beat     Con-firm 

Bar- row  Bug-bear       Con-form 

Bat-ten  Bull-dog        Con-test 

Beard-lees  Bump-kin      Con-tract 

Bid -den  Buoy-ant       Con-verse 

Bird-liine  But-ton          Cork-screw 


ount-less 
Court  ship 
'rub-bed 
Cross-bow 
3ur-tail 
Cut-throat 
Dark-some 
Day-break  Gold-finch 
Death-watch  Gold-smith 
Dog-ma 
Don-key 
Drink-able 
Drug-get 
Duck -ling 
Ear-ring 


Glut-ton        High-way 
God-father     Hind-most 
God- mother  Hoar-trout 
God-daughterHob-gv,blin 
God-son         Hogs-head 
God-like        Home-bred 
God-child      Honey-comb 
Honey-bag 
Honey-moon 
Goose-berry  Honey  suckle 
Grand-father  Hood-wink 
Grate-ful        Horse-back 
Green-finch  Horse- shoe 
Grey-hound  Host-age 
Grate-stone   Hot-bed 
Earth-quake  Grim-ace       Hot-house 
Ear-wig         Grind-stone  Hot-spur 

Ground-plot  Hounds  ditch 
Ground-sel  Hour-glasR 
Guard-ship  House-hold 
Gun-powder  House-maid 
Had-dock  House-wife 
Hail-stone 
Hail-storm 


False-hood 
Fan-atic 
Fare-well 
Far-thing 
Fear-less 
Fee-ling 
Field-fare 
Fire-lock 
Fire-man 
Fire-pan 
Fire-ship 
Fire-work 
Fir-kin 
Fish-hook 
Flag-rant 
ip-pant 
Flood-gate 
Fond-ling 
Foot-ball 
Foot-man 
Foot-pad 
Foot-step 
Foot- stool 
For-age 
For-bear 
For-bid 
Fox-glove 
Free-hold 
Free-stone 
Fret-work 

Friend-ship   Hen-roost 
Frost-bite      Herb-age 
Fur-long        Herds-man 
Gain-say        Her-self 
Gang-way      Hid-den 
Glow-worm  High-land 


Hum-drum 
Hump-back 


Half-penny  Hurri-cane 

Ham-let  Ill-nature 

Ham-mock  Hl-asaga 

Hand  cuff  In-actio.n 

Hang-man  In-born 

Hap-pen  In-crease 

Hard-ship  In-justice 

Harts-horn  Ink-ling 

Head-land  In-land 

Head-long  In-mate 

Head-less  In- no-cent 

Head-stone  In-sane 
Head-strong  In-spirit 

Hearsay  In-tent 

Heart-less  Inter-meddli 

Heart-sick  Inter-sect 
Heart- string  Inter- view 

Hedge-hog  In-valid 


Heir-less 
Heir-loom 
Hell-hound 
Hell-kite 


In-vent 
In- vest 
In -ward 
Ire-ful 


Hence-forth  Iron-mould 
I-sin-glass 
Jaco-bite 
Joy-ful 
Joy-less 
Justice-ship 
Key-stone 


JOHN  C.    CALHOUN,    BORN  1782,  DIED  1850. 

305 

Kid-nap 

Meat-man 

Over-eye 

Out-brazen 

Patch-work 

Quench-less 

King-craft 

Mis-chance 

Over-feed 

Out-cast 

Pa-  tent 

Quick-lime 

King-fisher 

Mis-chief 

Over-flow 

Out-cry 

Path-way 

Quick-sand 

Kins-man 

Mis-count 

Over-grown 

Out-do 

Pat-ten 

Quick-set 

Kit-ten 

Mis-deed 

Over-head 

Out-grow 

Peace-able 

Quick-silver 

Knight-hood  Mis-judge 

Over-hear 

Out-law 

Pea-cock 

Rain-bow 

Know-ledge 

Mis-quote 

Over-heart 

Out-line 

Pear-led 

Ram-pant 

Lace-man 

Moon-light 

Over-joy 

Out-live 

Peerage 

Ran-sack 

Lady-bird 

Moon-beam 

Over-lade 

Out-march 

Peer  less 

Rap-a-city 

Lady-ship 

Muf-fin 

Over-leap 

Out-rage 

Pen-knife 

Rasp-berry 

Lamp-black 

Name-sake 

Over-lay  , 

Out-ride 

Pen-man 

Rattle-snake 

Land-lady 

Nan-keen 

Over-load 

Out-run 

Pen  man-ship 

Rare-house 

Land-scape 

Nap-kin 

Over-look 

Out-sail 

Penny-worth 

Red-breast 

Land-lord 

Neck-lace 

Over-mast 

Out-sell 

Per-jury 

Red  den 

Land-mark 

Neck-cloth 

Over-match 

Out-shine 

Rid-dance 

Land-tax 
Lap-dog 
Lap-pet 
Land-able 

Nest-ling 
News-paper 
Nick  -name 
Night  cap 

Over-right 
Over-pass 
Over-pay 
Over-  peer 

Out-side 
Out-sleep 
Out-sit 
Out-spread 

Pick-lock 
Pick-pocket 
Pie-bald 

Ring-leader 
Ring-let 
Ring-tail 
Ring-worm 

Law-giver 

Night-gown 

Over-plus 

Out-stare 

Pike-staff 

Rolling-pin 

Law-suit 

Night-mare 

Over-poise 

Out-stretch 

Pill-age 

Room-age 

Lay-man 

Night-watch 

Over-power 

Out  talk 

Pin-cushion 

Rose-water 

Leap-frog 

Nine-fold 

Over-press 

Out-vie 

Pine-apple 

Rot-ten 

Leap-year 

Noon-tide 

Over-rack 

Out-  ward 

Pip-kin 

Round-about 

Lee-ward 

North-star 

Over-rate 

Out-weigh 

Pitch-fork 

Round-house 

Life-guard 

North-ward 

Over-reach 

Out-wit 

Pit-men 

Run-a-gate 

Like-  wise 

Not-ablo 

Over-ripen 

Out-work 

Plain-tiff 

Rush-light 

Live-long  . 

Not-ice 

Over-rule 

Out-worn 

riay-fellow 

Safe-guard 

Load  -stone 

No-where 

Over-  roast 

Ox-gall 

Play-game 

Sal-low 

Log-"book 

Nut-gall 

Over-run 

Ox-lip 

Play-house 

Sand-stone 

Log-wood 

Nut-meg 

Over-see 

Pack-ago 

Play-wright 

Sat-in 

Loop-hole 

Oak-apple 

Over-seer 

Pack-cloth 

Plough-man 

Sat-ire 

Lord-  ship 

Oat-cake 

Over-set 

Pad-dock 

Plough-shareSauce-bnx 

Love-sick 

Oat-meal 

Over-shade 

Pad-lock 

Pole-cat 

Sauce-pan 

Low-land 

Off-end 

Over  -shadow 

Pain-ful 

Pol-lute 

Saw-dust 

Luck-lees 

Oil-  man 

Over-  shoe 

Pain-less 

Pop-gun 

Saw-pit 

Luke-warm 

O-men 

Over-shoot 

Pal-ace 

Port-able 

Scare-crow 

Ma-caw 

On-set 

Over-sight 

Pal-ate 

Pop-in-jay 

Scarf-skin 

Mad-cap 

O-pen 

Over  size 

Pal-let 

Port-hole 

Scar-let 

Mad-house 

O-pinion 

Over-sleep 

Pan-cake 

Post  -age 

Pchoo'-fellow 

Mad-  man 

Over  act 

Over-spread 

Pan-tiles 

Post-chaise 

School-master 

Mag-pie 

Over-awe 

Over-stock 

Pa-pa 

Post-date 

School-mistresa 

Main-mast 

Over-bear 

Over-strain 

Pa-pal 

Post-house 

Scot-free 

Main-  sail 

Over-board 

Over-sway 

Par-able 

Post-Dffice 

Screech-owl 

Main-spring 

Over-boil 

Over-swell 

Pa-rent 

Post-man 

Scul-lion 

Mam-moth 

Over-burden  Over-take 

Pa-ring 

Pot-ash 

Sea-born 

Man  -age 

Over-cast 

Over-throw 

Par-son 

Pot-hook 

Sea-calf 

Man-date 

Over-charge 

Over-took 

Par-snip 

Pound-age 

Sea-coal 

Marks-man 

OveK  cloud    Over-value 

Par-took 

Prim-rose 

Sea-faring 

Mar-row 

Over-come 

Over-  work 

Part-ridge 

Prior-ship 

Sea-girt 

Mass-acre 

O^er-court 

Our-selves 

Pass-able 

Prop-a-gate 

Sea-gull 

Match  less 

Over-due 

Outbid 

Pass  -over 

Punch-bowl 

Sea-maid 

May  -game 

Over-do 

Out-brave 

Pass-time 

Quad-rant 

Sea-man 

30G 


WASHINGTON,    BORN  1732,    DIED  1798. 


Seam  -less      Skip-jack      Stew-urd-ship 

Thank-less    Turn-stihi      "\Vcntlier  cock 

Seam  -stress  Sky  tark         Stiff-neck 

Them-selves  Tutor-age      }J>! 

Sea-nymph    Sky  -light       Still-born 

Thence-forth  Twelfth-tide  ^  h 

Sea  -piece      Slap-dash       Stock-jobber 

There-after  Twelfth-night  lLe?    ! 

Sea-port        Sleeve-less    Stone-fruit 
Sea-sick         Slip-board     Store  fruit 
Season         Slip-shod       Store-house 

There-at        Two-fold        ig'SS 
There  bv       Two-pence     v\eaiocK 
TherLSre     Vain-glory      Weekday 

Sea-ward        Slip-slop         Stow-age 

There-from   Van-guard     JJTf^ 

Second-handSlope-wise     Strata-gem 

There-in        Vault-age      -Jy  ;,,'.,  , 

Seed-cake      Slow-worm   Straw-berry 

There-on       gPlJ11}.         Wellborn 

Seed-ling        Snip-snap      Stream-let 

There-to        Up  hold         ^^5^ 

Seed-pearl     Snip-pet         Strip-ling 
Seeds-man     Snow-ball      Summer-house 

There-with    Up-braid        where-at 
Thick-set      Up-land          where-by 

Seed  time      Snow-drop    Sura-mary 
Sex  tile          Snuff-box       Summer  set 
Sex-ton          Sod-den         Sun-bean 

Thought-fill  Up-  light        whet-etono 
Thought-less  Uproar         whip-cord 
Thread-bare  Up-shot         whip-hand 

Shame-less    Sol-ace           c<mi  K1irnt 

Three-fold     Up-nde          whirl-pool 

n  .                         -,            „       _                                O  till-  U  til  11  u 

Sham-rock     So-lo               gun  day 

Three-score  Up-start         whirl-wind 

Shape-less      Sol-vent         gim_dry 
Shaip-set       Some-hody    Sun-flower 
Sheep-cot      Some-time     Sun-less 

Rheep-shearing  Some-how       Sup-plant 

Sheep-walk  Some-what    Sup-pliant 
Sheet-anchorSome-where  Sup-port 
Shell-fish       Song-stress    Sup.port.able 

Thresh-old    Up-ward        white-wash 
Through-out  Use-lesa        whit-low 
Thunder-struck  Wag-  on          Whit-sun-tide 
Thunder  bolt  Wag-tail        Who  ever 
Till-age          Wain-scot     Whole-sale 
Tin-gent        Waist-coat    Whole-some 
Tip-pet           Wake-ful      Wil-low 
Tip-staff        Wai-  nut         Wild-fire 

Shift-less                             Sup-position 

T?re-some      Wan-ton        Wind-lass 

Ship-board      Southern-wood  g               gg 

Ship-wreck   Span-king     Swans-down 
Shirt-less       Spare-rib       Sweep-stake 
Shoe-maker  Spar-row       Sweet-bread 
Shoe-string   Speak-able    Sweet-briar 

Title-page     Ward-robe    Wind-mill 
Toad-stool     Ward-ship     Wind-pipe 
Toil-some      Ward-mote  Win-now 
Tom-boy       Ware-house  Wise-acre 
Tooth-  ache    War-  fare       Wit-less 

Snop-board   Speech-less   Sweet-heart 
Shop-keeper  Spite-ful        Sweet-wiiham 

Top-knot        War-like       Wolf-dog- 
Top-most       War-  rant       Wood  cock 

Shop-man      Sports-man   Sweet-willow 
Short-hand    Spot-less        Swine-herd 
Shore-less      Spring-halt   Sword-man 

Top-sail          Wash-ball     Wood-land 
Touch-stone  Waste-full     Wood-man 
Touch-wood  Watch-man  Wood-note 

Short-lived     Spruce-beer  Tar-get 
Siiort-siijhted    Stair-case      Tar-tar 

Towns-man    Watch-wordWood-nymph 

Toy-shop        Water-course    Work-  house 

Shot-free       Star-board    Taw-dry 

Track-less      Water-fall     Work  -man 

Shoulder-belt    Star-gazer     Tax-able 

Trap-door      Water-fowl  Work-shop 

Shrove-tide   g**H?Si       Tea-cup 

Tre-foil          Water-man  Worm-wood 

Side-board     |tar-  hgh  t       Teem-ful 

Trip-  thong    Water-mark  Wrath-ful 

Sidelong                            Teem-less 

Trip-let         Water-mill    Wrath-less 

Side-saddle    Star-ling       Tell-tale 

Trod-  den       Water-work  Wrist-band 

Side-ways      ^atef,mf    Ten-able 
Si  o-ht-less      Stead-fast      Ten-a-city 

Turn-pike     Waylay        Writ-ten 
Turn-spit      Way-ward    Year  ling 

SiiVweaver  Steel-yard     Ten-ant 

Yourh-ful 

Silkworm     Steer-age      Ten-dance 
Silver-smith  Step-dame     Ten-dril 

2442.  ENIGMAS  are  compositions  »f  A 
different  character,  based  upon  idea* 

Sinless          Step-daughter  Tendon 

rather  than  upon  words,  and  frequently 

Six-fold          Step-father    Ten-or 

constructed  so  as  to  mislead,  and  to 

Bkim-milk     Step-mother  Thank-ful 

surprise  when    the  solution    is  mad* 

HENRY  CLAY,  BORN  1777,  DIED  1852. 


C01 


known.  Enigmas  may  be  founded  upon 
simple  catches,  like  Conundrums,  in 
which  form  they  are  usually  called 
KIDJJLF..S,  such  as — 

"  Though  you  set  me  on  foot, 

I  shall  be  on  my  head," 
The  answer  is,  A  nail  in  a  shoe.  The 
celebrated  Enigma,  by  Lord  Byron, 
(see  279, ;  age  92),  is  an  admirable  spe- 
cii  aen  of  what  may  be  rendered  through 
the  form  of  an  Enigma. 

ANCIENT  ENIGMA. 
The  ancients  fabled  a  monster  whom 
they  named  the  SPHINX,  and  whom 
they  described  as  having  the  head  and 
breasts  of  a  woman,  the  body  of  a  dog, 
the  tail  of  a  serpent,  the  wings  of  a  bird, 
the  paws  of  a  lion,  and  a  human  voice. 
This  monster,  it  was  said,  was  sent  into 
the  neighbourhood  of  Thebes  by  Juno, 
who  wished  to  punish  the  family  of 
Cadmus.  It  was  further  stated,  that 
he  laid  this  part  of  Bceotia  under  con- 
tinual alarms,  by  proposing  Enigmas, 
and  devouring  the  inhabitants  if  unable 
to  explain  them.  Also,  that  as  the 
calamity  of  this  monster  was  become  an 
object  of  public  concern,  and  as  the 
successful  explanation  of  an  enigma 
would  end  in  the  death  of  the  Sphinx, 
Creon  promised  his  crown  and  Jocasta 
to  him  who  succeeded  in  the  attempt. 
The  enigma  proposed  was  this : — 

"  What  animal  in  the  morning  walks 
on  four  feet,  at  noon  on  two,  and  in  the 
evening  on  three '?" 

(Edipus  solved  the  enigma — on  which 
the  monster  dashed  his  head  against  a 
rock,  and  perished. 

Answer,  MAN:  in  the  morning,  or 
days  of  infancy,  he  crawls,  or  walks  on 
"all-/ours;  at  noon,  or  in  the  days  of 
youth  and  middle  age,  he  uses  two  feet 
only ;  in  the  evening,  or  in  his  old  age, 
be  requires  the  support  of  a  staff,  so 
that  he  may  be  said  to  walk  upon  three 
fi*t. 

24  4'3.  REBUSES  are  a  class  of  enigmas 
generally  formed  by  the  first,  some- 
times the  first  and  last,  letters  of  words, 
or  of  transpositions  of  letters,  or  addi- 
tions to  words.  Dr.  Johnson,  how- 
over,  represents  Rebus  to  be  a  word 


represented  by  a  picture.  And  putting 
the  Doctor's  definition  and  our  own 
explanation  together,  the  reader  may 
glean  a  good  conception  of  the  nature 
of  the  Rebus.  Example  :  — 
The  father  of  the  Grecian  Jove : 

A  little  boy  who's  blind  ; 
The  foremost  land  in  all  the  world, 

The  mother  of  mankind  ; 
A  poet  whose  love-sonnets  ar« 
Still  very  much  admired  ; — 
The  initial  letters  will  declare 

A  blessing  to  the  tired. 
Answer — Saturn  ;  Love  ;  England 
Eve :    Plutarch.      The    initials    form 
sleep . 

2444.  PUZZLES  vary  very  much.   One 
of  the  simplest  that  we  know  is  this : — 

Take  away  half  of  thirteen,  and  let 
eight  remain. 

Write  XIII  on  a  slate,  or  on  a  piece 
of  paper— rub  out  the  lower  half  of  the 
figures,  and  VIII  will  remain. 
What  are  termed  "  practical  puzzles' ' 
are  cut  out  of  wood,  cardboard,  ivory, 
&c.,  and  may  be  purchased  at  the  toy- 
shops. (See  3234.) 

2445.  BEDS  FOR  THE  POOR.— 
Beech-tree  leaves  are  recommended  for 
filling  the  beds  of  poor  persons.     They 
should  be  gathered  on  a  dry  day  in  the 
autumn,  and  perfectly  dried.     It  is  said 
that  they  smell  grateful,  and  will  not 
harbour  vermin.     They  are  also  very 
springy. 

2446.  PLUM  OR  APRICOT  JAM.-^ 
After  taking  away  the  stones  from  the 
apricots,  and  cutting  out  any  blemishes 
they  may  have,  put  them  over  a  slow 
fire,  in  a  clean  stew-pan,  with  half  a 
pint  of  water :  when  scalded,  rub  them 
through  a  hair  sieve ;  to  every  pound  of 
pulp  put  one  pound  of  sifted  loaf  sugar, 
put  it  into  a  preserving-pan  over  a  brisk 
fire,  and  when  it  boils  skim  it  well,  and 
throw  in  the  kernels  of  the  apricots 
and  half  an  ounce  of  bitter  almonds, 
blanched ;  boil  it  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
fast,  and  stirring  it  all  the  time  ;  re- 
move   it    from    the  fire,    fill  it    into 
pots,  and  cover  them.   Green  gages  may 
be  done  in  the  same  way. 


808 


WILLIAM  I'EXX,  BORX  1G40,  DIED  1718. 


~2447.  CO VE RING  FOR  PRE- 
SEEVES.— -White  paper,  cui  to  a  suit- 
able size,  dipped  in  brandy,  and  put  over 
the  preserves  when  cold,  and  then  a 
double  paper  tied  over  the  top.  All 
preserves  should  stand  a  night  before 
they  are  covered.  (See  61).  Instead 
of  brandy,  the  white  of  eggs  may  be 
used  to  glaze  the  paper  covering-,  and 
the  paper  may  be  pasted  round  the 
edge  of  the  pot  instead  of  tied — it 
will  exclude  the  air  better  ;  and  may 
be  pasted  as  well  as  tied.  (See  3118.) 

2448.  ARRACK  (IMITATIVE)— 
Dissolve  two  scruples  of  flowers  of  ben- 
jamin  in  a  quart  of  best  rum,  and  it 
will  impart  to  it  the  fragrance  of  arrack. 

2449.  ARROWROOT      BLANC- 
MANGE.— A  tea  cupful  of  arrowroot 
to  a  pint  of  milk  ;  boil  the  milk  with 
twelve  sweet  and  six  bitter  almonds, 
blanched  and   beaten  ;    sweeten  with 
loaf  sugar,  and  strain  it ,   break  the 
arrowroot  with  a  little  of  the  milk  as 
smooth  as  possible  ;  pour  the  boiling 
milk  upon  it  by  degrees,  stir  the  while, 
put  it  back  into  the  pan,  and  boil  a  few 
minutes,  still  stirring  ;  dip  the  shape  in 
cold  water  before  you  put  it  in,  and 
turn  it  out  when  cold. 

2450.  ARTICHOKES.— Soak  them 
in  cold  water,  wash  them  well  ;  put 
them  into  plenty  of  boiling  water,  with 
a   handful  of  salt,   and  let   them  boil 
gently  for  an  hour  and  a  half  or  two 
hours ;  trim  them  and  drain  on  a  sieve ; 
send    up   melted    butter  with    them, 
which  some  put  into  small  cups,  one 
for  each  guest. 

2451.  JERUSALEM  ARTICHOKES 
may  be  cooked  in  the  way  directed  for 
potatoes  (123,  128,  131,  &c.) 

2452.  ASPARAGUS  (often  miscalled 
"  asparagrass"). — Scrape    the    stalks 
till  they  are  clean  ;  throw  them  into  a 
pan   of   cold  water,  tie  them  up    in 
bundles,  of  about  a  quarter  of  a  hun- 
dred each  ;   cut  off  the  stalks  at  the 
bottom  all  of  a  length,  leaving  enough 
to  serve  as  a  handle  for  the  green  part ; 
put  them  into  a  stew-pan  of  boiling  water, 
with  a  handful  of  salt  in  it.    Let  it  boil, 
and  skim  it.     When  they  are  tender  at 


the  stalk,  ^hich  will  be  in  from  twenty 
to  thirty  minutes,  they  are  done 
enough.  Watch  the  exact  time  of  their 
becoming  tender  ;  take  them  up  that 
instant.  While  the  asparagus  is  boil- 
ing, toast  a  round  of  a  quartern  loaf, 
about  half  an  inch  thick  ;  brown  it  del- 
icately on  both  sides ;  dip  it  lightly  in 
the  liquor  the  asparagus  was  boiled  in, 
and  lay  it  in  the  middle  of  a  dish  ;  melt 
some  butter,  but  do  not  put  it  over 
them.  Serve  butter  in  a  boat. 

2453.  APPLE  PUDDINGS.— One 
pound  of  flour,  six  ounces  of  very  finely- 
minced  beef  suet  ;  roll  thin,  and  fill 
with  one  pound  and  a  quarter  of  boil- 
ing  apples :  add  grated  rind  and  strained 
juice  of  a  small  lemon,  tie  it  in  a  cloth  ; 
boil  one  hour  and  twenty  minutes,  or 
longer,  in  the  water.     A  small  slice  of 
fresh  butter  stirred  into  it  when  it  is 
Sweetened  will  be  an  acceptable  addi- 
tion ;  grated  nutmeg,  or  cinnamon  in 
fine  powder,  may  be   substituted   for 
lemon-rind.     For  a  richer  pudding  use 
half  a  pound  of  butter  for  the  crust, 
and  add  to  the  apples  a  spoonful  or  two 
of  orange  or  quince  marmalade. 

2454.  APPLES  IN  SYRUP.—Pare 
and  core  some  hard  apples,  and  throw 
them  into  a  basin  of  water ;  as  they  are 
done,  clarify  as  much  loaf  sugar  as  will 
cover  them;  put  the  apples  in  along 
with  the  juice  and  rind  of  a  lemon,  and 
let  them  simmer  till  they  are  quite  clear; 
care  must  be  taken  not  to  break  them ; 
place  them  on  the  dish  they  are  to 
appear  upon  at  table,  and  pour  the 
syrup  over.     These  are  for  immediate 
use. 

2455.  VAPOUR  BATHS  may  be  made 
by  putting  boiling  water  in  a  pan,  and 
placing-a  cane  bottom  chair  in  the  pan, 
the  patient  sitting  upon  it,  enveloped 
from  head  to  foot  in  a  blanket  covering 
the     bath.       Sulphur,      spirit-vapour, 
herbal,  and  other  baths  may  be  obtained 
in  the  same  manner.     They  should  not 
be  taken  except  under  medical  advice 

2456.  BARLEY  BROTH  (SCOTCH). 
— Dr.  Kitchener,  from  whose  "  Cook'* 
Oracle' '  we  take  this  receipt,  after  test- 
ing it,  says : — This  is  a  most  frugal,  agreo 


DANIEL  \7EBSf ER,  BORN  1782,    DIED  1852. 


309 


able,  and  nutritive  meal.  It  will  neither 
lighten  the  purse  nor  lie  heavy  on  the 
stomach.  It  will  furnish  you  with  a 
pleasant  soup,  AND  MEAT  for  eight 
persons.  Wash  three  quarters  of  a 
puuud  of  Scotch  Barley  in  a  little  cold 
water  ;  put  it  in  a  soup-pot  with  a 
shin  or  leg  of  beef,  of  about  ten  pounds' 
weight,  sawed  into  four  pieces  (tell  the 
butcher  to  do  this  for  you) ;  cover  it 
well  with  cold  water  ;  set  it  on  the 
fire  ;  when  it  boils  skim  it  very  clean 
and  put  in  two  onions,  of  about  three 
ounces  weight  each  ;  set  it  by  the  side 
of  the  fire  to  simmer  very  gently  about 
two  hours  ;  then  skim  all  the  fat  clean 
off,  and  put  in  two  heads  of  celery,  and 
a  large  turnip  cut  into  small  squares  ; 
season  it  with  salt,  and  let  it  boil  an 
hour-and-a-half  longer,  and  it  is  ready  : 
take  out  the  meat  (carefully  with  a 
slice,  and  cover  it  up,  and  set  it  by  the 
fire  to  keep  warm),  and  skim  the  broth 
well  before  you  put  it  in  the  tureen. 
Put  a  quart  of  the  soup  into  a  basin, — 
put  about  an  ounce  of  flour  into  a 
stew-pan,  and  pour  the  broth  to  it  by 
degrees,  stirring  it  well  together;  set  it 
on  the  fire,  and  stir  it  till  it  boils, 
then  let  it  boil  up  and  it  is  ready.  Put 
the  meat  in  a  ragout  dish,  and  strain 
the  sauce  through  a  sieve  over  the 
meat  ;  you  may  put  to  it  some  capers 
or  minced  gherkins  or  walnuts,  &c.  If 
the  beef  has  been  stewed  with  proper 
care  in  a  very  gentle  manner,  and  been 
taken  up  at  "  the  critical  moment  when 
it  is  just  tender,"  you  will  obtain  an 
excellent  savoury  meal  for  eight  people 
at  fivepence,  i.e.,  for  only  the  cost  of  the 
glass  of  port  wine.  (At  present  prices, 
about  ninepence  per  head).  The  doctor 
omitted  potatoes  and  bread  from  his  cal- 
culation. 

2457.  DRYING  HERBS  —Fresh 
herbs  are  preferable  to  dried  ones,  but 
as  they  cannot  always  be  obtained,  it  is 
most  important    to  dry  herbs  at  the 
proper  seasons :-  - 

2458.  BASIL  is  in  a  fit  state  for  dry- 
ing about  the  middle  of  August. 

2459.  BURRF.T  in  June    July,  and 
August. 


2460.  CHERVIL  in  May,  June,  and 
July. 

2461.  ELDER   FLOWERS    in   May, 
June,  and  July. 

24G2.  FENNEL  in  May,  June,  and 
July. 

2463.  KNOTTED  MARJORAM  during 
July. 

2464.  LEMON  THYME  end  of  July 
and  through  August. 

2465.  MINT  end  of  June  and  July. 

2466.  ORANGE  FLOWEBS  May,  June, 
and  July. 

2467.  ORANGE  THYME  (a  delicious 
herb),  June  and  July. 

2468.  PARSLEY  May,  June,  and  July. 

2469.  SAGE   August    and    Septem- 
ber. 

2470.  SUMMER  SAVOURY  end  of  July* 
and  August. 

2471.  TARROGAN  June,    July    and 
August. 

2472.  THYME  end  of  July  and  Au- 
gust. 

2473.  WFNTER  SAVOURY  end  of  July 
and  August. 

2473*.  These  herbs  always  at  hand 
will  be  a  great  aid  to  the  cook.  Herbs 
should  bo  gathered  on  a  dry  day;  they 
should  be  immediately  well  cleansed, 
and  dried  by  the  heat  of  a  stove,  or 
Dutch  oven.  The  leaves  should  then 
be  picked  off,  pounded  and  sifted,  and 
put  avvav  for  use. 

2474.  GINGER   BISCUITS  AND 
CAKES. — Work   into   small    crumbs 
three  ounces  of  butter,  two  pounds  of 
flour ;  add  three  ounces   of  powdered 
sugar  and   two  of  ginger,  in  fine  pow 
der,  knead  into  a  stiff  paste,  with  new 
milk,  roll   thin,  cut  out  with  a  cutter ; 
bake  in  a  slow  oven  until  crisp  through, 
keep    of   a    pale    colour.      Additional 
sugar  may  be  us-ed  when   sweeter  bis- 
cuit is  desired.     For  good  ginger-cakes, 
butter  six  Ounces,  sugar  eight,  for  each 
pound   of  flour;   wet   the   ingredients 
into  a  paste  with  eggs ;  a  little  lemon- 
grate  will  give  an  agreeable  flavour. 

2475.  BROWN   STOCK    may  be 
made  from  all  sorts  of   meat,   bones, 
remnants  of  poultry,  game,  &e.     Tin* 
shin  of  beef  makes  an  excellent  stock- 


BIO 


LA  1'AYETTE,  BORN  1757,  DIED  1834. 


2476.  BROWN  STOCK.— Put  five 

pounds  of  shin  of  beef,  three  pounds  of 
knuckle  of  veal,  and  some  sheep's  trot- 
ters or  cow-heel  into  a  closely-covered 
stewpan,  to  draw  out  the  gravy  very 
gently,  and  allow  it  nearly  to  dry  up, 
until  it  becomes  brown.  Then  pour  in 
sufficient  boiling  water  to  entirely  cover 
the  meat,  and  let  it  boil  up,  skimming 
it  frequently ;  seasoning  it  with  whole 
peppers,  salt,  and  roots,  herbs,  and 
vegetables  of  any  kind.  That  being 
done,  let  it  boil  gently  five  or  six  hours, 
pour  the  broth  off  from  the  meat,  and 
let  it  stand  during  the  night  to  cool. 
The  following  morning  take  off  the 
Bcum  and  fat,  and  put  it  away  in  a  stone 
jar  for  further  use. 

2477.  BROWN    GRAVY.— Three 
onions  sliced,  and  fried  in  butter  to  a 
nice  brown ;   toast  a  large  thin  slice  of 
bread  a  considerable  time  unfil  quite 
hard  and  of  a  deep  brown.     Take  these, 
with  any  piece  of  meat,  bone,  &c.,  and 
some   herbs,  and  set  them  on  the  fire, 
with  water  according  to  judgment,  and 
stew  down  until  a  thick  gravy  is   pro- 
duced.    Season,  strain,  and  keep  cool. 

2478.  CLEAR  GRAVY   SOUP.— 
This  may  be  made  from   shin  of  beef, 
which  should  not  be  large  or  coarse. 
The  meat  will  be  found  serviceable  for 
the   t;ible.     From  ten  pounds  of  the 
meat  let  the  butcher  cut  off  five  or  six 
from  the   thick  fleshy  part,  and  again 
divide  the  knuckle,  that  the  whole  may 
lie  compactly  in  the  vessel  in  which  it 
is  to  be  stewed.    Pour  in  three  quarts 
of  cold  water,  and  when  it  has   been 
brought  slowly  to  boil,   and  been  well 
skimmed,  throw  in  an  ounce  and  a  half 
of  salt,  half  a  large  teaspoonful  of  pep- 
per-corns, eight  cloves,  two  blades  of 
mace,    a  faggot  of  savoury  herbs,  a 
couple   of  small  carrots,  and  the  heart 
of  a  root  of  celery ;  to  these  add  a  mild 
onion   or  not,  at   choice.     When   the 
whole  has   stewed,  very  softly  for  four 
hours,  probe   the  large  bit  of  beef,  and 
if  quire  tender,  lift  it  out  for  table ;  let 
the  soup  be  simmered  from  two  to  three 
hours  longer,  and  then  strain  it  through 
a  fine  sieve,  into  a  clean  pan.     When 


it  is  perfectly  cold,  clear  off  every  par 
tide  of  fat ;  heat  a  couple  of  quarts 
stir  in,  when  it  boils,  half  an  ounce  of 
sugar,  a  small  table-spoonful  of  good 
soy,  and  twice  as  much  of  Harvey's 
sauce,  or  instead  of  this,  of  clear  and 
fine  mushroom  catsup.  If  carefully 
made,  the  soup  will  be  perfectly  trans 
parent  and  of  good  colour  and  flavour 
A  thick  slice  of  ham  will  improve  it, 
and  a  pound  or  so  of  the  neck  of  beef 
with  an  additional  pint  of  .water,  will 
likewise  enrich  its  quality.  A  email 
quantity  of  good  broth  may  be  made  of 
the  fragments  of  the  whole,  boiled 
down  with  a  few  fresh  vegetables. 

2479.  BEEF  EXTRACT  (AS  RECOM- 
MENDED BT  BARON  LIEBIG). — Take  a 
pound  of  good  juicy  beef,  from  which 
all  the  skin  and  fat  has  been  cut  away, 
chop  it  up  like  sausage-meat ;  mix  it 
thoroughly  with  a  pint  of  cold  water, 
place  it  on  the  side  of  the  stove  to  heat 
very  slowly,    and  give  an    occasiona' 
stir.     It  may  stand  two  or  three  hour« 
before  it  is  allowed  to  simmer,  and  witt 
then  require  but    fifteen  minutes    of 
gentle  boiling.     Salt  should  be  added 
when  the  boiling  first  commences,  anc* 
this,  for  invalids,  in  general,  is  the  onlj 
seasoning  required.     When  the  extract 
is  thus  far  prepared,  it  may  be  poured 
from  the  meat  into  a  basin,  and  allowed 
to  stand  until  any  particles  of  fat  on  the 
surface  can  be  skimmed  off,  and  the 
sediment  has  subsided  and  left  the  soup 
quite  clear,  when  it  may  be  poured  off 
gently,  heated  in  a  clean  saucepan,  and 
served.     The     scum    should    be  well 
cleared  as  it  accumulates. 

2480.  BEEF  TEA.— The  above,  by 
adding  water,  formg  the  best  beef  tea, 
o-r  broth,  for  invalids. 

2481.  ASPARAGUS  SOUP.— Two 
quarts  of  good  beef  or  veal  steak,  four 
onions,   two    or  three    turnips,   some 
sweet  herbs,  and  the  white  parts  of  a 
hundred  young  aspxragus;  if  old,  halt 
that  quantity;  and  let  them  simmer  tiU 
fit   to  be    rubbed  through  a  tammy, 
strain   and   season   it;  have  ready  the 
boiled  green  tops  of  the  asparagus,  and 
add  them  to  the  soup. 


ALL  THINGS  HAVE  A  BEGINNING,  GOD  EXCEPTED. 


311 


2482.  BACON.— Dr.  Kitchener  very 
justly  says  : — The  boiling  of  bacon  is  a 
very  simple  subject  to  comment  upon  ; 
but  our  main  object  is   to   teach   com- 
mon cooks  the  art  of  dressing  common 
food    in   the    best   manner.     Cover  a 
pound  of  nice  streaked  bacon  with  cold 
water,  let  it  boil  gently  for  three-quar- 
ters of  an  hour;  take  it  up,  scrape  the 
underside  well,  and   cut  off  the  rind  5 
grace  a  crust  of  bread  not  only  on  the 
top,  but  all  over  it,  as  you  would  ham, 
put  it  before  the  fire  for  a  few  minutes  : 
not  too  long,  or  it  will  dry  it  and  spoil 
it.     Bacon  is  sometimes  as  salt  as  salt 
can  make  it,  therefore  before  it  is  boiled 
it  must  be  soaked  in  warm  water  for  an 
houi  or  two,  changing  the  water  once  ; 
then   pare    off  the   rusty  and  smoked 
part,  trim  it  nicely  on  the  under  side, 
and  scrape  the  rind  as   clean  as  possi- 
ble. <• 

2483.  BACON    is   an    extravagant 
article  in  housekeeping  ;   there  is  often 
twice  as  much  dressed  as   need    be  ; 
when  it  is  sent  to   the  table  as  an  ac- 
companiment to  boiled  poultry  or  veal,  a 
pound  and  a  half  is  plenty  for  a  dozen 
people.     A  Good    German  sausage  is 
a  very  economical  substitute  for  bacon  ; 
or  fried  Pork  sausage.     (See  17,  2172, 
2146.) 

2484.  HAM  OR  BACON  SLICES 
should  not  be  more  than  one-eighth  of 
an  inch  thick,  and,  for  delicate  persons, 
(should   be   soaked  in  hot  water  for  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  and  then  well  wiped 
and  dried  before  broiling.     If  you  wish 
to  cuil  it,  roll  it  up,  and  put  a  wooden 
skewer   through  it;    then   it   may   be 
dressed  in  a  cheese  toaster,  or  a  Dutch 
oven. 

2485.  PIC-NIC  BISCUITS.— Take 
two  ounces  of  fresh  butter,  and  well 
work  it  with   a  pound  of  flour.     Mix 
thoroughly  with  it  half  a  salt-spoonful 
of  pure  carbonate  of  soda  ;  two  ounces 
of  sugar :  mingle  thoroughly  with  the 
flour ;  make  up  the  paste  with  spoonfuls 
of  milk  ;  it  will  require  scarcely  a  quar- 
ter  of  a  pint.     Knead  smooth,  rool  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  cut  in  rounds 
about  the  size  of  the  top  of  a  small 


wine-glass ;  roll  these  out  thin,  prick 
them  well,  lay  them  on  lightly-floured 
tins,  and  bake  in  a  gentle  oven  until 
crisp.  When  cold  put  into  dry  canis- 
ters. Thin  cream  used  instead  of  milk, 
in  the  paste,  will  enrich  the  biscuits. 
Caraway  seeds  or  ginger  can  be  added, 
to  vary  these  at  pleasure.  (See  473.) 

2486.  BLACK    PAPER    PAT 
TERNS.— Mix  some  lamp-black  with 
sweet    oil.     With  a  piece  of   flannel 
cover  sheets  of  writing-paper  with  the 
mixture ;    dab   the   paper   dry  with  a 
bit  of  fine  linen.     When  using  put  the 
black   side  on  another  sheet  of  paper, 
and  fasten  the   corners   together  with 
small  pins.     Lay  on  the   back  of  the 
black  paper  the  pattern  to  be  drawn, 
and  go  over  it  with  the  point  of  a  steel 
drawing  pencil ;  the   black  will  then 
leave  the  impression  of  the  pattern  on 
the  under  sheet,  on  which  you  may 
draw  it  with  ink. 

2487.  PATTERNS    ON    CLOTH 
OR  MUSLIN  are  drawn  with  a  pen 
dipped  in  stone  blue,  a  bit  of  sugar,  and 
a  little  water :  wet  to  the   consistence 
wanted. 

2488.  BLACK  SILK  REVIVER. 
— Boil  logwood  in  water  half  an  hour; 
then   simmer  the   silk   half  an  hour ; 
take  it  out,  and  put  into  the  dye  a  littlo 
blue  vitriol,  or  green  copperas  ;  cool  it 
and  simmer  the  silk  for  half  an  hour. 
Or,  boil   a   handful  of  fig-leaves  in  two 
quarts  of  water  until  it  be  reduced  to 
one  pint ;  squeeze  the  leaves,  and  bot- 
tle the  liquor  for  use.     When  wanted, 
sponge  the  silk  with  it. 

2489.  BLACKBERRIES  are  very 
beneficial  in  cases  of  dysentery.    The 
berries  are  healthful  eating.     Tea  made 
of  the  roots  and  leaves  is  goo<? ,  and 
syrup  made    from    the  berries  excel- 
lent. 

2490.  BLACKBERRY    WINE.— 
Gather  when  ripe,  on  a  dry  day.     Put 
into  a  vessel,  with  the  head  out,  and  a 
tap  fitted   near  the   bottom;  pour   on 
them  boiling  water  to  cover  them.  Mash 
the    berries  with   your   hands,  and   let 
them  stand  covered   till    the  pulp  rises 
to  the  top  and  forms  a  crust,  in  three 


312 


A   FOOL  S   BOLT   IS   SOON   S1IOT. 


or  four  days.  Then  draw  off  the  fluid 
into  another  vessel,  and  to  every  gallon 
add  one  pound  of  sugar ;  mix  well,  and 
put  into  a  cask,  to  work  for  a  week  or 
ten  days,  and  throw  on0  any  remaining 
lees,  keeping  the  cask  well  filled,  par- 
ticularly at  the  commencement.  When 
the  working  has  ceased,  bung  it  down  ; 
after  eix  to  twelve  months  it  may  be 
bottled.  (Sec  221.) 

2491 .  BLAC  KING  FOR  LEATHER 
SEATS,  &c.— Beat  well  the  yolks  of 
two  eggs   and  the   white  of  one ;   mix 
a  tal.de  spoonful  of  gin  and  a  tea-spoon- 
ful of  sugar,  thicken  it  with  ivory  black, 
add  it  to  the  eggs,  and  use  as  common 
blacking ;  the  seats  or  cushions  being 
left  a  day  or  t'.vo  to   harden.    This  is 
good  for  dress  boots  and  shoes. 

2492.  BLEACHING     STRAW 
BONNETS,  &c.— Wash  them  in  pure 
water,  scrubbing  them  wdth  a  brush. 
Then  put  them  into  a  box  in  which  has 
been  se-fc  a  saucer  of  burning  sulphur. 
Cover  them  up,  so  that  the  fumes  may 
bleach  them. 

2493.  CLEANING  STRAW  BON- 
NETS —They  may  be    washed   with 
soap  and  water,  rinsed  in  clear  water, 
and  dried  in  the  air.    Then  wash  them 
over  with  white  of  egg  well  beaten. 
Remove  the  wire  before  washing.     Old 
straw  bonnets  may  be  picked  to  pieoas. 
and  put  together  for  children,  the  head 
parts  being  cut  out. 

2494.  BIRDS,   QUADRUPEDS, 
&c.,  FOR  STUFFING.— Large   ani- 
mals should  be  caref  illy  skinned  with 
the  horns,  skull,  tail,  hoofs,  &c.,  entire. 
Then  rub  the  inside  of  the  skin  thor- 
oughly with  a  mixture  of  salt,  pepper, 
and  alum,  and  hang  up  to  dry.     Large 
birds  may  be  treated  in  the  same  way, 
but  should  not  be  put  into  spirits. 

2495.  SMALL  BIRDS  maybe  pre- 
served as  follows :—  Take  out   the   en- 
trails, open   a   passage    to  the    brain, 
which  should  be  scooped  out  through 
the  mouth;  introduce  into  the  cavities 
of  the  skull  and  the  whole   body  some 
of  the  mixture  of  salt,  alum,  and  pep- 
per, putting  some  through  the  gullet 
and  whole  length  of  the  neck ;    then 


hang  the  bird  in  a  cool,  airy  place— first 
by  the  feet  that  the  body  :oay  be  im- 
pregnated by  the  salts,  and  afterwards 
by  a  thread  through  the  under  mandible 
of  the  bill,  till  it  appears  to  be  sweet ; 
then  hang  it  in  the  sun,  or  near  a  fire ; 
after  it  is  well  dried,  clean  out  what 
remains  loose  of  the  mixture,  and  fili 
the  cavity  of  the  body  with  wool,  oak- 
um, or  any  soft  substance,  and  pack  it 
smooth  in  paper. 

2496.  F  I  S  H  E  S.— Large  fishes 
should  be  opened  in  the  belly,  the  en- 
trails  taken  out,  and   the  inside  well 
rubbed  with  pepper,  and   staffed  with 
oakum.     Small  fishes  may  be  put  in 
spirit,  as  well  as  reptiles,  worms,  and 
insects,  (except  butterflies  and  moths,) 
insects  of  fine  colours  should  be  pinned 
down  in  a  box  prepared  for  that  pur- 
pose, with  their  wings  expanded. 

2497.  INSECTS    FROM    BIRD 
CAGES,  DRAWERS,  &c.— To  keep 
away  insects  from  birds'   eyes,  suspend 
a  little   bag-  of   sulphur  in  the  cage. 
This  is  said  to  be   healthful  for  birds 
generally,  as  well  as   serving  to  keep 
away  insects   by  which  they  become 
infested. 

2498.  BOOTS  AND  SHOES  should 
be  cleaned  frequently,  whether  they 
are  worn  or  not,  and  should   never  be 
put  to  stand  in  a  damp  place,  nor  be  put 
too  near  the  fire  to  dry.     In  cleaning, 
be  careful  to  brush  the  dirt  from   the 
seams,  and  not  to  scrape  it  with  a  knife, 
or  you  will  cut  the   stitches.     Let  the 
hard  brush  do  its  work  thoroughly  well, 
and  the  polish  will  be  all  the  brighter 
(See  70.) 

2499.  BOOT  TOPS.  — Clean  boot 
tops  with  one  ounce  of  white  vitriol,  and 
one  ounce  of  oxalic  acid,  dissolved  in  a 
quart  of  warm  wTater.     Apply  with  a 
clean  sponge.     Or,  sour  milk  one  pint, 
guin    arabic,  half  an  ounce,  juice  of 
a  lemon,  white  of  an  egg,  and  one  ounce 
of  vitriol  well  mixed. 

2500.  BOTTLES.  —  There  is  no 
easier  method  of  cleaning  glass  botrles 
than  putting  into  them  fine  coals,  and 
well  shaking,  either  with  water  or  not, 
hot  or  cold,  aceor  ling  to  the  substance 


A  LIAR  SHOULD  HAVE  A  GOOD  MEMORY. 


313 


that  fouls  the  bottle.  Charcoal  left  in 
a  bottle  or  jar  for  a  little  time  will  take 
away  disagreeable  smells. 

2501 .  BLOND  LACE  may  be  re- 
vived by  breathing  upon  it,  and  shak* 
'ing  and  napping  it.  The  use  of  the 
iron  turns  the  lace  yellow. 

'2502.  BOARDS  TO  SCOUR.— 
Lime,  one  part,  sand,  three  parts,  soft- 
soap,  two  parts.  Lay  a  little  on  the 
boards  with  the  scrubbing  brush,  and 
rub  thoroughly.  Rinse  with  clean 
water,  and  rub  dry.  This  will  keep 
the  boards  of  a  good  colour,  and  will 
also  keep  away  vermin. 

2503.  BILES.  —  These   should  be 
brought  to  a  head   by  warm  poultices 
of  chamomile  flowers,  or  boiled  white 
lily  root,  or  qpion   root ;    by  fermenta- 
tion with  hot  water,  or  by  stimulating 
plasters.     When   ripe,  they  should   be 
discharged   by  a  needle,  or  the  lancet. 
But  this  should  not  be  attempted  until 
they  are  fully  proved.      Constitutional 
treatment. — Peruvian   bark    and  port 
wine,   and   sea-bathing  are   desir&ble. 
Purgatives,  diuretics,  &c. 

2504.  DYING    BONNETS —Chips 
and  straw  bonnets  or  hats  may  be  dyed 
black  by  boiling  them  three  or  four 
hours   in  a  strong  liquor  of  logwood, 
adding   a  little   green   copperas   occa- 
sionally.    Let  the  bonnets  .remain  in 
the  liquor  all  night,  then   take  out  to 
dry  in   the   air.     If  the  black   is   not 
satisfactory,    dye   again    after   drying. 
Rub    inside  and   out    with  a  sponge 
moistened  in  fine  oil.    Then  block. 

2505.  BOTTLING  AND  FINING.— 
Corks  should  be  sound,  clean,  and  sweet. 
Beer  and  porter  should  be  allowed  to 
stand  in  the  bottles  a  day  or  two  before 
corked.     Jf  for  speedy  use,  wiring-  is 
not  necessary.     Laying  the  bottles  on 
their  sides  will  assist  the  ripening  for 
use.     Those  that  are  to  be  kept,  should 
be  wired,  and  put  to  stand  upright  in 
saw-dust.     Wines  should  be  bottled  on 
the    coming    of   spring.     If   not    fine 
enough,  draw  oft'  a  jug  and  dissolve 
isinglass  in  it,  in  the  proportion  of  half 
an  ounce  to  ten  gallons,  and  then  pour 
back  through  the  bung-hole.     Let  it 


stand  a  few  weeks  longer.  Tap  the 
casks  above  the  lees.  When  the  isin- 
glass is  put  into  the  cask,  stii  it  round 
with  a  stick,  taking  great  care  not 
to  touch  the  lees  at  the  bottom.  For 
white  wine  only,  mix  with  the  isin 
glass  in  a  quarter  of  a  pint  of  milk 
to  each  gallon  of  wine.  White  of  eggs, 
beaten  with  some  of  the  wine — one 
white  to  four  gallons,  makes  a  good  fining. 

2506.  PRESERVED     PEACHES.— 
Wipe,  and  pick  the  fruit,  and  have  read^y 
a  quarter  of  the  weight  of  fine  sugar  in 
powder.     Put  the  fruit  into  an  ice-pot 
that  shuts  very  close ;  throw  the  sugar 
over  it,  and  then  cover  the  fruit  with 
brandy.     Between  the  top  and  cover  ol 
the  pot  put  a  piece  of  double  whity- 
brown  paper.    Set  the  pot  in  a  saucepan 
of  water  till  the  brandy  be  as  hot  as 
you  can  bear  to  put  your  finger  into, 
but  it  must  not  boil.     Put  the  fruit 
into   a  jar,   and  pour  on  the  brandy. 
Cover  as  preserves. 

2507.  BAITER  PUDDING,  BAKED 
OR  BOILED.— Six  ounces  fine  flour,  a 
little  salt,  and  three  eggs  ;  beat  well 
with  a  little  milk,  added  by  degrees 
until  it  is  the  thickness  of  cream  ;  put 
into  a  butter-dish  ;  bake  three-quarters 
of  an  hour  ;  or  if  boiled  put  it  into  a 
buttered  and  floured  basin,  tied  over 
with  a  cloth  ;  boil  one    hour    and    a 
half  or  more. 

2508.  APPLE  DUMPLINGS.— Paste 
the  same  as  for  apple  pudding,  divide 
into  as  many  pieces  as  dumplings  are 
required ;  peel  and  core  the  apples ;  roll 
out    your    paste    large    enough  ;    put 
in  the  apples  ;  close  the  dumplings,  tie 
them  in  cloths  very  tight.     Boil  them 
one  hour ;  when  you  take  them  up,  dip 
them  quickly  in  cold  water,  and  put 
them  in  a  cup  while  you  untie  them 
they  will  turn  out  without  breaking. 

2509.  DRIED  APPLES  are  pro- 
duced   by  taking  fine  apples  of  g«od 
quality,   and  placing  them   in  $  very 
slow  oven   for   several   hours.      Take 
them  out  occasionally,  rub  and  press 
them  flat.     Continue    until  they  are 
done.     If  they  look  dry,  rub  over  them 
a  little  clarified  sugar. 


Sii 


A  HUNGRY  MAN   SEES   FAR. 


2510.  TOMATO,  OR  LOVE  APPLE 
SAUCE. — Twelve^  tomatos,  ripe  anc 
red  ;  take  off  the  stalk  ;  cut  in  halves 
squeeze  enough  to  get  all  the  water 
and  seeds  out ;  put  in  a  stew-pan  with 
ft  capsicum,  and  two  or  three  table- 
ipoonsful  of  beef  gravy  ;  set  on  a  slow 
stove  till  properly  melted  ;  rub  them 
through  a  tamis  into  a  clean  stew-pan, 
add  a  little  white  pepper  and  salt,  and 
let  them  simmer  a  few  minutes.— The 
French  cook  udds  an  onion  or  eschalot, 
a  clove  or  two,  or  a  little  tarragon  vin- 
egar. 

•2511.  APPLE  PIE.— Pare,  core,  and 
quarter  the  apples  ;  boil  the  cores  and 
parings  in  sugar  and  water  ;  strain  oft' 
the  liquor,  adding  more  sugar  ;  grate 
the  rind  of  a  lemon  over  the  apples, 
and  squeeze  the  juice  into  the  syrup  ; 
mix  half  a  dozen  cloves  with  the"  fruit, 
put  in  a  piece  of  butter  the  size  of  a 
walnut ;  cover  with  puff-paste.  (See  98  ) 

2512.  BARLEY   WATER.— Pearl 
barley,  two  ounces ;  wash  till  freed  from 
dust,  in  cold  water.     Boil  in  a  quart  of 
water  a  few  minutes,   strain  off  the 
liquor,  throw  it  away.     Then  boil  the 
barley  in  four  pints  and  a  half  of  water, 
until  it  be  reduced  one-half. 

2513.  APPLE  FRITTERS.— Peel 
and  core  some  fine  pippins,  and  cut  into 
slices.     Soak  them  in  wine,  sugar,  and 
nutmeg,  for  a  few  hours.    Batter  of  four 
eggs,  to  a  table-spoonful  of  rose-water,  a 
table- spoonful   of  wine,   and   a    table- 
Bpoonful  of  milk ;  thicken  with  enough 
flour,  stirred  in  by  degrees  ;  mix  two 
or  three  hours  before  wanted.     Heat 
some  butter  in  a  frying-pan  ;  dip  each 
slice  of  apple  separately  in  the  batter, 
and  fry  brown ;  sift  pounded  sugar,  and 
grate  a  nutmeg  over  them. 

2514.  APPLE    WATER.— A  tart 
apple    well  baked    and   mashed  ;    on 
which  pour  a  pint  of  boiling-  water. 
Beat  up,  cool,  and  strain.     Add  sugar 
if   de3ired.     Cooling    drink    for    sick 
persons. 

2515.  IRON  AND   STEEL  GOODS 
FROM  RUST.— Dissolve  half  an  ounce 
of  camphor  in  one  pound  of  hog's  lard  ; 
take  off  the  scum ;  mix  as  much  black 


lead  as  win  give  tne  mixture  an  iron 
colour.  Iron  and  steel  goods,  rubbed 
over  with  this  mixture,  and  left  with  it 
on  twenty-four  hours,  and  then  dried 
with  a  linen  cloth,  will  keep  clean  for 
months.  Valuable  articles  of  cutlery 
shvmld  be  wrapped  in  ZINC  FOIL,  or  be 
kept  in  boxes  lined  with  zinc.  This 
is  at  once  an  easy  and  most  effective 
method. 

2516.  ARROWROOT  JELLY.— A 
table-spoonful  of  arrow-root,  and  cold 
water  to  form  a  paste  ;  add  a  pint  ot 
boiling-  water  ;  stir  briskly,  boil  a  few 
minutes.      A  little   sherry   and   sugar 
may  be  added.     For  infants,  a  drop  or 
two  of  the  essence  of  carraway-seed  or 
cinnamon  is  preferable. 

2517.  ACCIDENTS  IN  CAR- 
RIAGES.—It  is  safer*  as  a  general 
rule,  to  keep  your  place,  than  to  jump 
out.     Getting  out  of  a  gig  over  the 
back,  provided  you  can  hold  on  a  little 
while,  and  run,  is  safer  than  springing 
from  the  side.     But  it  is  best  to  keep 
Four  place,   and  hold  fast.     In    acci- 
dents people  act  not  so  much  from 
reason  as  from  excitement.     But  good 
rules,  firmly  impressed  upon  the  mind, 
generally  rise  uppermost,   even  in  the 
midst  of  fear.     (See  398,  526,  559,  695, 
2006.) 

2518.  RESTORING  COLOUR  TO 
SILK.— When  the    colour  has  been 
:aken  from  silk  by  acids,  it  may  be 
restored  by  applying  to  the  spot  a  little 
mrtshorn,  or  salvolatile. 

2519.  ALABASTER.— For  cleaning 
t  there  is  nothing  better  than  soap  and 

water.  Stains  may  be  removed  by 
washing  with  soap  and  water,  then 
white-washing  the  stained  part,  letting 
t  stand  some  hours,  then  washing  oil 
;he  white-wash,  and  rubbing-  the  stained 
part 

2520.  BISHOP    is    mulled    wine, 
made  with  Burgundy. 

2521.  CARDINAL  is  mul!?d  wine, 
made  with  old  Rhenish  wine. 

2522.  POPE  is  mulled  wine,  taado 
with  Tokay  wine. 

2523.  ALMOND    CUSTARDS.— 
Blanch  and  pound  fine,  with  half  a  giK 


JOHN   HANCOCK,    BORN  1737,  DIED   1793. 


315 


of  rose  water,  six  ounces  of  sweet,  and 
half  an  ounce  of  bitter  almonds,  boil  a 
pint  of  milk,  with  a  few  coriander 
seeds,  a  little  cinnamon  and  lemon 
peel ;  sweeten  it  with  two  ounces  and  a 
half  of  sugar,  rub  the  almonds  through 
a  fine  sieve,  with  a  pint  of  cream,  strain 
the  milk  to  the  yolks  of  eight  eggs,  and 
the  whites  of  three  well  beaten  ;  stir  it 
over  a  fire  till  it  is  of  a  good  thickness, 
take  it  oif  the  fire,  and  stir  it  till 
nearly  cold,  to  prevent  its  curdling. 

2524.  SPONGE     CAKE.  —  Take 
equal  weight  of  egg  and  sugar  ;  half 
their  weight  in  sifted  flour  ;  to  twelve 
eggs,    add  the    grated   rind    of  three 
lemons,  and  the  juice  of  two.    Beat  the 
eggs  carefully,  white  and  yolks  sepa- 
rately, before  they  are  used.     Stir  the 
materials    thoroughly    together,     and 
bake  in  a  quiet  oven. 

2525.  ALMOND  SPONGE  CAKE  is 
made  by  adding  blanched  almonds  to 
the  above. 

2526.  BOSTON  APPLE  PUDDING. 
— Peel  and  core  one  dozen  and  a  half 
of  good  apples ;  cut  them  small ;  put 
them  into  a  stew-pan  with  a  little  water, 
cinnamon,  two  cloves,  and  the  peel  of 
a  lemon ;  stew  over  a  slow  fire  till  soft ; 
sweeten  with  moist  sugar,  and  pass  it 
through  a  hair-sieve  ;  add  the  yolks  of 
four  eggs  and  one  white,  a  quarter  of  a 
pound  of  good  butter,  half  a  nutmeg, 
the  peel  of  a  lemon  grated,  and  the 
juice  of  one  lemon  :  heat  well  together : 
line  the  inside  of  a  pie-dish  with  good 
puff  paste ;   put  in  the   pudding,  and 
bake  half  an  hour. 

2527.  APPLES  SERVED  WITH 
CUSTARD.— Pare  and  core  apples ;  cut 
them  in  pieces  ;  bake   or  stew  them 
with  as  little  water  as  possible;  when 
completely  fallen  and  sweetened,  put 
them  in  a  pie  dish,  and,  when  cold, 
pour  over  them  an  unboiled  custard, 
and  put  hack   into  the  oven  till  the 
custard  is  fixed.     A  Dutch  oven  will 
do.     Equally  good  hot  or  cold. 

2528.  ARSENIC  may  be  detected  by 
a  solution  of  blue  vitriol  dropped  into 
the  suspected  liquid,  which  will  tarn 
green,  if  arsevac  be  present 

14 


2529.  COPPER  IN  LIQUIDS  may 
be  detected   by  spirits  of  hartshorn, 
which  turns  them  blue. 

2530.  CLOTHES  BALLS.— Fullers' 
earth  dried  till  it  crumbles  to  powder ; 
moisten  it  with   the  juice   of  lemon 
and  a  small  quantity  of  pearl-ash,  work 
and   knead   carefully   tog-ether    till   it 
forms  a  thick  paste ;  make  into  balls,  and 
dry  them  in  the  sun.     Moisten  the  spot 
on   clothes  \vith  water,   then  rub   it 
with  the  ball.     Wash  out  the  spot  with 
pure  water. 

2531.  TINCTURE  OF  ALLSPICE. 
— Bruised  allspice  one  ounce  and  a  half; 
brandy  a  pint.     Steep  a  fortnight,  oc- 
casionally shaking,  then  pour  off  the 
clear  liquor.     Excellent  for  many  of 
the  uses  of  allspice,  for  making  a  bishop, 
mulling  wine,  flavouring  gravies,  potted 
meats,  &c.     (Sec  2520.) 

2532.  FRENCH   BATTER.— Two 
ounces  of  butter  cut  into  bits,  pour  on 
it  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  pint  of  water 
boiling ;     when    dissolved   add   three 
quarters  of  a  pint  of  water  cold,  BO 
that  it  shall  not  be  quite  milk  warm  ; 
mix  by  degrees  smoothly  with  twelve 
ounces  of  fine  dry  flour  and  a  small 
pinch  of  salt,  if  the  batter  be  for  fruit 
tritters,  but  with  more  if  for  meat  or 
vegetables.    Before  used,  stir  it  into  the 
whites  of  two  eggs    beaten  to  solid 
froth  ;  previously  to  this,  add  a  little 
water  if  too  thick.     This  is  excellent 
for    frying    vegetables,   and    for  fruit 
fritters. 

2533.  WASHING   BED   FURNI- 
TURE, «fec.— Before  putting  into  the 
water,  see  that  you  shake  off  as  much 
dust  as  possible,  or  you  will  greatly  in- 
crease your  labour.     Use  no  soda,  or 
pearl-ash,  or  the  things  will  lose  theii 
colour.     Use  soft  water,  not  hot,  but 
warm.     Have  plenty  of  it.     Rub  with 
mottled  soap.     On   wringing  out  the 
second  liquor,  dip  each  piece  into  cold 
hard  water  for  finishing.     Shake  out 
well  and  dry  quickly.     If  starch  is  de- 
sired, it  may  be  stirred  into  the  rinsing 
water. 

2534.  MENDING.— When  you  make 
a  now  article  always  save  the 


316 


JAMES  MONROE,   CORN  1759,   DTED  1831. 


Until  "  mending  day,"  which  may  come 
sooner  than  expected.  It  will  be  well 
even  to  buy  a  little  extra  quantity  for 
repairs.  Read  over  repeatedly  the 
useful  hints  203.  496  to  747,  878  to 
905,  1097  to  1149.  These  numerous 
paragraphs  contain  most  valuable  sug- 
gestions that  will  be  constantly  useful, 
if  well  remembered.  They  should  be 
read  frequently  for  their  full  value  to 
be  secured.  Let  your  domestics  also 
read  them,  for  nothing  more  conduces 
to  good  housekeeping  than  for  the 
servant  to  understand  the  "  system' ' 
which  her  mistress  approves. 

2535.  BED  ROOMS  should  not  be 
gcoured  in  the  winter  time,  as  colds 
and  sickness  may  be  produced  thereby. 
Dry-scouring,  upon  the   French  plan, 
which  consists  of  scrubbing  the  floors 
with  dry  brushes,  may  be  resorted  to, 
and  will  be  found  more  effective  than 
can  at  first  be  imagined.    If  a  bed-room 
is  wet  scoured,   a  dry  day  should  be 
chosen — the  windows  should  be  opened, 
the  linen  removed,  and  a  fire  should 
be  lit  when  the  operation  is  terminated. 

2536.  ALUM   WHEY.— A  pint  of 
cow's  milk  boiled  with  two  drachms  of 
alum,  until   a  curd  is    found.     Then 
strain  off  the  liquor,  and  add  spirit  of 
nutmeg,  two  ounces  ;  syrup  of  cloves 
an  ounce.     It  is  used  in  diabetes,  and 
in  uterine  fluxes,  &c. 

2537.  ANGLO- JAPANESE  WORK. 
— This  an  elegant  and  easy  domestic 
art.     Take  yellow  withered  leaves,  dis- 
solve gum,  black  paint,  copal  varnish, 
&c.     Any  articles  may  be  ornamented 
with  these  simple  materials.     An  old 
work-box,  tea-caddy,  flower-pots,  fire- 
screens'— screens    of   all    descriptions, 
work-boxes,  &c.    Select  perfect  kaves, 
dry  and  press  them  between  the  leaves 
of  books  ;     rub   the    surface    of   the 
article    to  be    ornamented   wvi-h    fine 
sand-paper,  then  give  it  a  coat  of  fine 
black  paint,  which  should  be  procured 
mixed  at  a  colour-shop.     When  dry, 
nib   smooth  with    pumice-stone,    and 

E've  two  other  coats.    Dry.    Arrange 
aves  in  any  manner  and  variety,  ac- 
cording to  taste.     Gum  the  leaves  on 


the  under  side,  and  press  them  upon 
their  places.  Then  dissolve  some 
isinglass  in  hot  water  and  brush  it  over 
the  work.  Dry.  Give  three  coats  o« 
copal  varnish,  allowing  ample  time  foi 
each  coat  to  dry.  Articles  thus  orna 
mented  last  for  years,  and  are  very 
pleasing. 

2538.  APPETITE.— Appetite  isfre 
quently  lost  through  excessive  use  ol 
stimulants,  food  taken  too  hot,  seden- 
tary occupation,  costiveness,  liver  dis- 
order, and  want  of  change  of  air.    The 
first  endeavour  should  be  to  ascertain 
and  remove  the  cause.     (See  1215.  and 
]273).     Change  of  diet,  and  change  of 
air,  will  frequently  be  found  more  ben- 
eficial than  medicines. 

2539.  BRANDY  PEACHES.— Drop 
them  into  a  weak,  boiling  lye,  until 
the   skim  can  be  wiped  off.     Make  a 
thin  syrup  to  cover  them,  boil   until 
they  are  soft  to  the  finger-nail  ;  make 
a  rich  syrup,  and  add,  after  they  come 
from  the  fire,  and  while  hot,  the  same 
quantity  of  brandy  as  syrup.    The  fruit 
must  be  covered. 

2540.  BASTINGS.— 1,  fresh  butter  ; 
2,  clarified  suet;  3,  minced  sweet  herbs, 
butter,  and  claret,  especially  for  mut- 
ton  and   lamb  ;  4,  water   and  salt ;  5, 
cream  and  melted  butter,  especially  for 
a  flayed  pig ;  6,  yolks  of  eggs,  grated 
biscuit,  and  juice  of  oranges. 

2541.  DREDGINGS.— 1,  flour  mixed 
with  grated  bread ;  2,  sweet  herbs  dried 
and  powdered,  and  mixed  with  grated 
bread  ;  3,  lemon-peel  dried  and  pound- 
ed, or  orange-peel,  mixed  with  flour; 
4,  sugar  finely  powdered,  and  mixed 
with  pounded  cinnamon,  and  flour  or 
gratea   bread  ;    5,   fennel   seeds,  cori- 
anders,   cinnamon,    and   sugar,    finely 
beaten,  and  mixed  with  grated  bread 
or  flo:ir  ;   6,   for  young-  pigs,    grated 
bread  or  flour,  mixed  with  beaten  nut- 
meg, ginger,  pepper,  sugar,  and  yolks 
of   eggs  ;    7,  sugar,    bread,    and   salt 
mixed. 

2542.  GARNISHES.— Parcley  is  the 
most  universal  garnish  to  all  kinds  of 
cold  meat,  poultry,  fish,  butter,  cheese, 
and   so   forth.      Horse  -  radish    is  th  ? 


JAMES  MADISON,   BORN  1751,  DIED  1836. 


317 


garnish  for  roast  beef,  and  for  fish  in 
general  ;  for  the  latter,  slices  of  lemon 
are  sometimes  laid  alternately  with 
heaps  of  horse-radish. 

Slices  of  lemon  for  boiled  fowl,  tur- 
key, and  fish,  and  for  roast  veal  and 
calf's  head. 

Carrot  in  slices  for  boiled  beef,  hot 
or  cold. 

Barberries  fresh  or  preserved  for 
a  me. 

Red  beet-root  sliced  for  cold  meat, 
boiled  beef,  and  salt  fish. 

Fried  smelts  as  garnish  for  turbot. 

Fried  sausages  or  force  meat  balls 
round  turkey,  capon,  or  fowl. 

Lobster  coral  and  parsley  round 
boiled  fish. 

Fennel  for  mackerel  and  salmon, 
either  fresh  or  pickled. 

Currant  jelly  for  game,  also  for  cus- 
tard or  bread  budding. 

Seville  orange  in  slices  for  wild 
ducks,  widgeons,  teal,  &c. 

Mint,  either  with  or  without  parsley, 
for  roast  lamb,  either  hot  or  cold. 

Pickled  gherkins,  capers,  or  onions, 
for  some  kinds  of  boiled  meat  and 
stews.  (See  3129.) 

2543.  BATH    BUNS.— A  quarter 
of  a  pound   of  flour,  four  yolks   and 
three  whites  of  eggs,  with  four  spoon- 
fuls of  solid   fresh   yeast.     Beat   in  a 
bowl,  and  set  before  the  fire  to  rise ; 
then    rub    into    one    pound    of   flour 
ten   ounces    of  butter,  put   in  half  a 
pound   of    sugar,   and    car raway- com- 
fits ;   when    the  eggs  and    yeast  are 
pretty  light,  mix   by  degrees  all  to- 
g-ether, throw  a  cloth  over  it,  and  set 
before  the  fire  to  rise.    Make  the  buns, 
and  when   -on    the    tins    brush    over 
with  the  yolk  of  egg  and  milk ;  strew 
them  with   carraway-comfits ;  bake  in 
a  quick  oven. 

2544.  FRENCH  BEANS.— Cut  off 
the  stalk- end,  and  strip  off  the  strings, 
then    cut   them   into   shreds.     If  not 
quite   fresh,  have   a   basin  of  spring- 
water,  with  a  little  salt  dissolved  in  it, 
and    as  the  beans    are    cleaned  and 
stringed,  throw  them  in:  put  them  on 
the   fire  in  boiling  water,  with   some 


salt  in  it;  after  they  have  boiled  fif- 
teen or  twenty  minutes,  take  one  out 
and  taste  it ;  as  soon  a/5  they  are  tender 
take  them  up,  throw  them  into  a  co- 
lander or  sieve  to  drain.  Send  up  the 
beans  whole  when  they  are  very  young. 
When  they  are  very  large  they  look 
pretty  cut  into  lozenges. 

2545.  WOW    WOW    SAUCE.— 
Chop  parsley-leaves  fine  ;  take  two  cr 
three  pickled  cucumbers,  or  walnuts 
and  divide  into  small  squares,  and  set 
them   by  ready;   put  into  a  saucepan 
butter  as  big  as  an  egg;  when  it  is 
melted,  stir  into  it  a  tablespoonful  ot 
fine  flour,  and  half  a  pint  of  the  broth 
of  the  beef;  add  a  tablespoonful   of 
vinegar,  one  of  mushroom  catchup,  or 
port  wine,  or  both,  and  a  teaspoonful  of 
made  mustard ;  simmer  together  till  it 
is  as  thick  as  you  wish,  put  in  the 
parsley  and  pickles  to  get  warm,  and 
pour  it  over  the  beef,  or  send  it  up  in 
a  saucetureen.    This  is  excellent    for 

STEWED  Or  BOILED  BEEF. 

2546.  ROAST  BEEF  BONES  fur. 
nish  a  very  relishing  luncheon  or  sup- 
per, prepared  with  poached   or  fried 
eggs  and  mashed  potatoes,  as  accom- 
paniments.   Divide  the  bones,  leaving 
good  pickings  of  meat  on  each ; — score 
them  in   squares,  pour   a  little  melted 
butter   on    them,    and    sprinkle   them 
with  pepper  and  salt ;  put  them  on  a 
dish ;    set   them   in  a  Dutch-oven  for 
half  or  tln'ee-quarters  of  an  hour,  ac- 
cording to  the  thickness  of  the  meat ; 
keep  turning  them  till  they  are  quite 
hot  and  brown ;  or  broil  them  on  the 
gridiron.     Brown  them,  but  don't  bum 
them.     Serve  with  Grill  sauce. 

2547.  GRILL  SAUCE.— To  a  quar- 
ter of  a  pint  of  gravy  add  half  an  ounce 
of  butter    and    a  dessertspoonful    of 
flour,  well  nibbed  together,  the  same 
of  mushroom  or  walnut  catchup, — a 
teaspoonful  of  lemon-juice,  half  a  tea- 
spoonful  of    made     mustard,   and    oi 
minced  capers,  a  little  black  pepper,  a 
littlo  rind  of  lemon,  grated  very  thin,  a 
salt-spoonful  of  essence  of  anchovies, 
and  a  little  eschalot  wine,  or  a  very 
small  piece  of  minced  eschalot,  and  s 


818 


COMMODORE  MACDONOUOH,  BORN 


DIED  1825. 


little  Chili  vinegar,  or  a  few  grains  of 
raycimo ;  simmer  together  for  a  few 
minutes ;  pour  a  little  of  it  over  the 
Grill,  and  send  up  the  rest  in  a  sauce- 
tureen. 

2545.  BEEF  BROTH  may  be  made 
by  adding  vegetables  to  (2479)  Essence 
of  beef — or  you  may  wash  a  leg  or 
phin  ;.f  beef,  crack  the  bone  well,  (de- 
sire the  butcher  to  do  it  for  you,)  add 
any  trimmings  of  meat,  game,  or  poul- 
try, heads,  necks,  gizzards,  feet,  &c., 
cover  them  with  cold  water, — stir  it 
up  well  from  the  bottom,  and  the  mo- 
ment it  begins  to  simmer,  skim  it  care- 
fully. Your  broth  must  be  perfectly 
clear  and  limpid,  on  this  depends  the 
goodness  of  the  soups,  sauces,  and 
gravies,  of  which  it  is  the  basis.  Add 
some  cold  water  to  make  the  remain- 
ing scum  rise,  and  skim  it  again.  When 
the  scum  has  done  rising,  and  the  sur- 
face of  the  broth  is  quite  clear,  put  in 
one  moderate-sized  carrot,  a  head  of 
celery,  two  turnips  and  two  onions — 
it  should  not  have  any  taste  of  sweet 
herbs,  spice,  or  g-arlic,  &c. :  either  of 
these  flavours  can  easily  be  added  after, 
if  desired — cover  it  close,  set  it  by  the 
side  of  the  fire,  and  let  it  simmer  very 
gently  (so  as  not  to  waste  the  broth) 
for  four  or  five  hours  or  more,  accord- 
ing- to  the  weight  of  the  meat: — strain 
it  through  a  sieve  into  a  clean  and  dry 
stone  pan.  and  set  it  into  the  coldest 
place  you  have,  if  for  after  use> 

2549.  BEEF  GLAZE,  OR  PORT- 
ABLE SOUP  is  simply  the  essence  of 
beef  (2479)  condensed  by  evaporation. 
It  may  be   put  into  pots,  like  potted 
meats,  or  into  skins,  as  sausages,  and 
will  keep  for  many  months.     If  further 
dried  in   cakes   or  lozenges,  by  being 
laid  on  pans  or  dishes,  and,  frequently 
turned,  it  will  keep  for  years,  and  sup- 
ply soup  at  any  moment. 

2550.  STEWED   BRISKET 
BEEF. — Stew  in   sufficient  water  to 
cover  the  meat ;  when  tender,  take  out 
the  bones,  and  skim  off  the  fat ;  add  to 
the   gravy,  when   strained,  a  glass  of 
wine  and   a  little   spice   tied  up  in  a 
muslin  bag.     (This   may  be   omitted.) 


Have  ready  either  mushrooms,  truf- 
fles, or  vegetables  boiled,  and  cut  ;uto 
shapes.  Lay  them  on  and  round  th*» 
beef;  reduce  part  of  the  gravy  to  glaze, 
lay  it  on  the  top,  and  pour  the  remain 
der  into  the  dish. 

2551.  BEEF   BRISKET   may  be 
baked,  the   bones  being  removed,  and 
the  holes  being  filled  with  oysters,  fat 
bacon,  parsley,  or  all  three  in  separate 
holes,  these  stuffings  being  chopped  and 
seasoned  to  taste.    Dredge  it  well  with 
flour,  pour  upon  it  half  a  pint  of  broth, 
bake  three  hours,   skim  off  the   fat, 
strain  the   gravy  over  the  meat,  and 
garnish  with  cut  pickles. 

2552.  BAKING.— In  addition  to  the 
remarks  (239  and  1972),  we  transcribe 
the  following  remarks  from  Dr.  Kitch- 
ener's excellent  "  Cook's  Oracle  "  : 

"  BAKING  is  one  of  the  cheapest  arid 
most  convenient  ways  of  dressing  a 
dinner  in  small  families;  and,  I  may 
say,  that  the  oven  is  often  the  only 
kitchen  a  poor  man  has,  if  he  wishes  to 
enjoy  a  joint  of  meat  at  home  with  his 
family. 

"  I  don't  mean  to  deny  the  superior 
excellence  of  roasting  to  baking ;  but 
some  joints,  when  baked,  so  nearly  ap- 
proach to  the  same  when  roasted,  that 
I  have  known  them  to  be  carried  to  the 
table,  and  eaten  as  such  with  great 
satisfaction. 

"  LEGS  and  LOINS  of  PORK,  LEGS 
of  MUTTON,  FILLETS  of  VEAL,  and 
many  other  joints,  will  bake  to  great 
advantage,  if  the  meat  be  good ;  I  mean 
well-fed  rather  inclined  to  be  fat;  if 
the  meat  be  poor,  no  baker  can  give 
satisfaction. 

"  When  baking  a  joint  of  meat,  be- 
fore it  has  been  half  baked,  I  have  seen 
it  start  from  the  bone,  and  shrivel  up  in 
a  manner  scarcely  to  be  believed. 

"  Besides  those  joints  above  mention- 
ed, I  shall  enumerate  a  few  baked 
dishes  which  I  can  particularly  recom- 
mend : 

"  A  PIG,  when  sent  to  the  baker 
prepared  for  baking,  should  have  its 
ears  and  tail  covered  with  buttered  pa- 
per properly  fastened  on,  and  a  bit  01 


COMMODORE  BAINBRIDGE,  BORX  1774,  DIED  1833. 


319 


butter  tied  up  in  a  piece  of  linen  to 
baste  the  back  with,  otherwise  it  will 
oe  apt  to  blister :  with  a  proper  share 
of  attention  from  the  baker,  I  consider 
this  way  equal  to  a  roasted  one. 

"  A  GOOSE  prepare  the  same  as  for 
roasting,  taking  care  to  have  it  on  a 
stand,  and  when  half  done  to  turn  the 
other  side  upwards.  A  DUCK  the  same. 

"A  BUTTOCK  OF  BEEF  ;  the  following 
way  is  particularly  fine:  After  it  has  been 
in  ealt  about  a  week,  to  be  well  wash- 
ed, and  put  into  a  brown  earthen  pan, 
with  a  pint  of  water;  cover  the  pan 
tight  over  with  two  or  three  thicknesses 
of  cap  or  foolscap  paper — never  cover 
anything  that  is  to  be  baked  with  brown 
paper,  the  pitch  and  tar  which  are  in 
brown  paper  will  give  the  meat  a 
smoky,  bad  taste — give  it  four  or  five 
hours  in  a  moderately-heated  oven. 

"  A  HAM  (if  not  too  old)  put  in  soak 
for  an  hour,  taken  out  and  wiped,  a 
crust  made  sufficient  to  cover  it  all 
over,  and  baked  in  a  moderately-heated 
oven,  cuts  fuller  of  gravy,  and  of  a  finer 
flavor  than  a  boiled  one. 

"  I  have  been  in  the  habit  of  baking 
small  OAFISH,  and  MACKEREL,  with 
a  dj'.it  ot  flour,  and  some  bits  of  butter 
put  on  them.  EELS,  when  large  are 
stuffed.  HERRINGS  are  done  in  a  brown 
pan,  with  vinegar  and  a  little  spice,  and 
tied  over  with  paper. 

"  A  RABBIT,  prepare  the  same  as 
for  roasting,  with  a  few  pieces  of  butter, 
and  a  little  drop  of  milk  put  into  the 
dish,  and  basted  several  times,  will  be 
found  nearly  equal  to  roasting ;  or  cut 
it  up,  season  it  properly,  put  it  into  a 
jar  or  pan,  and  cover  it  over,  and  bake 
it  in  a  moderate  oven  for  about  three 
hours. 

"  In  the  same  manner  I  have  been  in 
the  habit  of  baking  LEGS  and  SHINS  of 
BEEF,  Ox  CHEEKS,  &c.,  prepared  with 
a  seasoning  of  onions,  turnips,  &c.  : — 
they  will  take  about  four  hours  ;  let 
them  stand  till  cold,  to  skim  off  the  fat ; 
then  warm  it  up  all  together,  or  in  part, 
us  you  may  want. 

"  All  these  I  have  beer,  hi  the  habit 
of  baking  for  the  first  families. 


"  The  time  each  of  the  above  articles 
should  take  depends  much  upon  th<» 
state  of  the  oven,  and  I  consider  the 
baker  a  sufficient  judge ;  if  they  are 
sent  to  him  in  time,  he  must  bo  very 
neglectful  if  they  are  not  ready  at  the 
time  they  are  ordered." 

2553.  BEEF,  COLD,  BOILED.— The 
same  as  roast  beef  bones  (2546).     The 
meat  should  have  been  under-done  in 
the  first  instance.     Capital  relish  with 
the  accessories. 

2554.  BEEF  (RUMP)  STEAK  AND 
ONION  SAUCE.— Peel  and  slice  two 
large  onions,  put  them  into  a  quart 
stew-pan,  with  two  table-spoonfuls  of 
water  ;  cover  the  pan  close,  and  set  on 
a  slow  fire  till  the  water  has  boiled 
away,  and  the  onions  have  got  a  little 
browned  ;  then  add  half  a  pint  of  good 
broth,  and  boil  the  onions  till  they  are 
tender  ;   strain  the  broth  from  them, 
and  chop  them  very  fine,  and  season  it 
with  mushroom  catsup,  pepper,  and 
salt ;  put  the  onion  into  it,  and  let  it 
boil  gently  for  five  minutes,  pour  it 
into  the  dish,  and  lay  over  it  a  broiled 
rump  steak.    If  instead  of  broth  you  use 
good  beef  gravy,  it  will  be  superlative. 

2555.  ROUND  OF  SALT  BEEF.— 
Skewer  it  tight  and  round,  and  tie  a 
fillet  of  broad  tape  round  it.    Put  it 
into  plenty  of  cold  water,  and  carefully 
skim  the  skum  ;  let  it  boil  till  all  the 
scum  is  removed,  and  then  put  the 
boiler  on  one  side  of  the  fire,  to  keep 
simmering  slowly  till  it  is  done.     Half 
a  round  may  be  boiled  for  a  sm&il  fam- 
ily.    When  you  take  it  up,  wash  the 
scum  off  with  a  paste- brush — garnish 
with  carrots  and  turnips. 

2556.  H.  BONE  OF  BEEF.— M»n- 
age  the  same  as  the  round.     The  soft, 
marrow-like  fat  which  lies  on  the  back 
is  best  when  hot,  and  the  hard  fat  of 
the  upper  corner  is  best  cold. 

2557.  HASHED    MUTTON    OK 
BEEF.— Take  the  meat,  slice  small, 
trim  off  the   brown   edges,  and  stew 
down  the  trimmings  with  the  bonea 
well    broken,   an  onion,   a   bunch    of 
thyme   and  parsley,  a  carrot  cut  in-to 
slices,  a  few  peppercorns,  cloves,  ealt 


820 


A  WORD  BEFORE  13  WORTH  TWO   BEHIND. 


and  a  pint  and  a  half  of  water  or  stock. 
Wheu  this  is  reduced  to  little  more 
than  three  quarters  of  a  pint,  strain  it, 
clear  it  from  the  fat,  thicken  It  with  a 
large  dessert-spoonful  of  flour,  or 
arrow-root,  add  salt  and  pepper,  hoil 
the  whole  for  a  few  minutes,  then  lay 
in  the  meat  and  heat  it  well.  Boiled 
potatoes  are  sometimes  sliced  hot  into 
the  hash. 

2558.  ORNAMENTED  LEATHER 
WORK. — An  excellent    imitation  of 
carved  oak,  suitable  for  frames,  boxes, 
rases,  and  ornaments  in  endless  variety, 
may  be  made  of  a  description  of  leather 
called  basil.     The  art  consists  in  simply 
cutting  out  this  material  in  imitation 
of  natural  objects,  and  in  impressing 
upon  it  by  simple  tools,  either  with  or 
without  the  aid  of  heat,  such  marks 
and  characteristics  as  are  necessary  to 
the  imitation.     The  rules  given  with 
regard  to  the  imitation  of  leaves  and 
flowers  (1887)  apply   to   Ornamental 
Leaf  her  Work.     Begin  with  a  simple 
object,  and  proceed  by  degrees  to  those 
that  are  more  complicated.     Cut  out 
an  ivy  or  an  oak  leaf,  and  impress  the 
veins  upon  it  ;  then  arrange  these  in 
groups,  and  affix  them  to  frames,  or 
otherwise.     The    tools    required    are 
ivory  or  steel  points  of  various  sizes, 
punches,  and  tin-shapes,  such  as   are 
used    for    confectionery.     The    points 
may  be  made  out  of  the  handles  of  old 
tooth-brvsb.es.     Before  cutting  out  the 
leaves    the    leather    should    be    well 
soaked  in  water,  until  it  is  quite  pli- 
able.    When    dry  it  will  retain    the 
artistic  shape.     Leaves  and  stems  are 
fastened  together  by  means  of  liquid 
glue,  and  varnished  with  any  of  the  dry- 
toe  varnishes,  or  with  sealing-wax  dis- 
solved to  a  suitable-consistency  in  spirits 
of  wine    Wire,  cork,guttapercha,  bits  of 
etems  of  trees,  &c.,  may  severally  be  used 
to  aid  in  the  formation  of  groups  of  buds, 
flowers,  seed  vessels,  &c.     Tome  beau- 
tiful  specimens  may  be  seen  in  the 
Crystal  Palace. 

2559.  BREWING.— The  best  time 
of  the  year  for  brewing  is  the  autumn. 
The  spring  is  also  suitable  but  !f«?  so. 


It  is  a  great  object  to  secure  a  moderate 
temperature  for  tho  cooling  of  the 
worts,  and  to  insure  gradual  fermenta 
tion.  The  brewing  of  home  made 
drinks  has  to  a  very  great  extent  gone 
out  ot  late  years,  even  in  country 
places;  and  therefore  we  have  little 
Inducement  to  occupy  our  limited 
space  with  the  lengthy  directions  ne- 
cessary to  constitute  a  practical  essay 
upon  brewing.  To  those,  however, 
who  wish  to  enter  upon  the  practice, 
without  any  previous  knowledge,  wo 
would  advise  their  calling  in  the  aid  of 
some  one  practically  acquainted  with 
the  process  for  the  first  operation.  By 
so  doing  they  will  save  a  great  deal  of 
trouble,  disappointment  and  expense. 
In  all  places,  town  or  country,  there 
are  persons  who  have  worked  in  brew- 
ing establishments,  or  in  gentlemen's 
families,  where  they  have  superintended 
the  operations  of  the  brew-house,  and 
the  aid  of  such  persons  would  be  valu- 
able. With  such  assistance  the  follow- 
ing receipts  will  be  of  importance,  since 
many  who  are  able  to  go  through  the 
manipulations  of  brewing  are  unaware 
of  the  proper  proportions  to  employ. 

2560.  ALE.— Take  three  bushels  ot 
malt,  three  pounds  of  hops,  fifty-two 
gallons  of  water  for  two  workings. 

Or — Malt,  two  bushels  and  a  half ; 
sugar,  three  pounds;  hops,  three 
pounds  ;  coriander  seeds,  one  ounce  ; 
capsicum,  a  drachm.  Thirty-six  gal- 
lons. This  gives  a  pleasant  ale,  with  a 
good  body. 

256?.  AMBER  ALE. — Three  bushels 
of  amber  malt,  three-quarters  of  a 
bushel  of  pale  amber  malt,  two  pounds 
of  hops,  a  table-spoonful  of  salt.  Three 
mashes,  forty  to  fifty  gallons.  Skiiu 
and  fice  with  isinglass. 

2562.  BURTON. — One  quarter  of  pale 
malt,  eight  pounds  and  a  half  of  pale 
hops;  mash  three  times.  Work  the 
first  mash  at  170°,  second  at  176°, 
third  at  150°.  Boil  the  first  wort  by 
itself;  when  boiling  add  three  pounds 
of  honey,  a  pound  and  a  half  of  cori- 
ander seeds,  one  ounce  of  salt.  Mix 
the  worts  when  boiled,  cool  to  01°,  set 


ALL  FAILS  THAT  FOOLS  THINK. 


321 


to  work  with  a  piutand  a  half  of  yeast. 
As  soon  as  the  gyle  gets  yeasty,  skim 
the  head  half  off ;  rouse  the  rest  with 
another  pint  and  a  half  of  yeast,  three- 
quarters  of  an  ounce  of  bay  salt,  and  a 
quarter  of  a  pound  of  malt  or  bean 
flour.  This  makes  a  hogshead. 

2563.  EDINBURGH. — Mash  two  barrels 
per    quarter,    at    183°  ;    mash   three 
quarters  of  an  hour ,  let  it  stand  one 
hour,  and  allow  half  an  hour  to  run 
off.    Or,  mash  one  barrel  per  quarter,  at 
190°  ;  mash  three-quarters  of  an  hour, 
let  it  stand  three-quarters  of  an  hour, 
and  tap. 

2564.  PORTER. — Brown,  amber  and 
pale   malt,   in   equal   quantities  ;  turn 
them  into  the  mash -tub.    Turn  on  the 
first  liquor  at  165° ;  mash  one  hour,  then 
coat  the  whole  with  dry  malt.     In  one 
hour  set  the  tap.     Mix  ten  pounds  of 
brown  hops  to  a  quarter  of  malt,  half 
old,  half  new;  boil  the  first  wort  briskly 
with   the   hops    for   three-quarters   of 
an  hour ;  after  putting  into  the  copper 
one  pound  and  a  half  of  sugar,  and  one 
pound   and   a   half  of    extract   of  liq- 
uorice   to    the    barrel,    turn    it    into 
coolers,   rousing  the  wort  the   while. 
Turn  on  the  second  liquor  at  174°,  set 
tap   again   in   an   hour.      The   second 
wort  having  run  off,  turn  on  again  at 
145°  ;    mash   an   hour,   and   stand   an 
hour ;  boil  the  second  wort  with  the 
same  hops  for  an  hour.     Turn  into  the 
coolers,  and  let  into  the  tub  at  64°, 
mixing  the  yeast  as  it  comes  down. 
Cleanse  the  second  day  at  80°,  pre- 
viously adding  a  mixture  of  flour  and 
salt,  and  rousing  well. 

2565.  BRASSES,  BRITANNIA 
METALS,  TINS,  COPPERS,  &c.,  arc 
cleaned  with  a  mixture  of  rotten-stone, 
soft-soap,  and  oil  of  turpentine,  mixed 
to  the  consistency  of  stiff  putty.  The 
stone  should,  be  powdered  very  fine 
and  sifted ;  and  a  quantity  of  the  mix- 
ture may  be  made  sufficient  to  last  for 
along  while.  The  articles  should  first 
Ke  \vashed  with  hot  water,  to  remove 
grease.  Then  a  little  of  the  above 
mixture  mixed  with  water,  should  be 
»ver  the  metal  :  then  rub  off 


briskly,  with  dry  clean  rag  or  leather 
and  a  beautiful  polish  will  be  ob- 
tained. 

2566.  BREATH  TAINTED   BY 
ONIONS. — Leaves   of   parsley,  eaten 
with  vinegar,  will  prevent  the  disagree- 
able consequences  of  eating  onions. 

2567.  BUNIONS  may  be  checked  in 
their  early  development  by  binding  the 
joint  with  adhesive   plaster,  and  keep 
ing  it  on  as  long   as   any  uneasiness   is 
felt.     The  bandaging  should  be  perfect, 
and  it  might  be  well  to  extend  it  vound 
the  foot.    An  inflamed  bunion  should 
be  poulticed,  and  larger  shoes  be  worn. 
Iodine,  twelve  grains  ;  lard  or  sperma- 
ceti ointment,  half  an  ounce,  makes  a 
capital  ointment  for  bunions.    It  should 
be  rubbed  on  gently  twice   or  thrice 
a-day.     (Sec  178,1297.) 

2568.  SOFT  CORNS  may  be  relieved 
by  placing  a  small  piece  of  lint  between 
the  toes  ;    or  be  rubbed  occasionally 
with  sweet  oil. 

2569.  BAD  BUTTER  may  be  im- 
proved  greatly   by  dissolving  it  thor- 
oughly in  hot  water ;  let  it  cool,  then 
skim  it  off,  and    churn  again,  adding  a 
little  good   salt  and   sugar.    A  small 
quantity  can  be  tried  and    approved 
before  doing  a  larger  one.      The  water 
should  be  merely  hot  enough  to  melt 
the  butter  or  it  will  become  oily. 

2570.  GILT  FRAMES  may  be  pro- 
tected from  flies  and  dust  by  oiled  tar- 
latan pinned  over  them.     Tarlatan  al- 
ready prepared,  may  be  purchased   at 
the  upholsterers' .     If  it  cannot  be  pro- 
cured, it  is  easily  made   by  brushing 
boiled  oil  over  cheap  tarlatan.     It  is 
an    excellent    material    for     keeping 
dust  from  books, vases,  wood-work, and 
every  description  of   household  orna- 
ment. 

2571.  SALT  BUTTER  may  be 
freshened  by  churning  it  with  new 
milk  in  the  proporion  of  a  pound  of 
butter  to  a  quart  of  milk.  Treat  th«* 
butter  in  all  respects  in  churning  as 
fresh.  Cheap  earthenware  churns  for 
domestic  use  may  be  had  at  any  hard- 
ware shop. 

2572.  CABBAGE-WATER  should 


S22 


THREE  LITTLE  WORDS  YOU  OFTEN  SEK 


be  thrown  away  immediately  it  is  done 
with,  and  clean  water  thrown  after  it,  or 
it  will  give  rise  to  unpleasant  smells. 
A  little  charcoal  thrown  with  clear 
water  into  a  sink  will  disinfect  and  de- 
odorize it. 

2573.  CALVES'  FEET  JELLY.— 
It  is  better  to    buy  the  feet  of   the 
butcher,  than  at  the   tripe   shop  ready 
boiled,  because  the  best  portion  of  the 
V'lly  has  been  extracted.     Slit  them  in 
two,  and  take  every  particle  of  fat  from 
the  claws  ;  wash  well  in   warm  water, 
put   them   in  a  large     stew-pan,  and 
cover  with   water ;  skim  well   and  let 
boil  gently  six  or  seven  hours,  until  re- 
duced to  about  two  quarts,  then  strain 
and  skim  off  any  oily  substance  on  the 
surface.     It  is  best  to  boil  the  feet  the 
day  before  making  the  jelly,  as,  when 
the  liquor  is   cold,  the  oily  part   being 
at  the  top,  and   the  other  being  firm, 
with  pieces  of  kitchen  paper  applied  to 
it,  you  may  remove  every  particle  of 
the  oily  substance  without  wasting  the 
liquor.     Put  the  liquor  in  a  stew-pan 
to  melt  with  a  pound  of  lump  sugar, 
the  peel  of  two,  and  the  juice  of  six 
lemons,  six  whites  and   shells  of  eggs 
beat  together,  and  a  bottle  of  sherry 
or  Madeira  ;  whisk  the  whole  together 
until  it  re  on  the  boil,  then  put  it  by 
the  side  of  the  stove,  and  let  it  simmer 
A  quarter  of  an  hour ;  strain  it  through 
a  jelly-bag;  what  is  strained  first  must 
be  poured  into  the  bag  again,,  until  it 
is  as  bright  and   clear  as  rock  water ; 
then  put  the  jelly  in  moulds  to  be  cold 
nnd  firm;  if  the  weather  is  too  warm, 
it  requires  some  ice.    When  it  is  wished 
to  be  very  stiff,  half  an  ounce  of  isin- 
glass may  be  added  when  the  wine  is 
put  in.    It  may  be  flavoured  by  the  juice 
of  various  fruits  and  spices,  &c.,  and 
coloured    with   saffron,  cochineal   red 
beet  juice,  spinach  juice,  claret  &c.,  and 
is  sometimes  made  with  cherry  brandy, 
red  noyeau.  curagoa,  or  essence  of  punch. 

2574.  OX-HEEL  JELLY  is  made 
in  the  same  manner. 

2575.  LAMP  WICKS.— Old  cotton 
stockings  may  be  made  into  lamp  wicks, 
and  will  answer  very  well 


2576.  BEAT  A  CARPET  on  the 

wrong  side  first ;  and  then  more  gently 
ou  the  right  side.  Beware  of  using 
sticks  with  sharp  points,  which  may 
tear  the  carpet. 

2577.  CLEANING  CARPETS.— 
Take  a  pail  of  cold  water,  and  add   to 
it  three  gills  of  ox-gall.     Rub  it  into 
the   carpet  with  a  soft  brush.     It  will 
raise  a  latlier  ;  which  must  be  washed 
off  with  clear  cold  water.     Rub   dry 
with  a  clean  cloth.     In  nailing  down  a 
carpet  after  the  floor  has  been  washed, 
be  certain  that  the  floor  is  quite  dry, 
or  the   nails  will  rust  and  injure  the 
carpet.      Fullers'    earth    is    used   for 
cleaning  carpets,  and  weak  solutions  of 
alum  or  soda  are  used  for  reviving  the 
colours.    The  crumb  of  a  hot  wheateu 
loaf  rubbed  over  a  carpet  has  been 
found  effective. 

2578.  SWEETENING  CASKS.— 
Half  a  pint  of   vitriol  mixed  with   a 
quart  of  water,  and  the  mixture  poured 
into  the  barrel,  and  roll  about ;    next 
day  add   one  pound  of  chalk,  and  roll 
again.      Bung-  down  for  three  or  four 
days,  then  rinse  well  with  hot  water. 

2579  CAUTIONS  IN  VISITING 
THE  SICK.— Do  not  visit  the  sick 
when  you  are  fatigued,  or  when  in  a 
state  of  perspiration,  or  with  the 
stomach  empty — for  in  such  conditions 
you  are  liable  to  take  the  infection. 
When  the  disease  is  very  contagious, 
take  the  side  of  the  patient  which  is 
near  to  the  window.  Do  not  enter  the 
room  the  first  thing  in  the  morning 
before  it  has  been  aired ;  and  when 
you  come  away,  take  some  food,  change 
your  clothing  immediately,  and  expose 
the  latter  to  the  air  for  some  days. 
Tobacco-smoke  is  a  preventive  of 
malaria. 

2580.  CHAMOMILE  FLOWERS 
should  be   gathered   on  a  fine  day,  and 
dried  upon  a  tray  placed  in   the   suit, 
all  herbs  should  be  treated  in  the  same 
manner. 

2581.  CHAMOMILE  TEA.— One 
ounce  of  the  flowers  to  a  quart  of  water 
boiling.      Simmer  fifteen  miuutee  and 
strain,     Emetic,  when  token 


ARE  ARTICLES— A,  AN,  AND  THE. 


tonic,  when  cold.     Dose,  a  wine  glass- 
ful to  a  breakfast-cup. 

258s  ORANGE-PEEL,  dried, 
added  to  chamomile  flowers  in  the  pro- 
portion of  half  the  quantity  of  the 
flowers,  improves  the  tonic. 

2583.  DESSERT  CHESTNUTS.— 
Roast  them  well,  take  oft'  the  husks, 
dissolve  four  ounces  of  lump  sugar  in 
a   wine-glass  of   water,  then   add   the 
juice  of  a  lemon.       Put  the   chesnuts 
into  this  liquor,  and   stew  them  over  a 
slow  fire  for  ten  minutes;  add  sufficient 
orange-flower  water  (If  approved)  to 
flavour  the   syrup ;  grate   lump   sugar 
over  them,  and  serve  up  quite  hot. 

2584.  CARVING.  —  CEREMONIES 
OF  THE  TABLE,  &c.— A  dinner-table 
should    be  well   laid,  well   lighted,  and 
always  aftbrd  a  little   spare   room.     It 
is  better  to  invite   one  friend  less  in 
number,  than   to  destroy  the   comfort 
of  the  whole  party. 

2585.  THE  LAYING  OUT  OF  A  TABLE 
must  greatly  depend  upon   the   nature 
of  the  dinner  or  supper,   the   taste  of 
the  host,  the  description  of   the  com- 

ry,  and  the  appliances  possessed, 
will  be  useless,  therefore,  to  lay 
down  specific  rulec.  The  whiteness  of 
the  table-cloth,  the  clearness  of  glass, 
the  polish  of  plate,  and  the  judicious 
distribution  of  ornamental  groups  of 
fruits  and  flowers,  are  matters  deserv- 
ing the  utmost  attention  (See  3122.) 

2586.  A  crowded  table  may  be  great- 
ly relieved  by  a  SIDE-BOARD  close  at 
hand,  upon  which  may  be  placed  many 
things    incidental    to   the    successive 
courses,  until  they  are  required. 

2587.  At  large  dinner-parties,  where 
there  are  several  courses,  it  is  well  to 
have  the  BILL  OF  FARE  neatly  inscribed 
upon    small    tablets,   and    distributed 
nbout  the  table,  that  the   diners   may 
know  what  there  is  to  come. 

2588.  NAPKINS    should    be  folded 
iieatly.    The  French  method,  which  is 
very  easy,  of  folding  the   napkin  like  a 
feii,  placing  it  in  a  glass,  and  spreading 
<>ut   the   upper  part,  is   very  pleasing. 
But  the  English   method  of  folding  'it 
like,  i  slipper,  and   placing   the   bread  I 

14* 


inside  of   it,  is   convenient  as  well   aa 
neat.     (See  3137.) 

2589.  BREAD  should  be   cut  into 
thick  squares,  the  last  thing  after  the 
table  is  laid.     If   cut  too   early  it   be- 
comes dry.     A  tray  should  be  provided 
in   which    there   should  be   a   further 
supply  of  bread,  new,  stale,  and  brown. 
For  cheese,  pulled  bread  should  be  pro- 
vided.    (2647.) 

2590.  CARVING-KNIVES  should  "  be 
put  in  edge  "  before   the  dinner   coin 
mences,  for   nothing  irritates   a   good 
carver,  or   perplexes  a   bad  one,  more 
than  a  knife  which  refuses  to  perform 
its  offic"e ;  and   there  is   nothing  more 
annoying  to  the  company  than   to  see 
the   carving-knife   dancing  to  and  fro 
over  the    steel,  while    the  dinner  is 
getting   cold,  and  their  appetites   are 
being  exhausted  by  delay. 

2591.  JOINTS  that  require  carving 
should  be  set  upon   dishes   sufficiently 
large.    The  space  of  the  table  may  be 
economized     by    setting     upon    small 
dishes  those  thing*  that  do  not  require 
carving. 

2592.  However  closely  the  diners 
are    compelled    to   eit  together,  THE 

CARVER    SHOULD    HAVE     PLENTY    OF 
RO(|W. 

2593.  If  the  table  is  very  crowded, 
the  VEGETABLES  may  be  placed  upon 
the  side-board,  and   handed  round   by 
the  waiters. 

2594.  It  would  save  a  great  deal  of 
time,   and    much    disappointment,    if 
GEESE,    TURKEYS,    POULTRY,    SUCK- 
ING-PIGS,   ETC.,   WERE    CARVED    BE- 
FORE   BEING    SENT   TO    TABLE;    es- 
pecially  in    those    cftses    where    the 
whole  or  the   principal  part  of  such 
dishes  are  likely  to  be  consumed. 

2595.  It  is  best  for  THE  CARTER  to 
supply  the  plates,  and  let  the  waiter 
hand   them  round,  instead  of   putting 
the  question  to  each  guest  us  to  which 
part  he  prefers,  and  then   striving  to 
serve  him  with  it,  to  the  prejudice  ol 
others  present. 

2596.  LADIES  should  be   assisted  bo- 
fore  gentlemen. 

2597.  WAITKRS  should  present  dish<* 


32-i 


A  NOUN  s  THK  XAMK  or  ANY  THING, 


on  the  left  hand ;    so  that  the   diner 
may  assist  himself  witti  his  right. 

2598.  WINE  should  be  taken  after 
the  first  course  ;  and   it  will   be  found 
more  convenient  to  let  the  waiter  serve 
it,  than  to  hand   the  decanters   round, 
or  to  allow  the  guests  to  fill  for  them- 
selves. 

2599.  WAITERS  should  be  instructed 
;o  remove  whatever  articles  upon  the 
table  are   thrown   into   disuse    by  the 
progress  of  the  dinner,  as  sooa  a*  they 
ire  at  liberty. 

2600.  FINGER-GLASSES,  or   glass  or 
olated  bowls,  filled  with  rose  or  orange- 
A-nter,   slightly  warm    in    winter,   or 
ced    in   summer,  should    be    handed 
ound. 

2601.  WHEN  THE  DESSERT  is  served, 
i  *\e  wine  should  be  set  upon  the  table, 
hi-«d  the  decanters  passed  round  by  the 
c>jnpany.  (See  3373.) 

^602.  FRIED  FISH  should  be  divided 
ink»  suitable   slices,  before  the  fire,  as 
BOO,  as  it  leaves  the  frying-pan. 
260.'   TRUSSING  AND  CARVING. 

2604.  POULTRY  AND  GAME. 
26 '5.  Observations  on  Trussing. — 
Although  in  New  York  the  various  ar- 
ticles «,re  trussed  by  the  poulterer  from 
whom  vhey  are  purchased,  yet  it  fcap- 
pene  that  presents  from  the  country 
are  sometimes  spoiled  for  want  of 
a  knowloOfe^  of  the  following  rules, 
both  on  tLt)  part  of  the  mistress  and 
cook: 

2606.  All    poultry  should   be  well 
picked,  every  plug,  or  stub,  removed, 
and  the  bird  carefully  and  nicely  singed 
with  white  paper.     1  n  drawing  poultry, 
or  game,  care  should  be   taken  not  to 
break  the   gall-bladder  —  as   it   would 
spoil  the  flavour  of  the  bird  by  impart- 
ing a  bitter  taste  to  it,  that  no  washing 
or  any  process  could  remove — nor  the 
put  joining  the  giczard,  otherwise  the 
inside  would  be  gritty. 

2607.  Observations  on  Carving. — The 
carving-knife  for   poultry  and  game  is 
smaller  and  lighter  than  that  for  meat ; 
the  point  is  more  peaked,  and  the  handle 
longer. 

2608.  In  cutting  up  wxJd-ittd,  duck, 


goose,  or  turkey,  more  prime  pieeei 
may  be  obtained  by  carving  slices  from 
pinion  to  pinion  without  making  wing-s. 
which  is  a  material  advantage  in  dis- 
tributicg  the  bird  when  the  party  i* 
large. 
2609.  DIRECTIONS  FOB  CARV 

JNG.  —  FISH. 

2610.  As  the  manner  in  which  meat, 
and  other  provisions,  are  carved,  makes 
a  material  difference  in  the  consump- 
tion and  comfort  of  a  family,  it  becomca 
highly  important  to  those  who  study 
economy  and  good  order  in  their  do- 
mestic arrangements,  to  practice  the 
art. 

2611.  We  therefore  recommend 
them  to  study  the  rules  we  purpose 
laying  down,  and  which  we  commence 
with  directions  for  carving  fish. 

2612.  It  must  be  remembered  that 
in  carving    more  depends  upon  skill 
than   on  strength;   that  the   carving- 
knife  should  be  light,  and  of  moderate 
size,  with  a  keen   edge;    and   that  the 
dish  should  be  so  placed  as  to  give  the 
operator  complete  command  over  the 
joint. 

2613.  FISH  is   served  with  a  fish- 
slice, or  the  new  fish-knife  and  fork, 
and   requires  very  little   carving,  care 
being  required,  however,  not  to  break 
the   flakes,  which  from  their  size  add 
much  to  the  beauty  of  cod  and  salmon. 
Serve  part  of  the  roe,  milt,  or  liver,  to 
each  person.     The  heads  of   cod  and 
salmon,   sounds  of   cod,  are  likewise 
considered  delicacies. 

2614.  SADDLE  or  MUTTON.  —  Cut 
thin  slices  parallel  with  the  back-bone  ; 
or  slice  it  obliquely  from  the  bone  to 
the  edge. 

2615.  SADDLES  OF  PORK  OR  LAMB 
are  carved  in  the  same  manner. 

2616.  HAUNCH  OF  MUTTON  OR  VEN- 
ISON.— Make  an  incision  right  across 
the  knuckle-end,  right  into  the  bone, 
and  eet    free   the  gravy.      Then  cut 
thin  slices    the  whole    length  of   the 
haunch.      Serve    pieces  of    fat  with 
slices  of  lean. 

2617.  RUMP  OF  SIRLOIN  on  BEEF  — 
The,  undercut,  called  "  the  fillet  '    i* 


SCHOOL  OR  GARDEN,  HOOP  OR  SWING. 


325 


exceedingly  tender,  and  it  is  usual  to 
turn  the  joint  and  serve  the  fillet  first, 
reserving  the  meat  on  the  upper  part 
to  serve  cold.  From  the  upper  part 
the  slices  maybe  cut  either  lengthways 
or  crossways,  at  option. 

2618.  RIBS  OK  BEEF  are  carved  in 
the  same  way  as  the  sirloin  ;  hut  there 
is  no  fillet. 

2619.  ROUND   OF  BEEF.  —  First  cut 
away  the  irregular  outside  pieces,  to 
obtain  a  good  surface,  and   then  serve 
thin  and  broad  slices.     Serve  bits  of 
the  udder  fat  with  the  lean. 

2620.  BRISKET  OP  BEEF. — Cut  off  the 
outside,  and  then  serve  long  slices,  cut 
the  whole  length  of  the  bones. 

2621.  SUOULDEU  OF  MUTTON. — Make 
a  cross  incision  on  the  fore-part  of  the 
shoulder,  and   serve   slices  from   both 
sides  of  the  incision:  then  cut  slices 
lengthways  along  the  shoulder-blade. 
Cut  fat  slices  from  the  round  corner. 

2622.  LEG  OF  MUTTON. — Make  an  in- 
cision   across    the    centre,  and  serve 
from  the  knuckle-side,  or  the  opposite, 
according  to  choice.     The  knuckle-side 
will  be  generally  found  well  done,  and 
the  opposite  side  under-done,  for  those 
who  prefer  it. 

2623.  LOIN  OF  MUTTON. — Cut  down 
between  the  bones,  into  chops. 

2624.  QUARTER  OF  LAMB.  —  Lay  the 
knife   flat,  and   cut   off   the   shoulder. 
The  proper  point  for   incision  will   be 
indicated  by  the  position  of  the   shoul- 
der.     A    little    lemon-juice    may   be 
squeezed  over  the  divided  part,  and  a 
little  cayenne  pepper,  and  the  shoulder 
transferred  to  another  dish,  for  the  op- 
posite end  of  the  table.     Next,  separate 
the  BRISKET,  or  short  bones,  by  cutting 
lengthways  along  the   breast.      Then 
serve  from  either  part  as  desired. 

2625.  LOIN  OF  VEAL  may  be  cut  across 
through  the  thick  part ;  or  slices   may 
be  taken   ;->    direction  of   the   bones. 
Serve   pieced  of  kidney  and  fat   with 
?.'ich  plate. 

2626.  FILLET  OF  VEAL  is  carved  as 
a  round  of  beef  (2619).    The  browned 
bits  of  the  outside  are  esteemed,  and 
shouW  b«  shared  among  the  company, 


with  bits  of  fat  and  of  force  meat  from 
the  centre. 

2627.  BREAST  OF  VEAL  should  be 
divided  by  cutting  the  BRISKET,  or  soft 
bones,  the  same  as  the  brisket  of  lamb. 
When  the  sweetbread  comes  to  table 
with  the  breast,  a  small  piece  should 
be  served  on  each  plate. 

2628.  SUCKING- PIG  should  be  sent 
to  table  in  two  halves,  the  head  divid- 
ed, and  one  half  laid  at  each  end  of  the 
dish.     The  shoulders  and  legs  should 
be  taken  off  by  the  obvious  method  of 
laying  the  knife  under  them,  and  lift- 
ing the  joint  out.     They  may  be  served 
whole,  or  divided.     The  ribs  are  easily 
divided,  and  are  considered  choice. 

2629.  TONGUES  are  cut  across,  in 
thin  slices. 

2630.  CALVES'  HEADS  are  carved 
across  the   cheek,   and  pieces    taken 
from   any   part   that    is    come-at-able. 
The  tongue  and  brain-sauce  are  served 
separate. 

2631.  KNUCKLE  OF  VEAL  is  carved 
by  cutting  off  the  outside  pieces,  and 
then  obtaining  good  slices,  and  appor- 
tioning the  fat  to  the  lean,  adding  bits 
of  the  sinew  that  lie  around  the  joint. 

2632.  LEG  OF  PORK  is  carved  as  a 
ham,  but  in  thicker  slices:  when  stuff- 
ed, the  stuffing  must  be  sought  for  un- 
der the  skin  at  the  large  end. 

2633.  LOIN  OF  PORK  is  carved  the 
same  as  a  loin  of  mutton. 

2634.  SPARE-RIB  OF  PORK  is  carved 
by  separating  the  chops,  which  should 
previously  have  been  jointed.     Cut  as 
tar  as  the  joint,  then  return  the  knife 
to  the  point  of  the  bones,  and  press 
over  to  disclose  the  joint,  which  may 
then  be  relieved  with  the  point  of  the 
knife. 

2635.  HAMS   are  cut   in  very  vhin 
slices  from  the  knuckle  to  the  blade. 

2636.  PHEASANTS.— Carve    tho 
breast   in   slices.     Then   take   off  the 
leu's  >ind  wings  as  a  fowl. 

2637.  FOWLS.— Fix  the  i<>rk  fine- 
ly into   the  breast,  then  slip  the  knife 
under  the  legs,  and  lay  it  over  and  dis- 
joint ;    then  the  wings  in    the    same 
manner.     Do  the  same  on  both  side* 


326 


AN  ADJECTIVE  TKLLS  THE  KIXD  OF  XOUK, 


The  smaller  bones  require  a  little  prac- 
tice, and  it  would  be  well  to  watch  the 
operations  of  a  good  carver.  When 
the  merry -thought  has  been  removed, 
which  it  may  be  by  slipping  the  knife 
through  at  the  point  of  the  breast,  and 
the  neck-bones  drawn  out,  the  trunk 
may  be  turned  over,  and  the  knife 
thrust  through  the  back  bone. 

•Jt>;)3.  PATRIDGES  are  best  carved 
by  cutting  off  the  breast,  and  then 
dividing  it.  But  for  more  economical 
carving,  the  wings  may  be  cut  with  a 
small  breast  slice  attached. 

2639.  WOODCOCKS  may  be  cut  right 
through  the  centre,  from  head  to  tail. 
Serve  with  it  a  piece  of  the  toast  upon 
which  it  comes  to  table. 

2640.  PIGEONS    may  be   carved  as 
woodcocks,  or  as  partridges. 

2641.  SNIPES  the   same  as  wood- 
cocks. 

2642.  TURKEY. — Cut  slices  each  side 
of  the   breast  down   to  the  ribs ;   the 
legs  may  then   be  removed,  and  the 
thighs  divided  from   the  drum-sticks, 
which  are  very  tough  ;  but  the  pinions 
of  the   wing  are  very  good,  and  the 
white  part  of  the  wing  is  preferred  by 
many   to  the  breast.     The  stuffing  is 
usually  put  in  the   breast ;  but  when 
truffles,  mushrooms,  or  oysters  are  put 
into  the  body,  an  opening  must  be  made 
into  it  by  cutting  through  the  apron. 

2643.  GOOSED— The  apron  must  be 
cut  off  in  a  circular  direction,  when  a 
glass  of  port  wrine,  mixed  with  a  tea- 
epoonful  of  mustard,  may  be  poured 
into  the   body  or  not.     Some  of  the 
stuffing  should  then  be  drawn  out,  and 
the  neck  of  the  goose  being  turned  a 
little  towards  the  carver,  the  flesh  of 
the  breast  should  be  sliced  on  either 
side  of  the  bone.     The  wings  may  then 
be  taken  off,  then  the  legs.     The  other 
parts  are  carved  the  same  as  a  fowl. 

2644r  PUCKS  may  be  carved,  when 
large,  the  «anie  as  geese ;  but  when 
young,  like  cmckeps.  The  thigh  joints, 
however,  lie  much  closer  into  the 
trunk  than  those  of  fowls. 

2645.  HARKS  should  be  placed  with 
their  heads  to  the  left  of  the  carver. 


Slices  may  be  taken  down  the  whole 
length  of  the  back;  the  legs,  which, 
next  to  the  back,  are  considered  the 
best  eating,  may  then  be  taken  off,  and 
the  flesh  divided  from  or  served  upon 
them,  after  the  small  bones  have  been 
parted  from  the  thighs.  The  shoul- 
ders, which  are  not  much  esteemed, 
though  sometimes  liked  by  sportsmen, 
may  be  taken  off  by  passing  the  knife 
between  the  joint  and  the  trunk.  When 
a  hare  is  young,  the  back  is  sometimes 
divided  at  the  joints  into  three  or  four 
parts,  after  being  freed  from  the  ribe 
and  under-skin. 

2646.  Remarks. — Sufficient  general 
instructions  are  here  given  to  enable 
the  carver,  by  observation  and  practice, 
to  acquit  himself  well.     The    art  oi 
carving  does  not  consist  merely  in  dis- 
secting- the  joints  sent  to  table,  but  in 
the  judicious  and  economical  distribu- 
tion of  them,  and  the  grace  and  neat- 
ness with  which    this    distribution    is 
effected.    Every  dish  should  be  sent  to 
table  properly  garnished   (2542),  and 
the  carver  should  preserve  the  neat- 
ness of  the  arrangement  as  much  as 
possible. 

2647.  PULLED    BREAD.— Take 
from  the  oven  an  ordinary  loaf  when 
it  is  about  half  baked,  and  with  the 
fingers,  while  the  bread  is  yet  hot,  dex- 
terously pull  the   half-set  dough   into 
pieces  of  irregular  shape,  about  the 
size   of    an   egg.      Don't  attempt  to 
smooth  or  flatten  them — the  rougher 
their  shapes  the  better.     Set  upon  tine, 
place  in  a  very  slow  oven,  and  bake  to 
a  rich  brown.     This  forms  a  deliciousl> 
crisp  crust  for  cheese.     If  you  do  not 
bake  at  home,  your  baker  will  prepare 
it  for  you,  if  ordered.     Pulled  bread 
may  be  made  in  the  revolving  ovens 
(1986.)     It  is  very  nice  with  wine  in- 
stead of  biscuits. 

2648.  YEAST.— The  following  has 
been  used  and  approved  through   36 
years.     For  a  stone  of  flour:  into  two 
quarts  of  water  put  a  quarter  of  ac 
ounce  of  hops,  two  potatoes  sliced,  » 
tablespoonful  of  malt,  or  sugar  ;  bo:J 
twenty  minutes  «train  through  a 


AS  GREAT,  SMALL,  PRETTY,  WHITE  OB  BROWN. 


327 


let  the  liquor  stand  until  milk-warm, 
then  add  a  little  German  yeast,  for  a 
first  quickening ;  afterwards  some  of 
this  yeast  will  do.  Let  it  stand  in  a 
large  jar  or  jug  until  sufficient1'?  risen. 
First  put  into  an  earthen  bottle  a  part 
of  the  yeast  for  a  future  quickening; 
let  it  stand  in  a  cool  place  until  wanted 
for  a  fresh  making.  Any  plain  cook 
or  housewife  can  easily  make  thisyeust. 
Put  the  yeast  to  half  or  more  of  the 
Hour,  and  two  quarts  of  warm  water  ; 
stir  well  ;  let  it  stand  and  rise  ;  knead 
up  with  the  rest  of  the  flour,  put  it 
into  or  upon  tins,  let  it  stand  to  rise, 
bake,  and  you  will  have  good  bread. 

2649.  RYE  AND  WHEAT  FLOUR, 
half  and  half,  makes  excellent  house- 
hold bread. 

2650.  DOGS.— The  best  way  to  keep 
a  dog  healthy  is  to  let  him  have  plenty 
of  exercise,  and  not  to  over-feed  him. 
Let  them  at  all  times  have  a  plentiful 
supply  of  clean  water,  and  encourage 
them  to  take  to  swimming,  as  it  assists 
their   cleanliness..     When   you   wash 
them  do  not  use  a  particle  of  soap,  or 
you  will  prevent   their   licking  them- 
selves, arid  they  may  become  habitually 
dirty.     Properly  treated,  dogs  should 
be  fed  only  once  a  day.     Meat  boiled 
for  dogs,  and  the  liquor  in  which  it  is 
boiled  thickened  with  barley  meal,  or 
oatmeal,  forms  capital  food.     The  dis- 
temper is  liable   to  attack  dogs  from 
four  months    to  four    years   old.     It 
prevails   most   in    spring  and  autumn. 
The  disease   is    known    by  dulness  of 
the  eye,  husky    cough,  shivering,  loss 
of  appetite  and  spirits,  and  fits.     When 
fits  occur,  the  dog  will  most  likely  die, 
unless  a  veterinary  surgeon  is  called  in. 
During  the  distemper,  dogs  should  be 
allowed  to  run  on  the  grass  ;  their  diet 
should   be  spare ;  and  a  little  sulphur 
be    placed   in   their  water.     Chemists 
who    dispense    cattle    medicines  can 
generally  advise  with  sufficient  safety 
upon  the  diseases  of  dogs,  and   it  is 
best  for  unskilful   persons   to  abstain 
from  physicking   them.     Hydrophobia 
\«   the  most  dreadfu"   of  all  diseases. 
The   first   symptoms  ure  attended  by 


thirst,  fever,  and  languor.  The  dog 
starts  convulsively  in  his  sleep,  and 
when  awake,  though  restless,  is 'lan- 
guid. When  a  dog  is  suspected,  he 
should  be  firmly  chained  la  a  place  where 
neither  children  nor  dogs  or  cats  can 
get  near  him.  Any  one  going  to  attend 
him  should  wear  thick  leather  gloves, 
and  proceed  with  great  caution.  When 
a  dog  snaps  savagely  at  an  imaginary 
object,  it  is  almost  a  certain  indication 
of  madness ;  and  when  it  exhibits  a 
terror  of  fluids,  it  is  confirmed  hydro-' 
phobia.  Some  dogs  exhibit  a  great 
dislike  of  musical  sounds,  arid  when 
this  is  the  case  they  are  too  frequently 
made  sport  of.  But  it  is  a  dangerous 
sport,  as  dogs  have  sometimes  been 
driven  mad  by  it.  In  many  diseases 
dogs  will  be  benefited  by  warm  baths 
The  mange  is  a  contagious  disease, 
which  it  is  difficult  to  get  rid  of  when 
once  contracted.  The  best  way  is  to 
apply  to  a  veterinary  chemist  for  an 
ointment,  and  to  keep  applying  it  for 
some  time  after  the  disease  has  disap- 
peared, or  it  will  break  out  again. 

2651 .  CATS. — It  is  generally  supposed 
that  cats  are  more  attached  to  places 
than  to  individuals,  but  this  is  an  error. 
They  obstinately  cling  to  certain  places, 
because  it  is  there  they  expect  to  see 
the  persons  to  whom  they  are  attached. 
A  cat  will  return  to  an  empty  house, 
and   remain   in  it  many  weeks.     But 
when  at  last  she  finds  that  the  family 
does  not  return,  she  strays  away,  and  if 
she   chances   then  to  find  the  family, 
she  will  abide  with  them.     The  same 
rules  of  feeding  which   apply  to  dogs 
apply  also  to  cats.     They  should  not 
be  over-fed,  nor  too  frequently.     Cats 
are  liable  to  the  same  diseases  as  dogs  ; 
though  they  do  not  become  ill  so  fre- 
quently.   A   little   brimstone  in  their 
milk  occasionally,  is  a  good  preventive. 
The  veterinary  chemist  will  also  pre- 
scribe for  the  serious  diseases  of  cats. 

2652.  MEDICINES  —  PREPARATION 
OF  THEM  — These  directions  are  of  the 
utmost  value   in   connexion   with  the 
DOMESTIC  PHARMACOPOEIA  ^906)  Die- 
BASKS  ( 1212),  PRKSCRTPTIONS  C 127?^  and 


828 


INSTEAD  OF  NOUNS  T1IE  PRONOUNS  STAND- 


Poisoxs  (226]).  They  will  be  found 
most  important  for  cmixran.s,  attendants 
upon  tlit  sick,  and  persons  who  reside, 
out  of  the  reach  of  medical  aid,  sailors, 
&c.,  &o.  Tfn.y  contain  instructions  nrt 
only  for  the  compounding  of  medicines, 
lut  most  useful  hints  and  cautions  upon 
the  application  of  leeches,  blisters,  poul- 
tices,&c.  (Sec  158,  1714,  2186,  3313.) 

2653.  ARTICLES  REQUIRED  FOR  MIX- 
ING MEDICINES. — Three  glass  measures, 
one  to    measure  ounces,    another   to 
measure  drachms,  and  a  measure  for 
minims  or  small  doses. 

2654.  A  pestle  and  mortar  of  glass 
or  Wedgwood  ware,  a  glass  funnel,  and 
glass  stirring  rods. 

2655.  A  spatula  or  flexible  knife  for 
spreading  ointments,  making  pills,  &c. 

2656.  A  set  of  scales  and  weights. 

2657.  A  small  slab  of  marble,  slate 
or  porcelain,   for  making   pills  upon, 
mixing-  ointments,  &e. 

2658.  MEDICINE  WEIGHTS  AND  MEAS- 
URES. —  Weights. — When    you    open 
your    box    containing  the   scales  and 
weights,  you  will  observe  that  there  are 
several  square  pieces  of  brass,  of  dif- 
ferent   sizes    and     thicknesses,    and 
stamped  with  a  variety  of  characters. 
These  are  the  weights,  which  we  will 
now  explain. 

2659.  Medicines    are   made    up   by 
troy  weight,  although  drugs  are  bought 
by  avoirdupois  weight,   and  of  course 
you  know  that  there  are  only  twelve 
ounces  to  the  pound   troy,   which   is 
marked  ib.  ;  then  each  ounce,   which 
contains  eight  drachms,  is  marked  3i.  ; 
each  drachm  containing  three  scruples, 
is  marked     i.  ;  and  each  scruple    of 
twenty  grains  is  marked  3i.     The  grain 
weights  are  marked  by  little  circles, 
each  circle  signifying  a  grain. 

*  Q™"'8-  Besides  these  weights,  you 
I  °0C  I  will  find  others  marked  3ss, 
loo)  which  means  half  a  scruple  ; 
HSS,  meaning  half  a  drachm ;  and  3ss, 
meaning  half  an  ounce.  When  there 
are  ounces,  drachms,  or  scruples,  the 
number  of  them  is  shown  by  Roman 
figures,  thus: — i.  ii.  iii.  iv.  v.,  &c.,and 
prescripts  vis  are  written  so. 


2660.  Measures. — Liquid   medicine* 
are  measured  by  the  following  tablet- 
CD  minims ^    g    f  1  fluid  drachm. 

8  fluid  drachms.  1    sr  j  ..1  fluid  ounce 
16  fluid  ounces,    j   |  ]  .  .1  pint. 

8  pints J   5   ^  . .  1  gallon. 

and  the  signs  which  distinguish  each 
are  as  follows; — c,  means  a  gallon  ;  o, 
a  pint ;  /3,  a  fluid  ounce  ;  /3,  a  fluid 
drachm  ;  and  111,  a  minim. 

2661.  Formerly    drops  used    to   be 
ordered,  but  as  the  size  of  a  drop  must 
necessarily  vary,   minims   are  always 
directed  to  be  employed  now,  for  any 
particular  medicine,  although  for  such 
medicines  as  oil  of  cloves,  essence  ol 
ginger,  &c.,  drops  are  frequently  or- 
dered. 

2662.  In  order  that  we  may  measure 
medicines  accurately,  there  are   grad- 
uated    glass     vessels    for     measuring 
ounces,  drachms,  and  minims. 

2663.  When   proper    measures  are 
not  at  hand,  it  is  necessary  to  adopt 
some  other  method  of  determining  the 
quantities  required,  and  therefore  we 
have  drawn  up  the  following  table  for 
that  purpose  : — 

A  tumbler ^      c  ( 

A  teacup | 

A  wineglass.  . .  !  g.-?  ! 
A  tablespoon..  \\\\ 
A  dessertspoon.  f.  j 
A  teaspoon. . . . j  s  ^ 

Some  persons  keep  a  medicine-glass, 
which  is  graduated  so  as  to  show  the 
number  of  spoonfuls  it  contains. 

2664.  PROCESS  OF  MAKING  MEDICINES. 
—  To   Powder   Substances — Place   the 
substance  in  the  mortar  and  strike  it 
gently  with  direct  perpendicular  blows  of 
the  pestle,  until  it  separates  into  several 
pieces,  then  remove  all  but  a  small  por- 
tion, which  bruise  gently  at  first,  and 
rub  the  pestle  round  and  round  the 
mortar,  observing  that  the  circles  de- 
scribed by  the  pestle  should  gradually 
decrease  in  diameter,  and  then  increase 
again,   because   by   this   means   every 
part  of  the  powder  is  subjected  to  th« 
process  of  pulverization.    (See  3101.* 

2665.  Some  substances  require  to  be 


10  ounces. 
6    " 

2  " 

5  drachms. 

3  " 
1     " 


HER  HEAD,  HIS  FACE,  TOUR  ARM,  MY  HAND. 


*  329 


prepared  in  a  particular  manner  before 
they  can  be  powdered,  or  to  be  assisted 
by  adding  some  other  body.  For  ex- 
ample, camphor  powders  more  easily 
when  a  few  drops  of  spirits  of  wine  are 
added  to  it ;  mace,  nutmegs,  and  such 
oily  aromatic  substances  are  better  for 
the  addition  of  a  little  white  sugar  ; 
resins  and  gum  resins  should  be  pow- 
dered in  a  cold  place,  and  if  they  are 
intended  to  be  dissolved,  a  little  fine 
well  washed  white  sand  mixed  with 
them  assists  the  process  of  powdering. 
Tough  roots,  like  gentian  and  columba, 
should  be  cut  into  thin  slices ;  and 
fibrous  roots,  like  ginger,  cut  slanting, 
otherwise  the  powder  will  be  full  of 
small  fibres.  Vegetable  matters  require 
to  be  dried  before  they  are  powdered, 
eucli  as  peppermint,  loose-strife,  senna, 
&c. 

2666.  Be  careful  not  to  pound  too 
hard  in  a  glass,  porcelain,  or  Wedge- 
wood's-ware  mortar ;  they  are  intended 
only  for  substances  that  pulverize  easily, 
and  for  the  purpose  of  mixing  or  incor- 
porating  medicines.     Never  use  acids 
in  a  marble  mortar,  and  be  sure  that 
you  do  not  powder  galls  or  any  other 
astringent  substances  in  an  iron  mortar. 

2667.  Sifting  is  frequently  required 
for  powdered  substances,  and  this  is 
usually  done  by  employing  a  fine  sieve,, 
or  tying  the  powder  up  in  a  piece  of 
muslin  and  striking  it  against  the  left 
hand  over  a  piece  of  paper. 

2668.  Filtering  is  frequently  required 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  clear  fluids, 
tiich  as  infusions,  eye-washes,  and  other 
medicines  ;  and  it  is  therefore  proper 
that  you  should  know  how  to  perform 
the  simple  operation.    We  must  first  of 
oil  make  the  filter-paper ;  this  is  done 
by   taking    a    square   sheet  of   white 
blotting  paper,   and  doubling  it  over, 
BO   as   to  form  an  angular  cup.     We 
next  procure  a  piece  of  wire,  and  twist 
it  into  a  form  to  place  the  funnel  in,  to 
prevent  it  passing  too  far  into  the  neck 
of  the   bottle.     Open    out   the   filter- 
paper  very  carefully,  and  having  placed 
it  in  the  funnel,  moisten  it  with  a  little 
watct.     Then  place  tM  wire  in  the 


space  between  the  funnel  and  the  bottle, 
and  pour  the  liquid  gently  down  the 
side  of  the  paper,  otherwise  the  fluid 
is  apt  to  burst  the  paper.  (See  3085.) 

2669.  Maceration  is  another  process 
that  is  frequently  required  to  be  per- 
formed in   making  up  medicines,  and 
consists  simply  in  immersing  the  med- 
icines in  cold  water  or  spirits  for  a  cer- 
tain time. 

2670.  Digestion   resembles   macera- 
tion, except  that  the  process  is  assisted 
by  a  gentle  heat.     The  ingredients  are 
placed  in  a  flask,  such  as  salad-oil  is  sold 
in,  which  should  be  fitted  with  a  plug 
of  tow  or  wood,  and  have   a  piece  oi 
wire  twisted  round  the  neck.    The  flask 
is  held  by  means  of  the  wire  over  the 
flame  of  a  spirit  lamp,  or  else  placed  in 
some   sand   warmed    in    an    old    iron 
saucepan  over  the  fire,  care  being  taken 
not  to  place  more  of  the  flask  below  the 
sand  than  the  portion  occupied  by  the 
ingredients. 

"2671.  Infusion  is  one  of  the  most 
frequent  operations  required  in  making 
up  medicines,  its  object  being  to  ex- 
tract the  aromatic  and  volatile  prin- 
ciples of  substances  that  would  be  lost 
by  decoction  or  digestion ;  and  to  extract 
the  soluble  from  the  insoluble  parts 
of  bodies.  Infusions  may  be  made  with 
cold  water,  in  which  case  they  are 
weaker,  but  more  pleasant.  The  gen- 
eral method  employed  consists  in 
slicing,  bruising,  or  powdering  the  in- 
gredients  first,  then  placing  them  in  a 
common  jug  (which  should  be  as  glob- 
ular as  possible),  and  pouring  boiling 
water  over  them  ;  cover  the  jug  with 
a  cloth  folded  six  or  eight  times,  but 
if  there  is  a  lid  to  the  jug  so  much  the 
better;  when  the  infusion  has  stood 
the  time  directed,  hold  a  piece  of  very 
coarse  linen  over  the  spout,  and  pour 
the  liquid  through  it  into  another  jug. 

2672.  Decoction,   or   boiling,   is  em- 
ployed to  extract  the  mucilaginous  or 
unmiy     parts     of    substances,     their 
itter,    astringent,   or  other   qualities, 
and  is  nothing  more  than   boiling  the 
ingredients  in  a  saucepan  with  the  lid 
slightly  raised.     Be  sure  never  to  us« 


330 


VERBS  TELL  OF  SOMETHING  BEING  DONE 


nn  iron  saucepan  for  astringent  decoc-. 
tions,  such  as  oak  bark,  galls,  &c.,  as 
they  \vill  turn  the  saucepan  black  and 
spoil  the  decoction.  The  enamelled 
saucepans  are  very  useful  for  decoc- 
tions, but  an  excellent  plan  is  to  put  the 
ingredients  into  a  jar  and  boil  the  jar, 
thus  preparing  it  by  a  water  bath,  as  it 
is  technically  termed. 

2673.  Extracts  are  made  by  evapo- 
nting  the  liquors  obtained  by  infusion 
or  decoction,  but  these  can  be  bought 
much  cheaper  and  better  of  chemists 
and   druggists,   and   so   can   tinctures, 
confections,      cerates,     plasters,      and 
syrups ;  but  as  every  one  is  not  always 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  druggists,  we 
shall  give,  recipes  for  those  most  gene- 
rally useful,  and  the  method  of  making 
them. 

2674.  PRECAUTIONS  TO  BE  OBSERVED 
IN*    GIVING   MEDICINES.  —  Sex.—  Medi- 
cines for  females  should  not  be  so  strong 
as  those  for  males,  therefore  it  is  advis- 
able  to  reduce  the    doses   about  one- 
eighth. 

'2675.  Temperament. — Persons  of  a 
phlegmatic  temperament  bear  stimu- 
lants and  purgatives  better  than  those 
of  a  sanguine  temperament,  therefore 
the  latter  require  smaller  doses. 

2676.  Habits. — Purgatives  never  act 
BO  well   upon   persons   accustomed   to 
take  them,  as  upon  those  who  are  not, 
therefore  it  is  better  to  change  the  form 
of  purgative  from  pill  to  potion,  powder 
to    draught,    or    aromatic    to    saline. 
Purgatives  should  never  be  given  when 
there  is  an  irritable  state  of  the  bowels. 

2677.  Stimulants  and  narcotics  never 
act  so  quickly  upon  persons  accustomed 
to  use  spirit*  freely  as  upon  those  who 
live  abstemiously. 

2678.  Climate. — The  action  of  medi- 
cines  is  modified  by  climate  and  sea- 
sons.    In   summer    certain   medicines 
uct  more   powerfully  than  in  winter, 
and  the  same  person  cannot  bear  the 
dose   in   July   that  he    could   in   De- 
cember. 

2679.  General      Health.  —  Persons 
fv-hose   general    health   is  good,    bear 
stronger    dose?    than    the    debilitated 


and  those  who  have  suffered  for  a  long 
time, 

2680.  Idiosyncrasy. — Walker  will  in- 
form you  that  this  long  term   mrana 
a  peculiar  temperament  or  disposition 
not  common  to  people  generally.     Foi 
example,    some    persons    cannot  take 
calomel   in  the  smallest  dose  without 
being    salivated,    or  rhubarb  without 
having  convulsions ;  others  cannot  take 
squills,  opium,  senna,  &c.,  therefore  ii 
is   wrong   to   insist  upon  their  taking 
these  medicines. 

2681.  Forms  best  suited  for  Adminis- 
tration. —  Fluids     act     quicker     than 
solids,  and  powders  sooner  than  pills. 

2682.  Best  method  of  Preventing  the 
Naifscous   Taste  of  Medicines. — Castor 
oil   may  be   taken  in  milk,  coffee,   or 
spirit,   such  as  brandy;   but   the   best 
method     of    covering     the     nauseous 
flavour  is  to  put  a  table-spoonful  of 
strained  orange-juice  in  a  wine-glass, 
pour  the  castor  oil  into  the  centre  of 
the  juice,  and  then  squeeze  a  few  drops 
of  lemon-juice  upon  the  top  of  the  oil. 
Cod  liver  oil  may  be  taken  like  castor- 
oil  in  orange  juice.     Peppermint  water 
almost    prevents    the    nauseous    taste 
of  Epsom  salts  ;  a  strong   solution  of 
extract  of  liquorice  covers  the  disagree- 
able   taste    of  aloes ;    milk,    that    of 
cinchona    bark ;    and    cloves    that    of 
senna. 

2683.  An  excellent  way  to  prevent 
the  taste  of  medicines  is  to  have  the 
medicine  in  a  glass,   as  usual,  and  a 
tumbler  of  water  by  the  side  of  it,  then 
take  the  medicine  and  retain  it  in  the 
mouth,  which  should  be  kept  closed, 
and  if  you   then   commence   drinking 
the  water,  the  taste  of  the  medicine  is 
washed  away.     Even  the  bitterness  d' 
quinine  and  aloes  may  be  prevented  by 
this  means. 

2684.  Giving  Medicines  to  Persons — • 
Medicines  should  be  given  in  such  a 
manner  that  the  effect  of  the  first  dose 
should  not  have  ceased  when  the  next 
dose  is  given,  therefore  the  intervals 
between  the  doses  should  be  regulated 
accordingly. 

268f>.  DOSES  OF  MEDICINE  FOR  DLV 


TO  READ,  COUNT,  SIXG,  OR  JUMP,  OR  HUN. 


331 


FERENT  AGES.— It  must  be  plain  to 
every  one  that  children  do  not  require 
such  powerful  medicine  as  adults  or 
old  people,  and  therefore  it  is  desirable 
to  have  some  fixed  method  of  determin- 
ing' or  regulating  the  administration  of 
doses  of  medicine.  Now,  we  will  sup- 
pose that  the  dose  for  a  full-grown 
person  is  one  drachm,  then  the  follow- 
ing proportions  will  be  suitable  for  the 
various  ages  given  ;  keeping  in  view 
other  circumstances,  such  as  sex,  tem- 
perament, habits,  climate,  state  of 
general  health,  and  idiosyncrasy : 


Age. 

Proportion. 

Proportion- 
ate Dose. 

7  weeks.  .  .  . 

one-fifteenth 

or  grains   4 

7  months..  . 

one-twelfth 

or  grains   5 

Under  2  yrs. 

one-eighth 

or  giains  7| 

3     " 

one-sixth 

or  grains  10 

4     " 

one-fourth 

or  grains  15 

7     " 

one-third 

or  scruple  1 

14     " 

one-half 

ordrach-m  £ 

20    " 

two-fifths 

orscrupFs2 

above  21    " 

the  full  dose 

or  drachm  1 

'      65     " 

The  inverse 

gradation 

2686.  DRUGS,  WITH  THEIR  PRO- 
PERTIES AND  DOSES.— We  have 
arranged  the  various  drugs  according 
to  their  properties,  and  have  given  the 
doses  of  each  ;  but  in  compiling  this 
we  have  necessarily  omitted  many  from 
each  class,  because  they  cannot  be  em- 
ployed except  by  a  medical  man.    The 
doses  are  meant  for  adults. 

2687.  Medicines  have  been  divided 
into  four  grand  classes:  1.     General 
Stimulants  ;   2.    Local   Stimulants  ;  3. 
Chemical   Remedies  ;    4.   Mecnanical 
Remedies. 

2688.  GENERAL  STIMULANTS.— Gene- 
ral Stimulants  are  sub-divided  into  two 
classes,  diffusable  and  permanent  stim- 
ulants :    the  first  comprising  narcotics 
and   anti-spasmodics,  and  the   second 
tonics  and  astringents. 

2689.  NARCOTICS  are  medicines  which 
stupefy  and  diminish  the  activity  of  the 
nervous  system.     Given  in  small  doses, 
they  generally  act  as  stimulants,  but 
an  increased  dose  vroduces  a  stupefy- 


ing effect.  Under  this  Lead  we  include 
ateohol,  camphor,  aether,  the  hop,  and 
opium. 

2690.  Alcohol,  or  rectified  spirit,  is  a 
very  powerful  stimulant,  and  is  never 
used  as  a  remedy  without  being  diluted 
to  the  degree  called  proof  spirit ;  and 
even  then  it  is  seldom  used  internally. 

It  is  used  externally  in  restraining 
bleeding,  when  there  is  not  any  vessel 
of  importance  wounded.  It  is  also 
used  as  a  lotion  to  burns,  and  is  applied 
by  dipping  a  piece  of  lint  into  the 
spirit,  and  laying  it  over  the  part. 

Freely  diluted  (one  part  to  eighteen) 
with  water,  it  forms  a  useful  eye-wash,, 
in  the  last  stage  of  ophthalmia. 

Used  internally,  it  acts  as  a  very  use- 
ful stimulant  when  diluted  and  taken 
moderately,  increasing  the  general  ex- 
citement, and  giving  energy  to  the 
muscular  fibres;  hence  it  becomes 
very  useful  in  certain  cases  of  debility, 
especially  in  habits  disposed  to  create 
acidity ;  and  in  the  low  stage  of  fevers. 

Dose. — It  is  impossible  to  fix  any- 
thing like  a  dose  for  this  remedy,  as 
much  will  depend  upon  the  individual ; 
but  diluted  with  water,  and  sweetened 
with  sugar,  from  half  an  ounce  to  two 
ounces  may  be  given  three  or  four 
times  a-day.  In  cases  of  extreme  de- 
bility, however,  much  will  depend  upon 
the  disease. 

Caution. — Remember  that  alcohol  is 
an  irritant  poison,  and  that  the  indul- 
gence in  its  use  daily  originates  dys- 
pepsia or  indigestion,  and  many  other 
serious  complaints.  Of  all  kinds  of 
spirits,  the  best  cordial  and  stomachic 
is  brandy. 

2691.  Camphor  is  not  a  very  steady 
stimulant,  as    its   effect  is  transitory  ; 
but  in  large  doses  it  acts  as  a  narcotic, 
abating  pain,  and  inducing  sleep.     In 
moderate  doses  it  operates  as  a  diapho- 
retic and  anti-spasmodic,  increasing  the 
heat   of  the   body,  allaying  irritation 
and  spasm. 

It  is  used  externally  as  a  liniment 
when  dissolved  in  oil,  alcohol,  or  acetio 
acid,  being  employed  to  allay  rheumatic 
pa'r.3 ;  and  it  is  also  useful  as  an  en> 


332 


HOW  THINGS  AUK  DONE  THE  ADVERBS  TELL — 


brocation  in  sprains,  bruise:?,  chilblains, 
and,  when  combined  with  opium,  it 
has  been  advantageously  employed  in 
flatulent  colic  and  severe  diarrhosa, 
being  rubbed  over  the  bowels. 

When  reduced  tv  a  fine  powder  by 
the  addition  of  a  little  spirit  of  wine 
and  friction,  it  is  very  useful  as  a  local 
stimulant  to  indolent  ulcers,  especially 
when  they  discharge  a  foul  kind  of 
matter  ;  a  pinch  is  taken  between  the 
finger  and  thumb,  and  sprinkled  into 
the  ulcer,  which  is  then  dressed  as  usual. 

"When  dissolved  in  oil  of  turpentine, 
and  a  few  drops  are  placed  in  a  hollow 
tooth  and  covered  with  jewellers'  wool, 
or  scraped  lint,  it  gives  almost  instant 
relief  to  toothache. 

Used  internally,  it  is  apt  to  excite 
nausea,  and  even  vomiting,  especially 
when  given  in  the  solid  form. 

As  a  stimulant  it  is  of  great  service 
in  all  low  fevers,  malignant  measles, 
malignant  sore  throat,  and  running 
small-pox  ;  and  when  combined  with 
opium  and  bark,  it  is  extremely  useful 
in  checking  the  progress  of  malignant 
ulcers,  and  gangrene. 

As  a  narcotic  it  is  very  useful,  be- 
cause it  allays  pain  and  irritation,  with- 
out increasing  the  pulse  very  much. 

When  powdered  and  sprinkled  upon 
the  surface  of  a  blister,  it  prevents  the 
cantharides  acting  in  a  peculiar  and 
painful  manner  upon  the  bladder. 

Combined  with  senna  it  increases  its 
purgative  properties;  and  it  is  also 
used  to  correct  the  nausea  produced  by 
squills,  and  the  irritating  effects  of 
drastic  purgatives  and  mezereon. 

Dose,  from  four  grains  to  one  scru- 
ple, repeated  at  short  intervals  when 
used  in  small  doses,  and  long  intervals 
when  employed  in  large  doses. 

Doses  of  the  vaiious  preparations  : — 
Camphor  mixture,  from  half  an  ounce 
to  three  ounces ;  compound  tincture 
of  camphor  (Paregoric  Elixir),  from 
fifteen  minims  to  one  drachm. 

Caution. — When  given  in  an  over- 
dose it  acts  as  a  poison,  producing 
vomiting,  giddiness,  delirium,  convul 
',  and  sometimes  death. 


Mode  of  Exhibition  — It  may  bo  rub- 
bed up  with  almond  emulsion,  or  nm- 
cilage,  or  the  yolk  of  eggs,  and  by  tlua 
means  suspended  in  water,  or  com- 
bined with  chloroform  as  a  mixture,  in 
which  form  it  is  a  valuable  stimulant 
in  cholera  and  other  diseases.  (See  Mix- 
tures.) 

2692.  JEther  is  a  diffusablc  stimu- 
lant, narcotic,  and  anti-spasmodic.  Sul- 
phuric JEther  is  used  externally,  both  as 
a  stimulant  and  a  refrigerant. 

In  the  former  case  its  evaporation  is 
prevented  by  covering  a  rag  moistened 
with  it  with  oiled  silk,  in  order  to 
relieve  headache ;  and  in  the  latter 
case  it  is  allowed  to  evaporate,  and 
thus  produce  coldness  :  hence  it  is  ap- 
plied over  scalded  surfaces  by  means 
of  rags  dipped  in  it. 

As  a  local  application,  it  has  been 
found  to  afford  almost  instant  relief  in 
ear-ache,  when  combined  with  almond 
oil,  and  dropped  into  the  ear. 

Internally  it  is  used  as  a  stimulant 
and  narcotic  in  low  fevers  and  cases  of 
great  exhaustion. 

Dose,  from  fifteen  minims  to  one  and 
a  half  drachm,  repeated  at  short  inter- 
vals, as  its  effects  soon  pass  off.  It  is 
usually  given  in  a  little  camphor  julep 
or  water. 

2693.  Nitric  JEther  is  a  refrigerant, 
diuretic,   and    anti-spasmodic,  and    is 
well  known  as  "  sicect  spirit  of  nitre." 

Used  externally,  its  evaporation  re- 
lieves headache,  and  it  is  sometimes 
applied  to  burns. 

Internally  it  is  used  to  relieve 
nausea,  flatulence,  and  thirst  in  fevers; 
also  as  a  diuretic. 

Dose  from  ten  minims  to  one  drachm. 

2694.  Compound  Spirit  of  Sulphuric 
JEther  is  a  very  useful  stimulant,  nar- 
cotic and  anti- spasmodic. 

Used  internally  in  cases  of  great  ex- 
haustion, attended  with  irritability. 

Dose,  from  half  a  drachm  to  two 
drachms,  in  camphor  julep.  When 
combined  with  laudanum  it  prevents 
the  nauseating  effects  of  the  opium.* 
and  acts  more  beneficially  as  a  nat- 


AS  SLOWLY,  QUICKLY,  ILL  OR  WELL. 


33b 


2695.  The  Hop  is  a  narcotic,  tonic, 
and  diuretic ;  it  reduces  the  frequency 
of  the  pulse,  and  does  not  affect  the 
ii'oud,  likr  7iiost  anodynes. 

Used  externally,  it  acts  as  an  ano- 
dyne and  discutient,  and  is  useful  as  a 
fomentation  for  painful  tumours,  rheu- 
matic pains  in  the  joints,  and  severe 
contusions.  A  pillow  stuffed  with  hops 
acts  as  a  narcotic. 

When  the  powder  is  mixed  with 
lard,  it  acts  as  an  anodyne  dressing  in 
painful  ulcers. 

Dose,  of  the  extract,  from  five  grains 
to  one  scruple ;  of  the  tincture,  from 
half  a  drachm  to  two  drachms ;  of  the 
powder,  from  three  grains  to  one  scru- 
ple ;  of  the  infusion,  half  an  ounce  to 
one  and  a  half  ounce. 

•269(3.  Opium  is  a  stimulant,  narcotic, 
and  anodyne. 

Used  externally  it  acts  almost  as  well 
as  when  taken  into  the  stomach,  and 
without  affecting  the  head  or  causing 
nausea. 

Applied  to  irritable  ulcers  in  the 
form  of  tincture,  it  promotes  their 
cure,  and  allays  pain. 

Cloths  dipped  in  a  strong  solution, 
and  applied  over  painful  bruises,  tu- 
mours, or  inflamed  joints,  alhy  pain. 

A  small  piece  of  solid  opium  stuffed 
into  a  hollow  tooth  relieves  toothache. 

A  weak  solution  of  opium  forms  a 
valuable  colly rium  in  ophthalmia. 

Two  drops  of  the  wine  of  opium 
dropped  into  the  eye,  acts  as  an  excel- 
lent stimulant  in  bloodshot  eye  ;  or 
after  long-continued  inflammation,  it  is 
useful  in  strengthening  the  eye. 

Applied  as  a  liniment,  in  combination 
with  ammonia  and  oil.  or  with  cam- 
phorated spirit,  it  relieves  muscular 
pain. 

When  combined  with  oil  of  turpen- 
tine, it  is  useful  as  a  liniment  in  spas- 
modic colic. 

Used  internally  it  acts  as  a  very  pow- 
erful stimulant ;  then  as  a  sedative,  and 
.finally  as  an  anodyne  and  narcotic,  al- 
laying pain  in  the  most  extraordinary 
manner,  by  acting  directly  upon  the 
nervous  system 


In  acute  rheumatism  it  is  a  most  ex 
celient  medicine,  when  combined  with 
calomel  and  tartrate  of  antimony ;  but 
its  exhibition  requires  the  judicious 
care  of  a  medical  man. 

Doses  of  the  various  preparations  : — 
Confection  of  opium,  from  five  grains 
to  half  a  drachm ;  extract  of  opium, 
from  one  to  five  grains  (this  is  a  valua- 
ble form,  as  it  does  not  produce  so 
much  after-derangement  of  the  nervous 
system  as  solid  opium) ;  pills  of  soap 
and  opium,  from  five  to  ten  grains ; 
compound  ipecacuanha  poicder  ("  Do 
ver's  powders  "j,  from  five  to  twenty 
grains :  compound  kino  powder,  from 
five  to  twenty  grains ;  ic ine  of  opium, 
from  ten  minims  to  one  drachm. 

Caution.  Opium  is  a  powerful  poison 
when  taken  in  too  large  a  quantity 
(See  Poisons),  and  therefore  should 
be  used  with  extreme  caution.  It  is 
on  this  account  that  we  have  omitted 
some  of  its  preparations. 

2G97.  ANTI-SPASMODICS  are  medi- 
cines which  possess  the  power  of  over- 
coming spasms  of  the  muscles,  or 
allaying  any  severe  pain  which  is  not 
attended  by  inflammation.  The  class 
includes  a  great  many,  but  the  most 
safe  and  serviceable  you  will  find  to  be 
ammonia,  assafoetida,  galbanum,  valer- 
ian, bark,  aether,  camphor,  opium,  and 
chloroform ;  with  the  minerals,  oxide 
of  zinc  and  calomel. 

2698.  Ammonia  or  "  Volatile  salt," 
is  an  anti-spasmodic,  antacid,  stimulant, 
and  diaphoretic. 

Used  externally,  combined  with  oil, 
it  forms  a  cheap  and  useful  liniment, 
but  it  should  be  dissolved  iu  proof 
spirit  before  the  oil  is  added. 

One  part  of  this  salt,  and  three  parts 
of  extract  of  belladonna,  mixed  and 
spread  upon  leather,  makes  an  excel- 
lent plaster  for  relieving  rheumatic 
pains. 

As  a  local  stimulant  it  is  well  known, 
as  regards  its  effects  in  hysterics,  faint- 
ness  and  lassitude,  when  applied  to  the 
nose  as  common  smelling-  salts. 

It  is  used  internally  as  an  adjunct  to 
infusion  of  gentian  in  dyspepsia,  .*  i» 


834 


CONJUNCTIONS  JOIN  THE  WORDS  TOGETHER — 


digestion,  and  in  moderate  doses  in 
gout. 

Dose,  from  five  to  twenty  grains. 

Caution.  Over-doses  act  as  a  nar- 
cotic and  irritant  poison. 

2699.  Bicarbonate  of  Ammonia,  used 
internally  the  same  as  the  "  Volatile 
gait." 

Dose,  from  six  to  twenty  four  grains. 

It  is  frequently  combined  with  Ep- 
som salts. 

2699.*  Solution  of  Sesquicarbonate  of 
Ammonia,  used  the  same  as  the  "  Vo- 
latile salt." 

Dose,  from  half  a  drachm  to  one 
drachm,  combined  with  some  milky 
fluid,  like  almond  emulsion. 

2700.  Assafoptida  is  an  anti-spasmo- 
dic, expectorant,  excitant,  and  anthel- 
mintic. 

Used  internally,  it  is  extremely  useful 
in  dyspepsia,  flatulent  colic,  hysteria, 
and  nervous  diseases  ;  and  where  there 
are  no  inflammatory  symptoms,  it  is  an 
excellent  remedy  in  hooping-cough  and 
asthma. 

Used  locally  as  an  enema,  it  is  useful 
in  flatulent  colic,  and  convulsions  that 
come  on  through  teething. 

Doses  of  various  preparations :  Solid 
gum,  from  ten  to  twenty  graics.  as  pills ; 
mixture,  from  half  an  ounce  to  one 
ounce;  tincture, from  fifteen  minims  to 
one  drachm  ;  ammoniated  tincture,  from 
twenty  minims  to  one  drachm. 

Caution.  Never  give  it  when  inflam- 
mation exists. 

2701.  Galbanum   is   stimulant,  anti- 
spasmodic,  expectorant,  deobstruent. 

Used  externally,  it  assists  in  dispel- 
ling indolent  tumours  when  spread 
upon  leather  as  a  plaster,  and  is  use- 
ful in  weakness  of  the  legs  from 
rickets,  being  applied  as  a  plaster  to  the 
loins. 

Used  internally,  it  is  useful  in  chronic 
or  old-standing  rheumatism  and  hys- 
teria. 

Doses  of  preparations : — Of  the  gum, 
from  ten  to  thirty  grains  as  pills ;  tinc- 
ture, from  fifteen  minims  to  one  drachm. 
It  maybe  made  into  an  emulsion  with 
mucilage  and  water. 


2702.  Valerian  is  a  powerful  anti 
spasmodic,  tonic,  and   excitant,  acting 
chiefly  on  the  nervous  centres. 

Used  internally,  it  is  employed  iu 
hysteria,  nervous  languors,  and  spas- 
modic complaints  generally.  It  is  use- 
ful in  low  fevers. 

Doses  of  various  preparations  :  — 
Powder,  from  ten  grains  to  one  drachm, 
three  or  four  times  a  day ;  tincture, 
from  two  to  four  drachms ;  ammoniated 
tincture,  from  one  to  two  drachms  ;  in- 
fusion, from  two  to  three  ounces,  or 
more. 

2703.  Bark,  or,  as  it   is  commonly 
called,  "Peruvian  bark,"    is   an  anti- 
spasmodic,  tonie,  astringent,  and   sto- 
machic. 

Used  externally,  it  is  an  excellent  de- 
tergent for  foul  ulcers,  and  those  that 
heal  slowly. 

Used  internally,  it  is  particularly 
valuable  in  intermittent  fever  or  ague, 
malignant  measles,  dysentery,  diar- 
rhoea, intermittent  rheumatism,  St. 
Vitus' dance,  indigestion,  nervous  affec- 
tions, malignant  sore  throat,  erysipelas ; 
and  its  use  is  indicated  in  all  cases  of 
debility. 

Doses  of  its  preparations  : — Poicder, 
from  five  grains  to  two  drachms,  mixed 
in  wine,  water,  milk,  syrup,  or  solution 
of  liquorice ;  infusion,  from  one  to  three 
ounces ;  decoction,  from  one  to  three 
ounces;  tincture  and  compound  tinc- 
ture, each  from  one  to  three  drachms. 

Caution. — If  it  causes  oppression 
at  the  stomach,  combine  it  with  an 
aromatic ;  if  it  causes  vomiting,  give 
it  in  wine  or  soda-water  ;  if  it  purges, 
give  opium ;  and  if  it  constipates,  give 
rhubarb. 

2704.  JEther  (sulphuric),  is  given  in- 
ternally as  an  anti-spasmodic  in  difficult 
breathing  and  spasmodic  asthma  ;  also 
in  hysteria,  cramp  of  the  stomach,  hic- 
cough, locked  jaw,«and  cholera. 

It  is  useful  in  checking  sea-sick- 
ness. 

Dose,  from   twenty  minims   to   one ., 
drachm. 

Caution. — An  over-dose  induces  apo 
plectic  symptoms. 


AS  MEN   AND  WOMEN,    WIND  OR   WEATHER. 


335 


2705.  Camphor  is  given  internally  as 
an  anti-spasmodic  in  hysteria,  cramp  in 
the  stomach,  flatulent  colic,  and    St. 
Vitus'  dance. 

Dost,  from  two  to  twenty  grains. 

2706.  Opium  is  employed   internally 
in  spasmodic  affections,  such  as  cholera, 
spasmodic    asthma,  hooping-cough,  fla- 
tulent colic,  and  St.  Vitus'  dance. 

Dose,  from  one-sixth  of  a  grain  to 
two  grains  of  the  solid  opium,  accord- 
ing to  the  disease. 

2707.  Oxide  of  Zinc  is  an  anti-spasmo- 
dic, astringent,  and  tonic. 

Used  externally,  as  an  ointment,  it 
forms  a  useful  astringent  in  affections 
of  the  eyelids,  arising  from  relaxation, 
or  as  a  powder  it  is  an  excellent  de- 
tergent for  unhealthy  ulcers. 

Used  internally,  it  has  proved  effica- 
cious in  St.  Vitus'  dance,  and  some 
other  spasmodic  affections. 

Dose,  from  one  to  six  grains,  twice  a 
day. 

2708.  Calomel  is  an  anti-spasmodic, 
alterative,  deobstruent,  purgative,  and 
errhine. 

Used  internally,  combined  with 
opium,  it  acts  as  an  anti-spasmodic  in 
locked  jaw,  cholera,  and  many  other 
spasmodic  affections. 

As  an  alterative  and  deobstruent,  it 
has  been  found  useful  in  leprosy  and 
itch,  when  combined  with  antimonials 
and  guaiacutn,  and  in  enlargement  of 
the  liver  and  glandular  affections. 

It  acts  beneficially  in  dropsies,  by 
producing  watery  motions.  • 

In  typhus  it  is  of  great  benefit  when 
combined  with  antimonials  ;  and  it  may 
be  given  as  a  purgative  in  almost  any 
disease,  provided  there  is  not  any  in- 
flammation of  the  bowels,  irritability  of 
the  system,  or  great  debility. 

Dose,  as  a  deobstruent  and  alterative, 
from  one  to  five  grains,  daily ;  as  a  ca- 
thartic, from  five  to  fifteen  grains ;  to 
produce  pvtalism  or  salivation,  from 
one  to  two  grains,  in  a  pill,  with  a 
quarter  of  a  grain  of  opium,  night  and 
morning. 

Caution.  When  taking  calomel,  ex- 
posure to  cold  or  dampness  should  be 


guarded  against,  as  such  an  impru 
dence  would  bring  out  an  eruption  01 
the  skin,  attended  with  fever.  When 
this  does  occur,  leave  off  the  calomel 
and  give  bark,  wine,  and  purgatives ; 
take  a  warm  bath  twice  a  day,  and 
powder  the  surface  of  the  body  with 
powdered  starch. 

2709.  TONICS  are  given  to  improve 
the  tone  of  the  system,  and  i!estore  the 
natural  energies  and  general  strength 
of  the  body.     They  consist  of  bark, 
quassia,    gentian,    chamomile,    worm- 
wood, and  angostura  bark. 

2710.  Quassia  is  a  simple  tonic,  and 
can  be  used  with  safety  by  any  one 
as  it  does  not  increase  the  animal  heat 
or  quicken  the  circulation. 

Used  internally  in  the  form  of  in- 
fusion, it  has  been  found  of  great  bene- 
fit in  indigestion  and  nervous  irritabili- 
ty, and  is  useful  after  bilious  fevers  and 
diarrhoea. 

Dose,  of  the  infusion,  from  one  and  a 
half  to  two  ounces,  three  times  a-day. 

2711.  Gentian  is  an  excellent  tonic 
and  stomachic ;  but  when  given  in  large 
doses,  it  acts  as  an  aperient. 

It  is  used  internally  in  all  cases  of 
general  debility,  and,  when  combined 
with  bark,  is  used  in  intermittent 
fevers.  It  has  also  been  employed  in 
indigestion,  and  it  is  sometimes  used, 
combined  with  volatile  salt,  in  that 
disease;  but  at  other  times  alone,  in 
the  form  of  infusion. 

After  iiarrhoea  it  proves  a  useful 
tonic. 

Used  externally,  its  infusion  ia  some- 
times applied  to  foul  ulcers. 

Dose,  of  the  infusion,  one  and  a  half 
to  two  ounces ;  of  the  tincture,  one  to 
four  drachms ;  of  the  extract,  from  ten 
to  thirty  grains. 

2712.  Chamomile.-  -The   flowers  ot 
the  chamomile  are  tonic,  slightly  ano- 
dyne, anti-spasmodic,  and  emetic.        ^ 

They  are  used  externally  as  fomenta-f 
j  tions,  in  colic,  face-ache,  and  tumours, 
and  to  unhealthy  ulcers. 

They  are  used  internally  ic  the  form 
of  infusion,  with  carbonate  of  soda; 
ginger,  and  other  stomachic  remedies  ; 


336 


T1IE  PROPOSITION  STANDS  BEFORE 


in  dyspepsia,  flatulent  colic,  debility 
following  dysentery,  and  pout. 

Warm  infusion  of  the  flowers  acts  as 
an  emetic;  and  the  powdered  flowers 
are  sometimes  combined  with  opium  01 
kino,  and  given  in  intermittent  i'evers 

Dose,  of  the  powdered  flowers,  fron 
ten  grains  to  one  drachm,  twice  or 
thrice  a-day  ;  of  the  infusion,  from  one 
to  two  ounces,  as  a  tonic,  three  times 
a-day  ;  and  from  six  ounces  to  one  pint, 
as  an  emetic;  of  the  extract,  from  five 
to  twenty  grains. 

2713.  Wormwood  is  a  tonic  and  an- 
thelmintic. 

It  is  used  externally  as  a  discutient 
and  antiseptic. 

It  is  used  internally  in  long-standing 
cases  of  dyspepsia,  in  the  form  of  infu- 
sion, with  or  without  aromatics.  It 
has  also  been  used  in  iutermittents. 

Dose,  of  the  infusion,  from  one  to 
two  ounces,  three  times  a-day;  of  the 
powder,  from  one  to  two  scruples. 

2714.  Angostura  Bark,  or  cusparia, 
is  a  tonic   and   stimulant.     It  expels 
flatulence,  increases  the  appetite,  and 
produces  a   grateful    warmth   in    the 
stomach. 

It  is  used  internally  in  intermittent 
fevers,  dyspepsia,  hysteria,  and  all  cases 
of  debility,  where  a  stimulating  tonic  is 
desirable,  particularly  after  bilious  diar- 
rhosa. 

Dose,  of  the  powder,  from  ten  to 
thirty  grains,  combined  with  cinnamon 
powder,  magnesia,  or  rhubaib;  of  the 
extract,  from  three  to  ten  grains;  of 
the  infusion,  from  one  to  two  ounces. 

Caution. — It  should  never  be  given 
in  inflammatory  diseases  or  hectic  fe- 
ver. 

2715.  ASTRINGENTS  are  medicines 
given   for  the  purpose  of  diminishing 
excessive  discharges,  and  to  act  indi- 
rectly as   tonics.     This  class  includes 
catechu,  kino,  oak  bark,  logwood,  rose- 
lea  ves,  chalk,  ;md  white  vitriol. 

2716.  Catechu  is  a   most  valuable 
astringent. 

It  is  used  externally,  when  powdered, 
to  promote  the  contraction  of  flabby 
ulcers."  As  a  local  astringent  it  is  use- 


ful in  relaxed  uvula,  a  small  piece  be. 
ing  dissolved  in  the  mouth  ;  small, 
spotty  ulce rations  of  the  mouth  and 
throat,  and  bleeding  gJius,  and  for 
these  two  affections  it  is  used  in  the 
form  of  infusion  to  wash  the  parts. 

It  is  given  internally  in  diarrhoea, 
dysentery,  and  haemorrhage  from  the 
bowels. 

Dose,  of  the  infusion,  from  one  to 
three  ounces;  of  the  tincture,  from  one 
to  four  drachms ;  of  the  powder,  from, 
ten  to  thirty  grains. 

Caution. — It  must  not  be  given  with 
soda  or  any  alkali ;  nor  metallic  salts, 
albumen,  or  gelatine,  as  its  property  is 
destroyed  by  this  combination. 

2717.  Kino  is  a  poweiful  astringent. 
It  is  used  external ty  to  ulcere,  to  give 

tone  to  them  when  flabby  and  dis- 
charging foul  and  thin  matter. 

It  is  used  externally  in  the  same  dis- 
eases as  catechu. 

Dose,  of  the  powder,  from  ten  to 
thirty  grains;  of  the  tincture,  from  one 
to  two  drachms ;  of  the  compound, 
powder,  from  ten  to  twenty  grains  ;  of 
the  infusion,  from  a  half  to  one  and  a 
tialf  ounce. 

Caution.— (See  Catechu.) 

2718.  Oak  Bark  is  an  astringent  and 
tonic. 

It  is  used  externally,  in  the  form  ol 
decoction,  to  restrain  bleeding  from 
'acerated  surfaces. 

As  a  local  astringent  it  is  used  in  the 
*orm  of  a  decoction  as  a  gargle  in  sore 
;hroat  and  relaxed  uvula. 

It  is  used  internally  in  the  same  dis- 
eases as  catechu,  and  when  combined 
,vith  aromatics  and  bitters,  in  intennit- 
;ent  fevers. 

Dose,  of  the  powder,  from  fifteen  to 
:hirty  grains  ;  of  the  decoction,  iron 
;wo  to  eight  drachms. 

2719.  Logwood  is  not  a  very  satisfac- 
;ory  astringent. 

It  is  used  internally  in  diarrhrea,  the 
last  stage  of  dysentery,  and  a  lax  state 
of  the  intestines, 

Dose,  of  the  extract,  from  ten  to  cue 
drachm:  of  the  decocticn,  from  one  tc 
three  ounces,  three  or  f  ur  times  a-day 


A  NOUN,  AS  IN,  Oil  THROUGH  A  DOOR. 


337 


5720.  Rose  leaves  are  astringent  and 
tonic. 

They  are  used  internally  in  spitting 
of  blood,  haemorrhage  from  the  sto- 
mach, intestines,  &c.,  as  a  gargle  for 
sore  throat,  and  for  the  night  sweats  of 
consumption. 

The  infusion  is  frequently  used  as  a 
tonic  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  (oil  of 
vitriol),  after  low  fevers. 

Dose  of  infusion,  from  two  to  four 
ounces. 

2721 .  Chalk,  when  prepared  by  wash- 
ing, becomes  an  astringent  as  well  as 
antacid. 

It  is  used  internally  in  diarrhoea,  in 
the  form  of  mixture,  and  externally  as 
an  application  to  burns,  scalds,  and  ex- 
coriations. 

Dose  of  the  mixture  from  one  to  two 
ounces. 

2722.  Wliite  vitriol,   or  sulphate  of 
zinc,  is  an  astringent,  tonic,  and  emet- 
ic. 

It  is  used  externally  as  a  collyrium 
for  ophthalmia  (See  "  Domestic  Phar- 
macopoeia, 90G),  and  as  a  detergent  for 
scrofulous  ulcers,  in  the  proportion  of 
three  grains  of  the  salt  to  one  ounce  of 
water. 

It  is  used  internally  in  indigestion, 
and  many  other  diseases  ;  but  it  should 
not  be  given  unless  ordered  by  a  medical 
man,  as  it  is  a  poison. 

2723.  LOCAL  STIMULANTS. — Local 
stimulants  comprise  emetics,  cathartics, 
diuretics,    diaphoretics,    expectorants, 
Bialogogues,  errhines,  and  epispastics. 

2724.  EMETICS  are  medicines  given 
for  the  purpose  of  causing  vomiting,  as 
in  cases  of  poisoning.     They  consist  of 
ipecacuana,  chamomile,  and  mustard. 

2725.  Ipecacuanha  is  an  emetic,  dia- 
phoretic, and  expectorant. 

It  is  used  internally  to  excite  vomit- 
ing in  doses  of  from  twenty  to  thirty 
grains  of  the  powder,  or  o  ne  to  one 
and  a  half  ounce  of  the  infusion,  every 
half  hour  until  vomiting  takes  place. 

To  make  it  act  well  and  easily,  the 
patient  should  drink  half-pint  doses  of 
warm  water. 

As  a  diaphoretic  it  should  be  given 


in  doses  of  three  grains,  mixed  with 
some  soft  substance,  such  as  crumbs  of 
bread,  and  repeated  every  four  hours. 

Dose  of  the  wine  from  twenty  minims 
to  one  drachm  (as  a  diaphoretic)  ;  and 
from  one  drachm  to  one  and  a  half 
ounce  (as  an  emetic). 

Caution. — Do  not  give  more  than  the 
doses  named  above,  because,  although  a 
safe  emetic,  yet  it  is  an  acriduarcotic 
poison. 

2726.  Mustard  is  too  well  known  to 
require  describing.     It  is  an  emetic, 
diuretic,  stimulant,  and  rubefacient. 

It  is  used  externally  as  a  poultice, 
(which  is  made  of  the  powder,  bread- 
crumbs, and  water ;  vinegar  is  not  ne- 
cessary). 

In  all  cases  where  a  stimulant  is  re- 
quired, such  as  sore  throats,  rheumatic 
pains  in  the  joints,  cholera,  cramps  in 
the  extremities,  diarrhoea,  and  many 
other  diseases. 

When  applied  it  should  not  be  left 
on  too  long,  as  it  is  apt  to  cause  ulcera- 
tion  of  the  part.  From  ten  to  thirty 
minutes  is  quite  long  enough. 

When  used  internally  as  an  emetic,  a 
large  tea- spoonful  mixed  with  a  tum- 
bler of  warm  water  generally  operates 
quickly  and  safely,  frequently  when 
other  emetics  have  failed. 

In  dropsy  it  is  sometimes  given  in 
the  form  of  whey,  which  is  made  by 
boiling  half  an  ounce  of  the  bruised 
seeds  in  a  pint  of  milk,  and  straining 
off  the  curd.  From  three  to  four 
ounces  of  this  is  to  be  taken  for  a  doso 
three  times  a  day. 

2727.  CATHARTICS  are  divided  into 
laxatives  and  purgatives.     The  former 
comprise  manna,  tamarinds,  castor  oil, 
sulphur,    and    magnesia ;    the    latter, 
senna,  rhubarb,  jalap,  colocynth,  buck- 
thorn,  aloes,   cream   of  tartar,   scam- 
mony,  calomel,  Epsom  salts,«Glauber'8 
salts,  sulphate  of  potash,  and  Venice 
turpentine. 

2728.  Manna  is  a  very  gentle  laxa- 
tive, and  therefore  used  for  Children 
and  delicate  persons. 

Dose  fo-r  children  from  one  to  four 
drachms ;  and  for  adults  from  one  to 


338 


THE  l.\TKi:.n,<TIO\  SHOWS  SURPRISE — 


two  ounces,    combined  with  rhubarb 
und  cinnamon  water. 

2729.  Tamarinds  are  generally  laxa- 
tive and  refrigerant.    As  it  is  .agreeable, 
this  medicine  will  generally  be  eaten 
by  children  when  they  will  not  take 
other  medicines. 

Dose  from  half  to  one  ounce. 
As  a  refringent  beverage  in  fevers  :t 
is  extremely  grateful. 

2730.  Castor  oil  is  a  most  valuable 
medicine,    as    it    generally    operates 
quickly  and  mildly. 

It  is  used  externally,  combined  with 
citron  ointment,  as  a  topical  application 
in  common  leprosy. 

It  is  used  internally  as  an  ordinary- 
purgative  for  infants,  as  a  laxative  for 
adults,  and  in  diarrhoea  and  dysentery. 

In  colic  it  is  very  useful  and  safe  : 
and  also  after  delivery. 

Dose  for  infants  from  forty  drops  to 
two  drachms  ;  for  adults  from  half  to 
one  ounce  and  a  half. 

2731.  Sulphur. — Sublimed    sulphur 
is  laxative  and  diaphoretic. 

It  is  used  externally  in  skin  diseases, 
especially  itch,  both  in  the  form  of 
ointment  and  as  a  vapour-bath. 

It  is  used  internally  in  haemorrhoids, 
combined  with  magnesia,  as  a  laxative 
for  children,  and  as  a  diaphoretic  in 
rheumatism. 

Dose  from  one  scruple  to  two 
drachms,  mixed  in  milk  or  with  treacle. 
When  combined  with  an  equal  propor- 
tion of  cream  of  tartar  it  acts  as  a  pur- 
gative. 

2732.  Magnesia. — Calcined  magnesia 
possesses  the  same  properties   as  the 
carbonate. 

Dose  from  ten  to  thirty  grains,  in 
milk  or  water. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia  is  an  antacid 
and  laxative,  and  is  very  useful  for 
children  when  teething,  and  heartburn 
in  adults. 

Dose  from  a  half  to  two  drachms,  in 
water  or  milk. 

2733  Senna  is  a  purgative,  but  is 
apt  to  gripe  when  given  alone  ;  there- 
fore it  is  combined  with  some  aromatic,  | 
*uch  as  cloves  or  ginger,  and  the  infu-  i 


sion  should  be  made  with  cold  instead 
of  hot  water.  It  usually  acts  in  about 
four  hours,  but  its  action  should  be 
assisted  by  drinking  warm  fluids. 

Dose  of  the  confection,  commonly 
called  "lenitive  electuary,"  from  one  to 
three  or  four  drachms  at  bed-time  ;  of 
the  infusion,  from  one  to  two  ounces  ; 
of  the  tincture,  from  one  to  two 
drachms  ;  of  the  syrup  (used  for 
children),  from  one  drachm  to  one 
ounce. 

Caution. — Do  not  give  senna  in  any 
form  except  confection,  in  haemorr- 
hoids, and  never  in  irritability  of  the 
intestines. 

2734.  Rhubarb  is  a  purgative,  astrin- 
gent, and  stomachic. 

It  is  used  externally  in  the  form  of 
powder  to  ulcers,  to  promote  a  healthy 
action. 

It  is  given  internally  in  diarrhoea, 
dyspepsia,  and  a  debilitated  state  of  the 
bowels. 

Combined  with  a  mild  preparation 
of  calomel  (cum  creta),  it  forms  an  ex- 
cellent purgative  for  children. 

Dose  of  the  infusion  from  on«  to  two 
ounces ;  of  the  poicder  from  one  scruple 
to  half  a  drachm  as  a  purgative,  and 
from  six  to  ten  grains  as  a  stomachic  ; 
of  the  tincture  and  compound  tincture 
from  one  to  four  drachms  ;  of  the 
compound  pill  from  ten  to  thirty 
grains. 

2735.  Jalap  is  a  powerful  cathartic 
and  hydrogogue,  and  is  apt  to  gripe. 

Dose  of  the  powder  from  ten  to  thirty 
grains,  combined  with  a  drop  or  two  of 
aromatic  oil ;  of  the  compound  powder 
from  fifteen  to  forty  grains  ;  of  the 
tincture,  from  one  to  three  drachms  ; 
of  the  extract,  from  ten  to  twenty 
grains.  The  watery  extract  is  better 
than  the  alcoholic. 

2736.  Colocyntk  is  a  powerful  drastic 
cathartic,  and  should  never  be  given 
alone,  unless  ordered  by  a  medical  man, 
as   its   action  is  too  violent  for  some 
constitutions. 

Dose  of  the  extract,  from  five  tc 
fifteen  grains ;  of  the  compound  extract 
from  five  to  fifteen  grains. 


AS  OH  !    HOW  PRETTY  ;    AH  !    HOW  WISE. 


339 


2737.  Buckthorn  is  a  brisk  purgative 
for  children  in  the  form  of  syrup. 

Dose  of  the  syrup  from  one  to  six 
drachms. 

2738.  Aloes  is  a  purgative  and  ca- 
thartic in  large,  and  tonic  in  smaller 
doses. 

Dose  of  powder,  from  two  to  ten 
grains,  combined  with  soap,  bitter  ex- 
tracts, or  other  purgative  medicines, 
and  given  in  the  form  of  pills  ;  of  the 
compound  pill,  from  five  to  twenty 
grains  ;  of  the  pill  of  aloes  and  myrrh, 
from  five  to  twenty  grains  ;  of  the 
tincture,  from  four  drachms  to  one 
ounce  ;  of  the  compound  tincture,  from 
one  to  four  drachms;  of  the  extract, 
from  six  to  ten  grains  ;  of  the  com- 
pound decoction,  from  four  drachms  to 
two  ounces. 

2739.  Cream  of  Tartar  is  a  purgative 
and  refrigerant. 

It  is  used  internally  in  dropsy,  espe- 
cially of  the  belly,  in  doses  of  from 
one  scruple  to  one  drachm. 

As  a  refrigerant  drink  it  is  dissolved 
in  hot  water,  and  sweetened  with  sugar, 
and  is  used  in  febrile  diseases,  care 
being  taken  not  to  allow  it  to  rest  too 
much  upon  the  bowels. 

Dose,  as  a  purgative,  from  two  to  four 
drachms  ;  as  a  hydragoguc,  from  four 
to  six  drachms,  mixed  with  honey  or 
treacle. 

Caution. — Its  use  should  be  followed 
by  tonics,  especially  gentian  and  an- 
gostura. 

2740.  Scammony  is  a  drastic  purga- 
tive,   generally    acting    quickly    and 
powerfully ;  sometimes  producing  nau- 
sea, and  even  vomiting,  and  being  very 
apt  to  gripe. 

It  is  used  internally,  to  produce 
watery  evacuations  in  dropsy,  to  re- 
move intestine  worms,  and  correct 
the  slimy  motions  of  children. 

Dose  of  the  powder  from  five  to  six- 
teen grains,  given  in  liquorice  water, 
treacle,  or  honey  ;  of  the  confection 
from  twenty  to  thirty  grains. 

Caut ion.—  Do  not  givo  it  in  an  irrita- 
ble or  inflamed  state  of  the  bowels. 

2741 .  Epsom  Salts  is  a  purgative  and 

15 


diuretic.  It  generally  operates  quickly, 
and  therefore  is  extremely  ueei'ul  in 
acute  diseases. 

It  is  found  to  be  beneficial  in  dys- 
pepsia when  combined  with  infusion  of 
gentian,  and  a  little  ginger. 

It  forms  an  excellent  enema  with 
olive  oil. 

Dose  from  a  half  to  two  ounces,  dis- 
solved in  warm  tea  or  water.  Infusion 
of  roses  partially  covers  its  taste  and 
assists  its  action. 

2742.  Glauber's  Salt  is   a  very  good 
purgative. 

Dose  from  a  half  to  two  ounces,  dig' 
solved  in  warm  water. 

2743.  Sulphate  of  Potash  is  a  cathar- 
tic and  deobstrueut. 

It  is  used  internally,  combined  with 
aloes  or  rhubarb  in  obstructions  of  the 
bowels,  and  is  an  excellent  saline  pur- 
gative in  dyspepsia  and  jaundice. 

Dose  of  the  powdered  salt  from  ten 
grains  to  one  drachm. 

2744.  Venice   Turpentine   is  cathar- 
tic,   diuretic,    stimulant,    and    anthel 
rnintic. 

It  is  used  externally  as  a  rubefacient, 
and  is  given  internally  in  flatulent  colic, 
in  tape-worm,  rheumatism,  and  other 
diseases. 

Dose  as  a  diuretic,  from  ten  drops 
to  one  drachm  ;  as  a  cathartic,  from  ten 
to  twelve  drachms ;  as  an  anthelmintic, 
from  one  to  two  ounces,  every  eight 
hours,  till  the  worm  be  ejected. 

2745.  DIURETICS  are  medicines 
which  promote  an  increased  secretion 
of  urine.  They  consist  of  nitre,  acetate 
of  potassa,  squills,  juniper,  and  oil  of 
turpentine. 

2746.  Nitre  is  a  diuretic  and  refrige- 
rant. 

It  is  used  externally  as  a  detergent 
wnen  dissolved  in  water,  and  as  a 
lotion  to  inflamed  and  painful  rheu- 
matic joints. 

It  is  given  internally  in  doses  of 
from  ten  grains  to  a  drachm,  or  even 
two  drachms;  in  spitting1  blood  it  is 
given  in  one  drachm  doses  with  great 
benefit. 

As  a  topical  application  it  is  benefi- 


340 


THE  WHOLE  ARE  CALLED  X1XK  PARTS  OF  SPEECH, 


cial  in  sore  throat,  a  few  grains  being 
allowed  to  dissolve  in  the  mouth. 

2747.  Acetate  of  Potassa  is  diuretic 
and  cathartic. 

It  is  given  internally  in  dropsy  with 
great  benefit,  in  doses  of  from  one 
scruple  to  one  drachm,  every  three  or 
lour  hours,  to  act  as  a  diuretic  in  com- 
bination with  infusion  of  quassia. 

Dose,  as  a  cathartic,  from  two  to 
three  drachms. 

2748.  Squills  is  diuretic  and  expecto 
rant  when  given  in  small  doses;   and 
emetic  and  purgative   when  given  111 
large  doses. 

It  is  used  internally  in  dropsies,  in 
combination  with  calomel  and  opium  ; 
in  asthma,  with  aminonlacum ;  in  ca- 
tarrh, in  the  form  of  oxymel. 

Dose  of  the  dried  bulb  powdered,  from 
one  to  four  grains  every  six  hours  ;  of 
the  compound  pill,  from  ten  to  twenty 
grains ;  of  the  tincture,  from  ten  min- 
ims to  one  drachm ;  of  the  oxymel, 
from  a  half  to  two  drachms ;  of  the 
vinegar,  from  twenty  minims  to  two 
drachms. 

2749.  Juniper  is  diuretic  and   sto- 
machic.    It  is  given  internally  in  drop- 
sies. 

Dose  of  the  infusion  from  two  to 
three  ounces  every  four  hours ;  of  the 
oil,  from  one  to  five  minims. 

2750.  Oil  of  Turpentine  is  a  diuretic, 
anthelmintic,  and  rubefacient. 

It  is  used  externally  in  flatulent  colic, 
sprinkled  over  flannels  dipped  in  hot 
water  and  wrung  out  dry. 

It  is  used  internally  in  the  same  dis- 
eases as  Venice  turpentine. 

Dose  from  five  minims  to  one  ounce. 

2751.  DIAPHORETICS  are  medicines 
given  to  increase  the  secretion  from  the 
skin  by  sweating.     They  comprise  ace- 
tate of   ammonia,  calomel,   antimony, 
opium,  camphor,  and  sarsaparilla. 

2752.  Solution  of  Acetate  of  Ammo- 
nia is  a  most  useful  diaphoretic. 

it  is  used  externally  as  a  discutient, 
as  a  lotion  to  inflamed  milk-breasts, 
as  an  eye-wash,  and  a  lotion  in  scald 
head. 

It  is  given  internally  to  promote  per- 


spiration in  febrile  diseases,  which  it 
does  most  effectually,  especially  when 
combined  with  camphor  mixture. 

Dose  from  a  half  to  one  and  a-bUl 
ounce  every  three  or  four  hours. 

2753.  Antimony, —  Tartar  emetic  is 
diaphoretic,  emetic,  expectorant,  altera- 
tive, and  rubefacient. 

It  is  used  externally  as  an  irritant  in 
white  swellings  and  deep-seated  inflam- 
mation, in  the  form  of  an  ointment. 

It  is  given  internally  in  pleurisy, 
bilious  fevers,  and  many  other  diseases  ; 
but  its  exhibition  requires  the  skill  of  a 
medical  man  to  watch  its  effects. 

Dose  from  one-sixth  of  a  grain  to 
four  grains. 

Caution.  It  is  a  poison,  and  there 
fore  requires  great  care  in  its  administra- 
tion. 

2754.  Antimonial  powder  is  a  diapho- 
retic, emetic,  and  alterative. 

It  is  given  internally  in  febrile  dis- 
eases, to  produce  determination  to  the 
skin;  in  rheumatism,  when  combined 
with  opium  or  calomel,  it  is  of  great 
benefit. 

Dose  froti  three  grains  to  one  scru 
pie  every  four  hours,  taking  plenty  ol 
warm  fluids  between  each  dose. 

2755.  Sarsaparilla    is    diaphoretic 
alterative,  diuretic  and  tonic. 

It  is  given  internally  in  cutaneoui 
diseases,  old  -  standing  rheumatism, 
scrofula,  and  debility. 

Dote  of  the  decoction,  from  four  to 
eight  ounces ;  of  the  compound  decoc- 
tion, from  four  to  eight  ounces ;  of 
the  extract,  from  five  grains  to  one 
drachm. 

2756.  EXPECTORANTS  are  medicines 
given  to  promote  the    secretion  from 
the  windpipe,  &c.    They  consist  of  an 
timony,  ipecacuanha,  squills,  amuionia- 
cum,  and  tolu. 

2757.  Ammoniacum  is   an  expecto 
rant,  anti-spasmodic,  and  deobstruent. 

It  is  used  externally  as  a  discutient, 
and  is  given  internally,  with  great  be 
nefit,  in  asthma  Lysteria,  and  chronif 
catarrh. 

Done,  from  ten  to  thirty  grains. 

2758.  Tolu  is  an  excellent  expecto 


WHICH  READIN7G,  WRITING,  SPEAKS  a  TEACH. 


341 


rant,  when  there  are  no  inflammatory 
symptoms. 

It  is  given  internally  in  asthma  and 
chronic. 

Dose  of  the  balsam,  from  five  to  thirty 
grains,  combined  with  mucilage  and 
suspended  in  water ;  of  the  tincture, 
from  a  half  to  two  drachms;  of  the 
lyrup,  from  a  half  to  four  drachms. 

2759.  SIALOGOGUES  are  given  to  in- 
crease the  flow  of    saliva  or  spittle. 
They  consist  of  ginger  and  calomel. 

2760.  Ginger  is  a  sialogogae,  carmi- 
native, and  stimulant. 

It  is  used  internally  in  flatulent  colic, 
dyspepsia,  and  to  prevent  the  griping 
of  medicines.  When  chewed,  it  acts 
as  a  sialogogue,  and  is  therefore  useful  in 
relaxed  uvula. 

Dose,  from  ten  to  twenty  grains  of 
the  powder ;  of  the  tincture,  from  ten 
minims  to  one  drachm. 

2761.  We  shall  pass  over  the  class  of 
ERRHINES  or  medicines  to  cause  sneez- 
ing,   to    consider    EPISPASTICS    and 
RUBEFACIENTS;    or    those    remedies 
which  are  applied  to  blister  and  cause 
redness  of  the   surface.     They  consist 
'jf  cantharides,    ammonia,    Burgundy 
pitch,  and  mustard. 

9762.  Cantharides  or  Spanish  flies, 
when  used  internally,  are  diuretic  and 
stimulant ;  and  epispastic  and  rubefa- 
cient  when  applied  externally. 

Mode  of  Application. — A  portion  of 
the  blistering  plaster  is  spread  with  the 
thumb  upon  brown  paper,  linen,  or 
leather,  to  the  size  required ;  its  surface' 
then  slightly  moistened  with  olive  oil 
and  sprinkled  with  camphor,  and  the 
plaster  applied  by  a  light  bandage. 

Caution. — If  a  blister  is  to  be  applied 
to  the  head,  shave  it  at  least  ten  hours 
before  it  is  put  on ;  and  it  is  better  to 
place  a  thin  piece  of  gauze,  wetted  with 
vinegar,  between  the  skin  and  the  blis- 
ter. If  a  distressing  feeling  be  expe- 
rienced about  the  bladder,  give  warm 
and  copious  draughts  of  linseed-tea, 
tnilk,  or  decoction  of  quince-seeds,  and 
apply  warm  fomentations  of  milk  and 
water  to  the  blistered  surface. 

The  period  required  for  a  blister  to 


remain  on  varies,  from  eight  to  ten 
hours  for  adults,  and  from  twenty 
minutes  to  two  hours  for  children  :  aa 
soon  as  it  is  removed,  if  the  blister  is 
not  raised,  apply  a  "  spongio-piline'' 
poultice,  and  it  will  then  rise  properly 
When  it  is  required  to  act  as  a  rubefa- 
cient,  the  blister  should  remain  on 
from  one  to  three  hours  for  adults,  and 
from  fifteen  to  forty  minutes  for 
children. 

To  dress  a  blister: — Cut  the  bag  ol 
suticle  containing  the  serum  at  the 
lowest  part,  by  snipping  it  with  the 
scissors,  so  as  to  form  an  opening  like 
this — V  ;  and  then  apply  a  piece  of 
calico  spread  with  spermaceti  or  some 
other  dressing. 

Caution.  Never  attempt  to  exhibit 
cantharides  internally,  as  it  is  a  poison, 
and  requires  extreme  caution  in  its  use 
even  by  medical  men. 

2763.  Burgundy  pitch  is  wanned  and 
spread  upon  linen  or  leather,  and  ap- 
plied over  the  chest  in  cases  of  catarrh, 
difficult  breathing,  and  hooping-cough  , 
over  the  loins  in  debility  or  lumbago ; 
and  over  any  part  that  it  is  desirable 
to  excite  a  mild  degree  of  inflamma- 
tion in. 

2764.  CHEMICAL  REMEDIES.— 
The  chemical  remedies  comprise  refri- 
gerants,    antacids,     antalkalies,    and 
escharotics. 

2765.  REFRIGERANTS  are  medicines 
given  for  the  purpose  of  suppressing  an 
unnatural  heat  of  the  body.     They  are 
Seville    oranges, .  lemons,    tamarinds, 
nitre,  and  cream  of  tartar. 

2766.  Seville    oranges,  •  and     sweet 
oranges  are  formed  into  a  refrigerant 
beverage,  which  is  extremely  grateful 
in  febrile  diseases. 

The  rind  is  a  nice  mild  tonic  ;  cai 
minative,  and  stomachic. 

Dose  of  the  tincture,  from  one  to  four 
drachms  ;  of  the  infusion,  from  one  to 
two  ounces. 

2767.  Lemons  are  used  to  form  a  re- 
frigerant beverage,  which  is  given  to 
quench  thirst  in  febrile  and  inflamma- 
tory   diseases.     Lemon-juice    is    given 
with  carbonate  of  potash  (half  an  ounce 


842 


ALL  THINGS  HAVE  A  BEGINNING,  GOD  EXCEPTED. 


of  the  juice  to  twenty  grains  of  the 
salt),  and  taken,  while  effervescing, 
allays  vomiting;  a  table-spoonful,  taken 
occasionally,  allays  hysterical  palpita- 
tions of  the  heart.  It  is  useful  in 
scurvy  caused  by  eating  too  much  salt 
food. 

The  rind  forms  a  nice  mild  tonic  and 
stomachic  in  certain  forms  of  dyspepsia. 

Dose  of  the  infusion  (made  the  same 
as  orange-peel),  from  one  to  two  ounces. 

2768.  ANTACIDS  are  given  to  correct 
acidity  in  the  system.    They  are  soda, 
ammonia,  chalk,  and  magnesia. 

2769.  Soda,  carbonate  of,  and  sesqui- 
carbonate  of  soda,  are  antacids  and  de- 
obstruents.     They  are  used  internally  in 
acidity  of  the  stomach  and  dyspepsia. 

Dose  of  both  preparations,  from  ten 
grains  to  half  a  drachm. 

2770.  ANTALKALIES  are  given  to  neu- 
tralize an  alkaline  state  of  the  system. 
They  are  citric  acid,  lemon-juice,  and 
tartaric  acid. 

2771.  Citric  acid  is  used  to  check 
profuse  sweating,  and  as  a  substitute 
for  lemon  juice  when  it  cannot  be  pro- 
cured. 

Dose  from" ten  to  thirty  grains. 

2772.  Tartaric  acid,  when  largely  di- 
luted,  forms  an  excellent  refrigerant 
beverage  and  antalkali.     It  enters  into 
the    composition    of    extemporaneous 
Koda-water. 

Dose,  from  ten  to  thirty  grains. 

2773.  ESCHAROTICS  are  remedies  used 
to  destroy  the  vitality,  of  a  part.     They 
comprise  lunar  caustic,  bluestone,  and 
solution  of  chloride  of  zinc. 

2774.  Bluestone,  or  sulphate  of  cop- 
per, is  'used  in  a  solution  of  from  four 
to  fifteen  grains  to  the  ounce  of  water, 

nd  applied  to  foul  and  indolent  ulcers, 
y  means  of  rag  dipped  in  it,  and  is 
wbbed,     in      substance     on    fungous 
rowths,  warts,  &c.,  to  destroy  them. 
Caution.     It  is  a  poison. 

2775.  Lunar    Caustic,   or  nitrate  of 
Uver,  is  an  excellent  remedy  in  erysip- 
elas   when    applied    in   solution   ''one 
drachm   of  the  salt  to  one  ounce  of 
water),  which   should  be  brushed  all 


over  the  inflamed  part,  and  for  an  inch 
beyond  it.  This  blackens  the  skin,  but 
it  soon  peels  off. 

To  destroy  warts,  proud  flesh,  and 
unhealthy  edges  of  ulcers,  &c.,  it  is  in- 
valuable ;  and  as  an  application  to  bed- 
sores, pencilled  over  with  a  solution  of 
the  same  strength,  and  in  the  same 
manner  as  for  erysipelas. 

Caution.     It  is  a  poison. 

2776.  Solution  of  chloride  of 'zinc,  or 
more  commonly  known  as  "  Sir  Wil- 
liam Burnett's  Disinfecting  Fluid,"  is  a 
valuable   escharotic  in  destroying  the 
parts  of  poisoned  wounds,  such  as  the 
bite  of  a  mad  dog. 

It  is  also  very  useful  in  restoring 
the  hair  after  the  scalp  has  been  at- 
tacked with  ringworm ;  but  its  use  re- 
quires extreme  caution,  as  it  is  a  power- 
ful escharotic.  In  itch,  diluted  (one 
part  to  thirty-two)  with  water,  it  ap- 
pears to  answer  very  well. 

Caution.  It  is  a  most  powerful 
poison. 

2777.  MECHANICAL  REMEDIES. 
— The  mechanical  remedies  comprise 
anthelmintics,     demulcents,     diluents, 
and  emollients. 

2778.  ANTHELMINTICS  are  medicines 

given  for  the  purpose  of  expelling  or 
estroying  worms.     They  are  cowhage, 
scammony,    male   fern   root,   calomel, 
gamboge,  and  turpentine. 

2779.  Cowhage  is  used  to  expel  the 
round  worm,  which  it  does  by  wound- 
ing it  with  the  fine  prickles. 

Dose  of  the  confection,  for  a  child 
three  or  four  years  old,  a  tea-spoonful 
early,  for  three  mornings,  followed  by 
a  dose  of  castor  oil.  (See  "  Domestic 
Pharmacopoeia,"  906.) 

2780.  Male  fern  root  is  a  powerful 
anthelmintic  and  an  astringent. 

It  is  used  to  kill  tapeworm. 

Dose  three  drachms  of  the  powdered 
root  mixed  in  a  teacupful  of  water,  to 
be  taken  in  the  morning  while  in  bed, 
and  followed  by  a  brisk  purgative  two 
hours  afterwards  ;  or  thirty  drops  of 
the  ethereal  tincture,  to  be  taken  t-ariy 
in  the  morning.  (See  **  Domestic  Phar 
macopceia,"  906.) 


A  GOOD  BEGINNING  MAKES  A  GOOD  ENDING. 


343 


2781.  Gamboge  is  a  powerful  drastic 
aid  anthelmintic. 

It  is  used  internally  in  dropsies,  and 
for  the  expulsion  of  tapeworm  ;  but  its 
use  requires  caution,  as  it  is  an  irritant 
poison. 

Dose  from  two  tc  six  grains,  in  the 
form  of  pills,  combined  with  colocynth, 
soap,  rhubarb,  or  bread-crumbs. 

2782.  DEMULCENTS  are  used  to  di- 
mininish  irritation,  and  soften  parts  by 
protecting  them  with  a  viscid  matter. 
They  are  tragacanth,  linseed,  mareh- 
uiallow,  mallow,  liquorice,  arrowroot, 
isinglass,  suet,  wax,  and  almonds. 

2783.  Tragacanth  is   used  to   allay 
tickling  cough,  and  lubricate  abraded 
parts.     It  is  usually  given  in  the  form 
of  mucilage. 

Dose  from  ten  grains  to  one  drachm, 
or  more. 

2784.  Linseed  is  emollient  and  de- 
mulcent. 

It  is  used  externally,  when  reduced  to 
powder,  as  a  poultice  ;  and  the  oil  com- 
bined with  lime  water  is  applied  to 
burns  and  scalds. 

It  is  used  internally  as  an  infusion  in 
diarrhoea,  dysentery,  and  irritation  of 
the  intestines  after  certain  poisons,  and 
in  catarrh. 

Dose  of  the  infusion,  as  much  as  the 
patient  pleases. 

2785.  Marsh-mallow  is  used  internally 
in  the  same  diseases  as  linseed. 

The  leaves  are  used  externally  as 
a  fomentation,  and  the  boiled  roots  are 
bruised  and  applied  as  an  emollient 
poultice. 

Dose,  the  same  as  linseed. 

2786.  Mallow  is  used  externally  as  a 
fomentation  and  poultice  in  inflamma- 
tion, and  the  infusion  is  used  internally 
in  dysentery,  diseases  of  the  kidney*, 
and  the  same  diseases  as  marsh  mallow. 
It  is  also  used  as  an  enema. 

The  Dose  is  the  same  as  for  linseed 
and  marsh-mallow. 

2787.  Liquorice  is  an  agreeable  de- 
mulcent, and  is  given  in  the  form  of 
decoction  in  catarrh,  a  id  somt>  forms 
of  dyspepsia  ;  and  the  axtract  is  used 
In  catarrh- 


Dose,  of  the  extract,  from  ten  grains 
to  one  drachm ;  of  the  decoction^  from 
two  to  four  ounces. 

2788.  Arrowroot,  isinglass,  almonds, 
suet,  arid  wax,  are  too  well  known  to 
require  descriptions.     (See  "  Domestic 
Pharmacopoeia,''  906,  for  preparations.) 

2789.  DILUENTS  are  chiefly  watery 
compounds,  such  as  weak  tea,  water 
thin  broth,  gruel,  &c. 

2790.  EMOLLIENTS  consist  of  unctu- 
ous remedies,  such  as  corates  and  oint- 
ments, and  any  materials  that  combine 
heat  with  moisture.  (See"  Poultices," 
2199.) 

2791.  BLANCHED  ALMONDS.— 
Put  them  into  cold  water,  and  heat  them 
slowly  to  scalding ;  then  take  them  out 
and  peel  them  quickly,  throwing  them 
into  cold  water  as  they  are  done.     Dr) 
them  in  a  cloth  before  serving. 

2792.  POUNDING  ALMONDS.— 
They  should  be  dried  for  a  few  days 
after  being-  blanched.     Set  them  in  a 
warm  place,  strewn  singly  over  a  dish 
or  tin.     A  little  powdered  lump  sugar 
will  assist  the  pounding.  They  may  be 
first  chopped  small,  and  rolled  with  a 
rolling-pin.    ALMOND  PASTE  may  be 
made  in  the  same  manner. 

2793.  ANCHOVY  BUTTER— Scrape 
the  skin  from  a  dozen  fine  anchovies, 
take  the  flesh  from  the  bones,  pound  it 
smooth  in  a  mortar;    rub  through  a 
hair-sieve,  put  the  anchovies  into  the 
mortar  with  three-quarters  of  a  pound 
of  fresh  butter,   a   small   quantity   of 
cayenne,  and  a  saltspoonful  of  grated 
nutmeg  and  mace ;  beat  together  until 
thoroughly  blended.     If  to  serve  cold, 
mould  the  butter  in  small  shapes,  and 
turn  it  out      For  preservation,  press 
the  butter  into  jars,  and  keep  cool. 

2794.  ANCHOVY   SANDWICHES 
made  with  the  above,  will  be  found  ex- 
cellent. 

2795.  LOBSTER  BUTTER  is  made 
in  the  same  manner  as  anchovy  butter. 
A  mixture  of  anchovy  butter  and  lob- 
ster butter  is  considered  excellent. 

2796.  ANCHOVY  TOAST  is  made 
by  spreading    anchovy    butter    upon 
bread  either  toasted  or  fried. 


344 


A  SLOTHFUL  MAN"  Id  A  BEGGAR'S  BROTHER. 


2797.  APRICOTS   STEWED    in 
SYRUP. — Wipe  thedowu  frqm  young 
apricots,  and   stew  them   as   gently  as 
possible  in  a  syrup  made  of  four  ounces 
of  sugar  to  half  a  pint  of  water,  boiled 
the  usual  time. 

2798.  Dry  Apricots.— Take  before 
ripe,  scald  in  a  jar  put  into  boiling 
water,  pare    and    stone    them  ;    put 
into  a  syrup  of  half  their  weight  of 
sugar,  in  the  proportion  of  half  a  pint 
of  water  to  two  Ibs.  of  sugar;    scald, 
and  then  boil    until  they  are  clear. 
Stand  for  two  days  in  the  syrup,  then 
put  into  a  thin  candy,  and  scald  them 
in  it.     Keep  two  days  longer  in  the 
candy,   heating   them   each   day,   and 
then  lay  them  on  glasses  to  dry. 

2799.  Apricot  Jelly. — Pare  the  fruit 
thin,   and    stone   it;    weigh   an   equal 
quantity  of  sugar  in  fine  powrder,  and 
strew  over  it.     Stand  one  day,  then 
boil  very  gently  till   they  are   clear, 
move  them  into  a  bowl,  and  pour  the 
liquor  over.    The  next  day  pour  the 
liquor  to  a  quart  of  codling-liquor ;  let 
it  boil  quickly  till  it  will  jelly;  put  the 
fruit  into  it,  and  boil ;  skim  well,  and 
put  into  email  pots. 

2800.  SWIMMING.— Every  person, 
male  and  female,  should  endeavor  to 
acquire  the  power  of  swimming.     The 
fact  that  the  exercise  is  a  healthful  ac- 
companiment of  bathing,  and  that  lives 
may  be   saved  by  it,  even  when  least 
expected,  is  a  sufficient  argument  for 
the  recommendation.  The  art  of  swim- 
ming is,  in  fact,  very  easy,  and  those 
persons  who  take  the  few  brief  hints 
we  are  about  to  offer,  will  soon  find 
themselves  rewarded  by  complete  suc- 
cess.    The  first  consideration  is  not  to 
attempt  to  learn  to  swim   too  soon. 
That  is  to  say,  you  must  not  expect  to 
succeed  in  your  efforts  to  swim,  until 
you  have  become  accustomed  to   the 
water,  and  have  overcome  your  repug- 
nance to  the  coldness  and  novelty  of 
bathing.     Every  attempt  will  fail  until 
\ou  have  acquired  a  certain  confidence 
in  the  water,  and  then  the  difficulty 
will  soon  vanish.  When  this  confid  ince 
nap  be^n  gained,  thr  following  hir  *s  by 


the  celebrated    Dr.  Franklin  will  be 
found  all  that  can  be  required  : — 

2801.  DR.  FRANKLIN'S  ADVICE 
TO  SWIMMERS.— "The  only  obstacle 
to  improvement  in  this  necessary  and 
life-preserving  art,  is  fear;  and  it  is 
only  by  overcoming  this  timidity  that 
you  can  expect  to  become  a  master  of 
the  following  acquirements.  It  is  very 
common  for  novices  in  the  art  of  swim- 
ming to  make  use  of  corks  or  bladders 
to  assist  in  keeping  the  body  above  wa- 
ter ;  some  have  utterly  condemned  the 
use  of  them ;  however,  they  may  be  of 
service  for  supporting  the  body,  while 
one  is  learning  what  is  called  the  stroke, 
or  that  manner  of  drawing  in  and 
striking  out  the  hands  and  feet,  that  is 
necessary  to  produce  progressive  mo- 
tion. But  you  wrill  be  no  swimmer 
till  you  can  place  confidence  in  the 
power  of  the  water  to  support  you ;  I 
would,  therefore,  advise  the  acquiring 
that  confidence  in  the  first  place ;  es- 
pecially as  I  have  known  several,  who, 
by  a  little  practice  necessary  for  that 
purpose,  have  insensibly  acquired  the 
stroke,  taught  as  it  were  by  nature. 
The  practice  I  mean  is  this  :  choosing 
a  place  where  the  water  deepens  grad- 
ually, walk  coolly  into  it  till  it  is  up  to 
your  breast ;  then  turn  round  your  face 
to  the  shore,  and  throw  an  egg  into  the 
water  between  you  and  the  shore ;  it 
will  sink  to  the  bottom,  and  be  easily 
seen  there  if  the  water  is  clean.  It 
must  lie  in  the  water  so  deep  that  you 
cannot  reach  to  take  it  up  but  by  div- 
ing for  it.  To  encourage  yourself,  in 
order  to  do  this,  reflect  that  your  pro- 
gress will  be  from  deep  to  shallow  wa- 
ter, and  that  at  any  time  you  may,  by 
bringing  your  legs  under  you,  and 
standing  on  the  bottom,  raise  your  head 
far  above  the  water;  then  plunge  un- 
der it  with  your  eyes  open,  which  must 
be  kept  open  before  going  under,  as 
you  cannot  open  the  eyelids  for  the 
weight  of  water  above  you ;  throwing 
yourself  toward  the  egg,  and  endeav- 
ouring, by  the  action  of  your  hands 
and  feet  against  the  water,  to  get  for- 
ward, till  within  reach  of  it.  In  this 


A  TOOil  PURSE  MAKES  A  BLEAT  MERCHANT. 


345 


attempt  you  will  find  that  the  water 
buoys  you  up  against  your  inclination ; 
that  it  is  not  so  easy  to  sink  as  you 
imagine,  and  that  you  cannot,  but  by 
active  force,  get  down  to  the  egg.  Thus 
you  feel  the  power  of  water  to  support 
you,  and  learn  to  confide  in  that  power 
while  your  endeavors  to  overcome  it 
and  reach  the  egg,  teach  you  the  man- 
ner of  acting  on  the  water  with  your 
feet  and  hands,  which  action  is  after- 
wards used  in  swimming  to  support 
your  head  higher  above  the  water,  or 
to  go  forward  through  it. 

2802.  "  I  would  the  more  earnestly 
press  you  to  the  trial  of  this  method, 
because  I  think  I  shall  satisfy  you  that 
your  body  is  lighter  than  water,  and 
that  you  might  float  in  it  a  long  time 
with  your  mouth  free  for  breathing,  if 
you  would  put  yourself  into  a  proper 
posture,  and  would  be  still,  and  forbear 
struggling ;  yet,  till  you  have  obtained 
thip   experimental   confidence   in    the 
water,    I   cannot   depend    upon    your 
having  the  necessary  presence  of  mind 
to  recollect  the  posture,  and  the  direc- 
tions I  gave  you  relating  to  it.     The 
surprise  may  put  all  out  of  your  mind. 

2803.  "  Though  the  legs,  arms,  and 
head   of  a  human   body,   being    solid 
parts,  are,  specifically,  somewhat  heav- 
ier than  fresh  water,  as  the  trunk,  par- 
ticularly the  upper  part,  for  its  hollow- 
ness,  is  so  much  lighter  than  water,  as 
that  the  whole  of  the  body,  taken  alto- 
gether, is  too  light  to  sink  wholly  un- 
der water,  but  some  pait  will  remain 
above,   until  the   lungs  become   filled 
with  water,  which  happens  from  draw- 
ing water  to  them  instead  of  air,  when 
a  person,  in  the  fright,  attempts  breath- 
ing, while  the  rnouth  and  nostrils  are 
under  water. 

2804.  "  The  legs  and  arms  are  spe- 
cifically  lighter  than   salt  water,  and 
will  be  supported  by  it,  so  that  a  hu- 
man body  cannot  sink  in   salt  water, 
though  the  lungs  were  filled  as  above, 
but  from  the  greater  specific  gravity 
of  the    head.      Therefore,   a    person 
throwing  h'inself  on  his  back  in  salt 
witter,  »nd  exteiriiiq;  his  wins,  may 


easily  lay  so  as  to  keep  his  mouth  and 
nostrils  free  for  breathing ;  and,  by  a 
small  motion  of  his  hand,  may  pre\  ent 
turning,  if  he  should  perceive  any  ten- 
dency to  it. 

2805.  "In  fresh  water,  if  a  man 
throw  himself  on  his  back,  near  the 
surface,    he   cannot  long   continue   in 
that  situation  but  by  proper  action  of 
his  hands  on  the  water;  if  he  use  no 
such  action,  the  legs  and  lower  part  of 
the   body  will   gradually   sink   till   he 
come  into  an  upright  position,  in  which 
he  will  continue  suspended,the  hollow  of 
his  breast  keeping  the  head  uppermost. 

2806.  "  But  if,  in  this  erect  position, 
the  head  be  kept  upright  above  the 
shoulders,  as  when  we  stand  on  the 
ground,   the   immersion   will,   by   the 
weight  of  that  part  of  the  head  that  is 
out  of  the   water,   reach    above    the 
mouth  and  nostrils,   perhaps  a  little 
above  the  eyes,  so  that  a  man  cannot 
long  remain  suspended  in  water,  with 
his  head  in  that  position. 

2807.  "  The  body   continuing  sus- 
pended as  before,  and  upright,  if  the 
bead  be  leaned  quite  back,  so  that  the 
face  look  upward,  all  the  back  part  oi 
the   head   being   under  water,  and  its 
weight  consequently,  in  a  great  meas- 
ure supported  by  it,  the  face  will  re- 
main above  water  quite  free  for  breath- 
ing,  will    rise  an    inch  higher    every 
inspiration,   and   sink   as  much  every 
expiration,  but  never  so  low  as  that 
the  water  may  come  over  the  mouth. 

2808.  "  If,  therefore,  a  person  unac- 
quainted  with   swimming,  and  falling 
accidentally  into  the  water  could  have 
presence  of   mind    sufficient   to   avoid 
struggling  and  plunging,  and  to  let  the 
body   take    this    natural    position,  h« 
might  continue  long  safe  from  drown- 
ing, till,  perhaps,  help  should  come  ;  for, 
as  to  the  clothes  their  additional  weight 
when  immersed  is  very  inconsiderable, 
the  water  supporting  it ;    though  when 
he  comes  out  of  the  water,  he  will  find 
them  very  heavy  indeed. 

2809.  "  But,  as  I  said  before,  I  would 
not  advise  you  or  any  one,  to  depend  on 
having  this  presence  of  mind  on  such  an 


£46 


AS  LONG  RUNS  THE  FOX  AS  HE  FEET  HATH. 


occasion,  but  learn  fairly  to  swim,  as  I 
wish  all  men  were  taught  to  do  in  their 
youth ;  they  wrould,  on  many  occasions, 
be  the  safer  for  having  that  skill ;  and, 
on  many  more,  the  happier,  as  free 
from  painful  apprehensions  of  danger, 
to  say  nothing  of  the  enjoyment  in  so 
delightful  and  wholesome  an  exercise. 
Soldiers  particularly  should,  metbinks, 
all  be  taught  to  swim ;  it  might  be 
of  frequent  use,  either  in  surprising  an 
enenay  or  saving  themselves ;  and  if  I 
had  now  boys  to  educate,  I  should  pre- 
fer those  schools  (other  things  being 
equal),  where  an  opportunity  was  af- 
forded for  acquiring  so  advantageous  an 
art,  which,  once  learned,  is  never  for- 
gotten. 

2810.  "I  know  by  experience,  that 
it  is  a  great  comfort  to  a  swimmer,  who 
has  a  considerable   distance  to  go,  to 
turn  himself  sometimes  on  his  back, 
and  to  vary  in  other  respects  the  means 
of  procuring  a  progressive  motion. 

2811.  "  When  he  is  seized  with  the 
cramp  in  the  leg,  the  method  of  driv- 
ing it  away  is,  to  give  the  parts  affected 
a  sudden,  vigorous,  and  violent  shock  ; 
which  he  may  do   in  the  air  as  he 
swims  on  his  back. 

2812.  "During  the  great  heats  in 
summer  there  is  no  danger  in  bathing, 
however  warm  we  may  be,  in   rivers 
which  have  been  thoroughly  warmed 
by  the  sun.     But  to  throw  one's  self 
into  cold  spring  water,  when  the  body 
has. been  heated  by  exercise  in  the  sun, 
is    an    imprudence  which   may  prove 
fatal.     I  once  knew  an  instance  of  four 
young    men,  who,  having  worked    at 
harvest  in  the  heat  of  the  day,  with  a 
view  of  refreshing  themselves,  plunged 
into  a  spring  of  cold  water ;  two  died 
upon  the  spot,  a  third  next  morning, 
and   the  fourth   recovered  with   great 
difficulty.     A  copious   draught  of  cold 
water,  in  similar  circumstances,  is  fre- 
quently attended  with  the  same  effect, 
in  North  America. 

2813.  "The  exercise  of  swimming  is 
one  of  the  most  healthy  and  agreeable 
in  the  world.    After  having  swam   an 
hour  or  two  in  the  evening,  one  sleeps 


coolly  the  whole  night,  even  during  tho 
most  ardent  heats  of  summer.  Per- 
haps the  pores  being  cleansed,  the  in 
sensible  perspiration  increases  and 
occasions  this  coolness.  It  is  certain 
that  much  swimming  is  the  means  of 
stopping  diarrhoea,  and  even  of  produc- 
ing constipation.  With  respect  to 
those  who  do  not  know  how  to  swim, 
or  who  are  affected  with  diarrhoea  at  a 
season  which  does  not  permit  them  to 
use  that  exercise,  a  warm  bath,  by 
cleansing-  and  purifying  the  skin,  is 
found  very  salutary,  and  often  effects  a 
radical  cure.  1  speak  from  my  own  ex- 
perience, frequently  repeated,  and  that 
of  others  to  whom  I  have  recommended 
this. 

2814.  "  When  I  was  a  boy,  I  amused 
myself  one  day  with  flying-  a  paper 
kite  ;  and  approaching  the  banks  of  a 
lake,  which  was  near  a  mile  broad,  I 
tied  the  string  to  a  stake,  and  the  kite 
ascended  to  a  very  considerable  height 
above  the  pond,  while  I  was  swimming. 
In  a  little  time  being  desirous  of  amus- 
ing myself  with  my  kite,  and  enjoying 
at  the  same  time  the  pleasure  of  swim- 
ming, I  returned  and  loosening  from 
the  stake  the  string  with  the  little 
stick  which  was  fastened  to  it,  went 
again  into  the  water,  where  I  found  that, 
lying  on  my  back  and  holding  the  stick 
in  my  hand,  I  was  drawn  along  the  sur- 
face of  the  water  in  a  very  agreeable 
manner.  Having  then  engaged  another 
boy  to  carry  my  clothes  round  the  pond, 
to  a  place  which  I  pointed  out  to  him, 
on  the  other  side,  I  began  to  cross  the 
pond  with  my  kite,  which  carried  me 
quite  over  without  the  least  fatigue,  and 
with  the  greatest  pleasure  imaginable. 
I  was  only  obliged  occasionally  to  halt 
a  little  in  my  course,  and  resist  its  pro- 
gress, when  it  appeared  that  by  following 
too  quick,  I  lowered  the  kite  too  much  ; 
by  doing  which  occasionally  I  made  it 
rise  again.  I  have  never  since  that 
time  practiced  this  singular  mode  of 
swimming-,  though  I  think  it  not  im- 
possible to  cross,  in  this  manner,  from 
Dover  to  Calais.  The  packet-boat 
however,  is  still  preferable*'' 


A  HASTY  MAN  NEVER  WANTED  WOE. 


341 


2815.  Those  who   prefer  the  aid  of 
belts  will  find  it  very  easy  and   safe  to 
make  belts  upon  the   plan  explained, 
(2181),  and  by  gradually  reducing   the 
floating  power  of  the  belts  from  day  to 
day,  they  will    gain     confidence,   and 
speedily  acquire  the  Art  of  Swimming. 

2816.  TAKING  A  HOUSE.— Be- 
fore taking  a  house,  be  careful  to  calcu- 
late that  the  rent   is   not   too   high   in 
proportion  to  your  means ;  for  remem- 
ber that  the  rent  is  a  claim  which  must 
be  paid  with  but  little  delay,  and   that 
the  landlord   has   greater   power  over 
your  property  than  any  other  creditor. 

2817.  Having  determined  the  amount 
of  rent  which  you  can  afford   to  pay, 
be   careful  to    select  the   best  house 
which  can   be  obtained  for  that  sum. 
And  in   making  that  selection  let   the 
following     matters    be    carefully  con- 
sidered : 

2818.  First — Carefully  regard    the 
healthl'ulness  of  the   situation.     Avoid 
the  neighborhood  of   graveyards,  and 
of  factories  giving  forth  unhealthy  va- 
pours;   avoid   low  and  damp  districts, 
the   course  of  canals,  and  localities  of 
reservoirs  of   water,  gas  works,  &c. ; 
make  inquiries   as   to   the  drainage  of 
the    neighborhood,   and    inspect    the 
drainage  and  water  supply  of  the  prem- 
ises.    A  house  standing  on  an  incline 
is  likely  to  be  better  drained   than  one 
standing  upon  the  summit  of  a  hill,  or  on 
a  level  below  a  hill.     Endeavor  to   ob- 
tain a  position  where  the  direct  sun- 
light falls  upon  tho   house,  for   this   is 
absolutely   necessary  to    health;    and 
give  preference  to  a  bouse  the  openings 
of  which  are  sheltered  from  the  north 
und  east  winds. 

2819.  Second— Consider  the  distance 
of  the  house  from  your  place  of  occu- 
pation ;  and  also  its  relation  to  provis- 
ion   markets,    and    the    prices    that 
prevail  in  the  neighborhood. 

2820.  Having  considered  these  ma- 
terial  and    leading  features,   examine 
the   house  in   detail,  carefully  loDking 
intc  its  state  of  repair;  notice  the  win- 
dmvs  that  are  broken;  whether  the 

15* 


chimneys  smoke  ;  whether  they  have 
been  recently  swept ;  whether  the  papei 
on  the  wails  is  damaged,  especially  in 
the  lower  parts,  and  the  corners,  by 
the  skirtings ;  whether  the  locks,  bolts, 
handles  of  doors,  and  window -fasten- 
ings are  in  proper  condition ;  make  a 
list  of  the  fixtures  ;  ascertain  whether 
all  rent  and  taxes  were  paid  up  by  the 
previous  tenant,  and  whether  the  part;? 
from  whom  you  take  the  house  is  the> 
original  landlord,  or  his  agent  or  tenant. 
And  do  not  commit  yourself  by  the 
signing  of  any  agreement  until  you  are 
satisfied  upon  all  these  points,  and  see 
that  all  has  been  done  wliich  the  landlord 
had  undertaken. 

282J.  TAKING  A  SHOP  OR 
PLACE  OF  BUSINESS.— If  you 
are  about  to  take  a  place  of  business, 
you  will  do  well  to  consider  the  follow- 
ing remarks : 

2822.  Small    Capitalists.— Let     us 
take  the  case  of  a  person  who  has  no 
intimate   knowledge  of   any  particular 
trade,  but  having  a  very  small   capital, 
is  about  to  embark  it  in  the  exchange 
of  commodities  for  cash,  in   order  to 
obtain  an  honest  livelihood  thereby. 
It  is  clear,  that   unless   such  a  person 
starts  with  proper  precaution  and  judg- 
ment, the   capital  will    be    expended 
without  adequate    results;    rent  and 
taxes  will   accumulate,  the   stock  will 
lie  dead  or  become  deteriorated,  and 
loss  and   ruin   must  follow.      For  the 
least  absorption  acting  upon  a  small 
capital  will  soon  dry  up  its  source  ;  and 
we  need  not  picture  the  trouble   that 
will  arise  when  the  mainspring  of  a 
tradesman's  success  abides  by  him  no 
more. 

2823.  Larger  Capitalists.— The  case 
of  the  larger  capitalist  can  scarcely  fcws 
considered  an  exception  to   the  same 
rule.     For  it  is  probable  that  the  larger 
capitalist,  upon  commencing  business, 
would  sink  more  of  his  funds  in  a  larger 
stock  —  would    incur    liability    to    a 
heavier  rent ;  and  the  attendant  taxes, 
the  wages  of  assistants  and  servants 
•vould  Ke  grer  ter ;  and  therefore,  if  the 


848 


A    WIGHT  MAN  NEVER  WANTED  A  WEA.70N. 


return  come  not  speedily,  similar  con- 
sequences must  sooner  or  later  ensue. 

'2824.  Localities.  —  Large  or  small 
capitalists  should,  there  lore,  upon  en- 
tering on  a  shop-keeping  speculation, 
consider  well  the  nature  of  the  locality 
in  which  they  propose  to  carry  on  trade, 
the  number  of  the  population,  and  the 
habits  and  wants  of  the  people,  and  the 
extent  to  which  they  are  already  sup- 
plied with  the  goods  which  the  sett 
adventurer  proposes  to  offer  them. 

2825.  New  Neighbourhoods.  —  There 
IB  a   tendency  among   small  capitalists 
to  rush  into    new  neighborhoods,  with 
the   expectation  of  making  an   early 
connexion.     Low  rents  also  serve  as 
an  attraction  to  those   localities.     We 
have  found,  however,  in  our  experience, 
that  the  ealy  suburban   shops  seldom 
succeed.    They  are  generally  entered 
upon  at  the  very  earliest  moment  that 
trie  state  of  the  locality  will  permit — 
often  before  the   house  is  finished   the 
shop  is   tenanted,  and  goods  exposed 
for  sale — even  while  the   streets  are 
unpaved,  and  while  the   roads  are  as 
rough    and  uneven  as   country  lanes. 
The  consequence  is   that,  as   the  few 
inhabitants  of  these  localities  have  fre- 
quent   communication  with    adjacent 
towns,  they,  as  a  matter  of  habit  or  of 
choice,     supply    their     chief     wants 
thereat ;  and  the  suburban  shopkeeper 
depends   principally  for  support  upon 
the    accidental    forgetfulness    of     his 
neighbour,  who  omits  to   bring   some- 
thing from  the    better    and  cheaper 
market,    or    upon     the     changes    of 
the  weather,  which  may  sometimes  fa- 
vour him  by  rendering  a  "  trip  to  town  " 
exceedingly  undesirable. 

2826.  Failure?  — "  While  the  grass  is 
growing  the  horse  is  starving;"   and 
thus,  while  the  new  district  is  becoming 
peopled  the  funds  of  the  small  shop- 
keeper are  gradually  eaten  up,  and  he 
puts  up  his  shutters  just  at  the  time 
when  a  more  cautious  speculator  steps 
in  to  profit  by  the  connexion  already 
formed,    and    to    take    advantage    of 
the  now  improved    condition  of   the 
locality.     It  seems  therefore  desirable 


for  the  small  capitalist  rather  to  run  th« 
risk  of  a  more  expensive  rent,  in  a  well 
peopled  district,  than  to  resort  to  placef 
of  slow  and  uncertain  demand  ;  for  the 
welfare  of  the  small  shopkeeper  depends 
entirely  upon  the  frequency  with  which 
his  limited  stock  is  cleared  out  and  re- 
placed by  fresh  supplies. 

2827.  Precautions. — But  should  the 
small  capitalist  still  prefer  opening  in  a 
1  suburban  district,  where  competition  is 
less  severe,,  and"  rents  and  rates  less 
burdensome,  there  are  certain  precau- 
tions which  he  will  do  well  to  observe. 
He  should  particularly  guard  against 
opening  a  shop  to  supply  what  may  bo 
termed  the  superfluities  of  life ;  for  the 
inhabitants  of  suburban  districts  are 
those  who,  like  himself,  have  resorted 
to  a  cheap  residence  for  the  sake  of 
economy.  Or,  if  this  be  not  the  case — 
if  they  are  people  of  independent  means, 
who  prefer  the  "  detached  villa"  to  the 
town-house,  squeezed  up  on  both  sides, 
they  have  the  means  of  riding  and 
driving  to  town,  and  will  prefer  choos- 
ing articles  of  taste  and  luxury  from  the 
best  marts,  enriched  by  the  finest  dis- 


"If* 


828.  Necessities  or  Luxuries. — The 
suburban  shopkeeper  should,  therefore, 
confine  himself  to  supplying  the  necessi- 
ties of  life.  Hungry  people  dislike  to 
fetch  their  bread  from  five  miles  off ; 
and  to  bring  vegetables  from  a  long  dis- 
tance would  evidently  be  a  matter  of 
considerable  inconvenience.  The  baker, 
the  butcher,  the  green-grocer,  the  beer 
retailer,  &c.,  are  those  who  find  their 
successes  first  established  in  suburban 
localities.  And  not  until  these  are  doing 
well,  should  the  tailor,  the  shoemaker, 
the  hatter,  the  draper,  the  hosier,  and 
others,  expect  to  find  return  for  their 
capital  and  reward  for  their  labour. 

2829.  Civility. — In  larger  localities, 
where  competition  abounds,  the  small 
shopkeeper  frequently  outstrips  his 
more  powerful  rival  by  one  element  of 
success,  which  may  be  added  to  any 
stock  without  cost,  but  cannot  be  with- 
held without  loss.  That  element  is 
civility.  It  has  already  been  spoken  oJ 


A  GREEbf  MAN  GOD  HATES. 


349 


elsewhere,  but  must  be  enforced  here, 
as  aiding  the  little  means  of  the  small 
BnopKeeper  to  a  wonderful  degree .  A 
kind  and  obliging  manner  carries  with 
it  an  indescribable  charm.  It  must 
not  be  a  manner  which  indicates  a 
mean,  grovelling,  time-serving  spirit, 
but  a  plain,  open,  and  agreeable  de 
meanour,  which  seems  to  desire  to 
oblige  for  the  pleasure  of  doing  so,  and 
not  for  the  sake  of  squeezing  an  extra 
penny  out  of  a  customer's  pocket. 

2830.  Failures  of  Large  Shopkeepers. 
— The    large    shopkeeper    frequently 
grows  proud  of  his  position ;  there  are 
many  little  civilities  which  customers 
like,  but  which  the  large  shopkeeper 
may  be  too  busy  or  unwilling  to  pay. 
He  forgets  that  these  civilities  are  the 
steps  by  which  he  rose,  and  that  the 
withdrawal  of  them  must  lead  to  his 
rapid  descent.     These  are  the  points 
upon   which    large    traders  are  often 
weak,  and  where  the  small  trader  finds 
them  vulnerable.    Punctuality,  cleanli- 
ness, the  neat  arrangement  of  the  stock, 
the  attractiveness  of  te  window,    the 
absence  of  all  absurd  puffing,  the  early 
and  regular  opening  of  the  shop  in  the 
morning,  and  the  attention  paid  to  every 
one  entering  it — these  are  the  secrets 
of  the  small  shopkeeper's  success  against 
the  influence  of  giant  capital.     They 
are  a  series  of  charms  before  which 
even  gold  itself  must  yield  its  potent  in- 
fluence. 

2831.  Connection. — In   small    towns 
"  connection"  has  a  great  deal  to  do 
with  the  success  of  the  shopkeeper 
There  are,  accordingly,  special  cases 
which  we  are  not  prepared  to  discuss. 
For  instance,  if  a  shopkeeper  proposed 
to  set  up  a  rivalry  against  an  old-estab- 
lished and  respectable  tradesman,  wre 
should  certainly  feel  inclined  to  advise 
him  to  pause  in  the  attempt.    But  if  he 
replied   that  his  "  connections"  were 
sufficient  to  support  him,  that  might  be 
expected    to    overrule  our    objection. 
Connections,    however,   must    not   be 
too  implicitly  relied  upon.     They  are, 
us  a  general  rule,  more  exacting  and 
less  easily   satisfied  than  the  general 


public.  We  have  known  many  ail  un- 
fortunate victim  to  the  promisee  ol 
"  connections''  open  with  the  most 
growing  prospects,  and  close  with  the 
most  disastrous  results. 

2832.  Your  "  connection,"  of  course, 
expects  you  to  give  credit. 

2833.  Your    "  connection"    is    sur- 
prised that  you  should  be  so  importun- 
ate about  your  little  account. 

2834.  Your    "  connection''    remind* 
you  of  certain  obligations  that  you  are 
under. 

2835.  Your  "  connection"  finds  that 
your    goods  are  not  a   bit   better  or 
cheaper  than  other  tradesmen's. 

2836.  Your    "connection,"    after  a 
little  while,  finds  positive  disparage- 
ment against  your  goods  upon  com- 
paring them  with  articles  bought  by  a 
friend  from  another  establishment. 

2837.  Your    "  connection"     conse- 
quently goes  over  to  that  other  estab- 
lishment,  too  often   forgetting  to  pay 
your  "  little  account." 

2838.  And    when    you    venture    to 
remonstrate,  you  lose  your  "  connec- 
tion." 

2839.  Integrity. — The   sole    reliance 
of  the  shopkeeper  should  be  in  the  in- 
tegrity of  his  transactions,  and  in  the 
civility  of  his  demeanour.     He  should 
make  it  the  interest  and  the  pleasure  of 
the  customer  to  come  to  his  shop.     If 
he  does  this,  he  will  find  the  very  best 
"  connections,"  and  so  long  as  he  con- 
tinues this  system  of  business,  they  will 
never  desert  him. 

2840.  Family  Connections. — It  is  al- 
ways creditable,  but  not  always  easy, 
for  a  man  to  stand  well  with  his  family. 
However  creditable  it  may  be  to  stand 
well  with  one's  own  kindred,  this  re- 
lationship should  never  be  looked  upon 
as  an  element  of  business.    It  is  almost 
certain  to  fail.    Your  shop  doors  should 
be  thrown  open  to  everybody,  and  you 
should  look  to  the  world  for  your  sup- 
port. 

2341.  Religious  Connections. — Reng- 
ious  connections  very  naturally  form  in 
small  towns,  where  the  mind  and  habiti 
of  every  man  are  known  to  his  town* 


350 


A  PROUD  HEART  IN  A  POOR  BREAST,   HE  8  MEIKI.E  DOl.OHl  TO  KKLE. 


men.  However  much  this  may  pre- 
vail, a  man  should  never  seek  to  make 
a  show  of  religion  the  means  of  worldly 

?  regress.     If  he  does  so,  he  will  fail, 
'he  truth  Avill  out  at  some  time  or  the 
other,  and   he  will   be  regarded   as  a 
black  sheep.     And  having  built  up  hi 
expectations,  and  regulated  his  expen 
diture   with  certain  views  of  support 
he  moment  that  support  is  withdrawn 
own  the   whole    superstructure    wil 
come.     In   these  days  of  toleration  a 
man  may  hold  any  religious  opinions,  i 
he  do  so  becomingly.     There  should  be 
no  admixture  of  tea  and  theology,  or  o 
cheese   and   creed.    The   shop   is  the 
place  wherein  to  practice  the  principle 
taught  in  the  place  of  worship,  but  it  is 
not  the  place  to  traffic  in  under  the 
cloak  of  a  religious  reputation. 

2842.  Political  Conmotions.  —  The 
same  with  politics.  A  good  citizen 
will  discharge  his  duty  to  his  town  and 
the  State  conscientiously.  Let  him 
allow  to  others  the  freedom  of  opinion 
which  he  claims  for  himself,  and  there 
are  few  who  will  seek  to  interfere  with 
him.  It  is  generally  your  bigot  and 
zealot  that  suffer  for  opinion-sake,  be- 
cause, being  dogmatical,  they  bring 
persecution  upon  themselves.  There 
are  proper  times  when  we  have  politi- 
cal duties  to  perform ;  let  them  be  dis- 
charged conscientiously.  But  in  the 
place  of  business  let  not  the  shopkeeper 
weigh  the  opinions  of  other  men,  as  he 
would  his  own  wares,  in  brass  scales. 
Politics  is  the  business  of  the  State ; 
fair  dealing  is  the  business  of  the  shop- 
keeper ;  and  while  we  are  the  last  to 
§ay  that  man  should  not  recognize  and 
discharge' political  duties,  we  do  most 
earnestly  assert  that  he  should  neither 
geek  nor  bestow  custom  for  the  promo- 
tion of  party  purposes. 

2843.  Duties  of  a  Shopkeeper.— He 
should  cheerfully  render  his  best  labour 
end  knowledge  to  serve  those  who  ap- 
proach his  counter;  and  place  confidence 
in  his  transactions  :  make  himself  alike 
to  rich  an  1  poor,  but  never  resort  to 
mean  subt<  *fuge  and  deception  to  gain 
approbation  and  support.  He  should 


be  frugal  in  his  expenditure,  that,  in 
deriving  profits  from  trade,  lie  may  not 
trespass  unduly  upon  the  interests  ol 
others ;  he  should  so  hold  the  balance 
between  man  and  man  that  he  should 
feel  nothing  to  reprove  his  conscience 
when  the  day  comes  for  him  to  repose 
from  his  labours  and  live  upon  the 
fruits  of  his  industry.  Let  the  public 
discover  such  a  man,  and  they  will 
flock  around  him  for  their  own  sukes. 

2844.  HINTS  ox  SCRUBBING  FLOORS. 
— After  the  white-washing,  paint-clean- 
ing, and  window-washing  of  each  room 
has  been  completed,  let  the  floor  be 
scrubbed  ;  first  seeing  that  it  has  been 
well  swept.  For  this  purpose  have  a 
small  tub  or  bucket  of  warm  water;  an 
old  saucer  to  hold  a  piece  of  brown 
soap,  a  large  thick  tow-linen  floor-cloth, 
and  a  long-handled  scrubbing-brush. 
Dip  the  whole  of  the  floor-cloth  into 
the  water,  and  with  it  wet  a  portion  of 
the  floor.  Next,  rub  some  soap  on  the 
bristles  of  the  brush,  and  scrub  hard  all 
over  the  wet  place.  Then  dip  your 
cloth  into  the  water,  and  with  it  wash 
the  suds  off  the  floor.  Wring  the  cloth, 
wet  it  again,  and  wipe  the  floor  with  it 
a  second  time.  Lastly,  wash  the  cloth 
about  in  the  water,  wring  it  as  dry  as 
possible,  and  give  the  floor  a  last  and 
mrd  wiping  with  it.  Afterwards  go  on 
;o  the  next  part  of  the  floor,  wet  it, 
scrub  it,  wipe  it  three  times,  and  pro- 
ceed in  the  same  manner,  a  piece,  at  a 
ime,  till  you  have  gone  over  the  whole 
hanging  the  dirty  water  for  clean 
vhenever  you  find  it  necessary.  For  a 
arge  room,  fresh  warm  water  will  be 
equired  four  or  five  times  in  the  course 
>f  the  scrubbing. 

When  the  floor  has  been  scrubbed, 
eave  the  sashes  raised  while  it  is  dry- 

n£- 

For  scouring  common  floors  that  aro 
rery  dirty,  have  by  you  an  old  tin  pan 
with  some  grey  sand  in  it ;  and  after 
oaping  the  brush,  rub  it  on  some  sand 
Iso. 

2845.  LAWS  OF  LANDLORD 
.ND  TENANT  —LEASES.— A  lease 
s  a  conveyance  of  premises  or  land* 


A  SCALD  MAN'S  HEAD  IS  SOON 


351 


for  a  specified  term  of  years,  at  a  year- 
ly rent,  with  defmite  conditions  as  to 
alterations,  repairs,  payment  of  rent, 
forfeiture,  &c.  Being  an  instrument 
01  much  importance,  it  should  always 
be  drawn  by  a  respectable  attorney, 
who  will  see  that  all  the  conditions  in 
the  interest  of  the  lessee  are  fulfilled. 

2846.  PRECAUTION  — In  taking  a 
lease,  the  tenant  should  carefully  ex- 
amine the  covenants,  or  if  he  take  an 
underlease,    he    should    ascertain   the 
covenants  of  the  original  lease,  other- 
wise, when  too  late,  he  may  find  him- 
self  so    restricted   in    his  occupation 
that  the  premises  may  be  wholly  use- 
less for  his  purpose,  or  he  may  be  in- 
volved in  perpetual  difficulties  and  an- 
noyances ;  for   instance,   he   may  find 
himself  restricted  from  making  altera- 
tions convenient  or  necessary  for  his 
trade  ;  lie  may  find  himself  compelled 
to  rebuild  or  pay  rent  in  case  of  fire  ; 
he  may  find  himself  subject  to  forfeit- 
ure of  his  lease  or  other  penalty,  if  he 
should  underlet  or  assign  his  interest, 
carry  on  some  particular  trade,  &c. 

2847.  COVENANTS. — The  covenants 
on  the  landlord's  part  are  usually  the 
granting   of    legal   enjoyment   of   the 
premises  to  the  lessee;  the  saving  him 
harmless  from  all  other  claimants    to 
title ;    and  also   for    future  assurance. 
On  the  tenant's  pnrt,  they  are  usually 
*o  pay  the  rent  and  taxes ;  to  keep  the 

E remises  in  suitable  repair;  and  to  de- 
7er  up  possession  when  the  term  has 
expired. 

2848.  RENT  AND   TAXES.-— The 
lessee  covenants  to  pay  the  rent  and 
all  taxes. 

2849.  ASSIGNMENTS.— Unless  there 
be  a  covenant   against   assignment,   a 
lease   may  be  assigned ;  that  is,  the 
whole   interest  of  the  lessee  may  be 
conveyed  to  another,  or  it  may  be  un- 
derlet ;  if,  therefore,  it  is  intended  that 
it  should  not,  it  is  proper  to  insert  a 
covenant  to  restrain  the  lessee  from  as- 
signing or  underletting.     Tenants  for 
terms  of  years  may  assign  or  underlet, 
kut  tenants  at  will  cannot. 

2850   REPAIRS  -A  tenant  wh.  cov- 


enants to  keep  a  house  in  repair  ie  not 
answerable  for  its  natural  decay,  but  i& 
bound  to  keep  it  wind  and  water  tight, 
so  that  it  does  not  decay  for  want  of 
cover.  A  lessee  who  covenants  to  pay 
rent  and  keep  the  premises  in  repair, 
is  liable  to  pay  the  rent  although  the 
premises  may  be  burned  down. 

2851.  NEGLECT    OF    REPAIRS  BY 
LANDLORD — If  a  landlord  covenant* 
to  repair  and  neglects  to  do  so,  the  ten 
ant  may  do  it  and  withhold  so  much  of 
the  rent.     But  it  is  advisable  that  no- 
tice thereof  should  be  given   by  the 
tenant  to  the  landlord,  in  the  presence 
of  a  witness,  prior  to  commencing  the 
repairs. 

2852.  RIGHT   OF  LANDLORD    TO 
ENTER  PREMISES.— A  Landlord  may 
enter  upon  the  premises  (having 
previous  notice),  although  not  ex 

ed  in  the  lease,  for  the  purpose  of 
viewing  the  state  of  the  property. 

2853.  TERMINATION  OF  LEA'SES.— 
A  tenant  must  deliver  up  possession  at 
the  expiration  of  the  term  (the  lease 
being  sufficient  notice)  or  he  will  con- 
tinue liable  to  the  rent  as  tenant  by 
sufferance  without  any  new  contract; 
but  if   the    landlord  recognizes    such 
tenancy  by  accepting  a  payment  of  rent 
after  the  lease  has  expired,  such  ac- 
ceptance will   constitute  a  tenancy  ; 
but  previous  to  accepting  a  rent  the 
landlord  may  bring  his  ejectment  with 
out  notice,  for  the  lease  having  expir- 
ed, the  tenant  is  a  trespasser.    A  lease 
covenanted  to  be  void,  if  the  rent  be 
not  paid   upon   the   day  appointed,  is 
good,  unless  the  landlord  make  an  en- 
try. 

2854.  MARRIED  WOMEN.— Married 
women  (unless  the  power  is  expressly 
reserved  them  by  marriage  settlement), 
cannot   grant   leases  ;    but   husbands, 
seized  in   right  of  their  wives,  may 
grant  leases  for  twenty-one  years.     If 
a  wife  is  executrix,  the  husband  and 
wife  have  the  power  of  leasing,  as_  ir. 
the  ordinary  case  of  husband  and  wife 

2855.  Married  women  canncjt  (ex- 
cept by  special  custom)  take  leases; 
if  husband  and  wife  accept  a  lease,  sh*8 


352 


A  BURNT  BAIRN  DREADS  FIRE. 


may,  after  his  death,  accept  or  reject 
it,  in  the  same  manner  as  an  infant 
may,  and  is  not  bound  by  the  cove- 
nants though  she  continues  a  tenant. 

2856.  NOTICES.— All  notices  of  what- 
ever description  relating  to  tenancies, 
should   be   in  writing,  and  the  person 
serving  the  said  notice  should  write  on 
the  back  thereof  a  memorandum  of  the 
date  on  which  it  was  served,  and  should 
keep  a  copy  of  the  said  notice  with  a 
similar  memorandum  attached. 

2857.  Houses  are  considered  as  let 
for  the  year,  and  the  tenants  are  sub- 
ject to  the  laws  affecting  annual  tenan- 
cies, unless  there  be  an  agreement  in 
writing  to  the  contrary. 

2858.  Agreement  for  taking  a  House. 
— Forms  of  agreement,  or  leases  may 
be  obtained  at  any  law  stationers  in  the 
city ;  in  the  country  they  can  be  pro- 
cured from  the  booksellers. 

2859.  Care  should  be  taken  to  have 
inserted  in  the  lease  all  terms  of  the 
contract  between  the  parties. 

2860.  Leases  may  be  for  a  term  of 
years,  or  for  life,  or" at  will. 

2861.  A  lease  for  years  is  a  lease  for 
a  certain  number  of  years  specified  in 
the  lease. 

2862.  A  lease  for  life  is  a  lease  for 
either  the  life  of  the  tenant,  or  of  some 
other  person  or  persons. 

2863.  A  lease  at  will  is  where  the 
tenantry  exists  only  during  the  will  of 
either  of  the  parties.    The  statutes  of 
most  of  the  States  provide  that  a  parol 
lease  for  a  longer  term  than  one  year 
shall  operate  only  as  a  lease  at  will. 

2864.  A  lease  by  sufferance  is  when 
the  tenant's  lease  has  expired,  and  he 
remains  in -possession.     He  is  then  ten- 
ant by  the  sufferance  of  the  landlord. 

2865.  THE     ETIQUETTE     OF 
COURTSHIP  AND  MARRIAGE.— 
No  subject  in  this  work  is  more  im- 
portant, and   certainly   none   will    be 
studied  with  as  much  attention,  as  that 
of  the  present  section.     Love  is  the 
universal  passion,  courtship  is  the  most 
interesting   avocation   of   human    life, 
and  marriage  one  of  the  great  ends  of 

'  As  ouv  wives  are  not  pur- 


chased as  in  China,  nor  stolen  as  in 
some  parts  of  Africa,  nor  in  general  ne- 
gotiated for  by  parents,  as  in  some  coun- 
tries in  Europe,  but  wooed  and  won  by 
polite  attentions,  the  manner  in  which 
a  gentleman  should  behave  towards  la- 
dies is  a  matter  of  the  greatest  import- 
ance. Charms,  filters,  and  talismans, 
are  used  no  longer — the  only  proper 
talismans  are  worth  and  accomplish- 
ments. (See  1211.) 

2866.  How  TO  WIN  THE  FAVOR  OF 
LADIES. — To  win  the  favor  of  ladies, 
dress  and  manner  must  never  be  neg- 
lected.    Women  look  more   to  sense 
than  to  beauty,  and  a  man  shcvvs  his 
sense,  or  his  want  of  it,  in  every  action 
of  his  life.     When  a  young  man  first 
finds    himself  in   the   company  of  the 
other  sex,  he  is  seldom  free  from  a  de- 
gree of  bashfulness,  which  makes  him 
more  awkward  than  he  would  other- 
wise  appear,  and  he  very  often   errs 
from  real  ignorance  of  what  he  should 
say  or  do.     Though  a  proper  feeling  of 
respect  and  kindness,  and  a  desire  to 
be  obliging  and  agreeable,  will  always 
be  recognized  and  appreciated,  there 
are  certain  forms  very  convenient  to 
be  understood. 

2867.  HOW  TO  ADDRESS  A  LADY. — 

We  address  a  married  lady,  or  widow, 
as  Madam,  or  by  name,  as  Missis  or 
Mistress  Jones.  In  answering  a.  ques- 
tion, we  contract  the  Madam  to  ma'am 
— as  "  yen,  ma'am,  no,  ma1  am,  very  fine 
day,  ma'am.' 

2868.  A  single  lady,  of  a  certain  age, 
may  also  be  addressed  as  Madam. 

2869.  A  young  lad\ .  if  the  eldest  of 
the  family,  unmarried,  is  entitled  to  the 
sirname,   as  Miss    Smith,   while    her 
younger  sisters  are  called  Miss  Mary, 
Miss  Julia,  &c.    The  term  "Miss," 
used  by  itself,  is  very  inelegant. 

2870.  It  is  expected  that  gentlemen 
will,  upon  every  proper  occasion,  ofl'er 
civilities  to  ladies  of  their  acquaintance, 
and  especially  to  those  for  whom  they 
have  a  particular  attachment. 

2871.  A  gentleman  meeting  a  lady 
at  an  evening  party,  is  struck  with  hel 
appearance.     Ascertaining  that  she  if 


AULD  MEN  ARE  TWICE  BAIRNS. 


not  engaged,  which  he  may  do  from 
some  acquaintance,  he  takes  some  op- 
portunity of  saying, 

"  Miss  Ellen,  will  you  honor  me,  by 
accepting  my  escort  home,  to-night?" 
or, 

"  Miss  Ellen,  shall  I  have  the  pleas- 
ure of  seeing  you  home  ?"  or, 

"  Miss  Ellen,  make  me  happy  by  se- 
>cting  me  for  your  cavalier;"  or, 

"  Miss  Ellen,  shall  I  have  the  pleas- 
ure of  protecting  you  ?" 

The  last,  of  course,  as  the  others, 
may  be  half  in  fun,  for  these  little  mat- 
ters do  not  require  much  seriousness. 
The  lady  replies,  if  engaged, 

"  Excuse  me,  sir,  I  am  already  pro- 
vided for ;"  or,  pleasantly, 

"  How  unfortunate  !  If  you  had  been 
five  minutes  earlier,  I  might  have  avail- 
ed myself  of  your  services ;' '  or,  if  dis- 
engaged, 

"  Thank  you,  sir,  I  shall  be  obliged 
fur  your  attention;"  or, 

"  With  pleasure,  sir,  if  my  company 
will  pay  you  for  your  trouble ;"  or,  any 
other  pleasant  way  of  saying  that  she 
accepts,  and  is  grateful  for  the  atten- 
tion proffered  to  her. 

2872.  The     preliminaries     settled, 
which  should  be  as  early  as  possible, 
his   attention    should    be   public.     He 
should  assist  her  in  putting  on  her  cloak 
and  shawl,  and  offer  her  his  arm  before 
leaving  the  room. 

2873.  PRELIMINARIES  OF  COURT- 

SHIP. 

2874.  There  is  no  reason  why  the 
passion  of  love  should  be  wrapped  up 
in  mystery.     It  would  prevent   much 
and  complicated  misery  in  the  world, 
if  all  young  persons  understood  it. 

2875.  According  to  the   usages  of 
society,  it  is  the  custom  for  the  man  to 
propose  marriage,  and  for  the  female  to 
refuse  or  accept  the  offer,  as  she  may 
think  fit.     There  ought  to  be  a  perfect 
freedom  of  the  will  in  both  parties. 

2876.  When  a  young  man  admires  a 
«ady,  and  thinks  her  society  necessary 
to  his  happiness,  it   is   proper,  before 
committing  himself,   or  inducing  the 
object  of  his  admiration  to  do  so,  to  ap- 


ply to  her  parents  or  guardians  for  per 
mission  to  address  her;  this  is  a  be- 
coming mai  k  of  respect,  and  the  cir- 
cumstances must  be  very  peculiar 
which  would  justify  a  deviation  from 
this  course. 

2877.  Everything  secret   and  unac- 
knowledged is  to  be  avoided,  as  the 
reputation  of  a  clandestine  intercourse 
is  always  more  or  less  injurious  through 
life.     The  romance  evaporates,  but  the 
memory  of  indiscretion  suivives. 

2878.  Young  men  frequently  amuse 
themselves  by  playing  with  the  feel- 
ings of  young  women.   They  visit  them 
often,  they  walk   with  them,  they  pny 
them  divers  attentions,  and  after  giving 
them  an  idea  that  they  are  attached  to 
them,  they  either  leave  them,  or,  what 
is  worse,  never  come  to  an  explanation 
of  their  sentiments.     This  is  to  act  the 
character    of  a  dangler,   a   character 
truly  dastardly  and  infamous. 

2879.  How  TO  COMMENCE  A  COURT- 
SHIP.*— A  gentleman   having    met    a 
lady  at  social  parties,  dance  J  with  her 
at  balls,  accompanied  her  to  and  from 
church,  may  desire   to   become   more 
intimately  acquainted.     In   short,  you 
wish  to  commence  a  formal  courtship. 
This  is  a  case  for  palpitations,  but  for- 
get  not   that  "  faint  heart  never  won 
fair  lady."     What  will  you  do  ?   Why, 
taking  some  good  opportunity,  say, 

"Miss  Wilson,  since  I  became  ac- 
quainted with  you,  I  have  been  every 
day  more  pleased  with  your  society, 
and  I  hope  you  will  allow  me  to  enjoy 
more  of  it — if  you  are  not  otherwise 
engaged,  will  you  permit  me  to  visit 
you  on  Sunday  evening?" 

The  lady  will  blush,  no  doubt— she 
may  tremble  a  little,  but  if  your  propo- 
sition is  acceptable  to  her  she  may 
say, 

•'  I  am  grateful  for  your  good  opin- 
ion, and  shall  be  happy  to  see  you." 

Or  if  her  friends  have  not  been  con- 
sulted, as  they  usually  are  before  mat 
ters  proceed  so  far,  she  may  say : 

*  See  the  "Lu\vs  o!  Love,"  published  !>- 
Dit-.k  &  Fitzprerald.  I'"ce  25  cent* 


854 


A   BLITHE  HEART  MAKES  A  BLOMAND  VISAGE. 


"  I  am  sensible  of  your  kindness,  sir ; 
but  I  cannot  consent  to  a  private  inter- 
view, without  consulting  my  family.'' 

Or  she  may  refuse  altogether,  and  in 
such  a  case,  should  do  so  with  every 
regard  to  the  feelings  of  the  gentleman, 
and,  if  engaged,  should  say  frankly : 

"  I  shall  be  happy  to  see  you  at  all 
times  as  a  friend,  but  I  am  not  at  lib- 
"rty  to  grant  a  private  interview." 

'2880.  As,  in  all  these  affairs,  the  la- 
dy is  the  respondent,  there  is  little  ne- 
cessity for  atiy  directions  in  regard  to 
her  conduct,  a«  a  "  Yes  "  ever  so  softly 
whispered,  is  a  sufficient  affirmative, 
and  as  her  kindness  of  heart  will  in- 
duce her  to  soften  as  much  as  possible 
her  "  No." 

To  tell  a  lady  who  has  granted  the 
preliminary  favors,  that  you  love  her 
better  than  life,  and  to  ask  her  to  name 
the  happy  day,  are  matters  of  nerve, 
rather  than  form,  and  require  no  teach- 
ing. (See  No.  320.) 

2881.  LOVE  LETTERS. 

2882.  A  gentleman  is  struck  with 
the  appearance  of  a  lady,  and  is  desir- 
ous of  her  acquaintance,  but  there  are 
no  means  within  his  reach  of  obtaining 
an  introduction,  and  he  has  no  friends 
who  are  acquainted  with  herself  or  her 
family.     In  this  dilemma  there  is  no 
alternative  but  a  letter. 

2883.  There  is,  besides,  a  delicacy,  a 
timidity,  a  nervousness  in  love,  which 
makes  men  desire  some  naode  of  com- 
munication  rather  than    the    speech, 
which,  in   such  cases,  too  often  fails 
them.      In   short,   there    are  reasons 
enough  for  writing — but  when  the  en- 
amored youth  has  set  about  penning  a 
letter  to  the  object  of  his  passions,  how 
difficult  does  he   find  it !    How  many 
efforts  does  he  make  before  he  succeeds 
in  writing-  one  to  suit  him  ! 

2884.  It  may  be  doubted  whether  as 


ble  being  of  whom  he  was  enamored 
and  it  has  been  the  same,  so  far  as  can 
be  judged,  in  all  the  generations  of  tho 
world. 

2885.  Affairs  of  the  heart— the  deli 
cafe   and  interesting   preliminaries   ol 
marriage,   are  oftener   settled   by  the 
pen  than  in  any  other  manner. 

2886.  To  write  the  words  legibly,  tc 
ppell  them   correctly,   to  point  them 
properly,  to  begin  every  sentence  and 
every  proper  name  with  a  capital  let- 
ter, every  one  is  supposed  to  learn  at 
school. 

2887.  To  give   examples   of  letters 
would  be  useless  and  absurd,  as  each 
particular  case  must  necessarily  require 
a  widely  different  epistle,  and  the  judg- 
ment and  feelings  of  the  party  writing 
must  be  left  to  control  both  the  style 
and  substance  of  the  letter. 

2888.  For  a  love  letter,  good  paper 
is    indispensable.     When    it    can    be 
procured,  that  of  costly  quality,  gold- 
edged,  perfumed,  or  ornamented  in  the 
French   style,  may  be  properly  need. 
The   letter  should     be    carefully  en- 
veloped, and  nicely  sealed  with  a  fancy 
wafer — not  a  common  one,  of  course, 
where  any  other  can  be  had;  or  what 
is  better,  plain  or    fancy  sealing- wax. 
As  all  persons  are  more  or  less  governed 
by  first  impressions  and  externals,  the 
whole  affair  should    be  as   neat  and 
elegant  as  possible. 

2889.  Popping  the  Question.— There 
is  nothing  more  appalling  to   a  modest 
and  sensitive  young  man  than  asking 
the  girl  he  loves  to  many  him ;    ana 
there   are  few  who  do  not  find   theii 
moral  courage  tasked   to  the   utmost. 
Many  a  man  who  would  lead  a  forlorn 
hope,  mount  a  breach,  and  "  seek  the 
bubble  reputation  e'en  in  the  cannon's 
mouth,"  trembles  at  the  idea  of  asking 
a  woman   the  question  which  is  to  de- 


many  I'eams  of  paper  have  ever  been  j  cide  his  fate.  Ladies  may  congratulate 
used  in  writingletters  upon  all  other  sub-  \  themselves  that  nature  and  custom  have 
jects,  as  have  been  consumed  upon  epis- 1  made  them  the  responding  parry. 
ties  of  love;  and  there  is  probably  no  man  |  2890.  In  a  matter  which  men  have 
living  who  has  not  at  sometime  written,  always  found  so  terrible,  yet  which,  in 
or  desired  to  write,  some  missive  which  one  way  or  other,  they  have  always 
explain  his  passions  to  the  amia-  i  contrived  in  some  awkward  way  to  a» 


A  TRAVELLED  MAX  HATH  LEAVE  TO  LIE. 


complish,  it  is  not  easy  to  give   instruc- 
tions suited  to  every  emergency. 

2891.  A  man  naturally  conforms   to 
the  disposition  of  the   woman   he   ad- 
mires.     If    she    be    serious,   he  will 
approach  the  awful   subject  with   due 
solemnity — if   gay  and   lively,  he   will 
make   it  an   excellent  joke — if  softly 
sentimental,  he  must  woo  her  in  a  strain 
of  high-wrought  romance — if  severely 
practical,  he  relies  upon   straight-for- 
ward common  sense. 

2892.  There  is  one  maxim  of  univer- 
sal application — Never  lose   an  oppor- 
tunity.    What  can  a  woman  think  of 
a  lover  who  neglects   one  ?    Women 
cannot  make  direct  advances,  but  they 
use  infinite  tact  in  giving  men  occasions 
to   make   them.     In  every  case,  it  is 
fair  to   presume   that  when  a  woman 
gives   a  man  an  opportunity,  she  ex- 
pects him  to  improve  it ;  and  though  he 
may  tremble,  and  feel  his  pulses  throb- 
bing and  tingling  through   every  limb  ; 
though  his  heart  is  filling  up  his  throat, 
and  his  tongue  cleaves  to  the  roof  of 
his  mouth,  yet  the  awful  question  must 
be    asked — the   fearful    task    accom- 
plished. 

2893.  In  the  country,  the  lover  is 
taking  a  romantic  walk  by  moonlight, 
with  the  lady  of  his  love— talks  of  the 
beauty  of  the  scenery,  the  harmony  of 
nature,  and  exclaims,  "  Ah !  Julia,  how 
happy  would  existence  prove,  if  I  al- 
ways had  such  a  companion!" 

She  sighs,  and  leans  more  fondly  on 
the  arm  that  tremblingly  supports  her. 

"  My  dearest  Julia,  be  mine  forever !" 
This  is  a  settler,  and  the  answer, 
ever  so  inaudible,  "  makes  or  undoes 
him  quite." 

2894.  "  Take  pity  on  a  forlorn  bach- 
elor," says  another,  in  a  manner  either 
in    jest  or  earnest,"    "marry  me   at 
once,  and  put  me  out  of  my  misery.' 

"  With  all  my  heart,  whenever  you 
are  ready,"  replies  the  laughing  fair. 
A  joke  carried  thus  far  is  easily  made 
earnest. 

2895.  A  point  is  often   carried   by 
taking  a  thing  for  granted.     A  gentle- 
uiiii   paying    part  jular    attentic -   to 


a  lady,  says,  "  Well,  Mary,  when  i» 
the  happy  day  ? "  "  What  day,  pray  ? ' ' 
she  asks,  with  a  conscious  blush. 

"  Why,  everybody  knows  that  we 
are  going  to  get  married,  and  it  might 
as  well  be  one  time  as  another ;  so 
when  shall  it  be?" 

Cornered  in  this  fashion,  there  is  no 
retreat. 

2896.  "  Jane,  I  love  you !    Will  you 
marry  me  ?"  would  be  somewhat  abrupt, 
and   a   simple,  frankly  given,  "  Yes  ';" 
would  be  short  and  sweet,  for  an  answer. 

"  Ellen,  one  word  from  you  would 
make  me  the  happiest  man  in  the 
universe!" 

"  I  should  be  cruel  not  to  speak  it, 
then,  unless  it  is  a  very  hard  one." 

"  It  is  a  word  of  three  letters,  and 
answers  the  question.  Will  you  have 
me  ?" 

The  lady  of  course  says  Yes,  unless 
she  happens  fto  prefer  a  word  of  only 
two  letters,  and  answers  No. 

And  so  this  interesting  and  terrible 
process  in  practice,  simple  as  it  is  in 
theory,  is  varied  in  a  hundred  ways, 
according  to  circumstances  and  the 
various  dispositions. 

2897.  One    timid  gentleman    asks, 
"  Have  you  any  objection  to  change 
your  name  1 ' '    And  follows  this  up  with 
another,  which  clenches  its  significance, 
"  How  would  mine  suit  you  ?" 

Another  asks,  "  Will  you  tell  me 
what  I  most  wish  to  know?" 

"  Yes,  if  I  can." 

"  The  happy  day  when  we  shall  bo 
married?" 

2898.  Another  says,  "  My  Eliza,  we 
must  do  what  the  world  evidently  ex 
pects  we  shall." 

"  The  world  is  very  impertinent." 
"  I  know  it— but  it  can't  be  helped 

When  shall  I  tell  the  parson  to   bt 

ready?" 

2899.  As  a  general  rule,  a  gentlemar 
never  need  be  refused.     Every  woman 
except  a  heartless  coquette,  finds  tho 
means  of  discouraging  a  man  whom  she 
does  not  intend  to  have,  before  the 
matter  comes  to  the  point  of  a  declara- 
tion 


356 


A  GENTLE  HORSE  SHOULD  NOT  BE  OWER  SAIK  Sl'l'RRED. 


2900.  Marriage    Ceremony.— Wed- 
dings are  everywhere  accompanied  with 
some  degree  of  ceremony,  and  are  usu- 
ally considered  as  occasions  of  festiv- 
ity. 

2901.  The  preliminaries  having  been 
airanged  by  the  contracting  parties,  and 
the  lady  having  named  the  happy  day, 
preparations  are  made  for  the  wedding. 
Th«se  who  belong  to  the  Episcopal  and 
Roman  Catholic  churches   are   usually 
married  at  church,  in  the  morning,  and 
by  the  prescribed  forms. 

2902.  In  some  cases  there  is  a  wed- 
ding-party given   in   the   evening ;   in 
others,  the  happy  couple  make  a  short 
wedding  tour,  and  issue  cards  of  invita- 
tion on  their  return.     (See  2916.) 

2903.  Among  other  denominations, 
the  parties  are  married  by  a  clergyman 
or    magistrate ;    and  in   the   State  of 
New  York,  marriage  being  considered 
by  the  law  only  a  civil  contract,  it  may 
be  witnessed  by  any  person. 

2904.  Where   a  wedding    is    cele- 
brated in  the  usual  forms,  cards  of  in- 
vitation   are  issued,  at  least  a  week 
beforehand.      The     hour     selected  is 
usually  eight  o'clock,  P.  M.     Wedding 
cake,  wines,  and    other    refreshments, 
are  provided    by  the    bride  and  her 
friends  for  the  occasion.     The  bride  is 
usually  dressed  in  pure  white  —  she 
wears  a  white  veil,  and  her  head  is 
crowned  with  a  wreath  of  white  flow- 
ers,   usually    artificial;     and     orange 
blossoms  are  preferred.     She   should 
wear  no  ornaments  but  such  as  her 
intended  husband  or   her  father  may 
present  her  for  the  occasion — certainly 
no  gift,  if  any  such  were  retained  of 
any  former  sweetheart. 

2905.  The  bridernaidor  bridesmaids, 
if  there  be  two,  are  generally  younger 
than   the    bride,  and   should    also  be 
dressed  in   white,  but    more    simply. 
The  bridegroom  must  be  in  full  dress — 
that  is,  he   must  wear  a   drees   coat, 
which  if  he  pleases,  may  be  faced  with 
white  satin  ;  a  white   satin  vest,  black 
pantaloons,  and  dress  boots  or  pumps, 
black   silk    stockings,   and   white    kid 
ploves,  and  a  wlrte  cravat.     The  bride- 


groom is  attended  by  one  or  two 
groomsmen,  who  should  be  dressed  in 
a  similar  manner. 

2906.  It   is   the  duty  of  the   bride- 
maids  to  assist  in  dressing   the  bride, 
and  making  the  necessary  preparations 
for  the   entertainment  of  the   guests. 
The    chief     groomsman   engages  the 
clergyman  or  magistrate,  and  upon  his 
arrival,  introduces  him  to  the  bride  and 
bridegroom,   and    the    friends  of  the 
parties. 

2907.  The  invited  guests,  upon  their 
arrival,  are  received  as  at  other  par- 
ties,  and    after  visiting  the   dressing- 
rooms,  and  arranging  their  toilets,  they 
proceed  to  the  room  where  the  cere- 
mony is  to  be  performed.      In  some 
cases  the  marriage  is  performed  before 
the  arrival  of  the  guests. 

2908.  When  the  hour  for  the  cere- 
mony has   arrived,  and   all   things  are 
ready,  the  wedding-party,  consisting  of 
the  happy  couple,  with  the  bridesmaids 
and  groomsmen,  walk  into  the  room 
arm  in  arm;  the  groomsmen   each  at 
tending  the  bridesmaids,  preceding  the 
bride  and  bridegroom,  and   take   their 
position  at    the    head  of   the   room, 
which  is  usually  the  end  farthest  from 
the     entrance;     the     bride     standing 
facing  the  assembly  on  the   right  of 
the  bridegroom — the  bridesmaids  taking 
their  position  at  her  right,    and  the 
groomsmen  at  the  left  of  the  bride- 
groom. 

2909.  The  principal  groomsman  now 
formally  introduces  the   clergyman  or 
magistrate  to  the  bride  and  bridegroom, 
and  he  proceeds  to  perfonn   the   mar- 
riage ceremony:  if  a  ring  is  to  be  used, 
the   bridegroom  procures  a  plain   gold 
one,  previously  taking  some   means  to 
have  it  of  the  proper  size.     (See  453.) 

2910.  As  soon    as   the   ceremony  is 
over,  and   the   bridegroom  has   kissed 
the  bride,  the  clergyman  or  magistrate 
shakes  hands  with  the   bride,  saluting 
her  by  her  newly-acquired   name,  as 

Mrs. ,   and   wishes     them    joy 

prosperity,  and  happiness:  the  grooms- 
men and  bridesmaids  then  do  the  same , 
and   then    the    principal    groomsmen 


AN  ILL  COOK  AVALD  HAVE  A  GOOD  CLAVER. 


357 


brings  to  them  the  other  persons  in  the 
room,  commencing  with  the  parents 
and  relatives  of  the  parties,  the  bride's 
relatives  having  precedence,  and  ladies 
being  accompanied  by  gentlemen.  In 
this  manner  all  present  are  expected 
to  make  their  salutations  and  congratu- 
lations, first  to  the  newly-married 
couple,  and  then  to  their  parents  and 
friends.  And  where  the  wedding  cere- 
mony lias  been  performed  before  the 
arrival  of  the  guests,  they  are  received 
near  the  door,  having,  of  course,  first 
visited  the  dressing-rooms,  and  ai-e  in- 
troduced in  the  same  manner.  The 
groomsman  takes  occasion,  before  the 
clergyman  or  magistrate  leaves,  to  pri- 
vately thank  him  for  his  attendance,  at 
the  same  time  placing  in  his  hand  the 
marriage  fee,  which  is  wrapped  up 
nicely  in  paper,  and  if  more  than  the 
legal  sum,  as  is  frequently  the  case 
where  the  parties  are  wealthy,  it  is 
usually  in  gold.  The  bridegroom,  of 
course,  takes  an  early  opportunity  to  re- 
imburse his  groomsman  for  necessary 
expenses. 

2911.  When  the  presentations   and 
congratulations  are  over,  that  is,  when 
the   guests    have     arrived,  the   bridal 
party,  which  till  now  has  kept  its  posi- 
tion, mingles  with  the  rest  of  the  com- 
pany, and  joins  in  the  dancing  or  other 
amusements. 

2912.  The    Bridal    Chamber.— The 
festivities  should   not  be    kept  up  too 
late ;  and  at  the   hour  of  retiring-,  the 
bride  is  to  be  conducted  to  the  bridal 
chamber  by  the  bridesmaids,  who  assist 
her  in   her    night  toilet.     The   bride- 
groom upon  receiving  notice  will  retire, 
without  farther  attendance   or    cere- 
mony. 

2913.  The  practice  of  kissing-  the 
bride  is  not  so  common  as  formerly,  and 
in  regard  to  this,  the  taste  of  the  bride- 
groom may  be  consulted,  as  the  rest  of 
the   company  follow   the   example  of 
the  groomsman  ;  but   the   parents  and 
very  near  relatives  of  the   parties,  of 
course  act  as  affection  prompts  them. 

2914.  The  chamber  frolics,  such   as 
tire  whole  company  visiting  the  bride 


and  bridegroom  after  they  are  in  bed, 
which  was  done  some  years  ago,  even 
at  the  marriage  of  monarchs,  and  the 
custom  of  throwing  the  stocking,  etc., 
are  almost  universally  dispensed  with. 

2915.  WEDDING  DRESS. — It  is  impos- 
sible to  lay  down  specific  rules  for  dress, 
as  fashions   change,  and  tastes  differ. 
The  great  art  consists  in  selecting  the 
style  of  dress  the  most  becoming. 

2916.  A  stout  person  should  adopt 
a  different  style  from  a  thin  person  ;  a 
tall  one  from  a  short  one.    Peculiari- 
ties of  complexion,   and  form  of  face 
and  figure,  should  be  duly  regarded  ; 
and  in  these  matters  there  is  no  better 
course  than  to  call  in  the  aid  of  any  re- 
spectable milliner  and  cfcessmaker,  who 
will  be   found  ready  to  give   the   best 
advice.     The  bridegroom  should  simply 
appear  in  full  drees,  and  should  avoid 
everything  eccentric  and  broad  in  style. 
The  bridesmaids  should  always  be  made 
aware  of  the  bride's  dress  before  they 
choose  their  own,  which  should  be  de- 
termined  by  a  proper  harmony  with 
the  former.     (See  2904.) 

2917.  When   the   ceremony   is   per- 
formed   according  to   the    Protestant 
Episcopal  service,  the  order  of  going 
to  church  is  as  follows  : — The  BRIDR, 
accompanied  by  her  father,  not  unfre- 
quently  her  mother,  and  uniformly  by 
a  bridesmaid,  occupies  theirs*  carriage. 
The  father  hands   out  the   bride,  and 
leads  her  to  the  altar,  the  mother  and 
the  bridesmaid  following.     After  them 
come  the  other  bridesmaids,  attended 
by  the  groomsmen,  if  there  are  more 
than  one. 

2918.  THE  BRIDEGROOM  occupies  the 
last  carriage,  with  the  principal  grooms- 
man,  an   intimate    friend  or   brother. 
He  follows,  and  stands  facing  the  altar, 
with  the  bride  at  his   left  hand.     The 
father  places  himself  behind,  with  the 
mother,  if  she  attends. 

2919.  THE  CHIEF  BRIDEMAID  oc- 
cupies a  place  on  the  left  of  the  bride,  u, 
hold  her  gloves  and  handkerchief,  aiid 
flowers  ;  hei   companions  range  them 
selves  on  the  left. 

2920.  Remember  to  take  the  riv 


358 


AT  OPEN  DOORS  DOGS  COME  IN. 


with  you.  The  fee  to  a  clergyman  is 
according  to  the  fortune  of  the  bride- 
groom ;  and  a  trifle  should  be  given  to 
the  sexton. 

2921.  When  the  ceremony  is  con- 
cluded, the  bride  takes  the  groom1  s  arm, 
they  enter  their  carriage,  and  proceed 
to  the  breakfast,  every  one  else  follow- 
ing.    (See  3131.) 

2922.  THE   ORDER  OF  RETURN  FROM 
CHURCH  differs  from  the  above  only  in 
the  fact  that  the  bride  and  bridegroom 
now  ride  together,  the  bride  being  on 
his  left,  and  a  bridesmaid,  and  a  grooms- 
man, or  the  father  of  the  bride,  occu- 
pying the  front  seats  of  the  carriage. 

'2923.  THE  WEDDING  BREAKFAST 
having  been  already  prepared,  the  wed- 
ding party  return  thereto.  If  a  large 
party,  the  bride  and  bridegroom  occupy 
seats  in  the  centre  of  the  long-  table, 
and  the  two  extremities  should  be  pre- 
sided over  by  elderly  relatives,  if  possi- 
ble one  from  each  family.  .  Everybody 
should  endeavour  to  make  the  occasion 
as  happy  as  possible.  One  of  the  senior 
members  of  either  the  bride  or  bride- 
groom's family,  should,  some  time 
before  the  breakfast  has  terminated, 
rise,  and  in  a  brief  but  graceful  man- 
ner, propose  the  "  Health  and  happiness 
of  the  wedded  pair."  It  is  much  better 
to  drink  their  healths  together  than 
separately;  and,  after  a  brief  interval, 
the  bridegroom  should  return  thanks, 
which  he  may  do  without  hesitation, 
since  no  one  looks  for  a  speech  upon 
such  an  occasion.  A  few  words,  feel- 
ingly expressed,  are  all  that  is  required. 
The  breakfast  generally  concludes  with 
the  departure  of  the  happy  pair  upon 
their  wedding  tour. 

2924.  CARDS. — With  regard  to  send- 
ing out  cards,  as  wedding  tours  are 
more  extended  than,  in  olden  times, 
they  are  generally  forwarded  about  a 
wwk  or  two  previous  to  the  return  of 
the  travellers.  Plain  silver-edged  cards 
are  now  most  fashionable,  but  questions 
relative  to  them  ought  to  be  referred  to 
the  engraver,  as  fashions  change  con- 
tinually. 

•2925.  RECEPTION. — When  the  mar- 


ried pair  have  returned,  and  the  day  of 
reception  arrives,  wedding-en ko  and 
wine  are  handed  round,  of  which  every 
one  partakes,  and  each  expresses  some 
kindly  wish  for  the  newly-married 
couple.  The  bride  ought  not  to  receive 
visitors  without  a  mother  or  sister,  or 
some  friend  being  present,  not  even  if 
her  husband  is  at  home.  Gentlemen 
who  are  in  professions,  cannot  always 
await  the  arrival  of  visitors;  when  such 
is  the  case,  some  old  friend  of  the 
family  should  represent  him,  and  proffer 
an  apology  for  his  absence. 

2926.  AFTER    MARRIAGE. —After 
marriage  the  bridal  party  usually  travel 
for  a  week  or  two,  upon  their  return , 
it  is  customary   for  the   bride  to  be 
"  at  home"  for  a  few  days,  to  receive 
visits.     The  first  four  weeks  after  mar- 
riage constitute  the  honeymoon. 

You  need  not  retain  the  whole  of 
your  previous  acquaintance ;  those  only 
to  whom  you  send  cards  are,  after  mar- 
riage, considered  in  the  circle  of  your 
visiting  acquaintance.  The  parents  or 
friends  of  the  bride  usually  send  the 
cards  to  her  connexion ;  the  bridegroom 
selects  those  persons  among  his  former 
associates  whom  he  wishes  to  retain  as 
such.  The  cards  are  sometimes  united 
by  a  silken  cord,  or  white  ribbon,  to 
distinguish  those  of  a  newly-married 
pair  from  ordinary  visitors  ;  but  it  is 
doubtful  whether  it  be  in  good  taste. 

A  married  lady  may  leave  her  own 
or  her  husband's  card  in  returning  a 
visit ;  the  latter  only  would  bt5  adopted 
as  a  resource  in  the  event '/f  her  not 
having  her  own  with  her. 

A  lady  will  not  say,  "  My  Husband," 
except  among  intimates  ;  in  every  other 
case  she  should  address  him  by  his 
Christian  name,  calling  him  Mr.  It  is 
equally  good  ton,  when  alone  with  him 
to  designate  him  by  his  Christian  name 

2927.  Cobbett,  in  his  "  Advice  to  a 
Husband,"   says,   "I  never  could  see 
the  sense  of  its  being  a  piece  of  etiquette 
a   sort  of  mark  of  good   breeding,    t^> 
make  it  a  rule  that  man  and  wife  are  1105 
to  sit  side  by  side  in  a  mixed  company 
that  if  a  party  walk  out,  the  wife  is  if 


A  WOOL  SELLER  KENS  A  WOOL  BUYER. 


S59 


give  her  arm  to  some  other  than  her 
husband;  that  if  there  be  any  other 
kind  near,  his  is  not  to  help  to  a  seat 
or  into  a  carriage.  I  never  could  see 
the  sense  of  this  ;  but  I  have  always 
Keen  the  nonsense  of  it  plainly  enough  ; 
it  is  iu  short,  a  piece  of  false  refinement  : 
it,  being  interpreted,  means  that  so  free 
are  the  parties  from  a  liability  to  sus- 
picion, that  each  man  can  safely  trust 
his  wife  with  another  man,  and  each 
woman  her  husband  with  another  wo- 
man. But  this  piece  of  false  refinement, 
like  all  others,  overshoots  its  mark  ;  it 
says  too  much  ;  for  it  says  that  the  par- 
ties have  lewd  thoughts  in  their  mindg." 
This  is  the  sensible  view  taken  of 
part  of  the  etiquette  of  marriage,  by  a 
man  of  extreme  practical  sense. 

2928.  ACQUAINTANCES    AFTER    MAR- 
RIAGE.— When  a  man  marries,  it  is  un- 
derstood that  all  former  acquaintance- 
ship ends,  unless  he  intimate  a  desire  to 
renew  it,  by  sending  you  his  own  and 
his  wife's  card,  if  near,  or  by  letter,  if 
distant.     If  this  be  neglected,  be  sure 
no  further  intercourse  is  desired. 

2929.  In  the  first  place— A  bachelor 
ie  seldom  very  particular  in  the  choice 
of  his  companions.     So  long  as  he  is 
amused,  he  will  associate  freely  enough 
with   those  whose   morals   and  habits 
would  point  them  out   as  highly  dan- 
gerous persons   to  introduce  into   the 
sanctity  of  domestic  life. 

Secondly — A  married  man  has  the 
tastes  of  another  to  consult;  and  the 
friend  of  the  husband  may  not  be  equally 
acceptable  to  the  wife. 

Besides — Newly-married  people  may 
wish  to  limit  the  circle  of  their  friends, 
from  praiseworthy  motives  of  economy. 
When  a  man  first  "sets  up"  in  the 
world,  the  burden  of  an  extensive  and 
ndiKcriminate  acquaintance  may  be  felt 
in  various  ways.  Many  have  had  cause 
to  regret  the  weakness  of  mind  which 
allowed  them  to  plunge  into  a  vortex  of 
gaiety  and  expense  they  could  ill  afford, 
from  which  they  have  found  it  difficilt 
10  extricate  themselves,  and  the  effects 
of  which  have  proved  a  serious  evil  to 
in  after-life. 


When  a  man  is  about  to  be  married, 
he  usually  gives  a  dinner  to  his  bachelor 
friends  ;  which  is  understood  to  be  their 
conge,  unless  he  chooses  to  renew  their 
acquamtance. 

2930.  WEDDING  CAKES. — Four  pounds 
of  fine  flour,  well  dried,  four  pounds  ol 
fresh  butter,  two  pounds  of  loaf  sugar 
a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  mace  pounded 
and  sifted  fine,  the  same  of  nutmegs 
To  every  pound  of  flour  add  eight  eggs 
wash  four  pounds  of  currants,  let  them 
be  well  picked  and  dried  before  the  fire; 
blanch  a  pound  of  sweet  almonds,  and 
cut  them  lengthwise  very  thin ;  a  pound 
of  citron,  one  pound  of  candied  orange, 
the  same  of  candied  lemon  ;  half  a  pint 
of  brandy.    When  these  are  made  ready 
work  the  butter  with  your  hand  to  a 
cream,  then  beat  in  your  sugar,  a  quarter 
of  an  hour,  beat  the  whites  of  your  egg-o 
to  a  very  strong  froth,  mix  them  with 
your  sugar  and  butter  ;  beat  your  yolks 
half  an  hour  at  least,  and  mix  them 
with  your  cake;  then  put  in  your  flour, 
mace  and  nutmeg,  keep  beating  it  well 
till  your   oven   is   ready — pour  in  the 
brandy,    and   beat    the   currants    and 
almonds  lightly  in.     Tie  three  sheets 
of  white  paper  round   the  bottom  ot 
your  hoop  to  keep  it  from  running  out, 
rub   it  well  with  butter,  put  in  your 
cake,  lay  the  sweetmeats  in  layers,  with 
cake  between  each  layer,  and  after  it 
is  risen  and  coloured  cover  it  with  paper 
before  your  oven  is  stopped  up  ;  it  will 
require  three  hours  to  bake  properly. 

2931.  ALMOND  ICING  FOR  WEDDING 
CAKE. — Beat  the  whites  of  three  eggs 
to  a  strong  froth,  beat  a  pound  of  Jor- 
dan almonds  very  fine  with  rose  water, 
mix  them,  with  the   eggs,   lightly  to- 
gether ;  put  in  by  degrees  a  pound  of 
common  loaf  sugar  in  powder.     When 
the  cake  is  baked  enough,  take  it  out, 
and  lay  it  on  the  icing  ;  then  put  it  in 
to  brown. 

2932.  SUGAR    ICING    FOR  WEDDING 
CAKE  — Beat  two  pounds  of  double- 
refined  sugar  with  two  ounces  of  fine 
starch,  sift  the  whole  through  a  gauze 
sieve,  then  beat  the  whites  of  four  eggs 
with   a  knife  upon  a  pewter  dish  for 


860 


ALL  FELLOWS,  JOCK  AND  THE  LAIRD. 


naif  an  hour;  beat  in  your  sugar  a  little 
at  a  time,  or  it  will  make  the  eggs  fall, 
and  injure  the  colour;  when  all  the 
s;igar  is  put  in,  beat  it  half  an  hour 
longer,  and  then  lay  on  your  almond 
icing,  spreading  it  even  with  a  knife. 
If  put  on  as  soon  as  the  cake  comes 
out  of  the  oven  it  will  harden  by  the 
time  the  cake  is  cold. 

2933.  TRUE  TIME.— Two  kinds  of 
time   are   used   in  Almanacs;  clock  or 
mean  time   in   some,   and    apparent   or 
sun  time  in   others.     Clock  time  is  al- 
ways right,  while  sun  time  varies  every 
day.     People  generally   suppose  it  is 
twelve  o'clock  when  the  sun  is  due 
eouth,  or  at  a  properly  made  noon-mark. 
But  this  is  a  mistake.     The  sun  is  sel- 
dom on  the  meridian  at  twelve  o'clock  ; 
indeed  this  is  the  case  only  on  four  days 
of  the  year :  namely,  April  15,  June  15, 
September  1,  and  December  24.    The 
time  when  the  sun  is  on  the  meridian  or  at 
the  noon-mark  is  also  given  to  the  near- 
est second,  for  every  day  in  the  year. 
This  affords  a  ready  means  of  obtaining 
correct  time  and  for  setting  a  clock  by 
using  a  noon-mark,  adding  or  subtract- 
ing as  the  sun  is  slow  or  fast. 

Old-fashioned  Almanacs,  which  use 
apparent  time,  give  the  rising  and  setting 
of  the  sun's  centre,  and  make  no  allow- 
ance for  the  effect  of  refraction  of  the 
sun's  rays  by  the  atmosphere.  The 
more  modern  and  improved  Almanacs, 
which  use  clock  time,  give  the  rising  and 
setting  of  the  sun' s  upper  limb,  and  duly 
allow  for  refraction. 

2934.  TO   ASCERTAIN  THE   LENGTH 
OF    THE    DAY    AND    NIGHT. — At    any 

time  of  the  year,  add  12  hours  to  the 
time  of  the  sun's  setting,  and  from  the 
Bum  subtract  the  time  of  rising,  for  the 
length  of  the  day.  Subtract  the  time  of 
setting  from  12  hours,  and  to  the  re- 
mainder add  the  time  of  rising  next 
morning,  for  the  length  of  the  night. 
These  rules  are  equally  true  for  apparent 
time. 

2935.— LEAP  YEAR.— Leap  years  are 
those  that  are  exactly  divisible  by  4,  and 
also  by  400,  and  not  by  100.  The  year 
1900  therefore,  will  not  be  a  leap  year. 


2936.  —  DEVELOPMENT  OF  TIII  LUNGS 
—  Much  has  been  said  and  written  upon 
diet,  eating  and  drinking,  but  I  do  not 
recollect  ever  noticing  a  remark  in  any 
writer  upon  breathing,  or  the  manner  ol 
breathing.    Multitudes,  and  especially 
ladies  in  easy  circumstances,  contract  a 
vicious  and  destructive  mode  of  breath- 
ing.   They   suppress  their  breathing, 
and  contract  the  habit  of  short,  quick 
breathing,  not  carrying  the  breath  half 
way  down  the  chest,  and  scarcely  ex- 
panding the  lower  portions  of  the  chest 
at  all.     Lacing  the  bottom  of  the  chest 
also  greatly  increases  this    evil,  and 
confirms    a  bad    habit    of   breathing. 
Children  that  move  about  a  great  deal 
in  the  open  air,  and  in  no  way  laced, 
breathe  deep  and  full  to  the  bottom  ot 
the  chest,  and  every  part  of  it.     So 
also  with  most  out-door  labourers,  and 
persons  who  take  much  exercise  in  the 
open  air,  because  the  lungs  give  us  the 
power  of  action,  and  the  more  exercise 
we  take,  especially  out  of  doors,  the 
larger  the  lungs  become,  and  are  the  less 
liable  to  disease.    In   all  occupations 
that  require  standing,  keep  the  person 
straight.     If  at  table,  let  it  be  high, 
raised  up  nearly  to  the  armpits,  so  as 
not  to  require  you  to  stoop ;  you  will 
find  the  employment  much  easier — not 
one  half  so  fatiguing ;  whilst  the  form 
of  the  chest  and  symmetry  of  the  figure 
will  remain  perfect. 

2937.  To  PACK  GLASS  OR  CHINA. 
— Procure  some  soft  straw  or  hay  to 
pack  them  in,  and  if  they  are  to  be  sent 
a  long  way,  and  are  heavy,  the  hay  or 
straw  should  be  a  little  damp,  which 
will  prevent  them  slipping  about.    Let 
the  largest  and  heaviest  things  be  al- 
ways put  undermost,   in  the   box  01 
hamper.     Let  there  be  plenty  of  straw 
and  pack  the  articles  tight;  but  never 
attempt  to  pack  up  glass  or  china  which 
is  of  much  consequence,  till  it  has  been 
seen  done  by  some  one  used  to  the  job. 
The  expense  will  be  but  trifling  to  have 
a  person  to  do  it  who  understands  it, 
and  the  loss  may  be  great  if  artic'.es  oi 
such  value  are  packed  up  in  &a  im- 
proper manner. 


A  FULL  HEART  LIED  NEVER. 


361 


2938.  HINTS  oar  THINGS  FAMILIAR. 

— What  is  carbonic  acid  gas? — A  gaif 
formed  by  the  union  of  carbon  and 
oxygen.  It  used  to  be  called  "  fixed 
air." 

2939.  Under  what  circumstances  does 
carbon  most  readily  unite  with  oxygen  ? 
— 1.  When  its  temperature  is  raised  : 
thus,  if  carbon  be  red-hot,  oxygen  will 
most  readily    unite    with    it;    and  2. 
When  it  forms  part  of  the  fluid  blood. 

2940.  Why  do  oxygen  and  carbon  so 
readily  unite  in  the  blood  ? — Because 
the   atoms  of   carbon   are   so  loosely 
attracted  by  the  other  materials  of  the 
blood,  that  they  unite  very  readily  with 
the  oxygen  of  the  air  inhaled. 

2941.  Is  carbonic  acid  wholesome  ? — 
No:   it    is  fatal  to    animal  life:   and 
(whenever  it  is  inhaled)   acts  like  a 
narcotic  poison — producing  drowsiness, 
which  sometimes  ends  in  death. 

2942.  How  can  any  one  know  if  a 
place  be  infested  with  carbonic  acid 
gae  ? — If  a  pit  or  well  contain  carbonic 
acid,  a  candle  (let  down  into  it)  will  be 
instantly     extinguished.       The     rule, 
therefore,  is  this— Where  a  candle  will 
burn,  a  man  can  live;  but  what  will 
extinguish  a  candle,  will  also  destroy 
life. 

2943.  Why  does  a  miner  lower  a 
candle  into  a  mine  before  he  descends  ? 
—  Because  the   candle  will  be  extin- 
guished, if  the  mine  contains  carbonic 
acid  gas ;  but  if  the  candle  is  not  extin- 
guished, the  mine  is  safe,  and  the  man 
may  fearlessly  descend. 

2944.  Why  does  a    crowded   room 
produce    head-ache  ?  —  Because     we 
breathe  air  vitiated  by  the  crowd. 

2945.  Why  is   the  air  of  a  room 
vitiated  by  a  crowd? — Because  it  is 
deprived  of  its  due  proportion  of  oxygen, 
and  laden  with  carbonic  acid. 

2946.  How   is    the  air  of  a  room 
affected  thus  by  a  crowd  ? — The  ele- 
ments of  the  air  (inhaled  by  the  breath) 
are  separated  in  the  lungs ; — the  oxygen 
is  converted  in  the  blood  into  carbonic 
acid  ;  and  the  carbonic  acid  (together 
with  the  nitrogen)  is  then  thrown  off 
by  the  breath  into  the  room. 


2947.  Is  all  the  niti'ogen  rejected  by 
the   lunge?— Yes;  all  the  nitroger    ol 
the  air  is  always  expired. 

2948.  Why  is  a  crowded  room  un- 
wholesome ? — Because   the  oxygen  of 
the  air  is  absorbed  by  the  lungs :  and 
carbonic  acid  gas  (which  is  a  noxioua 
poison)  is  substituted  for  it. 

2949.  Mention  the  historical  circum- 
stances, so    well  known  in  connexion 
with  the  "  Black  Hole  of  Calcutta."— 
In  the  reign  of  George  II.  the  Raja  (or 
Prince)  of  Bengal  marched  suddenly  to 
Calcutta,  to  drive  the  English  from  the 
country:  as  the  attack  was  unexpected, 
the  English  were  obliged  to  submit,  and 
146  persons  were  taken  prisoners. 

2950.  What  became  of  these  prison- 
ers?— They  were  driven  into  a  place 
about  eighteen  feet  square,  and  fifteen  or 
sixteen  feet  in  height,  with  only  two 
small    grated    windows.     123  of   the 
prisoners  died  in  one  night ;  and  (of  the 
twenty-three  who  survived)  the  larger 
portion  died  of  putrid  fevers  after  they 
were  liberated. 

2951.  Why  were  123  persons  suffo- 
cated in  a  few  hours,  from  confinement 
in  this  close,  hot  prison-hole  ? — Because 
the  oxygen  of  the  air  was  soon  con- 
sumed by  so  many  lungs,  and  its  place 
supplied  by  carbonic  acid,  exhaled  by 
the  hot  breath. 

2952.  Why  did  the  captives  in  the 
Black  Hole  die  sleeping? — 1.  Because 
the  absence  of  oxygen  quickly  affects 
the  vital  functions,  depresses  the  ner- 
vous energies,  and  produces  a  lassitude 
which  ends  in  death :  and  2.  The  car- 
bonic acid  gas  (being  a  narcotic  poison) 
produces  drowsiness  and  death  in  those 
who  inhale  it. 

2953.  Why  are  the  jungles  of  Java 
and  Hindostan  so  fatal  to  life?— Be- 
cause vast  quantities  of  carbonic  acid 
are  thrown  off  by  decaying  vegetables  ; 
anc    (as  the  wind  cannot  penetrate  the 
thick  brushwood  to  blow  it  away)  it 
settles     there,    and     destroys     animal 
life. 

2954.  Why  do  persons  in  a  crowded 
church  feel  drowsy? — 1.  Because  the 
crowded  congregation  inhale  a  larg« 


362 


A  MYRTLE  STANDING  AMONG  NETTLES 


portion  of  the  oxygen  of  the  air  which 
alone  can  sustain  vitality  and  hea.thy* 
action:  and  2.  The  air  of  the  church  is 
impregnated  with  carbonic  acid  gas, 
which  (being  a  strong  narcotic)  pro 
duces  drowsiness  in  those  who  inhale 
it. 

2955.  Why    do    persons    who     are 
much  in  the  open  air,  enjoy  the  best 
health  ?— Because  the  air  they  inhale  is 
much  'more  pure. 

2956.  Why  is  country  air  more  pure 
than    the  air    in   cities  ? — 1.  Because 
there  are  fewer  inhabitants  to  vitiate  the 
air :  2.  There  are  more  trees  to  restore 
the  equilibrium  of  the  vitiated  air:  and 
3.  The  free  circulation  of  air  keeps  it 
pure  and  wholesome ;  (in  the  same  way 
as  running  streams  are  pure  and  whole- 
some, while   stagnant  waters  are  the 
contrary.) 

2957.  Why  does  the  scantiness  of  a 
country  population  render  the  country 
air  more  pure  ?— Because  the  fewer 
the  inhabitants  the  less  carbonic  acid 
will    be    exhaled;    and    thus   country 
people  inhale  pure  oxygen,  instead  of 
air    impregnated    with     the    narcotic 
poison,  called  carbonic  acid  gas. 

2958.  Why  do    trees    and    flowers 
help  to  make  country  air  wholesome  ? 
— 1.  Because  trees  and  flowers  absorb 
the    carbonic  acid  generated   by  the 
lungs  of  animals,  putrid  substances,  and 
other  ncxious  exhalations:  and  2.  Trees 
and  flowers  restore  to  the  air  the  oxy- 
gen, which  has  been  inhaled  by  man 
and  other  animals. 

2959.  Why  is  the  air  of  cHies  less 
wholesome  than  country  air? — 1.  Be- 
cause  there  are  more  inhabitants  to 
vitiate  the  air :  2.  The  sewers,  drains 
bins,   and  filth  of  a  city,  very  greatly 
vitiate  the  air :   3.  The  streets  and  al 
leys  prevent  a  free  circulation  :  and  4 
Besides  all  this,  there  are  fewer  trees 
to  absorb  the  excess  of  carbonic  ack 
gas,  and  restore  the  equilibrium. 

2960.  Why  are  persons  who  live  in 
close  rooms  and  crowded  cities  gener 
ally   sickly  ? — Because    the    air    thej 
breathe  is  not  pure,  but  is  (in  the  firs' 
place)  defective  in  oxygen :  and   (in 


he  second)  impregnated  with  carbonic 
acid  gas. 

2961.  Where  does  the  carbonic  acid 
'f  close  rooms  and  cities  come  from?  — 
?rom  the  lungs  of  the  inhabitants,  the 
sewers,  drains,  and  other  like  places, 
n  which  organic  substances  arc  under- 
going decomposition. 

2962.  What  becomes  of  the  carbonic 
acid  of  ciowded  cities  ? — Some  of  it  is 
absorbed  by  vegetables  ;  and  the  rest  is 
jiown  away  by  the  wind,  and  diffused 
;hrough  the  whole  volume  of  the  air. 

2963.  Does  not  this  constant  diffusion 
'f  carbonic  acid  affect  the  purity  of  the 

\vhole  air? — No;  because  it  is  wafted 
ay  the  wind  from  place  to  place,  and 
absorbed  in  its  passage  by  the  vegetable 
world. 

2964.  What  is  choke  damp?— Car- 
bonic acid  gas  accumulated  at  the  bot- 
tom of  wells  and  pits,  which  renders 
them  noxious,  and  often  fatal  to  life. 

2965.  SYNOPSIS  OF  ENGLISH 
GRAMMAR  (See  1323)  is  so  brief,  that 
its  substance  may,  if  desirable,  be  com- 
mitted  to   memory  in  an  hour  or  two. 
The  uninitiated  may  acquire  knowledge 
by  it«  perusal ;  it  may  serve  to  refresh 
the  memory  of  some ;  the  accomplish- 
ed grammarian  may  glance,  and  pro- 
ceed. 

2966. "  GRAMMAR  is  the  art  of  speak- 
ing or  writing  a  language  according  to 
established  Rules. 

"It  is  divided  into  four  parts:  Or- 
thography, Etymology,  Syntax  and 
Prosody. 

2967.  "  ORTHOGRAPHY  teaches 
the  powers  of  the  letters,  and  the  art 
of  combining  them  into  syllables  and 
words. 

2968.  "The  Letters  of  the  English 
language  are  twenty-six  in  number ;  ot 
which  a,  e,  i,  o,  and  u  (and  y  in  the 
middle  or  end  of  a  word)  are  vowels, 
and  the  remainder  consonants. 

2969.  "ETYMOLOGY    treats    oi 
the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  mod- 
ifications and  derivations. 

"  There  are  nine  sorts  of  words,  01 
parts  of  speech :  the  article,  substan- 
tive or  noun,  adjective,  prrtnoun,  verb, 


DOES  NOTWITHSTANDING   RETAIN  THE  NAME  OF  A  MYRTLE. 


36S 


adverb,  preposition,  conjunction,  and 
interjection. 

"2970.  There  are  in  English  but 
two  Articles— «,  and  the. 

"A  is  styled  the  indefinite  article,  and 
is  used  in  a  vague  sense  to  point  out 
one  single  thing  otherwise  indetermin- 
ate ;  as  a  mam.  A  is  changed  into  an 
before  a  vowel  or  silent  h  ;  as  an  acorn, 
an  hour.  The  is  styled  the  definite  ar- 
ticle, and  is  used  to  point  out  some 
particular  objects,  as  the  man,  the  men. 

2971.  "A  'substantive  is  the  name  of 
any  thing  that  exists,  or  that  we  con- 
ceive.    To  substantives  belong  gender, 
number,  and  case.     There  are  three 
genders,  the  masculine,  feminine,  and 
neuter.     The  masculine  gender  denotes 
animals  of  the  male  kind,  as  a  man ; 
the  feminine,   animals   of  the   female 
kind,  as  a  woman  ;  and  the  neuter  de- 
notes objects  which  are  neither  male 
nor  female,  as   a  house.    There    are 
three  methods  of  distinguishing    the 
genders  :  by  different  words,  as  king, 
queen  ,  by  a  difference  of  termination, 
as  abbot,  abbess  ;  executor,  executrix:  or 
by  a  noun,  pronoun,  or  adjective  pre- 
fixed  to   the  substantive ;  as   a  man- 
servant, a  maid-servant,  &c.     Substan- 
tives have  two  numbers,  the  singular 
and  plural.     The  plural  is  generally 
formed   by  adding  s  to  the  singular; 
as  a  tree,  trees ;  but  those  ending  in  ch, 
sh,  ss,  or  x,  form  their  plural  by  the  ad- 
dition of  es. 

2972.  "  Nouns  ending  with  a  single 
/,  or  fe,  generally  change  those  letters 
into  ve  in  the  plural ;  as   leaf,  leaves : 
those  in  y  change  into  ies,  as  lady,  la- 
dies ;  unless  there  be  another  vowel  in 
the  syllable,  in  which  case  they  form 
their  plural  by  the  addition  of  s  ;  as 
key,   keys.      Many   substantives    form 
their  plurals  irregularly,  as  die,  dice. 

2973.  "  Some  words  have  no  plural ; 
as  bread,  wheat ;  others  no  singular,  ag 
riches,  ashes;  and   some   are   alike  in 
both  numbers,  as  deer,  sheep. 

"  Substantives  have  three  cases :  the 
nominative,  the  possessive,  and  the  ob- 
jective.   The  nominative    simply  ex- 
presses the  name  of  a  thing,  and  is 
16 


placed  before  the  verb,  when  it  affirms, 
and  after  the  verb,  when  it  asks  a  ques 
tion ;  as  Charles  is ;  Is  Charles  ?  The 
possessive  denotes  the  possession  of 
something  by  another;  as  Charles' 
book.  The  objective  is  placed  after  the 
verb,  and  expresses  the  object  of  an 
action ;  as  Charles  hurt  William. 

2974  "An  adjective  is  a  word  prefix- 
ed to  a  substantive  to  express  its  qual- 
ity ;  as  a  wise  man.  Adjectives  have 
no  variation  but  that  of  the  degrees  of 
comparison,  which  are  three  ;  the  posi- 
tive, which  simply  expresses  the  quali- 
ty, as  large;  the  comparative,  which 
increases  or  lessens  the  quality  of  a 
thing,  as  larger;  and  the  superlative, 
which  increases  or  lessens  the  quality 
of  a  thing,  in  the  highest  or  lowest  de- 
gree, as  largest.  The  comparative  and 
superlative  degrees  are  generally  form- 
ed by  adding  er  and  est  to  the  positive, 
when  it  is  a  word  of  one  syllable,  as 
old,  older,  oldest ;  and  by  prefixing  the 
word  more  or  most,  when  the  positive 
is  a  word  of  two  or  more  syllables  ;  as 
correct,  more  correct,  most  correct. 
Some  adjectives  form  their  degrees  of 
comparison  irregularly;  as  good,  bet- 
ter, best. 

2975.  "A   Pronoun  is  a  word  used 
instead  of  a  Noun  to  avoid  its  too  fre- 
quent repetition.     Pronouns  may  be 
divided  into  personal,  relative,  and  de- 
monstrative ;  and  they  admit  of  gender, 
number,  and  case. 

2976.  "  There  are  five  personal  pro 
nouns ;  I,  thou,  he,  she,  it ;  with  their 
plurals,  we,  you,  and  they.    The  rela- 
tive  pronouns,  which  relate  to  some 
word  or  phrase  going  before  them,  are 
who,  which,  that  and  what.    IVJio,  which, 
and  ichat,  are  also  termed  interroga- 
tives,  when  they  are  used  in  asking 
questions.    The  demonstrative  pronouns 
point  out  the  subjects  to  which  they 
relate :  they  are  this,  that,  these  and 
those. 

2977.  "A    Verb    expresses    action, 
being,  or  Buffering ;  as  /  write,  I  am,  1 
endure.     Verbs  are  active,  passive,  and 
neuter.    An  active  verb  expresses  an 
action  and  implies  an  agent  who  acts 


364 


IF  WE  WOULD  AVOID  A  MISCHIEF, 


and  an  object  acted  upon ;  as,  I  love 
Mary.  A  passive  verb  expresses  an 
action  endured  or  suffered  by  an  object 
from  some  agent;  as,  Jane  is  taught 
by  the  master;  and  if  distinguished 
from  an  active  verb  by  having  the  ob- 
ject before,  and  the  agent  after  it.  A 
neuter  verb  merely  expresses  a  state  of 
existence  ;  as  to  sit.  Auxiliary  verbs 
are  those,  by  the  help  of  which  other 
verbs  are  conjugated ;  as,  I  do  love, 
&o. 

ti978.  "To  verbs  belong  number, 
person,  moods,  and  tenses.  There  are 
five  moods  ;  the  indicative,  which  sim- 
ply declares  a  thing,  or  asks  a  question  ; 
asy  he  loves,  does  he  love  ?  the  impera- 
tive, which  commands,  exhorts,  or  en- 
treats; as,  bring  me  that  book,  be  atten- 
tive ;  the  infinitive,  which  expresses  a 
thing  in  an  unlimited  manner,  or  with- 
out respect  to  number  or  person ;  as, 
to  speak;  the  subjunctive,  which  ex- 
presses a  doubt,  or  contingency,  and  is 
preceded  by  a  conjunction  expressed 
or  understood ;  as,  if  I  go ;  and  the 
potential,  which  implies  possibility, 
power,  will,  or  liberty  ;  as,  it  may  rain. 

2979.  "  The   Participle  is  a  form  of 
the  verb,  deriving  its  name   from  its 
participating   in   the  qualities   of   the 
verb  and  adjective.     There  are  three 
participles :  the  present,  the  perfect,  and 
the  compound  perfect ;  as  loving,  loved, 
having  loved. 

2980.  "An  adverb  is  a  word  added 
to  a  verb,  an  adjective,  or  another  ad- 
verb, to  express  some  quality  respect- 
ing it ;  as,  he  speaks  correctly ;  a  very 
excellent  scholar ;  he  speaks  very  cor- 
rectly. • 

2981.  "  Prepositions  serve  to  connect 
words  with  one  another,  and  to  show 
the  relation   between    them ;    as,  he 
went  from  London  to  taris. 

2982.  "A  Conjunction  serves  to  con- 
nect words  and  sentences.     Conjunc- 
tions are  of  two  sorts ;  th«e  copulative 
and  the  disjunctive.     The  copulative  is 
used  to  connect  a  sentence  by  express- 
ing an  addition,  supposition,  or  cause  ; 
as,  he  and  his  brother  are  going  to  Lon- 
don.    The  disjunctive  expresses  an  op- 


position  of  meaning ;    as,  they   came 
with  her,  but  went  away  without  her. 

2983.  "Interjections  express  some  sud- 
den emotion ;  as,  Alas !  what   htive  I 
done  ? 

2984.  "  Syntax  is   the   arrangement 
of  words  into  sentences.     Sentences  are 
of  two  kinds  :  simple,  and  compound  / 
as.  /  write ;   I  write,  while  you  play. 

2985.  "A  verb  must  agree  with  its 
nominative  in  number,  and  in  person 
as,  /  write,  he  reads. 

2986.  "A    relative    pronoun    must 
agree  with  its  antecedent  in    gender, 
number,   and    person  ;    as,   thou,  who 
lovest  wisdom ;  you,  who  speak  truth. 

2987.  "Two  or  more  nouns,  joined 
by  a  copulative  conjunction,  mjst  have 
verbs,  nouns,  and  pronouns  agreeing 
with  them  in  the  plural  number ;  as, 
John  and  JamcF  are  industrious. 

2988.  "  Nouns  connected  by  a  dis- 
junctive conjunction  have  verbs,  &c., 
agreeing  with   them   in   the   singular 
number;  as,  John  or  James  is  at  home. 

2989.  "  Prepositions  always  govern 
the  objective  case  ;  as,  7  spoke  to  him. 

2990.  "  Prosody  teaches  the  correct 
sound  and   quantity  of  syllables^  and 
the  laws  of  versification. 

2991.  "The  kind  of  feet  employed 
in  English  poetry  are  three  ;  the  Iam- 
bic, Trochaic,   and    Anapaestic.     The 
Iambic  consists  of  two   syllables ;  the 
first  short,  the  second  long;  as,  'Se- 
cluded   from    domestic    strife.'      The 
Trochaic  has  the  first  syllable  long,  the 
second  short ;   ae,  '  When  our  hearts 
are  mourning.'    The  Anapccstic  consists 
of  two  short  syllables  and  one  long  one; 
as,  '  May   I   govern   my  passion  with 
absolute  sway.' 

2992.  PROPERTIES  AND  USES 
OF  VEGETABLES.— (See  1273.) 

2993.  Catnip  is  a  warm  herb,  of  a 
diaphoretic  or  sweating  nature.' 

2994.  Pennyroyal  is  much  the  same, 
only  more  powerful.     It  retains  a  very 
powerful  pungent  oil. 

2995.  Spearmint  is  punger  t  and  hot 
but  of  an  astringent  nature. 

2996.  Calamint  is  much  the 
but  not  so  strong. 


WE  MUST  NOT  BE  VERT  KIND  AND  FAMILIAR  WITH  AN  EVIL  MAN. 


365 


2997.  Hoarkound  is  very  strengthen- 
ing to  the  lungs,  and  is  somewhat  of  a 
pectoral.    It  is  excellent  in  a  cough, 
or  stoppage  in  the  stomach. 

2998.  Everlasting,  or  Indian  Posey, 
is  a  very  balsamic  herb — healing  and 
cooling,  and  excellent  in  salves  or  oint- 
ments. 

2999.  Johnswort  is  much  the  same. 

3000.  Pea   Balm  is  a^cooling   and 
sweating  herb,  and  is  good  in  fevers 
and  inflammation s. 

3001.  Chamomile  is  a  great  restora- 
tive to  the  lungs,  and  promotes  perspi- 
ration.    It  is  good  in  salves  and  oint- 
ments to  take  away  swellings. 

3002.  Mayweed  is  of  a  pectoral  na- 
ture,  and  is  good  for  a  pain  in  the 
side. 

3003.  Garden    Coltsfoot  is   a  great 
restorative  to  the  lungs,  and  is  good  in 
syrups  for  coughs. 

3004.  Melilot  is  good  in  salves  and 
ointments  for  swellings  and  inflamma- 
tions.    It  is  mollifying  and  cooling. 

3005.  Sage  is   the  greatest  restora- 
tive to  human  nature  of  any  herb  that 
grows.     Parsley  is  very   cooling    and 
softening. 

3006.  Bloodroot  is  a  very  powerful 
emetic  or  purge ;  steeped  in  spirits,  it 
will  serve  for  an  emetic  ;  and  boiled  in 
fair  water,  It  serves  as  a  purge. 

3007.  Mandrake  root  is  an  excellent 
physic,  dried  and  pounded. 

3008.  Cumfrey  and  Spikenard  are  so 
well  known  that  they  need  no  describ- 
ing.    Wild  Jcnton  is  a  strong  purge, 
boiled. 

3009.  Elecampane  is  good  in  coughs, 
yet  it  is  an  astringent. 

3010.  Crancsbill   is  an  astringent, 
and  excellent  in  cankers. 

301 1  Hliitcroot  is  of  a  physical  na- 
ture, and  is  good  to  remove  wind  pent 
in  the  stomach,  or  part  of  the  bowels. 

3012.  Sassafras  root  is  good  for  the 
blood  —  likewise    Sarsaparilla,   Horse 
Radish,    Burdock    roots,    Elder    roots, 
Hop    roots,   and    Wild    Coltsfoot,  are 
good  as  pectorals. 

3013.  White  and   YeUow  Pond  LUy 
roots,  the  same. 


3014.  Winter's  Bark.    This    is   the 
product  of  one  of  the  largest  trees  on 
Terra  del  Fuego.     It  is  good  in  dropsy 
and  scurvy.     (See  1714.) 

ART  OF  CONVERSATION.   (See  864.) 

3015.  The  art  of  conversation,  so 
essential  to  every  one  who  wishes  to 
mingle  in  society,  can  only  be  perfected 
by  frequent  intercourse  with  the  polite 
yet  great  assistance  may  be  derived  by 
an  intelligent  person  from  the  observa- 
tions below,  and  no  important  blunders 
can  possibly  be  made  if  the  rules  here 
given  be  attended  to. 

3016.  Under     favorable    circum- 
stances, and  among  persons  who  know 
how  to  train  a  conversation,  there  are 
few  if  any  amusements  more  grateful  to 
the  human  mind.     Every  one   knowa 
something  which  he  is  willing  to  tell, 
and  which  any  other  that  he  is  in  com- 
pany  with  wishes  to  know,  or  which  if 
known  to  him,  would  be  amusing  01 
useful. 

3017.  To  be    a  skilful    conversa- 
tionist, one's  eyes  and  ears  should  bs 
busy;  nothing  should  escape  his   ob- 
servation.     His  memory  should  be  a 
good  one,  and  he  should  have  a  good- 
natured  willingness  to  please  and  to  be 
pleased. 

3018.  It  follows  that  all  matter  of 
offence  in  conversation  should  be  avoid 
ed.    The  self-love  of  others  is  to   be 
respected.     Therefore,  no  one  is  toler- 
ated who  makes  himself  the  subject  of 
his  own  commendation,  nor  who  disre 
gards  the  feelings  of  those  whom  he 
addresses. 

3019.  There  is  as  much  demand  for 
politeness  and  civility  in  conversation 
as  in  any  other  department  of  social 
intercourse.      One  who   rudely  inter- 
rupts  another,  does  much    the  same 
thing  as  though  he  should,  when  walk- 
ing with  another,  impertinently  thrust 
himself  before  his  companion,  and  stop 
his  progress. 

3020.  It  was  one  of  the  maxims  of 
a  French  philosopher,  that  "  in  con 
versation,   confidence    has    a    greatei 
share  than  wit. ' '     The  maxim  is  erro- 
neous, although  it  is  true  that  a  fashion 


THEY  CAN  FIND  MONEY  FOIl  MISCHIEF, 


able  fool  may  attain  to  the  small  talk  of 
which  much  of  the  conversation  of 
society  is  composed,  and  his  glib  confi- 
dence may  so  far  impose  upon  the 
superficial  as  to  make  this  pass  for 
wit:  but  it  will  not  be  received  as  such 
l>y  that  portion  of  society  whose  esteem 
is  desirable.  Good  sense,  sound  and 
varied  information,  are  as  necessary  as 
confidence  to  enable  a  man  to  converse 
well. 

3021.  In  addition,  then,  to  the 
ordinary  routine  of  education,  make 
yourself  acquainted  with  the  passing 
circumstances  of  the  day — its  politics, 
its  parties,  its  amusements,  its  foibles, 
its  customs,  its  literature,  and  at  the 
present  time  I  must  also  say  its  science. 
Some  of  these  subjects  may  be  the 
parent  of  much  gossip  and  scandal ; 
still,  a  man  moving  in  society  as  a  gen- 
tleman, must  be  ignorant  of  nothing 
which  relates  thereto,  or  if  he  is,  he 
must  not  appear  to  be. 

3022.  Avoid  a  loud  tone,  particularly 
if  speaking  to  ladies.      By  observing 
men  of  the  world,  you  will  perceive 
that  their  voices,  as  it  were,  involun- 
tarily assume  a  softness    as  they  ad- 
dress the  sex ;  this  is  one  of  the  most 
obvious    proofs  of  an    intimacy  with 
good  society. 

3023.  Never  attempt  to  occupy  the 
attention  of  a  company  for  a  long  time  ; 
unless  your  conversation  is  very  bril- 
liant it  must  become  very  tiresome. 

3024.  The  object  of  conversation  is 
to  entertain  and  amuse.     To  be  agree- 
able, you  must   learn   to    be   a  good 
listener.     A  man  who  monopolizes  a 
conversation  is  a  bore,  no  matter  how 
great  hi6  knowledge. 

3025.  Never    get   into  a  dispute. 
State  your  opinions,  but  do  not  argue 
them. "    Do  not  contradict,  and  above 
all,  never  offend  by  correcting  mistakes 
or  inaccuracies  of  fact  or  expression. 

3026.  Never  lose  temper  —  never 
notice  a  slight — never  seem  conscious 
of  an  affront,  unless  it  is  of  a  gross 
character,    and    then     punish    it    at 


3027.  You  can  never  quarrel  in  the 


presence  of  ladies,  but  a   personal   in 
dignity  may  be  avenged  anywhere. 

3028.  Never  talk  of  people  by  hints 
slurs,  inuendoes,  and    such    mean  de 
vices.     If   you  have  anything  to  say 
out  with   it.      Nothing   charms    mor« 
than   candor,  when  united  with  good 
breeding. 

3029.  Do  not  call  people  by  theii 
names,  in  speaking  to  them.     In  speak 
ing    of    your    own    children,    never 
"Master"  and  "Miss"  them—in  speak- 
ing to  other    people  of  theirs,  nevei 
neglect  to  do  so. 

3030.  It  is  very  vulgar  to  talk  in  a 
loud  tone,  and  indulge  in  horse-laughs 
Be  very  careful  in  speaking  of  subjects 
upon  which  you   are  not  acquainted. 
Much  is  to  be  learned  by  confessing 
your  ignorance  —  nothing  can  be  by 
pretending  to  knowledge  which  you  do 
not  possess. 

3031.  Never  tell  long  stories.    Avoid 
all  common    slang    phrases    and    pet 
words. 

3032.  Of  all  things,  don't  attempt  to 
be  too  fine.     Use  good  honest  English 
— and     common    words   for    common 
things.      If   you    speak  of  breeches, 
shirts,  or  petticoats,  call  them  by  their 
right  names.    The  vulgarity  is  in  avoid- 
ing them. 

3033.  Be  not  partial  to  theorizing,  or 
your    conversation  will    assume    the 
style  of  speech-making,  which  is  intol- 
erable. 

3034.  Badinage  is  pleasant,  but  it 
niay  be  dangerous ;  stupid  people  may 
imagine  you  are  ridiculing  them,  and 
the    stupid    are    the    most  assiduous 

nemies. 

3035.  Abjure  punning ;  it  has  been 
aptly  designated  "the  wit  of   foels," 
gentlemen  never  pun.     Punning  is  a 
sort  of  pot-house  wit,  which  is  quite 
ncompatible  with  good  manners.     Be 

not  over-anxious  to  be  considered  » 
wit — recollect  that  in  the  society  of 
wits,  the  wit  of  the  company  is  likely 
to  become  the  butt  of  the  company. 

3036.  It  is  a  common  error,  that  of 
adapting  your  conversation  to  the  occu- 
pation of  the  person  with  whom  you 


WHEN  THEY  CAN  FIND  NONE  TO  BUY  CORN. 


367 


are  conversing  and  to  some  persons  it 
is  exceeding!}  offensive. 

3037  Thus  introducing  the  subject 
of  theology  to  a  clergyman — of  law  to 
a  barrister,  etc.,  etc.,  is  in  fact  saying, 
"  I  have  chosen  the  subject  with  which 
you  are  best  acquainted — all  are  alike 
to  me."  This  is  an  assumption  of 
superiority  which  is  highly  indecorous, 
and  will  ultimately  insure  punishment. 
A  man  of  the  world  might  not  be  of- 
fended, but  he  would  instantly  attribute 
the  inadvertence  to  ignorance  ;  indeed, 
it  generally  arises  from  a  desire  to 
avoid  the  awkwardness  of  silence,  and 
is  a  bungling  way  of  throwing  on  an- 
other the  onus  of  sustaining  the  con- 
versation, and  of  confessing  your  own 
incompetence ;  but  where  one  person 
will  give  you  the  benefit  of  this  apol- 
ogy, a  dozen  will  consider  you  imper- 
tinent. 

3038.  A  tattler  is  a  most  contempt- 
ible character,  uniting  in  person  either 
excessive  ignorance,  folly,  and  vanity, 
or  the  extremes  of  meanness,  mischief, 
and  malignity. 

3039.  Women  ordinarily  slander 
more  from  vanity  than  vice— men,  from 
jealousy  than  malignity. 

3040.  Without  intending  mischief, 
many  persons  do  much  by  repeating 
conversation  from    one    house  to  an- 
other.     This  gossiping  is  all  but  as 
injurious  as  scandal;  for  as  you  can 
never  represent  the  exact  circumstan- 
ces under  which  a  fact  may  have   been 
related,  your  version  may  give  a  totally 
different  meaning  to  that  which  was 
intended  by  the  original   speaker:  as 
observation  proves  that,  in  relating  an 
anecdote  or  conversation,  we  give  our 
impression  of    the    meaning    of    the 
speaker,  not  his  words  ;  thus,  a  miscon- 
ception of  our  own  may  produce  infinite 
mischief. 

3041.  A  man  should  never  permit 
himself  to  lose  his  temper  in  society, 
nor  show  that  he  has  taken  offence  at 
any  supposed  slight — it  places  him  in  a 
disadvantageous  position — betraying  an 
absence  of  self-respect,  :>r  a*  *.hs  least 
-of  self-possession. 


3042.  If  a  "puppy"  adopt  a  disa 
greeable  tone   of  voice,   or  offensive 
manner  toward  you,  never  resent  it  ai 
the  time,  and,  above  all,  do  not  adopt 
the  same  style  in  your  conversation 
with  him ;  appear  not  to  notice  it,  and 
generally  it  will  be  discontinued,  as  it 
will  be  seen  that  it  has  failed  in  its  ob- 
ject,   besides    which — you    save  your 
temper. 

3043.  If,  upon  the  entrance  of  a  vi» 
itor,  you  continue  a  conversation  begun 
before,  you  should  always  explain  the 
subject  to  the  new-comer. 

3044.  There   cannot  be  a  custom 
more  vulgar  or  offensive  than  that  of 
taking  a  person  aside  to  whisper  in  a 
room  with  company,  yet  this  rudeness 
is  of  frequent  occurrence — and    that 
with  persons  who  ought  to  know  bet- 
ter. 

3045.  Conversation  should  be  studied 
as  an  art.     Style  in  conversation  is  as 
important,  and  as  capable  of*  cultiva- 
tion, as  style  in  writing.    The  manner 
of  saying  things  is  what  gives  them 
their  value. 

3046.  Avoid  provincialisms  in  your 
language  and  pronunciation.     Webstei 
is  the  standard  for  pronouncing  in  the 
best  society  in  the  United  States. 

3047.  Swearing,  which  formerly  per 
vaded  every  rank  of  society,  is  now 
to  be  chiefly  found  in  a  very  lew  and 
uninstructed  class ;  it  is,  in  fact,  a  vul- 
gar and  proscribed  mode  of  speech. 
Nevertheless,  it  is  still  used  occasion- 
ally by  persons  of  no  humble  rank,  es- 
pecially by  the  young,  though  chiefly 
for  the  purpose  of  giving  an  emphasis 
to  speech,  or  perhaps  simply  to  give 
token  of  a  redundancy  of  spirits,  and  a 
high   state  of  excitement.     To  those 
who  are  guilty  of  it,  for  these  reasons, 
it  is  only  necessary  to  point  out,  that  no 
well-informed  person   can  be  at  the 
least  loss,  with  the  genuine  words  of 
the  English  language,  to  express  all 
legitimate  ideas  and  feelings ;  and  that 
to  use  either  profane  or  slang  words  is, 
at  the  least,  the  indication  of  a  low 
taste  and  inferior  understanding.     A 
direct,  pure,  manly  use  of  our  native 


868 


THOUGH  THOU  HAST  NEVER  SO  MANY  COUNSELLORS, 


language  is  an  object  which  all  may 
cultivate  in  a  greater  or  less  degree ; 
and  we  have  invariably  observed, 
through  life,  that  the  most  virtuous 
persons  are  the  most  exempt  from  the 
use  of  mean  and  ridiculous  phraseology 
and  monkey  tricks  of  all  kinds. 

3048.  Meeting  an  acquaintance 
among  strangers — in  the  street,  or  a 
coffee-house — never  address  him  by 
namo.  It  is  vulgar  and  annoying. 

304iJ.  Never  tattle — nor  repeat  in 
one  society  any  scandal  or  personal 
matter  you  hear  in  another.  Give  your 
own  opinion  of  people  if  you  please, 
but  never  repeat  that  of  others. 

3050.  You  are  not  required  to  de- 
fend your  friends  in  company,  unless 
the  conversation  is  addressed  to  you  ; 
but  you  may  correct  a  statement  of 
fact,  if  you  know  it  to  be  wrong. 

3051.  Do  not  call  people  by  their 
names,  in  speaking  to  them.  In  speak- 
ing of  ylmr  own  children,  never  "  Mas- 
ter" and  "Miss"  them— in  speaking 
to  other  people  of  theirs,  never  neglect 
to  do  so.     (See  1338.) 

3052.    DOMESTIC   MANIPULA- 
TION. 

3053.  Under  the   head  of  Domestic 
Manipulation,  we  propose  giving  a  se- 
ries of  articles  on  the  numerous  and 
essential  manual  operations  that    are 
constantly  being    required    in    every 
family,  and  which,  whether  they  are 
well  or  ill  done,  must  of  necessity  be 
performed. 

3054.  The  term  Domestic  Manipu- 
lation, employed  in  the  widest  sense, 
would  hielud'e  all  the  manual  opera- 
tions required  in  a  house,  but  we  pro- 
pose to  limit  it  to  such  as  partake  in  a 
slight  degree  of  a  chemical  or  other 
scientific  character ;   thus  the  opera- 
tions of  Filtering,  Decanting,  Weigh- 
ing, Measuring,  Bottling,  Corking,  Un- 
stoppering,    Pounding,    Boiling,    &c., 
&c..  will  be  included;  whilst  Dusting, 
"Washing,   and    Scrubbing,   though  no 
Jess,  in  strictness,  manipulations,  will 
be  passed  over  in  silence. 

3055.  In  this,  our  first  article,  we 
propose  treating  of  the  manipulations 


connected  with  BOTTLES  AND  DECAN- 
TERS, &c.,  under  the  following  heads 
Cleaning,     Drying,     Corking,    Tying 
Down,  Stoppering,  and  Tnstoppeiing. 

3056.  Cleaning. — Perhaps  uo  more 
effectual  and  easy  mode  of  cleaning 
wine  and  beer  bottles  can  be  recom- 
mended than  that  commonly  adopted, 
viz.,  the  use  of  small  shot  and  water, 
in  the  case  of  old  port  wine  bottles, 
however,  it  often  occurs  that  the  me- 
chanical action  of  the  shot  is  unable  to 
remove  the  hardened  crust  from  the 
interior ;  a  small  quantity  of  pearlash 
or  soda,  or  still   better,  the  washing 
liquids  described  in  another  page,  add- 
ed to  the  water,  will  soften  the  crust 
sufficiently  to  permit  its  easy  removal ; 
there  is,  however,  one  objection  to  the 
use  of  shot  for  the  purpose  of  cleaning 
bottles  ;  unless  due  care  be  taken,  by 
the  violence  of  the   shaking,  it  ofteu 
happens  that  several  become    firmly 
M  edged  between  the  bottom  and  sides 
of  the  bottles,  and  are  not  removed  by 
the  subsequent  rinsing-  with  clean  wa- 
ter, and  if  the  bottles  are  used  for  acid 
wines  or  other  liquids  (almost  all  our 
home-made  wines  contain  a  considera- 
ble portion  of  free  acid),  the  shots  are 
slowly  dissolved  ;  and  from  the  metal- 
lic arsenic  which  they  contain,  as  well 
as  from  the  lead  itself,  the  liquid  is 
rendered  poisonous.     This  effect  may 
be  readily  guarded  against  by  removing 
any  shots  which  may  have  become  fix- 
ed, by  a  stiff  wire  slightly  hooked  at 
the  end.     (See  2500.) 

3057.  Decanters  are  formed  of  flint 
glass,  which  is  much  softer  and  more 
readily  scratched  than    the    common 
kinds,  they   require  therefore  a  less 
rough  treatment ;    in  general,    warm 
(not  boiling)  water,  with  the  addition 
of  a  few  pieces  of  coarse  brown  paper, 
and  if  requisite  a  little  soda,  will  be 
found  effectual;   should  greater  force 
be  required,   a   small  portion   of  tow 
wrapped  around  the  notched  end  of  a 
moderately  stiff  wire,  and  used  with  a 
little  strong  soda,  will  be  found  suffi- 
cient.    Sand  or  ashes  should  never  be 
employed    in    cleaning    decanters,  a» 


TET  DO  NOT  FORSAKE  THE  COUNSEL  DF  THY  OWN  SOUL. 


3G9 


tfiey  roughen  and  totally  disfigure  the 
brilliant  surface  of  the  glass. 

3058.  Drying.— It  is  scarcely  neces- 
sary to  speak  of  the  advantages  of  be- 
ing able  to  dry  thoroughly  both  decan- 
ters and  common  bottles ;  if  the  former, 
after  having   been  cleansed,  are    put 
away  wet,  they  become  musty;  and 
many  liquids  ar*  much  injured  by  being 
put  'into   wet  bottles.     Some  of   our 
readers    have  doubtless    experienced 
the  inefficiency  of  the  ordinary  means 
for  drying  decanters,  &c.,  after  drain- 
ing for   some  days   they  still  remain 
damp,  and  if  placed  near  a  fire  the 
warmth  merely  drives  the  vapour  to 
the   colder  part   of  the   vessel ;  they 
may,  however,  be  readily  and  quickly 
dried  after  draining,  by  making  them 
slightly  warm  and  blowing  in  fresh  air 
with  a  pair  of  bellows,  which  rapidly 
carries    out    the   damp    vapour,   and 
leaves  the  vessel    perfectly  dry.      If 
bellows  are  not  at  hand,  the  damp  air 
may  be   drawn  out  (not  blown)  with 
the    mouth,   assisted   by  a   tube  suffi- 
ciently long  to  reach  nearly  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  decanter;  in  the  laboratory 
a  piece  of  glass  tube  is  usually  taken, 
being  always  at  hand,  but  for  domestic 
use  a  piece  of  paper  may  be  rolled  up 
BO  as  to  form  an  extemporaneous  and 
effectual  substitute. 

3059.  Corking. — Little  can  be  said 
with  regard  to  the  corking  of  bottles, 
beyond  stating  the  fact  that  cheap  bad 
corks  are  always  dear ;  the  best  corks 
are  soft,  velvety,  and  free  from  large 
pores ;  if  squeezed  they  become  more 
elastic  and  fit  more  closely.     If  good 
corks  are  used  of  sufficiently  large  size 
to  be  extracted  without  the  corkscrew, 
they  may  be  employed  many  times  in 
succession,  especially  if  they  are  soaked 
in  boiling  water  after,  which   restores 
them  to  their  original  shape,  and  re- 
news their  elasticity. 

3060.  Tying  Down. — The  operation 
of  tying  down  corks  merits  a  long  no- 
tice, as  without  it  many  effervescent 
wines  and  liquids  could  not  be  preserv- 
ed.    The  most  common  mode  of  fast- 

"  •vn'ks,  i»  with  trie  ginger- 


beer  knot,  which  is  thus  made  .  First 
the  loop  is  formed  as  in  Fig.  1,  then 


Fig.  2. 

that  part  of  the  string  which  passes 
across  the  loop  is  placed  on  the  top  of 
the  cork,  and  the  loop  itself  passed 
down  around  the  neck  of  the  bottle, 
and  by  pulling  the  ends  of  the  cord  is 
made  tight  beneath  the 
rim ;  the  ends  of  the 
string  are  finally  brought 
up,  and  tied  either  in  a 
double  knot,  or  in  a 
bow  on  the  top  of  the  Fig  2. 
cork.  When  ginger-beer  is  made  at 
home  it  will  be  found  most  advanta- 
geous to  use  the  best  corks,  and  to  tie 
them  down  with  a  bow,  when  both 
c  irks  and  strings  may  be  made  use  of 
repeatedly. 

3061.  For  effervescent  wines,  such  as 
champagne,  gooseberry,  &c.,  which  re- 
quire to  be  kept  a  longer  time,  and  are 
more  valuable,  a  securer  knot  is  desir- 
able, which  may  be  made  thus :  A  loop 


Fig.  3. 

as  in  Fig.  2  is  first  formed,  and  the 
lower  end  is  then  turned  upwards  and 
carried  behind  the  loop,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  3 ;  it  is  then  pulled  through  the 


Fig.  4. 
loop  as  in  Fig.  4  and  in  this  state  if 


370 


GO  DOWN  THE  LADDER  WHEN"  THOU  MARRIEST  A  WIFE, 


put  over  the  neck  of  the  bottle ;  the 
part  a  being  on  one  side,  and  the  two 
parts  of  the  loop  on  the  other  ;  on  pull- 
ing the  two  ends  the  whole  becomes 
tight  round  the  neck,  and  the  ends, 
which  should  be  quite  opposite,  are  to 
be  brought  up  ov%r  the  cork,  twice 


Fig.  5. 

twisted,  as  in  Fig.  5,  and  then  tied  in 

a  single  knot. 

306*2.  Stoppering. — The  stoppering 
of  bottles  is  an  operation  usually  per- 
formed by  the  makers ;  it  may,  however, 
oe  useful  to  know  that  badly-fitting 
stoppers  may  be  readily  fitted  by  re- 
grinding;  this  is  done  by  dipping  the 
stopper  in  a  mixture  of  fine  sand,  or 
still  better,  emery  and  water,  replacing 
it,  and  turning  it  backwards  and  for 
wards  with  a  slight  pressure ;  fresh 
sand  must  be  applied  from  time  to  time. 
When  the  fitting  is  exact,  so  that  the 
stopper  turns  freely  without  shaking, 
the  whole  may  be  finished  off  by  using 
a  little  fine  emery  and  oil. 

3063.  Unstoppering. — This  operation 
is  much  more  likely  to  be  required  than 
the  one  last  described,  for  the  stoppers 
of  decanters,  smelling  bottles,  &c,,  from 
various  causes,  frequently  become  fixed, 
and  many  are  the  fractures  both  of  bot- 
tles and  stoppers,  caused  by  the  misdi- 
rected efforts  to  remove  them.  In  treat- 
ing of  the  various  means  that  may  be 
employed,  we  will  mention  that  in  the 
order  in  which  they  should  be  tried, 
beginning  with  the  simple  and  more 
easy,  and  passing  on  to  those  which  are 
more  effectual,  and  at  the  samo  time, 
Unfortunately,  mo-~?  dangerous.  The 


first  method,  then,  that  should  be  tried, 
is  to  press  the  stopper  upwards  with 
the  fore-finger  and  thumb  of  the  left 
hand  (the  other  fingers  holding  the 
neck  of  the  bottle),  and  at  the  same 
time  giving  the  stopper  a  succession  of 
short,  sharp,  light  taps,  with  the  wooden 
handle  of  a  chisel,  knife,  or  small  ham- 
mer ;  care  must  be  taken  not  to  strike 
the  stopper  with  sufficient  force  to  break 
it,  and  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that 
it  is  not  the  force  of  the  blow,  but  the 
vibration,  or  jar,  which  is  effectual  in 
loosening  it ;  should  this  plan  be  found 
ineffectual  after  a  short  trial,  it  may 
probably  be  from  the  stopper  being 
cemented  by  some  substance,  such  as 
the  dried  sugar  of  a  sweet  wine.  In 
such  cases  we  should  endeavour  to  dis- 
solve the  cement  by  a  suitable  solvent, 
which  should  be  placed  in  the  groove 
between  the  stopper  and  the  bottle , 
thus,  if  the  stopper  is  cemented  with 
sugar,  gum,  or  salt,  water  may  be  used ; 
in  many  circumstances,  oil  is  advan- 
tageous, or  spirit,  or  even  strong  acid 
may  be  used ;  whatever  liquid  is  em- 
ployed it  should  be  allowed  to  remain 
some  days,  being  renewed  if  requisite, 
and  th£  tapping,  &c.,  should  be  again 
had  recWse  to.  (See  254.) 

3064.  Should  these  methods  fail,  a 
piece  of  cloth  may  be  dipped  in  very  hot 
water  and  wrapped  round  the  neck  of 
the  bottle,  when  the  heat  causes  the 
expansion  of  the  glass,  and  if  the  stop- 
per be  tapped  or  twisted  before  the 
heat  has  had  time  to  enlarge  it,  its  re 
moval  may  be  effected ;  this  operation 
must  necessarily  be  a  quick  one,  for  if 
the  stopper  is  heated  and  enlarged,  as 
well  as  the  bottle,  it  is  obvious  that  no 
benefit  will  result.  In  the  laboratory 
it  is  often  customary  to  heat  the  bottle, 
not  by  a  strip  of  cloth  dipped  in  hot 
water,  but  by  turning  it  rapidly  over 
the  flame  of  a  lamp ;  in  this  way  there 
is  more  danger  of  cracking  the  bottle, 
and  the  plan  is  not  to  be  recommended 
in  genera],  although  employed  with 
considerable  success  by  those  who,  like 
operative  chemists,  are  constantly  in 
the  habit  of  applying  heat  to  glass  ve»- 


GO  UP  WHEN  THOU  CHOOSEST  A  FRIEND. 


371 


eels :  it  will  at  once  be  seen  that  the 
plan  is  fraught  with  great  danger  if  ap- 
plied to  bottles  containing  inflammable 
liquids,  as  spirits,  &c. 

3065.  The  most  effectual  mode  of 
}  removing  stoppers,  especially  those  of 
•mall  bottles,  such  as  smelling-bottles, 
remains  to  be  described.  Take  a  piece 
of  strong  cord,  about  a  yard  or  four  feet 
in  length,  double  it  at  the  middle,  and 
tie  a  knot  (Fig.  6,  J)  BO  as  to  form  a 


Fig.  6. 

loop  (a)  of  about  four  inches  in  length 
at  the  doubled  end,  bring  the  knot  close 
to  one  side  of  the  stopper,  and  tie  the 
ends  tightly  together  on  the  opposite 
Bide,  as  at  Fig.  7,  (e.)  so  as  to  fasten  the 


Fig.  7. 

Btring  securely  round  the  neck  of  the 
Btopper;  now  pass  one  of  the  ends 
through  the  loop  (a),  and  then  tie  it 
firmly  to  the  other  end ;  the  doubled 
cord  is  then  to  be  placed  over  a  bar  or 
other  support,  then  if  the  bottle  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  cloth  to  prevent  accidents 
in  case  of  fracture,  and  pulled  down- 
wards with  a  jerk,  the  force  of  which  is 
gradually  increased,  it  will  be  found 
that  in  a  short  time  the  stopper  is 
Jrberated.  Two  precautions  are  re- 
quisite, one  is,  that  the  strain  on  both 
,Bides  of  the  stopper  is  equal;  the  other, 
that  care  be  taken  that  when  the  stop- 
per is  liberated,  it  is  not  dashed  by  the 
rebound  against  any  hard  substance, 
which  would  c*ase  its  fracture. 
16* 


3066.  CUTTING,    GRINDING,    AND 
WRITING  ON  GLASS.— We  have  des- 
cribed the  most  advantageous  modes  of 
extracting  fixed  stoppers  from  decan- 
ters, &c.     It  is  possible  that  some  of 
our  readers  may  have  followed  our  ad- 
vice sufficiently  well  to  have  succeeded, 
in  cracking  the  necks  of  their  decanters. 
In  case  any  should  have  been  so  unfor- 
tunate, or  rather  we  would  say,  if  we 
were  quite  sure  we  were  not  addressing 
ladies — so  clumsy,  let  them  not  despair ; 
dexterity    in    manipulation    comes   by 
practice  ;  and  as  no  evil  is  without  a 
remedy,  we  will   next   consider  what 
can  be  done  with  the  broken  decanter. 

3067.  Unless  it  is  cracked  down  to 
the  bottom,  it  may  be  cut  off  and  con- 
verted into  a  handsome  sugar  basin ;  or 
if  not  high  enough  for  that  purpose,  will 
serve  for  a  pickle-dish,  or  a  flower- 
stand,   &c. ;  and  in   the  same   way,  a 
tumbler  broken  in  the  upper  part  will 
furnish  an  elegant  salt-celler,  or  service- 
able soap-dish;  and  even  common  bot- 
tles, if  sufficiently  stout,  may  be  made 
into  useful  jars,  instead  of  being  con- 
signed to  the  dust-heap. 

3068.  The  operation  of  cutting  glass, 
consists  in  leading  a  crack  in  the  re- 
quired direction ;  this  is  readily  done 
by  a  hot  iron  rod,  a  piece  of  pointed 
burning  charcoal,  or,  what  is  still  better, 
a  burning  pastile — which  is  somewhat 
similar  in  its  composition  to  those  used 
for  fumigation;  and   which   latter,  al- 
though rather  expensive,  and  inconve- 
nient from  their  shape,  may  be  applied 
for  the  purpose. 

3069.  When  the  operation  of  cutting 
up  glass  vessels   into  useful  forms  is 
much  had  recourse  to,  pastiles  are  pre- 
pared for  the  purpose,  being  superior  to 
a  heated  iron  rod,  as  they  continue  to 
burn  and  retain  their  heat,  whilst  the 
latter  requires  to  be  re-heated,  if  the 
crack  has  to  be  led  any  considerable 
distance. 

3070.  Pastiles  are  readily  made  by 
rubbing  up  half  an  ounce  of  powdered 
gum  tragacanth  with  water,  so  as  to 
form  a  mucilage  about  as  thick  as  or 
dinary  starch ;  this  should  be  allowed 


372 


CAST  TOUR  STAFF  UP  IN  THE  AIR. 


to  remain  a  few  hours,  and  tlien  mixed 
With  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  benzoin,  pre- 
viously dissolved  in  the  smallest  poesi 
bie  quantity  of  proof  spirit;  after  mix 
ing  them  tog-ether  in  a  mortar,  as  much 
powdered  charcoal  should  be  added  as 
will  form  a  stiff  paste,  and  the  whole 
veil  worked  together,  rolled  into  sticks 
the  size  of  a  common  black  lead  pencil, 
and  dried. 

3071.  As  thus  prepared,  they  should 
be  free  from  cracks,  and  solid  through- 
out ;  and  on  being  ignited  at  the  end, 
they  will  burn  steadily  away  to  a  point. 
If  an  iron  rod   is   used,  it   should   be 
nearly  as  stout  as  the  little  finger,  and 
taper  at  the  end  for  an  inch  and  a  half 
to  a  blunt  point. 

3072.  Before  commencing  the  line 
along  which  it  is  wished  to  divide  the 
glass,  it  should  be  marked  with  a  pen 
and  ink,  and  allowed  to  dry,  when  the 
iron,  heated  to   dull  redness,   or  the 
lighted  extremity  of  the  pastile,  should 
be  brought  to  the  end  of  a  crack,  being 
held  in  a  slanting  direction  with  regard 
to  the  glass,  as  shown  in  the  cut,  and 
slowly  moved  in  an  oblique  direction 
towards   the   line;  the  crack   will  be 
found  to  follow  the  heated  point,  and 
may  be  thus  led  as  required,  even  pas- 
sing over  parts  varying  very  considera- 
bly in  thickness,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
flutings  on  a  cut  decanter ;  but  it  can- 
not, with  certainty,  be  made  to  pass 


pudJenly  from  a  very  thin  to  a  very 
ttout  part,  or  the  reverse :  thus  it  may 
be  led  round  the  sides  of  a  tumbler,  but 
could  hardly  be  made  to  pass  down 
one  aids,  across  the  bottom,  and  up  the 


other.  The  rapidity  with  which  the 
operation  is  performed,  depends  upon 
the  heat  of  the  iron  or  pastile ;  if  the 
former  is  very  hot,  or  the  latter  made 
to  burn  more  vividly,  by  blowing  upon 
it,  the  operation  is  quickened,  but  it  is 
not  performed  with  so  much  certainty,  ' 
as  the  crack  may  pass  on  further  than 
is  desirable :  care  should  be  taken  not 
to  lead  the  crack  too  near  the  edge  of 
the  vessel,  or  to  another  crack,  as  in 
that  case  it  is  apt  to  leave  the  proper 
oj^rse,  and  fly  suddenly  to  the  edge, 
to  which  an  inexperienced  operator 
should  not  attempt  to  go  nearer  than 
half  an  inch. 

3073.  It  sometimes    occurs  that  a 
piece  is  broken  out  of  a  glass,  without 
leaving  any  crack  to  commence  from  ; 
in  this  case,  one  must  be  made,  by 
heating  the  edge  (one  formed  by  the 
fracture,  if  possible),  with  the  iron  or 
pastile,    and    instantly    applying    the 
moistened  finger. 

3074.  When  a  crack  is  formed,  which 
may  be  used  as  described  above,  care 
must  be  taken  not  to  cause  an  extensive 
fracture,  which  may  run  across  the  in- 
tended  line   of  division;  this  may  be 
avoided  by  commencing  the  crack  at 
some  distance  from  the  line,  and  by 
applying  the  heated  point  for  a  very 
short  time,  preferring  to  make  two  or 
three    unsuccessful    attempts    rather 
than  to  hasten  the  operation,  and  risk 
the  destruction  of  the  glass. 

3075.  When  a  glass  vessel  has  been 
thus  divided,  the  edges  are  sufficiently 
sharp  to  cut  the  fingers  in  handling, 
and  are  usually  wavy;  it  is  therefore 
necessary  to  make  them  smooth  and 
even. 

3076.  The  most  ready  way  of  doing 
this  i«,  by  grinding  them  down  on  a  flat 
sandstone,    or    ordinary    paving-stone, 
with  a  little  sharp  sand  or  emery,  and 
water,  taking  care  to  move  the  glass  in 
a  circular  direction,   and   not   merely 
Backwards  and  forwards ;  the  smooth- 
ness of  the  whole  will  depend  entirely 
on  that  of  the  stone,  and  on  the  fineness 
>f  the  sand  or  emery  employed.     If, 
*rr»ra  any  irregularity,  there  is  mucb 


AND  IT  WILL  FALL  UPON  ITS  ROOT,  OR  HEAVY  END. 


373 


glass  to  grind  aw;ty,  it  is  preferable  to 
commence  with  sand,  and  finish  with 
emery  on  a  smooth  stone  ;  if  the  edges 
are  not  thus  ground  down,  they  should 
have  the  sharp  angles,  which  are  really 
dangerous,  removed  by  a  fine  file,  which 
should  be  moistened  with  oil  of  turpen- 
tine or  camphine,  as  this  liquid  has  an 
extraordinary  effect  In  increasing  the 
action  of  the  file  upon  the  glass,  and  at 
the  same  time,  protecting  the  steel  in- 
strument from  wear. 

3077.  Advantageous  as  cracks  are  in 
glass    vessels   whenever    we  wish  to 
separate  them  into  two  parts,   they  are 
by  no  means  desirable  under  other  cir- 
cumstances ;  and  it  is  as  important  to 
know  how  to  stop  their  progress,  as  to 
lead  them    forward.     This  is  readily 
done  in  stout  glass,  by  drilling  a  hole 
about  half  an  inch  in  advance  of  the 
crack,  which  gradually  passes  on  into 
it,  and  then  its  farther  progress  is  ar- 
rested. 

3078.  Holes  may  be  drilled  in  glass 
with  a  common  drill   and    bow,  the 
place  being  first  marked  with  a  file  or 
flint,  and  the  drill  point  kept  wTet  with 
oil  of  turpentine.     (It  is  hardly  neces- 
sary to  state,  that  a  crack  existing  in 
the  neck  of  a  decanter,  and  liable   to 
be  forced  apart  with  the  stopper,  could 
not  be  arrested  in  its  progress  by  such 
means).     If  necessary,  a  little   emery 
powder  may  be   used  with   the   oil  of 
turpentine ;  and  after    the   operation, 
the  hole  must  be  filled  up  with   some 
cement ;  if  the  vessel  is  to  be  used  for 
holding    liquids,  a  little  fresh   slaked 
lime,  moistened  with  equal* parts  of 
white  of  egg  and  water,  may  be  used 
for  this  purpose. 

3079.  The  grinding  of  glass  on  a  flat 
stone  with  sand  or  emery,  and  water, 
is  often  used  in  making  a  bottle   stand 
•teadily;    and   by  its  means  a  wine- 
glass with  a  broken  foot  may  be  turned 
to  g-x)d  account ;  for  if  as  much  of  the 
•tern   a«   possible   is     knocked  off,  by 
Itriking  it  with  fVi  back  of  a  knife,  the 
remainder  may  i>e  ground  away  so  that 
the  vessel  will  staua. 

3080     O»v  of  the  most  important 


Domestic  Manipulations,  although  one 
of  the  most  simple  and  easy, "is  the 
labelling  of  glass  vessels.  It  is  not  too 
much  to  afh'rm,  that  scores  of  lives 
might  have  been  saved  if  this  had  been 
attended  to;  in  cases  of  accidental 
poisoning,  we  usually  find  that  the 
victim  has  drunk  from  some  bottle 
which  has  been  put  away  without  a 
hibel ;  and  that  thus  corrosive  liquid 
used  for  cleaning,  or  some  poisonous 
lotion,  has  been  inadvertently  swal- 
lowed. 

3081.  One  of  the  most  ivady  modes 
of   labelling  glass,  and   other  objects, 
consists  of  having  at  hand  a  sheet  of 
paper  which  has    had  spread  on   one 
side  some  gum  water,  mixed  writh  half 
its  weight  of  coarse  brown   sugar,  and 
allowed  to  dry ;  this  may  be   cut  into 
labels,  written  on,  and  readily  attached 
to  glass  by  moistening  with  the  tongue ; 
the  white  margin  of  a  sheet  of  postage 
stamps  answers  the  purpose  very  well. 
If,  however,  acid  liquids  are  used,  or 
the  vessel  is  placed  in  a  damp  situation, 
as  a  cellar,  other  means  must  be  had 
recourse  to. 

3082.  With   a  little   practice,  it  is 
easy  to  write   in  a  legible,  though  not 
very  conspicuous  manner,  on  glass,  with 
a   gun- flint,  or  with   the    sharp-edged 
fragment   of     common  flint.      In   the 
laboratory,  what    is    called  a  writing 
diamond  is  used  for  this  purpose  ;  this 
should    not     be     confounded   with    a 
glazier's  diamond,  which    is   used  for 
dividing,  and  not  scratching  glass. 

3083.  We  would  here  caution  our 
readers  against  writing  OTI  glass  with  a 
diamond  ring,  &c.,  as  the   practice  in- 
jures the  jewel  considerably ;  in   the 
glazier's  diamond,  the  natural  edges  of 
the   crystal   are   used,  which   are   not 
liable  to  injury  as  are  the  cut  angles  of 
a  brilliant. 

3084.  When  glass  vessels  are  exposed 
to  damp,  the  best  mode  of  writing  cs 
them  is  to  prepare  an  ink  for  the  pur- 
pose, by  mixing  the     common   cheap 
varnish,  called  Brunswick   black,  with 
half  its  weight  of  oil  of  turpentine.  o+ 
what  is  the  s»<«ne  thing,  in  a  purer  stafc* 


374 


HE  THAT  HIRES  OXE  GARDEN  (WHICTI  HE  IS  ABLE  TO  LOOK  AFTER) 


eamphine ;  this  should  bo  kept  in  a 
closely-corked  bottle,  and  used  with  a 
broad-nibbed  quill  pen ;  it  soon  dries,  and 
though  pale,  is  very  distinct,  and  almost 
imperishable.  If  it  is  required  much 
darker,  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  after 
it  has  been  done,  a  little  lamp  black 
should  be  rubbed  over  it,  with  cotton 
or  wadding,  when  it  immediately  be- 
comes as  black  as  common  ink,  and 
resists  damp,  and  rubbing  or  wiping 
with  either  wet  or  dry  cloths,  for  a  very 
long  time ;  the  same  ink  is  equally  ad- 
vantageous for  use  with  white  earthen- 
ware ;  and  although  we  have  never  had 
occasion  to  use  such  a  mixture,  there  is 
no  doubt  that  a  little  whiting  mixed 
thin,  with  any  common  varnish,  would 
furnish  an  equally  useful  ink  for  writ- 
ing on  black  bottles. 

3085.  DECANTING,  STRAIN- 
ING,AND  FILTERING  OF 

LIQUIDS.  (See  2668.) 
THE  decanting  of  liquids  is,  under 
ordinary  circumstances,  an  operation 
sufficiently  simple  to  require  no  ex- 
planation ;  but  the  ease  and  certainty 
with  which  it  can  be  performed,  de- 
pend entirely  upon  the  form  of  the  vessel 
from  which  the  liquid  is  poured.  The 
adhesion  existing  between  liquids  and 
solids  gives  rise  to  a  tendency  in  the 
former  to  run  down  the  outside  of  the 
vessel,  and  if  the  latter  is  nearly  full, 
or  very  large  iu  circumference,  or  the 
sides  approach  the  perpendicular  di- 
rection, this  accident  almost  always 
occurs.  The  difficulty  of  returning  a 
glass  of  wine  to  the  decanter,  or  of 
pouring  from  one  full  tumbler  into  an- 
other, are  well  known  examples  of 
this  inconvenience. 

3086.  Advantage  may,  however,  be 
taken  of  the  adhesion  of  liquids  to 
solids,  and  by  it  the  former  may  be  led 
into  the  required  direction.  This  can- 
not be  better  illustrated  than  by  a  de- 
scription of  the  means  by  which  a  glass 
of  wine  may  be  returned,  without 
spilling,  to  the  decanter.  If  a  tea- 
spoon ie  dipped  into  the  wine,  so  as  to 
become  wetted  with  it,  and  then  held 


perpendicularly  with  the  bowl  down- 
wards, and  the  point  over,  but  not 
touching,  the  entrance  into  the  de- 
canter, and  the  edge  of  the  glass  be 
made  to  touch  the  back  of  the  spoon, 
it  will  be  found,  on  inclining  the  former, 
that  the  wrine,  having  a  perpendicular 
solid  body  to  adhere  to  and  run  down, 
will  do  so  in  preference  to  trickling 
along  the  oblique  outer  surface  of  the 
wineglass  ;  and  iu  this  mode  a  liquid 
may  be  poured  steadily  out  of  any 
similar  vessel,  with  so  httle  disturbance 
as  not  to  agitate  aay  sediment  tha*. 
may  exist  in  it. 

In  the  laboratory  of  the  chemist,  a 
piece  of  glass  rod  in  usually  employed 
for  this  purpose  •  bt.t  a  spoon,  or  pencil, 
or  any  similar  substance  having  a  sur- 
face capable  of  being  wetted  by  the 
liquid,  answers  equally  well. 

3087.  If,  however,  the  vessel  out  of 
which  it  is  wished  to  decant  is  large, 
very  full,  or  the  sides,  on  pouring,  are 
nearly  perpendicular,  the  plan  is  not 
successful ;  thus,  it  could  not  be  em- 
ployed in  aidh.-g-  the  transfer  of  the 
liquid  from  one  full  tumbler  to  another. 
Even  this  may  be  accomplished  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  funnel,  or  without 
spilling,  by  preventing  the  adhesion  of 
the  liquid  to  the  edge  or  side  of  the 
vessel  out  of  which  it  is  poured,  which 
may  be  readily  done  by  greasing  the 
rim,  when  it  will  be  found  quite 
practicable  to  pour  out  of  a  nearly 
full  tumbler  without  spilling. 

3088.  Iu  many  instances,  the  em- 
ployment of  a  syphon  in  decanting  will 
be  found  very  advantageous,  particu- 
lary  when  the  containing  vessel  is  large, 
and  cannot  be  readily  moved,  or  whep 
there  is  any  sediment  which  it  is  defin- 
able not  to  disturb. 

The  most  simple  form  of  this  instru- 
ment consists  of  a  tube,  bent  as  in 
Fig.  1,  with  one  leg  shorter  than  the 
other;  this  maybe  made  of  glass,  pew- 
ter, or,  in  fact,  of  any  kind  of  stiff 
tubing  that  will  retain  its  form — a  piece 
of  gutta  percha  pipe,  carefully  bent  by 
moderate  warmth,  whilst  a  piece  of 
stout  cord  is  in  the  interior  to  prevent 


EATS  BIRDS  ;    HE  THAT  HIRES  MORE  THAN  ONE  WILL  BE  EATEN  BY  BIRDS.        375 


the  sides  closing  together,  answers  very 
well. 

3090.  Before  use  the  syphon  must 
be  filled  with  liquor ;  this  is  best  ac- 
complished by  turning  it  upside  down, 
with  the  opening  to  the  short  leg 
raised  on  a  level  with  that  of  the  long 
one,  when  the  liquid  should  be  poured 
into  the  former.  When  both  legs  are 
rilled,  they  should  be  closed  with  the 
fingers  ;  the  shorter  leg  introduced  into 
the  liquid  it  is  wished  to  draw  off;  and 
the  opening  of  the  longer  leg  brought 
to  a  lower  level  than  that  of  the  shorter, 
and  on  removing  the  fingers  the  liquid 


3092.  To  do  away  with  tue  necessity 
of  filling  the  syphon  before  Use, the  in- 
strument is  usually  made  with  a  sucking 
tube,  as  in  F ig.  2  ;  in  this  case,  all  that 
is  requisite  is,  to  introduce  the  short 
leg,  close  the  opening  to  the  long  one, 
and  by  the  action  of  the   mouth,  draw 
up  the  liquid  until   both  legs  are  full, 
when     on    removing    the   finger,   the 
stream  will  flow. 

3093.  A   very  ingenious   syphon   of 
this  kind  is  described   by  the  German 
chemist  Mohr ;  it  is  thus  constructed : 
— Take  a  long  Eau  de  Cologne  bottle, 
and,  with  a  file  and  turpentine,  make  a 
deep  notch  across,  about  an  inch  and 
a  half  from  the  bottom ;  then  with  a 
charcoal  point  or  pastile,  or  hot  iron, 
produce  a  crack,  and  cut  off  the  bottom, 
grinding  it  smoothly  (all  these  manipu- 
lations are   described    in    our  article 
3078)  then  take  a  tube  bent  at  an 
angle  of    forty-five  degrees,  and,  by 
means  of  a  good  cork,  perforated  with 
a  rat-tail  rasp,  fit  it  tightly  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bottle,  and  add  also  another 
piece  of  tubing  for  a  suction  tube ;  the 


Fig.  1. 

will  flow  as  in  Fig.  1,  until  it  is  below 
the  level  of  the  short  leg. 
3091 .  If  the  syphon  is  made  of  small 
tubing,  or  is  lessen- 
ed at  the  openings 
so  as  not  to  exceed 
one  quarter  of  an 
inch  in  diameter, 
there  will  be  no  oc- 
casion to  close  the . 
end  of  more  than ! 
one  leg  with  the 
finger,  as  the  liquid 
will  not  flow  when 
it  is  brought  to  the 
Fig.  2.  proper  position  un- 

less both  orifices  are  open ;  and  thus 
the  necessity  of  plunging  the  finger  into 
the  liquid  is  obviated,  and  the  syphon 
can  also  be  used  with  a  narrow-necked 
bottle,  into  which  the  hind  could  nt  t 
b-a  passed. 


whole  will  then  have  Lave  the  appear 
ance    represented   in   Fig.  3,  and  will 
form  an  exceedingly  useful,  aod  very 
convenient  syphon. 
3094.  In  emptying  large  stone  bo*- 


576 


DO  NOT  SPEAK  OF  SECRET  MATTERS 


ties  or  carboys,  the  following  pla».  may 
be  had  recourse  to : — Perforate  a  sound 
cork  with  two  openings  by  a  rat-tai1 


Fig.  4. 


rasp,  and  fit,  air-tight,  two  tubes  bent 
as  in  Fig.  4.  On  blowing  through  the 
upper,  the  liquid  will  be  forced  to  as- 
cend and  run  over  the  bend  of  the 
other,  which  will  then  act  as  a  syphon. 
This  plan  is  exceedingly  useful  in 
emptying  carboys  of  corrosive  liquids, 
as  oil  of  vitriol,  &c. ;  and  if  all  the 
joints  are — as  they  should  be — air  tight, 
the  flow  may  be  arrested  by  closing  the 
upper  tube  with  the  finger.  In  the 
figure  the  outer  leg  of  the  syphon  is 
shortened  to  save  space ;  in  practice, 
it  must  be  of  sufficient  length  to  be 
lower  than  the  inner  leg  within  the 
vessel. 

3095.  If  a  syphon  is  required  fre- 
quently for  decanting  the  same  kind  of 
liquid,  it  is  found  troublesome  to  be 
constantly  filling  it  before  each  time  of 
using ;  this  trouble  is  obviated  by  the 
use  of  an  instrument  formed  with  legs 
of  equal  length,  which  are  turned  up 


Fig  5. 


at  the  ends,  as  in  Fig  5 ;  this  having 
been  filled,  may  be 
hung  up  in  tl»e  erect 
position,  and  the  li- 
quid will  not  escape, 
but  on  plunging  one 
end  into  a  liquid,  it 
will  be  found  imme- 
diately to  flow  from 
the  other,  provided 
that  the  latter  is 
below  the  level  of  the  surface  of  the 
liquid. 

3096.  The  operations  of  straining 
and  filtering  are  frequently  required  in 
domestic  manipulations,  and  the  appa- 
ratus employed  usually  consist  of  sieves 
and  a  jelly-bag.     As,  in  many  other  in- 
stances, it  will  be  found  advantageous 
to  import  several  contrivances  from  the 
laboratory  to  the  kitchen,  one  of  the 
most  useful  (because  the  most  simple) 
strainers  consists  of  a  square  frame, 
formed  of  four  pieces  of  wood  nailed 
together  at  the  corners,  with  a  piece  of 
calico,  linen,  or  canvas,  of  suitable  fine- 
ness,  tacked  to  the  four  sides ;  this 
strainer  is  particularly  useful  in  separ- 
ating any  solid  substance — as  the  resi- 
due in  making  wines—  or  if  grated  po- 
tatoes are  put  on  one  made  of  coarse 
cloth,  the  starch  can  be  readily  washed 
through,  leaving  the  useless  portion  on 
the  strainer ;  the  cloth  should  not  be 
tacked  very  loosely,  as  it  bags  down 
when  any  substance  is  put  on  it,  and  the 
liquid  runs  away  below  from  the  cen- 
tre. This  strainer  is  a  most  useful  one  ; 
it  is   readily  made,  of  any  Degree  of 
fineness,  and  of  any  size ;  and  it  also 
possesses  the  great  advantage,  that,  if 
necessary,    the    tacks    fastening    the 
cloth  can  easily  be  withdrawn,  when 
the  substance  remaining  can  be  rolled 
up  in  the  cloth,  and  tightly  squeezed 
;o  express  the  last  portions  of  liquid, 
which  are  frequently  the  most  valua- 
ble. 

3097.  In  cases  where  a  finer  filtra- 
;ion  is  required  than  can  be  obtained 
>y  means  of  a  cloth,  as  in  cleaning  tur- 
bid wine  or  spirit,  the  use  of  filtering 
>aper  is  recommended ;  this  paper  19 


IN  A  FIELD  THAT  IS  FULL  OF  LITTLE  HILLS. 


377 


merely  a  stouter  kind  of  blotting-paper, 
thick  varieties  of  which  answer  very 
well  for  domestic  purposes  ;  it  is  most 
simply  used  by  taking  a  square  piece, 
folding  it  into  half — by  bringing  the 
two  opposite  edges  together — and  then 
folding  the  oblong  so  obtained  across 
its  length ;  by  this  means  a  small 
square  is  obtained,  one  quarter  the 
original  size,  which  may  be  opened 
into  a  hollow  cup,  having  three  thick- 
ness of  paper  on  one  side,  and  one  on 
the  other;  this  is  to  be  placed,  with 
the  point  downwards,  in  a  funnel,  and 
the  liquid  poured  in ;  and  as  soon  as 
the  pores  of  the  paper  are  expanded  by 
the  moisture,  it  will  be  found  to  flow 
through  perfectly  clear ;  care  must  be 
taken  in  making  the  filter,  not  to  finger 
it  much  where  the  two  foldings  cross 
each  other,  as  a  hole  is  readily  made  at 
that  part,  and  the  filter  spoiled.  The 
objection  to  this  simple  contrivance  is, 
that  from  its  flat  sides  applying  them- 
selves closely  to  those  of  the  funnel, 
the  flow  of  the  liquid  is  impeded,  and 
is,  therefore,  slow.  This  effe«t  may  be 
obviated  by  the  use  of  the  plaited  fil- 
ter, the  construction  of  which  we  will 
endeavor  to  describe. 

3098.  A  square  piece  of  filtering,  or 
stout  blotting-paper,  is  to  be  doubled, 
and  the  oblong  so  obtained  is  to  be 
again  folded  in  half,  when  if  the  last 
fold  is  opened,  it  will  have  the  appear- 
ance of  Fig.  6.  From  the  corners  b  b, 
folds  are  to  be  creased  in  the  direction 
towards  a,  but  not  reaching  it  for 
half  an  inch ;  these  are  indicated  by 
the  dotted  lines,  which  divide  the 
doubled  paper  into  four  triangles,  each 


Fig.  6. 

of  which  is  to  be  again  folded  into 
eighths,  and  care  must  be  taken  that  all 
the  folds  are  made  the  same  way  that 


is,  projecting  to  the  same  side  of  the 
paper.  When  complete,  the  doubled 
and  creased  paper  will  appear  as  in  Fig. 
7.  Now  divide  each  eighth  in  halves, 
by  a  fold  in  the  opposite  direction  to 


Fig.  7. 

those  previously  made,  when  it  will  be 
found  that  the  whole  will  readily  fold 
up  like  a  paper  fan ;  the  projecting 
loose  ends  which  are  formed  by  the 
corners  b,  should  be  cut  off,  and  the 
double  sides  separated  for  the  first 
time  by  blowing  them  apart,  when  the 
whole  may  be  readily  opened  out  as  in 
Fig.  8. 

3099.  In  making  this  filter,  which 
takes  a  much  less 

time  than  to  fol- 
low the  descrip- 
tion, two  precau- 
tions are  requi- 
site. The  folds 
should  be  made  at 
once  with  one 
firm  pressure,  and 
not  with  a  series 
of  rubbings;  and 
all  the  creases 
should  stop  bhort  of  the  middle,  other 
wise  a  hole  will  be  made  at  that  point 
long  before  the  filter  is  completed. 
The  advantages  of  this  filter  are,  that 
it  exposes  a  large  surface  for  the  liquid 
to  pass  through  ;  and  from  its  only  be- 
ing in  contact  with  the  funnel  where 
the  angles  project,  the  current  flows 
away  readily. 

3100.  The  best  means  for  filtration 
of  water,  and  the  construction  of  water 
filters,   will   be   treated   of  when   we 
speak  of  the  "domestic  manipulation'' 
connected  with  that  liquid. 

3101.  DIVIDING,  POWDERING, 
GRINDING,  &c  — The  operations  of 
chopping,  powdering,  grinding,  &c., 
are  so  frequently  required  in  cooking, 
and  the  other  branches  of  domesti* 


178 


THAT  CITY  IS  IN  A  BAD  CASE  WHOSE  PHYSICIAN  HATII  THE  GOUT. 


economy,  as  to  render  any  description 
of  their  utility  wholly  unnecessary  ; 
and  \ve  may  therefore  confine  ourselves 
to  describing  the  best  means  of  accom- 
plishing the  object  desired.  Powder- 
ing is  usually  performed  by  the  aid  of 
the  pestle  and  mortar.  Most  of  the 
works  on  Cookery  recommend  the  use 
of  a  marble  mortar;  this  material  is 
about  one  of  the  worst  that  could  be 
selected  for  the  purpose,  In  the  first 
place  it  is  expensive ;  secondly,  it  is 
rapidly  corroded,  even  by  the  weak 
ncids  used  for  food  ;  thirdly,  it  is  read- 
ily stained  by  oily  substances ;  fourth- 
ly, it  is  absorptive  of  strong  flavours, 
imparting  them  readily  to  the  next 
substance  pounded;  and  lastly,  it  is 
brittle,  and  even  if  not  broken,  is  not 
calculated  to  withstand  much  wear. 
By  far  the  best  material  for  the  pur- 
pose is  the  wedgewood  ware ;  mortars 
made  of  it  are  cheaper,  cleaner  in  use, 
and  stronger  than  those  of  marble,  and 
are  not  corroded  by  acids  or  alkalies — 
their  pre-eminence  is  so  great,  that 
they  are  invariably  used  by  druggists. 

3102.  The  act  of  powdering  requires 
great  tact  and  practice  to  perform  it 
neatly  and  rapidly.     After  the  object 
has  been  broken  into  small  pieces  by 
blows  from  the  pestle,  a  grinding  ac- 
tion is  required ;  this  should  at  first  be 
given  by  striking  the  fragments,  not  in 
the  centre  of  the  mortar,  but  towards 
the  side  furthest  from  the  operator ; 
the  pestle,  by  this  means,  grinds  over 
them  in  its  descent  to  the  centre,  and 
much  more  rapidly  accomplishes  their 
division  than  if  mere  blows  are  given. 
After  the  object  has  been  divided  to  a 
certain  extent,  blows  are  entirely  use- 
less, and  a  grinding  in  circles  becomes 
requisite ;  if  the  circle  is  confined  to 
one  part  of  the  mortar,  the  same  por- 
tions get  rubbed  over  and  over  again, 
the  others  escaping  ;  this  is  avoided  by 
constantly  and  regularly  altering  the 
size  of  the  circles. 

3103.  If  they  are  commenced  in  the 
centre,  they  should  gradually  increase 
in  size  until  the  sides  are  reached,  and 
then  contract  again,  and   so  on.     By 


this  means  the  whole  of  the  powder  it 
brought  under  the 
action  of  the  pestle, 
and  the  operation  is 
much  quicker  than 
if  performed  at  ran- 
dom. One  great 
fault  usually  com- 
mitted in  powder- 
ing, is  the  endeavor 
to  operate  on  too 
large  a  quantity  of 
material  at  one 
time.  The  opera- 
tion is  much  more 
rapidly  conducted  if  Fig.  9. 

small  portions  are  taken ;  and  if  the 
material  is  tough,  and  contains  much 
fibrous  matter,  the  process  may  be 
very  much  shortened  by  removing 
those  parts  which  are  sufficiently  pow- 
dered, by  sifting  from  time  to  time 
through  a  sieve.  This  may  be  objec- 
tionable, however,  from  the  fine  pow- 
der escaping  into  the  air;  in  this  case, 
the  following  contrivances  will  be 
found  useful: 

3104.  A  cylindrical  tea-canister  of 
the   requisite   size   is   taken,   w:ith    a 
loosely-fitting  lid  (or  if  tight,  the  lid 
may  be   enlarged  by  four  slits  being 
made  partly  up  the  sides) ;  a  bag  of 
lawn  is  dropped  into  the  canister,  the 
top  being  turned  over  the  edge ;  the 
powder  to  be  sifted  is  put  in  the  bag, 
the  lid  put  on,  and    by  tapping  and 
shaking,  the  finest  portions  pass  into 
the  canister  without  any  escaping  into 
the  air — a  point  of  very  considerable 
importance  wrhere  the  powder  is  irri- 
tating or  expensive. 

3105.  Various  contrivances  are  con 
stantly  had  recourse   to,  in   order  to 
render  certain  substances  more  readily 
pulverable,   the    contrivance    varying 
very  much  with  the  peculiarities  of  the 
substance.     We  will  mention  a  few  of 
these,  as  they  may  afford  useful   sug- 
gestions in  cases  of  difficulty.     All  veg- 
etable, and  many  mineral  substances 
are  much  more  readily  powdered  after 
having  been  thoroughly  dried  ;  so  farm 
this  process  carried,  that  many 


AN  OLD  MAN  IN  A  HOUSE  IS  A  GOOD  SIGN  IN  A  HOUSE. 


379 


are  dried  so  as  to  low  fifteen  per  cent, 
of  their  weight  before  powdering.  In 
proof  of  the  utility  of  the  drying,  let 
any  person  try  to  powder  a  piece  of 
whiting  as  it  comes  from  the  oilman's  ; 
it  will  be  found  to  cake  together,  and 
be  not  readily  powdered ;  if  dry,  how- 
ever, it  powders  with  the  greatest 
ease. 

3106.  After  drying,  substances  should 
not  be  exposed  to  the  air,  but,  unless  they 
are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  be  softened 
by  heat,  are  better  operated  on  whilst 
still  warm.     Flints  are  more  readily 
powdered  by  being  heated  to  redness, 
and  quenched  in  cold  water ;  charcoal, 
for    tooth-powder,  whilst   still  warm 
from  drying.     Gum  can  only  be  pow- 
dered whilst  perfectly  dry.     Camphor, 
which  is  with  great  difficulty  powdered 
alone,  yields  readily  if  a  drop  or  two  of 
spirit    is   -poured    on    it.     Substances 
which  clog-  together  and   cake  under 
the  pestle,  are  not  uncommon  ;  to  these 
it  is  sometimes  requisite  to  add  sand, 
which  may  afterwards  be  separated — 
this  prevents  the  clogging ;  but  its  use 
is   often  impracticable.     Lime,  if  re- 
quired in  very  fine  powder,  for  dusting 
over  plants  to  kill  slugs,  &c.,  is  readily 
obtained   by    slaking    it,   when    fresh 
burned,  with  boiling  water;  when,  if 
too  much  water  is  not  used,  it  falls  into 
an  exceedingly  fine  powder. 

3107.  Sal  ammoniac,  and  some  other 
saline  bodies,  are  most  readily  powder- 
ed  by  dissolving  them   in   as  small  a 
quantity  of  boiling  water  as  possible, 
and  stirring  the  solution  rapidly  as  the 
water  is  boiled  away,  or  as  the  solution 
cools.      Before  dismissing    the  pestle 
and   mortar,  we  may  allude  to  its  use 
in  mixing  powders  together,  although 
a  much  more  ready  mode  of  doing  this 
is  with  a  sieve.   Two  or  more  powders 
stirred  together,   and    passed  two  or 
three  times  through  a  sieve,  are  much 
more  intimately  mixed,  than  if  rubbed 
for  a  long  time  in  a  mortar. 

3108.  Metals   cannot   be   divided  in 
a  mortar ;  the   most  convenient  mode 
of  proceeding,  if  they  are  fusible  under 
ti  white  heat,  is  to  melt  them,  and  pour 


them  whilst  liquid  into  a  pail  of  water, 
which  should  be  lull,  to  avoid  any  splut- 
tering, and  the  hotter  the  metal,  tho 
more  filmy  the  particles.  It  is  scarce- 
ly requisite  to  state,  that  the  metal 
should  be  poured  in  a  circle,  so  as  not 
to  collect  at  one  place. 

3109.  Chopping  is  usually  perform- 
ed in  the  kitchen,  with  a  large  com- 
mon knife ;  but  is  more  speedily  dono 
by  some  of  the  improved  contrivances 
similar  to  the  following:  The  chop- 
ping-board  should  be  made  of  hard 
wood,  with  the  grain  at  right  angles  to 
the  surface  of  the  board,  by  which  it 
is  rendered  much  more  durable  than  if 
they  are  parallel  to  it.  The  ehopping- 
knives  should  be  fixed  at  right  angles 
to  the  handles,  and  may  be  either  oi 
the  following  patterns.  If  a  large 
quantity  of  material  has  to  be  acted  on, 


Fi^lO.  Fig.  U. 

we  would  recommend  a  board  as 
above,  not  less  than  three  iuches  thick, 
and  smooth  on  both  sides,  so  that 
either  may  be  used,  of  the  requisite 
size — say  eighteen  inches  or  two  feet 
in  diameter.  On  this  should  stand  a 
loose  bottomless  tub,  to  confine  the 
materials,  and  the  whole  resting  on 
the  floor,  should  be  used  w:th  a  knife, 
sufficiently  long  In  the  handle  to  be 
employed  by  a  person  standing  erect, 
and  it  should  have  a  small  cross-bar 
for  the  hands,  as  shown  in  Fig.  12. 

3110.  Small  chopping-knives  are  sold 
consisting  of  three  blades  nvetted  to 
gether,  and  a  very  convenient  one  is 
made  by  fastening,  at  convenient  dis- 
tances, a  number  of  flat  circular  disk  a 


380 


DO  yOT  DWELL  IN  A  CITY. 


sharpened  at  the  edges,  on  to  a  central 
axis  with  a  handle  at  each  end. 

3  HI.  Many  substances,  such  as  stale 
bread,  dried  herbs,  &c.,  may  be  very 
conveniently  powdered  by  rubbing  them 


Fig.  12. 

through  a  wire  sieve,  of  the  requisite 
degree  of  fijeness.  Herbs  intended  for 
use  in  this  way,  should  be  dried  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  without  being 
scorched,  in  small  heaps,  before  the 
fire  ;  parsley  and  others  done  this  way, 
may  be  powdered,  retaining  their  bright 
green  colour  and  flavour,  both  of  which 
are  preserved  if  they  are  corked  tightly 
in  bottles,  and  kept  in  a  dry,  dark  cup- 
board. The  use  of  waxed  paper  to 
preserve  dried  powders  in,  or  for  tying 
them  down  in  jars,  or  generally  as  a 
very  good  substitute  for  bladder,  will 
often  be  found  convenient.  It  is  readily 
made  by  laying  a  sheet  of  smooth  stout 
paper  on  a  warm  iron  plate,  as  the  top 
of  a  kitchen  oven ;  on  this  place  the 
thin  tissue  or  other  paper  to  be  waxed  ; 
put  a  piece  of  wax  on  it,  and  as  it  melts, 
rub  it  over,  spreading  it  evenly.  One 
end  of  a  cork,  covered  with  two  thick- 
nesses of  linen,  answers  very  well  for  a 
rubber.  If  a  hot  plate  is  riot  at  hand, 
ihe  sheet  of  paper  may  be  held  before 
Bie  fire,  and  rubbed  over,  as  it  warms, 
irith  the  cut  edge  of  a  cake  of  white 
wax  ;  but  this  requires  the  co-operation 
nf  two  persons. 
:>!  1  v.  KNOTS.  P  SCKAGES,  PARCELS, 


ETC.— The  poet  Crabbo,  speaking-  of 
the  writing  of  the  rustics,  signing  his 
parish  registers,  says — 

"  'Tis  strange  that  men 

Who  guide  the  plough  should  fail 
to  guide  the  pen  ! 

For  half  a  mile  the  furrows  even  lie; 

For  half  an  inch  the  letters  stand 
awry." 

A  parallel  remark  might  with  equal 
justice  be  made  on  the  gentler  sex,  who, 
after  exercising  a  degree  of  tact,  oeat- 
ness,  and  tasteful  invention,  that  the 
self-styled  "  lords  of  the  creation' '  might 
in  vain  hope  to  rival,  in  the  formation 
of  a  piece  of  needlework,  knitting,  net- 
ting, or  crotchet,  are,  for  the  most  part, 
totally  unable,  when  it  is  finished,  to 
tie  it  up  so  as  to  make  a  decent  parcel : 
ladies'  packages  are,  in  fact,  the  oppro- 
brium of  the  sex— the  annoyance  of  all 
carriers,  cads,  and  coachmen  who  have 
anything  to  do  with  their  conveyance, 
and  the  torment  of  their  owners :  the 
cords  are  certain  to  become  loose,  the 
knots  are  sure  to  slip,  except  when  a 
slip-knot  is  requisite,  and  then  it  is  a 
fixture  !  It  is  in  the  hope  that  we  may 
be  instrumental  in  improving  this  state 
of  things,  that  we  are  induced  to  devote 
this  article  to  Knots,  Packages,  Parcels, 
&c.,  and  wre  shall  at  once  lay  before  our 
fair  readers  a  method  of  tying  a  parcel 
neatly  and  securely,  and  at  the  same 
time  affording  facilities  of  releasing  the 
contents  without  destroying  the  string 
by  cutting  it  away— a  too-ordinary 
practice,  especially  where  time  is  an 
object. 

3113.  The  most  simple  purpose  foi 
which  a  knot  is  required,  is  the  fasten 
ing  together  of  two  pieces  of  string  or 


Fig.  13. 

cord  :  the  knot  selected  for  this  pur- 
pose should  possess  two  important  pro- 
perties;—it  should  be  secure  from  el'tp- 


WHERE  A  HORSE  DOES  NOT  NEIGH,  NOR  A  DOG  BARK. 


381 


ping,   and   of  small  size.    Nothing   is 
more  common  than  to  see  two  coids 
attached  together  in  a  manner  simila 
to  that  shown  in  fig.  13.    It  is  scarce!) 
possible  to  imagine  a  worse  knot;  it  ii 
large  and  clumsy,  and  as  the  cords  dc 
not  mutually  press  each  other,  it  is  cer 
tain  to  slip  if  pulled  with   any  force 
3114.  In  striking  con 
trust  to  this — the  worsi 
of  all,  we  place  one  o: 
the  best  ;    namely,  the 
knot    usually   employee 
by  netters,  and  which  is 
called    by   sailors   "  the 
sheet-bend."     It  is  read 
ily  made  by  bending  one 
of  the  pieces  of  cord  into 
a   loop   (a  b,   Fig.    14) 
which  is  to  be  held  be 
/  tweeu     the    finger    and 
0  thumb  of  the  left  hand  ; 
the  other  cord  c  is  passed 
through   the   loop    from 
the    farther    side,    then 
round    behind   the    two 
legs  of  the  loop,  and  last- 
ly, under  itself,  the  loose 
end  coming  out  at  d.    In 
Fig.  14.       the  smallness  of  its  size, 
and  the  firmness  with  which  the  various 
parts  grip  together,  this  knot  surpasses 
every  other:  it  can,  moreover,  be  tied 
readily  when  one  of  the  pieces,  viz.,  a 
b,  is   exceedingly   short;   in   common 
stout  twine,  less  than  an   inch  being 
sufficient  to  form  the  loop.     The  above 
method  of  forming  it  is  the  simplest  to 
describe,  although  not  the  most  rapid 
in  practice  ;  as  it  may  be  made  in  much 
ess  time  by  crossing  the  two  ends  of 
eord   (  a  b,   Fig.  15)  on  the  tip  of  the 
forefinger  of  the  left  hand,  and  holding- 
them  firmly  by  the  left  thumb,  which 
covers  the  crossing;  then  the  part  c  is 
to  be  wound  round  the  thumb  in  a  loop, 
as  shown  in  the  figure,  and  passed  be- 
tween the  two  ends,  behind  a  and  be- 
fore />;  the  knot  is  completed  by  turn- 
ing the  end  b  downwards  in  front  of  d, 
passing  it  through  the  loop,  securing  it 
under  the  left  thumb,  and  tightening  the 
whole  by  pulling  i.     Ax  formed  in  this 


mode,  it  is  more  rapidly  made  than  al- 
most any  other  knot;  and,  as  before 
stated,  it  excels  all  in  security  and 
compactness,  so  firmly  do  the  various 
turns  grip  each  other,  that  after  having 
been  tightly  pulled,  it  is  very  difficult 


Fig.  15. 

to  untie  ;  this  is  the  only  drawback  to 
its  usefulness,  and  in  this  respect  it  is 
inferior  to  the  reef-knot,  Fig.  16,  which 
is  made  in  precisely  the  same  manner 
that  a  shoe-string  is  tied,  only  pulling 
5ut  the  ends  instead  of  leaving  them  as 
bows. 

31 15.  The  only  precau- 
tion necessary  in  making 
a  reef-knot  is,  to  observe 
that  the  two  parts  of  each 
string  are   on  the  same 
side  of  the  loop  ;  if  they 
ire  not,  the  ends  (and  the 
3ows,  if  any  are  formed) 
are  at  right  angles  to  the 
cords:  the   knot  is  less 
secure,  and  is  termed  by 
sailors     a     granny-knot. 
Other   knots    are     occa- 
sionally used   to  connect 
wo  cords,  but  it  is  un- 
necessary     to     describe 

hem,  as  eveiy  useful 
•urpose  may  be  answered 
»y  those  abovernentioned. 

3116.  The  binding  knot 
Figs.  17  and  18)  is  ex- 
eedingly  useful  in  con-      Fig.  16. 

necting  broken  sticks,  rods.  &c.,  bu* 


S82 


WHEN  THE  SHEPHERD  IS  ANGRY  WITH  HIS  SHEEP. 


some  difficulty  is  often  experienced  in 
fastening:  it  at  the  finish ;  if,  however, 
the  string  is  placed  over  the  part  to  be 
united,  as  shown  in  Fig.  17,  and  the 
long  end  b,  used  to  bind  around  the  rod, 
and  finally  passed  through  the  loop  a, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  18,  it  is  readily  se- 
cured by  pulling  d,  when  the  loop  is 
drawn  in,  and  fastens  the  end  of  the 
eord. 


Fig.  18.  Fig.  17. 

3117.  For  fastening  a  cord  to  any 
cylindrical  object,  one  of  the  most  use- 
ful knots  is  the  clove  hitch,  which,  al- 
though exceedingly  simple  and  most 
easily  made,  is  one  of  the  most  puzzling 
knots  to'  the  uninitiated.  There  are 
several  modes  of  forming  it,  the  most 
simple  being  perhaps  as  follows :— make 
two  loops,  precisely  similar  in  every 
respect,  as  a  and  b,  Fig.  19,  then  bring 
fe  in  front  of  a,  so  as  to  make  both  loops 
correspond,  and  pass  them  over  the  ob- 
ject to  be  tied,  tightening  the  ends ;  if 
this  is  properly  done,  the  knot  will  not 
dip,  although  surrounding  a  tolerably 
smooth  cylindrical  object,  as  a  pillar, 
pole,  &c.  This  knot  is  employed  by 


surgeons  in  reducing  dislocations  of  tin 
last  joint  of  the  thumb,  and  by  nailora 
in  great  part  of  the  standing  rigging 
The  loop  which  is  formed  when  a  cable 
is  passed  around  a  post  or  tree  to  secure 


Fig.  19. 

a  vessel  near  shore,  is  fastened  by  what 
sailors  term  two  half  hitches,  which  is 
simply  a  clove  hitch  made  by  the  end 
of  the  rope  which  is  passed  around  the 
post  or  tree,  and  then  made  to  describe 
the  clove  hitch  around  that  part  of  it- 
self which  is  tightly  strained. 

3118.  From  the  tying  of  knots  we 
may  pass  on  to  the  tying  over  of  bot- 
tles, preserves,  jars,  &c. ;  the  object 
with  which  this  operation  is  performed 
is  either  to  prevent  the  access  of  air  or 
the  escape  or  entrance  of  moisture  ;  the 
act  itself  is  so  very  simple  as  to  require 
no  explanation  ;  but  &  few  words  may 
be    said    on    the  choice  of   material, 
which  should  be  varied,  so  as  to  suit 
the  exigencies  of  each  particular  case. 
When  a  vessel  of  spirit  is  to  be  tied 
over,  leather  is  frequently  selected — a 
very  erroneous  practice,  as  the  vapour 
of  spirit  passes  readily  through   that 
substance,  but  cannot  penetrate  blad- 
der, which  should  be  invariably  used 
for  the  purpose.     So  effectually  is  spirit 
confined  by  bladder,  that  when  weak 
spirits  are  put  into  bladders  or  into  ves- 
sels tied  over  with  bladder,  and  allowed 
to  remain  sometime,  they  are  strength- 
ened, as  the  vapour  of  the  water  passes 
away,  that  of  the  spirit  being  retained. 

31 19.  Bladder,  or  other  animal  mem- 
branes of  the  same  nature,  in  a  moist 
and  flaccid  state,  are  usually  selected 
for  tying  over  preserves  and  jams,  for 
which  they  are  well  adapted  ;  should  it 
be  impracticable  to  obtain  them,  the 
waxed  paper  described  in    3111  is  a 
very  good   substitute.     Many  person!1 
place  a  thin  piece  of  oiled  paper  in  the 
jar  resting  on  the  jam,  iu  addition  if 


HE  SENDS  THEM  A  BLIND  GUIDE 


383 


tying  it  down  ;  this  assists  in  excluding 
air  and  preventing  mouldiness,  but  we 
have  found  a  piece  of  very  thin  paper 
moistened  with  white  of  egg  much 
more  efficacious.  The  thin  sheet-lead 
used  for  lining  the  interior  of  tea-chests, 
or  stout  tin-foil,  is  very  advantageously 
used  in  tying  down  vessels  containing 
specimens  of  natural  history  preserved 
in  spirits,  as  they  effectually  prevent 
the  escape  of  the  latter  for  a  long  series 
of  years.  The  plan  usually  pursued  is 
to  tie  the  cork  over  first  with  a  single 
bladder,  then  with  the  metal,  and  final- 
ly with  a  second  piece  of  bladder,  which 
is  afterwards  covered  with  black  paint. 

3120.  The  tying  up  of  parcels  in  pa- 
per is  an  operation  which  is  seldom 
neatly  performed  by  persons  whose  oc- 
cupations have  not  given  them  great 
facilities  for  constant  practice.  Wheth- 
et  the  paper  be  wrapped  around  the 
objects,  as  is  the  case  usually  when  it 
is  much  larger  than  sufficient  to  enclose 
them,  or  merely  folded  over  itself,  as  is 
done  by  druggists,  who  cut  the  paper  to 
the  required  size,  it  is  important  that 
the  breadth  of  the  paper  should   be 
no  longer  than  sufficient  to  enable  it  to 
be  folded  over  the  ends  of  the  object 
enclosed,  without  passing  over  the  op- 
posite side  :  it  is  impossible  to  make  a 
neat  or  close  parcel  with  paper  which 
is  too  broad ;  excess  in  length  may  be 
readily    disposed    of   by   wrapping    it 
round ;  but  excess  of  breadth  should  be 
cut  away.     With  regard  to  turning  in 
the  ends  the  mode  adopted  by  grocers 
is  the  best.     The  most  common  cause 
of  failure  in  parcels  is  their  being  badly 
corded ;  we  will,  therefore  (however 
unnecessary  the  description  of  so  simple 
a  performance  may  appear  to  those  al- 
ready acquainted  with  it),  describe  the 
most  readily-acquired  mode  of  cording. 

3121.  Let  a  single  knot  be  made  in 
the  end  of  the  cord,  which  is  then  pass- 
ed round  the  box  or  parcel.  This  knot- 
ted end  is  now  tied  by  a  single  hitch 
round  the  middle  of  the  cord  (Fig  20) 
and  the  whole  pulled  tight.    The  cord 
itself  is  then  carried   at  right  angles 
round  the  end  of  the  parcel,  and  where 


it  crosses  the  transverse  cord  on  the 
bottom  of  the  tK»x  (Fig.  21),  it  should, 
if  the  parcel  is  heavy  and  requires  to 
be  firmly  secured,  be  passed  over  the 
cross  cord,  then  back  underneath  it,  and 
pulled  tightly,  then,  over  itself;  lastly, 
under  the  cross  cord,  and  on  around  the 
other  end  of  the  box.  When  it  reaches 


Fig.  20. 

the  top  it  must  be  secured  by  passing  it 
under  that  part  of  the  cord  which  runs 
lengthways  (a,  Fig.  20)  pulling  it  very 
tight,  and  fastening  it  by  two  half 
hitches  round  itself.  The  great  cause 


Fig.  21. 

of  parcels  becoming  loose  is  the  fact  of 
the  cord  being  often  fastened  to  one  of 
the  transverse  parts  (as  b,  Fig.  20)  in- 
stead of  the  piece  running  lengthways, 
and  in  this  case  it  invariably  becomes 
loose.  The  description  may  perhaps 
be  rendered  clearer  by  the  aid  of  the 
figures,  which  exhibit  the  top  and  bot- 
tom of  a  box  corded  as  described.  The 
cords,  however,  are  shown  in  a  loose 
state  to  allow  their  arrangement  to  be 
perceived  more  easily. 

3122.  LAYING  OUT  FIRST- 
CLASS  TABLES.— BREAKFAST, 
LUNCHEONS,  AND  FOLDING  NAPKINS. 

3123.  The  art  of  laying  out  a  table 
consists  in  arrranging  the  various  dishes, 
plate,  glass,  &c.,  methodically,  and  ad 


384 


GEORGE  WASHINGTON'S  TERM  OF  OFFICE,  1789  TO  1797. 


hering  to  the  rules  we  are  about  to 
make  known. 

3124.  Much  trouble,  irregularity,  and 
confusion  will   be  avoided   in   a  house 
when  there  is  company,  if  servants  are 
instructed  to  prepare  the  table,  side 
board,  or   dinner-wagon,   in   a   similar 
manner  and  order  daily. 

3125.  All  tables  are  usually  laid  out 
according  to  the  following  rules  through- 
out the  United  States ;  yet  there  are 
local  peculiarities  which  will  necessa- 
rily present  themselves,  and  should  be 
adopted   or  rejected,   as   may  appeal- 
proper  to  the  good  housewife : 

31 26.  BREAKFAST  s.— The  table 
should  be  covered  with  a  clean  white 
cloth ;  the  cups  and  saucers  arranged  at 
one  end,  if  for  tea ;  and  at  both  ends,  if 
for  tea  and  coffee  ;  or  the  coffee-cups 
and   saucers  may  be  arranged  at  the 
right  hand  side  of  one  end  of  the  table, 
and   the  tea-cups  and   saucers  at  the 
left ;  the  tea-pot  and  coffee-pot  occupy- 
ing the  space  between  in  front,  and  the 
urn  that  at  the  back.     Some  persons 
substitute  cocoa  or  chocolate  for  coffee, 
in  which  case  they  a  re  to  be  placed  the 
same.      The   slop-basin  and    milk-jug 
should  be  placed  to  the  left ;  and  the 
cream,  and  hot  milk-jugs,  with  the  su- 
gar basin,  to  the  right. 

3127.  The   remainder  of  the  table 
should  be  occupied  in  the  centre  by  the 
various  dishes  to  be  partaken  of;  while 
at  the   sides  must  be  ranged  a  large 
plate  for  meat,  eggs,  &c.,  and  a  small 
one  for  toast,  rolls,  &c.,  with  a  small 
knife   and   fork   for  each  person ;  the 
carving  knife  and   fork  being  placed 
point  to  handle  ;  the  butter  and  bread 
knives  to  the  right  of  their  respective 
dishes,  which  occupy  the  centre  part, 
and  spoons  in  front  of  the  hot  dishes 
with  gravy.     Salt  cellers  should  occupy 
the  four  corners,  and,  if  required,  the 
cruets  should  be  placed  in  the  centre  of 
the  table.     (Set  31 58.) 

3J28.  Dry  toast  should  never  be  pre- 
pared longer  than  five  minutes  before 
serving,  as  it  becomes  tough,  and  the 
buttered,  soppy  and  greasy,  if  too 
long  prepared  Hot  rolls  should  be 


brought  to  table  covered  with  a  nap- 
kin. 

3129.  Every  dish  should  be  garnish- 
ed  appropriately,  either  with  sippets 
ornamental  butter,  water-cresses,  pars- 
ley,  or  some  one  of  the  garnishes  \va 
shall  point  out  in  another  page.     (Set 
2542.) 

3130.  The  dishes  usually  set   upon 
the  tables  are  selected  from  hot,  cold, 
and  cured  meats;  hot,  cold,  cured,  and 
potted  fish ;    game ;    poultry,  cold    or 
devilled  ;  fruit,  ripe,  preserved,  or  can- 
died ;  dressed   and   undressed   vegeta- 
bles ;  meat-pies  and  patties,  cold  ;  eggs ; 
honey-comb;     entrees;     and    savoury 
morsels— as  grilled  kidneys,  ham-toast, 
devils,  &c. 

3131.  When  laid    for    a    marriage 
breakfast,  a  bride's  cake  should  occupy 
the  centre  instead  of  the  epergne  or 
plateau.     (See  2923,  and  2930.)' 

3132.  LUNCHEONS,  OK  NOONINGS 
—The  luncheon  is  laid  in  two  ways: 
one  way  is  to  bring  in  a  tray  with  let 
down  sides,  on  which  it  is  previously 
arranged  upon  a  tray  cloth,  and  letting 
down  the  sides  and  spreading  the  cloth 
upon  the  dining-table  to  distribute  the 
things  as  required.     The  other  is  to  lay 
the  cloth  as  for  dinner,  with  the  pickle- 
stand  and  cruets  opposite  each  other ; 
and,  if  in  season,  a  small  vaee  of  flowers 
in  the  centre ;  if  not,  a  water-jug  and 
tumblers,  which  may  be  placed   on  a 
side-table  at  other  times.     The  sides  of 
the  table  are  occupied  by  the  requisites 
for  each  guest,  viz.,  two  plates,  a  large 
and  small  fork  and  knives,  and  dessert- 
spoon.   A  folded  napkin,  and  the  bread 
under,  is  placed  upon  the  plate  of  each 
guest. 

3133.  Carafes,  with  the  tumblers  be- 
longing to  and  placed  over  them,  are 
'aid  at  the  four  corners,  with   the  salt 
•ellers  in  front  of  them,  between  two 

table-spoons  laid  bowl  to  handle. 

3134.  The  dishes  generally  served  for 
uncheons  are  tiie  remains  o*f  cold  meat 

neatly   trimmed   and   garnished;    cold 

game,  hashed  or  p'ain ;    hashes  of  all 

descriptions ;  curries ;   minced  meats 

old    pies,   saxourj ,  fr  lit,    or    plain 


JOHN  ADAMS'  TEHM  }F  OFFiCE,1797  TO  1801. 


385 


plainly-cooked  cutlets,  steaks,  and 
chops  ;  omelettes ;  bacon  ;  eggs ;  dev- 
ils' and  grilled  bones ;  potatoes ;  sweet- 
meats ;  butter ;  cheese  ;  salad  and 
pickles.  In  fact,  almost  anything  does 
for  lunch,  whether  of  fish,  flesh,  fowl, 
pastry,  vegetables,  or  fruit. 

3135.  Ale  and  porter  are  generally 
served,  but  occasionally  sherry,  port,  or 
home-made  wines  are  introduced,  with 
biscuits  and  ripe  fruit. 

3136.  A  good  housewife  should  al- 
ways have    something    in    the    house 
ready  to  convert  into  a  neat  little  lun- 
cheon, in  case  a  few  friends  drop  in,  to 
what  some  are  pleased  to  call  a  "  tif- 
fin;" and  it  is  astonishing  how  a  really 
handsome-looking  affair  may  be  made 
out  of  the  remains  of  the  dinner  served 
the  day  before,  some  handsome  glass, 
a  sprinkle  of  good  plate,  a  few  flowers, 
some  good    ale,  or  a  little  wine,  and 
above  all,  a  hearty  welcome. 

3137.  NAPKINS. — Dinner    napkins 
should   be   about   twenty-eight  inches 
broad,  and  thirty  inches   long-.     They 
may*  be  folded  in   a  variety  of  ways, 
which  imparts  a   style  to  a  table,  with- 
out adding  much  to  the  expense,  and 
may   be  readily  accomplished  with   a 
little  practice  and  attention  to  the  fol- 
lowing directions  and  diagrams.     (-See 
2588.) 

3138.  THE  MITRE  (Fig.  1).— Fold 
the  napkin  into  three  parts  longways, 
then  turn  down  tho  right  hand  .corner, 
and  turn  up  the  left-hand  one,  as  in  Fig. 
2,  a  and  b.      Turn  back  the   point  a 
towards  the  right,  so  that  it  shall  lie 
behind  c ;  and  b  to  the  left,  so   as  to 
be  behind  d.     Double  the  napkin  back 
at  the  line  e,  then  turn  up  /  from  be- 
fore antl  ^-frorn  behind,  when  they  will 
appear  as  in  Fig.  3.     Bend  the  corner 
h  towards  the  right,  and  tuck  it  behind 
t,  and  turn  back  the  corner  k  towards 
the  left,  at  the  dotted  line,  and  tuck  it 
into  a  corresponding  part  at  the  back. 
The  bread  is  placed  under  the  mitre,  or 
in  the  centre  at  the  top. 

3139.  THE  EXQUISITE  (Fig.  4).— 
Fold  the  napkia  into  three  parts  long- 
ways, then  fold  down  two-fifths  of  the 


length  from  each  side,  as  in  Fig.  5,  at 
«;  roll  up  the  part  b  towards  the 
back,  repeat  on  the  other  side,  then 
turn  up  the  corner  towards  the  corner 

a,  and  it  will  appear  as  d.     The  cen- 
tre part  e  is  now  to  be  turned  up  at 
the  bottom,  and  down  at  the  top,  and 
the  two  rolls  brought  under  the  centre 
piece,  as  in  Fig.  4.  The  bread  is  placed 
under  the  centre  baud,  fc,  Fig.  4. 

3140.  THE  COLLEGIAN  (Fig.  G).— 
Fold  the  napkin  into  three  parts  long 
ways,  then   turn  down   the   two  sides 
towards  you,  so  that  they  shall  appear 
as  in  Fig.  7 ;  then  roll  up  the  part  a 
underneath  until  it  looks  like  b,  Fig. 

8.  Now  take  the  corner  b  and  turn  it 
up  towards  c,  so  that  the  edge  of  the 
rolled  part  shall  be  even  with  the  cen- 
tral line  ;  repeat  the  same  on  the  other 
side,  and  turn  the  whole  over,  when  it 
will  appear  as  in  Fig.  6.    The  bread  iw 
placed  underneath  the  part  k. 

3141.  THE  CINDERELLA  (Fig.  9).— 
Fold  the  napkin  into  three  parts  long- 
ways, then  turn  down  the  two  sides  as 
in  Fig.  7 ;  turn  the   napkin   over,  and 
roll  up  the  lower  part  as  in  Fig.  10,  a 

b.  Now  turn    the    corner  b  upwards 
towards  c,  so  that  it  shall  appear  as  in 
d ;  repeat  on  the  other  side,  and  then 
bring  the  two  parts  e  together  so  that 
they  shall  bend  at  the  dotted  line ;  and 
the  appearance  will  now  be  as  in  Fig. 

9.  The    bread  is  pluced    under    the 
apron  part  k,  Fig.  9. 

3142.  THE  F  L  i  R  T.— (Fig.  11.) 
— Fold    the   napkin    into   three   parts 
longways,  then  fold  across  the  breadth, 
commencing  at  one  extremity,  and  con- 
tinuing- to  fold  from  and  to  yourself  in 
folds  about  two  inches  broad,  until  tho 
whole  is  done ;  then  place  in  a  tumbler, 
and  it  will  appear  as  in   the  illustra 
tion. 

3143.  THE    YOUNG    AMERICA.- 
(Fig.  12.) — Fold  the  napkin  into  three 
parts  longways,  then  fold  one  of  the  up- 
per  parts  upon  itself  from  you;  turn 
over  the  cloth  with  the  part  having  four 
folds  from  you,  and  fold  down  the  two 
sides  so  as  to  appear  as  in  Fig.  7  ;  then 
roll  up  the  part  a  underneath,  until  it 


386 


THOMAS  JEFFERSON'S  TERM  OF  OFFICE,  1801  TO  1809. 


JAMES  MADISON'S  TEIUI  OF  OFFICE,  1809  TO  1817. 


387 


appears  as  in  the  dotted  lines  in  Fig. 
15,  at  b.  Now  turn  up  the  corner  b 
towards  c,  so  that  the  edge  of  the 
rolled  part  shall  be  even  with  th.e  cen- 
tral line:  repeat  the  same  upon  the 
opposite  side,  and  turn  the  whole  over, 
when  it  will  appear  as  in  Fig.  14;  the 
bread  being  placed  underneath  the  part 
k,  as  represented  in  the  illustra- 
tion. 

3144.— 7.  THE  "FAVOURITE,"  OR 
OUR  OWN. — (Fig.  14.) — Fold  the  nap- 
kin into  three  parts  longways,  then  turn 
down  the  two  sides  as  in  Fig.  7,  and 
roll  up  the  part  b  on  both  sides,  until 
as  represented  on  the  right  hand  side  in 
Fig.  14 ;  then  turn  it  backwards  (as  a 
b)  on  both  sides :  now7  fold  down  the 
point  c  towards  you,  turn  over  the 
napkin,  and  fold  the  two  other  parts 
from  you  so  that  they  shall  appear  as 
in  Fig.  15.  Turn  the  napkin  over,  thus 
folded,  and  raising  the  centre  part  with 
the  two  thumbs,  draw  the  two  ends  (a 
and  b)  together,  and  pull  out  the  parts 
(c  and  d)  until  they  appear  as  in  Fig. 
13.  The  bread  is  to  be  placed  as  re- 
presented in  k,  Fig.  13. 

3145.  DINNERS. — The  appearance  a 
dinner-table  presents  does  not  depend 
eo  much  upon  a  profuseness  of  viands, 
as  upon  the  neatness,  cleanliness,  and 
well  studied  arrangement  of  the  whole. 
Taste,  if  well  directed,  may  produce  a 
handsome  dinner ;  whereas  three  times 
the  amount  of  money  may  be  expended 
upon  another,  and  yet  not  make  oven  a 
respectable  appearance. 

3146.  We  cannot  too  strongly  urge 
the  necessity  of  having  things  done  in 
the   same  manner  every  day  as  when 
there   is   company.     The  servants  be- 
come accustomed  to  waiting  properly, 
things  are  always  at  hand,  and  they  do 
not  appear  awkward  when  visitors  drop 
ii ;    then  everything   is   regular,  and 
goes  on  smoothly. 

3147.  To  LAY  THE  CLOTH.— The 
t.ible  should  be  well  polished,  and  then 
covered  with  a  green  baize  cloth,  over 
which  a  fine  white  damask  one  should 
be  spread.    If  the  white  cloth  i§  to  be 

17 


kept  on  after  dinner,  it  is  customary  to 
spread  a  small  cloth  at  either  end  of  the 
table  where  the  large  dishes  are  placed, 
to  protect  the  long  cloth  from  accidental 
spots  arising  from  the  gravy,  &c. ;  these 
slips  are  removed  after  dinner,  and  the 
cloth  cleaned  with  crumb-brushes.  In 
some  houses  an  entire  upper  cloth  is 
placed  upon  the  table  instead  ef  slips, 
and  this  being  removed  after  dinner, 
does  not  require  the  tedious  process  of 
brushing-  the  table-cloth. 

3148.  Whec  the  cloth  has  been  spread, 
place  carafes,  with  the  tumblers  be- 
longing to  and  placed  over  them,  be- 
tween every  four  persons,  a  salt-celler 
between  every  third  person,  and  a  large 
and  small   knife,  fork,  and   spoon,  to 
each  guest,  with  two  wine-glasses,  a 
champagne  glass,  and  a  tumbler,  to  the 
right  of  each,  and  the  bread  placed  in 
or  under  folded  napkins  between  the 
knives,  forks,  and  spoons ;  and  at  grand 
entertainments   or   public  dinners,  the 
name  and  rank  of  each  guest  neatly 
written  on  a  card  in  front  of  napkin,  so 
as  to  prevent  confusion  and  jealousy. 
The  centre  ornament,  usually  a  cande- 
labrum, plateau,  an  cpcrgne,  or  a  vase 
of  artificial  flowers,  must  now  be  set  on, 
and  the  mats  for  the  various  dishes  ar- 
ranged; then  the  wine-coolers  or  orna- 
mental vases  placed  between  the  cen- 
tre   piece    and  the    top   and    bottom 
disheg,  with  the  wines  in  the  original 
bottles,  loosely  corked :  the  spoons  for 
assisting  the  various  dishes,  asparagus 
tongs,  fish  knife  and  fork  or  slice,  and 
carving  knives  and  forks,  are  placed  in 
front  of  the  respective  dishes  to  vahich 
they  belong;  and  knife-rests  opposite 
to  those  who  have  to  carve ;  with  a 
bill  of  fare,  and  a  pile  of  soup-plates 
before  those  that  have  to  assist  the 
soup. 

3149.  In  arranging  or  laying  out  a 
table,  several  things  require  particular 
attention,  and    especially  the    follow- 
ing : — 

Plate  should  be  well  cleaned,  and 
have  a  bright  polish ;  few  things  look 
worse  than  to  see  a  greasy-looking 


588 


JAMES  MONROE'S  TERM  OF  OFFICE  1817  T 


epergne  and  streaky  spoons.  (See  514.) 
Glass  should  be  well  rubbed  with  a 
washleather,  dipped  in  a  solution  of 
fine  whiting  and  stoneblue,  and  then 
dried :  afterwards  it  should  be  polished 
with  an  old  silk  handkerchief.  Plates 
and  dishes  should  be  hot,  otherwise  the 
guests  will  be  disgusted  by  seeing  flakes 
of  fat  floating  about  in  the  gravy. 
Bread  should  be  «ut  in  pieces  about  an 
inch  thick,  and  each  round  of  a  loaf 
into  six  parts,  or  if  for  a  dinner  party, 
dinner  rolls  should  be  ordered.  The 
bread  is  placed  under  the  napkins,  or 
on  the  left  of  each  guest ;  if  dinner 
napkins  are  not  used,  some  of  the  bread 
being  placed  in  a  bread-tray  covered 
with  a  crotchet  cloth  upon  the  side- 
board. Lights,  either  at  or  after  the 
dinner,  should  be  subdued,  and  above 
the  guests,  if  possible,  so  as  to  be  shed 
upon  the  table,  without  intercepting 
the  view.  Sauces,  either  bottle,  sweet, 
or  boat — vegetables,  and  sliced  cucum- 
ber, or  glazed  onions  for  fall  goose, 
should  be  placed  upon  the  sideboard  ;  a 
plate  basket  for  removing  the  soiled 
plates  is  usually  placed  under  the  side- 
board, or  some  other  convenient  part  of 
the  room  ;  and  two  knife-trays,  covered 
with  napkins,  are  placed  upon  a  butler's 
tray ;  these  are  used  for  removing 
soiled  carvers  and  forks,  and  the  soiled 
silver.  It  is  useful  to  have  a  large  sized 
bradawl,  a  corkscrew,  and  funnel,  with 
etraiuer ;  the  former  to  break  the  wire 
of  the  champagne  bottles,  and  the  lat- 
ter to  strain  port  wine,  if  required  to 
be  opened  during  dinner. 

3150.  To  lay  out  the  sideboard  or 
tray. — Little  requires  to  be  done,  ex- 
cept to '  arrange  the  silver,  knives, 
cruets,  and  various  dishes  to  be  placed 
there.  The  silver  should  be  arranged 
on  one  end  of  the  sideboard,  a&  in  Figs. 
1  and  2,  the  gravy  spoons  being  placed 
bowl  to  handle,  and  the  cheese-scoop, 
marrow-spoon,  and  salad-spoons  or  scis- 
sors, where  most  convenient.  The 
knives  are  placed  as  in  Fig.  3,  for  tne 
convenience  of  removal,  because  by  this 
means  a  single  knife  can  be  abstracted 
without  disturbing  the  others ;  carving 


knives    and    forks    should    be  placed 
above  the  others,  point  to  handle. 


Figs.  I  &  2. 

3151.  The  wine-glasses,  tumblers, 
and  finger-glasses,  for  dessert,  are 
placed  where  most  convenient,  but 
usually  in  the  centre,  at  the  back,  with 
ice-plates  near  to  them,  and  the  wine- 


* 

CO 

I 


glasses  placed  in  the  finger  glasses,  at 
in  Fig.  4 ;  but  when  only  one  glass  is 
used,  that  is  placed  in  the  centre, 
mouth  downwards.  At  very  large  or 
fashionable  dinners,  the  finger-glasses 
are  sometimes  placed  oi»  the  dinner  ta- 
ble with  the  plain  and  coloured  wine- 
glasses in  them,  and  the  same  refilled, 
are  placed  again  at  dessert.  The 
cruets,  sauces,  &c.  are  placed  at  one 
end,  and  the  vegetables  Ac.  in  the  cen- 
tre front  of  the  sideboard. 

3152.  To  place  the  dishes  on  the  tdbU. 
— Each  servant  should  be  provided,  a* 


JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS*  TERM  OF  OFFICE  1825  TO  1829. 


389 


large  dinners,  with  a  bill  of  fare,  and 
instructed  at  small  ones,  where  fhe 
dishes  are  to  be  placed.  No  two  dishes 
resembling  each  other  should  be  near 
the  same  part  of  the  table.  Soups  or 
broth  should  always  be  placed  at  the 
head  of  the  table ;  if  t'here  are  two, 
top  arid  bottom ;  if  four,  top,  bottom, 
and  frvvo  sides,  opposite  each  other,  or 
alternately  with  fish.  Fish  should  be 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  table;  if 
there  are  two  sorts,  have  fried  at  the 
bottom,  and  boiled  at  the  top  ;  if  four, 
arrange  the  same  as  the  Boup.  We 
may  observe,  that  a  white  and 
brown,  or  a  mild  and  high-seasoned 
soup,  should  occupy  either  side  of  the 
centre  piece,  and  that  it  looks  hand- 
somer to  have  fried  and  boiled  fish  op- 
posite each  other,  but  they  should  never 
be  placed  upon  the  same  dish.  Fish  is 
generally  served  upon  a  napkin,  the 
corners  of  which  are  either  turned  in 
or  thrown  over  the  fish,  or  upon  a 
piece  of  simple  netting,  which  is  turn- 
ed in  all  round ;  but  we  recommend 
our  readers  to  use  the  elegant  serviette, 
as  being  more  stylish. 

3153.  The  first  course  generally  con- 
sists  of   soups     and  fish,  which    are 
removed  by  the  roasts,  stews,  &c.,  of 
the  second  course. 

3154.  The  second  course,  when  there 
are  three,  consists  of  roasts  and  stews  for 
the  top  and  bottom ;  turkey  or  fowls, 
ham   garnished,  tongue,  or  fricandeau, 
for  the  side ;  with  small  made-dishes 
for   corners,  served  in  covered-dishes, 
as    curries,  ragouts,  fricassees,  stews, 
palates,  &c. 

3155.  When  there   are  two  roasts, 
one  should   be  white,  and  the  other 
brown.     Removes  are  generally  placed 
upon   large  dishes,  for,  as   they  supply 
the   place  of  the  fish   and   soups,  they 
constitute   the   principal  part   of    the 
iiriner.     What  are  termed  flancs  are 
not  so  large   as   the   removes,  nor  so 
small  as  the  entrees,  or.  made-dishes, 
and  are  generally  served  in  a  different- 
ly formed  dish.    They  are  seldom  used 
except  when  there    are    eighteen  or 
twenty  persons. 


3156.  Entries,  or  made  dishes,  re 
quire  great  care  in  placing  them  upon 
the  table,  otherwise  the  gravy  slops 
over  and  soils  the  dish  ;  they  are,  there- 
fore,  usually  served  with  a  wall  of 
mashed  potatoes,  rice  or  other  vegeta- 
bles, to  keep  them  in  their  proper 
place.  They  should  also  be  served  aa 
hot  as  possible. 

3157. -When  there  is  but  one  princi- 
pal dish,  it  should  be  placed  at  the 
head  of  the  table.  If  three  dishes, 
the  principal  to  the  head,  and  the  others 
opposite  each  other,  near  the  bottom; 
if  four,  the  largest  to  the  head,  the 
next  size  to  the  foot,  and  the  other 
two  at  the  sides ;  if  five,  place  the 
same  as  for  four,  with  the  smallest  in  the 
centre  ;  if  six,  place  the  same  as  for 
four,  with  two  small  dishes  on  each 
side ;  if  seven,  put  three  dishes  down 
the  centre  of  the  table,  and  two  on 
each  side;  if  eight,  four  dishes  down 
the  middle,  and  two  on  each  side,  at 
equal  distances  ;  if  nine,  place  them  in 
three  equal  lines,  but  with  the  proper 
dishes  at  the  top  and  bottom  «f  the 
table ;  if  ten,  put  four  down  the  centre, 
one  at  each  corner,  and  one  on  each 
side,  opposite  the  vacancy  between  the 
two  central  dishes ;  or  four  down  the 
middle,  and  three  on  each  side  oppo- 
site the  vacancies  of  the  centre  dishes ; 
if  twelve,  place  them  in  three  rows  of 
four  each,  or  six  down  the  middle,  and 
three  at  equal  distances  on  each  side. 
If  more  than  twelve,  they  must  be  ar- 
ranged on  the  same  principles,  but 
varying  according  to  number. 

3158.  Oval  or  circular  dining- tables 
require  to  have  the  dishes  arranged  in 
a  shape  corresponding  to  the  table. 

3159.  The   third  course  consists   of 
game,  confectionery,  delicate  vegetables 
dressed  in  the  French  style,  puddings, 
creams,  jellies,  &c. 

3160.  }^ien  there  are  only  two  courses, 
the  first  generally  consists  of  soups  and 
fish,  removed  by  boiled  poultry,  ham, 
tongue,  stews,  roasts,  ragouts,  curries, 
or  made-dishes  generally,  with  vegeta- 
bles.    The  second  consists  of  roasted 
poultry  or  game  at  the  top  and  bottom 


890 


JACKPON'S  TERM  OF  OFFICE  1829  TO  1837. 


with    dressed   vegetables,   maccaroni,  I  where  the  dishes  are  to  be  placed,  and, 
jellies,  creams,  preserved  fruit,  pastry  I  in  fact,  be  acquainted  with   the  whole 


and  general  confectionery,  salads,  &  c. 
It  is  generally  contrived  to  give  as  great 
a  variety  as  possible  in  these  dinners : 
thus — a*  jelly,  a  cream,  a  compote,  an 
ornamental  cake,  a  dish  of  preserved 


fruit,  fritters,  a 
ding,  &c. 


blancmange,  a    pud- 


3161.  After  the  third  course  has  been 
removed,  cheese,  ornamented  butter, 
salad,  radishes,  celery  in  a  glass  bowl 
or  on  a  dish,  sliced  cucumber  (and  at 


small     parties, 
usually  served. 


marrow-bones),    are 


3162.  A  mar  row- spoon,  cheese-scoop, 
and  butter-knife,  Tbeing  required  upon 
the   table,  are  to  be    placed  near  to 
the  dishes ;  a  knife  and  fork  near  the 
celery,  and  a  pair  of  salad-scissors  or  a 
fork  and  spoon  in  the  bowl  with  the  salad. 

3163.  The  cheese  may  be  served  in 
a  glass  bowl,  and  handed  round  from 
right  to  left ;  or  if  Stilton,  surrounded 
with  the  elegant  serviette,  and  placed 
upon  the  cheese-cloth.    The  bread  may 
be  seryed  as  usual,  or  the  cheese-snaps, 
piled  up  on  a  crochet-cloth,  in  a  plated 
bread-basket  placed  in  the  centre. 

3164.  Waiting  at  Table.— Much  con- 
fusion is  avoided  by  having  an  attend- 
ant upon  each  side  of  the  table ;  or,  if 
the  party  is  large,  more  than  one,  ac- 
cording to  the    number.     The  usual 
number  require^!  for  parties  is   given 
below:  and  if  the  income  admit  of  it, 
the  scale  may  be  increased,  according 
to  the  second  column,  which  will  mater- 
ially add  to  the  comfort  of  the  guests. 


Guests 
6 
12 
15 
20 
30 
40 
50 


Servants 


\ 
2 
3 
4 
6 
9 
12 


2 

3 

4 

6 

8 
12 
20,  &c. 


appointed  for  that  purpose 
nd  by  the  side  of  each  dish, 


3165.  Every  attendant  should  be 
oently  attired,  have  a  white  neckcloth 
and  white  gloves  on,  should  know 
where  all  the  articles  required  are, 


singly  from  the 
assisting  it,  and  carrie 


routine  of  the  party,  and  therefore  it 
is  better  to  provide  each  one  with  a 
bill  of  fare. 

3166.  When  every  guest  is   seated, 
a  servant 

should  sta 

with  the  right  hand  upon  the  cover; 
and  as  soon  as  grace  is  said,  the  cover 
is  to  be  removed,  and  placed  in  some 
convenient  part  of  the  room.  The 
plates  for  soup  should  thsn  be  taken 
i-te  the  person 
to  those  guests 

that  desire  that  particular  soup,  ob- 
serving that  ladies  are  to  be  assisted 
before  gentlemen,  and  that  these  should 
commence  from  the  head  of  the  table 
continuing  to  assist  each  until  both 
sides  are  helped. 

3167.  Soon  after  the  eoup  has  been 
served,  the    servants    may  pass  down 
each  side  of  the  table,  and   ask  each 
guest  what  they  will   take,  assisting 
them  to  the  dkh  desired  as  soon   as  it 
can  be  procured.     When  champagne 
is  given,  it  is  handed    round  upon  a 
waiter  or  salver  at  small   parties,  com- 
mencing at  the  right  hand  side  of  the 
table  from  the  top  and  bottom  simul- 
taneously, without   any  distinction   as 
regards  ladies  or  gentlemen.     In  brge 
parties  —  and  we  prefer  the  arrangement 
ourselves  even     in    small     ones—  the 
bottle  being  enveloped  as  far  as  the 
neck  with   a  clean  dinner-napkin,  the 
wine  is  assisted  in  the   same  order  as 
before;  but  instead  of   being  handed 
round  on  a  salver,  the  servants  pour  the 
wine  into  the  glass,  at  the  right-hand 
side  of  each   guest.     By  these  means 
there  is  less  danger  of  the  glasses  being 
broken    by  any  awkward     collision. 
The  champagne  is   generally  iced   in 
summer,  and  cool  in  winter,  and  is  as- 
sisted as  sooii  as  the  soup  is  finished, 
or  just  after  the  guests  have    been 
helped  to  the-  second   course  of  re- 
moves. 

3168.  Liqueurs  are  handed  round  when 
sweets  are  on  the  table.     Sauces  are 
handed  round  in  the  sauce-boat,  and 


MARTIX  VAX  BUREN'S  TERM  or  OFFICE  1837  TO  1841. 


391 


When  served,  placed  on  the  side-board 
or  dinner-waggon ;  if  only  a  family 
party,  they  are  returned  to  the  table. 
Sweet  sauces  are  handed  round  in 
glass  dishes,  and  bottle-sauces  in  a 
stand  or  basket  made  for  that  pur- 
pose, 

3169.  In  removing  the  dinner  things, 
one  servant  goes  round  the  table  with 
a  tray,  and  the  other  removes  and 
places  the  things  upon  it.  The  cloth  is 
then  brushed  with  a  dumb-brush  ;  or 
the  two  sides  are  turned  in,  and  then 
the  cloth  dexterously  jerked  off  the 
table,  the  lights  replaced,  and  the  des- 
sert set  on. 

3170.  When  knives,  forks,  and 
spoons,  are  removed  from  dishes  or 
plates,  they  should  be  placed  in  proper 
trays  covered  with  napkins  ;  one  being 
used  for  the  silver,  the  other  for  the 
steel  articles. 

3171.  When  plates  or  dishes  are 
removed  from  the  table,  great  care  is 
to  be  observed  with  respect  to  holding 
them  horizontally,  otherwise  the  gravy, 
syrup  or  liquid,  may  injure  the  dresses 
of  the  guests. 

8172.  In  some  circles,  the  fashion 
prevails  of  placing  finger-glasses  on 
table  immediately  preceding  dessert ; 
but  in  others,  especially  of  the  highest 
fashion,  cut-glass  bowls,  partially  filled 
with  rose  or  orange-flower  water,  iced 
in  summer  and  lukewarm  in  winter, 
are  handed  down  each  side  of  the 
table,  upon  salvers:  into  these  each 
guest  dips  the  corner  of  the  dinner 
napkin,  and  just  touches  the  lips  and 
the  tips  of  the  fingers,  to  afford  a  re- 
freshing feeling. 

3173.  THE  DESSERT.— The  dessert 
raay  consist  of  merely  two  dishes  of 
fruit  for  the   top   and  bottom;    dried 
fruits,   biscuits,   filberts,  &c.,  for  the 
sides  and  corners ;  and  a  cake  for  the 
centre. 

3174.  When  the  party  is  large,  and 
ices  are  served,  the  ice-plates  are  placed 
round  the  table,  and  ice-pails   at   both 
ends  of  the    table,   and  dishes  with 
wafer-biscuits    nt    the    sides.      Some 
persons  have  the  ices  served  in  glas* 


dishes,  which,  together  with  the  wafer- 
biscuits,  are  handed  round  before  the 
usual  dessert. 

3175.  When  there  is  preserved  gin- 
ger, it  follows  the  ices,  as  it  serves  to 
stimulate  the  palate,  so  that  the  deli- 
cious coolness  of  the  wines  may  be 
better  appreciated. 

3176.  The   side  and  corner  dishes 
usually  put  on  for  dessert,  consist  of: 
— Compotes   in   glass  dishes;   frosted 
fruit  served  on    lace-paper,  in  small 
glass  dishes;  preserved  and  dried  fruits, 
in    glass  dishes ;    biscuits,   plain    and 
fancy ;    fresh  fruit,  served    in   dishes 
surrounded  with  leaves  or  moss ;  olives, 
wafer-biscuits,  brandy-scrolls,  &c. 

3177.  The  centre  dishes  may  con- 
sist either  of  a  Savoy  or  an  ornamental 
cake,  on  an  elevated  stand — a  group 
of  waxen  fruit,  surrounded  with  moss 
— a  melon — a  pine  apple — grapes— or 
a  vase  of  flowers. 

3178.  BEHAVIOR  AT  DINNER. 
— There  is  no  situation  in  which  one's 
breeding  is  more  observed,  than  at  the 
dinner-table  ;  our  work  would  therefore 
be  incomplete  without  the  proper  di- 
rections as  to  its  etiquette. 

3179.  If  there  are  ladies,  gentlemen 
offer  their  arms,  and  conduct  them  to 
the  dining-room,  according  to  their  age, 
or  the  degree  of  respect  to  be  shown 
them. 

3180.  The  lady  of  the  house  sits  at 
the  head  of  the  table,  and  the  gentle- 
man opposite,  at  the  foot.    The  place  of 
hon^r  for  gentlemen  is  on  each  side  of 
the  mistress  of  the  house — for  ladies, 
on  each  side  of  the  master.    The  com- 
pany should  be  so  arranged  that  each 
lady  will  have  some  gentleman  at  her 
side  to  assist  her.  Of  course  it  is  every 
gentleman's  duty,  first  of  all  to  see  that 
ladies  near  him  are  attended  to. 

3181.  When  napkins  are  provided, 
they   are   at   once   carefully  unfolded, 
and  laid   on    the    knees.      Observe  if 
grace  is  to  be  said,  and  keep  a  proper 
decorum.     If  soup  is   served,  take   a 
piece  of  bread  in  the  left  hand,  and  the 
spoon  in  the  right,  and  sip  noiselessly 
from  the  side  of  the  spoon.     Do  not 


S92 


WILLIAM  H.  HARRISOK  1841  :    DIED  THE  SAME  YEAR. 


take  two  plates  of  the  same  kind  of 
soup,  and  never  tip  up  the  plate. 

3182.  When    regular    courses    are 
served,  the  next  dish  is  fish.     If  silver 
or  wide-pronged  forks  are  used,  eat 
with  the  fork  in  the  right  hand-  the 
knife  is  unnecessary. 

3183.  Next  come  the  roast  and  boil- 
ed meats.     If  possible,  the  knife  should 

•never  be  put  in  the  mouth  at  all,  let 
the  edge  be  turned  outward.  Anything 
taken  into  the  mouth  not  fit  to  be 
swallowed,  should  be  'quietly  removed 
with  the  fingers  of  the  left  hand,  to  that 
Bide  of  the  plate.  The  teeth  should  be 
picked  as  little  a-s  possible,  and  never 
with  the  fork  or  fingers.  Carefully  ab- 
stain from  every  act  of  observation  that 
may  cause  disgust,  such  as  spitting, 
blowing  the  nose,  gulping,  rinsing  the 
mouth,  &c.  Should  a  gentleman  send 
you  wine  at  a  public  table,  or  ask  the 
honour  of  a  glass  with  you,  observe 
when  he  raises  his  glass,  and  do  the 
same,  bowing,  whether  you  drink  or 
not. 

3184.  When  the  ladies  leave  the  ta- 
ble, which  they  do  together  at  the  sig- 
nal of  the  mistress  of  the  house,  the  gen- 
tlemen rise  and   conduct  them  to  the 
door  of  the  apartment,  and  then  return 
to  the  table.     This  is  in  formal  parties. 

3185.  If  at  dinner  you  are  requested 
to  help  any  one  to  sauce,  do  not  pour  it 
over  the  meat  or  vegetables,  but  on  one 
side.    If  you  should  have  to  carve  and 
help  a  joint,  do  not  load   a  person's 
plate — it  is  vulgar:    also    in    serving 
soup,  one  ladleful  to  each  plate  is  suffi- 
cient. 

3186.  Eat  peas  with  a  dessert  spoon, 
and  curry  also.     Tarts   and  puddings 
are  to  be  eaten  with  a  spoon. 

3187.  As  a  general  rule,  in  helping 
any  one  at  table,  never  use   a  knife 
when  you  can  use  a  spoon. 

3188.  Making  a  noise  in  chewing,  or 
breathing  hard  in  eating,  are  both  un- 
seemly habits,  and  ought  to  be  eschew- 
ed. 

3189.  Never  pare  an  apple  or  a  pear 
for  a  lady  unless  she  desires  you,  and 
then  bo  careful  to  use  your  fork  to  hold 


it ;  you  may  sometimes  offer  to  divide  a 
very  large  pear  with  or  for  a  person. 

3190.  At  some  tables,  large  colored 
glasses,  partially  filled  with  water, 
with  a  bit  of  lemon,  are  brought  when 
the  cloth  is  removed.  You  dip  a  cor- 
ner of  the  napkin  in  the  water,  and 
wipe  your  mouth,  then  rinse  your  fin- 
gers and  wipe  them  on  your  napkin. 

3J91.  The  best  general  rule  for  a 
person  unacquainted  with  the  usages  oi 
society,  is  to  be  cautious,  pay  attention 
and  do  as  he  sees  others  do,  who  ought 
to  know  what  is  proper.  Most  of  our 
blunders  are  the  result  of  haste  and 
want  of  observation. 

3192.  FOUR  GOOD  POINTS.— 
These  were  earnestly  recommended  by 
a  wise  and  good  man,  and  enforced  by 
his  own  example.  They  are  essentially 
necessary  for  the  management  of  tem- 
poral concerns.  These  are : 

1.  Punctuality. 

2.  Accuracy. 

3.  Steadiness. 

4.  Dispatch. 

Without  the  first,  time  is  wasted. 

Without  the  second,  mistakes,  fatal 
to  our  own  interest  and  that  of  others, 
may  be  committed. 

Without  the  third,  nothing  can  be 
well  done. 

Without  the  fourth,  opportunities 
of  good  are  lost  which  it  is  impossible 
to  recall. 

3193.  FOUR     IMPORTANT 
RULES. 

1.  A  suitable  place  for  everything, 
and  everything  in  its  place. 

2.  A  proper  time  for  everything,  and 
everything  done  in  its  time. 

3.  A  distinct  name   for  everything, 
and  everything  called  by  its  name. 

4.  A  certain  use  for  everything,  and 
everything  put  to  its  use. 

3194.  TABLE  OF  WEIGHTS 
AND  MEASURES. 

3195.  Men  are  often  measured  by 
weight  of  intellect  or  character,  which 
is  very  diversified,  but  not  more  than 
the  weights  and  measures  of  men  in 
different  regions,  by  which  they  measure 
merchandise  and  produce  to  one  au 


JOHN  TYLER'S  TERM  OF  OFFICE  1841  TO  1845. 


other.      For     instance,     a    BARREL 
MEASURE. 

3196.  What  is  it?     This  it  IB,  when 
selling  the  following  articles  : 

3197.  Cixler    and    other   liquids,  30 
gallons.     Rice,    600    Ibs.    Flour,   196 
Ibs.     Powder,  25  Ibs,     Corn,  as  bought 
and  sold  in  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  &c., 
5  bushels  of  shelled  corn.     As  bought 
and  sold  a  New-Orleans,  a  flour  barrel 
full  of  ears      Potatoes,  as  sold  in  New- 
York,    a   k./rel    contains   2^   bushels. 
Pork,  a  barrel  is  200  Ibs.,  distinguished 
in  quality  by  "  clear,"  "  mess,"  "  prime." 
A  barrel  of  beef  is  the  same  weight. 

3198.  A  barrel  of  salt,  in  one  place, 
is  280  Ibs.,  and  in  another  "  five  bush- 
els," though  in  measuring  the  bushel, 
cubic  inches  are  not  resorted  to,  but 
pounds,  arbitrarily  calling  a  bushel  of 
salt  56  Ibs.  in  one  place,  and  50  Ibs.  in 
another. 

3199.  A  BUSHEL  MEASURE.— The 
legal    bushel  of  America   is   the  old 
Winchester  measure  of  2,150.42  cubic 
inches.     The  imperial  bushel  of  Eng- 
land is  2,218.142  cubic  inches;  so  that 

32  English  bushels  are  about  equal  to 

33  of  ours. 

3200.  Although  we  are  all  the  time 
talking  about  the  price  of  grain,  &c., 
by  the  bushel,  we  sell  by  weight,  UB 
follows : 

3201.  Wheat,  beans,  potatoes,  and 
clover  seed,  60  Ibs.     Corn,  rye,  flax- 
seed,  and  onions,  56  Ibs.     Corn  on  the 
cob,  70  Ibs.     Buckwheat,  52  Ibp.     Bar- 
ley,   48    Ibs.      Hemp    seed,    44    Ibs. 
Timothy  seed,  45  Ibs.     Castor  beans, 
46  Ibs.     Oats,  35  Ibs.     Bran,  20  Ibs. 
Blue  grass  seed,  14  Ibs.     Salt ;  the  real 
weight  of  coarse  salt  is  85  Ibs.     Dried 
apples,  24  Ibs.     Dried  peaches,  33  Ibs. 
according  to  some  rules,   but  others 
are    22   IDS.    for    a  bushel,   while    in 
Indiana,     dried    apples    and    peaches 
are   sold  by  the   heaping  bushel.     So 
are  potatoes,   turnipe,   onions,   apples. 
&c.,   and   in    some   sections    oats   are 
heaped.     A  bushel  of  corn  in  the  ear  is 
throe  heaped  half  bushels,  or  four  even 
full. 

3202.  In  Tennessee,  a  hundred  ears 


of  corn  is  sometimes  counted  as  a 
bushel.  At  Chester,  England,  a  bushel 
is  32  gallons;  at  Carlisle,  24  gallons; 
at  Penrith,  16  gallons  ;  at  Abbingtou,  9 
gallons. 

3203.  A  hoop  18 £  inches  diameter,  b 
inches  deep,  holds  a  Winchester  bushel. 
A  box  12  inches  square,  7  and  7  1-32 
deep,  will  hold  half  a  bushel.     A  heap- 
ing bushel  is  2.815  cubic  inches. 

3204.  A   GALLON   MEASURE. — An 
English  imperial  gallon   is   10  Ibs.  of 
distilled  water  at  62°  Fahrenheit,  when 
the  barometer  stands  at  30.    This  is 
277.274  cubic  inches.     The  old  wine 
measure  in  use  here  is  231  inches  ;  and 
"  beer  measure"  282  inches. 

3205.  The  question,  if  asked:  "What 
is  a   gallon    measure?"  can  only  be 
answered  by  measuring  the  man  who  is 
buying  or  selling. 

3206.  LAND  MEASURE. — An  English 
imperial  acre  is  4,840  square  yards,  or 
160  square   rods.    A  square   13  rods 
upon  each  side  is  commonly  counted  an 
acre ;  it  is  nine  rods  over  measure.     A 
square  22  yards  upon  each  side  is  one- 
tenth  of  an  acre. 

3207.  The  following  gives  the  com- 
parative size  in  square  yards  of  acres  in 
different  countries  : 

English  acre  ,  4,840  square  yards ; 
Scotch,  6,150  ;  Irish,  7,840 ;  Hamburg, 
11,545;  Amsterdam,  9,722;  Dantzic, 
6,650;  France  (hectare),  11,960; 
Prussia  (morgen),  3,053. 

This  difference  should  be  borne  in 
mind  in  reading  of  the  products  per 
acre  in  different  countries.  Our  land 
measure  is  that  of  England. 

3208.  GOVERNMENT  LAND  MEAS- 
URE.— A  township,  36  sections,  each  a 
mile  square. 

A  section,  640  acres. 

A  quarter  section,  half  a  mile  iquare, 
160  acres. 

An  eighth  section,  half  a  mile  long-, 
lorth  and  south,  and  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  wide,  80  acres. 

A  sixteenth  section,  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  square,  40  acres. 

The  sections  aie  all  numbered  one  if 


894 


JAMES  K.  FOLK'S  TERM  OF  OFFICE  1845  TO  1849. 


thirty-six,  commencing  at  the  northeast 
comer,  thus : 


6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

N  W  \  E 
bW"  SK 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

30 

29 

28 

27 

26 

25 

31 

32 

33 

34  j  35 

36 

The  sections  are  all  divided  in 
quarters,  which  are  named  by  the  car- 
dinal points,  as  in  section  one.  The 
quarters  are  divided  in  the  same  way. 
The  description  of  a  40  acre  lot  would 
read :  The  south  half  of  the  west  half 
of  the  southwest  quarter  of  section  1  in 
township  24,  north  of  range  7  west,  or 
as  the  case  might  be ;  and  sometimes 
will  fall  short,  and  sometimes  overrun 
the  number  of  acres  it  is  supposed  to 
contain. 

3209.  A  MILE  MEASURE. — A  stand- 
ard English  mile,  which  is  the  measure 
that  we  use,  is  5,280  feet  in  lengtn, 
1.760  yards,  or  320  rods.     A  strip  one 
rod  wide  and  one  mile  long,  is  two 
ac.res.     By  this  it  is  easy  to  calculate 
the  quantity  of  land* taken  up  by  roads, 
and    also    how    much    is    wasted    by 
fences. 

3210.  The  following  table  shows  the 
length  of  miles  in  different  countries, 
compared  with  the  English  mile : 

Scottish  (ancient) 1m.    224  yds. 

Irish  (ancient) 1         480 

German  (short) 3      1,570 

German  (long) 5      1,326 

Hanoverian 6 

Tuscan 1 

Russian 4 

Danifh 4 

Dantzic 4 

Hungarian 5 

Swiss 6 

Swedish' 6 

Arabian. .  .  .J 


999 
48 

1,197 
1,204 
1.435 

313 

353 
1,140 

380 


Roman  (modern),  132  yards  less  than 
the  English  mile. 

3211.  A  LEAGUE  MEASURE. 

English  league 3m. 

French  league 3 

French  posting  league.  .2         743  ydi 
Spanish  judicial  league.  .2      1,115 
Spanish  common  league  .5         376 

Portugal  league 3      1,480 

Flanders  league 3      1 ,584 

3212.  OTHER  MEASURES. 

Russian  werst 1,1G7  yds. 

Turkish  bein 1m.     66 

Persian  parasang 3         806 

"A  Sabbath  day's  journey,"  1,155 
yards  ;  which  is  18  yards  less  than  two 
thirds  of  a  mile. 

"  A  day's  journey,"  33§  miles. 

"  A  reed,"  10  feet  11  §  inches. 

"A  palm,''  3  inches. 

"  A  fathom,''  6  feet. 

A  Greek  foot  is  12|  inches. 

A  Hebrew  foot  is  1,212  of  an  English 
foot. 

A  cubit  is  two  feet. 

A  great  cubit  is  1 1  feet. 

An  Egyptian  cubit  is  21.888  inch.es. 

A  span  is  10.944  inches. 

3213.  BOARD  MEASURE.— Boards  are 
sold  by  superficial  measure,  at  so  much 
per  foot  of  one  inch  or  less  in  thickness, 
adding  one  fourth,  to  the  price  for  each 
quarter-inch  thickness  over  an  inch. 

3214.  GRAIN  MEASURE  IN  BULK. — 
Multiply  the  width  and  length  of  the 
pile  together,  and  that  product  by  the 
height,  and  divide  by  2,150,  and  you 
have  the  contents  in  bushels. 

If  you  wish  the  contents  of  a  pile  of 
ears  of  corn,  or  roots  in  heaped  bushels, 
ascertain  the  cubic  inches  and  divide 
by  2.818. 

3215.  A  TUN  WEIGHT.— In  this  city, 
a  tun  is  2,000  Ibs.     In  most  places,  a 
tun  of  hay,  &c.,  is  2,240  Ibs.,  and  in 
some  places  that  foolish  fashion  still 
prevails  of  weighing  all  bulky  articles 
sold  by  the  tun,  by  the  "  long  weight," 
or  tare  of  12  Ibs.  per  cwt. 

3216.  A  tun  of  round  timber  is  40 
feet;  of  square  timber,  54  cubic  feet. 

3217.  "A  quarter"  of  corn  or  other 
grain    sold  by    the    bushel,    is  eighe 


ZACHARY  TAYLOR  1849-1850  J   DIED  1850. 


595 


•mperial    bushels,  or    a  quarter  of  a 
tun. 

3218.  A  Tux  of  liquid  measure  is  252 
gallons. 

3219.  BUTTER    is    sold    avoirdupois 
weight,    which    compares   with    Troy 
weight  as  144  to  175  ;  the  Troy  pound 
being  that  much    the  lightest.      But 
175  Troy  ounces  equal  192  of  avoir- 
dupoi?. 

3220.  A  firkin  of  butter  is  56  Ibs :  a 
tub  of  butter  is  84  Ibs. 

3221.  The  KILOGRAMME  of  France  is 
1,000  grammes ;  and  equal  to  two  Ibs. 
2  oz.  4  grs.  avoirdupois. 

3222.  A  BALE  OF  COTTON,  in  Egypt, 
is  90  Ibs  ;  in  America,  a  commercial 
bale  is  400  Iba. ;  though  put  up  to  vary 
from  280  to  720  in.  different  localities. 

A  bale  or  bag  of  Sea  Island  cotton  is 
300  Ibs. 

3223.  WOOL.     In  England,  wool  is 
Bold  by  the  sack  or  boll,  of  22   stone, 
which,  at  14  Ibs.  the  stone,  is  308  Ibs. 

3224.  A  pack  of  wool  is  17  stone,  2 
Ibs. ,  which  is  rated  as  a  pack  load  for 
a  horse.     It  is  240  Ibs.     A  tod  of  wool 
is  2  stone  of  14  Ibs.     A  wey  of  wool  is 
6£  tods.     Two  weys,  a  sack.     A  clove 
of  wool  is  half  a  stone. 

3225.  The  STONE  WEIGHT,  so  often 
Bpoken  of  in  English  measures,  is  14  Ibs. 
when   weighing    wool,   feathers,   hay, 
&c. ,  but  a  stone  of  beef,  fish,  butter, 
cheese,  &c.,  is  only  8  Ibs. 

3226.  HAY.     In    England,   a    truss, 
when  new,  is  60  Ibs.,  or  56  Ibs.  of  old 
hay.    A  truss  of  straw,  40  Ibs.     A  load 
of  hay  is  36  trusses. 

In  this  country,  a  load  is  just  what  it 
may  happen  to  weigh  ;  and  a  tun  of  hay 
is  either  2,000  Ibs.  or  2,240,  according 
to  the  custom  of  the  locality,  A  bale 
of  hay  is  generally  considered  about 
300  Ibs.,  but  there  is  no  regularity  in 
the  weight.  A  cube  of  a  solid  mow, 
10  feet  square,  will  weigh  a  tun. 

3227.  A  LAST  is  an  English  measure 
of  various  articles. 

A  last  of  soap,  ashes,  herrings,  and 
some  similar  things,  is    2  barrels. 
A  last  of  corn  is  10  qxiarters. 
A  last  of  gunpowder,  24  barrels. 
17* 


A  last  of  flax  or  feathers,  1,700  Ibs. 
A  last  of  wool,  12  sacks. 

3228.  A  SCOTCH  PINT  contains  105 
cubic  inches,  and  is  equal  to  4  English 
pints.     214  Scotch  pint  is  is  a  farlot  of 
wheat. 

3229.  COAL.     A    chaldron    is    58f 
cubic  feet,  or  by  measure,  36  heaped 
bushels.     A  heaped  bushel  of  anthra- 
cite coal  weighs  80  Ibs.,  making  2,880 
Ibs.  to  a  chaldron. 

3230.  WOOD.    A  cord  of  wood  is 
128  solid  feet,  in  this  country  and  Eng- 
land.    In  France  it  is  576  feet.     We 
cord  wood  4  feet  long,  in  piles  4  feet 
by  8. 

In  New-Orleans,  wood  is  retailed  by 
the  pound,  and  to  a  limited  extent  here. 
It  is  also  sold  by  the  barrel.  A  load  of 
wood  in  New-York  is  42§  cubic  feet,  or 
one-third  of  a  cord. 

Wood  is  sold  in  England  by  the 
stack,  skid,  quintal,  billet,  and  bun- 
dle. 

3231.  A  STACK  is  108  solid  feet,  and 
usually  piled  12  feet  long,  3  feet  high, 
and  3  feet  wide. 

A  QUINTAL  of  wood  is  100  Ibs. 

3232.  A  SKID  is  a  round  bundle  of 
sticks,  4  feet  long.     A  one-notch  skid 
girts  16  inches.     A  two-notch  skid  23 
inches.     A  three-notch  skid  28  inches. 
A  four-notch  skid  33  inches.     A  five- 
notch  skid  38  inches. 

A  BILLET  of  wood  is  a  bundle  ot 
sticks  3  feet  long,  and  girts  7,  10  or  14 
inches,  and  these  bundles  sell  by  the 
score  or  hundred.  A  spore  is  20,  wid 
comes  from  the  count  by  tally,  or 
marks. 

FAGGOTS  OP  WOOD  are  bundles  of 
brush  3  feet  long,  2  feet  round.  A 
load  of  faggots  is  50  bundles. 

All  wood  should  be  sold  by  tho 
pound. 

3233.  PARLOR  AMUSEMENT. 

3234.  RIDDLES.— It  may  be  asked, 
What  is  a  riddle  1—  Ah  !  what  is  it  I 
That's  just  the  rub !  Well,  then,  it  is  » 
queer  affair,  without   shape,  size,  hu- 
manity, compassion,  breath,  or  sex.    It 
is  caressed,  abused,  courted,  slighted, 
jostled,  hustled,  and,  notwithstanding  all 


MILLALO  FILMORE'S  TERM  OF  OFFICE  1850  TO  1853. 


that  i*  said  against  it,  universally  looked 
upon  as  a  welcome  guest  when  it  is  not 
in  a  dull  mood. 

3235.  The  oldest  riddle  on  record  is 
that  put  forth  by  Samson  (Judges  xiv.) 
— '  Out  of  the  eater  came  forth  meat, 
and  out  of  the  strong  came  forth  sweet- 
ness."    His  solution  is  well  known,  as 
it  is  explained  in  the  same  chapter. 

3236.  No  doubt  there  are  many  rid- 
dles which  should  have  been  handed 
down  to  posterity,  that  deserved  this  dis- 
tinction, but  that  ascribed  to  Cieobulus, 
one  of  the  seven  wise  men  of  Greece, 
deserves  to  be  recorded ;  it  is  said  to 
have  been   composed  B.  c.  about  705 
years.     "  There  is  a  father  with  twice 
six  sons:  these  sons  have  thirty  daugh- 
ters a-piece,  parti-colored,  having  one 
check  white  and  the  other  black,  who 
never  see  each  other's  face,  nor  live 
above  twenty-four  hours."     His  solu- 
tion was  "  The  Year." 

How  we  have  puzzled  and  puzzled 
again  over  some  of  the  good  old  riddles 
of  yore,  and  when  their  solutions  have 
been  whispered,  half  in  mirth  and  half 
in  fear  at  our  wrath,  we  have  laughed 
at  our  very  stupidity,  and  wondered 
how  any  person  could  fail  to  discover 
them. 

What  a  batch  now  crowd  upon  us — 
'tis  fearful  to  contemplate  !  But  we  shall 
iash  off  a  few  as  they  pass  in  review, 
vommencing  with — 

3-237.  M.  VOLTAIRE'S  RIDDLE.— 
What  is  the  longest,  and  yet  the  short- 
est thing  in  the  world ;  the  swiftest  and 
the  most  slow ;  the  most  divisible  and 
the  most  extended ;  the  least  valued, 
and  the  most  regretted ;  without  which 
nothing  cau  be  done ;  which  devours 
everything,  however  small,  and  yet 
gives  life  and  spirit  to  all  things  how- 
ever great  ?  Answer — Time. 

3238.  RIDDLE. 
Beneath  the  skies  a  creature  once  did 

dwell,— 

So  sacred  writers  unto  us  do  tell, — 
He  lived,  he  breathed,  in    this  vain 

world,  'tis  true, 
Though  he  ne'er  sinn'd   or  any  evil 

knew 


He  never  shall  in  Heaven's  high  king- 

dom  dwell, 
Or  e'er  be  doomed  to  feel  the  pangs  of 

Hell; 

Yet  in  him  an  immortal  soul  there  wa« 
That  must  be  damn'd — or,  live  among 

the  just. 

Answer— The  Fish  that  swallowed 
Jonah. 

3239.  A  PROBLEM  FOR  ARITHME- 
TICIANS.— A.  and  B.,  two  countrymen, 
came  to  the  New  York  market  with 
30  geese  each.  A.  sells  his  30  geese 
at  the  rate  of  TWO  for  $1,  and  B.  sells 
his  30  geese  at  the  rate  of  THREE  for 
$1,  at  which  rate  the  purchaser  seems 
to  get  FIVE  geese  for  $2.  The  net 
proceeds  of  the  sales,  however,  amount- 
ed to  $25.  Subsequently  A.  and  B. 
have  another  lot  of  thirty  geese  each 
for  the  market,  but  as  A.  is  sick,  he 
gets  B.  to  sell  his  lot,  who  comes  to  the 
market,  and  believing  that  he  was  sell- 
ing his  geese  on  the  same  terms  as  be- 
fore, offers  them  at  the  rate  of  FIVE 
for  $2.  When  he  returns  home,  he 
finds,  in  making  up  his  account  with  A., 
that  he  has  only  netted  $24  for  the 
sixty  geese,  and  is  out  $1,  but  cannot 
account  for  the  deficiency.  In  the  first 
instance,  the  sixty  geese  brought  $25 ; 
tn  the  second,  only  $24,  and  yet  he  has 
apparently  sold  them  on  the  same 
terms — FIVE  for  $2,  as  they  sold  them 
in  the  first  place  THREE  for  $1,  and 
TWO  for  $1— FIVE  for  $2.  Can  any 
of  our  smart  men  at  figures  account  for 
the  deficiency  of  $1  on  the  second 
sale? 

Answer. — The  solution  of  the  problem 
of  the  geese  is  very  simple.  It  is  true 
that  the  buyer  of  the  geese  from  A.,  at 
two  for  $2,  and  from  B.  at  three  for 
$1,  obtains  five  for  $2.  But  when  B. 
has  sold  all  of  his  geese,  having  received 
$10  for  his  30,  A.  has  only  sold  20  for 
the  same  money,  and  has  ]  0  left  at  the 
rate  of  two  for  $1.  Thus,  when  A.  has 
sold  only  20,  the  rate  of  five  for  $2 
ceases;  being  two  for  $1,  or  four  for 
$2,  for  the  remaining  ten  belonging  to 
A.  Therefore  this  accounts  for  the  dif 
ference  or  $1  between  the  two  sale* 


FRANKLIN  PlERCK's  TERM  OF  OFFICE  1853  TO  1857. 


397 


3240.    ARITHMETICAL    PUZZLE.  — 

Arrange  the  figures  1  to  9  in  such 
order  that,  by  adding  them  together, 
they  amount  to  100.  15 

36 
47 

It  it  done  thus  : 


100 

3241.  PRACTICAL  PUZZLE.  —  It  is 
required  to  name  the  quotient  of  five 
or  three  lines  of  figures  —  each  line  con- 
sisting of  five  or  more  figures  —  only 
seeing  the  first  line,  before  the  other 
lines  are  even  put  down.  Any  person 
may  write  down  the  first  line  of  figures 
for  you.  How  do  you  find  the  quotient? 
Answer.  —  When  the  first  line  of  fig- 
ures is  set  down,  subtract  2  from  the 
last  right-hand  figure,  and  place  it  be- 
fore the  first  figure  of  the  line,  and  that 
is  the  quotient  for  five  lines.  For  ex- 
ample, suppose  the  figures  given  are 
86,214,  the  quotient  will  be  286,212. 
You  may  allow  any  person  to  put  down 
the  two  first  and  the  fourth  lines,  but 
you  must  always  set  down  the  third 
and  fifth  lines,  and  in  doing  so  always 
make  up  9  with  the  line  above,  as  in 
the  following  example  : 

Therefore  in  the  annexed 
86,214  diagram  you  will  see  that 
42,680  you  have  made  9  in  the 
57,319  third  and  fifth  lines  with 
62,854  the  lines  above  them.  If 
37,145  the  person  desired  to  put 

-  down    the   figure,  should 
Qt.  286,212  set  a  1  or  0  for  the  last 

figure,  you  must  say  we 
will  have  another  figure,  and  another, 
and  so  on  until  he  sets  down  something 
above  1  or  2. 

In  solving  the  puzzle 
67,856  with  three  lines,  you  sub- 
47,218  tract  1  from  the  last  figure, 
52,781  arid  place  it  before  the  first 

•  figure,  and  make  up  the 
Qt    167,855  third  line  yourself  to  9. 

For  example  :  67,856  is 
given,  and  the  quotient  will  be  167,355, 
&B  shown  in  the  above  diagram. 


3242.  To  TELL  ANY  NUMBER 
THOUGHT  OF.— Ask  a  person  to  think 
of  a  number ;  then  tell  him  to  subtract 
1  from  that  number ;  now  tell  him  to 
multiply  the  remainder  by  2 ;  then  re- 
quest him  again  to  subtract  1,  and  add 
to  the  remainder  the  number  he  first 
thought  of,  and  to  inform  you  of  the 
total.  When  he  has  done  this,  you 
must  mentally  add  three  to  that  total, 
and  then  divide  it  by  3,  and  the  quo- 
tient will  be  the  number  first  thought 
of.  This  is  an  excellent  arithmetical 
pastime,  examples  of  which  we  give 
below : 

10  15  18  23 

1111 


9 
2 

18 
1 

17 

10 

27 
3 


14 
2 

28 
1 

27 
15 

42 
3 


17 
2 

34 
1 

33 

18 

51 
3 


22 
2 

44 
1 

43 
23 

66 
3 


3)30        3)45        3)54        3)69 

10  15  18  23 

3243.  THE  EXPUNGED  FIGURE.— 
In  the  first  place  desire  a  person  to 
write  down  secretly,  in  a  line,  any 
number  of  figures  he  may  choose,  and 
add  them  together  as  units ;  having 
done  this,  tell  him  to  subtract  that 
sura  from  the  line  of  figures  originally 
set  down;  then  desire  him  to  strike 
out  any  figure  he  pleases,  and  add  the 
remaining  figures  in  the  line  together 
as  units  (as  in  the  first  instance),  and 
inform  you  of  the  result,  when  you  will 
tell  him  the  figure  ho  has  struck  out. 

Suppose,  for  example,  the 

76542 — 24  figures  put  down  are  76542; 

24  .        these,  added    together,  as 

unite,  make  a  total  of  24 ; 

76518          deduct  24  from    the    first 

line,  and  76518  will  remain ; 

if  the  5,  the  centre  figure,  be  Btruck 


398 


NEVER  PUT  OFF  TILL  TO-MORROW  WHAT  CAN  BE  DONE  TO-DAY. 


out,  the  total  will  be  22.  If  8,  the  first 
figure  be  struck  oirt,  19  will  be  the 
total. 

In  order  to  ascertain  which  figure 
has  been  struck  out,  you  make  a  men- 
tal sum  one  multiple  of  9  higher  than 
the  total  given.  If  22  be  given  as  the 
total,  then  3  times  9  are  27,  and  22 
from  27  shows  that  5  was  struck  out. 
If  19  be  given,  that  sum  deducted  from 
^7  shows  8. 

Should  the  total  be  equal  multiples 
of  9,  as  18,  27,  36,  then  9  has  been  ex- 
punged. 

With  very  little  practice  any  person 
may  perform  this  with  rapidity  ;  it  is 
therefore  needless  to  give  any  further 
examples. 

3244.  THE  REMAINDER.— A  very 
pleasing  way  to  arrive  at  an  arithmet- 
ical sum,  without  the  use  of  either  slate 
or  pencil,  is  to  ask  a  person  to  think  of 
a  figure,  then  to  double  it,  then  add  a 
certain  figui-e  to  it,  now  halve  the  whole 
sum,  and  finally  to  subtract  from  that 
the  figure  first  thought  of.  You  are 
then  to  tell  the  thinker  what  is  the  re- 
mainder. 

The  key  to  this  lock  of  figures  is, 
that  half  of  whatever  sum  you  require 
to  be  added  during  the  working  of  the 
sum  is  the  remainder.  In  the  example 
given,  five  is  the  half  of  ten,  the  num- 
ber requested  to  be  added.  Any 
amount  may  be  addod,  but  the  opera- 
tion is  simplified  by  giving  only  even 
numbers,  as  they  will  divide  without 
fractions. 

Example. 

Think  of .7 

Double  it =  14 

Add  to  it 10 

Halve  it J)24 


Which  will  leave  .  . . 

Subtract  the  number 

thought  of 


12 


The  remainder  will  be . .        5 
3245.  THE  THREE  JEALOUS  HUS- 
BANDS.—  This    is    a  very  ingenious 
puzzle  and  should  be  performed  with 


small  counters  of  two  different  colors 
Three  jealous  husbands,  with  theii 
wives,  having  to  cross  a  smnll  stream, 
find  a  boat  without  an  owner,  which  is 
only  sufficiently  large  to  carry  two  per- 
sons at  a  time.  Wanted  to  know,— 
how  the  six  persons  can  transport  thorn 
selves  over  the  river  in  pairs,  so  that 
no  woman  shall  be  left  in  company  with 
any  of  the  men  unless  her  husband  is 
present. 

Answer. — At  first  two  wives  cross 
the  river,  then  one  returns  and  takes 
over  the  remaining  wife,  after  which  she 
recrosses,  and  stays  with  her  husband, 
and  the  two  husbands  cross  over. 
Then  a  husband  and  wife  come  back, 
and  the  two  husbands  cross.  Then 
the  wife  returns  and  takes  over  one  of 
the  others,  and  lastly  the  husband  of 
the  remaining  one  comes  back  for  hia 
wife.  (See  2435.) 

3246.  TECHNICAL  TERMS  RELA- 
TIVE TO  BOOKS,  ENGRAV- 
INGS, ETC. 

3247.  Books   are   distinguished  ac- 
cording to   the  number  of  pages  in  a 
sheet  of  the  paper  on  which  they  are 
printed ;  as,  two  leaves,  4  pages,  folio 
four  leaves,  8  pages,  quarto,  or  4fo. 
eight  leaves,  16  pages,  octavo,  or  8vo. 
twelve  leaves,  24  pages  twelves,  duode- 
cimo, or    12mo. ;    sixteen    leaves,  32 
pages,  sixteens,  or   16   mo. ;     eighteen 
leaves,  36  pages,  octo-decimo,  eighteens, 
or  18mo.     The  size  of  a  book  is  deter- 
mined by  the  size   or  designation  of  a 
sheet  of  the  paper    on  which    it  ia 
printed ;    as   foolscap    4to.,  or    8vo. ; 
post  8vo. ;  demy  8vo.  ;  royal  8vo.,  &c. 

3248.  The  letters  A,  B,  C,  D,  &c. 
and  the  letters  and  figures,  A  2,  A  3, 
A  4,  «fec.,  at  the  bottoms  of  the-  first, 
third,  fifth,     seventh,    &c.,-  pages  of 
printed  sheets,  are  marks  for  directing 
the  printer,  bookseller,  and  bookbinder 
in   collecting,    collating,    folding-    and 
placing  the    sheets    in    proper  order. 
These  marks  are  usually  termed  signa- 
tures. 

3249.  When  the  page  of  a  book  is 
divided  into  two  or  more  parts  by  a  line 
or  lines,  or  blank  spaces,  running  from 


NEVER  TROUBLE  ANOTHER  FOR  WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO  YOURSELF. 


399 


the  top  to  the  bottom,  each  division  is 

3259.   The  legality  of  signatures,  in 

called  a  column.     This  work  is  printed 

•                , 

pencil,  has  ever  been  questioned. 

in  columns. 
3250.   Vignette  i*    a   French    term, 
designating  the  ornamental  engraving, 
without  a  boi'der,  which   is  sometimes 

3260.    Account  books,  notes,  or  re- 
ceipts written  in  pencil,  would  not  be 
respected  in  any  law  court. 

placed  in  the  title-page  of  a  book,  at 
the  head   or   termination  of  a  chap- 

3261. In  those  States  in  which  ex 
emption  laws  are  enforced,  the  drawer 

ter,  &c. 

of   a  promissory  note   may  expressly 

3251.    Xylography  is   the  art  of  en- 
graving   upon    wood  ;   etching,  mezzo- 
iinto,  and    aquatinta,  are  varieties  of 
the  art  of    engraving    upon     copper. 
Until  within  these  few  years,  copper 

waive  all   right  of  benefit  "from  those 
laws.     Conditions  which  the  subscriber 
may  add  to   a   "  note  of  promise,"  if 
accepted  by  the  receiver,  holds  good  in 
every  State,  unless   thej  directly  con- 

and wood  were  the  substances  employ- 

travene local  laws. 

ed  by  engravers  for  book-illustrations. 

3262.  FIFTY  THOUSAND 

For  certain  purposes,  wood  (box-wood) 

CURES   of    drowsiness    dejection, 

continues  in  the   highest   repute  ;  but 

dolour,  clulness,  depression,  ennui,  ill- 

copper  has  been  in  a  great    measure 

humor,  indigestion,  (mental,)  from  poli- 

superseded    by  steel,  where    a  large 

tical  or  other  dry  reading,  loss  of  tem- 

number of  impressions  is  required. 

per,  low  spirits,   melancholy,  morose- 

3252.    Elcctrography    is    a    newly- 

ness,  mental   anxiety,  (as  for  instance 

discovered  electrical  process,  by  which 

on  a  railway   journey,)  sulks,   stupe- 

one copper  plate  may  be  expeditiously 
produced,  in  fac  simile  from  another. 

faction,  (by  a  debate    in    Congress,) 
sleepiness,     spleen,      general      used- 

3253.  Glyphography  is  a  somewhat 
similar   nrorrffis.  bv  which    t.hronali  tlio 

upishness,  and  many  other  complaints, 
have  already  been  affected  bv  th«  use 

action  of  the  voltaic  battery,  plates  may 
be  obtained  from  drawings,  affording 
impressions  ad  libitum. 

3254.  Lithography  is  the  art  of 
taking  impressions  from  drawings  or 
writings  made  on  prepared  and  highly- 
polished  calcareous  stone.  Zincography 
is  an  adaptation  of  the  same  principle 
to  plates  of  Zinc.  All  these  processes 


are  now  extensivel 


y  employee 
iks  for  vari 


ed    in  the 


poses.     ( See  1 850  and  3360 . ) 

3255.  RECEIPTS. — A  receipt  is  not 
conclusive  evidence  of  payment,  but  it 
throws  the  burden  of  proof  upon  him 
who  attempts  to  impeach  it. 

3256.  Receipts  may  be  either  in  full 
of  all  demands,  for  a  special  account, 

"  an   account,  or  for 


part  payment  of 
;pecial  purpose. 


in 
R  spec 


3257.  The  arrangement  of  the  word- 
Ing  of  a  receipt  is  not  important  if  the 
object  and  time  be  distinctly  stated  in  it. 

3258  A  general  receipt  "  in  full  of 
all  demands  "  is  a  discharge  of  all  debts 
except  speoiu  iobts  unf  9r  seal 


of  that  celebrated  article  prepared  by 
the  old  lady  herself— Mrs.  PARTING- 
TON  S  CARPET  BAG  OF  FUN— 
with  150  laughable  designs,  and  1,000 
of  the  funniest  stories,  &c.,  ever  pub- 
lished. It  is  sold  by  everybody  and 
bought  by  the  rest.  The  in&nt.  may 
take  it  as  well  as  the  adult,  as  it  it 
warranted  free  from  all  impurity,  and 
contains  nothing  hurtful  to  the  weakest 
mental  stomach.  Price  50  cents. 
Cloth  gilt,  elegant,  75  cents.  GARRETT, 
DICK  &,  FITZGERALD.  Also,  for  sala 
by  ull  Booksellers. 

3263.  CURIOUS  FACTS.— If  a  tal- 
low candle  be  placed  in  a  gun   and  be 
shot  at  a  door,  it  will  go  through  with- 
out   sustaining    any  injury;   and  if   a 
musket-ball  be  fired  into  water,  it  will 
rebound  and  be   flattened  as  if  fired 
against  any  hard  substance. 

3264.  A  musket-ball  may  be  fired 
through  a   pane  of   glass,  and  if  the 
glass  be  suspended  by  a  thread  it  will 
make  no  difference  and  the  thread  D<* 
ever,  vibrate. 


400 


NEVER  SPEND  TOUR  MONET  BEFORE  YOU  HAVE  IT. 


3265.  How  TO  GET  A  HORSE  OUT 
OF  A  FIRE —The    great  difficulty  of 
getting    horses    from   a   stable  where 
surrounding  buildings  are  in  a  state  of 
conflagration,   is   well    known.      The 
plan   of    covering  their  eyes  with  a 
blanket  will  not  always  succeed. 

3266.  A  gentleman    whose    horses 
have  been  in  great  peril  from  such  a 
cause,  having  in  vain  tried  to  save  them, 
hit   upon   the    experiment  of   having 
them  harnessed   as   though  they  were 
going  to  their  usual  work,  when,  to  his 
astonishment,  they  were  led  from  the 
stable  without  difficulty. 

3267.  To  PREVENT  WOUNDS  FROM 
MORTIFYING.  —  Sprinkle      sugar    on 
them.      The  Turks  wash  fresh  wounds 
with    wine,  and    sprinkle    sugar    on 
them.        Obstinate     ulcers     may    be 
cured  with  sugar  dissolved  in  a  strong 
decoction  of  walnut  leaves. 

3268.  To  MAKE  CASTOR  OIL  PALATABLE. 
— Boil  castor  oil  with  an  equal  quantity 
of  milk,  sweetened  with  a  little  sugar. 
Stir  it  well  and  let  it  cool.  Another 
good  way  is  to  beat  the  castor  oil  with 
the  white  of  an  egg  until  both  are 
thoroughly  mixed.  In  either  case  the 
taste  of  oil  cannot  be  distinguished. 

3269.  To  ascertain  the  height  of  an 
object  a  peculiar  method  of  measure- 
merit  is  in  use  among  the  Isthmus  In- 
dians.    In   measuring  the  height  of 
a  tree,  for  instance,  a  man  proceeds 
from  its  base  to  a  point  where,  on  turn- 
ing the  back  towards  it,  and   putting- 
the  head  between  the  legs,  he  can  just 
see  the  top ;  at  the  spot  where  he  is 
able  to  do  this  he  makes  a  mark  on  the 
ground,  and  then  paces  the  distance  to 
the  base  -of  the  tree  :   this  distance  is 
equal  to  the  height. 

3270.  Stain   mixture.  —  Oxalic  acid 
J8     infallible    in     removing    iron-rusr. 
and  ink  stains.    Used  in  the  proportion 
of  one  ounce  to  a  quart  of  soft  water. 
The  article   must  be   spread  with  this 
mixture,  over  the  steam  of  hot  water, 
wetting   occasionally.    It  will   also  re- 
move indelible  ink   and   other  stains. 
It  is  very  poisonous,  and  must  be  kept 
in  a  bottle  corked.    Wash  tlie  arf  cl« 


afterward,  or  the     liquor  will  injure 
it.    (See  1300.) 

3271.  Ink  and  Iron   Mould  may  be 
taken  out  by  wetting  the  spots  in  milk, 
then  covering  them  with  common  salt. 
It  should  be  done  before  the  garment 
has   beea   washed.     Another   way  to 
take  out  ink,  is  to  dip  it  in  melted  tal- 
low.    For  fine,  delicate  articles,  this  is 
the  best  way.     (See  175.) 

3272.  Mildew   may  be   removed,  by 
dipping  the  article  in  sour  buttermilk, 
laying  in  the  sun,  and  after  it  is  white, 
rinsing  in  fair  water.    Soap  and  starch, 
with  half    as   much    salt  as  there  is 
starch.     The  juice  of  lemon   is  very 
good.     (See  506.J 

3273.  To  Remove  Stains  from  Broad- 
cloth.— Take  an  ounce  of    pipe-clay, 
that  has  been  ground  fine,  and  mix  it 
with  twelve  drops  of  alcohol,  and  the 
same  quantity  of  spirits  of  turpentine. 
Moisten  a  little  of  this  mixture  with 
alcohol,  and  rub  it  on  the   spots.     Let 
it  remain  till  dry,  then  rub  it  off  with  a 
woollen  cloth,  and  the   spots  will  dis- 
appear.    (See  1286  and  27.) 

3274.  To  Remove  Stains  from  Colored 
Silks. — Salts  of    ammonia,  mixed  with 
lime,  will  take  out  the  stains  of  wine 
from   silk.      Spirits  of  turpentine,  al- 
cohol, and  clear  ammonia,  are  all  good 
to  remove  stains  on  colored  silks. 

3275.  Spirits   of  Hartshorn,  diluted 
with  an  equal  quantity  of  water,  will 
often  remove  stains  made  by  acids,  tea, 
wine  or  fruits.     It  may  be  necessary  to 
repeat  several  times.    (See  42.) 

3276.  To  Extract  Paint  from  Goods. 
— Saturate  the  spot  with   pure  spirits 
of  turpentine,  and  let  it  remain  several 
hours,  then  rub  it  between   the  hands. 
It  wrill  crumble  away,  without  injuring 
either  the    color  or    texture  of   the 
article. 

3277.  For  Fruit  and  Wine   Stains, 
mix  two   teaspoonfuls  of    water  and 
one  of  spirit  of  salt,  and  let  the  stained 
part  lie  in  this  for  two  minutes :  then 
rinse  in  cold  water ;  or  wet   the   stain 
with  hartshorn.     (See  1290  and  450  J 

3278.  Dr.  Boerhaave's  Rules.— Kee* 
the  feet  warm ;  the  head   cool ;    anil 


NEVER  BUY  WHAT  YOU  DO  NOT  WANT  BECAUSE  IT  IS  CHEAP. 


401 


the  body  open.  If  these  are  generally 
attended  to,  the  physician's  aid  would 
seldom  be  required. 

3279.  Excellent,  cheap  Whitewash.— 
Slack  the  lime  as  usual,  except  that  the 
water  used  should  be   hot,  and   nearly 
saturated  with  salt ;    then   stir   in  four 
handfuls  of  tine  sand,  to  make  it  thick 
like  cream.      Coloring   matter  can   be 
added  to   both,  making   a   light  stone 
colour,  a  cream  colour,  or  a  light  buff. 
—  (See  190.) 

3280.  Cheap  Paint  for  a  Barn.— An 
excellent  and   cheap  paint  for  rough 
wood-work  is  made  of  six  pounds  of 
melted  pitch,  one  pint  of  linseed  oil,  and 
one  pound  of  brick-dust  or  yellow  ochre. 

3281.  To  promote  the  growth  of 
whiskers,  moustaches,  etc.  —  The  best 
method  to  force  the  growth  of  whiskers 
and  moustaches  is  to  shave  the  parts 
frequently.  Use  as  a  stimulant  the 
ashes  of  burned  tobacco,  and  bay- 
water. 

3282.  Night  Sweats.— Drink  freely 
of  cold  sage  tea ;  said  to  be  a  certain 
remedy ;  or,  take  elixir  of  vitriol  in  a 
little  sweetened   water.      Dose,  from 
twenty  to  thirty  drops. 

3283.  Palpitation    of   the   Heart. — 
Take  from  ten  to  fifteen  drops,  three 
times   a   day,  of  the   tincture  of  stra- 
monium ;  or,  take  the  tincture  of  gum 
guaiacum.    Dose,  a  teaspoonful  twice 
a  day,  in  a  little  milk. 

3284.  Fever   and  Ague. — Take  of 
cloves  and  cream  of  tartar,  each  half 
an   ounce,   and  one    ounce   Peruvian 
bark,  mix  in  a  little   tea,  molasses  or 
honey,  and  take  it  on  the  well  days,  in 
such  quantities  as  the  stomach  will  bear. 

3285.  Ague    Medicine. — Rhubarb, 
colurnba,  and  essence  peppermint,  each 
1   oz. ;    1   pint   of   water ;    45   grains 
quinine.     Table-spoonful  once  an  hour 
until   it   operates  as    physic.      Then, 
Bame  amount   three   times  a  day.     To 
keep,  add  one  gill  of  whisky. 

3286.  Felon,  or  Whitlow.— Soak  the 
finger  in  a  strong,  warm  lye  of  ashes, 
for  half  an  hour  at  a  time,  frequently. 
Or,  make  use  of  poultices  in  connec- 
tion with  lye.  (See  2301.) 


3287.  Cure  for  Cattle   Swelled   with 
Green  Food. — When  any  of  your  cattle 
happen   to  get  swelled  with  an  over 
feed  of  clover,  frosty  turnips,  or   such 
like,  instead  of   the   usual   method  of 
stabbing  in   the   side,  apply  a  dose  of 
train-oil,  which,  after   repeated  trials, 
has  been  found  to   prove  successful. 
The  quantity  of  oil  must  vary  accord- 
ing to  the  age  or   size  of  the   animal. 
For  a  grown-up  beast,  of  ordinary  size, 
the  quantity  recommended  is  about  an 
English  pint. 

3288.  HOW  TO  *DRESS  WITH 

TASTE. 

3289.  The  importance  of  dress  can 
scarcely  be  overrated,  but  by  compar- 
ison.    It  is  with  the  world  the  outward 
sign  of  both  character  and  condition ; 
and  since  it  costs  no  more  to  dress  well 
than  ill,  and  is  not  very  troublesome, 
every  one  should  endeavor  to  do  the 
best  that  his  circumstances  will  allow. 

3290.  A    clean,    unrumpled    shirt 
coarse  or  fine,  cotton  or  linen  as  you 
can  afford,  is  of  the  first  importance. 
If  the  choice  is  between  a  fine  shirt  or 
a  fine  coat,  have  the  shirt  by  all  means. 
A  well-bred  man  may   be  ever  so  re- 
duced   in    his  wardrobe— his    clothes 
may  be  coarse  and  thread-bare,  but  he 
seldom  wears  a  coarse,  and  never  a 
dirty  shirt. 

3291.  Boots  are  now  men's  common 
wear  on  all   occasions,  varying  in  ele- 
gance   for  different    purposes.     They 
should  always  be  clean,  and  invariably 
well  blackened  and  polished. 

3292.  Make  a  point  of  buying  a  good 
hat.     One  proper  fur  hat  worth  four  or 
five   dollars,   when  a  year  old,  looks 
more  respectable  than  a  silk  one  bought 
yesterday. 

3293.  Be  as  particular  as  you  like 
about  the  cut  of  your  pantaloons     Run 
into  no  extravagances  of  bell-bottoms, 
or  puckered  waists.     Buy  strong  cloth, 
that  will  not  be  tearing  at  every  turn  ; 
and  if  you  consult  economy  and  taste 
at  the  same  time,  let  them  be  either 
black   or  very  dark  gray,  when   they 
will  answer  upon  all  occasions. 

3294.  The  vest  allows  of  some  fane' 


402 


PRIDE  COSTS  US  MORE  TIIANT  HUNV.KR,  THIRST,   AND  COLD. 


but  beware  of  being  too  fanciful.  A 
black  satin  is  proper  for  any  person  or 
any  occasion.  Nothing  is  more  elegant 
than  pure  white.  Some  quiet  colours 
may  be  worn  for  variety,  but  beware 
of  everything  staring  or  glaring,  in 
materials  or  trimmings. 

3295.  If  you  have   but  one  coat,  it 
will  be  a  black  dress  coat,  as  there  are 
occasions  where  no  other  will  answer. 
Frock  coats  are  worn  in  the  morning, 
riding,  or  walking,  but  never  at  evening 
visits,  or  at  weddings,  balls,  parties,  or 
the  opera.     Overcoats  are   worn  for 
comfort ;  they  need  not  be  fine,  -and 
should  not   be   fanciful.      Stocks   are 
pretty  much  out  of  use.     Most  gentle- 
men wear  a   simple,   plain  black  silk 
cravat,  neatly  tied  in  a  bow-knot  before. 
Balls  and  parties  require  white  or  light 
kid  gloves.     Black  or  very  dark  ones, 
of  kid,  silk  or  linen,  are  worn  upon  all 
other    occasions,    except    in    driving, 
when  buff  leather  gloves  are  prefer- 
able. 

3296.  The    best-dressed   men  wear 
the  least  jewelry.     Of  all  things,  avoid 
ehowy  chains,  large  rings,   and  flashy 
gewgaw  pins  and  brooches.     All  these 
things  should  be  left  to  negroes,  Indians, 
and  South  Sea  Islanders. 

3297.  The  most  proper  pocket-hand- 
kerchiefs are  of  white  linen.     If  fig- 
ured  or  bordered,   it  should  be  very 
delicately. 

3298.  Gloves  are  worn  in  the  street, 
at  church,  and  places  of  amusement. 
It  is  not  enough  to  carry  them — they 
are  to  be  worn. 

3299.  Ladies  are  allowed  to  consult 
fancy,  variety,  and  ornament,  more  than 
men,  yet  -nearly  the  same  rules  apply. 
It  is  the  mark*  of  a  lady  to  be  always 
well    shod.     If  your  feet    are   small, 
don't  spoil  them  by  pinching — if  large, 
squeezing   them   makes   them   worse. 
Be    as    moderate    as  you    can  about 
bustles.     While  it  is  the  fashion  you 
must  wear  them,  but  don't  lay  them  on 
too  thick.     Abov«  all,   as  you  regard 
nealth,  comfort,  and  beatty,  do  not  lace 
too  tightly.     A  waist  too  small  for  the 
natural  proportion  of  the  figure  ?s  the 


worst  possible  deformity,  and  produces 
many  others.  No  woman  who  Incea 
tight  can  have  good  shoulders,  a  straight 
spine,  good  lungs,  sweet  breath,  or  is 
fit  to  be  a  wife  and  mother. 

3300.  The  most  elegant  dresses  are 
black  or  white.     Common  modesty  will 
prevent    indecent     exposure    of    tho 
shoulders   and   bosom.     A  vulgar  girl 
wears  bright  and  glaring  colours,  fantas- 
tically made,  a  large  flaring-,  red,  yellow, 
or  sky-blue  hat,  covered  with  a  rainbow 
of  ribbons,  and  all  the  rings  and  trinkets 
she  can  load  upon  her.     Of  course,  a 
modest,  well-bred  young  lady,  chooses 
the  reverse  of  all  this.  •  In  any  assem- 
blage, the  most  plainly-dressed  woman 
is  sure  to  be  the  most  ladylike  and  at- 
tractive.    Neatness  is  better  than  rich- 
ness, and  plainness  better  than  display. 
Single  ladies  dress  less  in  fashionable 
society  than  married  ones :  and  all  more 
plainly  and  substantially  for  walking  or 
travelling,  than  on  other  occasions. 

3301.  In  our  opinion,  nothing  beyond 
a  simple  natural  flower  ever  adds  to  the 
beauty  of  a  lady's  head-dress. 

3302.  It  is  a  general  rule,  applicable 
to  both  sexes,  that  persons  are  the  best 
.dressed   when  you  cannot   remember 
how  they  were  dressed.     Avoid  every- 
thing out  of  the  way,  uncommon,  or 
grotesque.     (See  1822.) 

3303.  LADIES  GUIDE  TO  CROTCHET. 
— By  Mrs.  Ann.  S.  Stephens.  —  Copious- 
ly illustrated   with   original   and   very 
choice  designs  in  Crotchet,  &c.,  printed 
in  colours,  separate  from  the  letter-press, 
on  tinted  paper.     Also,  with  numerous 
wood-cuts  printed  with  the  letter  press, 
explanatory  of  terms,  <tc.     Oblong,  pp. 
117,  beautifully  bound  in  extra  cloth, 
gilt.     Price  75  cents. 

This  is  by  far  the  best  work  on  the 
subject  of  Crotchet  yet  published 
There  are  plenty  of  other  books  con- 
taining Crotchet  patterns,  but  the  dim 
culty  is,  they  do  not  have  the  necessary 
instructions  how  to  work  them,  and  are, 
therefore,  useless.  This  work,  how- 
ever, supplies  this  much-felt  and  glaring 
deficiency,  and  has  the  terms  in  Crotch.- 
et  so  clearly  explained,  that  an y  Crotchet 


WE  SELDOM  REPENT  OF  HAVING  EATEN  TOO  LITTLE. 


403 


pattern,    however     difficult,    may    be 
worked  with  ease. 

.This  book  is  handsomely  got  up,  and 
bound  in  a  blue  gilt  binding,  suitable 
for  the  Centre  Table.  If  you  want  to 
send  a  present  to  a  lady,  it  is  just  the 
thing. 

Copies  of  the  above  mailed  to  any 
address  n  the  United  States  free  of 
postage. 

Send  cash  orders  to  DICK  &  FITZ- 
GERALD, Publishers,  18  Ann  Street, 
New  York. 
3304.  RULES  FOR  A  SICK  ROOM. 

3305.  Keep    the    patient,    and    all 
about  him,  perfectly  clean,  and  secure, 
as  far  as  possible,  pure  air.     The  cham- 
ber should  be  ventilated  at  least  once  a 
day,  or  twice  if  it  can  be  borne.     The 
bed  clothes  should  be  carried  out  into 
the  open  air,  if  it  is  dry,  if  not,  into  the 
next  room  ;  and  if  the  patient  is  unable 
k>  sit  up  meanwhile,  let  them  be  sup- 
plied by  others. 

3306.  Keep  the  room  quiet,  and  in 
perfect  order. 

3307.  Let  the  sick  be  addressed  in 
a  gentle  voice,  and  the  conversation,  if 
any  is  admitted,  be  pleasant  and  cheer- 
ing.    The  nurse  and  friends  should  ex- 
press sympathy  with  the  sufferer,  but 
at  the  same  time  seek  to  inspire  cour- 
age, and  patience  to  endure. 

3308.  All  vials  and  powders  should 
be  labelled,  to  prevent  fatal  mistakes. 

3309.  The  beds  should  be  made  at 
least  once  a  day,  and  if  the  patient  can 
bear  it,   twice.     Carry  the  beds  out 
into  the  open  air,  or  if  damp,  into  an- 
other room. 

3310.  Keep  the  skin  clean  by  daily 
ablutions ;    change  the  garments  fre- 
quently, and  rinse  the  mouth  often. 

3311.  A  nurse  should  be  of  a  pleasant, 
agreeable,  persuasive,  and  even  temper, 
with  great  patience  to  bear  with  the 
whims    and    unreasonable    fretfulness 
that  often  appear  in  the  sick. 

331:2.  Never  dispute  with  a  very  sick 
person,  nor  reprove  him  for  any  seeming 
inconsistency.  Remember  that  he  is 
nardly  a  responsible  being. 

3313.  POULTICES.    (Ser2199.) 


3314.  Bread    Poultice.— Take    stale 
bread   in  crumbs,    pour  boiling  water 
over  it,  and  boil  till  soft,  stirring  it  well ; 
then  take  it  from  the  tire,  and  gradually 
stir  in  a  little  hog's  lard  or  sweet  oil, 
so  as  to  render  the  poultice  pliable 
when  applied. 

3315.  Corn-Meal    Poultice.— Indian 
meal,   five  tabbspoonfuls  ;    rye   flour, 
one  tablespoonful.      To  be  gradually 
let  through  the  fingers  into  boiling  wa- 
ter, briekly  stirring  at  the  same  time. 
Then  add  a  little  oil,  as  for  the  bread- 
poultice. 

3316.  Apple  Poultice. — Apples  pared, 
cored,  and  well  boiled,  then  well  wash- 
ed into  a  pulp,  form  a  very  good  poul- 
tice. 

3317.  Starch  Poultice.— Starch,  any 
quantity  ;  thicken  with  boiling  water. 
When  a  little  cool,  stir  in  a  little  lard 
or  oil. 

3318.  Slippery  Elm  Poultice.— T&ke 
slippery  elm  in  powder,  and  mix  with 
water  until  somewhat  thick,  then  boil 
it  a  few  minutes.     It  is  to  be  applied 
warm. 

3319.  Yeast  Pou/fice.— Wheat  flour, 
one   pound ;  yeast,  half  a  pint.     Mix 
them  together  over  a  gentle  heat  until 
the  mixture  begins  to  rise,  then  apply 
warm. 

3320.  Mustard    Poultice.—  Flour   of 
mustard,  one  part ;  flaxseed  meal,  one 
part.     Make  into  a  paste  with  water. 
A  little  oil  or  lard  should  be  added  to 
prevent  its  sticking. 

3321.  Poultice  made  of  Hops.— Boil 
a  handful  of  hops  for  a  few  minutes  in 
a  pint  of  water,  in  a  covered  vessel, 
squeeze  out  the  juice  and  strain.    This 
liquor  is  now  to  be  put  again  on  the 
fire  and  thickened  with  Indian  meal, 
and  a  little  lard  added  as  it  becomes 
cool. 

3322.  Spice  •  Poultice.-  Cinnamon, 
allspice,   cloves,  and   g'.nger,  of   each 
equal  quantities  ;  honey  or  molasses  to 
mix. 

3323.  Alum  Poultice.— Put  the  white 
of  a  couple  of  eggs  into  a  plate,  and 
then  with  a  piece  of  alum  between  the 

i  humb  and  finger  stir  it  into  a  curd 


404 


NOTHING  IS  TROUBLESOME  THAT  WE  DO  WILLINGLY. 


To  be  applied  wrapped  in  a  fine  piece 
of  linen,  having  but  one  fold  next  tire 
skin. 

3324.  An  excellent  Poultice  for  old 
Sores. — Scrape    yellow    carrots,    wilt 
them  on  a  pan  or  fire  shovel,  very  soft. 
It  takes  out    the    inflammation    and 
swelling,  and  is  an  excellent  poultice 
for  a  sceris  breast. 

3325.  Salte  for  Sore  Breasts.—  Take 
one  pound  tobacco,  one  pound  spike- 
nard, half  a  pound  of  cum  trey,  and  boil 
them  in  three  quarts  of  chamber-ley  till 
almost  dry ;  squeeze  out  the  juice,  add 
to  it  pitch  and  bees-wax,  and  simmer  it 
over  a  moderate  heat  to  the  consistence 
of  salve.     Apply  it  to  the  part  affected. 
(Sec  2175.) 

3326.  HOW  TO  GET  RICH.— 
What  will  my  readers   give   to  know 
how  to  get  rich  ?     Now,  I  will  not 
vouch  that    the    following    rules  will 
enable   every  person  who    may  read 
them  to  acquire  wealth,  but  this  I  will 
answer  for,  that  if  ever  a  man  does 
grow  rich   by  honest  means,  and   re- 
tains his  wealth  for  any  length  of  time, 
he  must  practice  upon   the   principles 
laid  down  in  the  following  essay.    The 
remarks  are  not  original  with  me,  but  I 
strongly  commend  them  to  the  atten- 
tion of  every  young  man,  at  least  as 
affording  the  true  secret  of  success  in 
attaining  wealth.    A  single  perusal  of 
Buch  an   essay,  at   an   impressible  mo- 
ment, has   sometimes  a  very  wonder- 
ful effect  upon    the    disposition  and 
character. 

3327.  Fortune,  they  say.  is  a  fickle 
dame— full  of  her  freaks  and  caprices  ; 
who  blindly  distributes  her  favors  with- 
out the ,  slightest   discrimination.     So 
inconstant,  so  wavering  is  she  repre- 
sented, that  her   most  faithful  votaries 
can  place  no  reliance  on  her  promises. 
Disappointment,  they  tell  us,  is  the  lot 
of  those  who     make  offerings  at  her 
Bhrine.    Now,  all  this  is  a  vile  slander 
Upon  the  dear  blind  lady. 

3328.  Although  wealth  often  appears 
the  result  of  mere  accident,  or  a  fortu- 
nate concurrence  of  favorable  circum- 
stance*, vuthout   any  exertion  of   skill 


or  foresight,  yet  CVIMV  man  of  pound 
health  and  unimpaired  mind  may  be- 
come wealthy,  if  he  takes  the  proper 
steps. 

3329.  Foremost  in  the  list  of  requi 
sites,  are  honesty  and  strict  integrity  in 
every  transaction  of  life.     Let  a  man 
have  the    reputation  of  being  fair  and 
upright  in  his   dealings,  and   he   will 
possess  the  confidence  of  all  who  know 
him.     Without  these  qualities,  every 
other  merit  will  prove  unavailing.    Ask 
concerning  a  man,. "  Is   he  active  and 
capable?"    Yes.      "Industrious,   tem- 
perate, and    regular  in  his  habits?" 
O,  yes.    "Is  he  honest?    is  he  trust- 
worthy?"     Why,   as   to    that,  I  am 
sorry  to  say  that  he  is  not  to  be  trusted  ; 
he  wants  watching ;  he  is  a  little  tricky, 
and  will  take  an  undue  advantage,  if  he 
can.     "  Then  I  will  have  nothing  to  do 
with  him;"  will  be  the  invariable  re- 
ply.    Why,  then,  is  honesty  the  beet 
policy  ?     Because,  without  it,  you  will 
get  a  bad   name,  and  everybody  will 
shun  you. 

3330.  A  character  for  knavery  will 
prove  an  insurmountable  obstacle   to 
success  in  almost  every  undertaking. 
It  will  be  found  that  the  straight  line 
is,   in   business,   as   in   geometry,  the 
shortest.      In  a  word,  it  is  almost  im- 
possible for  a  dishonest  man  to  acquire 
wealth  by  a  regular  process  of  business, 
because  he  is  shunned  as  a  depredator 
upon  society. 

3331.  Needy  men  are  apt  to  deviate 
from  the   rule  of  integrity,  under  the 
plea  that  necessity  knows  no  law  :  they 
might  as  well  add   that  it    knows  no 
shame.     The  course  is  suicidal,  and  by 
destroying  all  confidence,  ever  keep'p 
them   immured  in    poverty,  although 
they  may  possess  every  other  quality 
for  success  in  the  world. 

3332.  Punctuality,  which  is  said  to  be 
the  soul  of  business,  is  another  import- 
ant element  in  the  art  of  money-getting'. 
The   man   known   to   be  scrupulously 
exact  in  the  fulfillment  of  his  engage- 
ments, gains  the  confidence  of  all,  and 
may  command  all  the    means  he  cau 
use  to  advantage  ;  whereas,  a  man  care 


HOW  MUCH  PAIN  THE  EVILS  HAVE  COST  US  THAT  11AVC  NEVER  HAPPENED.     405 


less  and  regardless  of  his  promises  in 
money  matters  will  have  every  purse 
closed  against  him.  Therefore  be 
prompt  in  your  payments. 

3343.  Next,  let'us  consider  the  ad- 
vantages of  a  cautious  circumspection 
in  our    intercourse   with    the   world. 
Slowness  of  belief,  and  a  proper  dis- 
trust are  essential   to   success.     The 
credulous  and   confiding   are   ever  the 
dupes  of  knaves  and   impostors.     Ask 
those  who  have  lost    their  property, 
how  it  happened,   and    you  will  find 
IB  most  cases  it  has  been  owing  to 
misplaced  confidence.     One  has  lost  by 
endorsing ;  another  by  crediting ;  an- 
other by  false   representations ;  all   of 
which  a  little  more  foresight  and  a 
little  more  distrust  would   have  pre- 
vented.    In   the   affairs  of  this  world, 
men  are  not  saved  by  faith,  but  by  the 
want  of  it. 

3344.  Judge  of  men  by  what  they 
do,  not  by  what  they  say.     Believe  in 
looks,  rather  than  in  words.     Observe 
all  their  movements.     Ascertain   their 
motives  and  their  ends.     Notice  what 
they  say  or  do  in  their  unguarded  mo- 
ments, when  under   the   influence  of 
excitement.     The   passions   have  been 
compared  to  tortures,  which  force  men 
te  reveal  their  secrets.     Before   trust- 
ing a  man,  before    putting    it    in   his 
power  to   cause    you   a   loss,  possess 
yourself  of  every  available  information 
relative  to   him.      Learn   his  history, 
his   habits,  inclinations   and  propensi- 
ties ;    hie   reputation   for   honesty,  in- 
dustry, frugality,  and   punctuality;    his 
prospects,  resources,  supports,  advan- 
tages and  disadvantages  ;  his  intentions 
and  motives  of  action;    who   are   his 
friends  and  enemies,  and  what   are  his 
good  or  bad  qualities.     You  may  learn 
a  man's  good  qualities   and   advantages 
from  his  friends — his  bad  qualities  and 
disadvantages  from  nis  enemies.     Make 
due  allowance  for  exaggeration  in  both. 
Finally,  examine   carefully  before  en- 
gaging in  anything,  and  act  with  energy 
afterwards.     Have  the  hundred  eyes  of 
Argus   beforehand,   and    the    hundred 
hands  of  Briarius  afterward* 


3345.  Order  and  system  in  the  man- 
agement of  business  must  not  be  neg- 
lected.    Nothing  contributes  more   to 
dispatch.     Have  a  place  for  everything 
and  everything  in  its  place ;  a  time  for 
everything,  and  everything  in  its  time 
Do  first  what  presses  most,  and  having 
determined   what  is  to  be   done,  and 
how  it  is  to  be  done,  lose   no  time  in 
doing  it.     Without  this  method,  all  is 
huiry  and  confusion,  little  or  nothing  is 
accomplished,  and  business  is  attended 
to  with  neither  pleasure  nor  profit. 

3346.  A  polite,  affable  deportment 
is  recommended-     Agreeable  manners 
contribute  powerfully  to  a  man's   suc- 
cess.    Take  two  men,  possessing  equal 
advantages  in  every  other  respect,  but 
let  one  be  gentlemanly,  kind,  obliging, 
and  conciliating  in   his   manners;   the 
other  harsh,  rude,  and   disobliging,  and 
the  one  will  become  rich,  while  the 
other  will  starve. 

3347.  We  are  now  to  consider  a 
very  important  principle   in  the  busi- 
ness of    money-getting,   namely  —  In- 
dustry—  persevering,  indefatigable   at- 
tention    to     business.        Persevering 
diligence  is  the   Philosopher's  stone, 


which  turns  everything  to  gold.     Cou- 
,  regular,  habitual,  and  systematic 


stant, 


application  to  business  must,  in  time, 
if  properly  directed,  produce  great 
results.  It  must  lead  to  wealth,  with 
the  same  certainty  that  poverty  follows 
in  the  train  of  kiliaess  and  inattention 
It  has  been  tru1.;  remarked,  that  he 
who  follows  his  amusements  instead  of 
his  business,  will,  in  a  short  time,  have 
no  business  to  follow. 

3348.  The  art  of  money-saving  is  an 
important  part  of  the  art  of  money- 
getting.  Without  frugality  no  one  can 
become  i-ich ;  with  it,  few  would  be 
poor.  Those  who  consume  as  fast  as 
they  produce,  are  on  the  road  to  ruin. 
As  most  of  the  poverty  we  meet  with 
grows  out  of  idleness  and  extravagance, 
I  so  most  large  fortunes  have  been  the 
result  of  habitual  industry  and  frugality. 
The  practice  of  economy  is  as  neces- 
sary in  the  expenditure. of  t'rne  as  of 
money.  They  say  that  if  "we  tak» 


406 


WHEN  ANGRY,  COUNT  TEX  BEFORE  YOU  SPEAK  ; 


care  of  the  pence,  the  pounds  will  take 
care  of  themselves."  So,  if  we  take 
care  of  the  minutes,  the  days  will  take 
cure  of  themselves. 

3349.  The  acquisition  of  wealth  de- 
mands as  much  self-denial, and  as  many 
sacrifices  of  present    gratification,  as 
the  practice  of  virtue  itself.     Vice  and 
poverty  proceed,  in  some  degree,  from 
the  same   sources,  namely — the  dispo- 
sition  to   sacrifice  the  future  to   the 
present ;  the  inability  to  forego  a  small 
present  pleasure  for  great  future  advan- 
tages.     Men  fail  of    fortune   in  this 
world,  as  they  fail  of  happiness  in  the 
world   to   come,  simply  because  they 
are  unwilling  to  deny  themselves   mo- 
mentary enjoyments  for  the   sake  of 
permanent  future  happiness. 

3350.  Every  large  city  is  filled  with 
persons,  who,  in  order  to  support  the 
appearance  of  wealth,  constantly  live 
beyond  their  income,  and  make  up  the 
deficiency  by  contracting  debts  which 
are  never  paid       Others    there  are, 
the  mere  drones  of  society,  who  pass 
their  days  in  idleness,  and   subsist  by 
pirating  on  the  hives  of  the  industrious. 
Many  who   run  a  short-lived  career  of 
splendid   beggary,  could  they  but   be 
persuaded  to  adopt  a  system  of  rigid 
economy  for  a  few  years,  might  pass 
the  remainder  of  their  days  in  affluence. 
But  no !    They  must  keep   up  appear- 
ances, they  must  live  like  other  folks. 

3351.  Their  debts  accumulate;  their 
credit  fails ;  they  are  harassed  by  duns, 
and  besieged  by  constables  and  sheriffs. 
In  this  extremity,  as  a  last  resort,  they 
submit  to  a  shameful  dependence,  or 
engage  in  criminal  practices,  which  en- 
tail hopeless  wretchedness  and  infamy 
on  themselves  and  families. 

3352.  Stick  to  the  business  in  which 
you    are     regularly    employed.      Let 
•peculators  make  their  thousands   in  a 
ye<;r  or  a  day;  mind  your  own  regular 
trade,   never  turning1  from   it   to   the 
right  hand  or  to  the  left.     If  you  are 
a  merchant,  a   professional   man,  or  a 
mechanic,   never    buy  lots  or  stocks 
unless  you  have  surplus  money  which 
you  wish  to  invest.     Your  own  business 


you  understand  as  well  as  other  men ; 
but  other  people's  business  you  dp  not 
understand.  Let  your  business  bo 
some  one  which  is  useful  to  the  com- 
munity. All  such  occupations  pos- 
sess the  elements  of  profit  iu  them- 
selves. (See  1827.) 

3353.  THE  AMERICAN  HOME 
COOK  BOOK.— The  best  guide  to 
American  Cookery  ever  put  in  print — 
containing  several  hundred  recipes— 
the  whole    based  on   many  years'  ex- 
perience of    an  American   housewife. 
Illustrated  with  engravings.     Price  25 
cents,  and  the  book  sent  free  of  post- 
age.    All  the  recipes  in  this  book  are 
from  actual  experiments  in   cooking. 
There  are  no  copyings  from  '  heoretical 
cooking  recipes.     They  are  intended 
for  American  families,  and  may  be  de- 
pended upon  as  good  and  practicable. 
The  authoress  is  a  lady  who  under- 
stands how  cooking-  ought  to  be  done, 
and  has  here  given  her  experience.    It 

a  book  of  128  pages,  and  is  cheap  at 
25  cents.  We  expect  to  sell  a  very 
large  number — and  we  send  the  book 
free  of  postage.  Send  cash  orders  to 
GARRETT,  DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  No. 
18  Ann  st.,  New  York. 

3354.  INDIAN  BANNOCK.— One 
pint  of  corn  meal,  one  quart  of  milk ; 
boil  the  milk,  and  scald  the  meal  thor- 
oughly.    Beat  up   three   eggs.      Thin 
your  dough  to  a  batter  with  cold  milk ; 
add  a  piece  of  butter  half  as  large  aa 
an  egg ;  put  in  your  eggs  with  a  little 
rialt;  pour  in  shallow  paps,  and  bake 
brown.     This  is  a  delicious  breakfast 
cake. 

3355.  To  RESTORE  SOUR  MILK. — 
Milk  or  cream  may  be  sweetened  after 

t  has  become  slightly  sour,  by  a  email 
portion  of  carbonate  of  magnesia. 
Salaeratus,  also,  will  correct  the  acid, 
but  it  slightly  injures  the  flavor,  unless 
very  delicately  managed.  (See  816.) 

3356.  COUGH  SYRUP.  — Put  1  qt. 
loarhound  to  1  qt.  water,  and  boil  it 
down  to  a  pint :  add  2  or  3  sticks  of 
iquorice  and  a  table-spoonful  of  es- 
sence lemon.  Take  a  tablespoonful 
of  the  syrup  three  times  a  day,  or  v 


NATURE  TEACHES  THE  TRUEST  PHILOSOPHY. 


40? 


often  as  the  cough  may  be  troublesome. 
The  above  receipt  has  been  sold  for 
$100.  Several  firms  are  making  much 
money  by  its  manufacture.  (See  21^7.) 
3357.  DISTANCES  FROM  NEW- YORK 
*0  SOME  OP  THE  MOST  IMPORTANT  PLACES 
IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Names  of  Places.  Miles. 

Boston 236 

Philadelphia 87 

Baltimore 184 

Washington 224 

Albany 144 

Saratoga  Springs 183 

Whitehall 223 

Burlington,  Vt 301 

Montreal,  Can 403 

Buffalo,  via  Albany 469 

Buffalo,  via  Elmira  and  " 

Seneca  Lake 

Dunkirk,  via  N.  Y.  and 

Erie  R.  R 

Cleveland,    Ohio,    via 

Albany 

Cincinnati,   via  N.   Y. 
2     and  Erie  R.  R.  and 

M      Sandusky  City 

PH  Cincinnati,    via    N.   Y. 
g     and  Erie  R.   R.  and 

Cleveland 

&    New  York  to  Bnffdio,  via  the  N*. 
Y.  ani  Erie  R.  R. 


471 


Hour?. 

10 

io| 

62 
8 
10 
16 
23 
24 

22 


474     18 
663    39 


897    50 


877    46 


;  fDetroit 759     40 

I  Chicago 1,048    59 

<  Milwaukie 1,100     62 

St.  Paul,  Min.  Ter 1,623  132 

t  St.  Louis,  via  Chicago.  1,475  118 
N.  Orleans,  via  St.  Louis.2,676  252 
Pittsburg,  via  Philad'a. . .  470  50 
Wheeling,  via  Baltimore.  492  46 
Cincinnati,  via  Pittsb'g.. .  847  106 
St.  Louis,  via  Pittsburg.  .1,644  240 
N.  Orleans,  via  Pittsburg  2,495  300 
Charleston,  S.  C.,  via  ?  ~fi,  ^ 

Washington $     ' 

Savannah,  Georgia 907    70 

Montgomery,  Alabama. .  .1,299  108 

Mobile 1,496  148 

New  Orleans. .    1,662  168 

Memphis,  Tenn 1,507  19S, 


3358.  CURE  FOR  A  BRUISE.— The 
tincture  of  Arnica  is  one  of  the  most 
effectual  remedies  for  a  bruise.     Bathe 
with  a  sponge.     It   should    not,  how- 
ever, be  used  if  the   skin  is  broken. 
(See  2295.) 

3359.  LOCAL  OR  RELATIVE  TIME. 
— Local  time  is  that  which  is  shown  by 
our  common  clocks.     It  indicates  the 
time  at  any  given  place,  the  meridian  of 
that  place  being    the    standard  from 
which  it  is   reckoned ;  therefore,  the 
time  or  the  clocks  at  any  two  places 
will  differ   by  the  difference  of  their 
meridians.    Thus,  when  it  is  noon  at 
New  York,  or  when  the  Sun  is  on  its 
meridian,  the  Sun  at  that  instant  at 
Washington  is  east  of  the  meridian  of 
that   place,  because  the    meridian  of 
New  York    is  east  of    Washington; 
therefore,  the   clocks  at  Washington 
will  be  earlier  or  slower  than  those  in 
New  York,  by  the  time  the  Sun  takes 
to  go  from  the  meridian  of  New  York 
to  the   meridian  of  Washington — viz., 
12  minutes  2  seconds.     Hence,  when  it 
is  12  o'clock  M.  at  New  Orleans  and 
St.  Louis,  it  is  1  o'clock,  P.M.  at  Phil- 
adelphia, which  is  a  difference  of  one 
hour  for  every  fifteen  degrees  of  longi- 
tude.    By  this  regulation,  the  Sun  is 
made  to  come  to  the  meridian  of  every 
place  about  12  o'clock.    It  is  incom- 
prehensible to  many  how  it  can  be  true 
that  the  Sun  rises  and  sets  at  the  same 
time  at  all  places  on  the  same  latitude 
around  the  world.    The  difference  of 
local  time  will  account  for  this.     It  is 
not  to  be  understood  that  when  the  sun 
rises  at  Boston  at  6  o'clock,  that  it  i« 
then,  at   that  instant  of  absolute  time, 
rising  at  every  place  on  the  same  lati- 
tude ;  but  that  at  all  places  on  that 
latitude,  when  the  Sun  rises,  it  will  be 
6  o'clock  by  the  time-pieces  of  those  places. 
The  Sun  will  go  from  the  horizon  of 
Philadelphia,  west  to  the   horizon  of 
St.  Louis,  in  an  hour. 


408  *  MERIT  IS  SUPERIOR  TO  BIBTH, 


3360.  TYPOGRAPHICAL  MARKS  EXEMPLIFIED.  —We  give  below,  for  the 
behoof  of  authors  and  correctors  for  the  Frees,  a  specimen  of  the  manner  in 
which  the  errors  in  a  proofsheet  should  be  marked  on  the  margin.  An  atten 
tive  etudy  of  the  symbols  and  their  interpretation  will  promote  a  good  under 
•tanding  between  the  author  and  the  printer : — 

Peter  Schoeffer  is  said  to  be  the  person  who  in-    J  Caps. 

vented  cast  metal  types,  having  learned  the  art 
7         of  o/  cutting  the  letters  fr/m  the  Guttembergs,       o 
he    is    also   supposed    to    have    been    the    first        n 

jg    whoengraved  on   copper   plates.    The   following         ~| 

A  A 

testimony  is  preseved  in  the  family,  by  Jo.  Fred.       r 
A 

^  |     Faustus     of     Ascheffenburg: 

IT     A    Peter    Schoeffer  of  Gernsheim,    perceiving    his       «. 
\»/       master     Fausts     design,     and      being     himself 

«*  A 

tr.      Cdesirous^N^rdently}   to  improve  the  art,  found 
out    (by    the    good    providence    of    God)     the 

-f-     nfcthod    of    cutting    (ineidwdi)    the    characters       8tet. 
in    a    matrix,  that    the  letters  might    easily  be 

,  |     singly    cast  /    instead    of   bieng    cut.      He    pri-        ei. 
yately  cut    matrices'    for    the    whole  alphabet :..    iv 
Faust     was  BO    pleased    with    the    contrivance 
y  th»t    he  promised   Peter  to  give    him   his   only  |    w 

/  ^ughter    Christina     in    marriage,    a    promise 
/  which  nc  soon  after  performed.) 

'  ^        (But  there    were    many    difficulties    at/first 
A 

with  these  letters,   as   there  had    bftX?n  before       ^  I 
with  wooden   ones,  the  metajx^eing  by  mixing  . 

"""^  A 

3  21 

a  substance  with  metal  which  hardened  it.' 

nd  when  he  showed  his  master  the  letters  cist  from 
these  matrices. 


AND  VIRTUE  IS  NOT  HEREDITARY. 


409 


^  EXPLANATIONS. 

dele — take  out  the  superfluous  word  "  of. ' ' 

0        turn  the  reversed  letter  "p." 
j&       insert  a  space  between  "  who"  and  "  engraved." 

less  space  between  the  words. 
1[      make  a  new  paragraph. 

tr,  transpose  the  words  "  desirous"  and  "  ardently." 

stet.  letincidendi  (accidentally  erased)  remain, 

w./.  "  wrong  fount"  type  to  be  changed. 

out ,  s.  c.    "  out,  see  copy. ' '     The  words  omitted  being  too  • 

numerous  to  be  written  on  the  margin. 
The  other  marks  are  self-explanatory.     (See  3246 
and  1850.) 

3361.  TABLE  FOR  BANKING  AND  EQUATION, 

Showing  the  number  of  Days  from  any  date  in  one  Month  to  the  same  Date  in  any 
other  Month.  Example:  How  many  days  from  the  td  of  February  to  the  2rf 
of  August  ?  Look  for  February  at  the  left  hand,  and  August  at  the  top — tA 
the  angle  is  181.  In  leap  year,  add  one  day  if  February  be  included. 


From 
To 

1 

4 

rH 

1 

1 

>> 

S 

6 

a 

^ 

>-5 

jj» 
13 

>-9 

$ 

^5 

S 

^5 
O 

t> 

£ 

1 

January  

365 

Q1 

r.q 

QO 

10(1 

151 

1-1 

Ol  o 

24Q 

07  <1 

QAA 

Til 

February 

QQ4 

QfiC 

OQ 

KQ 

QQ 

120 

ir-0 

181 

010 

949 

07  "* 

OAO 

March  

306 

337 

365 

31 

61 

92 

122 

153 

184 

214 

945 

27^ 

275 

306 

334 

Q«r: 

Qfl 

61 

qi 

100 

153 

1QQ 

214 

244 

May  

245 

276 

304 

335 

365 

31 

61 

92 

123 

153 

6lt 

184 

214 

June   

214 

245 

273 

304 

334 

365 

30 

61 

qo 

122 

153 

183 

July  

184 

215 

9/n 

274 

304 

335 

365 

31 

69 

qo 

123 

153 

August  

153 

184 

9]9 

243 

973 

301 

334 

365 

31 

61 

92 

122 

September  

122 

153 

181 

212 

242 

973 

303 

334 

365 

30 

61 

91 

October  

99 

123 

151 

189 

919 

9-13 

273 

304 

335 

365 

31 

61 

November  

61 

92 

19Q 

151 

181 

919 

242 

273 

304 

334 

!  365 

30 

December  

31 

62 

90 

121 

151 

182 

212 

243 

274 

304 

335 

365 

I.  TABLE  SHOWING  DIFFERENCE  OF  TIME  AT  12  O'CLOCK  (NOON)  AT  NEW  YORK. 


New  York, 12  00  N. 

Buffalo, 11.40  A.M. 

Cincinnati, 11.18    " 

Chicago, 11.7      " 

St.  Louis, 10  55    " 

San  Francisco, 8.45    " 

New  Orleans, 10.56    ' 

Washington, 11.48    " 

Charleston, 11.36    " 

Havana, 11.25    " 


Boston, 12.12  P.M. 

Quebec, 12.12     " 

Portland, 12.15    " 

London, 4.55    -* 

Paris, 5.5      •« 

Rome, 5.45    f 

Constantinople, 6.41     ' 

Vienna,    .  6.0P    « 

St.  Petersburg,. -.        ...    .  657     u 

Pekin,  night, 12.40  A.M 


410 


HUMBLE  USEFULNESS  IS  PREFERABLE  TO  IDLE  SPLENDOR. 


INTEREST    TABLE, 

AT  SIX   PER  CENT..    I.V   DOLLARS   A>D   CENTS,    FROM    ONK    DOLLAR   TO  TEN   THOl'SANT). 


1  day. 

1  days. 

15  days. 

Imo. 

3  mog.       6  mos. 

12  mo*. 

1 

»   c. 

9  c. 

$  c. 

9  o. 

9   c. 

t   c. 

9  c. 

1 

00 

00 

004 

001 

01J 

03 

06 

2 

00 

004 

00£ 

01 

03 

06 

12 

3 

00 

004 

OOf 

OH 

04* 

09 

18 

4 

00 

00  h 

01 

02 

06 

12 

24 

5 

00 

OOi 

014 

02* 

07i 

15 

30 

6 

00 

OOf 

OH 

03 

09 

18 

36 

f» 
t 

00 

oof 

01| 

031 

10| 

21 

42 

8 

00 

01 

02 

04 

12 

24 

48 

9 

00 

01 

024 

041 

13J 

27 

54 

10 

00 

01| 

02£ 

05 

15 

30 

60 

20 

004 

02i 

05 

10 

30 

60 

1  20 

30 

00  * 

03| 

07i 

15 

45 

90 

1  80 

40 

oof 

04A 

10 

20 

60 

1  20 

2  40 

50 

01 

06 

12} 

25 

75 

1  50 

3  00 

100 

OH 

llf 

25 

50 

1  50 

3  00 

6  00 

200 

03 

23£ 

50 

1  00 

3  00 

6  00 

12  00 

3UO 

05 

35 

75 

1  50 

4  50 

9  00 

18  00 

400 

07 

46i 

1  00 

2  00 

3  00 

12  00 

24  00 

500 

08 

58j 

1  25 

2  50 

7  50 

15  00 

30  00 

1000 

17 

1  16| 

2  50 

5  00 

15  00 

30  00 

60  00 

2000 

33 

2  33i 

5  00 

10  00 

30  00 

60  00 

120  00 

3000 

50 

3  50 

7  50 

15  00 

45  00 

90  00 

180  00 

4000 

67 

4  6GJ 

10  00 

20  00 

60  00 

120  00 

240  00 

5000 

83 

5  83i 

12  50 

25  00 

75  00 

150  00 

300  00 

10000 

J  67 

11  66| 

25  00 

50  00 

150  00 

300  00 

600  00 

8364.     AT  SBVB.V  PSR  CE.YT.,  I.V  DOLLARS  AND  CENTS,  FROM  ONE  DOLLAR  TO  TK.V  THOUSAND. 

1 

00 

00 

004 

00£ 

Olf 

03* 

07 

2 

00 

004 

00£ 

014 

03£ 

07 

14 

3 

00 

001 

OOf 

Olf 

054 

10| 

21 

4 

00 

00$ 

01 

02| 

07 

14 

28 

5 

00 

oof 

OH 

03 

08| 

171 

35 

6 

00 

OOf 

Olf 

03£ 

w 

21 

42 

7 

00 

01 

02 

04 

124 

24J 

49 

8 

00 

01 

024 

04! 

14 

28 

56 

9 

00 

014 

02£ 

054 

15| 

31J      63 

10 

004 

014 

03 

05f 

17  J 

35       70 

20 

.  oof 

02f 

06 

111 

35  - 

70      1  40 

30 

00$ 

04 

09 

17| 

52^ 

1  05     2  10 

40 

oof 

05£ 

12 

23i 

70 

1  40     2  80 

50 

01 

06| 

15 

294 

87* 

1  75     3  50 

100 

02 

13| 

29 

58i 

1  75 

3  50 

7  00 

200 

04 

274 

58 

1  162 

3  50 

7  00 

14  00 

300 

06 

40| 

871 

1  75 

5  25 

10  50 

21  00 

400 

08 

541 

1  17* 

2  33£ 

7  00 

14  00 

28  00 

500 

10 

68 

1  46 

2  9H 

8  75 

17  50 

35  00 

1000 

191 

1  36 

2  92 

5  83^ 

17  50 

35  00 

70  00 

2000 

39 

2  724 

5  83 

11  66§ 

35  00 

70  00 

140  00 

3000 

58 

4  084 

8  75 

17  50 

52  50 

105  00 

210  00 

4000 

78 

5  441 

11  67 

23  33i 

70  00 

140  00 

280  00 

5000 

97 

6  80) 

14  58 

29  16$ 

87  50 

175  00 

350  00 

toooo 

1  94 

13  61 

29  17  !  58  33 

175  00 

350  00    700  00 

RICHES,  WELL  EMPLOYED,  ARE  A  BLESSING  ;  411 

3365.  LEGAL  INTEREST  AND  USURY  LAWS 

States  ^ct**'  Penalty  for  usury 

Alabama 8. . .  .forfeit  interest  and  usury. 

Arkansas 6 *  forfeit  usury. 

Connecticut 6. . .  .forfeit  whole  debt. 

Delaware 6. . .  .forfeit  whole  debt. 

riorida 8 ....  forfeit  interest  and  usury. 

Georgia 8 ....  forfeit  three  times  usury. 

Illinois 6. . .  .t  forfeit  three  times  usury  and  interest  due 

Indiana 6.  . .  .forfeit  double  the  usury. 

Iowa 7 t  forfeit  three  times  the  usury, 

Kentucky 6 ....  forfeit  usury  and  costs. 

Louisiana 5. ...  $  contract  exacting  usury  void. 

Maryland 6 . . . .  ||  contract  exacting  usury  void. 

Maine 6 forfeit  entire  debt. 

Massachusetts 6 forfeit  three  times  the  usury. 

Michigan 7 ...  .forfeit  usury  and  4  the  debt. 

Mississippi 8 ....  H  forfeit  usury  and  costs. 

Missouri .- 6  ....**  forfeit  usury  and  interest. 

New  York 7 ...  .forfeit  entire  debt. 

New  Hampshire. . .  .6. .  .  .forfeit  three  times  usury. 

New  Jersey 6 forfeit  entire  debt. 

North  Carolina 6 forfeit  double  usury. 

Ohio 6 ....  contracts  void. 

Pennsylvania 6. . .  .forfeit  entire  debt. 

Rhode  Island 6. . .  .forfeit  usury  and  interest. 

South  Carolina 7. . .  .forfeit  usury,  interest  and  costs. 

Tennessee 6 contracts  void. 

Texas 10 contracts  void. 

Vermont 6. . .  .recovery  in  action  with  costs. 

Virginia 6. . .  .forfeit  double  the  usury. 

Wisconsin 7. . .  .tt 

Disk  Columbia 6. . .  .contracts  void. 

*  <y  special  contract  as  high  as  10  per  cent.    |  II  8  per  cent,  allowed  on  '.obacco  contract* 
I.  .      "  "  '•          "       12        "  ft  By  contract  as  high  as  10  per  cent. 

4      K        «.        (i       i.     13      (i        I**      i«        u       „     10 

I  Banks  allowed 6        "          'ft  Any  rate  agreed  upon  by  the  parties. 


3366.  THE  WEATHER  ORACLE. 

(See  2070.) 

3367.  FOR  FINE  AND  DRY  WEATHER 
OF  LONG  CONTINUANCE. — If  the  wind 
bo  north,  north-west,  or  east,  then  veer 
to  the  north-east,  remain  there  two  or 
three  days  without  rain,  and  then  veer 
to  the  south  without  rain ;  and  if  thence 
it  change  quickly,  though  perhaps  with 
a  little  rain,  to  the  nurth-east,  and  re- 
main  there— such    fine  weather    will 
iaet  occasionally  for  two  months. 

3368.  If  there  be  dry  weather  with 
a  weak  south  wind  for  five,  six,  or  seven 
days,  it  having  previously  blown  strong- 
ly from  the  same  quarter 

18 


3369.  If  spiders,  in   spinning-  thoil 
webs,  make  the  terminating  filaments 
long,  we  may,  in  proportion  to  their 
length,  conclude  that  the  weather  will 
be  serene,  and  continue  so  for  ten  01 
twelve  days. 

3370.  If  there  are  no  falling  stars  to 
be  seen  on  a  bright  summers  evening 
you  may  look  for  fine  weather. 

3371.  If  there  be  a  change  from  con- 
tinued stormy  or  wet  to  clear  and  dry 
weather,  at  the  time  of  new  or  full 
moon,  or  a  short  time  before  or  after, 
and  bo  remain  until  the  second  day  oi 
the  new  or  f-ill  moon,  it  is  likely  to  re- 
main  fine  til  die  following  quarter ;  and 


412 


\VHEX  ABUSED,  A  CURSE. 


if  it  change  not  then,  or  only  for  a  very 
short  time,  it  usually  lasts  until  the  fol- 
lowing new  or  full  moon ;  and  if  it  does 
not  change  then,  or  only  for  a  very 
short  time,  it  is  likely  to  continue  fine 
and  dry  for  four  or  five  weeks. 

3372  If  there  be  a  change  of  weather 
at  the  time  of  the  quarters,  &c.  (under 
the  same  circumstances  as  in  No.  5),  it 
will  probably  last  for  some  time. 

3373.  Spiders  generally  alter  their 
webs  once  in  24  hours :  if  they  do  this 
between  six  and  seven  in  the  evening, 
there  will  be  a  fine  night;  if  they  alter 
their  web  in  the  morning,  a  fine  day : 
if  they  work  during  rain,  expect  fine 
weather ;  and    the  more    active    and 
busy  the  spider  is,  the  finer  will  be  the 
weather. 

3374.  If  near  the  full  moon  there  be 
a  general  mist  before  sunrise  ;  or 

3375    If  there  be  a  sheep-sky,  or 
white  clouds  driving  to  the  north-west, 
it  will  be  fine  for  some  days. 
3376.  FOR  FINE  WEATHER  OF 
SHORTER  DURATION. 

3377.  If   at    sunrise    many    clouds 
are  seen  in  the  west,  and  then  disap- 
pear. 

3378.  If,  before  sunrise,  the  fields  be 
covered  with  a  mist. 

3379.  If  the  clouds  at  sunrise  fly  to 
the  west. 

3380.  If  at  sunrise  the  sun  be  sur- 
rounded by  an  iris,  or  circle  of  white 
clouds. 

3381 .  If  there  be  red  clouds  in  the 
west  at  sunset,  it  will  be  fine  ;  if  they 
have  a  tint  of  purple,  it  will  be  very 
fine ;  or  if  red,  bordered  with  black  in 
the  south- east, 

3382.  If  there  be   a  ring  or  halo 
round  the  sun  in  bad  weather. 

3383.  If  the  full  moon  rise  clear. 
3:>S4.  If  there  be  clouds  in  the  east 

in  the  evening. 

3385.  If  the  wind  change  from  south 
east,  south,  or  south-west,  through  the 
west  to  the  north,  without  storm  or 
rain. 

3386.  If  there  be  a  change  of  damp 
air    into    cloudy    patches,    vhich  get 
thinner 


3387.  If  clouds  at  the  same  height 
drive  up  with  the  wind,  and  gradually 
Become  thinner,  and  descend. 

3588.  If  a  layer  of  thin  clouds  drive 
ip  from  the  north-west  under  othet 
ligher  clouds  driving  more  south. 

3389.  If   many    gnats  are  seen    in 
spring,  expect  a  warm  autumn. 

3390.  If  gnats  fly  in  compact  bodiei 
n  the  beams  of  the  setting  sun,  ther* 
will  be  fine  weather. 

3391.  If  spiders  work  in  the  morn- 
mg  early  at  their  webs,  there  will  be  a 
fine  day. 

3392.  If  spider's  webs   (gossamer) 
fly  in  the  autumn  with  a  south  wind 
expect  an  east  wind  and  fine  weath- 
er. 

3393.  If  bats  flutter  and  beetles  fly 
about,  there  will  be  a  fine  morrow. 

3394.  If  there  be  lightning  without 
thunder,  after  a  clear  day,  there  will 
be  a  continuance  of  fair  weather. 

3395.  If  the  mists  vanish  rapidly,  and 
do  not  settle  upon  the  hills. 

3396.  If  a  north  wind  remain  steady 
for  two  or  three  days. 

3397.  If  it  rain  before  sunrise,  there 
will  be  a  fine  afternoon. 

3398.  If  a  white  mist,  or  dew,  form 
in  the  evening  near  a  river,  and  spread 
over  the  adjoining  land,  there  will  be 
fine  weather. 

3399.  If  in  the  morning  a  mist  rise 
from  over  low  lands,  it  will  be  fine  that 
day. 

3400.  If  owls    scream  during    foul 
weather,  it  will  change  to  fair. 

3401.  If  storks  and  cranes  fly  high 
and  steadily. 

3402.  If  there  be  a  rainbow  during 
cont'nued  wet  weather,  the  rain  is  pass- 
ing fi  om  us. 

3403.  If  a  rainbow  disappear  sudden- 
ly, it  will  be  fair. 

3404.  If  a  leech  be  kept  in  a  glass 
jar,  about  three-parts  filled  with  water, 
and  placed  in  u  northern   aspect,   its 
motions    will  denote  changes    in   the 
weather.     Thue,  if  the  leech  lie  curled 
up  at  Hie  bottom  of  the  jar,  the  weathet 
will  bb  fine  or  frosty ;  if  it  be  agitated 
and   rise  to  ihe  surface  of.  the  water 


OBEY  TOUR  PARENTS,  OR  'TWILL  BE  YOUR  FATE, 


411 


there  will  be  rain,  wind,  or  snow :  if  it 
be  much  agitated,  and  creep  entirely 
out  of  the  water,  expect  thunder.  Dur- 
ing heavy  storms,  leeches  often  die  in 
great  numbers. 

3405.  FOR  CONTINUED  RAINY 
AND  SHOWERY  WEATHER. 

3406.  If  there  be  within  four,  five, 
or  six  days,  two  or  three  changes  of  the 
wind  from  the  north  through  the  west 
to  the   south,  without  much  rain  and 
wind,   and  thence  again  through   the 
west  to  the  north  with  rain  and  wind, 
expect  continued  showery  weather. 

3407.  If  the    north-west    or    north 
wind,  during  three,  four,  or  more  days, 
blow,  with  rain  and  wind,  or  snow7,  in 
the  winter,  and  then  pass  through  the 
west  to  the  south,  expect  continued 
rain  and  showers. 

3408.  If  the   garden  spiders  break 
and  destroy  their  webs,  and  creep  away. 

3409.  If  the  air  be  unusually  clear 
during    rain,    or  a   very    heavy  sky, 
provided  the  moon  be  not  above  the 
horizon. 

3410.  If    continued    fine    weather 
change   to  wet  by  full  or  new  moon, 
and  remain  till  the  second  day,  this  bad 
weather  will  probably  last  until   the 
next  quarter,  and  not  change  then,  or 
only  slightly,  till  the  next  new  or  full 
moon;  when,  if  it  change  not,  this  bad 
weather  will   very   probably   continue 
four  or  five  weeks. 

341 1.  If  there  be  change  of  continued 
fine  weather,  &o.,  by  the  quarters,  &c. 
(under  the  same  circumstances  as  in 
3410),  the  bad  weather  may  be  ex- 
pected to  last  some  time. 

3412.  FOR  FOUL  AND  WET 

WEATHER. 

3413.  If  the  sun  rise  pale,  or  pale 
red,  or  even  dark  blue,  there  will  be 
rain  during  the  day. 

3414.  If  the  clouds  at  sunrise  be  red, 
there  will  be  rain  the  following  day. 

3415.  If  at  sunrise  many  dark  clouds 
ire  seen  in  the  west,  and  remain,  there 
evill  be  rain  on  that  day. 

3416.  If  the  sun  rise  covered  with  a 
ark-spotted  cloud  ;  rain  the  same  day. 

3417.  If  in  the  winter  there  be  a  red 


sky  at  sunrise;  steady  rain  same  day . 
in  summer,  showers  and  wind. 

3418.  If  the  sun  set  in  dark  heavy 
clouds  ;  rain  next  day  ; 

3419.  But  if  it  rain  directly ;  wina 
the  following  day. 

3420.  If  the  sun  set  pale,  or  purple ; 
rain  or  wind  the  following  day. 

3421.  If  the  sun  set,  and  there  be  a 
very  red  sky  in  the  east ;  wind :  in  the 
south-east,  rain. 

3422.  If  long  strips  of  clouds  drive 
at   a  slow  rate   high  in  the  air,  and 
gradually  become  larger,  the  gky  hav- 
ing been  previously  clear,  there  will  be 
wet. 

3423.  If  there  be  many  falling  Btara 
on  a  clear  evening,  in   the  summer, 
there  will  be  thunder. 

3424.  If  there  be  a  change  of  the 
wind  from  the  north-west  or  west,  to 
the  south-west  or  south,  or  else  from 
the  north-east  or  east,  to  the  south-east 
or  south ;  wet. 

3425.  If  the   sun    burn   more   than 
usual,  or  there  be  a  halo  round  the  sun 
during  fine  weather ;  wet. 

3426.  If  it  rain  and  the  sun  shine  ; 
showers. 

3427.  If  the  full  moon   rise  pale ; 
wet. 

3428.  If  the   full   moon   rise    red  ; 
wind. 

3429.  If  the  stars  appear  larger,  and 
closer,  and  nicker ;  rain  or  wind. 

3430.  If  small    white  clouds,  with 
rough  edges,  be  seen  to  gather  together ; 
there  will  be  wind. 

3431.  Before  thunder,  it  often  begini 
to  blow. 

3432.  If  there  be  a  fleecy  sky,  un 
less  driving  north-west ;  wet. 

3433.  After  an  Aurora  Borealis. 

3434.  If  clouds,  at  different  heights, 
float  in  diiferent  directions. 

3435.  If  an  assemblage  of  large  or 
email    clouds  spread  out,  or  become 
thicker  and  darker. 

3436.  If  clouds  suddenly  appear  in 
the  south. 

3437.  If   the    lower    clouds    driva 
more    from    the    south     than    tho*f 
above. 


114 


TO  FEEL  REPENTENCE  WHEN  IT  COMES  TOO  LATE. 


3438.  If  there  be    rain  about  two 
hours  after  sunrise,  it  will  be  followed 
by  showers. 

3439.  If  there  be  a  damp  fog  or  mist, 
accompanied  with  wind  ;  wet. 

3440.  If  there  be  a  halo  round  the 
moon,  in  fine  weather;  and  the  larger 
the  circle,  the  nearer  the  rain. 

3441.  If  the  stars  above  45  degrees, 
especially    the     North     Star,     flicker 
strongly  and  appear  closer  than  usual, 
there  will  be  rain. 

3442.  If  the  morning  be  clear  and 
sunny,  in  summer  or  autumn,  there  will 
be  ruin. 

3443.  If  the  fields  in  the  morning 
be  covered  with  a  heavy  wet  fog,  it 
will  generally  rain  within  two  or  three 
days. 

3444.  "  A  rainbow  in  the  morning-  is 
the  shepherd's  warning." 

3445.  If  the  leaves  of  the  trees  move 
without  any  perceptible  wind,  rain  may 
be  expected. 

3446.  If  there  be  a  west  and  south- 
west wind  in   July  and  December  ; 
much  rain. 

3447.  Tf  there  be  a  north  wind  in 
April ;  rai\ 

3448.  If  there  be  an  abundance  of 
hoar-frost;  rain. 

3449.  If  there  be  in  May  a  south- 
west wind  ;  genial  showers. 

3450.  If  mists  rise  and  settle  on  the 
hill-tops  ;  rain. 

3451.  If  the  sky,  after  fine  weather, 
become  wavy,  with  small  clouds ;  rain, 

3452.  If,  in  winter,  the  clouds  appear 
fleecy,   with  a  very  blue  sky,  expect 
tnoiD  or  cold  rain. 

3453.  If  the  clouds  pass  in  opposite 
directions,     both     currents      moving 
rapidly,    expect    more    rain  than    in 
Rule  22. 

3454.  If   the    wind    blow  between 
north  and  east,  or  east,  with  clouds,  for 
Borne  days,  mid  if  clouds  be  then  seen 
driving  from  the  south   high  up,  rain 
will  follow  plentifully,  sometimes  forty- 
eight  hours  afterwards.    If,  after  or 
during    the    rain,    the    wind  goes  to 
the    south     or    south-west  ;      better 
weather. 


3455.  If  there   be  a  continuance  ol 
rain  from  the  south,  it  will  be  scarcely 
ever  succeeded  by  settled  weather  be- 
fore the  wind   changes,  either   to  the 
west  or  some  point  of  the  north. 

3456.  If   rain    fall   during    an   east 
wind,  it  may  be  expected  to  last  twenty- 
four  hours. 

3457.  If  old  and   rheumatic  people 
complain  of  their  corns  and  joints;  and 
limbs  once  broken  ache  st  the  place  ol 
their  union. 

3458.  If  the  smoke  from  chimneys 
blow  down ;  or  if  soot  take  fire  more 
readily  than  usual,  or  fall  down  the 
chimney  into  the  grate  ;  expect  rain. 

3459.  If  ditches  and  drains  smell 
stronger  than  usual,  expect  rain  ;  as  al- 
so if  tobacco  smoke  seems  denser  and 
more  powerful. 

3460.  If  the  marygold  continue  shut 
after  seven  in  the  evening ;  rain. 

3461.  If  the  convolvulus  and  chick- 
weed  close,  there  will  be  rain. 

3462.  If  sheep,  rams,  and  goats  spring 
about  in  the  meadows,  and  fight  more 
than  usual. 

3463.  If  asses  shake  their  ears,  bray, 
and  rub  against  walls  or  trees. 

3464.  If   cattle    leave    off  feeding, 
and  chase    each   other  in    their  pas- 
tures. 

3465.  If  cats  lick  their  bodies,  and 
wash  their  faces. 

3466.  If  foxes  and   dogs  howl  and 
bark  more  than  usual ;  if  dogs  grow 
sleepy  and  dull ;  also  if  they  eat  grass. 

3467.  If  swine  be  restless,  and  grunt 
loudly :   if  they  squeak  and  jerk  up 
their  heads,  there  will  be  much  wind  ; 
whence  the  proverb — "  Pigs  can  see 
the  wind." 

3468.  If  moles  cast  up  hills;  rain: 
if  through  openings  in  the  frozen  turf, 
or  through  a  thin  covering  of  snow,  a 
change  to  open  weather  may  be  ex- 
pected. 

3469.  If   horses    stretch    out    their 
necks,  and  sniff  the  air,  and  assemble  in 
the  corner  of  a  field,  with  their*  headi 
to  leeward ;  rain. 

3470.  If  rats  and   mice  be  restless 
land  squeak  much 


INDUSTRY  IS  ITSELF  A  TREASURE. 


415 


3471.  If  pea;ocks  and  guinea-fowls 
scream,  and  turkeys  gobble  ;  and  if 
quails  mnke  more  noise  than  usual. 

3472  If  eea-birds  fly  toward  land, 
and  land-birds  to  sea.' 

3473.  If  the  cock  crow  rcu  ,-a  than 
usual,  and  earlier. 

3474.  If   swallows    fly  lower    than 
usual. 

3475.  If  the  crow  makes  a  great 
deal  of  noise,  and  fly  round  and  round. 

3476.  If   water-fowl  scream   more 
than  usual,  and  plunge  into  the  water. 

3477.  If  birds  in  general  pick  their 
feathers,  wash  themselves,  and  fly  to 
their  nests. 

3478.  If  cranes  place  their  bills  under 
their  wings. 

3480.  If  bees  remain  in  their  hives, 
or  fly  but  a  short  distance  from  them. 

3481 .  If  fish  bite  more  readily,  and 
gambol  near  the  surface  of  the  streams 
or  ponds. 

3482.  If  gnats,  flies,  &c.,  bite  sharper 
than  usual. 

3483.  If  worms   creep    out  of  the 
ground  in  great  numbers. 

3484.  If  frogs  and  toads  croak  more 
than  usual. 

3485.  If  the  cricket  sing  louder  than 
usual. 

3486.  If  woodlice  run  about  in  great 
number. 

3487.  If  the  owl  screech*. 

3488.  If  the  sea-anemone  shut;  and 
according  to  the  extent  it  open,  so  will 
the  weather  be  fine,  or  less  so. 

3489.  FOR  STORM. 

3490.  If  the  clouds  be  of  different 
heights,  the  sky  above  being  grayish  or 
dirty  blue,  with  hardly  any  wind  stir- 
ring;   the    wind,    however,    changing 
from  W.  to  S.f  or  sometimes  to  S.  E., 
without  perceptibly  increasing  in  force. 

3491.  If  there  be  a  clouded  sky,  and 
dark  clouds  driving  fast,  (cither  with 
the  wind   or  more  from  the  south,) 


*  As  ihe  owl  is  most  noisy  at  the  change  of 
weatlier,  and  as  ii  often  happens  that  patK-n'..* 
with  lingering  diseases  die  at  the  change  of 
weather,  so  the  owl,  b)  a  mistaken  association 
of  idea*  has  brer.  *airf  o  foretell  deuth. 


under  the  higher  clouds,  violent  gust* 
of  wind. 

3492.  If  there  be  long  points,  tails, 
or  feathers  hanging  from  thunder  or 
rain  clouds,  five,  six,  or  more  degrees 
above  the  horizon,  with  little  wind,  iu 
summer,   thunder  may  be   expected ; 
but  the  storm  will  be  generally  of  short 
duration. 

3493.  If  there  be  a  light  blue  sky, 
with  thin,  light,  flying  clouds,  whilst 
the  wind  goes  to  the   south  without 
much  increase  in  force  ;  or  a  dirty-blue 
sky,  where  no  clouds  are  to  be  seen ; 
storm. 

3494.  If  the  sun  be  seen  double,  or 
more   times   reflected  in    the   clouds, 
expect  a  heavy  storm. 

3495.  If  the  sun  set  with  a  very  red 
sky  in  the  east,  expect  stormy  wind. 

3496.  If  two  or  three  rings  be  seen 
round  the  moon,  which  are  spotted  and 
spread  out,  expect  a  storm  of  long  con- 
tinuance. 

3497.  If  porpoises  and  whales  sport 
about  ships. 

3498.  If  sea-gulls  and  other  birds  fly 
inland. 

3499.  Storms  are  most  frequent  in 
December,    January,  and    February. 
In  September,  there  are  generally  one 
or  two  storms.     If  it  blow  in  the  day, 
it  generally  hushes  towards  evening; 
but  if  it  continue  blowing  then,  it  may 
be  expected  to  continue.     The  vernal 
equinoctial  gales  are  stronger  than  the 
autumnal. 

3500.  FOR  INCREASE  OF  STORM. 

3501.  If  the  sky  become  darker, 
without  much  rain,  and  divide  into  two 
layers  of  clouds,  expect  sudden  gusts 
of  wind. 

3502.  If  the  sun  or  moon  be  passing 
through  the  south  or  north,  the  storin 
having  already  commenced. 

3503.  FOR  DECREASE  OF  STORM 

3504.  The  rising  or  setting  of  sun  or 
moon,  but  especially  of  the  moon. 

3505.  FOR  THUNDER  AND  HEAVY 

RAIN. 

3506.  If  long  horizontal  strips  appear 
with  two  or  three  edges,  spreading  out 
at  top  into  feathers,  and  passing  ovei 


416 


WHEN  FOOLS  PRETEND  TO  WJT  AND  SENSE, 


the  middle  of  other  clouds,  generally 


there  will  be  thunder. 

3507.    If   the   clouds 
black,  or  dark  gray. 


be  uniformly 


3508.  In  May  and  July  it  thunders 
most ;  in  May,  expect  thunder  with  a 
Bouth-west  wind. 

3509.  If  there  be  north-east  or  east- 
erly wind  in  the  eprirg,  after  a  strong 
increase  of  heat,  and  &;aall  clouds  ap- 
pear in  different  parts  of  the  sky  ;  or  if 
the  wind  change  from  east  to  south  at 
the  appearance  of  clouds  preceded  by 
heat. 

3510.  If  a  morning  fog  form   into 
clouds,  at  different  heights,  whbh  in- 
crease in  size  and  drive  in  layers. 

3511.  If    clouds    float  at  different 
heights  and  rates,  but  generally  in  op- 


posite directions. 
3512.     If  there 


be  many  "falling 


stars ''  on  a  fine  summer's  eve. 

3513.  If  there  be   sheet  lightning, 
with  a  clear  sky,  on  spring,  summer, 
and  autumn  evenings. 

3514.  If  the  wind  be  hushed  with 
sudden  heat. 

351 5.  If  trefoil  contract  its  leaves. 

3516.  If  there  be  thunder  in  the 
evening,  there  will  be  much  rain  and 
showery  weather. 

3517.  FOR  THE  APPROACH  OF  THUN- 
DER. 

3518.  If  an  east  wind  blow  against  a 
dark  heavy  sky  from  the  westward, 
the  wind  decreasing  in  force  as  the 
clouds  approach. 

3519.  If  the  clouds  rise  and  twist  in 
different  directions. 

3520.  If  the  birds  be  silent. 

3521.     If    cattle    run    round  and 
collect  together  in  the  meadows. 

3522.  FOR  CONTINUED  THUNDEB 

SHOWERS. 

3523.  If  there  be  showery  weather, 
with  sunshine,  and  increase  of  heat  in 
the  spring,  a  thunder-storm  may  be  ex- 
pected  every  day,  or  at  least  every 
i»ther  day. 

3524.  ABATEMENT  OF  THUNDER 

STORMS. 

3525.  If  the  air  be  very  dry,  with  | 


two  following  davs,  the  atmosphere  be 
heavy,  with  a  little  damp  tailing. 

3520.  With  a  north  wind  it  seldom 
thundors  ;  but  with  a  south  and  south- 
west wind,  often. 

3526*.  FOR  COLDER  WEATHER. 

3527.  If  the  wind  change   to  the 
north  and  north-east. 

3528.  If  the  wind  change  in  summer 
only,  to  the  north-west. 

3529.  If  the  wind  shift  to  the  east  in 
summer  only. 

3530.  If  the  wind  shift  from  south  to 
south-east  in  winter. 

3531.  FOR  INCREASE  OF  WARMTH  OR 
HEAT. 

3532.  If  the  wind  shift  round  to  the 
south  and  south-west. 

3533.  If  the  wind  change  from  east, 
north-east,  or  north,  to  north-west  and 
west,  in  the  winter. 

3534.  If  the  wind  change  to  the  east, 
in  summer   only  ;    especially   if  from 
north-east. 

3535.  If  the  wind  change  to  south- 
east, especially  in  summer. 

3536.  FOR  FROST. 

3537.  If  birds  of  passage  arrive  early 
from  colder  climates. 

3538.  If  the  cold  increase  whilst  it 
snows,  as  soon  as  it  begins  to  freeze. 

3539.  If  the  wind  blow  north-east  in 
winter. 

3540.  If  the  ice  crack  much,  expect 
the  frost  to  continue. 

3541.  If  the  mole  dig  his  hole  two 
feet  and  a  half  deep,  expect  a  very  se- 
vere   jeinter.     If   two  feet    deep,  not 
so  severe ;  one  foot  deep,  a  mild  win 
ter. 

3542.  If    water-fowl    or    sparrows 
make   more  noise   than  usual ;  also  if 
robbins  approach  nearer  houses  than 
usual ;  frost. 

3543.  If  there  be  a  dark  gray  sky, 
with  a  south  wind. 

3544.  If  there  be  continued  fogs. 

3545.  If   the    fire   burn  unusually 
fierce  and  bright,  in  winter,  there  wi» 
be  frost  and  clear  weather ;  if  the  fire 
burn  dull,  expect  damp  and  rain. 

3540.  It  seldom  freezes  with  a  west 


clear,  yet  cooler  weather;  or  i  one  :>r  i  wind ;  not  much  with  a  north; 


.AND  WISH  TO  SHIXE  AT  YOUIl  EXPENSE, 


417 


with  a  north-east,  south-east,  aiid  some- 
times south  wind. 

3547.  FOR  THAW. 

3548.  If  snow  fall  in  flakes,  which 
increase  in  size. 

3549.  If  the   heat  increase  in  the 
afternoon,  or  suddenly  before  twelve 
o'clock. 

3550.  If  clouds  drive  up  high  from 
the  south,  south-west,  or  west. 

3551.  If  it  freeze,  and  the  barome- 
ter fall  20  or  30  hundreths. 

*3552.  LAW  MAXIMS. 

3553.  A  promise  of  a  debtor  to  give 
•  satisfactory   security  "  for    the   pay- 
ment of  a  portion  of  his  debt,  is  a  suffi- 
cient; consideration  for  a  release  of  the 
residue  by  his  creditor. 

3554.  Administrators  are   liable   to 
account  for  interest  on  funds   in  their 
hands,  although   no   profit    shall   have 
been  made  upon   them,  unless  the  ex- 
igencies of  the  estate  rendered  it  pru- 
dent that  they  should  hold  the   funds 
thus  uninvested. 

3555.  Any    person   who    voluntarily 
becomes   an   agent  for  another,  and  in 
that   capacity  obtains    information    to 
which  as  a  stranger  he  could  have  had 
no   access,  is    bound,    in     subsequent 
dealing  with  his  principal,  as  purchaser 
of  the  property  that  formed   the   sub- 
ject of  his  agency,  to  communicate  such 
information. 

3556.  When  a  house  is  rendered  unten- 
antable in    consequence   of    improve- 
ments made  on   the   adjoining  lot,  the 
owner  of  such  cannot  recover  damages, 
because   it  is  presumed   that  he   had 
knowledge  of  the  approaching  danger 
in  time  to  protect  himself  from  it. 

3557.  When  a  merchant  ship  is 
abandoned  by  order  of  the  master,  for 
the  purpose  of  saving  life,  and  a  part 
of  the  crew  subsequently  meet  the 
vessel  so  abandoned,  and  bring  her  safe 
into  port,  they  will  be  entitled  to 
salvage. 

3558.  A  person  who  lias  hccn  led  to 
&U  gnods  by  means  of  false  pretences. 


*  Froi.i  Wei's'    ''  Every  M-jn    >is  ."-va  1  «%v- 
tei."     X(.-v\-  Y>/-k.     Pr/^   $1 


cannot  recover  them  from  one  who  has 
purchased  them  in  good  faith  from  the 
fraudulent  vendor. 

3559.  An  agreement  by  the  holder  of 
a  note  to  give  the  principal  debtor  time 
for  payment,  without  depriving  himself 
of  the  right  to  sue,  does  not  discharge 
the  surety. 

3560.  A  seller  of  goods  who  accepts, 
at  the  time  of  sale,  the  note  of  a  third 
party,  not  endorsed   by  the   buyer,  in 
payment,  cannot,  in   case   the  note  is 
not  paid,  hold  the  buyer  responsible 
for  the  value  of  the  goods. 

3561.  A  day  book  copied  from  a 
"blotter"  in  which  charges  are  first 
made,  will  not  be  received  in  evidence 
as  a  book  of  original  entries. 

3562.  Common  carriers  are  not  liable 
for  extraordinary  results  of  negligence 
that  could  not  have   been  foreseen  by 
ordinary  skill  and  foresight. 

3563.  A   bidder   at   a   Sheriff's  sale 
may  retract  his  bid  at  any  time  before 
the  property  is  knocked  down  to  him, 
whatever  may  be  the  conditions  of  the 
sale. 

3564.  Acknowledgment  of  debt  to  a 
stranger  does  not  preclude  the  opera- 
tion of  the  statute. 

3565.  The  fruits  and  grass  on  the 
farm  or  garden  of  an  intestate  descend 
to  the  heir. 

3566.  Agents  are  solely  liable  to  their 
principals. 

3567.  A  deposit  of  money  in  bank  by 
a  husband  in  the  name  of  his  wife  sur- 
vives to  her. 

3568.  Money  paid  on  Sanday  con 
tracts  may  be  recovered. 

3569.  A  debtor  may  give  preference 
to  one  creditor  over  another,  unless 
fraud   or    special    legislation    can    be 
proved. 

3570.  A  court  cannot  give  judgment 
for  a  larger  sum  than  that   specified  in 
the  verdict. 

3571.  Imbecility  on  the  part  of  either 
the  husband  or  the  wife  invalidates  the 
marriage. 

3572.  An  action  for  malicious  prose- 
cution will  lie,  though  nothing  further 
was  done  than  suing  out  warrant* 


4J8 


DEFY  THEM  TO  THE  PROOF,  AND  YOU 


3573.  An  agreement  not   to  continue 
the  practice  of  a  profession  or  business 
in  any  specified  town,  if  the   party  eo 
agreeing  has  received  a  consideration 
for  the  same,  is  valid. 

3574.  When  A.  consigns  goods  to  B. 
to  sell  on  commission,  and   B.  delivers 
them   to   C.  in  payment  of  his  own 
antecedent  debts,  A.  «an  recover  their 
*.lue. 

3575.  A  finder  of  j,  roperty  is   com- 
pelled to  make  diligent  inquiry  for  the 
owner  thereof,  and  to  restore  the  same. 
If,  on  finding  such   property,  he   at- 
tempts to  conceal  such  fact,  he  may  be 
prosecuted  for  larceny. 

3576.  A  private  person   may  obtain 
an  injunction  to  prevent  a  public  mis- 
chief by  which  he  is  affected  in  com- 
mon with  others. 

3577.  Any  person  interested  may  ob- 
tain an  injunction  to  restrain  the  State 
or  a  municipal  corporation  from  main- 
taining a  nuisance  on  its  lands. 

3578.  A  discharge   under  the  insol- 
vent laics  of  one  State  will  not  discharge 
the  insolvent  from  a    contract  made 
with  a  citizen  of  another  State. 

3579.  To  prosecute  a  party  with  any 
other  motive  than   to    bring  him  to 
justice,  is  a  malicious  prosecution,  and 
actionable  as  such. 

3580.  Ministers  of  the  gospel,  residing 
In  any  incorporated  town,  are  not  ex- 
empt from  jury,  military,  or  fire  service. 

3581.  IVhen  a  person  contracts  to  build 
a  house,  and  is  prevented   by  sickness 
from  finishing  it,  he  can  recover  for  the 
part  performed,  if  such  part  is  benefi- 
cial to  the  other  party. 

3582.  In  a  suit  for  enticing  away  a 
man  s  wife,  actual  proof  of  the  marriage 
is  not  necessary.     Cohabitation,  repu- 
tation, and  the  admission  of  marriage 
by  the  parties,  are  sufficient. 

3583.  Permanent   erections  and  fix- 
tures, made 'by  a  mortgagor  after   the 
execution  of  the  mortgage   upon   the 
land  conveyed    by  it,  become  a  part  of 
the  mortgaged  premises. 

3584.  Wlitn   a  marriage   is  denied, 
and  plaintiff  has  given  sufficient  evi- 
ieuce  to    establish   it.  the   defendant 


cannot  examine  the  wife  to  disprove 
the  marriage. 

3585.  The  amount  of  an  express  debt 
cannot  be  enlarged  by  application. 

3586.  Contracts  for  advertisements  in 
Sunday  newspapers  cannot  be  enforced. 

3887.  A  seller  of  goods,  chattels,  or 
other  property,  commits  no  fraud,  in 
law,  when  he  neglects  to  tell  the  pur- 
chaser of  any  flaws,  defects,  or  unsound- 
ness  in  the  same. 

3588.  The  opinions  of  witnesses,  as  to 
the  value  of  a  dog  that  has  been  killedv 
are  not  admissible  in  evidence.     The 
value  of  the  animal  is  to  be  decided  by 
the  jury. 

3589.  If  any  person  puts  a  fence  on 
or  ploughs  the  land  of  another,  he  is 
liable  for  trespass,  whether  the  owner 
has  sustained  injury  or  not. 

3590.  If  a  person,  who    is   unable 
from  illness  to  sign  his  will,  has   his 
hand  guided  in  making  his  mark,  the 
signature  is  valid. 

3591.  IVhen   land  trespassed  upon  is 
occupied  by  a  tenant,  he    alone  can 
bring  the  action. 

3592.  To  say  of  a  person,  "  If  he 
does  not  come  and   make  terms  with 
me,  I  will  make   a  bankrupt  of  him, 
and  ruin  him,"  or  any  such  threaten- 
ing   language,  is    actionable,  without 
proof  of  special  damage. 

3593.  In  an  action  for  slander,  the 
party  making  the  complaint  must  prove 
the  words  alleged ;  other  words  of  like 
meaning  will  not  suffice. 

3594.  In   a  suit  of  damages  for  se* 
duction,  proof  of  pregnancy,  and  the 
birth  of  a  child,  is  not  essential.     It  is 
sufficient  if   the    illness  of  the  girl, 
whereby  she  was  unable  to  labor,  was 
produced  by  shame  for  the  seduction  ; 
and  this  is  such  a  loss  of  service  as  will 
sustain  the  action. 

3595.  Addressing  to  a  wife  a  letter, 
containing  matter  defamatory  to  the 
character  of  her  husband,  is  a  publica- 
tion, and  renders  the  writer  amenable 
to  damages. 

3596.  A  parent   cannot    sustain   an 
action  for  any  wrong  done  to  a  child, 
unless  he  has  incurred  some  direct  p* 


WILL  MAKE  THEM  TIIEIR  OWN  FOLLY  SHEW. 


419 


cuniary  injury  therefrom,  in  conse- 
quence of  some  loss  of  service,  or 
expenses  necessarily  consequent  there- 
upon. 

3597.  A  master  is  responsible  for  an 
injury  resulting  from  the  negligence  of 
his  servant,  whilst  driving  his   cart  or 
carriage,  provided  the  servant  is,  at  the 
time,  engaged  in  his  master's  business, 
even  though  the  accident  happens  in  a 
place   to  which  his  master's  business 
does  not  call  him ;  but  if  the  journey 
of  the  servant  be  solely  for  a  purpose 
of  his  own,  and  undertaken  without  the 
knowledge   or   consent  of  his  master, 
the  latter  is  not  responsible. 

3598.  An  emigrant  depot  is   not   a 
nuisance  in  law. 

3599.  A  railroad  track  through  the 
streets  is  not  a  nuisance  in  law. 

3600.  In  an  action  for  libel,  against  a 
newspaper,  extracts  from  such   news- 
paper may  be  given  to  show  its  circu- 
lation, and  the    extent    to  which  the 
libel  has  been  published.    The  jury,  in 
estimating  the  damages,  are  to  look  at 
the  character  of  the  libel,  and  whether 
the  defendant  is   rich  or   poor.     The 
plaintiff  is  entitled,  in  all  cases,  to  his 
actual  damages,  and  should  be  compen- 
sated for  the  mental  sufferings  endured, 
the   public   disgrace   inflicted,  and   all 
other  actual  discomfort  produced. 

3601.  Delivery  of  a  husband's  goods 
by  a  wife   to   her  adulterer,  he  having 
knowledge  that   she   has  taken  them 
without    her    husband's   authority,  is 
fiufficient  to  sustain  an  indictment  for 
larceny  against  the  adulterer. 

3602.  The  fact  that  the  insurer  was 
not  informed  of  the  existence  of  im- 
pending litigation,  affecting  the  premises 
insured,  at    the    time    the  insurance 
was   effected,   does    not    vitiate    the 
policy. 

3603.  The  liability  of  an  innkeepfr  is 
not  confined  to  personal   baggage,  but 
extends  to  all  the  property  of  the  guest 
that  he  consents  to  receive. 

3604.  When  a  minor   executes  a  con- 
tract, and  pays  money,  or  delivers  proper- 
ty on  the  same,  he  cai  not  afterwards  dis- 
affirm such  contract  and  re.coj  ->r  the 


money,  or  property,  unless  he  restores 
to  the  other  party  the  consideration 
received  from  him  for  such  money  or 
property. 

3605.  When   a  person  has,  by  legal 
inquisition,  been   found     an     habitual 
drunkard,  he  cannot,  even  in  his  sober 
intervals,  make  contracts  to  bind  him- 
self or  his  property,  until   the   inquisi- 
tion is  removed. 

3606.  Any  person  dealing  with   the 
representative  of  a  deceased  person,  is 
presumed,  in  law,  to  be  fully  apprized 
of  the  extent  of  such  representative's 
authority  to    act    in    behalf  of   such 
estate. 

3607.  In  an  action  against  a  railroad 
company,  by  a  passenger,  to   recover 
damages  for  injuries  sustained  on   the 
road,  it  is  not    compulsory  upon  the 
plaintiff  to  prove  actual  negligence  in 
the  defendants  ;  but  it  is  obligatory  on 
the  part  of  the  latter  to  prove  that  the 
injury  was  not  owing  to  any  fault  or 
negligence  of  theirs. 

3608.  A  guest  is  a  competent  witness, 
in  an  action  between  himself  and  an 
innkeeper,  to  prove  the  character  and 
value  of  lost  personal  baggage.     Money 
in  a  trunk,  not  exceeding   the  amount, 
reasonably  required  by  the  traveller  to 
defray  the   expenses   of   the    journey 
which  he  has  undertaken,  is  a  part  of 
his  baggage ;    and   in   case  of  its  JOSR, 
while  at  any  inn,  the  plaintiff  may  prove 
its  amount  by  his  own  testimony. 

3609.  The  deed  of  a  minor  is  not  ab- 
solutely void.     The  court  is  authorized 
to  judge,  from  the  instrument,  whether 
it  is  void  or  not,  according  to  its  terms 
being  favorable,  or  unfavorable,  to  the 
interests  of  the  minor. 

3610.  A  married  woman  can  neither 
sue  nor  be  sued  on  any  contract,  made 
by  her  during  her  marriage.     The   ac- 
tion must  be  commenced  either  by  or 
against  her  husband.     It  is  only  when 
an  action  is  brought  on  a  contract  made 
by  her  before  her  mari'iage,  that  she  is 
to  be  joined  as  a  co  plaintiff,  or  defend- 
ant,  with  her  husband. 

3611.  Any  contract  made  with  a  per 
son  judicially  declared  a  lunatic  is  void 


420 


HIS  STRENGTH  IN  WORDS  THE  BLUSTER  VAINLY  SPENDS, 


3612.  Money  paid  voluntarily  in  any 
transaction,  with  a  knowledge  of  the 
facts,  cannot  be  recovered. 

3613.  In  all  cases  of  special  contrail 
for  services,  the  plaintiff  can  recover 
only  the  amount  stipulated  in  the  con- 
tract. 

3614.  A  wife  is  a  competent  witness 
with  her  husband,  to  prove  the  contents 
of  a  lost  trunk. 

3615.  A  wife  cannot  be  convicted  of 
receiving  stolen   goods  when  she  re- 
ceived them  of  her  husband. 

3616.  Insurance  against  fire,  b/  light- 
ning or  otherwise,  does  not  covsrloss 
by  lightning  when  there  is   no   com- 
bustion. 

3617.  Failure  to  prove  plea  of  justifi- 
cation, in  a  case  of  slander,  aggravates 
the  offence. 

3618.  It  is  the  agreement  of  the  par- 
ties to  sell  by  sample  that  constitutes 
a  sale  by  sunnple,  not  the  mere  exhibi- 
tion of  a  specimen  of  the  goods. 

3619.  An  agent  is  liable  to  his  princi- 
pals for  loss   caused   by  his  misstate- 
ments,  though  unintentional. 

3620.  Makers  of  promissory  notes  given 
in  advance  for  premiums  on  policies  of 
insurance,  thereafter  to  be  taken,  are 
liable  thereon. 

3621.  An  agreement  to  pay  for  pro- 
curing an  appointment    to    office,   is 
void. 

3622.  An   attorney  may   plead  the 
statute  of  limitations,  when,  sued  by  a 
client  for  money  which  he  has  collected 
and  failed  to  pay  over. 

3623.  Testimony  given  by  a  deceased 
witness  on  first  trial  is  not  required  to 
be  repeated  verbatim  on  the  second. 

3624.  A  person  entitling  himself  to 
a  reward  offered  for  lost  property  has  a 
lien  upon  the  property  for  the  reward  ; 
but  only  when  a  definite    reward  is 
offered. 

3625.  Confession  by  a  prisoner  must 
be  voluntarily  made,  to  constitute  evU 
donee  against  him. 

36'26.  The  defendant  in  a  suit  must 
be  served  with  procees :  but  serrice 
of  such  process  upon  his  wife,  >ven 
vn  his  absence  from  tire  State  Is  not. 


in  the  absence  of  statutory  provisions, 
sufficient. 

3627.  The  measure  of  damages  in 
trespass  for  cutting  timber,  is   its  value 
as  a  chattel  on  the  land  wheie  it  was 
felled,  and  not  the  market  price  of  the 
lumber  manufactured. 

3628.  To  support  an  indictment  for 
malicious  mischief  in  killing  an  animal, 
malice  towards  its    owner    must  be 
shown,  not    merely  passion    excited 
against  the  animal  itself. 

3629.  No  action  can   be  maintainea 
against  a  Sheriff  for  omitting  to  account 
for  money  obtained  upon  an  execution 
within  a  reasonable  time.     He  has  till 
the  return  day  to  render  such  account. 

3630.  An  interest  in  the  profits  of  an 
enterprise,  as  profits,  renders  the  party 
holding  it  a  partner  in  the  enterprise, 
and  makes  him  presumptively  liable  to 
share  any  loss. 

3631.  Males  can  marry  at  fourteen, 
and  females  at  twelve  years  of  age. 

3632.  All  cattle  found  at  large  upon 
any  public  road,  can  be  driven  by  any 
person  to  the  public  pound. 

3633.  Any  dog  chasing,  barking  or 
otherwise   threatening  a  passer-by  in 
any  street,  lane,  road,  or  other  public 
thoroughfare,  may  be  lawfully  killed 
for  the  same. 

3634.  A  written  promise  for  the  pay- 
ment of    such  amount   as   may  come 
into  the  hands  of  the  promisor,  is  held 
to  be  an  instrument  in  writing  for  the 
payment  of  money. 

3635.  The  declaration  of  an  agent 
is  not  admissible  to  establish  the  fact 
of  agency.      But  when  other  proper 
evidence  is  given,  tending  to  establish 
the  fact  of  agency,  it  is  not  error  to 
admit  the  declarations  of  the  agent, 
accompanying  acts,  though  tending  to 
show  the  capacity  in  which  he  acted. 
When  evidence  is  competent  in   one 
respect  and  incompetent  in  another,  it 
is  the  duty  of  the   court  to  admit  it, 
and  control  its  effects  by  suitable  in- 
structions to  the  jury. 

3636.  The  court  has  a  general 
power  to  remove  or  suspend  an 
attornr  for  such  immoral  conduct  ai 


WHILE  STEADINESS  IX  QUIET  GAINS  ITS  ENDS. 


42] 


rendered  him  unworthy  of  confidence 
in  his  official  capacity. 

3637.  Bankruptcy  is  pleadable  in 
bar  to  all  actions  and  in  all  courts, 
and  this  bar  may  be  avoided  whenever 
it  is  interposed,  by  showing  fraud  in 
the  procurement  of  the  discharge,  or 
a  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of 
the  bankrupt  act. 

3638.  An  instrument  in  the  form  of 
B  deed,  but  limited   to  take  effect  at 
the  termination  of  the  grantor's  natural 
life,  is  held  to  be  a  deed,  not  a  will. 

3639.  A  sale  will  not  be  set  aside  ae 
fraudulent,  simply  because   the   buyer 
was  at  the  time  unable   to   make   the 
payment  agreed  upon,  and   knew  his 
inability,  and  did  not  intend  to  pay. 

3640.  No  man   is  under  an  obliga- 
tion to  make  known  his  circumstances 
when  he  is  buying  goods. 

3641.  Contracting  parties  are  bound 
to  disclose   material  facts   known  to 
each,  but  of  which  either  supposes  the 
other  to  be  ignorant,  only  when   they 
stand  in  some  special  relation  of  trust 
and  confidence  in  relation  to  the  sub- 
ject-matter   of     the     contract.      But 
neither  will   be  protected  if  he   does 
anything,  however  slight,  to  mislead  or 
deceive  the  other. 

3642.  A  contract     negotiated    by 
mail  is  formed  when  notice  of  accept- 
ance of  the  offer  is   duly  deposited  in 
the    post-office,    properly    addressed. 
This  rule  applies,  although   the   party 
making  the  offer    expressly  requires 
that  if  it  is  accepted,  speedy  notice  of 
acceptance  shall  be  given  him. 

3643.  The  date  of  an  instrument  is 
so  far  a  r^aterial  part  of  it,  that  an 
alteration  of   the  date   by  the  holder 
after  exec'.tion,  makes  the  instrument 
void. 

3644.  A  corporation   may  maintain 
an  action  for  libel,  for  words  published 
of  them,  and  relating   to  its   trade  or 
business,  by*  which    it    has  incurred 
special  damagefe 

3645.  It  is  unprofessional  for  a 
lawyer  who  has  abandoned  his  case 
without  trying  it.  a  term  or  two  before 
trial,  to  claim  a  fee  conditional  upon 


the  success  of  his   client,  although  his 
client  was  successful. 

3646.  Although   a  party  obtaining 
damages  for  injuries   received  through 
the  default  of    another,  was  himself 
guilty  of  negligence,  yet  that  will  not 
defeat  his  recovery,  unless   his  negli- 
gence contributed  to  cause  the  injury. 

3647.  A  person   may   contract   to 
labor  for  another  during  life,  in   con- 
sideration  of   receiving    his    support; 
but  his  creditors    have  the  right  to 
inquire  into  the  intention  writh  which 
such   arrangement    is    made,  and   it 
will  be  set  aside  if  entered  into  to  de- 
prive them  of  his  future  earnings. 

3648.  A    grantor  may  by  express 
terms  exclude  the  bed  of  a  river,  or  a 
highway,   mentioned  as  a  boundary : 
but  if  without  language  of  exclusion  a 
line  is  described  as  '  along,'  or  '  upon,' 
or    as   'running  to'    the  highway  01 
river,  or  as  *  by,'  or  «  running  to  the 
bank  of '  the  river :  these  expressions 
carry  the  grantee  to  the  centre  of  the 
highway  or  river. 

3649.  The  court  will   take  pains  to 
construe  the  words  used  in  a  deed  in 
such  a  way  as  to  effect  the  intention  of 
the   parties,  however  unskillfully  the 
instrument    may  be    drawn.      But  a 
court  of  law  cannot   exchange   an  in- 
telligible  word   plainly   employed  in  a 
deed  for  another,  however  evident  it 
may  be  that  the  word  used  was  used  by 
mistake  for  another. 

3650.  One  who  has  lost  his  memory 
and  understanding  is   entitled  to  legal 
protection,  whether  such   loss  is  occa- 
sioned by  his  own  misconduct  or  by  an 
act  of  Providence. 

3651.  When  a  wife  leaves  her  hus- 
band voluntarily,  it  must  be  shown,  in 
order  to  make  him  liable  for   necessa- 
ries furnished  to  her,  that  she   could 
not   stay   with   safety.     Personal  vio-? 
leneo,  either  threatened  or  inflicted, 
will  be  sufficient  cause  for  such  separa- 
tion. 

3652.  Necessaries  of  drees  furnished 
to  a  discarded  wife  must  correspond 
with  the  pecuniary  circumstances  of 
the  husband,  and  be   such  article*  a* 


422 


PATIENCE  AND  RESIGNATION'  ARE  SURE  TO  MEET  THEIR  REWARD. 


the  wife,  if  prudent,  would  expect,  and 
the  husband  should  furnish,  if  the  par- 
ties lived  harmoniously  together. 

3053.  A  fugitive  from  justice,  of 
one  of  the  United  States  to  another, 
may  be  arrested  and  detained  in  order 
to  his  surrender  by  authority  of  the 
latter,  without  a  previous  demand  for 
his  surrender  by  the  executive  of  the 
State  whence  he  fled. 

3654.  A  watch  will   not  pass  under 
bequest  of  '  wearing  apparel,'  nor  of 

'household  furniture  and  articles  for 
family  use.' 

3655.  Money  paid  for  the  purpose  of 
settling  or  compounding  a  prosecution, 
for  a  supposed  felony,  cannot  be  recov- 
ered back  by  a  party  paying  it. 

3656.  An  inkeeper  is  liable  for  the 
death  of  au  animal  in  his  possession, 
but  may  free  himself  from  liability  by 
showing  that  the  death  was  not  occa- 
sioned by  negligence  on  his  part. 

3657.  Notice  to  the  agent  of  a  com- 
pany is  notice  to  the  company. 

*  3657.  An  employer  is  not  liable  to 
one  of  his  employees  for  an  injury 
sustained  by  the  latter  in  consequence 
of  the  neglect  of  others  of  his  employ- 
ees engaged  in  the  same  general  busi- 


ness. 

3658.  Where  a 
sheriffs  sale  has  bid 
property  under  the 


purchaser  at  a 
the  full  price  of 
erroneous  belief 


that  the  sale  would  divest  the  property 
of  all  liens,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  court 
to  give  relief  by  setting  aside  the  sale. 

3659.  When    notice  of  protest  is 

Eroperly  sent  by  mail,  it  may  be  sent 
y  the  mail  of  the  day  of  the  dishonor, 
if  not,  it  must  be  mailed  for  the  mail 
of  the  next  day ;.  except  that  if  there 
is  none,  or  it  closes  at  an  unseasonably 
early  hour,  then  notice  must  be  mailed 
in  season  for  the  i.ext  possible  mail. 

3660.  A  powder-house  located  in  a 
populous  part  of  a  city,  and  contain- 
ing  large  quantities  of  gunpowder,  is 


the   seller  of  goods 


a  nuisance. 

36C1.    When 

accepts  at  the  time  of  the   sale,  the 
note  of  a  third   person,  unindorsed  by 


sumption  is  that  the  payment  was 
intended  to  be  absolute ;  and  though 
the  note  should  be  dishonored,  the  pur- 
chaser  will  not  be  liable  for  the  value 
of  the  goods. 

3662.  A  man  charged  with  crime 
before  a  committing    magistrate,  but 
discharged  on  his  own  recognizance,  is 
not  privileged  from  arrest  on  civil  pro- 
cess while  returning  from  the   magis- 
trate's office. 

3663.  When  one  has  been  induced 
to  sell  goods  by  means  of  false  pretences, 
he  cannot  recover  them  from  one  who 
has  bonafide  purchased   and  obtained 
possession  of  them  from  the  fraudu- 
lent vendor. 

3664.  If  the  circumstances  at- 
tendant upon  a  sale  and  delivery  of 
personal  property  are  such  as  usually 
and  naturally  accompany  such  a  trans 
action,  it  cannot  be  declared  a  legal 
fraud  upon  creditors. 

3665.  A  stamp  impressed  upon  an 
instrument  by  way  of  seal,  is  good  as 
a  seal,  if  it  creates  a  durable  impres- 
sion in  the  texture  of  the  paper. 

3666.  A  witness  who  has  been 
promised  a  reward  for  giving  his  testi- 
mony in  case  the  party  calling  him 
gained  the  suit,  is  incompetent  by 
reason  of  interest. 

3667.  If  a  party  bound  to   make  a 
payment  use  due  dilligence  to   make  a 
tender,  but  through  the  payee's  ab- 
sence from  home  is  unable  to  find  him 
or  any  agent  authorized  to  take  pay- 
ment for  him,  no  forfeiture  will  be 
incurred  through  his  failure  to  make  a 
tender. 

WASHING    FLUIDS. 
(See  2179  and  654.) 

3668.  Washing    Fluids,   in    many 
places,   have  almost  universally  now 
come  into    use,  resulting  in  a  great 
saving  of  labor  and  time,  and  proving 
far  less  destructive  to  wearing  apparel 
than  the  old  mode  of  waging. 

3669.  First,  select  from  the  clothe* 
to  be  washed,  all  the  coarse  and  dirtiest 
pieces  from  the  fine ;  then  put  them  in 
sep.irMte  tubs  of  soft  water  to  soak 


the  purchaser,  in  payment,  the  pre-i  over  night  (the  night  previous  to  wash 


Wf.CKED  WORDS  HURT  MORE  THAN  SWORDS. 


423 


Ing).  Then  prepare,  in  a  separate  ves- 
sel, the  liquid  for  a  large  washing, 
namely,  half  a  pound  of  good  brown 
soap,  cut  in  small  pieces,  half  a  pound 
of  «oda,  and  three  ounces  of  fresh, 
unslacked  lime,  mixed  in  one  gallon  of 
boiling  soft  water.  Stir  well  up,  so  as 
to  mix  the  ingredients,  and  let  it  stand 
until  morning.  Then  strain  off  the 
liquid,  being  careful  to  leave  all  sedi- 
ment behind.  Having  readv  ten  gal- 
lons or  so,  of  boiling  soft  water  in  your 
boiler,  pour  in  the  prepared  liquid 
(keeping  out  all  settlings  that  may  yet 
be  remaining,  then  throw  in  your 
clothes  and  boil  them  twenty  minutes, 
or  half  an  hour.  Previous  to  which, 
put  an  earthen  plate  at  th  y  bottom  of 
the  boiler,  to  prevent  the  clothes  from 
burning.  After  boiling  the  appointed 
time,  take  tkem  out ;  scald  them,  blue 
them,  and  rinse  them  in  clean,  soft 
water,  warm  or  cold,  and  your  clothes 
will  be  as  clean  and  white  as  snow. 

By  this  method,  the  finest  linens, 
Lices,  cambrics,  etc.,  can  be  readily  and 
easily  cleansed,  with  VERY  LITTLE 
TROUBLE.  No  rubbing  the  skin  off 
your  hands,  and  tearing  the  clothes  to 
pieces ;  and  the  washing  for  a  family  of 
twenty  persons  completed  before  break- 
fast ;  have  the  clothes  out  to  dry,  the 
house  in  good  order,  all  comfortable 
again  for  the  day,  and  the  family  saved 
from  washing-day  annoyances.  Who 
would  not  wish  to  have  such  comforts? 

Should  there  be  only  a  small  wash- 
Ing,  and  less  than  ten  gallons  of  water 
required  to  boil  them  in,  less  of  the 
liquid  of  lime,  soap,  and  soda,  can  be 
used  in  proportion.  When  there  is  any 
difficulty  in  procuring  fresh  lime,  a 
quantity  of  the  liquor  ^may  be  made  at 
once  from  the  lime,  which  will  keep 
for  years,  corked  in  bottles,  and  ready 
for  use. 

The  above  receipt  is  called  Profes- 
sor Twelvetree's,  and  is  the  one  mostly 
used  in  England  We  have  made 
trial  of  this,  and  found  it  to  be  very 
good.  It  has  one  advantage  over  others 
given.  In  the  use  of  the  lime,  which 
possesses  et;  ng  ^  n*  chilis 


and  will  make  the  clothes  bea  Jtifully 
white. 

3670.  Another  Method   of  Washing, 
occupying  exactly  One  Hour. — Have  a 
preparation  made  from  two  tablespoon- 
fuls  of  alcohol,  two  ditto  spirits  of  tur- 
pentine, half  a  pound  of  brown   soap, 
cut  fine  and  mixed  in  one  quart  of  hot 
water.     Pour  the  same  into  a  large 
tub  of  boiling  water,  and   allow  the 
clothes  to  soak  for   twenty  minutes ; 
then  take  them  out  and  put  them  in 
a  tub  of  clean  cold  water  for  twenty 
minutes.     Afterward    boil  them  in  a 
like  quantity  of  the  above  preparation 
for  the  other  twenty  minutes,  and  rinse 
in  cold  water.  » 

N.  B.  In  using  either  of  the  above 
methods  of  washing,  all  fine  clothes 
should  bo  gone  through  with  first ;  as 
colored,  very  dirty,  or  greasy  clothes 
ought  not  to  be  boiled  with  those  of 
finer  fabric,  end  containing  less  dirt,  as 
the  water  in  which  they  are  boiled, 
must,  of  course,  partake  more  or  less 
of  its  contents.  The  same  water  that 
has  been  used  for  the  finer  clothes 
will  likewise  do  for  coarse  and  colored. 
Should  the  wristbands  of  the  shirts 
be  very  dirty,  a  little  soap  may  be  pre- 
viously rubbed  on. 

The  above  is  a  very  excellent  re- 
ceipt, and  may  be  confided  in  as  par- 
ticularly effective  in  labor  saving. 

3671.  Another   Receipt.— Take   one 
pint  of  alcohol,  one  pint  spirits  turpen- 
tine, two  quarts  of  strong  eoda  water. 
Manage  the  clothes  as  above  directed, 
in  No.  2. 

3672.  Spirits  turpentine,  camphene, 
or  Porter's  burning  fluid,  separately, 
answer  a  good  purpose.     Two  or  three 
tablespoon  fuls  to  a  washing,  will  greatly 
facilitate  the  business. 

3673.  Another  Very  Good  Receipt.— 
One  pound  hard  soap  (for  four  dozen 
clothes),  seven  teaspoonfuls  spirits  tur- 
pentine, five  ditto  hartshorn,  five  ditto 
of  vinegar. 

Directions. — Dissolve  the  soap  in  hot 

water ;    mix   the   ingredients.      Then 

!  divide  the  mixture   in   two  parts  ;  put 

!  half  in  the  water  with  the  clothes  ove» 


424 


A  NOBLE  MIND  DISDAINS  TO  GAIN 


night  next  morning  wring  them  out. 
Put  them  to  boil  in  five  or  six  gallons 
of  water,  and  add  the  rest  of  the  mix- 
ture ;  boil  thirty  minutes,  and  rinse  out 
thoroughly  in  cold  water ;  blue  them, 
and  hang1  out  to  dry. 

This  receipt  has  been  found  to  an- 
swer a  very  valuable  purpose,  and  is 
worthy  of  trial. 

3674.    STARCHING,  FOLDING, 

IRONING,  ETC. 

3675.  To  Prepare  Starch. — Take 
two  tablespoonfuls  of  starch  dissolved 
in  as  much  water ;  add  a  gill  of  cold 
water ;  then  add  one  pint  of  boiling 
water,  and  boil  it  half  an  hour,  adding 
a  small  piece  of  spermaceti,  sugar, 
or  salt ;  strain,  etc.  Thin  it  with 
water. 

3676.  Flour  Starch. — Mix  flour  grad- 
ually with  cold  water,  so  that  it  may  be 
free  from  lumps.    Stir  in  cold  water  till 
it  will  pour  easily  ;  then  stir  it  into  a  pot 
of  boiling  water,  and  let  it  boil  five  or 
six  minutes,  stirring  it  frequently.     A 
little  spermaceti  will  make  it  smoother. 
This   starch  will   answer  very  well  for 
cotton   and  linen.     Poland    starch   is 
made  in  the  same  manner. 

3677.  Glue  Starch.— Boil  a  piece  of 
glue    four    inches    square,   in    three 
quarts  of  water.     Keep  it  in  a  bottle 
well  corked.     Use  for  calicoes. 

3678.— Gum  Starch.— Dissolve  four 
ounces  of  gum  arable,  in  a  quart  of  hot 
water,  and  set  it  away  in  a  bottle 
corked.  This  is  used  for  silks  and 
fine  muslins.  It  can  be  mixed  with 
water  %t  discretion.  (See  91.) 

3ft79.  Starching  Clothes.  —  Muslins 
look  well  when  starched,  and  clapped 
dry,  while  the  starch  is  hot,  then  folded 
in  a  damp  cloth,  till  they  become  quite 
damp,  befoio  ironing  them.  If  mus- 
lins are  sprinkled,  they  are  apt  to  be 
spotted.  Some  ladies  clap  muslins, 
hen  dry  them,  and  afterwards  sprinkle 
them. 

3680.  Sprinklinif  Clothes. —  They 
ghould  be  sprinkle^  with  clear  water, 
and  laid  in  separate  piles;  one  of  flan- 
nels, one  ( f  colored,  one  o. '  common, 
and  one  of  nVu  a  tides. 


3681.  Folding  Clothes.  —  Fold  the 
fine  articles  and  roll  them   in  a  towel, 
and  then  fold   the   rest,  turning  them 
all  right  side  outward.     Lay  the  color- 
ed  articles   separate    from    the    rest. 
They  should   not   remain   damp  long 
as  the  colors  might  be  iujured.     Sheets 
and  table  linen,  should  be  shaken  and 
folded. 

3682.  Ironing. — In   ironing  a  shirt 
first  do  the  back,  then  the  sleeves,  theu 
the  collar  and   bosom,  and  then  the 
front.     Iron  calicoes  generally  on  the 
right  side,  as  they  thus   keep  clean  for 
a  longer  time.     In  ironing  a  frock,  first 
do  the  waist,  then  the  sleeves,  then  the 
skirt.      Keep  the  skirt  rolled  while 
ironing-  the  other  parts,  and  set  a  chair 
to  hold  the  sleeves  while  ironing  the 
skirt,  unless    a   skirt-board    be    used. 
Silk  should  be  ironed  on  the  wrong 
side,  when  quite   damp,  with  an  iron 
which  is  not  very  hot,  light  colors  are 
apt  to  change  and  fade.     In  ironing 
velvet,  turn  up  the  face  of  the  iron,  and 
after  dampening  the  wrong  side  of  the 
velvet,  draw  it    over    the  face  of  the 
iron,  holding  it  straight ;   always  iron 
lace  and  needlework    on    the  wrong 
side,  and  carry  them  away  as  soon  as 
they  are  dry. 

3683.  Starching. — Clear-starching 
etc.  To  Make  Starch  for  Linen,  Cotton 
etc. — To  one  ounce  of  the  best  starch 
add  just  enough  soft  cold  water  to 
make  it  (by  rubbing  and  stirring)  into 
a  thick  paste,  carefully  breaking  all  the 
lumps  and  particles.  When  rubbed 
perfectly  smooth,  add  nearly  or  quite 
a  pint  of  boiling  water  (with  bluing  to 
suit  the  taste),  and  boil  for  at  least  half 
an  hour,  taking  care  to  have  it  well 
stirred  all  the  time,  to  prevent  its 
burning.  When  not  stirring,  keep  it 
covered,  to  prevent  the  accumulation 
of  dust,  etc.  Also  keep  it  covered 
when  removed  from  the  fire,  to  prevent 
a  scum  from  rising  upon  it.  To  give 
the  linen  a  fine,  smooth,  glossy  appear- 
j  ance,  and  prevent  the  iron  from  stick- 
I  ing,  add  a  little  spermaceti  (a  piece  as 
I  large  as  a  nutmeg)  to  the  starch,  when 
I  boiling,  and  half  a  t«aspoonfnl  of  tha 


ITS  PLEASURE  FROM  ANOTHER  S  PAINT. 


425 


finest  table-salt.  If  you  have  no  sperm- 
aceti ("to  be  had  cheap  at  any  druggists), 
take  a  piece  of  the  purest,  whitest  hog's 
lard,  or  tallow  (mutton  is  the  best), 
about  as  large  as  a  nutmeg,  or  twice 
this  quantity  of  the  best  refined  loaf 
Bugar.  and  boil  with  the  starch.  In 
ironing  linen  collars,  shirt  bosoms,  etc., 
their  appearance  will  be  much  im- 
proved, by  rubbing  them,  before  iron- 
ing, w'tli  a  clean  white  towel,  damp- 
ened in  soft  water.  The  bosom  of  a 
shirt  should  be  the  last  part  ironed,  as 
this  will  prevent  its  being  soiled.  All 
starch  should  be  strained  before 
using. 

3684.  To  Clear-starch  Lace,  etc.— 
Starch  for  laces  should  be  thicker  and 
used  hotter  than  for  linens.  After  your 
laces  have  been  well  washed  and  dried, 
dip  them  into  the  thick  hot  starch  in 
such  a  way  as  to  have  every  part  pro- 
perly starched.  Then  wring  all  the 
starch  out  of  them,  and  spread  them 
out  smooth  on  a  piece  of  linen,  and  roll 
them  up  together,  and  let  them  remain 
for  about  half  an  hour,  when  they  will 
be  dry  enough  to  iron.  Laces  should 
never  be  clapped  between  the  hands, 
as  it  injures  them.  Cambrics  do  not 
require  so  thick  starch  as  net  or  lace. 
Some  people  prefer  cold  or  raw  starch 
for  book-muslin,  as  some  of  this  kind 
of  muslin  has  a  thick  clammy  appear- 
ance, if  starched  in  boiled  starch. 
Fin  >  laces  are  sometimes  wound  round 
bottle  to  dry,  which  prevents 
i-.i  from  shrinking. 

oG85.  Ironing  Laces.  —  Ordinary 
laces  and  worked  muslin  can  be  ironed 
by  the  usual  process  with  a  smoothing 
or  sad-iron ;  finer  laces  cannot.  When 
the  lace  has  been  starched  and  dried, 
ready  for  ironing,  spread  it  out  as 
smooth  as  possible  on  an  iron-cloth,  and 
pass  over  it,  back  and  forth,  as  quickly 
as  you  can,  a  smooth,  round  glass  bot- 
tle containing  hot  water,  giving  the 
bottle  such  pressure  as  may  be  requir- 
ed to  smooth  the  lace.  Sometimes  you 
may  pass  the  laces  over  the  bottle,  tak- 
ing we  to  keep  them  smooth.  Eithei 
way  is  much  better  than  to  iron  laces 


with  an  iron.     In  filling  the  bottle  with 
lot  water,  care  must  be  taken   not  to 
pour  it  in   too  fast,  as  the  bottle  will 
reak.     (See  2501.) 

3686.  To  raise   the  Pile  of   Velvet 
alien  pressed  down. — Warm  a  gmooth- 
ng-iron   moderately,  and  cover  it  with 

a  wet  cloth,  and  lay,  or  hold  it  under 
;he  velvet,  on  the*  wrong  side.  The 
steam  from  this  will  penetrate  the 
elvet,  and  you  can  raise  the  pile  with 
,  common  brush,  and  make  it  appear 
as  good  as  new.  (See  No.  555. ) 

3687.  PLANTING     BOX     FOR 
EDGINGS.— The  operation   of  plant- 
';ngBox  has  ever  been  considered  one,  in 
vhich  much  practice  is  needed  ;  that  it 
s  a  labour  of  time  and  inconvenience, 

even  to  the  experienced  labourer,  as 
usually  performed,  we  will  not  deny  ; 
the  simple  process  here  recommended 
saves  the  one  and  eases  the  other  to  an 
extent  which  only  needs  to  be  known 
to  be  generally  practiced. 

3688.  The  usual  mode,  after  forming 
;he  trench  and  inner  edge,  is  to  place 
the  strips  or  tufts  of  box  one  by  one 
ilorig  the  length  to  be  planted,  securing 
;he  same  from  time  to  time  by  press* 
ng  the  excavated  soil  against  the  roots, 
:he  tips  being  regulated  to  a  line  stretch- 
ed for  the  purpose.    This  involves  an 
amount  of  kneeling  and  stooping  both 
painful  and  injurious. 

3689.  Having  provided  your  box,  and 
prepared  it  in  the  usual  way  ready  for 
planting,  it  is  simply  necessary  to  have 
a  few  strips  of  deal,  four,  five,  or  six 
feet  long,  say  half  an  inch  thick  by  an 
inch  wide,  or  common  pantile  laths  cut 
into  lengths  will  answer  the  end  ;  some 
shreds  of  matting  or  thin  string  are  also 
required. 

3690.  With   these    inexpensive  and 
simple  materials  you  can  prepare  any 
number  of  yards  in   the  potting-shed, 
house,  or  other  building,  by  laying  one 
strip  of  wood  on  the  bench  or  table,  on 
which  arrange  the  prepared  box,  thin 
or  thick,  as  desired  ;  then  place  a  sec- 
ond strip  of  deal  on  the  box,  and  se- 
cure the   two  strips  together  by  tying 
at  each  end  ;  thus  is  the  be*  secured. 


426 


IX  OTIIER  FOLKS  WE  FAULTS  CAN  SPY, 


as  it  were,  between  a  clamp,  and  can- 
not fail  to  be  even. 

3691.  Flnce  these  lengths  along  the 
bed    or   border,  and   secure   them   by 
pressing  the  soil  to  the  roots  with  your 
spade  or   rake,    which   done,   cut  the 
ties ;  thus  are  the  laths  released  from 
the  box,  and  lengths  in  feet  planted  with 
as  much  despatch  as  inches  by  the  ordi- 
nary method,  and  with  an  amount  of 
regularity  and  evenness  not  attainable 
by  the  usual  plan,  at  the  same  time 
avoiding  the  painful,  back-aching  pro- 
cess of  kneeling  for  hours  while  plant- 
ing but  a  few  yards. 

3692.  DIRECTIONS  FOR  PRUN- 
ING VINES.— In  pruning  always  cut 
upwards,  and  in  a  sloping  direction. 

3693.  Always  leave  an  inch  of  blank 
„    wood  beyond  a  terminal  bud,  and  let 

the  cut  be  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
bud. 

3694.  Prune  so  as  to  leave  as  few 
wounds  as  possible,  and  let  the  surface 
of  every  cut  be  perfectly  smooth. 

3695.  In  cutting  out  an  old  branch, 
prune  it  even  with  the  parent  limb,  that 
the  wound  may  heal  quickly. 

3696.  Prune  so    as   to    obtain    the 
quantity  of  fruit  desired  on  the  smallest 
number  of  shoots  possible. 

3697.  Never  prune  in  frosty  weath- 
er, nor  when  a  frost  is  expected. 

3698.  Never  prune  in  the  months  of 
March,  April,  or  May ;  pruning  in  either 
of  these  months  causes  bleeding,  and 
occasions  thereby  a  wasteful  and  injuri- 
ous expenditure  of  sap. 

3699.  Let  the  general  autumnal  prun- 
ing take  place  as  soon  after  the  1st  of 
October  as  the  gathering  of  the  fruit 
will  permit.     Lastly.     Use  a  priming- 
knife  of  the  best  description,  and  let  it 
be,  if  possible,  as  sharp  as  a  razor. 

3700.  AGE  OF  A  HORSE.— Every 
horse  has  six  teeth  above  and  below; 
before  three  years  old  he  sheds  his  mid- 
dle teeth  ;  at  three  he  sheds  one  more 
on  each  side  of  the  central  teeth ;  at 
four  he  sheds  the  two  corner  and  last 
of  the  fore- teeth. 

370 J.    r>etweeu   four   and   five   the 
florfie  cuts  the  under  tusks ;  at  five  will 


cut  his  upper  tusks,  at  which  time  hit 
mouth  will  be  complete. 

3702.  At  six  years  the  grooves  and 
hollows  begin  toiillnpa  little;  at  seven 
the  grooves  will  be  well-nigh  filled  up, 
except  the  corner  teeth,  leaving  little 
brown  spots  where  the  dark  brown 
hollows  formerly  were. 

3703.  At  eight  the  whole  of  the  hol- 
lows and  grooves  are  filled  up. 

3704.  At  nine  there  is  very  often 
seen  a  small  bill  to  the  outside  corner 
teeth  :  the  point  of  the  tusk  is  worn  off, 
and  the  part  tl>at  was  concave  begins  to 
fill    up    and    become    rounding;    the 
squares  of  tne  centra)  teeth  tegin  to 
disappear,  und  the  gums  leave  them 
small  and  narrow  at  the  top. 

3705.  HOW     TO      JUDGE      A 
HORSE.- -A  correspondent,  contrary 
to  old  maxims,  undertakes  to  judge  the 
character  of  a  horse  by  outward  ap- 
pearances, and  offers  the  following  sug- 
gestions, tke  result  of  his  close  obsejv 
vation  and  long  experience  5 

3706.  If  the  color  be  light  sorrel,  or 
chestnut,  his  feet,  legs,  and  face  white, 
these  are  marks  of  kindness 

3707.  If  he  is  broad  and  full  between 
the  eyes,  he  may  be  depended  on  as  a 
horse  of  good  sense,  and  capable  of  be- 
ing trained  to  anything. 

3708  As  respects  such  horses,  the 
moro  kindly  you  treat  them  the  better 
you  will  be  treated  in  return.  Nor  will 
a,  horse  of  this  description  stand  a  whip, 
if  well  fed. 

3709.  If  you  want  a  safe  horse,  avoid 
one  that  is  dish-faced.     He  may  be  sc 
far  gentle  as  not  to  scare ;  but  he  wil\ 
have  too  much  go-ahead  in  him  to  be 
sat>  with  everybody. 

3710.  If  you  want  a  fool,  but  a  horse 
of  great  bottom,  get  a  deep  bay,  witfc 
not  a  white  hair  about  him.     If  his  face 
is  a  little  dished,  so  much  the  worse 
Let  no  man  ride  such  a  horse  that  is  no1 
an  adept  in  riding  —  they  are  alwavj 
tricky  and  unsafe. 

3711.  If  you  want  one  that  will  nevei 
give  out,  never  buy  a  large, 


AND  BLAME  THE  MOTE  THAT  DIMS  THEIR  EYE 


427 


3712.  A  black   horse  cannot  stand 
heat,  nor  a  white  one  cold. 

3713.  If  you  want  a  gen  tie  horse,  get 
one  with  more  or  less  white  about  the 
head  ;  the  more  the  better.     Many  peo- 
ple  suppose    the    parti-colored  liorses 
belonging  to  the  circuses,  shows,  &c  , 
five  selected  for  their  oddity.     But  the 
selections  th  is  made  are  on  account  of 
their  great  docility  and  gentleness. 

3714.  WHEN  OXEN  refuse  to  work 
equally  well  on  either  side,  or  when 
they  pull  off  against  each  other,  yoke 
them  on  the  side  you  wish  them  to 
work,  and  turn  them  out  to  feed  in  that 
way ;  they  soon  become  accustomed  to 
it,  and  work  afterward  on  either  side. 

3715.  A  valuable  recipe  for  curing 
cattle  of  the  fermentation  produced  in 
their  stomachs  from  eating  clover  and 
other  green  food :    The  remedy  is  a 
spoonful  of   ammonia  dissolved  in    a 
glass  of  water,  Dud  administered  to  the 
animal.    The  cure  takes  place  within 
an  hour.    (See  3287.; 

3716.  Copying  Ink  : — A  little  sugar 
dissolved  in  any  writing  ink  will  change 
it  into  a  suitable  copying-  ink. 

3717.  THE  BEST  SEASON  FOR 
PAINTING  HOUSES.— The  outside 
of  buildings  should  be  painted  during 
autumn   or  winter.     Hot  weather  in- 
jures the  paint  by  drying-  in  the  oil  too 
quickly  ;  then  the  paint  will  easily  rub 
off.     But  when  the  paint  is  laid  on 
during  cold  weather,  it  hardens  in  dry- 
ing, and  is  firmly  set. 

3718.  SEEDS.— Never  retain  the 
same  kinds  of  seeds  too  long  upon  the 
land ;  at  the  end  of  three  years  it  will 
generally  deteriorate,  and  ought  to  be 
changed;  change  of  seed  always  pro- 
duces a  change  for  the  better  in  the 
crops.     Heavy  clay-lands  will  longest 
retain  tbe  seed  pure ;  light  loams  and 
peat    soils    will    sooner    require    tho 
change.     In  selecting  seed  it  should  bo 
ascertained,  if  possible,  where,  and  on 
what  kind  of  soil  it  grew  ;  and  select  a 
eoil  of  different  quality  to  that  on  which 
't  is  to  be  sown.    Never  select  seed 
from  a  rich  soil  to  sow  it  on  a  poor ; 
but  prefer  that  from  a  poor  soil  to  sow 


it  on  a  rick  Always  select  seed  well 
cleaned  and  pure,  being  strictly  of  tbe 
same  kind ;  seeds  of  different  kinds 
will  vegetate  at  different  times,  and 
ripen  at  different  seasons,  which  occa- 
sions serious  loss  and  further  deterio- 
ration of  sample. 

3719.— JOHNNY  CAKES.— Sift  a 
quart  of  corn  meal  into  a  pan;  make  a 
hole  in  the  middle,  and  pour  in  a  pint 
of  warm  water.  Mix  the  meal  *nd 
water  gradually  in  a  batter,  adding  a 
teaspoonful  of  salt ;  beat  it  very  quick- 
ly, and  for  a  long  time,  till  it  bec<  mes 
quite  light;  then  spread  it  thick  and 
even  on  a  stout  piece  of  smooth  board ; 
place  it  upright  on  the  hearth  before  a 
clear  fire,  with  something  to  support 
the  board  behind,  and  bake  it  well ; 
cut  it  into  squares,  and  split  and  butter 
them  hot.  They  may  also  be  made 
with  a  quart  of  milk,  three  eggs,  one 
teaspoonful  of  carbonate  of  soda,  and 
one  teacupful  of  wheaten  flour ;  add 
Indian  corn-meal  sufficient  to  make  a 
batter  like  that  of  pancakes,  and  either 
bake  it  in  buttered  pans,  or  upon  a 
griddle,  and  eat  them  with  butter. 

3720.  MANAGEMENT     OF      A 
WATCH. — Wind  your  watch  as  nearly 
as  possible  at  the  same  hour  every  day. 

3721.  P5e  careful  that  your  key  is  in 
good  condition,  as  there  is  much  danger 
of  injuring  the  machine  when  the  key 
is  worn  or  cracked ;  there  are  more 
mainsprings  and  chains  broken  through 
a  jerk  in  winding,  than  from  any  other 
cause,  which  injury    will    sooner    or 
later  result,  if  the  key  be  in  bad  or- 
der. 

3722.  As  all  metals  contract  by  cold 
and  expand  by  heat,  it  must  be  manifest, 
that  to  keep  the  watch  as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible at  one  temperature,  is  a  necessary 
piece  of  attention. 

3723.  Keep  the  watch  as  constantly 
as  possible  in  one  position — that  is,  if  it 
bangs  by  day,  let  it  hang  by  night 
against  something  soft. 

3724.  The  hands  of  a  pocket-chro- 
nometer or  duplex  watch,  should  never 
be  set  backwards ;  in  other  watchca 
this  is  a  matter  of  no  consequence. 


428 


EACH  LITTLE  SPECK  AND  BLEMISH  FIND  : 


3725.  The  glass  should  never  be 
opened  in  watches  that  set  and  regulate 
at  the  bnck.  One  or  two  directions 
viore  it  is  of  vital  importance  that  you 
bear  in  mind. 

"3726.  On  regulating  a  watch,  should 
it  be  fast,  move  the  regulator  a  trifle 
towards  the  8low;  and  if  going  slow,  do 
the  reverse ;  you  cannot  move  the  reg- 
ulator too  slightly  or  too  gently  at  a 
time,  and  the  only  inconvenience  that 
can  arise  is,  that  you  may  have  to  per- 
form the  duty  more  than  once. 

3727.  On  the  contrary,  if  you  move 
the  regulator  too  much  at  a  time,  you 
will  be  as  far,  if  not  further  than  ever, 
from  attaining  your  object ;  so  that  you 
may  repeat  the  movement  until  quite 
tired  and  disappointed — stoutly  blaming 
both  watch  and  watchmaker,  while  the 
fault  is  entirely  your  own. 

3728.  Again,  you  cannot  be  too  care- 
ful in  respect  to  the  nature  and  condi- 
tion of  your  watch-pocket ;  see  that  it 
be  made  of  something  soft  and  pliant — 
such  as  wash-leather,  which  is  the  best ; 
and,  also,  that  there  be  no  flue  or  nap 
that  may  be  torn  off  when  taking  the 
watch  out  of  the  pocket. 

3729.  Cleanliness,  too,  is  as  needful 
here  as  in  the  key  before  winding ;  for 
if  there  be  dust  or  dirt  in  either  in- 
stance, it  will,  you  may  rely  upon  it, 
work  its  way  into  the  watch,  as  well  as 
wear  away  the  engine  turning  of  the 
case. 

3730.  OFFENSIVE  CESSPOOLS. — Sul- 
phate of  zinc  can  be  purchased  of  any 
druggist,  in  the  form  of  a  salt,  and  a 
pound  of  it  dissolved  in  two  pails  of 
warm  water  and  thrown  into  an  offen- 
sive cesspool,  will  soon  deodorize  it. 

3w31.  ALMOND  CUSTARDS. — Take 
four  ounces  of  blanched  almonds :  4 
yolks  of  eggs;  1  pint  of  cream;  2  ta- 
ble-spoonsful of  sugar;  2  leaspoonsful 
of  rose  water.  Beat  the  almonds  fine 
with  the  rose  water;  beat  the  yolks 
and  sugir  together,  then  add  to  the 


other  ingredients,  and  stir  thorn  well  to- 
gether until  it  becomes  thick  ;  then 
pour  it  into  cups.  (See  2523. ) 

3732.  To    DESTROY    MITKS    IN 
CHEESE,  a  piece  of  woolen  cloth  should 
be  dipped  in  sweet  oil,  which  should  be 
well  rubbed  on  the  cheese.     If  one  ap- 
plication  be  not  sufficient  to  destroy 
the  mites,  the  remedy  may  be  used  as 
often    as    they  appear.      The   cheese 
shelves  should  be  washed  with  soap  and 
water. 

3733.  FOK  CLEANING  FLOOR  BOARDS. 
— Scrubbing    them    with    a    mixture 
made  by  dissolving  unslacked  lime  in 
boiling  water  will  have  the  desired  ef 
feet.     The  proportions  are,  two  table- 
spoonsful   to  a  quart  of   water.     No 
soap  need  be  used. 

3734.  INFALLIBLE    REMEDY    FOR 
DYSENTERY.— Take  one  table  spoon- 
ful of  common  salt,  and  mix  it  with  two 
tablespoonsful    of   vinegar  and    pour 
upon  it  a  half-pint  of  water,  either  hot 
or  cold  (only  let  it  be  taken  cool.)     A 
wine-glass  full  of  this  mixture  in  the 
above  proportions,  taken   every  half- 
hour,  will  be  found  quite  efficacious  in 
curing  dysentery.    If  the  stomach  be 
nauseated,  a  wine-glass  full  taken  every 
hour  will   suffice.      For  a  child,  the 
quantity  should  be  a  teaspoonful  of  salt 
and  one    of  vinegar  in  a  teacupful  of 
water. 

3735.  FOR  BREAD  JELLY,  measure 
a   quart  of  boiling   water,  and   set  it 
away  to  get  cold.    Take  one-third  of 
an  ordinary  baker's  loaf,  slice  it,  pare 
off  the  crust,  and  toast  the  bread  nicely 
to  a  light  brown.     Then  put  it  into  the 
boiling  water,  set  it  on  hot  coals  in  a 
covered  pan,  and  boil  it  gently,  till  you 
find,  by  putting  some  in  asppon  to  cool, 
that   the  liquid  has  become  a   jelly. 
Strain  it  through  a  thin  cloth,  and  set 
it  away  for  use.     When   it  is  to  be 
taken,  warm  a  teacupful,  sweeten  it 
with  sugar,  and  add  a  little  grated  leiu. 
on-peel. 


TO  OUR  OWN  STRONGER  ERRORS  BLIND. 


429 


3736.    TABLE  OF  THE  SOLAR  SYSTEM. 


KAM0. 

Menn  dia. 
in  English 
miles. 

Mean  distance 
from  the  Sun. 

Time  of  rotation  round 
their  axes. 

Time  of  revolution 
round  the  Bun. 

The  Sun, 

883,246 

35d.  14h.  8m.  Os. 

D.      H.      M.      S. 

Mercury, 

3,224 

37,000,000 

1        0      5    28 

87    23     15   43 

Venus, 

7,687 

68,000,000 

0      23    20    54 

224     16    49    10 

The  Earth, 

7,912 

95,000,000 

0     23    56      4 

365      6      9     12 

The  Moon, 

2,180 

95,000,000 

27        7    48      0 

Mars, 

4,189 

144,000,000 

1        0    39    22 

686    23    30    35 

Vesta, 

238 

225.000,000 

Juno, 

1,425 

252,000,000 

Ceres, 

160 

263,000,000 

.         • 

1,703    16    48       0 

Pallas, 

110 

265,000,000 

Jupiter, 

89,170 

490,000,000 

0       9    55    37 

4,332     14    27     10 

Saturn, 

79,042 

900,000,000 

0      10    16 

10,759      1     51     11 

Herschell. 

35,112 

1,800,000,000 

30,737    18      0 

3737. 


TABLE   OF  BULK  AND   WEIGHT  OF  SOME  SUB- 
STANCES. 


Article. 

•  2 

m 

J|, 

3  -w    C 
°£" 

Article. 

«.2 

'S-a*: 

Mi 

ft  .5 

|.Hd 

3|* 

4^0 

A   Q7 

Plaster  of  Paris.  .    .... 

in^ 

91  'I 

"Wrought  Iron        

Aftfi 

A  (\1 

-ion 

Steel 

4ftQ 

A  f\7 

Sea-  water        ....     . 

CA 

•34.  ft 

Copper                

RRK 

a  m 

fJO 

•^r;  Q 

Lead 

707 

3ifi 

Ice-     

KQ 

QQ  n 

Brass     

537 

4  16 

Gold  

1013 

221 

Tin                      

456 

4  91 

551 

4  Q7 

White  Pine       .     . 

29 

75  6 

Coal,  anth  

53 

42  3 

Yellow  Pine 

33 

fifi  o 

,  bit 

50 

44  8 

Mahogany       ...        .  . 

66 

3^8 

18 

123 

Marble 

141 

15  9 

Coke     

31 

70  8 

Mill  -stone       

130 

172 

450 

497 

White  Oak  

45 

49.5 

Live  Oak  

70 

70 

3738.    TO  FIND  THE  MEASUREMENT  OF  A  BOX. 
A  box  24  by   16  inches   square,   and  22  deep,   contains   1   barrel 


24 
16 
12 

8 
8 
7 

4 


16 

16.8 

11.2 

8.4 
8 
4 
4 


11 

8 
8 
8 
4.2 

4.8 

4.2 


bushel 


430 


DICK   AND   FITZGERALD,   PUBLISHERS 


3739.  CAPACITY  OF  CISTERNS 
OR  WELLS. — Tabular  view  of  the 
number  of  gallons  contained  in  the  clear 
between  the  brick  work  for  each  ten 
inches  of  depth  : 

Diameter.      Gallons. 

2  feet  equals  19 
2-i  "      30 

3  "  44 
3J  "  60 
4"  "  78 
4J  "  97 
5  "  122 
5*  "  148 


6i 

7 

7J 

8 


1] 

12 

13 
14 
15 

20 
25 


"  176 

"  207 

"  240 

"  275 

"  313 

"  353 

"  396 

"  461 

"  489 

"  592 

"  705 

"  827 

"  959 

"  1101 

"  3958 

"  3059 


3740.  TO  MEASURE  CORN  IN 
THE  CRIB.— Corn  is  generally  put  up 
in  cribs  made  of  rails,  but  the  rule  will 
apply  to  a  crib  of  any  size  or  kind. 

Two  cubic  feet  of  good,  sound,  dry 
corn  in  the  ear,  will  make  a  bushel  of 
shelled  corn.  To  get,  then,  the  quan- 
tity of  shelled  corn  in  a  crib  of  corn 
in  the  ear,  measure  the  length,  breadth, 
and  height  of  the  crib,  inside  of  the 
rail;  multiply  the  length  by  the 
breadth,  and  the  product  by  the  height; 
then  divide  the  result  by  two,  and  you 
have  the  number  of  bushels  of  shelled 
corn  in  the  crib. 

In  measuring  the  height,  of  course 
the  height  of  the  corn  is  intended.  And 
there  will  be  found  to  be  a  difference 
iu  measuring  corn  in  this  mode,  be- 
tween fall  and  spring,  because  it  shrinks 
very  much  in  the  winter  and  spring, 
and  settles  down 


3711.  ARTIFICERS'  WORK- 
How  TO  MEASURE. — (Several  differ 
ent  Measures  are  in  use  by  Artificers.) 

3742.  CARPENTRY  and  PLASTER- 
ING are  measured  by  the  square  foot 
or  yard ;  or  in  mould«H  or  ornamental 
work,  by  the  lineal  font.     In  extensive 
works  the  square  of  100  feet  is  also 
used.     Deductions  are  made  for  chiui. 
neys,  doors,  windows.  &c. 

3743.  BRICKLAYING  is  estimated 
by  reducing  the  work  to  the  standard 
thickness  of  a  brick  and  a  half  thick, 
and  is  measured  by  the  running  perch — 
one  foot  high,  and  a  brick  and  a  half 
thick.    Brickwork  is  often  measured 
by  the  square  yard  (9  square  feet. )  or 
by   the  perch,   or   square  rod  of  304 
square  yards  (2724  square  feet.) 

2724  =  square  of  16.}  feet 

304  =  square  of  5g  yards. 
And  if  the  wall  is  more  or  less  than 
a  brick  and  a  half  thick,  it  may  be  re- 
duced to  that  standard  by  multiplying 
the  number  of  square  rods  or  yards  by 
the  number  of  half  bricks  in  thickness, 
and  dividing  the  product  by  3. 

3744.  MASONRY  is  estimated    by 
the  square  and  cubic  foot — the  materials 
being  measured  by  their  cubic  contents, 
and  the  execution  of  the  work  by  the 
square  foot,  including  in  the  measure- 
ment every    projection.     Thus  walls, 
columns,  blocks   of  stone,  granite,  or 
marble,  are   measured  by  the   cubic 
foot:  and  pavements,  slabs,  chimney- 
pieces,  £c.,  by  the  superficial  or  square 
foot.     In  the  solid  measure,  the  true 
length,   breadth,    and    thickness    are 
taken,  and  multiplied  continually  to- 
gether.     In  the  superficial,  there  must 
be  taken  the  length   and  breadth  of 
every  part  of  the  projection,  which  is 
seen  without  the  general  upright  face 
of  the  building. 

3745.  PAVING  is  measured  by  the 
square  yard,  and  the  true  area  is  taken 
for  the  contents. 

3746.  PAINTERS'  WORK    is  coin 
puted  in  square  yards.    Every  part  is 
measured  where  the  color  lies,  and  the 
measuring  tape  is  forced  into  all  the 
mouldings  and  corners.    It  is  usual  K» 


AND  BOOKSELLERS,  NO.  18  ANN  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 


431 


allow  double  measure  for  carved  mould- 
ings, &c. 

3747.  GLAZIERS  take  their  dimen- 
sions either  in  feet,  inches,  aud  parts, 
or  tenths  and  hundredths,  and  they 
compute  their  work  in  square  feet.    In 
taking  the  length  and   breadth  of  a 
window,   the  cross  bars  between  the 
squares  are  included.     Also,  round  or 
oval  windows  are  considered  rectangles, 
and  measured  to  their  greatest  length 
and  breadth,  on  account  of  the  waste 
in  cutting  the  glass. 

3748.  SLATING  and  SHINGLING  are 
estimated  by  the  square  of  100  sqr.  feet. 

The  average  size  of  slates  are  as  fol- 
lows; 

Doubles 14  by    6  inches. 

Ladies' 15  by    8 

Countess 22  by  11 

Duchess 26  by  15 

Imperial  and  Patent.  .32  by  26 
Rags  and  Queens 39  by  27 

The  contents  of  a  roof  is  found  by 
multiplying  the  length  of  the  ridge  by 
the  girt  over  from  eaves  to  eaves — allow- 
ing in  the  girt  for  the  double  row  of 
elates  or  shingles  at  the  bottom,  or  for 
how  much  one  row  is  laid  over  another. 
Deductions  are  made  for  chimney  shafts 
or  window  holes,  If  sky-lights  are  not 
large  no  allowance  is  made  for  them. 

3749.  PLUMBERS'    WORK  is  cal- 
culated at  so  much  a  pound,  or  by  the 
hundred- weight  of  112  Ibs.    Sheet  lead, 
for  roofing,  guttering,  chimneys,  &c.,  is 
from  6  to  10  Ibs.   to  the  square  foot, 
depending  on  its  thickness.   Lead  pipe, 
1  inch  in  the  bore,  is  about  14  Ibs..  to 
the  linear  yard. 

3750.  WEIGHTS  OF  A  CUBIC 
FOOT       OF      VARIOUS       SUB- 
STANCES. 

Loose  earth  or  sand 95  pounds 

Common  soil 324 

Strong  soil 127 

Clay.. 135 

Clayand  stones 160 

Cork 15 

Tallow 59 

Brick 125 

3751.  HAY.—IO    cubic   yards    of 


meadow  hay  weigh  a  ton.     When  the 
hay  is  taken  out  of  large  or  old  stacks 

8  and  9  yards  will  make  a  ton. 

11  to  12  cubic  yards  of  clover,  when 
dry,  weigh  a  ton. 

3752.  DIGGING. — 24  cubic  feet  of 
sand,  18  cubic  feet  of  earth,  17  cubic 
feet  of  clay,  or  13  cubic  feet  of  chalk, 
make  1  ton. 

1  cubic  yard  of  solid  gravel  or  earth 
contains  18  heaped  bushels  before  dig- 
ging, and  1 4  cubic  yard,  or  27  heapefl 
bushels,  or  1  load,  when  dug. 
3753.      To    reduce    the   Degrees    of  a 

Fahrenheit  Thermometer  to  those  of 

Reaumur  and  the  Centigrade. 
FAHRENHEIT  TO  REAUMUR. 

Rule.—  Multiply  the  number  of  de- 
grees above  or  below  the  freezing  point 
by  4,  and  divide  by  9, 

Thus  212°  -32=  180  X  4=  720  -r  9 
=  80.  Ans. 

Thus  +  24°  —  32  =  8  X  4  =  32  -r 

9  =  3.5.     Ans. 

FAHRENHEIT  TO  CENTIGRADE. 

Rule.— Multiply  the  number  of  de- 
grees above  or  below  the  freezing  point, 
by  5,  and  dvidie  by  9. 

Thus  212°  —  32=  180  X  5  =  900 
~  9  =  100.  Ans. 
'3754.  HOW  TO  LAY  OFF  A 
SQUARE  ACRE.— Measure 209  feet, 
on  each  side,  and  you  have  a  square 
acre,  within  an  inch. 

3755.  ROPES  AND  CABLES.— 
6  feet  make  1  fathom,  120  fathoms  1 
cable  length. 

3756.  VELOCITY    OF    SOUND 
AND  LIGHT. --Sound  moves  about 
thirteen  miles  in  a  minute.      So  that  if 
we  hear  a  clap  of  thunder  half  a  minut* 
after  the  flash,  we  may  calculate  that 
the  discharge  of  electricity  is  ,<i\  .-•  -1 
a  half  miles  off. 

In  one  second  of  time — in  one  beat 
of  the  pendulum  of  a  clock— light  trav- 
els  over  192,000  miles.  Were  a  can- 
non ball  shot  toward  the  sun,  and  it 
were  to  maintain  fill  speed,  it  would 
be  twenty  years  in  reaching  it—  and 
yet  light  travels  through  this  space  ir- 
seven  or  eight  minutes. 


132 


SEND   BOOKS   BY   MAIL,  TO   ANT   ADDRESS,  FREE  OF   POSTAGE, 


The  velocity  of  sound  in  sea  waier  is 
4,708  feet  per  second,  at  the  mean 
temperature  of  46.6°  Fahrenheit. 

3757.  TWIGG'S  HAIR   DYE-— 
An    excellent  dye,  as  well  as    most 
Eerviceable  hair-wash. 

Take  1  drachm  lac  sulphur, 
drachm  sugar  lead,  4  ounces  rose 
water.  Mix  carefully.  Wash  the 
hair  repeatedly,  till  it  assumes  the  de- 
sired shade.  (See  Nos.  270,  1295,  147.) 

3758.  PUMPKIN     PIE.— Take 
out  the  seeds,  and  pare  the  pumpkin  or 
squash.;  but  in  taking  out  the  seeds  do 
not  scrape  the  inside  of  the  pumpkin ; 
the  part  nearest  the  seed  is  the  sweet- 
est ;  then  stew  the  pumpkin,  and  strain 
it  through  a  sieve  or  cullender.     To  a 
quart    of    milk,   for   a    family  pie,  3 
eggs  are  sufficient.    Stir  in  the  stewed 
pumpkin  with  your  milk  and  bcaten- 
up  eggs,  till  it  is  as  thick  as  you  can 
stir  round  rapidly  and  easily,     if  the 
pie  is  wanted  richer  make  it  thinner, 
and  add  sweet  cream  or  another  egg 
or  two ;  but  even  1  egg  to  a  quart  of 
milk    makes     "very    decent    pies." 
Sweeten  with  molasses  or  sugar ;  add 
2  tea-spoonsful  of  salt,  2  table-spoonsful 
of  sifted  cinnamon,  and  1  of  powdered 
ginger ;  but  allspice  may  be  used,  or 
any  other  spice  that  may  be  preferred. 
The  peel  of  a  lemon  grated  in  gives  it 
a  pleasant  flavor.     The  more  eggs,  the 
better  the  pie.     Some  put  1  egg  to  a 
gill  of  milk.     Bake  about  an  hour  in 
deep  plates,  or  shallow  dishes,  without 
an  upper  crust,  in  a  hot  oven. 

3759.  COCOANUT   PUDDING. — 
Break  the  shell  of  a  middle-sized  co- 
coanut  so  as  to  leave  the  nut  as  whole 
as  you  can ;  grate    it   with   a   grater 
after  having  taken  off  the  brown  skin  ; 
mix  with  it  3  oz.  of  white  sugar  pow- 
dered, aud  about  half  of  the  peel  of  a 
lemon ;    mix   well   together  with  the 
milk,  and  put  it  into  a  tin  lined  with 
paste,  and  bake  it  not  too  brown. 

3760.  CUSTARD  PUDDING. — Suf- 
ficiently good  for  common  use,  may  be 
made  by  taking  5  eggs  beaten  up  and 
mixed  with  a  quart  of  milk,  sweetened 
with  sugar  and  spiced  with  cinnamon; 


allspioe,  or  nutmeg.  It  is  well  to  boil 
your  nnik  first,  and  let  it  get  cold  be- 
fore using  it.  "  Boiling  milk  enriches 
it  so  much,  that  boiled  skim  milk  is 
about  as  good  as  new."  (We  doubt 
this  assertion  ;  at  any  rate,  it  can  only 
be  improved  by  the  evaporation  of  the 
water .)  Bake  15  or  20  minutes. 

3761.  PEACH  PIE.— Take  mellow 
juicy  peaches — wash,   slice,    and   put 
them  in  a  deep  pie  plate,  lined  with 
pie  crust.     Sprinkle  a  thick  layer  of 
sugar  on  each  layer  of  peaches,  put  in 
about  a  table-spoonful  of  water,  and 
sprinkle  a  little  flour  over  the  top — 
cover  it  with  a  thick  crust,  and  bake 
from  fifty  to  sixty  minutes. 

3762.  RICH  MINCE  MEAT.— Cut 
the  root  off  a  neat's  tongue,  rub  the 
tongue  well  with  salt,  let  it  lie  4  days, 
wash  it  perfectly  clean,  and  boil  it  till 
it   becomes   tender ;    skin,  and  when 
cold   chop  it   very   finely.     Mince   as 
small  as  possible  21bs.  of  fresh  beef 
suet  from  the  sirloin,  stone  and  cut 
small  2  Ibs.    of  bloom  raisins,  clean 
nicely  2  Ibs.  of  currants,  pound  and  sift 
half  an  ounce  of  mace,  and  a  quarter 
of  an  ounce  of  cloves,  grate  a  large 
nutmeg ;    mix    all    these    ingredients 
thoroughly,  together  with  Ik  Ibs.  of 
good  brown  sugar.     Pack  it  in  jars. 

When  it  is  to  be  used,  allow,  for 
the  quantity  sufficient  to  make  12  small 
mince  pies,  5  finely  minced  apples,  the 
grated  rind  and  juice  of  a  large  lemon, 
add  a  wine-glass  and  a  half  of  wine ; 
put  into  each  a  few  bits  of  citron  and 
preserved  lemon  peol.  Three  or  four 
whole  green  lemons,  preserved  in 
brown  sugar,  and  cut  into  thin  slices, 
may  be  added.  (See  3766.) 

3763.  RHUBARB  PIES.— Take  th? 
tender  stalks  of  the  rhubarb,  strip  off 
the  skin,  and  cut  the  stalks  into  thin 
slices.   Line  deep  plates  with  pie  crust, 
then  put  in  the  rhubarb,  with  a  thick 
layer  of  sugar  to  each  layer  of  rhu 
barb — a  little  grated  lemon  peel    im- 
proves the  pie.     Cover  the  pies  with  a 
crust;  press  it  down  tight  ro:md  tin? 
edge  of  the  plate,  and  prick  the  crusi 
with  a  fork,  (  i  that  the  cruet  will  noi 


ON  RECEIPT   OP   CASH,  AT   PUBLISHERS'    PRICES. 


433 


burst  while  baking,  and  let  out  the 
juice  of  the  pie.  Rhubarb  pies  should 
be  baked  about  an  hour,  in  a  slow  oven ; 
it  will  not  do  to  bake  them  quick. 
Some  cooks  stew  the  rhubarb  before 
making  it  into  pies,  but  it  is  not  so 
good  as  when  used  without  stewing. 

3764.  LEMON  PUDDING. — Melt  six 
ounces  of  butter,  and  pour  it  over  the 
same  quantity  of  powdered  loaf  sugar, 
stirring  it  well  till  cold.     Then  grate 
the  rind  of  a  large  lemon,  and  add  it 
with  8  eggs  well  beaten,  and  the  juice 
of  two  lemons ;  stir  the  whole  till  it  is 
completely  mixed  together,  and  bake 
the  pudding  with  a  paste  round  the 
dish. 

3765.  COCOANUT  CHEESE  CAKES. 
—Brake  carefully  the  shell  of  the  nut, 
that  the  liquid  it  contains  may  not  es- 
cape.    Take  out  the  kernel,  wash  it  in 
cold   water,   pare  thinly  oif  the  dark 
skin,  and  grate  the  nut  on  a  delicately 
clean   bread-grater;   put  it,  with   its 
weight  of  pounded  sugar,  and  its  own 
milk,  if  not  sour,  or  if  it  be,  a  couple 
of  spoonsful  or  rather  more  of  water, 
into  a  silver  or  block-tin  feauce-pan,  or 
a  very  small  copper  stew-pan  perfectly 
tinned,  and  keep  it  gently  stirred  over  a 
quite  clear  fire  until  it  is  tender  :  it  will 
sometimes  requires  au  hour's  stewing 
to  make  it  so.     When  a  little  cooled, 
add  to  the  nut,  and  beat  well  with  it, 
some     eggs     properly    whisked     and 
strained,    and    the     grated    rind    of 
half  a  lemon.     Line   some   pattypans 
with  fine  paste,  put  in  the  mixture,  and 
bake  the  cheese  cakes  from  thirteen 
to  fifteen  mhmtes. 

Grated  cocoanut  6  ounces ;  sugar  6 
ounces;  the  milk  of  the  nut,  or  of 
water,  2  large  table-spoonsful :  half  to 
one  hour.  Eggs,  5;  lemon-rind,  half  of 
one  ;  13  to  15  minutes. 

3766.  PLAIN  MINCE  PIES.— Take 
2  Ibs.  of  lean  beef  boiled,  and  1  Ib.  of 
suet,    chopped   fine ;  3  Ibs.  of  apples, 
2  Ibs.,  of  raisins  or  currants,  1  Ib.  of 
sugar,  a  little   salt,  pepper,  cinnamon, 
cloves,   and  1  nutmeg;  moisten  with 
new  cider  or    sweet  cream.     Make 
a^good  paste,  and  bake  about  an  hour. 


The  currants  must  be  wasned  and 
dried  at  the  fire;  raisins  stoned  and 
chopped.  (See  3762.) 

3767.  APPLE  PUDDING.— Pare  and 
core  12  large  apples,  put  them  into  a 
sauce-pan  with  water  sufficient  to  cover 
them,  stew  them  till   soft,  and   then 
beat  them  smooth,  and  mix  in  three 
quarters  of  a  pound  of  pounded  loaf 
sugar,  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  fresh 
butter,  the  juice  and  grated  peel  of  £ 
lemons,  and  the  well-beaten  yolks  of 
8  eggs;  line  a  dish  with  puff  paste,  put 
in  the  pudding  and  bake  it  for  nearly 
three  quarters  of  an  hour ;  before  serv- 
ing grate  loaf  sugar  over  the  top  till  it 
looks  white. 

3768.  To  PICKLE  TOMATOES.— 
Wash  the  tomatoes ;   puncture  them 
slightly  with  a  pointed  stick  about  the 
size  of  a  straw.     Then  fill  a  jar  with 
alternate  layers  of  tomatoes  and  salt ; 
let  them  stand  for  eight  or  ten  days. 
Then  to  each  gallon  of  tomatoes  add  2 
bottles  of  powdered  mustard ;  4  oz.  of 
ground  ginger ;  4  oz.  of  pepper  slightly 
bruized ;  1  oz.  of  cloves ;  and  12  onions 
sliced.     Put  these  ingredients  in  layers 
through  the  tomatoes.    Then  cover  the 
whole  with  strong  vinegar. 

3769.  CREAM  PUDDING.— Beat  up 
the  yolks  of  4  eggs  and  2  whites :  add 
a  pint  of  cream,  and  2  oz.  of  clarified 
butter,   a   spoonful    of    flour,   a   little 
grated  nutmeg,   salt,  and  sugar ;  beat 
till  smooth :  bake  it  in  buttered  cups 
or  paste. 

3770.  TAPIOCA   PUDDING.— Soak 
in  warm  water  1    tea-cupful  of  tapi- 
oca ;  beat  4  eggs  with  3  table-spoons- 
ful of  sugar ;  melt  in  half  a  pint  of 
milk  1  table- spoonful  of  butter.     Stir 
all  together;  flavor  to  your  taste,  and 
bake  in  a  quick  oven. 

377J.  FOR  DIARRHOEA  WHEN 
ACCOMPANIED  WITH  PAIN.— 
Take  2  drachms  cone,  sulphuric  ether, 
2  drachms  spirit  lavender,  comp.  \ 
drachm  wine  opium,  3  drops  cil 
cloves. 

One  teaspoonful  for  an  adult,  on  a 
lump  of  sugar,  is  the  dose.  To  be 
eaten  quickly,  and  repeated 


434. 


ALL'S   WELL   THAT   ENDS   WELL. 


quarter  or  half  hour,  as  ftie  case  re- 
quires.    (See  990.) 
:M~-2.      FOR     DIARRHOEA,   WHEN 

ACCOMPANIED  BY  WATERY  DIS- 
CHARGES-—Take  4  ounces  chalk  mix- 
ture, 1  ounce  tr.  kino,  1  ounce  tr. 
catechu,  2  drachms  laudanum. 

Dose. — One  table-spoonful  for  an 
adult,  after  every  liquid  stool.  (See  990.) 

3773.  AN  EXCELLENT  HORSE 
LINIMENT.— Take  1  pint  alcohol,  4 
ounce  castile  soap,  ^  ounce  gum  cam- 
phor 4  ounce  of  sal  ammoniac.    When 
these  are  dissolved,  add  1  ounce  of  laud- 
anum, 1  ounce  origanum,  £  ounce  oil 
sassafras,  and  2  ounces  spirits  of  harts- 
horn.     Bathe  freely.     Excellent   for 
strains,  bruises,  sprains,  windgalls,  &c. 

3774.  CURIOUS  PROPERTIES 
OF  SOME  FIGURES.— To  multiply 
by  2  is  the  same  as  to  multiply  by  10 
and  divide  by  5. 

Any  number  of  figures  you  may  wish 
to  multiply  by  5,  will  give  the  same  re- 
sult if  divided  by  2 — a  much  quicker 
operation  than  the  former;  but  you 
must  remember  to  annex  a  cipher  to 
the  answer  where  there  is  no  remain- 
der, and  where  there  is  a  remainder, 
annex  a  5  to  the  answer.  Thus,  mul- 
tiply 464  by  5,  the  answer  will  be  2320 ; 
divide  the  same  number  by  2,  and  you 
have  23*2,  and  as  there  is  no  remainder, 
you  add  a  cipher.  Now,  take  357,  and 
multiply  by  5 — the  answer  is  1785. 
On  dividing  357  by  2,  there  iff  178,  and  a 
remainder;  you  therefore  place  5  at 
the  right  of  the  line,  and  the  result  is 
again  1785. 

There  is  something  more  curious  in 
the  properties  of  the  number  9.  Any 
number  multiplied  by  9  produces  a 
eum  of  figures  which,  added  together, 
continually  makes  9.  For  example, 
all  the  first  multiples  of  9,  as  18,  27, 36, 
45,  54,  63,  72,  81,  sum  up  9  each. 
Each  of  them  multiplied  by  any  num- 
ber whatever  produces  a  similar  result ; 
as  8  times  81  are  648,  these  added  to- 
gether make  18,  1  and  8  are  9.  Mul- 
tiply 648  by  itself,  the  product  is  419,- 
904 -the  sum  of  these  digits  is  27,2 
and  7  are  9.  The  rule  is  invariable 


Take  any  number  whatever  and  mul 
tiply  it  by  9 ;  or  any  multiple  of  9,  and 
the  sum  will  consist  of  figures  which, 
added  together,  continually  number  9. 
As  17  X18  =  306,  .6  and  3  are  9; 
1]7  X  27  =  3,159,  the  figures  sum  up 
]8.  8  and  1  are  9;  4591  X  72  =  330- 
552,  the  figures  sum  up  18,  8  and  1 
are  9.  Again,  87,363  X  54  =  4,717,422; 
added  together,  the  product  is  27,  or  2 
and  7  are  9,  and  so  always.  (See  2159.) 

3775.  FRAUDULENT  SCALES- 
RULE  TO  DETECT.— After  an  equi- 
librium has  been  establishedbetween  the 
weight  and  the  article  weighed,  trans- 
pose them,  and   the  weight  will  pre- 
ponderate if  the  article  weighed  is  light- 

r  than  the  weight,  and  contrariwise. 

3776.  Rule  to  ascertain  the  true  weight. 
— Let  the  weight  which  will  produce 
equilibrium  after  transposition  be  found, 
and  with  the  former  weight  be  reduced 
to  the  same  denomination  of  weight:  and 
let  the  two  weights  thus  expressed  be 
multiplied  together,  and  the  square  root 
of  the  product  will  be  the  true  weight. 

Example— It  one  weight  be  7  Ibs., 
and  the  other  9  1.7,  7  -f  9  1.7  =  64, 
and  the  square  root  of  64  is  8 ;  hence 
8  Ibs.  is  the  true  weight. 

3777.  TRICOPHEROUS    FOR 
THE  HAIR.— Take  of  pure  castor  oil 
6  ounces;  alcohol   (95  per  cent),  30 
ounces  ;  oil  bergamot  1  drachm  ;    oil 
lavender,  1  do.      Shake  well  together. 

This  is  a  very  agreeable  and  most  ex- 
cellent preparation  for  the  hair,  serving 
to  soften  it,  stimulate  its  growth,  and 
keep  it  dark  and  glossy.  (See  147.) 

3778.  A  VERY  GOOD  MICROS- 
CO  PE  may  be  made  by  dropping  a  little 
Balsam  of  Fir,  or  Canada  Balsam,  on  the 
under  side  of  a  thin  piece  of  glass.     It 
may  be  used  both  before  and  after  it  is 
dry.         (See  2395. ) 

779.  GOOD  LIQUID  GLUE,  for 
household  purposes,  may  be  made  by 
mixing  3  oz.  gum  arabic,  3  oz.  dis- 
tilled vinegar,  with  1  oz  white  su^ar 
Instead  of  the  distilled  vinegar,  one 
part  ascetic  acid  and  five  parts  \»atei 
may  be  substituted,  (5>«  60,63,  and 


POPULAR    BOOKS. 


SENT  FEEE  OF  POSTAGE  AT  THE  PBICE  ANNEXED. 


1.    Chesterfield's  Art  of  Letter-Writing  Simplified $0  13% 

3.    The  Laves  of  Love , 35 

3*    Gamblers'  Tricks  with.  Cards  Exposed,  by  Green »5 

4r.    Everlasting  Fortune  Teller,  and  Dream  Book 25 

5.  How  to  Woo  and  How  to  Win 13% 

6.  Bridal  Etiquette 13% 

7.  How  to  Behave ;  or.  The  Spirit  of  Etiquette 13% 

8.  How  to  Dress  with  Taste 

9.  Mind  Your  Stops;  or,  Punctuation  made  Plain 

10.  Hard  Words  made  Easy 13% 

11.  Dictionary  of  3000  Abbreviations 13% 

13.    Blunders  in  Behavior  Corrected 13% 

13.  500  French  Phrases 13% 

14.  How  to  Detect  Adulterations  in  our  Dally  Food 13% 

15.  The  Young  Housekeeper's  Book 13% 

16.  How  to  be  Healthy 12% 

17.  How  to   Cut  and   Contrive   Children's  Clothes  at  a 

Small  Cost 13% 

18.  How  to  Talk  and  Debate 12% 

19.  Children,  and  How  to  Manage  them 13% 

30.  Ladies'  Guide  to  Beauty 35 

31.  Ladies' Guide  to  Crochet,      Cloth,  Gilt 75 

32.  The  American  Home  Cook  Book 25 

23.  Inquire  Within  for*  Anything  you  Want  to  Know...  1  00 

24.  Live  and  Learn  ;  or,   1000  Mistakes  Corrected 50 

35.  The     Magician's    Own   Book,   containing    over    1000 

Tricks,  Illustrated  with  over  500  Engravings...  1  00 

36.  Every  "Woman  her  own  Lawyer.     A  Guide  in   all 

matters  of  Law,  of  Essential  Interest  to  Women,  1  00 

3 7.  The  Book  of  1OOO  Tales  and  Wonderful  Things 1  OO 

38.  The  Reason  Why,  by  the  Author  of  Inquire  Within,  1  OO 

39.  The  Family  Aquarium 5O 

30.  The  Great  "Wizard  of   the    North's   Hand-Book  of 

Natural  Magic,  by  Professor  Jf.  H.  Anderson 35 

31.  Kirk's  Exposition  of  Odd-Fellowship ;  Including  the 

Secret  Signs,  Passwords,  and  Charges  of  the  Five 

Degrees 15 

32.  Morgan's    Freemasonry     Exposed    and    Explained; 

Showing    Manners    of  Conferring    the    Different 

Degrees,  as  practiced  In  all  Lodges 35 

33.  The  Arts  of  Beauty ;  or.  Secrets  of  a  Lady's  Toilet. 

By  Lola  Monte  z 50 

Cash  Orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  Publishers, 

No.  18  Ann  Street,  New  York. 


A  Book  of  Never-Ending  Entertainment. 


THE  SOCIABLE; 

OB, 

One  Thousand  and  One  Home  Amusements, 

CONTAINING 

ACTING  PROVERBS,   DRAMATIC    CHARADES,   ACTING   CHARADES,    OR 

DRAWING-ROOM  PANTOMIMES,  MUSICAL   BURLESQUES,  TABLEAUX 

YIVANTS,  PARLOR  GAMES,  GAMES  OP  ACTION,  FORFEITS,  SCIENCE 

IN  SPORT  AND  PARLOR  MAGIC,  AND  A  CHOICE  COLLECTION 

OF   CURIOUS  MENTAL   AND   MECHANICAL   PUZZLES,  &c. 

By  the  author  of  "The  Magician's  Own  Book." 
Illustrated  with  nearly  300  Engravings  and  Diagrams, 

THE  WHOLE  BEING  A  FUND  OF  NEVER-ENDING  ENTERTAINMENT. 
Nearly  400  pages,  12mo.,  Cloth,  gilt  side  srtamp,  $1.00. 


"  The  Sociable"  -will  be  found  one  of 
the  most  extensively  popular  family 
books  ever  issued  from  the  press.  As  its 
title  implies,  it  is  a  collection— a  com- 
plete repertoire— of  the 

AMUSEMENTS  OF  HOME, 

jfimbracing  a  large  and  comprehensive 
list  of  recreative  pastime,  arranged  as 
follows : 

Parlor  Theatricals,  including  Acting 
Proverbs,  Acting  Charades,  Dramatic 
Charades  and  Tableaux  Vivants;  Games 
of  Action;  Games  requiring  Memory 
and  Attention;  Games  requiring  Wit 
and  Intelligence  ;  Ruses,  or  Catch 
Games  ;  Forfeits  ;  Puzzles  ;  Fireside 
Games  forWinter  Evenings,  and  Science 
in  Sport,  and  Parlor  Magic, 

Many  of  these  Games — the  majority 
of  them — are  ENTIRELY  NEW,  as  are, 
also,  the 

PARLOR  THEATRICALS 


TABLEAUX   VIVANTS, 

Which  were  PREPARED  EXPRESSLY  FOR 
THIS  WORK.  Everything  in  the  book  is 
superior  of  its  kind— the  greatest  caro 
having  been  taken  to  exclude  everthing 
that  was  not  above  the  standard  of  me- 
diocrity in  interest  and  ingenuity.  It  is 


THE   ONLY   BOOK 

OF  THIS  KIND 

Ever  Published  in  America, 

And  as  it  will  be  invaluable  to  Families, 
Schools,  Social  Clubs,  etc.,  as  a  book  of 
reference  on  all  matters  of  Amusement 
and  Recreation,  there  must  be  a  steady 
and  permanent  demand  for  it  at  all  sea- 
sons and  in  all  years,  although  few  of 
the  so-called  "Holiday  Books"  are  as 
appropriate  for  Gifts  as  THE  SOCIABLE. 
Each  department  is  AMPLY  ILLUS- 
TRATED with 

BEAUTIFUL  WOOD  ENGRAVINGS 

Which  render  the  Text  clear,  and  fully 
explain  all  the  Puzzles,  the  Mechanical 
Contrivances  mentioned,  and  other 
things  difficult  to  describe  in  writing. 
It  is  elegantly  bound,  so  as  to  be  an 
ornament  to  any  center-table,  and  its 
typographical  execution  is  a  specimen 
of  the  highest  excellence. 

The  need  of  such  n  collection  of  HOME 
GAMES  has  long  been  felt,  and  the  pub- 
islicrs  believe  that  this  endeavor  on 
their  part,  to  supply  that  want,  must 
meet  with  the  fullest  success.  They 
have  spared  neither  trouble  nor  expense 
to  render  it  a  complete  and  invaluable 
vade  mecum  of  Domestic  Amusements, 
so  that  its  name  may  be  familiar  as  a 
"Household  Word"  in  all  families,  north, 
south,  east  and  west,  where  the  value 
of  wholesome  and  innocent  recreation  is 
recognized. 


Price  only  One  Dollar, bound  in  cloth,  with  gilt  side  and  back  stamp,  sent  to  any 
address  in  the  United  States,  free  of  postage.    Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  Publishers, 

18  Ann   Street,  New  Yorlc. 


EVERY  MAN  A  MAGHC I AJST. 


THE  MAGICIAN'S  OWN  BOOK; 


OR, 

0f 


Iteing  a  Complete  Hand-Book  of  Parlor  Magic,  containing  over  One  Thousand 

Optical,  Chemical,  Mechanical,  Magnetical,  and  Magical  Experiments, 

Amusing  Transmutations,  Astonishing  Sleigbis  and  Subtleties,  Cele- 

brated Card  Deceptions,  Ingenious  Tricks  with  Numbers,  Curious 

and  Entertaining  Puzzles  —  Together  with  all  the  most  Noted 

Tricks  of  Modern  Performers.  The  whole  Illustrated  with 


SOO    "WOOD    CTJTS, 

And  intended  as  a  source  of  amusement  for 
ONE   THOUSAND   AND   ONE   EVENINQS. 

12mo.,  cloth,  400  pages  ;  gilt  side  and  back  stamp.    Price,  ONE  DOLLAK,  sent 
free  of  postage. 


Here  is  a  book  for  the  long  winter  evenings,  and  one  that  will  make  all 
merry  and  happy.  It  contains  over  a  THOUSAND  TRICKS,  of  every  descrip- 
tion, and  they  are  all  explained  so  clear  and  explicitly  that  any  person  can 
comprehend  and  perform  them  with  ease.  It  also  contains  numerous  CURIOUS 
PUZZLES,  with  patterns  showing  how  they  are  doue,  any  one  of  which  will 
afford  amusement  enough  for  a  whole  evening.  There  is,  aiso,  the  best  collec- 
tion of  wonderful  CARD  DECEPTIONS  ever  yet  published,  any  one  of  which 
is  worth  more  than  double  the  price  of  the  book.  This  work  also  contains  a 
splendid  collection  of  CURIOUS  TRICKS  WITH  NUMBERS,  and  embraces 
several  hundred  tricks  never  before  in  print.  It  is  no  catchpenny  affair,  but  a 
standard  work,  containing  every  variety  of  Experiment  in  Conjuring,  Cards, 
Legerdemain,  Transmutations,  the  Magic  of  Chemistry,  the  Magic  of  Me- 
chanics, the  Magic  of  Pneumatics,  the  Magic  of  Numbers,  the  Magic  of  Art, 
the  Magic  of  Strength,  the  Magic  of  Magnetism,  tie  Magic  of  Secret  Writing, 
Miscellaneous  Curious  Tricks  and  Fancies,  &c.  This  book  is  beautifully  bound 
in  fine  cloth,  with  gilt  side  and  back  stamp,  and  is  illustrated  with 

OVER  500  WOOD  ENGRAVINGS, 

Besides  a  Tinted  Title  Page  and  Frontispiece.    Price,  ONE  DOLLAR,  and 

sent  to  any  address,  free  of  postage. 

Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZGEBALD, 

INo.  18  Ann  Street,  New  Torlt. 


THE  FOUNTAIN  ^OF  ALL  KNOWLEDGE. 

THE  REASON  WHY: 

A  CAREFUL  COLLECTION  OF 

Cjjrasanbs  of  gltHgons  for  icings  fojjttfe,  fyontfy  43«ara% 
Jirtofow,  are  $mper£etttg  tlitbergiooxr. 

A  BOOK  OF  CONDENSED  SCIENTIFIC  KNOWLEDGE  FOE  THE  MILLION. 


BY  THE  AUTHOR  OF  "INQUIRE  \VTTHI3y ." 

This  is  a  goodly  sized  volume  of  356  pages,  comprising  a  sort  of  Encyclo- 
pedia of  Scientific  Information  of  all  kinds.  It  is  arranged  with  an  Afpha- 
betical  Index,  in  referring  to  which  you  can  solve  almost  any  problem  in 
Natural  Philosophy  or  Learned  Science  that  may  come  up.  It  is  a  book  that 
will  give  you  the  cream  of  the  information  that  a  long  course  of  practical  ex- 
periments and  profound  study  has  imparted  to  the  savants  and  philosophers 
of  this  progressive  age.  It  contains  a  collection  and  solution  of 
Thirteen  Hundred  «£  Thirty-Two  Facts  In  Science  &  Philosophy, 
some  of  which,  on  there  first  discovery rpuzzled  the  most  learned  and  aptscholars. 

It  is  useless  to  go  into  details  of  this  excellent  work.  Suffice  it  to  say, 
that  it  treats  on  every  imaginable  subject  pertaining  to  Causes  and  Effects, 
and  must  necessarily  be  invaluable  to  all  persons  who  desire  KNOWLEDGE, 
and  whose  nu-iui*  and  position  in  life  have  prevented  them  from  acquiring  it 
by  a  regular  and  tedious  course  of  Study. 

We  hesitate  not  to  say,  that  any  one  who  closely  reads  this  volume  will  ob- 
tain as  much  real  learning  in  a  few  days  as  years  of  study  and  patient  research 
would  afford  them  in  a  regular  course.  In  a  word  it  makes  you  a  learned  and 
refined  person  with  spending  but  very  little  money,  time  or  trouble. 

No  pains  have  been  spared  by  the  Author  to  make  this  a  popular  book,  in 
fact  a  book  for  the  million,  and  some  idea  may  be  formed  of  its  vast  usefulness 
when  we  inform  the  reader  that  THE  REASON  WHY  has  an 

Index  of  Contents  requiring  Forty  Columns  of  Fine  Type. 

No  person  who  desires  to  figure  in  refined  and  intelligent  circles  should  delay  pur- 
chasing a  copy  of  this  capital  work,  for  it  will  furnish  thousands  of  ideas  and  im- 
portant topics  of  conversation,  so  that  the  most  ignorant  person  by  reading  it  will 
be  posted  up  on  all  scientific  subjects. 

What  Haydn  s  Dictionary  of  Dates  is  in  regard  to  historical  events,  this  wonderful 
book  is  in  respect  to  scientific  facts.  The  plan  of  the  book  and  its  execution,  leave 
nothing  to  be  desired.  We  can  cordially  recommend  this  work  to  all  those  inquirers, 
young  and  old,  of  both  sexes,  who  are  never  satisfied  until  they  know  the 
"  reason  why." 

The  man  who  goes  out  into  the  world,  or  attempts  to  attend  properly  to  his 
domestic  duties,  will  find  himself,  however  abundantly  supplied  with  books  or 
bullion,  perpetually  embarrassed  for  the  want  of  small  facts  and  small  change. 
This  volume  supplies  the 

Ready  Coin  of  Conversation, 

In  the  shape  of  SCIENCE  FOR  THE  MILLION ,  and  makes  even  the  negfected  in 
early  studies  feel  quite  at  home  upon  every  topic  likely  to  be  discussed  within  the 
ordinary  range  of  the  social  circle.  It  imparts 

Practical  Information  on  the  Subject  of  Practical  Facts. 

It  may  be  denominated,  Science  made  easy,  or  a  world  of  useful  every-day  learn- 
ing condensed  into  a  volume  for  your  pocket ! 

THE    IREASOTsT    "W  H  TT 

Is  a  handsome  12mo.  volume  of  356  pages,  printed  on  fine  paper,  bound  in  cloth,  gilt, 
and  embellished  with  a  large-number  of  Wood  Cuts,  illustrating  the  various  subjects 
treatedof.  PRICE  ONE  DOLLAR. 

f£W  Copies  mailed  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  or  Canada,  free  of  postage. 
Send  your  Cash  orders  to  DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  Publisher*) 

No.  18  ANN  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 


THE   FAMILY  AQUARIUM: 

Or,  Aqiia  Vivarmm. 

A  NEW  PLEASURE  FOR  THE  DOMESTIC  CIRCLE. 

Being  a  Familiar  and  Complete  Instructor  upon  the  subject  of  the  Construction, 

Fitting  up,  Stocking,  and  Maintenance  of  the  Marine  and  Fresh 

Water  Aquarium,  or  River  and  Ocean  Gardens. 

By  H.  3D.  BTJTLB3R,  Esq. 

12mo.    Cloth,  with  gilt  side  stamp.    Price  50  Centa. 

We  flatter  ourselves  that  we  know  something  of  the  character  and  principles 
of  the  Aquarium,  as  well  as  of  its  management,  and  we  feel  capable  of  doing 
justice  to  Mr.  Butler,  who,  in  this  production,  has  succeeded  in  arraying  even 
the  dryest  portion  of  the  topic  in  gay  and  vivacious,  not  to  say  really  pleasing 
colors.  His  style  is  easy,  simple,  interesting,  full  of  good  nature,  and  his  pages 
abound  with  salient  points  of  humor,  as  well  as  occasionally,  flashes  of  truly 
eloquent  thought,  and  moral  commentary.  The  "  Family  Aquarium"  we  do 
not  hesitate  to  pronounce  the  most  perfect  work  of  the  kind  extant  in  our 
language.  It  is  not  mereiy  a  rehash  of  English  books  having  reference  to 
English  habits  and  English  localities.  It  is  American  in  all  respects,  and  re- 
markably original,  not  only  teaching  the  "young  idea  how  to  shoot,"  in  pre- 
paring an  Aquarium  as  a  substitute  for  the  old  fish  globe,  but  showing  why  the 
water  need  never  be  changed,  and  illustrating  the  grand  compensating  princi- 
ple by  means  of  which  nature  avoids  all  that  redundant  waste  of  exertion.  The 
"  Family  Aquarium,"  also  instructs  the  reader  how  and  whereto  supply  himself 
with  the  most  appropriate  fish,  the  most  suitable  river  or  sea-plants,  insects, 
Crustacea,  anemones,  or  animal  flowers,  &c.,  and  the  best  mode  of  sustaining  them 
in  health  and  vigor.  With  this  little  adviser  on  her  parlor  table,  any  lady  may 
fit  up  an  Aquarium  to  please  her  own  taste.  She  cannot  go  astray  Everything 
is  set  down  and  intelligibly  explained,  and  though  she  may  live  a  thousand  miles 
from  the  sea-board,  she  will  be  able  to  present  as  perfect  an  Aquarium  as  a  resi- 
dent on  the  Atlantic  coast.  The  volume  has  our  heartiest  and  most  conscien- 
tious commendation — New  York  Times. 


Tlie   A.rts  of  Beauty; 

Or,  SECRETS  OF  A  LADY'S  TOILET. 

WITH  HINTS  TO  GENTLEMEN  ON  THE  ART  OF  FASCINATING. 
By    MADAM    LOLA     MONTEZ, 

COUNTESS  OP  LANDSFBLD. 

Beautifully  "bound,  in  cloth..    3?rice  5O  Cents. 

This  wonderful  book  contains  an  account,  in  detail,  of  all  the  arts  employed 
by  the  ladies  of  all  the  chief  cities  of  Europe  for  the  purpose  of  developing  and 
preserving  their  charms.  Independent  of  its  rare  and  useful  recipes,  the 
book  is  a  curiosity  as  a  piece  of  art  itself,  for  the  most  delicate  subjects  are 
handled  with  a  skill  and  an  unexceptional  propriety  of  language  that  is  truly  sur- 
prising. The  hints  to  gentlemen  on  the  art  of  fascinating,  form  one  of  the  most 
amusing  and  biting  pieces  of  irony  and  sarcasm  that  was  ever  written.  The 
wit  of  this  portion  of  the  book  is  inimitable,  and  the  "  coarser  sex,"  as  Lola 
quaintly  calls  the  men,  ought  universally  to  bow  to  her  with  thanks  and  admira- 
tion for  the  work  which  she  has  performed. 

Copies  of  either  of  the  above  books  sent  to  any  address  in  the  United  States 
or  Canada.  Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &FITZGERALD,  Publishers, 

No.  1 8  Ann  Street,  New  York. 


Modest  yet  Amusing — Curious  yet  Chaste. 
JTJST    ZSSTJE3D! 

One  of  the  most  piquant  and  unique  volumes,  upon  a  peculiar,  singular,  and  uni- 
versally interesting  subject  that  has  ever  found  its  way  into  print.  A  work  at  once 
MODEST  AND  AMUSING,  CURIOUS,  YET  CHASTE,  on  that  world-wide  and 
thrilling  topio— LOVE— being,  as  it  were,  the  history,  philosophy,  character,  and 
peculiarities  of  the  passion  as  illustrated  by  the 

AMATORY  ANNALS  OF  ALL  NATIONS. 

This  novel  production  is  entitled 

ANECDOTES  OF  LOVE, 

And  is  from  the  pen  of  that  celebrated  Lady, 

Madame  LOLA  MONTEZ,  Countess  of  Landsfeldt, 

And  embraces  about  a  THOUSAND  SPRIGHTLY  CHAPTERS,  in  which  the  "  ten- 
der passion"  is  treated  under  as  many  different  phases.  Each  chapter  is  a  STORY 
OP  LOYE  in  itself,  and  includes : 


Alexander  and  Thais, 
The  Loves  of  Colatine  Camilla, 
Curious  Story  of  Love, 
Humorous  Sequel  to  Love, 
Archbishop  TJiititled  by  Love 


The  Love  of  Achomath, 
Love  a  Great  Teacher, 
Van  Anna  of  Caumont, 


The  Virtuous  Chiomare, 
Countess  of  Salisbury; 


Popes   Created  and  Destroyed  Death  of  the  Innocent, 

by  Love,  Madame  de  Maintenon, 


The  Charming  Yota, 

The  Gentle  Agnes, 

Loves  of  a  Great  General, 

Countess  of  Chateaubriant, 

Love  between  Armies, 

Duke  de  Loiigueville, 

Loves  of  Mahomet, 

First  Love  of  Queen  Elizabeth, 

Aspa-sia  and  Pericles, 

The  Fate  of  Fausta, 

Love  and  Vengeance, 

Loves  of  Caligula, 

Eleanor  of  Castile, 

Love  in  a  Dungeon, 

Abaillard  and  Heloisa, 


Love   in  Babylon, 
Love  and  Surgery, 
The  Amorous  League, 
Loves  of  Caesar, 
Loves  of  a  Pope, 
Kingdom  Lost  by  Love, 
Strange  Story  of  Abassa, 
The  Love  of  Agamemnon, 
Alegre  the  Marquis, 
Story  of  Busas, 
Love  of  a  Poet, 
Oliver  le  Dainc, 
Story  of  Lucretia, 
Mary,  Queen  of  Scotland, 
&c.,  «fcc.,  &c.,  &c. 


.  The  subject  of  Love  is  one  of  those  which  has  deeply  interested  mankind  in  all 
ages.  History  overflows,  therefore,  with  the  romance  and  reality  of  Love,  which 
only  needs  a  judicious  pen  to  place  them  modestly  before  the  mind,  to  arrest  the 
general  attention  and  admiration.  That  accomplished  lady,  Madame  LOLA  MONTEZ, 
with  the  tact  which  belongs  peculiarly  to  the  feminine  nature,  especially  when  im- 
bued with  the  necessary  information  and  resources,  has  seized  upon  this  circum- 
stance with  the  happiest  effect  in  the  volume  before  us.  Her  acute  perception  of 
the  proprieties  of  language  is  here  as  wonderfully  exhibited  as  her  delicate  taste  in 
selecting  those  features  in  the  sensation  side  of  love  life,  which  most  deserve  the 
immortalization  of  literary  embalment. 

These  romantic  and  surpassing  anecdotes  really  contain  all  of  the  most  tragic 
and  comic  events  connected  with  the  history  of  the  tender  passion  among  all  nations 
and  in  all  ages  of  the  world.  It  is  precisely  the  kind  of  book  which  a  man  will  find 
it  impossible  to  relinquish  until  he  has  read  it  through  from  the  first  to  the  last 
chapter.  Read  the  volume  and  judge  for  yourself. 

The  work  is  charmingly  bound  in  cloth,  price  One  Dollar,  and  sent  to  any  ad- 
dress, free  of  postage.  Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  18  Ann  Street,  N.  Y. 


"Let  those  now  laugh  who  never  laughed  before, 
And  those  who  always  laughed  now  laugh  the  more.'». 

An  Extinguisher  to  the  "  Blue  Devils,"  or  Devils  of  any:cqlor, 

FROG  5*  AM  ATX  ©38. 

For  the  benefit  of  all  melancholy  and  sober-sided  individuals— A  PERFECT  CON- 
CENTRATION OF  MIRTH  !— A  comic  concoction  from  the  cocoanuts  of  all  the -wise 
and  funny-famous  men  of  the  age — through  which  the  aged  may  prevent  wrinkles, 
and  resume  their  juvenility,  and  also  the  juvenile  obtain  the  experience  of  age.  A 
peculiarly  portable  volume — presenting  a  profit  able  profusion  of  pickings  and  pleas- 
antries, in  prose  and  verse — properly  prefixed  with  the  title  of 

THE  HARP  OF  A  THOUSAND  STRINGS; 


OR, 


Laughter  for  a  Life- Time. 

And  peculiarly   prepared  to   produce  prolific  PEALS  OF  LAUGHTER.    The  very 
quintessence  of  HUMAN  WIT,  WAGGERY  and  WISDOM. 

400  Pages  of  the  most  Mirth-Provoking  Literature  ever  printed. 


It   contains   more    than    a    Million  L,auglis,  and  is 
Illustrated  with  2OO  Comic  Cuts 

Of  tlie  most  pungently  funny  character,  drawn  (out  of  their 
heads)  by  Messrs.  BARLEY,  MCL.ENAN,  HOPPIN,  HENNESSEY, 
BELLEW,  PHIZ,  Quiz  &  Co.,  who  have  been  just  as  funny  as 
they  dared  I 

Also,  au  extra  Title  Page,  drawn  expressly  for  this  work,  Tby 
F.  O.  C.  Darley,  and  printed  with  a  tint. 

The  curious  compiler  of  this  concoction  cordially  congratulates  his  con-Citizens, 
together  with  those  co-existing  in  the  communities  of  Communipaw,  Canada,  Cali- 
fornia, Canton,  and  countries  circumadjacent,  in  the  cordial,  convivial,  and  cemen- 
tatory  ceremonies  connected  with  the  coming  out  of  the  above  cheerful  volume  Of 
the  completeness  of  this  collection,  we  can  give  but  a  slight  conceit.  Of  course,  among 
the  fattening  things  in  the  book,  is  the  famous  "HARP  SERMON,"  which  convulsed 
the  nation  a  few  years  ago.  Every  man,  woman  and  child,  will  be  glad  to  renew  the 
hearty  Guffaw! 

Every  tingle  person  in  the  land  should  certainly  cecure  a  copy,  that  they  may  thus 
conceal  the  cynical  and  cut-off  condition  of  their  unhappy  lives ;  while  the  Clergy- 
cemented  pairs  of  Adam  and  Eves  will  clutch  this  chance  to  conclude  their  happiness 
and  conjugal  condition.  And  to  facilitate  which  the  Publishers  have  very  consider- 
ately placed  copies  of  "  THE  HARP  OF  A  THOUSAND  STRINGS,"  beautifully 
printed  and  elegantly  bound,  for  sale  in  every  Book  Store,  Steamboat  and  Railroad 
Car  in  (and  out  of)  the  Union. 

Large  12mo.,  nearly  400  Pages,  Illustrated  with  200  Comic  Engravings, 
and  bound  in  fine  Cloth,  with  gilt  side  and  back  Stamp. 

PRICE  ONE  DOLLAR  AND  TWENTY-FIVE  CENTS. 

BS"  Copies  mailed  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  or  British  Provinces  free  of 
postage.  Send  Cash  orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  18  Ann  Street,  New  York, 


EVERY  WOMAN 

HER  OWN  LAWYER 

A  PRIVATE  GUIDE  IN  ALL  MATTERS  OF  LAW, 

OF    ESSENTIAL    INTEREST   TO   WOMEN,    AND    BY    THE    AID    OF    WHICH 
EVERY    FEMALE    MAY,    IN    WHATEVER    SITUATION,  UNDER- 
STAND HER    LEGAL    COURSE    AND  REDRESS,  AND 


HEIR    OWilXr    L  E  0- -A.  3L 

CONTAINING 


A.  33  "V- 1  S  E  I*  ; 


THE  LAWS  OF  THE  DIFFERENT  STATES 


Marriage  and  Divorce, 
Properly  in  Marriage, 
Guardians  and  Wards, 
Eights  in  Property  of  a 

Wife, 

Rights  of  Widows, 
Arrest  of  Females  for  debt 
Alimony, 
Bigamy, 

Voluntary  Separations, 
Suits  by  and  against  Mar- 
ried Women, 


RELATIVE    1( 

Discarded  Wives, 
Breach  of  Promise, 
Deserted  Wives, 
Clandestine  Marriages, 
Adultery, 
Dower, 

Illegitimate  Children, 
Step-Fathers  and  Step- 
children, 
Seduction, 
Slander, 
Minors, 


Medical  Maltreatment, 

Just  causes  for  Leaving  a 
Husband, 

A  Wife's  Support, 

Property  in  Trust, 

Transfers  of  Property, 

Deeds  of  Gift, 

Annuities, 

Articles  of  Separation, 

False  Pretenses  in  Court- 
ship, 

&c.,  &c.,  &c. 


By  G-EORGKE    "BISHOP. 

Large  12mo.,  nearly  400  pages,  bound  in  half  Leather,  Price  $1  00. 

This  book  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  woman,  young  or  old,  married  or  single 
in  the  United  States.  Now-a-days,  especially,  when  women  are  beginning  to  be  so  uni 
versally  recognized  as  competent  to  attend  to  all  sorts  of  business  matters  which  relat< 
to  themselves,  such  a  work  is  invaluable.  It  is  compiled  from  the  very  best  and  mos 
reliable  authorities,  and  tho  legal  advice,  forms,  and  information  it  contains,  are  for  aO, 
the  States  of  the  Union.  The  portions  relating  to 

RIGHTS  OF  MARRIED  WOMEN  IN  PROPERTY,  THE  LAWS  OF  DIVORCE  IN 
ALL  THE  STATES,  LEGAL  RIGHTS  OF  GUARDIANS  AND  WARDS,  ETC., 

Are  very  full  and  explicit,  and  should  be  understood  by  every  woman  who  has  a  dollar's 
worth  of  property,  wno  is  married  or  contemplates  marriage,  or  who  has  children,  either 
of  her  own  or  by  adoption.  An  able  and  well-known  lawyer,  whose  forensic  attainments 
have  given  him  a  reputation  hardly  excelled  in  the  New  or  Old  Worlds,  once  said,  that 
"more  troublesome  and  expensive  litigation  arises  from  the  total  ignorance  of  law, 
among  women,  than  from  all  the  malice  or  chicanery  of  men !"  and  his  statement  is  un- 
doubtedly true.  A  wide  circulation  of  this  work  will,  however,  produce  a  great  change 
in  this  state  of  things,  and  its  use,  as  a  book  of  constant  reference,  will  inculcate  among 
the  women  of  America,  a  knowledge  of  legal  science  which  will  not  only  save  them  an 
'  immense  amount  of  mental  anxiety  and  pecuniary  loss,  but  will  enable  them  to  instill 
|  into  the  minds  of  their  children,  that  comprehension  and  love  of  justice,  which  shali  xen- 
|  dor  them  good  and  law-abiding  citizens. 

Price  one  dollar,  and  sent  to  any  address,  free  of  postage.    Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  Ko.  18  Ann  Street,  N.  Y. 


THE 

MANUAL  OF  FANCY  ¥OKI; 

A  COMPLETE  INSTRUCTOR  IN  EVERY  VARIETY  OP 

ORNAMENTAL,   N  E  EDL,  E-W  O  RK  ; 


INCLUDING 


Applique, 

Bead-Work, 

Berlin-Work, 

Braiding, 

Bobbin- Work, 

Crochet, 


Embroidery, 

Golden  Tapestry, 

Knitting, 

Knotting, 

lace-Work, 

Muslin-Work, 


French  Embro'ry,  Tap'se  D' Auxerre, 


Netting, 
Orne-Work, 
Patch-Work, 
Point  Lace, 
Potichomanie, 


Tape-Work, 
Tatting, 
Transferring, 
Velvet  Balls, 
Wire-Work, 


Shading  and  Coloring,  Printers'  Marks,  Explanatory  Terms,  Etc.,  etc. 

With  a  List  of  Materials,  and  Hints  for  their  Selection  ;  Advice  on  Making  up  and 
Trimming  ;   A  Catalogue  of  Articles  suitable  for  Wedding,  Birthday, 
and  New  Year  Gifts  ;  and  a  Glossary  of  French  and  Ger- 
4        man  Terms,  used  in  Needle-work,  not  to  be 

found  in  any  Dictionary. 
THE  WHOLE  BEING  A  COMPLETE 

LEXICON  OF  FANCY  NEEDLE-WOEK. 


EDITOR  OP 

"  The  London  and  Paris  Gazette  of  Fashion"  and  Director  of  the   Work-table  qf 

Frank  Leslie's  Magazine,  Illustrated  Magazine  of  Art,  Lady's  Com- 

panion, Lady's  Netrspaper,  Belle  Assemblee,  Home  Circle, 

Domestic  Magazine,   Illustrated  London 

Magazine  and  Family  Friend. 
Illustrated  with  over  300  Engravings,    T>y  the   Best  Artists, 

WITH  EIGHT  LARGE  PATTERN  PLATES. 

Elegantly  Printed  in  Colors  on  Tinted  Paper. 

LARGE  OCTAVO,  BEAUTIFULLY  BOUND  IN  FINE  CLOTH,  WITH  GILT  SIDE 
AND  BACK  STAMP,  I'RICE,  $1.25.    Full  Gilt,  with  Gilt  Edges,  $1.75. 

There  is  no  imnginable  species  of  fancy  needle-work,  knitting,  knotting,  netting, 
lace-  work,  embroidery,  crochet,  &c.  &c.,  which  may  not  be  found  fully  illustrated  in 
this  volume,  and  here  are  complete  instructions  for  the  inexperienced,  from  the  pen 
of  one  of  the  ablest  of  needle-women  of  the  present  age.  Here  are  materials  for 
household  amusement,  sufficient  to  last  for  many  years,  supplying  at  the  same 
time,  an  inexhaustible  field  of  novelty  and  taste,  and  scope  for  ingenuity  and  imagi- 
nation. Here  are  endless  resources  for  female  industry,  easily  turned  to  profitable 
account.  No  husband  should  fail  to  place  a  copy  on  his  wife's  center-tnble.  No 
brother  should  neglect  to  please  his  sister  ;  no  lover  should  wait  to  gratify  his  sweet- 
heart with  a  vade  mecum  so  admirable.  This  work,  which  is  superbly  gotten  up,  so 
as  to  fit  it  for  holiday  souvenirs,  contains  three  hundred  engravings,  besides  eight 
choice  pattern  plates  in  handsome  colors  and  on  tinted  paper,  embraces  minuteln- 
structions  for  the  execution  of  every  known  species  of  needle-work,  lace-work,  em- 
broidery, wire-work,  crochet,  knitting  knotting,  netting,  tape-work,  transferring, 
bead-work,  Berlin-work,  braiding,  applique,  and  Ave  know  not  how  many  more  won- 
di  rful,  pretty,  useful,  profitable  and  entertaining  kinds  of  light  industry,  adapted  4o 
the  feminine  taste  and  feminine  fingers.  It  is  precisely  the  sort  of  a  volume  that 
every  lady,  rich  or  poor,  would  accept  with  delight,  and  esteem  beyond  conception. 

Copies  of  the  above  book,  mailed  to  any  address,  free  of  postage,  upon  receipt  of 
the  price.  Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZQERALD, 

No.  18  Ann  Stveet,  New  York. 


LIVE  ANI>  LEA  RN  ; 

A  GUIDE  FOR  ALL  WHO  WISH  TO 

SPEAK  AND  WRITE   CORRECTLY: 

particularly  intended  as  a  Book  of  Reference  for  the  Solution  of  Difficulties 
connected  with  Grammar,  Composition,  Punctuation,  &c.,  with  Explanations 
of  Latin  and  French  words  and  Phrases  of  frequent  occurrence  in  Newspa- 
pers, Reviews,  Periodicals,  and  Books  in  general  containing  Examples  of 

ONE    THOUSAND    MISTAKES 

of  Daily  Occurrence,  in  Speaking,  Writing  and  Pronunciation.  Together 
with  Detailed  Instructions  for  Writing  for  the  Press,  and  forms  of  Articles 
in  the  various  departments  of  Newspaper  Literature.  216  pages,  bound  in. 
Cloth,  12mo,  price  50  cents,  and  sent  to  any  address  f~cc  of  postage. 

'•  Live  and  Learn"  is  a  most  useiul  book,  designed  as  a  Guide  to  Gram 
mar,  Composition,  and  Punctuation.  So  few  people  speak  or  write  really 
good  grammar,  and  fewer  still  punctuate  decently,  that  a  book  that  informs 
them  how  to  do  so — and  not  ouly  that  indicates  their  faults,  but  shows  them 
how  they  are  to  be  corrected — cannot  fail  to  be  popular ;  there  is  not  a 
person  indeed,  who  might  not  learn  something  from  it.  ^ 

No  work  heretofore  written  on  this  subject  contains  one  half  the  really 
useful  information  that  the  present  does.  It  should  be  in  the  hand  of  every 
man,  woman  and  child  in  the  country,  and  is  alike  invaluable  to  the  Scholar, 
the  Merchant,  the  Farmer,  and  the  Artizan. 

There  are  hundreds  of  persons  engaged  in  professional  and  commercial 
pursuits,  who  are  sensible  of  their  deficiencies  on  many  points  Connected 
with  the  grimmar  of  their  own  tongue,  and  who.  by  self-tuition,  are  anxious 
to  correct  such  deficiencies,  and  to  acquire  the  means  of  speaking  and 
writing,  if  not  with  elegance  at  least  with  a  due  regard  to  grammatical  ac- 
curacy, to  whom  this  little  work  is  "  indispensible."  Asa  book  of  refer- 
ence, "  Live  and  Learn"  will  settle  many  disputes.  It  ought  to  be  on  every 
table,  and  be  particularly  recommended  to  the  young,  before  habit  makes 
common  blunders  uncommon  hard  to  cure. 

OPINIONS  OF  THE  PRESS. 

"  Live  and  Learn"  is  an  excellent  book.  To  show  our  appreciation  of  its 
merits  we  have  had  it  cased  in  leather,  and  have  made  a  pocket  companion 
of  it.  We  look  upon  it  as  really  indispensible.  We  advise  our  readers  to 
imitate  oar  example — procure  the  book  and  sell  it  not  for  any  price  — Edu- 
cational Gazette. 

Such  a  book  as  this  has  long  been  wanted  by  those  who  entertain  the 
wish  alluded  to  in  the  title.  It  is  suitable  for  ah1  classes.  We  have  atten- 
tively conned  its  pages,  and  can  reeommend  it  as  one  of  the  best  works  of 
reference  for  the  young  student,  or  even  the  ripe  scholar,  and  as  deserving 
to  be  generally  consumed.  The  work  is  altogether  useful  and  indispensible. 
— Now  York  Tribune. 

This  book,  particularly  intended  as  a  work  of  reference  for  the  solution 
of  difficulties  connected  with  grammar,  composition  and  punctuation,  etc., 
etc.,  will  be  found  useful  by  those  who  have  not  received  a  sound  elementa- 
ry'education  and  who  neverthsless  move  in  position. — Daily  Times. 

This  capital  work  not  only  gives  examples  of  over  1000  mistakes,  but  it 
gives  rules  for  their  correction  so  clear,  so  terse,  and  at  once  so  simple  that 
tfre  most  ordinary  mind  cannot  fail  to  comprehend  their  meaning.  This  is 
one  of  the  chief  beauties  of  "  Live  and  Learn,"  for  what  is  the  use  of  point- 
ing out  a  grammatical  error  without  giving  a  key  to  its  correction  ?  There 
has  been  several  catchpenny  works  on  this  subject  lately  issued.  They  tell 
the  reader  that  mistakes  exist,  but  give  no  rule  for  their  avoidance.  If  you 
want  a  really  good  work,  buy  "  Live  and  Learn." 
Send  cash  orders  to  DICK  &  FITZGERALD, 

No.  18  Ann  St.  N.  T. 


JUDGE  HALIBURTON'S  WORKS. 

^  "  The  writings  of  Judge  Haliburton  have  long  been  regarded  as  the  produc- 
tion of  the  finest  humorist  that  has  ever  attempted  the  delineation  of  Yankee 
character,  and  these  entertaining  works  before  us  show  that  he  has  lost  none 
of  his  original  wit  and  humor.  It  will  be  difficult  to  find  volumes  so  full  of 
fun  and  good  sense  as  those  which  chronicle  the  experience  of  Sam  Slick."— 
Commercial  Advertiser. 


SAM  SLICK'S 
Sayings  and  Doings. 

Since  Sam  Slick's  first  work,  he  has 
•written  nothing  so  fresh,  racy,  and  gen- 
uinely humorous  as  this.  Every  line 
of  it  tells,  some  way  or  other— instruc- 
tively, satirically,  jocosely  or  wittily. 
Admiration  at  Sam's  mature  talents, 
and  laughter  at  his  droll  yarns,  con- 
stantly alternate  as  with  unhalting 
avidity  we  peruse  this  last  volume  of 
his.  In  every  page  the  Cloekmaker 
proves  himself  the  fastest  time-killer  a- 
going.  We  give  the  titles  of  some  of 
the  articles  in  this  capital  work  : 

The  Duke  of  Kent's  Lodge  ;  Playing 
a  Card ;  Behind  the  Scenes ;  The  Black 
Brother  ;  The  Great  Unknown  ;  Snub- 
bing a  Snob  ;  Patriotism,  or,  The  Two 
Shears  ;  Too  Knowing  by  Half;  Matri- 
mony ;  The  Wooden  Horse ;  The  Bad 
Shilling ;  Trading  in  Bed  ;  Knowing  the 
Soundings,  or,  Polly  Coffin's  Sandhole ; 
An  Old  Friend  with  a  New  Face  ;  The 
Unburied  One  ;  Definition  of  a  Gentle- 
man ;  Looking  Up  ;  The  Old  Minister  ; 
The  Barrel  Without  Hoops ;  Facing  a 
Woman ;  The  Attache. 

THE  SAYINGS  &  DOINGS 

Of  the  Yankee  Clockmaker  are  issued 
in  one  elegant  volume,  neatly  bound  in 
muslin.  Price  75  cents ;  in  Paper,  50 
cents.  Sent  Free  of  Postage.  Buy  it, 
and  if  you  don't  laugh,  then  there  is  no 
laugh  in  you. 


SAM  SLICK 

IN  SEARCH  OF  A  WIFE. 

Everybody  has  heard  of  "  Sam  Slick, 
the  Clockmaker,"  and  he  has  given  his 
opinion   on  almost  everything.      This 
book  c(  ntains  his  opinion  about 
COURTIN'  THE  GALS, 


And  his  laughable  adventures  after  the 
petticoats.  Buy  this  book  if  you  want 
many  good  hearty  laughs.  There  is  a 
book  called  "  The  Horse,"  and  another 
"The  Cow,"  and  "The  Dog,"  and  so 
on  ;  why  should'nt  there  be  one  on 
"The  Gals  !"  They  are  about  the  most 
difficult  to  choose  and  to  manage  of  any 
created  critter,  and  there  ain't  any  de- 
pendable directions  about  pickin'  and 
choosin'  of  them.  Is  it  any  wonder 
then  so  many  fellows  get  taken  in  when 
they  go  for  to  swap  hearts  with  them. 
12mo.  Paper,  50  cents.  Cloth,  75  cents. 


SAM  SLICK'S 
Nature  and  Human  Nature, 

This  is  the  most  amusing  and  witty 
collection  of  the  Opinions,  Sayings,  and 
Doings  of  the  famous  Sam  Slick,  that 
has  been  published.  It  gives  the  expe- 
riences of  the  Yankee  Clockmaker,  and 
the  incidents  that  occurred  in  his  jour- 
neyings  over  the  world,  together  with 
his  Observations  on  Men  and  Things  in 
General ;  also  containing  his  Opinions 
on  Matrimony.  Paper,  50  cents.  Cloth, 
75  cents. 

THE  ATTACHE ; 

OB,  SAM  SLICK  IN  ENGLAND. 

"  Since  Sam  Slick's  first  work,  he  has 
written  nothing  so  fresh,  racy  and  genu- 
inely humorous  as  this.  Every  line  of 
it  tells,  some  way  or  other — instructive- 
ly, satirically,  jocosely,  or  wittily."— 
London  Observer. 

"  We  sincerely  pity  the  man  who  can- 
not find  in  it  the  materinls  for  the 
loosening  of  several  of  his  coffin  nails. 
It  is  full  of  oddity  and  fun,  and  must 
sell  like  new  tomatoes." — Buffalo  Ex- 
press. Large  12mo.  Paper,  price  50 
cents.  Cloth,  75. 


C'opiea  of  either  of  the  above  popular  books  sent  to  any  address,  free  of 
postage.    Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &  FITZGERALD, 

No.  18  Ann  Street,  New  Yorfc. 


MRS.  PARTINGTON'S 

CARPET   BAG  OF  FUN. 

ILLUSTRATED  WITH  OVER 

150  OF  THE  MOST  LAUGHABLE  ENGRAVINGS 

Ever  designed,  from  drawings  by  Darley,  McLennan,  Leach,  Phiz,  Henning,  Hine, 
Tenniel,  Growquill,  Cruikshank,  Meadows,  Doyle,  Goder,  and  others,  and  a  collec- 
tion of  over 

1OOO  of  the  most  Comical  Stories, 

Amusing  Adventures,  Side-splitting  Jokes,  Cheek-extending  Poetry.  Funny  Conun- 
drums, QUEER  SAYINGS  OP  MRS.  PARTINGTON,  Heart-rending  Puns,  Witty 
Repartees,  etc.,  etc. 

In  offering  this  book  to  the  public,  we  must  caution  all  weakly  and  nervous  people 
against  buying  it.  It  is  only  intended  for  those  hearty  and  robust  persons  who  can 
laugh  long  and  loud,  and  grow  fat,  being  a  perfect  Encyclopedia  of  Wit  and  Witty 
Sayings.  To  those  fond  of  Fun  it  will  be  a  treasure. 

To  enumerate  the  Ludicrous,  Curious,  Sentimental,  Essential,  Witty,  Pretty, 
Funny  and  many  Cuts,  would  consume  too  much  space  ;  however,  any  one  of  them 
is  well  worth  the  price  of  the  whole  book.  This  entertaining  book  is  well  printed  on 
fine  white  paper,  with  an  ornamental  cover,  designed  by  McLennan,  at  the  amazingly 
low  price  of  50  Cents  5  bound  in  cloth,  gilt,  75  Cents.  Sent  to  any  address  in 
the  United  States  free  of  postage. 


Dr.  Valentine's  Comic  Lectures. 

A  budget  of  Wit  and  Humor ;  or,  Morsels  of  Mirth  for  the  Melancholy.  A  certain 
cure  for  the  Blues,  and  all  otlier  serious  complaints.  Comprising  Comic  Lectures 
on  Heads,  Faces,  Noses,  Mouths,  Animal  Magnetism,  etc.,  with  Specimens  of  Elo- 
quence, Transactions  of  Learned  Societies.  Delineations  of  Eccentric  Characters, 
Comic  Songs,  etc.,  etc.  By  Dr.  W.  VALENTINE,  the  favorite  delineator  of  Eccen- 
tric Characters.  Illustrated  with  twelve  portraits  of  Dr.  Valentine,  in  his  most 
celebrated  characters. 

12mo«  Cloth,  gilt,  price  75  Cents.    Ornamental  paper  cover,  price  50  Cents. 


DR.    VALENTINE'S 

COMIC   METAMORPHOSES. 

Being  the  second  series  of  Dr.  Valentine's  Lectures,  with  characters  as  given  by  the 
late  Yankee  Hill.    Embellished  with  numerous  portraits. 

Ornamental  paper  cover,  price  50  Cents.    Cloth,  gilt,  price  75  Cents. 

The  celebrated  Dr.  Valentine,  whose  name  alone,  to  those  who  have  heard  him, 
is  sufficient  to  excite  the  risibilities  of  the  most  sedate.  All  who  want  a  good  laugh 
must  get  this  book,  and  they  will  not  be  disappointed.  A  lively,  sparkling,  humor- 
ous affair.  Dr.  Valentine  is  one  of  the  best  delineators  of  character  since  the  days  of 
Matthews,  of  facetious  memory-  His  Yankees,  Old  Women  and  Frenchmen,  are 
wonderfully  fine,  and  always  draw  down  heavy  rounds  of  applause  from  his  audiences. 
We  recommend  the  book  cordially  to  our  readers,  for  its  wit,  humor,  and  originality. 
— Saturday  Courier. 

Copies  of  the  above  books  sent  to  any  address  in  the  United  States  free  of  postage. 
Send  cash  orders  to 

DICK  &   FITZGERALD,  Publishers, 

No.  18  ANN  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 


